Skip to main content

Full text of "Bulletin of the United States Geological and Geographical Survey of the Territories"

See other formats 


it hn ethene Rhgrea-td-arlh-ciifiadtindiptactgtatieat hte Atallah aPds tn enh haiti bn 2 ee En a 
TP EE OA P ESE EIY  IOD A -tt Alg ith maat  frtrt-aal latatagla sipel EiNE-Cha a aie circtingpnn wOvi ne trdvereyeeADete cwaemre cae 
<a -eicteneh- tetra ee-ardnd tered ago aacak-aeeate ae atin: dared ee ee ae a 


aa peiketeabeik catia ae ees 
[PANIC IN ICT A II VT ON. 


et Ne 
PR Pe tial med oe ey ste ee 


en Saree eee 
a eee 


DeNe tee ere Yi ee ety 
Pk iat eanar et eeeeee 


Re RPI AL, petra Mette a 
Telly ee Pen ot eee baer 


pe eee. 
AES ATS ete BA, 


See Dee aes et 
ee tee 


Ne ae N LE TEDL ILO Ate SOOT Ot a Oe ee 
ieiittenickdintetioua sata dddidatie eae 
te Pai At sPmiinted when OR Oe hia went gene tet mtg on P= at oe nee 
nthdemiabeamaier eae ee 


ey Ho Re SE eRe 
Me NRT ete oe int 


tte - . 
Son ee Se athe see eS te Rate Ry co Te Se Bate Welter ot 
Ree Ltn Sag SATs 


Nero D0 Sie OI = Fa? Bho? when va ia Pe PEO a men rete t aes were 
Seid ae ae oe ete OF ww ee Fee be we 
ab snide duibanbtbaas it-eldeede ome ee oi ae ee ae 
pothen-alb epee Stine nd ok ee ee een aaa 5: 
Fd eho wee ee gh 


SORE tet eng ee he re og Sy Nya 
SST ER TELS eee ete penn ty othe ee tee Bak 

Ae hI ed mw CeO eRe en tae yA emg ae ee me 

ppt tinsintt-B-< teak dhehttal of <b ab ok aeranah idk et oe 

ahenel ead oan ee een 

seein deme diraatten tet ee ona ecm en) 


> Nes ee ee 
Reiahah aimee 


Pet ere te re 


PRR m ar Aw gt pete er ae 
eee es 


es 


© pret actos @ oe 


Hf 
f le 
hak 
G5 


tye) a 


AMI 
We Cat 


DEHPARTIMENT OF THE INTHRIOR 


4 BULLETIN 
el 


\ 


Tae UNITED STATES 


GHOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY 


THE TERRITORIES. 


F. V. HAYDEN, 


U.S. GEOLOGIST-IN-CHARGH. 


1878. 
MEARNS 
COLLECTION 
VOLUME IV. \4AAacd 
WASHINGTON: 


GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE. 


VEU YAWOREAT 


eee 
iy, <3 - 
\st sot 


PREFATORY NOTE. 


U. 8S. GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL 
SURVEY OF THE TERRITORIES, 
Washington, November 30, 1878. 

Bulletin No. 4, series of 1878, completes Volume IV ;. and with this 
number are issued index, title-page, table of contents, list of illustra- 
tions, &c., for the whole volume. The separately published numbers 
should be preserved for binding, as there is no issue of the Bulletins in 
bound volumes from this office, and as back numbers cannot always be. 
supplied to complete deficient files. 

In concluding the fourth volume of Bulletins, a word regarding the 
origin and progress of this publication will not be out of place. The 
issue began in 1874, when it was found desirable to establish more ready 
means of communication with the public and with scientific bodies than 
the regular Reports of the Survey afforded; the design being to publish, 

- without the delay incident to the appearance of more elaborate and 
extended articles, such new or specially interesting matter as should be 
contributed to the general results of the Explorations under my charge . 
by the members or the collaborators of the Survey. The practical im- 
portance of prompt measures in such cases is well recognized, and 
sufficiently attested by the success which the Bulletins have achieved. 

The Firstand Second Bulletins, which appeared in 1874, are separately 

, paged pamphlets, without ostensible connection with each other or with 
subsequent ones, but together constituting a ‘First Series” of the 
publication. Bulletins which appeared in 1875, being those of a “‘ Second 
Series” and six in number, are continuonsly paged. With No. 6 were 
issued title, contents, index, &c., for all the numbers of both “series” 
which had then appeared; the aeeien being that these should together 
constitute a Volume I, in order that the inconvenient distinction of 
“series” might be dropped. 

With Bulletin No. 1 of 1876, the publication was established as an 
annual serial; the four consecutively paged numbers of that year con- 
stituting solaine II. 

The four Bulletins of 1877 constituted voluie III, which compared 
favorably with its predecessors in the extent, variety, and importance 
of its contents, and was greatly TpEOvetL im typography and general 
appearance. : 

The four Bulletins of 1878 form Volume LV, which maintains the same 


high standard of excellence. 
IIL 


IV PREFATORY NOTE. 


Should no unforeseen circumstance prevent, the Bulletins will continue 
to be issued at convenient irregular intervals, as material may come to 
hand; the strictly serial character of the publication being maintained. 
The actual date of issue is given on the temporary cover of each, as it 
is important to fix with precision the appearance of the successive num- 
bers of a pericdical in which so many new genera and species are de- 
scribed. 

This publication, answering so fully the special purpose for which it 
was established, is regarded as one of the most important means to the 
main ends which the Survey has in view. It has already acquired a 
character and standing which render it favorably comparable to the 
regular ‘‘ Proceedings” or other similar publications of any of the learned 
bodies of this country or Europe. Its scope includes the whole range 
of the subjects for the investigation of which the Survey is conducted, 
and the appearance of which in this connection does not in any way 
restrict the plan of the formal Reports of the Survey. The volumes 
already issued contain articles upon Archeology, Ethnography, Lin- 
guistics, Geology, Topography, Geography, Paleontology, and Natural 
History in general, suitably illustrated with plates, cuts, and maps; and 
no effort:will be spared in the future to maintain the high standard 
which the present volume so conspicuously illustrates. 

The thanks of the Survey are due to Dr. Elliott Coues, U.S. A., for 
his careful and able conduct of the periodical. 

F. V. HAYDEN, 
United States Geologist. 


CONTENTS OF THE WHOLE VOLUME. 


BULLETIN No. 1.—february 5, 1878. 


I.—Notes on the Ornithology of the Lower Rio Grande of Texas, from ob- 
servations made during the season of 1877. By George B. Sennett. 

Edited, with annotations, by Dr. Elliott Coues, U.S.A...-......-. 
II.—Descriptions of Fishes from the Cretaceous ond Tertiary Deposits 

% west of the Mississippi River. By E. D. Cope...-.-.---.-----.-..- 
 IIl.—Descriptions of New Tineina from Texas, and others from more 
c morehern localities) bya. hy Chamibersnae cee. <a clinics) sacle 

Y IV.—Tineina and their Food-Plants. By V. T. Chambers.........-......- 
V.—Index tothe Described Tineina of the United States and Canada. By 

Y 

Warley Chamibensescernicccce nace nets ee seis a Se ok eee ca eevee a 
ViI.—Descriptions of Noctuidz, chiefly mon California. By A. R. Grote.. 
VII.—A Synopsis of the North American Species of the Genus Alpheus. By 
Jie tS) GOES eh See ee Uco SS Seer VEE Soar SeecCeeccec -ASee Bose neeces 
VILI.—Notes on the Mammals of Fort Sisseton, Dakota. By C. E. McChes- 
ney, M. D., Acting Assistant Surgeon, U.S. A. Annotated by Dr. 

ENO FiR@ oueSs WU aSsrAteee asta ee oe cel cae sce wome eee wt Mao eek 
IX.—Studies of the American Herodiones. Part I.—Synopsis of the Ameri- 
can Genera of Ardeidw and Ciconiide ; including Descriptions of 
Three New Genera, and a Monograph of the American Species of 

the Genus Ardea, Linn. By Robert Rigway.----..---.----..----- 
X.—Notice of the Butterflies collected by Dr. Edward Palmer in the Arid 
Regions of Southern Utah and Northern Arizona during the summer 


OL leiG. 1) Enya much bh SCuCWer natn cers maeinemiee( we eiace om eer lai 
XI.—Notes on the Herpetology of Dakota and Montana. By IBS Elliott 
Coucs and! is © HYVarroay cee se ceees cae eRe eaae aes Seis ee woes 
XII.—On Consolidation of the Hoofs in the Virginian Deer. By Dr. Elliott 
Coes Sees ect 2m ote aaron ae ene nisi eas ae er ccetSeina nes, “io sisi seen 
XIII.—On a Breed of Solid-Hoofed Pigs apparently established in Texas. By 

Dr MOG OWes WS. Andee cca sone Sao lesa wise eer aic nie <%= -cic= 


XIV.—Professor Owen on the Pythonomorpha. By E. D. Cope...........- 


BULLETIN No. 2.—May 3, 1878. 


XV.—The Geographical Distribution of the Mammalia, considered in rela- 
tion to the principal Ontological Regions of the Earth, and the 
Laws that govern the Distributien of a Sune Life. By Joel Asaph 


Allenteshe = UGC OB RG ISB SMC ORE Gist chases a Sercech Siac ose ara a a 
XVI.—Descriptions of New Extinct Vertebrata from the Upper Tertiary and 
DaAkotaphoLrmahionsya by bry). COpease ie uas sonccccacatecs seoc ee 
XVII.—Notes on a Collection of Fishes from the Rio Grandes at Brownsville, 
Bexasn Toye Avid SyJOrdanw ve DE sss to ee kt eee oe 
XVIII.—A Catalogue of the Fishes of the Fresh Waters of North America. By 
WAC SONG arTiwV gD) ee cee Sa MSR Se ee Se acs 
XIX.—Description of a Fossil Passerine Bird from the Insect-bearing Shales 

he vt ehColoradowr Bye vAG Allon, (PHATE I) 2.6 le ee 


Vv 


Page. 


201 


219 


253 
259 
292 


295 
299 


313 
379 
397 
407 


443 


VI CONTENTS OF THE WHOLE VOLUME. 


XX.—The Coleoptera of the Alpine Regions of the Rocky Mountains. By 
John ys LeConte, Miho 2c es ee ee ee cane oie Slee errctenete 
XXI.—On the Orthoptera collected by Dr. Elliott Coues, U. 8. A., in Dakota 
and Montana, during 1873-74. By Prof. Cyrus Thomas. ......-.-- 
XXII.—On the Hemiptera collected by Dr. Elliott Coues, U.S. A., in Dakota 


and Montana, during 1873-74. By P. R. Ubler.........--...---. - 
XXIII.—On the Lepidoptera collected by Dr. Elliott Coues, U.S. A., in Mon- 
tana, during 1874. By W. H. Edwards................-..----... 
XXIV.—An Account of some Insects of unusual interest from the Tertiary 


Rocks of Colorado and Wyoming. ByS. H.Scudder.........--.- 


BULLETIN No. 3.—July 29, 1878. 


XXV.—Field-notes on Birds observed in Dakota and Montana along the 
Forty-ninth Parallel during the seasons of 1873 and 1874. By Dr. 
Elliott Coues, U.S. A., late Surgeon and Naturalist U. 8. Northern 


Boundary. COMMUSSiOnes sate e ee eee eee eee eee ee 

XX VI.—Notes on a Collection of Fishes from the Rio Grande, at Brownsville, 
Texas—Continued. By D.S. Jordan, M. D........---.----.----. 
XXVII.—Preliminary Studies on the North American Pyralide. I. By A. R. 
Grote) 22 a yeoce sc eceademcs sues eSeecien ceed eee eee eee ene eee eee 


XXVIII.-- Paleontological Papers No. 6: Descriptions of New Species of Inver- 
tebrate Fossils from the Laramie Group. By C. A. White, M.D-.... 
XXIX.—Paleontological Papers No. 7: On the Distribution of Molluscan 
Species in the Laramie Group. By C. A. White, M.D..-.....---- 

XXX.—On some Dark Shale recently discovered below the Devonian Lime- 
stones, at Independence, Iowa; with a Notice of its Fossils and De- 

scription of New Species. By S. Calvin, Professor of Geology, 
StateUmiversityoflowalss-siee ence ee eee eee eee eee ee eee aeee 
XXXI.—On the Mineralogy of Nevada. By W.J. Hoffman, M. D.---....-.-.- 


BULLETIN No. 4.—December —, 1878. 


XXXII.—The Fossil Insects of the Green River Shales. By Samuel H. Scud- 
der, Cambridge, Mass... ..- avs Luss okie Sap ewiats Serateetecislemiemisnteaes ee 
XXXIII.—Report on the Collection of Fishes made by Dr. Elliott Coues, U. S. 
A.,in Dakota and Montana, during the seasons of 1873 and 1874. 

By David,S; Jordan; MiD 025.246 455 feseee ee ee eee 
XXXIV.—Catalogue of Phenogamous and Vascular Cryptogamous Plants col- 
lected during the summers of 1873 and 1874 in Dakota and Mon- 

tana along the Forty-ninth Parallel by Dr. Elliott Coues, U. S. 

A.: with which are incorporated those collected in the same region 

at the same times by Mr. George M. Dawson. By Prof. J. W. Chick- 

OTING, woe ees selene 25d SNCS: See ee ee ee 

So N. Denies ceed does te omee scieds tock ce eee ae 
XXXVI.—Paleontological Dapers No.8: Remarks upon the Laramie Group. By 
Cs A. White; Mi IDs, 22555105 see eae ee 
XXXVII.—Synonymatic List of the American Sciuri, or Arboreal Squirrels. By 
Je Ay Allon. J. o 2. cea stat Sone yeaa ee ee ee 


Page. 


447 


481 


503 


513 


519 


729 
731 


747 


117 


BY 


Fig 
Fig 


Fig. 
Fig. 
Fig. 
Fig. 
Vig. 
Fig. 
Fig. 
Fig. 
Fig. 


Fig 
Fig 
Fig 
Fig 
Fig 


LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. 


I.—Paleospiza bella.........--..- Biers a tate yelestions oi aeraias sie 


WOODCUTS IN TEXT. 


. —Tail of Euxenura maguari..--.--....----- ee eeee eens 
Solid hoot of (Sus SCrofas.so--) y2- o> l= 2-| sine) se <= 
ie—Neuration in pipaschia.--- .22.c2--2o- 2 acess aie 
2.—Neuration in Mochlocera..-.-..-.----.---.----6. .--.-. 
oe Neuratlon in Cacozelaessse yee sec =<). ce 2 scien iaine sie 
A—Neuration in! Toripalpus--—2-- sssses secs. «= 2-2 - == 
5.—Neuration in Tetralopha..--....-.-...---.------ SPAS 
G:—Neuration: in Acrobasis)..- 2. - 2--<,----<+--.- 5-26 eee> == 
A= NeUraAtonem Salebriaenseee jcc sn sa-scis aera 
S—_Neutation im Pempeliigen ss -i)e ee oo = ele aioe 
9.—Neuration in Nephopteryx .---..-.---..--.--- ee Bas etki 
lO —Neurations in Pimipestis assesses. sce = steerer 


. 11.—Neuration in Honora 


») 1A —ienreninGmn th ID Aetie AS 665 seoqcdeose oeoce «shes 


. 13.—Neuration in Homeosoma 


iA Neurationein AMerastidieccciscesececines once ceeaeolces 


ene se eee wes eee ees eee eee cee 


JS Rota SAE ee ee 686 
So oe05e iss semis OO 
US sranclattiars & Sate lsioer 688 


DHPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR. 
UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY. 
EF. V. HAYDEN, U. S. GEOLOGIST-IN-CHARGE. 


BULLETIN 


THE UNITED STATES 


GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY 


Or 


THE TERRETORIES. 
WO UNEE “FV co NUMBER 1. ; 


WASHINGTON: 
GOVEBNMENT PRINTING OFFICE. 
February 5, 1878. 


ros 


ay, 
Ltt 
Gh, 


ste 
TE GE 
a 


a ae 
es 


eae 


Miieemrmitn No. 1, VOL. IV. 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 


Nos. Titles. i Pages. 
ART. 1.—Notes on the Ornithology of the Lower Rio Grande of 
Texas, from observations made during the season 
of 1877. By George B. Sennett. Edited, with an- 
notations, by Dr. Elliott Coues, U.S. A. ---...--- 1-66 
ART.  I1.—Descriptions of Fishes from the Cretaceous and Ter- 
tiary Deposits west of the Mississippi River. By 
Tc Usa HOYT) 2 ete A a OR Coca Aer eee 67-78 
ART. Iil.—Descriptions of New Tineina from Texas, and others 
from more northern localities. By V.T.Chambers. 79-106 
ART. IV.—Tineina and their Food-Plants. By V. T. Chambers . 107-124 
ART. V.—Index to the Described Tineina of the United States 


and Canada, By V. T. Chambers. -........----. 125-168 
ART. Vi.—Descriptions of Noctuids, chiefly from California. By 

JAA Ry (CHAT RSb Mle Soest bas Ree emi. 5) ke 169-188 
ART. VII.-—A Synopsis of the North American Species of the Genus 

Alpheus: “By Jie. Kinesley;< 25.) e2-'=-- -- ~~ -- 189-200 


ART. VIII.—Notes on the Mammals of Fort Sisseton, Dakota. By 
_ C. E. McChesney, M. D., Acting Assistant Surgeon, 3 
U.S. A. Annotated by Dr. Elliott Coues, U. S. A. 201-218 
ART. I1X.—Studies of the American Herodiones. Part I.—Synop- 
sis of the American Genera of Ardeide and Cico- 
niide ; including Descriptions of Three New Genera, 
and a Monograph of the American Species of the 
Genus Ardea, Linn. By Robert Ridgway ..-- --- 219-252 
ART. X.—Notice of the Butterflies collected by Dr. Edward 
Palmer in the Arid Regions of Southern Utah and 
Northern Arizona during the summer of 1877. By 


SEATING Val SWING: eden Bos oe. enc ae Same eas . 253-258 
ART. XI.—Notes on the Herpetology of Dakota and Montana. 

By Drs. Elliott Coues and H. C. Yarrow ..-...-.--- 259-292 
ART. XII.—On Consolidation of the Hoofs in the Virginian Deer. 

By Dr. Elliott Coues, U. 8. A...--..------------ 293-294 


ART. XIII.—On a Breed of Solid-Hoofed Pigs apparently estab- 
lished in Texas. By Dr. Elliott Cones, U.S. A.... 295-298 
ART. XIV.—Professor Owen on the Pythonomorpha. ByE.D. Cope. 299-311 


oft 


ART. I.—NOTES ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF THE LOWER RIO 
GRANDE OF TEXAS, FROM OBSERVATIONS MADE DURING 
THE SEASON OF 1877. 


By GEORGE B. SENNET', 
Of Erie, Pa. 


Edited,* with annotations, by Dr. ELL1IoTT CovuEs, U.S. A. 


LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. 


ERIE, PA., December 1, 1877. 

Str: In transmitting these notes on the ornithology of the Lower Rio 
Grande, allow me to preface them with a few remarks. 

Last winter, having inclination and leisure to prosecute the study of 
birds in a more extended field than was open to me at home, I began to 
look about for a suitable locality. As is always the case when real 
desire for study arises, avenues of investigation opened in all directions; 
but the weight of influence drew me to the Rio Grande. Arranging 
with Mr. F. 8. Webster, of Troy, N. Y., to go as my assistant, and secur- 
ing a complete outfit, I set out for Texas on February 23d of the present 
year. My plan was to work down the lower coast of Texas, and arrive 
at Brownsville, as a base of future operations, before the breeding sea- 
son had fairly commenced. On the evening of the 20th of March, after 
many vexatious delays, we arrived at Brownsville, our objective point. 
The country worked over lay between Point Isabel, on the coast, near 
the mouth of the Rio Grande, and a point a few miles above Hidalgo, 
embracing a distance of a hundred miles by road or three hundred miles 
by river. We were exactly two months on the southern border. Much 
valuable time was lost in going up and down the river, in procuring 
means of conveyance, and in acquainting ourselves with the country. 
The annoyances also were not afew. On some days the weather was 
so intensely hot that birds were apt to spoil before we could prepare 
them. While we were constantly on the alert for huge rattlesnakes, 
tarantulas, and centipedes, yet more troublesome enemies were with us 
continually in the shape of wood-ticks and red-bugs, to say nothing of 

*[The editor’s notes are bracketed and followed by his initials. Having inspected 
most of the collection, which was courteously submitted to his examination by Mr. 


Sennett, he is responsible for the identifications of nearly all the species, as well as for 
his technical commentary.—E. C.] 


Bull. iv. No. 1—1 1 


2 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


the fleas. The wood-ticks we could pick off or dig out, but the abom- 
inable “red-bugs”, as they are called, too small to be seen, worked 
themselves through the clothes and into the skin, making one almost 
wild with intense itching. We only obtained partial relief by giving 
ourselves, from head to foot, before going to bed, a bath of ammonia, 
and a daily bath of kerosene oil before going into the brush. Under 
such circumstances it requires courage and enthusiasm to persevere in 
any pursuit. 

The result of the trip was the securing of some five hundred birds, 
three of which are new to our fauna and one new to science; about a 
thousand eggs, many of which are new or rare; a few mammals, nearly 
all of which proved interesting; a number of alcoholic preparations of 
birds, mammals, and reptiles; and quite a collection of insects, prin- 
cipally Lepidoptera. The birds and mammals you have inspected; the 
rarer egos have been exchanged with Dr. T. M. Brewer, Capt. C. Ben- 
dire, Dr. J. C. Merrill, Mr. E. Dickinson, Mr. Webster, and others. The 
alcoholic specimens have been sent to Prof. B. G. Wilder, of Cornell 
University, and the Lepidoptera to Mr. J. A. Lintner, of Albany, N. Y. 

In nomenclature and classification of the birds herein treated, I 
have followed your “ Key to North American Birds”, subject, however, 
to your present revision. I have endeavored to avoid repetition of 
matters already published in other works, although I may have failed 
in this in some cases, as my facilities for examining the literature of the 
subject have been limited. , 

To the following persons who have extended kindnesses to me, with 
ready co6peration in my labors during the trip, I present acknowledg- 
ments: To Mr. Webster, for his industry and valued assistance. To 
Lieutenant Davis, in charge of Coast Survey at Galveston, for courtesies 
shown and assistance rendered in getting to and from points about the 
bay; and also to Major Lane, in charge of government works at Bolivar 
Point, for hospitalities freely extended. To Mr. and Mrs. R. B. Halter, 
of the Coast Survey, at Padre Island, for most opportune hospitality 
when weather-bound for several days on that desert spot. To Mr. 
Dean, collector of customs, and Mr. Leo, sheriff of Hidalgo County, 
both at Hidalgo; to Dr. Finley, acting assistant surgeon U.S. A., in 
camp near Hidalgo; and to Mr. Bourbois, at Lomita ranche, a few 
miles above Hidalgo, for assistance and numerous courtesies. To Dr. 
J.C. Merrill, U.S. A., post-surgeon at Fort Brown, for his very valuable 
assistance and hearty codperation in my work. 

And now, Sir, to you I owe, most of all, my hearty acknowledgments 
for your kindness in identifying the collection of birds and mammals, 
and im editing these notes, and for other courtesies rendered. 

Very truly yours, 
GEO. B. SENNETT. 

Dr. ELLIOTT CovuEs, U.S. A., 

Secretary United States Geological and Geographical Survey. 


SENNETT ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS. 38 


TURDIDZ. 


MIMUS POLYGLOTTUS, (L.).—Mockingbird. 

First seen in great numbers at Corpus Christi. On the Rio Grande 
it was everywhere abundant. There can little new be said about a bird 
so common throughout the South, yet I will give an item or two that 
may be interesting to some. When I saw him he wasin good song. He 
is acapital mimic; and many and frequent were the maledictions on his 
pate, when, after long watching, and perhaps a shot through the thick 
bushes, instead of some expected prize, he made his appearance. I be- 
heve there is no bird-note he cannot imitate. While at work at our 
birds in the court-house at Hidalgo, we were several times greeted with 
the screeching “ cha-cha-la-ca” from the low bushes on the river-bank 
but a few rods distant. Feeling positive that there could not be a 
Texan Guan within half a mile of us, we yet went out to satisfy our- 
selves, and found the cry to be that of a Mocker in excellent imitation 
of the chachalaca refrain. . 

The Mockingbird commenced laying on the Rio Grande about April 
1. Our first eggs were taken April 5. I know of no eggs having greater 
variations in markings and ground-color. They varied from a ground- 
color of the very palest bluish-green and a pure green to a pure buff, and 
in markings from fine specks over the entire egg to great reddish-brown 
blotches, principally on the large end. The largest egg measured 1.25 
by 0.72; the smallest, 0.90 by 0.67; the average of a large lot was 0.98 
by 0.72. Many sets were examined. Young birds were first seen about 
May 1. 

* 30—f¢ —10.50 x 15.00 x 4.62 x 4.87. Mar. 9, Corpus Christi. 


HARPORHYNCHUS RUFUS LONGIROSTRIS, (Lafr.) Cs.—Long-billed Thrush. 

Of the Thrushes on our extreme southern border, I found the Texas 
Thrasher next to the Mockingbird in point of numbers. Usually they 
keep out of the sight of man, even when their home is invaded and the 
bird driven from the nest. I do not remember of their making any cry 
of grief at such depredation. One day in April, while concealed ina 
dense thicket close by some heavy timber, a pair of this species gave 
me pleasure fora full half hour. This, I think, was the only time I ever 
saw them for more than a moment ortwoatatime. The male was nearly 
as full of song as a Mockingbird, and his notes seemed much sweeter, 
not being so loud. They kept very near each other, the female giving 
frequent little chirps. I was unable to see any peculiarities distinct 
from the habits of its nearest relative, H. rufus, excepting that it was 
‘more arboreal, and built its nest much higher. I found their nests nu- 

* In these lists of specimens, the first number is that of the specimen. The sign for 
sex follows. The next four numbers indicate respectively the length, extent of wings, 
length of wing, and length of tail. Other measurements are preceded by the name of 
the part. Date and locality follow. 


4 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


merous, secured a score or more sets of eggs, and examined many that 
I did not take. My observations are so much at variance with the de- 
scription of these nests in the ‘‘ History of North American Birds”, by 
Baird, Brewer and Ridgway, that I will quote from these authors before 
giving my experience. ‘Their nests are usually a mere platform of 
small sticks or coarse stems, with little or no depression or rim, and are 
placed in low bushes, usually above the upper branches.” 

I found none without a lining, either of grasses, Spanish moss, fine 
roots, or bark. There was a marked depression in every nest, the de- 
pression varying from one inch to two and one-half inches. Of those 
taken, the lowest was four feet from the ground and the highest some 
eight feet, averaging, I think, five and one-half feet. I found their nests 
in a variety of places—prickly-pear cactus, Spanish bayonet, chaparral, 
and most commonly in the dense undergrowth under the heavier timber. 
I saw no nest of this bird in an exposed position ‘‘above the upper 
branches”. Its usual position is in the very heart of the tree or plant 
‘selected, and, like most of the nests of this region, not capable of being 
detached from the thorny bushes without falling to pieces. I found the 
birds and nests of only three Thrashes, viz: M. polyglottus, Mocking- 
bird; H. curvirostris, Curve-billed Thrush; and the one now under con- 
sideration; and I doubt very much the ability of any one ordinarily to 
tell one nest from the other, either by structure or position. The usual 
complement of eggs is four; in fact, I found but one clutch of five. The 
eges-are marked very much like those of H. rufus (Brown Thrush), and 
ars hardly distinguishable from’ them. The typical egg has a ground- 
color of the faintest greenish-white, and is finely speckled all over with 
brown, the dotting being thickest at the larger end. Several sets were — 
obtained with the ground-color yellowish-white, and so thickly speckled 
as to have a general color of ochre. One set is nearly pure white, speck- 
led thickly only in the form of a wreath at the larger end, otherwise 
very sparsely and faintly marked. The shape is usually uniform, like 
all the Thrushes’; but 1 have one egg shaped exactly like a Quail’s egg. 
The largest egg was 1.12 by 0.84, and the smallest 1.01 by 0.75. The 
average length was 1.07, and breadth 0.78. 

134— 9 —11.62 x 13.50 x 4.12 x 4.75. Apr. 2, Brownsville. 


297— 92 —11.50 x 13.25 x 4.00 x 5.00. Apr. 29, Hidalgo. 
383— 9 —11.00 x 13.00 x 3.85 x 5.00. May 6, Hidalgo. 


HARPORHYNCHUS CURVIROSTRIS, (Sw.) Cab.—Curve-billed Thrush. 


This Thrush, though frequently seen, is not so common as H. longiros: 
tris (Long-billed Thrush), and is readily distinguished from it. Idid not 
meet with it until we reached Brownsville, on March 20th. The very 
first day at that place, it was seen about the brush-fences just outside of 
the city. The bird is very retiring in its habits, never more than one or 
two being seen together, and even less inclined to sing in exposed places 
than its near relative, H. longirostris. I do not remember hearing its 


SENNETT ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS. 5 


song, but I am told by the residents of the country that it sings very 
sweetly in secluded places, but never in confinement. Ordinarily, one 
would expect to find its nest in very secluded thickets. The first nest 
secured was at Hidalgo, April 17. Its location was beneath the roof in 
the broken side of a thatched outhouse in the very heart of the village. 
A more exposed place for human view could not be found, nor was there 
in the village a yard more frequented by children; yet I could not im- 
agine a Safer retreat from its wore natural enemies—Hawks, Jays, &e. 
The female was shot as she came from the nest; and with little difii- 
culty I took the nest entire, with its complement of four beautiful, fresh 
eggs. The average size of nest was about that of an ordinary four- 
quart measure, although, from its irregular shape, it would not set into 
one. Its depth outside was fully six inches, with an inside depth of two 
so that when the bird was on, though only six feet from the ground, 
nothing but its head and tail could be seen. The nest was composed 
of twigs from the size of a lead-pencii down, and lined with dry 
grasses. This description will apply to the several others found, with 
this difference: some were smaller, and in this instance greater care 
was taken to intertwine the sticks, so that it would hold well together. 
On April 28th I found a nest and four fresh eggs only three feet from 
the ground, in a thicket, not far from a nest of H. longirostris. 

On May 10th, while on horseback, I came upon a prickly-pear cactus, 
wonderful to me for its size and tree-like shape. Its trunk was the size 
of a man’s body, and some of its branches were above my head as I sat 
on my horse. its general form was that cf a wine-glass. While peer- 
ing about and poking the stalks with my gun, I discovered in the very 
heart of the great cactus a nest and four eggs of this Thrush. It was 
about five feet from the ground, perfectly exposed above, yet nothing 
could be more secure from all sides. Not a sign was to be seen of the 
parent bird, not a note heard, yet I felt sure a pair of golden eyes were 
peering out of some neighboring thicket. The eggs once identified 
could not be mistaken for those of any other bird of the region. With 
some difficulty I secured the eggs, wondering in what other extraordinary 
place I should find the nest of this species. 

The shape of the eggs is like that of the Brown Thrush’s, only longer. 
The ground-color varies from a pale to a rich pea-green. The markings. 
are brown, evenly and finely scattered over the entireegg. The largest 
‘egg out of twenty measures 1.18 by 0.80 of an inch, the smallest 1.03 by 
0.79. The length ranges from 1.20 to 1.03, averaging 1.12 of an inch. 
The breadth ranges from 0.82 to 0.72, averaging 0.79 of an inch. 

133— g —11.38 x 14.75 x 4.37 x 4.25. Apr. 2, Brownsville. 
161— 9 —11.00 x 13.25 x 4.12 x 4.25. Apr. 5, Brownsville. 
222— 9 —10.50 x 13.00 x 3.87 x 4.00 Apr. 17, Hidalgo. 
272— 9 —10.75 x 13.50 x 4.25 x 4.25. Apr. 25, Hidalgo. 


371— g —11.00 x 14.12 x 3.88 x 4.12. May 5, Hidalgo. 
373— 9 —11.00 x 14.25 x 4.25 x 4.25. May 5, Hidalgo. 


6 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


SAXICOLIDA. 


SIALIA SIALIS, (Z.) Haldeman.— Bluebird. 

On May 3, in the vicinity of Hidalgo, I shot the only pair of these 
birds seen on the Rio Grande. I first shot the male, and, while picking 
it up, its mate, with dry grasses in its mouth, flew into an old Wood- 
pecker’s hole, in a dead stub near by, and was soon secured. 

348— ¢ —7.25 x 12.50 x 3.85 x 2.62. May 3, Hidalgo. 


SYLVIIDA. 


POLIOPTILA C@RULEA, (L.) Sclat.—Blue-gray Gnateatcher. 

I have no knowledge of seeing this bird more than once or twice, and 
no specimens were obtained. A handsome nest and clutch of eggs were 
taken by Dr. Merrill in April in the vicinity of Brownsville. 


PARIDA. 


LOPHOPHANES ATROCRISTATUS, Cass.—Bluck-crested Titmouse. 


These lively and sweet singers were everywhere abundant, especially 
in old lagoon-beds, now largely grown up with the mesquite and lignum 
vite. Although so common, we were unable to find their eggs. The 
only nest discovered contained young, and was situated in the split fork 
of a tree, some ten or twelve feet from the ground. The exact pumber 
of young could not be determined, but there were certainly five or six. 
On May 3d, I came upon a whole family, the young of which had nearly 
obtained their growth. I shot one adult and five young, and at least’ 
three young escaped. One day, while riding along the river road, a 
song new to me and beautifully sweet and clear greeted my ear. Dis- 
mounting, I followed the sound into the forest. The clearness of the 
whistling song, the locality, and the careful concealment of the bird led 
me to feel sure of a species new to me. At the very first sight I fired. 
That song cost a fine male Black-crested Tit his life. Had I suspected 
him to have been the singer, I would gladly have spared the bird, as my 
bag was already filled. 


63— g —5.75 x 9.00 x 2.87 x 2.63. Mar. 24, Brownsville. 
209— 2 —5.75 x 9.00 x 2.75 x 2.50. Apr. 17, Hidalgo. 
210— ¢ —5.75 x 9.00 x 2.81 x 2.50. Apr. 17, Hidalgo. 
213— 9 —d.63 x 8.75 x 2.75 x 2.50. Apr. 17, Hidalgo. 
236—9 —5.50 x 8.50 x 2.75 x 2.38. Apr. 19, Hidalgo. 
238— g —5.50 x 9.00 x 2.87 x 2.62. Apr. 19, Hidalgo. 


349— 9 juv.—5.50 x 8.50 x 2.37 x 2.12. May 3, Hidalgo. 
300— 9 juv.—.37 x 8.38 x 2.62 x 2.06. May 3, Hidalgo. 
3ol— 9 juv.—.38 x 8.62 x 2.50 x 2.05. May 3, Hidalgo. 


AURIPARUS FLAVICEPS, (Sund.) Bd.—Yellow-headed Titmouse. 


My first knowledge of the existence of this bird in the vicinity was 
the finding of a new nest on April 28th; but it contained no eggs, and 


SENNETT ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS. 7 


was not recognized at the time. The next day I went to the nest, found 
one egg in it, and saw both parents. While the female was darting in 
and out of the thicket, evidently alarmed at my close proximity to her 
treasure, the male was flitting from tree to tree, on the topmost branches, 
Singing as hard as he could. I watched them both for at least half an 
hour, when they disappeared. 

Allowing five days to complete their complement of eggs, I again 
visited the nest. I cautiously approached and shook the bush, but no 
bird flew out of the nest. Thereupon I inserted my finger in the small 
opening on the side of the nest, and I could feel three eggs, and what I 
thought were some loose feathers. Imagine my surprise and fright upon 
withdrawing my finger at something flying out of the nest, directly into 
my face. It was the female. <A few cries of alarm, and responses from 
her mate, and they were out of sight before I could reach my gun. 
Again carefully examining the nest, I very plainly felt four eggs. I 
wanted the birds as well as the eggs, and decided to leave them until 
another day, when I would secure all. Fatal mistake! for when it was 
next visited the female flew out of the nest before we reached it, was 
fired at, and missed. I, however, shot the male, and then went for the 
nest, but, lo! it was empty—not the least vestige of an egg! Nothing, 
in my opinion, could have removed the eggs but the bird itself. It was 
owing, in all probability, to the disturbance and fright of the previous 
visit. But why was she back in the nest? About this time three eggs 
were discovered in another nest, and when visited the day after they 
were also gone. We were very careful in examining lest we should dis- 
turb the eggs. Can it be possible that with the least touch the parent 
bird abandons her eggs? Two nests that we found had been torn open 
from above, evidently by some Jay or other robber. Out of the six new 
nests found between April 28 and May 10 we were only able to obtain 
one egg, and that was probably an infertile one, as the balance of’ the 
clutch had hatched and taken their departure. One nest was brought 
me on May 1 with three young about ready to leave. Their nests are 
simply wonderful, far excelling, to my mind, all other bird architecture 
of our fauna. Think of the size, varying from four to ten inches in 
diameter; then think of the size of the bird, but little larger than a 
Hummingbird! The shape is like a bottle, or, better still, a retort, with 
the mouth at one side and inclining downward. I found the nests built 
on and around one (in one instance two) horizontal branch. The body 
is composed of thorny twigs interwoven with wood-moss, grass, and bark. 
The lining is of the softest down and feathers, not loosely thrown in, 
but woven into a sort of matting, covering not only the whole of the in- 
terior body of the retort, or nest proper, but also the neck to the very 
mouth. The distance from the mouth to the eggs is sometimes six 
inches. The place selected is usually the extremity of a branch of an 
exposed bush, and easily approached. The highest nest was six feet, 
the lowest less than three feet from the ground. There they swing, free 


8 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


to every ‘“‘norther”, until they fall to pieces from decay. The only 
locality in which we found their nests was open chaparral, on that high 
ground where the cactus and a thorny, leafless bush, the junco, abound, 
and where are scattered at intervals clumps of trees of respectable 
growth, among which is the dark green ebony. The birds, though oc- 
casionally seen, are by no means abundant. The shape of the single 
egg secured is pointed at one end, rounded at the other, the greatest 
diameter being nearer one end. It is pale blue, speckled very thickly 
at the large end with reddish-brown, but sparsely elsewhere. It measures 
0.63 by 0.44 of an inch. 


376— § —4.12 x 6.75 ¥ 1.56%1.75. May 6, Hidalgo. 
415— § —4.62'% 6.75 x 2.05 x 2.00. May 10, Hidalgo. 


TROGLODYTID. 


THRYOTHORUS LUDOVICIANUS BERLANDIERI,* (Couch) Cs.—Berlandier’s 
Wren. 


Common on the Lower Rio Grande, frequenting: uninhabited places 
near woodland, more especially the dead trees bordering the timber and 
lagoons. I found, however, one brood of young, just off the nest, in the 
dense woods near a bridle-path. I did not secure many specimens, for 
the reason that, at the time, I supposed them all ludovicianus. Had 
I suspected that they would prove to be berlandieri, I should have 
taken a larger number. Many were shot, but, as they showed no varia- 
tion from those retained, and as I had many recognized rare birds to 
take care of, they were not preserved. My experience with the Wrens 
about Hidalgo is, that bewicki and this variety are the ones found | 
breeding commonly. This bird breeds near the ground, seldom higher 
than five feet, in hollow trees, stubs, and even dead limbs lying on the 
ground. By the first of May, the young were about with the parents ; 
at the same time perfectly fresh eggs were taken. Three sets of fresh 
eggs were secured, all from the same locality, where there seemed to be 
quite a colony of these birds breeding, many having families of young. 
Two of the sets were alike in color and markings. Of these, one (a set 
of five) was taken May 1st from an opening four feet from the ground, in 
a hollow tree, and given, less one egg, Which was broken, to Dr. Merrill; 
the other (a set of four) was taken May 7th from a rotten tree lying on 
the ground, the nest being only two feet from the ground; this was 
given to Dr. Brewer. Dr. Brewer writes me in regard to his set, that 
‘they differ from my four sets of ludovicianus in being smaller, in hav- 
ing ground-color clear white instead. of pink, the spots larger and less 


* [The specimens are rather puzzling, being intermediate between ludovicianus proper 
-and the full development of berlandiert. Some of them, however, exhibit unmistakably 
he dark-barred flanks, longer bill, and other characters dwelt on by Baird in his diag- 
nosis of berlandieri, to which form it may be proper to refer the whole lot, especially 
as Mr. Sennett’s field observations do not indicate any differences among the larger 
Wrens of this locality —K. C.] 


SENNETT ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS. g 


numerous, but more distinct and more confined to the larger end than in 
ludovicianus. In fact, they are much more like bewicki than ludovicianus. 
The eggs measure 0.78 by 0.59, 0.75 by 0.59, 0.76 by 0.55, and 0.73 by 
0.55.” 

The remaining set of six eggs was taken May 1 from the same local- 
ity. The bird was caught on her eggs, and considered just the same as 
all the others of the colony breeding there, and of which we had a 
number of adults and young. The eggs vary from the other two sets 
in the ground-color, in having more markings, and in having purple in 
with the brown. ‘Their average size is 0.80 by 0.60. The ground-color is 
decidedly pinkish; the brown specks and blotches are distributed over 
the whole surface, but forming a thick band near the larger end. The 
nest of this set measures four inches outside diameter by two inches 
inside. It is composed of grasses, leaves, and a few stems, and lined 
with horsehair, a few feathers, and pieces of snakeskins. It was sit- 
uated in a hollow, live tree, only three feet above the ground. 


249— gf —5.50 x 7.50 x 2.25 x 1.88. Apr. 20, Hidalgo. 
312— f juv.—4.62 x 7.00 x 2.25x1.31. Apr. 30, Hidalgo. 
313— g juv.— 4.387 x 7.38 x 2.13 x 1.37. Apr. 30, Hidalgo. 
329— fg —6.00 x 8.00 x 2.25x2.13. May 2, Hidalgo. 
330— g juv.—o.50 x 7.55 x 2.00 x 1.38. May 2, Hidalgo. 


THRYOTHORUS BEWICKI, (Aud.) Bp.—Bewick’s Wren. 

This Wren is everywhere as common on the Southern border as is our 
House Wren in the North. I found them breeding in the woods, but 
rarely in the openings of the chaparral, among the cactus, in the 
thatched jacals of the towns, and most abundantly in the brush-fences. 
I did not find them as noisy as our House Wrens, but still lively and 
sweet songsters. Broods of full-grown young were about by the first 
of May. I can account for our not securing any eggs of this species by 
our being rather late in the season for their first laying, and also, by 
their very domestic habits; and as we were collecting most of the time 
away from the settlements, we quite naturally neglected those birds 
near at hand. I saw none of var. leucogaster of this species, and no 
-House Wrens, Troglodytes aédon. 


124— $ —4,.87 x 7.00 x 2.06 x 2.00. Mar. 31, Brownsville. 
160— g —5.12 x 7.00 x 2.12 x 2.00. Apr. 5, Brownsville. 
294— g —5.50 x 7.12.x 2.12 x 2.25. Apr. 28, Hidalgo. 


302— g¢ juv.—.00 x 7.00 x 2.00 x 2.00. Apr. 29, Hidalgo. 


ALAUDIDA. 


_ EREMOPHILA ALPESTRIS CHRYSOLZMA, (Wagl.) Coues.—Southwestern 
Horned Lark. 


I first met this bird at Galveston, on the dry, sandy ridges adjoining 
the salt-marshes. It was in company oftentimes with Plectrophanes 
maccowni, MeCown’s Bunting. In the vicinity of Brownsville I fre- 
quently saw it along the roadside, in the small stretches of prairie a 


10 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


few miles back from the river, and also as we approached the salt- 
marshes near the coast. Up the river from Brownsville we observed 
very few, as the country is more thickly wooded, and consequently un- 
suited to the habits of the Shore Lark. I obtained no eggs, although 
it undoubtedly breeds near the coast at least as far north as Galveston. 
I saw no difference in its habits from those of the North. I recognized 
the bird, before I shot it, by its peculiar flight and song. It differs from 
the typical alpestris in being smaller and brighter in color. 


108— 9 —6.50 x 11.50 x 3.62 x 2.38. Mar. 29, Brownsville. 
MOTACILLIDA. 


ANTHUS (NEOCORYS) SPRAGUII, (Aud.) Sel.— Missouri Skylark. 


"South of Galveston, just without the city limits, are lagoons and salt- 
marshes. The low ridges dividing them are covered sparsely with 
grass, and, as in other sandy tracts, all of the tall grass grows in clumps, 
or hummocks. From among these one day I started a large, scattered 
flock of birds. I recognized among them Plectrophanes maccowni, Me- 
Cown’s Bunting, from having shot it the day before. By chance my eye 
caught sight of a bird darting into a hummock. I flushed and shot it. 
It was in soiled plumage, and gave me more study than any other bird 
of the collection before I ascertained that it was the Missouri Skylark. 
Others were seen at this time, but not obtained. I think I never saw 
birds so difficult to distinguish and shoot, although I was sure they were 
somewhere about under my very eyes. Of their habits I could see little 
or nothing. I think this bird has not before been noticed so far south.* 


5—6.50 x 11.00 x 3.38 x 2.62. Mar. 1, Galveston. 
SYLVICOLID A. 


PARULA AMERICANA, (L.) Bp.—Blue Yellow-backed Warbler. 


The single specimen of this bird seen was under very peculiar cireum- 
stances. Wecame from Corpus Christi to Point Isabel in a flat-bottomed 
oyster-boat of four tons. When almost on the bar at Brazos de Santiago, 
the darkness and a storm prevented our passing over, and during the 
night we drifted out into the Gulf. The morning of March 20th found 
us twenty-five or thirty miles out, with the sea still heavily rolling, but 
the sky and air most beautiful. Hoisting all sail to catch the gentle 
breeze, we made for port. Just before we sighted land, imagine our 
surprise and joy to see a little Blue Yellow-backed Warbler on our 
mast. It soon flew down to the sail, and thence to the deck, where, 


*[ Interesting on account of the locality, which is the southernmost on record. The 
specimen has a dull look, as if the plumage were soiled from the nature of the ground 
or herbage where it was shot. In the North, where the bird is very common in some 
localities, it mixes freely, not only with P. maccowni, as here witnessed by Mr. Sennett, 
but also with P. ornatus and with Passerculus bairdi.—E. C.] 


SENNETT ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS. 11 


after a few moments, it felt quite at home. Our sailor caught him, and 
he was passed around for all to admire and pet. It would nestle in our 
hands and enjoy the warmth without the least fear. When allowed his 
freedom, he would hop upon us, fly from one to another, and dart off 
over the side of the boat as if taking his departure; when, lo! back he 
would come with a fly or moth he had seen over the water and had 
captured. Several flies were caught in this way. He searched over 
the whole boat and into the hold for insects. Often he would fly to one 
or the other of us, as we were lying on the deck, and into our hands 
and faces, with the utmost familiarity. He received our undivided 
attention, but could have been no happier than we. Upon reaching 
shore, amid the confusion of our landing we lost Sight forever of our 
pretty friend. 


PARULA NIGRILORA, Coues, n. s.—Sennett’s Warbler. 


[ g Subcerulea, dorso medio virenti-flavo, alis albo bifasciatis, palpebris nigris immaculatis, 
loris linedque frontali niger Tomas 5 subtus flava, jugulo aurantiaco, abdomine infimo, hypo- 
chondriis crissoque albis. 


g, adult: Upper parts of the same ashy-blue color as in P. americana, with a dorsal 
patch of greenish-yellow exactly as in that species. Wings alsoas in americana, dusky, 
with grayish-blue outer, and whitish inner, edgings, and crossed by two conspicuous 
white bars, across tips of greater and middle coverts. Tail as in americana, but the 
white spots smaller and almost restricted to two outer feathers on each side. Eyeiids 
black without white marks. Lores broadly and intensely black, this color extending as 
a narrow frontal line to meet its fellow across base of culmen, and also reaching back 
to invade the auriculars, on which it shades through dusky to the general bluish. 
Under parts yellow as far as the middle of the belly, and a little farther on the flanks, 
and also spreading up the sides of the jaw to involve part of the mandibular and malar 
region; on the fore breast deepening into rich orange, but showing nothing of the 
orange-chestnut and blackish of P. americana. Lower belly, flanks, and crissum white. 
Bill black above, yellow below. Legs undefinable light horn-color. Length (of skins, 
about) 4.50; wing 2.00-2,20; tail 1.80-1.90; bill from nostril 0.38-0.40 ; tarsus 0.6:2-0.65 ; 
middle toe alone 0.40 (extremes of three adult males). 

This bird is entirely distinct from P. americana, and belongs to the pitiayumi type. 
From americana it is distinguished by the extension of the yellow to the middle belly 
and flanks, absence of the decided blackish collar, lack of white on eyelids, and broadly 
black lores involving auriculars and frontal stripe. The upper parts, wings, and tail 
are substantially as in americana, the tint of the upper parts, shape and color of the 
dorsal patch, and the white wing-bars being the same in both. From P. inornata Baird 
it differs in the presence of the wing-bands and color of the upper parts, inornata being 
a deep blue species with plain wings. From pitiayumi it differs in the much lighter- 
colored upper parts, and less of the yellow below, pitiayumi having deep plumbeous- 
blue back and the yellow extending to the crissum. The relationships are closest to 
the insularis, agreeing in having the lower abdomen flanks white, like the crissum, in- 
stead of yellow like the breast, as is the case both with inornata and pitiayumi. The 
differences from insularis, however, are readily expressed; the lores being decidedly 
black, and broadly contrasting with the bluish-gray, as in vitiayumi and inornata, and 
the wing-bands being as broad and distinct as they are in americana, instead of narrow 
as in insularis, and the yellow of the throat extending on the malar region, while in 
insularis the yellow is strictly confined beween the sides of the jaw. 

Agreeably to the latest fashion, the bird will probably stand as pitiayumi var. nigri- 
lora; but its probable gradation into pitiayumi through Mexican and Central American 
specimens remains tobe shown. It is thoroughly distinct from P. americana.—k. C.] 


12 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


On April 20th, soon after reaching Hidalgo, I was directed up the river 
some four miles by road, and there shot the first three eign of this 
new species. 

On May 3d, another was shot among the mezquite timber of the old 
resaca, within a mile of town. On May Sth, another was shot in a dense 
forest about half a mile from where the first three were obtained. Sev- 
eral more were seen; in fact, they were more abundant than any other 
Warbler. It was a constant surprise to me while on the Rio Grande 
that so few Warblers were to be seen. I had depended on getting a 
large number of species, and was constantly on the lookout for them, 
daily frequenting places where I expected to find them. 

All of the specimens obtained are males, and I remember of seeing 
none in pairs. They were seen usually in little groups of three or 
four. They are by no means shy, but frequenting, as they do, the 
woods, cannot be readily seen. Dr. Merrill writes me from Fort Brown 
that in July he found the nest and three young of what he supposed at 
the time to be Parula americana, but which may prove to belong to this 
species. I have little doubt that another season will bring to our knowl- 
edge full accounts of the breeding habits of this beautiful new Warbler. 

I have just received from Dr. Merrill, Fort Brown, a description of 
the nest found in July :— 

‘My nest of Parula was taken July 5th, about five miles from here. 
Tt was placed in a small thin bunch of hanging moss, about ten feet from 
the ground, in a thicket; was simply hollowed out of the moss, of which 
it was entirely composed, with the exception of three or four horse- 
hairs; entrance on side; contained three young about half-fledged. 
Parents very bold, but thinking they were americana I did not shoot 
them.” 

248— g —4.37 x 6.75 x 2.25 x 1.68. Apr. 20, Hidalgo. 
250— fg —4.25 x 6.75 x 2.13 x 1.56. Apr. 20, Hidalgo. 
202— §—4.25 x 6.75 x 2.12 x 1.63. Apr. 20, Hidalgo. 
343— § —4.25 x 6.50 x 2.00 x 1.62. May 3, Hidalgo. 
396— g —4.50 x 7.00 x 2.00 x 1.87. May 8, Hidalgo. 


HELMINTHOPHAGA RUFICAPILLA, ( Wils.) Bd.—WNashville Warbler. 
The only specimen seen was in tbe dense woods in the vicinity of 
Hidalgo. 
395— g —4.50 x 6.87 x 2.00 x 1.63. May 8, Hidalgo. 
HELMINTHOPHAGA CELATA, (Say) Bd.—Orange-crowned Warbler. 


Only one specimen shot, and we were unable to save it on account of 
the great heat. Measurements taken and sex examined. The bird was 
shot in undergrowth, near a lagoon. 

110— ¢ —4.75 x 7.50 x 2.50 x 2.12. Mar. 29, Brownsville, 


DENDRGCA VIRENS, (Gm.) Bd.—Black-throated Green Warbler. 
Shot in vicinity of Hidalgo while we were riding along the road 
through the woods. It is in very fine plumage. 
251— § —5.00 x 7.75 x 2.63 x 2.12. Apr. 20, Hidalgo. 


\ 


SENNETT ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS, 13 


DENDRGCA CORONATA, (L.) Gr.—Yellow-rumped Warbler. 

On the northern end of Padre Island, in the middle of March, I saw 
more of the migration of our northern birds than during the remainder 
of my stay in Texas, although I was on the island but three or four days. 
All of the respectable growth of vegetation upon the island consisted 
of a few bushes and small trees, in which was located the camp of the 
Coast Survey. Conspicuous among the birds seen at this time was the 
Yellow-rumped Warbler. I saw afewalso about Brownsville up to about 
April 15. Iam told that some remain all summer on the southern bor- 
der, but I saw no signs of it. 
DENDRCCA DOMINICA ALBILORA, (L.) Ridgw.— Yellow-throated Warbler. 

This specimen has the entire superciliary line white.* The only one 
seen; shot in the open chaparral among mezquite and cactus. 

84— g —5. 37 x 8.50 x 2.75 x 2.00 Mar. 26, Brownsville. 
SIURUS MOTACILLA,} (V.) Bp.—Large-billed Water Thrush. 

Shot near Brownsville in a mezquite grove on the border of a acon 
some fifty feet from the water’s edge. It was seen flitting through the 
branches near the ground, and never at rest. This is the only one 
recognized, and, as I was often in favorable places for them, I cannot 
think them abundant. 

119— 9 —6.00 x 10.00 x 3.00 x 2.00. Mar. 31, Brownsville. 
ICTERIA VIRENS, (L.) Bd.— Yellow-breasted Chat. 

This bird is quite common in suitable places, although, as every where 
else, more frequently heard than seen. Its first choice is a thick brush- 
fence. At Brownsville, we were quite surprised to have a bird-woman 
offer us a pair in a cage, and I bargained with her to keep them for us 
until our return from up the river, but we never heard from them again. 

At Hidalgo, nearly every night, when through our work, we went to ~ 
the river to bathe, and never did we fail to hear the sweet melody of the 
Chats, in a thicket and brush-fence across the river. No matter at what 
time we might wake on a still night we could hear “our Chats”, as we 
familiarly called them. I think them by far the finest singers of all our 
birds. I did not come upon their nests. I am indebted to Dr. Merrill 
for a set of four eggs and nest, taken near Brownsville while I was up 
the river. The nest is composed of weeds and a few leaves laid around 
in layers, and lined with a few rootlets. Outside, it is 44 inches in 
diameter by 23 deep; inside, 25 diameter by 2 inches deep. The eggs 
are white, speckled thickly at the larger end and sparsely at the smaller 
with reddish-brown. Largest egg of the four, 0.92 by 0.71; smallest, 
0.85 by 0.69; average size, 0.89 by 0.70. . 

182— § —7.12 x 9.75 x 3.13 x 3.12. Apr. 8, Brownsville. 
280— § —8.00 x 10.25 x 3.13 x 3.50. Apr. 26, Hidalgo. 


* [Typically representing Mr. Ridgway’s subspecies, which seems to prevail, if it be not 
the only form, in the Mississippi Basin and Texas.—E. C. ] 


t[See my “Corrections of Nomenclature in the Genus Siurus”. <Bull. Nuttall Club, 
ii. 1877, 33.—E. C.] 


14. ~—S-: BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


SETOPHAGA RUTICILLA, (L.) Sw.—Redstart. 

I saw several of this species in the latter part of April at Hidalgo, 
and shot one female. They frequented the undergrowth of heavy tim- 
ber on the very bank of the river. 


TANAGRIDA. 


PYRANGA &STIVA, (L.) V.i— Summer Redbird. 

The first I saw of this bird was on April 20 in heavy timber in the 
vicinity of Hidalgo. Here we met the first tall growth of trees, these 
attaining a height of fifty or sixty feet, and free enough from under- 
growth to admit of riding through on horseback. Here two males of 
this species were shot, and one female seen. They did not seem to be 
paired at that time. I afterward saw them frequently in the dense 
woods, but never in the open chaparral. They were generally seen on 
the undergrowth or among the lower limbs of the larger trees. I did 
not find them very shy. On May 7, my companion flushed a bird of 
this species from its nest, in which there was one egg. He left the nest 
to consult me, in another part of the woods, whether to leave it for more 
eggs or take it as it was. We decided to take it, as we were then ex- 
pecting the boat any day to take us to Brownsville, and the chances of 
reaching that locality again were very doubtful. On his going back, 
although not half an hour had elapsed since his first visit, the nest was 
empty. The nest was built on a very small tree in the heart of the 
woods, and was only five and one-half feet from the ground on a hori- 
zontal fork, on which several twigs stood upright, serving as a sort of 
basket to hold it. The body of the nest was composed of Spanish moss. 
and smal] pliant twigs woven about the living branches. The lining 
~ was made entirely of soft, bleached grasses, and is plainly seen through 
the moss from below. Quitside diameter was 5 inches by 44, and depth 
of 235 inside diameter 23 inches, and 13 deep, with the rim drawn in 
slightly. 

253— f —7.75 x 12.00 x 3.75 x 3.00. Apr. 20, Hidalgo. 
259-— ¢ —8.00 x 12.00 x 4.00 x 3.25. Apr. 20, Hidalgo. > 
266— $ —7.75 x 12.00 x 3.75 x 3.25. Apr. 24, Hidalgo. 
267— 9 —7.75 x 12.00 x 3.75 x 3.25. Apr. 24, Hidalgo. 
304— $ —8.00 x 12.25 x 3.87 x 3.25. Apr. 30, Hidalgo. 


342— §—8.25 x 12.75 x 3.87 x 3.12. May 3, Hidalgo. 
387— g —7.62 x 12.25 x 3.75 x 3.12. May 7, Hidalgo. 


HIRUNDINIDA. 


HIRUNDO HORREORUM, Barton.—Barn Swallow. 


Not noticed on the Rio Grande; but on May 22d, when our steamer was 
about opposite Galveston, several of this species flew about us, almost 
in our faces, sometimes alighting on the deck. They kept us company 
for hours. 


SENNETT ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXas. 15 


TACHYCINETA BICOLOR, (V.) Coues.— White-bellied Swallow. 

Numbers were seen on our way down the coast from Indianola to 
Point Isabel. They were also seen about the lagoons in the vicinity of 
Brownsville up to about April 1st, after which time none were observed. 


PETROCHELIDON LUNIFRONS, (Say) Cab.—Cliff Swallow. 

None were seen lower down the river than Hidalgo, much to our won- 
der, for the conditions seem quite as favorable for them at Brownsville 
or Matamoras as at points above. In the absence of cliffs in the vicinity 
of Hidalgo, they adapt themselves to the eaves of the buildings in the 
town. Through the kindness of Sheriff Leo we occupied the court-house, 
and these Swallows were incessantly working and chattering about us 
from daylight until dark, and even in the night we could hear them in 
their nests. We had ample opportunity to observe their habits. They 
are gregarious in all their occupations. In collecting mud for their 
houses, the choice spots of their selection on the margin of the river are 
so thickly covered with them that often more than a hundred will be 
huddled on and over a space of two feet in diameter. The curious 
bottle-shaped nests were crowded so thickly together that little could 
be seen of them but their mouths. We endeavored to obtain a sample 
of the nests entire; but there was so much quicksand in the mud of 
which they were made that we found it impracticable to do so. None 
of the nests were lined. In some we found stones and bits of broken 
crockery, which had been thrown in by the boys before the nests were 
_ completed ; and yet the birds had laid their eggs among the rubbish. 
In making the nest, the first choice is a corner formed by wall, eaves, 
and rafter, very little labor, therefore, being necessary to make the re- 
maining side. This side or nest is made spherical, with the mouth and 
neck standing out some two inches from it. The next ones lap on to it, 
others lap on to them, and soon. As soon as a Shelf is formed large 
enough to hold the bird, it stands on it and works from within. The 
pair workin turn. To gather the eggs it is necessary to demolish a part 
of the nest, unless, as we sometimes found, eggs were laid before the 
nest was finished. In the completed nests, the clutch varied from four 
to seven; but in one extra large nest, which from its size and shape 
looked as if two birds occupied it in common, we took ten eggs. From 
the window of our sleeping-room we could watch the birds at their work 
without disturbing them, although but four feet distant from some of 
them. When we took the eggs, on May 7th, some were nearly ready to 
hatch, but most of them were fresh, and many birds were just beginning 
their nests. 

The ground-color of the eggs is a dull white. The markings are brown 
and very variable. Some are speckled, others blotched; some regu- 
larly over the whole egg, and others with far the greater number of 
spots on the largerend. The longest egg was 0.90, the shortest 0.70; the 
broadest 0.60, and the narrowest 0.53. The average of fifty eggs is 0.80 


by 0.56. | 
389— 9 —5.75 x 11.50 x 4.12 x 1.88. May 7, Hidalgo. 


16 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


AMPELIDA. 
AMPELIS CEDRORUM, (V.) Bd.—Cedar-bird. 


At Lomita Ranche, some seven miles above Hidalgo, I was surprised 
to see a flock of birds alight in the top of a large tree over my head. It 
was rare, indeed, to see a flock of land birds other than Blackbirds, and 
even they, at that time of year, were scattered in pairs and busy with 
nests and eggs. Upon firing I was still further surprised to pick up our 
own familiar Cherry-bird. The day was hot, being about 100° Fabren- 
heit in the shade. I have shot the same bird at home when the ther- 
mometer indicated 12° below zero. These birds were in full plumage, 
and were the only ones seen. 

400— g —7.37 x 12.00 x 3.75 x 2.37. May 8, Hidalgo. 


VIREONID A. 


VIREO OLIVACEUS, (L.) V.—Ked-eyed Vireo. 
Shot by the roadside in the woods. The only one secured. The eggs 
were well developed. 
307— 9 —6.12 x 9.75 x 3.00 x 2.00. Apr. 30, Hidalgo. 
VIREO NOVEBORACENSIS, (Gm.) Bp.— White-eyed Vireo. 
Two birds of this species were shot in open chaparral, and were proba- 
bly migrating. We noticed none after March 27. 
85— f —5.00 x 7.50 x 2.50 x 2.00. Mar. 26, Brownsville. — 
91— 9 —5.00 x 7.38 x 2.25 x 2.00. Mar. 27, Brownsville. 


VIREO BELLI, Aud.—Bell’s Vireo. 


This single specimen Was shot seven miles from Hidalgo, in a small 
bush under an ebony-tvee. Of its habits I saw nothing. 
394— $—5.25 x 7.25 x 2.12 x 1.88. May 8, Hidalgo. 


LANID. 


COLLURIO LUDOVICIANUS EXCUBITORIDES, (L.) Bd.—Loggerhead Shrike. 


This variety was quite common in open places, but very shy. It was 
rarely seen in the dense chaparral or wooded districts, preferring the 
openings near towns and ranches or the prairies. 


198— g —9.00 x 12.50 x 3.88 x 3.88. Apr. 9, Brownsville. 


FRINGILLIDA. 
RHYNCHOPHANES* MACCOwnNI, (Lawr.) Bd.— McCown’s Bunting. 


* (Baird, in 1858, it will be remembered, noted the non-agreement of the species with 
the characters of Plectrophanes proper, and made a new subgenus, Rhynchophanes, for its 
accommodation. I have lately found a prior notice to the same effect. Bonaparte had 
said in 1857, in his “Observations sur Diverses Espéces d’Emberiziens”’, etc., Rev. et 
Mag. de Zool. ix. 1857, 161 :—‘‘ Mais ce que nous n’avons pas dit encore, et que nous 
proclamons ici, c’est que le prétendu Plectrophanes maccowni Lawrence, Ann. Lye. N.- 
York, V, p. 122, du Texas oriental, n’est pas de celle Sous-famille, mais un Loxien du 
groupe des Montifringilles, trés-voisin de Rhodopechys phanicoptera.”—E. C.] 


SENNETT ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS. 1% 


I found these only about Galveston. They were in large flocks, and 
associated with them were HLremophila chrysolema, Southwestern Sky- 
lark, and Neocorys spraguii, Missouri Skylark. They frequented the 
sandy ridges adjoining the salt-marshes. In habits they reminded 
me of P. lapponicus, Lapland Longspur, as I saw them in Minnesota 
last year. When flushed, they dart from side to side, taking a swift, 
irregular course, never very high, and suddenly drop down among the 
grass-tussocks, with their heads toward you. They are so quiet and so 
much the color of their surroundings that they are seen with difficulty. 
They fly in such scattered flocks that a single discharge of the gun can 
seldom bring down more than one ortwo. That they extend farther 
south than the vicinity of Galveston I very much doubt, for we would, 
in all probability, have noticed them if they had been farther down the 
coast. 

1— $ —6.37 x 11.25 x 3.50 x 2.25. Feb. 28, Galveston. 


2— 9 —5.75 x 10.75 x 3.13 x 1.87. Feb. 28, Galveston. 
3— ¢ —6.37 x 11.62 x 3.50 x 2.20. Feb. 28, Galveston. 


PASSERCULUS SAVANNA, (Wils.) Bp.—Savanna Sparrow. 

The several specimens secured were found on or near the ground, and 
mostly in old resaca beds, where tall grass abounds. I found none at all 
at Hidalgo, probably owing to the higher ground, distance from the 
— coast, and few openings. 

299— $—5.50 x 9.25 x 2.75 x 2.00. Mar. 9, Brownsville. 
66— 9 —5.25 x 8.25 x 2.62 x 2.00. Mar. 24, Brownsville. 
72— g—5.60 x 9.25 x 2.75 x 2.00. Mar. 25, Brownsville. 
109— g¢ —5.50 x 8.75 x 2.75 x 2.10. Mar. 29, Brownsville. 
171— § —5.50 x 9.25 x 2.75 x 2.10. Apr. 7, Brownsville. 
187— ¢ —5.75 x 9.00 x 2.75 x 2.10. Apr. 9, Brownsville. 


POGCETES GRAMINEUS CONFINIS, (Gm.) Bd.— Western Grass Finch. 
Both of the specimens secured were shot in low bushes; one by the 
side of the road, and the other in the openings of the chaparral, among 
the cactus. From the nature of the country, all of the ground birds are 
extremely difficult to study or even shoot. The great abundance of im- 
penetrable thickets give them convenient and safe cover at all times. I 
will say here that during the whole trip not a single nest of the numerous 
small birds was found on the ground or in a low bush. It is worse by 
far than collecting on the Western prairies, for here one cannot even ride 
over or step near the nests to expose the eggs by flushing the bird. 


185— ¢—6.60 x 10.90 x 3.35 x 2.75. Apr. 9, Brownsville. 
301— 9 —6.25 x 10.50 x 3.10 x 2.50. Apr. 29, Hidalgo. 


AMMODROMUS MARITIMUS, ( Wils.) Sw.—Seaside Finch. 

We did very little shore collecting, owing to frequent changes of 
locality and inconveniences for preserving. Galveston was the only 
point where I shot this species; none, however, were prepared. I have 
no doubt that this bird, as well as A. caudacutus, Sharp-tailed Finch, 
resides the year round on the whole of the Texas coast. 

Bull. iv. No. 1—2 


18 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


MELOSPIZA LINCOLNI, (Aud.) Bd.—Lincoln’s Finch. 


This bird was seen in small flocks about the low bushes in exposed 
places in the vicinity of Brownsville. Farther up the river I did not 
notice any. They were full of song, and rather shy, darting into the 
bushes at my approach. 

136— g —6.00 x 8.10 x 2.50 x 2.00. Apr. 2, Brownsville. 
146— § —5.75 x 8.00 x 2.40 x 225. Apr. 3, Brownsville. 
211— $ —5.60 x 8.40 x 2.50 x 2.25. Apr. 17, Brownsville. 
212— § —5.85 x 8.40 x 2.50 x 2.50. Apr. 17, Brownsville. 


PEUCZA CASSINI,* (Woodh.) Bd.—Cassin’s Finch. 


This shy Finch is quite common about Brownsville early in the season. 
Its colors render it almost invisible while at rest. At the first sight of 
man, it darts into the thickest of bushes, and is with difficulty frightened 
out. It is a sweet singer, and, when undisturbed, is usually perched on 
the topmost branches of low bushes. Its song, although not loud, is 
quite distinct from that of other birds, and once heard cannot be mis- 
taken. I did not meet with it above Brownsville. 


188— g —6.25 x 8.50 x 2.60 x 2.60. Apr. 9, Brownsville. 
189— ¢—6.25 x 8.25 x 2.55 x 2.50. Apr. 9, Brownsville. 


AMPHISPIZA BILINEATA, (Cass.) Coues.—Black-throated Finch. 


These beautiful little birds, almost as restless as the Titmnice, were 
found in all suitable localities on the Rio Grande. At the time I saw 
them they were always in pairs, and not at all shy, and I enjoyed watch- 
ing them exceedingly. I refraivea from shooting many, with a view to 
finding their eggs. Every few days I would visit certain localities, 
where I never failed to find the birds, but was quite unsuccessful in- 
finding their nests. 

There is a bush on the Rio Grande, whose name [ could not learn, 
common in exposed and dry places, usually on barren knolls bordering 
the resacas, whose scanty leaves are so small that it at all times pre- 
sents a dull and lifeless appearance. It is this bush that the Black- 
throated Finches like to frequent. The male will sit on the top of a 
bush, four or five feet from the ground, and sing to his mate by the 
hour, she meanwhile flitting from bush to bush, as if her nest was near, 
though in no way manifesting any alarm. On the 6th of May I shot 
a nearly full-grown young, this showing that they begin to lay very 
early. 


122—¢ —5.40 x 8.25 x 2.50 x 2.35. Mar. 31, Brownsville. 
123— 9 —5.35 x 8.00 x 2.35 x 2.25. Mar. 31, Brownsville. 
292— fg —5.60 x 8.25 x 2.50 x 2.35. Apr. 28, Hidalgo. 
298— g —5.50 x 8.25 x 2.50 x 2.25. Apr. 29, Hidalgo. 


381— g juv.—5.10 x 8.00 x 2.50 x 2.00. May 6, Hidalgo. 


* [Important specimens, illustrating this good species in its purity. See the correction 
of the error I committed in the “ Key”, in Birds of the Nurthwest, p. 140.—E. ©. ] 


SENNETT ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS. 19 


SPIZELLA SOCIALIS, ( Wils.) Bp.—Chipping Sparrow. 


3.25— § —5.25 & 9.25 x 2.75 x 2.50. May 1, Hidalgo. 
3.63— 9 —5.35 x 8.50 x 2.65 x 2.30. May 4, Hidalgo. 


SPIZELLA PALLIDA, (Sw.) Bp.—Clay-colored Sparrow. 


The single specimen was shot in a low bush just outside of the village 
of Hidalgo. Nothing whatever noticed of its habits. 


290— 9 —5.75 ¥ 8 x 2.25 x 2.50. Apr. 28, Hidalgo. 


*ZONOTRICHIA LEUCOPHRYS, (Forst.) Sw.— White-crowned Sparrow. 
These birds were all in poor plumage, as they were undergoing their 

spring moult. They were abundant about hedges, fences, and thickets, 
in company with C. grammica, Lark Finch. I did not take any var. inter- 
media, which takes the place of this species when it leaves for the North. 
I presume I could have obtained them before I left if I had not been 
occupied with other birds. 

82— 9 —6.25 x 9.65 x 3.0 x 2.75. Mar. 26, Brownsville. 

127— 9—8.00x 9.75 x 3.0 x 3.00. Mar.31, Brownsville. 


128— 9 —7.00 x 9.75 x 3.0 x 2.75. Mar. 31, Brownsville. 
137— 9 —7.25 x 10.00 x 3.1% 2.75. Apr. 2, Brownsville. 


CHONDESTES GRAMMICA,* (Say) Bp.—Lark Finch. 


I found this bird very common about Brownsville, but quite scarce 
farther up the river. Generally seen about. brush-fences and in meadows 
with scattered clumps of trees; sometimes in broken flocks, and again 
apparently in pairs. My first one was shot on the ground, where 1t 
seemed to be feeding alone. I frequently came upon companies of them 
on the ground. They were often seen in company with Z. leucophrys, 
White-crowned Sparrow. A large number of birds was taken, but only 
a few measured. 


90— ¢ —6.50 x 11.00 x 3.50 x 2.75. Mar. 27, Brownsville. 
132— g —6.85 x 11.25 x 3.75 x 2.75. Apr. 2, Brownsville. 


EUSPIZA AMERICANA, (Gm.) Bp.—Black-throated Bunting. 


These two birds were the only ones we happened to meet with, and 
they were shot in open woodland, in company with Blue Grosbeaks and 
Orioles. 


314— 9 —6.00 x 9.75 x¥ 3x 2.25. Apr. 30, Hidalgo. 
378— 9 —6.00 x 9.50 x 3x2.12. May 6, Hidalgo. 


GONIAPHEA C@RULEA, (L.).—Blue Grosbeak. 

Not very abundant, yet breeding all along the Lower Rio Grande. 
At Hidalgo, a pair was noticed continually about the river-bank. We 
were careful not to shoot them, and the citizens joined us in trying to 


*(Stet grammica. I see no authority for the current form, ‘“ erammaca”.—E. C.] 


20 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


find their nest. One day, by accident, I discovered it. About May 1st, 
several of us were coming along the beaten path from the ferry. I 
turned aside to take a short cut through the weeds, which grew nearly 
as tallas my head. Not more than ten feet from the path I came upon 
a partly overturned nest, containing four young. Their pin-feathers, 
though just started, showed deep blue on the wings. The nest was 
about four and one-half feet from the ground, and composed of grasses 
twined around the weed-stalks, after the manner of Blackbirds’ building. 
It was by no means firmly built nor tightly bound to the stalks, and 
some cattle had evidently nearly tipped the little household out. F 
righted the nest, bound it to a fresh stalk or two, and left it. All the 
time we were examining and working at the nest, the parents were sit- 
ting on a woodpile close by, showing no alarm whatever. 

281— §—7.75 x 12.25 x 4.00 x 3.10. Apr. 26, Hidalgo. 

303— § —7.25 x 11.25 x 3.50 x 2.85. Apr. 29, Hidalgo. 


327— g —7.50 x 12.00 x 3.50 x 2.85. May 2, Hidalgo. 
345— $ —7.25 x 11.65 x 3.50 x 3.00. May 3, Hidalgo. 


CYANOSPIZA CIRIS, (L.) Bd.—Painted Finch. 


April 25th, at Hidalgo, was the first we saw of this beautiful bird, after 
which we saw one or two daily. They were extremely shy. The speci- 
men obtained is remarkable, having every outward appearance of being 
a female, and yet being a male, with fully developed testicles. Two 
of us examined it with great care, and deliberated over the case; there- 
fore, there is no chance of a mistake.* 

362— g¢ —6.50 x 9.00 x 2.75 x 2.40. May 4, Hidalgo. 


CYANOSPIZA VERSICOLOR, (Bp.) Bd.— Western Nonpareil. 


I did not obtain any specimens of this bird, but I saw and compared 
two fine males t+ shot by Dr. Merrill near Brownsville while I was up the 
river. 


CYANOSPIZA CYANEA, (L.) Bd.—Indigo-bird. 


I have tu note seeing a number of these beautiful and familiar birds 
on the Rio Grande, at a ranche, when our boat stopped for wood on 
April15th. While the crew were cutting the wood, I improved the delay 
by taking the gun and sauntering about. I must have seen at least a 
dozen of these birds, of both sexes. They persisted in either staying 
on the farther side of an impenetrable brush-fence or else out in the 
thicket over a swamp. To shoot them in either case would have been 
unprofitable, for I could not have recovered the birds. They were sing- 
ing very sweetly, and were the only ones I met during the trip. 


* [The plumage is absolutely that of the mature female, to which sex any ornitholo- 
gist would refer the specimen without hesitation but for the author’s positive testi- 
mony to the contrary.—E. C.] 

t See Bulletin of the Nuttall Ornithological Club, ii. n. 4, 109, Oct. 1877. 


SENNETT ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS. 21 


PYRRHULOXIA SINUATA, Bp.— Texas Cardinal. 


In the close vicinity of Brownsville, I found these birds quite abun- 
dant. I first met them while after some Cowbirds, Molothrus eneus, ina 
brush-fence, near the Catholic cemetery, and shot two females. One 
day, by following up the fences just without the city, one on each side, 
we obtained eleven, and out of the lot only one was a male. At 
Hidalgo, we met occasionally solitary pairs in the thickets away from 
habitations. Their habits I found to be much like those of the Cardinal 
Redbird, only they keep closer to the ground. We searched everywhere 
for their nests, but with no success. Out of over twenty specimens 
secured, there were only three males. I several times heard the whistle 
of the male, and I could readily distinguish it from the note of cardi- 
nalis. I found this species very shy; and when surprised, instead of 
flying boldly off to another bush, it would invariably dart toward the 
ground, and fly along the brush, behind some projection, or through the 
fence to the opposite side, so that a shot on the wing was out of the 
question. Their skins are extremely tender, and their skulls are ex- 
panded, so that great care must be observed in skinning, or ugly rents 
will be the result. That they breed along the Lower Rio Grande, there 
can be no doubt, and we may expect before long full accouuts of their 
breeding habits. 

120— 9 —8.00 x 11.00 x 3.50 x 4.00. Mar. 31, Brownsville. 
121— 9 —8.25 x 11.50 x 3.50 x 4.00. Mar. 31, Brownsville. 
158— ¢ —8.50 x 11.75 x 3.75 x 4.00. Apr. 5, Brownsville. 
159— 9 —8.25 x 11.50 x 3.50 x 3.75. Apr. 5, Brownsville. 
235— g —8.50 x 11.50 x 3.65 x 3.85. Apr. 19, Hidalgo. 


289— § —8.50 x 11.75 x 3.50 x 3.85. Apr. 28, Hidalgo. 
360— 9 —8.25 x 11.00 x 3.40 x 4.00. May 4, Hidalgo. 


CARDINALIS VIRGINIANUS, (Brisson) Bp.—Cardinal Redbird. 

The habits of this familiar bird are too well known, both in the gar- 
dens of the South and in captivity, to need any further notice. So far, 
however, from finding them as tame on the Rio Grande as they are rep- 
resented to be elsewhere, the reverse is true. We found them quite 
common, yet very shy. A number of nests and sets of eggs were 
obtained. They were generally taken in dense thickets, some five feet 
from the ground; but we found one nest and two eggs, seven feet from 
the ground, in a bushy tree; and another, only two and one-half feet 
from the ground, in a thicket. First nest and three fresh eggs found 
April 28th. Their nests vary greatly, according to location; some are 
bulky, and others hardly more than would answer for a Carolina Dove. 
Spanish moss enters largely into the outside, together with twigs and 
leaves. The lining is composed of rootlets and pliant twigs, and some- 
times grasses also. The eggs are dull white, blotched and speckled all 
over, but more heavily at the larger end, with brown; generally the spots 
are lengthened, which gives the eggs the appearance of being streaked. 


Be BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


The largest egg was 1.02 by 0.72; the smallest, 0.94 by 0.72; average 
size, 0.96 by 0.72. 
74— § —8.15 x 11.25 x 3.50 x 3.50. Mar. 25, Brownsville. 
92— g —8.25 x 11.50 x 3.65 x 4.00. Mar. 27, Brownsville. 
164— ¢—8.00 x 11.75 x 3.60 x 4.00. Apr. 6, Brownsville. 
192— ¢—8.75 x 11.40 x 3.40 x 4.00. Apr. 9, Brownsville. 
218— 9 —8.25 x 11.25 x 3.40 x 3.75. Apr. 17, Hidalgo. 
232— g—8.00 x 11.00 x 3.50 x 4.00. Apr. 19, Hidalgo. 
237— ¢—8.75 x 11.00 x 3.60 x 4.00. Apr. 19, Hidalgo. 
359— g¢ —9.00 x 11.50 x 3.50 x 4.25. May 4, Hidalgo. 
¢ 364— 9 —8.00 x 10.75 x 3.25x 3.75, May 4, Hidalgo. 


EMBERNAGRA RUFIVIRGATA, Lawr.—Green Finch. 


I met this bird frequently, both in the vicinity of Brownsville and 
Hidalgo. It would take a long time to become well acquainted with 
the habits of this species, on account of its color being so little distin- 
guishable from the shade of the thickets which it frequents. I do not 
consider it shy. Ihave several times been obliged to retreat before 
Shooting, to save the bird from being blown to pieces. On May 5th, I 
spent two or three hours watching a Green Finch carrying grasses in its 
beak, but my patience was unrewarded with the sight of its nest. In 
addition to the two nests found last year,* Dr. Merrill writes me of find- 
ing others since I left. This demonstrates that they raise at least two 
broods within our limits, one in May and June, the other in August and 
September. 

138— ¢ —6.50 x 8.50 x 2.40 x 2.50. Apr. 2, Brownsville. 
165— $ —6.50 x 9.00 x 2.75 x 2.60. Apr. 6, Brownsville. 
328— g —6.75 x 9.00 x 2.50 x 2.60. May 2, Hidalgo. 
377— g —6.15 x 3.50 x 2.60 x 2.50. May 6, Hidalgo. 


414— $ —6.50 x 8.75 x 2.60 x 2.75. May 10, Hidalgo. 
417— 9 —6.00 x 8.75 x 2.45 x 2.50. May 11, Hidalgo. 


ICTERID 4. 


MOLOTHRUS ATER OBSCURUS, (Gm.) Coues.t—Dwarf Cowbird. 


This bird made its appearance in force at Brownsville about April 1st, 
falling in at once with M. pecoris. and the troops of other Blackbirds. 
By the first of May, all of Wf. pecoris had gone north, and the Dwarf 
variety was abundant everywhere in its place. At the stable where I 
was in the habit of going for horses, they fairly swarmed, coming in at_ 
the open doorways with Quiscalus macrurus, Great-tailed Grackle, 
Scolecophagus cyanocephalus, Blue-headed Grackle, and Molothrus cneus, 
Red-eyed Cowbird. The Dwarf Cowbird was conspicuous among them 
all, hopping on, under, and all about the horses after food. Itis marked 
exactly like M. pecoris, but is very perceptibly smaller. Its habits are 
in every respect the same. I found one egg in a nest of Icterus bullocki, 
Bullock’s Oriole, and another in a nest of Icterus cucullatus, Hooded 


*See Bulletin of Nuttall Orn. Club, i. 89, Nov. 1876. 
t Cf. Birds of the Northwest, 1874, 180. 


SENNETT ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS, 23 


Oriole. The eggs resemble those of M. pecoris, but are not so heavily 
speckled, and are smaller. Color dull white, with the faintest tinge of 
blue, and finely speckled with light brown, much more thickly at the 
larger end. The size of the largest egg is 0.80 by 0.60, the only one 
retained. 


MOLOTHRUS ZNEUS, ( Wagl.) Cab.— Bronzed or Red-eyed Cowbird. 


[Icterus aeneus, Licht. ‘‘ Mus. Berol.” 

Psarocolius aeneus, Wagler, Isis, 1829, 758.—Bp. C. A. i. 1850, 426. 

Agelaius eneus, Gray, ‘‘ Gen. of B. ii. 184-, 346”. 

Molothrus aeneus, Cab. Mus. Hein. i. 1851, 192.—Scl. “P. Z. S. 1856, 300; 1859, 365, 
381”.—S. & 8. “Ibis, 1860, 34”.—Scl. Cat. 1862, 135 (Mexico).—Giebel, Nomencl. 
Ay. 1875, 609.—Lawr. Bull. Nat. Mus. n. 4, 1876, 24 (Tehuantepec).— Merrill, 
Bull. Nuttall Club, i. 1876, 88 (introduced to U. 8S. fauna; Fort Brown, Texas; 

d abundant).—Merrill, ibid. ii. 1877, 85 (habits). 

Motothrus (Callothius) aneus, Cass. Pr. Phila. Acad. 1866, 18 (critical).—Gray, Handlist, 
ii. 1870, 37, n. 6509. 
Molothrus robustus, Cab. Mus. Hein. 1851, 193; “ J. f. O. 1861, 81”. 


Has.—Mexico and Central America. Guatemala. Veragua. CostaRica. Yucatan. 
North to the Rio Grande.of Texas. 

& ad. corpore toto cum capite aneo-atris, unicoloribus, alis cauddque nigris, viridi-violaceo- 
purpuratis. Long. tot. 8t; alw 42; caude 34. Q ad. minor, obscurior, ex toto niger, nec 
brunneus, sed vix nitens. Long. alw 44; caude@ 24. 


g, adult: Entire body and head uniform black, splendidly lustrous with bronzy 
reflections, the tint very much like that of the back of Quiscalus purpureus var. wneus. 
This rich brassy-black is perfectly uniform over the whole bird, there being no distinc- 
tion of color between the head and body, so conspicuous in VM. ater. Wings and tail 
black, with violet, purple, and especially green metallic lustre on the upper surfaces. 
Under wing- and tail-coverts chiefly violaceous-black ; the purplish and violaceous tints 
are also most noticeable on the upper coverts of both wings and tail, the reflections of 
the quill-feathers themselves being chiefly green. Bill ebony-black. Feet black. 
“Tris red.” Length 8-83; extent about 11; wing 43-42; tail 24-34; bill 3% along 
culmen, very stout and especially deep at the base, much compressed, the lateral out- 
line concave, the under outline perfectly straight, the upper gently convex through- 
out, the tip very acute. : 

notably smaller than the male; the wing scarcely over 4 inches, the tail under 3; 
culmen scarcely %. Color not brown, as in WM. ater 9, but uniformly quite black, with 
considerable gloss, though nothing like the brassy splendor of the male. Wings and 
tail with greenish reflections. 

Young ¢: I have seen no very young birds. Early spring birds, in imperfect dress, 
are exactly like the adult 2 in color, but much larger. 

This beautiful species of Molothrus cannot be confounded with the Common Cowbird. 
It much more nearly resembles Scolecophagus cyanocephalus, being of nearly or about 
the same size, and in fact might not be distinguished at first sight when flying about, 
unless in perfect dress, when the brassy lustre is conspicuous. The iris is red, that of 
Brewer’s Blackbird being yellow, and the bill is much stouter. There is no distinction 
whatever in color between the head and body, and the+bronzy tint is much that of 
some varieties of the Purple Grackle, contrasting strongly with the violaceous-green 
wings and tail. The bronzing is only on the ends of the feathers, the covered parts of 
which are violaceous-black, with plain dusky roots. Inthe breeding season, the males 
are said to present a peculiar puffy appearance of the fore parts, and some fullness of 
the plumage of these parts is recognizable in the prepared skins. The description is 
taken from specimens from Fort Brown, Texas.—E. C.] 


24 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


This fine large Cowbird, so recently added to our fauna, is very abun- 
dant all along the Lower Rio Grande, and is easily distinguishable from 
the other members of the genus.. ‘The only Blackbird for which it could 
be mistaken at gunshot range, and with which it is intimately associated 
up to about May 1st, is Scolecophagus cyanocephalus, Blue-headed Grackle. 
In full plumage they are not so much alike as when immature. The iris. 
of M. ceneus is bright red, and can, upon acquaintance, be readily dis- 
tinguished from the bright lemon iris of S. cyanocephalus at quite a 
distance. They breed later than most of the family, and in habits are 
very similar to Mf. ater, our Common Cowbird. They had only com- 
menced to lay when I left. For a very complete account of their breed- 
ing habits I refer to an article by Dr. James C. Merrill, in the Bulletin 
of the Nuttall Ornithological Club, ii. n. 4, 85, October, 1877. 

115— ¢ —8.50 x 15.00 x 4.65 x 3.25. Mar. 30, Brownsville. 
116— g —8.25 x 15.00 x 4.75 x 3.50. Mar. 30, Brownsville. 
126— g¢—9.00 x 15.25 x 4.65 x 3.25. Mar. 31, Brownsville. 


361— §—8.75 x 15.00 x 4.75 x 3.25. May 4, Hidalgo. 
372— §—9.00 x 14.75 x 4.40 x 3.00. May 5, Hidalgo. 


AGELAUS PHGNICEUS, (L.) V.—RKed-winged Blackbird. 


I found this species breeding in great numbers along the Lower Rio 
Grande. They usually build their nests low, among the rank growth of 
weeds and willows that spring up in the resaca beds after the annual 
overflows of the river. One nest, however, I found at least twenty feet 
high in a mezquite-tree. It’was composed of bleached grasses and at- 
tached to a leaning branch; was partly pensile, and looked like a large 
nest of the Orchard Oriole, Icterus spurius. I was deceived into climb- 
ing for it. Hundreds of eggs were examined, and the only difference I — 
could see from those of the North was in size, the Southern eggs being 
smaller. In a large series of eggs taken, the longest was 0.99 of an inch 
and the shortest 0.80; the broadest 0.72 and the narrowest 0.63. The 
average length is 0.91 and breadth 0.67. 


XANTHOCEPHALUS ICTEROCEPHALUS, (Bp.) Bd.—Yellow-headed Black- 
bird. 

On April 25th, at Hidalgo, we first met these impudent birds, associated 
with Cowbirds and Blue-headed Grackles, on a fence in the centre of 
the village. Three specimens were shot, and for a few days thereafter 
we saw them in the vicinity, flying about with Redwings and Cowbirds, 
after which we saw them no more. I am told they are very abundant 
during the winter months. 

~75— § —10.50 x 18.25 x 5.75 x 4.00. Apr. 25, Hidalgo. 
276— g§ —10.25 x 17.00 x 5.50 x 4.00. Apr. 25, Hidalgo. 
277— g—11.00 x 18.00 x 5.75 x 4.35. Apr. 25, Hidalgo. 

STURNELLA MAGNA, (L.) Sw.—Field Lark. 

Common on the prairies, and whenever we drove or rode through them 
numbers were seep. We did not obtain var. neglecta, although it is 


SENNETT ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS. 25 


undoubtedly common. Most of our time was spent among the timber, 
and the birds of the prairies were neglected. 
86— 9 —9.00 x 15.00 x 4.00 x 2.60. Mar. 26, Brownsville. 


ICTERUS SPURIUS, * (L.) Bp.—Orchard Oriole. 


_ Common everywhere in open woodland or mezquite chaparral. It 
likes to build in mezquite, wesatche, and willow-trees. They are exactly 
like the Northern birds in plumage, and vary from them only in size, 
and it takes close measuring to tell one from the other. The nests are 
nearly always made of bleached grasses, wholly or partially pensile, and 
without lining. Eggs bluish-white, sometimes pure white, with spots 
and hieroglyphiecs on larger end of deep brown, almost black. Average 
size of eggs is 0.84 by 0.57. 
c 81— f —7.25 x 9.75 x 3.00 x 2.50. Mar. 26, Brownsville. 

316— ¢—6.75 x 9.65 x 3.00 x 2.75. Apr. 30, Hidalgo. 

317— § —6.75 x 9.75 x 3.00 x 2.75. Apr. 30, Hidalgo. 

318— 9 —6.50 x 9.50 x 3.00 x 2.50. Apr. 30, Hidalgo. 


319— 9 —6.65 x 9.50 x 3.00 x 2.75. Apr. 30, Hidalgo. 
320— g¢ —6.50 x 9.40 x 3.00 x 2.50. Apr. 30, Hidalgo. 


ICTERUS BULLOCKI, (Sw.) Bp.—Bullock’s Oriole. 


So far as my experience went, this species was the rarest of the Ori- 
oles on the Rio Grande. Were I to compare the four kinds found there, 
I should say we saw twenty cucullatus, Hooded, to six spurius, Orch- 
ard, to four auduboni, Audubon’s, to one bullocki, Bullock’s. Most of 
my collecting and study of these .birds was at Hidalgo; but as a few 
miles of distance along the river is apt to show a change in the avi- 
fauna, it is possible that at other points this proportion would be decid- 
edly changed. Up tothe time we left Hidalgo (May 11th), I only found 
one nest (May 7th), and that contained four fresh eggs of this species and 
one of Molothrus ater obscurus, Dwarf Cowbird. The nest was situated 
about ten feet from the ground, between two small horizontal branches 
in the thick foliage of the tree, and was composed of dried grasses and 
Spanish moss in about equal proportion, with no lining. The eggs are 
white, speckled with reddish-brown quite thickly on larger end, but 
sparsely over the other parts. The measurements are 0.96 by 0.60, 0.91 
by 0.61, 0.90 by 0.60, and 0.90 by 0.60. 

205— g$ —8.50 x 12.50 x 4.00 x 2.75. Apr. 13, Brownsville. 


344— ¢ —8.00 x 12.50 x 3.40 x 3.25. May 3, Hidalgo. 
346— f —8.60 x 13.50 x 4.00 x 3.40. May 3, Hidalgo. 


ICTERUS CUCULLATUS, Sw.—Hooded Oriole. 

Very common in the vicinity, and among timbér of any respectable 
growth. I found it more plentiful than all the rest of the genus 
combined. Like all the Orioles, its colors vary greatly with age and 
season. But even in its best plumage, I think it looks better at a little 


*[The breeding bird of this locality being referable to Mr. Lawrence’s Xanthornus 
afinis, the smaller Southern form.—E. C.1 


26 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


distance, when its buttercup-colored hood contrasts well with its velvet- 
black mask. The birds are very active, and so full of song that the 
woods are filled with music all day long. The bills of these birds are 
more curved and pointed than the others, and admirably adapted for 
weaving the hair-like moss. Their usual nesting places are the hanging 
trusses of Spanish moss, everywhere provokingly abundant on the larger 
growth of trees. I have also found their nests on the lower limbs of 
trees and the drooping outer branches of undergrowth; but wherever 
found, the inevitable Spanish moss enters largely or wholly into their 
composition. So durable is this moss that it lasts for years, and as a 
consequence there are everywhere ten old nests to one new one. The 
heart of the moss when separated from its white covering becomes the 
‘curled hair” of commerce. The Hooded Oriole takes this dry vegeta- 
ble hair, and ingeniously weaves it into the heart of a living truss of 
moss, making a secure and handsome home. I took one no higher than 
my head, and others thirty feet or more from the ground. They make 
a great ado when their home is invaded. 

Their complement of eggs is four, but sometimes five are found. 
Color of eggs white, nearly covered with scattered fine brown spots, 
and at large end with larger blotches of the same. Their shape is more 
pointed at both ends than others of the family. Their average size is 
0.83 by 0.60. The longest is 0.90 and shortest 0.81, while the breadth 
shows no variation to speak of. 


62— § —8.00 x 10.50 x 3.50 x 3.85. Mar. 24, Brownsville. 
135— g —8.25 x 10.50 x 3.25 x 3.75. Apr. 2, Brownsville. 
143— § —8.00 x 10.50 x 3.50 x 3.75. Apr. 3, Brownsville. 
144— 9 —8.00 x 10.25 x 3.25 x 3.50. Apr. 3, Brownsville. 
145— 9 —8.00 x 10.00 x 3.25 x 3.50. Apr. 3, Brownsville. 
239— 9 —7.50 x 9.90 x 3.15 x 3.00. Apr. 19, Hidalgo. 
256— $ —7.75 x 10.50 x 3.25 x 3.25. Apr. 20, Hidalgo. 
207— § —8.00 x 10.75 x 3.40 x 3.50. Apr. 20, Hidalgo. 
288— 9 —7.75 x 10.50 x 3.25 x 3.25. Apr. 28, Hidalgo. 
305— ¢ —8.25 x 10.50 x 3.15 x 3.85. Apr. 30, Hidalgo. 
306— 2 —7.75 x 10.00 x 3.00 x 3.40. Apr. 30, Hidalgo. 


ICTERUS AUDUBONI, Giraud.—Audubon’s Oriole. 


This large Oriole cannot be said to be very abundanf on the Rio 
Grande, although it is by no means rare. I think it is by far more retir- 
ing in its habits than any other of the family. If I were to go in search 
of it I should seek a dense woods, near an opening, with plenty of under- 
growth, where also the Rio Grande Jay loves to dwell. It is a sweet 
singer, never very generous with its music, and only singing when un- 
disturbed. | 

I remember once sitting in the edge of a woods, watching the move- 
ments of some Wrens just outside, the only sounds to be heard in the 
woods beiug the discordant notes of the Rio Grande Jay, when sud- 
denly, from over my head, there burst upon my ear a melody so sweet 
and enchanting that I sat entranced, and, listening, forgot allelse. I 


SENNETT ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS. 27 


soon discovered the whereabouts of the singer, and watched him as he 
flitted about from branch to branch, singing his wonderful song. I have 
no power to describe a bird’s song, least of all this Oricle’s. 

I usually saw this species singly or in pairs; but once, in a woods full 
of dense undergrowth, I saw four or five quarrelling at a furious rate. 
After searching in vain for their nests, I at length shot one, but still 
they would not leave the place, and continued to scold and fight. After 
another bird was shot, they became quiet, and I saw no more of them. 
They were generally very shy, but at this time did not seem to care for 
me, and I was directed to them by their riotous proceedings. I did not 
secure any nests or eggs. These birds, like some others, are not so fine 
on close inspection, on account of the mingling of their colors, yellow, 
black, and green. They are sometimes sold as cage-birds; but for song 
and beauty, in their case, I would reverse the old adage, and say, “A bird 
in the bush is worth two in the hand.” Iregretted being obliged to leave 
them just as they had fairly begun laying. 

141— §—10.00 x 13.00 x 4.25 x 4.50. Apr. 3, Brownsville. 
204— 9 — 9.75 x 12.50 x 4.00 x 4.25. Apr. 20, Hidalgo. 
386— § — 9.75 x 13.25 x 4.00 x 4.40. May 7, Hidalgo. 


418— ¢— 9.50 x 13.00 x 4.10 x 4.25. May 11, Hidalgo. 
419— g— 9.75 x 12.75 x 4.00 x 4.25. May 11, Hidalgo. 


SCOLECOPHAGUS CYANOCEPHALUS, ( Wagl.) Cab.—Blue-headed Grackle. 


Up to the first of May, this handsome Blackbird is abundant on the 
Lower Kio Grande, frequenting, with the other members of the family, 
streets, stables, and corrals in large numbers. About that time most of 
them leave for their great breeding places of the West. Many, however, 
remain to breed on our extreme southern border. I did not come upon 
their nests to know them, but I have a few sets that may prove to be 
theirs. The birds are easily distinguished from others of that section, 
if not alone by their steel-blue heads, certainly by their bright lemon- 
colored iris, which can be seen for a long distance. They are rather 
shy when breeding, but at other times under your very feet in the 
towns, though not quite so saucy as Q. macrurus, Great-tailed Grackle. 


114— gf — 9.75 x 16.25 x 5.25 x 4.00. Mar. 30, Brownsville. 
157— g¢ —10.25 x 16.75 x 7.25 x 4.25. Apr. 4, Brownsville. 


QUISCALUS MACRURUS, Sw.—Great-tailed Grackle. 


When I think of this bird, it is always with a smile. It is every- 
where as abundant on the Rio Grande as is Passer domesticus, English 
Sparrow, in our northern eities, and, when about the habitations, 
equally as tame. This bird is as much a part of the life of Brownsville 
as the barrelero rolling along -his cask of water or the mounted beggar 
going his daily rounds. In the towns or about the ranches, he knows 
no fear; is always noisy, never at rest, and in all places and positions; 
now making friends with the horses in the barns or the cattle in the 
fields, then in Some tree pouring forth his notes, which I can liken only 


28 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


to the scrapings of a “cornstalk fiddle”; now stealing from porch or 
open window some ribbon for his nest, then following close behind the 
planter, quick to see the dropping corn. With all his boldness and 
curiosity, the boys of the streets say they cannot trap or catch him in 
asnare. He will take every bait or grain but the right one; he will put. 
his feet among all sorts of rags but the right ones: and the boys are 
completely outwitted by a bird. He performs all sorts of antics. The 
most curious and laughable performance is a common onewith him. Two 
males will take position facing each other on the ground or upon some 
shed, then together begin slowly raising their heads and twisting them 
most comically from side to side, all the time steadily eyeing each other, 
until their bills not only stand perpendicular to their bodies, but some- 
times are thrown over nearly to their backs. After maintaining this 
awkward position for a time, they will gradually bring back their bills 
to their natural position, and the performance ends. It is somewhat 
after the fashion of clowns’ doings in a circus, who slowly bend back- 
ward until their heads touch their heeis, then proceed to straighten up 
again. It is a most amusing thing to see, and seems to be mere fun for 
the bird, for nothing serious grows out of it. 

With all their familiarity, I have seen these birds in the open cha- 
parral as wild and wary as other birds, knowing very well when out 
of gunshot range. Their flight is rather slow, and when they make an 
ascent it is labored; but once up, with their great tails and expanse 
of wing they make graceful descents. 

As a general thing, they are gregarious in all their habits. Great 
numbers breed all along the river, usually in scattered colonies, similar 
to Redwings, but their nests are higher, and not often near the water. 
The ebony is a favorite tree for them to breed in; and wherever these 
trees exist in towns or about ranches they are always occupied with 
nests of these birds, sometimes in great numbers. My first eggs were 
taken from an ebony-tree near our room, in which were six or eight 
nests. They were found in great numbers in the young willows and 
rank undergrowth of the resacas; and in the great “‘heronry” in the 
salt-marshes, half-way between Brownsville and the coast, we obtained 
many eggs. We found their nests about two feet above the water in 
the rushes, and from four to thirty feet above the ground when in 
trees. They are shaped like those of our familiar Purple Grackle, Q. pur- 
pureus, and not much larger. They are composed of grasses principally; 
but, when convenient, papers, rags, feathers, anything, are woven in, and 
not infrequently mud is thrown in, as if to weight it down. Just how 
far north of the Rio Grande this species reaches, I cannot tell. On the 
northern end of Padre Island, at Corpus Christi Pass, I saw them in 
abundance, and about Corpus Christi also. No Quiscalus major, Jack- 
daw, was secured. ‘The first eggs were taken April 25th. In shape they 
are very oblong, rounded at one end and pointed at the other, with the 
greatest diameter much nearer oneend. The ground-color is usually of 


SENNETT ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS. 29 


a greenish-white, clouded with purplish-brown from the small end as 
far as the centre, and sometimes over the whole egg. The markings 
are of a very dark brown, chiefly at the small end, and consist of pen- 
cillings, drops, and splashes irregularly and grotesquely put on. Of a 
very large series of eggs, the largest was 1.40 by 0.95, and the smallest 
1.12 by 0.87, with an average of 1.27 by 0.87. The narrowest egg, 0.83, 
was next to the longest, being 1.39, thus showing great variation in 
shape. ' 

37— g —18.00 x 23.50 x 7.75 x 9.00. Mar. 15, Corpus Christi Pass. 

117— $—18.00 x 23.25 x 7.75 x 9.00. Mar. 30, Brownsville. 

118— 9 —14.00 x 19.25 x 6.00 x 6.00. Mar. 30, Brownsville. 

129— $ —18.50 x 23.50 x 7.65 x 9.00. Mar. 31, Brownsville. 

130— ¢ —18.50 x 24.00 x 7.75 x 9.00. Mar. 31, Brownsville. 

1381— 9 —13.50 x 18.00 x 5.65 x 6.00. Mar, 31, Brownsville. 


CORVIDA. 


XANTHURA LUXUOSA, (Less.) Bp.—Rio Grande Jay. 


This is the only representative of the family seen on the trip. It was 
first met with on April 2d, in the vicinity of Brownsville; but it was not 
until we reached the heavier timber about Hidalgo that we saw it in full 
force. They were there April 17th in pairs, and busy constructing homes. 
They are most frequently seen during the breeding season in the densest 
woods and thickets, but at other times Lam told they are common visit- 
ors of the camp, the ranche, and the huts in the outskirts of towns, to 
the annoyance of all on account of their thieving propensities. They 
are not very shy, even when breeding, and I had no difficulty in obtain- 
ing all I desired. Only once, however, was I able to shoot two at once. 
I caught none in the act of destroying eggs and young of other birds, 
although I have some very strong circumstantial evidence of such being 
the case. As the only account I have seen of the finding of these nests 
and eggs within our border was given by Dr. Merrill * (by the way, they 
were obtained in this same locality last year), and as I am also fortunate 
in obtaining and thoroughly identifying quite a number of sets, I shall 
risk being tedious, and give copious notes. 

My first nest was taken April 28th, from a mezquite-tree standing in a 
dense thicket not far from the river-bank, and contained four fresh eggs. 
It was situated in a fork about fifteen feet from the ground, and was 
composed of sticks lined with fine stems, and a rather bulky affair. 
Both birds were seen, and one shot. I made the boy that was with me 
understand that I wanted more eggs of the same kind. He professed per- 
fect familiarity with “‘ Pajaro verde”, and, much to my surprise, brought 
me before night two sets, one of four, fresh, and one of three, hard incu- 
bated. He said both were found in small trees, and were situated about 
twice as high as his head, which would be nine or ten feet from the 
ground. On April 30th, I flushed a Red-billed Pigeon, Columba flaviros- 


*See Bulletin of the Nuttall Ornithological Club, i. n. 4,89, Nov. 1876. 


30 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


tris, from its nest, and, when I shot it,a Green Jay flew from its nest 
in the very direction of my bird. Here indeed was a double find of no 
ordinary occurrence. I secured both nests, and both birds of each nest 
in good shape, and in avery short time. The nest of the Jay was some 
nine feet from the ground on the outer branches of a small tree, and 
composed wholly of sticks and fine twigs. The sticks were so full of 
thorns that when they were crossed about among the lining branches more 
firmness was given to the nest than usual, and by cutting off the branches 
I could readily take it entire. The outside diameter is nine inches one 
way by eight the other; its depth four inches; inside, three and a half 
inches wide by two inches deep. The four eggs which it held contained 
chicks, and I saved only three. On May Ist, a set of four was secured, 
one of which contained large chicks. On May 2d, we found another nest 
with four eggs, hard incubated. Both birds were shot. This nest was 
some ten feet from the ground in the outer branches of a small tree, on 
the edge of a large tract of timber. It was composed of stems and twizs 
like the others, rather bulky, and by cutting off the branches could be 
saved. On May 6th, two fresh eggs were brought me by a Mexican. On 
May 8th, I discovered another nest not far from where I found the one on 
April 30th. The nest, only eight feet from the ground, was built close to 
the body of a small tree among some small branches, and was composed 
of twigs as usual, but it was not as large as the others. It contained 
two chicks just out, and one whole egg about ready to hatch. I took 
the egg, but could hardly retain its shape. The shape of the egg is very 
Similar to Cyanurus cristatus, Blue Jay, with the same variations from 
double-pointed to double-rounded. The ground-color is usually light — 
drab, tinged faintly with green, but I have one egg out of a set of four 
with the color dull yellowish-white. The markings are brown, some- 
times distinctly spotted or speckled or streaked, and sometimes quite 
indistinct and clouded. The larger end has generally the heaviest mark- 
ings. From nineteen eggs I have the following sizes:—The longest 
measures 1.20 by 0.82. The shortest is 1.02 by 0.80. The broadestis 1.16 
by 0.87 and the narrowest is 1.07 by 0.73. The average is 1.10 by 0.79. 

139— g —12.05 x 15.25 x 4.85 x 5.50. Apr. 2, Brownsville. 

203— 9 —11.50 x 14.75 x 4.65 x 5.25. Apr. 10, Brownsville. 

204— ¢ —11.50 x 14.50 x 4.50 x 5.50. Apr. 10, Brownsville. 

285— 9 —11.25 x 14.25 x 4.50 x 4.85. Apr. 27, Hidalgo. 

293— g¢—11.75 x 15.50 x 4.85 x 5.25. Apr. 28, Hidalgo. 

321— 9 —11.50 x 14.75 x 4.50 x 5.00. Apr. 30, Hidalgo. 

322— gf —12.00 x 15.25 x 5.00 x 5.50. Apr. 30, Hidalgo. 

332— g—11.75 x 15.50 x 4.65 x 5.50. May 2, Hidalgo. 


3338— Q —11.50 x 15.50 x 4.50 x 5.50. May 2, Hidalgo. 
356—Q —11.85 x 15.00 x 4.75 x 5.65. May 3, Hidalgo. 


TYRANNIDA. 


MILVULUS FORFICATUS, (Gm.) Sw.—Swallow-tailed Flycatcher. 


These beautiful birds had just arrived on the Rio Grande from Mexico 
when we reached Brownsville. The sparsely wooded openings in the 


SENNETT ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS. 31 


chaparral, and the pastures, with scattered clumps of bushes and trees, 
in the vicinity of the town, are admirably adapted to the wants of the 
‘‘Scissor-tails”. I found them as abundant as the Kingbirds, T. caroli- 
nensis, on the borders of the great lakes. Both sexes are alike, excepting 
that the female has much the shorter tail. We saw very few indeed at 
Hidalgo, owing to the great abundance of woods and chaparral; conse- 
quently we missed collecting theireggs. From a set and nest given me 
by Dr. Merrill I give the following description :—The nest was taken in 
a tree in front of the hospital at Fort Brown. It is composed of weeds, 
rags, and strings, in layers, and lined with a few rootlets and wool. 
Outside it is four and a half incbes wide by two and three-fourths inches 
deep ; inside, two and three-fourths inches wide by two inches deep. 
The five eggs are pure white, with a few large blotches over the larger 
half. They average 0.86 by 0.68. 


67— § —14.25 x 15.00 x 5.00 x 9.50. Mar. 24, Brownsville. 
\ 68— g¢—14.25 x 15.50 x 5.12 x 9.50. Mar. 24, Brownsville. 
69— g¢ —13.50 x 15.50 x 5.00 x 8.75. Mar. 24, Brownsville. 
73— ¢ —14.50 x 15.50 x 4.85 x 9.50. Mar. 25, Brownsville. 
78— $¢—13.50 x 15.50 x 4.75 x 8.50. Mar. 25, Brownsville. 
79— 9 —12.00 x 14.75 x 4.50 x 7.00. Mar. 25, Brownsville. 
80— 9 —11.25 x 14.75 x 4.50 x 6.00. Mar. 25, Brownsville. 
125— g¢—14.50 x 15.75 x 5.00 x 9.00. Mar. 31, Brownsville. 
150— ¢—14.00 x 15.75 x 4.90 x 8.75. Apr. 3, Brownsville. 
191— 9 —11.75 x 15.00 x 4.65 x 6.50. Apr. 9, Brownsville. 
215— 9 —11.00 x 14.50 x 4.75 x 5.75. Apr. 17, Hidalgo. 
374— 9 —11.50 x 15.00 x 4.65 x 6.75. May 5, Hidalgo. 


TYRANNUS CAROLINENSIS, (L.) Bd.—Kingbird. 


On the 8th of May, at Lomita Ranche, a few miles from Hidalgo, I 
shot the only one of this species seen. It was in company with Couch’s 
Flycatchers, Tyrannus couchi, on the topmost branches of the tall ebony- 
trees near the buildings of the ranche. 

401— ¢—9.00 x 15.10 x 4.50 x 3.50. May 8, Hidalgo. 


TYRANNUS MELANCHOLICUS COUCHI, (Bd.) Cowes—Couch’s Flycatcher. 
On May 8th, I saw a number of this species at Lomita Ranche, on the 
ebony-trees. Three were shot, but only one secured, the others being 
lost in the tall grass and thickets. At this point is the finest grove of 
ebonies I saw on the river. On the hillside, back of the buildings, they 
overlook the large resaca, then filled with tasselled corn. It was the 
tops of these grand old trees that these Flycatchers loved, and so 
persistent were they in staying there that I thought they were going 
to settle in the neighborhood for the season. There was a company of 
some six or eight scattered about. I did not find them shy, for after our 
firing they would almost immediately return to the same trees. It was 
readily distinguishable from T. carolinensis, which was shot in their 
company. Their greater size and bright yellow under parts can be seen 


at gunshot range. 
393— ¢—9.75 x 15.65 x 4.50 x 3.75. May 8, Hidalgo. 


32 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


MYIARCHUS CRINITUS, (L.) Cab.—Great-crested Flycatcher. 


While this bird was not very common, yet we came upon it occasion- 
ally. Nearly always seen in the open chaparral, in which one can leave 
the main travelled road, either on foot or horseback, and work around 
among the undergrowth and scattering, old, stunted trees. 


240— 9 —8.25 x 13.00 x 4.00 x 3.50. Apr. 19, Hidalgo. 
420— 9 —8.50 x 12.75 x 4.00 x 3.50. May 11, Hidalgo. 


MYIARCHUS CRINITUS ERYTHROCERCUS, (Sel. & Salv.) Coues. 


[? Tyrannula irritabilis, Bp. C. A.i. 1850, 189. (Supposed to belong here from quotation 
of Azara. “South America.” Not Tyrannus irritabilis Vieill.) 

Myiarchus crinitus var. irritabilis [‘“ Vieill.”], Coues, Pr. Phila. Acad. July, 1872, 65. 
(Monographie. Quotation of Vieillot inapplicable.)—B. B. & R.N. A. B. ii. 1874, 
331. (Not Tyrannus irritabilis Vieill.) 

? Tyrannula mexicana, Kaup, P. Z.S.1851,51. (Searcely or not determinable; better not 
be used for any species. ) 

Myjiarchus erythrocercus, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1868, 631, 632 (Venezuela). 

Pyrocephatlus (Myiarchus) crythrocercus, Gray, Handl. n. 5522. 

Myiarchus mexicanus, Lawr. Ann. Lye. N. Y. ix. 1869, 202 (Yucatan). 

Myiarchus yucatanensis, Lawr. Pr. Phila. Acad. 1871, 235 (Yucatan. Name applied to 
the same specimen he called mexicanus in 1869.) 


Has.—Central and South America and Mexico. South to Paraguay. North to the 
Rio Grande of Texas (Sennett). 


Cu.— WV. crinito simillimus, sed notwo obscuriore (minus vegeto), gastro dilutiore, ab- 
domine subflavo, gula et pectore pallidé cinereis, rectricibus rufo et fusco feré dimidiatis, 
rostro nigro, modico (0.75). 

Chars. subsp.—(Description of a specimen collected May 9, 1877, at Hidalgo, Texas, 
by G. B. Sennett.)—On comparing this bird with typical specimens of WV. crinitus, taken 
at the same time, in the same place, and by the same person, it is immediately perceived 
to be different. The lateral tail-feathers have a stripe of fuscous-brown on the inner 
web adjoining the shaft, this stripe equalling or exceeding the width of the whole outer 
web of the respective feathers; whereas in crinitus there is only the narrowest possible 
dusky stripe on the inner web, or none at all. This dusky stripe is of uniform width 
throughout, not enlarged at the end to occupy most or all of the feather, as is the case 
with cinerascens. The entire upper parts are darker than those of crinitus—that is, they 
have a sordid brownish-olive cast, instead of the clearer and purer greenish-olive of 
crinitus. The yellow of the belly is much paler. The ash of the throat is decidedly 
lighter and clearer, and it comes farther down the breast, yielding to the yellow with- 
out the intervention of the olivaceous pectoral area which is usually conspicuous in 
crinitus. The general aspect of the under parts is much as in cinerascens, both the dis- 
tribution and shade of the colors being more as witnessed in the latter than as seen in 
crinitus. The light edgings of the wing-feathers are also paler than those of crinitus. 
The bill is black, not dark brown, slenderer than in crinitus, but not longer than in one 
of the Texas specimens of crinitus, and, in fact, differing less from one of these than these 
do from each other. The bill in size is nothing like that of var. cooperi, nor has it 
the very constricted shape of that of cinerascens. 

In fine, this bird is obviously different from ordinary crinitus of the United States. 
The general body-coloration is almost exactly as in cinerascens, from which it is at once 
distinguished by the different shape of the bili and different pattern of the tail-feath- 
ers. Agreeing very closely in colors with var. cooperi of Mexico, it is smaller than that 
species, and lacks in particular the enormous development of the bill, which, in 
cooperi, is an inch or more in length of culmen, and proportionately broad. It is 
clearly neither crinitus proper, nor crinitus var. cooperi, nor yet cinerascens. 


SENNETT ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS. 338 


Length 8%; extent 122; wing 34; tail 33% (collector’s measurements in the flesh) ; 
bill 0.75; tarsus 0.85 ; middle toe and claw 0.75. 

This is the bird I called crinitus var. irritabilis in my monograph above cited, where 
I carefully distinguished it from its allies, and is also the bird distinguished with equal 
pains and accuracy by Mr. Ridgway, who adopted the same name for it. In choosing 
this name, I relied upon Bonaparte’s reference of Vieillot’s Tyrannus irritabilis to the 
Paraguayan bird described by Azara; but it appears from Dr. Sclater’s published 
criticism, and also from a private note which he kindly sent me, that Bonaparte 
was wrong in this matter, Vieillow’s irritabilis being really a synonym of crinitus, as 
usually cited. The first name which may belong here is the Tyrannula mexicana of 
Kaup—a perpetual stumbling-block, which has occasioned so much confusion that I 
will have nothing to do withit. Ina word, it is impossible to identify Kaup’s bird 
among the species of so difficult a group as this. It has been successively applied to 
every one of the Mexican Myiarchi, even to the small WM. lawrencii, and by so accom- 
plished an ornithologist as Dr. Sclater himself. Baird made it out to be the bird we 
now know as cinerascens Lawr., and his procedure was endorsed for many years by 
United States’ writers. Sclater later, from examination of the type-specimen, consid- 
ered Kaup’s mexicana applicable to the large-billed form which Baird called cooperi. 
Mr. Lawrence, in 1869, applied the name mexicana to a Yucatan specimen of the very 
bird we are now considering, which he afterward, however, renamed yucatanensis, in 
deference to Dr. Sclater’s statement that mexicana was the same as coopert of Baird. 
These and other synonymatic points are fully discussed in my monograph. 

Passing over irritabilis as being a synonym of crinitus,’and mexicana as being some- 
thing past finding out, unless it be var. cooperi, the first unquestionable and only tena- 
ble name of the present bird appears to be erythrocercus of Sclater and Salvin, which I 
accordingly adopt. 

It is somewhat a matter of surprise that this particular variety of Myiarchus should 
occur in the United States, rather than the layge-billed var. cooperi; but there is no 
reasonable question of the accuracy of my identification, which receives the support of 
Mr. Ridgway, who examined the bird with me. Var. cooperi seems to be a localized 
form of Southern and Western Mexico and contiguous portions of Central America. 
Var. erythrocercus has a very wide range in Central and South America. I have exam- 
ined undoubted specimens from as far south as Paraguay, and others from Venezuela 
and Yucatan, whence the types of erythrocercus and yucatanensis were respectively 
derived, as well as from Costa Rica and Guatemala; but I have never seen a Mexican 
skin, nor has the species been ant to Mexico so far as I recoilect, unless Kanp’ 8 
bird belongs here. 

I learn from Mr. Sennett, and from another private source, that Dr. Merrill was 
really the first to secure this bird within the limits of the United States; but no record 
to such effect has appeared to date.—E. C.] 


It was shot in open chaparral, and nothing was learned of its habits. 
Tris hazel. 


409— 9 —8.75 x 12.75 x 3.90 x 3.65. May 9, Hidalgo. 
ConToPuS VIRENS, (L.) Cab.— Wood Pewee. 

But a single bird obtained, and no others recognized. It was shot by 
the roadside, near the camp at Hidalgo. I cannot account for the few 
small Flycatchers, Vireos, and Warblers seen along the river. 

331— 2 —6.50 x 10.00 x 3.10 x 2.50. May 2, Hidalgo. 


EMPIDONAX MINIMUS, Bd.—Least Flycatcher. 


I saw but this single specimen, which was obtained at Lomita Ranche. 
Ball. iv. No. 1—3 


34 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


It was shot from alow bush under a tree, where it was seen flitting 
- back and forth after insects. 
398— 2 —5.50 x 8.10 x 2.35 x 2.10. tae 8, Hidalgo. 


PYROCEPHALUS RUBINEUS: MEXICANUS, (Scl.) Coues.— Vermilion Fly. 
catcher. 

This little beauty must be a very rare bird on our Southern border. 
If it were otherwise we should have seen much more of it, for it fre- 
quents just such places as we were in the habit of visiting almost daily, 
and its brilliant colors would certainly assist us in observing it. The 
few that we met with were rather shy and restless. At sight of us, they 
darted from one clump of bushes to another, keeping from four to six 
feet from the ground. The first male I shot was winged, and when 
caught fought with all the courage of its larger relatives. 

113— ¢—6.00 x 10.75 x 3.25 x 2.50. Mar. 29, Brownsville. 


166— § —6.10 x 10.50 x 3.25 x 2.50. Apr. 6, Brownsville. 
315— 9 —6.00 x 10.09 x 3.25 x 2.50. Apr. 30, Brownsville. 


CAPRIMULGIDA. 


NYCTIDROMUS AMERICANUS, (.) Cass. 


I was prepared to meet this bird, both by the account* of its discov- 
ery within our limits last year by Dr. Merrill, and by bis personal deserip- 
tion of it before my going up the river from Brownsville. Although I 
frequently heard it at night, yet I never saw it in the twilight, as I did 
Chordeiles texensis, the Texas Nighthawk. I saw them occasionally, 
singly and in pairs, about the thickets and open chaparral, and once in 
the canebrakes close to the woods. Although they lie close until one is 
full upon them, yet one has no chance after they are flushed, for they - 
are no sooner out of one thicket than they are into or behind another. I 
refrained from making too much of an effort to shoot them until I should 
obtain their eggs; therefore, of the dozen or more seen I have yet to take 
the bird in hand. On April 25th I found one egg of this species ; on May 
Ist, another; and on May 10th, two more, all of them fresh and perfect. 
They were found in open brush, on the bare ground. One of them was 
partly concealed by the branches of a low bush six or eight inches from 
the ground. Of thefour eggs found I retain but two, which I describe. 
One egg is a rounded oval, and the other a pointed oval. The color is 
a rich creamy-buff. One is marked sparsely all over with indistinet 
spots of pink, and the other is thickly spotted and seratched with the 
same. One egg measures 1.28 by 0.92, the other 1.20 by 0.93 of an inch. 


CHORDEILES TEXENSIS, Lawr.— Texas Nighthawk. 
This bird is common on the Mexican border, at evening flitting around 
the habitations and by day sitting around the open mezquite chaparral. 


*[See Bull. of the Nutt. Ornith. Club, i. n. 4, 88, Nov. 1876.—Having seen no speci- 
mens, I take the name from Cass. Pr. Phila. Acad. 1851, 179, and Cab. Mus. Hein. iii. 
1850, 92.—E. C.] 


SENNETI ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS. 385 


They were quite irregular, some evenings coming in large numbers and 
then again in few. Their habits are similar to C. virginianus, the Com- 
mon Nighthawk. By their being ten times as abundant as Nyctidromus 
albicollis, one would suppose we would find many of their eggs, but we 
found none. The eggs are just the color of the ground, and the bushes 
are too thick to mark exactly where the bird leaves when flushed. A set 
of eggs given me by Dr. Merrill has the ground-color gray, on which are 
fine spots and scratches of drab over the entire surface. With these 
markings are clouded or indistinct ones of the same design. The shape 
is elliptical. One egg measures 1.04 by 0.78, and the other 1.05 by 0.78. 


230— 9 —8.75 x 20.75 x 6.90 x 4.00. Apr. 18, Hidalgo. 
245— § —9.00 x 22.00 x 7.50 x 4.60. Apr.19, Hidalgo. 
246— § —8.75 x 22.00 x 7.50 x 4.10. Apr. 19, Hidalgo. 
247— 9 —8.50 x 21.00 x 7.25 x 4.00. Apr. 19, Hidalgo. 
295— $—8.50 x 20.50 x 7.00 x 3.90. Apr. 28, Hidalgo. 
296— 9? —8.65 x 21.00 x 7.10 x 4.10. Apr. 28, Hidalgo. 
300— 9 —8.75 x 21.50 x 7.25 x 4.25. Apr. 29, Hidalgo. 
368— ¢—8.50 x 20.25 x 6.65 x 4.00. May 5, Hidalgo. 


TROCHILID A. 


TROCHILUS COLUBRIS, L.— Ruby-throated Hummingbird. 


Of the two birds secured, one was shot while hovering about a blossom- 
ing tree, the other over flowers near the ground ; both were females. 


231— 9 —3.25 x 4.50 x 1.75 x 1.12. Apr. 19, Hidalgo. 
397— 9 —3.75 x 4.00 x 1.75 x 1.15. May 8, Hidalgo. 


AMAZILIA CERVINIVENTRIS, Gould.—Rufous-bellied Hummingbird. 


[As descriptions of this species are not very generally accessible, the following, taken 
from Mr. Sennett’s specimen, is inserted :-— 


Sp. cH.—Male. Upper parts shining golden-green, nearly uniform from head to 
tail, but top of the head rather darker, and with a reddish gloss in some lights, and 
upper tail-coverts somewhat shaded with reddish. Metallic gorget of great extent, 
reaching fairly on the breast, glittering green when viewed with the bill of the bird 
pointing toward the observer, dusky green when seen in the opposite direction. Less 
scintillating and more golden-green feathers extend a little farther on the breast and 
sides, and most of the under wing-coverts are similar. Belly and under tail-coverts 
dull rufous or pale cinnamon, relieved by flocculent snowy-white patches on the flanks. 
Wings blackish, with purple and violet lustre; all the primaries broad, and noi pecu- 
liar in shape, though the outermost is narrower and more falcate than the rest. Tail 
large, forked about one-third of an inch; alFthe feathers broad, with simply rounded 
tips (no special emargination); color intense chestnut, having even a purplish 
tinge when viewed below, the middle feathers glossed with golden-green, especially 
noticeable at their ends, and all the rest tipped and edged for some distance from their 
ends withdusky. Tarsi appearing feathered nearly to the toes, but really naked except 
- at the top in front. No lengthened ruffs or tufts about the head; no metallic scales 
on top of head, different from those of the upper parts at large; no special head-mark- 
ings additional to the colors already described. Bill light-colored, probably flesh- 
colored in life, with the tip! 1nd commissural edge of the upper mandible dusky, quite 
broad and flattened at base, thence gradually tapering to the acuminate tip, slightly 
bent downward, the curve most noticeable just back of the middle. Nasal scale large 
and tumid; nasal slit entirely exposed ; feathers extending in a point on the sides of 


36 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


the culmen, sweeping obliquely across the basal part of the nasal scale, and forming at 
the angle of the mouth a deep reéntrance with those of the chin, which reach much 
farther forward on the interramal space. Size large; length 44; extent 53; wing 24; 
tail 14, forked about $; bill 4.—E. C.] 

This is the second specimen of this species obtained within our limits, 
the first having been taken the previous year by Dr. Merrill.* This 
one was shot while hovering over wild flowers near the ground, among 
cactus and low bushes, not far from Brownsville. J saw a number of 
Hummers differing from these, but I could not get them, and did not 
make them out. It is difficult in this country to follow and secure large 
birds, much more these tiny creatures. 

89— gf —4.50 x 5.65 x 2.35 x 1.50. Mar. 27, Brownsville. 


ALCEDINID A. 


CERYLE ALCY oN, (Z.) Boie.-—Belted Kingfisher. 


While at Brownsville, I saw several of this species about the lagoons 
a few miles back from the river. They are by no means abundant. 


CUCULIDZ. 


GEOCOCCYX CALIFORNIANUS, (Less.) Bd.—Chaparral Cock. 


I saw this singular bird for the first time at Corpus Christi, but after- 
ward found it common on the Rio Grande. At first I was unable to 
shoot them; but as I became more familiar with them I had no difficulty 
in securing all I wished. They are not wholly a ground bird, as has 
been said. They take to wing when alarmed, and frequently of their 
own accord. I have seen a pair fly from the edge of water to the woods, 
a distance of over a hundred yards, where they had an equal chance of 
getting out of sight by running. I saw two fly into a mezquite-tree, 
and shot one of them when it was at least ten feet from the ground. 
They invariably breed in trees or bushes. That they are good runners 
there is no doubt; but their powers in this direction, I think, have been 
overestimated. An examination of the feet of a large number of birds 
will show that they are used much more on the ground than in perch- 
ing, yet it seems quite an effort for them to curl up the ends of the 
toes. The only sound I ever heard this bird make was what I supposed 
to be a call for its mate. I happened once to hear one around the bend 
of an unfrequented road in the woods in which I was strolling. I stood 
perfectly still, and it soon made its appearance, coming toward me, but 
still a long way off. It would run a few yards, calling at the same time, 
stop, listen for a few seconds, holding up its head in a very conceited 
way, and then start on again, calling. It seemed unconscious of my . 
presence, and came so near to me that I could easily have shot it with 
the smallest charge, but I did not, as I wished to see if its mate would 
come. However, she did not. These birds are very fond of lizards, so 
common to this region. I have seen one jump several feet to catch a 


*See Bulletin of Nuttall Orn. Club, ii. n. 1, 26, Jan. 1877. 


SENNETT ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS. 37 


lizard sunning itself on a bush, and have shot others while engaged in 
eating them on the ground. Of their breeding habits there seems to 
be little known, and reports vary. As I was fortunate enough to find 
their nests, I will give the details, hoping to settle doubts. My first 
nest of this species I found near Hidalgo, on April 27th, in a tree sur- 
rounded by high, thorny bushes. It was a frail nest, composed of sticks 
and weeds, and lined with loose grasses. It was situated eight feet 
from the ground, in a broad crotch, close to the body of a tree, and con- 
tained nine eggs. A majority of them were fresh, but a few showed that 
incubation had taken place. The next nest was found April 28th, in 
a junco-bush, very near the village of Hidalgo. It was set in the thick 
mass of thorns, away from the body of the bush; was about five feet 
from the ground, composed of sticks and grasses, and contained one egg. 
Jt was visited for several-days, but we could perceive no warmth to the 
egg, nor were others added to it. On May 3d, we took the egg, conclud- 
ing that its parent had been shot. On May 4th, a nest containing four 
perfectly fresh eggs was found, about six feet from the ground, in a small 
tree in a very dense thicket. This was so far out of town, and in such a 
wild and unfamiliar section, that I dared not leave it for fear that I should 
not find it again. On the same day, I watched for some time a bird of 
this species carrying sticks for its nest, and although I could locate 
the thicket into which it took them, yet I could not penetrate it, 
although I tried several timesthereafter. On May 9th, two perfectly fresh 
eggs were brought me by a Mexican, which he had taken from a nest in 
a bush. The depression of any nest was seldom deeper than the width 
of the egg. The first nest, with clutch of nine, could have held but two 
or three more eggs comfortably. From the fact that the nine eggs were 
warm when I found them, it is reasonable to suppose that the bird had 
begun to sit; and as none of them showed much development of em- 
bryo, she could not have been a very long time at it. The natives told 
me stories about these birds beginning to sit from the time they com- 
mence to lay, and continuing to sit throughout tlie season; that a large 
number of eggs are laid, and a considerable time intervening between 
the laying of any two; as a consequence, the bird of the first egg would 
become fully grown before the last egg of the season was laid. On May 
20th, as I was about taking the steamer at Point Isabel, a boy brought 
me a young one of this species about one-fourth grown, the first and only 
chick seen by me. I put no faith in the stories mentioned above, nor 
in accounts of these birds attacking and mastering the large rattle- 
snakes of the country. From my observations, their complement of 
eggs is from eight to twelve. The eggs are very uniform in shape and 
size, double-rounded ; rarely one is found with tendency toward a point. 
Length varies from 1.57 to 1.42; breadth from 1.23 to 1.20; average of — 
the sixteen eggs before me is 1.50 by 1.21. Color pure white. 
106— g —23.00 x 21.50 x 7.00 x 11.50. Mar. 29, Brownsville. 


261— 2 —22.00 x 20.00 x 6.50 x 10.50. Apr. 20, Hidalgo. 
273— 9 —21.25 x 19.50 x 6.25 x 10.00 Apr. 25, Hidalgo. 


38 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


286— 9 —21.50 x 20.00 x 6.85 x 10.75. Apr. 27, Hidalgo. 
358— 9 —21.50 x 20.00 x 6.50 x 10.50. May 4, Hidalgo. 
366— 9 —21.00 x 19.50 x 6.25 x 9.75. May 5, Hidalgo. 
382— g —22.00 x 20.00 x 6.50 x 10.25. May 6, Hidalgo. 
405— 9 —21.00 x 20.00 x 6.10 x 10.00 May 8, Hidalgo. 
COCcCYGUS AMERICANUS, (L.) Bp.— Yellow-billed Cuckoo. 

I met this species occasionally. Several sets of eggs were brought 
me, and the boys were positive of their belonging to this bird, as they 
undoubtedly do. Their shape is long, double-rounded. ‘Their color is 
rich pea-green. Their average size is 1.20 by 0.92. 

379— 9 —12.00 x 17.00 x 5.90 x 5.75. May 6, Hidalgo. 


PICID A. 


PICUS SCALARIS, Wagler.—Texas Woodpecker. 


This and Centurus aurifrons are the only ones of the family we found 
on the Rio Grande. The former, though not so abundant as the latter, 
is found common among the timber and mezquite chaparral. The soft- 
wood telegraph poles give proof also of the numbers of both species. I 
saw nothing in the habits of this small Woodpecker differing from our 
Downy Woodpecker of the North. Suitable trees for their nests were 
some distance out of Brownsville, and as we were not allowed to tamper 
with the government telegraph poles, we did not secure eggs at that 
place. When we reached Hidalgo, the season was pretty far advanced 
for them, and when we found their nests they all contained young. I 
found one nest, with four young, in the heart of the village. This bird 
breeds earlier than the Yellow-faced Woodpecker. April 29th, I flushed 
a bird from its nest, seven feet from the ground, in a partially decayed 
tree, and found within three young and one perfect egg, which for- 
tunately was not fertilized. At another time, another nest of this 
species was found containing young and oneegg. I took it to our room, 
and laid it on the table with other eggs. The next day, when going to 
blow it, imagine my surprise to see it in halves and a young bird ex- 
posed. The chick had pecked around the greater diameter until it had 
parted as nicely as could be. Both eggs have the greatest diameter 
nearer one end than the other. Their color is clear glassy-white. The 
size of the whole one is 0.77 by 0.60. That of the broken one is cer- 
tainly no longer, and may be 0.05 of an inch broader. These facts and 
figures are so at variance with the description of egg given by Baird, 
Brewer and Ridgway in * North American Birds”, ii. 519, that I must 
believe that they have given a description of some other egg. Their 
description answers so nearly to the egg of Centurus aurifrons, that I 
should say it referred to the latter, rather than to Picus scalaris. 

65— ¢ —7.00 x 13.25 x 4.00 x 2.75. Mar. 24, Brownsville. 

75— f¢ —7.50 x 13.50 x 4.10 x 2.25. Mar. 25, Brownsville. 
147 — g¢ —7.50 x 13.25 x 4.00 x 2.40. Apr. 3, Brownsville. 
148— 9 —7.10 x 13.00 x 4.05 x 2.50. Apr. 3, Brownsville. 
214— gf —7.25 x 13.25 x 4.00 x 2.50. Apr. 17, Hidalgo. 
355— 9 —7.25 x 13.00 x 3.85 x 2.40. May 3, Hidalgo. 


\ 


SENNETT ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS, 39 


CENTURUS AURIFRONS, (Wagl.) Gray.— Yellow-faced Woodpecker. 
Abundant every where in timber on the Rio Grande, and not very shy. 

I had ample opportunity to observe this species. It is rather more quiet 
than its near relative of the North. It builds its nest at all heights 
(sometimes so low a man can reach it from the ground), in any sort of 
tree, whether dead or alive. The square government telegraph poles are 
its favorite nesting-place. There is hardly a pole free from their holes, 
and in one I counted ten; probably some were made by their only relative 
of that section, Picus scalaris, Texas Woodpecker. They build much in 
live trees, dead timber being very scarce, but in them their holes could 
not be so readily seen. About May Ist, they had but fairly begun to lay, 
so that we were not long enough among their favorite resorts to secure 
many eggs. On May 3d, I secured a set of three fresh eggs, about ten 
feet from the ground, in an old dead tree, and shot the bird. On the same 
day, I secured another set of four from a nest only seven feet from the 
ground, in a hollow stub of a live tree. On May 8th, I was shown a hole 
about twenty feet from the ground in the crotch of a tree at the camp. 
In it I was told there were six or seven eggs. I could not take time 
then to get them, and did not go there again before leaving. The birds 
had been watched siuce they had taken possession of the tree, and were 
fully identified. Eggs are oblong-oval and clear glassy-white. They 
vary little in size, averaging 1.02 by 0.76. 

64— ¢—10.00 x 17.00 x 5.25 x 3.75. Mar. 24, Brownsville. 

76— g —10.00 x 17.00 x 5.25 x 3.25. Mar. 25, Brownsville. 

77— § —10.50 x 17.50 x 5.50 x 3.40. Mar. 25, Brownsville. 

94— §— 9.75 x 17.50 x 5.50 x 3.50. Mar. 27, Brownsville. 

149— ¢—10.00 x 17.50 x 5.25 x 3.50. Apr. 3, Brownsville. 

-216— g— 9.75 x 17.50 x 5.50 x 3.50. Apr. 17, Hidalgo. 


217— g —10.25 x 17.50 x 5.25 x 3.25. Apr. 17, Hidalgo. 
304— 9 — 9.50 x 16.25 x 4.90 x 3.15. May 3, Hidalgo. 


STRIGID A. 


STRIX FLAMMEA AMERICANA, (Aud.) Coues.—Barn Owl. 

The only opportunity I had of observing these birds in a state of free- 
dom was whileon the steamer going up and down theriver. Their holes in 
the banks were seen frequently, and occasionally a bird would be sitting 
in one of them. At Brownsville I was told that they occupied the bel- 
fry of the hospital, also the attic of one of the society halls in the city. 
Two birds were brought alive to me just before leaving for home. No 
eggs were secured. 


BUBO VIRGINIANUS, (Gm.) Bp.—Great Horned Owl. 
In the latter part of April, Mr. Webster gave chase to a pair of these 
birds, but did not succeed in securing them. 


2 SCOPS ASIO MACCALLI, (Cass.) Coues—McCall’s Owl. 


On April 23d, while on the side of a gully in the edge of a woods, I 


40 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


flushed a bird of this species from its nest above my head. The Owl 
alighted in a tree so close to me that had I given it a full charge of No. 
9 shot it would have been blown to pieces. I watched it some time in 
hopes it would fly a little farther off; but it had no idea of taking its eyes 
from me. I therefore gave it a half charge of dust, and, to my surprise, 
it got away from me. It was in very light gray plumage, and looked: 
to me like a faded specimen of our Northeastern bird. The nest con- 
tained three perfectly fresh eggs, was situated about ten feet from the 
ground in a dead stub about nine inches in diameter, and so weak and 
rotten that I could have pushed it over. The eggs are pure white, and 
nearly round. ‘They measure 1.35 by 1.12, 1.35 by 1.18, and 1.40 by 1.17. 
The location was about four miles from Hidalgo, up the river, and within 
avout one-fourth of a mile of its bank.* 


GLAUCIDIUM FERRUGINEUM.—Ferrugineous Owl. 


[é vertice toto albido lineato nec punctato, caudd totd ferrugined teniis septem ad novem fus- 
co-nigris regulariter transfasciatd; dorso olivaceo-fusco, innotato; scapularibus maculis magms 
singularibus aut binis subterminalibus notatis ; torque nuchali nigro, albido et luteo variegato ; 
remigibus dorso concoloribus, rufo transfasciatis, necnon intus albido dentatis ; rostro e flavo 
virescente, iridibus flavis; long. tot. 64 poll., alar. exp. 14; ale 34; caude 24. 


g, adult, in the “ brown” or norma) plumage: Tail entirely ferrugineous, or light 
chestnut-red, crossed with 7 to 9 bars of blackish-brown—these bars of the same width 
as the rufous interspaces, and both sets of markings quite regular and transverse. 
(These tail-marks distinguish the species in any plumage from G. gnoma.) Entire top 
of %he head, above the superciliary ridges, and sides of the head behind the auricu- 
lars, olivaceous-brown, like the back, but streaked with small, sharp, and distinct lines 
of white or fulvous-whitish ; these markings being on the forehead and most of the 
crown like pin-scratches in the sharpness of their definition, and though a little less 
so behind the ears, everywhere retaining their narrow linear character. (In G. gnoma, 
the head-markings are dots and spots, not lines.) Back like the head, olivaceous-brown, 
but without markings, except on the scapulars, most of which feathers have each one 
a large, rounded, white spot on the outer web near the end, and more or fewer pairs of 
fulvous spots farther along on both webs. Color of back and head divided by an ob- 
vious cervical collar, consisting of a series of diffuse whitish, and another similar of ful- 
vous spots, separated by anearly continuous line of black. Upper tail-coverts usually 
more or less rufescent, approximating to the ground-color of the tail itself. Remiges 
olivaceous-fuscous, like the back, the primaries imperfectly and indistinctly, the sec- 
ondaries completely and decidedly, cross-barred with numerous rufescent bands, nar- 
rower than the dark intervals, besides which markings some of the primaries have an 
incompleted series of small whitish or very pale fulvous spots along the outer edge, 
and all have large and deep indentations of white or whitish along the inner web— 
these white indentations increasing in size from the ends toward the bases of all the 
feathers, and also growing larger on individual feathers from the outer primaries to the 
inner secondaries, on which last they reach quite across the under webs. Lining of 
wings white, with an oblique dark bar, and another curved dark bar, the latter across 
the ends of the under coverts. The under parts are difficult of description, owing to 
the diffuseness of the markings; we may say ground-color of under parts white, heavily 
streaked along the sides with the color of the back ; this color extending quite across 
the breast, where, however, the feathers have centrally dilated shaft-lines of whitish ; 
chin and throat white, divided into two areas by a blackish or dark gular collar, which 
curves across from one postauricular region to the ether. Auriculars dark, sharply 


* | Having examined no specimens, the identification is tentative.—H. C.] 


SENNETT ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS. Al 


scratched with white shaft-lines, bounded below by the pure white of the malar region. 
Eyebrows white, pretty definitely bounded above by the color of the crown. Region 
immediately about the bill whitish, but mixed with the long, heavy, black bristles that 
project far beyond the bill, which latter is greenish at base, growing dull yellowish at 
the end. The sparsely haired toes are somewhat like the bill; the claws are brownish- 
black. Iris lemon-yellow. Length about 64 inches; alar expanse 14; wing 34; tail 
24; tarsus #; middle toe without claw about the same, its claw ?. 

The foregoing description is taken from an adult male procured May 8, 1877,at Hidalgo, 
Texas, by Mr. George B. Sennett—the second specimen known to haveoccurred within 
our limits, the first having been discovered by Capt. C. Bendire, near Tucson, Arizona 
in 1872. In the description, however, some allowance has been made for the known - 
variations which the species presents. But the bird, like others of the genus, and like 
many other Owls, is dichrous—that is, it occurs under two phases of coloration, one 
being the ‘‘normal” plumage, as just given, the other being the condition known as 
erythrism, or rufescence. The latter is as follows :— 

Entire upper parts deep rufous-red, with the lighter markings of the head, &c., obso- 
lete or entirely obliterated; tail the same, with dark bars scarcely traceable. Dark 
cervical collar, however, conspicuous. White of the under parts tinged with yellowish 
or fulvous; the markings of the under parts similar in color to the ground of the upper 
parts, but duller and paler; tibiz rufous, without markings. Gular collar blackish, 
Various intermediate stages have been observed, and it is presumed that the species 
is to be found in every degree of transition from the slightest departure from the normal 
state to the complete assumption of the erythritic condition. 

2: These color conditions are common to both sexes. The female is only distin- 
guished from the male by her superior size. Length7 inches or more; wing 4 or rather 
more; tail nearly 3; tarsus #. 

In extreme cases, the rufous becomes intense and almost uniform, a light rufous 
replacing even the white of the under parts, and there bein no traces left of bars on 
the wings or tail. Mr. Ridgway speaks of having examined over fifty specimens, find- 
ing ‘every possible shade” between the two extremes described.—E. C.] 


About noon on May 8th, when about three miles from Hidalgo, as Mr. 
Dean and I were riding toward the town, he asked me if I wanted a 
Nighthawk or something like it, high up in an ash-tree on his side 
of the road. I told him to shoot, and I would soon tell him. After 
firing, the bird sailed down into the thick woods. As soon as the 
bird was “ marked down”, we plunged in with our horses, through the 
thorns and undergrowth, and in a short time I found this beautiful little 
Owl, with face down and wings spread out upon the ground, perfectly 
lifeless. This was the first Owl smaller than Nyctale acadica, Acadian 
Owl, that I had had ever captured. Small Owls were frequently heard 


evenings and cloudy days when passing by the woods, but no others 


were seen. 
402— $—6.50 x 14.00 x 3.50 x 2.45. May 8, Hidalgo. 


FALCONIDA. 


CIRCUS CYANEUS HUDSONIUS, (L.) Coues.—Marsh Hawk. 


This is far the most common Hawk seen on the trip. We met it at 
Galveston, Corpus Christi, and on the Rio Grande. Only a few in per- 
fect blue plumage seen, and none secured. Two or three were shot, but, 
falling in the dense chaparral, were lost to us. 

104— 9 —21.25 x 49.00 x 15.50 x 9.50, Mar. 27, Brownsville. 


42 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 


ICTINIA SUBCGHRULEA, (Bartr.) Coues.*—Mississippi Kite. 

On May 7th, I saw several small flocks of these birds in close succession, 
and watched them with my glass. They were too high to shoot, but the 
white head and black square tails were plainly seen, and I have no 
doubts of their being this bird. They were moving north, and among 
them were some with white tails. There were about fifty in all, sail- 
ing in circles and drifting northward. 


ELANOIDES FORFICATUS, (L.) Coues.i—Swallow-tatled Kite. 


On March 24th, a few miles north of Brownsville, my companion shot 
a fine specimen of this splendid Hawk. When it was wounded, others 
gathered about to the number of eighteen. He was in the densest of 
chaparral at the time; one or two others shot were not recovered. 
About March 12th, at Corpus Christi, one was seen. On April 24th, at 
Hidalgo, we saw three fly over the village. 
71— 9 —24.00 x 51.00 x 17.25 x 13.50. Mar. 24, Brownsville. 


ACCIPITER COOPERI, Bp.—Cooper’s Hawk. 
Common in open chaparral and on the prairies. 
340— gf —16.75 x 30.00 x 9.25 x 8.00. May 2, Hidalgo. 


FALCO COLUMBARIUS, L.— Pigeon Hawk. 


This bird had in its crop nearly the whole of a Ground Dove, Chame- 
pelia passerina. Common in thinly wooded districts. 
87— 9 —12.50 x 26.50 x 8.60 x 6.00. Mar. 27, Brownsville. 


FALCO SPARVERIUS, L.—Sparrow Hawk. 


Common in open woodland, where it can have free chase for prey. T 
have found them in harmony with the Scissor-tailed Flycatchers, Mi- 
vulus forficatus, and Common Dove, Zenedura carolinensis, in open fields, 
where were a few scattered trees and bushes. 


12— ¢—11.00 x 23.00 x 7.75 x 0.00. Mar. 8, Corpus Christi. 
98— gf —10.75 x 23.25% 7.75 x 5.50. Mar. 27, Brownsville. 


BUTEO UNICINCTUS HARRISI, (Aud.) Ridg—Harris’s Buzzard. 


This dark Hawk was seen everywhere along the Rio Grande, but in 
especially large numbers in the vicinity of the large packing-house some 
three miles from Brownsville. There it could be seen at all times in the 
day, perched on the telegraph poles and trees along the railway track, 
watching the Turkey Buzzards, Cathartes aura, Black Vultures, Cathartes 
atratus, and Audubon’s Caracaras, Polyborus audubont, holding carnival 
over the offal scattered about in great heaps. By driving our ambulance 
by the side of the track, we could shoot from it, and in this manner. ob- 


*[ Ictinia mississippiensis, auct. ex Wils.—Falco subcerulius, Bartr. Trav. Fla. 1791, 290.— 
Ictinia subcerulea, Coues, Pr. Phila. Acad. 1876, 345, g. v.—E. C.] 

t[ Falco forficatus, LL, 1758.—Nauclerus forficatus, Ridgw. 1874.—Elanoides forficatus, 
Coues, Pr. Phila. Acad. 1876, 345, g. v.—E. C.] 


SENNETT ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS. 43 


tained several of this species. They are sluggish carrion-feeding birds, 
but withal pretty shy. Ata distance, they look black, and are easily 
recognized from any others of the family. ‘They build in various places, 
from an eight-foot Spanish bayonet, or small tree, to a crotch forty feet 
high. The nests are composed of sticks and leaves, and are quite bulky. 
I was with Dr. Merrill when he examined two nests. One was on a 
Spanish bayonet, some eight or nine feet high, and the other in a tree 
about fifteen feet above the ground. At Hidalgo, I secured two sets of 
twoeggs each. One set wastaken April 29th from a nest ten feet from 
the ground in a mezquite-tree, surrounded by small trees. One egg 
contained a peeping chick, and the other was addled. The other set 
was taken May Ist by Mr. Barton from a tall ebony-tree. The eggs were 
fresh. The shape of the egg is nearly double-rounded, but slightly 
tending to point at one end. The color is pure dead white. The sizes 
are as follows :—2.10 by 1.70, 2.05 by 1.70, 2.10 by 1.70, and 2.08 by 1.69, 
averaging 2.08 by 1.70. 

1.08— ¢ —20.00 x 41.00 x 12.25 x 8.75. Mar. 27, Brownsville. 

1.55— g —22.00 x 48.00 x 15.00 x 10.00. Apr. 3, Brownsville. 

1.56— 2 —20.00 x 46.00 x 14.00 x 9.00. Apr. 3, Brownsville. 


3.65— 9 —22.50 x 47.00 x 14.50 x 9.50. May 4, Hidalgo. 
3.90— ¢ —20.00 x 44.00 x 13.00x 8.75. May 7, Hidalgo. 


BUTEO PENNSYLVANICUS, ( Wils.) Bp.—Broad-winged Buzzard. 


Thesingleone wasshot on M&y 7th in a dense woods. It was mistaken 
for an Owl, when, at my approach, it flew from one tree to another, and 
I was quite surprised when I picked it up. 

3.88— g —15.50 x 36.00 x 11.25 x 6.50. May 7, Hidalgo. 


ARCHIBUTEO FERRUGINEUS, (Licht.) Gr.—Ferrugineous Buzzard. 


On May 16th I found an immense nest on the top of a large Spanish 
bayonet, and some twelve feet from the ground. There was no bird near, 
and I knew not whether it was occupied or not. By cutting off the 
needle-points of the leaves, my Mexican guide, with considerable help, 
was able to scale it, and, to my surprise, brought down two large eggs.. 
While I was trying to identify them, on came the owners, a pair of this 
Species, circling and screaming above our heads, but not near enough 
for a sure shot. Caught in the act as we were, with nothing for cover 
better than a Spanish bayonet or a low cactus, and being in the very 
home of six-foot rattlesnakes, I saw no practicable way of securing the 
birds. Later on the same day we came upon another nest, and a pair 
of the same species. This time they were within easy range as they 
flew over our heads; but our wagon was covered, and before we could 
get out of the awkward thing to shoot they were out of range. This 
nest was empty, but had the appearance of being new; was very bulky, 
similar to the former one, and, like it, situated on a Spanish bayonet, 
about eight feet from the ground. Dr. Merrill was with me. We both 
had a fine view of the birds, and their identification was complete. The 


44. BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


locality was a sandy ridge, dividing a lake from the salt-marshes. The ~ 
eggs were perfectly fresh. The sbape is like those of Harris’s Buzzard 
(Buteo harrist}; but for a tendency to be pointed at one end, would be 
a broad oval. They are pure chalky-white. One of them had very 
_ faint flecks of yellowish-brown scattered sparsely over it. The other 
was Without any. Both of them have a few longitudinal creases. One 
measures 2.40 by 1.90, and the other 2.38 by 1.90. 


POLYBORUS THARUS AUDUBONI, (Cass.) Ridg.—Audubon’s Caracara. 
On my way duwn the coast, I saw this bird for the first time at Cor- 
pus Christi, and again on the northern end of Padre Island. But not 
until I came near the slaughter-houses near Brownsville did I find it 
very abundant. There, at almost any time in the day, numbers can be 
seen with the Vultures, feeding upon the offal. When not feeding, they 
were seen in pairs, on the ground or low dead stubs, and were quite 
tame. Their flight is low at this season as they skim over the top of 
the chaparral and among the mezquite groves. I did not see them ecir- 
cling and sailing to great heights, as they are said todo. They walk, 
run, and hop readily, as I learned when chasing a winged bird through 
the thorns and thickets. I never heard them utter a cry of any kind. 
The sexes are alike, and it takes several years to acquire their full 
plumage; hence the majority of the birds are yellowish-brown. Consid- 
ering the number of birds, it is surprising how few nests are found. I 
spent much valuable time in search for them, but without suecess. Dr. 
Merrill, however, was more fortunate. His familiarity with country and 
birds gave him a great advantage, and through his kindness I got chance 
- at anest. We together took a set of two from the nest. He afterward 
gave me the set. This nest was composed of sticks and a few leaves, and 
rested on the branches of a sapling only about nine or ten feet from the 
ground. This small tree was one of a clump which stood under larger 
trees, and was so slender that great care had to be taken not to shake out 
the eggs in getting tothem. It was bulky, and with but little depression. 
One of the eggs is round at one end and inclined to be pointed at the other; 
the other is quite double-rounded. The ground-color is arich cinnamon- 
brown. They are blotched with reddish-brown in great irregular clusters 
over the whole egg, and on these are small black blotches. My two eggs 
measure 2.30 by 1.85 and 2.15 by 1.82. A pair given Mr. Webster are 
2.40 by 1.86 and 2.32 by 1.85. 
83— ¢ ad. —21.50 x 48.50 x 15.25 x 9.00. Mar. 26, Brownsville. 


99— 9 ad. —23.00 x 49.50 x 15.25 x 8.25. Mar. 27, Brownsville. 
100— gf jun.—22.00 x 47,50 x 14.25 x 7.75. Mar. 27, Brownsyille. 


101— g —22.00 x 49.00 x 15.00 x 7.25. Mar. 27, Brownsville. 
102—Q jun.—23.00 x 48.50 x 15.50 x 8.00. Mar. 27, Brownsville. 
CATHARTIDA. 


CATHARTES AURA, (L.) Ill.—Turkey Buzzard. 
Abundant, but not so much so as Cathartes atratus, Black Vulture. At 
Hidalgo, two sets of eggs were found in the open woodland on the bare 


SENNETT ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS. A5 


ground, with no sign of nest. The shape is nearly oval, but sometimes 
one end is more pointed thanthe other. The color is light drab, spotted 
and blotched with dark reddish-brown, rather regularly, but not thickly, 
over the whole egg. One egg has a complete ring of spots very close to 
one end. They measure 2.70 by 1.80, 2.65 by 1.90, 2.58 by 1.85, and 2.70 
by 1.90. 
223— 2 —26.00 x 66.00 x 20.50 x 10.25 x 10.25. Apr. 17, Hidalgo. 


CATHARTES ATRATUS, (Bartr.) Less.—Black Vulture. 


The most abundant of all the carrion-feeding birds on the Lower Rio 
Grande. I found it much more numerous in the vicinity of Brownsville 
than on the coast or farther up the river. Nowhere was it frequenting 
the towns, as it is said to do in other sections, but preferred the country, 
and especially the river-banks. Wherever there are slaughter-houses 
or large herds of cattle, it is sure to be. One of the saddest sights of 
our slow progress up the river was to see the poor cattle that had strayed 
away from their drinking-fords and were mired in the quicksand. The 
only interest taken in their fate was manifested by the ever-ready horde 
of Vultures who were frolicking near, in anticipation of their approaching 
feast. Two sets of eggs of two each were found in the vicinity of 
Hidalgo. Both were laid upon the bare ground in the woods, one set 
being at the root of a mezquite-tree. They are shaped oblong-oval, but 
one end more pointed than the other, and their ground-color is white, 
tinged with green. The markings are brown blotches of all sizes and 
shades of distinctness, and almost entirely confined to the larger end. 
On the brown are a few black spots. The eggs measure 3 by 2.05, 3.10 

by 2.10, 3.02 by 1.95, and 2.94 by 1.95. 


COLUMBID A. 


COLUMBA FLAVIROSTRIS, Wagler.—Red-billed Pigeon, 


I found this fine large Pigeon common in heavy timber, more especially 
in the tall scattered clumps near the larger tracts. Its appearance is so 
marked that it can be recognized at all times from other members of the 
family. Like all the Pigeons, it is fond of the water. Any morning 
will find numbers of all the different species going to and coming from 
the sand-bars in the river, where they are in the habit of drinking and 
bathing. 

The cooing of this bird is clear, short, and rather high-pitched. It is 
nore secluded in its habits than any of the others, except the one I 
have lately found new to our fauna, A’chmoptila albifrons. In point of 
numbers it is much less numerous than the Carolina and the White- 
winged Doves; still it is quite extensively shot for market. I found it 
breeding, and secured several sets of nests and eggs. As the accounts 
given respecting its breeding habits are very meagre, I will give in 
detail my observations. 

On April 30th, I found my first nest of this bird in the vicinity of Hi- 


AG BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


dalgo. The locality was a grove of large trees, with undergrowth, and 
clumps of bushes matted with vines. While prying about the thick 
vines, I flushed the bird off its nest, and it alighted in one of the tall 
trees near by. It took me but a moment or two to examine the nest 
and shoot the bird. In less than ten minutes’ time I had also its mate. 
The nest was only eight or nine feet from the ground, and set upon the 
horizontal branches of a sapling in the midst of the vines. It was com- 
posed of sticks, lined with fine stems and grasses, had a depression of 
an inch or more, and was about eight inches in outside diameter by two 
and one-half inches deep. It contained one egg, with embryo just 
formed. Dissection of the bird showed that she would have laid no 
- more. 

On May 3d, I found another nest very similarly situated in a dense 
thicket on the border of a woods. The bird was seen; the nest con- 
tained one addled egg. 

On May 8th, at Lomita Ranche, afew miles above Hidalgo, in the fine 
grove of ebonies in the rear of the buildings of the ranche. I found two 
nests. Both were well up in the trees, one about twenty-five feet and 
the other about thirty. The nests were situated close to the body of the 
trees, on large branches, and were composed of sticks and grasses, with 
an inside depth of about two inches. One contained a single egg, far 
advanced; in the other, also, lay a solitary egg, from which a young 
chick was just emerging. The parents persisted in staying about, not- 
withstanding we were making a great disturbance, even shooting into 
the same trees. Whenever we would go off some distance, they would 
immediately go on their nests, and seemed loth to leave them at our 
return. These were the only ones seen breeding so near habitations. — 

The grove was a common resort for man and beast, besides being the 
place where wagons, tools, &c., were kept and repaired. 

On May 11th, I obtained my fifth and last nest. I found it in the woods 
at the fork of two roads, a mile or so from the village, down the river. 
This nest I had discovered a week or so before, complete, but empty. 
It was situated about ten feet from the ground, in one of a thick clump 
of small trees, at the junction of several small branches. It was com- 
posed of twigs and rootlets, without grasses, and had a depression of 
one and one-half inches. The bird was flushed from the nest and shot. 
Upon examination, the solitary egg showed that incubation had begun, 
and dissection of the bird proved that no other eggs were developed for 
laying. 

From my observations, I conclude that the - Red billed Pigeon breeds 
on our extreme southern border during April and May; that it builds 
a nest differing from those of other Pigeons, and lays but one egg. The 
only authority at my command mentioning the habits of this species is 
‘“‘North American Birds”, by Baird, Brewer and Ridgway. In vol. iii., 
page 367, mention is made of the two eggs of this bird being somewhat 
larger than those of Z. carolinensis, Carolina Dove. The same page 


SENNETT ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS. AF] 


gives description and size of the eggs (1.18 by 0.90) in the Berlandier 
collection. 

Now these statements apply so exactly to the egg of the White-winged 
Dove, Melopelia leucoptera, and are so decidedly at variance with my ex- 
perience, that I have no hesitation in saying that undoubtedly Dr. Ber- 
landier and the Mexican were laboring under a mistake, both having the 
eggs of Melopelia leucoptera (see my description of this further on), 
instead of Columba flavirostris. The shape of my five eggs of the bird 
under consideration is oblong-oval, with the greatest diameter in the 
centre. Some vary slightly, tending sometimes to double-pointed, and 
again to double-rounded. Their color is pure white. They measure 
1.60 by 1.10, 1.55 by 1.12, 1.60 by 1.08, 1.48 by 1.08, and 1.46 by 1.07, 
averaging ale BA by 1.09. 

233— ¢—14.00 x 25.00 x 8.50 x 4.75. Apr. 19, Hidalgo. 
260— 9 —14.60 x 24.50 x 7.90 x 5.00. Apr. 20, Hidalgo. 
323— 9 —14.25 x 23.25 x 7.50 x 5.00. Apr.30, Hidalgo. 
324— g —14.75 x 25.00 x 7.75 x 5.00. Apr.30, Hidalgo. 
408— $ —13.75 x 24.75 x 7.75 x 4.75. May 9, Hidalgo. 
422— $—14.00 x 24.50 x 8.00 x 4.65. May 11, Hidalgo. 
ZENZDURA CAROLINENSIS, (L.) Bp.—Carolina Dove. 

This bird was most abundant of all the Pigeons wherever we went. 
At Galveston and Corpus Christi, on the way down, and at Brownsville, 

up to about April 10th, they werein flocks. When I reached Hidalgo, 

April 17th, they were mating, and they filled the air with the sound of 
their cooing. On April 25th, I found the first two eggs, and soon there- 
after they became abundant. By the first of May, we came upon their 
nests in all sorts of places and at all heights, within from two to eight 
feet from the ground, but never on the ground. Their construction was 
usually a small, simple platform of twigs, with the slightest depression. 
Frequently they were made of bleached grasses alone. It was a very 
pretty sight to see one of these nests of yellow grass, with its snow- 
whiteeggs. This bird is at all times very tame, and when sitting on its 
eggs will often allow one to come within two feet of it toobserve it. Of 
some fifty eggs, the average is 1.10 by 0.82. 

. 25— 9 —12.25 x 18.25 x 5.75 x 5.50. Mar. 8, Corpus Christi. 

308— 9 —11.25 x 17.00 x 5.40 x 4.90. Apr. 30, Hidalgo. 

4 309— g —12.00 x 18.00 x 5.75 x 5.50. Apr. 30, Hidalgo. 

370— $—12.00 x 18.25 x 5.65.x 5.50. May 5, Hidalgo. 
MELOPELIA LEUCOPTERA, (L.) Bp.— White-winged Dove, 

In all wooded districts on the Rio Grande above Brownsville, this Dove 
is abundant. In the immediate vicinity of Brownsville I did not meet 
with it; but I had not gone far up the river by boat before I saw it in 

company with others about the banks and shores of the river. Whether 
at rest or on the wing, it is a handsome bird, showing almost as far as 
you can see it the characteristic wing-patch which gives it name. These 
birds are very affectionate and attentive toward each other, and their 
Soft, sweet cooing is pleasant to hear. They are not under foot as much 


48 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


as the Carolina Dove, yet they are by no means shy. I have frequently 
been within twenty-five feet of them, and stood, to be curiously observed 
by them, for some seconds before they took flight. Though not as shy 
in the trees as the Red-billed Pigeon, yet they do not like one to come 
near their eggs. When I reached Hidalgo, these birds were in pairs, 
and I was quite surprised on the 1st of May to see a flock of a dozen or 
so. They were probably males in search of food, while their mates were 
incubating their eggs, for at that time no young birds were out. I found 
numbers of their nests situated in all sorts of trees (the mezquite is a 
favorite tree with them), and in thickets at all heights within from four 
to ten feet from the ground. They are generally composed of sticks and 
weeds, with little, sometimes no lining, of leaves or feathers. I have 
one nest of Spanish moss. The complement of eggs is two. They are 
oblong-oval, and of a creamy-white; occasionally a set will be very dark 
cream, or one again will be pure white. Of thirty eggs, the largest is 
1.30 by 0.92, and the smallest 1.10 by 0.90, although there is one nar- 
rower, it being 1.20 by 0.86. The average size is 1.20 by 0.89. 

225— fg —12.00 x 19.25 x 6.25 x 4.25. Apr. 18, Hidalgo. 

227— g —12.25 x 20.00 x 6.50 x 4.40. Apr. 18, Hidalgo. 

228— ¢—12.00 x 19.00 x 6.40 x 4.40. Apr. 18, Hidalgo. 

258— g —12.25 x 20.00 x 6.50 x 4.50. Apr. 20, Hidalgo. 

259— $—12.10 x 20.00 x 6.60 x 4.50. Apr. 20, Hidalgo. 

268— 9 —11.75 x 20.50 x 6.60 x 4.25. Apr. 24, Hidalgo. 

310— ¢—12.00 x 19.75 x 6.25 x 4.50. Apr. 30, Hidalgo. 

335— 9 —11.50 x 19.50 x 6.00 x 4.00. May 2, Hidalgo. 


CHAM ZPELIA PASSERINA, (L.) Sw.—Ground Dove. 

In the vicinity of Brownsville, I saw a few small flocks, but not where 
I could obtain any. At Hidalgo, I saw them occasionally in pairs, and 
they breed ail along the Lower Rio Grande, but I did not collect any 
of their eggs. The officers at camp near Hidalgo said they came in the 
mornings to the river, near by, to drink with other Pigeons. Iam in- 
debted to Dr. Merrill for a set of two eggs, taken near Brownsville. 
‘They are oval, pure white, and measure 0.87 by 0.63 and 0.88 by 0.65. 


244— 9 —6.75 x 10.85 x 3.50 x 2.25. Apr. 19, Hidalgo. 
384— $—7.00 x 11.50 x 3.40 x 2.50. May 7, Hidalgo. 
385— 9 —7.00 x 11.50 x 3.40 x 2.40. May 7, Hidalgo. 


[Genus AACHMOPTILA, Coues. 


Peristera, of some authors. . 
Leptoptila, Swainson, Class. B. ii. 1837, 349 (misspelled ‘“‘ Leptotila”). (Not Leptoptilos 
Lesson, Tr. Orn. 1831, 585, nor Leptoptilus Strickl. 1841, nor Leptoptila Gloger, 
1842.)—Bp. Consp. Av. ii. 1854, 74.—Gray, Handl. ii. 1870, 242, n. 2319 (‘*Lepto- 
tila”’). 


Cu.—First primary abruptly emarginate, attenuate and linear near the end. Wings 
oz moderate length: 3d and 4th primaries longest; first shorter than 7th. Tail much 
shorter than the wings, rounded, of 12 broad feathers. Tarsus entirely naked, equal- 
ling or rather exceeding the middle toe and claw. Lateral toes nearly equal, the ends 
of their claws reaching about opposite the base of the middle claw. Hind toe shortest 
of ali, but perfectly incumbent. Bill small and slender, much shorter than tlie head. 


SENNETT ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS. 49 


A considerable naked space about the eye, thence extending in a narrow line to the 
bill. Size medium or rather small. Body full and stout. Coloration subdued, but 
hind head and neck iridescent. No metallic dae on wings. 

Type, @. jamaicensis (L.). 

This genus comprehends a number of species of Middle ana South America and the 
West Indies, one of which, Z&. albifrons, before only known from Mexico, I recently 
had the pleasure of eareencie into our fauna, upon specimens secured by Mr. Sennett, 
at Hidalgo, Texas. Otherspecies, as recognized by Bonaparte in 1854, are 4. verreauai 
of New Granada, 4. erythrothorax of Cayenne, and 4. dubusi from the Rio Napo. G. R. 
Gray, in 1870, records, as additional species of the same immediate group, 4. rufaxilla, 
AB. brasiliensis, Af. cerviniventris, Af. plumbiceps, Ai. cassini, Af. riottei, and i. ochroptera. 

The characters of the genus are drawn up from &. albifrons. The group is closely re- 
lated to Peristera proper, of which Gray makes it a subgenus. It was originally named 
Leptotila by Swainson in 1837, but the name is preocenpied, having been used in 1831 
by Lesson, under the form Leptoptilos, for a genus of Storks. Difference of termina- 
tion may suffice to distinguish any two names when indicating any difference of mean- 
ing, as in the vases of Picus and Pica, but can hardly be considered sufficient in this 
instance, especially as the original form of the word, Leptoptilos, requires to be cor- 
rected into Leptoptilus or Leptoptila, as has already been done by Strickland and Gloger. 

Aichmoptila includes a number of species of ‘ Ground Doves”, related to such forms 
as Zenaida, Peristera, Oreopelia, &c., distinguished from the more arboreal Pigeons of 
the New World by their long naked tarsi. They are of rather smal! size, stont, full 
body, small bill, short, rounded broadly, 12-feathered tail, and have the first primary 
abruptly linear-attenuate at the end for aninchorso, They are of rather plain colors, 
though the neck bh s the iridescence so common in Pigeons, and usually have the lining 
of the wings chestnut. 


AMCHMOPTILA ALBIFRONS, (Bp.) Coues.— White-fronted Pigeon. 


Leptoptila albifrons, Bp. C. A. ii. 1854, 74. (Mexico; “Cuba”.—Lawr. Bull. Nat. Mus. 
n. 4, 1876, 44 (Tehuantepec). Iris orange; bill black; orbital space bluish; 
feet curmine.)—Coues, Bull. Nuttall Club, ii. n. 3, July, 1877, 82 (Hidalgo, 
Texas, May, 1877, G. B. Sennett). 


Peristera ( Leptotila) albifrons, Gray, Handlist, ii. 1870, 242, n. 9380. 


Cu. sp.— $ brunneo olivacea sericea, cervice cupreo-purpurascente, fronte albescente; subtus 
albido, lateribus obscurioribus, pectore juguloque subvinaceis, crisso et mente albis; tectricibus 
ale inferioribus axillaribusque castaneis ; rectricibus medic dorso concoloribus, ceteris nigres- 
centibus apicibus albis; rostro nigro; pedibus ruberrimis ; spatio orbitali livido-incarnato. 
Long. tot. pedalis ; alw semipedalis; caude 44: rostri%: tarsi 14-1}. dig. med. cum ungue 1}. 


g, adult: Upper parts brownish-olive, with silky lustre (much as in Coccygus ameri- 
canus for example). Hind head, nape, and back and sides of neck with coppery pur- 
plish iridescence. Top of the head of a somewhat bluish or glaucous “bloom”, fading: 
to creamy-white on the forehead. Under parts dull white or whitish, more or less. 
shaded with olive-brown on the sides, deepening on the fore breast and jugulum to pale: 
vinaceous ; belly, crissum, and chin quite purely white. Wing-coverts and inner quills 
like the back, and without metallic spots; other larger remiges slaty-blackish, with 
very narrow pale edging toward the end. All the under wing-coverts and the axillaries | 
bright chestnut. Two middle tail-feathers like the back; others slaty-black, tipped 
with white in decreasing amount from the outer part inward, the largest white tips 
being about half an inch in extent. Bill black. Feet carmine-red. Iris yellow. Bare 
skin around eye red and livid blue. Length 12-12}; extent 19-194; wing 6-64; tail 
44-44; bill 2-2; tarsus 14-14, middle toe and claw rather less. 

Female not seen.—E. C.] 


Shortly after obtaining my first specimen of this Dove, I sent a descrip- 
tion of it to Washington. It was identified, and a portion of the letter 
Bull. iv. No. 1—4 


50 “BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


published in the Bulletin of the Nuttall Ornithological Club for July, 
vol. ii., No. 3, p. 82. Since then I obtained more birds, and will here 
give a further description of it and its habits. On April 18th, I obtained 
my first in a tract of timber a mile below Hidalgo, near the bank of the 
river. It was shot from the upper branches of the tallest trees. Scat- 
tered about the woods in pairs were Columba flavirostris, Red-billed 
Pigeon, and Melopelia leucoptera, White-winged Dove. On the 19th, 
another was shot in the same locality. Five specimens were secured up to 
the time of leaving, and a number of others seen and heard. It is more 
secluded than the other Pigeons, and only found among the tallest tim- 
ber. Seen in the woods, it resembles M. leucoptera both in size and 
shape of tail, but can be recognized from it at sight by the absence of 
the large, white wing-patch. Its note is somewhat prolonged, ends with 
a falling inflection, and is exceedingly low in pitch. Most of my birds 
were obtained by following the sound of their notes until within range; 
all were seen sitting quietly in secluded places; all are males, and in- 
jured considerably by falling from great heights. On the last day of 
my stay at Hida!go, I watched a pair for a long time, in hopes of find- 
ing their nest, but without success. If they had one, they were evi- 
dently not anxious to get to their eggs. IT'rom their actions, I am sure 
they were mated. I was anxious to get the female, but, as I could not 
distinguish it from the male, I had to take the chances; and upon 
shooting one, the other flew out of sight, and I could not obtain it. 
Now, that the bird is known to be on our border, we shall soon know 
all about its breeding habits. 

This species has the following specific characteristics :—Upper parts 
greenish-olive, the metallic coloring purple, with bronzy-green reflec- 
tions, and restricted to the back of neck. Crown drab, shading to: 
nearly white on forehead. Orbital space small, faintly red and blue. 
Chin white. Foreneck creamy-slate. Belly white. Sidesashy. Wings 
brown above, slaty below, and whole under wing-coverts bright chest- 
nut, which color extends even to the sides. Tail square, of twelve 
feathers; middle ones olive, like the back, and the others brown above 
and tipped with white in increasing amount until the outer ones are 
white for half an inch. Tail below black, with the white tips as above. 
Under tail-coverts pure white. Iris yellow, with reddish-brown shade 
when fresh, but changing after death toa deep salmon. Bill black, 0.62 
to 0.70 of an inch. Feet carmine. Tarsus 1.35; middle toe and claw 


' the same. 

224— g —12.50 x 19.50 x 6.40 x 4.50. Apr. 18, Hidalgo. 
234— g§ —12.50 x 19.25 x 6.25 x 4.50. Apr. 19, Hidalgo. 
334— fg —12.25 x 19.00 x 6.00 x 4.50. May 2, Hidalgo. 
421— g—12.00 x 19.25 x 6.00 x 4.25. May 11, Hidalgo. 


CRACID. 


ORTALIDA VETULA, Wagl.—Texas Guan. 
This curious and interesting bird is well described in ‘‘ North Amer- 


— 


SENNETT ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS. 51 


ican Birds”; but I must take issue on a few points, particularly in re- 
gard to its breeding habits. In the vicinity of Brownsville, the heavy 
timber being scarce, I saw none, and only heard them a few times in 
the heaviest chaparral. Hidalgo is in the very heart of their habitat 
within our limits, and my facilities for observing them at that point were 
very good indeed. Mornings and evenings we could hear them from 
every direction, and whenever we went into the woods they were always 


observed. Oneis sure to find them where dense thickets of undergrowth 


are under large trees. At the time I was with them they were in pairs, 
and generally a number of pairs would be in one locality. The sexes 


are similar in appearance, and their notes alike, excepting that the 


female’s note is pitched higher. Its notes are loud and simply inde- 
scribable. If you will sound the word cha-cha-la-ca in rapid succession 
in the loudest possible whisper, always accenting the last two syllables, 
you will give to yourself, but to no one else, some idea of their love 
songs. The loudness and hoarseness are the same in both sexes, and 
one answers the other so closely that it is hard to distinguish their 
notes, although one may be closely observing them. ‘Their concerts 
take place mornings, evenings, and at all hours on dark days. They 
are at such times in the tops of the trees, and, if alarmed, at once give 
the warning note, and sail, with spread wings, down into the thickets, 
becoming instantly quiet. _The woods which a moment before resounded 
with a deafening noise of an uncertain number of these birds (it is im- 
possible to judge by the sound whether few or many are engaged in 
their coneerts) is now still as death. Those unobserved and farthest 
off will, when they feel reassured, start up their cry, and set the whole 
company to screaming again. Several times, when well concealed, I 
have noticed a pair spring from a thicket into a large tree, jump from 
limb to limb close to the body until they reached the top, when they 
would walk out to the end of the branch and begin their song. They 
roost in trees, and hunters frequently get them at night. Rarely did I 
see them on the ground. Once, while resting in a mezquite grove, 
which looked very much like a peach-orchard on a well-kept lawn, I 
saw a Chachalaea trot out from a neighboring thicket in full view. He 


seemed looking for food on the ground. He discovered me, and we 


eyed each other for a moment, when it turned, ran a short distance, 
sprang into the lower branches of a tree, and, hopping along from tree 
to tree, disappeared into the thicket about five feet from the ground. 
They are very fond of blackberries, which were then getting ripe. 
Another peculiarity of this bird is that the male alone has the trachea 
doubled over some three.or four inches on the muscles of the breast, 
directly under the skin. Their meat is white, and most excellent eating. 
Of their crossing with the common game fowl, and tbereby producing 
the superior fighting-cocks for which the Mexicans are so noted, I saw 
no proof, but it is accepted as true by everybody in the region. They 


52 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


are easily domesticated. I saw a pair in a jacal at Brownsville that 
could hardly be driven out of doors long enough for us to see them. 

The nest of this species is never found on the ground, but in trees and 
bushes varying in height from four to ten feet. The structure varies in 
composition and size according to its location. If it is in a large fork 
close to the body of the tree, a few sticks, grasses, and leaves are sufii- 
cient, and the structure will not equal in size or strength that of a 
Mockingbird. This small size is by far the most frequent; but I have a 
nest built upon a fork of two small branches, composed entirely of Span- 
ish moss. It is bulky and flat, being a foot in diameter and four inches 
deep, with a depression four inches wide and twodeep. The bird begins 
to lay about the middle of April, and when I left that section on May 
11 chicks were peeping in the eggs, and some nests were found with 
broken shells and deserted. The birds are clean in their habits, no 
excrement or litter being found in their nests. The most natural place 
for them to build is in the undergrowth or thickets in the dense forests. 
Their complement of eggs is three. I secured sixteen sets, and in no 
instance were there more, and oniy twice less. In no instance were they 
covered with leaves or anything else, as has been said. Nor does the 
parent fly at the intruder or show any alarm. On the contrary, as soon 
as she is observed, she darts into the thickets, as usual, without any note 
of alarm or any show of fighting. More often, the bird flies off before 
she has a chance of being seen, and the eggs can be seen as far as you 
can see the nest. The first nest was found April 20, and contained its 
full complement of three eggs. The location was above the camp in a 
wesatche tree, close by a bridle-path, used almost daily by the cavalry 
in going to practice. The nest was some eight or nine feet above the 
ground, in a crotch, and would not have been noticed had not the bird 
flown as we came upon it while on horseback. This was by all odds the 
most exposed place in which any nest was found. One nest I found in 
the heart of the woods at Lomita Ranche, and the three eggs were so 
much exposed that they were seen some time before the nest could be 
distinguished. This nest was shallow, as a Pigeon’s, and situated about 
six feet from the ground on two small branches of a sapling. To 
describe other nests would be but repetition. 

The eggs are remarkably large in proportion to the size of the bird’s 
body. They have very thick shells, resembling in this respect a Guinea- 
fowl’s egg, and of extreme hardness. Their shape is oblong-oval. They 
are distinctly granulated and of a rich creamy-white. They are generally 
remarkably clean. They are also very even in size. The largest meas- 
ures 2.45 by 1.65, the smallest 2.31 by 1.55, and the average 2.34 by 1.60. 

226— § —22.00 x 24.50 x 7.50 x 9.50. Apr. 18, Hidalgo. 
269— $ —23.00 x 26.50 x 8.50 x 10.50. Apr. 24, Hidalgo. 
270— 2 —21.50 x 25.00 x 8.00 x 9.00. Apr. 24, Hidalgo. 


271— g —24.00 x 27.00 x 8.50 x 10.50. Apr. 24, Hidalgo. 
311— 3 —23.50 x 28.00 x 8.15 x 10.00. Apr. 30, Hidalgo. 


SENNETT ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF ‘TEXAS. 53 
MELEAGRIDA. 


MELEAGRIS GALLOPAVO,* L.—Turkey. 

This fine game bird is common in the timber districts along the Lower 
Rio Grande. While going up and down the river on the steamer, I fre- 
quently saw them on the flat bars that make out in the bends of the 
river, or flying from one side to the other. In the vicinity of Hidalgo, 
I heard them frequently, and saw them occasionally. I took no espe- 
cial pains to hunt them, and obtained no specimens. On May 8th, at 
the camp, I saw a number of young just from the egg that the soldiers 
had caught in the neighborhood. 


PERDICID A. 


ORTYX VIRGINIANA TEXANA,} (Lawr.) Coues.—Texas Quail. 


I frequently met them, singly or in pairs, in open chaparral. I shot 
a number, and obtained three sets of eggs. I can see no difference in 
habits from O. virginiana, and their eggs are similar but smaller. 
They average 1.20 by 0.93. 
93— 9 — 9.00 x 14.25 x 4.25 x 2.50. Mar. 27, Brownsville. 
142— ¢—10.00 x 14.50 x 4.40 x 2.75. Apr. 3, Brownsville. 
352— 9 — 9.50 x 14.25 x 4.00 x 2.40. May 3, Hidalgo. 
3538— f— 9.50 x 14.65 x 4.15 x 2.50. May 3, Hidalgo. 
369— g¢— 9.75 x 14.50 x 4.15 x 2.50. May 5, Hidalgo. 


Having come to the water birds, I will preface these notes by saying 
that I omit mentioning many species that are well known to exist on 
our Southern border only in winter, and of which I did not obtain speci- 
mens. From the 28th of February until the 20th of March we were 
principally among the water birds. The birds of the North were moult- 
ing, and those from Mexico were just coming in, were paired, and busy 
prospecting for proper places for their eggs. We found no eggs on our 
way down the coast. 


CHARADRITDA. 
ANGIALITIS VOCIFERA, (I.) Cass.—Kildeer Plover. 
This bird was abundant everywhere near the coast, and at Browns- 


ville in wet places, up to April 15th, when I left for up the river. On 
my return, I do not remember of seeing it. 


FAAMATOPODIDA. 


L_LAMATOPUS PALLIATUS, Temm.—Oyster-catcher. 


We met this bird in the bayous between Padre and Mustang Islands, 
in Corpus Christi Pass, on March 12th. They were in pairs, and continu- 

*[No specimens examined by me. The Turkey of this region is said to have light- 
tipped upper tail-coverts, being thus referable to true gallopavo (mexicana Gould).— 
E. C.] 

t [Specimens typical of this subspecies.—E. U.] 


54 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


ally making swift aérial flights, common to shore birds in the mating 
season. Here, among the immense oyster-beds, they revelled in plenty, 
and were as tame as could be. Weshot a number, and they were so 
very fat that little could be done with them. Dissection showed eggs 
of half size, so that if we had had time to remain even a week longer, 
we undoubtedly could have found their eggs. 

33— 9 —20.00 x 37.00 x 11.00 x 4.75. Mar. 13, Padre Island. 


STREPSILAS INTERPRES, (L.) [ll.—Turnstone. 


T am satisfied that many of this species breed along the entire coast 
of Texas. At Point Isabel, on May 19th, I saw many pairs, and by their 
actions they had evidently settled for the season. I could not drive 
them away from certain localities. Iwas told by the fishermen that the 
birds were there all the year round. I did not find their eggs. 


RECURVIROSTRID AA. 


RECURVIROSTRA AMERICANA, Gm.—Avocet. 


At Bolivar Point, on Galveston Bay, March 1st, I found this bird in 
immense flocks. They were very shy, and it was only by the most care- 
ful maneuvring that I could shoot them. They were then just casting 
off their winter plumage. March 29th, on the salt-marshes about balf- 
way between Brownsville and the mouth of the Rio Grande, I met them 
again. in flocks of three or four. Here they exhibited nothing like the 
shyness we had seen on Bolivar Point. After shooting at them, they 
would fly a short distance along the shallow lagoon, and drop down and 
commence feeding agai. They apparently felt no concern for their 
wounded companions. They were not yet in summer plumage. On 
May 20, I examined miles of the bayous, lagoons, and marshes about 
Point Isabel, fit places for them, and did not see any of this species, and 
I presume they had left for the North and West. 

112— 9 —17.50 x 30.50 x 9.00 x 3.50. Mar. 29, Brownsville. 


HIMANTOPUS NIGRICOLLIS, V.—Stilt. 


Occasionally seen about Brownsville in small flocks. In the marshes 
near the coast I found them numerous, and breeding on a small island 
that rose just above the water’s edge. To reach it, we waded to the 
depth of a foot, for half a mile or more from our ambulance, and so low 
was it that it was quite concealed by the sparse grass of the marsh about 
it. The island was several hundred feet long by about two hundred feet 
wide, and was composed of mud and grasses. Herons of all kinds were 
seen scattered over the whole marsh, feeding or lazily flying about. The 
nests were near the water, and some of them in the water. Those in the 
water were composed of grasses, piled up in little heaps of such a height 
that the eggs would just clear the water. If built on the mud, there 
were fewer grasses. The birds were there in numbers, screaming about 
our heads. No other birds were breeding on the island, excepting 


SENNETT ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS. 55 


Marsh and Forster’s Terns, the nests of each being in separate groups. 
They evidently had but fairly commenced laying, as, out of the dozen 
or more nests, we found only one had its full complement of four eggs. 
All were fresh, excepting a clutch of four, which contained young nearly 
ready to come out of the shell. We were only restrained from taking 
many of the birds by having our bag already so full that the idea of 
taking care of any more in the great heat was appalling. The eggs have 
a ground-color of greenish-drab, and are blotched with dark brown, the 
spots being thickest about the greatest diameter. The largest egg 
measures 1.85 by 1.25, the smallest 1.60 by 1.15, and the average 1.71 


by 1.21. 
436— g —15.50 x 26.00 x 9.00 x 3.00. May 16, Brownsville. 


SCOLOPACIDA. 


TRINGA MACULATA, V.—Pectoral Sandpiper. 
Great numbers of these were on the Rio Grande, in company with 
Actiturus bartramius, up to about April 15th, after which time I did not 


notice them. 
96— g —9.50 x 18.50 x 5.75 x 2.50. Mar. 27, Brownsville. 
97— $ —8.25 x 16.00 x 5.15 x 2.50. Mar. 27, Brownsville. 


LIMosA FEDOA, (L.) Ord.—Great Marbled Godwit. 

The only locality in which we noticed this species was at Padre 
Island, by Corpus Christi Pass, about March 15. They then had their 
Warm winter plumage. A number were shot, but none preserved. 


TOTANUS SEMIPALMATUS, Gm.— Willet. 

I saw these every day on the coast as we were going down, ard, March 
29th, I saw them again near the mouth of the Rio Grande. When I 
found the Stilt’s eggs, on May 16th, I saw them in pairs, scattered about ; 
and on May 19th, at Point Isabel, I saw several pairs. I have just 
received a letter from Dr. Merrill, saying that he found a set of their 
eggs not far from where we found the Stilt’s eggs, but giving no further 
particulars. . 


TOTANUS MELANOLEUCUS, Gin.—Greater Telltale. 


At Point Isabel, on May 19th, I shot this bird, and saw several pairs, 
apparently settled to breed. 


ACTITURUS BARTRAMIUS, ( Wils.) Bp.— Upland Plover. 

Seen in abundance near the coast, and in wet places near Brownsville, 
up to April 15th, after which time I did not frequent its favorite locali- 
ties. 

95— $ —11.50 x 21.50 x 6.50 x 3.50. Mar. 27, Brownsville. 
NUMENIUS LONGIROSTRIS, Wils.—Long-billed Curlew. 


I saw this conspicuous bird along the coast going down, and in the 
marshes near Brownsville, up to the time of taking the steamer for 


56 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


home; and I have no doubt a few remain near the coast, about the 
mouth of the Rio Grande, the entire year. ' 


NUMENIUS BOREALIS, (Forst.) Lath.—Esquimaux Curlew. 


On March 8th, at Corpus Christi, near the mouth of the Nueces, I shot 
several of these birds. They were seen singly or in groups of three or 
four. On the northern end of Padre Island, a week later, I saw them 
in flocks of twenty or more. They were seen alighting on the small 
islands in the pass, and flying swiftly along the margins of the Miter 
They were quite shy ; a number were shot. 

22— gf —13.75 x 27.00 x 8.50 x 3.40. Mar. 28, Corpus Christi. 


TANTALIDA. 


FALCINELLUS GUARAUNA, Gm.— W hite-faced Glossy Ibis. 


My experience with the breeding habits of this beautiful bird was 
unexpectedly large and opportune. On my return to Brownsville from 
up the river, a hunter brought me, among others, a young bird and 
some eggs, that I had never seen before, and which, he said, belonged 
to this bird. The next day, May 15th, I took an ambulance and driver, 
and this same Mexican hunter, to compel him to make good the stories 
he had told of the great numbers of birds and eggs to be seen. Down 
we went, through the chaparral, across the country, by the borders of 
lagoons ahd lakes, until we stopped on the edge of an immense salt- 
marsh, filled with rushes excepting near the shores. All kinds of 
Herons and water fowl were moving about in all directions, but nothing 
unusual was seen, there being no indications of an established heronry. 
When the Mexican stripped and said, ‘*Come on,” I dared not back out, 
and could but do the same, and follow with the gun. The darky driver 
fairly rolled with laughter, and considered it a good joke. I must say, 
at that moment I agreed with him. In we went, my leather-colored 
guide taking the lead, with my big bag strapped to his head and shoul- 
ders. ‘The rushes were distant many rods from the shore, in water from 
three to four feet deep, and stood out of the water about six feet. As 
we parted the rushes to examine a few nests near the outskirts, a few 
Herons and Ibises circled and screamed above our heads. I indicated 
to my guide that I would not shoot until I found an Ibis on its nest. 
Into the rushes we worked our way, the nests grew more abundant, and 
we came to openings that would allow us to have a more extended 
view. I here picked out an Ibis on a nest, fired, and saw the bird drop 
over; but I was so completely overwhelmed by the sight above and 
about us, that I was for the time transfixed. A hundred acres of beau- 
tiful birds, plunging and screaming above the rushes! Just think of it! 
In ten minutes from the report of the gun, all the thousands of birds, 
excepting those in our immediate vicinity, were settled again upon their 
eggs. On every side were nests in great numbers, and birds guarding 
their eggs or young, allowing us to get within a few feet of them before 


SENNETT ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS. 57 


launching into the air with flapping wings, legs, and necks. The Ibis 
alone was shy, and kept at a respectful distance. Along with it, and in 
about equal numbers, were Ardea egretta, Great White Egret; Ardea 
candidissima, Little White Egret ; and Ardea var. leucoprymna, Louisiana 
Heron ; besides not a few Nyctiardea var. nevia, Night Heron. All of 
these were here nesting indiscriminately. After shooting a few birds, I 
soon found that the Ibis eggs resembled none of the others. Its nest 
differs considerably from those of the Herons nesting near, although 
built of the same material. It is built of dead rushes twined about 
broken-down and upright living ones, and is more elaborately and 
strongly woven, and is deeper than the others. Its shape is not unlike 
that of a Grackle’s nest. Its outside is about a foot in diameter and 
eight or ten inches deep, and inside six or eight inches wide by three or 
four inches deep. Its height from the water varied from two to four 
feet. There is greater variation in the season for breeding with this 
species than with the Herons. I found larger younger birds, and fresher 
eggs. The season for fresh eggs, however, was drawing to a close, for 
few indeed were the nests found containing one or no egg. Unlike the 
Herons, too, the whole clutch would be hatched at nearly the same 
time; 7. ¢., the eggs of the clutch would be more equally advanced, and 
the young nearly of a size. I found young in all stages, from those just 
out of the egg to those half-grown and about ready to leave the nest. 
The latter, at our near approach, would scramble out of the nests and 
into the water, and a tough chase we would have in the tangled reeds 
to catch them. The young, as it leaves the egg, is covered with black 
down, with a white patch on the head; its legs and bill are pink, the 
latter decurved, and with two black bands. As it grows, the quills and 
feathers show, from their start, the metallic hues, and when half-grown, 
it is of the richest deep green. Neither old nor young make any noise 
or resistance when captured. * : 

Eggs were found in all stages of incubation. The proportion of eggs 
with young was largely in excess of the fresh ones, yet I found enough 
of the latter. I could tell them by the color—the fresher the egg the 
deeper the green. It would not be exaggeration to say that I could 
have gathered bushels of eggs and hundreds of young of this species 
alone. The farther we penetrated into the rushes, the more abundant 
were the nests. Such a haul was only equalled on the very next day, 
May 16th, when Dr. Merrill accompanied us, and we were among these 
beautiful Ibises nearly the whole day. Here, too, other birds, of which 
notice will be taken farther on, were found breeding. In this heronry 
and marsh, we worked long and faithfully, hardly knowing what we 
would not find breeding in it. It was near night both days before I left 


*[Mr. Sennett’s beautifully prepared and high-plumaged specimens show very clearly 
the specific distinction from the common Bay or Glossy Ibis, Falcinellus igneus of 
authors. The young birds are entirely green, and represent the supposed species, Fal- 
cinellus thalassinus of Mr. Ridgway, who informs me that he some time since arrived at 
this determination.—E. C.] 


58 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


it, and toward evening large flocks of this Ibis would come in to roost, 
probably having been off in search of food during the day. Their flight 
is in lines, like the Cormorants, and well sustained. This bird is a mar- 
ket bird in the fall, when it is fat and said to be very good. The com- 
plement of eggs is three or four; in only one instance did I find five. 
Of the seventy-six eggs before me I give the following description :— 
Shape oblong, rounded at one end and pointed at the other. In only a 
few instances are they oval. Color bluish-green. The longest and 
broadest egg measures 2.20 by 1.50; the shortest and narrowest, 1.72 
by 1.30; and the average, 1.99 by 1.42. 


430— ¢ —23.00 x 38.00 x 11.00 x 4.00. May 15, Brownsville. 
431— g —23.50 x 38.50 x 10.75 x 4.00. May 15, Brownsville. 
435— 9 —21.50 x 36.00 x 10.25 x 3.75. May 16, Brownsville. 
437— g —24.00 x 38.00 x 10.00 x 4.00. May 16, Brownsville. 
439— ¢ —24.50 x 38.50 x 10.50 x 4.00. May 16, Brownsville. 
440— g —23.50 x 39.50 x 10.75 x 4.25: May 16, Brownsville. 
443— g —23.50 x 38.50 x 11.00 x 3.75. May 16, Brownsville. 
445— $ —23.75 x 38.75 x 10.60 x 3.75. May 16, Brownsville. 


IBIs ALBA, (L.) V.— White Ibis. 

The only time and place I saw this bird was on May 16, at the “her- 
onry”, where I obtained so many Falcinellus guarauna. Not over a 
dozen were seen, and only one secured. I looked long for their nests, but 
I did not find any to know them. The birds did not act as if they had 
nests, but possibly they were nesting in the heart of the rushes. 

441— ¢ —27.25 x 33.75 x 11.50 x 4.50. May 16, Brownsville. 


PLATALEA AJAJA, L.—Roseate Spoonbill. 

- But little was seen of this magnificent and wonderful bird. A few 
miles from the coast it is known to frequent the salt lakes and marshes. 
In going from Brownsville to Point Isabel on the cars, I saw a flock of 
eight in full plumage, as they were startled by our train. While tak- 
ing a run on horseback about the lagoons and marshes in the vicinity 
of Point Isabel, on the evening before my departure for home, I saw 
a few flying over the marshes, but got no shot. I could learn nothing 
about their breeding habits, although everybody in that section of 
country mentions seeing them often, and speaks of them as very shy. 


ARDEIDAi.* 


ARDEA HERODIAS, L.—Great Blue Heron. 


About the lagoons, inside of the sand-hills on the coast, and especially 
about Corpus Christi Pass, this bird was seen in numbers. On the 
northern end of Padre Island I saw them by hundreds. Nearly all the 
bushes of the island that grow to the height of a man are located on 
that point, and in the largest of the growth the camp of the Coast Sur- 
vey was situated. All of this growth could be seen from the station. 


*[ Nomenclature in this family according to Mr. Ridgway’s later investigations—see 
his paper, this Bulletin, beyond.—E. C.] 


SENNETT ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS. 59 


On March 15th, Mr. Halter and I, with a glass, counted thirty-eight of 
this species on one clump of bushes no larger than two hundred by 
twenty-five feet. They were busy at work on their nests, and had them 
all nearly ready for the eggs. On the same day, I examined these 
bushes, which were scruboak and about eight feet high. By going to 
the top of a sand-hill, which had drifted upon one.of these clumps, I 
could look into nearly all of the nests, and, had I been inclined, could 
have stepped into several of them. No eggs were yet laid. The nests 
were composed of sticks laid upon the thick, tangled bushes. They were 
very bulky, some being fully three feet in diameter, and had a depres- 
sion of about six inches. The birds were in fine plumage, very shy, 
knew well the range of a gun, and had sentinels on every sand-hill. 
When a man appeared, the whole army within the radius of a mile were 
signalled to that effect. A set of their eggs was sent me, that was 
obtained soon after I left. They average 2.58 by 1.84 inches. 


HERODIAS EGRETTA, (Gm.) Gray.—Great White Egret. 

Frequently seen about the lagoons on the coast, and also on the river 
between Hidalgo and Brownsville. At the great heronry in the rushes, 
about half-way between Brownsville and the coast, I found it breeding 
in great numbers, and obtained eggs and young. When I found them, 
May 15th, the eggs were mostly hatched, and not a perfectly fresh egg 
was to be found. Young nearly as large as a Gallinule and eggs not 
hatched were in the same nest. The birds were not easily frightened 
from their nests, but would stretch up their long necks, and eye us until 
we were within a few feet of them before throwing themselves into the 
air. The young are covered sparsely with white down. Their nests 
are bulky, composed of the dead and broken-down rushes, about two 
feet in diameter, and situated from one to three feet above the water. 
Their complement of eggs is three or four. The eggs are broadly oval, 
of a pale greenish-blue color, and average 2.18 by 1.57 inches. 


200— g —41.50 x 61.00 x 17.00 x 6.65. Apr. 10, Brownsville. 
= 201— 2? —38.00 x 56.00 x 15.00 x 5.50. Apr. 10, Brownsville. 


GARZETTA CANDIDISSIMA, (Jacq.) Bp.—Little White Egret. 


On May 15th, Iwas delighted to meet with this to me the prettiest of 
all the Herons in the salt-marshes, where it was breeding in innumer- 
able numbers in company with others of the family. I obtained num- 
bers of birds, eggs, and young. It builds a flat nest of rushes, about 
eight or ten inches in diameter, with a depression of about three inches, 
and it is supported by broken-down, living reeds at a height above the 
water of from six inches to three feet. The young fresh from the egg 
are covered well with white down, and when a few days old are very 
pretty, compared with young Herons. When I found them, the young 
were just hatching, and but few full families were out. The young do 
not vary as much in size as do A. egretta, Great White Egret. The eggs 
and nests are so near like those of A. leucoprymna, Louisiana Heron, 


\ 


60 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


that the birds must be well marked, or shot on the nest, to be sure of 
their identification. Both kinds breed there side by side, in equal num- 
bers, and, fortunately, both are quite tame, so that one can approach 
carefully under the rushes to within a short distance, and can mark and 
follow the birds. I obtained many fresh eggs of this bird, and but for 
preferring Glossy Ibis, and having all the load we could manage for a 
rough road home, I should have taken more. The complement is four. 
The eggs are oval, of a pale greenish-blue, and average 1.66 by 1.25 
inches. 


427— 9 —23.25 x 37.00 x 9.50 x 3.50. May 15, Brownsville. 
428— 9 —23.00 x 36.00 x 9.85 x 3.25. May 15, Brownsville. 


HYDRANASSA TRICOLOR, (Miill.) Ridgw.— Louisiana Heron. 


This Heron was not noticed until I found it breeding, May 15th, in the 
rushes of the salt-marshes between Brownsville and the coast. Its nest 
and eggs are so similar to those of Ardea candidissima, that one de- 
scription will answer for both. What little difference I find in the 
shape of the eggs is, that those of this species are rather longer and 
more pointed on an average. I have found, however, well identified 
eggs of each that cannot be told apart. The nests contained young of 
all ages up to one-fourth size; and I found about the same variation in 
the same clutch as I did in A. egretta, Great White Egret. Perfectly 
fresh eggs were very scarce in hundreds of nests examined. Four eggs 
are generally laid. The old birds were bold, and the contrast in colors 
made them look fine as they circled about our heads. The shape of the 
eggs is oblong-oval, and the color, like most of the Herons, a pale green- 
ish-blue. They average 1.78 by 1.29 inches. 

425— 9 —26.25 x 38.00 x 9.65 x 3.15. May 15, Brownsville. 
426— g —26.50 x 39.00 x 10.50 x 3.75. May 15, Brownsville. 


427— $—26.50 x 38.00 x 10.00 x 3.50. May 16, Brownsville. 
434— 9 —25.75 x 37.50 x 9.75 x 3.25. May 16, Brownsville. 


DICHROMANASSA RUFA, (Bodd.) Ridgw.—Reddish Egret. 


I only observed this Heron on the islands and Jagoons, near Corpus 
Christi Pass, in the middle of March. Both the adult and white young 
were shot. The proportion seemed to be largely in favor of the adult 
plumage. They were not at all shy. I have seen them alight on the 
oyster-beds, within range of me, when I have been in a rowboat, and 
they would let me approach within easy gunshot range before they 
would discontinue feeding or searching for food. They were exceed- 
ingly fat, more so, I think, than the Oyster-catchers. These and the 
Great Blue Herons were seen feeding together, and a few others of the 
family at this particular place. Iwas too early tor their eggs, but since 
my return I have received a set from there without any particulars. 
Their shape is long-oval and color pale greenish-blue. They average 2 
by 1.47 inches. 

34— 9 —27.50 x 46.50 x 12.50 x 4.50. Mar. 14, Padre Island. 


SENNETT ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS. 61 


FLORIDA CG:RULEA, (L.) Bd.—Little Blue Heron. 
I shot a single specimen of this species a few miles from Brownsville, 
and only saw two or three others in the same locality. 
107— 9 —23.50 x 41.00 x 11.50 x 4.50. Mar. 29, Brownsville. 


NYCTIARDEA NA&VIA, (Bodd.) Allen.—Night Heron. 

Heard at night, as we were going down the coast, but not seen until 
we came upon the heronry in the salt-marshes between Brownsville 
and the coast. There I found it breeding, not in such numbers as oth- 
ers of the family, but still common. ‘The nests were bulky affairs, com- 
posed of the dead rushes, and placed near the water on broken-down 
and living rushes. Nearly all contained young, but I secured a set of 
three very fresh eggs. The old birds were exceedingly noisy and bold, 
and the young pugnacious from their exit from the eggs. They had no 
idea of leaving the nest at my approach, but, instead, would strike out 
at my hands, and, even when caught, would not cease to fight. Their 
nests were more filthy than the others; the young are half-vaked, and a 
miserable, vagabond-looking set they are. The usual number of eggs is 
four. Their color is bluish-white and shape very broadly oval. Their 
average size is 1.94 by 1.52. 


NYCTHERODIUS VIOLACEUS, (L.) Reich.— Yellow-crowned Night Heron. 
Several were observed in swamps and thickets on Nueces Bay, near 


Corpus Christi, on the 8th of March. None were obtained, however, 


as they were shy and the thickets too difficult to penetrate. 


ARDETTA EXILIS, (Gm.) Gr.—Least Bittern. 

Occasionally seen about the marshes. I shot one and saw others at 
the great heronry, near Brownsville, on May 16th. I did not find its nest, 
but I am confident it breeds there. 

438— $ —14.25 x 18.25 x 4.60 x 1.90. May 16, Brownsville. 


GRUIDAL. 


GRUS AMERICANA, (L.) Ord.— White Crane. i 

I frequently saw these noble birds of the prairies feeding in the 
lagoons, as we went down the coast, and in the wet places about 
Brownsville, up to about April lst. They were always in pairs, and, as 


usual, very shy. 
RALLIDZA. 


RALLUS LONGIROSTBIS, Bodd.—Clapper Rail. 


A few of this species were seen about Galveston only, and a single 
bird obtained. 
3— 9 —14.60 x 20.00 x 5.75 x 2.50. Feb. 28, Galveston. 


GALLINULA GALEATA, (Licht.) Bp.—Florida Gallinule. 


The only place that I was sure of seeing this bird was at the ‘her- 
onry”. Here I saw quantities of them, and it is quite probable that I 


62 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 


saw them in company with Coots on the river. When gathering Ibis 
and Heron eggs, I heard constantly the notes of this bird and Fulica 
americana, and found its nest quite common in the same rushes. Its 
nest is built of dead rushes, and floats upon the water, moored to the 
stalks of growing reeds. I took one clutch of fourteen, another of nine, 
and another of seven, on May 16th, perfectly fresh. In color and mark- 
ings I see no variation from Florida specimens. They average 1.77 by 


1.25. 
447— 9 —14.00 x 22.25 x 6.75 x 2.75. May 16, Brownsville. 
448— 9 —14.50 x 23.00 x 6.75 x 2.75. May 16, Brownsville. 


FULICA AMERICANA, Gm.—American Coot. 


Very abundant on the river between Brownsville and Hidalgo; and 
as our steamer came upon them, instead of flying they would generally 
paddle to the shore, run up the banks, and hide behind clumps of earth 
or roots. I found it breeding in about equal numbers with Gallinula 
galeata in the marshes below Brownsville. Sets of thirteen, eleven, 
and so on down, of fresh eggs were taken. The nests were made of 
rushes, fastened to the reeds in the densest parts, and floated on the 
water. The markings of the eggs are no diterent from Northwestern 
specimens. They average 1.94 by 1.30. 


ANATIDA. 


ANSER HYPERBOREUS, Pall.—Snow Goose. 


On March 29th, while near the Rio Grande, about half-way between its 
mouth and Brownsville, I saw large numbers of this species, and shot 
one. The were feeding on the immense mud-flats of the marshes, and 
by the time I reached my bird it was covered with mud. I saw none 
later than this, although on the coast, Pe it was frequently observed 
about the lagoons and marshes. 


DENDROCYGNA AUTUMNALIS, (Z.) Hyton.—Autumnal Tree Duck. 


This fine Goose-like Duck is not uncommon in suitable places along the 
Lower Rio Grande. By the inhabitants it is called ‘‘Corn-field Duck”, 
from its habit of frequenting corn-fields for the grain, at which times it 
is acommon market bird. At the time of my observations, it was busy 
breeding, and the few seen were very shy. In going up the river from 
Brownsville, April 15th, single birds and grouns of two or three were met 
very frequently; but coming down, May 12th, they were much more 
abundant, gathered in flocks of ten or twelve on the sand-bars. At this 
time, I think the females were busy sitting on their eggs. I shot but 
one, and it was lost in the river. I did not come across its nest. Since 
my return, I received a letter from Dr. Finley, stationed at camp near 
Hidalgo, stating that he obtained a set of their eggs soon after I left, 
and that they are extremely difficult to find. He gave no further par- 
ticulars. He also secured a fine bird for me. 


SENNETT ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS. 63 


ANAS OBSCURA, Gm.— Dusky Duck. 

On May 19th, I shot two females of this species near Point Isabel, on 
the borders of a bayou. Each bird was shot flying alone, and I regret 
that I did not pay more attention to their dissection, and could not save 
their skins, for I suspect they were breeding in the vicinity. It was on 
the eve of my departure, and I had other birds occupying my attention. 


DAFILA ACUTA, (L.) Jenyns.—Pintail Duck. 


Only noticed along the coast on our way down, and about the marshes 
in the vicinity of Brownsville up to April 1st. 


CHAULELASMUS STREPERUS, (L.) Gray.—Gadwall. 


Very abundant about Galveston and Corpus Christi Bays in March. 
Not noticed on the Rio Grande. 


MARECA AMERICANA, (Gm.) Steph.—Baldpate. 


Only noticed in the lagoons and bays near the coast, as I was going 
down. 


SPATULA CLYPEATA, (L.) Bote.—Shoveller. 


Common along the river and lagoons in the interior. On April 26th, at 
Hidalgo, I saw three males and one female resting on a sun -bar, ail I 
obtained all but one male at a single discharge. 


FULIGULA AFFINIS, Hyton.—Lesser Blackhead. 


The most common duck seen on our way down. Corpus Christi Bay 
was filled with them, and they were so fat they could hardly fly. 


PELECANIDA. 


PELECANUS TRACHYRHYNCHUS, Lath.— White Pelican. 

These conspicuous birds were seen on and near the coast constantly 
on my way down, and when I left the mouth of the Rio Grande, on 
May 20th, they were still there, but in much more limited numbers.. Up 
the river as far as Hidalgo, on May 2d, I saw a flock of twenty five sail 
over the town and river. On the evening of May 11th, I shot one from 
the steamer as I was going toward Brownsville. Near the salt-marshes 
and the heronry, between Brownsville and the coast, on May 16, they 
were standing on the shores of the lakes, and at Point Isabel, on May 
19,1 saw a few. With my glass, I could plainly see that they had 
crests on the culmen, and, as both sexes have the crests, I should not 
_be suprised to hear of their breeding on our extreme Southern border. 
In fact, I think it altogether probable. Why not? They breed with 
Forster’s Terns, Sterna forstert, in the Northwest and British America, 
and, as I have found the latter breeding on the Rio Grande, I would 
expect also to find the White Pelican. 


: Pe 


64 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


PELECANUS FuUscUS, L.—Brown Pelican. 


Abundant along the coast, and in the bayous and lagoons adjoining.. 
In going down, I was too early for their eggs, and, in coming back, too 
late. At Padre and Mustang Islands, they were very abundant, and a 
set of two eggs, laid after I left, was sent me from there, where they 
breed on the small sand islands, in great numbers, along with Gulls and 
Terns. Two eggs sent me from Padre Island measure 3.20 by 2.00 and 


2.90 by 1.93. 
GRACULIDA. 


GRACULUS MEXICANUS, (Brandt) Bp.—Mexican Cormorant. 


Frequently seen on the extreme southern border, both about the salt 
ponds and marshes and the fresh-water lagoons up the river. I saw 
them in flocks of a dozen or more, but. generally in pairs or groups of 
three or four. I have seen them swimming, standing on the shore, 
and perched on snags over the water. No nests were found, but they 
undoubtedly breed there, particularly near the coast. I did not notice 
any at Hidalgo. Other members of this family were seen in great num- 
bers on the coast going down, but none obtained. 

70— 9 —26.00 x 40.25 x 10.25 x 6.50. Mar. 24, Brownsville. 


LARID A. 


LARUS ARGENTATUS, Briinn.— Herring Gull. 
Not noticed far below Galveston, where, March ist, they were very 
abundant and moulting. 


LARUS DELAWARENSIS, Ord.—Ring-billed Gull. 

Very abundant at Galveston, March 1st, where it was in company 
with LD. argentatus and L. atricilla. It was not noticed farther south 
than Indianola. 


LARUS ATRICILLA, L.—Laughing Gull. 

Everywhere abundant coastwise, especially so about Corpus Christi 
Bay. On May 16th, when at the marshes, we would meet this bird-in 
small companies. By their actions, I knew their nests were near, and 
yet I did not come upon them. They are less wary and more numerous 
than any other Gull or Tern on the coast. : 


10— 9 —17.00 x 44.00 x 14.00 x 5.00. Mar. 3, Galveston. 
111— f —16.25 x 42.00 x 12.75 x 4.25. Mar. 29, Brownsville. 


STERNA ANGLICA, Montagu.—Marsh Tern. 

This Tern was observed at almost all points along the coast as I went 
down. At Galveston, March Ist, it was in company with Sterna caspia, 
Caspian Tern, and Sterna forsteri, Forster’s Tern, in about equal pro- 
portions. At Nueces Bay and Corpus Christi Pass, it was quite com- 
mon. On May 16th, when collecting eggs of Stilt, Himantopus nigri- 
collis, and Forster’s Tern, Sterna forsteri, I found on the same island, 


SENNETT ON BIRDS OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS. 65 


but some distance from the latter, a colony of nests but very recently 
abandoned. Over the locality aid screaming about our heads were a 


few of this species, and no others. The nests, some fifteen or twenty in 


number, were composed of little bunches of grass in saucer-shape, and 
contained bits of broken shells and fresh excrement, with abundauce of 
the latter about the nests. Some three hundred or more feet distant 
were the Forster’s Terns mourning over their losses. As we left the 
nests of the Marsh Tern, the parent birds followed us for a short distance, 
and then flew away from the island. The island was small, and situ- 
ated far out in the shallow water. The bird shot for identification was 
amale. Fortunately, we found an unfertilized egg. In shape it closely 
resembles that of S. forsteri, but it is more roundly pointed. In color, 
the drab, instead of being yellowish, has a slight greenish tinge. The 
markings are also similar to those of Forster’s Tern in form and color, 
but are more thickly placed near the larger end. It measures 1.78 by 
1.34 of an inch. 


2— 9 —14.25 x 36.00 x 11.25 x 3.90. Winter plumage, Feb. 28, Galveston. 
442— gf —15.25 x 37.50 x 11.90 x 4.60. Summer plnmage, May 16, Brownsville. 


STERNA CASPIA, Pall.—Caspian Tern. 


I met this fine bird in limited numbers all the way from Galveston to 
Padre Island on the coast. I saw more about Galveston than at any 
other point. Bill red, dusky-tipped. Feet black. Iris hazel. 

1 — ¢—21.60 x 53.00 x 16.50. Feb. 28, Galveston. 


la— $ —20.75 x 51.00 x 16.00. Feb. 28, Galveston. 
4 —9—22.50 x 55.25 x 17.00 x 6.50. Feb. 28, Galveston. 


STERNA CANTIACA, Gm.—Sandwich Tern. 


This long-billed little fellow was seen in abundance about Corpus 
Christi Pass. No specimens were secured, but I have received a skin 
from there since my return. They breed in that vicinity. 


STERNA FORSTERI, Nutt.—Sorster’s Tern. 


I found this species quite numerous at Galveston, March Ist. On May 
16th, I found it breeding in the salt-marshes on the Rio Grande. I became 
familiar with this Tern in the spring of 1876 in Western Minnesota, and 
to find it here again was like meeting an old friend. On the same low 
and nearly submerged island where we found the eggs of Stilt, Himan- 
topus nigricollis, and some hundred yards or more distant, was a group 
of these Terns upon the ground near their eggs. When we approached 
them, they commenced screaming and flying about in great distress. 
They had only fairly begun to lay, as no set was complete. One or two 
eggs were all that any nest contained, and some were not occupied. The 
nests were situated farther away from the water than the Stilt’s, but 
still where the mud was wet, and consisted simply of a patting-down 
of grasses and soil into a shallow saucer-shaped depression. About 
twenty eggs were secured between Dr. Merrill and myself. Several 

Bull. iv. No. 1—5 


66 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


birds were shot; but as I had more valuable skins to prepare, I could 

not preserve them. Eggs with ground-color drab, with a more or less 

yellowish tinge, and pretty evenly covered with spots and dashes of 

different shades of brown; average size 1.86 by 1.37. ; 
4— 9 —14.75 x 30.00 x 9.75 x 5.00. Winter plumage, Feb. 28, Galveston. 


STERNA SUPERCILIARIS ANTILLARUM, (Less.) Coues.—Least Tern. 

I did not notice this smallest of the Terns until I reached the Rio 
Grande. Along the bed of the river between Brownsville and Hidalgo 
it was seen frequently. Only one specimen secured. Its mate fell in 
the river and was lost, as were several that: had been shot before. It 
undoubtedly breeds on the border, but I did not meet with its nest. On 
my return to the coast I again saw it. 

416— § —9.75 x 19.75 =x 9.60 x 3.60. May 11, Hidalgo. 


RHYNCHOPS NIGRA, L.—Black Skimmer. 


I saw a few of these curious birds at Corpus Christi and Point Isabel. 
The largest group I saw was of four. The rest were generally in pairs. 
They were flying near the shores of the bays, and did not appear shy. 


PODICIPIDA. 


PODICEPS DOMINICUS, (L.).—San Domingo Grebe. 

From their extremely small size I am sure I saw several of these cun- 
ning birds, but I must own to my not being able to shoot them. I saw 
them in the lagoons and marshes, but they are by no means abundant. 


ART. II.—DESCRIPITONS OF FISHES FROM THE CRETACEOUS 
AND TERTIARY DEPOSITS WEST OF THE MISSISSIPPI RIVER, 


By E. D. COPE. 


TRLZNASPIS VIRGULATUS, Cope, gen. et sp. nov. 

Character genericus—Shape anguilliform; vertebre elongate, con- 
tracted medially, furnished with wide and short diapophyses over the 
abdominal region. Cranium elongate, not beaked; jaws furnished with 
acute teeth of moderate size (but small number in the typical specimen). 
Dorsal fin short, median in position, its radii cartilaginous. Ventral 
fins entirely behind dorsal. Caudal and anal fins unknown, the latter 
probably wanting. The dorsal and ventral surfaces each protected by 
tripodal shields. Shields of other forms on the sides. 

This, with the genus following, introduces for the first time into the 
North American extinct fauna the family of the Dercetiform fishes. 
The relationship of the family has been discussed by various authors, 
especially by Pictet and Von der Marek. The former regards them as 
Teleostei; the latter as “‘Ganoids”. As I do not adopt the division sig- 
nified by the last name, I find Professor Pictet’s view nearer to the 
point. The specimens indicate further that the Dercetide belong to the 
Actinopteri, and probably to the order Hemibranchii. The only alterna- 
tive is the order Isospondyli, and the characters which separate the 
two are not clearly shown in the specimens. Distinct bones below the 
pectoral fins may be interclavicles, which belong to the Hemibranchii. 

As compared with the other genera of this family, Tricnaspis differs 
in the very short dorsal fin and posterior position of the ventrals, with 
the probable absence of the anal. The scuta differ in form from those 
of some genera. 

Character specificus.—The head is relatively large and the body slen- 
der. The fins are all small. The rami of the mandible do not present 
along symphysis. The opercula are subround, and the bases of the 
pectoral fins are quite posterior to them. The dorsal and ventral scuta 
are triradiate, the median branch of the three being directed anteriorly. 
A series of smaller triradiate scales extends along the superior lateral 
region just below the dorsal row, and there is a similar one above the 
abdominal row on each side. Between these and the vertebral axis 
there are numerous narrow, band-like scuta, directed backward and 
toward the vertebre. Radii: D.9 or 10; P.12 or 13; ventrals disturbed. 


Vertebre: to first ray of dorsal fin, 27-28; from dorsal first ray to opposite 
67 


68 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


base of ventral fin, 10.~ The dorsal and ventrgl scuta correspond in 
number to the vertebre. 


Measurements. 

M. 
ength of portion of, fish’ preserved .. 22. <2 cey- see ieee ee ese ee ene een 
Henosthiomhesdd Aas eo ok eee. Ce ORO BU Re ets ek eae OO BO) 
Wiidthvofsheadsjbehind 22.22.22. cis2 bec. See eae Seen rae ee ee ey ee OS 
Depth of body at end of pectoral fin-....-....---...---- 2... ----e-----e---- 0, 0085 
Depthyob body behind ventral: fin: .- cei. Seep eee ae ei = ree oa CE 
Wepbhrofidorsal GN sj. o505 soc cose « clcis Galen lee saleetee onesie cee ee lseye siete eee OO Ogi 
Benethon dorsal fm. cee. os der shelee soir mere eieerae smear ence ieee aie elise ree nn Oa 


This fish was discovered by Dr. F. V. Hayden, Geologist-in-Charge of 
the United States Geological Survey of the Territories in the Niobrara 
Cretaceous horizon of Dakota. 


LEPTOTRACHELUS LONGIPINNIS, sp. nov. 

This species agrees with the type-species of Leptotrachelus of Von der 
Marck in the position of the ventral fins beneath the dorsal, in the 
great elongation of the anterior vertebre, and in the lanceolate form of 
the head. It differs from that species (Z. armatus v. d. Marck) in its 
more elongate dorsal fin, in which it approximates the genus Dercetis. 

Two incomplete specimens represent this species, neither of which 
possesses the caudal nor exhibits an anal fin. In one of them, the cra- 
nium is preserved in a somewhat dislocated condition at the extremity 
of its very long peduncle. The vertebre of this region, which might 
be called a neck, are several times as long as those of the dorsal series. 
The femoral bones are slender, and commence below the anterior part of 
the dorsal fin. In one specimen, the ventral fin originates below the 
twelfth dorsal ray; in the other, below the fifth. As the latter is the 
least distorted, I suspect the fin to occupy its normal position. The 
dorsal radii are slender, and the middle and anterior lenger than the 
posterior; they number twenty-seven in one specimen, and nineteen in 
the other, where the posterior portion is broken away. The ventral 
rays are hair-like, and do not extend to the line of the distal end of the 
dorsal. The pectoral fins are well developed, and occupy their usual 
position. The cranium is much dislocated, but the snout is acute and 
attenuated. The dermal scuta consist of median, dorsal, and ventral - 
rows of tripodal form. There are some slender, longitudinal, hair-like 
bodies on the sides, which cross the ribs. The vertebrz present the 
characteristic elongate centra. ‘The diapophyses are longer on the post- 
ventral than on the preventral region. Each scutum is as long asa ver- 
tebra. 


Measurements. 
M. 
Heneth of mecksof Non leet acai chet See aoe a cinclales selec cremate bets Maeieeiesiene sacle 0. 045 
hength of meck to baseiot dorsal dimen = ioe oe te oe eye mien eee ee eee ere 0. 071 
hength of ‘basevof dorsal fin’ sae < oe oo jcc we asinine alone minis some loeeieneeiees 0. 025 


Hlevation Of COrsal tise eee eee cee re eae eee eee eer UO tage ate 0. 009 


COPE ON CRETACEOUS AND TERTIARY FISHES, 69 


Depthiot body, just) behind: dorsalfin)c. <a 25.5)05 se ener oa soem else cnicmials © = 0,006 
Depi»nof body in front of dorsal (No.2)... - Re ooo oe oe eee ee noe eae 0.010 
RiVeRverte bres pmMeasures (NOs 2) sss coer science anno licccce.s ao enlesne vee) cinccce ones 0. 017 
Hemp uiotventralvimm (NOS) acim alesse cisesiceice se sige mae ce a/s)a/aeia ence ccincinc 6 0. 016 


Discovered by Dr. F. V. Hayden in the Niobrara Cretaceous of 
Dakota. 

This fish is particularly welcome, as displaying generic identity with 
a species of the Westphalian Chalk, and with a third, from the Slates of 
Mount Lebanon. It thus indicates a closer relation between these 
faunze than could be predicated on the discovery of the family to 
which it belongs. The horizon of Mount Lebanon has been regarded as 
Eocene, but Heckel and Von der Marck place it in the Upper Cretaceous. 
To the conclusion of these palzontologists, the discovery of this and 
other species described in this paper lends support. 


ICHTHYOTRINGA TENUIROSTRIS, gen. et sp. NOV. 


Character genericus.—Head attenuated and produced into a beak; 
jaws with weak teeth, of equal lengths. Dorsal fin small, composed of 
soft rays. Body covered with small, round scales. Vertebre sub- 
elongate. 

The specimens representing this genus are so far imperfect that the 
caudal and anal fins remain unknown. But they show clearly that it 
differs from the genera which appear to be related, namely, Dercetis 
and Rhinellus, in the absence of dermal scuta and in the short dorsal 
fin. But one species has come under my observation. 

Character specificus.—The dorsal fin is about half as far behind the 
cranium as the length of the latter. It is supported by well developed 
interneural spines; but these elements do not exist in front of it. 
Muzzle very slender, the mouth apparently openirg to behind the orbit. 
The scales closely imbricate, in about twenty longitudinal series, above 
the vertebral line of the side. Dorsal radii, II. (rudimental), 12. The 
superior supplementary ribs are numerous. 


Measurements. i 
meneth  to.opercular, Ord etye =< so) sai </ata0iiee sisleyo ae sieiecie< eis oe eet s/h enise seinese 0. 043 
Wenethytojoase Of first dorsal ray; sas 0 ce sec css cine ato ols nine clon) ee wleleccicias == 0. 061 
Keneth-orbaserot dorsal fingec. coe sec coe SUS kl ist han batiee i sewe eet aes. = 0. 006 
Pilevablonvoicdorsal unis oatecae 2 eee since eeiciaee eh eeteeue eemeneee cece sce HOHOLO 
Depth to vertebral column between dorsal fin and head ...-....---..--------- 0, 005 
FEW OH VOLLO DED piace icne apices See ae otc Sele amrete arch au rden jtarr montane ave eis MaeccleL hs 0. 006 


From Cretaceous No. 3 of Dakota (Dr. F. V. Hayden). 


SPANIODON SIMUS, sp. nov. - 

Another genus of the. Lebanon is represented in the collections from 
Dakota by a rather abundant species. The elongate anterior teeth of 
the dentary bone and the edentulous maxillary are exhibited by the 


70 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


new species; but I am unable to find the long premaxillary teeth said to 
exist in the typical species of Spaniodon. As the absence of these 
may be due to accident, and as all other characters coincide, I leave it 
under this genus. From the known genera of Saurodontide of the same 
horizon, the edentulous maxillary bone, combined with long dentaries 
with round section, and the absence of pectoral and ventral spines, sep- 
arate it. To the characters named, I may add that there are no dermal 
scuta, but cycloid dorsal scales. Whether the body was scaly below the 
lateral line is not clear from our specimens. 

There are numerous slender branchiostegal rays. The pectoral fins 
are inferior; the dorsal is not large, is composed of soft rays, and is sub- 
median in position. The ventral fins originate behind it, and the anal 
fin still more posteriorly, leaving a long abdominal cavity. Theribs are 
long, and the superior ribs numerous. The femora are elongate, and 
are narrowed and converging anteriorly. They do not appear to be 
fissured. The dorsal centra are not elongate, and are grooved. 

Character specificus.—Three specimens, more or less mutilated, repre- 
sent this fish; one of these is almost entire, and serves as the type of 
my description. ) 

The gape of the mouth is wide, and is directed forward and upward. 
The extremity of the muzzle is the premaxillary bone, and this is 
concave backward, so as to give, with the oblique mouth, a bulldog ex- 
pression. The superior profile is gently concave. The opercular appa- 
ratus is produced slightly downward and backward, so that the poste- 
rior depth of the head equals its length. The partly opened mouth 
displays two long, straight, acute teeth on the anterior extremity of the 
dentary bone. The pectoral fins are large, while the ventrals are small. 
. The anal is moderate, and has a concave border. Radii: D. 11. 20; A. 
II. 14; V. 8; P. 14. Vertebree: D. 32; C. 13. Anterior dorsals not 
different from the others. 


Measurements. 
M. 
otal length wssses Sesacsss ce tse eee Saee ees See See ee eee eee 0. 160 
Length to opercular border (axial) -.....---- .-- 2-0 e202 0 eee nn wen ~~ eee 0. 047 
Hensth to dorsal-fin: (axial) sosece.ee ae Ate mee ven oon cee sooo een eae 0. 072 
Kength to ventral fin (axial) sos. Soscc cen eacsise cece ces ccelecer see eeee eae aoe mOO 
Iheneth, toanal fin (axial) 2. occ. oe sconce e ec em aalcevclnre w.ctrae Sete e eles EOE ann O mLeLag 
Length, to caudal fin (axial) oc ...c 22 wc. <4 eerecienacecls Shciebiejeuenicletnae Be onion em O Sle 
Hepth of head posteriorly, .< se, carc ae accecascicce cee) Co ee cee ee eee 0. 033 
Depth of body iat dorsal, fin, 35.5255 cca wc cee hoe d a ceceecciee oaks ae eee 0. 035 
Wepth of bodylat firstianal raye.ccs acse ase seer seeieee ose dene onee eee eee 0. 020 
Depth of caudal peduncle... (SIs Pes e ssh ee Seana 0. 012 


This genus is one of the Isospondyli. 


SARDINIUS NASUTULUS, sp. nov. 

This species is referred to a genus established by von der Marck for 
three species of Isospondylous, and probably Clupeoid fishes, which have 
been found in the Upper Cretaceous of Westphalia. They present 
mostly negative characters, resembling Clupew, without abdominal nor 


COPE ON CRETACEOUS AND TERTIARY FISHES. 71 


cephalic serration, and with minute teeth. The fishes here referred to 
this genus do not exhibit any teeth; but as my specimens, five in 
number, are small, it is not certain that adults may not display them. 
The presence or absence of teeth is not a constant character in all 
Clupee, according to Giinther. Leptosomus v. d. Marck does not appear 
to me to differ from Sardinius. 

The Sardinius nasutulus is a small species of moderately elongate 
form, with a rather long head and protuberant muzzle. The dorsal fin 
originates in front of the middle of the body, and the ventral fins take 
their rise immediately below its anterior rays. The anal originates 
behind the line of the dorsal, but far enough forward to leave an elon- 
gate caudal peduncle, which is also quite stout. The pectoral fins reach 
nearly to the base of the ventrals. Radii: D.9; A.11, about; V. about 
8. The boundaries of the scales are difficult to define on the specimens, 
but there do not appear to be more than eight or ten longitudinal 
series. Their sculpture consists exclusively of concentric grooves. 
There are fourteen dorsal and fifteen caudal vertebre, all with long and 
slender neural spines. Of the former, five are anterior to the first inter 
neural bone, which is directed downward; the last caudal vertebra is 
slender and turned upward. The scales are very much attenuated, 
so that their number cannot be made out. Theribs are stout for the 
size of the fish. The superior surface of the head is rather narrow, and 
tapers with straight borders to the muzzle. 


Measurements. 

’ M. 
Length of head (including operculum) ...-..------ 0-2-2. cece ee coe e ee cece ee - 0. 0115 
Length to base-of dorsal fin (axial) -< 2-2. 2 ees etl e ewes con ewe cee 0. 0175 
Length to base of ventral fin (axial) ..---...---. 2-22. sent eee cee eee ene ee- 0.0170 
Length to base of anal fin (axial)... --..2.---- «- wee sseeee cen nne co cene ceeese- 0. 0280 
Length to base of caudal fin (axial) ..-... --.- 2-2-2. wenn conn oe enn nee nee 0. 0410 
Mensthvor base of dorsal! fle cece jase = iste njoieiticters iste cision eines) cose aie seine 0. 0055 
Mmousch of base of anal fin: s2-4s02+-42-.0s0 6-2-3 ae MiteR Ae) dees eet SAR 0. 005? 
Width of skull between orbits -. 2 3.0 222.0: ene cosets cic cectce ce reese meson 0. 0010 
Depth of body; at: first: dorsal ray: ..-.:< :cci isc eos se seein nics = een seoestsaeee 0. 0065 
Deptn of body at middle of caudal peduncle...-.. ...- 0-225 -e een wees ence - 0. 0050 


Niobrara Cretaceous No. 3 of Dakota (Dr. Hayden). 


SARDINIUS LINEATUS, sp. nov. 


Two specimens of similar small size constitute the basis of informa- 
tion respecting this species. Many characters can be derived from 
these; but the dorsal fin being absent from one of them, and the ven- 
trals and posterior part of the body from the other, the mutual relation 
of these fins is not ascertained. The form is very elongate, and the 
head is lanceolate. The dorsal fin is distant from both cranium and 
caudal fin. The fins are composed of slender rays, and the anal is not 
elongate; the caudal is deeply forked, and no vertebre are included 
behind the basis of its external rays, although four are embraced within 
the convergent lines of the anterior upper and lower fulcra. The ver- 


72 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


tebree are short, and the neural and hemal spines are well developed, 
while the ribs are weak. Vertebre: Dorsals to first descending inter- 
neural spine, 19; of the caudal series, 12. 

There is no indication of an adipose fin. The posterior portion of the 
dorsal fin is lost, so that the number of rays cannot be ascertained; nine 
interneurals remain. The pectoral fin is long and slender, but does not 
reach to the ventral. Anal rays not elongate, nine in number. The 
bones of the head are so thin that their boundaries are not easily deter- 
mined. The opercular apparatus is well developed, and there are two 
approximated parallel ridges on what appears to be the top of the head. 
The scales are so thin that their number is not ascertainable. A 
peculiarity of the species, from which it derives its name, is that its 
sides are marked by longitudinal bands of a darker color than the inter- 
vening spaces. There are six above the vertebral column and six below 
it. I cannot determine that this appearance is due to rows of scales; 
but they rather seem to be true color-stripes. 


Measurements. 
M. 
Wenethvot headsons Noe ees cape ere see eeie ere eee ela eoleeel eeeeee 0. 012 
iLength to! base jofdorsal im-- ces «cae ane reas el cate ale al aielels ola a 9) imei le a) imo ete 0. 032 
Depth half-way between head and dorsal fin......--...----. ------------ 05 0. 006 
Menethor/esudali mesionl ot) NOs 2 se ae el =o = ole) oe ae ae eel eee ee 0. 019 
Menethvotieandal time: Leis hac eet sehen ee Pom rectce Seti ia aialeie cine cioieaieneys 0. 009 
Depthyatmirstianal may Cesc see eeeecerecs soe eiesch co aeeni-ceiees casera eee 0. 005 
Depth at: base of caudalifin: .2.22 Hose eons coccpoees ecaiciecse ce see cee eae see UUAS 


Niobrara Cretaceous of Dakota; found by Dr. Hayden. 


SARDINIUS PERCRASSUS, sp. nov. } 


The block which contains specimens of Triwnaspis virgulatus, Lepto- 
trachelus longipinnis, Sardinius lineatus, and another species undeter- 
mined, contains also the very distinct fish now described under the name 
at the head of this paragraph. It is distinguished from the other Sar- 
dinit by its very robust form, and from the S. nasutulus by the origin of 
the ventral fin being behind the perpendicular of the first dorsal ray. 

The anterior part of the head is damaged ; the operculum is distinct. 
There is an elongate postclavicle, and the position of the small pectoral 
fin is normal. The origin of the dorsal fin is much nearer the head than 
to the caudal fin; its rays, like those of all the other fins, are slender. 
The ventrals originate under the fifth dorsal ray, and are supported by 
slender femora, which appear to be undivided, and converge to an acute 
junction anteriorly. The anal fin is short and entirely behind the dorsal. 
The neural spines and interneurals and interhamals are weak, while 
the ribs are strong. The caudal peduncle is exceedingly stout, nearly 
equalling the body. Radii: D.10; A.9; V.6. Vertebre: D. 14, four 
anterior to first interneural; C. 13. The scales are too attenuated to be 
counted. - It is quite possible that this species possesses an adipose dor- 
sal fin, in which case its present generic reference must be abandoned. 
Better specimens only can solve this question. 


COPE ON CRETACEOUS AND TERTIARY FISHES. td 


Measurements. 

; M. 
armen orm (Head INtPELteCh) sscce as secene ces cea ncs waaaeeacose sees scoces 0. 040 
Meneimavoroperculan DOLGOI eae soci ao aoe cee ceca ainicelacioetonisn case cite sicetelsieleinc 0. 010 
Mencthetoirst dorsaliray: (axial) coi Ll ssc ste 2 Losses tte secke ec eee 0. 013 
Ther SD (iD TES Pe erat a ee een Gee 0. 016 
LEGS ND TD WHS ADA secon soe ban sco aoe popboosSeoos cHeUDseScoo coco ceed odes 0. 023 
ena nhynonbaserOn Caudal inte eisecinise saisiois ec iciniein eos ansjsecisis c seiewiciaaiclacis\=10 0. 032 
ee emOlatase OMGOISA HN sae sca ccales a ace. secaaece cae tees shes canons 0. 005 
Length of base of anal fin.--.....--- RULER SORT ON Se Re SS Ls. Bak Ee 0. 002 
WMEpihvat finsh: dorsal aye see os SSS ee ha see ete feciieie eS Seiie 0. O11 
Depth at first anal ray......---..- SO Re Bee eee ane Se nets Cee eee eee 0. 009 
Demuhbatbase, Of caudal tM ce 7 eciereh soos = ness mic cmighaanie cnt = aici eininiases eis amine 0. 0065 


From the Niobrara Cretaceous of Dakota ; from Dr. F. V. Hayden. 


TRICHOPHANES FOLIARUM, sp. nov. 


The Tertiary shales of Florissant in the South Park of Colorado have 
already yielded numerous species of plants, insects, and fishes, which 
have been described by Messrs. Lesquereux, Scudder, and myself.* 
Six species of fishes have been determined, three of which pertain to 
a genus of Catostomide, which I had originally procured from the paper 
coal of Osino, Nevada, On this ground, an approximation of the hori- 
zons of the two localities was made. I now record the occurrence of a 
species of the second genus found in the Osino coal, Trichophanes, of 
which the 7. hians has been up to the present time the only one known. 
The epochal identification of the two formations is thus confirmed. 

The Trichophanes foliarum is represented by a larger individual than 
the 7. hians, but which wants the posterior part of the body, including 
the caudal and part of the anal fin. The generic and family characters 
are, however, very clearly visible in the anterior portion of the skeleton. 

The premaxillary bone forms all or nearly all of the superior arcade 
of the mouth. There are a few rows of small equal teeth en brosse on the 
dentary bone. Four rather wide branchiostegal rays are visible in the 
specimen. The posterior superior angle of the operculum (which is dis- 
placed in the specimen) is drawn out into an acute short spine. There 
is a row of small teeth en brosse probably on the palatine or pterygoid 
bone. The anterior vertebre are unmodified, and the centra are not elon- 
gate. A strong acute spine supports the dorsal fin, and a similar one the 
anal fin in front. There is an elongate postclavicle on each side, which 
extends parallel with the femur to the base of the.ventral fin. The 
femur is divided; the external portion is straight, and extends to the 
clavicle, while the other portion is curved inward and forward, reaching 
the apex of the corresponding bone of the opposite side. Ventral radii, 
8. The dorsal fin originates above the ventral fin. The scales are 
peculiar, and characteristic of the genus. They are very thin, and with- 
out or with minute sculpture. Their borders are fringed with long, 
closely-set, bristle-like processes, which correspond to the teeth of the 
ctenoid scale. 


* Bulletin U. 8. Geol. Surv Terrs. 1875, n. 1, 3. 


74 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
e 


This genus, Amphiplaga, and Hrismatopterus form a group which 
probably belongs to the family of Aphrodediride, which is represented in 
American waters by the recent genera Aphrodedirus and Sternotremia. 
The present species, the only one in which the parts are large enough 
and sufficiently well preserved for observation, exhibits the furcate 
character of the femora, which characterizes the family in question 
among Physoclystous fishes. 

Character specificus.—The scales extend on the cheeks and abdomen; 
there are nine or ten longitudinal rows above the vertebral column and 
about sixteen below it. The head is moderately elongate and deep 
behind. The mouth is subterminal, and the extremity of the premax- 
illary bone extended backward would reach about half-way to the orbit. 
Ribs stout; neural spines slender. The interneurals visible number 11, 
but the posterior part of the dorsal fin is wanting. These bones have 
thin anterior and posterior laminar expansions. The anterior inter- 
neural strikes the fifth vertebra from the head; between this one and 
the first interhzmal there are nine vertebre. 


Measurements. 
M. 
eno thiot head)to first vertebracsssaeeeeee ose ele eee eee eee Eee eee 0. 028 
Depth of head ‘posteriorly 23507 2. 2s see ee eee ee ee > ses eae eee 0. 022 
Heneth of mandibular ramus eee. leo Cee Oe t eiesine tee eee ee eee See eee 0. 013 
Wensth'to scapula £225. 2s222..22825 04.55 oa gee Ssh aed tk foede eastside a ls Seana 0. 035 
Length to-dorsal fin 3:5 so. s2c02 escdeck shee ots eit osteo eee joven PONORO 
Depthatimiddleof dorsal fintees sae soe res se nie eel ocloee etecie nae eee ae eee 0. 023 


From the Tertiary shale of Florissant, Colorado; discovered by my 
friend Dr. S. H. Scudder, of Boston, collaborator of the United States 
Geological Survey of the Territories. 


PRISCACARA OXYPRION, sp. nov. 


Five specimens in nearly complete preservation represent this species 
in our collections. It is more nearly allied to the P. serrata than to the 
other species, as the spine of the ventral fin is large and robust. It 
differs from that and from all the other known species of the genus in 
the small number of the radii of its anal fin. It agrees with P. serrata 
in the small number of, the rays of the second dorsal. It is a smaller 
Species than the P. serrata, being intermediate in size between it and 
the P. pealei. It is especially marked by the long, acute serre of the 
entire posterior and inferior margins of the preopercalum. The oper- 
culum, suboperculum, and cheek are scaled ; the preoperculum is naked. 

Formula: Br. VIIL; D. X—11; V.I—5; A. I1.—8; Vert. D. 10; 
Caud. 14. The form is an elongate oval, rather more elongate than any 
other species of the genus. The mouth is terminal and the front gently 
convex and descending. The length of the head enters the total, less 
the caudal fin, two and a half times, and the greatest depth is half of 
the same. The dorsal spines are long and strong, the longest equalling 
the soft rays in length. The anal spines are very robust, the second or 


COPE ON CRETACEOUS AND TERTIARY FISHES. 75 


longest not equalling the longest soft rays of the same fin. The origin 
of the first spine is below the first ray of the soft dorsal. There are 
three long and one short interneural bones in front of the dorsal fin. 
The origin of the ventral is below the third (or fourth) dorsal spine. The 
vertebrz have two fossz on each side, separated by a ridge. The jaws. 
are edentulous. The scales are small and the specimens very well pre- 
served. 

In the largest specimen, I count, in a vertical line drawn from the first 
dorsal soft ray to the middle of the abdominal line, fifteen longitudinal 
rows of scales above and twenty-five below the vertebral column. On 
the opercular flap of a smaller, the typical specimen, I count nine verti- 
cal and fourteen transverse rows of scales. 


Measurements. Hf 
MeN HOLS ty PC-SPCCIMEN .cccoe wat cae ss scon sme ea tsetse sees cece eae canese « 0. 137 
Aen Abo Ase OL AUG iIN Y2 sso cies See etve cine cinta Se lclnetsi Sable niecinclcleeleictciae 0. 109 
ene thetorapex of; first. interhzmal <n. s-cme2 caeajeslceies cinincise S255, -ysieje-- 0. 067 
NBG TMD OTN ONG Fee a opis fla nro ee ise ide alae cr ouaicpe wen tim bin islet eae eiaieipie icicle 0. 040 
MensthVot third dorsal Spine<- acc - asec. teiGmarcecisine e-ciccelssseea ce ccieesacese 0. 024 
mensinvon second anal spines wiscc <caecs scl ces Se osacieecicce secacesel-ececn sce 0.018 
WenSthH OL WPEClLOLAl SPING-.osicuce!n eee wied ses Sse aoe eee ale Sea e base teee kes 0.019 
Wapiti abitsttdorsalspinel roses ee coaeee ecw se Sed Gee Ch REL 0. 050 
Mopihyatirstianalyspine sss. 5) jsssere ieee ct soe Siecle See eete ose s Some se eeieee 0. 041 
Wepitvor caudalipedmnele jas airet rset tawnfeitoninice ee'el ine emis seeicioeie cma oeee 0. O19 


The lateral line is visible in the largest specimen. It extends parallel 
to the dorsal border, marking at its greatest convexity less than one- 
third the distance from the vertebral column to the dorsal outline. It 
disappears behind the vertebral column below the seventh soft dorsal 
ray, and does not reappear. 

This fish came from a deposit of the Green River Shales on Bear 
River, Wyoming. 


PRISCACARA PEALEI, sp. nov. 

Outline elliptic, with the extremities contracting equally or symmetri- 
cally to the head and tail. Depth at ventral fins entering length (with 
caudal fin) 2.60 times. Mouth rather small; length of head entering 
total length 3.8 times. Short conic teeth en brosse. Preorbital and pre- 
opercular bones finely serrated on their free margins. Vertebre: D. 7; 
C.14. Radii: D. X—14; A. II—11; V.I.5o0r6. The dorsal spines are 
rather slender; the anal spines are stouter, but shorter; the ventral 
spine is weak and slender. The ventral fin when appressed against the 
belly fails to reach the anal fin by a space a little greater than the length 
of the ventral spine; its origin is beneath the third dorsal spine. The 
scales are difficult to observe on the specimens, but there are not less 
than 15 to 17 longitudinal rows along the abdomen in front of the anal fin. 


76 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Measurements. 
M.- 
Motaliloneth yee svjcee cnet oe ee ses cesar vole ple ee ela (ao cece Star 0. 180 
Axial length of head . ..--.. ------ s-- 220 eens none eee eee ee ene ene ee eee 0. 035 
Axial length to first dorsal spine ---. .--.-.------------ ---- 22 eee 2 ene eee 0. 038 
Axial length to first dorsal soft ray -.---. .-----.----------- +--- aie birt a a 0. 062 
Axial length to first anal spine..---...---- -----. 2+ +--+ +--+ e22--- eee eee Senne 0. 070 
Axial length to base of caudally fine ee eer ee ele a al alee ape ala miele ieee ela 0. 103 
Depth at orbit .---. 12 ---- wa cee nee melee «eine einie = wisle @)= elim eam alelmininlsle ale . 0.025 
Depth at first anal spine.--. .--- 2 ee wee eee ee ws eee 0. O41 
IDYeO a Ort. CHDCEN REGIONE) seo pose oso sn sooos5 Sonos Sood seed Sosd Sose conS 0. 016 
Weng th yok tition col seal spot Clay tt eat eee tee leet 0. 018 


This species is similar in size and proportions to the Priscacara liops, 
but differs in having constantly but seven dorsal or abdominal verte- 
bre, while that species presents nine. I have not observed any serra-— 
tures on the preoperculum of the P. liops, but the typical specimens are 
imperfect in that region, although good impressions of it remain on the 
matrix. 

Two complete specimens present all the characters of this species, 
while in two others all the more important ones can be seen. Two 
additional specimens may be referred to it with the greatest proba- 
bility. Some of these were obtained by Dr. A. C. Peale, in charge of 
one of the parties under Dr. F. V. Hayden, trom the shales of the Green 
River formation of Wyoming. The species is dedicated to Dr. Peale, 
in recognition of his services to geological science. 


PRISCACARA CLIVOSA, sp. nov. | 


The species of Priscacara are referrible to two sections. In the first, 
the ventral spine is very strong, and there are but ten or eleven soft 
dorsal radii: here belong P. serrata, P. cypha, and P. oxyprion. In the 
second, the first ventral spine is weak and slender, and there are thir- 
teen or fourteen radii of the second dorsal fin: in this division belong 
P. liops, P. pealei, and P. clivosa. 

In the last-named fish, there are eight dorsal and fourteen caudal ver- 
tebre. Radii: D. X—13; A. WI—11. The ventral fin appressed, nearly 
reaches the base of the anal, a point in whieh it differs materially from 
the two allied species. Another characteristic is the form of the pro- 
file, which resembles that of some of the species of Geophagus. This 
descends steeply from a point just anterior to the base of the dorsal fin, 
giving an obliquity to that part of the outline and an inferior position 
to the mouth. The vertebral column is more arched anteriorly, appro- 
priately to the prominence of the anterior dorsal region. The depth at 
the base of the first dorsal fin enters the total length (with caudal fin) 
2.6 times, and the length of the head 3.6 times in the same. 


Measurements. 
M. 
Total length - 2... onthe cenmne ence me wee oem nam melee mem sammie minim walelmin 0.115 
Aseail Ignatian OP IEEE psec cosans ofooob bend codaedes coadSs CnbECdO obEOSS UES bees 0. 032 


Axial length to linelon first/dorsal tessa sce eel= sale ietara alee ene eee eee 0. 032 


COPE ON CRETACEOUS AND TERTIARY FISHES. 17 


Pen ohh io) OMe Of VENbraltn. ooo. coos Moe. cao ce conn cence can men 0. 041 
eM Monet Me tOMOLiaiM OAM ale iM minccinwisieiseisnls'cwelo\s's = sin/o= <\injaniein pesmi oe el seme 0. 057 
Axiallenethi to oricin of second dorsal! fin 2... --- 2-2-2. 1.2560 co - ce ee tees =e 0. 056 
Pexaen bite Origin Of Cada) Ai) cose). 5 oo. wae oan meneame welalecinclescces sewn 0. 082 
Displn OL CaO RI retin Os e5-655 5555 S56 boos peeeee Sees ceos senses Sees cone ese5 0. 016 


The preopercular border is not visible in the only specimen of this 
species known to me. The operculum is scaly. There are 11-13 rows 
of scales on a line from the vertebral column to the abdominal border. 

I note here that further examination shows that there are from 20 to 
25 longitudinal rows of scales on the side of the abdomen of P. serrata, 
but the number is not exactly determinable, owing to the condition of 
the specimens. 


DAPEDOGLOSSUS ZIQUIPINNIS, sp. nov. 


Two specimens present the principal character of this species, viz, 
the equality in number of rays in the dorsal and anal fins and the near 
equality in their size. The radii are in one, D. 23; A. 22: in the other, 
D. 22; A.22. In D. testis, the formula is D. II—18; A. II—26. The ver- 
tebre in one of the specimens of D. wquipinnis number, D. 19; C. 27: 
while in D. testis there are, D. 18; C. 24-25. (The number, 21 dorsal, 
originally given, must be corrected, as based on an imperfect specimen.) 
In D. equipinnis, the first pectoral ray is not so largely developed as in 
D. testis, not being of unusual size. The hyoid apparatus and vomer 
are closely studded with teeth, as required by the generic character. 


Measurements. 
M. 
Me MU MBOLG NOL tecicceldata ce sfsincic cies ais) oe Sale ecie fou sicmmisicinicis Societe Sele cis = -yelscieiscinie 0. 051 
Axalglenothrot head Or NOw bso 2 esa sccsiic coms cone scmmeccsccwe seewceobeee occa 0.014 
Amirimlenctn: coline Of anal An. s.sccccot ores sasidee ciicacaccccseuseseeeacucs 0. 030 
Acaalgenecheto line Ok Corsa. /Jo52 SeijcGee seme ce doceececkisdou Seeclecce ecceee 0. 028 
Axial length to origin of caudal -....-.-...2.25-0c00 nee cee wenn atesee eae 0. 040 
Wepth of head. .-52--)---/....<c0.02 EES oe Vek (el street See srgiee b evanal oie truiar ees wien 0. 012 
Depthyatitirst dorsal vay)-5 220): <escejsoccneisscuseenc ces cases pret Sc arene aerate 0. 008 
Wepihvotmcaudal POGUNCLOis< scsmSdaccorescin oe cncieen ceceisccaceiacecls- ce czceacqe 0. 004 
MO UGOUEN Om OU ereme asco o a stereo acs «at ceo cieeenmcce e Nac tact erence oe 0. 092 
Depth at middle of dorsal line... Hf a Ete WE 2 Sa a a ae on ee 8d 0. 032 
Wepthvanibasevolmdorsal; fim yes oc ete ee Sees cae aes Ss ogee Se BE SIs Aes 0. 024 
DMepimof caudal peduncle. 35..da Ss cepacicic ao So ectodere aemiccisyooels ois ic Aateyennis 0. 008 


The specimens described are much smaller than those of the D. testis 
yet known, but No.1 is probably young. This fact will not account 
for the peculiarity of the radial formula, ete. 

I add here that there are two vertebre included within the caudal fin 
in Dapedoglossus. 


hie 


os 


ART. IJI.—DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW TINEINA FROM TEXAS, AND 
OTHERS FROM MORE NORTHERN. LOCALITIES. 


By V. T. CHAMBERS. 


ANAPHORA. 
A. TEXANELLA, 2. sp. 

Very distinct from plumifrontella, popeanella, and arcanella Clem., and 
from agrotipenella and mortipenella Grote, nor can I recognize it at all 
in either Scardina or Bombycina as described by Zeller. 

Palpi overarching the thorax; dark brown on the outward, luteous- 
brown on the inner surfaces. Antenne compressed, straw-yellow ; 
thorax dark gray-brown; fore wings brown, tinged with grayish-yellow ; 
the usual spot at the end of the disk indistinct; the other spots com- 
mon to the wings of the other species I cannot find in this. One of 
them may be represented by an indistinct blackish line beneath the 
middle of the fold. Hind wings and abdomen fuscous-gray, like the 
thorax, and a little darker or rather less yellowish than the fore wings. 
Under surface of both wings grayish-fuscous. Smaller than any speci- 
mens that I have seen of the other species, having an alar expansion of 
only nine lines. Bosque County, Texas. 


TINEA. 
T.? 7-STRIGELLA, n. sp. 

Vertex white: basal joint of antennz white on the upper, brown on 
the lower surface ; stalk of antennz black, with a white line along each 
side. Thorax and basal half of fore wings blackish-brown, the apical 
half having its costal half blackish-brown and its dorsal half white, the 
costal brown of the apical half being separated from the basal brown 
half by a white costal streak, which extends into the dorso-apical white 
part; beyond this costal white streak are five others, which likewise 
extend across the costo-apical brown to the dorso-apical white part of 
the wing, thus dividing it into a number of large spots; the first of 
these five streaks is oblique, the others perpendicular to the costal mar- 
gin, and the space or brown spot between the second and third is larger 
than that between the others. Dorsal cilia brown, with numerous 
narrow white streaks running up through them from the dorsal white 
margin. In the basal half of the wing, there is a narrow white line ex- 
tending along the fold, and an oblique white costal streak which almost 
reaches the fold. Face and palpi grayish-fuscous. Under surface of 

79 


80 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


body and the legs yellowish. Alar expansion a little over one-fourth 
of an inch. Bosque County, Texas. 

The palpi in my single specimen are a little injured, and I have not 
examined the neuration. Possibly it may not be a true Tinea. 


T. UNOMACULELLA, Cham. 

Besides the yellow spot at the end of the disk mentioned in the de- 
scription of this species, there is also a smaller one on the fold near its 
end, and one on the extreme apex of the thorax. There are also about 
seven small ones around the base of the cilia, and frequently the wing 
is more or less dusted with yellow scales. 


ANESYCHIA. 
A. TIAGENELLA, 2. sp. 

Costal part of the fore wings nearly to the tip, and spreading nearly 
half across the wing in width, blackish-brown; the remainder of the 
wing white except as follows: the dark brown sends five projections or 
teeth into the white; the first is near the base, the second a little farther 
back, third about the middle, the fourth a little behind the third, and 
the fifth projects toward the apex; there is a small blackish spot on 
the base, then a very small one, then one a little larger, all beneath the 
fold; then another on the fold, another beneath it again, and then two 
others above it; there is also a minute spot on the basal angle, and nine 
others (six costal and three dorsal) around the base of the cilia. There are 
also eight spots on the thorax, one of them just before the base of the 
wings, one just behind each eye, two on the disk, and one on each side 
of the apex. Head white; antennz fuscous; second palpal joint black- 
ish, tipped with white, third white; hind wings silvery-white ; abdomen 
fuscous: legs pale stramineous, with a silvery lustre, stained with brown 
on their anterior surfaces. Alar expansion 9} lines. It resembles A. 
trifurcella Cham. more nearly than any of our other species. Bosque 
County, Texas. 

HYPONOMEUTA. 


H. ZELLERIELLA, 2. sp. 


This species approaches nearer to H. longimaculella Cham. than to any 
of our other species. The third palpal joint is white, dusted with black- 
ish scales; second joint blackish, tipped with white. Head white. Basal 
joint of antenne white, tipped at the apex above with brown; stalk fus- 
cous; thorax white, with a black spot behind each eye, and one touch- 
ing the base of each wing, one above each tegula, and one on each side 
of the apex. Fore wings white, with the costal third stained with 
pale ochreous, and separated from the white part by three long black 
dashes, the first of which is before the middle, the second extends back 
from about the middle, and the third is just before the apex. In the 
pale ochreous costal part of the wing is a short fuscous basal streak 
just within the costa, and behind it is a small fuscous costal spot. Just 


CHAMBERS ON NEW TINEINA. 81 


within the costa, about midway of the wing-length, is another small spot, 
and another just before the cilia, slightly within the margin. The direc- 
tion of all these spots is longitudinal, and under the lens all this pale 
ochreous or discolored costal part of the wing is minutely sprinkled with 
blackish scales. In the white dorsal part of the wing is a black basal 
spot on the fold, another a little farther back on the fold, then two 
beneath the fold, another on the fold about midway of the length of the 
wing, behind that is another on the fold, then another beneath it, and 
then another, and yet another above the fold; there is also an indis- 
tinct dash just beyond the anal angle, and then the usual nine spots 
around the base of the cilia, three of them costal. Hind wings silvery- 
white, with a faint fuscous tinge. Abdomen fuscous above; tuft, under 
surface and legs straw-yellow. Alar expansion 104 lines. Bosque 


County, Texas. 
DEPRESSARIA. 


In volume 4 of the Canadian Entomologist I described several species 
which I then. placed in this genus. I was induced to place them here 
by the fact that I did not then know the indefinite extent of the genus 
Gelechia, and believed, as I still do, that the affinities of these species 
were rather with Depressaria than with the true Gelechia, and I was not 
acquainted with Cryptolechia. Subsequently some of those species were 
referred to Cryptolechia, but most of them to Gelechia, one forming the 
type of anew genus, Cirrha. Thereis, however, no sufficient reason per- 
haps for separating this species (C. platanella) from Gelechia as at present 
unrestricted, for Gelechia at present is a miscellaneous assemblage of 
species, mapy of which possess but little affinity for each other. Thus, 
all the species which in volume 4 I referred to Depressaria are referred to 
Gelechia or Cryptolechia except two?—D. versicolorellaand D. pallidochrella, 
and neither of these is a true Depressaria, though perhaps as properly 
located in it as in Gelechia, especially D. versicolorella. Thus, among 
over three hundred species of Tineina that I have found in Kentucky, 
the one described below as D. eupatoriiella is the only Depressaria, and 
it is an aberrant species. The species described below as D. fernaldella 
was received from Professor Fernald from Orono, Maine; and, as illus- 
trating the multitude and variety of the species of Tineina in this country, 
I will here state that, according to my estimate, not less than eight hun- 
dred species of Tineina have been described from Canada and the United 
States south and west of Massachusetts (including that State), and not 
more than ten (probably not more than nine) belong properly in this 
genus. These are atrodorsella Clem., cinereocostella Clem., grotella 
Robinson, heraclina Deg., hilarella Zell., lecontella Clem., nebulosa Zell., 
pulvipenella Clem., scabella Zell., and robiniella Pack. 

The collection received from Professor Fernald contained twenty- 
eight species, six of which belong to Depressaria, viz :—hilarella ? (I can- 
not determine 1t with certainty from the single worn specimen), lecon- 
tella, atrodorsella, pulvipenella, fernaldella, n. et .5 and another smaller 

Bull. iv. No. 1—6 


82 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


(new?) species, of which there is a single worn specimen; while, as 
above stated, I have found but a single Depressaria among over three 
hundred species found in Kentucky. Of the twenty-eight species in the © 
Fernald collection, fourteen are believed to be new; and, in addition to 
the Depressarie above mentioned, I recognize in it the following 
species :— Tinea biflavimaculella Clem., T. grisseella Cham., T. carnarviella 
Clem., Amadrya effrenatella Clem., Adela biviella Zell., Gelechia dubitella ? 
Cham., Ypsolophus straminiella Cham., Gracilaria purpurieila Cham., 
and Hyponomeuta evonymella auct. Eight of the fourteen new species 
belong to Gelechia and two to Cryptolechia. 


D. BUPATORIELLA, 1 N. Sp. 


Second joint of the palpi inerassate beneath toward the apex, the 
seales rather long and loose, scarcely forming a brush, and in the dead 
specimens not divided. Palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings dark or 
fuscous-gray; the palpi and wings dusted with blackish atoms, each of 
which is a minute tuft, and which along the costa take the form of small, 
obscure, and indistinct streaks; on the disk, before the middle, one of 
the blackish atoms is very obscurely margined behind by one or two 
whitish scales, and about the end of the disk is a minute whitish speck ; 
apex of the wings rounded; hind wings not emarginate beneath the 
apex, pale grayish, with a faint purplish lastre—perhaps pale grayish- 
yellow would be as correct as pale gray; abdomen above of the same 
color, with the jhind wings depressed, scarcely tufted at the sides; be- 
neath it is eran, with a blackish spot on each side of each segment; 
legs dark gray or fuscous; under surface of the fore wings grayish-fus- 
cous; that of the hind wings gray on the disk, the margins pale ochre- 
ous-yellow, dotted with blackish atoms. Antennz fuscous, scarcely 
pectinate. The upper surface of the thorax is not dusted, and has a 
small double or bifid tuft at the apex. Alar expansion eleven lines. The 
larva feeds upon the under surface of the leaves of Hupatorium age- 
ratoides, much in the same manner with that of Nothris eupatorviella 
Cham. I did not observe it, as the leaves, when gathered, were sup- 
posed to be folded by the Nothris larva. The imago emerges in the lat- 
ter part of July. 26,12. Kentucky. 

Both atrodorsella Clem. and lecontella Clem. have the minute bifid 
tuft on the thorax, as in this species, and the antenne scarcely pectinate. 
The second joint of the palpi is, however, more brush-like in those 
species. 


D. FERNALDELLA, Nn. sp. 


Palpi slender, scarcely brush-like ; antennz scarcely pectinate; ab- 
domen flattened above, scarcely tufted at the sides; apex of fore wings 
more acute, and the costa more arched than in eupatorviella, lecontella, 
atrodorsella, or pulvipenella, and the wings also wider; indeed, in these 
respects it exceeds perhaps any of the species figured in Nat. Hist. Tin., 
vols. 1 and 12. The palpi are also unusually slender. Nevertheless, I 


CHAMBERS ON NEW TINEINA. 838 


think it is more properly. referable to this than to any other genus. 
Palpi whitish, with the basal half of the outer surface of second joint 
brown. Head whitish. Both head and palpi have, however, a faint 
pinkish-yellow tinge, and the antenne are still more distinctly tinged 
with it. Thorax and fore wings very pale ochreous, with a strong roseate 
or pinkish tinge. On the disk before the middle is a small blackish 
dot, which under the lens is resolved intotwo; further back, behind the 
middle, is another, and opposite the space between the two is another — 
on the fold; these two latter are by a lens resolved into small spots of 
brownish dusting; farther back is a brownish line parallel (nearly) with 
the dorso-apical margin, but which the lens resolves into about nine 
small spots of dustings, scarcely confluent with each other, and one on 
each marginal veinlet (costal as well as dorsal); around the apex and 
margins near it are ten small brownish spots, scarcely visible or very 
indistinct without a lens. Hind wings yellowish, irrorate with fuscous, 
not emarginate beneath the apex; abdomen of nearly the same color 
with the hind wings; legs brownish on their anterior surfaces, the hind 
tarsi pale yellowish. Alar expansion 10 lines. Maine. 


YPSOLOPHUS. 
Y. QUERCIELLA, Cham. 

The single bred specimen from which this was described was acci- 
dentally destroyed some years ago. From my notes and recollection of 
the species, I think it not improbable that it belongs in Depressaria, with 
palpi resembling those of D. dictamnella Zell. 


DEPRESSARIA. 
D. FERNALDELLA. (Supra.) 


Since the preceding portion of this paper was prepared, I have received 
a letter from Professor Fernald, in which he states that he has ‘seen 
Machimia tentorifuella Clem., which seems to be identical with your [my] 
Depressaria fernaldella”. I have not seen tentorifuella, and the species 
may bethesame. There is certainly a close resemblance in many points; 
but an examination of fernaldella and acomparison of it with tentorifuella, 
as described by Clemens, shows many discrepancies. Thus tentorifuel/a 
has the vertex “shaggy”, which is incorrect as applied to fernaldella. 
The latter has a row of ten small blackish spots around the apex, which 
are not mentioned by Dr. Clemens; and, furthermore, it has a brownish 
line before these spots, and nearly parallel to them, which is so unusual 
a mark that I think it must have struck Dr. Clemens had it existed 
in his species; yet he does not mention it. There are other less striking 
differences in ornamentation. D. fernaldella, while not a typical Depressa- 
ria by any means, seems to me to be more appropriately located in that 
genus than in Cryptolechia, to which I should refer tentorifuella as 
described by Clemens, and to which it has been referred by Zeller. 
While, therefore, the species may be the same, I, for the present at 
least, consider them to be distinct. 


64 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
CRYPTOLECHIA. 


In the Can. Ent. iv. 129, I have attempted to define a new genus 
under the name of Hagno, and in that connection have alluded to its 
resemblance to Psilocorsis Clem., which was known to me only by Dr. 
Clemens’s writings, not having seen any of his species. The wings of 
Psilocorsis, as described by Dr. Clemens, seemed to me to differ mate- 
- rially from those of Hagno. I also suggested the probability that both 
might prove to be equivalent to Cryptolechia, which was then known to 
me only by scattered notices in various books. I find that Hagno is 
equivalent to Psilocorsis, and both are equivalent to a section of Cryp- 
tolechia. 


C. CRYPTOLECHI ELLA. 
Depressaria? cryptolechicella, Cham. Can. Ent. iv. 91. 
Hagno cryptolechivella, Cham. ibid. 132. 

Smaller and prettier than any of the allied species known to me. The 
wings have a faint pinkish or roseate lustre, and have the lustre also of 
“‘watered silk”. The transverse blackish lines are not visible to the 
naked eye, and the base of the wings is orange-yellow. If my recol- 
lection is not at fault, the larva feeds on leaves of the Holly (Zlez). 


C. FAGINELLA. 
; Hagno faginella, Cham. Can. Ent. iv. 131. 

The close resemblance of some allied species makes a more detailed 
description of this species than that heretofore given necessary. 

The palpi are ochreous, with a blackish line along the under surface 
of the second joint, continued on to the apex of the third, and another | 
on the outer and one on the inner surface of the third joint. Oryptolechia 
(Psilocorsis) quercicella Clem., according to Dr. Clemens, has the third 
_ joint black, with two yellowish-white stripes in front. I, however, have 
not seen the species, and I know from experience how easy it is to 
make a mistake as to the number and position of these lines. A species 
from Texas which I formerly (Can. Ent. vi. 231) identified with fagi- 
nella, but which 1 now consider distinct (vid. post), and an undescribed 
species, of which a single specimen is before me, have the palpi exactly 
as I have described them in faginella—that is, the upper surface of the 
third joint is ochreous instead of black, as Dr. Clemens’s account would 
makeit. C. faginella has the head ochreous-yellow, and the thorax of the 
same color, only darker, as if tinged with fuscous. In this, the Texan 
species agrees with it. The undescribed species above mentioned, which 
is from Missouri, and has been bred by Professor Riley and Miss Murt- 
feldt from a larva feeding on Ambrosia has the head darker than in fagi- 
nella, and of the same color with the thorax. C. quercicella, according to 
Dr. Clemens, has the head and thorax yellowish-brown (as in the Mis- 
souri specimen). LP. veflewa, as described by Dr. Clemens, has the palpi 
as in faginella as to ornamentation; but from the fact that Dr. Clemens 


CHAMBERS ON NEW TINEINA. 85 


Separates it from quercicella as a distinct section, characterized by the 
great length of the palpi, it is not necessary to refer to it further in this 
connection. C. faginella has the basal joint of the antennz yellowish- 
ochreous, except a wide blackish line extending along its upper surface; 
quercicella has “two black stripes in front”; and the species from Texas 
and that from Missouri agree in this respect with quercicella. C. faginella 
and also the Texas and Missouri specimens have the stalk of the antenne 
ochreous-yellow, with two blackish lines extending along the upper side 
of the basal half, and the remainder of the stalk has each alternate 
joint blackish; quercicella has simply ‘a black line above, terminating 
in black spots”. In quercicella, the fore wings are “ yellowish-brown, 
varied with blackish irregular striz, chiefly from the costa, with a black 
dot on the end of the disk”; faginella agrees with this description, ex- 
cept that I should eall the ground-color of the wings dull yellowish- 
ochreous, as they are likewise in the Missouri specimen; while in the 
Texas species the ground-color is paler, while the transverse stripes are 
more distinct, showing also a tendency to become more confluent, espe- 
cially about the end of the disk, where they present to the naked eye 
something like a faint dark fascia; faginella has a more silky lustre 
than the other species, though this may be owing to the fact that the 
specimens are newer. 

In the Texan specimens, and in that from Missouri, there is no spot at 
the end of the disk, and it is not distinct in faginella. In quercicella, 
‘‘the posterior margin is tipped with blackish, and the cilia are yellowish- 
brown, containing two dark fuscous hinder marginal lines”; in faginella, 
there is a row of blackish spots around the apex, and a single faint 
brownish hinder marginal line in the cilia (which in the single specimen 
before me are a little injured). In the Missouri specimen, there are five 
very distinct blackish spots around the apex, and behind them in the 
cilia are two distinct, brownish, hinder marginal lines. Indeed, the cilia 
may be called brown, with a median, paler, hinder marginal line. Besides 
the five distinct spots, there are other very faint ones, and the brownish 
cilia are paler than the spots. The specimens from Texas agree in this 
respect with that from Missouri. One of these I sent to Mr. Cresson for 
comparison with Dr. Clemens’s type of quercicella in the collection of 
the entomological section of the Phila. Acad. Sci. (formerly American 
Ent. Soc.). After comparing them, Mr. Cresson informs me that it “is 
not Psilocorsis quercicella Clem., which differs by having a rather broad, 
distinct, dusky border on the apical margin of the anterior wings, other- 
wise they look very much alike”. 

The species are all of very nearly the same size—about eight to nine 
lines in expanse of wings. Professor Zeller (Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 40) iden- 
tifies specimens received by him from Ohio and Texas with quercicella 
Clem. His Texan specimens were collected in the same region of the 
State from which I have received mine; and as in two collections that 
I have received from that region there is only one species, I think the 


86 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. / 


probability is that quercicella Zell. (nec Clem.) is the same species that 
I have referred to above, and which I formerly identified with faginella, 
but which I now incline to consider distinct, and for which I suggest the 
name of cressonella. I, however, do this with some hesitation; for while, 
with the material before me, I consider the species distinct, I recognize 
the probability that, with fuller collections of bred specimens of all the 
supposed species, it is not improbable that they will be deemed at most 
only phytophagic varieties of a single species. 

IT am not sure but that the species described by me as Gelechia dubi- 
tella is properly referable to this genus. 


C.? OBSCUROMACULELLA, . Sp. 


The palpi in this species resemble those of dubitella above mentioned, 
and are more robust than in quercicella, cryptolechiella, &c., mentioned 
above. 

Pale ochreous, so densely dusted with fuscous as to obscure the ground- 
color; on the fore wings the dusting is least dense along the fold and 
about the base. The spots on the wings are small, indistinct, and easily 
effaced ; one of them is about the middle of the fold, and one near its 
end, one above the fold before the middle, one a little larger farther 
back, a small one at the end of the cell, and four or five indistinct ones 
are placed farther back, within, but parallel to, the apical margin. The 
basal half of the outer surface of the second joint of the palpi is brown; 
third joint ochreous; legs blackish-brown. Alar expansion about half 
an inch. Bosque County, Texas. 


- GELECHIA. 
G. DISCONOTELLA, 2. sp. 

Palpi simple; second and third joints of equal length. Hind wings a 
little narrower than the fore wings, and rather deeply excised beneath the tip. 
Pale fuscous, or rather ochreous-yellow, irrorate with fuscous, with a 
faint silky-roseate hue, and with a longitudinal-elliptical brown spot at 
the end of the cell. Antennz white, annulate with brown. Palpi brown, 
with the tip of the second joint white, and a wide band of the general 
hue on the middle of the third joint; legs brown on their anterior sur- 
faces. Hind wings paler than the fore wings. Alar expansion three- 
eighths of an inch. Kentucky, in May. 


G. SYLVZCOLELLA, n. sp. 

Allied to bimaculella Cham., but smaller, and with more of a purplish- 
bronze: lustre. Palpi simpie. Hind wings as wide as the fore wings, and 
a little excised beneath the tip. Palpi ochreous, with the base of the third 
joint, an annulus about its middle, and also an annulus about the mid- 
de of the second joint blackish. Antenne blackish, faintly annulate 
with ochreous. Head pale ochreous, dusted above the antennz with 
blackish scales. Fore wings and thorax blackish, microscopically dusted 


CHAMBERS ON NEW TINEINA. 87 


with ochreous, with a purplish-bronze lustre, with a white or pale 
ochreous spot on the fold beyond the middle, and with an ochreous or 
white fascia about the apical fourth concave toward the base, and widest 
on the costa, and sometimes interrupted about the middle. Cilia of a 
bluish-smoky hue. Hind wings a little paler than the cilia of the fore 
wings, and with paler cilia. Abdomen and legs ochreous, banded. with 
fuscous. In addition to the marks on the fore wings above mentioned, 
there is sometimes another small white spot on the fold. Possibly it 
may be only a variety of bimaculella, but I believe it to be distinct. 
Alar expansion five lines. Kentucky. 

In some specimens of bimaculella there is a small white spot on the 
fold before the usual larger one, and sometimes the fascia attains the 
dorsal margin. The head, too, is rather pale purplish, dusted with 
black, than “‘ purplish-brown”, as it is described originally. 


G.? BOSQUELLA, Cham. 


This species was originally (Can. Ent. vii. 92) referred to Gicophora. 
Afterward (Can. Ent. vii. 124) I transferred it to Gelechia. Having 
out few specimens, I have not examined the neuration, and its external 
characters leave me in doubt as to its real affinities. I am not sure but 
that the first reference to Gicophora is the best. 


G. CRISTIFASCIELLA, 2. sp. 


Cell of hind wings closed, the wings scarcely emarginate beneath the tip; 
second joint of palpi thickened beneath, but scarcely brush-like ; third joint 
pointed, shorter than the second. Snowy-white; the head with a silvery 
lustre. Basal half of second joint of palpi and two rings on the third 
brown. Antenne annulate with white and brown. Fore wings with a 
short brown dash just within the costal margin near the base, an oblique 
brown fascia of raised:scales just before the middle and nearest the 
base on the dorsal margin, a small brown costal and opposite larger 
dorsal spot before the cilia, and a faint row of brownish spots around 
the base of the cilia. These marks on the upper surface show through 
on the lower, which is fuscous. Hind wings with a faint grayish tinge. 
Abdomen tinged with yellow. Legs brownish on their anterior sur- 
faces. Alar expansion six lines. Kentucky, May 11, two specimens. 


G. TRIOCELELLA, Cham. 


Of this species, which was very abundant in Colorado, I have taken a 
single specimen in Kentucky. The Kentucky specimen is a trifle larger 
than those from Colorado. In the Colorado specimen, there are three 
ocellated spots on the fore wings, one of which shows indications of 
division. In the Kentucky specimen, it is completely divided into two 

spots. Inthe former, they consist of a black dot surrounded by a reddish- 
ochreous annulus; in the latter, the annulus is gray. These spots are 
very indistinct without the use of a lens. 


88 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


’ 


G. QUINQUECRISTATELLA, 2. sp. 

This species has much the aspect of a Laverna. The seccnd joints of 
the palpi are somewhat incrassate toward their apices, but not at all 
brush-like, and the third joint is much shorter than the second. The 
hind wings are wider than the fore wings, and emarginate beneath the 
apex. 

Dark brown; the face and palpi and apical part of fore wings dusted 
with silvery-gray. On the fore wings, at about the basal one-third, are 
two raised tufts, one above, the other beneath, the fold; at about the 
middle is a single discal tuft, and at about the apical one-third are two 
‘others; cilia grayish-fuscous, dusted sparsely with hoary; hind wings 
fuscous, with stramineous cilia; abdomen dark brown; anal tuft yel- 
lowish. Legs ard tarsi brown, annulate with white at the joints. The 
scales of the tufts are tipped with hoary, and the tufts nearest to the 
dorsal margin are placed a little behind the corresponding tufts. Alar 
expansion eight lines. The tuft on the middle of the disk is longer than 
either of the others, and appears sometimes as if there were two small 
ones confluent instead of one large one. 


G. PALPILINEELLA?, Cham. 

The species was described from Texan specimens in the Cin. Quar. 
Jour. Sci. ii. 252, which, appearing brown to the naked eye, show 
under a lens distinctly enough a white fascia before the cilia, which 
sometimes appears to be interrupted in the middle. I have taken at 
the light in Kentucky six specimens, which I mark with the ?, because, 
while they agree in all other respects with the Texan specimens, three 
of them show no indication of the fascia with or without a lens; while 
the other three, in place of the fascia, have a costal and opposite dorsal 
spot, visible to the unaided eye. Unless the palpi are observed, it may 
be mistaken for G. palpianulella. 


G. 6-NOTELLA, %. sp. 

Head and palpi white, except two annuli, one of which is at the base 
and thé other before the apex of the palpi. Antenne, thorax, and fore 
wings blackish-brown; about the basal one-fifth of the wing-length is 
an oblique white costal streak crossing the fold; farther back, about 
the middle of the costa, is a shorter one; and before the cilia is a still 
shorter one, pointing obliquely forward. These three streaks are all 
tipped with silvery scales, more abundantly on the first two than on the 
third. On the dorsal margin, respectively nearly opposite or a little 
before the first two costal streaks, are two tufts of silvery metallic. 
scales; apex with a whitish spot and sometimes dusted with white. 
The cilia are paler and more grayish than the wings. Abdomen yel- 
lowish-white, the last segment stained with fuscous. Legs and tarsi 
white, banded with dark brown. Alar expansion half an inch. Bosque 
County, Texas. 


CHAMBERS ON NEW TINEINA. 89 


G. INTERMEDIELLA, 2. sp. 


Intermediate between roseosuffusella Clem. and rubensetla Cham., 
with one or other of which it has been heretofore confounded. The 
third joint of the palpi is longer and more acute than in rubensella, more 
like that of roseosuffusella; but the fore wings are much less roseate than 
in either of the other two species, frequently showing no tinge of the 
roseate hue; and, indeed, that hue when most distinct in it is but barely 
perceptible. 

As in rubensella (and sometimes in roseosuffusella), the first dark band 
does not cover the base of the wing. The second band is like that of 
roseosuffusella, but the third extends across the wing, the dorsal portion 
being, however, paler than the costal, and the costo-apical part of the 
wing is ochreo-fuscous. In other respects, it resembles roseosuffusella. 
Tt is, however, darker and more grayish, less yellowish than that species. 
Bosque County, Texas. 


G. LACTIFLOSELLA, 2. sp. 


Palpi simple; creamy-white, dusted with brown, with the outer sur- 
face of the second joint brown except at its tip. Basal joint of antenne 
pale cream-colcr, stalk pale yellow. Thorax and fore wings pale cream- 
color, sparsely dusted with brown, with asmall brown spot touching the 
fold above, near the base of the wing, another a little farther back, and 
_ yet farther back near the middle two spots, one on the fold, the other 
on the disk; sometimes these two last spots are confluent. There is a 
transverse brown streak at the end of the cell, and a distinct brown line 
curving around the base of the apical cilia; tip of thorax and a spot on 
each side before the tip brown. Hind wings and abdomen above white, 
tinged with silvery, and tuft creamy-white; abdomen beneath creamy, 
with a brown spot on each side of each segment. Legs creamy, sparsely 
dusted with brown, annulate with brown at the articulations, and with 
the tibia of the first and second pair prawn Alar expansion half an 
inch. Bosque County, Texas. 


G. FUSCOTANIAELLA, %. Sp. 


Palpi simple. Hind wings excised beneath the tip. Snowy-white. An- 
tenn, apical half of thorax, base of fore wings, two small costal spots, 
and an apical spot brown; the second costal spot is larger than the 
first, which is placed about the middle of tlie costa. Abdomen whitish. 
Legs brownish-yellow on their anterior surfaces. Alar expansion four 
lines. Bosque County, Texas. 


G.? MULTIMACULELLA, Nn. sp. 


Hind wings not emarginate beneath the tip ; palpi simple; third joint about 
half as long as the second. 

Head, antenne, palpi, and forelegs dark fuscous, the palpi tinged 
with ochreous. Fore wings sordid ochreous, covered with small fuscous 


90 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


spots, a row of which extends entirely around the margins of the wing. 
On the fold the spots are distinctly confluent. Intermediate and hind 
legs and tarsi and anterior tarsi fuscous, annulate with ochreous; abdo- 
men fuscous above, whitish beneath. Some specimens are more ochreous 
than others. Alar expansion half an inch. Bosque County, Texas. 

There is something about the species which suggests a resemblance to 
Tinea in ornamentation and in the form of the hind wings. 


G. CRESCENTIFASCIELLA, Cham. 


The crescentic fascia is always indistinct, and frequently not discerni- 
ble, and sometimes in place of it there is simply a small, yellow, costal 
and opposite dorsal spot. The palpi are pale gray, brownish on the 
outer surface of the basal half of the second joint, and the tip of the 
third joint is brown. In some specimens, the wings are sprinkled with 
small blackish atoms. : 


G. (ERGATIS) PALLIDEROSACELLA, 1. sp. 

Palpi simple; pale grayish; second joint-with thin brownish annuli, 
one near the base, one near the tip, and one on the middle; ‘third joint, 
with base, tip, and an annulus between them brownish-gray. Head, 
thorax, and fore wings pale grayish, dusted with dark gray, and very 
faintly tinted with roseate; base of the costal margin, an oblique fascia 
behind it, and a little farther back, but still before the middle, an oblique 
costal band, extending to the fold, blackish-brown. Behind the last of 
these streaks, in the middle of the wing, is a short, blackish dash sur- 
rounded by a hoary or whitish annulus. Behind che middle is a costal, 
dark gray spot, opposite to which is a still smaller dorsal one, and op- 
posite to the space between them is another blackish dash, the portions. 
of the wing above and below which are but little dusted, while behind 
it the apical part of the wing is more densely dusted with brownish 
scales; cilia gray, with a darker basal line. Antennz annulate with pale 
gray and dark brown; upper surface of abdomen and anal tuft pale 
luteous; Jegs brown on their anterior surfaces; tarsi annulate with 
brown and pale grayish-white. Alar expansion five lines. 

_ Many specimens skow no trace of the roseate hue. Bosque County, 
Texas. 


G. OBSCUROSUFFUSELLA, 2. sp. 

Second joint of the palpi brush-like; hind wings scarcely emarginate be- 
neath the apex. 

White. Second joint of palpi brown on the outer surface at the base. 
Anterior wings suffused with pale fuscous on the disk and apex, with an 
indistinct whiter fascia before the cilia, slightly angulated posteriorly. 
Basal half of each segment of the tergum grayish; venter and anal tuft 
white; hind legs whitish; anterior and intermediate legs brownish on 
anterior surfaces; their tarsi annulate with white. Alar expansion half 
an inch. Bosque County, Texas. 


CHAMBERS ON NEW TINEINA. 91 


G. OCHREOCOSTELLA, 2. sp. 

Palpi long, simple; third joint larger than second, acuminate. Hind 
wings faintly emarginate bencath apex. 

Palpi ochreous; second joint suffused with fuscous on outer surface. 
Antenne annulate with ochreous ; inner surface of hind legs ochreous. 
Eatreme costal margin ochreous. Insect otherwise brownish-gray, 
microscopically sprinkled with white scales. Alar espansion two-thirds 
of an inch. Bosque County, Texas. 


G. CANOPULVELLA, n. Sp. 

Second palpal joint brush-like. Antenne white, dotted above with 
brown. First and second pair of legs brown on their anterior surfaces, 
their tarsi annulate with white; base of extreme costa blackish. Insect 
otherwise hoary or whitish, dusted with bluish-gray, the dusting becom- 
ing more dense toward the apex of the fore wings, with five or six rather 
indistinct grayish spots around the.base of the cilia. Alar expansion a 
little over one-fourth of an inch. Bosque County, Texas. 


G.? CILIALINEELLA, Cham. 


The statement in the description of this species, that it is only micro- 
scopically distinguishable from G. solaniiella, is too broad, though the 
resemblance is very close. The palpi of this species resemble those of 
Cleodora, though the ‘brush of the second joint of the palpi is smaller 
than in that genus. I have not examined the neuration, but I am in- 
clined to transfer the species to Cleodora. The ornamentation is much 
like that of C, pallidistrigella Cham. and C. pallidella Cham. though the 
white streak on the fold and that on the disk which characterize those 
species are wanting in this, and in their place, or rather in place of their con- 
tained black streaks, there arein this species one or two small brown spots. 
It has the oblique costal and dorsal white streaks before the cilia as in 
those species, and behind them the short, white, costal streaks, but not 
the dorsal ones, and there is only one brown, hinder marginal line instead 
of three, and that one is indistinct. 


CLEODORA. 
C. PALLIDELLA, Cham. 

This species was described from twospecimens. Onthereceipt of alarger 
collection I find a greater amount of variation than I had looked for. The 
ground-color of the wings varies from ochreous-yellow to white, suffused 
with pale ochreous-fuscous. . The palpi also vary in a similar manner, 
the outer surface being usuclly pale ochreous, dusted with fuscous. By 
a slip of the pen in the description I have stated that the brown spot is 
on top of the third joint; it should read second joint. The antennz are 
fuscous, and the head and thorax are paler, more whitish than the fore 
wings; there is a white streak along the fold containing a blackish spot, 
and parallel to it is a discal, basal, white streak containing a black line 
or dash. The color of the wings deepens toward the apex, and just 


92 BULLETIN. UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


before the cilia are the long, oblique, costal and opposite dorsal white 
streaks mentioned in the description, and behind tbese are three short, 
white, costal and four dorsal streaks, the latter produced into the cilia, 
which are white, with three distinct, dark brown, hinder marginal lines, 
placed respectively at their base, middle, and apex; the legs are whitish, 
stained with fuscous on their anterior surfaces; and the alar expansion 
ranges from six to seven lines. , 


C. PALLIDISTRIGELLA, Cham. 


This species is a little smaller than the preceding, ranging from five 
to six lines in alar expansion. The color of the head and appendages and 
the thorax resemble those of the preceding species, and it is fully as 
variable. The tegule and extreme base of the wings are white, the 
wings otherwise being much darker than in any of the specimens of the 
preceding species. They vary from orange-yellow to a dark yellow suf- 
fused with fuscous. The streak along the fold and the one above and 
parallel to it are indistinct, and their contained blackish spots are 
smaller, while the costal margin from the middle to the cilia is white; the 
costal oblique streak is much less oblique than in the preceding species, 
and there are no costal spots behind it; on the other hand, the dorsal 
oblique streak is more oblique, passing along the base of the cilia, into 
which it sends three white streaks. The differences above indicated by 
the italics induce me to consider the species distinct. 


ANARSIA. 
A. TRIMACULELLA, Cham. 
I have taken this species also in Kentucky. It was described from 
Texas. z 
DASYCERA. 


D. NONSTRIGELLA, . sp. 


This species differs from D. newmanella Clem., and from the two 
European species, not only by the absence of yellow marks on the 
wings, but still more by having the basal three-fourths of the antennze 
densely clothed with scales ; whereas in those species only a small por- 
tion is so clothed, and in this species the other fourth is also scaled, 
though not densely, and the scaling grows less and less toward the 
apex. It is described from a single 2 taken resting on a leaf in the 
woods, June 30th. a 

Palpi yellow; under surface of third joint brownish. Face yellow, 
passing on the vertex into metallic yellowish-purple, if I may so describe 
an indescribable hue. Thorax and upper surface of fore wings rich 
brownish-purple; hind wings, abdomen, and under surface of fore 
wings purplish-brown (duller, more brownish, and less purple than the 
upper surface of fore wings); hind legs purple-brown, suffused with yel- 
lowish (other two pair rubbed in pinning). Alar expansion 62 lines. 
Kentuéky. 


CHAMBERS ON NEW TINEINA. 93 


BUTALIS. 
B. TRIVINCTELLA, Zell. 

I have bred great numbers of B. matutella Clem. It varies greatly 
from specimens indistinguishable from B. immaculatella Cham. to forms 
which I have described as B. dorsipallidella and B. brevistriga, and 
some specimens approach very nearly B. trivinctella Zell. I am much 
inclined to consider them all as varieties of one species. I have 
received B. trivinctella from Bosque County, Texas. 


COLEOPHORA. 
C. TEXANELLA, 2. sp. 

Palpi and antenne simple. Inner surface of the palpi whitish ; antennze 
with alternate annulations of brownish-ochreous and white; abdomen 
brewn above, a little paler beueath; hind wings fuscous. Outer surface 
of palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings rather dark ochreous, with two 
white lines on the fore wings obscured by dark brown dusting. One of 
these lines is on the fold; the other extends from the middle to the end 
of the disk. There is also a little brown dusting along the dorsal mar- 
gin. Cilia of both pairs of wings grayish-ochreous. Alar expansion 
54 lines. Texas, from Belfrage. 


C. CINERELLA, n. sp. 


Dark gray. Palpi and antenne simple. Face and under surface a 
little paler than upper surface. Alar expansion 54 lines. Kentucky, 
July. 


C. MULTIPULVELLA, n. sp. 


Palpi rather short, simple. Stalk of antennze simple; basal joint 
tufted, white. Vertex and outer surface of palpi stained with brownish- 
ochreous, and the antennze annulate with that color. Fore wings 
densely dusted with dark gray, so as to obscure the whitish ground- 
color; the dusting less dense beneath the fold, more dense toward the 
apex. Hind wings and upper surface of abdomen dark ochreous-gray ; 
under surface of the abdomen white, dusted more sparsely with gray. 
Legs marked with dark ochreous-gray on their anterior surface. Alar 
expansion half an inch. At lightin July. Kentucky. 


C. ALBACOSTELLA, Cham. 


By some inadvertence, I have omitted in the description of this spe- 
cies to state the ground-color of the fore wings. It may be called 
ochreo-fuscous or fusco-ocbreous, with the base of the dorsal margin 
and the entire costal margin pale ochreous or whitish. Under the lens, 
very fine, narrow, whitish lines are seen marking the course of the veins. 
The outer surface of the palpi is fuscous. 


C. FUSCOSTRIGELLA, 2. sp. 


Palpi and antenne simple. Sordid ochreous. Second and third. palpal 
joints each with a brown streak on their outer surface. On the fore 


94 BULLETIN. UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


wings, the fold is marked by a narrow black line, and beneath and 
nearly parallel to it is a pale ochreous line. The base of the dorsal mar- 
gin is pale ochreous, and it is microscopically streaked with white scales 
beneath the fold toward the cilia. Above the fold, the wing is some- 
what streaked with fuscous. One of these streaks is short and narrow 
and near the apex; another, longer one, begins about the middle of the 
disk and goes to the apex. Nearer to the margin is another, which 
begins indistinctly near the base, but becomes wider and more distinct 
toward the apex; and another, still wider and more distinet, begins 
near the base, within the costal margin, and passes back to the cilia, 
being, however, interrupted beyond the middle by two narrow short 
ochreous streaks, which mark the position of two subcostal veinlets. 
The base of the costal margin is ochreous, and between the streaks the 
wing is ochreous. Legs and tarsi fuscous on their anterior, ochreous on 
their posterior surfaces. Alar expansion nearly half an inch. Bosque 
County, Texas. 


C. BIMINIMMACULELLA, ”. sp. 


Antenne and palpi simple. White, dusted, or, perhaps more correctly, 
suffused on the thorax aud fore wings with pale fuscous. There is a 
small blackish spot on the fold at about the middle of the wing-length, 
and another at the apex of the fore wings. Alar expansion nearly half 
an inch. Bosque County, Texas. ~ 


C. QUADRILINEELLA, n. sp. 


Sordid white, or white very faintly stained with ochreous. The mark- 
ings are very indistinct. There are three pale ochreous lines, one within 
the costa, one on or just beneath the fold, and one along the disk, be- 
coming fuscate about the basal third of the wing length, one of the 
branches going to the costal and the other to the dorsal margin, near 
the apex. Anterior surface of the legs and under surface of abdomen 
very pale fuscous. Alar expansion not quite four lines. Kentucky, in 
June. It requires care to distinguish the lines on the wings even in the 
most perfect specimens. 

The larval case is two lines long, and bears some resemblance in form 
to that of C. solitariella as figured in Nat. His. Tin. iv., but is still 
more like that of alcyonipenella in Nat. His. Tin. v., having a clear shin- 
ing shield covering its upper anterior portion. Food-plant unknown. 
Kentucky. 


C. OCHRELLA, 2. sp. 


Basal joint of antenne enlarged ; second joint of palpi with a minute 
tuft. Fore wings dark ochreous, sometimes a little fuscous toward the 
tip; head, palpi, and thorax paler; hind wings what I should call leaden- 
ochreous; cilia of both pairs ochreous, and a little paler than the fore 
Wings. Antenne with alternate annulations of white and ochreous- 


! 


CHAMBERS ON NEW TINEINA. 95 


brown. Abdomen of a dark leaden or slaty hue above, whitish beneath, 
with the tuft yellowish-white; legs brownish-ochreous on their anterior 
surface, whitish-ochreous behind. Alar expansion over five lines. Ken- 
tucky, in June. Larva unknown. 


COSMOPTERYX. 
C. 4-LINEELLA, 2. sp. 

This species departs so far from the usual type of structure, as well 
as ornamentation, that I hesitate a little about locating it in this genus. 
The fore wing is rather more caudate than it is figured for C. drurella in 
Ins. Brit. iii., or for C. gemmiferella by Dr. Clemens. The cell is acutely 
closed, and toward its end the subcostal and median veins each give off 
three branches; while the apical vein, after giving off two branches to 
the dorsal margin, and then one to the costal margin, continues through 
the long cauda to its apex. 

The face, antennz, and palpi are white, and also the head, which has 
a faint purplish tinge, and the antenne and palpi are. marked with lon- 
gitudinal black lines. (These organs are slightly injured in the two 
specimens before me.) The legs also are white, the first two pair marked 
with black on their anterior surfaces; the hind legs only on the tibia. 
Vertex, thorax, and basal half of fore wings dark fuscous, with three white 
lines on the vertex (one on each eye and one on top); the wings with 
four white lines (one dorso-basal, one costo-basal, the other two on the 
disk, neither of them reaching the base, and the one nearest the costal 
margin being the longest); the costo-basal streak departs a little from 
the margin ; all four streaks end abruptly with the basal brown part, and 
beyond it the wing is yellow—almost golden-yellow—with an oblique 
white line along the base of the costal cilia, and three smooth tufts of 
brilliant metallic scales, one of which is near the costa, another on the 
disk a little farther back, and the third is before the dorsal cilia. Alar 
expansion four lines. Bosque County, Texas. 


ERIPHIA. 
E.? ALBALINEELLA, 2. sp. 

Having but a single specimen, I have not examined the neuration, 
but it is otherwise so near LH. concolorella Cham. in structure that I 
place it provisionally in this genns. Head and palpi blackish-brown, 
with a white line along the under surface of the palpi; antennze 
white; thorax and fore wings blackish-brown, with a basal white streak 
on the wings extending the length of the fold; another white streak 
leaves the costal margin near the base, and passes obliquely backward 
almost to the fold, and thence on, nearly parallel with the fold, to the 
end of the cell, where it almost meets the apex of another shorter oblique 
costal streak (or rather an indication of one) before the costal cilia; cilia 
white, with a dark brown, hinder marginal line; hind wings and their 
cilia and the abdomen purplish-fuscous; anal tuft whitish; legs white, 


96 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


marked with dark brown on their anterior surfaces. Alar expansion four 
lines. Bosque County, Texas. 


E.? NIGRILINEELLA, n. sp. 

Of this also I have but a single specimen, and place it provisionally 
in this genus. The hind wings are a little wider than in the preceding 
species. Head and palpi white, except that the second and third joints 
of the palpi have each two small black dots on the outer surface; an- 
tenne white. Thorax and fore wings white, with a short, blackish-brown, 
basal streak, which diverges from the costa, and nearly reaches the fold, 
and then passes backward, nearly parallel with the fold, nearly to the 
end of the cell and at a point nearly opposite to the beginning of another 
costal black streak placed just before the cilia, and which passes back- 
ward to the apex. The ornamentation of the fore wings is almost the 
reverse of the preceding species—white when that is black, black when 
that is white. Legs white, marked on their anterior surfaces with 
brown. Alur expansion three lines. Bosque County, Texas. 


ELACHISTA. 
E. TEXANELLA, n. Sp. 

Sordid pale yellowish-white, immaculate, or with faint fuscous micro- | 
scopic dustings. Alar expansion nearly one-third of aninch. JH. parvipul- 
vella Cham. has wider wings, is more creamy-white, and is distinctly dusted 
with brownish-ochreous, and has the outer surface of the palpi brownish. 
In texanella, the neuration of the hind wings approaches that of Cos- 
mopteryx; the subcostal vein passes straight through to the apical 
part of the wing, where it is deflected to the dorsal margin; it has no 
branches; the cell is unclosed; the median is furcate on the dorsal mar- 
gin about the middle, and there are two independent discal branches, 
which are indistinctly continued through the cell. Submedian and in- 
ternal distinct. Bosque County, Texas. 


Ki. STAINTONELLA, 2. Sp. 


White; the basal third of the costal margin of the primaries pale 

aelmesos: dusted with fuscous; apical half of primaries pale ochreous, 
dusted with fuscous, with a narrow white fascia before the apex posteri- 
orly angulated, or perhaps the wings are as well described as white 
with the apex, a wide irregular band just behind the middle (widest on 
the costa), and the basal third of the costal margin pale ochreous dusted 
with brownish; the cilia also are somewhat dusted. Hind wings pale 
fuscous, with pale ochreous or grayish-ochreous cilia. Alar expansion 
three lines. Texas. 
' Fore wings.—The subcostal vein goes to the apex, emitting three 
branches before the end of the cell, and becoming farcate before the 
apex; the median emits tbree branches before the end of the cell; and 
the fold is thickened. In the hind wings, the subcostal and median are 
each si:sply furcate. 


CHAMBERS ON NEW TINEINA. 97 


TISCHERIA. 


T. QUERCIVORELLA, Cham. Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 109. 
? T. quercitella, Frey, nec T. quercitella, Clem. 

I have not seen the specimens from which Frey described his species 
nor the single imperfect one from which Clemens prepared his descrip- 
tion. Frey thought his specimens belonged to Clemens’s species; but 
Frey’s description applies sufficiently well to the four 3 and two 2 before 
me, and which I cannot reconcile with Clemens’s account of his species. 
In quercivorella, the face, palpi, and antennze are very pale lemon-yellow, 
the vertex being darker—as dark as the fore wings. Clemens says of 
quercitella, “‘antenne, head, labial palpi, dark orange-yellow”’. In quer- 
civorella, the thorax and fore wings are lemon-yellow, with the costal 
margin more reddish, and becoming more so toward the apex, which is 
reddish-orange and somewhat dusted with darker scales. Clemens says 
of quercitella, ‘fore wings orange-yellow ; apical portion reddish-brown, 
dusted with dark brown”, and does not mention the reddish-orange hue 
of the costal margin. In quercivorella (both sexes), the dorso-apical 
cilia are paler than those of the apex, which, like those of the hind 
wings, and the entire hind wings themselves, except a fuscous patch at 
the base, are pale silvery-yellow; this fuscous patch and a similar one 
on the under side of the fore wings are peculiar to the male. In querci- 
tella, Clemens says the hind wings are “ pale yellowish, becoming reddish- 
brown toward the apex, and the apical cilia dark brownish”. This does 
not apply to quercivorella at all. I have quoted the whole of Dr. Clem- 
ens’s brief description. _ 

In quercivorella, the under side of the wings is paler than the upper, 
and does not become darker toward the apex, but has the costal mar- 
gin stained with fuscous on the fore wings. The thorax, abdomen, and 
legs are pale yellow, as also is the anal tuft; the front surface of the 
legs and the under side of the abdomen dusted with fuscous. Alar ex- 
pansion scant three-eighths of an inch. Kentucky and Texas. 


T. PRUINOSEELLA, Cham. 
I have received slightly injured specimens from Texas which I refer 
to this species, which is heretofore recorded only from Kentucky. 


T. LATIPENELLA, 2. sp. 


A single specimen (3) received from Texas is pale yellow or luteus, 
becoming more orange toward the tip of the fore wings; the hind wings 
are paler than the fore wings and thorax, being, in fact, nearly white. 
There is a small fuscous patch on the under side of the fore wings; noue 
on the hind wings! It is a little paler in color than T. quercivorella 
Cham., which it resembles in many respects, especially in size. But 
the striking peculiarity about it, that which gives it its distinctive 
character, is the extraordinary width and form of the hind wings. 
These, instead of being linear-lanceolate, and sharply pointed at the 

Bull. iv. No, 1—7 


98 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


apex, as is usual, are fully as.wide as the fore wings, and approach them 
in shape. The costal and dorsal margins are almost equally arched; 
each rounds off toward the apex almost equally at about the apical 
third of the wing, and the apex is rather obtuse. They are very un- 
like anything else I have met with in the genus; and if the species 
had been previously described, I think they could not have been over- 
looked. The specimen was not pinned when I received it, and therefore 
I cannot suspect that it was a manufactured species. It belongs no 
doubt to the Oak-feeding group. 

Possibly it may be T. zelleriella Clem., which I have not seen. Dr. 
Clemens says, ‘‘ Hind wings bluish-gray, tinted with yellow externally 
toward the tip.” ‘Bluish-gray” would hardly describe the color of 
the hind wings, which are of a very pale whitish-yellow; but this is 
the only Tischeria that I have seen which has the “hind wings tinted 
with yellow” along the costal margin “toward the tip”. But if it is 
that species, it is strange that Dr. Clemens has not directed attention 
to the extraordinary width.of the hind wings and their comparatively 
rounded apex. 

As above stated, I have but a single ¢ and no 2. Dr. Clemens’s 
description of the ¢ applies well enough, except in the particulars just 
stated; but he describes the supposed of zelleriella as something quite 
different, and he bred zelleriella from mines on the upper surface of Oak 
leaves. I have another species which I have labelled zelleriella?, and 
which I have bred frequently from mines on the upper surface of Oak 
leaves. This species agrees with Dr. Clemens’s account of zelleriella, 
except that the hind wings are not tinted with yellow, as above de- 
scribed in the ¢, and the hind wings of the gz, if they can be called 
bluish-gray, are very pale. The ? agrees better with Clemens’s descrip- 
tion of zelleriella 9. 

In this species, the abdomen is fuscous, the anal tuft yellow; there is 
no fuscous spot on the under surface of either pair of wings in either 
sex; the legs, palpi and face, and antennz are very pale lemon or 
whitish-yellow. In the 2,the fore wings are deep saffron or almost 
reddish-yellow, becoming deeper and more purple toward the apex, 
with the dorsal cilia paler; hind wings and cilia leaden-gray. The ¢ 
differs by being much paler yellow on the fore wings, and the hind wings 
are also paler and wider ; though not nearly so wide, and tapering much 
more gradually to the acute apex, than in latipenella, with which it other- 
wise agrees, except that it lacks the yellow tint along the apical part 
of the costa. It also differs from the ¢ by having the abdomen yellow 
instead of fuscous. The mine also seems to differ from that of zelleriella, 
being whitish, elongate, rather narrow, and the cuticle contracted, and 
it is placed indifferently at any part of the upper surface, whereas Dr. 
Clemens states that the mine of zelleriella is at first a white blotch, but 
subsequently becomes brown, and the margin of the leaf is curled. 

I have known this species for years, but hesitated to describe it as — 
new, lest it might prove to be zelleriella. I am, however, pretty well 


CHAMBERS ON NEW TINEINA. 99 


convinced that it is new, and suggest for it the name T.clemensella. It 
is the same species referred to by me as T. zelleriella? in Cin. Quar. 
Jour. Sci. ii. 110 (April, 1875). So far as I have been able to learn, 
there is no authentic specimen of zelleriella now extant, and we must 
content ourselves with Dr. Clemens’s brief description. 

. Messrs. Frey and Boll describe a species as zelleriella Clem., suggest- 
ing the name complanoides for it if it should prove distinct from zelle- 
riella. It is impossible to say whether complanoides = zelleriella or not; 
but complanoides has “the antenne, head, and breast vivid egg-yellow, 
of the same color as in the European species (complanella), and the fore 
wings of the same color”. In clemensella, the face, palpi, breast, and 
legs are paler than the fore wings, even in the ¢, and very much so in 
the 2; and, as I understand the description of complanoides, the base 
of the hind wings is darkened, which is not the case with this species. 
I do not recognize any species that I have seen in Dr. Clemens’s account 
of zelleriella, nor in that of complanoides by Frey and Boll. 


T. 2NIA, Frey & Boll. 


In a paper in the Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. i., I denied the distinctness 
of this species, which mines the leaves of Rubus villosus,from 7. mali- 
foliella Clem., which mines Apple leaves. The species had been long 
known to me before it was described by Frey and Boll as T. enia, and 
was referred to by me (loc. eit. ili. 208) as identical with malifoliella. Iam 
not now so certain that it is identical, and probably the greater num- 
ber of entomologists would concur with Frey and Boll in regarding it as 
a@ new species, or a phytophagic species or variety; and yet the only 
constant or material difference that I have observed is that 7. wnia is 
of a richer bronzed-brown, while malifoliella is of a duller dead brown. 
I have received from Mr. Belfrage, from Texas, a single specimen in 
good condition, and now in the museum at Cambridge, labelled 7. cenia?, 
the food-plant of which is unknown, and which seems to me to bear 
about the same relation to the Blackberry species that the latter does 
to the species from the Apple; that is, it is of a brighter, more brassy 
lustre than 7. enia from the Blackberry. It is a little smaller than 7. 
enia and T. malifoliella, which are of nearly the same size, and the face 
and palpi are of a different hue. It will probably prove to be a new 
species. They may all be regarded as ‘ phytophagic species”. 


T. PULVELLA, n. sp. ‘ 

_ Antenne pale ochreous; vertex whitish, stained with ochreous; face 
and palpi white; thorax and fore wings white, suffused with pale ochre- 
ous, and densely dusted with ochreous-fuscous, paler and less dusted 
beneath the fold; hind wings and cilia pale lead-color; under surface of 
fore wings ochreo-fuscous, that of the bind wings whitish; both wings 
wide for this genus. Abdomen whitish, dusted with fuscous; anal tuft 
yellowish-silvery; legs yellowish-white. Alar expansion four lines. 
Texas. : te 


100 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


LITHOCOLLETIS. 


Li. NECOPINUSELLA, n. sp. ? 


The nearest American congeners of this species are D. crategella Clem. 
and L. hageni Frey. The latter I know only through Professor Frey’s 
description. Possibly the insect before me may be that species, though 
I am unable to detect any trace of saffron-yellow in the ground-color of 
the fore wings, which are dark golden-brown; the third dorsal spot, 
which seems to be distinct in hagent, is here only indicated by its dark 
margin, there being no white scales; and the two last costal streaks do 
not cross the entire wing as they do in hageni,if I understand Pro- 
fessor Frey’s description of that species. 

It cannot be mistaken for crategella Clem., because the thorax and 
basal portion of the fore wing (except the costal margin) are white here, 
while in crategella they are golden-brown (marked, however, by median 
and dorsal basal white streaks, which are frequently continued on to 
the thorax); the face and palpi are here pure white, and the upper side 
of the antenne is darker fuscous than in crategella. (Dr. Clemens’s de- 
scription of crategella is not very accurate. He says, “Antenne, tuft, 
and front dark silvery-gray.” I should call the face and under side of 
the antennee silvery-white, while the tuft is rather a brownish than a 
silvery gray. Hemakes no mention whatever of the white streak which 
extends along the base of the dorsal margin as far as the basal fourth 
of the wing-length, nor of the apical black spot; and what he describes 
as “the streak of black scales in the middle of the wing at the apex, ex- 
tended backward between the streaks as far as the second dorsal and 
costal streaks”, is only the extended dark margins of the costal and — 
dorsal streaks, and frequently extend back to the apical spot.) 

This species is also larger than crategella, having an alar expansion of 
over four lines, whilst crategella varies from scarcely three to something 
over three and three-fourths; the third dorsal streak in crategella, though 
small, is distinct, while in this species it is only indicated by its dark 
margin; in this species, too, the dark margins of the first costal streak 
are produced to the base of the wing, the anterior dark margin separat- 
ing the narrow golden- brown pital’ portion from the wide white por- 
tion, and the posterior dark margin extending along the extreme costa. 
The second costal streak is a little more oblique in this species than in 
crategella, while the fourth is perpendicular to the margin here, and 
points obliquely forward in crategella. In this species, too, there is a 
brown ciliary apical streak extending out from the apical spot—some- 
thing like the hook in some species of Gracilaria—and this is the only 
American Lithocolletis thus far seen by me which possesses this peculiar 
mark ; the dorsal cilia are also tipped with brown; all the dark marks of 
the wings shine with a peculiar bluish-black lustre. But in all other 
respects the fore wings seem to be marked exactly as in crategella ; that 
is, the ground-color is brownish-golden, and the position and number of 


CHAMBERS ON NEW TINEINA. 101 


the marginal streaks are the same—three dorsal and four costal, the third 
dorsal minute, the second large, and the first very large, and the first 
costal very oblique. In this species, however, these marginal streaks 
are dark-margined on both sides, while in crategella it is only the first 
costal and first and second dorsal that are so margined, the others only 
dark-margined before. Apical spot circular, and hinder marginal line, 
as in crategella, at the base of the cilia. 

The hind wings and cilia dark lead-brown—darker than in crategeila. 
Abdomen fuscous, a little paler beneath, and tuft yellow. Legs and 
tarsi white, marked on the anterior surfaces with brown. Kentucky, 
early in May. : 


L. POPULIELLA, 2. sp. 

I have bred a few species from small tentiform mines on the under 
side of leaves of the Silver-leaf Poplar, which, though very distinct from 
argentinotella Clem. and L. 7 fitchella Clem., I place in the same group 
with them. It is perhaps nearer to Z. carpinicolella than to any of the 
other species figured in the Nat. Hist. Tin. 

Palpi, head, tuft, antennz, under surface of thorax, legs, and abdo- 
men pure snowy-white; upper surface of abdomen and fore wings pale 
golden: there are three white longitudinal streaks on the thorax (one 
median, and continuous with a dorso-basal white streak on the wings, 
the other two passing over the tegulze* and continuous with a median 
basal white streak on the wings); there is also a costo-basal white streak 
on the fore wings, and these three basal wing-streaks are of about equal 
jength, and less than one-fourth of the length of the wings. Immedi- 
ately bebind the dorso-basal streak, and scarcely distinct from it (prob- 
ably sometimes confluent with it), is the first dorsal streak, which 
approaches a square form, and is dark-margined before and above. 
Almost opposite to this dorsal streak, but a little behind it, is the first 
costal streak ; it is oblique, not pointed, and is dark-margined before. 
The second costal and second dorsal are opposite each other, the costal 
one being the largest of the two, triangular and dark-margined before. 
The third costal and third dorsal are nearly opposite, the costal being 
perhaps a little farther back, and being larger than the dorsal, and 
larger also than the second costal; both are dark-margined before. 
These are only the three dorsal streaks. The fourth costal is just be- 
fore the apex, points a little obliquely forward, and is margined behind 
by a small apical patch of brown dusting. Cilia white, with a brownish 
hinder marginal line at their base. Alar expansion one-fourth of an inch. 
Ohio and Kentucky. ' 


L. BIFASCIELLA, 2. sp. 


Tongue, palpi, and face silvery-white, the outer surface of the third 
joint of the palpi brown toward the tip, and the forehead tinged with 


*Following Burmeister, I have sometimes called these organs “‘ patagia”. 


192 BULLETIN. UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


saffron. Tuft pale saffron, darker toward its sides. Antenne silvery- 
white beneath, shining brown above. Thorax and fore wings deep red- 
dish-saffron, with two silvery:white fascia on the wings, dark-margined 
behind, each of which is pearly straight, one placed at about the basal 
third, the other behind the middle: immediately before the cilia are a 
costal and an opposite dorsal silvery-white streak, also dark-margined 
behind; apex densely dusted with brown, forming a large spot, which 
has a few white scales before it and others intermixed; cilia saffron, 
tipped with silvery-gray, and with a dark brown, hinder marginal line 
before:the tips. Hind wings and upper surface of the abdomen. dark 
fuscous. Under surface of the abdomen silvery-white, with a large yel- 
low spot on each side of each segment, and one on the under surface of 
each of the last three or four joints: anal tuft yellow, tipped with silvery. 

First (and second 2) pair of legs brown on their anterior, white on their 
posterior surfaces; the tarsi annulate with white; hind legs white, the 
tarsi annulate with fuscous, and a pale saffron spot on the outer surface 
of the tibia. Alar expansion scant four lines. 

Described from a single @ bred from a long, rather wide, and irregular 
mine on the upper surface of a leaf of the White Oak (Q. alba). The 
pupa was concealed under a white, silken web over the midrib, and the 
larva is unknown. 

It bears an evident, though not very close, relationship to L. obstric- 
tella Clem.; but in the latter, instead of the costal and dorsal spots before 
the cilia, there is a white fascia. But this alone would not be necessarily 
of specific value. The streaks are, however, a little differently placed ; 
and obstrictella has a whitish band near the tip of the antennz, which is ~ 
absent in this species; and Dr. Clemens makes no mention of the brown | 
outer surface of the third joint of the antennze, nor of the yellow spots 
on the abdomen. He simply says, “abdomen black”, and makes no 
mention of the palpi. But there is a more decided difference. The 
larva of obstricteila belongs to the cylindrical group, and makes a tenti-— 
form mine on the under surface of leaves of “‘ the Black Oak” (Q. tine- 
toria?). This mine is on the upper surface of White Oak leaves, and 
though the larva is unknown, the charaeter of the mine indicates that 
it belongs to the “flat” group. There are other differences, but these 
here indicated are sufficient. 

As compared with L. tubiferella Clem., to which the mine and the 
imago bear some resemblance, it is deeper reddish-saffron than twbiferella, 
which also has the tuft white, has no dorsal and no costal streak behind 
the fascia, and the apex is not dusted. It is more like ZL. guttifinitella 
Clem., or rather it is between obstrictella and guttifinitella ; but the latter 
always has the first fascia oblique toward the base of the costa, the 
costal and dorsal spots in the apical part of the wing pointing obliquely 
backward and smaller, and the dusting is scattered along the base of 
the cilia, rather than, as in this species, forming a spot which is white- 

margined before. By these characters, also, guttifinitella may be dis- 


CHAMBERS ON NEW TINEINA. 103 


tinguished from cincinnatiella Cham., though perhaps one might not find 
much difference in the published descriptions. JL. cincinnatiella is also 
more golden than saffron, with the dusting of the fasciz produced back 
along the middle of the wings. There are also other minute differences 
between the species mentioned, and there is no difficulty in dis- 
tinguishing bred specimens. 


L. AUSTRALISELLA, 2. sp. 


No basal streak nor apical spot on the fore wings, which are pale 
golden (about the color of L. argentinatella Clem.). There is no distinct 
hinder marginal line in the pale yellow cilia. The marks on the wings 
are, first, a small, white, dorsal streak: then an oblique, white, costal 
streak about the basal third of the wing-length; a silvery-white 
fascia about the middle, which is posteriorly angulated nearer to the 
costal than to the dorsal margin; a small, silvery-white, costal spot im- 
mediately before the cilia, and a longer dorsal one opposite to it, extend- 
ing obliquely backward; all of these marks are posteriorly dark-mar- 
gined, the dark margin of the last costal and dorsal streaks almost 
meeting in the apical part of the wing; apex dusted with dark brown on 
a white ground. Thorax pale golden, with a white streak from its 
anterior margin to.the apex. Head, tuft, palpi, and antenne silvery- 
white, each joint of the antennz dotted above with brown, and the basal 
joint pale golden above. Under surface of body, wings, and legs 
pale luteous, the legs stained with brownish on their anterior surfaces. 
Alar expansion three lines and one-half. Bosque County, Texas. 


L. BICOLORELLA, 7”. sp. 


Specimens of this species were bred by me three years ago from flat 
‘Mines and larve, on the upper surface of leaves of Quercus bicolor, and, 
without sufficient examination, were labelled in my cabinet ‘LZ. ulmella”. 
I am now satisfied that they are distinct species, though closely related ; 
bicolorella is between basistrigetla Clem. and ulmella Cham. The stripe 
along the dorsal margin of the primaries, which in basistrigella only 
extends about or but little over one-half of the wing-length, in bicolo- 
rella extends to the cilia, and in ulmella it is deflexed along the base of 
the cilia to the apex, and the oblique dorsal streak, which in basistrigella 
is placed at the end of the dorsal basal streak, is absent in both the 
other species. In this species there are two costal oblique streaks placed 
almost as in wlmella, which has three, and behind these two streaks 
there are three small white dots within the margin, and one of them 
touching the brown dusting which is placed along the base of the dorsal 
cilia, and the second costal streak has the tip margined with brown dust- 
ing. The wings, both in this species and in wlmella, are perhaps better 
described as yellowish-saffron than as pale golden. The head and palpi 
are white, the tuft with a little yellowish intermixed, and the antennz 
also are annulate with brown, asin wlmella. The abdomen is paler yellow 
than the wings, and tinged above with fuscous, and on the upper sur- 


104 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


face of the thorax has a white line from its anterior margin to its apex 

(uwlmella also has this line sometimes). Alar expansion as in ulmella. 

Kentucky. 
ACANTHOCNEMES, gen. nov. 

The species on which I found this genus is very near to Phyllocnistis 
Zell. As in that genus, the posterior tibiz are set around with spines or 
bristles, which in this species are also found on the basal tarsal joint 
(hence the generic name). It differs from Phyllocnistis as follows: the 
face is wider in proportion to its length, the antenne are much shorter, 
and the basal joint smaller, while the stalk is serrated toward its apex. 
The maxillary palpi are well developed, being as long as the first and second 
joints of the labial pair. In the dead insect, both pairs droop. The an- 
terior wings are more decidedly caudate than in Phyllocnistis ; more so 
in fact than in any species known to me, unless it be some species of 
Cosmopteryx ; and the neuration, while resembling that of Phyilocnistis 
more nearly than any other genus, is yet sufficiently distinct from it. 
The costal vein is short and indistinet; the subcostal is also very indis- 
tinct, and appears to run straight through the wing to the margin before 
the apex. The median vein, however, is very distinct, ranning through 
the middle of the wing and gradually disappearing in the * cauda” or 
produced apex, just before which it gives a branch to the costal margin; 
cell unclosed (?) (or discal vein oblique and subobsolete); there appears 
also to be a very indistinct branch from the median to the dorsal margin 
before the distinct one to the costal margin, so indistinct, indeed, that I 
am not sure that it represents a vein at all; submedian tolerably dis- 
tinct. Hind wings linear with the costal; submedian (?) and internal veins 
moderately distinct; the subcostal, obsolete at its base, becomes grad- 
ually more distinct as it passes to the extreme apex of the wing. Cilia 
of both wings long. . 3 

As I have examined the neuration of only a single specimen, and a 
single wing only of each pair, it may prove to be more distinct than I 
have found it. 

As shown by the following description, the ornamentation, while to 
some extent resembling that of Phyllocnistis, is yet of a different pattern. 


A. FUSCOSCAPULELLA, 2. sp. 

Head, palpi, basal antennal joint, anterior half of the thorax, and fore 
wings except at the base, silvery-white, faintly tinged with yellowish. 
Base of the fore wings and apical part of thorax fuscous. Antennal 
stalk yellowish. The brown base of the fore wings is posteriorly mar- 
gined by a narrow fascia of a more pure silvery-white than the remainder 
of the wings. Legs yellowish-fuscous on their anterior margins. Alar 
expansion a little over three lines. Bosque County, Texas. 


PHYLLOCNISTIS. 


P. ERECUTITISELLA, 2. Sp. 
Only the mine and larva are known. I have not succeeded in rearing 


CHAMBERS ON NEW TINEINA. 105 


the imago. I have known the mine for many years, but believed it to be 
Dipterous until the fall of 1876, when I found specimens containing the 
larva and others with the empty pupa case projecting from the mine. 


Kentucky. 
NEPTICULA. 


N. QUERCIPULCHELLA, %. sp. 


Closely allied to wnifasciella Cham. and equally as pretty. The larva 
is bright green, with a deeper green line of contents; it makes a long, 
narrow, winding, and gradually widening track, similar to that of N. 
quercicastanella Cham. in leaves of Quercus alba, and is, I believe, the 
only species of the genus which leaves an old mine to make a new one. 
From the structure of Nepiicule larve this would seem hardly possible, 
but I do not know how otherwise to explain the fact that I have taken 
a leaf containing a mine more than half finished, and which had evi- 
dently been but a little while unoccupied ; and on the same leaf, not an 
inch distant from it, was a new mine just begun, and yet containing a 
large larva almost fully grown, and which had evidently just reéntered 
the leaf; the mine not being more than twice as long as the larva, and 
in size answering exactly to the terminal portion of the empty mine, and 
being in all respects exactly like it. After continuing to feed until the 
new mine was something more than half an inch long, the larva left it, 
and spun its cocoon on the earth in the bottom of the breeding jar, and 
I bred the imago from it. The larva was well grown, certainly several 
days old, when it began the new mine, and came from somewhere, whether 
or not it came from the empty mine in the same leaf. The mine, larva, 
and insect are larger than in quercicastanella. 

The head is black; antennz fuscous; occiput, eyecaps, palpi, and 
feet yellowish-white, silvery ; thorax and fore wings deep blue-black (I 
think so, though it is exceedingly difficult in so small and resplendent 
a creature to get the correct hue), bronzed, and with purple and violet 
reflections; the fascia is behind the middle, silvery-white, and a little 
widest on the dorsal margin, and the wing behind the fascia is darker 
than before it, whilst the cilia are paler and less lustrous than the wing ; 
under surface of fore wing; cupreus-black, as also are the abdomen 
and legs. Alar expansion two lines. Imago, June 19, after only a week 
in the pupa state. Kentucky. 


N. JUGLANDIFOLIELLA, 2. sp. 


Dr. Clemens gave this name to a mine and larva observed by him in 
Walnut leaves; and as his description of the mine, as far as it goes, 
answers to the mines from which I bred this species, I adopt the name. 
I have, however, nearly always found several mines in the same leaflet 
at the same time, and very much contorted and frequently crossing each 
other. I did not observe that the larvex differed from other Nepticule 
Jarvz, though Dr. Clemens mentions its resemblance to the larva of a 
Dipteron. The mines are common in the latter half of June, and the 


106 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


moths emerge about the 1st of July. Dr. Clemens found some empty 
mines and some larve in August. 

. The imago resembles that of quercipulchella Cham., but is less re- 
splendent and smaller, scarcely measuring two lines in alar expansion. 
The occiput, eyecaps, and palpi are silvery yellowish-white ; the head 
brownish rusty-red; antenne fuscous; fore wings dark purple-brown, 
nearly black, but strongly purplish, with the cilia paler, and a pale 
golden or rather yellowish-silvery fascia behind the middle, which has 
its posterior margin straight and its anterior slightly concave. The 
first aud second pairs of legs are silvery yellowish-white, and the third 
pair is of the same hue with the fore wings, with the basal joints paler, 
and of the same hue with the under surface of the abdomen. Kentucky. 


N. LATIFASCIELLA, 1. Sp. 


Face pale rusty-yellowish ; vertex dark brown; palpi and basal joint 
of antenne (eyecap), thorax, a broad fascia about the middle of the 
fore wings, and the cilia silvery-white, tinged with pale yellowish (ex- 
cept the cilia). The tuft is rather small, the antenne are pale grayish- 
fuscous, tinged with silvery; the fascia is very broad, nearly straight 
on its anterior and convex on its posterior margin; the costal cilia are 
fuscous; upper surface of abdomen fuscous, lower pale grayish-fuscous, 
and the legs darker fuscous. Alar expansion two lines. 

As will be evident on comparison of this description with that of 
N. nigriverticella Cham. in Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 118, there are many 
points of close resemblance between them, although they are very dis- 
tinct species. It was taken resting on the trunks of Chestnut-trees 
(Castanea americana), the leaves of which were full of empty Nepticula 
mines, about the middle of August. Kentucky. 


N. BOSQUELLA, 2. Sp. 


Palpi and eyecaps white; antennz yellowish-fuscous; head deep 
black; thorax and fore wings pale creamy-white, dusted rather densely 
with fuscous; hind wings and cilia of both pairs yellowish-silvery; abdo- 
men brown on top; anal tuft yellowish-white; anterior and middle legs 
brown on their anterior surfaces; hind legs and under surface of abdo- 
men palecreamy-yellowish. Alar expansion four lines. Bosque County,’ 
Texas. 


ART. IV.—TINEINA AND THEIR FOOD-PLANTS. 


By V. T. CHAMBERS. 


The following is intended as a catalogue of plants which are fed upon 
by the Tineina within the limits of the United States and Canada so far 
as they are at present known. 

The best descriptions of these insects may fail to enable one to identify 
captured species, when, as frequently happens, two or three minute spe- 
cies differ only in a shade of color, or in the presence or absence of a 
mark of microscopic dimensions; but when the larvee, food-plants, and 
modes of larval and pupal life, with the character of the mines in 
mining species, are known, there need be little difficulty in recognizing 
bred specimens. With knowledge of an insect in these particulars, even 
avery imperfect description of the imago will usually enable us to recog- 
nize a species which has been bred from the larva, for although two 
species may resemble each other so closely that even the best written 
description may not enable us to determine which of the two it is, yet 
it will be a very rare occurrence that this close resemblance will hold 
good throughout its history as larva and pupa, including its food-plant, 
mode of feeding, larval case, or mine, or burrow, or mode of sewing or 
folding leaves, mode of pupation, cocoons, &c. The case is very rare 
that in all these respects two species approach each otber so clo ely 
that nothing distinctive and clearly marked is left of either. Yet, rare 
as they are, cases do sometimes occur where we are still left in doubt 
as to the distinct specific characters even of bred specimens, as, for 
instance, it may yet be considered doubtful whether Aspidisca splen- 
dorifuellu Clem., A. juglandiella Cham., A. diospyrielia Cham., and the 
species mentioned by Mr. Stainton as having been found by Lord Wal- 
singham mining Poplar leaves in Oregon, are distinct species, the chief 
reason for considering them distinct being the difference in food, it 
being a very unusual thing to find one of these little leaf-mining species 
feeding om so many and diverse plants. 

As to a great majority of the species, we are ignorant what they feed 
upon or whether they feed at all in the imago. With the exception of 
half a dozen species mentioned hereinafter, I have never seen any of 
these little species feeding upon anything except in the larval state. 

It is to aid in the identification of species that this catalogue has 
been prepared. A species having been bred, and the food-plant thus 
known, and its characters as larva or pupa, and its mode of feeding, 

107 


108 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


character of mine, &c., having been noted, and, better still, if it be 
recognized as belonging to any established genus, a reference to the 
catalogue will give the names of the species known to feed upon that 
plant; and a reference to the published accounts of those species will 
usually enable one to determine whether the species is new, or to recog- 
nize it if already made known. 

When only the larva is known, that fact is distinetly stated; when the 
food of the imago is known, that also is distinctly stated. In all other 
cases, the remarks refer to the food-plants of larva of which the imago 
also is known; and when the larva is a leaf-miner, the surface (upper 
or lower) mined is stated. 


MAGNOLIACE A. 


MAGNOLIA UMBRELLA (and probably some other Magnolias). 

The larva of Phyllocnistis magnoliewella Cham. makes a long, winding, 
linear, mine on either surface of the leaves. The imago is unknown, 
and it may prove to be P. liriodendronella Clem. 


LIRIODENDRON TULIPIFERA. Tulip-tree. 


The larva of Phyllocnistis liriodendronella Clem. makes a long, wind- 
ing, linear mine on either surface of the leaves. 


CRUCIFERA. 
BRASSICA OLERACEA. 
The larva of Plutella cruciferarum feeds on the under side of the leaves 
of Cabbage and some other plants of this order. 


TILLIACE. 


TILLIA AMERICANA. Basswood or Linden. - 

Lithocolletis lucetiella, Clem. Larva in tentiform mine in under sur- 
face of leaves. 

DI. tillieella, Cham. Larva in tentiform mine on upper surface of 
leaves. 

Coleophora tilliefoliella, Clem. Larva only is known. It lives ina 
case and feeds on the under side of leaves. 


ANACARDIACEA. 
RHUS, sp. ? 


Chrysocoris erythriella, Clem. The larva feeds on the fruit-racemes. 


RHUS TOXICODENDRON. Poison Oak or Poison Ivy. 

Lithocolletis guttifinitella, Clem. The larva feeds in a flat blotch mine 
in upper surface of the leaves. 

Gracilaria rhoifoliella, Cham. Larva at first mines, and then feeds 
externally, rolling the leaf. 


CHAMBERS ON FOOD-PLANTS OF TINEINA. 109 


RAUS, sp. 
Gelechia rhoifructella Clem. Larva feeds on fruit-racemes. 
Gracilaria rhovfoliella, Cham. Larva feeds as in ft. toxicodendron 
(supra). 
VITACEZ. 


Vitis. Various species of Grape. 


Phyllocnistis vitigenella, Clem. Larve make long, linear, winding 
Phyllocnistis vitifoliella, Cham. ) mines in upper surface of leaves. 


Antispila issabella, Clem. )  Larve in blotch mines in 
Antispila viticordifoliella, Clem. & Cham. \ upper surface of leaves, 
Antispila ampelopsifoliella, Cham. J} cutting out cases, in which 


they pass the pupa state on the ground. 


AMPELOPSIS QUINQUEFOLIA. Virginia Creeper. 
Phyllocnistis ampelopsiella, Cham. Larva in a white, convoluted mine 
on under (very rarely also on upper) surface of leaves. 
Antispila ampelopsifoliella, Cham. Larva in flat blotch mine in upper 
surface of leaves, cutting out a case in which it pupates on the ground. 


SAPINDACE. 


ANSCULUS GLABRA. Buckeye, or Horse Chestnut. 


Lithocolletis guttifinitella, Clem., var. esculisella, Cham. Larva in flat 
blotch mine in upper surface of leaves. 


ACERACE AL. 


ACER SACCHARINUM. Sugar Maple. 

Lithocolletis aceriella, Clem. Larva in a flat blotch mine in upper sur- 
face of leaves. 

Lithocolletis lucidicostella, Clem.) Larve in tentiform mines in under 

Ltthocolletis clemensella, Cham. 5 surface of leaves. 

Gracilaria packardella, Cham. Larva rolls the leaf downward into 
a conical figure. 
~ Incurvaria acerifoliella, Fitch. Larva in a blotch mine, from which it 
cuts out a case. 

Catastega aceriella, Clem. Larvaonlyis known. It at first mines the 
leaf, and afterward constructs a case of its “‘frass”. (Does not belong 
to Tineina ?) 


ACER GLABRUM. Mountain Bush Maple. 


Gracilaria acerifoliella, Cham. Larva curls the edge of the leaf down 
into a cone. 


NEGUNDO ACERODES. Box Elder. 
Gracilaria negundella, Cham. Larva curls down the edge of a leaf. 


110 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
CELASTRACEA. 


EUONYMUS ATROPURPUREUS (and other species?). Indian Arrow Root 
~ or Burning Bush. 
Hyponomeuta evonymellus, Schop. Larvee social in a large web, feed- 
ing on leaves. 
H wakarusa, Ganmer (? =H. evonymellus). 


CELASTRUS SCANDENS. Bitter Sweet, or Staff-tree. 
Adela bella, Cham. Imago on the flowers in May and June. Larva 


unknown. 
LEGUMINOS%. 


GLEDITSCHIA TRIACANTHUS. Honey Locust. 
Laverna? gleditschiewella, Cham. Larva burrows in the thorns. 
Helice pallidochrella, Cham.) The larve of these species no doubt 
Agnippe biscolorella, Cham. feed in some way on this tree. <A larva (of 
one of them ?) feeds in the ‘‘ honey” inside the seed-pods. 


CERCIS CANADENSIS. Judas-tree, or Redbud. 
Gelechia cercerisella, Cham. Larva sews together the leaves. 


THERMOPSIS FABACEA var. MONTANA. . - 
Gracilaria thermopsella, Cham. Larva in a flat, irregular mine in 
upper surface of leaves. 


DESMODIUM, sp.? Tick Trefoil. 


Iithocolletis desmodiella, Clem. Larva in a small tentiform mine in 
under surface of the leaves. ; 
Gracilaria desmodifoliella, Clem. Larva at first mines, and then rolls 
the leaf. 

Gracilaria (Parectopa) robiniella, Clem. Larva in a flat, digitate mine 
in upper surface of leaves. 

_ Gelechia desmodifoliella, Cham. Larva only is known. It feeds on the 
flowers. 

Gelechia, sp.? The larva only is known. It feeds in a silken tube on 
the under side of the leaves. 


LESPEDEZA, sp. ? | 
Gracilaria (Parectopa) lespedezwfoliella, Clem. Larva in flat, acutely 
digitate mine in upper surface. 


TRIFOLIUM PRATENSE. Jed Clover (and other species ?). 


Gelechia roseosuffusella, Clem. Larva mines the leaves. 
Anaphora agrotipennella, Grote. Larva feeds in clover-sod. 


AMORPHA FRUTICOSA. False Indigo. 
Walshia amorphella, Clem. Larva burrows in the stem. 


CHAMBERS ON FOOD-PLANTS OF TINEINA. ~ 111 


LTithocolletis amorpheella, Cham. Larva in tentiform mine on under 
side of leaves. 
Gelechia amorpheella,Cham. Larva sews together the terminal leaves. 


ROBINIA PSEUDACACIA. Black Locust. 
ROBINIA ViscosaA. Clammy Locust. 
ROBINIA HISPIDA. Rose Acacia. 

Lithocolletis robiniella, Clem. Larva in white tentiform mine on both 
surfaces of the leaflets. 

Lithocolletis ornatella, Cham. Larva in yellowish blotch mines on both 
surfaces. | 

Gracilaria (Parectopa) robiniella, Noite Larva in flat digitate mines 
on upper surface. 

Gelechia pseudacaciella, Cham. Larva feeds externally on the leaves 
and also in the mines of Lithocolletis robiniella. 

Xylesthia clemensella, Cham. Larva bores in dead Locust timber, 
posts, &e. 


AMPHICARP4A MONOICA. Hog Peanne. 

Lithocolletis amphicarpewella, Clem. & Cham. Larva in white tentiform 
mine in under surface. 

Leucanthiza amphicarpeefoliella, Clem. Larva in flat mine in upper 
surface. 


GLYCYRRHIZA LEPIDOTA. Licorice-plant. 
Gelechia glycyrrhizeella, Cham. Larva sews together the terminal 


leaves. 
ROSACEA. 


CERASUS SEROTINA. Wild Cherry. 

Lithocolletis crateg gellgs Clem. Larva in tentiform mine in under sur- 
face of leaves. ; 

Aspidisca splendoriferella, Clem. Larva in a minute flat mine in 
August, and later cuts out a case, in which it pupates. 

Ornic prunivorella, Cham. Larva at first in a tentiform minein under 
surface of leaves, at the margin ; leaves the mine to pupate. 

- Coleophorapruniella, Clem. Imago unknown ; the larva lives in a case 
which it attaches to the leaves. 

Nepticula ? prunifoliella. Insect unknown. Dr. Clemens gave the 
name to an unknown larva, possibly Dipterous, which makes a crooked, 
linear mine on the upper surface of the leaves. Possibly it is identical 
with the next species. _ 

Nepticula serotinwella, Cham. Larva makes a red, crooked, linear 
mine in the upper surface of the leaves. 

Machimia tentoriferella, Clem. Imago unknown; the larva lives in a 
web on the under side of a leaf. 


112 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


PRUNUS AMERICANA. Red Wild Plum. 


Lithocolletis crategella, Clem. Larva as in Cerasus serotina (supra). 

Anarsia pruniella, Clem. Larva feeding in woody exerescences. 

Evippe prunifoliella, Cham. Larva feeds under the tip of the leaf, 
turned down. 

Aylesthia pruniramiclla, Clem. Larva feeds in woody excrescences. 
There is also a larva of an uuknown species which makes a linear mine, 
ending in a bloteh, and which leaves the mine to pupate. 


AMELANCHIER CANADENSIS. June- or Serviceberry. 


Orniz quadripunctella, Clem. Larvaina tentiform mine in the leaves. 
Nepticula amelanchierella, Clem. Larva makes a linear, crooked mine 
in the leaves; imago unknown. 


CraAT cus, different species. Blackthorn, Hawthorn. 


Lithocolletis crategella, Clem. Larva and mine as in Cerasus serotina 
(supra). 

Aspidisca splendoriferella, Clem. Larva and mine as in Cerasus sero- 
tna (supra). 

Tischeria malifoliella, Clem. Larva in a flat, trumpet-shaped, yellow- 
ish mine in upper surface of leaves. 

Ornix crategifolieila, Clem. Larva in tentiform mine on under side of 
leaves. 

Ornix inusitatumella, Cham. Larva in white flat mine, specked with 
‘“‘frass”, in upper surface; pupates in the mine. 

Nepticula crategifoliella, Clem. Larva in a crooked, linear mine in 
upper surface of leaves; imago unknown. 


PYRUS CORONARIA. Fragrant Crab. 
Lithocolletis crategella, Clem. Larva as in Cerasus serotina (supra). 
Tischeria malifoliella, Clem. Larva as in Crategus (supra). 
Aspidisca splendoriferella, Clem. Larva as in Cerasus serotina (supra). 
PYRUS MALUS. Apple. 


Bucculatrix pomifoliella, Clem. Larva at first a miner, then feeds 
externally. As to other species, see Pyrus coronaria (supra). 


PYRUS COMMUNIS. Common Pear. 

Lathocolletis nidificansella, Packard. Said to mine the leaves; is most 
probably a Lyonetia. 
CYDONIA VULGARIS. Common Quince. 
CYDONIA JAPONICA. Japan or Flowering Quince. 

Inthocolletis cratcgella, Clem. Larva and mine as in Cerasus serotina 
(supra). 
Rosa. Various species of Rose. 


Coleophora rosafoliella, Clem. Larva ina case feeds on leaves of Rosa 
centifolia. 


-CHAMBERS ON FOOD-PLANTS OF TINEINA. 113 


Coleophora rosacella, Clem. Larva in a case feeds on leaves of Sweet- 
brier. 
Tischeria roseticola, Frey & Boll. Larva mines the leaves. 
Nepticula rosefoliella, Clem. Larva makes crooked, linear mines in 
leaves. 
.Gelechia rosceella, Cham. Imago unknown. Larva feeds in seed-cap- 
sules. 


AGRIMONIA EUPATORIA. 


Gelechia agrimoniella, Clem. The larva rolls the leaves and feeds on 
them. 


RUBUS VILLOSUs. Blackberry. 

Tischeria enia, Frey & Boll. - Larva makes a flat, somewhat trumpet- 
shaped, mine in upper surface of leaves. 

Nepticula rubifoliella, Clem. Larva makes a linear crooked mine in 
the upper surface of the leaves. ; 


RUBUS OCCIDENTALIS. Raspberry. 
RUBUS CANADENSIS. Dewberry. 
Tischeria cenia. See kubus villosus (supra). 


ONAGRACEZ. 


CENOTHERA (various species). Primrose. 
Laverna enotherwella, Cham. ==? Phyllocnistis magnatella, Zell. Larva 
burrows in the stalk of Ginothera missouriensis. 
Laverna enothereseminella, Cham. Larva feeds in the seeds. 
Laverna circumscriptella, Zell. Warva feeds in the seeds. 
Laverna murtfeldtella, Cham.- Larva feeds on the flowers. 


GROSSULACEA. 
Rives. Currant. 


Gelechia ribesella, Cham. Larva folds and feeds on leaves of the Rocky 
Mountain Red Currant. 

Gracilaria ribesella, Cham. Same food-plant, and feeds in the same 
way with Gelechia ribesella. Imago unknown. 


SAXIFRAGACEA, 


HYDRANGIA RADIATA. Wild Hydrangia. 


Antispila hydrangieella, Cham. Larvain small blotch mine; cuts out 
a case in which it descends to the ground to pupate. 


HAMAMELACEZ. 


HAMAMELIS VIRGINICA. Witch Hazel. 


Gracilaria superbifrontella, Clem. Larva at first a miner, afterward 
feeds externally, rolling the leaf into a cone. 


Bull. iv. No. 1—8 


114 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Lithocolletis, sp.? Only the larva is known. It is possibly L. aceri- 
ella Clem., and makes a flat mine in the upper surface. 

Catastega hamameliella, Clem. Imago unknown. The larva is at first 
a miner, and then makes a tube of “‘frass”, in which it dwells. 


LIQUIDAMBAR STYRACIFLUA. Sweet Gum. 


Phyllocnistis liquidambarisella, Cham. Larva in along, winding, linear 
mine in upper surface. 


CORNACEZ. 
CORNUS FLORIDA. Dogwood. 
Antispila cornifoliella, Clem. Larva in a blotch mine; afterward 
cuts out a case, in which it pupates on the ground. 
NYSSA MULTIFLORA. Gum-tree. 7 


Antispila nyssefoliella, Clem. Larval habits as in A. cornifoliella 
(supra). 

Nepticula nysswella, Clem. Imago unknown. The larva makes a 
crooked, linear mine in the upper surface. 


CAPRIFOLIACEZ. 


LONICERA SEMPERVIRENS. Honeysuckle. 


Inthocolletis trifasciella?, Haw. Larva makes a tentiform mine in 
under side of leaves. 


SYMPHORICARPA VULGARIS. Waxberry, or Indian Currant. 
LIithocolletis trifasciella, Haw. (Vid. Lonicera supra.) 
Lithocolletis symphoricarpeella, Cham. Larve in tentiform mines in 
under side ot leaves. 
VIBURNUM OPULUS. Snowball. 


Coleophora viburneella, Clem. Imago unknown. Larva in a case 


feeding on the leaves. 
RUBIACEA. 


OEPHALANTHUS OCCIDENTALIS. Button-bush. 


Laverna cephalanthiella, Cham. The larva at first in a small, some- 
what trumpet-shaped mine beginning at the midrib; afterward leaves 
it, and makes one or more larger ones nearer the edge of the leaf. 


COMPOSITA. 
Suborder TUBULIFLORZ&. 
Tribe VERNONIACE A. 


VERNONIA (various species). Iron-weed. 


Coleophora vernonieella, Cham. Imago unknown. Larva in a very 
long, slender case, feeding on the leaves. 


CHAMBERS ON FOOD-PLANTS OF TINEINA. 115 
Tribe HUPATORIACEA. 


EUPATORIUM AGERATOIDES. ‘Boneset. 

Depressaria eupatoriiella, Cham. Larva feeds on under side of the 
leaves, which it wrinkles or slightly folds. 

Gracilaria eupatoriiella, Cham. Larva makes a large tentiform mine 
in under surface of leaves, the cuticle becoming wrinkled and contracted 
over the mined space. 

Nothris eupatoriiella, Cham. Larval habits similar to those of De- 
pressaria eupatoriiella (supra). 


Tribe ASTEROIDE 2. 


ASTER (various species). Starworts. 

Gracilaria astericola, Frey & Boll. Larva mines and afterward rolls 
the leaves. 

Butalis matutella, Clem. Larva in a web on under side of leaves, 
from which it mines out the parenchyma, feeding between the upper 
and lower cuticle. Imago with B. flavifrontella and Coleophora corru- 
scipennella Clem. on the flowers. 


ERIGERON (various species?). Flea-bane. 


Gracilaria erigeronella,Cham. Larva inatentiform under-side mine; 
leaves the mine to pupate. 


SoOLIDAGO (various species?). Golden-rod. 
Tischeria solidaginisella, Clem. Larvain a blotch mine in upper sides. 
Gelechia gallesolidaginis, Riley. Larva burrows in the stem, making 
a fusiform swelling. 
Tribe SENECIONID 4. 


AMBROSIA TRIFIDA. Horse- or Hog-weed. 

LTithocolletis ambrosicella, Cham. Larva in tentiform mine in under 
side of leaves. 

Bucculatrix ambrosiceella, Cham. Larva, when very young, a miner; 
afterward feeds externally on the leaves. 

Tischeria ambrosicella, Cham.) Larvain blotch mines,with an opaque 

Tischeria heliopsisella, Cham. ae from which the imago emerges. 
In one species, the nidus is on the upper, in the other on the lower sur- 
face of the leaf. 

Butalis matutella, Clem. See under Aster (supra). 

Gelechia ambrosicella, Cham. Larva feeds in the seed. 


AMBROSIA ARTEMISIFOLIA. Rag-weed. 

Tischeria ambrosiefoliella, Cham. Larva in a blotch mine at the mar- 
gin of the leaf. 
_ Cryptolechia, sp.? (undescribed). Possibly C. quercicella, Clem. 
Larva feeds on the leaves externally. 


116 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Gelechia dubitella, Cham. Larva folds a leaf so as to form a case, in 
which it feeds. 
Gelechia chambersella, Murtfeldt. Larvafeeds externally on the leaves. 


HELIOPSIS (various species). Oxeye. 
Tischeria heliopsisella, Cham. Larval habit as in Ambrosia trifida 
(supra). 
HELIANTHUS (various species). Sunflowers. 
Lithocolletis ambrosieella, Cham. Larval habit as in Ambrosia trifida 
(supra). 
Lithocolletis helianthivoretla, Cham. Larval habits as in the last 
species (ambrosiwella); that is, it lives in a tentiform under-side mine. 
Glyphipteryx montisella, Cham. Imago’ found on the flowers in Au- 
gust. Larva unknown. 
ERECHTITES HIERACIFOLIUS. Fire-weed. 
Phyllocnistis erechtitisella, Cham. Imago unknown. Larva in a long, 
narrow, linear, winding mine in upper surface of the leaves. 
AQUIFOLIACE. 
ILEX oPpACA. Holly.* 
Cryptolechia cryptolechiella, Cham. Larva sews together the leaves. 
(Having only a leaf, I am not certain of the plant.) 
EBENACEA. 


-DIOSPYROS VIRGINIANA. Persimmon. 
Aspidisca diospyriella, Cham. Larva in a minute blotch mine, from 
which it cuts out a case in which it pupates. 
PRIMULACH A. 


LYSIMACHIA LANCEOLATA. Loose-strife. 


Lithocolletis lysimachicella, Cham. Imago unknown. Larvaina small 
tentiform mine in under surface of leaves. 


LABIAT A. 


SCUTELLARIA (various species). Skullcap. 


Gelechia scutellarieella, Cham. Larva ina case attached to the under 
side of the leaves, and from which it mines out the parenchyma between 


the cuticles. 
CONVOLVULACEA. 


IPOMEA and PHARBITES (various species). Morning Glory. 
Bedellia sonnulentella, Stainton. Larva makes a web on under side 


*In Washington, D. C.,in January, I have found empty mines of two species of Ti- 
neina, both of which are undescribed. They were found in leaves of different species 
of Holly. One mine is probably that of a Lithocolletis larva, of the flat group, in leaves 
of I. opaca. The other is probably that of a Nepticula, and was in leaves of another 
species. 


CHAMBERS ON FOOD-PLANTS OF TINEINA. 117 


of the leaves, from which it eats out the parenchyma between the cuticles. 
(Similar to the habit of Butalis matutella on leaves of Ambrosia trifida 
and Asters.) 

’ SOLANACEA, 


SOLANUM CAROLINENSE. Horse Nettle. 
Gelechia solaniiella, Cham. Larva in a small blotch mine. 


PHYSALIS VISCosA. Ground Cherry. 

Gelechia physaliella, Cham. Larva in a tentiform mine in the under 
surface. 

Gelechia physalivorella, Cham. Larva feeds on the leaves in a way not 
yet discovered. A larva, probably of a Laverna, burrows in the stem in 
Colorado, causing a fusiform swelling. 


NYCTAGINACEAL. 
ABRONIA FRAGRANS. 


Lithariapteryx abronicvetia, Cham. Larva mines the leaves, frequently 
leaving one mine to make another. Imago common about the plant in 
July and August in Colorado. 


CHENOPODIACE. 


CHENOPODIUM and ATRIPLEX. Goosefoot. 


Gelechia hermanella, Fab. Larva mines the leaves, making an irregu- 
lar, somewhat serpentine, track, with scattered “frass”. 


LAURACEE. 


SASSAFRAS OFFICINALE. Sassafras. 
Gracilaria sassafrasella, Cham. Larva, when very young, mines the 
leaves; older, it rolls them downward. 


ULMACE. 

ULMUS AMERICANA. Elm. 

Lithocolletis argentinotella, Clem. Larva makes a tentiform mine in 
the under side of the leaves; rarely in the upper side. 

Lithocolletis ulmella, Cham. Larva makes a flat mine in the upper | 
side of the leaves. 

(Argyresthia austerella Zeller, I am convinced, feeds in some way on 
it; and in latter May and in June the imago may be found about the 
trees.) 


CELTIS OCCIDENTALIS. Hackberry. 


Ltthocolletis celtisella, Cham. Larva in a‘blotch mine showing about 
as plainly on one surface as on the other. Very abundant. 


118 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Lithocolletis celtifoliella, Cham. Larva in a tentiform mine in the 
under surface. Very rare. 


PLATANACEA. 


s 
PLATANUS OCCIDENTALIS. Sycamore, Buttonwood, Plane-tree. . 
) Larva of these three species in the 
upper surfaces of leaves. For descrip- 


Nepticula platea, Clem. 


Nepbicute dancin Gee 4dr of the mines and species see Can. 

Nepticula clemensella, Cham. Ent. v. 125. 

Cirrha platanella, Cham. Larva feeds on the under side of the leaves, 
and pupates in a tube composed of silk and the down from the leaves. 
There is also an unknown larva, which makes a large mine, exactly like 
that made by Coriscium albanotella Cham. in Oak leaves. 


JUGLANDACEZ. 


JUGLANS NIGRA. Black Walnut. 


Lithocolletis caryefoliella, Clem. Larva in irregular blotch mine in 
upper surface of leaves. (ZL. juglandiella Clem. is the same species.) 

Gracilaria blandella, Clem. Larva when small in a linear whitish 
mine in upper surface of leaves; afterward feeding and pupating under 
the edge of the leaf turned down. 

Gracilaria juglandisnigreella,Cham. WUarva at first mining the leaves 
beneath ; afterward feeding and pupating under the edge turned up. 

Aspidisca juglandiella, Cham. Larva in a very small blotch mine, 
from which it cuts out a case in which it pupates. 

Nepticula juglandifoliella, Cham. (& Clem.?). Larva in small, linear, 
crooked mines; many on a leaf sometimes. Mine in upper surface. 


JUGLANS CINEREA. Butternut. 
Lnthocolletis caryefoliella, Clem. As in Juglans nigra (supra). 


CARYA ALBA. Hickory. 


LItthocolletis carycefoliella, Clem. See under Juglans nigra (supra). 

Lithocolletis carycalbella, Cham. Larva in a tentiform mine in the 
under surface of the leaves. 

Aspidisca lucifluella, Clem. Larva in a small blotch mine, from which 
it cuts out its pupal case. 

Coleophora caryefoliella, Cham. (& Clem.?). Larva feeds in a cylin- 
drical case attached to the under surface of the leaves. 

Nepticula caryefolella, Clem. Imago unknown. Larva in a linear 
crooked mine on the upper side of the leaves. 

Ypsolophus carycefoliella, Cham. Larva sews together the leaves. 

Gracilaria, sp.? (probably G. blandella Clem.). Imago unknown. 
The larva when young makes a linear whitish mine in the upper sur- 
face of the leaves. 


CHAMBERS ON FOOD-PLANTS OF TINEINA. 119 


CUPULIFERE. 


QUERCUS. Oak (various species). 


(Different species of Oak are so frequently fed on by the same larve, 
that I have not attempted to arrange them according to the botanical 
species, Since that would cause too frequent repetition of the accouut of 
each larva. I have therefore arranged them simply as miners of the 
upper and lower surfaces of the leaves, with an occasional note as to 
the species of Oak fed upon by the larva. The species which feed ex- 
ternally are arranged separately, following the leaf-mining species.) 


Leaf-miners_of the upper surface. 


LIithocolletis cincinnatiella, Cham. Yellowish blotch mine. 

LInthocolletis hamadryadella, Clem. Whitish blotch mine. 

Inthocolletis tubiferella, Clem. Mines somewhat like the track 

Lithocolletis bifasciella, Cham. made by a drop of water as to form. 

Lnthocolletis bicolorella, Cham. Yellowish blotch mine, like that of 
LD. ulmella in Elm. 

Lithocolletis unifasciella, Cham. )  Irregularyellowish blotch mines, 

Lithocolletis bethuneella, Cham. ‘+ smaller than that of cincinnatiella, 

Lithocolletis castanecella, Cham. \ and usually in Red or Black Oaks. 

Tischeria zelleriella, Clem. 

Tischeria pruinoseella, Cham. 

Tischeria castanecella, Cham. 

Tischeria badviella, Cham. 

Tischeria quercivorella, Cham. 

Tischeria quercitella, Clem. 

Tischeria citrinipennella, Clem. 

Tischeria complanoides, Frey & Boll. (Doubtful species.) 

Tischeria concolor, Zeller. (Food-plant uncertain.) 

Tischeria tinctoriella, Cham. 

Nepticula platea, Clem. 2 Imago unknown. Larve of both in 

Nepticula anguinella, Clem. § crooked, linear mines. 

Nepticula quercipulchella, Cham. ) 

Nepticula quercicastanella, Cham. + Larve in crooked, linear mines. 

Nepticula saginella, Clem. \ 

Coriscium. Imago unknown. The larva, in Colorado, makes a Jarge 
tentiform mine in the upper side of the leaves, which is almost a fac- 
simile of that made in the Ohio Valley by the larva of Coriscium albano- 
tella, Cham. in the under surface of the leaves. 

Coleophora querciella, Clem. Imago unknown. The larva lives in a 
case which it attaches to the leaves. 

Catastega timidella, Clem. Imago unknown. Larva at first mines the 
leaves, and afterward lives in a tube made of “frass”. (?Not a Tineina.). 


129 BULLETIN UNITED STATES. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
/ 
Leaf-miners of the under surface. 


Lithocolletis quercitorum, Frey & Boll. } 

Lithocolletis fitehella, Clem. 

Lithocolletis basistrigella, Clem. | 

Lithocolletis ceriferella, Clem. 

Lithocolletis quercipulchella, Cham. 

Lnthocolletis quercialbella, Cham. .  \ Tentiform mines. 
Lithocoltletis fuscocostella, Cham. 

Lithocolletis albanotella, Cham. : | 

Lithocolletis obstrictella, Clem. 

Lithocolletis hageni, Frey & Boll. | 

Lithocolletis argentifimbriella, Clem. 5 

Lithocolletis intermedia, Frey & Boll. Doubtful species. 
Lithocolletis mirifica, Frey & Boll. Doubtful species. 
Ornix quercifoliella, Cham. Under edge of leaf turned down. 
Coriscium albanotella, Cham. Large tentiform mine. 


The following species either roll, fold, or sew the leaves together :-— 
Ypsolophus querciella, Cham. 

Gelechia querciella, Cham. 

Gelechia quercinigreella, Cham. 

Gelechia quercivorella, Cham. 

Gelechia quercifoliella, Cham. 

Cryptolechia quercicella, Clem. 

Machimia tentoriferella, Clem. Larva in a web. 


The following species feed in galls :— 

Ypsolophus querctpomonella, Cham. 

Gelechia galleegenitella, Clem. 

Hamadryas bassettella, Clem. 

Blastobasis glandulella (Holcocera glandulella Riley) feeds in acorns. 


CASTANEA AMERICANA. Chestnut. 


Inthocolletis castanewella, Cham. Larva in a blotch upper-surface 
mine in the leaves. 

LTithocolletis, sp.? Imago unknown. Larva in tentiform mine in 
under surface of leaves. 

Bucculatria trifasciella, Clem. The larva probably feeds on it. 

Tischeria castanecella, Cham. Larva mines the upper surface of the 
leaves. ; 

Nepticula castanefoliella, Cham. Larva in crooked, linear mines in 
the upper surface. 


FAGUS SYLVATICA. Beech. 


Oryptolechia faginella, Cham. The larva sews together the leaves in 
August and later. 


CHAMBERS ON FOOD-PLANTS OF TINEINA. 121 
4 4 


CORYLUS AMERICANA. Hazel. 

Itthocolletis coryliella, Cham. Larva in a nearly circular blotch mine 
in the upper surface. 

Nepticula corylifoliella, Clem. Imago unknown. Larva in a linear, 
crooked mine in the upper surface. 

Gelechia coryliella, Cham. Imago unknown. Larva in the male cat- 
kins in autumn. 

Hyale coryliella, Cham. Larva in a web on under surface of the leaves. 


OSTRYA VIRGINICA. Iron Wood or Hornbeam. 


Lithocolletis obscuricostella, Clem. Larva in tentiform mines in un- 

Lithocolletis ostrycefoliella, Clem. der side of leaves. 

Lithocolletis coryliella, Cham. See under Corylus (supra). 

LTithocolletis triteniaella, Cham. Larva in roundish blotch mine in 
upper surface of the leaves. 

Hea ostryceella, Cham. Larva in a flat mine between two ribs, with 
a row of “‘frass” on each side. 

Aspidisca ostryefoliella, Clem. Imago unknown. Larva in a minute 
blotch mine in upper surface of leaves, from which it cuts out its pupal 
case. : 

Nepticula ostrycfoliella, Clem. Imago unknown. Larve make 

Nepticula virginiella, Clem. linear, crooked mines in upper sur- 
face of leaves. 

Gracilaria ostryeella, Cham. Imagounknown. The larva when very 
small makes a linear, whitish mine in the upper surface of the leaves. 

Coleophora ostrye, Clem. Imago unknown. The larva lives in acase 
and feeds on the under surface of the leaves. 


CARPINUS AMERICANA. Waterbeech, Hornbeam. 
Lithocolletis coryliella, Cham. See under Corylus. 


BETULACEA. 
ALNUS. Alders. 


Lithocolletis alnivorella, Cham. : ‘ ; : 
Larve in tentiform mines in 


Lnthocolletis alnifoliella, Hiibner. Pie aioe eee 


Lathocolletis auronitens, Frey & Boll. 


Gracilaria alnicolella, Cham. When very young, the larve mine 

Gracilaria alnivorella, Cham. the leaves; when older, they roll them 
downward, alnicolella from the tip, alnivorella from the side. 

Lyonetia alniella, Cham. The larva makes a large brownish blotch 
mine in the leaves. 


SALICACEA. 
SALIX (various species). Willows. 


Lithocolletis salicifoliella, Cham. (& Clem.?). Larva in a tentiform 
mine in the under surface of leaves. 


122 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Gracilaria salicifoliella, Cham. Larva in a blotch mine in upper sur- 
face of the leaves. 

Gracilaria purpuriella, Cham. Larva rolls the leaves from the tip so 
as to form a cone. 

Cemiostoma albella, Cham. Larve in large blackish blotch mines. 

Aspidisca saliciella, Clem. & Cham. Larva in a minute blotch mine, 
from which it cuts out its pupal case. 

Nepticula fuscotibicella, Clem. Larva in a linear mine bent back on 
itself. 

Nepticula. ‘Two unknown species make narrow, linear, crocked mines, 
one of which is in the upper and the other in the lower surface of the 
leaves. 

Marmara salictella, Clem. Larva burrows in young twigs. 


Batrachedra preangusta, Haw. The specific distinctness of 
Batrachedra salicipomonella, Clem. + the insects described under these 
Batrachedra striolata, Zeller. 3} names seems to me not suffici- 


ently established. B. salicipomonella was bred from galls made by other 
insects on Willows. The mode of feeding of the others is not satisfac- 
torily determined. 
Gelechia salicifungella, Clem. 
Gelechia fungivorella, Clem. 
Gelechia, sp.?, Imago unknown. The larva sews together Willow 
leaves at great elevations in the Rocky Mountains. 


Larve in galls made by Cynips. 


POPULUS (various species). Poplars, Aspens, Cottonwood. 

Cemiostoma albella, Cham. See under Salix. 

Batrachedra preangusta, Haw. 

Batrachedra salicipomonella, Clem, + See under Salix. 

Batrachedra striolata, Zeller. ( 

Aspidisca sp.? Makes a minute mine in Aspen leaves in Oregon. 
Possibly it is A. splendoriferella Clem. 

Gracilaria populiella, Cham. Larva rolls Aspen leaves in the Rocky 
Mountains. 

G. purpuriella, Cham. Larva mines leaves of Silver-leaf Poplar. See 
under Salix. 

Lnthocolletis populiella, Cham. Larva in a SSG mine in under 
side of leaves of Silver-leaf Poplar. 

A larva of an unknown Nepticula (?) mines leaves of Cottonwoods in 
Colorado. 

A larva, possibly not Lepidopterous, mines Cottonwood leaves at the 
tip in the upper surface in Colorado. 


LILIACH A. 


Yucca (various species?). Soapweed, Spanish Bayonet, Bear’s Grass. 


Pronuba yuccasella, Riley. Larva feeds in the ovary on the seed. 
Imago found in the flowers. 


CHAMBERS ON FOOD-PLANTS OF TINEINA. 123 


SMILACE. 


SMILAX GLAUCA. Greenbrier, Sarsaparilla. 
Phyllocnistis smilacisella. Imago unknown. The larva makes a 
linear white mine in the upper surface of the leaves. 
GRAMINEA. 


BRACHELYTRUM ANGUSTATUM. 
EHlachista brachelytrifoliella, Clem. Larva mines in the leaf-blades. 


POA PRATENSE. Blue Grass. . 
EHlachista prematurella, Clem. Larva probably mines the blades of _ 
this grass. 
PANICUM CLANDESTINUM. Panic Grass. 
Cycloplasis panicifoliella, Clem. The larva mines the leaf-blades. 


TRITICUM VULGARE. Wheat. 
Gelechia cerealella, Auct. The larva feeds on the grain. 


ue 


cts a Obd ES 


ART, V.—INDEX TO THE DESCRIBED TINEINA OF THE UNITED 
STATES AND CANADA. 


By V. T. CHAMBERS. 


Having, in the last ten years, described a large number of new species 
of the Tineina, with notes on many other species previously known in 
various scientific periodicals, and the notes and descriptions referred to 
being, therefore, scattered through various volumes, I have been urged 
by other entomologists to catalogue the species. Many other species 
had been previously described by other authors, whose publications 
were equally scattered and inaccessible with my own, so that, for my 
own convenience in the study of the group, I had prepared an index for 
ready reference to the species, and that index needed but little alteration 
to make it complete, so far as I am acquainted with the species. 

Convinced that a catalogue of my own species only would be-of but 
little service to students, while the writings of others were so inacces- 
sible, and, indeed, unknown to many American entomologists, it has 
seemed to me that a publication of this index would answer the pur- 
pose better than a mere catalogue of the species. I therefore offer it in 
the hope that it may prove as useful to brother entomologists as it has 
been to me. 

It is only an index of the species as American species. Many of our 
species are identical with those of Europe, and I have not attempted to 
abstract the entomological literature of Europe as to these species. 

As to the European literature of the subject (American Tineina), I have 
not attempted to bring it down to a later period than the latter part of 
the year 1875. For, having been absent in Colorado during the greater 
part of the time, it was impossible to keep aw courant with it; and if 
any European publications have been made since that time they are 
unknown to me. A letter from a gentleman in Europe, received by me 
in 1875, informed me that Professor Frey was then engaged upon a 
work on American Tineina, but if it has been published I have not 
learned the fact. So far as American publications are concerned, the 
index is brought down to November, 1877, with references, also, to vol- 
ume 10 of the Canadian Entomologist (1878), which will contain notes 
already prepared upon some species. There are also references to spe- 
cies described upon previous rages of this volume. These references are 
simply to the volume, not to the page. 

» Professors Zeller and Frey have described soee of our species in 
various European publications. Usually (always?), however, these pa- 
125 


126 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


pers have been issued in a separate form, with different paging from 
that of the volumes in which they were originally published. In such 
cases, these separate publications will be more accessible to American 
students than the original publications, and I have, therefore, in the 
index used the paging as given in the separate parers instead of that 
of the volumes. 

For the convenience of any who may not have Mr. Stainton’s valuable 
republication of Dr. Clemens’s papers, I have also given references to 
the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, and 
those of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia, in which his papers 
were originally published. 

It has unfortunately so happened that Professors Zeller and Frey and 
I have been engaged in the study of the group at the same time, and 
each to a great extent in ignorance of what the other was doing, and 
the necessary result has been a confusion of the synonymy of some of 
the species. This I have corrected so far as I have been able from the 
descriptions and figures given by them; but doubtless a comparison of 
specimens would reveal other cases in which the same species has been 
more than once described under different names. 

The genus Gelechia is in a chaotic condition. It includes almost any- 
thing of a certain general type of structure. Many attempts have been ~ 
made to subdivide it, but, to my mind, they are all unsatisfactory. I 
have also, nyself, sometimes attempted to define new subgroups in the 
genus, but my own efforts in this direction are not more satisfactory 
than those of others; and while I have given them in their proper place 
in the alphabetical arrangement, in italics, I have included all, or by far 
the greater part of them, under Gelechia. I have pursued, also, the same 
course with the genus Laverna, which, though not inconveniently large, 
is not much better limited than Gelechia. 

By some mischance or other, I have seldom been able to look over 
the proof-sheets of papers heretofore published by me on the Tineina, 
searcely a dozen proof-sheets having been examined by me. Owing to 
this fact, and to careless writing also, uo doubt the names of species 
described or referred to by me are frequently incorrect, the same name 
sometimes appearing under two or three different forms. 

In the following index I have attempted to correct these errors so far 
as it may be done, and the names herein given are those that were in- 
tended originally in such cases. 

The imperfections of this work are many, no doubt, and are perhaps 
more evident to me than to any one else. Nevertheless, [ hope it will 
answer sufficiently well for a present index, and for the basis of a more 
perfect catalogue hereafter. 

Many of the generic names originally given by the authors, such as 
Aspidisca, Blepharocera, Phetusa, Wilsonia, and others, are preoccupied, 
and will have tc be changed. I have not, however, made any of these 
changes in this work, which purports to be nothing more than an 
‘index’ to what has already been published. 


CHAMBERS: INDEX TO TINEINA. 127 


REFERENCES AND ABBREVIATIONS. 


Ag. Rep.—Agricultural Reports of United States Agricultural Department. 

Am. Nat.—American Naturalist. 

An. Ly. Nat. Hist.—Annuals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York. 

Bei. z. Kennt.—Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Nordamerikanischen Nachtfalter. 

Bul. Buff. Soc—Bulletin of the Buffalo Society of Natural History. 

Can. Ent.—Canadian Entomologist. 

Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci.—Cincinnati Quarterly Journal of Science. 

Ent. Mo. Mag.—Eutomologists’ Monthly Magazine. 

Ent. Week. Int—Entomologists’ Weekly Intelligencer. 

Guide.—Guide to the Study of Insects (Packard). 

Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur.—Bulletin of the United States Geological and Geographical Sur- 
vey. 

Lep. West. Amer.—Lepidoptera der Westktiste Amerikas (Zeller). 

Lin. Ent.—Zeller in “ Linea Entomologica.” 

Nat. Hist. Tin.—Natural History of the Tineina by Stainton, Zeller and Frey. 

Ont. Rep.—Report of the Entomological Society of Ontario (Canada). 

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.—Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Science (Philadel- 
phia), 2d series. 

Proc. Ent. Soc. Fhila.—Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia. 

Rep. Mass. Ag. Soc.—Report on the Injurious and Beneficial Insects of Massachusetts. 
State Board of Agrieulture. Reports 1-3. 1871-1873.—Packard. 
Rep. Nox. Ins. Mo.—Riley’s ‘“‘ Reports on the Noxious, Beneficial, and Other Insects of 
Missouri”. i 
Rep. Nox. Ins. N. Y.—Dr. Fitch’s ‘‘ Reports on the Noxious, Beneficial, and Other Insects 
of New York”. 

Sch. v. Eu.—Schmetterlinge von Europa. 

S. E. Z—Frey and Boll, in Stettiner Entomologische Zeitung, 1873. 

Tin. Nor. Amer.—“ Tineina of North America.” (Stainton’s republication of the Clem- 
ens papers.) 

Treat. Ins.—Harris’s Treatise on Insects Injurious to Vegetation. 


ACANTHOCNEMES. (Chambers.) 
A. FUSCOSCAPULELLA, Cham.—Ante, 104. 
ADELA. (Batreille.) 


A. BELLA, Cham.—Can. Hnt. v. 73; ix. 207. 
A. BIVIELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. May, 1873, 26.—Can. Ent. ix. 206. 
A. CHALYBEIS, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. May, 1873, 25. 
A. (DICTE) CORRUSCIFASCIELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 74; ix. 207. 
(Dicte corruscifasciella, Cham. loc. cit.) 
(Adela schlegeri, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. May, 1873, 27.) 
(A. fasciella, Cham.=A. trigrapha, Zell. post.) 
A. FLAMENSELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. viii. 104. 
A. RIDINGSELLA, Clem.—Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. 1864, ii. 426.—Tin. 
Nor. Amer. 250.—Guide, 348. 
” * Morris’s “ Synopsis”; contains brief descriptions of a few species but as they are 
copied or condensed from the original descriptions, which are referred to in this “ In- 
dex’’, I have not deemed it necessary to refer further to them herein. The ‘“ Synopsis” 


is contained in the Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, v. 4, and has also been 
separately published. 


128 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


(A. schlegeri, Zell.=A. corruscifasciella, Cham. supra.) 

A. TRIFASCIELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. viii. 103. 

A. TRIGRAPHA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. May, 1875, 136. 
(A. fasciella, Cham.—Can Ent. viii. 103.) 


(ADRASTEIA. Chambers.) 


(A. quercifoliella, Cham. = Gelechia quercifoliella, Cham.) 
(A. querciella, Cham. = Gelechia querciella, Cham.) 
(A. alexandrivella, Cham. = Gelechia alexandricella, Cham.) 
(A. fasciella, Cham. = Gelechia fasciella Cham.) 

Ai ASA. (Chambers.) 


A. OSTRY HELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 74; viii. 172; x. p. —. 
44, PURPURIELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 73; x. p.—. — 
(Chrysopeleia purpuriella, Cham. ibid.) 


(42SYLE. Chambers.) 
(41. fasciella, Cham. = Gracilaria fasciella, Cham. post.) 
AELOLE. (Chambers.) 
A. BELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 73.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 144.— 
Can. Ent. ix. 72. 


AGNIPPE. (Chambers.) 
A. BISCOLORELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 195; v. 250; ix. 231. 
(A. fuscopulvella, Cham. ibid. = biscolorella, var.) 
(ALEUCITA. Auct.) 
(A. cerealella, Oliv. = Gelechia cerealella, post.) 
AMADRYA. (Clemens.) 
A. EFFRENATELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 39, 55, 59, 60, 86.—Proc. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1859, 260.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 


256.—Bei. z. Kennt. May, 1873, 19. 
A. CLEMENSELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 232.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 


256. 
(ANACAMPSIS. Curtis.) 
(A. agrimoniella = Gelechia agrimoniella, post.) 
(A. cerealella = Gelechia cerealella, post.) 
(A.glandiferella? = G. glandiferella, post.) 
(A. robiniella = ? G. robiniella, post.) 


(A. sarcitella = ? G. sarcitella, post.) 
| ANAPHORA. (Clemens.) 


A. ARCANELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 57, 58.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
1859, 262.—Can. Ent. iv. 143.—Ante, 79. | 


> bb bb 


CHAMBERS: INDEX TO TINEINA. 129 


AGROTIPENNELLA, Grote.—Can. Ent. iv. 137; viii. 185.— Ante, 79. 

BOMBYCINA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. May, 1873, 16.—Ante, 79. 

MORTIPENNELLA, Grote.—Can. Ent. iv. 137. 

PLUMIFRONTELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 39, 57, 59, 60.—Proc. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1859, 261.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 17. 

POPEANELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 57.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila. 1859, 261.—Can. Ent. iv. 137, 143.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 
15. = ? scardina, Zell. 


. SCARDINA, Zell. = ? popeanella, Clem.—Bei. z. Kennt. May, 1873, 16. 
. TEXANELLA, Cham.—Ante, 79. 


ANARSIA. (Zeller.) 


. LINEATELLA, Zell.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 36, 128.—Proe. Acad. Nat. Sei. 


Phila. 1860, 169.—Can. Ent. iv. 208; vi. 243.—Ag. Rep. 1872, 
112. 


(A. pruniella, Clem. = A. lineatella, supra.—Tin. Nor. Amer. and Acad. 


A. 
A. 


Nat. Sei. Phila. loc. cit.) 


. SUFFUSELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 243. 
. TRIMACULELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 243.—Ante, 92. 


ANESYCHIA. (Hiibner.) 


DISCOSTRIGELLA, Cham.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. pt. 1, 122, 144. 
HAGENELLA, Cham.—Ante, 80. 


A. MIRUSELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 233.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. pt. 


1 190s 149, 


(A multipunctella, Cham. Can. Ent. vi. 233, = Psecadia semilugens, Zell. 


post.) 


A. SPARCICELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 255.—Proce. Ent. Soe. Phila. ii. 


430. 


A. TRIFURCELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 12.— Ante, 80. 


ANORTHOSIA. (Clemens.) 


. PUNCTIPENNELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 40, 111.—Proc. Acad. 


Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, 161.—Can. Ent. vi. 245. 
ANTISPILA. (Her.-Sch.) 


. AMPELOPSIELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 168, 197; ix. 195. 


. CORNIFOLIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 103.— Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila. 1860, 11.—Can. Ent. vi. 166, 170, 198. 


A 
A 
A. HYDRANGLZELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 1703 ix. 195. 
Xe 
A 
AN 


ISSABELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 142.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila. 1860, 209.—Can. Ent. vi. 167, 198. 
. NYSSZFOLIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 19, 22, 102.—Proe. Aead. 
Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, 11. 
. VITICORDIFOLIELLA, Cham.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 142.—Proec. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, 209.—Can. Hnt. vi. 168, 198. 
Bull. iv. No. 1—9 


130 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
ARGIOPE. (Chambers.) 


A. DORSIMACULELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 13, 174. 
(Heribeia dorsimaculella, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 43.) 


ARGYRESTHIA. (Hiibner.) 
A. ABDOMINALIS, Zell—Bei. z. Kennt. May, 1870, 106. 


A. ALTISSIMELLA, Cham.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. pt. 1, 130, 147. 
A. ANDEREGIELLA, F. v. R.—Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, 7.—Tin. 
Nor. Amer. 39, 93.—Can. Ent. vi. 10; vii. 145.—Bei. z. Kennt. 
May, 1873, 104.—? Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 131, 141. 
(A. oreasella, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. and Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
loc. cit. supra.) 
A. APICIMACULELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 11 (and erroneously by a 
MS. name at vi. 145, as visaliella). 
A. AUSTERELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. May, 1873, 105. 
(A. undulatella, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 10; vii. 145; ix. 72.) 
A. BELANGERELLA, Obam.—Can. Ent. vii. 145. 
A. DELETELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. May, 1875, 105. 
A. GGEDARTELLA?, Lin.—Can. Ent. vii. 144; viii. 19.—Ent. Mo. Mag. ii. 


279.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 294.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 
131, 141, 147. 

A. MONTELLA, Cham.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 130. 

A. QUADRISTRIGELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 104. 

A. QUERCICOLELLA, Cham.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sar. iii. 130. 

(A. oreasella, Clem. = A. anderegiella, ante.) 

A. PEDMONTELLA, Cham.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 131. 

(A. undulatella, Cham. = A. austerella, Zell. ante.) 


(ARGYROMIGES. Curtis.) 


(A. morrisella, Fitch, = Inthocolletis robiniella, Clem. post.) 
(A. ostensackenella, Fitch, = Lithocolletis ostensackenelia, Fitch, post.) 
(A. pseudacaciella, Fitch, = Lithocolletis robiniella, Fitch, post.) 


(A. quercialbella, Fitch, = Lithocolletis quercialbella, Fitch, post.) 
(A. quercifoliella, Fitch, = Lithocolletis fitchella, Clem. post.) 
(A. uhlerella, Fitch, = Lithocolletis uhlerella, Fitch, post.) 


ASPIDISCA. (Clemens.) 


A. DIOSPYRIELLA, Cham. = ? splendoriferella, Clem.—Can. Ent. vi. 217. 

A. ELLA, Cham. = ? A. lucifluella, Clem.—Can. Ent. iii. 224; vi. 152, 218. 

A, JUGLANDIELLA, Cham. (? = splendoriferella, Clem. or? = teen 
ella, Clem.).—Can. Ent. vi. 151, 218 et seq. 

A. LUCIFLUELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 143; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila. 1860, 209.—Can. Ent. iii. 224; vi. 218. 

A. OSTRY AFOLIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. ee 171.—Proc. Ent. Soe. 
Phila. 1861, 82. 


CHAMBERS: INDEX TO TINEINA. 131 


(A. pruniella, Clem. = A. splendoriferella, Clem.) 
A. SALICIELLA, Cham. (and Clem.?).—Tin. Nor. Amer. 171.—Proc. Ent. 
Soe. Phila. 1861, 82.—Can. Ent. vi. 169. 
A. SPLENDORIFERELLA, Glen. —Tin. Nor. Amer. 23, 26, 105.—Proe. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, 12.—Can. Ent. ili. 223; v. 50; vi. 
149, 219.—Ent. Mo. Mag. ix. 17. 
(A. pruniella, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 171.—Proc. Ent. Soe. 
_ Phila. 1861, 82.) 
(Lyonetia saccatella, Pack. Guide, 355.—Can. Ent. iii. 223.) 


(ASYCHNA? Stainton.) 
(A.? pulvella, Cham.—Can. Ent. viii. 171; ix. 149.) 


BATRACHEDRA. (Stainton.) 


B. CLEMENSELLA, Cham. (doubtful species).—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. ili 
134,—Can. Ent. ix. 146. 

B. PRHZANGUSTA, Haw.—Ins. Brit. iii. 230, and authorities there cited.— 
Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 134, 141.—Can. Ent. ix. 145. 

B. SALICIPOMONELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 265.—Proc. Ent. Soe. 
Phila. v. 142; vi. 273.—Bei. z. Kennt. 113.—Can. Ent. ix. 
146.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 134.—Guide, 352. 

B. STRIOLATA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 113.—Can. Ent. ix. 145. 


BEDELLIA. (Stainton.) 


B, SOMNULENTELLA, Zell.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 39, 189.—Proc. Ent. Soe. 
Phila. 1862, 147.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 297.—Hayd. Bul. 
Geo. Sur. iii. 133, 141. 
(B. staintonella, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 95.—Proce. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila. 1860, 8.—Proe. Ent. Soc. Phila. 1862, 147.) 


(BEGOE. Chambers.) 
(B. costoluteetla, Cham. = Nothris eupatorwella, Cham. post.) 
BLASTOBASIS. (Zeller.) 


B.? AUFUGELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 100. 
B. CHALCOFRONTELLA, Clem. 
(Holcocera chalcofrontella, Clem.)—Tin. Nor. Amer. 226.—Proc. 
Ent. Soe. Phila. ii. 122.—Can. Ent. iv. 65; vi. 246.—Cin. Quar. 
Jour. Sci. ii. 256.—Bei. z. Kennt. May, 1873, 95. 
B. CLEMENSELLA, Cham. 
(Holcocera clemensella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. vi. 246. 
B. FRACTILINEELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 98. 
B. FLUXELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 101. 
B. GIGANTELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. viii. 219.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. tii. 
149, 


132 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


B. GILBOCILIELLA, Clem. ) 
Ginee gilbociliella, Clem. ee Nor. Amer. 227.—Proc. 
Ent. Soc. Phila. ii. 122.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 95. 
B. GLANDULELLA, Riley. 
(Gelechia glandulella, Riley.)—Can. Ent. iii. 153. 
(Holcocera glandulella, Riley.)—Can. Ent. iv. 18, 38, 62, 65.— Rep. 
Nox. Ins. Mo. n. 4, 144.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sei. We 256, 
B. LIVOLELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. May, 1873, 99. 
B. MODESTELLA, Clem. 
(Holcoccra modestella, Clem.) —Tin. Nor. Amer. 227.—Proe. Ent. 
Soe. Phila. ii. 122 


B. NUBILELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 97; 1875, 139. 
B. FUSCOPULVELLA, Clem. 
(Holcocera fuscopulvella, Clem.)—Tin. Nor. Amer. 227.—Proce. 
Ent. Soe. Phila. ii. 122. 
B. PURPUROCOMELLA, Clem. 
(Holcocera purpurocomella, Clem.)—Tin. Nor. Amer. 227.—Proe. 
Ent. Soe. Phila. ii. 123. 
B. QUISQUILIELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1875, 97. 
B. RETECTELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 97. 
B. SCIAPHIELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1878, 95.—Can. Ent. ix. 71. 
B. SEGNELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 96. 
B. TRIANGULARISELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 256.—Can. Ent. 


Tey file 
(BLABOPHANES.) 


(B. rusticella and B. dorsistrigella, Clem. vid. Tinea.) 
BLEPHAROCERA. (Chambers.) 
B. HAYDENELLA, Cham.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 145. 


BRACHYLOMA. (Clemens.) 
B. UNIPUNCTA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 232.—Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. 
1863, 126. 
BRENTHIA. (Clemens.)* 
B. PAVONICELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 41, 134.—Proc. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila. 1860, 172 
B. INFLATELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 209.—Proe. Ent. Soc. Phila. ii. 5. 
B. VIRGINIELLA, Clem—Tin. Nor. Amer. 257.—Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. 
iii. 505. 
(2 BRYOTROPHA.) 
(2B. operculella, Zell. vid. Gelechia operculella, post.) 
BUCCULATRIX. (Zeller.) 


(B. albella, Cham. = B. staintonella, post.) 
B. AGNELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 147.—Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 
1860, 211. 


* Zelier (Verh. z.-b. Gesell. Wien, XXV. 320) refers these 8) cits to C..c reise 


CHAMBERS: INDEX TO TINEINA. ae 


AMBROSLHZFOLIELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii, 119. 

. CANADENSISELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 146. 

. CAPITIALBELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 150. 

CORONATELLA, Olem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 109.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 

1860, 13.—Can. Ent. v. 151. 

IMMACULATELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vil. 54. 

LITIGIOSELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1875, 148. 

LUTEELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 151; x. p.—. 

. MAGNELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 54. 

. NIVEELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 54. 

. OBSCUROFASCIELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 150. 

, PACKARDELLA, Cham.—Can. Hnt. v. 151.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 

120. 

. POMIFOLIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 146.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila. 1860, 211.—Can. Ent. v. 150.—Bei. z. Bea: 1875, 147.— 
Rep. Nox. thes Mo. n. 4, 49. 

. QUINQUENOTELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 120. 

. STAINTONELLA, Cham. 

(B. albella, Cham.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 140. This species 
was named and described in Colorado, without access to 
libraries, &c. On my return from there, I found that Mr. 
Stainton had recently described, by the same name, a spe- 
cies from Syria. I therefore rename this species for that dis- 
tinguished entomologist.) 

THUIELLA, Packard—Am. Nat. v. 152.—Rep. Nox. Ins. Mo. n. 4, 51. 
. TRIFASCIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 272.—Proe. Ent. Soc. Phila. v. 
147.—Can. Ent. v. 149.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 120. 


BR DWM BD 


to 


bi od 


BUTALIS. (Treit.) 


B.? ALBAPENNELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 11. 

B. BASILARIS, Zell.—Lin. Ent. x. 230.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 40. 

B. BREVISTRIGA, Cham.—Can. Knt. vii. 10, 54 (misprinted buristriga).— 
Ante, p. —. 

(B. cerealella, vid. Gelechia cerealella.) 

B DORSIPALLIDELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 10, 54. Ante, p. —. 

B. EBORACENSIS, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 94. 

b. FLAVIFRONTELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 40, 126.—Proe. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phil. 1860, 169.—Can. Ent. vi. 8.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 92. 

= basilaris, Zell, 

B. FUSCICOMELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 126.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila. 1860, 169.—Can. Ent. vi. 8.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 92. 

B. IMMACULATELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 10—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. 
ili. 144.—Ante, p.—. (? = eboracensis, Zell.) 

B. IMPOSITELLA, Zell.—Lin. Ent. x. 241. 

B. MATUTELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 40, 127.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila. 1860, 169. % = impositella, Zell. 


134 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 


B. PILOSELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 93. 
B. PLANIPENNELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 10 (misprinted lene eenan 
B. TRIVINCTELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 92.—Ante, 93. 


(CALLIMA. Clemens.) 
(C. argenticinctella, Clem. vid. Gicophora argenticinctetla.) 
CATASTEHGA. (Clemens.) 


C. ACERIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 178.—Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. 
iy SO 
C. HAMAMELIELLA, Clem.—ZI bid. 
C. TIMIDELLA, Clem.—T bid. 
The larve only of these three species are known, and they probably 
do not belong in Tineina. 


CEMIOSTOMA. (Zeller.) 
C. ALBELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iii. 23, 209. 
(CEROSTOMA.) 
(C. brasicella, Fitch, vid. Plutella cruciferarum, post.) 
(CERATOPHORA.) 
(C. fullonella, vid. Gelechia fullonella, post.) 
(CHM TOCHILUS.) 


(The following species, placed by Dr. Fitch in Chetochilus, will be 
found under Ypsolophus :—contubernalelius, malifoliellus, pometellus, tri- 
maculellus, and ventrellus.) 


CHAULIODUS. (Treit.) 
©. CANICINCTELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 236.— Proce. Ent. Soe. ii. 129. 


CHRYSOCORYS. Curtis. 


C. ERYTHRIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 40, 132.—Proc. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila. 1860, 171. 


(CHRYSOPELEIA. Chambers.) 
(C. purpuriella, Cham. vid. Hea purpuriella, Cham.) 


(CHRYSOPORA. Clemens.) 


(C. lingualacella, Clem. = Gelechia hermanella, var.) 


Care 


CHAMBERS: INDEX TO TINEINA. 135 


CIRRHA. Chambers. 


. PLATANELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 146. 


(Depressaria albisparsella, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 92, 128.) 
CLEODORA. (Curtis.) 


. PALLIDELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 245.— Ante, 91. 
. PALLIDESTRIGELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 245.—Ante, 92. 


COLEOPHORA. (Zeller.) 


, AANUSELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 128. 
. ALBACOSTELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 95.—Anie, 93. 
, ARGENTELLA, Cham.—Can. Hnt. x. p. —. 


(C. argentialbella, Can. Ent. vii. 75.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iti. 
133, 141. Nec Can. Ent. vi. 128.) 


. ARGENTIALBELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 128; x. p. —. 

. ARTEMISICOLELLA, Cham.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 133, 144. 

. AUROPURPURIELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 130. 

. BIMINIMMACULELLA, Cham.—Ante, 94. 

. BISTRIGELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 75; ix. 14, 72; x. p. ——Hayd. 


Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 133, 134. 


. CHNOSIPENNELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 88; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 


"1860, 5. 


. CARY EFOLIELLA, Cham. (& Clem. ?).—Tin. Nor. Amer. 166.—Proce. 


Ent. Soc. Phil. i. 78.—Can. Ent. x. p. —. 


. CINERELLA, Cham.—Ante, 93. 
. CONCOLORELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 211.—Proc. Ent. Soc. 


Phila. ii. 6.—Can. Ent. vi. 129. 


(C. coracipennella, vid. C. occidentalis.) 


C. 


C. 
C. 


Ge 


CORRUSCIPENNELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 39, 88.—Proc. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. 1860, 4.—Can. Ent, vil. 124. erie, aol. =? C. fa- 
briciella, Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 111. | 

CORYLIFOLIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 166.—Proc. Ent. Soe. 
Phila. i. 79. 

CRATIPENNELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 258.—Proc. Ent. Soe, 

Phila. ii. 506. 

CRETATICOSTELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 89.—Proe. Acad. Nat. 

Sci. Phila. 1860, 5.—Can. Ent. vii. 124. 


(C. fabriciella, vid. C. corruscipennella.) 


C. 
C. 
nC: 
C. 


FAGICORTICELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 129; x. p. —. 

FUSCOSTRIGELLA, Cham.—Ante, 93. 

GIGANTELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 123; x. p. —. 

INFUSCATELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 89.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila. 1860, 5 


C. LATICORNELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 88.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 


Phila. 1860, 5. 


136 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


C. LINEAPULVELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 180; x. p. —. 

©. LEUCOCHRYSELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 211.—Proec. Ent. Soe. 
Phila. ii. 6. 

C. LUTEOCOSTELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 294.—Hayd. Bul. 
Geo. Sur. iii. 133. 

(C. mayrella, H. vid. corruscipennella.) 

C. MULTIPULVELLA, Cham.—Ante, 93. 

C. NIGRELLA, Haw.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 109. 

C. NIGERLINEELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. viii. 172. 

C. OCHRELLA; Cham.—Ante, p. —. 

C. OCCIDENTALIS?, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 109. (? = nigricella.) 

C. oStRYZ#, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 167.—Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. i. 79. 

C. PRUNIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 167.—Proe. Ent. Soc. Phila. i. 
79.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 109. 

C. QUADRILINEELLA, Cham.—Ante, 94. 

CO. QUERCIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 168.—Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. i. 
wor 

C. ROSACELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 251.—Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. ii. 
6.—Guide, 350. 

C. ROS 4FOLIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 250.—Proc. Ent. Soe. Phila. 
ii. 6.—Guide, 350. 

(C. rufoluteeltla, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 129. _ Vid. carycefoliella, ante.) 

. SHALERIELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 116. - 

. SPARSIPULVELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 294.—Hayd. Bul. 

Geo. Sur. iil. 133. 
©. TEXANELLA, Cham.—Ante, 93. 
C. TILLIZFOLIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 168.—Proc. Ent. Soe, 
Phila. i. 79. | 

C. TRILINEELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 95. 

C 

18) 

O 


eee 


. UNICOLORELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 129; x. p. —. 
. VERONILZELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. x. p. —. 
. VIBURNELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 167.—Proec. Ent. Soc. Phila. 
ne te 
C. ZELLERIELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 128. 


CORISCIUM. (Zeller.) 


C. ALBANOTELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 25; ix. 123.—Cin. Quar. Jour. 
Sci. i. 200.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. pt. 1, 132. 

C. PARADOXUM, Frey & Boll.—S. E. Z. xxxiv. 205.—Cin. Quar. Jour. 
Sci. i. 200. 

(CO. quinquenotella, Cham.—Can. Ent. ix.126,194. = Gracilaria fasciella.) 

_C. QUINQUESTRIGELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 75; ix. 14, 124; x. p. —. 

CORISCIUM, sp.?—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 182. 


(COSMIOTES. Clemens.) 


(Cosmiotes = Elachista, which see for species illictella, maculosella, and 
madarella of Clem.) 


co 


Q 


Biieyi@ 


eeceacee>c 


~~ 


ere 


a 


C. 


CHAMBERS: INDEX TO TINEINA, 137 
COSMOPTERYX.. (Hiibner.) 


GEMMIFERELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 99, 100.—Proc. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila. 1860, 10.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 231. 

CLEMENSELLA, Staint.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 39, 100.—Ent. Week. Int. ix. 
3l. 

PULCHERRIMELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 231. 

MONTISELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 297.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. 
Sur. iii. pt. 1, 134. 


. 4-LINEELLA, Cham.—Ante, 95. 


CRYPTOLECHIA. 


. ATROPICTA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1875, 137. 
. CRETACEA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 43. 
. CRYPTOLECHIZELLA, Cham.—Ante, 84. 


(Depressaria cryptolechiwella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. iv. 90, 129 e¢ 
seq. 147. 
(Hagno cryptolechiwella Cham.) 


. FAGINELLA, Cham.— Ante, 84. 


(Hagno faginella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. iv.131; vi. 231 


. FERUGINOSA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 43. 
. LITHOSINA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 44. 
. NEBECULOSA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 45. 


OBSOLETELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 42. 


. OBSCUROMACULELLA, Cham.—Avniée, 86. 


PIPERATELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 39. 
QUERCICELLA, Clem.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 40.—Lep. West. Amer. 
1874, 17. 
(Psilocorsis quercicella Clem.)—Tin. Nor. Amer. 149.—Proe. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, 212.— Ante, p. —.—Can. Ent. iv. 
131. 
REFLEXA, Clem. 
(Psilocorsis refleca, Clem.)—Tin. Nor. Amer. 149.—Proce. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, 212. 


. SCHLAGERI, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 46.—Lin. Ent. 9, s. 372. 
. TENTORIFERELLA, Clem. 


(Machimia tentoriferella, Clem.)—Tin. Nor. Amer. 148.—Proce. 
Acad. Sci. Nor. Amer. 1860, 212.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 40.— 
Ante, 84. 
VESTALIS, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 47. 
CYCLOPLASIS. (Clemens.) 
PANICIFOLIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 248.—Proc. Ent. Soe. 
Phila. ii. 422. 


CYANE. (Chambers.) 


. VISALIELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 118. 


138 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
DASYCERA. (Haw.) 


D. NEWMANELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 252.—Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. 
ii. 428.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 89. 
D. NONSTRIGELLA, Cham.—Ante, 92. 


DEPRESSARIA. (Haw.) 


(D. albisparsella, Cham. vid. Cirrha platanella, Cham.) 

D. ATRODORSELLA, Olem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 230.—Proe. Ent. Soe. Phila. 
ii. L24.—Can. Ent. iv. 91.—An. Ly. Nat. Hist. ix. 156.—Guide, 
349.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 33. 

(D.? bicostomaculella Cham., D.? bistrigella Cham., D. ? bimaculella Cham.,- 
and D.? cercerisella Cham., all referred to Gelechia, which 
see. ) 

D, CINEREOCOSTELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 245.—Proe. Ent. Soe. ii. 
422.—Can. Ent. iv. 91.—An. Ly. Nat. Hist. ix. 155. 

(D.? cryptolechiella Cham. referred to Cryptolechia.) 

D. EUPATORIUELLA, Cham.—Anie, 82. 

D. FERNALDELLA, Cham.—Ante, 83. 

(D.? fuscoochrella Cham. and D.? fuscoluteella Cham. referred to 
Gelechia.) 

D. GROTEELLA, Robinson.—An. Ly. Nat. Hist. ix. 157. 

D. HERACLIANA, DeG.—Lin. Ent. ix. s. 312.—Her.-Schf. in Sch. v. Eu. 
v. f. 445.—Nat. Hist. Tin. i. 113. 

(D. ontariella, Bethune.)—Can. Ent. ii. 3, 19; v. 82.—Bei. z. 
Kennt. 1873, 35. 

D. HILARELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 34. 

D. LECONTELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 137.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila. 1860, 174.—Can. Ent. iv. 146.—An. Ly. Nat. Hist. ix. 
157. 

D. NEBULOSA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kenut. 1873, 37. 

(D.? obscurusella Cham. referred to Gelechia.) 

(D. ontariella, Bethune, = D. heracliuna, DeG. supra.) 

D.? PALLIDOCHRELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 126, 129, 147,148. (Should 
probably be referred to Gelechia.) 

(D. ? pseudacaciella Cham. referred to Gelechia.) 

D. PULVIPENNELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Aurer, 244.—Can. Ent. iv. 91.— 

An. Ly. Nat. Hist. ix. 157. 

(D.? querciella Cham. referred to Gelechia.) 

D.? RILEYELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 106, 129, 147, 148. (Should 
probably be referred to Gelechia.) 

D. ROBINIELLA, Pack.—Guide, 349.—Can. Ent. iv. 107.—Cin. Quar. Jour. 
Sci. vi. 208. 

D. SCABELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 18735, 36. 

_ D.? VERSICOLORELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 127, 129, 147,148. (Shou!d 

probably be referred to Gelechia.) 


CHAMBERS: INDEX TO TINEINA. 139 
DIACHORISA. (Clemens.) 


D. VELATELLA, Clem.—Lin. Nor. Amer. 107.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila. 1860, 13. 


(DORYPHORA.) 
(D. piscipelis, vid. Gelechia piscipelis.) 
DRYOPE. (Chambers.) 


D. MURTFELDTELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 50. 
(D. luteopulvella, Cham.—Oan. Ent. vii. 73. Var. D. murtfeld- 
tella.) 


EIDO. (Chambers.) 


E. ALBAPALPELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 72. 
( Venilia albapalpella, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 207.) 


(EIDOTHEA, Chambers.) 
(EL. vagatioella, vid. Gelechia vagatioella, post.) 
ELACHISTA. (Treit.) 


I. BRACHYELYTRIFOLIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 248.—Proc. Ent. 
Soc. Phila. 1860, 425. 
K.? CRISTATELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. viii. 172. 
E. CONCOLORELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 55. 
K. 1LLICTELLA, Clem. 3 
(Cosmiotes illictella, Clem.)—Tin. Nor. Amer. 98.—Proc, Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, 9. 
E. INORNATELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 93. 
E. MACULOSEELLA, Clein. 
(Cosmiotes maculoseella, Clem.)—Tin. Nor. Amer. 98.—Proce. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, 9. 
E. MADARELLA, Clem. 
(Cosmiotes madarella, Clem.)\—Tin. Nor. Amer. 98.—Proce. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, 9. 
E.? ORICHALCELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 256.—Proe. Ent. Soc. Phila. 
ii, 430.—Guide, 352. 
E. PARVIPULVELLA, Cham.—OCan. Ent. vii. 56. 
HK. PRA MATURELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer, 133.—Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila. 1860, 172.—Can. Ent. vi. 76.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 
pt. 1, 143. 
EK. STAINTONELLA, Cham.—Ante, 96. 
HK, TEXANELLA, Cham.— Ante, 96. 
E. UNIFASCIELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 147. 


140 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
ENAIMIA. (Zeller.) 


EK. PSAMMITIS, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1872, 116; 1875, 139. 
(Mieza subfervens, Wkr.)—List Bomb. ii. 528. 
(Hustixis subfervens, Grote.)—Bul. Buff. Soe. ii. 152. 

E. CRASSINERVELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1872, 116; 1875, 139. 
(Mieza igniniv, Wkr.)—List Bomb. ii. 527. 
(Hustixis igninix, Grote.)—Bul. Buff. Soe. ii. 152. 


ENCHRYSA. (Zeller.) 
E. DISSECTELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 83. 
ENDROSIS. (Hiibner.) 


IX. FENESTRELLA, Scop.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 244, 
(H. kennicottella, Clem.)—Tin. Nor. Amer. 119.—Proc. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, 165. 


ENICOSTOMA? (Steph.) 


E.? PACKARDELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 231.—Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. 
il. 125. 


EPICORTHYLIS. (Zeller.) 
E. INVERSELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 48.—Can. Ent. x. p. —. 
(ERGATIS.) 
(H. roseosuffusella and HE. pudibundella, vid. sub Gelechia.) 


ERIPHIA. (Chambers.) 


ij. CONCOLORELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 55, 56, 94.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. 
Sur. iti. pt. 1, 137, 141.—Ante, 96. 

H.? ALBALINEELLA, Cham.—Ante, 95. 

H.? NIGRILINEELLA, Cham.—Ante, 96. 


EUDARCIA. (Clemens.) 


EH. SIMULATRICELLA, Clem.—Tiu. Nor. Amer. 102.—Proc. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila. 1860, 11. 


EUPLOCAMUS. (Latreille.) 
B.? FUSCOFASCIELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 257. 
EURYNOME. (Chambers.) 


EK. LUTEELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 304.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. 
iii. pt. 1, 140. 
HB. ALBELLA, Cham.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. pt. 1, 140. 


CHAMBERS: INDEX TO TINEINA. 141 


(EUSTIXIS, vid. EN AUMIA, supra.) 
EVAGORA. (Clemens.) 


E, APICITRIPUNCTELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 120.—Proe, Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila. 1860, 165. 


EVIPPE. (Chambers.) 
(LZ. prunifoliella, Cham. vid. Gelechia prunifoliella, Cham.) 
GELECHIA. (Zeller.) 


G. ADERUCELLA, Zell.—Can. Ent. iv. 125. 
G. AQUEPULVELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 1925 vi. 230 et seq.—Cin. Quar. 
Jour. Sci. ii. 246.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. pt. 1, 125, 141. 
G. AGRIMONIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 40, 112.—Proc. Ent. Soc. 
Phila. ii. 120.—Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, 162. 
G. ALACELLA, Clem. 
(Trichotaphe alacella Clem.)—Tin. Nor. Amer. 180.—Proe. Ent. 
Soe. Phila. i. 132. 
G. ALBILORELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. May, 1872, 61. 
G. ALBOMARGINELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sei. ii. 291.—Hayd. Bul. 
Geo. Sur. iil. 128. 
G. ALBOMACULELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 209. 
G. ALEXANDRI4ELLA, Cham. 
(Adrasteia alexandriwella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. iv. 149. 
G. AMBROSL&ELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 239. 
G. AMORPH HELLA, Cham.—Hayd. Bal. Geo. Sur. iii. pt. 1, 126. 
G. ANGUSTIPENNELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 222, 224.—Proc. Ent. 
Soc. Phila. ii. 119. 
G. APICILINEELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 223, 224.—Proc. Ent. Soe. 
Phila. 120. 
G. APICISTRIGELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 175. 
(Parasia apicistrigella, Cham.—Tbid. 66.) 
G. ARGENTIALBELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi, 241. 
G. AURIMACULELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 172. 
G. BADIOMACULELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 192. 
G. BASISTRIGELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 70. 
(Pecilia basistrigella.) 
G. BASIFASCIELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1875, 70. 
G. BELANGERELLA, Cham.—UCan. Ent. vii. 210. 
G. BICOSTOMACULELLA, Cham.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. pt. 1, 127. 
G. BICRISTATELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 210. 
G. BIDISCOMACULELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 241. 
G. BILOBELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 80. 
(Malacotricha bilobella.) 
' G. BIMACULELLA, Cham. 
(Depressaria bimaculella, Cham.)—Can. Eut. iv. 108, 128, 147, 
148, 


- p42 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


G. 


G. 


BISTRIGELLA, Cham. 


(Depressaria bistrigella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. iv. 28, 92, 147, 148. 
? BOSQUELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 124. 
(@cophora bosquella.—Can. Ent. vii. 92.—Ante, 87.) 


. BRUMELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 239.—Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. ii. 


416. 


. CAECELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 52. 

. CANOPULVELLA, Cham.—Ante, 91. 

. CAPITEOCHRELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 252. 
. CERCERISELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 230, 251; ix. 23. 


(Depressaria cercerisella, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 108, 128, 147, 148.) 


G. CEREALELLA.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 112, 224.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 


“@ 


G. 


AQAA OA 2AaR o 


Phila. 1860, 162.—Ag. Rep. 1854, 67; 1858, 23; 1864, 556. 

(Anacampsis (Butalis) cerealella, Harris.)—Treat. Ins. 392, 499, 
006.—Guide, 350. 

(Aleucita cerealella, Oliv., Geophora cerealella, Lat., Tinea horde, 
K. & S., and Ypsolophus granulellus, K. & S.)—Ont. Rep. 
1871, 61. 

(Butalis cerealella, Fitch.)—Report, n. 7, 127. 


. CHAMBERSELLA, Murt.—Can. Ent. vi. 222.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 


240. 

CONSONELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 51. 
(Tachyptilia consonelta.) 

? CILIALINEELLA, Cham.—Can Ent. vi. 242.—Ante, 91. 
CLEMENSELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. ix. 103. 
COLLINUSELLA, Cham.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 128. 
CONCINUSELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 253.—Hayd. Bul. 

Geo. Sur. iii. pt. 1, 127. 
CONFUSELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ti. 251. 
COSTORUFOELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 240. 


- CRESCENTIFASCIELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 237.—Cin. Quar. Jour. 


Sci. ii. 255.—Ante, p. —. 


. CRISTATELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 241. 

- CRISTIFASCIELLA, Cham.—Ante, p. 

. CURVILINEELLA, Cham.—Can. Enf. iv. 172. 

- 10 MACULELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 290.—Hayd. Bul. 


Geo. oar iii. pt. 1, 128. 


DEPRESSOSTRIGELLA, Gham: —Can. Ent. vi. 236.—Cin. Quar. Jour. 
Sci. ii. 255. 


G.? DETERSELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 40, 116, 225.—Proe. Acad. 


G. 


Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, 164. 
DIFFICILISELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 192; v. 186, 187, 185, 229. 
(Evagora dificilisella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. iv. 66. 
(Laygete dificilisella, Cham.)—Can. Unt. v. 231; vii. 105; viii. 19. 


G. 


ep) 


op) 


ea [ook ep ee op ep 


eee 


a2 2 2 2 2 


CHAMBERS: INDEX TO TINEINA. 143 


DISCOANULELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 254. 
DISCOMACULELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 172.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. 
ii. 239. 
DISCONOTELLA, Cham.—Ante, 86. 
DISCOOCELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 194; vi. 231.—Cin. Quar. Jour. 
Sci. ii. 237. 
DISCOSTRIGELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 248, 
DORSIVITTELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 67. 
(Teleia dorsivittella —Ibid.) 
(CRYPTOLECHIA?) DUBITELLA. 
(Depressaria dubitella, Cham.)—OCan. Ent. iv. 90 et seg. 128, 147; 
vi. 221. 


. ELEGANTELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 239; ix. 23. (Erroneously by 


MS. name superbella, Can. Ent. vii. 32.) 


- FLAVOCOSTELLA. 


(Trichotaphe flavocostella, Clem.)—Tin. Nor. Amer. 118, 180.— 
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, 162.—Proe. Ent. Soe. Phila. 
1. 131.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 79. 


. FLEXURELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 115, 225.—Proec. Acad. Nat. 


Sci. Phila. 1860, 163.—Proc. Ent. Soe. Phila. ii. 122. 


. FRAGMENTELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 71.- 


(Poecilia fragmentella.) 
FULLONELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 76. 
(Ceratophora fullonella.) 
FUNGIVORELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 261.—Proc. Ent. Soe. Phila. 
ili. 507; vi. 273.—Gnuide, 350. 
FUSCOLUTEELLA, Cham. 
(Depressaria fuscoluteella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. iv. 106, 129, 147. 
FUSCOMACULELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 170. 


. FUSCOOCHRELLA, Cham. 


(Depressaria fuscoochreila, Cham.)—Can. Ent. iv. 106, 128, 147 
148. . 


? 


. FUSCOPALLIDELLA, Cham. 


(Sinoe fuscopallidella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. v. 231; vii. 105; ix. 24. 


. FUSCOPULVELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 170.—Cin. Quar. Jour. ii. 245. 
. FUSCOPUNCTELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 218, 225.—Proc. Ent. Soc. 


Phila. ii. 12, 121. 

FUSCOTANIAELLA, Cham.—Ante, 89. 

GALLZGENITELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 242, 259.—Proc. Ent. Soc. 
Phila. ii. 4205 iii. 5065 vi. 273. 


. GALLASOLIDAGINIS, Riley—Rep. Nox. Ins. Mo. n. 1, 173; n. 2, 20, 


132, 134.—Can. Ent. viii. 19; ix. 14.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 
289.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. pt. 1, 28, 141. 

GEMINELLA, Lin.—Can. Ent. iii. 195 (? gemmella). 

GILVOLINEELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 223 et seq.—Proc. Ent. Soc. 
Phila. ii. 119 et seq. 


144 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


G. GILVOMACULELLA, Olem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 219, 225.—Proe. Ent. Soc. 
Phila. ii. 12, 121. 
G. GILVOSCOPELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 66. 
( Teieia gilvoscopella.) 
(G. glandulelia, Riley, vid. Blastobasis glandulella.) 
G. GLANDIFERELLA, Zel].—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 75. 
(G. sella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. vi. 238; ix. 14, 23. 
G. GLEDITSCHIEZELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. x. p. —. 
(Helice (Ge'echia) pallidochrella, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 188, 229; 
vii. 105; ix. 15; x. 231.) 
GLOCHINELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 63. 
GLYCYRRHIZ HELLA, Cham.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 124. 
. GRISELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 171. 
. GRISSEELLA, Cham. 
(Parasia? grisseella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. iv. 88. 
GRISSEFASCIELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 253. 
. GRISSEOCHRELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 247. 
HERMANELLA, Fab.—Nat. Hist. Tin. ix. 263.—Can. Ent. iv. 67, 169, 
173; x. p. —.—Ent. Mo. Mag. xi. 279. 
IN ZQUEPULVELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. 11. 239. 
INNOCUELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 49. 
(Tachyptilia innocuella.) 
. INTERMEDIELLA, Cham.—Ante, 89. 
. JUNCIDELLA, Clem. 
(Lrichotaphe juncidella, Clem.)—Tin. Nor. Amer. 122.—Proe. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, 166. 
LABRADORICA, Moeschler.—Can. Ent. iv. 125. 
. LABRADORIELLA, Clem.—Nat. Hist. Tin. 220, 224, 239—Proce. Hnt. Soe. 
Phila. ii. 12, 120. 
LACTEUSOCHRELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 244. 
LACTIFLOSELLA, Cham.—Ante, 89. 
. LATIFASCIELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sei. ii. 251. 
. LITUROSELLA, Zell.—Bei. z, Kennt. 1873, 60. 
(Lita liturosella.) 
LEUCONOTA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 68. 
(Teleia leuconota.) 
LONGIFASCIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 219, 225.—Proc. Ent. Soe. 
Phila. ii. 12, 122. 
(Telphusa curvistrigella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. iv. 132, 174. 
LYNCEELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 595. 
MACULATUSELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar, Jour. Sci. ii. 245. 
MACULOMARGINELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 241. 
. MARMORELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. li. 239. 
. MEDIOFUSCELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 218, 224.—Proc. Ent. Soe. 
Phila. ii. 11, 121. 
. MILLERIELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 253. 


aR PAH 2AAaH 


qa 92 


2 2 QLD A 


2 22990 


2 


DARAD 


QAEDA AHA 


AH ARHAAOA 


ARAAHAAH BAH AH 


CHAMBERS: INDEX TO TINEINA. 145 


. MIMELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 116, 225.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 


Phila. 1860, 163.—Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. ii. 121. 


. MINIMMACULELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 23 

. MINIMELLA, Cham,—Can. Ent. vi. 243. 

. MONUMENTELLA, Cham.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. i. 11, 125. 
. MULTIMACULELLA, Cham.—Ante, 89. 


NIGRATOMELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 217, 224, 260.—Proc. Ent. 
Soe. Phila. ii. 11, 1215 iii. 507. 


. NIGRELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 250, 252. 


NIVEOPULVELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 210. 


. NUNDINELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 56. 


OBLIQUISTRIGELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 175; ix. 24; x. p.—. 
(Anarsia obliquistrigella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. iv. 65. 
OBSCURELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 170. 
OBSCUROSUFFUSELLA, Cham.—Ante, 90. 
OBSCUROOCELELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 254. 
OBSCURUSELLA, Gham 
(Depressaria obscurusella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. iv. 106, 128 e¢ seq. 
148 et seq. 
OCCIDENTELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. . 246. 
OCELELLA, Cham.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. pt. 1, 129. 
OCHREOCOSTELLA, Cham.—Ante, 91. 
OCHREOFUSCELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. il. 249. 
OCHREOSUFFUSELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 255 
OCHREOSTRIGELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 247.—Ante, p. —. 


. OCHRIPALPELLA, Zell. 


(Trichotaphe ochripalpetla, Zell.)\—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 79. 


. OCTOMACULELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 291. 
. OLYMPIADELLA, Zell. 


(Bryotropha olympiadella, Zell.)—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 59.— 
Can. Ent. ix. 23. 
OPERCULELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 62. 
ORNATIFIMBRIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 242.—Proc. Ent. Soe. 
Phiia. ii. 420. 
PACKARDELLA, Ohan.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 143. 
PALLIDEGRISSEELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 237. 
PALLIDOCHRELLA, Cham. 
(Depressaria pallidochrella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. iv. 126, 129, 147. 


, PALLIDEROSACELLA, Cham.— Ante, 90. 
. PALPIALBELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 253 


PALPIANULELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 68. 
PALPILINEELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 252.—Ante, p. —. 
PARVIPULVELLA,Cham.—Can. Ent.vi 242.—Cin.Quar. Jour.Sci. ii. 228. 
PEDMONTELLA, Cham.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 123. 
(DORYPHORA) PISCIPALIS, Zell._—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 77. 
PHYSALIELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 173.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 
238.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 128. 
Bull. iv. No. 1—10 


146 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


. PHYSALIVORELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 238. 
. PLUTELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 238. 
. PRAVINOMINELLA, Cham. 
(G. 4-maculella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. x. p. —.—Cin. Quar. Jour. 
Sci. ii. 290.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sar. iii. 128. (Vid. 4-maculella.) 
. PRUNIFOLIELLA, Cham. 
(Evippe prunifoliella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. v. 186; vii. 105; ix. 23. 
. PSEUDACACIELLA, Cham. 
(Depressaria pseudacacielia, Cham.)—Can. Ent. iv. 9, 107, 129, 
147, 148.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. 1. 208. 
. PUDIBUNDELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 73. 
. PULLIFIMBRIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 223, 225.—Proc. Ent. 
Soc. Phila. ii. 120, 121.—Can. Ent. ix. 23. 
PULLUSELLA, Cham.—OCan. Ent. vi. 237. 
PUNCTIFERELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 222, 224—Proe. Ent. Soe. 
Phila. ii. 119, 120. 
. QUADRIMACULELLA, Cham.—Can Ent. vi. 237. (Non 4-maculella, 
Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 29, vid. pravinominella.) 
(G. quinella, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 60. Var. cercerisella.—Can. Ent. 
vi. 230 et seq.; ix. 23.) 
G. QUERCINIGRZELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 170. 
G. QUERCIFOLIELLA, Cham. 
(Depressaria bicostomaculella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. iv. 127, 128, 
129, 147, 148. 
Adrasteia quercifoliella, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 206. 
Psoricoptera gibbosella, Stainton.—Can. Ent. v. 72, 174. 
G. QUERCIVORELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 173. 
G. QUERCIELLA, Cham. 
(Depressaria querciella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. iv. 127, 147. 
(Adrasteia querciella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. iv. 207. 
G. QUINQUEANULELLA, Cham.—Oan. Ent. iv. 191. 
GQ. QUINQUECRISTATELLA, Cham.—Ante, 88. 
G. RHOIFRUCTELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 40, 114, 225.—Proc. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, 163.—Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. ii. 121.— 
Can. Ent. iv. 68.—Bei. z. Kennt. May, 1873, 52. 
G. RIBESELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 29.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. 
Sur. iii. pt. 1, 128. 
G. ? ROBINIELLA. 
(Anacampsis robiniella, Fitch.)—Rep. v. 334.—Can. Ent. iii. 55, 
57, 163, 183.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 208. 
G. ROSEOSUFFUSELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 40, 113, 225.—Proce. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, 162.—Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. ii. 
121.—Cham. in Can. Ent. iv. 69, 148, 169, 193; vi. 231; ix. 
14; Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 290; Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 
pt. 1, 125, 141.—Murt. in Can, Ent. vi. 222.—Zell. in Bei. z. 
Kennt. 1873, 72. 


2 a2 @ 


op) 


q 


Q Biel oe 


CHAMBERS: INDEX TO TINEINA. 147 


G. RUBENSELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 40, 193.—Murt. in Can. Ent. vi. 
222. (Vid. ante sub G. intermediella.) 
G. RUBIDELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 40, 115, 225.—Proc. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila. 1860, 163.—Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. ii. 121. 
G. RUFUSELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 240. 
G. SAPHARINELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 250 
G.? SARCITELLA, Har. 
(Anacampsis sarcitella, Har.)—Treat. Ins. 493. 
G. SALICIFUNGIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 262.—Proc. Ent. Soc. 
Phila. iii. 508; vi. 273. 
G. SAUNDERSELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. viii. 173. 
G. SCUTELLARIZELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 175. 
(G. sella, Cham.=G. glandifereilas Zell. q. v.) 
G. SEQUAX, Haw.—Nat. Hist. Tin. x. 70.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 65. 
G. SERRATIPALPELLA, Cham.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 123. 
G. SERRATIVITTELLA, Zell. 
(Lrichotaphe serrativittella, Zell.)—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 80.— 
Can. Ent. ix. 24. 
G. SETOSELLA, Clem. 
( Trichotaphe setosella, Clem.)—Tin. Nor. Amer. 121,—Proe. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, 166. 
G. SIMPLICIELLA, Cham.—Cin Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 238. 
(G. similiella, Cham. = G. solaniiella, post.) 
G. SOLANIIELLA, Cham. 
(G. similiella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. iv. 193; v. 176; x. p. —.—Cin. 
Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 238, 239.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 143. 
. SUBRUBERELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent.vi. 240.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 254. 
SUFFUSELLA, Cham.—Oan. Ent. iv. 171. 
SYLVACOLELLA, Cham.—Ante, 86. 
TEPHRIASELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 68. 
TERNARIELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 64. 
(Lita ternariella.) 
THORACEALBELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 235. 
THORACHOCHRELLA, Cham.—Can. Int. iv. 169, 170. 
THORACEFASCIELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 246.—Can. Ent. 
x. p. —. 
THORACENIGR ELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 246. 
THORACESTRIGELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 245. 
TRIALBAMACULELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 250 et seq. 
. TRIFASCIELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 252.—Can. Ent. vii. 23. 
G. TRILINEELLA, Cham.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 125. 
. TRIMACULELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 238. 
. TRIOCELELLA, Cham.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 127.—Ante, 87. 
G. UNCTULELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. ‘Kennt. 1873, 57. 
G. VAGATIOELLA, Cham. 
(Hidothea vagatioella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. vy. 187, 229; vii. 105. 


MEDD BRR BAAaD 


Q 2 


148 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


a RAAD 


ama 


SaoGa Gee a= a Ge a a 


. VIOLACEO-FUSCA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 58. 

. VARIIELLA, Cham.—Can. Hnt. iv. 174. 

. VERSUTELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 53. 2 
. WACOELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 237. 


GLAUCE. (Chambers.) (=? Gelechia, pars.) 
PECTEN-ALAELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 12. 


GLYPHIPTERYX. 


. IMPIGRITELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 214.—Proc. Ent, Soc. Phila. 


ii. 9.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 234. 


. EXOPTALELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 234, 293, 
. MONTISELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 292.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. 


Sur. iii. 129, 143, 149.—Can. Ent. ix. 14. 


GRACILARIA. (Haw.) 


. ACERIFOLIELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 299.—Hayd. Bul. 


Geo. Sur. iii. 132. 


. ALNICOLELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 299.—Hayd. Bul. 


Geo. Sur. iii. 132. 


. ALNIVORELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sei. ii. 298.—Can. Ent. ix. 


15.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 132. 


. ASTERICOLA, Frey & Boll.—S. E. Z. xxxiv. 204.—Cin. Quar. Jour. 


Sci. ii. 200. 
ATOMOSELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 109. 
BOSQUELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. viii. 33.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 132. 
2? BEHRENSELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. viii. 32. 
BELFRAGEELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 92. 
BLANDELLA, Zell.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 257.—Proe. Ent. Soc. Phila. iii. 
505; v. 145.—Can. Ent. v. 13, 47. 


. BURGESSIELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 107. 


CORONIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 243.—Proe. Ent. Soc. Phila. ii. 
421; v. 145. 


. 12-LINBELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 11; ix. 124. 
. DESMODIFOLIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 268 e¢ seq.—Proc. Ent. 


Soe. Phila. v. 145. 

(G. violacella, Clem.)—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, 7.— 
Tin. Nor. Amer. 93.—Cham. in Oan. Ent. iv. 26; v. 46; Cin. 
Quar. Jour. Sci. i. 203.—Zell. in Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 108. 


(G. elegantella, Frey & Boll, vid. G. packardella, post.) 
G. 


ERIGERONELLA, Cham. 
(G. plantaginisella, Cham.)\—Can. Ent. iv. 10; v. 46.) 
G. geiella, MS. name—error.)—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. i. 200.— 
Can. Ent. ix. 127. 


(G. eupatoriiella, Cham., ? = G. venustella, Clem. post.) 


CHAMBERS: INDEX TO TINEINA. 149 


G. FALCONIPENNELLA, Hiib.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 107. 
G. FASCIELLA, Cham. 
(Aesyle fasciella, Cham.)\—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 97.—Can. 
Ent. vii. 93; ix. 123, 194. 
G. FULGIDELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 92.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila. 1860, 6.—Proe. Ent. Soc. Phila. v. 145.—Can. Ent. x. 
(G. geiella, vid. supra G. erigeronella.) 
(G. tnornatella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. viii. 31; ix. 194. 
G. JUGLANDISNIGR ELLA, Cham. 
(G. juglandiella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. iv. 28, 88; v. 15, 47. 
G. LESPEDEZAiFOLIELLA, Clem. 
(Parectopa lespedezefoliella, Clem.)—Tin. Nor. Amer. 144.— 
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, 210.—Cham. in Can. Ent. 
iv. 7; v.47; viii. 19; Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 132. 
(G. mirabilis, Zell. = G. robiniella, Clem. post.) 
G. NEGUNDELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. viii. 18.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 
132. 
G. PACKARDELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 27; ix. 194.—Cin. Quar. Jour. 
Sci. i. 200. 
(G. elegantella, Frey & Boll.)—S. H. Z. xxxiv. 3.—Cin. Quar. 
Jour. Sci. ii. 227. 
(G. plantaginisella, vid. G. erigeronella.) 
G. POPULIELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 301.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. 
Sur. iii. 13. ; 
G. PULCHELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 146. 
G. PURPURIELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 27; v. 46; ix. 126, 194. 
G. RHOIFOLIELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. viii. 31. 
G. RIBESELLA, Cham.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. i. 132. 
G. ROBINIELLA, Clem.—Can. Ent. ili. 87; iv. 7; v. 47; viii. 33.—Hayd. 
Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 132. 
(Parectopa robiniella, Clem.)—Tin. Nor. Amer. 207.—Proe. Ent. 
Soe. Phila. i. 4. 
(Lithocolletis gemmea?, Frey & Bo}l.)—S. E. Z. xxxiv. 218.—Cin. 
Quar. Jour. Sci. i. 206, 339; ii. 227. 
. SALICIFOLIELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 25; v. 15, 46, 186.—Cin. Quar. 
Jour. Sci. i. 340. 
. SAUZALITOELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. viii. 32. 
. SASSAFRASELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. viii. 33. 
. STRIGIFINITELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 92.—Proc. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila. 1860, 6.—Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. v. 145. 
. SUPERBIFRONTELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 91.—Proc. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila. 1861, 5.—Proe. Ent. Soc. Phila. v. 145.—S. E. Z. 
— xxxiv. 1.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. i. 200; ii. 226. 
G. THERMOPSELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 300.—Hayd. Bul. 
Geo. Sur. iii. 132. 


QO AGG MQ 


150 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


G. VENUSTELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 92, 216.—Proc. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila. 1860, 6.—Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. ii. 10; v. 145. 
(G. eupatortiella, Cham.)—Oan. Ent. iv. 9; v. 44, 46. 
(G. violacella, Clem. vid. G. desmodifoliella, Clem.) 


(HAGNO. Chambers.) 


(H. cryptolechicella Cham. and H. faginella Cham. referred to Crypto- 


lechia.) : 
HAMADRYAS. Clemens. 


H. BASSETTELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 246.—Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. 
ii, 423.—Can. Ent. vi. 231; x. p. —.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii, 
115. 


HARPALYCE. Cham. (non Steph.). 


. ALBELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 235. 

. CANUSELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 235. 

. TORTRICELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 235.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 
122, 141. 


me 


(HERIBEIA.) 
(H. incertella, Cham. vid. Argiope dorsimaculetla.) 
(HELICE. Chambers.) 
(HZ. pallidochrella, Cham. vid. Gelechia gleditschiwella, Cham.) 
' HELIOZELLA. (Her.-Sch.) 


H. SELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. ix. 108. 
H. GRACILIS, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 114. 


(HOMOSETIA. Clemens.) 


(H. tricingulatella, Clem. vid. Tinea tricingulatella.) 
(H. costisignella, Clem. vid. Tinea costisignella.) 


HYALE. Chambers. 


H. CORYLIELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 242 (?= Menestra tor- 
triciformella Clem.) 


HYBROMA. Clemens. 
H. SERVULELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 187.—Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. 
IS WYPONOMBUTA. (Zellér.) 
H. APICIPUNCTELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 8. 


H. EVONYMELLA, Cham. 
(H. orbimaculella, Cham.)—Can. Hnt. iv. 42; v. 12. 


CHAMBERS: INDEX TO TINEINA. 151 


. LONGIMACULELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 43. 

. MULTIPUNCTELLUS, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 95.—Proc. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila. 1860, 8.—Can. Ent. iv. 42.—Guide, 348 (as mille- 
punctellus).—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 28. 

. QUINQUEPUNCTELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 7. 

. WAKARUSA, Ganmer.—Observer of Nature, p. — (? = evonymella). 

. ZELLERIELLA, Cham.—An¢te, 80. 


mo 


aan 


HYPATIMA. 


1. SUBSENSELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 102. 
H. CONFECTELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 103. 


INCURVARIA. 


J. ACERIFOLIELLA, Fitch.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 90.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila. 1860, 5. 
(Ornix acerifoliella, Fitch.)—Rep. Nox. Ins. pts. 1 and 2, 269.— 
Ont. Rep. 1873, 42. 
I. IRIDELLA, Cham. 
(Tinea tridella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. v. 86. 
I, LABRADORELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 238.—Proe. Ent. Soc. Phila. 
ii. 416. 
]. MEDIOSTRIALELLA, Clem.--Tin. Nor. Amer. 273.—Proc. Ent. Soe. 
Phila, v. 147. 
(Tinea auristrigella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. v. 86; ix. 207. 
J. RUSSATELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 89.—Proc. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila. 1860, 5. 


(ITHOME. Chambers.) = (PERIMEDE. Chambers.) 


(I. unomaculella, Cham. = Perimede unomaculella, Cham., and referred 
to Laverna, q. v.) 
LAVERNA. 


L.? ALBELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 295. 
(L. albocapitella, Cham. = DL. murtfeldtella, Cham.): 
L. ALBOPALPELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 295. 
Li. BIFASCIELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. viii. 158. 
L. CEPHALANTHIELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iii. 221; vii. 53; x. p.—. 
L. CIRCUMSCRIPTELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 112.—Can. Ent. x. 
p. —. , 
L.? COLORADOELLA, Cham.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 136. 
LL. DEFINITELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 111. 
(L. unicristatella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. vii. 32; ix. 74. 
L. ELOISELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 131.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila. 1860, 171.—Can. Ent. ix. 74. 
L.? ERRANSELLA, Cham. 
(Perimede erransella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. vi. 52; vii. 52; ix. 147; 
xX. p.—. 


152 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


L.? fuscocristatella, Cham. vid. Nera fuscocristatetla, Cham.) 
L.? IGNOBILISELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 83, 51; x. p. —. 
L.? GLEDITSCHIHELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. viii. 185, 171; x. p. 232. - - 
L GRANDISELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 296.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. 
Sur. iii. 144. 
(L. grisseella, Cham. vid. L. murtfeldtella.) 
L. LUCIFERELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 130.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila. 1860, 171. 
L.? MAGNATELLA.—Can. Ent. ix. 73. 
(L.? ceenothercella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. vii. 30. 
(Phyllocnistis magnatella, Zell.)—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 115. 
L. MISCECOLORELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 51.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. 
ili, 144. 
LL. MURTFELDTELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 237; viii. 159; ix. 
13; x. p. —. 
(L. albocapitella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. vii. 33.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. 
Sur. iii. 144. 
(ZL. grisseella, Cham.)—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 295.—Hayd. 
Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 141. 
L.? OBSCURUSELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 53; x. p. —. 
L. G@NOTHER ASEMINELLA, Cham.—Can. Hat. viii. 138; x. p. —. 
L.? PARVICRISTATELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 34. 
L. RUFOCRISTATELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 33. 
(L. unicristatella, Cham. vid. L. definitella, Zell.) 
LL. UNIFASCIELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. viii. 159 (var.? murtfeldtella). 


LEUCANTHIZA. (Clemens.) 


L. AMPHICARPE ZFOLIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 85, 87-88.—Proce. 
Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila. 1859, 328.—Can. Ent. iii. 162; x. p.—. 
(L. saundersella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. iii. 205. 
(L. ornatella, Cham. vid. Lithocolletis ornatella, Cham.) 


LEUCOPHRYNE. (Chambers.) 
(Perhaps this might be included in Laverna.) 
L. TRICRISTATELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 211. 
LITHARIAPTERYX. (Chambers.) 


LL. ABRONIAZELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. viii. 217.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. 
iii. 124, 149. 
(LITA.) 


(LZ. ternariella and L. liturosella referred to Gelechia.) 
LITHOCOLLETIS.* = (Zeller.) 


L. ACERIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 65, 75.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
1859, 319, 323.—Can. Ent. iii. 130. 


* Vid. Pysche, January, 1878. 


CHAMBERS: INDEX TO TINEINA. 153 


L. ZNIGMATELLA, Frey & Boll.—S. H.C. xxxiv. 219.—Cin. Quar. Jour. 


Sci. i. 206. 


L. ARIFERELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 64, 68.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 


Phila. 1859, 318, 320.—Can. Ent. iii. 183.—Cin. Quar. Jour. 
Sci. ii. 104. 


(ZL. ceesculisella, Cham. var. guttifinitella.—Can. Haut. iii. 111.) 


L. 
L. 


om 


Pee 


iH EASE! Gies 


Hee 


et lestfet SP eae led 


ALBANOTELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 101. 

ALNIELLA?, Zell.—S. H. Z. xxxiv. 210.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. 1. 201; 
ii. 229.—Nat. Hist. Tin. v. 2i1. 

(LZ. mariwella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. iv. 99. 

ALNIVORELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 302 —Hayd. Bul. Geo. 
Sur. iii. 139. 

AMBROSIZELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iii. 127, 183.—Cin. Quar. Jour. 
Sci. i. 205; ii. 230. 

AMORPH HELLA, Cham.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 132, 137. . 

AMPHICARPE HELLA, Cham.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. ili. 132, 137. 

ALTERNATA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1875, 145. 

ARGENTIFIMBRIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 39, 64, 70.—Proc. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1859, 318, 321—Can. Ent. iii. 57, 85, 
182.—Frey & Boll in S. E. Z. xxxiv. 209.—Cin. Quar. Jour. 
Sci. i. 201, 204; ii. 229: 


. ARGENTINOTELLA, Gio —Tin. Nor. er 66, 78.—Proc. Acad. Nat. 


Sci. Phila. 1859, 319, 321.—Can. Ent. iii. 148 ; x. p. —.—Frey 
& Boll in 8. Dp. Z. TE 214.—Cin. Quar. out Sci. i. 202 et 
seq.; li. 101. 


. ATOMARIELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1875, 144. 

. AURONITENS, Frey & Boll.—S. E. Z. xxxiv. 216. 

. AUSTRALISELLA, Cham.—An¢te, 1C3. 

. BASISTRIGELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 39, 65, 66, 69.— Proc. Acad. 


Nat. Sci. 1859, 319, 321.—Can. Ent. iii. 148, 149, 166, 182.— 
Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. 1. 205. 


- 


. BETHUNEELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iii. 109.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. il. 


103.—Can. Ent. x. p. —. 


. BICOLORELLA, Cham.— Ante, 103. 


BIFASCIELLA, Cham.—Ante, 101. 


. BOSTONICA, Frey & Boll.—S. E. Z. xxxiv. 216.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. 


i. 206; ii. 230. ; 


, GARY #ALBELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iii. 58, 85, 182, 206. 
. CARY EFOLIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 65, 74.—Proc. Acad. Nat. 


Sci. Phila. 1859, 319, 323.—Can. Ent. iii. 109, 165. 
CASTANEZELLA, Cham eens Quar. Jour. Sci. 109, 165. 


. CELTIFOLIELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iii. 128; x. p. —. 


CELTISELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iii. 129.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. i. 201; 
x. p. —. 

CINCINNATIELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iii. 144, 149.—Cin. Quar. Jour. 
Sci. i. 149.— Ante, p. —.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. iii. 141. 


154 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


. CONGLOMERATELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1875, 140. 
. CONSIMILELLA, Frey & Boll.—S. Li. Z. xxxiv. 214.—Cin. Quar. Jour. 
Sci. 1. 202. 
. CORYLIELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iii. 111, 127; x. p. —. 
. CRATAZGELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 66, 77, 141.—Proc. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila. 1859, 319, 324; 1860, 208.—Can. Ent. iii. 55, 108, 
166; v. 50; vi. 150.—Ante, p. —.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. i. 
206, 201. 
L. CURVILINEATELLA, Pack.—Guide, 354.—Can. Ent. iii. 183. (Not a 
Lithocolletis ?) 
L. DESMODIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 65, 68.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila. 1859, 319, 220.—Can. Ent. i. 127, 152. 

LL. FITCHELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 139.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila. 1860, 207.—Can. Ent. iii. 183.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sei. i. 
201.—Guide, 353.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 139.—Can. Ent. 
x. p. —. 

Argyromiges quercifoliella, Fitch.—Rep. 5, sec. 327. 


gl te! 


late" 


L. FUSCOCOSTELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 102. 

L. GEMINATELLA, Pack.—Guide, 353.—Can. Ent. iii. 183. (Not a Litho- 
colletis ?) 

L. GEMMEA, Frey & Boll.—S. E. Z. xxxiv. 218.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. i. 
206 et seq. 339; ii. 227. 

L. GUTTIFINITELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 65, 76.—Proe. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila. 1859, 319, 324.—Can. Ent. ii. 110 et seg.—Cin. 
Quar. Jour. Sci. i. 201 et seq.—Ante, 102. 

L. HAGENI, Frey & Boll.—S. E. Z. xxxiv. 208.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. i. 


201 et seq.—Ante, 100. 
L. HAMADRYADELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 65, 77.—Proc. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila. 1859, 319, 324.—Can. Ent. iii. 55, 164, 182.—Cin. 
Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 201 et seq. 
. HELEANITHIVORELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 100, 230. 
. NIDIFICANSELLA, Pack.—Guide, 354.—Can. Ent. iii. 184. (? A Lyo- 
netia.) 
L. i@NoTA, Frey & Boll.—S. E. Z. xxxiv. 215 —Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. i. 
205; ii. 230. 
L. INTERMEDIA, Frey & Boll.—sS. E. Z. xxxiv. 210.—Cin. Quar. Jour. 
Sci. i. 201; ii. 230. 
(e juglandiella, Clem.=L. carycfoliella, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 170.— 
Proc. Ent. Soe. Phila. i. 81.—Can. Ent. iii. 165; vil. 126; x. 
p- ——Guide, 353.) 
L. LONGISTRIATA, Frey & Boll.—S. E. Z. xxxiv. 209, 210.—Cin. Quar. 
Jour. Sei. 1. 201; 11. 229. 
L. LUCETIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 65, 73.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila. 1859, 319, 322.—Can. Ent. iii. 56. 
L. LYSIMACHIZELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 100. 


et fe 


CHAMBERS: INDEX 'lO TINEINA. 155 


L. LUCIDICOSTELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor..Amer. 39, 64, 66.—Proc. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Phila. 1859, 318, 319.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 102.— 
Can. Ent. iii. 57, 182. (The statement that the larva mines 
leaves of the Sycamore (Platanus) is incorrect.) 
(L. marieella, Cham. vid. D. alniella, Zell.) 
L. MintFIcA, Frey & Boll.—S. E. Z. xxxiv. 212.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. 
i. 202. 
L. NECOPINUSELLA, Cham.—Ante, 100. 
(L. nonfasciella, Cham.—Can. Ent. iii. 108.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. i. 201.) 
(This must be dropped from the list: there is no such species. 
It was described from varieties and old specimens of ZL. cel- 
tisella Cham.) 
. OBSCURICOSTELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 64, 71.—Proc. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila. 1859, 318, 321.—Can. Ent. iii. 85; x. p. 102. 
. OBSOLETELLA, Frey & Boies Se HK. Z. xxxiv. 211. Cin, Quar. Jour. 
Sci. i. 202. 
. OBSTRICTELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 64, 73.—Proc. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila. 1859, 318, 322.—Can. Ent. iii. 183.— Ante 102. 
. ORNATELLA, Cham.—Oan. Ent. iii. 161; iv. 107; x. p. —.—Cin. Quar. 
Jour. Sci. i. 201 et seg. 339; 11. 228.—S. HE. Z. xxxiv. 217.— 
Bei. z. Kennt. 1875, 141. 
(Leucanthiza ornatella.)\—Can. Ent. iii. 87, 127. 
L. OSTENSACKENELLA, Fitch. 
(Argyromiges ostensackenella, Fitch.)—Can. Ent. iii. 183.—Rep. 
Nox. Ins. New York, n. 5. sec. $38. 
L. OSTRY ZFOLIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 64, 71.—Proc. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila. 1859, 318, 322.—Can. Ent. iii. 85. —Cia. Quar. Jour. 
Sci. i. 202. 
(L. ostrycella, Cham. var. LD. coryliella, Cham. q. v.) 
L. POPULIELLA, Cham.—Ante, 101. 
L. QUERCIALBELLA, Fitch.—Rep. Nox. Ins. N. Y. n. 5, sec. 328.—Can. 
Ent. iii. 57. 
L. QUERCIBELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 102. 
(L. quercifoliel.a, Fitch, vid. L. fitchella, Clem.) 
L. QUERCITORUM, Frey & Boll.—S. E. Z. xxxiv. 207.—Cin. Quar. Jour. 
Sci. i. 201; ii. 229.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1875, 140.—Hayd. Bul. 
Geo. Sar. iii. 1389, 141.—Can. Ent. x. p. —. 
L. RILEYELLA, Cham. Me, Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 236. 
L. ROBINIELLA, Clem.—Tin, Nor. Amer. 14 et seq. 22, 64, 66, 208.—Proce. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1859, 318, 319; 1860, 209.—Can. Ent. 
iii. 54 et seq. 87, 163, 183, 185; iv. 9,117.—S. EH. Z. xxxiy. 
p. ——Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. vi. 203, 208, 339; ii. 228.—Bei. 
z. Kennt. 1875, 142.— Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. 132, 137. 
(Argyromiges pseudacaciella, Fitch.)—Rep. Nox. Ins. N. Y. n. 5, 
sec. 330. 
2A. wuhlerella, Fitch.—Ibid. 337. 
? A. morrisella, Fitch.—Ibid. 336. 


ye a | Ss | Ic 


156 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


L. SALICIFOLIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 169.—Proe. Ent. Soc. Phila. 
i. 81.—Can. Ent. iii. 163, 185. sah 353.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. 
Sur. iti. 139, 141. 
(L. scudderella, Frey & Boll.)—S. H. Z. xxxiv. 212.—Cin. Quar. 
Jour. Sci. ii. 202. ; 
L. SYMPHORICARPEHELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 98. 
(Z. scudderella, Frey & Boll. vid. L. salicifoliella, supra.) 
. TILLIMELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iii. 56.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. vi. 203. 
. TRIFASCIELLA, Haw.—S. E. Z. xxxiv. 215.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. i. 
205.—Can. Ent. x. p.—. 
. TRITANIAELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iii. 110, 184; v. 48; x. p. —.—Cin. 
Quar. Jour. Sci. i. 202. 
. TEXANELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1875, 143.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. 
v. 132, 137. 
. TUBIFERELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 140.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. 
Phila. 1860, 208.—Can. Ent. ili. 165, 183. 
L. ULMELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iii. 148.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. i. 202, 
204; ii. 101.—S. H. Z. xxxiv. 214. 
L. UNIFASCIELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 103 e¢ seq. 
(L. virginiella, Cham.—Can. Ent. iii. 84; x.p.—. = L. ostrycfoliella, 
Clem.) 


glee cosa calf eal 


LYONETIA. (Hiibner.) 


L. ALNIELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 303.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. 
Sur. iii. 140. 

LL. APICISTRIGELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 105.—Can. Ent. 
x. p.—. 

L. GRACILELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. viii, 34; x. p. —. 

L.? NIDIFICANSELLA, Pack. 

(Lithocolletis nidificansella, Pack. cade: 354.—Can. Ent. x. 

Dp. — 

(L. saccatella, Pack. vid. Aspidisca splendoriferclia.) 

LL. SPECULELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 184.—Pree. Ent. Soe. Phila. i. 
134.—Can. Ent. x. p. —. 


(MACHIMIA. Clemens.) 
(i. tentoriferella, vid. Cryptolechia tentoriferella.) 
(MALACHOTRICHA.) 
(iM. bilobella, Zell. vid. Gelechia bilobella.) 
MARMARA. .(Clemens.) 


M. SALICLELLA, Clem,.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 212.—Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. 
Meh 


M. 


M. 


4 


1A 


— 


1 


CHAMBERS: INDEX TO TINEINA. 157 
MENESTRA. (Clemens.) 


TORTRICIFORMELLA.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 151.—Proec. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila. 1860, 213. 


MICROPTERYX. 
POMIVORELLA, Pack.—Rep. Mass. Ag. Soc. 1870.—Am. Nat. vi. 685. 
(MIEZA, vid. EN AUMIA.) 
NARA, (Chambers.) 


. FUSCOCRISTATELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 9, 51. 


(Laverna fuscocristatella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. vii. 34. 


NEDA. (Chambers.) 


PLUTELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 243; vii. 105. 


NEPTICULA. (Zeller.) 


. AMELANCHIERELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 174.—Proec. Ent. Soe. 


Phila. i. 84.—Guide, 356. 

ANGUINELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 175.—Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. 
i. 85. 

APICIALBELLA, Cham.—Can. Eat. v. 127.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 
118. i 

BADIOCAPITELLA, Chain.—Can. Ent. viii. 160. 

BELFRAGEELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 75. 

BIFASCIELLA, Cham.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 183.—Proe. Ent. Soc. Phila. 
i. 133; v. 146. 

BOSQUEELLA, Cham.—Ante, 106. 

CASTANEAFOLIELLA, Cham.—in. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 117. 

CARY AIFOLIELLA.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 174.—Proe. Ent. Soe. Phila. i. 84, 

CILLIAFUSCELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 128.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. 
ii. 117. (= WM. fuscotibicella Clem.) 

CLEMENSELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 125. 

CORYLIFOLIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 172.—Proe. Ent. Soe. 
Phila. i. 83.—Guide, 356. 

CRATZGIFOLIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 173.—Proc. Ent. Soe. 
Phila. 1. 83. 

FUSCOCAPITELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 128. 

FUSCOTIBLZELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 182.—Proc. Ent. Soe. 
Phila. i. 1383; v. 146.—Can. Ent. vy. 127.—Cin. Quar. Jour. © 
Sci. ii. 114. 

JUGLANDIFOLIELLA, Cham.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 173.—Proc. Ent. Soc. 
Phila, i. 84.—Ante, 105. 

LATIFASCIELLA, Cham.—Ante, 106. 


158 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Aiwa 


1A 


I 2 


tA 


A AlAs A 


ee 


. MAXIMELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 126. 
. MINIMELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 127. 


NIGRIVERTICELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 118. 
OCHREFASCIELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 128. 


. OSTRY ZFOLIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 172.—Proc. Ent. Soe. 


Phila. i. 83. 


. PLATANELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 173, 183.—Proc. Ent. Soe. 


Phila. i. 83, 133; v. 146.—Can. Ent. v. 125.—Guide, 356. 


. PLATEA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 175.—Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. 1.°85. 


PRUNIFOLIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 174.—Proe. Ent. Soc. Phila. 
i. 84.—Can. Ent. v. 126. (? serotinwella or ? Dipterous.) 


. QUERCICASTANELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 127.—Ante, p. —.—Can. 


Ent. x. 105. 
QUERCIPULCHELLA, Cham.—Ante, 105. 
RESPLENDENSELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 118. 


. ROSZFOLIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 176.—Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. 


i. 86. 


. RUBIFOLIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 32, 42, 45, 152.—Proc. Ent. 


Soe. Phila. v. 146. 


. SAGINELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 175, 270.—Proe. Ent. Soc. Phila. 


i. 85, 144. 


. SEROTINZELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 126; x. p. —. 

. THORACEALBELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 127. 

. UNIFASCIELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 119.—Ante, p. —. 

. VILLOSELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 174.—Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. 


1. 84. 


. VIRGINIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 172.—Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. 


i. 83. 
(NOMIA. Clemens.) 


(NV. lingualacella, Clem. vid. Chrysopora lingualacella.) 


NOTHRIS. (Hiibner.) 


N.? BIMACULELLA, Cham.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 122. 


INE 


EUPATORIIELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. ix. 23. 
(Ypsolophus eupatoriiella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. iv. 221. 
(Nothris dolabella, Zell.)—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 88. 


N. GRISSEELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 245. 


CGECOPHORA. (Zeller.) 


GS. ARGENTICINCTELLA, Clem.—Can. Ent. v. 188-190.—Cin. Quar. Jour. 


Sci. ii. 114. 
(Callima argenticinctella, Clem.)—Tin. Nor. Amer. 12, 46, 123.— 
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, 167. 


(i. BORKHAUSENH, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 90. 


CHAMBERS: INDEX TO TINEINA. 159 


(i. BOREASELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 189.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 
114, 292.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 129, 141. 

(GH. bosquella, Cham. vid. Gelechia bosquella.) 

(Gi. constrictella, Zell. vid. Theisoa constrictella.) 

Ci. DETERMINATELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 89. 

(i. australisella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. vii. 124; ix. 23.—Cin. Quar. 

Jour. Sci. ii. 114. ; 

(@. granella, Lat. vid. Gelechia granella.) 

GH. 4-MACULELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 292.—Hayd. Bul. 
Geo. Sur, iii. 129. 

(i. SHALERIELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 114. 


(ENOE. (Chambers.) 
(4). HYBROMELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 50. 
CESEIS. (Chambers.) 


CH). BIANULELLA. Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 255. 


CGiTA. (Grote.) 


CH. PUNCTELLA, Cra-—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 28. 
(Paciloptera compta, Clem.)—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1860, 546. 
(dita compta, Grote.)—Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. v. 230.—Riley’s 
Rep. Nox. Ins. Mo. 1869, 151.—Zell. Ent. Zeit. 1871, s. 178. 
(Tinea pustulella, Fab.)—Ent. Syst. iii. pt. ii. 292. 
(Phalena punctella, Cramer.—Ins. 31.) 


OPOSTEGA. (Zeller.) 


O. ALBOGALLERIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 180.—Proc. Ent. Soc. 
Phila. i. 131. 
O. 4-STRIGELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 106. 


ORNIX. (Zeller.) 


(0. acerifoliella, Fitch, vid. Incurvaria acerifolielia.) 

O. BOREASELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 237.—Proe. Ent. Soe. Phila. 
ii. 415. 

O. CRATGIFOLIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 94.—Proc. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila. 1860, 8.—Can. Ent. v. 48. 

O. FESTINELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 94.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila. 1860, 97. 

O. INUSITATUMELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 47; viii. 19. 

O. PRUNIVORELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 50.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 
301.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sar. iii. 183, 141. 

O. QUADRIPUNCTELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 177.—Proc. Ent. Soe. 
Phila. i. 86. 


160 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


O. QUERCIFOLIELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 116. 
O. TREPIDELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 94.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila. 1860, 7. 


PARASIA. (Dup.) 


(P. apicistrigella, Cham. vid. Gelechia apicistrigelia.) 

(P. apicipunctella, vid. Hvagora apicipunctella.) 

(P. grisseella, Cham. vid. Gelechia grisseetla.) 

P. SUBSIMELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 137.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila. 1860, 173. 


(PARECTOPA. Clemens.) 


(P. lespedezefoliella et robiniella, Clem. vid. sub Gracilaria.) 


PHAETUSA. (Chambers.) 


P. PLUTELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 105; x. p.—. 


(PERIMEDE. Chambers.) 


(P. evransella et P. (Ithome) unomaculella, Cham. vid. sub Laverna.) 


PHIGALIA. (Chambers.) 


P. ALBELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 107. 
P. OCHREMACULELLA, Cham.—Ibid.: 


PHILONOME. (Chambers.) 
P. CLEMENSELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 97; viii. 136; ix.13; x. p.—. 
PHYLLOOCNISTIS. (Zeller.\ 


P. AMPELOPSIELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iii. 207 (2C6 erroneously ampe- 
lopsifoliella).—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. il. 107, 303.—Hayd. Bul. 
Geo. Sur. iii. 140, 141. 

P. ERECHTITISELLA, Cham.—Ante, 104. 

P. LIRIODENDRONELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 220.—Proc. Ent. Soe. 
Phila. ii. 13.—Can. Ent. iii. 185, 206, 207. 

P. LIQUIDAMBARISELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 106. 

(P. magnatella, Zell. vid. Laverna? magnatella.) 

P. POPULIBLLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 106, 303.—Can. Ent. 
viii. 19.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. Sur. iii. 140, 141, 147. 

P. SMILACICELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 107. 

P. VITIGENELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 22, 23, 39, 83.—Proc. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Phila. 1859, 327.—Can. Ent. ili. 206; vi. 169. 

P. VITIFOLIELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iii. 206 e¢ seq.; vi. 169. 


CHAMBERS: INDEX TO TINEINA. 161 


PIGRITIA. (Clemens.) 


P. LATICAPITELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 41, 136.—Proc. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila. 1860, 173 

P. OCHRELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 232.—Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. ii. 126. 

P. OCHROCOMELLA, Clem.—Tiv. Nor. Amer. 232.—Proc. Ent. Soc. 
Phila. ii. 126. 


PITYS. (Chambers.) 


. AURICRISTATELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 110; ix. 207. 
. FASCIELLA, Cham.—Tbid.; ix. 207. 

. FUSCOCRISTATELLA, Cham.—T bid. 

. MISCECRISTATELLA, Cham.—ZI bid. 


PLUTELLA. (Schr.) 


. CRUCIFERARUM, Zell.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 39, 90.—Proc. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila. 1860, 6.—Can. Ent. viii. 119; vi. 230, 232.—Bei. z. 
Kennt. 1873, 33.—Rep. Bost. Ag. Soe. ii. 11.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. 
Sur. ili. 122, 141, 144, 147. 
(P. limbipennella, Clem. \—Ibid. 
(Cerostoma brassicella, Fitch.)—Ib‘d. and Rep. Nox. Ins. N. Y. 
i. 170-5.—Ag. Rep. 1871, 82. 
(P. zylostella.)—Rep. Mass. Ag. Soc. ii. 11. 
(P. mollipedella, Clem. loc. cit. sup., ? = cruciferarum.) 
P. PORRECTELLA, Linn. loc. cit. sup. (vigilaciella, Clem.). 


(PQICILIA.) 
(P. bifasciella, Clem., basistrigella, Olem., and fragmentella, vid. Gelechia.) 


(PCECILOPTERYX. Clemens.) 
(P. compta, vid. Gita punctelia.) 


ho Ag Pg ho 


9) 


POLYHYMNO. (Chambers.) 


(P. fuscostrigella, Cham.—Can. Ent. viii. 30. = luteostrigella.) 
P. LUTEOSTRIGELLA, Cham.—Loce. cit. sup. and Can. Ent. vi. 247. 
P. 6-STRIGELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 248. 


PRONUBA. (Biley.) 


P. YUCCASELLA, Riley.—Proc. Acad. Sci. Mo. iii. 55, 333.—Rep. Nox. 
Ins. Mo. v. 151; vi. 131.—Can. Ent. iv. 182.—Hayd. Bul. Geo. 
Sur. iii. 121, 141, 
( Tegeticula aia Zell. )\—Bei. z. Keunts 1873, 32; 1875, 139. 


PSECADIA. (Hiibner.) > 


P. SEMILUGENS, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1872, 115.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. 
ii, 258.—Can. Ent. vi. 233. (As Anesychia multipunctella, 
Cham.) 
Bull. iv. No. 1—11t 


162 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
(PSILOCORSIS. Clemens.) 
(P. querciella, Clem. and P. reflexa, Clem. vid. sub Cryptolechia.) 
(RHINOSIA.) 


(k. pometellus, Harris, vid. Ypsolophus pometellus.) 


SAGARITIS. (Chambers.) 


S. GRACILELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 226; vi. 245. 


SEMELE. (Chambers.) 


S. ARGENTISTRIGELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. viii. 105. 
(Tinea argentistrigella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. v. 89. 
S. ARGENTINOTELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. viii. 104. 
(S. bifascielia, Cham. MS. name inadvertently used = cristatella. )—Can. 
Ent. viii. 105; ix. 208. 
S. CRISTATELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 243. dea Ent. ix. 208. 


SETOMORPHA. (Zeller.) 


S. OPEROSELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 23. 
S. INAMCGENELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 23. 
S. RUDERELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 23. 


(SINOE. Chambers.) 
(S. fuscopallidella, Cham. vid. Gelechia.) 
SOLENOBIA. (Zeller.) | 


. WALSHELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 181.—Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. i. 
132.—Guide, 346.—Can. Ent. v. 745; vii. 125; viii. 19. 


G2) 


STILBOSIS. (Clemens.) 


S. TESQUATELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 40, 129.—Proc. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila. 1860, 170. 


STROBISIA. (Clemens.) 


S. ALBACILIAELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. x. p. —. 
S. ARGENTICILLAELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. x. p. —. 
S. EMBLEMELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 40, 118.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila. 1860, 164. . 
(S. venustella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. iv. 90. 
. IRIPENNELLA, Clem.—Loe. cit. sup. 
(S. aphroditeella, Cham.)—Can. Ent. iv. 88. 
S. LEVIPEDELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. ane 207.—Proec. Ent. Soc. Phila. 
il. 4, 


QP 


CTIAMBERS: INDEX TO TINEINA. 163 
(TACHIPTILIA.) 
(T. consonella et inocuella, vid. Gelechia.) 
(TELEIA.) 
T. sequax, scopella, et dorsivittella, Zell., vid. Gelechia.) 


(TEGETICULA.) 
(T. alba, Zell. vid. Pronuba yuccasella.) 


TENAGA. (Clemens.) 


T’, POMILIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 184.—Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. i. 
136. 
(TELPHUSA.) 


(T. curvistrigella, Cham.— Gelechia longifasciella, Clem.) 


* 


TINEA. (Haw.) 


T, ACAPNOPENNELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 233.—Proc. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila. 1859, 257. 

T. APICIMACULELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. il. 257. 

- T. AUROPULVELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 90; vii. 125; viii. 19. 

(1. auristrigella, Cham. = Incurvaria mediostriatella, Clem.) 

T. AUROSUFFUSELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 87. 

T’.. BEHRENSELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. il. 249. 

(LT. biflavimaculella, Clem. vid. T. rustacella.) 

T. BIMACULELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 87. 

T. BISELIELLA, Hum.—Ins. Brit. iii. 34, and authorities there cited.— 
Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 23. 

(LT. lanariella, Clem.)—Tin. Nor. Amer. 39, 50, 52, 60.—Proe, 

Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1859, 251, 258. Vid. post, crinella, 
flavifrontella, and lanariella. 

(T. carnariella, Clem. = T. pellionella.) 

T. C@METARLHELLA, Cham.—Can. Hnt. v. 855 viii. 105. 

T. (HOMOSETIA) COSTOSIGNELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 235.—Proe. 
Ent. Soe. Phila. ii. 128. 

T. COSTOSTRIGELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 87. 

(T. crinella, vid. biseliella and Treat. Ins. 493.) 

T. CROCICAPITELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 49, 51, 60.—Proc. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Phila. 1859, 257 et seq. 

T. CROCEOVERTICELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. viii. 106. 

T. DEFECTELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 20. 

T. (BLABOPHANES) DORSISTRIGELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 38, 49, 
50.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1859, 257 et seq.—Bei. z. 
Kennt. 1873, 20; 1875, 136. 


164 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


(LT. flavifrontella, Linn.—Guide, 346.—Treat. Ins. 494.—Ont. Rep. 1873, 
27.—Am. Nat. i. 422, biseliella.—Ag. Rep. 1864, 556.) 

T. FUSCIPUNCTELLA, Haw.—Ins. Brit. 33, and authorities there cited.— 

Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 22. 
(Z. nubilipennella, Clem.)—Tin. Ner. Amer. 39, 50, 52.—Proce. 

Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 257, 259. 

. FUSCOMACULELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 88. 

. FUSCOPULVELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 90. 

. GRANELLA.—Guide, 347.—Treat. Ins. 496.—Ag. Rep. 1854, 65; 1855, 
98; 1864, 556. (? variatella, Clem.) 

T. GRISSEELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 88. 

T. GRUMELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 21. 

(LT. hordet = T. cerealella = Gelechia cerealella.) 

T. IMITATORELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. viii. 105. 

(2. iridella, Cham. vid. Incurvaria tridella.) 

(2. lanariella, Clem. = biseliella.) 

T. MACULABELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 90. 

T. MACULIMARGINELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 212. : 

T. MARGINISTRIGELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 88. 

T. MARMORELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 212. 

T. MINULIPULVELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vii. 212. 

AW 

aT 


el ol bol 


. MISELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 23. 
T. MISCEELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 86. 
. NIVEOCAPITELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 249. 
(L. nubilipennella, Clem. = fuscipunctella.) 
T. OBSCUROSTRIGELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 232. 
T. ORLEANSELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 85. 
T. PELLIONELLA, Lin.—Ins. Brit. 32.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 49, 51.—Proe. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1859, 256, 257 (as carnariella, Clem.). 
(ZT. pustulella, vid. Gita pustulella.) 
T. STRAMINIELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 86. 
T. 7-STRIGELLA, Cham.—Ante, p. —. 
T. TAPETZELLA, Lin.—Ins. Brit. iii. 28.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 258.—Proe. 
Ent. Soe. Phila. iii. 505 —Can. Ent. vii. 124.—Rep. Nox. Ins. 
Mo. iii. 10.—Guide, 347.—Amer. Ent. and Bot. i. 90. 
T. THORACESTRIGELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. viii. 106. 
T. (HOMOSETIA) TRICINGULATELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 234.—Proe. 
Ent. Soe. Phila. ii. 128. 
T, TRIMACULELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 88. 
T. UNOMACULELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 258. 
(LT. vestianella, vid. rusticella.) 
T. RUSTICELLA, Hiib.—Ins. Brit. iii. 27. 
(ZL. biflavimaculella, Clem.)—Tin. Nor. Amer. 38, 49, 50, 237.— 
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1859, 257.—Proe. Ent. Soc. Phila. 
ii, 413.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 20. 
(7. vestianella.)—Rep. Nox. Ins. Mo. iii. 10.—Amer. Ent. and 
Bot. i. 90. 


CHAMBERS: INDEX TO TINEINA. 165 


T. VARIATELLA, Clem., ?= granella.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 50, 53.—Proc. 


uy 


T 


H BE SB 4H 


Il les} Il 


Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1859, 257, 259.—Can. Ent. vii. 125. 
. ZEA, Fitch.—Rep. Nox. Ins. N. Y. i. 320. 


THEISOA. (Chambers.) 
- CONSTRICTELLA. 
(Gicophora constrictella, Zell.) —Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 91. 
( Theisoa bifasciella, Cham.) —Can. Ent. vi. 75; vii. 93; ix. 24. 
. MULTIFASCIELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vi. 75; vii. 93. 


TISCHERIA. (Zeller.) 


. ENIA, Frey & Boll.—S. EH. Z. xxxiv. 222.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. i. 
210.—Ante, 99. 
AMBROSLHZELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 112, 238. 
. BADIIELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. vil. 124.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 
109, 111. 
CASTANEZELLA, Cham.—Oin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 111. 
CITRINIRBENELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 39, 80, 82.—Proc. Acad. 
Nat. Sei. Phila. 1859, 324.—Can Ent. iii. 208. 
COMPLANOIDES, Frey & Boll., ?= zelleriella, Clem.—S. EH. Z. xxxiv. 
220.— Ante, 99. 
CONCOLOR, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1875, 146. 
FUSCOMARGINELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 110. 
HELIOPSISELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 113, 238. 
LATIPENNELLA, Cham.—An¢te, 97. 
MALIFOLIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 141.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila. 1860, 208.—Can. Ent. iii. 208; v. 50; vi. 150.—S. E. Z. 
XxXxiv. 222.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 111. 
. PULVELLA, Cham.—Ante, 99. 
. PRUINOSEELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 110.—Ante, 97. 
- QUERCITELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 221.—Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. 
ii. 13.—Can. Ent. ili. 208.—S. E. Z. xxxiv. 221.—Cin. Quar. 
Jour. Sci. ii. 111.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1875, 146.— Ante, 97. 


T. QUERCIVORELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 109, 111.—Ante, 


Wo 


T 


tT 
T 


97. 

. ROSETICOLA, Frey & Boll.—S. E. Z. xxxiv. 223.—Cin. Quar. Jour. 
Sci. i. 210; ii. 112. 

. SOLADIGINIFOLIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 80, 81.—Proc. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Phila. 1859, 326.—Can. Ent. iii. 208. 

. TINCTORIIELLA, Cham.—Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 108, 111. 

. ZELLERIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 80, 81.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci, 
Phila. 1859, 326.—Can. Ent. iii. 208.—S. E. Z. xxxiv. 220.— 
Cin. Quar. Jour. Sci. ii. 109 et seq.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1875, 
147.— Ante, 98. 


TRIFURCELLA. (Zeller.) 


T. OBRUTELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 116. 


166 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
(TRICHOTAPHE. Clemens.) 


(Z. flavicostella, juncadella, serrativittella, setosella et ochrepalpella, Clem. 
vid. sub Gelechia.) 


TRIPANISMA. Clemens. 


T. PRUDENS, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 125.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 


1860, 168. 
(VENILIA. Chambers.) 


(T. albapalpella, vid. Hido albapalpelia.) 
WALSHIA. (Clemens.) 


W. AMORPHAULLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 241.—Proe. Bat. Soe. Phila. 
ii. 419.—Rep. Nox. Ins. Mo. iii. 183. 


WILSONIA. (Ciemens.) 


W. BREVIVITTELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 254.—Proe. Ent. Soe. 
Phila. ii. 428. 


XYLESTHIA. (Clemens.) 


X. CLEMENSELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. v. 174; ix. 208. 

X. CONGEMINATELLA, Zell.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 18. %=clemensella. 

X. PRUNIRAMIELLA, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 39, 54, 59, 60.—Bei. z. 
Kennt. 1873, 17. 


YPSOLOPHUS. (Haw.) 


Y. CARY #FOLIELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 224. 
Y. CONTUBERNALELLUS. 
QC hetochelys: contubernalellus, Fitch.)\—Rep. Nox. Ins. NOYoon 
2315 n. 3, sec. 44. 
@z pupuioeielia, vid. Nothris eupatoriiella.) 
Y. FLAVIVITTELLUS, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 254 opr Ent. Soe. 
Phila. ii. 429.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 83. 
Y. MALIFOLIELLUS. 
(Chetochilus malifoliellus, Fitch..—Rep. Nox. Ins. N. Y. n. 1, 
221; n. 3, sec. 43. 
Y. PAUCIGUTTELLUS, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 228.—Proc. Ent. Soe. 
Phila. ii. 124.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 83. 
Y. POMETELLUS. 
(Rhinosia pometellus, Har.)—Treat. Ins. p. —. 
(Chetochilus pometellus, Fitch.)—Rep. Nox. Ins. n. 1, 221; n. 3, 
sec. 42. 
Y. PUNCTIDISCELLUS, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 228. —Prtoc. Ent. Soe. 
Phila, ii. 124.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 85. 


KK Kd dt 


= 


CHAMBERS: INDEX TO TINEINA. 167 


QUERCICELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 223 et seqg.— Ante, p. —. 


. QUERCIPOMONELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 223 et seq. 

. RUDERELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 222. (3 Var. pometellus.) 

. STRAMINEELLA, Cham.—Can. Ent. iv. 224. (? Var. punctidiscellus.) 
. TRIMACULELLUS, 


(Chetochilus trimaculellus, Fitch.) —Rep. Nox. Ins. N. Y. n. 1, 223. 


. UNICIPUNCTELLUS, Clem.—Tin. Nor. Amer. 229.—Proc. Ent. Soc. 


Phila. ii. 125.—Bei. z. Kennt. 1873, 86. 


Y.VENTRELLUS. 


(Chetochilus ventrellus, Fitch.)—Rep. Nox. Ins. n. 1, 224. 


tig Seyi Pia 
Py Maa ¢ 


VAIO BOE ete EL Siu Mure ae tek tale 


in, bleu 


z ii 


} Cyens # beech ; 


Wea 


; Fras tei 4, 


Wy, a y 
ah A RP ae ha epty y 


Saks 


ART. VI.—DESCRIPTIONS OF NOCTUIDA, CHIEFLY FROM 
CALIFORNIA. 


By A. R. GROTE. 


I am indebted to Mr. Henry Edwards for a number of specimens of 
Californian Noctuide, which are partly described in the present paper. 
What is needed is larger and fresher material than has as yet reached 
me. In previous papers, I have shown that some species have a wide 
range from east to west and from south to west: Agrotis velleripen- 
nis, originally described from the Middle States, I have now from Ore- 

gon; Heliothis cupes, originally described from Texas, I have received, 
under its synonym, Heliothis crotchii, from California. But the Califor- 
nian Noctuide seem, as a whole, quite distinct, and resemble perhaps 
the Northern Asiatic and European species as much as they do those 
from the Atlantic district. The collections which have as yet reached 
me are not extensive enough to allow me to judge finally in the matter. 


APATELA PALLIDICOMA, 2. sp. 


9 .—Allied to rubricoma, but much smaller, more shaded with white, 
and with the lines more diffuse, T.a. line with the lobes deeper and more 
prominent. Stigmata reduced as compared with rubricoma, especially 
the reniform. ‘T. p. line a little nearer the outer edge of the wing, den- 
tate and lunulate. Terminal series of black dots distinct. Hind wings 
soiled whitish, with whitish fringes. Beneath whitish, with obsolete line. 
While very distinct in appearance, the ornamentation is seen to be much 
like that of rubricoma. Two specimens examined. Massachusetts (L. 
W. Goodell, No. 777); New York. Expansion, 36 millimetres. 


AUDELA ACRONYCTOIDES, Walk. Can. Nat. Geol. vi. 37. 


The type is in Coll. Can. Ent. Soe. (see Can. Ent. ix. 27). I have seen 
Panthea leucomelana Morr. ( 2) in Professor Fernald’s collection. I be- 
lieve it to be this same species. 


AGROTIS JANUALIS, n. sp. 


g 2.—Allied to badicollis. Fore tibie unarmed; ¢ antenne pectinate. 
Purplish brown, warmer-tinted beneath. Reniform pale, discolorous. 
Orbicular concolorous. Lines indicated obliquely on costa, else frag- 
mentary, their course much as in badicollis. Terminal line obsolete; sub- 
terminal very faint. Hind wings fuscous in both sexes, with concolor: 
ous or reddish fringes. Head pale; collar ochrey-brownish, without any 

169 


170 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


line. Antenne pale at base. Beneath with common line indented op- 
posite cell on secondaries, which show a faint discal cloud-spot. Thorax 
brown. Expansion, 36 to 40 millimetres. Albany (Professor Lintner, a 
number of specimens; also, from Dr. Bailey, No. 64). Seems to differ 
from dilucida by the pale reniform and rounded orbicular; varies in 
depth of color. I am indebted to Mr. Thaxter for an opportunity of 
seeing Mr. Morrison’s type. The t.a. line is outwardly oblique on costa, 
as in badicollis. I do not think the discal shading a specific character. 
The collar seems to want the narrow line of badicollis. 


AGROTIS DILUCIDA, Morr. Pr. Ac. N.S. Phil. 55. 


I have seen the type from Mr. Thaxter’s collection. It seems to differ 
from badicollis in its larger size and the want of the light brown collar; 
the ordinary spots are farther apart and the orbicular more rounded and 
less elongate. Specimens are before me also from Albany, N. Y. (Dr. 
Bailey and Mr. Hill). The “ male specimen”, in which “the reniform is 
white and contrasting ”, probably belongs to janualis. The small orbi- 
cular is distinctive of janualis as compared with badicollis or dilucida. 


AGROTIS OPACIFRONS, n. sp. 


g 9.—All the tibiz spinose. Male antennz pectinate. Front black, 
discolorous. Brownish-gray, very similar in appearance to dilucida, 
but more reddish-brown in tint. Collar and thorax concolorous, un- 
lined. Palpi wholly brownish. Lines blackish, fragmentary, marked 
on costa. Stigmata concolorous, orbicular preceded and followed by 
blackish-brown shading on cell; claviform obsolete. Wings concolor- 
ous. Posterior line denticulate. The female has the orbicular large 
and open to costa, the male smaller and nearly closed; in both, the 
spot is oblique ; reniform moderate. Hind wings fuscous in both sexes, 
with pale fringe; the discal lunule is marked. Beneath yellowish-fus- 
cous, in the female shaded with reddish; discal marks and obliterate 
common line. Hxpansion, 38 millimetres. Centre, N. Y., August (W. 
W. Hill, esq.). 


AGROTIS APPOSITA, 7. sp. 


g.—Fore tibiz unarmed. Of a burnt umber brown; thorax darker. 
Median space narrowed, the median lines approximate; t. a. line slightly 
lobed, outwardly oblique, dark brown, with a broad preceding pale shade; 
t. p. line indistinct, narrow, indented opposite the cell, slightly lunulate, 
followed by a pale shade; the median space paler than the rest of the 
wing. Orbicular rounded, moderate, with faint black annulus,'‘stained 
with reddish, and pale; reniform near t. p. line, moderate, with dark 
and reddish-stained centre and pale border. Median shade dark and 
diffuse; claviform obsolete. Fringes concolorous; s. t. line fine and 
_ pale. Hind wings dark fuscous, with pale fringes. Beneath pale, with 
reddish tinge, irrorate; a faint common mesial line near the discal dots, 


GROTE ON NOCTUIDS. 171 


which are small, and appear to‘be empty; on primaries a subterminal 
shade. Hxpansion, 34 millimetres. Vancouver Island (Mr. Henry Hd- 
wards, No. 5626). 


AGROTIS JUNCTA, n. sp. 


$.—Size of treatii, which this species resembles in its dead black 
primaries. Collar black at base, pale-tipped. Head pale; thorax brown; 
abdomen pale tuscous. Fore wings with the t. a. line rounded, black ; 
attached to it is the black, pale-margined claviform. Ordinary spots con- 
colorous, large, finely outlined with pale and fused below; the claviform 
apparently touching the orbicular at base. S. t. line followed by small 
pale marks. Hind wings pale fuscous. Beneath pale, with indistinct 
common line, and discal marks obsolete. Nova Scotia (Mr. holand Thaz- 
ter). One specimen. 


AGROTIS MICRONYX, %. sp. 


?.—All the tibiz spinose. Fore wings fuscous, with a whitish-gray 
east. 'T’.. a. line perpendicular, black, with two subcostal teeth opposite 
the orbicular, thence twice very slightly waved to internal margin, pre- 
ceded by a whitish-gray shade. Orbicular rather large, rounded, gray, 
annulate with black; reniform finely and subobsoletely annulated with 
black, and with a gray border, angulated exteriorly, and nearly touch- 
ing the orbicular behind. T. p. line lunulate, tolerably even, obsoletely 
double, with an interior gray shade. S. t. interspace wide; s. t. line 
gray, preceded by a faint brown shading. A terminal series of dark 
dots alternating with similar dots at the base of the concolorous fringes. 
Hind wings dark fuscous, with pale interlined fringes. Beneath pale 
fuscous, with common, even, subdentate line and discal marks. Hxpan- 
sion, 30 millimetres. California (Henry Edwards, No.4411). Appears to 
belong to the messoria group, but is very different in appearance. 7 


AGROTIS MERCENARIA, Nn. sp. 


$.—All the tibiz armed; antennze simple ; body depressed. Allied 
to inconcinna and auxilliaris rather than to clandestina. Intirely fus- 
cous; lines faint, double. Stigmata concolorous, all three narrowly out- 
lined in black. Claviform rather long and narrow. Hind wings 
fuscous, subpellucid, with pale interlined fringes. Beneath much as in 
auxilliaris. Expansion, 42 millimetres. Texas, November 12 (Belfrage, 
No. 586, red label). 


AGROTIS IDAHOENSIS, 2. sp. 


3.—Allied to costata, but differing in color. Primaries narrow, pur- 
ple-fuscous. Costa broadly shaded with lilac-gray at base, absorbing 
the orbicular above. Orbicular gray, oblique, rounded below not angu- 
late as in costata. Reniform gray, smaller and narrower than in its 
ally. At base below median vein is a rich blackish shade and between 
the discal spots. Claviform large, concolorous, faintly outlined. T. p. 


172 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


line as in costata, indistinct. NS. t. line near the external margin with 
some preceding cuneiform marks; terminal space darker-shaded. Hind 
wings and under surface of both pairs plain pale fuscous. Collar with a 
mesial black band. Hxpansion, 32 millimetres. Idaho (Henry Edwards, 
esq., No. 6525). 


AGROTIS ROSARIA, 7”. sp. 


¢.—Antenne simple, pubescent beneath; all the tibia armed. Allied 
to conflua, but stouter, and with possibly a nearer European representa- 
tive. Rosy-brown. Stigmata discolorous, ochrey. Lines double, nearly 
even and perpendicular. Orbicular with dark annulus, moderate, nearly 
spherical, situate near the t.a. line. Claviform obsolete. Fenian in- 
dented outwardly, moderate, its lower portion ill-defined. Subterminal 
line pale, slightly sinuate. An even, fine, dark line margins both wings. 
Secondaries with a mesial line; fringes rosy. Beneath with a diffuse 
common line and faint discal marks. Body concolorous. Expansion, 35 
millimetres. California (Nos. 2199 and 149, Mr. Henry Edwards). 


AGROTIS EVANIDALIS, %. sp. 


$.—Hyes naked; all the tibiz armed. Allied to subgothica; a little 
stouter than that species, paler-colored, and the antennz are more 
strongly bristled. Thorax and abdomen soiled pale ochrey. Fore 
wings Colored like subgothica; the claviform shorter, surmounted by a 
broad, pale stripe, which extends to internal angle; reniform more 
rounded, stained with light yellow. Subcostal, median, and submedian 
veins striped with white at base. Orbicular whitish, triangulate, ab- 
sorbed superiorly. Subterminal space and terminal much as in sub- 
gothica. Hind wings whitish, with broad, diffuse borders. Beneath 
pale, with discal points; those on primaries pale-ringed. Size of sub- 
gothica, or a little larger. California. 


AGROTIS ERIENSIS, n. sp. 


$.—All the tibie armed. Size of manifestolabes and similarly colored. 
Ochre and reddish-brown. Antenne simple, and thus differing at once 
fron. its ally. Front and collar ochrey; thorax reddish-brown; anal 
hairs ochreous. Base of primaries and costal region diffusely ochrey ; 
else the wing is reddish-brown. Lines black, broken, illegible. Stig- 
mata faint, shaded with ochrey, moderately large. Subterminal line 
nearer the external margin and more even tuan its ally, preceded by 
dark points. Hind wings pale fuscous, with yellowish fringes. Beneath 
much as in manifestolahes, common line and discal points. Oue speci- 
men, Erie County, New York (collected by A. &. Grote in July). 


AGROTIS LACUNOSA, Morrison, MS. 

é.—Allied to sexatilis. Dull wood-brown, without costal shading. 
Stigmata smaller and more oblique; reniform narrower; orbicular more 
decumbent than in its ally. Median and terminal spaces darker than 


GROTE ON NOCTUIDS. 173 


the rest of the wing. Head and thorax dark brown; collar with a nar- 
row mesial line. Hind wings whitish in the male, with a very narrow 
smoky border and white fringes. Beneath pale, with disval marks and 
faint common line. Antenne brush-like. Expansion, 35 millimetres. 
California. Typein Coll. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci. 

This is the form I have doubtfully referred to obeliscoides. I do not 
know Guenée’s species, which I think cannot be sexatilis or the present 
species. 


AGROTIS ATRIFERA, 2. sp. 

6 ¢.—All the tibiz spined. Male antennze simple, pubescent, with 
pairs of simple bristles on the joints. Allied to choris; of a grayish- 
fuscous; collar with a black central line; a black basal dash; a black 
dash before orbicular and between the ordinary spots. Stigmata con- 
-colorous; orbicular large, oblique, incomplete above; reniform sub- 
equal. ‘TT. p. line faint, double, tolerably even. S. t. line faint, near the 
margin, with some preceding black streaks. Hind wings whitish, with 
vague smoky borders, subpeilucid. Beneath pale, whitish, powdery ; 
traces of exterior shade on primaries; else the usual markings are obso- 
lete. Hxpansion, 35 millimetres. Nos. 5201, California, and 4581, Sierra 
Nevada (from Mr. Henry Edwards). 


AGROTIS BICOLLARIS, n. sp. 


g 2.—Clay-colored; belonging to the group of cupida, but smaller 
than the other species; except brunneipennis. Collar with a mesial black 
band. Fore wings clay-color, with the marks black, fragmentary. 
Reniform moderate, concolorous, stained with fuscous; orbicular rather 
long, concolorous, black-ringed, tending to be incomplete above. T. p. 
line geminate, tolerably even. S. t. line near the margin, strongly angu- 
late below costa, followed and preceded by dark shading. I ringes 
fuscous, paler-tipped, yellowish at base. Hind wings dark fuscous; 
veins darker; fringes interlined, yellowish at base, whitish outwardly. 
Beneath pale, irrorate; secondaries show lunule and diffuse outer line. 
Expansion, 28-30 millimetres. Havilah, Cal. (Mr. Henry Edwards, Nos. 
6524 and 6517). 

The California fauna is rich in species belonging to the group which is 
represented in the East by cupida, brunneipennis, alternata, and placida. 
These have been mostly described by myself in the third volume of the 
Bulletin of the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences. I repeat here some 
ot the characters for the convenience of the student:— 

Agrotis cupidissima.—Nearest to cupida; similarly sized, but paler, 
with the orbicular incomplete superiorly. Varies by the Uae 
becoming clay-colored without markings. Collar unlined. 

Agrotis letula.—Darker than the preceding, purple-brown, with pow- 
dery ochrey markings; claviform indicated. Col!ar unlined. A little 
smaller than cupidissima. 


174 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Agrotis orbis.—Closely allied to alternata. Stigmata complete; orbi- 
cular very small, pale-ringed, spherical. Unicolorous olivaceous-gray, 
shining; terminal space hardly paler. Possibly a variety of atternata, 
but the spots are concolorous. 

Agrotis emarginata.—Rather narrow-winged. Dark purple brown; 
concolorous; ornamentation subobsolete; lines darker than the wing; 
orbicular incomplete above. Collar with a distinet, black, superior 
edging. 

Agrotis facula.—Broader and shorter-winged than emarginata. Brown, 
with the primaries overlaid with lilac. gray, especially on costa and over 
stigmata. Cell shaded with black between the ordinary spots and before 
the orbicular; the latter absorbed into the gray costal shade. Collar 
with a very fine blackish edging. 

Agrotis formalis.—Collar with a fine, mesial, white line; upper portion 
black. Colors of facwla, but without black on disk and before orbicular. 
Gray costal shade evident. 

Agrotis observabilis.—Collar with upper half black; lower part reddish 
or ochrey. Costal margin reddish; varies by the presence of black on 
the cell and before the orbicular, or its absence when these places are 
sometimes olivaceous or reddish. A black basal dash; claviform dis- 
tinct. The collar is similar to formalis; but the color is different, being 
fuscous, overlaid with reddish and olivaceous. 

Agrotis bicollaris.—Looks like a small, pale cupidissima, but the collar 
has a mesial black band. 


AGROTIS PLURALIS, %. sp. 


?.—All the tibiz spinose. Allied to pleuritica, but the orbicular is 
oblique, subquadrate. Gray and pale ochreous. Fore wings gray along 
costal and internal margins, diffusely shaded with pale yellowish-ochrey 
irom the base over the claviform along submedian fold ‘to subterminal 
line and again beyond the reniform. All filled in with brown. Stigmata 
gray, whitish-ringed; reniform upright; orbicular oblique, quadrate; 
clavitorm faintly outlined, absorbed by the ochre shading. Lines gem- 
inate, marked on costa, subobsolete; subterminal pale, irregular; termi- 
nal space gray; terminal line black, subcontinuous. Veins marked 
with blackish; veins 3 and 4 edged with whitish; a dark shade before 
subterminal line resolved into dashes or cuneiform marks between veins 
2and 5. Fringes gray, interlined; externally brown, dotted opposite 
extremity of veins. Hind wings smoky, subhyaline toward the base; 
fringes white, interlined. Thorax gray; collar at base light ochrey; 
tegulz lined within with ochreous. Beneath white, powdered with fus- 
cous; double obliterate lines and discal mS) ; abdomen whitish above, 
alanier beneath. 

Expansion, 38 millimetres. Two specimens, Nevada (coll. Dr. Bailey). 

With differently colored shadings, this species recalls milleri, but the 
stigmata are differently shaped and the t. p. line has a different expres- 
sion. 


GROTE ON NOCTUIDS. 175 


AGROTIS ALBALIS, 2. sp. 

?.—All the tibize spinose. Appears to belong to the group of silens 
and lagena (two specimens of this latter from Nevada are sent in the 
present collection), but it is whiter, and all ornamentation is obsolete. 
Fore wings gray, white over dusky. There are patches before the sub- 
terminal line, as in milleri, but the line is more dentate and deeply in- 
dented opposite the cell. Median lines lost. Stigmata barely indicated. 
At the place of the orbicular is an ochrey-stained, small spot, v-shaped, 
finely bordered with black; the apex turned to the base of the wing, 
and apparently connected exteriorly by an ochrey-white shading on the 
cell with the small, upright, whitish-ringed reniform. Fringes check- 
ered gray and whitish. Hind wings whitish, with a very faint terminal, 
smoky shading; fringes white, with a nearly obsolete, dotted interlining. 
Head and thorax gray; abdomen whitish. Beneath white, sprinkled 
with dark scales, without markings. Hxpansion, 37 millimetres. Ne- 
vada (Dr. Bailey). The lines on primaries are barely indicated, appear- 
ing even, not dotted. A faint white, basal, submedian streak. 


AGROTIS MIMALLONIS, Grote. 


This is one of our handsomest species. The lines on primaries are 
variably distinct. Dr. Bailey has sent me the female from Centre, N. 
Y. It has the hind wings white as in the male, but there is a smoky 
border to them, more or less well defined. In the Western species 
gagates, the hind wings are all smoky, subpellucid in the female; the 
primaries are more obscurely colored, and, while the ornamentation is 
similar, the subterminal line is distinctly pale, powdery, and irregular 
in the Colorado form. 


AGROTIS CAMPESTRIS, Grote. 


I have both sexes of albipennis, which seems distinct from this form. 
Dr. Bailey, of Albany, has sent me an interesting series of campestris, 
' varying from bright brown to black. For the distinction between this 
species and decolor, I refer the student to the Bulletin of the poeae So- 
ciety of Natural History, vol. 3, No. 5. 


AGROTIS FISHII, 7. sp. 


é ¢.—In color and appearance resembling janualis, but the tibiz are 
all spinose. Obscure purple gray. The orbicular obsolete. Lines fine, 
black, single, dentate. Ualf-line visible. T. a. line erect, with two 
small, sub-equal projections on cell and below costa. Median shade out- 
wardly oblique, running to lower extremity of reniform; this latter is 
moderate, and filled in with greenish-white scales. T. p. line dentate, 
forming points on the veins. Subterminal line with a blackish, preced- 
ing shade at its inception on costa, interrupted, forming two marks op- 
posite the cell very slightly margined outwardly with greenish-white. 
A terminal black line almost continuous. Hind wings fuscous with 
reddish fringes. Thorax concolorous purple-gray; no line on collar. 


176 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Beneath, body and legs obscure purplish, abdomen reddish. Wings 
reddish-fuscous, with common dark shade line, and discal marks equally 
distinct. Hapansion, 33 millimetres. Oldtown, Me. (Mr. Charles Fish). 
The primaries are more pointed at apices than in janualis. The dark 
shade before s. t. line and obsolete orbicular are strong characters. The 
male antenne are pyramidal-toothed, ciliate; hind wings pale fuscous. 


HADENA VIGILANS, n. sp. 


- 9.—Hyes naked, lashless. Abdomen untufted; thorax tufted at base; 
legs unarmed. Blackish purple-brown, deeper.shaded over costal region. 
Collar and base of head pale yellowish, discolorous. Subterminal line 
near the margin, pale, followed by dark scales, which become velvety- 
black below vein 3. Four pale anteapical dots, wide apart. Median 
lines obliterate. Disceal marks distinct, well-sized; reniform with a vel- 
vety-black annulus on the inside, excavate outwardly, filled in with 
whitish scales; orbicular concolorous, subequal, outwardly oblique, with 
complete velvety-black annulus. Hind wings pale fuscous, with double, 
diffuse, subterminal band and discal lunule reflected from beneath. 
On the under surface, the discal lunule on primaries is open, on second- 
aries solid; the hind wings are powdered with brownish; fore wings 
blackish. Abdomen like hind wings; thorax like primaries. Above, 
the primaries show a little reddish staining at the base, along the s. t. 
line and on median space. Expansion, 32 millimetres. Orono, Me. 
(Prof. C. H. Fernald). 

This species is easily known by the characters of the subterminal line 
and stigmata. 


HADENA CRISTATA, Harvey, MS. 


é.—Thorax ferruginous, strongly crested ; body comparatively slender; 
abdomen tufted; size large. Fore wings dusky ochreous, with all the 
markings dotted and fragmentary. Lines marked in black on costa. 
Reniform barely indicated with a black, central dot. TT. p. line a double: 
series of black dots, the inner line represented by a white curved streak 
crossing a dark shade on submedian fold, thus allying the moth to cw. 
culliiformis and verbascoides. Terminally the wing is shaded blackish, 
twice more prominently at the middle and at internal margin across the 
narrow, pales.t.line. Fringes blackish, cut with ferruginous-ochrey at end 
of veins. A fine ferruginous basal streak and internal margin shaded 
with rusty. Hind wings fuscous, with rusty-ochre fringes, and shaded 
with ochrey along external margin. Beneath pale ochrey, with rusty 
tinge; on hind wings a waved mesial line marked on the veins and a 
discallunule. Primaries with lunule and straight line, doub!e and angu- 
late at costa. Hapansion, 45 millimetres. Buffalo (A. R. Grote). 


HADENA DUCTA, n. sp. 


?.—A large species resembling eastanea and some of the European 
allied forms in appearance. Abdomen tufted. Fore wings black or 
blackish. Subterminal line powdery, white, narrow, continuous, preceded 


-GROTE ON NOCTUIDS. 177 


and followed by deep black interspaceal dashes; the usual W-mark in- 
dicated, not very prominent; fringes blackish, dotted with pale at ends 
of veins. Reniform large, black-ringed, filled in with powdery, whitish 
scales ; orbicular large, spherical, also slightly pale-powdered ; claviform 
concolorous, moderate; a black shade along submedian fold connecting 
the two lines below where they are most approximate. Ordinary lines 
double, inconspicuous; median shade black, rather faint; t. p. line In- 
nulate. Hind wings blackish with pale disk and fringes, which are inter- 
lined. Thorax blackish; tarsi pale-dotted. Beneath, the wings are 
powdered with blackish; hind wings paler, with black discal spot and 
mesial irregular shade. Hxpansion, 40 millimetres. Orono, Me.( Professor 
Fernald). 
HADENA TUSA, n. sp. 

$ 2.—Smaller than curvata, without the prominent excavation of the 
secondaries. Eyes naked; thorax and abdomen tufted. Blackish-brown; 
ornamentation indistinct. Terminal space dark, culminating in a black 
shade above internal angle. Median lines geminate, tolerably approxi- 
mate. Ordinary spots paler than the wing ; reniform with interior black 
annulus and inferior black stain. Claviform brown, and there is a nar- 
row, sometimes incomplete dash aeross the median space connecting the 
lines submedially where they are more approximate. Hind wings pale 
fuscous, with moderate smoky borders; fringes pale, interlined. Beneath 
pale, irrorate with brownish, with vague double exterior lines. Abdomen 
pale fuscous, with blackish tufts. Thorax blackish-brown; tegule 
darker; a narrow black line on collar. Hxpansion, 28-30 millimetres. 
California (Mr. Henry Edwards, No. 5985; Mr. Behrens, No. 983). 


HADENA OCCIDENS, 2%. sp. 


é ?.—One of the largest species, somewhat resembling arctica. Eyes 
naked, tibiz unarmed, abdomen with dorsal crests on the four basal 
segments, of which the third is most prominent. Whitish-gray; in one 
Specimen the median space is shaded with brown, so that the resem- 
blance to arctica is obvious; in the other (2) the brown is entirely | 
absent. Lines geminate, distinct. A basal black dash below the half- 
line. Anterior line even, outwardly produced submedially, and here 
narrowing the median space. Claviform small, outlined in black ap- 
proaching the median shade. Posterior line scalloped interspaceally, 
much drawn in below the submedian vein, and so narrowing the median 
space inferiorly. Stigmata very large, shaded with pale ochrey, espe- 
cially the ovate orbicular, annulate with blackish, the gray reniform 
with an interior ring. Subterminal line pale, preceded by a diffuse pale 
ochrey shading over s. t. space medially ; the line is pale, limited by 
incomplete dark lines, of which the inner is in one specimen distinctly 
ochreous, twice drawn in; at its last inflection at internal angle it is pre- 
ceded and followed by a distinct black shading. Terminal black line 
broken into interspaceal dots; fringes gray, with narrow pale basal line, 

Bull. iv. No. 1—12 


178 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


-and obsoletely cut with pale, distinctly on under side. Hind wings 
‘pale smoky, veins marked, alike in both sexes, with white interlined 
fringes. Thorax gray, the tuftings tipped with ochreous. Beneath 
whitish, with double outer lines and discal lunule on hind wings; prima- 
ries fuscous, with indistinct open discal mark. Hxpansion, 45 milli- 
metres. 

HaB.—Nevada (Dr. Bailey). 

This is a stout species, nearest to arctica, from which it may be known 
at first sight by the gray color and the drawing-in of the transverse 
posterior line on vein 2 to within the reniform. 


HADENA DEVASTATRIX (Brace). 

A specimen sent me by Dr. Bailey from Nebraska has the primaries 
‘very pale, setting off the ornamentation. It bears some resemblance to 
my material of exulis from Labrador. 


HADENA FLAVA, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. Sept. 1974. 


The type of this species is from British Columbia. A specimen col- 
lected by Belfrage in Texas hardly differs. Another (¢) collected by 
Ridings in Colorado (which I took to the British Museum, in 1867, to 
compare) has the fore wings paler, but else seems the same species; the 
ovipositor is exserted. 1 now receive from Mr. Henry Hidlwards a speci- 
men of his Pseudanarta crocea, and I find it much the same as the Colo- 
rado specimen collected by Ridings. The eyes are naked, and I do not 
think the moth can be generically separated from Hadena, although the 
yellow hind wings give it a very distinct appearance, to which I have 
alluded in my original description. The tibiz are unarmed, and its 
resemblance to Anarta merely lies in the yellow secondaries, which it 
shares with cordigera. 


DRYOBOTA OPINA, 2. sp. 


$2.—Hyes naked, lashed. Antenne ‘of the male rather lengthily 
bipectinate. Dark brown. Primaries with the median space shaded 
with black. Claviform blackish. Orbicular spherical, filled with pale 
powdering. Reniform moderate, with pale interior annulus. T. p. line 
even. Subterminal space red-brown. S. t. line preceded by a blackish 
shade, forming interspaceal, cuneiform marks and followed by short, dark, 
linear dashes. Fringes paler than the wing. Hind wings soiled yel- 
lowish-white, with a mesial fuscous line, discal point, and terminal line; 
fringes pale. Thorax obscure brownish. Beneath pale, powdered with 
brown; distinct discal marks and an exterior common line. Expansion, 
30 millimetres. California (Jfr. Behrens, and Mr. Henry Edwards in 
October). 

The Dryobota californica of Dr. Behr’s MSS. has hairy eyes, and had 
been described by myself under the genus Xylomiges, to which it belongs. 


GROTE ON NOCTUIDs. 179 


ARZAMA DIFFUSA, . sp. 

2.—EHyes naked; front without tubercle; body stout; abdomen ter- 
minating with a close, mossy tuft, as in some Bombycida, and as in obli- 
quata. Dusky ochrey; t. a. line black, even, outwardly and roundedly 
projected on the cell; median space about the reniform and before the 
median shade diffusely shaded with black; reniform much as in vulni- 
jica, as also the t. p. line, but this is black, not ferruginous; s. t. line 
even, angulated in vein 5, followed by blackish shading on terminal 
space. Terminal line dark, even, interrupted by the veins. Hind wings 
warm fuscous, with pale fringe; beneath reddish-fuscous; hind wings 
paler, with large discal dot, and diagonal, slightly irregular, mesial shade- 
band. Body concolorous; thorax shaded with blackish behind the 
collar. Hxpansion, 47 millimetres. Maine (Prof. Fernald). Differs strue- 
turally from obliquata by the smooth front, and seems to be very near 
vulnifica. 

Mr. Butler, of the British Museum, kindly informs me that Arzama 
densa has a smooth front. It is thus congeneric with diffusa and vulni- 
fica. For obliquata, with its horned clypeus, I propose the generic term 
Sphida. 


DORYODES BISTRIALIS. 
Agriphila bistrialis, Hiibn. Zutr. 775-776. 
Doryodes acutaria, H.-S. et Guenée. 
A study of Hiibner’s “ Zutraege” has satisfied me that we must revert 
to an older name for this moth. 


SCOLECOCAMPA BIPUNCTA (MMorr.). 

I have identified this species collected by Mr. v. Meske at Albany. 
It does not seem to me generically distinct from liburna, though hardly 
more than half the size; the palpal structure is the same. The dot 
which forms the reniform is represented in the same place on the annu- 
lus in liburna. i 


UFEUS UNICOLOR, ”. sp. 

$.—All the tibiz spinose; the naked eyes heavily lashed. This form 
shares all the characters of satyricus or plicatus, the flattened body and 
hirsute abdomen. It is of a unicoiorous smoky-fuscous, with paler sec- 
ondaries. The fore wings show no trace of lines or spots; there is a 
powdering of black scales on the veins, and perhaps a feeble indication 
at the usual place of the exterior line. The color is that of satyricus, 
the size that of plicatus. Hapansion, 38 millimetres. Illinois (Mr. Bean, 
No. 666). 

The fore tibiz are spinose in this species and plicatus ; they are prob- 
ably also spined in satyricus, though I have not been able to detect the 
Spines in my material of the latter species. 


180 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


PYROPHILA GLABELLA, Morr. 


Havilah, Cal. (Mr. Henry Edwards, No. 6589). The specimen does 
not differ essentially from one sent me from Illinois by Mr. Thomas E. 
Bean. 


ZOTHECA TRANQUILLA var. VIRIDULA. 

I have received two specimens of tranquilla from California, which, 
instead of being pale reddish-brown over the thorax and primaries, are 
pale green, and to this color-variety, which is sufficiently extraordinary, 
I give the above name. The simple markings of the typical form are 
evident, but at first sight no one would refer the two to the same species. 


GRAPHIPHORA CONTRAHENS, n. Sp. 


$.—Form slight. Eyes hairy. Tibis unarmed. Thorax hairy, 
untufted. Fuscous over faded ochreous. The primaries are darker- 
shaded over the costal region, above the middle of the wing, to the 
reniform; again over terminal and subterminal spaces at the middle 
and on costa, where three pale dots are included. Lines geminate. A 
dark basal mark. T.a. line waved, upright. Orbicular obsolete. Reni- 
form rather small, rounded, concolorous with the pale ochre tint of the 
wing, which extends beyond it to apices. TT. p. line slightly sinuate, 
contiguous to reniform. A black, interrupted, terminal line. A pale 
line at base of fringe. Hind wings dirty white, with dark, interrupted, 
terminal line. Beneath whitish ; fore wings shaded with f1scous on the 
disk, with a common, dark, slightly irregular line and . ‘scal points. 
Thorax mixed grayish. Hxpansion, 38 millimetres. Nova Scotia (No. 
2378, Mr. Thaxter). 

I have seen a specimen of this species, labelled ‘‘Celena-contrahens 
Walker”, in Coll. Can. Ent. Soe. 


LITHOPHANE VIRIDIPALLENS, Grote. 

é.—Pale gray-green; lines on primaries darker-shaded. Allied to 
querquera, but differing at once by the absence of the black markings 
and the narrower reniform. Thorax with a central black dot; edges of 
the tegule faintly lined. Lines on primaries double ; median shade fus- 
cous or blackish, upright, diffuse, dentate. Subterminal line without 
the black markings of querquera at the middle, and again on submedian 
fold. Terminal dots reduced. Hind wings fuscous, with whitish fringes, 
not ruddy as in querquera; beneath with a faint flush. Size of querquera. 
Massachusetts (Ir. Roland Thaxter). 


LITHOPHANE CAPAX, G. & Rh. 

This species has the tibiae unarmed. Notwithstanding its broader 
wings, it must be referred to Lithophane; it is not congeneric with 
Anytus sculptus Grote, which has spinose tibize. 


GROTE ON NOCTUIDS. 181 


LITHOPHANE LEPIDA, Lintner MS. 

Fore wings dark purple-gray; lines distinct, dentate, irregular. A 
fine black basal streak. MHalf-line deeply dentate on median vein. 
Anterior line dentate, forming a large tooth below submedian vein, 
which nearly touches a prolonged sharp tooth from the posterior line. 
Orbicular a little oblique, reniform subquadrate; both stigmata con- 
colorous, with black annuli, and shaded interior ringlets. Posterior line 
with acutely dentate teeth over submedian nervules, nearly touching 
the reniform, forming a double tooth submedially, the first and shortest 
on vein 2, the second nearly touching the opposite tooth of the anterior 
line shaded with black. Fringes concolorous with minute white points 
opposite the veins. Hind wings concolorus fuscous, with an exceed- 
ingly strong even reddish tint; fringes concolorous. Beneath, both 
wings saturated with reddish, fascous discal marks, and a faint com. 
mon shade-line. Thorax like primaries; tegule touched with white at 
the sides; abdomen purplish. EHxpansion, 40 millimetres. Oldtown, 
Me. (Mr. Charles Fish). It cannot be mistaken for any other from its 
purplish primaries with distinct marks, the shape of the t. p. ante and 
the warm tint of the hind wings. 

The following is a list of our North American species of iio: a 


GLA, Hiibner ; Stephens. 
+ HomoGL@A, Morrison. 
$ antenne pectinate. 
hircina, Morrison. 
: carnosa, Grote. 
+ t CERASTIS, Ochs. 
viatica, Grote. 
inulta, Grote. 
olivata, Harvey. 
ttt EPIGLa@aA, Grote. 
Dorsum of thorax with a mesial PUN 
deleta, Grote. 
decliva,. Grote. 
apiata, Grote. 
venustula, Grote. 
? sericea, Morr. 
tremula, Harvey. 
pastillicans, Morr. 
All these species are before me; the only Californian form yet de- 
scribed is olivata, Harvey. 


XYLOMIGES TABULATA, 2. sp. 


?.—Hyes hairy. Head and thorax in front whitish-gray; collar with 
a black line; a black line between the antenne; front fuscous. Fore 
‘wings gray, shaded with blackish. Ornamention very like Lithophane 


182 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


tepida, for which this species may be mistaken, but the yellowish-white 
abdomen is rounded, not flattened. The transverse lines are double; 
basal half-line dentate, consisting of a black inner line and pale outer 
shade. Basal space gray; subbasal space wide, blackish. T. a. line 
with the outer component line most distinct, pale-centred, upright, 
waved, dentate on submedian vein, running close to orbicular. The 
claviform spot large, narrowly and incompletely margined with black, 
with the orbicular whitish-gray; orbicular not closed on median vein, 
rounded, upright, ringed with black. A square blackish mark connects 
the claviform with the t.a. line. Keniform moderate, stained with red- 
dish or ochreous, annulate with white and with an outer incomplete 
black ring. T. p. line denticulate opposite cell, with a wider submedian 
inward lunulation, pale gray, with faint inner black line, followed by a, 
narrow blackish shade, widening on costa on subterminal space. Sub- 
terminal space whitish-gray, with a squarish black dash on submedian 
fold before the line which is near the margin, angulate, cut with black 
fine streaklets. The narrow terminal space is blackish, with a black 
interrupted terminal line; fringes blackish-gray. Outer margin retreat- 
ing to internal angle below vein 2. Secondaries whitish, with black dis- 
cal dot, powdered with blackish or fuscous externally, and narrow, me- 
sial, waved line, accentuated on veins. A distinct, black, terminal line; 
fringes white. Beneath whitish ; fore wings somewhat fuscous; discal 
dots and faint, common, accentuated, extradiscal line. Expansion, 36 
millimetres. Centre, N. Y., June (W. W. Hill, esq.). 


TARACHE SEMIOPACA, 2. Sp. 

Allied to caudefacta. White. Thorax, head, and basal half of pri- 
maries white, immaculate. The median shade-line divides the wiug; it 
is blackish-brown, upright, with a rounded sinus on the cell opposite 
the spherical, prominent, fuscous, pale-ringed reniform, and a second 
sinus on submedian fold. The exterior line, somewhat leaden, runs 
just outside the reniform, which rests on a dark band between the exte- 
rior and median shade-lines, Terminally the wing is whitish, crossed 
by an irregular, subterminal, olivaceous-fuscous shading before the sub- 
terminal line. A faint dark shading on terminal space, a terminal series 
of black points; fringes whitish. Hind wings white, touched exteriorly 
with fuscous, Beneath, hind wings whitish; fore wings fuscous. Abdo- 
men white. Hapansion, 18 millimetres. 

Helena, Montana, June 21 (A. 8. Packard, jr., Hayden’s Survey); Ne- 
vada. 

Very distinct from its allies by the upright, continued, median shade 
dividing the primaries above. 


MELICLEPTRIA PRORUPTA, Grote. 


Heliothis ( Mel.) proruptus, Grote, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. 294, Jan. 1873. 
Melicleptria venusta, Hy. Kdw. Pacific Coast Lep. n. 12, 10. 
I have received a specimen from Mr. Henry Edwards, which enables 
me to make the above synonymical reference. The species is so simply 


GROTE ON NOCTUIDS. mie 183 


marked that it is impossible to mistake the descriptions. A number of 
specimens were collected by Lord Walsingham, in Oregon, and, as L 
understood, California. 


ANNAPHILA DIVINULA, . sp. 

$.—This tiny species is even smaller than decia ; it differs from that 
species and depicta in the white band which crosses the wing from costa 
to internal angle surrounding the spots on the median space as in diva 
and superba. Hind wings yellow, with solid, black base, discal mark, and 
border. Beneath it differs by the fore wings being pale yellow beyond 
the arcuate median black fascia, and again apically beyond the outer 
band, which runs from costa to external margin; the apices are all black- 
ish in allied forms beyond the outer band. Hxpansion, 15 millimetres. 
California (Mr. James Behrens, through Prof. Fernald). 

This species cannot, from the description, be the var. germana of Mr. 
Henry Edwards. The white band on primaries is as prominent as in 
diva. 

Since I established the genus Annaphila, the described species have 
become numerous. They are all Californian, and among the brightest 
and prettiest of our Noctuide. There isa distant resemblance to Brephos, 
but structurally they are very distinct; the ocelli are present. I have 
before me the following nine species :— 


ANNAPHILA, Grote. 
+ Hind wings white. 
diva, Grote. 
tt Hind wings red. 
superba, Hy. Edw. 
ttt Hind wings yellow or orange. 
divinula, Grote. 
‘ decia, Grote. 
amicula, Hy. Edw. 
depicta, Grote. 
lithosina, Hy. Hdw. 
immerens, Harvey. 
mera, Harvey. 
danistica, Grote. 


SYNEDA ALLENI, Grote. 

$.—This species resembles somewhat the Californian adumbrata or 
divergens ; it is, however, on the whole, nearer to graphica and hudsonica. 
The fore wings resemble those of graphica; but thes. t. line is notched 
below costa, and the median field is more brownish. It differs by thé 
under surface of both wings being bright orange-yellow, with narrow, 
black, coalescing bands, which on either wing form a Y-mark. Second- 
aries orange-yellow above, with the mesial black band narrower; but 
else the markings much as in its allies. 


184 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


This fine form was collected in Maine by Mr. Anson Allen, to whom 
I respectfully dedicate the species. It is a little larger than graphica, 
and differs at ouce by the markings on the under surface of primaries 
and in color. 


MELIPOTIS STYGIALIS, 2. sp. 


$.—Allied to nigrescens, but smaller, and with ill-defined lines or 
shades on the fore: wings. Primaries fuscous, with an ill-defined, paler 
shade-band beyond the obsolete t. a. line, which is marked on costa. A 
velvety-black dash on the cell before the narrow, curved reniform, and 
surmounted by a blackish costal shade. A vague, pale patch in the 
usual place behind the reniform. T. p. line merely indicated on costa, 
and beyond it a blackish patch, limited outwardly by the inception of 
the pale s. t. line, which also vanishes inferiorly. Some black seale- 
points on internal margin, where the t. a. line and t. p. line may be sup- 
posed to terminate; also along inception of t. p. line. Hind wings 
almost wholly blackish; whitish on disk; fringes white at apices. to 
vein 4, then dusky, again white opposite a yellowish spot between veins 
2 and 3, breaking the dark border. Beneath opalescent-white at base, 
with a black discal streak; the broad, dark border broken as on upper 
surface, but here the spot is white ; fringesas ubove. Fore wings white 
at base and beyond the median blackish band; the blackish terminal 
field is broken by two subterminal superposed white marks before the 
apices. Hxpansion, 35 millimetres. Illinois (Mr. Bean, No. 645). 

I think I have noticed this form in the Philadelphia collections. 
From my material, I am led to suggest. that ochreipennis may be the 
male sex of nigrescens. I can only repeat that, from actual specimens, 
I have shown that fasciolaris is abundantly distinct from nigrescens, and 
that Mr. Morrison’s contrary suggestion, made without knowing Hiib- 


ner’s species in nature, is quite unwarranted. ys 


PANOPODA RUFIMARGO (Hiibner). 


From a series of specimens taken near Buffalo, I can no longer con- 
sider roseicosta as distinct. The reniform varies by the presence or 
absence of an inferior black spot. The ground-color varies from dull 
ochrey to reddish. ‘The lines are variably distinct. I return to my 
opinion that we have but two species of Panopoda so far known, namely: 
RUFIMARGO of Hiibner, to which I would refer rubricosta and roseicosta 
of Guenée and my cressonii as synonyms, or as designating indefinable 
varieties; and CARNEICOSTA of Guenée, which may always be known by 
its color and shape of the t. p. line, while the discal spots are here also 
subject to great variation in form. 


POAPHILA PLACATA, 2. sp. 

¢.—The smallest species yet known. Fore wings dark brown, with a 
purple reflection. ‘TT. p.line diffuse, angulated opposite the cell, sinuate, 
but not scalloped. Reniform upright, inconspicuous. Subterminal shade 


GROTE ON NOCTUIDS. 185 


barely indicated. The terminal line is very faint, and appears very 
slightly uneven. Fringes on both wings of a uniform shade of brown, a 
very little lighter than the wings. Hind wings brown, without marks. 
Beneath brown, almost concolorous. Hxpansion, 23 millimetres. Georgia 
(Mr. Ridings). 

I took this specimen with me to the British Museum, but could not 
identify it there. In the collection before me, I have deleta, erasa, sylva- 
rum, and herbicola of the species described by Guenée in this genus. 


POAPHILA IRRORATA, 2. Sp. 

?.—Gray, irrorate with brown. T. a. line whitish, narrow, a little 
bent, even, followed by a very narrow, brown shade. Reniform indi- 
cated by two superposed brown spots. T. p. line like the first line, even, 
nearly straight, slightly angulated at costa. Subterminal line a series 
of brown spots. Very minute terminal dark dots, also faintly to be de- 
tected on hind wings. Fringes gray. Beneath fuscous-gray, with indi- 
cations of discal marks on both wings. Palpi prominent. Hazpansion, 
30 millimetres. No. 3137, Florida (Wr. Thazter). 


ANTIBLEMMA CANALIS, Grote. 


Two additional specimens (Nos. 401, 402) were taken by me to the 
British Museum for comparison, and differ from my type by the concol- - 
orous reniform, and, in one specimen, by the diffuse brown exterior line. 
In the type, the reniform is black and the exterior line geminate. 


PHEOCYMA, Hiibner. 


I think this generic name will have to be used instead of Homoptera 
Bd. (preoc.?). Hiibner’s lunifera and fluctuaris must, however, be pos- 
itively identified. To the former I provisionally refer a species from 
Illinois and Texas, which has the basal field darker than the rest of the 
wing. It does not seem to me to differ generically from Homoptera. 
Prof. Lintner’s suggestion that lunata and edusa are sexes of one species 
leads me to believe that the white edging in other forms is not specific. 
What I take to be the 3 of penna shows a white subterminal shade. I 
ovserve the same thing in the case of lunifera In the present stage of 
knowledge with regard to this genus, it would be unwise to increase the 
species without giving figures and certainty as to the sexual characters 
of ornamentation. In my Check List, I have drawn attention to the 
seeming wantof characters to distinguish Ypsia and Pseudanthracia from 
Pheocyma. Ihave elsewhere proposed to distinguish the genus Zale of 
Hiibner by the exaggerated discolorous thoracic tuftings. Finally, my 
material does not contradict the suggestion that Homoptera atritincta 
may be the female of edusina of Harvey. 


YPSIA, Guenée. 
In this genus I have both sexes of Y. aeruginosa, which do not differ in 
ornamentation; there is a variation in the amount of green scales in one 


186 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


of the two 2 specimens before me. I have both sexes of wndularis, not 
differing perceptibly; but of wmbripennis I find I have only females. 


ZANCLOGNATHA LAVIGATA, Grote. 


A large series shows immense variation in color. The most extreme 
? variety has the median space ochreous, the basal and terminal fields: 
blackish; this form is very striking. The species may be known by the 
irregular subterminal line. The reniform is sometimes open; again — 
solid and black; the orbicular is sometimes visible near the t. a. line. 
Sometimes the median space is bronzed and dark; again the whole wing 
is concolorous purply-brown; the median shade is sometimes present 
and again obsolete. The species is common at light and at sugar near 
Buffalo, N. Y., in June and July. 


ZANCLOGNATHA MINIMALIS, 2. sp. 


é 2?.—Half the size of cruralis or levigata. Of the same dusty ochrey 
color, varying in depth (one 2 very dark). Fore tibiz of the male with 
the usual brush of pale and dark hair. Smoothly scaled; subterminal line 
straight, inconspicuous, more or less margined with pale externally, run- 
ning from costa to internal margin. ‘T. p. line much as in cruralis, a 
little drawn in submedially, irregular, accented on costa, Discal spot 
solid; t. a. line thrice waved. Hind wings paler, powdered with fuscous. 
A mesial line bent and most distinct at anal angle. On both wings, a 
terminal interrupted line. Beneath paler, with discal dots and distinct 
mesial line more or less plainly crenulated; subterminal line absent or 
indistinct. Hapansion, 21 to 25 millimetres. Maine (Mr. Charles Fish); 
New York. 

This species is the smallest known to me. I have examined four 
specimens. 


DERCETIS, n. 9. 


The fore wings are deeply excavate to vein 4, so that there is a re- 
semblance to Aventia. The palpi are disproportionally long stretched 
straight out, the short, third joint vertical; the elongate second joint as 
in Hypena. Ocelli; eyes naked, unlashed. Legs unarmed, untufted. 
Male antenne very shortly pectinate, setose. Fore wings deeply exca- 
vate to vein 4; external margin produced at the middle about veins 4 
and 3, thence sloping inwardly to internal angle; 12-veined, vein 1 
simple, 2 from submedian at basal 2, 3 shortly before 4, 5 on a line 
with 4 from a cross-vein very near 4 at base, cell open, 6 opposite 5 
from @ cross-vein, 7 and then 8 out of 9, 10 within 6 from the upper 
side of the vein about midway between 11 and 7. Hind wings rounded, 
a slight depression opposite the cell; 8-veined, two internal veins counted 
as 1, 3 and 4 from one point, 5 from a short cross-vein within 3 and 4, 
cell open. The moth is light purplish-gray ; beneath, the abdomen and 
wings are stained with ochrey and brown. It looks like one of the 
Pyralide, but from its structure I refer it to the Deltoids. 


GROTE ON NOCTUIDS. 187 


DERCETIS VITREA, 2”. sp. 

é.—Fore wings light purplish-gray, a little tinged with ochrey on 
costa before exterior line. A white discal spot; interior line marked on 
costa. Exterior line tolerably distinct, lunulate, marked on costa, as is 
the faint subterminal line. Fore wings darker outwardly, with a more 
purplish cast. Hind wings grayish-white, crossed by two outer lines; 
a broken terminalline. Beneath, costal region of primaries ochrey, ter- 
minally shaded with brown; the wings are irrorate with brown and 
ochrey darker than above, lines repeated and the white discal spot on 
primaries ; hind wings with faint dark discal mark. Expansion, 25 mil- 
metres. Several specimens, Buffalo, N. Y., in July. 


DERCETIS PYGMAA, n. sp. 

°.—Of the same color as the preceding, but less than half the size.. 
The reniform is reddish-ochreous, not white. Inner line faint, oblique,. 
rounded. The angles of the primaries are less pronounced and the 
palpi less prominent. The insect is very inconspicuous, faded dusty- 
gray, with obliterate ornamentation. Hxpansion, 14 millimetres. Texas. 
(Belfrage, No. 395, July 1). 


MAMESTRA CONGERMANA. 
Hadena congermana, Morrison, Can. Ent. vi. 106. 

I have before me Mr. Morrison’s type, and the eyes are distinctly 
hairy. I cannot see why Mr. Morrison referred the moth to Hadena. 
He says of it (U. c.):—“Itis another member of the same little closely 
related group of Hadena, of which dubitans Walk., and sputator Grote, 
are the only species.” This is totally inaccurate, the species being 
nearest to Mamestra vindemialis. Its resemblance to dubitans and 
sputator is not greater than that of vindemialis Grote, which latter may 
be the vindemialis of Guenée, and the rubefacta of Mr. Morrison. 


ase 


PUCENS hy 


ART. VIL—A SYNOPSIS OF THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF 
THE GENUS ALPHEUS. 


By J J S. KINGSLEY. 


The materials upon which the following paper is based are the col- 
lections of the Peabody Academy of Science at Salem, Mass., and of the 
. Peabody Museum of Yale College at New Haven, Conn., which latter 
were kindly loaned the writer by Prof. 8. I. Smith. 


ASTACUS (pars), Fabricius, Entomologize Systematice, 1793, ii. 478. 

PALZMON (pars), Oliver, Encyclopédie Méthodique, 1811, v. 656. 

ALPHEUS, Fabricius, Suppl. Ent. Syst. 1798, 404.—Latreille, Genera Crustacés et Insec- 
torum, 1&06, i. 52; id. Considérations Générales sur ... les Crustacés, etc. 
1810, 101.—Say, Journal Academy Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, 1818, i. 243.— 
Bose, Hist. Nat. des Crustacés, 2e éd. par Desmarest, 1830, ii. 72.—Gray, in 
Griffith’s Cuvier, Crustacea, 1832, 192.—H. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Naturelle des 
Crustacés, 1837, ii. 349.—Dana, U. S. Exploring Expedition, Crustacea, 1852, 
i. 534, 541.—Bell, British Stalk-eyed Crustacea, 1853, 270. 

-BET2US, Dana, op. cit. i. 534, 548.--Stimpson, Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sciences, Phila. 
delphia, 1860, 31. 


The genus Alpheus, as limited by the writer, is characterized by 
having a compressed form, the carapax being extended forward, form- 
ing a hood over the eyes, the rostrum either small or wanting; the an- 
tennule with a two-branched flagellum; antennz with a large antennal 
scale. Mandible deeply bifurcate, the anterior branch being oblong, 
slender; a mandibular palpus present; external maxillipeds are slender, 
of moderate length; hands of the first pair generally greatly enlarged, 
unequal, sometimes the right and sometimes the left being the larger in 
the same species. The second pair are slender, filiform, chelate, the 
carpus multiarticulate. The remaining feet and the abdomen present no 
characters of especial importance. 

In 1852, Dana characterized the genus Betwus, which differs from 
Alpheus, as accepted by him, merely in the absence of a rostrum and the 
inversion of the’hands, the dactylus being borne on the lower edge of 
the propodus. That the line separating these two genera cannot be 
drawn is shown by the fact that Betewus trispinosus Stm. is rostrated, 
while in a large series of Alpheus minus Say I found many which 
wanted the rostrum. The hand also cannot be taken as a guide, for we 
find forms of Alpheus heterochelis, in which the dactylus is a little in- 
clined; in my Alpheus cylindricus, it works still more obliquely, while in 


my Alpheus transverso-dactylus its motion is in a horizontal plane. Thus 
189 


190 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


the species of Betwus described by Dana (truncatus, equimanus, scabro- 
digitus), Stimpson (australis and trispinosus), and Lockington (longidacty- 
lus and equimanus) will have to be placed in the genus Alpheus. 
Say, in volume 1 of the Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences, 
was the first to mention any North American species of this genus, 
describing Alpheus heterochelis and A. minus. Milne-Edwards, in his 
‘‘ Histoire Naturelle des Crustacés”, t. ii, describes as new A. armillatus 
from the West Indies, and also gives abstracts of Say’s descriptions. 
Delay, in the “ New York Fauna, Crustacea”, also gives brief diagnoses 
of the same twospecies. Gibbes, in the “ Proceedings of the American 
Association for the Advancement of Sciences”, vol. iii, reports A. hetero- 
chelis and A. minus from Florida and Charleston,S.C. He also proposes as 
new A. formosus. Henri de Saussure, in his ‘‘ Mémoire sur Divers Crus- 
tacés Nouveaux du Mexique et des Antilles”, redescribes A. heterochelis 
under the specific name lutarius. He also refers to a previous article 
(Revue Zoologique, 1857, 99, 100), where, laboring under a misapprehen- 
sion, he described it as the type of a new genus, Halopsyche. Dr. Stimp- 
son, in a critique of this memoir of Saussure (American Journal of Sci- 
ence, 1859, xxvil. 446), pronounces his lutarius to be the heterochelis of 
Say. 8. I. Smith (“Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Arts 
and Sciences”, ii. 39) reports A. heterochelis from various localities. Dr. 
Streets, in the ‘* Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phil- 
adelphia”, 1871, 242, describes A. bispinosus from the Isthmus of Panama, 
but from which coast I am unable to ascertain. Mr. Lockington, in the 
‘* Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences”, February 7, 1876, 
describes Alpheus bellimanus, A. equidactylus, and Beteus longidactylus, 
this being the first mention of any species from the Pacific coast. Ina 
later paper (March 20, 1876), he adds Beteus equimanus and Alpheus 
clamator. This comprises, so far as I am aware, all the literature of the 
North American Alphei. 


ALPHEUS MINUS Say. 


Alpheus minus Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1818, i. 245.—Edwards, Hist. Nat. des 
Crustacés, ii. 356.—DeKay, New York Fauna, Crustacea, 26.—Gibbes, Proc. 
Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 1851, 196, 

Alpheus formosus Gibbes?, loc. cit. 196. 

‘Carapax smooth; rostrum short, acute; a spine arising from the an- 
terior edge of the hood over each eye equalling the rostrum in length, 
thus giving the front a three-spined appearance. Basal spine of anten- 
nulz slender, acute, incurved, reaching to the middle of the second 
basal joint; first joint as long as second and third, second a half longer 
than the third; flagella ciliated, two-thirds the length of the carapax. 
Basal spine of antennz long, slender. Antennal scale regularly ellip- 
tical, extending slightly beyond the antennular peduncle; flagellum 
nearly twice as long as the carapax. External maxillipeds slender, ex- 
tending beyond the peduncle of the antennule. Feet of the first pair 
greatly unequal; larger hand a third longer then carapax, cylindrical, 


KINGSLEY ON THE GENUS ALPHEUS. ‘191 


slightly tapering toward the extremity; a strong spine above, and a 
smaller one near it, at the articulation of the dactylus; thumb short, 
dactylus longer, about one-half aslong asthe palm. The carpus viewed 
from the side is somewhat sigmoid in outline; a strong spine upon the 
upper margin. Meros triangular, sides flat; distal portion of upper 
margin prolonged into a spine. Smaller hand somewhat similar to the 
larger; the fingers, however, being equal, slender, and proportionately 
longer than in the larger hand; carpus and meros smaller than on the 
other side, and somewhat compressed. Ischium and meros of second 
pair compressed; carpus five-jointed, first joint equalling the other four 
in length; second, third, and fourth subequal; fifth slightly longer. 
Feet of the last three pairs compressed; propodus spinulose on the in- 
ferior margin; dactylus biungulate. Telson tapering; extremity rounded. 

The majority of specimens of this species that I have seen are quite 
small, averaging 11.5™™ in length. A larger specimen, from Fort Jeffer- 
son, Florida, gave the following measurements:—Length of body, 26.3™™; 
carapax, 10.3™™; basal scale of antenne, 3.8°™; larger hand,13.3™™. Ina 
large series of this species, I find the shape of the larger hand as con- 
stant as any other character. In some specimens, the ocular spines are 
present, while the rostrum is wanting; in others, the front is truncate, 
no spines being present. The proportions of the joints of the carpus of the 
second pair also vary. Whilein the majority of the specimens examined 
they are as given above, in others the first is scarcely longer than the 
two succeeding. I have examined specimens of this species from Fort 
Macon, N.C. (Dr. H. C. Yarrow), Charleston, 8. C., Key West, Fla. (A. 
S. Packard, jr.), Nassau, N.P. A single specimen was sent me from 
Yale, bearing the label ‘“* Bermudas, G. B. Goode’, and identified as 
Alpheus formosus Gibbes. It agrees well with Gibbes’s description 
quoted above; but as far as I can see there is nothing to separate it 
from A. minus. The relative lengths of rostrum and ocular spines can be 
-of no great importance when they vary as I have shown. Specimens in 
the museum of Yale College, from “Pearl Is., Bay of Panama, F. 
H. Bradley”, I cannot separate from Floridan examples. The spines 
‘on the front are more acute, and the rostrum somewhat; longer than in 
east-coast specimens. The antennular spines also are not incurved. 
‘Other than these, I can detect no important points of difference. 

The only other species of Decapoda that I know of as being reported 
from both coasts are :— 

Microphrys weddillii Hdw. (fide A. Edw.). : 

Hyas coarctatus Leach (fide Stm. Jour. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. vi. 450). 

Acanthonyx petivert Edw. (fide Stm. Ann. N. Y. Lye. 97). 

Domecia hispida Souleyet (fide Stm. Ann. Lye. vii. 218). 

Eriphia gonagra Kdw. (fide Stm. Ann. Lye. vii. 217). 
_ Achelous spinimanus De Haan (fide A. Hdw.). 

Cronius ruber Stm. (fide Stm. Ann. Lye. vii. 225). 

Carcinus menas Leach. (Prof. S. 1. Smith in letters reports this as 
collected by F. H. Bradley at Panama.) 


192 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Uca una Latr. (fide A. Edw.). 

Nautilograpsus minutus Edw. (fide Stm. Ann. Lye. vii. 231). 

? Acanthopus planissimus Dana (vid. Stm. Ann. Lye. vii. 232). 

? Aratus pisont Edw. (vid. Smith, Rep. Peabody Acad. Sci. 1871, 92). 

? Goniopsis cruentatus De Haan (vid. Smith, 1. c. 92). 

Petrolisthes armatus Stm. (fide Stm. Ann. Lye. vii. 73). 

Eupagurus bernhardus Brandt (fide Stm. Jour. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 
vi. 483). 

Eupagurus kroyerit Stm. (fide Stm. Ann. Lye. vii. 89). 

Crangon boreas Fabr. (fide Stm. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, 25). 

Sabinea septemcarinata Owen (fide Stm. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1860, 26). 

Nectocrangon lar Brandt (jide Stm. Proc. Phila. Acad. 1860, 25). 

Hippolyte spina White (fide Stm. Proc. Phila. Acad. 1860, 34). 

Hippolyte gronlandica (J. ©. Fabr. sp.) Miers [H. aculeata Hdw.] (fide 
Stm. Proc. Phila. Acad. 1860, 33). 

Pandalus borealis Kroyer (fide Stm. Jour. Bost. Soc. vi. 501). 

Palemon jamaicensis Oliv. (fide Smith, l. ¢. 97). 

To this list I would add :— 

Alpheus minus Say. 

Alpheus heterochelis Say. 

Alpheus transverso-dactylus Kingsley. 


ALPHEUS PANAMENSIS Kingsley. 


Near Alpheus minus Say. Body very compressed; carapax smooth ; 
rostrum short, separated from the ocular arches by a deep sulcus; the 
orbital spines arising not from the anterior edge of the carapax, as in A. 
minus, but from the superior surface, the margin being continuous be- 
neath the spines; these spines do not extend so far forward as in the 
Floridan analogue. Basal spines of antennule extending slightly be- 
yond first joint; third joint somewhat shorter than the second. Basal 
joint of antennz with a spine beneath; antennal scale extending slightly 
beyond the peduncles of antennule; flagellum nearly as long as the body. 
External maxillipeds reacting to tip of antennal scale. Hands of the 
first pair not so disproportionate as in A. minus; the larger is smooth, 
compressed, with the margins entire ; dactylus two-fifths the length of 
the propodus, extending slightly beyond the thumb, with a tooth on 
the occludent margin shutting into a cavity of the thumb, as in A. 
minus and A. heterochelis. The fingers are slightly curved outward, 
and:are somewhat hairy. The smaller hand is nearly as long as, but 
more slender than, the larger dactylus, slender, half as long as propodus, 
trigonal, the occludent side being furnished with a ridge, which shuts 
into a groove in the thumb; the points of the fingers are curved and 
overlapping. Feet of the second pair short; carpus five-jointed; the first 
joint as long as the two following; second and fifth subequal, each a 
half longer than the third or fourth, which are also subequal. Propodal 
joints of following pairs spinulose beneath. ‘Telson triangular, truncate. 


KINGSLEY ON THE GENUS ALPHEUS. 193 


Acajutla, Central America, and Panama (/’. H. Bradley). Three speci- 
mens from the latter locality give the following measurements :— 


Length of body. Carapax. Larger hand. 


29, Qmm §, 5mm 12.0mm 
27.8 8.0 16.3 
32.0 10.0 15.0 


ALPHEUS SULCATUS Kingsley. 

Carapax smooth; rostrum short, extending very slightly beyond the 
vaults over the eyes, which are produced forward, though they can 
scarcely be called spiniform; sides of the rostrum with long hairs. 
Basal spine of antennule reaching to the second joint; third joint the 
shortest. Inner branch of flagella a third longer than the carapax; 
outer about half as long as inner. A small spine on the basal joint of 
antenne beneath; antennal scale equalling antennular peduncle, regu- 
larly tapering; flagellum nearly as long as the body. External maxilli- 
peds slender, extending beyond antennal scale, the distal joint being 
ciliated. Meros of larger cheliped triangular; no spine above; hand 
ovate-compressed, with a few scattered hairs; a slight sulcus on the 
upper margin of the palm; a furrow on the outer, and a similar one on 
the inner surface of the hand, running back from the articulation of the 
dactylus to about the middle of the palm; a slight constriction on the 
under margin; thumb distorted, a furrow on the outer surface parallel 

- with the occludent margin; dactylus about a third as long as propodus, 
extending beyond the thumb; a tooth on the inner margin, as in A. 
heterochelis. Carpus of the second pair five-jointed; first joint as long 
as the next two; second a half longer than third; third and fourth’ 
equai; fifth as long as second. Telson tapering-truncate. 

Of this form I have seen but two imperfect specimens; one from the 
Bay of Panama, and the other from Zorritas, Peru (Ff. H. Bradley), 
which give respectively the following measurements :— 

Length of body. Carapax. Larger hand. 


35.0m™m i lssieeen 15.5% 
23.3 8.0 10.3 


ALPHEUS FLORIDANUS Kingsley. 


Carapax smooth, somewhat compressed; rostrum short, acute, the 
carina running back nearly to the middle of the carapax. Basal spine 
of antennule extending but slightly beyond the rostrum. Second joint 
of antennular peduncle three times as long as the last joint; outer 
_ branch of flagella stout, a little longer than the peduncle; inner branch 
slender, twice as long as the outer. Antennal scale as long as peduncle 
of inner antennz, and shaped as in A. heterochelis; flagellum a half 
longer than the body. Meros of first pair trigonal, the inner inferior 
edge bearing small spines. Hands unequal, the larger compressed, one 
and a half times as long as the carapax; fingers equal, pointed, com- 
pletely closing, occupying about two-fifths the length of the hand. 

Bull. iv. No. 1—13 


194 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Smaller hand slightly compressed, as long as larger; fingers longer than 
palm, the thumb being longer than the dactylus; both very slender, 
not completely closing, and fringed with long hairs. Ischinm of second 
pair longer than the meros; carpus five-jointed, first joint a little 
shorter than the second, the last three subequal and together as long as 
the second. Three posterior pairs without spines on the meral joints; 
propodi hirsute; dactyli lamellate. Telson tapering, twice as long as 
broad; the apex obtusely pointed. 


Length of body. Carapax. Hand. 
99 5mm 9.3mm 15.5um 


Fort Jefferson, Florida (Lieutenant Jacques, U. S. N.). 


ALPHEUS HETEROCHELIS Say. 


Alpheus heterochelis Say, l.c. i. 243.—Hdwards, op. cit. 356.—DeKay, op. cit. 26.— 
Gibbes, l. c. 196.—Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad. ii. 25, 39. 

Alpheus armillatus, Edwards, op. cit. 11. 354. 

Alpheus lutarius Saussure, Crustacés Nouv. des Antilles et du Mexique, 45, pl. 
iii. f: 24—v. Martens, Wiegmann’s Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, 1872, 139. 

Halopsyche lutaria Saussure, Revue Zoologique, 1857, 100 (teste Saussure). 

Carapax smooth; rostrum short, acute, depressed; ocular arches with- 
out spines. Basal spine of antennule stout, short, not reaching base of 
second joint; second joint more than twice as long as third. Outer 
flagellum half as long as inner. Antennal scale as long as antennular 
peduncle, the spine on the anterior laterai margin large, stout, acute; 
inner margin arcuate, widening toward the base; flagellum somewhat 
longer than the body. Feet of the first pair unequal; meros joint tri- 
angular; carpus as broad as long. Larger hand one and a half times 
as long as carapax, compressed, margins rounded ; a constriction of the 
upper and under margins at about the middle. Thumb three-fourths as 
long as palmar portion, a strong rectangular tooth on inner portion of 
occludent margin; apex acute. Dactylus with a process on the inner 
margin, which shuts into a cavity in the opposing thumb; points of 
fingers overlapping. The smaller hand cylindrical, the constrictions 
but faintly indicated; fingers three-fourths as long as palm. Dactylus 
flattened; occludent margin with a longitudinal carina, shutting into a 
groove in the thumb, the fingers with a fringe of hairs. Feet of the sec- 
ond pair slender, filiform; ischium and meros equal; carpus five-jointed, 
first joint as long as second and third, second as fourth and fifth, third 
and fourth equal, fifth a half longer than preceding. Telson subquad- 
rate; extremity arcuate. 

The variations I have observed from the above description are as fol- 
lows :—In specimens from Florida, I have found the front three-spined, 
the ocular spines, however, being smaller than the rostrum. Ina speci- 
men from Nassau, N. P., there is a groove upon the upper margin of the 
propodus of the larger hand, which at about a median point between the 
base and the articulation of the dactylus bends and is continued for a 


KINGSLEY ON THE GENUS ALPHEUS. 195 


short distance upon the outer surface. The dactylus is also somewhat 
obliquely articulated. 
Three specimens from Florida give the following measurements :— 
Length of body. Carapax. Larger hand. 


30.3mn 11.Qmm 17.6™m 
29.6 10.8 15.3 
32.5 13.8 15.0 


Specimens from Lake Harney, Florida (which is, I am informed by 
Prof. J. W. P. Jenks, a body of fresh water), are greatly larger than the 
average :— 

Length of body. Carapax. Larger hand. 
43.7mm 15.0=m 90 5mm 
42.0 15.6 25.0 


I have examined specimens from Fort Macon, N. C. (Dr. H. C. Yar- 
vow); Smyrna and Key West, Fla. (A. 8. Packard, jr.); Bahamas, Ber- 
mudas (G. B. Goode); Aspinwall (J. A. McNiel); Abrolhos, Brazil (C.F. 
Hartt). Specimens brought from Panama by /#. H. Bradley and from 
Realigo, west coast of Nicaragua, by J. A. McNiel, appear to be the 
same as the east-coast form. In the Proceedings of the California 
Academy of Sciences for February 7, 1876, Mr. Lockington describes 
Alpheus equidactylus, the characters of which agree, so far as they go, 
perfectly with this species; but, owing to the imperfections of his de- 
scription, I am unable to decide whether they are the same. 


ALPHEUS AFFINIS Kingsley. 


Carapax rather broad, smooth; rostrum acute, separated from the 
ocular arches by a sulcus; ocular arches produced forward; peduncles 
of antennule hirsute; basal spine extending to second joint; joints of 
peduncle as in heterochelis. Basal joint of antennz with spine beneath; 
basal scale narrower than in heterochelis, extending as far forward as 
peduncle of antennule; flagellum aslongasbody. External maxillipeds 
hirsute, extending to extremity of basal scale. Meros of first pair tri- 
angular; spines on the inner inferior margin. Larger cheliped quite 
compressed; a constriction on the upper margin, the posterior edge of 
which extends forward as a spine; a sulcus runs back from this con- 
striction on both the inner and outer surface to behind the middle of 
the palm; lower margin compressed opposite the constriction in the 
upper. Dactylus as in heterochelis, but obtuse. Smaller hand as in 
heterochelis, but more slender. COarpus of second pair five-jointed ; first 
and second equal, and each as long as the three remaining; third and 
fourth equal, and each slightly shorter than fifth. Telson slightly 
tapering; extremity rounded. Panama (#. H. Bradley). Seven speci- 
mens. 


_ ALPHEUS PARVIMANUS Kingsley. 


Slender, compressed; rostrum short, acute; basal spine of antennule 
not reaching second joint; basal joints nearly equai, the third being 


196  - BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


slightly shorter than the second. Basal joint of antennee with a minute 
spine beneath. Antennal scale narrow, reaching slightly beyond an- 
tennular peduncle, the spine at the antero-lateral angle reaching beyond 
the laminate portion, which is small. External maxillipeds slender, ex- 
tending to the extremity of the antennal scale, the distal portion with 
long hairs. Meros of first pair rounded-triangular. Hands small, 
nearly equal; the larger oblong, compressed, smooth, with scattered 
hairs; a constriction of both margins posterior to the articulation of 
the dactylus; fingers completely closing; dactylus acute, shutting into 
a groove in the propodus, as in the case of A. heterochelis, the tooth of 
the inner margin being, however, much less prominent. Smaller hand 
slender, nearly cylindrical, hirsute, the fingers as long as the palm. 
Carpus of the second pair five-jointed; first joint as long as the three 
following, second as long as fourth and fifth, third and fourth equal, 
and together equalling the last. Meros of posterior pairs without spines. 
beneath. Extremity of telsonrounded. Panama(F. H. bradley). Four 
specimens. 


ALPHEUS CYLINDRICUS Hingsley. 

Carapax smooth; rostrum very short, obtuse; no orbital spine; first 
and third joints of antennule equal, second twice as long. Flagella of 
antennule and antenne broken. No spine on basal joint of antennie. 
Antennal scale slender, narrow, pointed, the laminate portion being 
almost obsolete, extending to extremity of second joint of peduncle of 
antennule. External maxillipeds long, extending beyond peduncle of 
antennew. Meros of the first pair short, stout, triangular. Larger 
hand cylindrical, a groove on the outer side below the articulation of 
the dactylus. Dactylus working horizontally, very short, yet extending | 
beyond the opposable part, two or three teeth on the inner margin, and 
shutting into a groove in the propodus. Smaller hand cylindrical; 
fingers as long as palm, equal, slender, curved downward. Carpus of 
second pair jointed; first joint equalling the following three; second as 
long as third and fourth, which are equal; fifth a half longer then fourth. 
Telson narrow, tapering rapidly ; extremity truncate. 


Length of body. Carapax. Larger propodus. Dactylus. 
19.50m eH Ua Hey yeeten Sy 


Pearl Island, Bay of Panama (f. H. Bradley). One specimen. 


ALPHEUS TRANSVERSO-DACTYLUS Kingsley. 

Compressed carapax, minutely punctate; front three-spined ; basal 
spine of antennulz not extending to the second joint of the peduncle ; 
second joint twice as long as the third; inferior branch of flagella twice 
as long as the superior. Basal joint of antenne with a spine; anten- 
nal seale very narrow, terminating in a strong spine; flagella nearly 
as long as the body. External maxillipeds extending to the tip of the - 
antennal scale; basal joints with scattered hairs; distal joints thickly 


KINGSLEY ON THE GENUS ALPHEUS. 197 


covered. Feet of the first pair large, unequal; larger hand with the 
outer proximal portion smooth; at about the middle there is a constric- 
tion of both margins, connected on the inner surface by a more or less 
apparent groove. Slightly in advance of these constrictions, the surface 
is abruptly compressed, two elevated lines running out from the_ basal 
portion, the lower terminating in a spine; a spine above the articula- 
tion of the dactylus; dactylus articulated to the outer surface of the 
hand, working horizontally, extending beyond the thumb, fitting for 
about half its length in a groove in the propodus; dactylus and distal 
portion of propodus with long hairs. Smaller hand about half the size 
of the larger, constricted above and below; a spine above the articula- 
tion of the dactylus; dactylus articulated in the usual manner, working 
vertically ; inner surface of hand somewhat hairy. Carpus of the second 
pair five jointed, first and second joints subequal, and each as long as 
the fourth and fifth together; third and fourth subequal; fifth slightly 
longer. Meral joints of the remaining pairs with a spine beneath ; 
propodi spinulose. Telson tapering ; extremity rounded. 
Length of body. . Carapax. Larger hand. 


21 omm Oo = 10.22™ 
14.0 5.1 8.8 


Santa Barbara and San Diego, Cal. (W. G. W. Harford), seven 
- specimens. I cannot separate from this two specimens from the Ber- 
mudas, one collected by J. M. Jones and the other by G. Brown Goode. 


ALPHEUS CLAMATOR Lockington. 
Alpheus clamator Lockington, Proceedings California Academy of Science, 
March 20, 1876. - 

The following description is drawn from a single imperfect specimen 
in the museum of the Peabody Academy of Science, which I refer to 
this species. 

Basal spine of antennule stout, short, not reaching second joint of 
peduncle; third joint half as long as preceding. Antenne without 
‘spine on the basal joint. Antennal scale narrow, tbe spine at the antero- 
exterior angle acute, slender, reaching the end of the antennular peduncle. 
External maxillipeds rather broad, extending slightly beyond the anten- 
nal scale. Feet of the first pair unequal. Meros smooth, with a very 
‘Slender spine on the distal portion above. Larger hand compressed, a 
‘constriction .of each margin at about the middle, a spine above the 
articulation of the dactylus, behind which a sulcus runs obliquely across 
the superior margin. A second spine on the outside ; thumb slender ; 
-dactylus compressed, semicircular in outline viewed from the side, 
‘Slightly longer than the thumb. Smaller hand with both margins con- ° 
Stricted ; upper margin of palm tuberculate; a spine above the articu- 
lation of the dactylus; fingers about equal to the palm, completely 
closing. Ischium and meros of second pair equal; carpus five-jointed, 
first two joints equal, and each as long as the third and fourth, which are 


198 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


also equal; fifth joint nearly as long as the first. Meros joints of pos- 
terior pairs without spines; propodal joints spinulose beneath; dactyli 
slender. Santa Barbara, Cal.(W. G. W. Harford). 

From the description of Mr. Lockington, I get the foliowing additional 
characters, not afforded by my imperfect specimen :—Front three-spined ; 
the rostrum slender, longer than, and separated from, the ocular spines 
by a deep suicus. Flagella of antennule about half as long and of 
antenne three-fourths as long as the body. 


ALPHEUS LONGIDACTYLUS Kingsley. 
Beteus longidactylus, Lockington, J. ¢. Feb. 7, 1876. 

Compressed; carapax smooth; front rounded; rostrum and ocular 
spines wanting; antennular spines slender, acute. First and second 
antennular joints subequal, third shorter; inner flagellum three-fourths 
the length of carapax, outer? Antennal scales shorter than peduncles 
of either pair of antennz. External maxillipeds extending nearly to 
extremity of antennal peduncle. Hands of the first pair equal, slender, 
inversed; dactylus slightly longer than palm, with a few teeth on the 
dactylus at the base. Pincer gaping, a single tooth on the thumb near 
-the palm; fingers both pointed. Carpus of second pair five-jointed ; first 
joint as long as the three following; second, third, and fourth equal; 
fifth slightly longer. Extremity of telson rounded. 

Length of body. Of carapax. Of hand. 
35.0mm — :12,0mm Sspsaeate 
of ele 8.0 7.0mm 
San Diego, Cal. (Henry Hemphil!); two dry, imperfect specimens. 


ALPHEUS HARFORDI Kingsley. 

Carapax smooth; rostrum wanting, the front being emarginate between 
the eyes. Basal scale of antennule spiniform, very long and slender, 
extending forward as far as the middle of second joint and slightly in- 
curved. Second joint of peduncle three times as long as last joint. 
Outer branch of flagellum about one-half and inner about two-thirds 
the length of carapax. Antenne without a spine on the basal joint; 
antennal scale with the spine long and slender, the laminate portion 
being quite small. Flagellum about two-thirds the length of body. 
Meros of first pair trigonal, with a small spine at upper distal angle. 
Larger chela compressed-ovate, smooth, without corrugations or con- 
strictions; pollex with a notch furnished with two or three small teeth 
near the articulation of the dactylus; dactylus slender, extending be- 
yond the opposite finger, a notch similar and opposite to that on the 
thumb; the dactylus is articulated to the inferior margin of the pro- 
podus. Smaller hand not greatly differing from the larger, but more 
slender, and the fingers without any notch. Feet of second pair slender; 
ischium slightly shorter than meros; carpus five-jointed, the first as 
long as the three succeeding ones; second, third, and fourth equal; the: 


KINGSLEY ON THE GENUS ALPHEUS. 199 


fifth slightly longer; chela about as long as the two preceding joints. 
Telson slender, tapering; extremity regularly rounded. 

This species differs from the description of Betcwus equimanus Locking- 
ton in having the peduncles of antenne and antennule nearly equal, 
the relative lengths of the antennular flagella, and the shape of the 
fingers of the larger hand, which are not straight on the occludent 
margin. 

Santa Barbara, Cal. (W.G. W. Harford),4 specimens. Catalina Island, 
Cal. (W. G. W. Harford), 3 specimens; under the mouth of Haliotis ru- 


Jescens Swains. . 
Length of body. Carapax. Larger hand. Larger dactylus. 
24.0mm 8.0mm 8.0mm Ayjmam 
19.0 6.0 6.0 3.6 


Of the following species I have not seen specimens :— 


Alpheus bellimanus, Lockington, l. c. Feb. 7, 1876. 
This appears to be near the transversus of this paper. Lockington’s 
specimens came from San Diego, Cal. 


Alpheus equidactylus, Lockington, J. ¢. Feb. 7, 1876. 
From Monterey, Cal. The extremely short description applies per- 
fectly to A. heterochelis. 


Alpheus bispinosus, Streets, Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1872, 242. 


The description applies very well to A. heterochelis. The specimens 
came from the Isthmus of Panama, but from which coast is not known. 


ALPHEUS QUALIS Kingsley. 
Betwus equimanus (nom. preoc.), Lockington, U. ¢. Mar. 20, 1876. 
Appears to be near the Alpheus harfordi described above. If it prove 
distinct, it will stand as equalis, as the name equimanus has been used 
by Dana. 


PEABODY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE, 
Salem, Mass., November 5, 1877. 


ART. VIN.—NOTES ON THE MAMMALS OF FORT SISSETON, 
DAKOTA. 


By C. EH. McCuusney, M. D., 
Acting Assistant Surgeon, U. S. A. 
Annotated by Dr. Exitiorr Couss, U. S. A. 


[The following paper was prepared by Dr. McChesney as a contribution of material 
to my forthcoming History of North American Mammals. Representing as it does 
much valuable and interesting information from original observations, it is published 
intact, in advance of its incorporation in substance in my work. In making my 
acknowledgements to the author for his cordial and well-considered collaboration, I 
would especially call attention to his dissections of the peculiar pouches of the Geomy- 
ide, supposed not to have hitherto been examined anatomically, as well as to the many 
reliable measurements of fresh ‘Specimens, which increase the value’ of the prepa- 
rations with which he has favored me. 

The collection has been deposited, in accordance with Dr. McChesney’s wish, in the 
National Museum of the Smithsonian Institution, excepting a number of specimens 
intended for osteological preparations, which have been placed, likewise by Dr. 
McChesney’s desire, in the Army Medical Museum. 

I have myself confirmed the author’s identifications in nearly all cases. My annota- 
tions are bracketed, with my initials.—E. C.] 


FELID AL. 


LYNX CANADENSIS, (Geoff) Raf. 


The Canada Lynx, I am informed on what 1 believe to be reliable 
authority, was a few years ago not uncommon on the “ Coteau des Prai- 
ries”, and even within a year past one or two animals believed to belong 
to this species have been seen; but no specimen has been secured by me. 


CANIDZ. ; 
CANIS LATRANS, Say. 

The Prairie Wolf, or Coyote, is found in this vicinity in very limited 
numbers, and is the only representative of the genus Canis, with the 
exception of C. familiaris, which forms an important part of this, much 
the same as in other frontier military garrisons. 


VULPES VULGARIS PENNSYLVANICUS, (Bodd.) Coues. 

The American Red Fox is trapped in this vicinity by Indians, but is 
not very abundant. The special state of semi-melanism occurring in 
this animal, and constituting var. decussatus, or the Cross Fox, is seen to 
some extent here. 

201 


202 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


PUTORIUS ERMINEA, (Linn.) Cuv. 

The White Weasel, or Ermine, is found here in small numbers. Speci- 
mens in winter dress show considerable sulphur-yellow on the tail and 
hind feet. 

PUTORIUS LONGICAUDA, Rich. 

The Long-tailed Ermine is not common in this vicinity. Two spe- 
cimens only have been secured, the measurements of which are as fol- 
lows :— 


No. 173, 0’. | No. 176, 2. 
From tip of nose to eye...-- 0. 82 0. 80 
From tip of nose to ear ..--- 1. 65 11, 68} 
From tip of nose to occiput - Reo 2. 28 
From tip of nose to tail .--- 10.10 10. 20 
Tail to end of vertebra... -- 7.00 5. 90 
Length of fore feet...--...-. 1. 62 1.39 
Length of hind feet ....--... 1.91 1. 80 
Width of palms......-....-- 0 53 0. 47 


PUTORIUS VISON, Stich. 


The Mink is common, as is attested by the number of skins offered for 
trade by the Indians, in this vicinity. 


TAXIDEA AMERICANA, (Bodd.) Baird. 


The American Badger is found here in small numbers. Like other fur- 
bearing animals, it is hunted by the Indians for purposes of trade, and 
the flesh is often used by them as food. 


MEPHITIS MEPHITICA, (Shaw) Baird. 


The generally abused American Skunk is common on the ‘Coteau des 
Prairies”, The fact is that the Skunk is not nearly as bad an animal as 
most people would have us believe. In his way, which may be humble, 
he is capable of, and does, much good. He is insectivorous to a remark- 
able degree, consuming vast quantities of insects that are injurious to 
vegetation. Instances of his kindness might be cited in proof of his 
often genial disposition, and he only follows the coarser instincts of his 
nature when molested, and for this surely the animal is not to blame; 
but under such circumstances, I must confess I prefer to admire him at 
that safe distance which “lends enchantment to the view”. 


URSIDZ. 
URSUS AMERICANUS, Pall. 

The Black Bear was once of very common occurrence in this vicinity. 
None have been seen of late years within fifty or sixty miles of this post. 
It has disappeared probably in consequence of being persistently pur- 
sued by the Indians. 


PROCYONID 4s. 
PROCYON LOTOR, (Linn.) Storr. 


The Common Raccoon is not now found in this vicinity. A few years 
ago it was not uncommon to find it on the slopes of the Coteau. 


M‘CHESNEY ON DAKOTA MAMMALS. 203 


BOVIDZ. 


BISON AMERICANUS, (Gm.) H. Smith. 


The American Buffalo was a few years ago numerous on the “ Coteau 
des Prairies”; none, however, have been seen here since 1868. The bones. 
of many may be seen at the present day scattered over the prairie. The 
steady advances of civilization have forced the Buffalo, in common with 
all the large mammals, from this locality, and into comparatively nar- 
row limits, where, unless protection is extended, it must ere long be 
numbered with the animals of the past. 


ANTILOCAPRID 4. 


ANTILOCAPRA AMERICANA, Ord. 

The Prong-horn Antelope was formerly very abundant, but is now 
rarely seen here. Occasionally we hear of this animal having been seen 
on the western slope of the Coteau, having doubtless come from the 
valley of the James River, about thirty-fivemiles from the post. 


CERVID Ai. 


CARIACUS MACROTIS, (Say) Gray. 

The Mule or Black-tailed Deer is not now found on the Coteau to my 
knowledge. The last I have heard of being killed in this vicinity 
occurred three years ago at Clear Lake, about ten miles from the post. 


CARIACUS VIRGINIANUS, (Bodd.) Gray. 


The White-tailed Deer was some ten years ago very common in this 
Vicinity; none have been seen for several years past. 


VESPERTILIONID A. 


One or more species of the ordinary Bats are certainly represented 
_ here, but no specimens have been procured, and I do not therefore desire 
to commit myself to any determination of species. 


SORICIDAl.* 
[?] SOREX COOPERI, Bach. 


I believe that Cooper’s Shrew is moderately abundant in this locality ;, 
but as specimens of this genus are very difficult of identification, those 
I have collected have been submitted to Dr. Coues for determination. 


*[I have been unable to find time to give Dr. McChesney’s Soricide the critical 
attention they require, and these identifications must be considered provisional. Be- 
sides the two species presented, the collection contains Neosorex palustris, received 
since this paper was prepared.—E. C. ] 


204 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


The measurements of the specimens collected, and believed to be refer- 
able to S. cooperi, are as follows :— 


From tip of nose to— 2 Length of— 
| Date of col Ite 
lie. Place of collecting. tents Beis 2 
i) a 2 5 iS) 
| 2 =z or | & = 
a i] © i os) is] ta Q = 
5 4) me Ss o 3 Rs 2 Rat 
A w & | i) ial a I ica) 
67 |....| Fort Wadsworth, Dak..-....--. Aug. 21, 1876 | 0.41 | 0.80 | 0.94 | 2.75 | 1.83 | 0.31 | 0.50 
78 | 3 | Fort Sisseton, Dak..-..---..--- Sept. 23, 1876 | 0.32 | 0.68 | 0.82 | 2.16 | 1.75 | 0.22 | 0.43 
ik |] @ |lesases Oss 2a arels Setrereleremivicl= sein ates Sept. 26,1876 | 0.45 | 0.67 | 0.97 | 3.00 | 2.15 | 0.40 | 0.63 
GY || @ Nessa CheSandsoudooebonSeasoHodelladcos oe wecee-| 0.45 | 0.72 | 0.93 | 2.20 | 1.87 | 0.40 | 0. 62 
GB |) @ |ssodes OW GHdboqeacmooonos dasounoadboscsGlO) ceosc5 0.45 | 0.67 | 0.91 | 2.70 | 1.87 | 0.40 | 0. 66 
() | Bf leacasa Ge poosensdauskeboasosouse Sept. 2 1876 | 0.34 | 0.56 ; 0.80 | 2.10 | 1.70 | 0.24 | 0.45 
SH || of llcosacs GS ado cosnae apaobbeecodacalacdos Clomecass 0.26 | 0.46 | 0.71 | 2.10 | 1.50 | 0.25 | 0.37 
Mt || © Hoccece CO HEA Cd a OHabacoooroHesadlsacte #6 poGadin 0.33 | 0.58 | 0.80 | 2.00 | 1.60 | 0.20 | 0.39 
QU ee oéGags COW se cece nee seeneeeeieis a Oct. 4,1876 | 0.32 | 0.59 | 0.77 | 2.10 | 1.90 | 0.26 | 0.45 
8 | O losones GO wercceme nese see sicesnataete Oct. 7, 1876 | 0.28 | 0.50 | 0.78 | 2.00 | 1.75 | 0.26 | 0, 44 
UCG |) te snooe OSS CHEC Pes oooeeseonnodoe Jan. 29) 1877 | 0.31 | 0.67 | 0.77 | 1.95 | 1.60 | 0.30 | 0.44 
MG) |) Q) | enodboC@ncdbvossossepscoseacaasn Apr. 11,1877 | 0.27 | 0.67 | 0.80 | 2.25 | 1.50 | 0. 30 | 0. 45 


BLARINA BREVICAUDA, (Say) Pd. 

The Short-tailed Shrew is not abundant, but, where found in this vicin- . 
ity, appears to have a preference for cultivated fields. 

The measurements of specimens taken are as follows :—- 


From tip of nose to— 3 Length of—| 
Co a 
Date of col. =8 e 
% Place of collecting. eines 5 a A| # 2 = 
® = 2 S = 
3 5 diag gre) Mee 
a | 4 SNAP ieaire Bh) Bl 
= ASI 
| A |o @/a}o]e8 la a | | & 
92} 9 | Fort Sisseton, Dak ..... Oct. 7, 1876] 0.54 | 0.95 | 1.30 | 4.50 | 1.25 | 0,49 | 0.65 | 0.23 
DOR Oe eee One coin stares crete Nov. 3,1876| 0.56 | 0.99 | 1.34 } 3.90 | 1.35 | 0.48 | 0.63 | 0.23 
{TPA GP ioscan Oe sa iereioi seiamrerat Apr. 12,1877 | 0.45 | 0.82 | 1.14 |} 4.20 | 1.60 | 0.36 | 0.66 |...... 
| 
° 
ZAPODIDA. 


ZAPUS HUDSONIUS, (Zimm.) Coues. 
The Jumping Mouse is found on the “Coteau des Prairies ”, but, 
much as elsewhere, 1s not numerous. 


Measurements of specimens. 


From tip of nose to— 5 Length of— a 
4 2 8 
Date cf col a 8 5 A 
f Place of collecting. lecting. : e5| 3 2 3 1% 
© »~ o 5 fo} 7S 
= 5 pedaiel aitearn| ae elie catin le 
BE | a He males ct Shee || Sf) Boe! bE 
r iT 5 & fo) — 
A | an Ran | ree he eel etna ee a = = 
eA wi Rested 
35 | Q | Fort Wadsworth, | July 5, 1876} 0.37 | 0.84 | 1.00 | 3.50 | 4.75 | 0.82 | 0.95 | 
Dak. 
G54 Pe eG| Sed Ol eee cts ester Aug. 17, 1876 | 0.44 | 0.82 | 1.05 | 3.55 | 4.75 | 0.32 | 1.00 
GG Sih Over etree emer tists Aug. 18, 1876 | 0.40 | 0.75 | 0.98 | 3.55 | 5.10 | 0.39 | 1.05 
174 | ¢ | Fort Sisseton, Dak.| May 23, 1877) 0. 45 | 0.88 | 0.95 | 3.25 | 4.93 | 0.42 | 1.05 


M‘CEESNEY ON DAKOTA MAMMALS. 205 


MURID AS. 
MUS MUSCULUS, Linn. 

That the common House Mouse has successfully made his way to 
this part of the world is sufficiently well attested by the number now 
found here. 

Specimens taken do not present any appreciable variations either of 
size or color from those taken elsewhere. 


Genus HESPEROMYS. 


HESPEROMYS LEUCOPUS SONORIENSIS, (LeC.) Coues. 

This variety of the Deer or White-footed. Mouse is found all over the 
prairie in this vicinity, and, under favorable circumstances, replaces the 
common House Mouse. 

I have observed this Mouse breeding in the early part of May and 
also in August. Three to seven usually constitute the litter as observed 
here. 

The following measurements are those of a few of the specimens pre- 
served. 


[Judging from the measurements, I suppose true leucopus to be included in the 
list.—E. C.] 


From tip of noseto— | S | Length of— 

ie a 

Date of col- ~ 3 ey 

: Place of collecting. lecting. : eel) 38 ei 

u + a) 5 5 

Z 5 Sh sulla ine 
BOING Poe ese ko tus 6 | Sle leh 

A |m A }a| oO] e/a <a = = 
48) g | Wort AVacsy One, Wiles July 19,1876 | 0. 40 |'0. 70 | 0.99 | 3.75 | 3.43 |.-....].---..].-.-.. 
4918 .| July 20; 1876 | 0.45] 0.86 | 1. 04 | 3.95 | 3.25 |..-...| ..--.]------ 
hl Shell dirallyy P25, Ten Os) || OE") Tower Ebi) |) O16) |Ieccos ||eosnccllosaca: 
521 o | July 9,1876| 0.44 | 0.80 | 0.91 | 3.00] 1.98 |...-..] .-...|.----- 
69) 0 Aug. 25, 1876 | 0.50 | 0.81 | 1.05 | 3.27 | 2.23 | 0.31 | 0:63 | 0.59 
72) o Sept. 3, 1876 | 0.46 | 0.83 | 1.07 | 3.35 | 2.25 | 0.36 | 0.70 | 0.47 
Sn eon | eee don cca we meme. sem teen, GW sosede 0. 48 | 0.80 | 1.00 | 3.15 | 2.25 | 0.33 | 0.73 | 0.53 
a) os Pet ue 1876 | 0. 43 | 0.83 | 1.04 | 3.00 | 2.20 | 0.32 | 0.72 | 0.50 
OU Mei ase eem Ona muntienere tine oles eC ONES sa 0.45 | 0.85 | 1.05 | 3.40 | 2.20 | 0.32 | 0.70 | 0.50 
UN cof Sept. 33, 1876 | 0.46 | 0.82 | 1.06 | 3.00 | 2.40 | 0.33 | 0.68 | 0.51 
80) 9 Sept. 25, 1876 | 0.4 | 0.87 | 1.06 | 3.25 | 2.50 | 0.39 | 0.93 | 0.51 
WIS Oct. 4,1876|-0.50 | 0.81 | 1.02 | 3.10 | 2.60 | 0.20 | 0.61 | 0.51 


HESPEROMYS (ONYCHOMYS) LEUCOGASTER, (Maxim.) Baird. 

The Missouri Mouse is moderately abundant in this vicinity. I have, 
however, thus far had but little success in trapping it; most of the speci- 
mens secured have been taken by judiciously trained cats, sensible 
enough in the majority of cases not to mutilate their victims. Ten of 
these Mice have been so captured, seven of which have been preserved, 
and three were found to be too badly damaged to serve any useful pur- 
pose. Of late, I have succeeded in capturing this mouse by use of the 
‘“‘eacle’s claw” trap. 

On the eastern slope of the small plateau on which the post is situated 
are several old “shacks”, constructed one-half or two-thirds underground, 
and inhabited-by Indians; it is in and about these caves that the Mis- 
souri Mouse has been taken. What special attraction there may be in 


206 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


this particular locality to account for this Mouse selecting it as a resi- 
dence I am unable to say; but it is certain that it has been secured no- 
where else here. The location, to be sure, is favorable as regards water 
and food, but not more so in this respect than many other places in the 
immediate vicinity of the post. 

At Fort Berthold, Dakota Territory, on the Missouri River, where I 
resided during the greater part of the years 1872 and 1873, this Mouse is 
very abundant. The Indians of that agency (Arickarees, Gros Ventres, 
and Mandans) are united by the bond of hatred against the Sioux, 
and were during these and many former years in an almost constant 
state of war. In the incursions of the Sioux, many attemps have been 
made to destroy the united village of the three tribes by fire, and one © 
attempt (in 1863) was partially successful. The three tribes found it 
necessary, in consequence, to have some secure store-house for their pro- 
duce, and finally adopted the cache method. The caches of these Indi- 
ans, of which there are one or more to each lodge, are dug with great 
‘care, and resemble in shape a funnel inverted, and have a capacity of 
about seventy-five bushels. The opening, which would correspond with 
the small end of the fannel, is carefully covered, first with boards, then 
hay, and finally with earth, the latter of which is carefully trodden down, 
raked over, and in a day or two all trace of the opening is obliterated. 
Sometimes these caches are dug under the lodge of the owner, but much 
more frequently on the outside of the village, and the exact place is 
known to the owners only, and by means of alignment with permanent 
landmarks. In these caches, which the Sioux have never yet succeeded 
in finding, are stored their supplies of corn, beans, squash, and, of late © 
years, potatoes ; and inthem the Missouri Mouse takes up his abode; and 
it is no uncommon thing for three or four to be killed at each opening 
of the cache, which seldom occurs more than three times in each year. 

I have observed that the Missouri Mouse breeds here early in May 
_ and August, and I believe but two litters are brought forth each year. 
Lactation extends over a period of three weeks, at the end of which 
time the young are fully able to care for themselves. 


Description of specimen No. 204, collection of Dr. Chas. E. McChesney. 


This is a mature female specimen of large size, as will be seen by the 
measurements given below. , 

Upper parts light gray throughout; under parts white. Fore legs 
as under parts; on the outer part of hind legs the gray of the upper 
parts extends the entire length of the femur. Inside of hind legs same 
as under parts. 

Tail beneath white, above but little darker, sparsely haired to the. 
very tip. It will be noticed that the tail is short as compared with that 
of H. leucopus. 

Ears well developed, sparsely haired inside and outside for about 
one-third of their height; the hairs of the onter portion nearest the head 
are black-tipped. 


M‘CHESNEY ON DAKOTA MAMMALS. 207 


Eyes well developed, and set in a definite black area, which extends 
entirely around the eye as a narrow border, the same as seen in H. leu- 
copus. 

Teats: I can discover but three pairs in this specimen, two inguinal 
and one pectoral. 

Fore feet: middle toe longest; first and third of equal length and but 
little shorter; fourth toe reaching but little beyond base of the third; 
thumb rudimentary, and with more of a nail than a claw. Five tuber- 
cles ; one at the base of the inner and one at the base of the outer toes; 
one at the base of the second and third toes; one back of the one at 
base of the thumb; and one behind the tubercle at base of the outer toe, 
the last two being aligned. 

Hind foot: but four tubercles are here discoverable; the one back of 
the tubercle at base of the outer toe is wanting. 

Whiskers: arranged in five parallel rows, the three inner ones of 
which are black throughout; the two outer rows are white for their 
entire length. Longest hairs are 1.28 in length. 

Head and forehead are a trifle darker gray than the back. Nose a 
little lighter than head. Chin white. 

The specimen measures as follows :— 


From tip of nose to eye...--. BRAS SEIS aes BAP CRIO Emel epee eet 0.53 
From tip of nose to ear..... 2 aso Sea ee a ee pa ARES 1.16 
LOM Ep OL MOSS) LO;OCCIPUG aasan cyanea myscer os lela ene ele ecie oe = 1. 40 
HIOMMUP OL MOS CONLAT Noee case syateie nyo ol hiarsiel claetaiwitie «ate eletoic aces 4,80 
Mail tovend/ of vertebre s--s----)-- see an. ss >sni sae see etociagare 1. 80 
Length of fore foot.......-- ah cijesciaiaieieieesyse ate URPNS crab ain latSereret te 0. 56 
Men otwotshin dttoo tie ces wnat oescte att aed ha (eie ware ves eeeeicecieics 0. 85 
Hen pMOr ONFESt OLE) Clay as ince es encase steer ease eeeccnes 0.16 
Warcdihyomipalimg= 2 2.8) Seo se eNO tas se aus eeaa eosin t iee 0. 22 
Pele httot earsee” vec cot. rs a Oe eet tcp era lee Og) Disc Meow aldo 0. 48 
OMe S tpl ase. wr esis ete eee nee ade wail tN Neamt a 1, BS) 


Specimen taken at Fort Sisseton, Dakota Territory, August 25, 1877. 


Measurements of specimens. 


From tip of nose to— | 3 | Length of— 3 

ee eee 

° S oS 

Place of col- | Date of col- ee 3 om a 

5 lecting. lecting. 4s oe] 6 3 ° S 

o ie) » 

Al 2 a|/ea|é6|eaia | feel Ap Test 1 c= 

One ese Fort Wads- | Aug. 30,1876 | 0.57 | 1.04 | 1.23 | 4.00 | 1.67 | 0.47 |.....- OWS Necease 
worth, Dak. 
7 LO) eal hae dor ea: Aug. 31,1876] 0.49 | 0.90 | 1.22] 3.80 | 1.17 | 0.48 |......|..---.-]-.---- 
9] o aa BRP: Oct. 10,1876} 0.57 | 0.92 | 1.43 | 4.90 | 2.00 | 0.52 | 0.87 | 0.67 | 0.21 
ak. 

OE ee ea eee ope So Lege Oct. 28,1876} 0.45 | 0.95 | 1.30 | 4.00 | 1.50 | 0.45 | 0.80 | 0.46 | 0.19 
Bo eh apa Paaese doresces Nov. 3,1876] 0.60 | 1.01 | 1.39 | 4.50 | 2.00 | 0.41 | 0.91 | 0.54 | 0.20 
TABS |} Sot peal bees dopaaes Nov. 12,1876] 0.55 | 1.06 | 1.38 | 4.10 | 1.80 | 0.46 | 0.90 | 0.61 | 0.22 
OD |) Git” | Becinee doyeeeeee Jan. 29,1877] 0.61 | 1.03 | 1.35 | 4.50,| 1.90 | 0.52 | 0.78 |------].---.- 
112 Oli Reeartioe Come aeal Mar. 26,1877] 0.60 | 0.95 | 1.26 | 4.30 | 1.78 | 0.61 } 0.90 | 0.57 | 0.23 
WB |] 0 ie ol eee Oyen eee June 9,1877] 0.51 | 0.94 | 1.20 | 3.70 | 1.45 | 0.56 | 0.84 | 0.45 | 0.20 
TSE VS o08 Ee teas Cay eee AE Jeane 10,1877 | 0.63 | 1.17] 1.44 | 4.40 | 2.00 | 0.8 | 0.84 | 0.46 } 0.23 
204 Dare liee a sae dow tet. Aug. 25, 1877] 0.53 | 1.16 | 1.40] 4.80 | 1.80 | 0.56 | 0.85 | 0. 48 | 0.22 
ROBE ei area @@ askah Sept. 8,1877| 0.58 | 1.20 | 1.36 | 4.00 | 1.70 | 0.57 | 0.35 | 0.44 | 0.20 


208 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


EVOTOMYS RUTILUS GAPPERI, ( Vig.) Coues. 


The ordinary Red-backed Mouse is very abundant in this vicinity. 
The characteristic red marking of this Mouse is attained very early, for 
I have observed it in the young of all ages. 

The nest of this Mouse in this vicinity is usually constructed on the 
ground, under a large bowlder, or sometimes under an old log or wood- 
pile, and is sparingly lined with grass or other suitable substances. 

The young, of which there are from three to eight, are brought forth 
as early in May as the 3d, and I have also seen them as late as September 
30th, from which I would infer that there are at least two litters brought 
out each year. 

The measurements of the specimens taken are as follows :— 


From tip of nose to— = Length of} 
sj 
Date of col za = 5 
2 Place of collecting. lecting. te ae $s S 
oO =| of =) os » 
2 i=") GS aa oS os a 
E | 4 Siig pb Sh i a Ba) as 
A |a A/a |/o;e |e | | |] 
53 | 2 | Fort Wadsworth, Dak ..| July 28,1876 | 0.44 | 0.91 | 1.08 | 3.90 | 1.58 | 0.30 |.....-|..... 
el OD Neck se GOy es ./e Eee Aug. 25, 1876 | 0.43 | 0.87 | 1.07 | 3.50 | 1.34 | 0.33 | 0.60 | 0.37 
89 | o | Fort Sisseton, Dak....-- Oct. 4,1876| 0.48 | 0.82 | 1.00 | 3.20 | 1.50 | 0.35 | 0.61 | 0.44} 
95 |) of Ilesdcce dO 3 eee Oct. 16,1876) 0.40 | 0.88 | 1.07 | 3.30 1.30 | 0.36 | 0.61 | 0.51 ; 
QS) oe Ieescce MO sce erece wisi aoe Nov. 3, 1876] 0.44 | 0.86 | 1.01 | 3.40 | 1.40 | 0.31 | 0.61 |.-... | 
100 | ¢ Noy. 4,1876} 0.46 | 0.78 | 1.00 | 3.10 | 1.45 | 0.30 |] 0.62 ]..... 
OL | eh eRe SSO See ee RD oes Oper s 0. 42] 0.81 | 1.10 | 3.20 | 1.50 | 0:35 | 0.61 |....- 
A ielotig Seco OSA SCA AR Cees saa a elsbeac OW. 0.40 | 0.81 | 1.04 | 3.10 | 1.25 | 0.30 | 0.67 |..-..- 
107 | ¢ Mar. 21, 1877 | 0.41 | 0.88 | 0.98 | 3.50 | 1.29 | 0.39 | 0.69 | 0. 41} 
108. | Go \sce EO steeds se se aie EO ze erent 0.43 | 0.88 | 1.01 | 3-50 | 1.40 | 0.39 | 0.70 | 0.39% 
TOE ir ay ek Sees Ko eee en ee A aae GO Ssseee 0.43 | 0.84 | 1.03 | 3.50 | 1.25 | 0.41 | 0.66 | 0.38 
1361 ¢ -do .. .-| Apr. 15,1877 | 0.42 | 0.80 | 1.13 | 3.60 | 1.55 | 0.37 | 0.66 | 0. 48 
DSU NOE he ALO; a erecta oar ep | Apr. 16,1877} 0.42 | 0.79 | 1.05 | 3.50 | 1.50 | 0.35 | 0.65 | 0.49 
US toes \lecoace GO soe Bee eec ele Glo es aeee 0. 42 | 0.79 | 1.04 | 3.60 | 1.45 | 0.36 | 0.70 | 0.49 
PAU Ouse Se (le ea BeaSctecen nea Apr. 17,1877] 0:48 | 0.90 | 1.08 | 3.50 | 1.75 | 0.40 | 0.64 | 0.46 
ET Wh ef eeceae dO See eee Sa eee ce albeeere GO sageee 0.4L | 0.83 | 1.03 | 3.40 | 1.50 | 0.35 | 0.63 } 0. 49 
M437 [PAO Beene GO Eee ees Apr. 18,1877] 0.44 | 0.90 | 1.05 | 3.50 | 1.60 | 0.40 | 0.69 | 0.43 
46 | Gi aee.s GO: 2552. ne eae Apr. 20,1877 | 0.43 | 0.87 | 1.15 | 3.80 | 1.75 | 0.40 | 0.€5 | 0.51 


ARVICOLA (MYONOMES) RIPARIUS, Ord. 
[Doubtless common in Dr. McChesney’s locality. See bracketed remarks under next 


head. On calling the author’s attention to this point, I am favored with the following 
reply :— 

“ October 22, 1877.In ten specimens of Arvicole examined to-day, the U-,V-, or Y- 
shaped trefoil of the back upper molar is present in all but one; and no doubt,.as you 
suggest, wy list contains measurements of both riparius and austerus.”—E. C.] 


ARVICOLA (PEDOMYS) AUSTERUS, LeConte. 


The Prairie Meadow Mouse is very common in this vicinity, provided 
I am right in referring all my specimens of the genus Arvicola to this 
species. Examination of the molars of several specimens has been at- 
tended with nearly uniform reference to A. austerus; and I, therefore, 

6 « os : 
believe that A. riparius is found here only in small numbers. 

I have observed this Mouse breeding here in May. 


209 


M‘CHESNEY ON DAKOTA MAMMALS. 
[But unless each specimen has been examined by the molars, the list undoubtedly 


Measurements of specimens (with the above proviso) are as follows :— 
ludes specimens of A. riparius.—E. C.] 


Inc. 


iS See Fa en ~~ 
| smpedyompra! iii: See Ss 2. 
Seba r nS SS. SS = 38 
HID 9s Pie n & 
SSUU GO UDLAM te ae eee eo ee Dos aes 
en gS gad ¢ : 
| Mi DrAanVinors oH > ‘22 °S S 
3 joo} pay | HH Se ee eres aS Bss § § 
: Sssssecoscssoscog (Sap ey 3 aaa & Q 
a os = id SS) > 
ah < 2 4 fas o£ iS 
SMADONHONALY . 5 Posty eae r 
Bee Jooretors| eS eS Se qs 5 sq-4 q 
| cortosocoooosS > (0) beep om i 
a So 04 pain ees rea 
> 22> 2 2 
z eesomoscoone = aa 8 Ss 3 
BIG} BRaBnanours 3 8 222 2 2 
JA JO PUd OP TEL | Asidaaadodda nS seo 9 2 
- (3 e AYR AY = Ay Aa 
eseseses|evse 2 S — is 
| SUE Pea Ie nc Snes ee eee ac Bie 19 6 09 2010 SH 1G 1919 19 19 HG HD SS 09 SH HG 19 19 19 1918 SH His SH HOD Ht 
(=) ° wed st 5 OO or SS tH OD roy 3 . “mayed FO [APL AA Et er De sO ee ee ee Te ie ae Mon Ma! 
= a 8 = 2 SssoesSososssssesossssesssssssessosossassg 
DOIG HOR NNN ton . TH 
3 *+ynd1009 SEARS < = | SONOLM SMO AHHIGHOONE ORDA OAVHAtRNSS 
A 5 Ee) nS) s 3 | ‘yooy pure Pee rere rer err Perrone r er roerrrrer 
aa o's es a 4 SSsssssosssososossossessssosssessosoesss 
a, SO Feed AES NS IR (6) Se xy 
1S 11 Gal accesses erate, oe Seema eee Se os of OCOMMAN= HM COCOHMANMOIHOMAAIMAOIORHHOAD 
S SconscscoasH—so eFBD A | goo oro, | TT TTT HH HTH TH SSS SSS SHS S SS ST HHS 
ARE Brat AE ae NE NS AB SASSO Ge nas RENE LU Ey Ror eB ed maka ciara 
S| eS wy a SSSeossssssessososssosssessssosssssssossg 
© 20019 BIS RIEO arn & ——= 
Fy SADT) | EE Se) or ee ee es “e110 SOMKOMETKOODONRMIROMNROST IRS SSSONSSVOSNH 
sssoscsssssoa = 3 es : GreKANAOTIWAVAHSOWMGAGM HGS POP OFTHTTHHMO HA 
ES If OP] Le CONE NL ree eee keene, ey 
‘ rr (err rrreer Ca} = 
= Pr ieee eeece < & 
g DDH |\DDHDMDDHD DD SDS esesssesososesesesesoseessosseesesHsessssoossoSs 
2 tn Crake th ie aN oh Me eae! 3 Lal & | Teg, | a4 AO 1 RODS OSH ODI NU OS LD er Dir Fromm m Oro 
wg eh Pes Sop eapare ee es Er Fe PNT a Sees mewpcre sens tA a a eee nelle aS ed ated hed cdc sed 
33 UES (Steal Sclipo ‘s iS S i) sisted tod od od od xt ai od od td Ht od od od si od od 8 29 od 25 od CS cd os 09 05 od 
oOo? San ong eos a 
# oD oR 1 2 bop QQ. DB e ; NAH FSM KrF ODSINNAEOOCHArRNRANQHMSCSOSODOMOM NS 19 
Pend SAl;asssgcseea a2 > ° SMGLOO OE | SUS Oe RA iS GU CUCL CW GY, GE TD wired et GUGECR wet GR ive OE CR aah 
A Ad ‘dade tn ese A Se Sas Ge ae Bel ate Sl ates ei a ene 
oa = a pe Sts) 3S 
bp Digs) 2 Oat eh Uae Ct Ce Se S SMAPS aM KH HMeEOSMOAHOMDErASOA2MORASSOSrne 
2 pti en Ul heer Seems & “IVT | PODHAAAD FAAWADH ADDO ADAADRAADOS AD WW 
2a re a ang 3:3 = Ssdosdddddssscsdésédscddsssddsdddsddscaq 
9 es Sa ay Te Cente ce g 
t= ESnracmete nse kobe eg S Q IND VIAOMINODi9 OM AWHE OHA MOVIN r HANH OIOH 
3S leu st act f = QS iS oka CRSA SSS SSSA SRS SHAS SSS HSS HHS GSH 
~ ee a ERS) op eh pare Men ela pe ta ate va), aa agen seg ele ata ame anere. wt oe ean ay Tips eee ee ae 
oe 2 po FOk areas oS ts eee So ass Ssssessosesesosossosossoeossessosososossososcsse 
= a OE atc ieee 
Q Nlleesssseos os N "ZOG | OOOH DOFOFOFOLOHDOFOFD DOH 'D 'DDOHD'D'D DD DOHD'D'D'D'D 
3 haa At aie cea eer Dm MO a 
= Sy aie ae Amen eet a Ss 2S 
Ay So 0a ho 8 ob on SFr DOANMDAHIOHDROAMHPHOOHDASANM HIF Oe- DRO 
Vom erase ae oe oe SS) MN ~ . MODODOUOO DOOM Ee Keer rE errernoawoaonwooere D®D SS 
et & % TOCCOA N | BR RRR GRD GRAN GR GU OR GD CV GT CLAY QUGEGY AR GEGE GR GY GR BEG 
‘xog | OF *o S00 OHO SEs 
s& O 
HULRRSSTESe S35 
‘QQUUN | Aaa neeeaaaae S 8 


Bull. iv. No. 1—14 


210 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Measurements of one hundred specimens of ARVICOLA RIPARIUS and A. AUSTERUS—Cont’d. 


oe : 
From tip of nose to— | ° Length of—| 4 
33 3 
as ; i PA 
H alike: Bre los S S Remarks. 
a) 3 Sy. St a 
= ° ° aay 3 o oO Ss ~ 
SUM Mets ce isie er eas 
zila|/e|a|o|a |e | | Be 
292 | 9 | 0.46 | 0.87 | 1.22 | 4. 10 | 1.80 | 0.44 | 0.71 | 0.14 
293 | g§ | 0.40] 0.83 | 1.08 | 3.70 | 1.25 | 0.40 | 0. 70 | 0.14 
294 | g | 0.43 | 0.87 |} 1.18 | 3.90 | 1.30 | 0.45 | 0.76 | 0.14 
255 | 2 | 0.43 | 0.82 | 1.20 | 3.60 | 1.45 | 0.40 | 0.70 | 0.14 
296 | & | 0.41 | 0.89 | 1.20 | 3.95 | 1.55 | 0,40 | 0.75 | 0.14 
297) 9 | 0.4 | 0.89 | 1.15 | 3. 70 | 1.30 | 0.42 | 0.73 | 0.14 
298 | | 0.44 | 0.91 | 1.20 | 4.00 | 1.30 | 0.41 | 0.71 | 6.14 
299 | fg | 0.40 | 0.80 | 1.12 | 3.70 | 1.45 | 0.41 | 0.72 | 0. 14 
300 | & | 0.44 | 0.85 | 1.15 | 3.95 | 1.50] 0.44 | 0.77 | 0.13 
301 | g | 0.40 | 0.86 | 1.15 | 3.50 | 1.30 | 0.40 } 0.68 | 0.14 | Probably A. riparius. 
302 | Q | 0.44 | 0.86 | 1.15 | 3.70 | 1.45 | 0. 44 0. 74 | 0.14 
303 | Q | 0.45 | 0.86 | 1.24 | 4.20] 1.5 0.41 | 0.73 | 0.14 
304 | Q | 0.40 | 0.85 | 1.16 | 3.65 | 1.55 | 0.41 | 0 72 | 0.14 
305 | ¢ | 0.40 | 0.83 | 1.15 | 3.70 | 1.40 | 0.4L | 0.71 | 0.13 
306 | ¢# | 0.40 | 6.85 | 1.16 | 3.85 | 1.20 | 0.43 | 0.70 | 0. 14 
307 | & | 0.45 | 1.00 | 1.25 | 4.05 | 1.55 | 0.44 | 0.76 | 0.15 
308] gf | 0.45 | 0.85 | 1.15 | 4.00 | 1.45 | 0.41 | 0.74 | 0.13 
309 | g# | 0.42 | 0.9L | 1,15 | 3.95 | 1.45 | 0.41 | 0.75 | 0.14 
310 | go | 0.45 | 0.85 | 1.15 | 4.00 | 1.45 | 0.43 | 0.75 | 0,14 
3LL | go | 0.45 | 0.91 | 1.43 | 3.85 | 1.60 | 0.41 | 0.77 | 0.14 
312 | Q |:0. 42 | 0.89 | 1.19 | 3.70 | 1.55 | 0. 43 | O. 76 | 0.15 
313 | Q | 0.45 | 0.85 | 1.17 | 3.80 | 1.45 | 0. 40 | 0.73 | 0.15 
314] ¢ | 0.43 | 0.8L | 1.14 | 3.80) 1.55 | 0.40 | 0.7L | 0.14 
315 | 9 | 0.45 | 0.96 | 1.31 | 4.50 | 2.20 | 0.43 | 0. 75 | 0.14 
316 | ¢ | 0.49 | 0.98 | 1.34] 4.0 1.95 | 0.47 | 0.76 | 0.16 
317 | # | 0.40 | 0.84 | 1.10 | 3.65] 1. 43'| 0.42 | 0.70 | 0.14 
318 | ¢ | 0.42 | 0.86 | 1.15 | 3.80 | 1.35 | 0.45 | 0.76 | 0.15 
319 | gf | 0.40 | 0.90 | 1.13 | 3.70 | 1.35 | 0.41 | 0.74 | 0.15 
320 | ot | 0.42 | 0.90 } 1.25 | 3.85 | 1.45 | 0.42 | 0.76 | 0.14 
321 | g | 0.42 | 0.93 | 1.20 | 3.90 | 1.55 | 0.43 | 0.75 | 0.14 
822 |g | 0.43 | 0.9) | 1.22 | 4.10] 1.85 | 0.43 | 0.72 | 0.15 
323 | gf | 0.45 | 0.94 | 1.19 } 3.85 | 1.55 | 0.44 | 0. 74 | 0,14 
324 | og | 0.43 | 0.92 | 1.22 | 3.80 | 1.45 | 0.42 | 0.73 | 0.13 
325 | og | 0.40 | 0.85 | 1.10 | 3.60 | 1.30 | 0.41 | 0.72 | 0.14 
326.| ¢ |-0. 42 | 0.86 | 1.16 | 3.90 | 1.45 | 0.41 | 6.72 | 0.14 
327 | Q | 0.44 | 0.90 | 1.18 | 3.80 | 1.40 | 0.40 | 0.70 | 0.14 
328 | gf | 0.43 | 0.9L | 1.18 | 3.90 | 1.55 | 0.44 | 0.75 | 0.13 
3829 | gf | 0.41 | 0.93 | 1.14 | 3.70 | 1.40 | 0.41 | 0.75 | 0.14 
3u0 | ¢ | 0.40 | 0.85 | 1.13 | 3.60 | 1.40 | 0.40 | 0.70 | 0.14 
33L | ¥ | 0.43 | 0.92 | 1.15 | 3.80 | 1.35 | 0.44 | 0.75 | 0.14 
332 | fo | 0.46 | 0.97 | 1.20 | 4.35 | 1.20 | 0.42 | 0.76 | 0.14 
333 | ff | 0.43 | 0.86 | 1.15 | 3.70 | 1.35 | 0.43 | 0.71 } 0.14 
334 | ¢ | 0.43 | 0.84 | 1.20 | 3.85 | 1.40 | 0.42 | 0.74 | 0.14 
335 | ¢ | 0.41 | 0.85 | 1.18 | 3.80 | 1.40 | 0.41 | 0.73 | 0.14 
346 | Q | 0.42 | 0.85 | 1.24 | 3.75 | 1.50 | 0.44 | 0.71 | 0. 14 
337 | og | 0.45 | 0.90 | 1.12 | 3.85] 1.45 | 0.42 | 0.72 | 0.14 
333 | | 0.4) | 0.82 | 1.19 | 3.70 | 1.35 | 0.41 | 0.70 | 0.14 
339 | | 0.44 | 0.90 | 1.20 | 3.70 | 1.30 | 0.44 | 0.75 | 0.14 
340 | f | 0.40 | 0.84 | 1.05 | 3.50 | 1.30 | 0.44 | 0.72 | 0.14 | Probably A. riparius. 
341 | go | 0.41 | 0.81 | 1.13 | 3.80] 1 40 | 0.41 | 0.72 | 0.14 ; 
342 | § | 0.40 | 0. 8t | 1.14 | 3.65 | 1.50 | 0.40 | 0.71 | 0.13 
343 | g& | 0.42 | 0.89 | 1.17 | 3.80 | 1.45 | 0.43 | 0.75 | 0.14 
344] g | 0.42 | 0.93 | 1.27 | 4.00 | 1.50 | 0.41 | 0.73 | 0.14 
345 | go | 0.42 | 0.83 | 1.11 | 3.50] 1.30 | 0.41 | 0.7L | 0.13 | Probably A. riparius. 
346 | ¢ | 0.41 | 0.92 | 1.23 | 4.10] 1.70 | 0.414 | 0.76 | 0. 14 
347 | ¢ | 0.44 | 0.96 | 1.32 | 4.10 | 1.80 | 0.44 | 0.76 | 0.14 
343 | gf | 0:44] 1 CO | 1.23 | 4.20] 1.75 | 0.43 | 0.74 | 2.15 
349 | S | 0.43 | 0.89 | 1.21 | 3.80] 1.40 | 0.41 | 0.72 | 0.15 
350 | Q | 0.40 | 0.96 | 1.17 | 3.60 | 1.25 | 0.41 | 0.72 | 0.14 | Probably A. riparius. 
3ol | 2 | 0.45 | 0.89 | 1.28 | 4.20) 1.95 | 0.45 | 0.77 | 0.15 
302 | f | 0.42 | 0.86 | 1.12 | 3.70 | 1.25 | 0.43) 0.7 0. 14 
353 | ¢ | 0.39 | 0. &4 | 1.00 | 3.50 | 1.20 | 0.39 | 0.69 | 0.13 | Probably A. riparius. 
354 | ¢ | 0.40 | 0.84 | 1.08 | 3.60 | 1.30 | 0.41 | 0.72 | 0.14 | Probably A. riparius. 
355°) of | 0.46 | 0.90 | 1.37 | 4.40 | 2.20 | 0.41 | 0.77 | 0.15 
356 | 2 | 0.43 | 0.89 |. 1.12 |] 3.70 | 1.40 | 0.40 | 0.7 0.14 
357 | Q | 0.44 | 0.99 | 1.20] 3.95 | 1.40 | 0.41 | 0.74 | 0.18 
358 | o | 0.41 | 0.82 | 1.15 | 3.60 | 1.65 | 0.41 | 0.70 | 0.14 Probably A. riparius. 


I have no idea that all the above specimens not marked as probably 
A. riparius are A. austerus. Examination of the molars would prob- 
ably reveal that both are included in the list indiscriminately. 

With all these specimens before me in the flesh, I was at first inclined 


M‘CHESNEY ON DAKOTA MAMMALS. Dil 


to think separation of the two species could be made by coloration 
alone, viz, by the darker appearance of A. riparius both on the back 
and belly, and by the black legs and feet, and such may possibly be done 
to a small extent, especially with extremes of the two species; but the 
coloration was soon found to intermingle to such an extent that exam- 
ination of the molars alone would determine to which species the speci- 
men belonged. 

The tails were found to vary from distinctly bicolor to almost entirely 
black. | 

The backs varied from dark brown to a decidedly reddish cast; some 
were also nearly grizzly-gray. 

The under parts varied from silvery-gray to dark brown. 

The legs and feet varied from black to almost white. 


FIBER ZIBETHICUS, (Linn.) Cuvier. 

The Muskrat is the most abundant of all the mammals inhabiting this 
region. As many as twenty thousand have been taken in asingle season 
within a few miles of this post. 

; SACCOMYIDA. 


CRICETODIPUS FLAVUS, Baird. 


The Yellow Pouched Mouse is found in small numbers in this region. 
Specimens taken are a little larger than those enumerated by Baird. 


List of specimens. 


From tip of nose to— 5 Length of— 
SA) [coe tes Se ee 
= 3 
é Date of col- 2 : 
= Place of collecting. lecting. Be 8 a 3 s 
Ss i=) or eS = 
é Srl wresaal as Sih 

8 i 2. 2 a eI S & 

A wn A © is a my esi 
60 | ¢ | Fort Wadsworth, Dak .-....... Aug. 15, 1876 | 0.56 | 0.77 | 0.91 | 2.58 | 1.77 | 0.24 |..---- 
76 | ¢ | Fort Sisseton, Dak-...-........ Sept. 23, 1876 | 0.46 | 0.81 | 1.07 | 2.75 | 2.75 | 0.30 | 0.71 
SBI (ae esas G GRE Si Se ass ep Oct. 1,1876} 0.42 | 0.7L | 0.94 | 2.75 | 2.00 | 0.27 | 0.70 

HOS OOM) So rae CSIR eae On ei SC face Nov. 15, 1876 | 0.46 | 0.77 | 0.97 | 2.50 | 2.40 | 0.30 | 9.67 

GEOMYIDA. 


GEOMYS BURSARIUS, Shaw. 


The Pouched Gopher is one of the most abundant of all the mammals 
inhabiting the prairie of this vicinity. I certainly disagree with those 
authorities (and my opportunities for forming a correct opinion have 
been as great as, if not greater than, any former observer’s) who believe 
that the cheek-pouches of this mammal are used for the removal of sand 
from their burrows; for in all the numerous specimens taken here, no 
earth has ever been found in their pouches, but, on the contrary, I have 
frequently found young grass, leaves, and roots in their pouches, and I 
believe that the succulent young grass, when procurable, frequently con- 

~ stitutes their main article of food. It might be objected that my speci- 


DF BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


mens have all been taken while returning sig a a foraging trip, but such 
is not the case. 

The Pouched Gopher in this region is found in towns or villages, ire 
resembling the Prairie Dog towns, so familiar to all observers in many 
sections of the Northwest, with the exception that their burrows have 
no external openings, these being carefully closed by the animal. 

There is ordinarily no difficulty in capturing this animal. by judicious 
use of steel traps that do not require much pressure to spring; and to 
the failure to comply with this requirement is, I believe, mainly to be 
attributed the ill success of most collectors; although there is a period 
in addition to the winter months (which is here found to be from about 
the middle of June to the end of August) when the acquisition of speci- 
mens is attended with great difficulties. No doubt but at this time the 
parents are to a great extent engaged in rearing their young, and 
scarcely ever emerge from their subterranean homes. I have, however, 
seen a very few quite young specimens by the middle of June; but I 
believe the greater majority are brought forth between the middle of 
June and the end of August, and that but one litter is brought out each 
year. 

The diagnostic value of the markings of the upper incisors, as pointed 
out by Dr. Coues in his admirable review of Geomys and Thomomys, is 
confirmed in my specimens. The groove, or sulcus, nearly bisecting the 
incisors, is more distinet in the young than in the old, becoming more 
shallow in proportion to the age of the animal, and in very old speci- 
mens I can detect no sign of the third groove of Coues, although in 
many of the young and middle-aged it is distinctly perceptible. 

The measurements of the specimens taken here are as follows :— 


From tip of nose to— | 5 Length of— 
> 
@ 
: Date of col- Ze ic] A 
i Place of collecting. lecting. ¥ 25 é re aes 
E eS 2"| 213 |83) 4 
a 44 Cs) fe es) | ia 2 = 2 S 
= 2 Bs Ss ° os) x iS) Ra 6 re 
Z| @ a |/A}o]e8 /a |e |a |e 
3 of eure ay age worth May 10,1876) 1.12 | 1.94 | 2.62 | 9.00 | 3.07 | 1.80 | 1.37 |0.93)...-.. 
aK. 
4 g 4 1.51 | 2.05 | 7.90 | 2.60 | 1.60 | 1.27 |0.77]_...-- 
5) fe) s 1.61 | 2.00 | 7.20 | 2.60} 1.47-] 1.05 | 0, 62)...... 
6 of S 1.95 | 2.36 | 8.50 | 2.96 | 1.66 | 1.35 |0,81)...._- 
7 of 1,60 | 2.08 | 6.50 | 2.57 | 1.50 | 1.20 | 0. 70}...__- 
8 & 1.73 | 2.12 | 8.50 | 2.62 | 1.64 | 1.27 | 0.80!..___- 
Oi alees 1,84 | 2.45 | 9.25] 3.13) 1.7 1.30 |0.84}.._..- 
10 OTF 1.46 | 2.05 | 7.50 | 2.48 } 1.60 | 1.18 |0,80).._-.- 
ii Qs 1.46 | 1.97 | 7.CO | 2.45 | 1.46 | 1.14 | 0. 75]..-_-. 
12 Q 1,47 |.1.97 | 7.30 | 2.50 | 1.55 | 1.22 | 0. 67)-...-- 
13 io) 1.55 | 1.97 | 7.45 | 2.72 | 1.60 | 1.27 |0.69)}...-.- 
14 fof 1.71 | 2.20 | 9.00 | 2.65 |) 1.82 | 1.35 |0. 83). 
15 fof 2.15 | 2.47 } 9.25 | 3.05 | 1.78 | 1.40 | 0.8L]. 
16 Q 1.57 | 2.00 | 8.00 | 2.76 | 1.68 | 1.35 |. 751. 
17 Q 1.53 | 2.03 | 8.00 | 2.61 | 1.60 | 1.27 |0.74]..__-. 
18 of 1.81 | 2.30 | 9.25 | 2.77 | 15&5 | 1.45 | 0: 82)...--- 
19 Q 1.56 | 2.00 | 8.00 | 2.67 |} 1.68 | 1.21 |0.73/-.-... 
QL of 1.71 | 2.02 | 8.25 | 3.00 | 1.69 | 1.38 |0.75)---.-. 
22 © 1.50 | 1.90 | 7.50 | 2.83 | 1.57 | 1.18 | 0. 60]--.--- 
24 fof 1.99 | 2.50 | 9.00 | 3.11 | 1.76 | 1.43 |0.83]..--.- 
25 ie) 1. 62 | 2.20 | 7.85 | 2.77] 1. 1.33 |.0. 81)... - 
2 1. 2.67 | 1. 1. 28 | 0. 66 


-M‘CHESNEY ON DAKOTA MAMMALS. 213 


Measurements, §c—Continued. 


e 


i From tip of nose to— = Length of— 
nm 
® 2 |4 
: Date of col- a8 1g a 
4 Place of collecting. lecting. i a5 3 asi epetas 
D =| e* 5) & jag] & 
2 a F a co Yo ce 
Be Sreyt sac a Sues Meee 
Alun Boe |e | et Sa dee Hpsh allde= 
31 |Qys. July 4,1876 | 0.62 | 1.15 | 1.63 | 6.00 | 2.25 | 1.37 | 1.14 10.47]... 
32 Ivy Of sceees 0.71 | 1.25 | 1.62 | 6.50 | 2.68 | 1.55 | 1.25 |0.57].__.2- 
i (tags eae owas 0.91 | 1.47 | 2.00 | 8.25 | 2.66 | 1.65 | 1.23 |0.70|_____. 
SOM a oc doc. sue os July 7,1876} 0.96 | 1.55 | 1.92 | 7.00 | 2.92 | 1.64 | 1.25 }0.70)___._: 
AOR as eatdoed ssse: ees July 8, 1876} 0.77 | 1.19 | 2.10 | 6.08 | 2.55 | 1.55 | 1.26 |0.64)__.._- 
ADAG tiie eedOra esac eek July 10, 1876 | 1.09 | 1.54 | 2.20 | 8.50 | 3.03 | 1.82 | 1.37 |0.73]_____- 
AA ON Bil seal pest pe mete es July 13,1876 | 0.74 | 1.33 | 1.72 | 5, €0-| 1.95 | 1.15 | 0.73 |0.46}_.-..: 
113 | o& | FortSisseton, Dak| Avr. 2, 1877| 1.18 | 2.10 | 2.93 | 8.75 | 3.10 | 1.85 | 1.40 |0.87] 0.53 
122 | ¢ Apr. 12, 1877] 1.23 | 1.96 | 3.0) | 8 90 | 3.00 | 1.75 | 1.37 |0.61} 0.60 
PABA Siislin dO cewacas see ane. 4 dajgesess 1.10 | 1.70 | 2.75 | & 10 | 3.10 | 1.78 | 1.40 |0.65} 0.52 
124} 9 PEN Rep ree O dorses2_ 2 0.95 | 1.51 | 2.19 | 7.00 | 2.50 | 1.64 | 1.27 |0.61] 0.46 
UBS ASS lear hee eases all Eee Oysecee 0.86 | 1.36 | 2.08 | 6.50 | 2.40 | 1.67 | 1.19 | 0.66] 0, 44 
1261 co Apr. 13,1877 | 1.28 | 1.89 | 3.03 | 9.00 | 3.00 | 1.72 | 1.30 |0. 64} 0.52 
HOE WOxet 2H IRN: (0) ete et eatery oe al Pee Operas 4.12 | 1.77 | 2.75 | 7.60 | 2.80 | 1.78 | 1.37 | 0. 62) 0.50 
LOBE He Pacieet 200! eee cine Fase One. tol do 22s. - 1.07 | 1.65 | 2.68 | 7.10 | 3.00 | 1.75 | 1.25 10.66} 0. 47 
WOE ONa |e MO eer ss Se She os do: fe: 3 1.08 | 1.74 |.2.63 | 7.00 | 3.10 | 1.70 | 1.25 | 0.69] 0.51 
130 | o EO Obe weet 1.13 | 1.80 | 2.83 | 7.90 | 3.50 | 1.83 | 1.40 | 0.69) 0.52 
MSIE inch oy) edo Set enieeaiee Ss do xe.ths 1.11 | 1.85 | 3.05 | 8.90 | 3.30 | 1.90 | 1.38 | 0.76] 0.54 
PSOE Se hs Se oye OR ee ERE: dontses: 1.25 | 1.85 | 3.15 | 9.00 | 3.60 | 1.84 | 1.40 | 0.67) 0.52 
134 |} Q Apr. 15, 1877 | 1.03 | 1.61 | 2.51 | 7.00 | 2.90 | 1.68 | 1.34 |0.58] 0, 44 
MSO Ces | ew eae ee eeedorg secs 1.34 | 2.05 | 3.20] 8.70 | 2.50 | 1.91 | 1.35 | 0.65) 0.52 
139 | Q. Apr. 16,1877 | 1.02 | 1.64 | 2.53.] 6.90 | 3.20 | 1.67 | 1.30 | 0.51] 0. 47 
140 | o Apr. 17,1077} 1.12 | 1.96 | 2.81 | 8.50 | 3.50 | 1.83 | 1.43 | 0.65} 0.55 
144) o Apr. 20, 1877 | 1.25 |°2.01 | 2.83 | 8.50 | 3.20 | 1.97 | 1.46 | 0. 68} 0.56 
IVAN] WAASSOS Eat (pe eae tan ha anal pea Wor e252 1.00 | 1.75 | 2:47 | 7.00 | 3.10 | 1.68 | 1.21 |0.56) 0.48 
47) oc : Apr. 23, 1877 | 1.21 | 1.87 | 2.97 | 8.50 | 3.50 | 1.97 | 1.47 |0. 83] 0.51 
CTE N OI y lO pei 0 Kn aaa Shes cae Fane O aces 1.03 | 1.51 | 2.35 | 7.00 | 2.90 | 1.65 | 1.25 (0. 70} 0.50 
1491 ¢ Apr. 24,1877 | 1,29 | 1.97 | 2.97 | 8.90 | 3.00 | 1.75 | 1.35 |0.67| 0.53 
POM Oo a eo ie eat ea Opeeee ee 0.96 | 1.44 | 2.33 | 6.50 | 2.70 | 1.50 | 1.17 | 0.69! 0.41 
aU Be oreulle Apr. 25, 1877 | 1,28 | 1.97 | 3.00 | 8.70 | 3.40 | 2.05 | 1.49 0.85) 0.56 
152 | Q Spe heck 1.01 | 1.61 | 2.25 | 6.50 | 3.05 | 1.70 | 1.24 | 0.75} 0.45 
153i ie 2 Apr. 26,1877 | 1.08 | 1,60 | 2.35 | 7.10 | 3.10 | 1.8L | 1.36 | 0.82} 0.50 
Poa lye May 3,1077} 1.35 | 2.02 | 3.05 | 8.30 | 3.00 | 1.85 | 1.42 |] 0.88} 0.55 
ise (pas May 4,1577| 0.99 | 1.68 | 2.34 | 7.00 | 2.90 | 1.61 | 1.29 |0.67) 0.42 
1591.9 |e May. 6,1877) 0.88 | 1.60 | 2.17 | 6.50 | 2.50 | 1.58 | 1.14 |0. 74, 0. 41 
LOOM OL Pee dol et (Bos ee seeks Ope ee 1.06 | 1.87 | 3.00 | 8.00 | 3.00 | 1.90 | 1.43 | 0. 76] 0.54 
162 | So |. May 8, 1877] 1.08 | 1.93 | 2.95 | 8.20 | 3.30 | 1.89 | 1.38 | 0.81! 0. 49 
163 | of |. PAC (ae ee 1.13 | 1.89 | 2.72 | 7.60 | 3.00 | 1.78 | 1.42 | 0.73] 0. 49 
Ga wee May 10, 1877 | 0.98 | 1.57 | 2.75 | 7.50 | 3.00 | 1.72 | 1.36 | 0.79] 0.43 
AGU ee eatin dO ccna ss cee tlee dose 1.10 | 1,60 | 2.66 | 7.00 | 3.00 | 1.67 | 1.32 |0.74| 0 51 
178 |) Ye). May 28, 1377 | 0.97 | 1.66 | 2.40 | 7.00 | 3.10 | 1.71 | 1.35 | 0.73) 0.45 
179° [ Qo). Pedr. a 0.94 | 1.67 | 2.42 | 7.20 | 3.30 | 1.73 | 1.35 | 0.69] 0. 45 
TSC) ea Jue 2,1877| 0.96 | 1.56 | 2.45 | 6.30 | 3.25] 1.55 | 1.35 | 0.69) 0.45 
Ape he Oe). Alene at (tee ee 1.05 | 1.66 | 2.55 | 6.20 | 3.50 | 1.65 | 1.28 | 0.73) 0. 48 
1182 [| co}. June 4,1877| 1.18 | 1.96 | 3.15 | 8.20 | 3.90 | 1.80 | 1.47 | 0.73) 0.52 
1890b ee Sune 14, 1877 | 1.26 | 2.03 | 3.08 | & 00 | 4.00 | 1.89 | 1.55 | 0. 81) 0.54 
RAGE PEO lee dons Saas G2 oie pera dows 0.97 |-1.60 | 2.25 | 6.&0 | 2.90 | 1.65 | 1.29 | 0.61] 0. 43 
187 |ovy June 16, 1877 | 0.71 | 1.11 | 1.70 | 5.00 | 1.95 | 1.29 | 1.104 0.37) 0.39 
BSCR Peerless OO) cee see cee [rare donee 0.95 | 1.50 | 2.25 | 7.00 | 3.20 | 1.62 | 1.27 | 0.61] 0.45 
189 | & aN aus leer 0;95 | 1.40 | 2.25 | 6.50 | 3.00 | 1.65 | 1.25 | 0. 72].----. 
iil ¢ June 19, 1877 | 1.20 | 1.93 | 3.14 | 8.00 | 3.40 | 1.70 | 1.32 | 0.66] 0. 46 
From the above we obiain the following :— 
Minimum: of 8354) 205 feck ts i ee 0.94 | 1.40 | 2.02 | 6.50 | 2.70 | 1.50 | 1.20 | 0.61] 0. 46 
Maxgmum™ (0f-/33-Gio. stose 2 Ue ee 1.35 | 2.15 | 3.20} 9.25 | 4.00 | 2 05] 1.55 | 0.93) 0.60 
VOR OLeS Ou Rig te Pe Mn aati oe 1.16 | 1.87 | 2.73 | 8 42 | 3.12) 1.80 | 1.38 | 0. 75) 70. 52 
RBH ENON OF 45) Or oaceec ce cee eee ens 0.81 | 1.36 | 1.90} 6.30 | 2.40 | 1.46 | 1.05 | 0.51) 0. 41 
Masanmum* of 35, 0 lo 8S: be See ieee St 1.10 | 1.75 | 2.75 | 8.25 | 3.50 | 1.81 | 1.36 | 0.82] 0.51 
Gans DL SoL OU ee en es Same 0.96 | 1.57 | 2.25 | 7.16 |.2.85 | 1.63 | 1.26 | 0 69 10. 46 
Mean of 68 specimens .-....--- .--.-.---+-- 1.06 | 1.72 | 2.48 | 7.79 | 2.99 | 1.72 | 1.32 | 0.72} 0.49 


* Nos, 31, 32, 40, 44, and 187 are excluded from these results on account of age. 
{ Mean of 21 specimens. 


214 | BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Anatomy of the contractor muscle of the pouch of G. BURSARIUS. 


As is well known, the pouch of this mammal is simply a pocket- 


shaped duplicature of the skin of the sides of the head and neck, ex- 
tending well back over the shoulder, and with its aperture surrounded 
by a long, narrow, and delicate constrictor muscle. 

The contractor muscle is best exposed by a simple incision extending 
from the head down the middle of the vertebral column to a point op- 
posite the hind legs. Care must be taken in making this incision to 
keep to the median line, especially as the incision is extended back- 
ward, and to cut through the skin and superficial fascia only, as other- 
wise tie muscle might be severed near its movable end, which would 
prove fatal to the study of this portion of it. 

As has been intimated by Professor Coues in his work before cited 
in this article, this muscle may be considered a modified form of the 
_platysma myoides, presenting, however, certain well-marked differences, 
which will become apparent in the course of this description. 

For the purposes of this description, I shal! divide the muscle into 
two parts, the first part commencing at the movable head and ending 
at the inferior angle of the pouch, where the muscle divides; and the 


second part commencing at this termination of the first portion, and 


ending with the insertion of the cifferent heads into the maxillary bones. 
First part.—Commencing at the movable head of this muscle, which 


is attached by a broad, thin tendon, blending with the tendons of the 


muscles of the back, covering the last three lumbar vertebre, and from 
which it cannot be dissected nor traced beyond, we find that it rans in 
a nearly straight direction to the inferior angle of the pouch, 7. é., the ex- 
treme portion of the pouch which extends backward over the shoulder. 
At first it overlies the muscles covering the vertebre, and afterward 
it runs nearly parallel with, but as it approaches the pouch diverges 
from, the spinal column. 

The muscle lies in this portion of its course, until near the pouch, 
under the superficial fascia and in close connection with the skin of the 
animal above, and beneath with the muscles of the back and shoulder 
of the animal. As the muscle nears the pouch, it is crossed by a muscle 
running from the upper and outer part of the shoulder to theear. This 
part of the muscle varies from 0.22 to 0.30 of an inch in width, is quite 
thin, and about 44 inches in length. 

Second portion.—At the termination of the first part of the course of 
this muscle, just as it comes in contact with the pouch, it divides into 
two parts, one of which passes over the upper or outer portion of the 
pouch, and is inserted into the superior maxillary bone directly below the 
nose. This part of the muscle is very narrow, and great care is neces- 
sary that it is not cut away. This band of the muscle lies on the sac 
below, and is covered by the skin and superficial fascia only. 

The other portion of the muscle passes along the inner and lower sur- 


~ 


M'CHESNEY ON DAKOTA MAMMALS. . 215: 


face of the pouch, and along the superior and inferior borders thereof, its 
_ fibres expanding so as to cover nearly the entire under surface of the sac. 
The fibres running along the superior border of the pouch are attached 
with those of the muscle passing over the upper part of the pouch to 
the superior maxillary bone. The remainder of the fibres are attached 
to the outer and lower surface of the body of the inferior maxillary bone, 
precisely similar to the attachment of the platysma myoides. The mus- 
cle in this portion of its course is covered by the sac, and is in relation 
below, with the muscles of the inferior maxillary bone and of the neck. 

It will thus be seen that the great muscular power possessed by the 
animal over its pouch is exerted from its lower or inner surface, its 
upper or outer surface being but poorly supplied with muscular fibres.: 


THOMOMYS TALPOIDES, (Iich.) Baird. 

This Gopher is not abundant in this region. It shares many of the 
habits of its relative, G. bursarius, and is found occupying the same 
ground and apparently living in the midst of that species. 

This Gopher breeds during the latter part of July and early in August, 
and I believe there is but one litter annually. 

Measurements of specimens taken are as follows :— 


From tip of nose to— 5 Length of— E a 
> cn! 
ef ES a We 
3 2 e 
Place of col- | Date of col- es i eRe Pee ie 
H lecting. lecting. as oe] 6 S 4 =) 
o Ss a) ae) & Q 
= a £ rea es ce 
g ai apn) ashe eae Teele te ells 
a 4 ret 
Al a Plc Oy: i Sebel bite lates tl 

i 2 Fort Wads- | May 14,1876} 0.72 | 1.36 | 1.63 | 6.30 | 1.841 1.09 | 1.09 | 0.50 |.---.. 

worth, Dak. 

2 fof Sees G OL se csacee. May 15,1876 | 0.77 | 1.38 } 1.87 | 7.00 | 1.87 | 1.17 | 1.17 | 0.47 |..---. 
54 fof pap OGrs see cece July 28, 1876 | 0.83 | 1.50 | 1.81 | 7.00 | 2.10 | 1.13 | 1.13 | 0.49 |.-.--- 
Gh) Over [eee do stih es Aug. 16,1876 | 0.64 | 1.23 | 1.63 | 4.50] 1.72] 1.00 | 0.97 | 0.38 | _... 

17 Q F ort Digeton, May 25, 1877 | 0.&5 | 1.47 | 2.00 | 6.00} 2.50 | 1.25 | 1.19 | 0.46 | 0.38 |. 
ak. : 


SCIURID Ah. 


TAMIAS STRIATUS, (Linn.) Baird. 

The beautiful little Chipmunk is quite common in this vicinity, and 
makes his appearance about the first of April, thus being one of the 
earliest of our mammals to welcome the return of spring. 

The Chipmunk disappears by the end of April, and I have been un- 
able to learn anything of its breeding. 

A large number of specimens have been captured, but I was unfor- 
tunately unable to preserve them at the time. 


216 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


The measurements of the specimens preserved are as follows :— 


From tip of nose to—_ 2 Length of— 
ot 
Feo! 28 

. Date of col- = 5 

S Place of collecting. lecting. % F aus s 

2 } e=| 2] & 

| 2 oO a = a oO Ss 

a | # > | & | § | & |'8 3 | = 

wa |e Sle) 6 fe Pe) eee 
114 | ¢ | Fort Sisseton, Dak ...-.--.....- Apr. 3,1877| 0.73 | 1.34 | 1.68 | 6.50 | 4.20 | 0.76 | 1.37 
IN oe See oe Oy) 8. 22 ats eae oes ree By ees 0.69 | 1.34 | 1.70 | 6.10 | 4.50 | 0.85-} 1.34 


SPERMOPHILUS FRANKLINI, (Sab.) Rich. 


The Gray Gopher is quite common in this vicinity. It is not, however, 
an exclusively Ground Squirrel, being often seen on trees, and here its 
hole is usually tound in a dead tree, but sometimes is dug at the foot of 
a tree. I believe it lays in a store of provisions sufficient for its winter 
use, and scarcely ever emerges from its home during this season, for 
careful search has failed to reveal its presence during winter. 

It breeds about June 25th, and I believe but one litter is brought 
forth each year. The female suckles her young for five or six weeks. 

Professor Baird, in his work on North American Mammals, pp. 306 
and 315, is in error in stating that the “head is pure gray, without any 
tinge of yellowish”. Such is undoubtedly thecase with the young; butin 
mature specimens there is not only a tinge of yellowish, but this colora- 
tion is quite distinct, and occurs sufficiently often to consider it a normal 
marking of this mammal. I have observed the yellowish coloration 
extend as far on the head as the eyes, and also on the upper part of the 
tail for about one-fourth of its length. 

The cheek-pouches of S. franklini open internally, directly into the 
mouth, and are quite small, having a capacity of about one-third of a 
teaspoonful only. 

The pouches themselves have no true muscular structure, being sim- 
ply a pocket-shaped duplicature of the skin of the sides of the head, 
and possessing nv more elastic power than this tissue ordinarily does. 

The pouches do not extend quite to the ears, and we observe nothing 
like the muscular structure of the pouches of Geomys and Thomomys, 
which possess a true constrictor and a contractor muscle, but there is de- 
flected trom the posterior portion of the sac a special tendon, broad 
(comparatively speaking), which replacés the muscle found in the species 
of Geomys and Thomomys, but which soon becomes part of, and is lost 
in, the superficial fascia of the sides of the neck. 


M‘CHESNEY ON DAKOTA MAMMALS. 217 


Measurements of specimens. 


From tip of nose.to— 


£ | Length of— E i 

s -—— 3 | 3 

wa S| .8 

Place of collecti wate enest <8 E es 

S cue: lecting. 4 Be | 3 + oa on 

= f = ° 3 oS) 3 ¥ 

= =) = e Bale os 

i Soe a.\a (8 ee ee 

Z| a Be |e Oo | aa Be Joe ie 
23) ary Wadsworth, | Jan. 12,1876 | 1.01 | 2.00 | 2.59 /10.00 | 6.25 | 1.28 |} 1.92 |...-.-]...... 
154] o | Fort Sisseton, Dak.| Apr. 30, 1877} 0.96 | 1.81 | 2.42 | 9.00 | 6.00 | 1.20 | 1.88 | 0,35 | 0.36 
POU res cdGs Loses sea tey May 7 1877 | 1.05 | 2.08 | 2.82 | 9.50} ..... 1.28 | 2.12 | 0.39 | 0.41 
J 55) fice al Sees 8 Ce es ae eae May 17, 1877 | 1.05 | 2.07 | 2.65 | 9.00 | 6.10 | 1.28 | 2.00 | 0.34 | 0.41 
MEOiecy MlewscGONas. sete coe c ces Ree: dos sce. 1.03 | 1.98 | 2.75 | 9.50 | 5.50 | 1.28 | 2.01 | 0.41 | 0.41 
FUELS Gp ISG Ce RRS SR Papal NS COpeadess 0.98 | 1.92 | 2.61 | 9.20} 6.40 | 1.26 | 2.00 | 0.39 | 0. 40 
MGn lees OOS Soma seine fat tects Cowes se 0.93 | 1.93 | 2.65 | 9.00 } 6.00 | 1.23 | 1.99 | 0.38 | 0.38 
MO phen ceed O ascce eet ase May 23, 1877-| 0.94 | 1.67 | 2.55 | 9.10 | 6.00 | 1.26 | 1.91 | 0.41 | 0.42 
TAS Ios Oy eer a) oe a aes June 21, 1877 | 0.98 | 1.86 | 2.44 | 9.50 | 7.00 | 1.35 | 1.92 | 0.42 | 0.40 
NOS Oe Ps se doresccece See eal soe do ....-- 0.96 | 1.87 | 2.35 | 9.30 | 6.00 | 1.33 | 1.98 | 0.39 |'0.39 
LS ti| @ VesesG eee oGs saeesane June 20, 1877 | 0.95 | 1.99 | 2.60 |10.05 | 6.50 | 1.27 | 1.94 | 0.41 | 0.40 


SPERMOPHILUS TRIDECEM-LINEATUS, (Mitch.) Aud. & Bach. 


The Striped Prairie Squirrel is very common on the Coteau; their holes 
may be seen almost everywhere and in large numbers. This Squirrel 
makes its appearance very early in the spring, as soon as the ground is 
thawed sufficiently, and is seen daily until the approach of winter drives 
it to its underground home. This Squirrel is a very polite animal, 
always, before retiring to its home when disturbed, stopping at its hole, 
standing on its hind legs for a moment, bowing, and then disappearing. 

The young are brought forth during the latter part of May and early 
in June, and I believe there is but one litter annually, usually contain- 
ing from four to eight. 

The following are the measurements of the specimens preserved :— 


From tip of nose to— = Length of— E 
> |———_| # | 4 
% 2 | 4 
: Date of col- 3 H s 
: Place of collecting.| ~“Tectin S ie é 2 re S Aa 
we 3 o ° S ~ 5) 
=) =} S 2 C= Ke 
= [eae aie P 3 | a |’a a) oe Breit 
Ala B|/a}|ol]a la yee ene 
34 Fort pas sworth.| July 5,1876 | 0.75 | 1.48 | 1.93 | 7.44 | 4.10 
36 fof uly 6, 1876 | 0.75 | 1.51 | 2.09 | 8.00 | 4.78 
37 Sle July 7,1876 | 0.56 | 1.23 | 1.47 | 4.75 | 2.70 
3) Ss July 13, 1876 | 0.72 | 1.34 | 1.75 | 6.50 | 4.44 
45 off J uly 14, 1876 | 0.65 | 1.42 | 1.60 | 6.50 | 3.85 
446) o July 15, 1876 | 0.65 | 1.43 | 1.76 | 6.75 | 3.57 
47| o July 17, 1876 | 0.77 | 1.47 | 1.92 | 8.00 | 4.30 
79) o& | Fort Sissoton ----| Sept. 93, 1876 | 0.90 | 1.46 | 2.02 | 7,50 |...--- 
STS FCS feel FS Sy GOs {Sa /s3e555 May 3 1877 | 0. 75.} 1.58 | 1.82 | 7.60} 4.50 | 1. é . } 
156 Gushineane Ce Se a a eg doeess 0.76 | 1.56 | 1.90 | 7.80 | 4.00 }...-.-- 1.45 | 0.36 | 0.28 


* Naked partf sole only measured. 


HYSTRICID A. 


ERETHIZON DORSATUM, Cuvier. 
The Porcupine was a few years ago found on the Coteau, in the vicinity 


218 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


of this post, in small numbers. None have been seen of late years, how- 
ever, and I believe it is not an inhabitant of this section of the country. 


LEPORID A. 
LEPUS CAMPESTRIS, Bach. 


The Prairie Hare is found here in small numbers only. 


LEPUS SYLVATICUS, Bach. 
The Gray Rabbit is not common on the Coteau des Prairies. 


Norr.—All measurements have been carefully taken in the flesh, and are expressed 
in inches and hundredths. 

The name of the post at which these collections have been made was changed from 
Fort Wadsworth to Fort Sisseton in August, 1876. 


ART. IX.—STUDIES OF THE AMERICAN HERODIONES. 


PART I—SYNOPSIS OF THE AMERICAN GENERA OF ARDEIDA AND CICO- 
NIDA; INCLUDING DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE NEW GENERA, AND A MONO- 
GRAPH OF THE AMERICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS ARDEA, LINN. 


By ROBERT RIDGWAY. 


ORDER HERODIONES.—ALTRICIAL GRALLATORES. 


< Herodiones, BoNAP. Consp. ii. 1855, 97 (includes Gruide, Psophiide, Cariamide (‘‘ Sari- 
amide”), Aramide, ‘ Ciconide”’, Ardeide, Cancromide, Scopide, Eurypygide, 
Phenicopteride, Plataleide, and “‘ Tantalide”).—BairpD, Birds N. Am. 1858, 651 
(includes Gruidw, Aramide, Ardeida,‘‘ Tantalide”’, Plataleide, and Phenicop- 
teride).—Scu. & Satv. Nom. Neotr. 1873, vii. (includes Ardeide, Ciconiide, Pla- 

: taleide, and Phenicopteride). 

= Herodiones (suborder, < Grallatores), Cours, Key, 1872, 240, 262.—BoucarD, Cata- 
logus Avium, 1876, 48 (order: includes “ Tantalide”, Dromadide, Ardeide, ** Ci- 
coniide”, and Plataleide). 

= Ciconie, BonaP. Consp. ii. 1855, 104. 

> Erodii, Nirzscu, t. c. 127(includes Ardea and other Ardeide,Cancroma, and Hurypyga). 

> Pelargi, Nirzscu, Pterylog. 1840, 130 (includes Scopus, Ciconia, Anastomus, and Tan- 
talus).—SUNDEV. Met. Nat. Av. Disp. Tent. 1872, 123. 

> Herodii, SUNDEV. t. ¢. 122. 

< Grallatores longirostres, REICHENB. Handb. 1851, xi. xiii. (includes Ibidide and Tan- 


taline). 
> Grallatores magnirosires, REICHENB. t. c, xi. v. (includes Ardeide, Ciconiide, and Pla- 
taleida). : 


< Gralle, LILLyEBORG, P. Z. S. 1866, 10, 15 (includes Phenicopteride, Rallide, Palame- 
deide, Psophide, Ardeide, “ Ciconide”’, Gruida, “‘ Totanide”’, Scolopacide, Chara- 
dride, and Otidide !).—GRray, Handlist, iii. 1871, v. 7 (ineludes Otidie, Charadria- 
de, Glareolide, Thinocoride, Chionidide Hematopodide, Psophide, Cariamide, Gru- 
ide, Eurypygide, Rhynochetide, Ardeide, Ciconiide, Plataleide, ‘ Tantalide”, 
Dromadide, Scolopacide, Phalaropodide, Rallide, “ Gallinulide”, Heliornithide, 
Parride, and Palamedeide !). 

= Pelargomorphe, HUXLEY, P. Z. 8. 1867, 461. 

(=?) Grallatores altinares, SUNDEV. Meth. Nat. Av. Disp. Tent. 1872, 121 (includes 

“Herodit” and “Pelargi”; under the latter [as “Fam. 4”] Scopine, including 

Baleeniceps-!). ; 


Cu.—Altricial Grallatores, with the hallux lengthened, and nearly or 
quite incumbent; in habits more or less arboreal (generally nesting on 
trees, while all are “Perchers”). Palate desmognathous. Carotids 
double. 


The above brief diagnosis is sufficient to succinctly characterize this 
219 


220 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL: SURVEY. 


eminently natural group of birds. The Herodiones, which include the 
Boatbills (Cancromide), Herons (Ardeide), Storks (Ciconiide), Ibises 
(Ibidide), and Spoonbills (Plataleide), with, perhaps, but not certainly, 
some other minor groups, are at once distinguished from the Flamin- 
goes (Phenicoptert), Cranes (Grues), and all other wading-birds, by their 
altricial nature, the young being born completely helpless, and have 
to be reared in the nest by the constant attention of their parents, while 
those of other wading-birds are at once capable of active movement and 
able to immediately shift for themselves, although they follow their 
parents for a considerable time.* 

There are also equally important osteologicalt and anatomical pecu- 
liarities of structure, which alone are sufficient to demonstrate the fact 
that this group is not intimately related to other Waders, and that their 
general exterior resemblance to the latter is one of analogy and not of 
affinity. 

- The water-birds most nearly related structurally to the Herodiones are 
the Steganopodes—Pelicans, Cormorants, Gannets, and their allies— 
which are likewise both desmognathous and altricial; and what is an 
important fact in this connection is the circumstance that besides being 
altricial, they are, with very few exceptions, also decidedly arboreal, 
most of them even placing their nests on trees. They are swimmers, 
however, instead of being merely waders. : 

Without discussing further the characters which distinguish this 
‘Corder”, I proceed to define the families into which it seems most natur- 
ally divisible. 


SYNOPSIS OF THE AMERICAN HERODIONINE FAMILIES. 


A.—Pteryle very narrow, interspersed with “ powder-down” tracts. 
Hallux perfectly incumbent; inner edge of middle claw 
distinctly pectinated. (Herodiones ardeiniformes,= Herodii, 
SUNDEV. Meth, Nat. Av. Disp. Tent. 1872, 122.) 

1. CANCROMID&. Four pairs of powder-down tracts. Bill 
greatly depressed and excessively dilated laterally, the lat- 
eral outlines much bowed; gonys excessively short, not © 

, longer than the width of the mandibular rami. 


« *Tt is my opinion that the importance of this distinction between birds has not 
been sufficiently recognized. It is certainly a more natural division than that of 
“ Psilopedes” and “Ptilopwdes” (Sundevall, Methodi Naturalis Avium Disponendarum Ten- 
tamen, Stockholm, 1872-73), whereby the Struthiones are brought into close relation- » 
ship with the Galling, and the Herodiones next to the Limicole and Grues—certainly @ 
much more artificial arrangement. : 

tAccording to Huxley (P. Z; S. 1867, 461), the osteological characters of this group 
are as follows :— 

There are no basipterygoid processes; the palatines are usually united for a greater 
or less distance behind the posterior nares, and are destitute of a vertical plate de- 
pending from their junction; the maxillo-palatines large and spongy; the sternum 
broad, and with two to four posterior notches. The relation between the phalanges 
is the same as in the Chenomorphe and Amphimorphe. 


RIDGWAY ON AMERICAN HERODIONES. 221 


2. ARDEIDA. Two to three pairs of powder-down tracts. Bill 
compressed, elongate-conical, the lateral outlines straight or 
even a little concave; the vertical outlines nearly straight, 
slightly convex terminally; gonys lengthened, several times: 
longer than the width of the mandibular raini. 

B.—Pteryle broad, without powder-down tracts. Hallux elevated at 
the base above the base of the anterior toes; inner edge of 
middle claw not pectinated; claws resting upon a horny, cres- 
centic “shoe”. (Herodiones ciconiiformes, = Pelargi, SUNDEY. 
Meth. Nat. Av. Disp. Tent. 1872, 123.) 

a. Sides of the maxilla without any trace of lateral groove. Skull 
holorhinal. Angle of the mandible truncated. Pectoralis 
major muscle in two easily separable layers. No accessory 
Jemoro-caudal muscle; semitendinosus musle tendinous for its 
distal half; biceps ewbiti and tensor patagii longus muscles un- 
connected. (GARROD.*) 

3. CICONIIDA. Bill elongate-conical, either straigut or curved 
a little up or down at the end. 

b. Sides of the maxilla with a deep, narrow groove, extending un- 
interruptedly from the nasal fossz to the extreme tip of the 
bill. Skull schizorhinal. Angle of the mandible produced 
and decurved. Pectoralis major muscle simple (not separa-- 
ble into distinct layers); accessory femoro-caudal muscle well 
developed; semitendinosus muscle nuscular throughout; biceps 
cubitt and tensor patagii longus muscles connected by a small 
muscular * belly”... (GABRROD.) 

4, IpipIDz. Bill slender, attenuated terminally, nearly cylin- 
drical or somewhat compressed, conspicuously decurved, or - 
arched above. 

5. PLATALEIDZ. Bill very broad, excessively depressed and 
greatly expanded terminally, much narrowed across the 
middle portion, the extreme tip only much decurved. 

In addition to the above well-defined families, all of which have 

American representatives, while one (Cancromide) is peculiarly Ameri- 
can, there are several others which probably belong to the Herodiones, 
but which, excepting the American family Hurypygide (Sun Bitterns), 

I have had no opportunity to examine, and therefore pass by for the 

present without special reference. 

The Hurypygide are small, Bittern-like birds, with beautifully- 
variegated plumage, and differ from the true Herons in their densely 
feathered lores, shorter and more elevated hallux, absence of pec- 
tinations to the edge of the middle claw, very long (extremely 
unheron-like) tail, and other features. Later systematists have placed 
this form near the Rails (Rallide)—tar from the Herodiones. It comes 
much nearer the latter, however, since, while being decidedly Herodi- 


* See P. Z. S. 1875, p. 301. 


229 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


onine in external structure, it is also truly Altricial, although the young 
are born covered with a close, variegated down, much as in the Gralle 
proper; the egg, also, is quite Plover-like in appearance (conf. BART- 

“LETT, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1866, 76, pl. ix.). As still further indicat- 

‘ing its affinity to the Herons, Hurypyga possesses a pair of large uropy- 
giai powder-down tracts; while Nitzsch states (Pterylographia, p. 129, pl. 
viii. f. 15) that, as to its pterylography in general, ‘“‘ the uninterrupted 
plumage, not only of the head, but also of the entire neck”, ‘is indis- 
putably the chief distinction of this genus from Ardea”. 

The fact that the young are born covered with down does not affect 
the case seriously, if at all, it being well known that many true Altrices 
(as Falconide, Strigide, Cathartide, Procellariide, Laride, ete.) wake ~ 
their first appearante to the light in the same condition; nor does the 
circumstance that the eggs are Plover-like, since those of some Altrices 
(especially the Gulls) are eminently so.* 

The remaining forms which have usually been referred to this Order, 
or which appear to be closely allied to its members, are the genera Sco- 
pus, Briss., Dromas, Payk., Anastomus, Bonn., Hiator, Reich., and Ba- 
leeniceps, Gould, all of which are confined to the Eastern Hemisphere, 
the two former and the last belonging to Africa, the other to India. I 
have seen none of these forms, and with the exception of Balcniceps, 
the literature regarding their anatomical and osteologicat structure is 
so meagre that I have been unable to glean any facts of service in this 
connection; I will therefore pass them by, with the remark that, with 
the exception of Dromas, which seems to be a Plover-like form, they 
seem to be of Ciconine affinity, and probably are true Herodiones. 

As to Baleniceps, there has been much diversity of opinion, even 
among those who have examined critically both its internal and its 
external structure. Authors generally agree, however, that it is either 
more nearly related to the Storks, the Herons, or the Pelicans. it is 
stated, by the collector of the living specimens which were sent to 
the London Zoological Society (cf Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1860, 195), 


i *Assuming, then, that the true position of this aberrant family is with or very near 
the Herodiones, its characters may be defined as follows:— 


Bittern-like birds, with the tail very long and broad (nearly equal to the ample wing 
in length) ; straight, rather obtuse bill: slender, close-feathered neck; Heron-like legs 
and feet (except that the hallux is slightly elevated and the middle claw destitute of 
lateral pectinations); the plumage soft, acd ornamented by beautiful picture on the 
remiges and rectrices. Rectrices twelve; powder-down tracts uropygial, consisting of 
only one pair. 

Bill with the upper and lower outlines somewhat depressed, but parallel, for the 
basal two-thirds, the terminal portion gently convex ; nasal fossz broad and deep, and 
extending as far forward as the straight portion of the bill. Lores densely feathered ; 
plumage of the neck short and rather downy; no ornamental plumes. Middle toe con- 
siderably shorter than the tarsus, its claw without lateral pectinations; lateral toes 
considerably shorter, the outer decidedly the longer; hallux slender, about equal in 
length to the basal phalanx of the inner toe, its base elevated slightly above the basal 
articulation of the anterior toes; bare portion of the tibia about equal in length to 
the outer toe. 


. RBIDGWAY ON AMERICAN HERODIONES. 223 


that the young of this bird runs about ag soon as hatched! In view 
of this statement, it becomes necessary to either remove Baleniceps 
from the Herodiones, or doubt the veracity of the collector—either horn 
of the dilemma being equally precarious. Referring the reader, then, 
to the main literature on this subject,* I leave the question of the affi- 
hities of this remarkable form in abeyance. 


ARDEIDA.—THE TRUE HERONS. 
Synopsis of the American Genera. 


Subfamily ARDEINai.—Onuter toe equal to or decidedly longer than the 
inner. Claws short, generally strongly curved. Three pairs of 
~ powder-down tracts. Rectrices lengthened, stiffish, twelve in number 

~ (except in Zebrilus.) , 

Subfamily BoraurIna.—Outer toe decidedly shorter than the inner. 
Claws long, slender, slightly curved. Two pairs, only, of powder- 
down tracts. Rectrices very short, soft, only ten in number. 


Subfamily ARDEIN &. 


A.—Ffectrices twelve ; tibie with the lower portion more or less naked. 
a. Pectoral and inguinal powder-down tracts widely separated. 


§. Malar region completely feathered (except in Pilherodius, 
where anterior part is bare). Bill shorter than the tarsus and 
middle toe (usually shorter than, or about equal to, the tarsus). 


1. ARDEA.—Size very large. Adult with scapular plumes elon- 
gated, narrowly-lanceolate, and with compact webs; in the 
breeding season, the occiput with two long, slender, compact- 
webbed, pendant plumes. Color mainly plumbeous- or slate- 
blue (rarely—e. g. white phase of A. occidentalis—wholly pure 
white). Culmen shorter than the middle toe. 


2. HERODIAS.—Size large, but smaller than the species of the 
preceding genus. Adult with the scapular plumes greatly 
elongated, reaching far beyond the end of the tail, the shafts 
thick and rigid, the webs decomposed, hair-like, and distant. 
Color entirely pure white. 


_ * Von MULLER, Dr. Baron J. W.—Baleniceps rex, Gould. <Jardine’sContr. Orn. 1852, 
91. [Translated from Naumannia, May, 1852.] 
PETHERICK, JOHN, F. R. G. S., H. M. Con:ul for the Soudan.—Memoranda on the 
Hippopotamus and Baleniceps, recently imported to England, and now in the Gardens of the 
Society. <P. Z.S. 1860, 195. 
BaRTLett, A. D.—WNote on the Baleniceps rex. <P. Z. S. 1860, 461. 
On the Affinities of Baleniceps. < P. Z. 8. March 26, 1861, 131. 
_ ParkeER, W. K., Memb. Micr. Soc.—Abstract of Notes on the Osteology of Baleniceps 
rec. <P. Z.S. 1860, 324. 
PaRKER, W. KITCHEN, Mem. Micr. Soc.—On the Osteology of Balcniceps rex (Gould), 
~<. Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. iv. 1862, 269-351, pls. Ixiv—lxvii. 
. REINHARDT, PRorFessor J., For. M. Z. S.—On the Affinities of Baleniceps. <P.Z.S. 
1860, 377. © 


224 


BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


3. GARZETTA.—Size small. Adult with occipital, jugular, and 


scapular plumes, the latter reaching to or a little beyond the 
end of the tail; the shafts moderately rigid, and recurved ter- 
minally; the webs decomposed, with long, hair-like, but not 
distant fibres. Other plumes varying in structure, or 
to the species. Color entirely pure white. 


4, DICGHROMANASSA.—Size medium. Adult with the feathers of 


the entire head and neck, excepting the throat and foreneck, 
elongated, linear, lanceolate and stiffish, most elongated on the 
occiput and jugulum. Scapular plumes extending beyond end 
of tail; the shafts rigid, the webs decomposed, with rather 
close, hair-like fibrilla. Color wholly pure white, or plumbeous, 
with or without reddish neck. Tarsus twice as long as middle 
toe. 


_ HYDRANASSA.—Size medium. Adult with an occipital tuft 


of several elongated, lanceolate white feathers. Jugular 
feathers broadly lanceolate, with distinct outlines. Scapular 
plumes hair-like, extending a little beyond the tail. Color 
mainly plumbeous, with lower parts and rump white. Bill 
longer than tarsus. 


6. FLORIDA.—Size small. Adult with scapular plumes elongated, 


extending to or beyond end of tail, linear-lanceolate, with com- 
pact webs; jugular plumes similar; occipital plumes hair-like, 
a few of them much elongated. Color pure white, with bluish 
tips to outer primaries; dark slate-blue, with maroon-colored 
head and neck, or variously “ patched” with blue and white. 


. BUTORIDES.—Size small. Adulé with scapular plumes elon-— 


gated, compact-webbed, lanceolate, but with rounded tips. 
Feathers of the pileum elongated, lanceolate. Jugular plumes 
broad, blended. Culmen longer than tarsus; middle toe almost 
equal to tarsus. Color much variegated. 


. SYRIGMA.—Size medium. Adult with several elongated, nar- 


row, compact-webbed, round-tipped, somewhat rigid and 
slightly recurved plumes on lower part of occiput. Jugular 
feathers. soft, broad, blended. No scapular plumes. Culmen 
about equal to middle toe. Color much variegated, the tail 
and lower parts white. 


. PILHERODIUS.—Size medium. Orbits and anterior part of 


malar region naked. Occiput with two extremely elongated 
linear, compact-webbed plumes. Jugular plumes broad, 
blended. No scapular plumes. ColJof® white, the crown and 
occiput black. Middle toe shorter than culmen; culmen 
shorter than occiput. 


10. NYCTIARDEA.—Size medium. Adulé with several extremely 


elongated linear, compact-webbed occipital plumes. No scap- 


RIDGWAY ON AMERICAN HERODIONES. 225 


ular plumes. Jugular feathers broad, blended. Culmen about 
equal to tarsus; tarsus slightly longer than middle toe. Lat- 
eral outlines of bill concave; gonys nearly straight. Adult 
and young exceedingly different in plumage. 

11. NYCTHERODIUS.—Size medium. Adult with several ex- 
tremely elongated linear, compact-webbed occipital plumes. 
Scapular plumes elongated, narrow, round-tipped, the webs 
somewhat decomposed. Jugular feathers broad, blended. 
Culmen much shorter than tarsus (a little longer than middle 
toe); tarsus much longer than middle toe. Color much varie- 
gated. Lateral outlines of the bill straight; gonys very con- 
vex. Adult and young exceedingly different in plumage. 


§§. Malar region entirely naked. Bill longer than tarsus and 
middle toe. 


12. AGAMIA.—Size medium. Bill extremely elongated, narrow, 
and compressed. Adult with greatly elongated, broadly lan- 
ceolate, acute occipital plumes; lower back with similar, but 
more loosely webbed plumes overhanging rump. Sides of neck 
with recurved, sickle-shaped, narrow and acute plumes. Jug- 
ular feathers broad, blended. Tarsus nearly twice middle toe. 


b. Pectoral and inguinal powder-down tracts united into a continuous 


strip. 

13. T1i¢RIsomA.—Malar region and throat naked, the latter with or 
without a medial feathered strip. Zarsus with hexagonal scutelle 
in front. Outer toe longer than inner; claws short, strongly 
curved. Plumage much variegated; feathers of neck loose, 
“ fluffy”. 


B. Rectrices ten. Tibice with the lower portion completely feathered. 


Pectoral and inguinal powder-down tracts widely separated. 
Malar region completely feathered. 

14. ZEBRILUS.—Size very small (among the smallest of Herons). 
Plumage exceedingly lax and “fluffy”. Bill and feet very small. 
Culmen about equal to tarsus, both longer than middle toe; 
outer toe longest. Plumage dull, with transverse undulations 
of dusky and light fulvous. 


Subfamily BOTAURINZ. 


15. Boraurus.—Size medium, or rather large. Sexes similar; 
young similar to adult. 

16. ARDETTA.—Size extremely small (the smallest of Herons). 
Sexes dissimilar (in all species?); young slightly different from 
adult. 

Bull, iv. No. 1—15 


226 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


MONOGRAPH OF THE AMERICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS 
ARDEA, LINNAUS. 


Synonymy of the Genus. 


<< Ardea, Linn. S. N. i. 1735. Type, A. cinerea, LInN.—CovuEs, Key, 1872, 267 (includes 

also Herodias, Garzetta, Hydranassa, Dichromanassa, Florida, and Butorides). 
{<Subfam. Ardeinw. |—GRay, Handlist, iii. 1871, 26. 

=drdea, REICHENB. Handb. 1851, xvi.— BonaP. Consp. ii. 1855, 110 (includes A. cocoi, L., 
A. cinerea, L., A. brag, Geoff., A. atricollis, Wagl., A. leucophea, Gould, A. paci- 
fica, Lath., 4. herodias, L., A. purpurea, L., and A. pharaonica, Bonap.—all 
typical?). [<Ardew, <Ardeine.]—BairD, Birds N..Am. 1858, 667. [< Arden, 
< Ardeine.|—Bouc., Cat. Av. 1876, 49. 

>Audubonia, Bonar. Consp. ii. 1855, 113. Type, Ardea occidentalis, Aud.—BatrD, 
Birds N. Am. 1858, 667.—GrRay, Handlist, iii. 1871, 27. 


Characters of the Genus. 


Cu.—Herons of largest size (of Stork-like stature), the aduits distin- 
guished by lengthened, narrowly-lanceolate, acute jugular and scapular 
plumes (the former rather rigid, the latter overhanging the wings and 
ramp); a tuft of broad feathers on each side the breast (having a differ- 
ent color from adjacent parts), and, in the breeding season, by the pres- 
ence of two or three extremely lengthened, narrow, pendant, occipital 
plumes. 

Culmen almost straight; gonys ascending, slightly convex, about 
equal in length to the mandibular rami; upper and lower outlines of 
the bill parallel for the basal half. Mental apex anterior to half-way 
bet'veen point of bill and anterior angle of the eye; frontal apex a 
little posterior to the nostrils and a little anterior to the malar apex.* 
Middle toe more than half the tarsus, and about equal to bare portion. 
of tibia; outer toe reaching to about the middle of tbe penultimate 
phalanx of the middle toe; inner toe decidedly shorter, reaching only 
to the second articulation of the middle toe; hallux a little longer than 
the basal phalanx of the outer toe; claws rather short, strongly curved. 
Front of tarsus with broad, transverse scutelle, in single series, for 
upper half. Pileum crested, the feathers of the crown and o cipnt 
being elongated lanceolate and decurved. Primaries reaching de- 
cidedly beyond tertials. Second, third, and fourth quills nearly equal, 
and longest; first longer than fifth; inner webs of outer three slightly 
sinuated near ends. 


Synopsis of the American Species.t 


COMMON CHARACTERS.—A bove bluish-pumbleous, the penicillate scap- 
ular plumes more hoary; remiges and rectrices slate-color. Lower parts 


*The terms “ mental apex”, “malar apex”, and ‘‘frontal apex” are here employed 
to denote the apices, or points, of the feathering of the head at the base of the bill. 
_. tIn this synopsis I include, besides the truly American species, their near relative 
of Europe, A. cinerea, the latter being itself entitled to a place in the American fauna 
on account of its occurrence in Greenland. Of the other species properly referable to 
this genus, I have seen only A. purpurea Linn. (also European). This seems to be 
strictly congeneric as to details of form, butit has a very different system of coloration. 


RIDGWAY ON AMERICAN HERODIONES. 227 


longitudinally striped with black andwhite. Yowng without any plumes, 
and with the colors much duller, the pattern badly defined. 
A.—Tibie and border of the wing purplish-cinnamon, or rufous. 

1. A. OCCIDENTALIS.—Pileum and occipital plumes, with rest of 
head, white; forehead streaked with black. Sometimes whole 
plumage pure white!* Culmen 6.40-6.75; tarsus 8.00-8.75; 
wing 19.00-21.00. Hab.—-Florida to Southern Ilinois; Cuba; 
Jamaica. 

2. A. HERODIAS.—Pileum and occipital plumes black ; forehead 
and central feathers of the crown white; culmen 4.30-6.25 ; 
tarsus 6.00-8.25; wing 17.90-20.00. Hab.—North America in 
general; Middle America; Galapagos; Venezuela; West 
Indies. 

B.—Tibic and border of the wing white. 

3. A. CINEREA.—Pileum and occipital plumes black ; forehead 
and centre of crown white (as in A. herodias). Neck cinere- 
ous. Culmen 4.80; tarsus 6.00-6.25; wing 18.50. Hab.— 
Europe, etc. Accidental in Southern Greenland. 

4. A. cocol.—Entire pileum (including forehead, etc.) and 
occipital plumes black. Neck white. Culmen 5.85-6.75; tar- 
sus 7.20-8.00; wing 18.50-19.50. Hab.—South America. 


1. ARDEA OCCIDENTALIS. 


Florida Heron; Wiirdemann’s Heron. 
a. White phase. 


?“ Grus, ..., AUDUBON, MSS.”, Nutr. Man. Orn. Water Birds, 1834, 39.t (Great White 
Crane: Florida.) 

Ardea occidentalis, AUD. Orn. Biog. iii. 1835, 542 ; v. 1839, 596; Synop. 1839, 264; B. Am. 
vi. 1843, 110, pl. ccevili. (adult). Bonar. Comp. List, 1838, 47.—LEMBEYE, 
Aves de Cuba, 1850, 82 (Cuba).—_GuNDL. J. f. O. iv. 1856, 341 (Cuba).—BRYAN?, 
Pr. Bost. Soc. vii. 1859, 17.—M arcu, P. A. N.S. Philad. xvi. 1864, 63 (Jamaica ; 
rare).—CouEs, Key, 1872, 267; Check List, 1873, 89, n. 451.—Scx. & Sav. Nom. 
Neotr. 1873, 125, n. 3 (Cuba). 

Audubonia occidentalis, Bonar. Consp. ii. 1855, 113 (“Am.S. Calid. Florida. Cumana”).— 
Barrp, B. N. Am. 1858,670 (South Florida; Cuba); Cat. N. Am. B. 1859, n. 

- 489.—GRay, Handlist, iii. 1871, n. 10105 (South Florida; Cuba).—Bou“arp, 

Cat. Av. 1876, 49, n. 1374 (Florida; Cuba). 

Herodias occidentalis, GUNDL. J. f. 0. 1856, 340 (Cuba); 1861, 338 (Cuba).— BREWER, Pr. 
Boston Soe. v. ii. 1860, 308 (Cubs). 

? Great White Crane, Nutr. l. c. 

The Great White Heron, Aup. l. c. 

Great White Heron, BairD, 1. c.—CoUusES, l. c. 

Garzon, LEMB. 1. c. 


*This species, like Dichromanassa rufa, seems to be dichromatic. The white phase 
appears tou be most common (?). 

t “ Of this interesting species, found by Audubon in the vast swamps of East Florida, — 
we yet know no particulars, excepting the specific character of its being wholly white, 
and scarcely inferior in magnitude to the Whooping Crane, whose general habits it in 
all probability possesses. Since its discovery, we have, I believe, heard of a specimen 
erie been obtained i in the vicinity of Charleston, S. C.”—NutrT. 1. ¢. , 


228 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
b. Blue phase. 


Ardea wiirdemannii, Barrp, B. N. Am. 1858, 669 (South Florida); ed. 1860, pl.—; Cat. N. 
Am. B. 1859, n. 488.—Marou, Pr. Phila. Acad. xvi. 1864, 64 (Jimaica).—CovUEs, 
Key, 1872, 267; Check List, 1873, 87, n. 450.—WymMan, Forest and Stream, Sept. 
25, 1873, 105 (‘‘ wardemanni”’).—NELS. Bull. Essex Inst. Dec. 1876, 151 (Wabash 
Co. Il. Sept. 11-22, 1876).* 

Ilorida Heron, BarrD, 1. e—CougEs, l. ce. 

White-crowned Heron, Marcu, 1. c. 

HaB.—South Florida (Audubon, Baird, et Auct.); Cuba (Lembeye, 
Gundlach, Brewer); Jamaica (March); Southern Illinois and Indiana 
(Wabash River at Mount Carmel, Ulinois, September 11-22, 1876; Ridg- 
way, Nelson). [Probably the whole of the Austro-riparian district. ] 


a. White phase (= occidentalis, Aud.). 


Adult—Entire plumage pure white. “Bill yellow, the upper mandi-- 
ble dusky green at the base; loral space yellowish-green ; orbital space 
light blue; iris bright yellow. Tibia and hind part of tarsus yellow; 
fore part of tibia [tarsus ?] olivaceonus, sides of latter greenish-yellow ; 
claws light brown” (AUDUBON, l. ¢.).t 

Young.—Similar in color to the adult, but destitute of any plumes. 


b. Blue phase (= “ wiirdemanni”, Baird). 


Adult.—Entire head, including occipital crest, pure white; the fore- 
head streaked with black (the feathers edged with black, the median 
stripe being white), Abdomen and crissum pure white, the former 
sparsely streaked with black (these streaks on the inner edge of the 
feathers, and broader anteriorly); crissum immaculate. Neck deep 
violaceous-drab (darker and more violaceous than in A. herodias, aud 
ending almost abruptly against the white of the head); the throat with 
a narrow series of black and rufous dashes on a white ground ; plumes 
of the lower neck white, most of them edged with black, but the longer 
without grayish tinge. Lateral jugular tufts blue-black, with wide 
median stripes of pure white. Upper parts exactly as in A. herodsas, 
except that the lower wing-coverts have conspicuous median streaks of 
white, while the edge of the wing from the carpus back is white, tinged 
with rufous, instead of wholly rufous. Tibial feathers paler rufous 
than in A. herodias, growing almost white next the body on the inner 
side. 

Naked tibize yellow; under side of toes yellow ; rest of legs and feet 
yellowish-olive. 

Wing 21.00; tail 8.00; culmen 6.45; depth of bill (through middle of 


* Fide R. Ridgway, in epist. 

+ “Tris yellow ; orbits yellowish-green ; bill yellow, greenish at the base ; legs yellow, 
with olive timge in front; claws light brown.” Length 45; expanse 68 or more ; 
flexure nearly 20; leg nearly 9; bill 54 inches (Marcu, l. c.). 


RIDGWAY ON AMERICAN HERODIONES. 229 


nostrils) 1.15; naked portion of tibia 5.50; tarsus 8.00; middle toe 4.80. 
[Type, No. 8690, South Florida. ] 

Young.—Similar to young of A. herodias, but lesser wing-coverts 
widely tipped with bright ferruginous, producing thereby a conspicuous 
spotting of this color; all the lower wing-coverts, large and smail, with 
a large, terminal, wedge-shaped spot of white. Forehead and crown 
dusky slate-color; most of the feathers with whitish shatts; occipital 
plumes all whitish at the base, only the ends being dusky. 

That the specimen described above as the young of A. ‘‘ wiirdemanni” 
really belongs to that species, there is no reasonable cause to doubt. 
Although a very young bird, with the downy filaments still adhering to 
the tips of all the feathers of the crown, and with the remiges only half 
grown out, it is much larger than any specimens of A. herodias of corre- 
sponding age that I have seen, the culmen measuring 5.15, the tibia 5.00, 
the tarsus 7.80, and the middle toe 4.60. The plumage affords even more 
satisfactory evidence: In the young of A. herodias, the dusky of the crown 
includes the entire upper half of the head, the occiput being wholly black- 
ish and the cheeks slaty; in the specimen under consideration the cheeks 
are entirely white, like the throat, and the occipital feathers white, tipped 
with dusky, thus restricting the continuous dusky to the forehead and 
crown. The conspicuous white spots on the wing-coverts agree with the 
similar but smaller markings seen in the adult of A. wiirdemanni, but 
which are wanting in all ages and stages of A. herodias. 

Observations.—The above synonymy and description of “Ardea occi- 
dentalis” may appear to some unwarranted; but that the step has been 
taken only after the most careful investigation and mature deliberation, 
will we think become evident upon perusal of the following explanatory 
remarks :— 

Remarkable as the case may seem, it is generally conceded, I believe, 
that the white-plumaged bird known as Peale’s Egret (Ardea pealei 
Bonap.) and the bluish- and reddish-colored bird called the Reddish Egret 
(Ardea rufa Bodd.) are one and the same species; and, furthermore, 
that these widely different phases of plumage of the same bird do not 
depend in the least upon age, sex, nor season, but that each is char- 
acteristic of an individual through life. In order to place before the 
reader the main facts of the case, wc transcribe in full a comprehensive 
review of the subject, by Dr. T. M. Brewer, published some three years 
since in the American Sportsman.* 

“If to any one the above question may seem absurd, I refer all such 
to the facts given below. While I cannot, from my own experience, 
confirm their correctness, I believe implicitly in the indorsing of my in- 
formant. They seem to point to the only satisfactory explanation of 
one of the most remarkable anomalies in one of our North American 
species on record. 


*‘Are Peale’s Egret Heron and a Reddish Egret identical species ?” <American 
Sportsman (West Meriden, Conn.), Feb. 6, 1875, 294. 


230 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


‘In a state of domestication, as we are weil aware, we constantly 
notice a great variety in the colors of birds of the same kind. In the 
same brood of chickens we see black and white, speckled and plain, all 
evidently the progeny of the same stock. Similar variations are notice- 
able in the domestic duck, which is the progeny, by long descent, from 
the wild mallard, which never varies when in its saved life. 
Yet no rule has been supposed to be more unvarying than that all wild 
birds present certain uniformities of size, shape, bill, leg, colors and the 
like, by which science establishes orders, genera and species. Hach 
particular species of birds, and there are some twelve thousand or more, 
now recognized in the world, has been supposed to present the same 
uniform appearance as to size, shape and marking. There are, of course, 
great variations caused by age, sex and seasou. The same ptarmigan 
is red in summer and pure white in winter. The same species of heron 
is white in youth and bright cerulean blue in maturity; the same water- 
rail is jet-black in early life and of brighter colors in age; the same 
South American Formicariide are black if they are males, but of the 
color of a dead leaf if they are of the gentler sex. The male Bob-o-link 
is bright black and white, and is strikingly beautiful in July. In August 
the same male Bob-o-link cannot be distinguished from his homely wife. 
These are striking exceptions to general rules, but they are also as uni- 
versal as the rules themselves. They form a part of them, and in time 
we come to know them, and cease to regard them as at all remarkable. 

‘In this connection I take no notice of the anomalies now known as 
albinisms and melanisms, whereby we hear of black birds that are white, 
and of red squirrels that are black. That is another form of anomaly 
exceedingly curious, and which ‘no feller can find out,’ but which has 
no connection with my present subject. That is occasional—erratic like 
acomet. My case is like a fixed star, unvarying in its ever varying 
eccentricity. We have in the southern portions of the United States 
a species of heron known to our authors as the Reddish Egret. The 
head and neck are of a chestnut-brown, and its body is of a grayish blue. 
In scientific language it is the Demiegretia rufa or rufescens. Its exist- 
ence has been known in the scientific world since 1783.* We have in 
precisely the same localities another form, identical in size, that is of a 
uniformly pure white color. This bird was first described in 1828 by 
Bonaparte, as the Peale’s Egret Heron, and was for a while regarded as 
a distinet species. 

“Mr. Audubon, in his excursions to Florida, was led to the conclusion 
that these two forms of heron were, in reality, one and the same species, 
and that the white Peale’s Egret is only the young of the Reddish Hgret; 
and accordingly we find in his great work, and again in his smaller 
edition, these two forms given as the young and the old birds of one 
and the same species. This conclusion was formed on a hasty basis, 
and was not confirmed by subsequent observations. Even Mr. Audn- 


* By a typographical error, printed ‘‘1874” in the original. 


RIDGWAY ON AMERICAN HERODIONES. 231 


bon, in his edition of 1843, tells us that he caught some of the young 
white birds and took them to Charleston; and although one of these 
birds lived to be three vears old, it obstinately refused to put on, what 
Audubon tells us is, its mature plumage, as it ought to have done if it 
was ever going to doit. It is singular that this fact never gave to Mr. 
Audubon a revelation of the actual and only explanation of the facts he 
witnessed and narrates—that the two birds live together as members of 
one family. 

“Tn 1848 Dr. William Gambel.of Philadelphia, a young ornithologist of 
exceeding promise—the beauty of whose private worth was not surpassed 
by the bright promises of a scientific future, alas too soon shut out by 
his early death—visited Florida, and apparently quite upset Mr. Audu- 
bon’s conclusions. At any rate he found some of the brown-necked 
herons having brown-necked young ones, and some of the White Kgrets 
having white young ones. And very naturally he concluded that Au- 
dubon had been imposed upon, or had imposed upon others, and that 
the two forms were two totally distinct species of heron. The scientific 
world accepted his conclusions, and from that time forth we find Peale’s 
Egret Heron and the Rufous Egret Heron taking their places in our 
systems as two totally distinct and separate species. But alas for the 
uncertainty of science. Dr. Gambel was, after all, as hasty in his con- 
clusions as Mr. Audubon, and quite as far from the true solution of this 
problem; and the regret with whicb I have always thought of his early 
death, is deepened by the wish that my friend could have lived to read 
and to see the solution of this vexed question. 

“Mr. N. B. Moore, a gentleman of culture and observation, whose 
health has required his residence in Florida for several years past, and 
whose knowledge of Ornithology has made him a competent witness, 
has had his attention called to this question, and his’explanation reaches 
to the root of the whole problem. His letters addressed to my friend, 
Prof. Baird, have been placed in my hands, and trom them I gather 
these conclusions: First, that all Mr. Audubon’s facts may have been 
correctly stated, and yet his inferences not correctly drawn; second, 
that Dr. Gambel’s facts may, also, all have been truly given, and his 
conclusions equally incorrect. The white birds are not exclusively the 
young of the brown and. blue birds; and, although, in some instances, 
the white bird may have white young and the blue bird may have blue 
children, they are not, nevertheless, two species, but one. Mr. Moore 
shows that, in some instances, he has known a pair of the blue heron to 
have children one white and the other blue. He has known the blue 
to mate with the white and the white with the blue, and some to have 
children of opposite colors from their own. In fact, that they are one 
and the same species whether the color be blue or white. The color 
has no specific significance. It denotes neither species, sex nor age. 
Parents do not, in all cases, bequeath their own color to their children. 
Yet there are no mixtures. They are either entirely the one or the other. 


232 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Mr. Moore who, as I have said, is a man of great observation, brings 
another interesting evidence of the unity of species in these two forms. 
He has noticed that where a number of herons are feeding in the same 
waters each will tolerate the near presence of other birds, provided they 
are all of different species. The Great White Egret, the Great Blue 
Heron, the Little Blue, the Snowy and others will all peacefully feed 
side by side, but let another bird of any one of the same species come 
and immediately its own near relative, will at once attack it and drive 
it away to a respectful distance. No heron will permit, when feeding, 
the near presence of one of its own species. Tried by this test, the Blue 
and Brown Egrets and White Egrets belong to the same family, for no 
one of either of these birds will suffer the near presence, when it is feed- 
ing, of either of these two forms, whether white or blue. 

‘¢This then appears to be the present explanation of facts that have 
appeared so inconsistent and contradictory. We need not presume that 
Audubon was imposed upon, still less that he sought to impose upon us. 
We can accept Dr. Gambel’s facts as well as Mr. Audubon’s, and believe 
in the truth of both. But we are not yet enabled to say what signifi- 
cance, if any, these different colors possess. It remains as great a puz- 
zle in this respect as ever. 

‘¢ Yet it is not wholly unexampled. Our common Screech Owl, S. asio, 
appears in two very different styles of plumage. Some are red and some 
are brown. It was once supposed to be significant of age. The red 
plumage was regarded as the young, and the brown as the color of the 
mature bird. Audubon so figures them. Our good friend, Dr. Sam 
Cabot, in his younger days shot an old bird in the red plumage, feeding 
some young in the ashy brown dress, and he naturally concluded that — 
Audubon had put the horse where the cart ought to go. But others, 
who had different experience, would not accept his conclusions. At 
length it was discovered that in one sense both were right, and in 
another that both were wrong. Old birds are both red and brown, and 
young birds are both brown and red, and both are of the same species, _ 
the color having no significance that we can as yet determine.” 

Mr. Moore’s observations, as stated abuve, afford conclusive evidence 
that Ardea rufa and A. pealei Bonap. are one and the same species. 
That these two distinct phases represent a sort of dichromatism analo- 
gous to that of the little Screech Owl, but differing in that the depart- 
ure from the normal coloration exhibits itself in another color (pure 
white instead of rufous), I consider unquestionable. This kind of 
dichromatism appears to be nearly if not quite peculiar to the Heron 
tribe (I can recall no instance among other birds), and is characteristic 
of several species, among which, besides the present one, are Demicgretta 
sacra (Gmel.) of India, Australia, ete., Flurida cerulea (Liun.), and, as 
I think is quite capable of demonstration, Ardea occidentulis Aud. 


RIDGWAY ON AMERICAN HERODIONES. 233 


In the case of other sorts of dichromatism (that is, where other colors 
than white are substituted for the normal dress), it is well known that 
the difference between the extreme phases varies greatly in degree 
amoung species of the same genus, or genera of the same family. Thus, 
among Owls (in which family the condition known as “erythrism”* is 
most developed), Glaucidium gnoma varies from brownish-gray to deep 
sepia- or umber-brown, the pattern remaining distinct, while G. fer- 
rugineum, with a very similar normal dress, has its rufescent extreme 
a very bright brick-red color, with the markings almost if not quite ob- 
literated; Syrnium aluco of Europe has also its grayish (normal) and 
rufescent (erythrismal) phases about equally marked, as has also the 
American Scops asio; but none of the American species of Syrnium (of 
which there is a considerable number) tend to erythrism, nor does the 
European Scops (S. zorca). The same is also the case with the American 
Falconine genus Micrastur (one of the very few Falconide in which this 
variation presents itself), one species (I. ruficollis) having the two ex- 
tremes almost as strikingly different as in the Owls above named, while 
in another (WM. concentricus) there is not the slightest tendency to ery- | 
thrism,—other species being variously intermediate. From what is 
known of Scops asiv and other Owls, it is also evident that the presence 
or absence of erythrism has more or less of a geographical significance, 
this species being never rufous, so far as known, in any part of the West- 
ern Province of the United States, while this bright rufous plumage is the 
rule in the Hastern States, particularly to the southward.t It is also a 
fact to be borne in mind that although the extreme. phases characterize 
a very large majority of the individuals of a species, intermediate speci- 
mens are by no means wanting; they are, however, the rare exception.{ 

it may be further stated that, as the condition of melanotic dichromat- 
ism § is subject to precisely the same rules as that of erythrism, it is 
unnecessary to further extend the discussion of that subject. But, asa 
matter exceedingly pertinent to the relationship between Ardea occiden- 


* Conf. AUGUST VON PELZELN in ‘* Novara-Expedition, Zoologischer Theil, Bd. I: 
Vogel”, pp. 14-25, where various color-variations are discussed under head of “Uber 
Farbenabiinderunger bei den Falconiden ”. 

tIn the Austro-riparian region (including, besides the Gulf States, the lower Missis- 
sippi Valley to Southern Illinois and Indiana), the proportion of red to gray individuals 
of this species is at least as 90 to 100; or, in other words, ninety of every one hundred 
specimens represent the rufous phase; taking into account with this fact the apparent 
total absence of this plumage among the Western birds, the geographical signification 
becomes very evident. 

{ Dr. Brewer has, therefore, erred slightly in saying that ‘‘There are no mixtures. 
They are either entirely the one or the other.” 

§In birds, the conditions which I propose to term melanotic, alb notic, and ery- 
thrismal dichromatism are of rather limited applica.ion; the first being especially 
characteristic of the Falconide and Procellariide, the ascend of the Ardeida, and the 
third of the Strigide. Both of the former are to be distinguished from those accidental 
abnormalities, true melanism and albinism, which are of only occasional occurrence, 
and connected with some physiological derangement. 


234 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


talis Aud. and A. wiirdemanni Baird, and as probably affording addi- 
tional evidence of their identity, it is desirable, after having disposed of 
Dichromanassa rufa, to call Florida cerulea into the case. It has, up to 
the present time, been supposed that in this species the adult was invaria- 
bly blue, while the young was as constantly white. This, however, 
is not the case. I have recently examined a number of specimens of 
this species in the white plumage, which possessed, in full develop- 
ment, the ornamental plumes of the adult. This proves that the species 
is, in @ measure, dichromatic; but in its dichromatism it differs from 
others of the family in these remarkable respects: I have yet to see a 
specimen in the white plumage, whether young or adult, (and I have 
carefully examined dozens), which did not, in addition to the bluish tips 
to the outer primaries, show more or less of a tinge of this color on 
other parts of the plumage, particularly on the top of the head, which 
usually, if not always, is tinged with a faint pearl-blue wash,—some- 
times exceedingly faint and delicate, but apparently always present. On 
the other hand, I have never seen a specimen in the blue plumage which was 
not unmistakably an adult! It would therefore seem that while this 
species is rarely if ever blue in its first plumage, some individuals only 
partially assume the blue livery, while others remain white through life! 

Now, as to Ardea occidentalis and the so-called A. wiirdemanni:—In 
his description of the latter, Professor Baird called attention to the 
extreme similarity of these two presumed species, in general dimensions 
and proportions, particularly of the bill, although at the same time, fol- 
lowing Bonaparte, he placed them in different genera,—remarking at 
the same time, however, that they did not seem to him separable by 
sufficient characters. Later authors, with few exceptions (mostly those _ 
who have observed the bird in nature), have referred it to A. herodias, 
either as simply a particular plumage of that species or as an abnormal 
variation. Professor Baird has himself suggested the possibility of its 
being a hybrid between A. occidentalis and A. herodias. 

The bird named A. wiirdemanni appears to be much less known 
than the white A. occidentalis, hence we may infer that the white plum- 
age is the rule, and the colored plumage the exception. Audubon found 
his A. occidentalis in immense numbers amongst the keys and mangrove- 
lined shores of South Florida, but he was entirely ignorant of the exist- 
ence of A. wiirdemanni. Even sudsequent observers in Florida have 
found the latter to be exceedingly rare, if, indeed, they discovered it at 
all. As long ago as 1864, however, it was well known as a Jamaican 
bird to Mr. Thomas H. March, who thus writes of it in his “ Notes on 
the Birds of Jamaica”, published in the Proceedings of the Academy of 
Natural Sciences (1864, p. 64) :-— 

975, Ardea wiirdemannti ?—The White-crowned Heron is in the upper 
plumage very like the preceding [A. herodias], but has the crown and 
occipital elongated feathers white; the under parts white, streaked with 
black; the breast bluish black, with bluish gray or ashy on the sides. 


RIDGWAY ON AMERICAN HERODIONES. 235 


Length nearly 50 inches, expanse 75 or more, flexure 21, leg 8, middle 
tee about 13 [!*], thigh 9, bill 64, greenish brown above, yellowish be- 
neath. 

‘The fishermen and gunners on the coast say this is the male of the 
preceding species [ A. herodias| in sammer plumage, but, from two speci- 
mens I have collected I think they are quite distinct.” 

As a Florida bird it has more recently been recorded by Mr. J. Francis 
Le Baron, C. E., who announces, in the number of Rod and Gun for No- © 
vember 11, 1876 (p. 83), the capture of a specimen of this bird near the 
head of Indian River, Florida, in March, 1875. His account is as fol- 
lows: — 

. “By carefully paddling ‘the boat around the points I surprised 
and shot a few Grebes and Gallinules and was fortunate enough to see, 
through the grass, at one of the points, a large heron standing in the 
water. I at once fired and shot it and upon examination soon found 
that it differed from any previously obtained. It was a beautiful bird, 
of a bluish ash-color above, with reddish on the wings and legs. The 
head was pure white with a black spot in the centre of the forehead, 
and with long white plumes on the head bending gracefully back. The 
throat was also white streaked on the sides with black and red. It 
measured sixty inches in length, and proved to be the rare Florida or 
Wiirdemann’s Heron (Ardea wiirdemannit) of which only two specimens, 
it is believed, had ever been taken before. The capture of this elegant 
bird well repaid all the hardships of the previous night.” 

The last record of A. *‘wtrdemanni’’ is, I believe, that by Mr. E.. Ww. 
Nelson, in the Bulletin of the Essex Institute (Dec. 1876, p. 151), where it 
is given as an inhabitantof the Lower Wabash Valley, in Illinois and Indi- 
ana, on the strength of a communication to that effect from myself. I ob- 
served the bird at the Grand Rapids, near Mount Carmel, Illinois, at inter- 
vals between the 11th and 22d of September, 1876; but whether there were 

several specimens, or whether merely the same individual was seen sev- 
eral times, I am not certain, although circumstances favored the former 
supposition. The bird was observed, generally in the afternoon, stand- 
ing in the shallow water of the rapids in the middle of the river (here 
about 1,200 feet wide), entirely out of shotgun range from either shore. 
Even from this distance it was readily distinguishable from the Common 
Blue Heron (A. herodias), numbers of which waded ‘about in other parts 
of the river, by its superior size, generally lighter plumage, and con- 
spicuously white head—there being no black whatever visible. The 
only chance to approach it was by taking advantage of the remains of 
an old dam, which reached out from the shore nearly to where the bird 
was standing; this was accomplished with such success that the bird 
was approached to within some fifty yards, from which point such a satis- 
factory view was obtained as to leave no doubt whatever that it was 


* An evident error. 
t In the original, these names are spelled “‘ Windeman’s Heron (Ardea windemani)”. 


236 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


the true wiirdemanni, the writer being perfectly familiar with the char- 
acters of the species, having many times handled the type-specimen. 
Owing to the excitement of the moment, and perhaps also to the distance, 
a shot at the bird as it flew was uneffectual; and the attempt of a friend, on 
another occasion, to kill it (or another individual) under the same circum- 
stances only resulted in severely wounding it, when it managed to reach 
the opposite shore, where it alighted in the top of a tall dead tree upon 
the bank of theriver. During the past summer (June, 1877), the writer 
visited the cypress-swamps about three miles from the scene of the 
above, in order to determine, if possible, whether A. wiirdemanni was 
to be found in the vicinity of a large colony of A. herodias, which had 
been frequented for years by these birds. The result was unsatisfactory ; 
for although one which was believed to be this species was shot at on 
the wing and fatally wounded, it did not fall until so far from us that it 
could not be found, although it was heard to crash through the branches 
and strike heavily upon the ground. , 

From the above it may be reasonably inferred that while the bird 
known as Wiirdemann’s Heron exists in very few collections, it is of 
more frequent occurrence and wider distribution than has generally 
been supposed. It is also equally probable that it is nothing more nor 
less than the normal or colored phase of plumage of Ardea occidentalis 
Aud. From what is known of the other species in which dichromatism 
is apparent, it becomes evident that this condition is developed in a 
peculiar way in almost every species. Thus, in Demiegretta sacra and 
Dichromanassa rufa, individuals are white or colored, as the case may 
be, from the nest up, while examples at all intermediate are excessively 
rare. In Florida cerulea, on the other hand, specimens to some degree 
intermediate are very numerous ; it is also a peculiarity of this species 
that it seems never to be blue in its first plumage, many individuals 
which are white in youth changing to blue later in life, while others re- 
tain through life the colors they first assumed! Who, then, in view of 
these facts can offer reasonable objection to the theory that Ardéa occi- 
dentalis is likewise represented by two distinct phases of plumage, of 
which the white is by far the more common, the normal or colored 
phase (‘‘wurdemanni”) being very rare—perhaps becoming extinct? I 
am not aware that Herodias egretta is ever any color but pure white all 
over; nor have I ever seen a white specimen of Ardea herodias ; yet of 
this latter species I have seen an example whose plumage was charac- 
terized by the admixture of white feathers. Tbis circumstance may 
have no more important significance than a mere individual tendency 
to albinism ; but I am inclined to look upon it rather as denoting either 
the dawn or close of an era of dichromatism—upon which the species 
may be just now entering, or may have recently left. 


RIDGWAY ON AMERICAN HERODIONES. 231 


List of specimens examined. 
a. WHITE PHASE. 


its a aay oO 

\ge| 4/1 ACHP ate at] se 
Be | 2 ao " F a |S) ce 2 
2 5) &p Locality. Date. eD So.|.8=| 2 
a z Ho a ai | aia jog] 2 s 
ae| § o fe @ | 3 jo lees! 8. il 
5 A | a e- dH SMe. a a 
OK Ue Sale dive | UONCawscce ssa es|cmmaticeincs [ecg See Ile eee eG (RAN Reel Sie alle fe ae ieee 
63840 | U.S.|} &Juv.| Florida (Indian Key) |Mar. 18] 20.00 | 8.00 | 6.40 | 1.15 | 5.80} & 75 | 5. CC 

| 

{ ; b. COLORED PHASE. 
6539 | U.S.| Juv. | Indian Key, Floridaf |...--.. NEED Fes | pegs Serene eee Sere teense ne hemes | peed 

/-8690 | U.S.} cad. South) Blortda 39) 4.5- 3|) ee 21.00 | 8.00 | 6.45 | 1.15 | 5.50 | 800 | 4.80 

| 9497 | U.S.| Juv. OTIC Ree eee selnials aercier ars |operates a ecient aclt cia aie a", ara'ejelei|\ aisaislai| ts arereiane 


*Through middle of nostril. + Length, 49.00; extent, 70.00; wing, 20.00 (Wi&rdemann). 


The measurements of the two forms as compiled from various author- 
ities may be thus compared, showing their essential agreement :— 


| 


Tixpanse of d | Middlo 
Total length. wine. Wing. Culmen. | Tarsus.) “4),. | 
pone | 
A. occidentalis ....| 45. CO—54. 00 ‘75. 00—83. 00 19. 00O—19. 50 | 6.50—6. 75 8. 50 48 | 


6. 50 SH) eanesccs 


A. wiirdemanni -..} 49. 00—50.00 (nearly)} 70.00—75. 00+ | 19. 70—21. 00 


ARDEA HERODIAS. 
The Great Blue Heron. 


Ard. a fusco, canadensis, EDWARDS, Nat. Hist. 1743-51, pl. cxxxv. 

Ardea Americe septentrionalis, Kpw. 1. ¢. 

Ash-coloured Heron from North America, EDWARDS, I. c. 

Ardea freti-hudsonis, Briss. Orn. v. 1760, 407, n. 7 (= juv.). 

Ardea virginiana cristata, Briss. t. c. 416, n. 10. 

Le Héron dela Baye de Hudson, Briss. 1. c.—V1Eu. N. D. xiv. 1817, 408. 

Ardea herodias, Linn. S. N. ed. 10, 1758, 143, n. 11 (based on Edwards, J. c.); ed. 12, i. 
1766, 237, n. 15.—Scor. Bemerk. ed. Giinth. 1770, 98, n. 118.—Gme-. S. N. I. ii. 
1788, 630, n. 15 (ex Briss. l. ¢.).—Laru. Ind. Orn. ii. 1790, 692, n. 56 (Arctic 
Zoology, ii. 234; Gen. Synop. v. 85).—BarrraM, Travels, 1791, 293.—Turt. S. 
N. i. 1806, 378 (Virginia).—Wiu1s. Am. Orn. vili. 1314, 28, pl. Ixv. f. 5.—VIBEILL. 
N. D. xiv. 1817, 408.—Temm. Man. 1i. 1820, 566.—Bonap. Journ. Phila. Acad. 
v. 1825, 59 (critical); Obs. Wils. 1825, n. 186; Ann. N. Y. Lye. ii. 1826, 304; 
Synop. 1828, 304; Comp. -List, 1838, 47; Consp. ii. 1855, 112.—Sw. & Ricu. F. 
B. A. ii. 1831, 373 (rare in far countries.)—Lmss. Traité, i. 1231, 576 (adult).— 
Nutt. Man. Water Birds, 1834, 42.—Avup. Orn. Biog. ii. 1835, 87; v. 1839, 599, 
pl. 211 ; Synop. 1839, 265; Birds Am. vi. 1843, 122, pl. cccelxix (adult).—D’ORB. 
Ois. Cuba, 1839, 199.—PEaB. Rep. Orn. Mas:. 1839, 362.—GrrauD, Birds L. I. 
1844, 276.—Darwin, Voy. Beagle, iii. Birds, 1838-41, 128 (Galapagos).—Cass. 
P. A.N. S. iii. 1846, 137 (habits) ; ib. 1860, 196 (Rio Atrato, New Granada).— 
Denney, P. Z. S. 1847, 39.—Gossz, Birds, Jam. 1847, 346.—Jarp. Contr. Orn. 
1848, 85 (Bermudas; winter resid.; sometimes whole year).— WooDH. Sitgreaves’s 
Exp. 1853, 97 (Ark.; Texas ; New Mex.).—THOMPsS. Nat. Hist. Vermont, 1853, 103, 
fig.—WaAILES, Rep. Mississippi, 1854, 321—Hartu. J. f. O. 1854, 170 (Gala- 
pagos).—HeEnry, P. A. N. S. vii. 1855, 316 (New Mexico); xi. 1855, 108 (New 
Mexico).—KEnnIcoTT, Trans. Ills. Agr. Soc. i. 1855, 587 (Illinois)—PRATTEN, 
ib. 607 (New Mexico).—Putnam, Pr. Essex Inst. i. 1856, 218 (Mass.; in sum- 
mer).—GUuUNDL. J. f. O. iv. 1856, 340 (Cuba; breeds).—NEWB. Pacilic R. R. 
Rep. vi. 1857, 97 (Calif. ; common).—THIENEM. J. f. O. 1857, 155 (Cuba 5 descr. 


238 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


egg).—Barrp, B. N. Am. 1858, 668 (entire U. 8.; West Indies.); Cat. N. Am. 
B. 1859, n. 487.—A. & HE. NewrTon, Ibis, i. 1859, 263 (St. Croix, W. I.; breed- 
ing?).—Son. & Satv. ib. 220 (Guatemala); P. Z. S. 1659, 226 (Guatemala) ; 
1870, 323 (Galapagos); 1873, 511 (Venezuela); Nom. Neotr. 1873, 125 (Mexico; 
Venezuela; Antilles).—Bryant, Pr. Bost. Soc. vii. 1859, 120 (Bahamas).—. 
Max. J. f. O. 1859, 86 (descr. etc.).—ManrTENs, ib. 219 (Bermudas).—WILLIS, ~ 
Smithsonian Rep. for 1858 (1859), 264 (Nova Scotia).—HEERMANN, Pacific 
R. R. Rep. x. 1859, pl. vi. 63 (California).—Coop. & Suck. Pacific R. R. 
Rep. xii. ii. 1860, 228 (Puget Sound).—WHEaTON, Ohio Agric. Rep. 1860, n. 185; 
ib. 1874, — (Ohio; summer; very common).—Brewer, Pr. Bost. Soe. vii. 1860, 
308 (Cuba); Pr. Boston Soc. 1875, 446.—Scu. P. Z. 8S. 1261, 81 (Jamaiea).— 
ALBRECHT, J. f. O. 1861, 155 (Bahamas).—GUNDL. ib. 333; 1862, 82 (Caba).— 
BARNARD, Smithsonian Rep. for 1860 (1861), 433 (Chester Co. Penn.).—TayYLor, 
Ibis, iv. 1862, 129 (Florida).—HaybDEN, Rep. 1862, 173.—BoarpM. Pr. Boston 
Soc. ix. 1862, 128 (Maine; common; breeds).—VERRILL, ib. 138 (Anticosti) ; Pr. 
Essex Inst. iii. 1862, 152 (Oxford Co. Maine; breeds).—Cours & PRENTISS, 
Smithsonian Rep. for 1861 (1862), 415 (Dist. Col.; in summer).—Lawr. Ann. 
Lye. N. Y. viii. 1863, 12 (Isth. Panama); ib. viii. 1864, 99 (Sombrero, W. I.); 
viii. 1866, 292 (vic. of New York City); ix. 1869, 142 (Costa Rica); ib. 210 
(Merida, Yucatan); Pr. Boston Soc. 1871, —(Tres Marias, W. Mexico; rare); 
Mem. Bost. Soc. ii, 1874, 310 (Mazatlan; Tres Marias: resident); Bull. Nat. 
Mus. n. 4, 1876, 48 (Tehuantepec City).—BLAKisTon, Ibis, v. 1863, 129 (Sas- 
katchewan).—-ALLEN, Pr. Essex Inst. iii. 1864, 76 (Massachusetts; breeds); ° 
Mem. Bost. Soc. i. 1865, 501 (Iowa); ib. 1874, 67; Bull. M. C. Z. ii. 1871, 358 
(Florida); iii. 1872, 182 (Kansas; Utah).—Marcu, Pr. A. N. 8. Phils. xvi. 
1864, 63 (Jamaica; abundant).—Satvin, Ibis, 1805, 193 (Guatemala); Trans. 
Zool. Soc. ix. 1875, 497 (Galapagos).—Hoy, Smithsonian Rep. for 1864 (1865), 
438 (Missouri).—Cougss, Pr. A. N. 8. Phila. 1866, 95 (Ft. Whipple, Arizona); 
Ibis, 1866, 263 (Colorado River); ib. 269 (Southern Calif.); Pr. Essex Inst. 
1868, 289; Pr. A.N. S. Phila. 1871, 33 (Fort Macon, N. C.); Key, 1872, 267; 
Check List, 1873, 87, n. 449; B.N. W. 1874, 517.—CaBan. J. f. O. iv. 1856, 349 
(Cuba).—DresseEr, Ibis, 1866, 31 (S. Texas).—McIzuwr. Pr. Essex Inst. v. 
1866, 91.—ButcHeEr, Pr. A. N. S. Phila. 1868, 156 (Laredo, Texas).—Brown, 
Ibis, iv. 1868, 424 (Vancouver I.).— SuNDEV. Oefyv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1869, 589. 
(St. Bartholomew, W. I.).—Coorrer, Am. Nat. iii. 1869, 82.—STEARNEs, ib. 
401.—Turns. B. E. Penn. 1869, 37; Phila. ed. 28.—FRANTzIUS, J. f. O. 1869, 
376 (Costa Rica).—DaLtt & Bann. Tr. Chicago Acad. i. 1869, 289 (Sitka; 
rare).—Mayn. Nat. Guide, 1870, 143 (Mass.); Pr. Boston Soc. 1871, — (New 
Hampshire); xiv, 1872, 383.—Gray, Handlist, iii. 1871, 27, n. 10104 (United 
States; West Indies)—Triprr, Pr. Boston Soc. xv. 1872, 240 (lowa).—AIKEN, 
ib. 209.—GRayYSON, ib. 285 (Tres Marias).—Ripcw. Am. Nat. vi. 1872, 731; 
Bull. Essex Inst. Jan. 1375, 39 (Nevada); Field and Forest, June, 1877, 211 
(Colorado); Orn. 40th Par. 187—, 327, 330, 341, 369, 390, 616 (Sacramento, Cal.; 
Truckee Valley, Nevada: breeding on “The Pyramid”, Pyramid Lake).— 
Snow, Birds Kansas, 1873, 9.—TRIpPE, Pr. Bost. Soc. xvi, 1873, 240.—Scort, 
ib. 227.—MERRIAM, U. S. Geol. Survey Terr. 1873, 715; Am. Nat. 1874, 89.— 
HENSHAW, Ann. Lyc. N. Y. xi. June, 1874,— (Utah; resident); Orn. Wheeler’s 
Survey, 1875, 464 (Lowell, Ariz.); ib. 1876, 273 (coast Southern Cal.; abun- 
dant).—NELSON, Bull. Essex Inst. viii, Dec. 1876, 131, 153 (N. E. Ills. Apr. to 
Dee.).—Bouc. Cat. Av. 1876, 49, n. 1373 (N. Am.; W. I.).—Lanepon, Cat. 
Birds Cine. 1877, 15. 

Ardeola herodias, ALBRECHT, J. f. O. 1862, 206 (Jamaica).—HurpIs, Contr. Orn. 1850, 11 
(Bermudas ; resid.; breeds). 

Ardea hudsonias, Linn. S. N. i. 1766, 238, n. 18 (based on Ardea freli-hudsonis, Briss. l. 
c.).—GMEL. 8. N. I. ii. 1788, 632, n. 18.—Laru. Ind. Orn. ii. 1790, 693, 0. 57,.— 
Tort. S. N. i. 1806, 379 (Red-shouldered Heron ; North America). 


RIDGWAY ON AMERICAN HERODIONES. 239 


Red-shouldered Heron, Latu. Synop. iii. 1785, 86 (quotes Ardea hudsonias, Linn. 1. c.; Le 
Héron de la Baye de Hudson, Briss, 1. c. et Buff. 1. c-—Ash-coloured Heron, from 
America, Edw. J. ¢.).— PENN. Arct. Zool. ii. 1785, 444, n. 342. 

The Great Bluish Grey Crested Heron, BARTRAM, Travels, 1791, 293. 

Great Heron, Nutr. Man. Water Birds, 1834, 42. 

The Great Blue Heron, Aub. l. c. et auct. 

Grand Héron d@ Amérique, D’ORB. 1. ¢. 

Heéron cendré, LESSON, l. c. 

Grand Héron bleu, Lx Morne, Ois. Canad. 1861, 330.* 


Hazs.—United States and Middle America; abundant from coast to 
coast. West Indies. South to the Galapagos (Darwin, Hartl., Scl. & 
Salv., Salv.); Panama (Lawr.); Rio Atrato, New Granada (Cassin); Ven- 
ezuela (Sel. & Salv.). North to Nova Scotia (Willis); Hudson’s Bay 
(Brisson); Saskatchewan (Blakiston) ; ‘Fur Countries”, very rare (Sw. 
& Rich.); Sitka, rare (Dall & Bannist.); and Vancouver Island (Brown). 
Costa Rica (von Frantzius, Lawr.). Other localities quoted are, Guate- 
mala (Salv.); Merida, Yucatan, and Isthmus of Tehuantepec (Lavr.) 5. 
Tres Marias Islands (Grayson); Bahamas (Bryant, Albrecht); Bermudas 
(Martens) ; Cuba, breeds (Gundl., Caban., Thienem.); Jamaica, abundant 
(Gosse, March); Saint Croix (Newton, Scl. & Salv.); Saint Bartholomew 
(Sundevall) ; Sombrero (Lawrence). 

Adult.—Length, about 42.00-50.00; extent, 72.00; weight, 5to 8 pounds. 
Forehead and central feathers of the crown pure white; sides of crown 
and whole of the occiput, including the long plumes, blue-black. Chin, 
throat,and malar region pure white. Neck lavender-gray, fading gradu- 
ally above into the white of cheeks and throat. Foreneck witha narrow 
medial series of black and ferruginous dashes mixed with white; lower 
neck-plumes pale lavender-gray. Lateral jugular tufts uniform blue- 
black; breast and abdomen black, this almost uniform laterally, but the 
middle feathers with broad medial stripes of white. Crissum white, the 
feathers sometimes edged with rufous. . Tibial feathers deep chestnut- 
rufous, not growing conspicuously paler toward the body. Upper 


* The following citations have been referred to this species, but I think they had 
_ best be assigned to the “ undeterminable” category :— 
Ardea cristata maxima americana, CaTESBY, Carolina, i. 1754, App. pl. 10.—SELIGM. 
Samml. 1749-76, tab. eviil. (Virginia). 
Largest Crested Heron, CATESBY, l. c. 
Le grand Héron hupé, CaTESBY, I. ¢. 

[This is either an entirely mythical species, or else the figure and descrip- 
tion are drawn from recollection. The figure quoted above is absolutely unlike 
any known American bird, Heron or Crane, while the description, which says, 
“ Length more than five feet; bill full eight inches long”, cannot be made to 
apply to Ardea herodias. Although Linnzus quotes Catesby among his cita- 
tions under 4. herodias, his description, which is based on Edwards’s Ardea 
fusca canadensis, is perfectly applicable to the adult of A. herodias. Various 
names have been based on Catesby’s figure and description; but though it is 
obviously unnecessary to repeat them here, since I have them at hand they 
may as well be submitted :—] 

Great Heron, LaTH. Synop. iii. 1785, 85.—PENNANT, Arct. Zool. ii. 1785, 443, n. 341. © 
Le Héron huppé de Virginie, ViEILL. Nouv. Dict. xiv. 1817, 415. 
Grand Héron d@ Amérique, VIEILL. l. c. 


249 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


parts fine slate-blue, the dorsal and scapular plumes paler, more pearl- 
gray—the lightness of the tint proportionate to the length of the plume; 
remiges black, the inner secondaries growing gradually more slaty, so 
that the innermost are scarcely darker than the tertials. Tail deep 
slate-blue, a shade darker than the tertials. Entire border of the wing, 
from the armpit to the metacarpo-phalangeal joint, rich purplish-rufous, 
scarcely mixed anywhere with white, and much the widest at the bend, 

Wing, 17.90-20.00; tail, 7.30-8.00; culmen, 4.30-6.25; depth of bill, 
through middle of nostril, 0.85-1.10; naked portion of tibia, 3.50-5.70; 
tarsus, 6.00-3.25; middle toe, 3.50-4.70. [Extremes of 17 adult speci- 
mens.] Bill olive above, the culmen blackish; lower mandible wax- 
yellow, brighter terminally (sometimes wholly yellow); iris bright yel- 
low; bare loral space cobalt-blue in spring, olive-greenish or yellowish 
after breeding season. Legs and feet dusky-black throughout. 

Young.—Above slate-gray (less bluish than in the adult), destitute of 
any penicillate plumes; anterior lesser wing-coverts bordered terminally 
with light rufous; border of the wing (broadly) white, more or less 
tinged with rufous, especially at and near the bend, where this color pre- 
vails. Entire pileum, including all the occipital feathers, blackish-slate, 
with a narrow median crest of more elongated darker-colored feathers, 
with pale fulvous shaft-streaks. Cheeks dark grayish; malar region, 
chin, and throat only, pure white. Neck dull gray, sometimes tinged 
with rufous, some of the feathers with indistinctly lighter shaft-streaks; 
foreneck with a narrow longitudinal series of black, rutous, and whitish 
dashes, much as in the adult. Breast and abdomen broadly striped 
with dark cinereous and white, in nearly equal amount (sometimes suf- 
fused with rufous). Tibizw very pale rufous, sometimes almost white; 
crissum white. Upper mandible black, paler, or horn-color, along the 
tomium; lower, pale pea-green, deepening into clear horn-yellow on 
terminal half; eyelids and horizontal space on lore light apple-green ; 
iris gamboge-yellow; tibiz and soles of toes, apple-green; rest of legs 
and feet black.* 

Geographical and individual variations.—So far as is indicated by the 
ratherscant material before me (17 adult specimens), there is little, if any, 
variation in proportions or colors which can be considered strictly geo- 
graphical. specially is this so with regard to dimensions and relative 
measurements of different parts in an individual,—a fact which is clearly 
shown by the annexed table of carefully-made measurements. The 
typical style, indeed, prevails with such uniformity that of the seventeen 
specimens now before me, only four differ in any noteworthy respect 
from the average style. These “aberrant” examples are the follow- 
ing :— 

No. 68300, from Florida, is decidedly the largest in the whole series, 
its general size almost equalling that of A. occidentalis. ‘The bill also 
approaches quite nearly to that of the latter species, both in size and 


*Notes taken from fresh specimen [No. 1050, Coll. R. R., Q juv., Mount Carmel, 
Illinois, Sept. 26, 1870. Length, 42.00; expanse, 68.50]. 


, 


RIDGWAY ON AMERICAN HERODIONES. 241 


form. Incolors, however, it is true herodias, so far as essential characters 
are concerned, the head-pattern being exactly as in typical specimens 
of that species; the abdomen with black largely prevailing, ete. The 
only obvious difference from ordinary specimens of the species consists 
in the peculiar plumage of the neck, which at first sight appears to be 
white throughout. A close examination, however, reveals the fact that 
the feathers are very much worn or abraded, and that wherever they 
are least so a lavender-gray tinge is distinctly visible! Now, if we ex- 
amine closely the neck-plumage of typical A. herodias, we find that it is 
only the surface which has this lavender-gray color, the concealed portion 
of the feathers being whitish ; so that the white eppearance of the neck 
in this specimen is thus readily accounted for. As probably indicating 
a tendency to albinism, it may be remarked that there are in this spe- 
cimen many pure white feathers mixed through the rump and upper tail- 
coverts. 

The most important specimen of all, since its peculiarities are real, 
and not merely apparent, is No. 8065, from Mexico, also an adult. This 
example represents the opposite extreme in size from that just noticed, 
being much the smallest in the whole series. As to plumage, it is 
. typical A. herodias. The shades of color are very deep and dark through- 
out, however, though not more so than 4524, from Cape Flattery, 
W. T., which almost exactly resembles it in this respect. The neck of 
this specimen is of precisely the same shade as that of A. occidentalis 
(* etirdemannt”). The chief peculiarity of this specimen is that the bill 
is throughout of a clear bright yellow, whereas in true herodias only 
part of the lower mandible is of this color, the upper being mainly 
dusky. Should this latter character, taken together with the very small 
size, prove constant in Mexican adult specimens, they may rank as 
a geographical race, for which the term ‘ Ardea lessoni” Bonap. would 
probably have to be employed. 

The Cape Flattery specimen alluded to above agrees exactly with the. 
Mexican specimen as to colors, but its proportions are very peculiar 
Thus, while the wing is above the average length and the tail up to the 
maximum, the bill is considerably below the average, being smallest of all 
except that of the Mexican specimen; the tibia and tarsus represent 
the minimum length, while the middle toe is shorter than that of any 
other in the entire series! 

The only other specimen in the collection, worth mentioning in this 
connection is No. 33134, Cape Saint Lucas. This specimen, also an 
adult, is remarkable simply on account of its very light colors. There 
is an unusual predominance of white on the breast and jugulam, and 
the colors generally (excepting, of course, the black) are two or three 
shades lighter than in the average. Its measurements, as may be seen 
by the table, come near the maximum. In these peculiarities, however, 
we see only the result of an extremely dry and hot climate, the bleach- 
ing effect of which is plainly visible in all the birds of brown or grayish 

Bull. iv. No. 1—16 


242 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. © 


plumage* in that region of continued droughts, which embraces, besides 
the peninsula of Lower California, the whole of the desert region of 
the Southwestern United States and Western Mexico. 

Younger specimens (probably in the second year), of which No. 12670 is 
a fair example, have the forehead dusky-slate, there being only a few 
white feathers in the crown; the cheeks strongly tinged with baff. The 
specimen alluded to is equally dark with that from Cape Flattery, W. 
T., and that from Mexico. 

Seasonal variations.—Although the plumage of this species is essen- 
tially the same throughout the year, there are certain differences depend- 
ing on the season which are worthy of note. In the spring, or at the 
commencement of the breeding season, the bill, except on the culmen, 
is almost entirely yellow (generally a wax-yellow, brighter on the lower 
mandible) ; and the bare orbital space cobalt-blué, while from the occiput 
grow two long, slender, pendant, black plumes. <After the young are 
hatched, these plumes are dropped, the bare skin around the eye has 
changed to a yellowish-green hue, and the upper mandible become 
almost wholly dusky blackish-olive, with only the tomia and lower 
mandible yellowish. Of some twenty specimens killed June 11, 1877, 
at the Little Cypress Swamp, of Knox Co., Indiana, none had the white | 
occipital plumes, while the bill and orbits were colored as last stated 
above. These birds were all shot at their breeding grounds, where 
were about one hundred and fifty occupied nests, mostly contaiping 
full-grown young.+ Dissection of numerous specimens proved that no 
appreciable difference exists between the sexes, except in the smaller 
average size of the females. A male killed at Washington, D. C., April 
9, 1875, and consequently in perfect p'umage, bad the bill and soft parts” 
colored as follows :—Bill dull wax-yellow, brighter on the lower mandi- 
ble; bare orbital space cobalt-blue; iris bright chrome-yellow; legs 
black, the tibiz inclining to brownish ; soles of tces dull grayish naples- 
yellow. A female obtained in spring at Mount Carmel, Ill., was simi- 
larly colored. 

Nine of the specimens alluded to above averaged about seven pounds 
in weight, the maximum being a little less than eight, and the mini- 
mum over six. Although busily engaged in feeding their very vora- 
cious young, they were in good condition. } ‘ 


*In birds of black, red, or other brilliant colors, these tints are intensified, rather 
than diluted, in such climates! 

t These nests were all on very large and tall “Sycamore” trees (Platanus occidentalis), 
mostly at a height of about 90 to 100 feet from the ground, many of them higher; none 
were accessible. The Herons had apparently chosen these trees in preference to the 
equally tall cypresses, oaks, gums, etc., on account of the protective color of the 
branches, whose pale drab or silver-gray aspect corresponded so perfectly in color with 
the prevailing hue of the birds that it was quite impossible to distinguish them from 
creoked upright branches when they sat perfectly quiet, as was usually the case. In 
fact, all those shot were killed either on the wing or just after alighting. 


RIDGWAY ON AMERICAN HERODIONES. — 243 


List of. specimens examined. 


| & 


a S 
‘ 2 
8 8 ze} 
2 = 3 
Sines rel 8 
=} x Locality. Date. ae | 8 ¢ 
: GO ~ 
5 = eats q oe S a 2 
a s eo — q = oO r 5 us} 
‘a = eI = =) H Hi cs) 
= i?) io} 5 3) 3 a om 
P= D Fiag|osa ala] & 
4524 Cape Flattery, Wash. Ter..}........-...-|19.50| 8.00 | 4.80 | 0.95 | 3.50 | 6.00 | 3.50 
8065 Me@xiCO 28 34. Soh eset eu| sant ceaere 17.90) 7.50 | 4.30 | 0.85 | 4.00 | 6.00 | 3.75 
9472 Sacramento Valley........-|.--.--------- 19.00} 7. 30 | 5.50 | 1.00 | 4.30 | 7.15 | 4.25 
12670 Potomao River... -.<- 4) ee soe oct sk 18. 80}...--- 5.50 | 1.00 | 3.50 | 6.50 | 3.90 
15352 Oreo fata see celeste nna cect ie aaetene 19. 40)---.-. 5. 70 | 1.00 | 4.75 | 7.00 | 4.10 
33634 Cape Saint Lucas -..-.-.---|..-...-2-2--- 19.90) 7.75 | 5.80 | 1.00 | 4.50 | 7.00 | 4.25 
39081 Hilton HERS Cr ssre gh. case ek ee ee 19.00) 7.70 | 5 33 | 0.95 | 4.70 | 7.50 | 4.15 
PRS RS SS LG chs etme osoreeie eke 7.50 | 6.30 | 1.05 | 5.70 | 8.25.| 4.70 
8.00 | 5.75 | 1.00 | 4.75 |-7.30 | 4.45 
7%. 80 |} 6.00 | 0.95 | 4.25 -| 6.85 | 4.35 
8.00 | 5.70 | 1.05 | 4.30 | 7.00 | 4.10 
7.80 | 5.70 | 1.05 | 4.20 | 7.00 | 4.350 
8.00 | 5.70 | 1.00 } 5.00 | 7.25 ! 4.35 
8.00 | 5.60 | 1.05 | 4.65 | 7.50 | 4.25 
8.00 | 5.80 | 1.00 | 4.60 | 7.20 | 4.25 
BRADY Ee aeh DOO PAROD Weeae se prsete see 
BAS oa CE DON AT AES Serene |e eam tee 
7.80 | 6.25 | 1.10 | 4.70 | 8.00 | 4.25 
8.00 | 5.50 | 0.95 | 3.50 | 6.75 | 4.20 


NotTE.—The above measurements are only those of the adulé specimens in the National Museum. 
Additional specimens in other collections have been examined in this connection. 


ARDEA CINEREA. 


The Common Heron of Europe. 


Common Heron, WILLUGH. Orn. 1678, 277, pl. xlix.—Ray, Synop. Av. 1710, A. 1.—-AL- 
BIN, Nat. Hist. Birds, i. 1738, pl. lxvii—Latu. Synop. iii. 1785, 83; Suppl. ii. 
303, n. 14.—PENNANT, Arct. Zool. ii. 1785, 444, n. 343 (part: includes A. hero- 
dias; Brit. Zool. ii. 1812, 10, n. 173, pl. iii—Monrae. Orn. Dict. 1812, —.— 
SELBY, Brit. Orn. ii. 1833, 11.—YARRELL, Brit. Birds, ed. 2, ——, 508, figs; ed. 
3, li. ——, 537, fig. 

Le Héron, Briss. Orn. y. 1760, .392, pl. xxxiv.—BuFFr. Ois. vii. 1770-86, 396, pl. xix. 
Pl. Enl. pl. 787 (juv. /). 

Iz Héron hupé, Briss. Orn. v. 1760, 396. pl. xxxv.—BuFF. Ois. vii, 1770-86, 342; Pl. Enl. 
pl. 755 (adult !). 

Ardea cinerea, LINN. Fauna Suec. 1746, 59; S. N. i. 1766, 236.—Brtnwn. Orn. Bor. 1764, 
156.—Scoprout, Ann. i. 1769, n. 117.—MULumR, Prod. Zool. Dan. 1776, 22.— 
Friscu, Vog. Deutschl. 1739-63, 199.—FaBr. Faun. Grenl. 1780, 106 (Green- 
land!).—GmMeE.. 8. N. iii. 1788, 627.—LatH. Ind. Orn. 1791, 691.—TEMmM. Man. 
Orn. 1815, 362.—Lxacu, Syst. Cat. Mamm. and Birds B. M. 1816, 33.— FLEMING, 
Brit. Anim. 1828, 95.—BrEuM, Vog. Deutschl. 1731, 580.—Naum. Vog. Deutschl. 
ix. 1838, 24, t. 220.—JENYNS, Man. Brit. Vert. An. 1835, 186.—EyTon, Cat. Brit. 
B. 1836, 36.—GouLD, Birds Eur. 1837, pl. 273.—Bonap. Comp. List, 1838, 47; 
Consp. ii. 1855, 111 (Europe; Asia; Africa).—Krys. & Biasius, Wirb. Eur. 
1840, 79.— ScHLEG. Rev. Crit. 1844, 96.—Maceiiv. Man. N. H. Orn. ii. 1840, 
128.—Gray, Genera B. iii. 1841, 555; Cat. Brit. Birds, 1863, 145; Handlist, 
lii. 1871, 26, n. 10099 (Europe; Nubia; Abyssinia; India; China; 8. Australia; 
New South Wales).—WoOLLEY, Contr. Orn. 1850, 109 (Faroé I.).—IrBy, Ibis, 
lii. 1861, 244 (India).—REINHARDT, Ibis, 1861, 9 (Nenortalik, Greenland).— 
Swinu. ib. 343 (North China).—Boucarp, Cat. Av. 1876, 49, n. 1368 (Europe ; 
India; Australia). 

Ardea major, Linn. 8. N. i. 1766, 236 (quotes Ardea cinerea major, WILL. Orn. 203, t. 49; 
Ray, Ay. 98.—Ardea alia, GESN. Av. 219, t. 220; ALDR. Orn. 3, 333.—Ardea cris- 


244 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


tata, Briss. Av. 5, 396, t. 35; ALB. Av. i. 59, t. 67).—Scopo.t, Ann. i. 1769, n. 
117.—Kram. Elench. 1756, 346, n. 4.—Friscu, Zool. Deutschl. 1739-63, 199.— 
GMEL. S. N. ii. 1788, 627. 

Ardea cineracea, BREHM, VOz. Deutschl. 1831, 580. 

Ardea rhenana, SANDER. Naturf. xiii. ——, 195. 

Heron, BEwICck, Brit. Birds, ii. 1804, 37, fier 

Hab.—Palearctic Region in general, excepting extreme northern por- 
tions. Accidental in South Greenland (abr. l. ¢.; Reinhardt, l. ¢.; New- 
ton, 1. ¢.); India (Auct.); Australia (Avuct.). 

Adult.—Forehead and centre of pileum pure white; sides of crown. 
and occipital plumes deep black; rest of head wholly white. Neck 
light cinereous, with a very faint lavender tinge, gradually fading into 
the white of the head; the front part with a narrow longitudinal series 
of black dashes on a white ground. Upper parts bluish-gray, the pen- 
icillate piumes of the back and scapulars much lighter or pale pearl- 
gray. Border of the wing pure white; antaxillar tufts deep blue-black. © 
Sides aud flanks uniform pale blue-gray. Medial lower parts white, 
heavily striped laterally with blue-black. Tibis and crissum pure 
white. 

Wing, 18.50; tail, 8.00; culmen, 4.80; depth of bill through middle 
of nostril, 0.85; bare tibia, 3.25; tarsus, 6.25; middle toe, 3.80. [No. 

57006; Europe.| 

Juv. + pileat deep ash- -oray ; occipital plumes black. Neck ash- 
gray, the front with a narrow longitudinal series of black and rufous 
dashes, mixed with white, the former predominating. Upper parts 
uniform slate-gray, destitute of penicillate plumes. Malar region, chin, 
and throat white. Antaxillar tufts white, tipped with a rusty tinge. 
Edge of the wing and entire lower pails wholly white, tinged with buff. 
[No. 57007 ; Euarope.| 

eeinrhs The above list of synonyms of this common European 
species is not so complete as might be; but since it claims a place in the 
American fauna solely on account of its accidental occurrence in Green- 
land, enough references are given to answer the present purpose. The 
descriptions are taken from European examples, the only ones in the 
National collection. 

List of specimens examined. 


57, 006 United States. Adult. Europe. 
57, 007 United States. Juy. Europe. 


ARDEA COCOI. 


The Great Cocoi Heron. 


Cocoi, Marcar. Hist. Bras. 1648, 209.—WiLLuGH. Orn. 1678, 284, pl. lii—PIson, Bras. 
—., 89.—Ray, Synop. Av. 1710, 100, n. 15.—LatH. Synop. iii. i. 1785, 98, n. 71, 

Blue Heron, AuB1n, Nat. Hist. Birds, 1738, iii. t. 79 ( fide Gmel.). 

Ardea cerulescens, ALBIN, t. c. 32, t. 79 (fide Linn.).—VIEILL. Nouv. Dict. xiv. 1817, 413 
(based on Héron plombé, Azara). 

Ardea cayennensis cristata, BRIss. Orn. v. 1760, 400, n. 3. 

Le Héron hupé du Cayenne, BRIss. l. ¢. 

Le Soco, Burr. Ois. vii. 1770-86, 379. 


RIDGWAY ON AMERICAN HERODIONES. 245 


Ardea secunda, TETR. Antill. ii. ——, 273, t. 246 (fide Linn. ; Gmel.). 

Ardea cocoi, Linn. S. N. i. 1766, 237.—Gm et. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 629.—Laru. Ind. Orn. 1791, 
699.—Lsss. Traité, i. 1831, 576 (Cayenne; Guadeloupe).—Bonapr. Consp. ii. 
1850, 110 (Cayenne ; Brazil; Paraguay ; Patagonia).—Burm. Th. Bras, iii. 1856, 
415; La Plata Reise, ii. ——, 508.—ScL. & Satv. P. Z. S. 1866, 199 (Upper and 
Lower Ucayali); iv. 1869, 634 (Conchitas, Buenos Ayres) ; 1873, 305 (Ucayali, 
Huallaga, and Pebas, E. Peru); 1866, 199; 1867, 979; Nom. Neotr. 1873, 125 
(whole of South America).—Gray, Handlist, iii. 1871, 27, n. 10103 (Brazil).— 
BovucaRpD, Catal. Avium, 1876, 49, n. 1372 (Brazil). ALLEN, Bull. Essex, Inst. 
1876, 82 (Santarem, Brazil). 

Ardea fuscicollis, VieILL. Nouv. Dict. xiv. 1817, 410 (Paraguay ; = juv. /). 

Ardea soco, VIEILL. t. c. 423 (ex Lath.). 

? Ardea major, FRAZER, P. Z. S. 1843, 116 (S. Chile). 


HazB.—South America in general, from Patagonia to Cayenne. Not 
recorded from the Pacific slope north of Chile (?). 

Adult——Entire pileum, from bill to occiput, including the postocular 
region, as well as the long occipital plumes, deep blue-black ; rest of the 
head and whole neck pure white, the foreneck with a narrow longitudinal 
series of blue-black dashes. Upper surface pearl-gray, gradually fading 
into white on the lower wing-coverts; penicillate tips of the dorsal and 
scapular plumes also white; remiges bluish-slate; rectrices pearl-gray. 
Breast and abdomen deep blue-black, with broad stripes of pure white 
mnedially ; tibize, crissum, and edge of the wing pure white. 

Wing, 18.50-19.50 ; tail, 8.25-8.50; culmen, 5.85-6.75; depth of Dill, 

through middle of nostril, 1.10-1.20; bare portion of tibia, 4.00-5.00 ; 
tarsus, 7.20-8.00; middle toe, 4.50-4. 80, 
Vena. Tanitine pileum dull black; rest of head white; neck pale 
cinereous, the foreneck with a narrow longitudinal ebvies of black 
dashes. Upper parts uniform dark cinereous, without any penicillate 
plumes; remiges slate-black (much darker than in the adult). Lower 
parts plain cinereous laterally, white medially, with narrow stripes of 
dusky. Tibiz ashy- siaibey crissum pure white. [No. 73070; Para- 
guay.] 

In the National collection is a specimen of this species from Patagonia, 
which differs in several very appreciable respects from the typical style, 
and probably represents a distinct race. It is much larger than any of 
the other specimens (exceeding in some of its measurements even the 
maximum of A. occidentalis), while there are several important peculi- 
arities in the coloration. The forehead has a distinct white patch ex- 
tending back in the middle portion for about 1.75 inches, and bordering 
each side of the crown in a gradually diminishing narrow line to above 
the middle of the eye. Of this white there is nut even a trace in true 
cocot. In the latter, the pearl-gray of the lesser wing-coverts gradually 
whitens toward the anterior edge of the wing ; but in this specimen the 
ash is of a uniform shade, bounded abruptly by a white anterior border. 
There is likewise a much greater amount of white on the lower parts, 
this color very largely predominating, while black prevails in the typical 
form. Other differences, but of less importance, might also be men- 
tioned. 


246 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Without more specimens, however, or without further information, I 
hesitate to give this form a new name. Bonaparte (Consp. il. p. 110) 
quotes “major ? Molina” among the synonyms of A. cocoi, and further 
remarks,—* Specimina brasiliensia minora. Specimina ex Montevideo 
majora.” It is quite likely, although no mention is made of any 
differences in coloration, that Bonaparte had in view the race whose 
distinctive characters have just been given, and that some name may 
be found, perhaps Molina’s *‘major”, applicable to this larger, white- 
fronted, Southern race.* 

List of specimens examined. 


| 


g {Ss 
A g a | ¢ : 
ep ay est ® 
ee { 3 . SH 40 a = 
oa I i=) - Locality. FI Sin ietaeenl een il S2 
CR 5 q « oO st aa 5 = 
— ® 3 o on g ce ® n 3 
= 3 ~ a I rae i a us} 
ss 5 is 3 na oS 5 y % I ig 
Oo a | an a E Sheet) ly abies H | 4 
LOvSoL NOS 4 PCAC hile a5 S228 ses Sho oalescusdes 19. 10))).-<-2 5.85 | 1.00 | 5.00 | 8.00 |.4. 30 
45,799 | U.S } Ad. | Conchitas, Buenos_ ; 
ASO three oe ER A ae ea 18.50 | 8.50 | 6.30 | 1.12 | 5.00 | 8.CO | 4.F0 
55, 886 | U.S NA: sosasdo tossed facie ee ean tear 1850 | 8.25) 5.25 | 1.10 |22 ee 7.20 | 4.50 
66,611} U.S | Ad. | Patagonia....-..-....-|/.--..--: 19.50 | 8.50 | 6.75 | 1.20 | 4.00 | 8.00 | 4.50 
Co OCONEE Si eh Ue | Paraguay: sascecwcee| eee eel pease ae lest Sab Pe D222 A ASD a ae ee 


DESCRIPTION OF TWO NEW AMERICAN GENERA OF ARDEID Ai. 


Genus DICHROMANASSA, Ridgway. 
< Egretta, Bonar. Comp. List, 1838, —-. (Nec Bonap. 1831.) 
< Herodias, Bonar. Consp. ii. 1855, 125. (Nec Boie, 1822.) 
< Demiegretta, BatRD, Birds N. Am. 1858, 662. (Nec Blyth, 1846.) 
< Florida, BoucarD, Catal. Av.1876, 50. (Nec Baird, 1858. ) 
< Ardea, Aucr. (Nec Linn. 1766.) ; 
= Dichromanassa, Ripaw. MS. (Type Ardea rufa Bodd.) 

GEN. CH.—Medium-sized Herons, of uniform white or plumbeous 
plumage, with (adult) or without (young) cinnamon-colored head and 
neck; the form slender, the toes very short and the legs very long; 
the adults with the entire head and neck (except throat and foreneck) 
covered with long, narrowly-lanceolate, compact-webbed feathers, which 
on the occiput form an ample crest, the feathers of which are very 
narrowly lanceolate and decurved. 

Bill much longer than the middle toe (about two-thirds the tarsus), 
the upper and lower outlines almost precisely similar in contour, being 
nearly parallel along the middle portion, where slightly approximated ; 
the terminal portion of both culmen and gonys gently and about equally 
curved. Mental apex extending to a little more than one-third the dis- 
tance from the middle of the eye to the tip of the bill, or to about even 
with the anterior end of the nostril; malar apex about even with that 
of the frontal feathers. ‘Toes very short, the middle one less than half 
the tarsus, the hallux less than half the middle toe; bare portion of 
| * Frazer (1. ¢.) gives an Ardea major from Southern Chile, which is, no doubt, one of 
the races of this species; it may be well to mention, however, that the only Chilian 


specimen I have seen resembles Buenos Ayres and Paraguayan examples, and is, 
therefore, true cocoi. us 


RIDGWAY ON AMERICAN HERODIONES. 247 


tibia more than half as long as tarsus; scutellation of tarsus, etc., as 
in Herodias, Garzetta, and allied genera. 

Plumes of the adult consisting of a more or less lengthened train of 
fastigiate, stiff-shafted feathers, with long, loose, and straight plumules, 
and extending beyond the tail; in addition to this train, the scapulars 

‘and the feathers of the whole head and neck, except the throat and 
foreneck, are long and narrow, distinctly lanceolate, and acuminate, 
with compact webs, and on the occiput are developed into an ample 
decurved crest. 

A ffinities.—This genus is perhaps most nearly allied to Demiegretta, 
Blyth,* with which it agrees quite closely in the form of the bill, and also, 
to a considerable extent, in coloration. Demiegretta, however, is at once 
distinguished by its extremely short tarsus (much shorter than the bill, 
instead of nearly a third longer !), which is altogether more abbreviated 
than in any American genus of this group, in proportion to the other 
dimensions. The plumes also are entirely different, there being none on 
the neck, with the exception of the jugulum, while those of the back are 
slenderly lanceolate, with compact webs, almost exactly as in Florida 
cerulea. The very great difference in form between Demiegretta and the 
present genus may be more clearly shown by the statement that while the 
bill and wing, as well as the general bulk, are nearly the same in the two, 
Demiegretta has the tarsus about 2.75 instead of 5.80 inches long, the 
middle toe 2.10 instead of 2.80, and the bare portion of the tibia 1.20 
instead of 3.50! It will thus be seen that the proportions are entirely 
diiférent in the two forms. The bill of Demiegretta is also very much 
more obtuse than that of Dichromanassa. 

Demiegretta nove-hollandic (Lath.) is of more slender build than the 
type-species, and is scarcely strictly congeneric; but it is otherwise sim- 
ilar, especially in the character of the plumage. The bill is more slen 
der, approaching in form that of Hydranassa, but still different; the 
legs are also more elongated, but are decidedly less so thau in the genus 
under consideration. 


Genus SYRIGMA, Ridgway. 


< Ardea, AucT. (Nec Linnzeus.) | 
< Buphus, BoNarv. Consp. ii. 1855, 127. ‘(Nec Boie, 1826.) 
<_Ardeola, Gray, Handlist, iii. 1871, 30. (Nec Boie, 1822.)—BoucarD, Catal. Avium, 
1876, 51. 
= Syrigma, Ripgway, MS. (Type Ardea sibilatrix Temm.) 


Gen. co.—Medium-sized or rather small Herons, with a general 
resemblance to the Night Herons (Nyctiardea, Nyctherodius, and Pilhe- 
rodius), but of more variegated colors and very different proportions. 
Bill rather small (a Jittle longer than the head and slightly exceeding 
*Type, Ardea jugularis, BLyrH, Notes on the Fauna of the Nicobar Islands, Journ. 
Asiatic Soc. Bengal, xv. 1846, 376, = Herodias concolor, Bonar. Consp. ii. 1855, 121, = 


_ Ardea sacra,GmeL. This Heron also is dichromatic, having a pure-white phase as in 
Dichromanassa rufa, the normal plumage being uniform dark plumbeous or slate. 


a 


248 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


the middle toe), much compressed anteriorly, the lower outline nearly 
straight, the upper straight for the basal two-thirds, the terminal por- 
tion gently curved; basal half of the culmen forming a distinct keel, 
with nearly yee sides, the nasal fossze of unusual depth and length; 
upper tomium gently concave anteriorly. Mental apex a little less 
than half-way from the centre of the eye to the point of the bill, and 
about even with the anterior end of the nostril; malar apex a little pos- 
terior to the frontal one. Tarsus slender, about one-third longer than 
the middle toe, the front with regular transverse scutelle. Outer toe 
longer than the inner, and reaching almost to the terminal joint of the 
middle toe; hallux nearly half as long as the middle toe; bare portion 
of tibia a little shorter than the inner toe; claws anadl (except the 
hinder one), moderately curved, and acute. First and fourth primaries 
nearly equal and longest; outer three with their inner webs very faintly 
sinuated near their ends. Tail moderate, even, of twelve moderately 
hard, broad feathers. No dorsal, scapular, or jugular plumes, but 
feathers of the lower neck much developed, broad, round-ended, and 
rather loose-webbed. Nuchal feathers narrow, and forming a sort of 
loose mane; occiput with a crest of six or more narrow, rather stiff, and 
slightly recurved flat plumes, the two largest about as long as the tar- 
sus, the rest successively graduated in length. 

A finities.—The nearest ally of this genus is probably Nycther odins, 
which agrees quite closely in the proportions of the feet, and, to a certain 
extent, in the character of the plumage, particularly the occipital crest. 
Even in these particulars, however, it is very distinct, while in other re- 
spects the two are exceedingly different. The bill is somewhat like that 
of Nyctiardea, but is very much smaller and more slender, and is other-. 
wise different. Upon the whole, it is a very strongly-characterized 
genus, without a very. near relative in America, and, so far as I have 
been able to discover, in any portion of the Old World. 


SYNOPSIS OF THE AMERICAN SUBFAMILIES AND GENERA OF 
CICONIID 2&.* 


SE Synonymy. 


< Ardeidw, ViGORS, 1825, et*AUCT. ANTIQ. 

=(?) Ciconiide, SELYS, Fauna Bele. 1842. 

> Ciconiide, Bonar. Consp. ii. 1855, 104 (excludes Tantalus).—GRay, Handlist, iii. 1871, 
34 (do.).—BoucarD, Catal. Av. 1876, 52 (do.). 


* T have hesitated somewhat whether to employ, as the family-name for the Storks 
and their near relatives the Wood Ibises, the term Ciconiide or that of Tanialéde; the 
latter has decided priority (1831 instead of 1842), but is objectionable on account of 
having been originally bestowed upon a non-typical group, while it has most often been 
employed in a wider sense, including, besides the Wood Ibises, the Ibises proper 
(Ibididw). Its adoption in the present case would, therefore, lead to confusion. As to 
the term Ciconiide, there is far less objection: it has always been used specially for the 
true Storks, and, although not always including the Wood Ibises, has been ewployed 
in this wider and proper sense by many authors. I therefore conclude to retain the 
term Ciconiide as the family designation of the present group. 


\ 


RIDGWAY ON AMERICAN HERODIONES. 249 


= Ciconiide, Sct. & Satv. Nom. Neotr. 1873 (includes Tantalus). 

< Ciconide, LIL1J. P. Z. S. 1866, 15, 17 (includes “ Ciconine”’, “ Plataleine” =Plataleida, 
and “ Tantaline” — Ibidide +- Tantalus). 

= Pelargi, N1tzscn, Pterylog. 1833, 130 (includes Scopus, Ciconia, Anastomus and Tan- 
talus). ‘ 

*> Ciconiine, SUNDEV. Meth. Nat. Av. Disp. Tent. 1872, 123. [< Pelargi.] 


Diagnosis. 


Large, Crane-like birds, with the bill much longer than the head, thick 
through the base, and more or Jess elongate-conical ; the nostrils sub- 
basal, more or less superior, and bored into the bony substance of the 
bill, without overhanging or surrounding membrane; maxilla without 
any lateral groove (extending forward from the nostril). Legs covered 
with small, longitudinally-hexagonal scales; claws short, depressed, 
their ends broad and convex, resting upon horny, crescentic ‘‘ shoes” ; 
hallux with its base elevated decidedly above the base of the anterior 
toes. 

The above characters are sufficient to define this family, which is more 
jntimately related to the true Ibises (Ibidide) and Spoonbills (Plata- 
leidee) than to the Herons. (See page 221.) There are two well-marked 
subfamilies, with the following characters :— 

Cricontn.a.—Bill elongate-conical, acute, compressed, the end not 
decurved. Nostrils rather lateral than superior. Toes very short, the 
middle one much less than half the tarsus (only a little more than one- 
third); lateral toes nearly equal; claws short, broad, nail-like. 

“YANTALINZ.— Bill elongated, subconical, subcylindrical, the end 
attenuated and decurved, with the tip rounded; nostrils decidedly 
superior; toes long, the middle one one-half or more the length of the 
tarsus ; lateral toes unequal, the outer decidedly longer than the inner; 
claws moderately lengthened, rather narrow, claw-like. 


Subfamily Cicontina.—The Storks. 


Synonymy. 
==Ciconiine, GRAY, 1840; Handlist, iii. 1871, 34.—BoucarD, Cat. Av. 1876, 52.—Bonap. 
Consp. ii. 1855, 104. 
< Ciconiine, SUNDEV. Meth. Nat. Av. Disp. Tent. 1872, 123 (includes also Anastomus and 
Tantalus). 
=Ciconine, LILLJ. P. Z. 8. 1866, 17. 


SYNOPSIS OF THE AMERICAN GENERA. 


_ EuUXENURA.—Bill moderately large, itsupper and lower outlines straight 
throughout; entire head and-neck feathered, except the lores and a bare 
strip along each side of the throat. Tail abbreviated and deeply forked, 
the feathers very rigid, the lower tail-coverts elongated (extending beyond 
the true tail), and stiffened, so as to resemble true rectrices! (Type, Ardea 
maguart Gmel.=Ciconia maguari Auct.=Mycteria americana, Linn.!!!) 
_ Mycrer1A.—Bill enormously large, the terminal half recurved. En- 
tiie head and neck naked, except a hairy, longitudinal patch on the 


250 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


occiput. Tail and tail-coverts normal. (Type, Jlycteria americana 
Gmel. nec Linn.*) 
Genus EUXENURA, Ridgway. 


< Ciconia, BRISSON, Orn. v. 369, n. 3.—BonapP. Consp. ii. 1855, 104, et AucT. 
< Ardea, GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 623. 
= Euxenura, Ripaway, MS. (Type, Ardea maguari, Gmel.) ; 
: BE GEN. CH.—Large, Stork-like 
66609, > 2ize \ bi : 
2 ~\\ birds, with long, compressed, 
1 ne ’) elongate - conical bill; long, 


stl densely-feathered necks; short 
toes and partly feathered heads 
asin Ciconia, but differing from 
that genus in the form of the 
tail, which is short and deeply 
forked, with very rigid feathers; 
the longer lower coverts similar 
to ordinary rectricesin form and 
development, having their up- 
per surface convex, the shafts 
stiff, and the webs firm, thus 
presenting the appearance of a 
second tail! 

Bill about equal to the tarsus, 
much compressed, its vertical 
outline elongate-conical, the ter- 
minal third of the culmen and 
gonys slightly convex; gonys 
shorter than the mandibular 
rami; nostrils almost linear, 
overhung by a sharp, projecting, horny edge, situated near the base of 
the maxilla, and nearer the culmen than thetomium. Middle toe about 
two-sevenths as long as the tarsus; outer toe reaching to the subterminal 
articulation of the middle toe; the inner toe a little shorter; hallux about 
half as long as the inner toe; bare portion of tibia about half the length 
of the tarsus and middle toe combined. Plumage compact above, loose 
beneath, particularly on the jugulum, where the feathers are longer, and | 
with decomposed webs; entire lore and a wide suborbital space naked 
and somewhat papillose ; chin and a wide strip on each side of the throat 
bare. Tertials extending to or slightly beyond the tips of the primaries ; 
third or fourth quill longest. 

Tail a little more than one-third the wing, deeply forked (the inter- 
mediz a little more than half the length of the next to the outer pair, 
the lateral pair a little shorter than the next), the feathers broad and 


es 


* While giving a correct diagnosis of his genus Mycteria, with M. americana as type, 
Linneus (8. N. i. 1766, 233) describes as the latter, in unmistakable terms, the birds 
afterward named Ardea maguari by Gmelin. The references given by Linnzus, how- 
ever, refer mainly to the true Mycteria ! 


RIDGWAY ON AMERICAN HERODIONES. 251 


firm, with very rigid shafts; longer lower tail-coverts extraordinarily 
developed, resembling true rectrices, extending beyond the tail proper, 
and appearing as a second tail, of rounded form, below the upper 
forked one!-. 

Affinities —This genus is very similar to Ciconia, put differs very de- 
cidedly in the character of the tail and its lower Tomas which assume a 
form and relationship altogether peculiar, so far as this group is con- 
cerned, unless matched by some of the several Old World forms which 
I have not seen. In Ciconia, the tail is of normal form, being rounded, 
the feathers broad and moderately firm, with the longer lower coverts soft 
and loose, and falling considerably short of the end of the rectrices. In 
this genus, however, both the tail and its lower coverts are so modified 
that it is at first almost impossible to tell which is the true tail; indeed, 
all authors whom I have been able to consult in the matter describe the 
black stiff feathers as the upper coverts, and the lenger, softer, but still 
firm feathers beneath them, with a rounded. posterior outline, as the 
tail; in fact, it was only after the most careful caautinallon; that I de- 
termined the former to be the true rectrices! © 


Relay 
eyes 


Vigo NES 
yao ued 


ART. X.—NOTICE OF THE BUTTERFLIES COLLECTED BY DR. 
: EDWARD PALMER IN THE ARID REGIONS OF SOUTHERN 
UTAH AND NORTHERN ARIZONA DURING THE SUMMER 
OF i877. , 


By SAMUEL H. SCUDDER. 


Although the collection of Dr. Palmer is not a large one, embracing 
only forty-one species, it adds considerably to our knowledge of the 
geographical distribution and variation of the species, and even con- 
tains several new forms; it seems worthy, therefore, of notice as a 
whole, and particularly since the special localities visited are off the 
ordinary route of travel. 

The localities mentioned below are the following :*— 

Beaver Mountains, Utah; the mountains about Beaver, Utah. 

Paragoonah, Utah; 25 miles west of south of Beaver. 

Bear Valley, Utah; a valley about 20 miles nearly south of Beaver, 
surrounded by spurs of the Wahsatch Mountains. 

Pine Mountains, Utah; ‘‘20 miles north of St. George, Utah.” 

Mountain Meadows, Utah; the scene of the noted emigrant massacre, 
about 30 miles north of St. George. It is an clevated, meadow-like 
spot, surrounded by mountains. 

St. George, Utah; at the extreme southern limit of the Territory. 

Mount Trumbull, Utah; ‘60 miles east of St. George”; a slight ele- 
vation, in a rough, volcanic, mountainous region. The specimens were 
collected about a spring at the base. 

Beaver Dam, Arizona; 25 miles west of south of St. George, on Vir- 
gin River. The most desert-like region visited. Dr. Palmer remarks 
that in the arid sections of Southern Utah and Northern Arizona, where 
plants appear only at widely separated localities, the butterflies fly 
much more swiftly than usual, and are very shy. The easiest place of 
capture is in the vicinity of springs or pools of rain-water. 

Mokiak Pass, Arizona; “20 miles east of south of St. George”; a 
pass in mountains between St. George and Juniper Mountains, in a very 
broken and rough volcanic region. 

Juniper Mountains (or.Cedar Ridges), Arizona; a region much like 
the previous, ‘‘40 to 50 miles east of south of St. George”, covered 

“Most of these localities may best be found in the Atlas of Wheeler’s Survey for 
1874; but Pine Mountains, Mount Trumbull, Mokiak Pass, and Juniper Mountains do not 
appear. In these latter cases, I have mentioned the distances given me by Dr. Palmer; 


although in the other cases the distances he gave me invariably proved too great. 
253 


254 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


with juniper-trees and scrub-pines. It is about 20 miles east of south 
of Mokiak Pass. 


Neoninois dionysus, nov. sp.—Differs from NV. ridingsti, to which it is | 
closely allied, by its larger size, its more cinereous tints, and by the 
much more produced serrations of the margins of all the banded mark- 
ings of the hind wings. In most specimens, this latter feature is much 
more conspicuous below than above, and is generally more noticeable 
than elsewhere in the interspace beyond the cell, the tooth of the black 
line which crosses the middle of the wing sometimes extending one-third 
the distance to the margin of the wing. Where specimens of the two 
species approach each other in the sharpness and length of the serra- 
tions, this species can always be distinguished by its larger size, lighter 
tone, and the lesser contrast of its darker and paler markings. The 
lower median interspace of the hind wings bears a small, oval, longi- 
tudinal spot on the upper surface next the outer limit of the broad, 
submarginal, pale band, smaller and even obsolete in the male. The 
same spot occasionally appears, but less conspicuously, in the female 
of N. ridingsii. Although Nevada specimens of the latter appear to 
be larger than those from Colorado (¢f. Edwards’s description of Sat. 
stretchii), in so far approaching this species, Satyrus stretchit appears to 
be a true synonym of J. ridingsii, being in other respects no closer to 
the species here separated. 

Expanse of wings: 6, 48-51™™; °@ pass 5™™; 7 6,42. Juniper 
Mountains, June 4; Mount Trumbull, June 7-10.. 


Cenonympha ochracea Baw. —Bear Valley, uly 4; ee 
July 10-12. 


_ Anosia berenice gene Scadd.—St. George, April-May. 


Basilarchia weidemeyeri (Edw.) Grote.—Bear Valley, July 4;-Beaver — 
Mountains, July 18-20. 


Papilio antiopa Linn.—St. George, April-May ; Mokiak Pass, April 
28-30. + 


Vanessa cardui (Linn.) Ochs.—Paragoonah, July 10-12. 
Argynnis nevadensis Kdw.—Beaver Mountains, July 18-20. 


Argynnis rupestris Behr.—Beaver Mountains, July 18-20. This but- 
terfly does not appear to have been recorded before from without = 
limits of California. 


Argynnis coronis Behr.—A single female was taken by Dr. Palmer’ 
on the Beaver Mountains, July 18-20, which differs from specimens sent 
me by Mr. W. I. Edwards, under this name, in the darker color of the 
upper surface of the wings, the brown becoming nearly black and the 
fulvous deepening to tawny, and in its smaller size, since it only expands 
50™™, Beneath, the markings are precisely the same, excepting that 


SCUDDER ON BUTTERFLIES OF UTAH AND ARIZONA. 255 


’ the extra-mesial row of silver spots on the hind wings is distinctly fol- 
lowed apically by a row of small, bordering, olivaceous spots; the tints 
are all a little darker; the submarginal band of the hind wings has 
become of a saffron hue, and the inner margin of the same wings is 
broadly sprinkled with green, a tint which appears more or less in other 
parts, and especially on the costal margin of the hind wings and the 
onter margin of the front wings. Notwithstanding these differences, 
and the fact that A. coronis has not before been detected out of Califor- 
nia, there seems to be nu doubt taat the specimen should be referred as 
above. 

Lemonias anicia (Doubl.-Hew.) Scudd., var. editha.—Mokiak Pass, 
April 28-30 or June 2; Pine Mountains, May 12; Paragoonah, July 
10-12; Beaver Mountains, July 18-20. 


Lemonizs heleita (Boisd.) Scudd.—Five specimens (4 ¢, 1 2) were 
taken at Mokiak Pass, April 28-30 (or June 2), and Pine Mountains, May 
12, and are the first perfect specimens I have been able to study. It 
seems to be abundantly distinct from Z. palla, of which Mr. W. H. 
Edwards considers it only a variety. All the specimens agree very 
closely, and differ from Z. palla on the upper surface of the wings in the 
decidedly paler and duller ground-color; the middle of the outer half 
of both wings is crossed in LZ. palla by a pair of almost exactly similar 
and distinct, parallel, black bands; the outer only is distinctin ZL. helcita 
(and is much narrower than in JL. palla,) the inner being much fainter 
and almost or quite obsolete in the middle of its course; the pale 
mesial band of the hind wings of ZL. palla is scarcely paler than the 
other parts of the wing in JL. helcita. Beneath, similar differences 
occur; the fulvous tints are decidedly paler in L. helcita, as above, 
while the straw-yellcw which marks the lunules and other pale spots. 
in L. palla is replaced by nacreous-white ; besides, the hind wings fur- 
ther differ in the much greater extent of the pale markings, which are 
not so compactly massed as in L. palla; the outer of the two cell-spots 
especially is much larger than in L. palla, while the cinnamon band of 
L. palla, embraced between the mesial band and the submarginal 
lunules, is reduced to a narrow series of four or five dull red, round 
spots, indistinctly margined with pale scales; the outer reddish margin 
of ZL. helcita is not more than half so broad as the deeper-colored bor- 
der of L. palla. The species has not before been recorded from either 
Utah or Arizona. 


Schoenis arachne (Edw.) Scudd.—Bear Valley, July 4. These are the 
first specimens of this species I recollect seeing. Although both 
Edwards and Mead place it as a synonym of Edwards’s earlier-published 
Mell. minuta, there appear to me to be such differences between the 
descriptions and figures of the two that it would be well to retain them 
as distinct until direct comparison of a series of specimens from Texas 
and Arizona can be made. 


256 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Phyciodes pratensis (Behbr.) Kirb., var. campestris—Pine Mountains, © 
May 12; Mount Trumbull, June.7-10; Bear Valley, July 4; Paragoonah, 
July 10-12. 


Incisalia augustus (Kirb.) Min., var. irioides.—A single male was 
taken at Mount Trumbull, June 7-10. It is a good deal rubbed, but is 
sufficiently well preserved to show that it differs from California speci- 
mens in having the apical half of the wings beneath very nearly of the 
same dark slate-color as the upper surface, being almost wholly desti- 
tute of any ruddy tint. It has never before been taken in this region. 


Uranotes melinus (Hiibn.) Scudd.—St. George, April or May. 

Thecla siva Kdw.—Juniper Mountains, May 1-2 or June 4; Para- 
goonah, July 10-12. 

Hveres amyntula (Boisd.) Scudd.—Paragoonah, July 10-12. 


Cupido pheres (Boisd.) Kirb.—The specimens collected by Dr. Palmer 
(8,42) are the first recorded from this region, and are more uniform in 
appearance than appears to be common; they also differ in certain 
respects from California specimens. The upper surface of the male, for 
instance, is of a deeper violet and the dusky margin is narrower upon 
the front wing; in the female, the colors of the upper surface are more 
contrasted; and beneath, in both sexes, the extra-mesial row of spots 
on the front wings are almost uniformly well defined, moderately large, 
rounded, and somewhat regularly curved; while the same series on the 
hind wings are white, generally with a central, subobsolete, black dot, 
although in this respect the females vary considerably. Mountain 
Meadows, May 14-18; Mount Trumbull, June 7-10; Beaver Mountains, 
July 18-20. 

_ Cupido sepiolus (Boisd.) Kirb.—The single male obtained at Bear 
Valley, July 4, is of an unusually small size (expanse of wings, 30™™), 
with heavy markings beneath, as usual in California specimens. 


Cupido heteronea (Boisd.) Kirb.—Beaver Mountains, July 18-20. 


Rusticus battoides (Behr) Scudd.—Juniper Mountains, May 1-2 or 
June 4. Never before found in this section. 


Rusticus melissa (Edw.) Scudd.—Bear Valley, July 4; Beaver Mount- 
ains, July 18-20. 


Brephidium exile (Boisd.) Scudd.—St. George, April-May ; Beaver 
Dam, April 20-28; Juniper Mountains, May 1-2. 


Chalceria sirius (Edw.) Scudd.—Two males taken on the Beaver 
Mountains, July 18-20, are too rubbed to determine positively whether 
they belong to this species or to C. rubida, although they appear more 
to resemble the former. 


Epidemia helloides (Boisd.) Scudd.—Juniper Mountains, May 1-2 or 
June 4; Bear Valley, July 4; Paragoonah, July 10-12. 


SCUDDER ON BUTTERFLIES OF UTAH AND ARIZONA. 257 


Hurymus eurytheme Boisd. sp.—St. George, April-May; Juniper 
’ Mountains, May 1-2 or June 4; Beaver, Mountains, July 18-20. 


Nathalis iole Boisd.—Juniper Mountains, June 4; Mount Trumbull, 
June 7-10; Beaver Mountains, July 18-20. 


Synchloe thoosa, nov. sp.—Allied to S. cethura (Anth. cethura Feld.), 
but differing from it in many details. On the upper surface of the front 
wines, the orange spot is deeper in tint and narrower, partly because 
of the greater breadth of the transverse costal bar at the tip of the cell. 
Beyond the orange patch, the wing is dark brown, the border continuing 
over the whole outer margin, although narrowing rapidly below ; within 
this broad, brown border are longitudinal, white dashes, slightly largest 
inwardly, extending to the margin only on the lower half of the wing, 
where, in the interspaces, the brown fringe is interrupted with white. 
The disk of the hind wing is suffused with citron, and next the tip of all 
the nervules is a faint sprinkling of black dots, more noticeable on the 
outer than the inner half of the wing. Beneath, the orange spot of the 
front wings is nearly as conspicuous as above, and the space occupied 
above by the brown border is heavily sprinkled with grayish, slightly 
greenish-brown scales, largely interrupted in the interspaces with long 
white wedges pushing inward from the margin. On the hind wings, 
the greenish-yellow of 8. cethura is replaced by the same grayish-brown 
found at the apex of the front wings, and is arranged in a pattern closely 
resembling that of S. cethura, but with noticeably narrower white 
spaces. Expanse, 35 millimetres. 

A single female was taken at Mokiak Pass, April 23-30 or J une 2. 


Pieris oleracea (Harr.) Boisd.—To this species I refer for the present 
a single small, immaculate butterfly taken on the Beaver Mountains, 
July 18-20, reserving some remarks upon it for a future paper. 


Pontia protodice Boisd. sp.—St. George, April-May; Juniper Mount- 
ains, May 1-2 or June 4; Bear Valley, July 4; Paragoorah, July 
10-12. 


Jasoniades daunus Boisd. sp.—Juniper Sees) June 4; Para- 
goonah, July. 10-12. 


EHpargyreus tityrus (Fabr.) Scudd.—Mount Trumbull, June 7-10. 


Thorybes pylades Seudd.—Mount Trumbull, June 7-10; Beaver Mount- 
alps, July 18-20. 


Thanaos propertius Scudd.-Burg. sp.—This species has been hitherto 
known from California only. It was taken by Dr. Palmer at Mokiak 
Pass, April 28-30; Juniper Mountains, May 1-2; and Mountain Mead- 
ows, May 14-18. 


Thanaos, nov. sp.—The description of this species will be given with 
others at a future time. Only a single female was taken (Mount Trum- 
Bull. iv. No. 1—17 : 


258 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


bull, June 7-10); but I have before received the same form from the 
same general region. 

Hesperia conus Kdw.—Juniper Mountains, June 4; Mount Trumbull, 
June 7-10. 


Hesperia tessellata Scudd.—St. George, April-May; Mokiak Pass, 
April 28-30 or June 2; Mount Trumbull, June 7-10; Bear Valley, July 
4; Beaver Mountains, July 18-20. 


Heliopetes ericetorum (Boisd.) Scudd.—Mokiak Pass, April 28-30 or 
June 2; Mount Trumbull, June 7-10. 


Pholisora catullus (Fabr.) Scudd.—St. George, April-May; Pine 
Mountains, May 12. 


Heteropterus libya, nov. sp.—This species is placed provisionally in 
the genus Heteropterus, of which Pap. morpheus Pall. is the type, but 
differs from it to such an extent that it must undoubtedly be ibe 
separated therefrom. 

The wings are uniform dark glossy brown above, with a tinge of 
dark green; the fringe concolorous, excepting on the upper half or more 
of the fore wings, where it is albescent. Midway between the tip of the 
fore wing and the apex of the cell is a conspicuous, though not large, 
slightly oblique, white cross-band, interrupted by the nervules occupy- 
ing the three lower subcostal interspaces, while there is an inconspicuous © 
white spot in the centre of the middle median interspace. Beneath, the 
front wings are paler than above, with the markings repeated, some- 
times (in male only ?) with less distinctness, and with a hoary clouding 
at the apex of the wing. Hind wings of the same ground-color, but 
with such a sprinkling of olivaceous scales as to give a decided greenish 
hue; the inner margin as far as the submedian vein almost entirely 
or quite white; a transverse band of squarish, snow-white spots of median 
size cross the wing, represented particularly by equal spots in the sub- 
costo-median and medio-submedian interspaces ; midway between the 
former and the base is a smaller, circular, snow-white spot, and occa- 
sionally a few white scales midway between them in the costo-subcostal 
interspace, which may properly be considered part of the median series ; 
in addition, there is a series of submarginal, vaguely defined, roundish 
or lunular white spots in the interspaces. 

The palpi are white beneath, dark brown above; and this, together 
with the shape of the wings, gives it a certain resemblence to Pholisora 
catullus. Antenne white beneath, dark brown above, narrowly annu- 
lated with white at the base of the joints of the stalk; the club pur- 
plish-black. Expanse of wings, 3277; length of antenne, 7™™. 

1¢,29. Beaver Dam, April 20-28. 


Ochlodes sonora Scudd.—Beaver Mountains, July 18-20. This species 
has not been hitherto reported east of the Sierra Nevada. By what we 
presume must be a clerical error, Mr. W. H. Edwards, in his recent 
catalogue, places this as a synonym to Boisduval’s Hesp. sylvanoides. 


ART. XI.—NOTES ON THE HERPETOLOGY OF DAKOTA 
AND MONTANA. 


By Drs. ELLIOTT CovuES AND H.C. YARROW. 


The present article is based primarily upon a collection of Reptiles 
and Batrachians made in Dakota and Montana in 1873-74 by Dr. 
Coues, as Naturalist of the United States Northern Boundary Commis- 
sion. 

In identifying these specimens, the authors have diligently eginpared 
them with other material from the same geographical area in the 
National Museum, and have added to the species collected by Dr. Coues 
others known to occur in the region under consideration, thus present- 
ing a tolerably complete list of the Reptiles and Batrachians of the 
two Territories. No species is introduced that is not fully identified 
and determined to inhabit this portion of the United States. Care has 
been taken with the synonymy to exclude doubtful references, except 
in one or two instances. The descriptions are drawn directly from the 
specimens, and considerable matter of popular interest has been intro- 
duced. The nomenclature and classification are mainly according to 
Professor Cope’s recent Check List, though the authors have not hesi- 
tated to differ from this authority on occasion. 


A.—REPTILIA. 


CHELONIA. 
Family EMYDIDA. 
Genus CHRYSEMYS. Gray. 
CHRYSEMYS OREGONENSIS. (Harlan) Ag. 


Oregon Golden Turtle. 


Emys oregonensis, Haru. Am. Journ. Sci. xxxi. 382, pl. 31—Houpr. N. Am. Herpet. i. 

, 167, pl. 16—DerKay, N. Y. Fn. iii. 1842, 20. 

Chrysemys oregonensis, AG. Contr. Nat. Hist. U.S. i. 1857, 440, pl. 3, f. 1-3.—Bp. U. S. 
Mex. B. Surv. il. pt. ii. 1859, Reptiles, 4 (Texas).—ALLEN, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. 
H. xvii. 1874, 68 (Fort Rice, Dakota). 


Specimen. 
1096. Mouse River, Dakota. Aug. 30, 1873. 


Shield Reptiles are not well represented in the region surveyed by 
259 


260 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


the commission, where the present, the only one observed, appears to 
be the most characteristic species. Professor Agassiz notices speci- 
mens from different localities in Minnesota and from the Yellowstone, 
where it was also observed by the Prince Maximilian and Mr. J. A. 
Allen. The former naturalist expresses great doubces respecting the 
accuracy of Nuttall’s statement that it is found in Oregon, as it has 
never been seen in that Territory by any of the recent explorers, the 
only true Turtle of the Pacific slopes being the Chelopus marmoratus Bd. 
& Grd. (Hmys nigra of Hallowell). It is, however, a species of wide 
distribution in the central region, having been observed southward 
nearly to the Mexican border in Texas. 

The following additional species of this order are indicated by authors 
as occurring on or near the northern boundary :— 


Genus PSEUDEMYS. Gray. 
PSEUDEMYS ELEGANS. (Maxim.) 


Hlegant Terrapin. 


Emys elegans, Maxim. Reise Nord-Amer. i. 1839, 213 (Upper Missouri).—Hayp. Trans. 
Am. Phil. Soe. xii. 1862, 177 (Yellowstone). 

Trachemys elegans, AGass. Contrib. Nat. Hist. U.S. i. 1857, 435.—Bp. U. S. Mex. B. Surv. 
li. pt. ii. 1859, Reptiles, 3 (Texas.) 

Pseudemys elegans, GRAY.—COPE, Check List Bat. Rept. N. A. 1875, 53. 

Emys cumberlandensis, HoLBr. N. Am. Herpet. i. 115, pl. 118 (Tennessee).—DEKay, N. 
Y. Fauna, iii. 1842, 20. 

Emys holbrookii, Gray, Cat. Brit. Mus. 1844, 23. 

Emys terrapin, WALES, Geol. Rep. Mississippi, 1854, p. — (fide Agass.). 


A species originally described from the Upper Missouri by Prinz 
Maximilian von Neu Wied, and subsequently ascertained to occur 
throughout the Central region, east to the Ohio, and south to Texas. 


Genus CISTUDO. Fleming. 


CISTUDO ORNATA. Agass. 


Ornate Box-turtle. 


Cistudo ornata, AGAssiIz, Contrib. Nat. Hist. U. S. i. 1857, 445, pl. 3, f. 12, 18.—Copz, 
Check List Bat. and Rep. N. A. 1875, 53. 


The Northwestern type of Cistudo, Professor Agassiz remarked, in 
proposing C. ornata, is of all the forms the most likely to be distinct, and 
such has proven to be the case. ‘It is round, broad, and flat, without 
keel, even when young, while the young of Cistudo virginea are 
always strongly keeled.” The species is based upon specimens from the 
Upper Missouri and from Iowa. 


COUES AND YARROW ON HERPETOLOGY. 261 


Family TRIONYCHIDA. 


Genus ASPIDONECTES. Wagler. 
ASPIDONECTES SPINIFER. (lLes.) Ag. 


Trionyx spiniferus, LE SUEUR, Mém. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. xv. 258, pl. 6. 

Aspidonectes spinifer, AGass. Contrib. Nat. Hist. U. 8. i. 1857, 403.—Copxr, Check List 
N. A. Bat. and Rep. 1875, 51. 

Trionyx ocellatus, LE SUEUR (young @, fide Agass.; not of DeKay, which is Amyda 
mutica). 

Trionyx ferox, partim, ALIQ. 


The Northern and Northwestern Aspidonectes, the characters and 
synonymy of which were first satisfactorily distinguished from those of 
the Southern A. ferox by Professor Agassiz in the work above cited, is 
represented as a common species from New York and Pennsylvania to 
the Rocky Mountains, where it is mentioned as occurring by Lewis and 
_ Clarke. According to Say and Allen, it is frequently found in the trib- 
‘ utaries of the Missouri; the last- rennat naturalist took it in the Mussel- 
Shell and Yellowstone. (See ALLEN, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1874, 
p. 69.) 


Family CHELYDRIDA. 


Genus CHELYDRA. Schw. 
CHELYDRA SERPENTINA. (L.) Harl. 
Snapping Turtle. 


Testudo serpentina, LINN. Syst. Nat. ed. 12, i. 1766, 354 (localities erroneously assigned 
as Algiers and China). Also of other older authors.—LEC. Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. 
N. Y. iii. 127. 

Chelonura serpentina, Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. iv. 217.—Ho.sr. N. Am. Herpet. 
Ist ed. iv. 21, pl. 3; 2d ed. i. 139, pl. 23.—DeEKay, N. Y. Fn. iii. 1842, 8, pl. 3, 
taGs 

Emys serpentina, GRAY, Syn. Rept. in Griffith’s An. Kingd. ix. 14. 

Chelydra serpentina, Haru. Med. & Phys. Res. 1835, 157.—AgGass. Contrib. Nat. Hist. U. 
S. i. 1857, 417. And of most late authors.—Coprs, Check List N. A. Bat. and 
Rep. 1875, 51. 

Emysaurus serpentina, DUMER. & BrBrR. Erp. Gén. ii. 350.—StoRER, Rep. Mass. —— 
212. 

Chelydra emarginata, AGASS. op. cit. in text. 

“ Chelydra lacertina, ScHw.” (young). 

“* Testudo serrata, PENN.” 

“ Testudo longicauda, SHAW.” 


? 


A species of remarkably extended distribution, from the Northern 
border of the United States to South America; not, however, in the 
Pacific region. 


262 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


OPHIDIA. 
Family CROTALID. 
Genus CROTALUS. Linn. 

CROTALUS CONFLUENTUS. Say. 


Missouri Rattlesnake. 


Crotalus -confluentus, Say, Long’s Exped. R. Mts. ii. 1823, 48.—Bp. & Gir. Cat. N. Am. 
Reptiles, 1853, 8.—Bp. Pac. R. R. Rep. x. 1859, Reptiles of Whipple’s Route, 
40; pl. 24, f. 4—Bp. U. S. and Mex. B. Surv. ii. pt. ii. Reptiles, 14.—Coop. & 
Suck. Nat. Hist. Wash. Terr. 1860, 295, pl. 12.—Copr, Check List N. A. Bat. 
and Rep. 1875, 33. 

Caudisona confluenta, Copz, App. Mitchell’s Researches, 1861, 122.xCopn, Proc. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Phila. 1866, 307, 309.—ALLEN, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. xvii. 1874, 69. 

Crotalus lecontei, HaLuow. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. vi. 1851, 180.—HaLLow. Sit- 
greaves’s Rep. Expl. Zufii and Colorado, 1853, 139, 147, pl. 18.—Ha iow. Pac. 
R. R. Rep. x. 1859, Williamson’s Route, Reptiles, 18, pl. 3. 

Caudisona lecontei, Cope, App. Mitchell’s Researches, 1861, 121.—Haypb. Trans. Am. Phila. 
Soc. xii. 1862, 177.—Cops, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1866, 307. 

Crotalus cinereus, LECONTE apud HaLLow. Sitgreaves’s Rep. Expl. Zuni and Colorado, 
1853, 140 (in text). 


Specimens. 
1149. Sweet Grass Hills, Montana. July 29, 1874. 
1150. Sweet Grass Hills, Montana. July 29, 1874. 


1197. Black Coulé, near Teton River, Montana. Sept. 6, 1874. 
1198. Black Coulé, near Teton River, Montana. Sept. 6, 1874. 
1199. Black Coulé, near Teton River, Montana. Sept. 6, 13874. 


The ascribed characters of C. lecontei, as compared with C. conflu- 
entus, are found not to hold good when sufficient series are examined. 
The number of superior labials in our specimens, and in others from the 
Yellowstone, ranges from thirteen to sixteen, while in others eighteen 
are described. Certain ascribed features of coloration are altogether 
uncertain, aS specimens vary interminably in the distinctness of the 
dorsal blotches and in the details of the light markings about the head. 
This appears to be due in part to age, as the smaller specimens are 
usually the most boldly blotched, while on some of the largest examined 
the markings are nearly obsolete. These statements are fully borne out 
by our experience, we having noticed in this particular species that 
the blotching cannot be relied upon as a distinctive character, as in some 
individuals, notably from localities where the color of the soil is light, 
the blotches in some instances are barely perceptible; moreover, the 
forms of the blotches vary indefinitely, as some are serrated on their 
borders, others present an unbroken line. The distinctness of the pat- 
tern of coloration also depends somewhat upon season, the markings 
being clearest just after the shedding of the skin. There is certainly 
no specific difference between the two supposed species, and vari- 


COUES AND YARROW ON HERPETOLOGY. 263 


etal distinction can hardly be predicated, at least upon the characters 
as yet adduced. In any event, the specimens above enumerated are the 
true C. confluentus of Say. Two of these are of unusual size, being both 
over four feet in length, a dimension near the known maximum of this 
species, though less than that of some others. The average length is 
less than three feet, and the calibre of the body, even in the largest 
examples, is relatively inferior to that of several Southern species. 
Thenumber of rattles in this and other species, though of course increas- 
ing with age, is not an infallible clue to the age of a specimen; for, acci- 
dental variation aside, it is far from proven that an annual increase by 
one is regular. On the contrary, the growth of the organ must depend 
iargely, as in all parallel cases, upon the vigor of the individual, which 
is not the same at ali periods of life, granting even a continuous state 
of perfect health. The purpose subserved in the economy of the ani- 
mal by this singular organ has been the subject of much speculation and 
discussion. It is difficult to perceive of what use the rattle can be, either 
in procuring prey or avoiding enemies. We do not know that it comes 
into play at all in the pursuit of prey, while the actual result of its use 
as a menace in self-defence is the reverse of beneficial to tbe serpent, 
since the sound serves to direct and provoke attack from all enemies 
which the animal has occasion to fear. The theory that the rattle is a 
part of the serpent’s means of terrifying its intended victim, used as an 
adjunct of other supposed powers of fascination, may be safely held in 
check until it is proven that this peculiar influence is ever exerted to 
the extent of preventing its prey from seeking safety in flight. The 
notion that the rattle is intended to serve as a warring, and thus offset 
the venomous nature and highly dangerous powers of the serpent, is 
contrary to all analogy, since animals are endowed with attributes for 
their own good, irrespective of the result upon others, and would re- 
quire a faith in the intervention, for the benefit of the dominant species 
of the Mammalia, of special Providences, a belief now held by few thought- 
ful persons. It has been suggested that the rattle may be used to call 
the sexes together, and thus serve a useful purpose in the perpetuation 
of the species, —a hypothsis less untenable than some of the others which 
have been advanced. Another supposition, made irrespective of “ final 
causes”’, is, that the rattle has resulted, in the course of time, from the 
continual agitation of the caudal extremity of these highly nervous and 
irritable creatures, and that it has no special function. This seems not 
unreasonable, although, in view particularly of the fact that rattlesnakes 
alone, of the many equally or more venomous reptiles, have such ap- 
pendage, it is not entirely satisfactory. One thoroughly established fact 
concerning the rattle is that its practical operation is injurious to its 
possessor by provoking attack from those who can cope with it success- 
fully. It may be suggested, that inasmuch as to an unpracticed ear the 
rattle of the Crotalus cannot be distinguished from the crepitation of the 
large Western grasshopper, it may serve the purpose of attracting 


264 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


within reach of the fangs of the snake the many birds who greedily de- 
vour these insects. The rattle has been heard at times when no apparent 
cause of irritation to the snake existed, and a case has been reported in 
which a biped was drawn within reach of a rattler, thinking it a grass- 
hopper. 

The principal enemies of the rattlesnake, besides man, are wild hogs, 
peccaries, and deer. The latter kill the serpent when coiled by striking 
with the hoofs; the former attack it successfully with hoofs and teeth, 
and in some regions derive no small part of their subsistence from this 
source. The popular belief that the venom of the rattlesnake is innoc- 
uous to hogs is merely a partial statement of the fact that the fluid usu- 
ally fails to enter the circulation through the layer of adipose tissue 
with which these animals are commonly covered. The venom is con- 
ceded to be innocuous when introduced to the stomach, and the flesh 
of the rattlesnake is as edible as that of other serpents. The fatality of 
the rattlesnake’s bite is by no means the constant element generally 
supposed, but the result may vary from the slightest amount of poison- 
ing to one rapidly fatal. This depends altogether upon the amount of 
venom absorbed in the system, and the rapidity of its diffusion through 
the circulation, matters which turn upon the amount of venom in store 
at the moment of striking, the vigor of the animal at the time, the pen- 
etration of the tooth, the part of the body struck, and, finally, the state 
of health of the person attacked. No positive specific antidote is 
known. Surgical means of preventing dispersion of the poison through 
the system, and alcoholic stimulation to the highest pitch, are fae 
usual resorts. 

It may not be out of place to refer in this connection to the inter- 
esting mechanism of the poison apparatus, as it is a matter not very 
generally known as yet, though clearly set forth by the researches of 
specialists, notably Dr. S. Weir Mitchell. The venomous fluid to be 
injected into a wound made by the teeth has nothing to do with the 
ordinary saliva, as popularly supposed; nor does the forked tongue or 
any of the numerous small teeth of the mouth take part in the infliction 
of the wound. The tongue and smaller teeth are essentially the same 
as in any harmless serpent. The active instruments are a pair of fangs,* 
one on each side of the upper jaw, rooted in the maxillary bones, which 
bear no other teeth. The fangs vary in size, being sometimes half 
an inch long. They are somewhat conical and scythe-shaped, with au 
extremely fine point; the convexity looks forward, the point downward 
and backward. The fang is hollow, for transmission of the venom; but 


*It may be mentioned, as a fact of some interest, that, while in C. conjfluentus the 
fangs are generally shed or pushed out of place at variable periods of time (probably 
in twelve months), in C. adamanteus atrox, a species common in the Sonoran region, this 
shedding, or loss, frequently fails to take place, and it is common to find generally in 
the right side of the jaw of this species two or more fangs in position. In one speci- 
men lately examined, three were found in posicion, and behind them three or four oth- 
ers were advanced in growth. 


COUES AND YARROW ON HERPETOLOGY. 265 


the construction of the tube is not as if a hole had been bored through 
a solid tooth. It is in effect a flat tooth, with the edges rolled over 
together till they meet, converting an exterior surface, first into a groove, 
finally intoa tube. This is shown, on microscopic examination of a sec- 
tion of the tooth, by the arrangement of the dentine. Unlike an ordi- 
nary tooth, the fang is movable, and was formerly supposed to be hinged 
in its socket, since it is susceptible of erection and depression. But 
the tooth is firmly socketed, and the source of this movement is the 
maxillary bone itself, which rocks to and fro by a singular contrivance. 
The maxillary is a small, stout, triangular bone, movably articulated 
above with a smaller one, thelachrymal, which is itself hinged upon the 
frontal. Behind, the maxillary articulates with the palatal and ptery- 
goid, both of which are of rod-like shape, and are acted upon by the 
spheno-pterygoid muscle, the contraction of which pushes them. for- 
ward. This forward impulse of the palatal and pterygoid is communi- 
cated to the maxillary, against which they abut, causing the latter to 
rotate upon the lachrymal. In this rocking forward of the maxillary, 
the socket of the fang, and with it the tooth itself, rotates in such man- 
ner that the apex of the tooth describes the are of a circle, and finally 
points downward instead of backward. This protrusion of the fang is 
not an automatic motion, consequent upon mere opening of the mouth, 
as formerly supposed, but a volitional act, as the reverse motion, namely, 
the folding back of the tooth, also is; so that, in simply feeding, the 
fangs are not erected. The folding back is accomplished by the ecto- 
pterygoid and spheno-palatine muscles, which, arising from the skull 
behind as a fixed point of action, in contracting draw upon the jaw-bones 
in such a way that the maxillary, and with it of course the fang, are 
retracted, when the tooth is folded back with an action comparable to the 
shutting of the blade of a pocket-knife. All the motions of the fangs 
are controlled by these two sets of antagonistic muscles, one of which 
prepares the fangs for action, while the other stows them away when 
not wanted. 

The fangs, when not in use, are further protected by a contrivance for 
sheathing them, so that they rest like a sword in its scabbard. This is 
a fold of mucous membrane, the vagina dentis, which envelopes the tooth 
like a hood, enwrapping its base, and slipping down over its length, 
partly as a consequence of its elastic texture, partly on account of its 
connections. Erection of the fang causes the sheath to slip off, like the 
finger of a glove, and gather in folds around the base of the tooth. This 
arrangement can be readily examined without dissection. 

The poisonous fluid is secreted in a gland which lies against the side 
of the skull, below and behind the eye, of a flattened oval shape, obtuse 
behind, tapering in front to a duct that runs to the base of the tooth. 
Without going into the minute anatomy of the gland, it may be described 
aS a sac, or reservoir, in the walls of which the numerous secretory fol- 
licles are imbedded ; it is invested with two layers of dense, white, fibrous 


266 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


tissue, the outer of which gives off three strong ligaments that hold it 
in place. Ina large snake, the entire gland may be nearly an inch long 
and one-fourth as wide, weighing, empty, ten or twelve grains, and hay- . 
ing a capacity of ten or fifteen drops of fluid. There is no special reser- 
voir for the venom, other than the central cavity of the gland. A certain 
dilatation of one portion of the duct, formerly supposed to be such store- 
house, is due to thickening of its walls, without corresponding increase 
of capacity, resulting from muscular fibres which serve as a sphincter 
to compress the canal and prevent wasteful flow of the contents. There 
is further provision to this same end. When the tooth-is folded back, 
the duct attached to its root is submitted to some strain, which pushes 
it against a shoulder of the maxillary bone, and tends to shut off the 
communication. 

The injection of the venom, though to all appearance instantaneous, 
is a complicated process of several rapidly consecutive steps. -Forcible 
voluntary closure of the jaws may always be, if desired, accompanied 
by a gush of the venom, owing to the arrangements of the muscles which 
effect such movement of the under jaw. These are the temporales, one — 
of the three of which is situated in such relation to the poison-sac that 
its Swelling in contraction presses upon the receptacle and squeezes out 
the fluid. ‘Lhe force of ejection is seen when the serpent, striking wildly, 
misses its aim; under such circumstances, the stream has been seen to 
spirt five or six feet. A blow given in anger is always accompanied by 
the spirt of venom, even when the fang fails to engage, from whatever 
cause. But since this result does not follow upon mere closure of the 
mouth, it is probable that the two posterior temporals ordinarily effect 
this end, the more powerful action of the anterior temporal (the one 
which presses upon the poison-sac) being reserved for its special purpose. 
There is one very curious piece of mechanism to be noted here. Since 
the serpent always snaps its jaws together in delivering a blow, the 
points of the erected fangs would penetrate the under jaw itself in case 
_ they failed to engage with the object aimed at, were there no contriv- 
ance for preventing such disaster to the snake. But there is a certain 
movement among the loose bones of the skull, perhaps not well made 
out, the result of which is to spread the points of the fangs apart in 
closure of the mouth, so that they clear the sides of the under jaw, in- 
stead of impinging upon it. 

The complicated mechanism of the act of striking may be thus de- 
scribed :—The snake prepares for action by throwing itself into a number 
of superimposed coils, upon the mass of which the neck and a few inches 
more lie loosely curved, the head elevated, the tail projecting and rap- 
idly vibrating. At the approach of the intended victim, the serpent, 
by sudden contraction of the muscles upon the convexity of the curves, 
straightens out the anterior portion of the body, and thus darts forward 
the head. At this instant, the jaws are widely separated, and the back 
of the head fixed firmly upon the neck. With the opening of the mouth, 


COUES AND YARROW ON HERPETOLOGY. 267 


the spheno-palatines contract, and the fangs spring into position, throw- 
ing off the sheath as they leap forward. With delivery of the blow and 
penetration of the fangs, the lower jaw closes forcibly, the muscle that 
executes this movement causing simultaneously a- gush of venom 
through the tubular tooth into the wound. There are also some second- 
ary actions, though all occur at nearly the same instant. The mouth 
fixed at the wound drags upon it with the whole weight of the snake’s 
body. This dragging motion is accompanied by contragtion of the 
ectopterygoid and spheno-palatine muscles, which ordinarily fold back 
the tooth; but the fang being at this moment engaged in the flesh, the 
action of the muscles only causes it to bury itself deeper, and thus en- 
large the puncture. The train of action seems to be, the reaching of 
the object, the blow, the penetration, the injection of the poison, and 
the enlargement of the wound. These actions completed, the serpent 
loosens its hold by opening the jaws, and disengages itself, sometimes 
not without difficulty, especially when the bitten part is small and the 
numerous small teeth have caught. The head is withdrawn, the fangs 
folded, the mouth closed, and the former coiled attitude of passive 
defense is resumed, ‘ 

These remarks apply in substance to other species as well as to the 
one now under special consideration. Upward of eighteen species, not 
counting Ancistrodon, are described as inhabitants of the United States, 
nearly all of which occur in the West and Southwest. Our rattlesnakes 
fall in two genera, Crotalus and Caudisona, readily distinguished by the 
scutellation of the head. In the former, the top of the head is covered 
with a large number of small asymmetrical scales like those on the body; 
in Caudisona, the same region is shielded by a definite small number of 
large flat places symmetrically disposed. Crotalus horridus is a most 
widely dispersed species of Eastern North America, the only other spe- 
cies of the same portion of the continent being C. adamanteus, the **Dia- 
mond” rattiesnake of the South Atlantic and Gulf States. With the 
latter is found associated a species of Caudisona, namely, C. miliarius, 
the small spotted rattlesnake; but the best known species of the latter 
genus is Caudisona tergeminus, the common “ Massasauga” of the interior 
States and of the Plains. Texas, New Mexico, and Arizona furnish the 
largest number of species. . 

Crotalus confluentus is a species of more and general distribution in 
the West, from the Mexican to the British boundary, and on both sides 
of the Rocky Mountains. It is associated in some parts with the 
Massasauga, but in other regions, as in the one now under considera- 
tion, it is the only known representative of its family. It appears to 
be particularly numerous in the region of the Yellowstone, where, 
according to Mr. Allen, it was estimated that two thousand were killed 
during the expedition of 1872. Farther northward, it is less abundant, 
though fairly to be considered common in the region of the Upper Mis- 
souri and Milk River and some of their northern tributaries. Along the 


268 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


northern boundary line, its distribution appears to be determined very 
nearly by the Missouri watershed, as limited by the Coteau. This car- 
ries its range somewhat into the British Possessions, so that it is prob- 
ably the most northern species of the genus. It does not appear to 
_exist along that portion of the line represented by the watershed of the 
Red River of the North, where none were observed by the commission. 
1 shall have frequent occasion to allude to the great difference in the 
fauna and flora of these two portions of the line sharply divided by 
the Coteau of the Missouri. The presence among plants of the Opuntia 
missouriensis and the prevalence of Artemisia, the occurrence of Centro- 
cercus urophasianus among birds, of Cynomys ludovicianus among mamn- 
mals, and of Phrynosoma douglasit and Crotalus confluentus among rep- — 
tiles, are some of the prominent features of the Missouri watershed as 
contrasted with that of the Red River. C. confluentus is also found 
extending to New Mexico, Utah, Colorado, Arizona, California, Nevada, 
and even to the islands of Santa Barbara Channel, California; but the 
typical Crotalus of the Sonoran region is C. adamanteus atrox, a sub- 
species of our Southern serpent, of the Pacific. C. lucifer, a well- 
marked and distinct form, is found in Arizona and the Pacific region. 

The pairing season of these serpents is in midsummer, when they 
have several times been observed in coitu. Little, however, has been 
ascertained respecting their reproduction. About half the year, in most 
latitudes, they hibernate in holes in the ground. ‘They have, however, 
been observed abroad after severe frosts in the Yellowstone region. At 
Fort Randall, on the Missouri, they were stated to reappear in May 
with the loosening of the ground from frost. As in the case of other 
species, there is a regular annual, or perhaps, as in some other Ophi- 
dians and as in Saurians, a more frequent casting of the skin. During 
the moult, they are reported to be specially venomous, but probably 
upon no other foundation than that at this time their sluggishness 
results in the accumulation of a large supply of the poisonous fluid. In 
one of the specimens secured were found the remains of a Prairie Squir- 
rel (Spermophilus richardsoni), the most abundant mammal of the Milk ~ 
River region; and it is probable that these animals, together with the 
allied species, form a large part of their subsistence. 

While the venomous properties of these reptiles, not easily overrated, 
should suffice to ensure due caution in capturing or killing them, it is as 
well to remember that the utmost range of a rattlesnake’s blow is less 
than its own length. They may readily be captured alive by pinning 
down the neck with a forked stick, and may be handled with impunity, 
when not too large and powerful, if seized immediately behind the head. 
In case of a strong snake, however, the power of constriction is suffi- 
cient to paralyze the muscles of both arms, as in the case of a person 
we knew who had seized two of these reptiles by the back of the neck. 
He had to berelieved by abystander. A method employed in the South 
to capture the C. adamanteus is perhaps worthy of mention. A silk 


COUES AND YARROW ON HERPETOLOGY. 269 


handkerchief is fastened to the end of a pole, which is held toward the 
reptile, which strikes fiercely at it, the fangs and teeth become engaged 
in the fibre of the silk, and a dexterous movement of the stick readily 
pulls out the fangs, and the reptile can be approached.with safety. 

There seems to be a special and peculiar enmity existing between the 
Rattlesnake and Moccasin and the Blacksnake (Bascanium) and “ King 
Snake” (Ophibolus getulus sayi); these two latter species waging a 
constant warfare against the former, and invariably conquering, accord- 
ing to information received from reliable parties. After the conflict, the 
vanquished is eaten by the victor. In one case reported, a large Black- 
snake (Bascanium constrictor) had seized a Rattlesnake (Crotalus ada- 
manteus), and entwined two or more folds behind his head and several 
six or eight inches farther back; then by muscular effort had torn the 
body. It is a well-known fact that both Rattlesnakes and Moccasins 
will endeavor to get away from the “ King Snake” (Ophibolus getulus 
sayi); and in the South this beautiful and harmless species is protected 
in view of this fact. 


Genus CAUDISONA. Laur. 
CAUDISONA TERGEMINA. (Say) Cope. 
The Massasauga, or Prairie Rattlesnake. 


Crotaius tergeminus, Say, Long’s Exped. R. Mts. i. 1823, 499.—Har.Lan, Jour. Acad. 

; Nat. Sci. Phila. 1827, 372.—Coprs, Mitchell’s Researches, App. 1861, 125.— 
Hayp. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. xii. 1862, 177 (Yellowstone). ; 

Crotalophorus tergeminus, GRAY, Synop. Rept. 78; Cat. Rept. Br. Mus. 18.—Houpsr. N. 
Am. Herpet. 2d ed. iii. 1842, 29, pl. 5.—DEKay, N. Y. Fn. iii. 1842, 57.—Bp. 
& Gir. Cat. N. A. Rept. 1853, 14—Bp. P. R. R. Rep. x. 1851, pl. 25, f. 9 
(no text). 

Caudisona tergemina, CopE, Check List N. A. Bat. and Rep. 1875, 34. 

Crotalophorus , Aaass. L. Superior, 1850, 381, pl. 6, f. 6, 7, 8. 


Var? (Black Massasauga.) 


Crotalophorus kirtlandii, HoLBr. N. Am. Herpet. 2d ed. iii. 1842, 31, pl. 6.—Gray, Cat. 
Br. Mus. 18.—Bp. & Gir. Cat. N. A. Rept. 1853, 16.—Bp. P. R. R. Rep. x. 
1859, pl. 251, f. 11, 11 bis (no text). 

Crotalophorus massasauga, KIRTL. apud Bp. Serpents N. Y. 11, pl. 1, f. 2. 


This species is distributed in prairie countries from Ohio and Michigan 
westward, finding its most western limit in the region of the Yellow- 
stone. It is readily distinguished from any species of Crotalus by the 
presence of few (9) large symmetrical plates on the head, as in serpents 
generally, instead of numerous small scales, like those on the body. 
The rattle is much smaller than in Crotalus. The size varies from one to 
three feet. The ground-color above is brown, marked with blotches of 
deep chestnut-brown, blackish on the periphery, and margined with 
yellowish-white. 


° 


270 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
Family COLUBRID A. 


Genus HETERODON. Beauv. 


HETERODON SIMUS NASICUS. (B. & G.) Cope. 
Hog-nosed Snake; Sand Viper; Puffing Viper; Blowing Adder. 


Heterodon nasicus, BarrD & GIRARD, Stansbury’s Exp. Great Salt Lake, 1852, 
352.—BairD & Gir. Cat. N. A. Reptiles, 1853, 61, 157.—HaLLow. Sitgr. Rep. 
Expl. Zuni and Colorado R. 1853, 147.—Bp. P. R. R. Rep. 4, 1859, Whipple’s 
Route, Reptiles, 41.—Bp. P. R. R. Rep. x. 1859, Beckwith’s Route, Rep- 
tiles, 19.—Bp. U. S. Mex. B. Survey, ii. pt. ii. 1859, 18, pl. 11, f 1.—Hayp. 
Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. xii. 1862, 177.—Copx, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 
1866, 307.—ALrEN, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xvii. 1874, 69. 


Heterodon simus ‘subsp. nasicus, COPE, Check List Bat. and Rep. N. A. 1875, 43. 
Specimen. 
No. 1101. Big Muddy River, Montana. June 25, 1874. 


The serpents of the genus Heterodon are medium-sized or rather 
small species, thick-set in form and sluggish, of repulsive aspect, not 
distantly resembling some of the venomous species, especially the Cop- 
perhead (Ancistrodon contortrix). The similarity to poisonous species is 
heightened by the flat, broad, triangular shape of the head and the 
habit of hissing when irritated. They are commonly called ‘*Adders ” 
and ‘“‘Vipers”, and are reputed venomous; nevertheless, they are per- 
fectly harmless. They cannot be provoked to bite. The belief in the 
poisonous qualities is further heightened by the presence of two toler- 
ably large teeth in each upper jaw, resembling fangs, these teeth heing 
the ninth (?) of the series in some individuals, their bases being below 
the fifth upper labial. There is no groove present, nor is the tooth mov- 
able. Wedo not know that this fact has ever been before mentioned, 
although the post-palatine teeth are spoken of as being larger than 
others. These large teeth have, however, a sort of sheath over them, ~ 
similar to the fang-sheath of Crotalus. There is an interval between 
the small anterior teeth, and these are not contained in the same sheath 
as the fang-like tooth, which in some cases is found to have in its sheath 
one or more smaller fang-like teeth. They may be distinguished from 
any other serpents of this country by the sharp-pointed and elevated 
end of the muzzle, the rostral plate being prolonged into a spur. 

The present species finds its nearest ally in the Heterodon simus of the 
Southern States, sharing with this species the separation of the median 
plate behind the rostral from the frontals by the interposition of several 
small plates. From H. simus it is distinguished by the slaty-black, 
which occupies all or most of the under surface. The color above is an 
obscure grayish-brown, with very numerous darker blotches along the 


COUES AND YARROW ON HERPETOLOGY. 271 


dorsal line, and usually other smaller ones on the sides. But the 
markings are never bold, sometimes nearly obsolete. 

This is the most abundant and wide-ranging species of the genus, 
occurring throughout the West east of the Rocky Mountains. The 
specimen above noted is particularly interesting in the fact that it is 
the northernmost one hitherto recorded, demonstrating a wider range, 
not only of the species, but of the genus, than was before known. Mr. 
Allen procured it on the Yellowstone, and it appears to increase in 
numbers southward, being one of the more common serpents of New 
‘Mexico and Arizona. , 1am under the impression that I saw the same . 
species beyond the Missouri watershed, at Chief Mountain Lake; but 
the individual was unfortunately not secured.* 


* Professor Cope, in his recent Check List, has seen fit to reduce the numbers of 
species of this genus to four, which are readily separated into two groups as follows :— 

A. Heterodon platyrhinus. 

Heterodon platyrhinus subspecies atmodes. 
With the azygos behind the rostral plate in contact with the frontal plates. 
B. Heterodon simus subspecies simus. 
Heterodon simus subspecies nascius. 
With the azygos behind the rostral plate separated by a varying number of 
small plates. 

In this connection, it may be mentioned that if color should be taken into considera- 
tion as a specific marking, it seems that Baird and Girard’s H. niger should be admitted 
as a subspecies of H. platyrhinus, for not only is there a very marked difference of col- 
oration (some species of H. niger being entirely black), but as a rule the rostral of H. 
niger is much more developed than that of H. platyrhinus, and the dorsal carina are 
acute and very well marked, and there are obvious differences in the size of the scales. 
It is true that in examining a number of specimens of H. platyrhinus, H. niger, and 
H. atmodes, it will be found that a regular intergradation of color exists; but if atmodes 
is to be admitted as a good and valid subspecies of H. platyrhinus, it would seem that 
H. niger is entitled tothe same respect. In an examination of the different specimens of 
Heterodon in the National Museum, Smithsonian Institution, the authors were fortunate 
enough to discover a species called Heterodon kennerlyi by Kennicott, in the Proceed- 
ings of the Acad. of Nat. Sci. Phila., 1860, pp. 336 and 337; and as after a careful exam- 
ination of several specimens, the specific characters of them compare entirely with the 
type, the entire description is here given. The species naturally falls near the B. or 
simus group, in which the azygos is separated from the frontals, not by a varying num- 
ber of plates, but by exactly two plates in five specimens and by three in one speci- 
men. These specimens are from the following localities :— 

1282. Matamoras, Texas. 
7290. Lower Rio Grande. 
5185. Fort Stockton, Texas. 
8878. Southern Arizona. 
8413. Southern Arizona. 

A comparison of these specimens with eighteen well-marked species of H. simus 
nasicus shows that although these latter vary-as to the number of scales separating 
the azygos and frontals, in no respect does it approach the regularity and systematic 
arrangement of the scales in H. simus kennerlyi. 


HETERODON SIMUS KENNERLYI. (Kennic.) C. § Y. 


HA. kennerlyi, Kennicott. 
SPEC. CHAR.—Head broad, very short anteriorly. Rostral plate very large. Loral 
plate very small, sometimes absent. Only two supplemental plates behind the azygos ; 


272 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
Genus EUTAINIA. Baird & Girard. 


Coluber, Tropidonotus, sp., AUCT. 
Eutainia, BArrD & GIRARD, Cat. N. Am. Reptiles, 1853. 
Eutenia, emend. 


To the few species of this genus known to the older authors under 
the names of Coluber or Tropidonotus, many were added, in 1853, by 
Baird and Girard, at the date of establishment of the genus Hutenia, a 
majority of the fifteen species described in the catalogue of the authors 


the latter is sometimes replaced by two symmetrical contiguous plates, and without any 
supplemental. The prenasal and prefrontal in contact with the posterior process of 
the rostral. Dorsal row of scales twenty-three, all carinated except the first and sec- 
ond, which are perfectly smooth. Ground-color light yellowish gray; a dorsal series 
of rather indistinct, rounded or subquadrate, brown blotches; a second series of smaller, 
circular spots, much darker and more distinct ; below this a third and more indistinct 
series. — 

Descr.—In its general form and appearance, this resembles the H. nasicus, with 
which it is sometimes found associated. The body, however, is rather shorter and 
thicker than in H. nasicus, and the head is broader, with the part of the head anterior 
to the eye decidedly shorter. The nasals are not as well developed longitudinally as 
in H. nasicus, but the result of this shortness of the anterior part of the head is seen 
in the very small loral, which is frequently wanting entirely. There is never more 
than one loral, while frequently two are seen in H. nasicus, in which the loral is in 
every case strikingly larger than in kennerlyi. The most striking difference between 
these species is in the number of small plates surrounding the azygos or postrostral. 
While in H. nasicus there are always at least ten of these, one or two of which margin 
the inner edges of the prenasals and prefrontals, there are never more than two, and 
frequently but one additional plate, in H. kennerlyi, and the prenasal and prefrontal 
are always in contact with the posterior process of the rostral. The azygos is short, 
nearly as broad as long, and usually there are just behind it two contiguous plates of 
about the same size, separating it from the postfrontal, but not from the prefrontal. 
Frequently, however, the azygos is longitudinally divided, and without any additional 
plates, but in contact with the rostral anteriorly, and the vectra posteriorly, and not 
separated from the postfrontals. The vertical, occipitals, superciliaries, and labials 
are much as in H. nasicus, though generally less developed longitudinally. The rostral 
is as large as in H. nasicus. The two outer dorsal rows are both perfectly smooth ; in 
H. nasicus, the second is distinctly though delicately carinate. 

-The ground-color is light yellowish-gray, with a dorsal series of rather indistinct 
subquadrate or rounded blotches, two to two and a half scales long, and separated by 
intervals of one or two scales, rather wider anteriorly. Below this is a series of very 
distinct, purplish-black, circular blotches, covering four scales transversely and two 
longitudinally ; below this one or more indistinct series of spots. This pattern of col- 
oration is very similar to that of H. nasicus, but the ground-color is always lighter, and 
the dorsal spots are lighter and less distinct. The upper lateral series is of a purplish- 
black, and much more distinct, forming a prominent character. 

Abdomen nearly entirely black, except a few yellow scuta. The head is marked as 
in H. nasicus, except that the nasals, prefrontals, and rostral are all yellowish ; while, 
in the latter species, they are dark in front of the light transverse line which crosses 
the crown behind the rostral; and, in H. kennerlyi, the light line across the superci- 
liaries and vertical is much broader than in H. nasicus. This species differs from H. 
simus in many of the same features as does H. nasicus. These, together with the small 
or absent loral and small number of supplemental plates, will readily distinguish it. 

Rio Grande (Dr. Kennerly). Sonora. 


COUES AND YARROW ON HERPETOLOGY. ~ 273 


just named being new. To these several more have since been added, 
chiefly by Mr. Kennicott and Professor Cope, from various parts of the 
West, the present number of current United States species being over 
twenty. 

That the species of this large and difficult genus require thorough 
critical revision, with a reduction of the number of accredited species, 
will be evident to any one who undertakes the identification of any con- 
siderable series of specimens. A certain proportion of the specimens 
cannot be referred without hesitation to the described species they are 
Supposed to represent, or, rather, may be referred, with about equal 
propriety, to more than one such species. This indicates either that the 
descriptions drawn from particular type-specimens are too exclusive to 
fairly afford specific diagnoses, or that the supposed species they repre- 
sent are not valid, but blend with each other through intermediate spe- 
cimens. There is unquestionabiy a gentle and complete intergradation 
between several of the accredited species. 

Too much stress altogether has been laid, in the preparation of spe- 
cific diagnoses, upon points which should properly be only adduced in 
illustration of the normal inherent range of variation of the individual, 
and have no value whatever as functions of the actual specific equation. 
For instance, “superior labials seven” and “superior labials eight” are 
expressions found in the diagnosis of certain species as distinguishing 
marks. Whereas the fact is, as any one may satisfy himself by exam- 
ination of the first dozen specimens of Hutenia that come to hand, that 
the superior labials may be either seven or eight in different spe- 
cimens of indubitably the same species, or that there may be eight of 
them on one side of the mouth, and seven on the other, in the same 
specimen. Subdivisions of the genus have been based upon the number 
of dorsal rows, whether 17,19, or 21. Whereas it is a fact that different 
specimens vary a pair or two of scales in this respect, and that different 
parts of the body of the same specimen show a different number of rows 
of scales. Other matters, such as the width and sharpness of definition 
of the characteristic stripes, and the special tinge of coloration of these 
and other parts of the body, might be mentioned in similar terms. 

As far as we have seen, the position of the lateral stripe may be a 
means of grouping the species. Though this varies within certain limits, 
mainly according to the width of the band, yet its position on the third 
and fourth, or on the second and third, dorsal rows, affords a ready 
means of distinguishing certain sets of species or varieties. 

Along the northern boundary, Hutenia is the best represented genus 
‘of Ophidia, and indeed of Reptilia, not only in numbers of individuals, 
but of species as well. They occur in all situations, excepting, as a 
rule, the imost arid regions, and are particularly numerous about the 
prairie pools and sloughs and along the banks of the various streams. 
All the Species represented are more or less aquatic, particularly during 

Bull. iv. No. 1—18 


274 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


the season of reproduction. Several hundred individuals fell under Dr. 
Coues’s observation, of which a sufficiently large series of upward of fifty 


specimens, representing all the species known to occur in this region, 
was preserved. | 


These specimens include three perfectly distinct species. One of these 
is the wide-ranging LH. vagrans, almost universally distributed in the 
West. Another is of the siréalis type, and the third, more abundant and 
characteristic than either of the others, belongs to the radix group, and 
occurs under two varieties geographically distinguished. Without refer- 
ence to other species of the genus, the three just indicated may be readily 
distinguished by the following analysis :— 


A. Lateral stripe on the second and third rows of dorsal scales. 

a. Dorsal rows commonly 21; normally 8 superior labials. 

Body brown, with numerous small dark spots in two rows, nicking into the 
narrow inconspicuous stripes; no red; no bands on head; belly variably. 
lam DEOUSE. becca eies elo acini iol area oe ge ee oto teres vagrans. 

b. Dorsal rows commonly 19; normally 7 superior labials. 

Body pitchy-black, without spots, but mixed with small vermilion-red spaces ; 
the stripes broad, firm, and perfectly continuous..---...----- sirtalis parietalis. 

B. Lateral stripe on the third and fourth rows of dorsal scales; superior labials nor- 
mally 7; normally 21 rows of scales. 

a. Pitchy-black and equally so below and above the lateral stripe; dorsal and 
lateral stripes narrow; both gamboge-yellow, not contrasted with each 
pneu Sate a a tele een Oe Ae NscnodosseaucecaL 6onGae dodGo> radix. 

a’. Olivaceous-black ; lighter or interrupted below the lateral stripe; dorsal stripe 
broad, rich chrome-yellow, contrasted with the pale gamboge-yellow lateral 
SULIP Oletere ayasete[ysscins clesieicioejseie- aleniee esi er eee tee ee radia twiningi. 


EUTANIA VAGRANS. B. & G. 
f 


Wandering Garter Snake. 


Eutainia vagrans, Bp. & Gir., Cat. N. A. Reptiles, 1863, 35 (Texas and California to 
Puget Sound).—Gir. U. 8. Exp]. Exped. Herpet. 1858, 154, pl. 14, f. 5-10.— Bp. 
P. R. R. Rep. x. 1859, Beckwith’s Route, Reptiles, 19, pl. 17.—Coor. & SUCKL. 
N. H. W. Terr. 1860, 297.—Cops, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1866, 305, 307. 

Eutenia vagrans subsp. vagrans, Cope, Check List N. A. Bat. and Rep. 1875, 41. 


Specimens. 
1151. Sweetgrass Hills. August 3, 1874. 
1157. Sweetgrass Hills. August 3, 1874. 
1157 bis. Sweetgrass Hills. August 3, 1874. 
1157 ter. Sweetgrass Hills. August 3, 1874. 


1184. Chief Mountain Lake. August 23, 1874. 


DESCRIPTION (from Nos. 1157, bis, ter).—This is a rather small species, 
the largest specimens seen being little over two feet in length, of slender 
form, and inconspicuous coloration, by reason of the narrowness of the 
bands, their dull color, and their indentation by the series of dark spots. 
On a general view, these spots are nearly as evident as the bands them- 


COUES AND YARROW ON HERPETOLOGY. 275 


selves, being quite blackish and set off upon the general dull grayish- 
brown ground-color. The under parts are dull slaty-gray, variously 
speckled and blotched with slaty-black, which in some cases prevails 
over the gray, especially on the hinder part of the body. The dorsal 
and lateral bands are alike pale dull yellowish. The dorsal stripe at its 
broadest points is one scale and two half scales wide; where encroached 
upon by the black spots, it is reduced to a single scale, or even inter- 
rupted altogether. These spots are generally opposite, giving a beaded 
character to the dorsal stripe; sometimes alternate, when the band 
appears zigzag; and both these conditions may be found at different 
points on the same specimen. The lateral stripe is less firm than the 
dorsal, since it is not only beaded along its upper edge by the lower one 
of the two series of lateral spots, but also blended to a degree with the 
color of the first row of scales along which it lies, as usual in those spe- 
cies in which this stripe is on the second and third rows. The first row 
of dorsal scales is colored like the belly, not like the back. The lateral 
dark spots, very numerous, and, as already said, quite conspicuous, are 
mostly alternate with each other, in some places opposite. The plates 
of the head are light brown, excepting the labials, which are colored 
like the body. 

Twenty-one rows of scales is normal in this species, and the lateral 
Stripe occupies the second and third. The head is large and especially 
wide, and the muzzle blunt. The superior labials are eight in two and 
a half of the three specimens under examination, the other half. of the 
third specimen having seven. The discrepancy occurs, as usual, among 
the smaller anterior ones, the eye being in all situate over the fourth 
and fifth, counting from behind. The third from behind is the largest | 
of the series. The length of the tail is contained 42 times in the total 
length ; 33 times in the length of the body alone. 

FH. vagrans exhibits in a marked degree the variation in number of 
labidals, also of the anterior and postorbital plates. The species is 
peculiarly characteristic of the Central region, but it is found exceed- 
ingly numerous in Utah, Colorado, and Arizona, generally in mountains. 

The Wandering Garter Snake does not appear to be generally distrib- 
uted along the northern boundary line. It was not met with during the 
first year of my connection with the Survey in any part of the Red 
River watershed, nor was it seen the second season except to the west- 
ward from the outliers of the Rocky Mountains to the main chain itself. 
We may conclude that its northwestern limits of distribution are indi- 
cated in these points. The species was originally described from the 
Pacific slope, Puget’s Sound, California, and New Mexico, and has since 
been shown to be of very general dispersion in the West, on both sides 
of the mountains, 


276 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


EUTZNIA SIRTALIS PARIETALIS. (Say) Cope. 
Parietal Garter Snake. 


Coluber parietalis, Say, Long’s Exp. R. Mts. i, 1823, 186—Haru. Journ. Phila. Acad. v. 
1827, 349. 

Eutainia parietalis, BD. & Gir. Cat. N. A. Rep. 1853, 28. 

Eutenia sirtalis subsp. parietalis, Copr, Check List N. A. Bat. and Rep. 1875, 41. 


Specimens. 
1180. Chief Mountain Lake. August 19, 1874. 
1193. St. Mary’s River. August 28, 1874. 


DESCRIPTION (No. 1180, Chief Mountain Lake).—This is one of the 
larger species of the genus, frequently attaining a length of three feet, 
although, at the same time, the average dimension is less than this. It 
belongs strictly to the sirtalis group, and in fact is not specifically sep- 
arable from that species. It is a rather slender and elegant snake ; 
and, when found inhabiting the clear cold mountain streams or lakes, 
one of the most beautifully colored representatives of the genus, the 
stripes being firm and bold, and the dark body-color being relieved 
with rich red in marked contrast. The coloration as observed in life in 
the Rocky Mountain specimens in August is as follows :— 

The dorsal band, which is one scale and two half-scales broad, firm and 
perfectly continuous from head to end of tail, without indentation for’ 
the dark body-color, is pure yellow, fading to pale naples-yellow in alco- 
hol. The tint is clearer than that of the lateral bands, which are rather 
of a heavier golden-yellow from some suffusion with the red that beauti- 
fully mottles the sides. The lateral stripe is as firm and continuous as 
the dorsal one, and broader, occupying two whole scales (of the second | 
and third rows). The body-color is black, without obvious shade of 
brown or olivaceous, speckled between the scales with rich vermilion- 
red, which is very conspicuous on stretching the skin, forming an in- 
complete zigzag annulation. This red does not reach as high as the 
dorsal stripe, but extends through the lateral stripe, and occurs on the 
first dorsal row as a speck on the lower corner of each scale, and on 
the corresponding angle of the gastrosteges. The color is chiefly on 
the skin itself between the scales, but also suffuses fhe edges of many 
scales themselves. The first dorsal row of scales, which are much wider 
than the others, are colored like the belly; this lighter inferior boun- 
dary of the lateral stripe causes the stripe itself to appear less firm in 
outline below than above. The belly is not blackish or even slaty, but 
of a peculiar pale glaucous-greenish, much as in sirtalis; but black ap- 
pears as a pair of small, round, lateral spots on each scute at its front 
border. The head is olivaceous-blackish, the rostral, lorals, and labials 
being like the belly. Léngth 31 inches; tail about 1 of the total length— 
4 of the length of body alone. Gastrosteges 157; urosteges 64, all 
bifid. Superior labials seven on both sides; the fifth largest in this and 
a second specimen examined. In No. 1180, the labials of the left side 


COUES AND YARROW ON HERPETOLOGY. 277 


have a small intercalated scale between the second and third. No. 1193, 
from. the Saint Mary’s River, August, is larger than the other, measur- 
ing about thirty-six inches; it is similar in general coloration, but less 
richly marked, the red suffusion being of less extent and intensity. 
This slender and elegant species was only observed at and near the 
end of the Line, at the eastern base of the Rocky Mountains, in August. 
It was common in the clear cold waters of the lakes and streams, and 
appeared to be one of the most thoroughly aquatic species of the genus, 
being often seen swimming freely in deep water at some distance from 
the shore. At this season, all the female individuals observed were gravid 
with nearly matured embryos. Like other of the genus, the species is 
ovo-viviparous, the young being some six inches in length when born. 
Newly-born individuals are of an indefinite dark color, with pale bands 
and under parts, without red, but with two rows on each side of very 
evident blackish specks—markings like those that persist in the adults 
of EH. vagrans, for example. In two young specimens found in utero, 
the genital or intromittent organs are external to the anus, and 
extremely large when compared with the size of the individual. The 
placental cord is attached a short distance in advance of the anus. 


EUTANIA RADIX. (B. & G.) 


Racine Garter Snake. 


Eutainia radix, Bo. & Gir. Cat. N. Am. Reptiles, 1853, 34 (Racine, Wisconsin).—KENN. 
apud Coop. & Suck. N. H. Wash. Terr. 1860, 299 (Minnesota). 

Eutenia radix, Copr, Check List N. A. Bat. and Rep. 1875, 40. 

Eutenia haydeni, KENN. apud Coop. & SucKL. Nat. Hist. Wash. Terr. 1860, 298, pl. 14 
(Fort Pierre, Dakota). 

Thamnophis haydenit, CopE.—HayD. Trans. Amer. Assoc. xii. 1862, 177. 


DESCRIPTION (No. 1027, Pembina, June 5, 1873).—This is one of the 
stoutest species of the genus. A specimen two feet long equals or rather 
exceeds in calibre a three feet long individual of sirtalis for example. 
The rapidly tapering tail, in a specimen 30 inches long, is 6§ inches, 
or contained about 43 times in the total length—nearly 4 times in the 
length of body alone. The head is very short and thick, with a broad 
obtuse muzzle. The dorsal stripe, one scale and two half-scales broad 
throughout, is firm and continuous along the body, but less evident 
(sometimes extinguished altogether) on the tail. The lateral stripe is 
fairly two scales wide along most of the body, but only a scale and a 
half posteriorly, and but one scale on most of the tail; on the body it 
occupies the third and, for the most part, the fourth row of dorsal scales ; 
on the tail it descends at ouce to the first row. Both dorsals and lat-_ 
eral bands are alike clear pale yellow, the former only occasionally deep- 
ening anteriorly into a more golden- or chrome-yellow. The body is oli- 
vaceous-blackish or obscure brownish-black, and of much the same tint 
above and below the lateral stripes. In the darkest and most ‘“ pitchy” 
black individuals, no markings are evident; in some lighter ones, there 


278 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


are indications of obscure dark spots, scarcely or not, however, traceable 
in definite rows. In all the specimens, the series of spots below the lat- 
eral line are well marked and distinguishable, and in many cases the 

_ line of spots just above the lateral line is fairly perceptible. The belly 
is pale glaucous-olivaceous, touched with blackish on the sides of the 
scutes, and sometimes this color mingles with the dark of the sides below 
the lateral stripe. Unlike those species in which the lateral band is 
lower down, there is not so much difference in the size or shape of the 
first and second dorsal rows. The superior labials are normally seven, 

‘sometimes eight on one or both sides; they are light-colored, like the 
belly, but each has a touch of blackish along the posterior border. The 
dorsal rows are normally 21, and all quite broad. All the dorsal scales are 
strongly carinated, giving the animal a roughened, scabrous appear- 
ance. The length is oftener 2 to 24 feet than more, but at all ages the 
bulk of the snake, as already indicated, is considerable. 

The specimen here described, a gravid female, and others of the nu- 
merous ones collected, agree perfectly with the original diagnosis of the 
type from Racine, Wis. (whence the name ‘ radix” is derived), and 
equally well with Mr. Kennicott’s subsequent description of a specimen 
from Fort Snelling, Minn. Throughout the Red River region, from 

. Pembina to where the Coteau de Missouri crosses the line, it is the 
characteristic Ophidian, the principal and almost the only representative 
of its order, outnumbering all the others put together. Indistinguisha- 
ble specimens also occur in the eastern portions of the Missouri region 
at the same latitude, though there the greater number are of the 
twining type, which farther westward prevails altogether. . 

In the more fertile portions of the Red River Valley itself, this snake 
may be found almost anywhere in the brush and herbage. Out on the 
dryer prairie beyond, it is chiefly confined to the pools and streams, or 
their immediate vicinity. Numbers are found basking together on the 
muddy borders of the sloughs, or among masses of aquatic vegetation, 
where they find ample subsistence during the summer months in the 
tadpoles, young frogs, and various water insects. They are themselves 
preyed upon by hawks, especially the Marsh Harrier (Cireus cyaneus 
hudsonius) and Swainson’s Buzzard (Buteo swainsoni). They are less 
active than some of the slenderer species, are readily caught, and when 
captured make little or no resistance. Only the largest individuals 
assume for the moment a defensive attitude and attempt to bite; most 
may be at once handled with impunity. The greater part of the females 
observed in July and August will be found pregnant, the young num- 
bering sometimes aS many as thirty or forty. Individuals were taken 
an coitu in September and part of October. These observations together 
indicate a period of gestation protracted for the greater part of a year. 
The snakes become much less numerous in the latter part of September, 
but Dr. Coues occasionally saw them abroad on warm days up to the 
middle of October, even after there had been snow, sleet, and freezing of 
the more shallow waters. 


COUES AND YARROW ON HERPETOLOGY. 279 


EUPANIA RADIX TWININGI. Cowes G Yarrow. 
Twining’s Garter Snake. 


DESCRIPTION (No. 1135, Two Forks of Milk River, July 15, 1874).— 
From the Coteau de Missouri westward, in the arid region of the Upper 
Missouri and Milk Rivers, the characters of H. radix undergo con- 
siderable modification. The difference is easily recognized in life by an 
observer familiar with both kinds. The principal character is seen in 
the increased breadth and intensity of coloration of the dorsal band, 
especially on the anterior portion. This band is of arich chrome-yellow 
or reddish-golden, contrasting strongly with the clear pale yellow of the 
lateral stripe. This richly-colored cadmium-yellow band commences as 
a@ minute linear trace on the middle borders of the two scales just poste- 
rior to the occipitals ; it then covers a single scale in rear of these, grad- 
ually increasing until three or even four scales are covered, finally set- 
tling down to thin scales which continue down two-thirds of body, then 
covers one whole and two halves; opposite the anus, and to its termina- 
tion, it is confined to two half-scales. At its broadest part, near the 
head, it is full three scales broad, and sometimes even three and two 
half-scales in width. * There are slight or no indications of darker mot- 
-tling, even in the lighter-colored specimens. Below the lateral band, the 
dark color is usually much broken up with mottling of the color of the 
_ belly. With much the same general form as in LH. radix, the head ap- 
pears decidedly narrower and less obtuse. In the specimen 1135 there 
are eight upper labials on right side, seven on left; it is a gravid fe- 
male. 

This form corresponds perfectly with certain geographical faunal 
areas which are represented in the region under consideration, a fact in 
further evidence of the propriety of distinguishing it. It is abundant 
about the prairie pools of the Upper Missouri and Milk Rivers; its habits 
are the same as those of H. radix. It does not appear to extend into 
the Saskatchewan watershed. 

Dedicated to Maj. W. J. Twining, United States Engineers, in recog- 
nition of his cordial codperation in the scientific interests of the Bound- 
ary Commission, and in expression of our personal consideration. 


List of specimens (of both forms). 


1013. Pembina. June 5, 1873. 
1019. Pembina. June 7, 1873. 
1020. Pembina. ; June 7, 1873. 
1027. Pembina. June 7, 1873. 
1047. Pembina. June 24, 1873. 
1065. Turtle Mountain. July 22, 1873. 
1068. Turtle Mountain. July 23, 1873. 
1089. Mouse River. Aug. 20, 1873. 
1090. Mouse River. Aug. 20, 1873. 


1091. Mouse River. Aug. 20, 1873. 


280 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


1093. Mouse River. Aug. 25, 1873. 
1100. Big Muddy River. June25, 1874. 
1117. Porcupine River. June27, 1874. 
1119. Big Porcupine River. June29, 1874. 
1130. Frenchman’s River. July 8, 1874. 


1132. Near Frenchman’s River. July 12, 1874. 
1132 bis. Near Frenchman’s River. July 12, 1874. 
1132 ter. Near Frenchman’s River. July 12, 1874. 
1135. Two Forks of Milk River. July 15, 1874. 


To the foregoing species of Ophidians observed by the Boundary 
Commission may be added short notices of the following, known to 
occur in the Yellowstone region, and very probably extending farther 
north :— 


EUTZNIA PROXIMA. (Say) B. & G. 
Say’s Garter Snake. 


Coluber proximus, Say, Long’s Exped. R. Mts. i. 1823, 187.—Haru. Journ. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila. v. 1827, 353. 

Tropidonotus proximus, HaLLow. Sitgreaves’s Rep. Expl. Zuni and Colorado R. 1853, 134, 
146. 

Eutainia proxima, Bp. & Gir. Cat. N. A. Reptiles, 1853, 25.—ALLEN, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. 
H. xvii. 1874, 69 (Yellowstone).—KENN. apud Bp. JU. 8S. Mex. B. Surv. ii. pt. 
ii. 1859, Reptiles, 16. 

Eutenia proxima, Corr, Check List N. A. Bat. and Rep. 1875, 40. ~ 

This is a stout species, like H. radix and LH. twining, the total length 

only about 34 times that of the tail. The dorsal stripe is ochraceous- 

yellow; the lateral greenish-white or yellow on the third and fourth rows 

of scales; the dorsal rows are 19 in number. Carine of scales of dorsal 

region are of a whitish hue, which gives the species a streaked appear- 

ance, and the upper anterior border of the last row of scales is lined 

with white. There are also irregular white spots near the row of black 

ones above lateral line; these are more profuse in some places than 

others. The belly is greenish-white, more yellowish anteriorly. Its 

known range is east of the Rocky Mountains, from the region of the 

Yellowstone to New Mexico and Texas. Specimens are in the National 

Museum from Texas, California, Wisconsin, North Carolina, Mexico, &c. 

A specimen from Tomales Bay, Calitornia, is the type of HE. imperialis. 


EUTANIA SIRTALIS PICKERING (B. & G.) 
Pickering’s Garter Snake. 


a SIRTALIS. 


Coluber sirtalis, LINN. Syst. Nat. i. ed. 12, 1766, 383.—Gm. Syst. Nat. i. pt. iii. ed. 13, 
178s, 1107.—HarL. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. v. 1827, 352.—Har.. Med. and 
Phys. Res. 116.—SToRER, Rep. Reptiles Massach. 1839, 221. 

Tropidonotus sirialis, HOLBR. N. Am. Herpet. iii. 1842, 41, pl. 11. 

Eutainia sirtalis, Bb. & Gir. Cat. N. A. Rept. 1853, 30. 


COUES AND YARROW ON HERPETOLOGY. 281 


Tropidonotus tenia, DEKayY, N. Y. Fauna, iii. 1842, 43. 
Propidonotus bipunctatus, SCHL. Ess. Physiogn. Serp. 1837, 320. 
Tropidonotus tenia, DEKay, N. Y. Zool. 1842, 43, pt. 13, f. 27. 


b. PICKERINGI. 


Eutainia pickeringti, Bp. & Grr. Cat. N. A. Rept. 1853, 27 (Puget Sound).—Gir. U. S. 
Expl. Exped. Herpet. 1858, 150, pl. 13, f. 14-20.—Coor. & SuckL. Nat. Hist. 
- Wash. Terr. 1860, 296. 
Hutenia sirtalis subsp. pickeringii, Copr, Check List Bat. and Rep. N. A. 1875, 41. 

This species was not procured by Dr. Coues, but is introduced on the 
strength of specimens from Fort Benton, Montana, collected by Lieu- 
tenant Mullan. ‘ 

There are two well-marked forms of EL. sirtalis subspecies pickeringi. 


The spots confluent into a dark band. 
a. With a lateral band. 
b. No lateral band. 


Baird and Girard say of the species,—‘ Body slender; black above, 
slate-color beneath; lateral stripe irregular, confluent with the light- 
colored intervals between the dark spots. This species exhibits great 
variation of color, principally in regard to black of abdomen.” In the 
reserve collection of reptiles in the National Museum are quite a num- 
ber of specimens of the two differently marked subspecies all from 
one locality, viz, Fort Benton, Missouri, collected by Lieutenant Mullan 
of the Army. In this subspecies, the differences in number of labials 
may be frequently seen. 


TROPIDONOTUS SIPEDON. (L.) 


Water Snake. 


Coluber sipedon, LINN. Syst. Nat. ed. 12, 1766, i.379.—Gmeu. Syst. Nat. ed. 13, 1788, 
pt. ili. 1098.—Hart. Journ. Phila. Acad. v. 1827, 351; Med. and Phys. Res. 
114.—Tuomes. Hist. Vermont, 1842, 118. 

Tropidonotus sipedon, HoLpr. N. Am. Herpet. iii. 1842,29, pl. 6.—DeKay, N. Y. Fauna, 
iii, 1842, 42, pl. 14, f. 31.—Hayp. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. xii. 1862, 177. 

Nerodia sipedon, Bp. & Gir. Cat. N. Am. Reptiles, 1853, 38. 

Coluber pecilogaster, MAXIM. Reise Nord-Amer. i, 1839, 106. 


This serpent appears to have been first found in the Upper Missouri 
region by the Prinz Maximilian von Neu Wied, who described it under 
the name of Coluber pecilogaster ; and it was subsequently observed in 
the Yellowstone country by Dr. F. V. Hayden. It is one of the com- 
monest and best known species of the Hastern United States. The 
serpent of this region, however, may not be typical sipedon, but rather 
woodhousit or erythrogaster. Reptiles of this genus (comprising Nerodia 
and Regina of Baird and Girard) are the most completely aquatic ones of 
this country. The species of Nerodia proper are dark-colored, more or 
less evidently blotched, stout and rather repulsive, quite pugnacious 
when full-grown, and commonly regarded as venomous under the name 


282 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL: SURVEY. 


of Water Adder, or Water Moccasin: needless to say, like other true 
Colubrines, they are perfectly harmless. Those of the other section, 
Regina, are slenderer, and banded lengthwise, much like Hutcenia. 


PITYOPHIS SAYI BELLONA. (B. & G.) Cope. 
Say’s Pine Snake. 
a. SAYI. 


Coluber sayi, Scuu. Ess. Physiogn. Serp. 1837, 157. (Not Coronella sayi of Holbrook or 
Coluber sayi of DeKay, which is Ophibolus.) 

Pituophis sayi, Bp. & Gir. App. Cat. N. A. Rept. 1853, 152 (in text under Coluber 
sayt, p. 151).—KENN. apud Coor. & Sucki. Nat. Hist. Wash. Terr. 1860, 300, 
pl. 22.—Hayp. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soe. xii. 1862, 177. 


b. BELLONA. 


Churchillia bellona, Bp. & Gir. Stansbury’s Rep. Great Salt Lake, 1852, 350. 

Pituophis bellona, Bo. & Gir. Cat. N. Am. Rept. 1853, 66, 157. 

Pityophis bellona, KENN. apud Bp. P. R. R. Rep. x. 1859, Williamson’s Route, Rep- 
tiles, 42.—KENN. apud Bp. U.S. Mex. B. Surv. ii. pt. ii. 1859, Reptiles, 18.— 
Bp. U.S. P. R. R. Rep. x. 1859, Beckwith’s Route, Reptiles, 19.—Cops, Proce. 

Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1866, 305.—ALLEN, Proce. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xvii. 1874, 69. 

Pityophis sayi var. bellona, Copr, Check List Bat. and Rep. N. A. 1875, 39. 

Pituophis afinis, HatLow, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. vi. 1852, 181.—HaLLow. Sitgr, 
Rep. Expl. Zui and Colorado R. 1853, 130, 146. 


The species of this genus, known as “ Pine” and “ Bull” Snakes, are 
of large size, sometimes attaining a length of six feet or more. They 
are perfectly harmless, and appear of a rather sluggish and inoffensive 
disposition. They are light-colored (whitish, yellowish, or even reddish), 
but thickly blotched above with a dorsal series of numerous large brown 
or brown black-bordered spots, and other smaller lateral ones; on each 
side of the belly is usually found (as in the case of the present species) 
a row of black spots, one on each scutellum. Several upper dorsal series 
are lightly carinated; the rest are smooth. The tail is very short, about 
one-twelfth of the whole length, half-ringed above with black, and hav- 
ing lateral black spots. There is a dark stripe across the head from one 
eye to the other, continued behind each eye to the angle of the mouth. 
The head is very small, and the neck contracted. The general blotched 
character of the upper parts is somewhat in superficial appearance like 
that of Crotalus confluentus or Heterodon nasicus ; but very little further 
observation is required to recognize the decided distinctions. 

The best known species of this genus is the P. melanoleuca, the Com- 
mon Pine or Bull Snake of the Eastern United States. An excellent 
and interesting account of the habits of this species, by the Rev. S. 
Lockwood, will be found in the American Naturalist for January, 1875. 

Serpents of this genus vary notably in the construction of the plates 
of the head. A specimen of P. bellona, from the Yellowstone, collected 
by Mr. Allen in the expedition of 1873, presents the following case:—A 


COUES AND YARROW ON HERPETOLOGY. 283 


large subpentagonal, shield-shaped vertical. Single large, triangular 
superorbital. A pair of moderate occipital and numerous small tem- 
porals. In advance of the vertical is a small azygos plate, wedged in 
between the connivent postfrontals. Two pairs of postfrontals. One 
pair of prefrontals. Two vasals, the nostril between them. A small loral. 
Two anteorbitals; the lower very small; the large, upper one bounding 
nearly all of the orbit anteriorly. Three small postorbitals. A large 
obtuse rostral. Hight superior labials, the eye over the fourth and 
fifth, the penultimate one largest. 

Atter a careful examination of many specimens of P. sayi bellona and 
P. sayi mexicana in the National Museum, we find no absolute diagnostic 
value in the entire number of superior and inferior labials and number of 
dorsal seales, and are rather of the opinion that these two species should 
be grouped together under Baird and Girard’s original name of bellona. 
Further investigation may show that catenifer Blainv. should be brought 
under the same head. 


OPHIBOLUS GETULUS BOYLI. (B. & G.) Cope. 


Ophibolus boylii, Bp. & Gir. Catal. N. Am. Reptiles, 1853, 82.—Bp. P. R. R. Rep. x. 1859, 
Williamson’s and Abbott’s Route, Reptiles, 11.—Bp. U. S. Mex. B. Surv. ii. pt. ii. 
1859, Reptiles, 20.—Corsr, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1866, 305. 

_Lampropeltis boylii, Copr, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, 255. 

Ophibolus getulus sabsp. boyliit, CopE, Check List N. A. Bat. and Rep. 1875, 37. 

Coronella balteata, HALLow. ‘“ Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. vi. 1853, 236”. —Hatow. P. R. 
R. Rep. x. 1859, Williamson’s Route, Reptiles, 14. 


A specimen of this species, contained in a collection from the Yellow- 
stone, offers the following characters :—The color is lustrous browni-h- 
black, crossed at intervals of about an inch by narrow rings of pure 
white, which gradually widen on the sides to a breadth greater than that 
of the black interspaces. On the belly, taese white rings are sometimes 
opposite, and then are continuous with the white coming down from the 
other side, and sometimes alternate, when they abruptly meet the black, 
producing a checkered pattern. These points are wholly irregular, both 
being observable in different parts of the same specimen. In this spe- 
cimen, which is about 34 feet long, there are in all forty-four rings, in- 
cluding some which are incomplete, that is, existing only on one side; 
for the rings on the back, as on the belly, are not always continued all 
around, some broken ones finding no fellow on the opposite side. In 
other specimens, there is also the greatest variety in all these details of 
pattern. The fore part and sides of the head are irregularly blotched 
with black and yellowish, and there are yellowish specks on the occiput. 

This species is found abundantly in Pacific and Sonoran districts, and 
grows to a large size. The dark bands in Californian specimens in life 
are of a lustrous blackish-green bronze. Its discovery in Montana is an 
interesting fact, as there is but one specimen in the National Museum 
from that region. 


284 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


The genus Ophibolus comprises a considerable number of species of 
very handsomely marked serpents, in all of which a black, brown, or red 
ground is crossed by light markings. The Ophibolus getulus is 4 com- 
mon Eastern species, black like the present, and ringed with yellow, but 
the rings bifurcate on the sides. 


OPHIBOLUS MULTISTRATA. (Kenn.) 


Lampropeltis multistriata, KENN. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, 328. (By err. typog. 
for multistrata. “Fort Lookout, Nebraska”, by err. for Fort Benton, Mon- 
tana.)—HayYDEN, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. xii. 1862, 177 (Fort Benton). 

Ophibolus multistratus, CopE, Check List N. A. Bat. and Rep. 1875, 37. 


The locality of the original specimen is stated by its discoverer to be 
Fort Benton, Montana, not “ Fort Lookout, Nebraska”. Another error 
occurred in the original notice of the species, the name being printed 
multistriata for multistrata, in allusion to the number of rows of scales. 


BASCANIUM FLAVIVENTRE. (B. & G.) 
Yellow-bellied Black Snake. 


Coluber flaviventris, Say, Long’s Exped. R. Mts. ii. 1823, 185. 

Bascanion flaviventris, Bp. & Gir. Cat. N. A. Reptiles, 1853, 96.—Bp. U.S. Mex. B. Surv. 
ii. pt. ii. 1859, Reptiles, 20.—Hayp. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. xii. 1862, 177.— 
ALLEN, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. xvii. 1874, 69 (Yellowstone). 

This species is dark olive-green above and bright yellow beneath, 
being distinguished from the usual style of B. constrictor by these char- 
acters, the last-named species being lustrous pitch-black above and 
ordinarily greenish-black below. These characters, however, are not 
diagnostic, as more or less yellow-bellied Eastern constrictor often occurs. 

Inasmuch as individuals of B. constrictor, which have not attained 
their adult state, resemble greatly in coloration B. vetustum, color cannot 
be relied upon as a specific point in diagnosis. The position of certain of 
the upper labial and their relation to the eye and that of the lower 
postorbital afford the most reliable means of distinguishing the species. 
In Bascanium constrictor, a line drawn slightly obliquely backward from 
the junction of the third and fourth upper labials will pass directly 
through the centre of the pupil of the eye. The same line drawn in B. 
vetustum would pass slightly anterior to the centre of the pupil, and in 
the latter species the lower postorbital lies in a notch between the fourth 
and fifth upper labials. In B. constrictor, the lower postorbital rests on 
the upper border of the fourth upper labial. In some cases, the position 
of the lower postorbital in B. vetustum differs on different sides of the 
same individual. The young of B. vetustum can hardly be distinguished 
from the young of B. constrictor except by the position of the lower 
postorbital. The description of the young by Baird and Girard, p. 94 of 
their Catalogue, is excellent, and should be relied upon, as young speci- 
mens differ so materially in coloration from adults. 


COUES AND YARROW ON HERPETOLOGY. 285 


The typical and best known species of this genus is the common 
Black Snake of the United States (B. constrictor). All the species agree 
in their slender form and perfectly smooth, lustrous scales and uniform 
coloration while adult, though the young are somewhat particolored. 
They grow to a large size, and are noted for their powers of constriction. 
They are among the most active and agile of our serpents, possessing 
eminent scansorial powers, and are persistent enemies of numerous small 
birds, whose nests they rob of the eggs or young. 


CYCLOPHIS VERNALIS. (DeK.) Giinth. 


Coluber vernalis, DEKay, MS.—HaRt. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. v. 1827, 361; Med. 
and Phys. Res. 1835, 124.—STorER, Rep. Mass. Rept. 1839, 224.—Hotsr. N. Am. 
Herpet. iii. 1842, 79, pl. 17—DxEKay, N. Y. Fauna, iii. 1842, 40, pl. 11. £. 22.— 
Thomps. Nat. Hist. Vermont, 1842, 117. 

Chlorosoma vernalis, Bp. & Gir. Catal. N. Am. Rept. 1853, 103. 

Herpetodryas vernalis, HALLOW. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1856, 243. 

Liopeltis vernalis, Corr, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, 560.—Haypb. Trans. Amer. 
Phil. Soe. xii. 1862, 177. 

Cyclophis vernalis, GUNTHER, Cat. Col. Snakes Brit. Mus. 1853, 119. 


Observed by Dr. Hayden on the Yellowstone. 

In vol. v, Zoology, of Ex. for Expl. West of One Hundredth Meridian, 
mention is made by Dr. Yarrow, p. 539, of the discovery of this species 
at Abiquiu, N. Mex., and in the Am. Nat. vol. —, p. —, the same author 
relates that it was found by Lieutenant Carpenter in Colorado. These 
facts extend greatly its southern limit. C. cestivus, the Eastern and 
Southern species, has been found in New Mexico, Texas, and Western 
Missouri. 

The two species are readily distinguishable: C. vernalis having 15 
rows of smooth scales, 7 upper labials, 8 lower; and C. estivus having 
17 rows of strongly carinated scales, except the outer row, which is 
smooth, and the second slightly keeled; upper labials 7, lower labials 8. 


SAURIA. 
Family IGUANID A. 
Genus PHRYNOSOMA. Wieg. 


PHRYNOSOMA DOUGLASSI. (Bell) Gray. 
Horned Lizard ; Horned * Toad”; Horned “ Frog”. 


a. DOUGLASSI. 


Agama douglassii, BELL, Trans. Linn. Soc. xvi. 1829, 105, pl. 10.—BELL, Isis, Bd. xxiii. 
1430, 910.—HARL. Med. and Phys. Res. 1835, !41, f. 3. 

Phrynosoma douglassii, GRAY, Gviffith’s An. King. ix. 1831, 44.—WaGL. Nat. Syst. Amph 
1830, 146.—WirGM. Herp. Mex. 1834,54.—Ho xs. N. Am. Herpet. i. 1842, 101, 
pl. 14.—Gray, Cat. Br. Mus. 1845, 227.—G1raARD, Stansbury’s Rep. Expl. Great 
Salt Lake, 1852, 362, pl.7, f. 6-9 (monographic).—Core, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila., 1866, 302.—ALLEN, Prec. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xvii. 1874, 69. 


286 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Phrynosoma douglassii subsp. douglassii, Corr, Check List N. A. Bat. and Rep. 1875, 49. 

Tapaya douglassii, GIRARD, U. S. Ex. Ex. Herpet. 1858, 398, pl. 21, f. 1-5.—Bp. P. R. R. 
Rep. x. 1859, Gunnison’s and Beckwith’s Route, Reptiles, 18.—Bp. P. R. R. Rep. 
x. 1859, Williamson’s and Abbott’s Route, Reptiles, 9.—Coor. & Sucku. N. H, 
Wash. Terr. 1860, 294. 


b. ORNATISSIMA. 

Phrynosoma orbiculare, HALLOW. Sitgreaves’s Rep. Expl. Zuiii and Colorado Rivers, 125, 
pls. 8,9. (Nec Wiegm.) 

Tapaya ornatissima, Gir. U.S. Expl. Exped. Herpet. 1858, 396.—Bp. P. R. R. Rep, x. 
1859, Whipple’s Route, Reptiles, 38.—Bp. U. S. Mex. B. Surv. ii. pt. ii. 1859, 
Repriles, 9. 

Phrynosoma douglassit subsp. ornatissimum, Cope, Check List N. A. Bat. and Rep. 1875, 49. 

Specimens. 
1148. Milk River at49°. July 26, 1874. 
1153. Sweetgrass Hills. Aug. 3, 1874. 
1154. Sweetgrass Hills. Aug. 3, 1874. . 

Representatives of the order Sauria are even fewer in number than 
those of the Ophidia in this latitude (49° N.), and the present is the only 
species which was observed by the Commission. Two others, however, 
are given beyond as probably occurring on the line east of the Rocky 
Mountains. Six, including the present species, are described from 
Washington Territory by Drs. Cooper and Suckley. 

Douglass’s Horned Lizard is the most abundant and widely diffused of 
the six or eight known United States species of the genus Phrynosoma. 
It ranges in fact throughout nearly all parts of the West, from the 
Mexican to the British Boundary, reaching the latter in the region of 
the Milk River. Its northernmost extension east of the Rocky Mount- 
ains at any rate appears to be only in the Missouri watershed. Dr. 
Coues obtained no indication of its presence in any part of the Red River 
region. It was found quite commonly on the Milk River, where this 
Siream crosses the Line, and thence westward to the Rocky Mountains. 
In these latitudes, its range appears to coincide with that of Crotalus 
confluentus. | 

The present species may be known among the congeners by the orbi- 
cular shape of the body in connection with the very slight develop- 
ment of the cephalic spines, which are, in fact, no more than pointed 
scales, little different from those op other parts of the body. In some 
other species, the body is more elongated or oval, and certain plates 
upon the head are developed into long spines. The coloration is varia- 
gated and diffuse, and differs greatly in different individuals, especially 
farther south, where there is greater latitude in this respect than at 
the north. In this region of northernmost extension, the colors are 
almost uniform and quite pale, and the size is usually small. The colora- 
tion of the animal depends greatly upon the color of the ground where 
found, and it is our impression that this species possesses to a limited 
degree a modified power of chameleonization seen in other Saurians. 

Although commonly called ‘‘ Horned Toads”, or “ Horned Frogs”, from 
hasty consideration of a superficial resemblance in shape to some of the 


COUES AND YARROW ON HERPETOLOGY. 287 


Batrachia, these animals are true Lizards, belonging to a large group 
which contains the Iguana, and numerous well known smaller species of 
this country. The presence of a tail, which is not found in adult life in 
the typical Batrachians; the scaly armor of the body, as contrasted 
with the naked skin of Batrachians; the mode of development, in not 
passing through a larval Tadpole stage, in which the species breathe in 
the water by means of gills; and the ambulatory, not saltatorial, mode 
of progression, are some of the prominent characteristics by which the 
Phrynosome show their true affinities. 

Although of rather repulsive aspect, the Horned Lizards are inof- 
fensive and perfectly harmless animals. They are rather sluggish, 
easily captured, make no resistance, and are readily tamed, when they 
make rather amusing pets for those who may desire to watch their sly 
and furtive ways. They feed principally upon flies, ants, and other small 
insects, which they catch by rapid protrusion of their viscid tongue, 
leaping, or rather running, at their prey sometimes. One that had been 
tamed would eat from the fingers, and also take a drop of milk, appear- 
ing greatly to relish it. Like other cold-blooded animals, they sustain 
long fasts without apparent inconvenience, and may be safely mailed 
alive, as curiosities, to almost any part of the country. We have never 
been able to keep them alive over four months. 

The subspecies of this same P. douglassti (ornatissimum) is principally 
found in the Sonoran region, but specimens are in the National Museum 
from Utah and Upper Colorado and Pole Creek (wherever that may be). 


SCELOPORUS CONSOBRINUS. B. & G. 


Sceloporus consobrinus, Bp. & Gir. Marcy’s Rep. Expl. Red R. 1853, 224, pl. 10, f. 
5-12. Bp. P. R. R. Rep. x. 1859, Whipple’s Route, Reptiles, 37.—Bp. U. S. 
Mex. B. Surv. ii. pf. ii. 1859, Reptiles, 5.—Hayp. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. xii. 
1862, 177.—Copr, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1866, 303.—Coprrn, Check List N. 
A. Bat. and Rep. 1875, 49.—ALLEN, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xvii. 1874, 69 
(from the Yellowstone). 
Lately obtained by Mr. J. A. Allen on ine Yellowstone, and has been 
found in Utah and Nevada. Selongs to the Sonoran and Central re- 
gion, Oregon ?, and Texas. 


Family SCINCIDZ. 
Genus EUMECES. Wieg. 
EUMECES SEPTENTRIONALIS. (Bd.) 


Northern Skink. 


Plestiodon septentrionalis, Bp. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1858, ——Bp. P. R. R. Rep. 
x. 1859, Whipple’s Route, Reptiles, 38, pl. 24, f. 2.—Hayp. Trans. Amer. Phil. 
Soc. xii. 1862, 177. 

Eumeces septentrionalis, Corr, Check List N. A. Bat. and Rep. 1875, 44. 


Originally described from Minnesota, and also known to occur in 
Nebraska and Kansas. 


eR 


288 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


B.—BATRACHIA. 


ANUBA. 
Family BUFONID A. 
Genus BUFO. 
BUFO LENTIGINOSUS FOWLERI. (Putnam, USS.) 


Fowler’s Toad. 


Bufo americanus var. fowleri, ““Purn. MSS.” 
Bufo lentiginosus subsp. fowlerii, Copr, Check List N. A. Bat. and Rep. 1875,'29. 


Specimens. 
1006. Pembina. June 3, 1873. 
1012. Pembina. June 5, 1873. 
1028. Pembina. - June 7, 1873. 
1031. Pembina. June 7, 1873. 


1066. Turtle Mountain. July 23, 1873. 
1070. Turile Mountain. July 24, 1873. 
71086. Mouse River. Aug. 17, 1873. 
21092. Mouse River. Aug. 25, 1873. 


Abundant along the line throughout the Red River watershed, where. 
it was the only species observed. Westward, in the Missouri and Milk 
River region, it appears to be entirely replaced by the followiug species:— 


BUFO COLUMBIENSIS. Bd. & Gir. 


Columbia Toad. 


“Bufo. columbiensis, Bp. & Gir. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1853, 378.—Gir. Proc. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Phila. 1854, 87.—Gir. U. S. Expl. Exped. Herpet. 77, pl. 5, f. 4-9.— 
Bp. P. R. R. Rep. x. 1859, Williamson’s and Abbott’s Route, Reptiles, 12.— 
Coop. & Sucki. N. H. Wash. Terr. 1860, 304.—ALLEN, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat, 
Hist. xvii. 1874, 70.—Core, Check List N. A. Bat. and Rep. 1875, 29. 


Specimens. 


71177. Kootanie River. Aug. 17, 1874. 
1181. Chief Mountain Lake. Aug. 19, 1874. 
1183. Chief Mountain Lake. Aug. 23, 1874. 
1190. Chief Mountain Lake. Aug. 24, 1874. 
1191. Chief Mountain Lake. Aug. 24, 1874. 


This species, originally described from the Pacific slopes, and not 
generally recognized as occurring east of the Rocky Mountains, was 


Lj 
oe COUES AND YARROW ON HERPETOLOGY. 289 


found to be very common in the above-named localities. It was also 
procured on the Yellowstone by Mr. Allen. ‘The palmation of the feet 
renders it much more decidedly aquatic in habit than is usual in this 
genus. I found it swimming freely in the lake, as well as in various 
streams and pools about the eastern base of the Mountains. Specimens 
were taken from the stomach of Salmo namaycush and other fish of the 
same genus in this locality, further indicating its aquatic nature. The 
colors of the specimens inhabiting these clear cold waters are notably 


fresh and firm. 
Family RANID A. 
Genus RANA. 
RANA HALECINA. alm. 
Leopard Frog. 


“Rana pipiens, GM.”, Syst. Nat. 13th ed. 1788, 1052 (nec auct.). 

Rana halecina, KatM.—Daup. Hist. Nat. Rept. viii. 13803, 122.—Haru. Journ. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Phila. v. 337; Med. and Phys. Res. 102, 224.—DrkKay, N. Y. Fauna, 
iii. 1842, 63, pl. 20, f. 19.—Hoxpr. N. Am. Herpet. iv. 1842, 91, pl. 13.—Bp. P. 
R. R. Rep. x. 1859; Whipple’s Route, Reptiles, 45.—Coop. & Suck. N. H., 
Wash. Terr. 1860, 304, pl. 29, f. 7.—Hayp. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. xii. 1862. 
177. Cop, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1866, 301.—ALLEN, Proc. Bost. Soc, 
Nat. Hist. xvii. 1874, 70. 


Specimens. 
1064, bis, ter, ete. Near Pembina Mountains. July 9, 1873. Numerous specimens. 
71081. Souris River. Aug. 16, 1873. 
21081, bis. Souris River. Aug. 16, 1873. 
1118. Wolf Creek. June 28, 1874. 
1118, bis. Wolf Creek. June 28, 1874. 
71167. Head of Milk River. Aug. 14, 1874. 


A series of specimens, demonstrating the general dispersion of the 
species in the permanent waters of the region explored. It occurs in 
Washington Territory, and I have found it in New Mexico and Arizona, 
as well as in various localities in the Eastern United States, where it is 
one of the most abundant and well-known species, conspicuous in its 
size, rich coloration, and agility. 

The common Western form is Rana halecina berlandiert, which is only 
distinguished from FR. halecina by its larger size and generally coarser 
and more pustulated skin. The specimens represent “berlandieri”, but 
this we are disinclined to adopt without further investigation of its 
alleged distinctness. 


Rana septentrionalis of Baird (Proc. Phila. Acad. 1854, p. 61) is accred- 
ited with a range from “‘ Canada to Montana”, but was not observed. 
Bull. iv. No. 1—19 


290 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL ‘SURVEY. 


Family HYLIDZ. 
Genus CHOROPHILUS. 
CHOROPHILUS TRISERIATUS. (Mazim.) 


Helecetes triseriatus, Maxim. Reise Nord-Am. i. 1839, —.—Hayp. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soe. 
xii. 1862, 177. 
Chorophilus triseriatus, COPE, Check List N. A. Bat. and Rep. 1875, 30. 


Specimens. 
1123, bis, ter, etc. Frenchman’s River. July 6, 1874. 


This small species was found in the greatest abundance in prairie 
pools* and streams at various points along the line, especially at French- 
man’s River, where numerous specimens were secured. It forms a con- 
siderable portion of the food of the Hutenic of this region. Specimens 
are also in the Natural Museum from Colorado, New Mexico, Nebraska, 
and Kansas. 


Family AMBLYSTOMATIDA. 
Genus AMBLYSTOMA. JTsch. 
AMBLYSTOMA MAVORTIUM. Jad. 


a. MAVORTIUM. 


Ambystoma mavortia, Bp. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 2d ser. i. 1849, 292, 284 (New 
Mexico). 

Ambystoma mavortium, HaLLow. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. iii. 1858, 352. 

Amblystoma mavortium, Bp. P. R. R. Rep. x. 1859, Gunnison’s and Beckwith’s Route, 
Reptiles, 20.—Copz, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1867, 184.—ALLEN, Proc. Bost. 
Soc. Nat. Hist. xvii. 1874, 70.—Copr, Check List N. A. Bat. and Rep. 1875, 25. 

Amblystoma proserpina, Bp. & Gir. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1852, 173.—Bp. U. S. 
Mex. B. Surv. ii. pt. ii. 1869, Reptiles, 29, pl. 35, f. 7-14. 

Ambystoma proserpine, HALLOW. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. iii. 1858, 354. 

Ambystoma maculatum, Hatiow. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. iii. 1858, 355.— HALLow. 
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1857, 215. 

Desmiostoma maculatum, “SAGER, Penins. Journ. Med. 1858, 4287’. 

Camarataxis maculata, COPE, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1859, 123. 

Ambystoma nebulosum, HaLtLow. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1852, 209 (Arizona),— 
HALLow. Sitgreaves’s Rep. Expl. Zui and Colorado R. 1€53, 143, pl. 20.—Hat- 
Low. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. iii. 1858, 352. 

Amblystoma? nebulosum, COPE, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1866, 300. 


b. CALIFORNIENSE. 


Ambystoma californiense, GRAY, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1853, 11, pl. 7 (Monterey ).— 
Hatiow. Journ. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci, iii. 1858, 355. 
Amblystoma mavortium subsp. californiense, COPE, Check List N. A. Bat. and Rep. 1875, 25. _ 


* These pools also furnished great numbers of an interesting Phyllopod, Lepidurus 
couest of Packard. 


COUES AND YARROW ON HERPETOLOGY. 291 
i 


Specimens. 
1045. Pembina. June 24, 1873. 
1057. Pembina. June 28, 1873. 
1071. Turtle Mountain. July 23) 1873. 
1074. Turtle Mountain. Aug. 11, 1873. 
1074 bis. Turile Mountain. Aus. L 1873. 


1137. Two Forks of Milk River. July 15, 1874. 


Common in suitable situations all along the*line. In all the speci- 
mens observed, the metamorphosis from the Siredon stage was completed 
at a length of four or five inches. In other regions, I have procured the 
Same species, stillin the Stredon stage, but nearly twice as large. Indi- 
viduals were found in damp places about the buildings at Fort Pembina 
and vicinity, and still more numerously around the poois at the western 
base of Turtle Mountain. They wandered freely away from the water, 
and in some instances entered our tents. 

In life, the coloration of the specimens examined was clear olive above, 
more glaucous or greenish-white below, everywhere variegated in bold 
pattern with black. 

In addition to the foregoing, the only species of the genus observed 
by the commission, a second is described as inhabiting the region about 
the eastern portions of the line. This is the Ambystoma laterale of Hal- 
lowell (Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. iii. 1858, 352), now regarded as a 
variety of Amblystoma jeffersonianum Bd. (op. cit. 1. 1849, 283) (Xtphonura 
jeffersoniana Tschudi, Class. Batrach. 1838). 

Amblystoma aterrimum Cope (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1867, 207) 
is a species described from the Northern Rocky Mountains, in the region 
explored by Lieutenant Mullan. 


ART. XIL—ON CONSOLIDATION OF THE HOOFS IN THE VIR- 
GINIAN DEER. 


By DR. ELLIoTT Cougs, U.S. A. 


Mr. George A. Boardman, of Calais, Me., has obligingly submitted to 
my examination the feet of a Deer (Cariacus virginianus) displaying the 
abnormality of consolidation of the hoofs. 

The state of the specimens does not permit any examination of the 
condition of the bones themselves. As wellas can be judged from inspec- 
tion, and by feeling through the dried skin which covers them, they are 
entirely normal. 

The false hoofs are present wd ot weninaie characters. 

The malformation seems to be confined to the horny substance of the 
true hoof, which is consolidated with its fellow of the opposite. The 
union is complete along the whole inner margins of the hoof, excepting 
a notch between the two halves at the end less than half an inch in 
depth. 

Viewed from above, the hoof shows its composition by lateral halves, 
there being a profound longitudinal sulcus, along the bottom of which 
groove is the line of union, complete to within less than half an inch of 
the end. 

On the plantar surface, the confluence of the hoofs gives a nearly 
plane surface, without special indication by a sulcus of the line of union, 
to within about an inch of the end, where a median depression, bounded 
by raised edges, marks the seam, the extremity being nicked, or notched, 
as already said. The outer border of the sole of the foot is smoothly 
rounded off behind; but anteriorly, for about half the length of the whole 
hoof, the margins are raised and sharp-edged,—this edge terminating 
behind in a scroll-like inversion. This sharp margin is the outer edge 
of each hoof along that portion of its length which is ordinarily applied 
to the ground. 

The profile view of the hoof displays the deformity of excessive growth 
in length, the whole hoof being unnaturally elongated, with the end 
curved upward, rendering the fore border strongly concave in profile, 
and causing the hind and under border to fall into one long and con- 
tinuous curve, with convexity downward. 

Besides such elongation and curvature, the whole hoof is unnaturally 
contracted, or laterally compressed; the sides, which should expand 
downward and outward, curving downward and toward each other, so 

; 293 


294 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


that the greatest width of the plantar surface between the lateral sharp 
edges is much less than the diameter of the hoof across the top. 

Length of the hoof in front (chord of the concave border) nearly two 
inches. Entire length of the hoof behind (chord of the convex curve 
from base to tip) three inches. Greatest width of the hoof, both halves 
together, less than one inch—this measurement being taken near the 
base of the hoof behind. Width of either half, at a point opposite ends 
of the hairs in front, only four-tenths of an inch. 

The general constriction of the hoof is of course of a part with its 
consolidation; while its lengthening and curvature are doubtless the . 
progressive result of growth under circumstances not permitting the 
normal spread and play of each hoof upon the ground. 

This monstrosity is clearly a freak in an individual case, belonging to 
the general category of web-fingering; and it is not to be compared 
with the more profound modifications of the pig’s foot which I describe 
in the succeeding article. Its occurrence is so obviously and seriously 
disadvantageous that it could scarcely be perpetuated to any extent. 


ART. XIIIL.—ON A BREED OF SOLID-HOOFED PIGS APPARENTLY 
. ESTABLISHED IN TEXAS, 


By Dr. ELLIott Couss, U.S. A. 


My attention has recently been called to this matter by communica- 
tions from a valued correspondent, Mr. G. W. Maruock, of Helotes, 
Bexar County, Texas, who has further laid me under obligations by 
transmitting the well-prepared specimen from which the accompanying 
iJlustration has been made. 

Like the monstrosity of cleft-hoof occasionally witnessed in the horse 
or ass, the peculiarity of the solid hoot is already known to occur in the 
domestic pig. Thus, I ain informed by Professor Baird of his recollec- 
tion of such a case, there having been many years ago a number of solid- 
hoofed pigs in the possession of a person residing near Carlisle, Pa., 
who specially valued them for some advantage which the peculiarity 
was supposed to confer. Professor Leidy also tells me that the same 
thing is within his knowledge. 

As in the case of the monstrosity of cyclopism, which is of compara- 
tively frequent occurrence in these animals, however, the formation of 
the solid hoof seems to have been regarded as a mere freak of nature, 
or monstrosity in the usual sense of that term; whereas I gather from 
my correspondence with Mr. Marnock that the solid-hoofed pigs of Texas 
are established as a race which transmits its peculiarities to its offspring 
as surely as it does any other portion of its structure. I should judge 
from Mr. Marnock’s remarks that the solid-hoofed pigs of his locality 
constitute a large proportion, if not a majority, of the species. 

The peculiarity is so firmly established that no tendency to revert to 
the original and normal form is observable in these pigs. Mr. Marnock 
informs me that the cross of a solid-hoofed boar with a sow of the ordi- 
nary type produces a litter the majority of which show the peculiarity 
of the male parent. 

He alludes to a popular belief which ascribes the origin of this breed 
to crossing with the peccary,—this being of course fallacious. 

The upshot of this modification of the foot is that a strictly artiodac- 
tyle animal is transformed into an imperfectly perissodactyle one. As 
far as the hoof itself is concerned, the pig is completely solidungulate. 
It is also perfectly “‘odd-toed ”, or single-toed, in the terminal phalanges, 
anchylosis of which produces a single broad phalanx in the axis of the 
limb. Above this, however, the other two phalanges, medial and proxi- 
mal, of each of the two principal lateral digits, remain perfectly dis- 

295 


296 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. » 


tinct, and, moreover, widely separated from each other by intervention of 
a special ossicle, doubtless a sesamoid, in the axis of the foot immedi- _ 
ately above the single terminal phalanx. 

The actual structure, both of the bones of the digits and of the horny 
hoof, will be appreciated from a glance at the accompanying figure. 
This is engraved of life size, front view, with the hoof withdrawn suffi- 

i) ciently to display all the parts. The preparation is 
from a young subject about three months old, in which 
the proximal epiphyses of the phalanges are still evi- 
\\ dent. The pair of distinct proximal phalanges of nor- 
mal characters, or nearly so, are seen to be succeeded - 
by nodular medial phalanges, which latter, as well as 
the distal extremities of the proximal phalanges, are 
widely separated by intervention of a special ossicle in 
the axis of the foot. To these succeeds a single broad 
, and flattened terminal phalanx, obviously composed of 
the pair of distal phalanges anchylosed together. In 
this specimen, the ancbylosis is complete, even at so 
early an age of the subject; its condition apparently 
being not the result of progressive confluence of the 
two bones, but of their original connation. hy 
== The terminal phalanx is flattened and somewhat 
scooped out on its posterior aspect, without trace of previous separation 
into halves. In front, however, as shown by the figure, if presents a 
central triangular elevation, apex downward, and base articulated with 
the nodular ossicle above it, as if a wedge of bone had been thrust into 
the axis of the limb between the primitive distal phalanges. This wedge- 
shaped piece of bone is completely anchylosed with the present single 
distal phalanx; and below its apex the edge of the bone is perfectly 
continuous across the axis of the foot. 

The central nodular ossicie, which I have already mentioned as a sesa- 
moid, articulates with all five of the bones of the foot. Icannot account 
for its presence unless it be a displaced sesamoid, such as for example 
that which is normal beneath the base of the distal phalanx of the horse, 
and known to some as the “os subarticulatum”. In the normal pig’s 
foot, there are several pairs of sesamoids beneath the phalangeal articu- 
lations; and the bone in question may be regarded as a confluence of 
the pair at the base of the distal phalanges, or of two pairs at the bases 
of the medial and distal phalanges respectively. The displacement of 
these sesamoids brings the ossicle into position in the axis of the foot 
between instead of under the bones. Or, it may be that this ossicle is 
a confluent pair of sesamoids from beneath the basis of the medial pha- 
langes, and that the wedge-shaped piece of bone which appears upon 
the front of the distal phalanx, consolidated therewith, represents sesa- 
moids from beneath the distal phalanges. 

The horny hoof encases these bones as far as the distal extremities 


COUES ON A BREED OF SOLID-HOOFED PIGS. 297 


of the proximal phalanges. It is perfectly whole, or ‘‘solid”, as seen 
in the figure. In front, there is a slight, though evident, vertical line of 
impression along the middle, indicating its composition from lateral 
halves. On the sole of the hoof, there is a broad, angular elevation of 
horny substance, apex forward, and sides running backward and out- 
ward to the lateral borders of the hoof, the whole structure being 
curiously like the frog of the horse’s hoof. In fact, it is a frog, though 
broad, flattened, and somewhat horseshoe-shaped, instead of being 
narrow, deep, and acute, as in the actual frog of the horse. This 
areuate thickening of the corneous substance occupies about the middle 
«third of the whole plantar surface of the hoof. — 

Viewing the apparent establishment of this pseudo-perissodactyle 
structure in an artiodactyle, the question arises whether we have not, 
under our eyes, an example of a way in which a solidungulate may be 
evolved from a pluridigitate stock—though of course the one case is by 
enlargement of a single median digit and reduction of lateral digits, 
while in the present instance a bone in the axis of the limb is produced 
by failure of fission between lateral paired digits. Nothing is more cer- 
tain than that the present solid-hoofed horse has come by direct descent, 
with modification, from its several-toed ancestors of the Tertiary. In 
the present case, we seem to have the initial steps of an actual trans- 
formation which may in time result in modifications to which ordinal 
value may attach. It may be suggested that this modification is one 
of progressive adaptation of the animals to their freely-ranging state 
on the prairies of the country, just as the series of modifications which 
the primitive horse’s foot has undergone in adaptation to the making of 
the most serviceable hoof for running on hard ground at the expense of 
any other function. 


ART, XIV.—PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE PYTHONOMORPHA. 
By E. D. Core. 


The British Museum has recently obtained the Van Breda collection 
of fossils, which includes a valuable series of Mosasauroid remains from 
Maestricht, the locality which furnished to Cuvier the typical specimen 
of the Mosasaurus giganteus. Professor Owen has improved the oppor- 
tunity to study this material with that already in possession of the 
museum, some of which was derived from North American sources. 

In pursuing this subject, Professor Owen has done me the honor to 
study my contributions to it, a summary of which appears in the second 
volume of the Final Report of the United States Geological Survey of 
the Territories under Dr. Ff. V. Hayden. He follows my determinations 
and conclusions, and criticises them in the light of his long experience. 
Ass a portion of this criticism is adverse to what he supposes my conclu- 
sions to be, I propose on the present occasion to give such a brief review 
of Professor Owen’s paper* as my other immediate occupations will 
permit. I premise that this cannot now include a complete review of 
the subject, nor the exposition of several parts of it which have not yet 
received the attention of Professor Owen or of any one else. 

‘Professor Owen’s references to my work may be included under three 
heads, viz :—First, as to matters of fact or observation; second, as to de- 
- termination of homologies of parts; third, as to the estimation of affini- 
ties as derived from the preceding branches of the subject. I now con- 
sider— ; 

I.—QUESTIONS OF FACT. 


The many observations as to the structure of the order of Pythono- 
morpha recorded by me in the volume already referred to are confirmed 
by Professor Owen with a single exception. He correctly describes the 
vertebre of the genus Mosasaurus as without the zygantrum and zygo- 
sphene articulation, and proceeds to say (p. 709), in reference to my 
ascription of this structure to the genus Clidastes, that the structure 
of Mosasaurus *‘is repeated in plates xviii, xix, xx, xxi, Xxlli, xxiv, XXVIi, 
XXVIi, XXIX, XXX, XXxiv, and xxxvof Professor Cope’s great work; in every 
figure the zygospheneand zygantrum are absent.” Andagain,—‘‘In the 
plates xviii and xxiii given to the vertebre of the species [ Clidastes] 
stenops and planifrons, the parts and processes are as usual not indicated.” 
All this is a remarkable oversight on the part of Professor Owen. He 


*Quarterly Journal of Geolcgical Society, London, 1877, p. 682. ee 


300 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


will find the zygosphene distinctly represented on figs. 5 a and 5 D, pl. 
Xvill; figs. 3 b,'3 d, 6 b,66¢, pl. xix; fig. 15 d, pl. xxi; figs.3 ¢and 3 d, pl. 
xxlil; fig. 4, pl. xxiv; and the zygantrum in nearly as many figures. 
He will also find them well represented in the figures of vertebre of 
Clidastes on plates v and xii of the Extinct Batrachia and Reptilia of 
North America. In order to substantiate his position, he copies from 
my work a figure of a vertebra of Clidastes stenops from which the zygo- 
sphene has been accidentally broken away. 

Professor Owen places me in the attitude of committing error in ques- 
tions of fact in regard to the limb-bones and their archesin the Lacertilia 
and Ophidia. My statement is,—“ As there are many Lacertilia without 
limbs, and some serpents with them, their presence in this order is irre- 
levant in this connection, especially as the arches supporting them are 
most like those of tortoises and Plesiosaurs.” Professor Owen then 
proceeds to state that there are only twenty-three genera of Lacertilia 
with reduced limbs, and “extremely few” where they may be considered 
to be rudiments. Professor Owen can hardly have had in mind the 
developments of herpetology during the last five or ten years in mak- 
ing this assertion; for the genera of lizards now known in which the 
limbs are rudimental may safely be said to be numerous, and those with- 
out even rudiments are not afew. Professor Owen appears to have 
overlooked the entire suborder of the Amphisbenia, which are all limb- 
less with the exception of one genus. He then criticises my reference to 
serpents with limbs, and observes:—‘‘In certain Ophidia dissection has 
revealed a small styliform bone on each side the cloaca; in a few it is 
tipped with horn in the shape of a claw. . . . Whether these ap- 
pendages to the generative parts be homologous with the ‘ claspers’ 
of sharks or with the ventral fins, and, if the latter, with the hind limbs 
of lizards, is yet an open question.” Reference to the numerous genera 
and species of serpents which possess rudimental hind limbs, as well 
as to the two suborders which possess a pelvis, is here entirely 
omitted, and the demonstration of the homology of the anal claws 
above mentioned with true hind limbs appears to be unknown to Pro- 
fessor Owen. Besides the Boidw, Pythonide, and Xenopeltide known to 
Professor Owen as possessing these rudimental limbs, there are the Li- 
chanuride, Tortricide, and Stenostomide ; while the Typhlopide and Ste- 
nostomide possess a pelvis—the latter family with ilium, ischium, and 
pubis, as ascertained by Peters. This pelvisis more complete than that 
of various Lacertilian genera of the Diploglossa group, or of the suborder 
of the Amphisbenia, which consists, according to Stannius, of a rudi- 
mental ilium only. My statements on this point are borne out by the 
facts. My assertion as to the resemblance of the scapular and pelvic 
arches to those of tortoises and Plesiosaurs is true in view of the fact 
that the former has no inferior connection with a sternum, so far as 
known, an element absent in the orders named and the Ophidia, but 
present in the lizards, although not universally so. 


COPE ON OWEN ON PYTHONOMORPHA. 301 


Another question of fact is raised in regard to the possibility of the 
lateral horizontal flexure of the mandibular ramus in the various genera 
of Pythonomorpha. My critic states,—‘‘In Python the outer plate of 
the dentary is deeply notched behind by a long angular depression 
which receives a procesS of similar shape of the angulo-surangular 
element. In Mosasurus as in Monitor, the outer plate of the dentary 
terminates in a subvertical line; this is curved in Iguana, less so in 
Monitor, still less in Mosasaurus, where it seems to have suggested to 
Professor Cope the idea of a movable articulation with the hinder part 
of the ramus: but the relative overlapping position of the mandibular 
elements, causing the angular break of the line” |of the posterior border 
of the dentary] ‘on the outer side of the ramus, and in a great degree of 
the inner surface of the ramus, must have as effectually opposed such 
flexion in Mosasaurus, as is the case with Lacertians and a fortiori with 
Ophidians.” 

I have not had the appeatinice of studying a perfect mandibular 
ramus of a species of the genus Mosasaurus; but I have numerous 
mandibles of Piatecarpus, Livdon, and Clidastes. In all of these, the mo- 
bility is indicated by the character of the adjacent extremities of the 
segments of the lower jaw, as well as by the form of the proximal end 
ot the os quadratum, by which that jaw is mediately articulated with 
the skull. There is no ‘‘overlapping of the mandibular elements causing 
the angular break” in these genera, either in the horizontal or vertical 
lines, although the inferior portion of it, where the ball-and- socket. artic- 
ulation is found, forms a slight angle vith the remaining portion of the 
hinge. The anterior extremities of the surangular and coronoid are con- 
tracted to an obtuse edge, which fits into a groove or rabbet of the den- 
tary and splenial elements, so as to form a movable joint, the two 
segments of the ramus being held together by a lamina of bone which 
in life was doubtless perfectly flexible. This flexure is rendered neces- 
sary when the jaw is opened widely by the form of the proximal end of 
the os quadratum. This extremity forms a sliding joint with the inferior 
face of the opisthotic; and as it is bent or pret in form, its movement 
necessarily causes a rotation of the quadrate round its Periear on long 
axis. This rotation of course throws the proximal part of the mandibular 
ramus outward; and to permit this movement, the joint near the middle 
of the latter is clearly adapted. The degree of flexure is dependent on 
the degree of rotation, and that in turn on the curvature of the prox- 
imal end of the quadrate. This curvature depends on the development 
of the “ proximal internal angle”, which is very large in Clidastes and 
Liodon,and smallerin Mosasaurus. Itis possible that the power of flexure 
was small in the latter genus, and that Professor Owen’s conclusions in 
the matter may be due to imperfect material. 

Under the head of matters of fact may be mentioned a few points in 
the history of the discovery of the structure of the Pythonomorpha. I 
have claimed in my work that the discovery of the hind limbs and much 


302 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


of their character has been due to Professor Marsh, and that of the ante- 
rior limbs to myself. Professor Owen writes as follows (p.-710):—“ The 
determinations by Cuvier of certain bones and portions of bone in the 
original Camperian collection of remains of the Maestricht Mosasaur, 
as scapula, coracoid, pubis, antebrachial, carpal, and phalangeal bones, 
established the capital fact that it was a reptile with both scapular and 
pelvic arches and their appended limbs. Evidence had been obtained 
at the date of the Bridgewater treatises to enable Buckland to define 
these limbs as flippers like those of the Plesiosaur. The subsequent 
discoveries of Professors Cope and Marsh have confirmed these deter- 
minations”, ete. ‘But the number of the digits in each limb, and of 
the phalanges in each digit, remain to be determined.” Since Professor 
Marsh and myself have shown that every one of the determinations of 
limb-bones by Cuvier was erroneous, it is difficult to see that the credit 
of their discovery belongs to him. Thus, his “pubis” is an ischium ; 
his “scapula” (fig. 9) is a coracoid; his “scapula and clavicle” is a 
coracoid probably of a species of Platecarpus; his “ulna” is an ilium ; 
his ‘‘carpals” are ulna and phalange respectively; while his supposed 
phalanges, if truly such, do not belong to Pythonomorphous reptiles. 
If we add to this that he represents what he calls an “ungueal pha- 
lange”, a structure which does not exist in the order, we are forced to 
the opinion that if Cuvier did discover the scapular and pelvic arches 
of these reptiles, he was not truly aware of it at the time. The state- 
ments of Buckland, and similar ones by Pictet, as to these limbs, are 
not accompanied by any references or demonstration to show that they 
are anything more than guesses on the subject. Nor does Professor 
Owen make any better exhibit in this field. In an ingeniously worded 
sentence (p. 683), he states that he referred fossils from New Jersey, 
which included “ phalanges of a limb of a natatory character”, to the 
genus Mosasaurus, and the inference is necessary that at that time he 
determined the limbs of that genus to be of natatory character. On 
reference to the essay cited,* I find the fact to be quite the reverse. I 
quote the language of Professor Leidy t in regard to it, as follows :— 

«6 Professor Owen,t after remarking that no part of the organization 
of Mosasaurus is so little known as that of the locomotive extremities, 
and substantially quoting the views of Cuvier expressed above, enters 
into the description of some long bones of the extremities, ‘showing 
the Lacertian type of structure’, which were obtained in the green-sand 
formation of New Jersey. Professor Owen observes, ‘On the highly 
probable supposition that these bones belong to Mosasaurus, they in- 
dicate the extremities of that gigantic lizard to have been organized 
according to the type of the existing Lacertilia and not of the Enalio- 
sauria or Cetacea.’” 

In reference to Professor Owen’s assertion that the number of pha- 
*Quar. Journ. Geol. Soc. v. 1849, p. 320. 


+ Cretaceous Reptiles of North America, p. 42. 
t British Fossil Reptiles, p. 190. - 


COPE ON OWEN ON PYTHONOMORPHA. 303 


langes and of digits in the limbs of Pythonomorpha remains to be ascer- 
tained, I reply that this part of the structure of these reptiles has been 
made known by Professor Marsh.* 


Il.—HOMOLOGICAL DETERMINATIONS. 


The determinations of this kind which I have made are, with two ex- 
ceptions, confirmed by Professor Owen. Among them is one to which 
I attached some importance in the definition of the Pythonomorpha, viz: 
the identification of the opisthotic bone of that order with the suspen- 
sorium of the snakes, in opposition to the view of Huxley, that the latter 
bone is the squamosal. 

The two exceptions are important. The one is the determination of 
the pterygoid bone; the other that of the roots of the teeth. 

‘The arch which connects the solid palate with the distal portion of 
the os quadratum in the Pythonomorpha includes two bones, an anterior 
dentigerous one, and a posterior edentulous one. The posterior bone is 
not described by either Cuvier or Owen, and was probably unknown to 
them; hence, believing that the anterior bone is the posterior one, they 
termed it the pterygoid, and gave the name palatine to the horizontal 
- elements immediately in front of the latter, and which I have heretofore 
regarded as its anterior portion. The latter (No. 20 of Professor Owen’s 
fig. 16, Quar. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1877, p. 695) is, however, regarded by 
Owen as a distinct element, and he finds an oblique suture separating 
it from the dentigerous posterior region. On examination of the speci- 
men of Clidastes propython, I find that there is a squamosal suture in the 
position indicated by Owen, so that it is now evident that the posterior 
dentigerous element is the true pterygoid, as determined by Cuvier. 
The posterior portion of this bone is deeply excavated, and the portion 
which diverges outward and backward from this point I have regarded 
as a distinct element. It is bounded anteriorly by a groove, which 
nearly resembles a suture. This groove is not continued on the inner 
side, so that it is either a groove for muscalar insertion or a trace of a 
suture now obliterated. So it cannot be maintained that this posterior 
portion of the pterygoid is a distinct element. In this point I am cor- 
rected by Professor Owen. 

As regards the teeth of the Pythonomorpha, I have stated that they 
‘possess no true roots”. Upon this Professor Owen responds categori- 
cally,—‘‘The teeth of Mosasauroids have an enamelled crown and cement- 
clad roots.” To this I must reply that my statement is in accordance 
with the fact and with the views of Cuvier and Leidy. The crown of 
the tooth in this order is supported on an osseous pedicel, which is 
not a true root, %. ¢., it contains no dental tissue. By reference to Dr. 

Leidy’s figure} and description of a section of a tooth of Mosasaurus, it 


*Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts., June, 1872, pl. x. 
+ Cretaceous Reptiles of North America, pl. xx, f. 3, p. 50. 


304 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


may be learned that the dentine of the crown is not continued as a root, 
but terminates at a point which is in a line with the alveolar border, 
and does not enter the alveolus. Thus there is no ‘‘vement-clad” root, 
although the peduncle of the tooth is composed of a varicty of bone 
approaching cementum. Leidy remarks,—‘‘ The fang... is mainly com- 
posed of vertical osseous fibres, pervaded by numerous vascular canals 
pursuing the same course as the former. It is of much finer texture 
than the bone of the jaw with which it is codssified,” ete. The large 
vascular canals of this structure place it on the boundary between ce- 
ment and bone, and its external appearance justifies the denomination 
bone which Leidy applies to it. 

Cuvier states* that in the Maestricht Mosasaurus the teeth in age 
“become filled throughout their length, and are most frequently found 
entirely solid. They complete their development in becoming attached 
to the jaw by means of an osseous body, very different in structure from 
that of the tooth, with which it is nevertheless intimately associated. 
_The successional tooth originates in a special alveolus produced at the 
same time, and it penetrates the osseous body of the tooth in use. In 
enlarging, the successional tooth finally detaches the osseous body from 
the jaw with which it was organically united; the body by a sort of 
necrosis being shed and carrying with it the tooth it supported. Grad- 
ually the successional tooth, with its body, improperly called its osseous 
root, assumes the position from which the old one was removed.” 

Subsequently Cuvier,t after remarking that ‘he had formerly com- 
mitted the error of calling the osseous structure, connecting the tooth 
with the jaw, the root,” observes that “he had since recognized it to be 
the dental pulp, which, instead of remaining soft as in mammals, be- 
comes ossified and identified with the alveolus.” Cuvier continues:— 
“The tooth has no true root, but adheres strongly to the pulp which 
secreted it, and is further held in connection with it by the remains of 
the capsule which furnished the enamel, and which, by becoming ossi- 
fied also, and uniting itself with the maxillary bone and the ossified 
dental pulp, inserts and fixes the tooth with additional force.” 

All this is well known to Professor Owen (see his Odontography); 
hence I conceive this position to be simply one of erroneous interpreta- 
tion. Analogically, the teeth of these reptiles doubtless possess a root, 
but this part is not homologous with the roots of the teeth of other 
vertebrata; hence my statement must be accepted, that the teeth of 
the Pythonomorpha ‘ possess no true roots”. 


Ill.—THE AFFINITIES OF THE PYTHONOMORPHA. 


The summary of the relationships of this order with which I close my 
account of it in the second volume of the Report of the United States 


* Ossemens Fossiles, ed. 4, t. 10, p. 134. 
+ Ossemens Fossiles, 136. 


COPE ON OWEN ON PYTHONOMORPHA. 305 


Geological Survey of the Territories (p. 126) is stated as follows :—‘‘Asa 
conclusion, it may be decided that these reptiles were not nearly related 
to the Varanide, as has been supposed, but constitute a distinct order of 
the Streptostylicate group; that they are primarily related to the La- 
certilia, secondarily to the Ophidia, and thirdly to the Sauropterygia ; 
that they present more points of affinity to the serpents than does any » 
other order; and that their nearest point of relationship in the Lacer- 
tilia is the Varanide or Thecaglossa.” 

Professor Owen admits that the Mosasaurs are not so nearly related 
to the Varanide as was once supposed, as he cannot do otherwise; but 
he will not allow that they represent a distinct order of reptiles, but en- 
deavors to show that they are Lacertilia. He especially condemns the 
conclusion that ‘“‘ they present more points of affinity to the Ophidia 
than does any other order”. In doing this, he passes in review many 
of their characters, of which I notice sixteen, to which he attaches the 
chief significance. I now propose to show that the results of Professor 
Owen’s newer examination are in accord with my own so far as they 
have gone, but that he fails to observe several important points of 
structure necessary to the question. But espec ally does he fail of just 
criticism, because he ascribes to me views which I do not hold, by fre- 
quently pointing out the Lacertilian character of certain structures, from 
which it is to be inferred that I have regarded them as Ophidian, whem 
I have explicitly stated (Cretaceous Vertebrata, etc., p. 125) the reverse; 
and he thus exaggerates the expression of Ophidian affinity which is 
found in the concluding paragraph above quoted. 

First character.—Professor Owen declares that in the lateral descend- 
ing processes of the basioccipital the Pythonomorpha display Lacertiliam 
affinity, since lizards possess them and serpents do not. I will only ob- 
serve here that the same character would relate them to the Ichthyo- 
pterygia and turtles; and that if the median keel be evidence of ordinal 
affinity, then serpents must be nearly allied to the alligator, for both 
these reptiles possess it. But in reality the occipital segmens in Pytho- 
nomorphain its superior parts is more like that of Ophidia than Lacertitia, 
and the inferior form is not very different from that of the snakes also. 

Seconda, the connection between the exoccipital and prodtic and the sus- 
pensorium.—Professor Owen remarks (p. 687),—‘‘ Mosasaurus (fig. 5), 
shows the Lacertian extension and connection of the ex- and paroccipi- 
tals, with the expansion and abutment of the latter against the mastoid 
and squamosal,” etc. Here is a positive error of fact, which it is diffi- 
cult to understand in view of the various descriptions and figures which 
I have given of the parts. The ‘ paroccipitals” (opisthotics) are noé 
connate with the exoccipitals, but are large and distinct. 

Third, the cranial arches—These are wanting in Ophidia, but present 
in Pythonomorpha and many lizards; hence Professor Owen pronounces 
that these extinct forms are Lacertilia. He has forgotten that the 
large family of Gecconide among the latter possess no zygomatic nor 

Bull. iv. No. 1—20 


206 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


parieto quadrate arches; that all arches are absent from the Amphis- 
beenian and Typhlophthalm suborders, and the zygomatic arch is in- 
complete in the Varanide. So this character has no ordinal signifi- 
cance. 

Fourth.—Professor Owen opposes my statement that ‘‘ there is no 
quadratojugal arch” by the observation that ‘in no reptile does the 
jugal or malar bone join the quadrate or tympanic bone”. Professor 
Owen has here again fallen into error, since, in Hatteria (Sphenodon) 
and the order Rhynchocephalia, the malar does, according to Gunther, 
articulate directly with the quadrate.* I canvot now refer to Professor 
Owen’s early description of the same genus to see whether he has 
himself not pointed out this structure before Dr. Giinther. Professor 
Owen knows also that the malar is connected with the quadrate in the 
Crecodilia by the mediation of a short quadrato-jugal bone, which fact 
is net directly contradicted in the sentence above quoted from his article. 
My; object in citing this character was to show the distinction between 
the Pythonomorpha and the orders named. 

Fifth, as to the form of the quadrate bone—Like myself, Professor 
Owen finds it to differ from the corresponding elements in other orders. 
I have, however, not cited it in evidence of Ophidian affinity, although 
there is no propriety in Professor Owen’s remark (p. 693) that “ the 
tympanic (quadrate) bone alone suffices to refute the Ophidian hypothe- 
sis of the Mosasauroids”. Comparing it with the quadrate of specialized 
snakes, he naturally finds differences; but he will find near resemblances 
if he will examine the same element in the Tortricine and the other low or 
generalized snakes which Miiller combined under the name of Microsto- 
mata.| Besides, great Variations in the proportions of this and of various 
other elements are not inconsistent with codrdinal affinity. 

Sixth, as to the distinctness or coalescence of the nasal bones with surround- 
ing parts.—Although this point is of no importance to the main ques- 
tion, { here observe that most of my specimens differ from the one 
figured. and described by Professor Owen (fig. 14). He states that in 
the Mosasaurus missuriensis and Liodon anceps, the nasal bones are dis- 
tinct; in various species of Clidastes and Platecarpus, they are codssified 
with other elements. 

Seventh, as to the bony palate.-—The partially free and dentigerous 
pterygoid bone is Ophidian as well as Lacertilian, but is not identical 
with the structure in the snakes, as I have pointed out. The supposed 
contact of these bones on the median line noted in Mosasaurus mis- 
suriensis is probably due to distortion, as it does not exist in most of the 
Pythonomorphous skulls which I have seen. 

Highth, as to the mandibular hinge.—I have not cited this in evidence 
of any special affinity, for Pythonomorpha might be without it, and not 
lose their ordinal place. But there is a much greater resemblance be- 


*On the Anatomy of Hatteria, in Trans. Royal Society, 1867, pl. i. 
tSee my fig. of cranium of Cylindrophis, Proc. Am. Ass. Ady. Sci. xix. p. 217. 


COPE ON OWEN ON PYTHONOMORPHA. Oi 


tween this part of the structure of these animals and some of the 
Erycid and Pythonid serpents than Professor Owen admits in his paper. 

Characters of vertebre furnish the points of the essay from the ninth 
to the thirteenth. As I only cite a single vertebral character in my list 
of those of the order, most of Professor Owen’s arguments on this head 
are irrelevant to my conclusion. I will, however, briefly review them. 
But firstly as to the one to which I have attached weight,—the absence 
of asacrum. Professor Owen is unfortunate in his reasoning against 
the use of this feature as an ordinal definition. He says:— The absence 
of a sacrum does not affect the mammalian grade of the Sirenia or Ce- 
tacea, so neither does it the lacertian nature of the Mosasaurians”? 
Here is committed the extraordinary oversight of comparing the rank 
of orders in a class with the rank of the subdivisions of an order among 
themselves. Professor Owen should have concluded the sentence with 
‘¢s0 neither does it the reptilian nature of the Mosasaurians”, in which 
case he would have been correct. The cases of the mammalian orders 
and that of the Pythonomorpha_as orders of classes are indeed parallel. 
The absence of a sacrum is an important definition of the orders in the 
one case as in the other. 

Of other vertebral characters I only mention two. Professor Owem 
cites the numerous hypapophyses of certain snakes as evidence against 
Ophidian affinities of Mosasauroids, but, as usual, selects those which 
have the largest numbers for comparison instead of those where the 
number is reduced. In the majority of non-venomous and Colubroid 
serpents, the hypapophyses are confined to the anterior part of the eol- 
umn, leaving the other vertebre either smooth or not protuberant be- 
yond the horizontal inferior line; e. g., Xenodon, Heterodon. The only 
exception to this rule is seen in the fresh-water snakes (Homalopside), 
where the hypapophyses are numerous. The character is not, however, 
ordinal in any case. 

In discussing the other vertebral character, the structure of the atlas 
and axis, I am charged with the failure to recognize the homology of 
the odontoid process with the centrum of the atlas. There is no ground 
for this charge; and as Professor Owen finds no characters which dis- 
tinguish these parts’ from the corresponding ones in Colubroid snakes, 
I leave it. . 

As the fourteenth point, the significance of the structure of the teeth — 
may be considered. I have already adverted to the wide difference in 
the mode of support of the crowns by the jaws from that which is uni- 
versal in the Lacertilia. Professor Owen repeats a former dictum, that 
this kind of attachment ‘is a feature of resemblance to the lacertians 
called acrodont”. Now even the term “‘resemblance” can hardly be ad- 
mitted; and as to homology between the two kinds of dental attachment, 
there is none. Says Professor Gervais, in the Zodlogie et Paléontologie 
Frangaises, tome i., page 262, in describing some teeth which he refers to 
Liodon, in a note,—“ C’est a tort que V’on décrit les dents des Mosasaures 


38 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


eomme réellement acrodont 4 la maniére de celles de beaucoup de Sau- 
riens actuels.” Professor Owen goes on to say,—‘‘ The enamel develops 
@ pair of opposite low ridges which are minutely crenate; the crena- 
tion becomes abraded at the apical part of used teeth, but is demon- 
strated in unworn and unextricated crowns. Many saurians, both 
Crocodilian and Lacertian, show the creno-bicarinate character, but no 


Qphidian does.” If the characters here mentioned were as universally ; 


present in the types to which Professor Owen refers as he seems to sup- 
pose them to be, they wouid have less significance than he attaches to 
them; but the variety presented by all the orders of reptiles is such as 
to render the above remarks quite irrelevant. Moreover, the statements 


are inaccurate. Teeth with two cutting edges are not uncommon in the > 


Ophidia (e.g., genus Ophibolus, the posterior maxillaries), and are far from 
universal among Pythonomorpha. The teeth of Platecarpus are charac- 
terized by the absence of cutting edges, having a subcircular section.* 
Jn Clidastes, they are not crenate. 

Fifteenth. The presence of osseous dermal scuta is cited in evidence 
of the Lacertilian relationship of the order. Should such scuta have 
existed, it would not make the Mosasauride Lacertilians, since they 
characterize other orders much more generally; but I am safe in saying 
that such structures had no existence in the known genera of Pythono- 
morpha. I have recently received large accessions of material belong- 
ing to these reptiles in admirable preservation, and have found no 
dermal bones. I have observed certain osseous segments arranged in 


lines, whose character I have not yet determined. Their form is rect- © 


angular, their tissue spongy, and their surfaces without sculpture. 


Sixteenth.—The presence of the columella is rightly regarded by Pro- 


fessor Owen as evidence of Lacertilian relationship. But this character 
is not a crucial test, since the lizards of the suborder Khiptoglossa are 
without it, and the Rhynchocephalia and various turtles possess it. 


IV.—CONCLUSIONS. 


I now recur to the propositions which I endeavored in the work 
aiready citedt to demonstrate, and which have not been admitted by 
Peofessor Owen. They are expressed in the foliowing language:—“ That 
these repliles... constitute a distinct order of the Streptostylicate 
group;... that they present more points of affinity to the Serpents than 
does any other order.” My conclusions that they are not nearly related 
to the Varanide, and that the order is nearer to the Lacertiilia than to 
any other, being sustained by Professor Owen, are not further con- 
sidered. 

As regards the claim of the Mosasauroids to position in an order dis- 
tinet from Lacertilia, I do not enumerate a large number of subordinate 


characters, in which they differ from all known Lacertilia, because such — 


* Report U.S. Geol. Sur. Terrs. ii. p. 141. 
tReport U.S. Geol. Surv. Terrs. ii. p. 126. 


COPE ON OWEN ON PYTHONOMORPHA. 309 


are not of ordinal value.* They might be wanting from Pythonomorpha 
and present in Lacertilia without violating their ordinal boundaries. I 
enumerate those which appear to be essential only. They are the fol- 
lowing :— 

Subclass STREPTOSTYLICA. 


Order PYTHONOMORPHA. 


1. The parietal bones are decurved on the sides of the cranium, and 
are continuous with the alisphenoid and prodtic elements. 

2. The ophisthotic is largely developed, and extends upward and for- 
ward to the walls of the brain-case. 

3. A distinct element connects the squamosal with the parietal bone 
above the opisthotic. 

4, The teeth have no roots. 

5. There is no sacrum. 

6. There is no sternum. 

7. The bones of the limbs possess no condylar articular surfaces. 

Of the preceding seven characters, the decurvature of the borders cf 
the parietal bones at the margins, and their continuity with the margins 
of the prodtic bone, is of importance as a character not found in the 
Lacertilia and universal among Ophidia. Even in Aniellidet and in the 
Amphisbenia, the most snake-like of lizards, the lateral borders of the 
parietals are free, and are separated by a fissure from the greater por- 
tion of the prootic.t 

The opisthotic has a greater development than in lizards, sibs it 
does not reach the brain-case upward. In the serpents, its contact 
with the brain-case is well known. The existence of another element 
lying on the opisthotic, first pointed out by Marsh, is an important 
character. The anterior extremity of this bone enters into the side-wall 
of the cranium below the parietal, occupying much the position of the 
pterotic, and resembling, even more than the opisthotic, the suspenso- 
rium of the Ophidia. Should this be a true homology, the affinity to 
the Ophidia is strengthened; and should it prove to be a distinct ele- 
ment, not found in either Ophidia or Lacertilia, the claims of the new 
order to existence are maintained. In either case it is clear that the 
Ophidian suspensorium is not the squamosal bone. 

The demonstration of my second assertion,.i. e., that the Pythonomor- 
phous order presents more points of affinity to the serpents than does any 
other order, may be seen in the above list of characters. Professor Owen 
doubtless believes with me that the Lacertilia are more nearly allied to 
the Ophidia than is any other order, so that I only need to show that the 


*I have enumerated eleven subordinate characters on pp. 125-126 of my report, Hay- 
den’s Series, vol. ii. 

t See Proc. Acad.Phila. 1864, p. 230, for the osteology of this family. 

{ Compare Professor Owen’s figures of crania of Liodon, fig. 15, with Monitor, fig. 7, 
and Python, fig. 13. 


310 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Pythonomorpha are nearer to the Ophidia than are the Lacertilia to estab- 
lish the truth of my position. Five of the seven characters enumerated 
above are so clearly of this nature that my statement is abundantly justi- 
fied. And it may be true without necessarily implying close affinity with 
the typical serpents. Of course, the points of approximation in Ophidia 
are tothose which do not present theextreme of modification of the order, 
but to such more generalized forms as the Turtricide, Erycide, Scolecophi- 
dia, etc., which are also nearest the lizards. Had Professor Owen desired 
a character in addition to the numerous ones which I have cited, in which 
they do not resemble the Ophidia, he might have added the absence of 
the trabecular grooves of the basi- and presphenoid, noticed by Huxley 
as distinguishing the serpents from the Lacertilia. But this interesting 
feature does not characterize the order Ophidia. ‘The groove is reduced 
in Xenopeltis, and is wanting in the Typhlopide. 

It only remains to show the inexact nature of the comparison which 
Professor Owen draws between the relations of the seals to other Car- 
nivora, and those existing between the Pythonomorpha and Lacertilia. 
These relations he considers to be similar; that is, that as the seals are 
an aquatic form of Carnivora, so the Pythonomorpha are an aquatic form 
of Lacertilia. I affirm, in opposition to this view, that the relations in 
the two cases are totally distinct. 

The seals agree with the Carnivora in al! those important respects in 
which I have shown the Pythonomorpha to differ from the lizards. The 
seals possess a sternum and sacrum like other Carnivora; neither do 
they differ in the structure of the brain-case nor otic region from the 
same order. The teeth have dentinal roots like other Carnivora; and 
although the limbs are adapted for aquatic use, and formed superficially 
like those of Pythonomorpha, their bones are like those of Carnivora in 
all important respects. They possess the usual condylar articular faces, 
even to the phalanges; they have ungues also; so that all the parts 
common to the limbs of Carnivora may be found in the seals. The dif- 
ference between the limbs of Lacertilia and Pythonomorpha is radical in 

‘general and in particular. 

_ Professor Owen objects to the name which I have given to the order, 
and seems to think it conveys an erroneous impression. Such an im- 
pression as to my meaning appears to have been made upon my critic: 
what I mean to convey by it can be readily understood by reference to 
my definitions. The name would not be erroneous even if applied to an 
eel or other serpent-like animal without the least affinity to Ophidia, and 
is rather more appropriate than the names Jchthyopterygia for reptiles 
whose fins are not truly like those of fishes, or Dinosauria, some of 
which are small and weak. As to the use of the term sea-serpent, since 
I have not referred these reptiles to the Ophidia, the term involves no 
error. I have used the same expression in writing of the contemporary 
Hlasmosauri, of totally distinct affinities. As the first name proposed 
for these reptiles as a natural group, with a definition, the name I have 
given will stand in accordance with all the rales of nomenclature. 


COPE ON OWEN ON PYTHONOMORPHA. ove 


Professor Owen has overlooked my views as to the phylogenetic posi- 
tion of this order, and has ascribed to-me, by implication, those I do not 
hold. He then adds others of his own which do not commend them- 
selves to my approval. He observes (l. c. 714),—‘‘ To call the Maestricht 
reptile a Pythonomorph is to raise a delusive beacon, misguiding the 
voyager in the discovery of the true course of the organic change.” 
My views as to the course of organic change in this direction are as fol- 
lows :*—“ Experience has shown that generalized orders have been the 
predecessors of the special groups of the existing fauna. The structure 
of the Pythonomorpha, which has so much in common with orders well 
distinguished from each other, offers a hint of the character of the pri- 
mary group from which both have sprung. That this order is not that 
unknown type is clear, but the indication of affinity to it is equally un- 
mistakable.” The structure of the posterior part of the skull demon- 
strates the correctness of this position, as it is more generalized than 
that of either Lacertilia or Ophidia, approximating more than either 
that of the tortoises. In other parts of the skeleton, this order displays 
the specialization which Professor Owen claims for it. 

In closing this discussion of the essay of a master from whom I have 
learned much, and from whom I expect to learn more, I may say that I 
have not attempted to exhaust the subject, but have only followed it so 
far as to set forth my own views so as to prevent any misunderstanding 
of them. 


* Report U.S. Geol. Surv. Terrs. ii. p. 126. 


o) 


DEHEPARIMENT OF THE INTHRIOR. 
UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY. 
F. V. HAYDEN, U. S. GroLoGistT-1In-CHARGE. 


BULLETIN 


OF 


» THE UNITED STATES 


GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY | 


OF 


THE TERRITORIES. 


VOLUME IV.....- NUMBER 2. 


WASHINGTON: 
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE, 
May 3, 1878. 


bu 
ts 


ahaa ttt | | 
ra ea ae y Nig? : | 
a RilNie RUE Rn tira What 
| a / i y SA SK 0 
Bie Cee eee ma PREY 


Bway iN No. 2, VOL LTV: 


TABLE OF CONTENTS. 


Nos. Titles. Pages. 
ART, XV.—The Geographical Distribution of the Mammalia, 
considered in relation to the principal Ontological 
Regions of the Earth, and the Laws that govern 
the Distribution of Animal Life. By Joel Asaph 


ART. XVI.—Descriptions of New Extinct Vertebrata from the 

Upper Tertiary and Dakota Formations. By E. 

10), GONE sesce: S28S os bot Geameabos corer Mean: 379-396 
ART. XVII.—Noteg on a Collection of Fishes from the Rio Grande, 
at Brownsville, Texas. By DavidS. Jordan, M.D. 397-406 
ART. XVIII.—A Catalogue of the Fishes of the Fresh Waters of 

North America. By David 8. Jordan, M. D..--. 407-442 
ART. XIX.—Description of a Fossil Passerine Bird from the Insect- 

bearing Shales of Colorado. By J. A. Allen. 


(PLATE 1) - eee 4432446 
ART, XX.—The Coleoptera of is Alpine Regions of the Rocky 
Mountains. By John L. LeConte, M. D. .-.----. 447-460 


ART. XXI.—On the Orthoptera collected by Dr. Elliott Coues, U. 
8. A., in Dakota and Montana, during 1873-74. 

Bye broke GyrnseMNOmas fe a2e eee a cei 481-502 
ART. XXII.—On the Hemiptera collected by Dr. Elliott Coues, U.S. - 
A., in Dakota and Montana, during 1873-74. By 

TDP BNI TTILETEE CABS crt, eters sl Pema Nig eae ee NEES 503-512 

ART. XXIII.—-On the Lepidoptera collected by Dr. Elliott Coues, * 
U. S. A., in Montana, during 1874. By W. H. 

IBGN AZT RTT rece ee: ak eee arene emo ar, Paeaede 513-518 
ART, XXIV.— An Account of some Insects of unusual interest from 
the Tertiary Rocks of Colorado and Wyoming. 

By 8S. H. Scudder.-...--- ap oc can eed Gaerne 519-544 


dyenbinay 


pe aRriey 
Core TE 


es 


phan ee 
ty 


it aN aA mae 


Ye 


ART. XV.—THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE MAM- 
MALIA, CONSIDERED IN RELATION TO THE PRINCIPAL 
ONTOLOGICAL REGIONS OF THE EARTH, AND THE LAWS 
THAT GOVERN THE DISTRIBUTION OF ANIMAL LIFE. 


By JoEL ASAPH ALLEN. 


[DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALIAN LIFE IN THE NORTH- 
ERN HEMISPHERE, CONSIDERED IN RELATION TO LAWS 
OF GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. 


When, in 1871, I published* a few preliminary remarks concerning 
the general subject of geographical zodlogy, it was my intention soon to 
present more fully the facts whereon were based the few general princi- 
ples then stated. In this paper I claimed, in accordance with the views 
of Humboldt, Wagner, Dana, Agassiz, De Candolle, and others, that life 
is distributed in cireumpolar zones, which conform with the ciimatic 
zones, though not always with the parallels of the geographer. Sub- 
sequent study of the subject has confirmed the convictions then. ex- 
pressed. These are directly antagonistic to the scheme of division of 
the earth’s surface into the life-regions proposed by Dr. Sclater in 1857, 
based on the distribution of birds, and since so generally adopted. 
Their wide acceptation, it seems to me, has resulted simply from the 
fact that so few have taken the trouble to sift the facts bearing upon 
the subject, or to carefully examine the basis on which Dr. Sclater’s 
divisions are founded. The recent appearance of Mr. Wallace’s labori- 
ous and in many respects excellent and praiseworthy workt has now 
rendered a critical presentation of the subject more necessary than _be- 
fore, since, instead of seeking in the facts of geographical zodlogy a 
basis for a natural scheme of division, he has unhesitatingly accepted 
Dr. Sclater’s ontological regions and marshalled his facts and arranged 
his work wholly in conformity with this, as I shall presently attempt to 
show, grossly misleading scheme. The source of error, as I hope to make 
evident, lies in method of treatment. Assuming apparently that the 
larger or continental land-areas are necessarily coincident with natural 
ontological regions, divisions of the earth’s surface wholly incompara- 

*On the Geographical Distribution of the Birds of Eastern North America, with 
special reference to the Number and Circumscription of the Ornithological Faune. 
<Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo6l., vol. ii, No. 3, pp. 375-450. April, 1871. 

+The Geographical Distribution of Animals. With a Study of Living and Extinet 
Faunas as Elucidating the Past Changes of the Earth’s Surface. By Alfred Russel 


Wallace. Twovols. 8°. With maps and illustrations. London, 1876. 
Bull. iv. No. 2——1 313 


314 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


ble have been contrasted, and erroneous deductions have been the 
result. In the division of the northern hemisphere into two primary 
regions, the so-called “ Nearctic” and “ Palearctic”, no account has been 
taken of the almost homogeneous character of life throughout the 
Arctic and Sub-Arctic regions, and the equally important principle of 
temperature as a powerful limiting agent, nor of the facts of the rapid 
increase of organic forms and the consequent differentiation of life from 
the Arctic regions toward the Equatorial in an ever increasing ratio 
in proportion to the extent and divergence of the principal jand-areas. 
At the northward, this method of division separates, into primary life- 
regions, areas of the closest ontological resemblances, while at the 
southward these divisions each embrace faunz so unlike those of their 
northern portions respectively that the two extremes of either region 
have little in common, scarcely more than have the southern portions of 
these two regions as compared with each other. It is the neglect of the 
above-stated fundamental facts and principles that forms the fatal 
weakness of the scheme of life-regions proposed by Dr. Selater, and so 
widely and thoughtlessly accepted. That the facts and principles above 
alluded to are fandamental,—in other words, that life is distributed in 
circumpolar zones under the controlling influence of climate and mainly 
of temperature,—I propose to show by a tabular presentation of the 
facts of distribution of mammalian life in the northern hemisphere. _ 

One of the reasons given by Mr. Wallace for adopting Dr. Sclater’s 
regions is that “it is a positive, and by no means an unimportant 
advantage to have our named regions approximately equal in size, and 
with easily defined, and therefore easily remembered, boundaries”, pro- 
viding that “ we do not violate any clear affinities or produce any glar- 


ing irregularities”. It is further claimed that “all elaborate definitions 


of interpenetrating frontiers, as well as regions extending over three 
fourths of the land surface of the globe, and including places which are 
the antipodes of each other, would be most inconvenient, even if there 
were not such difference of opinion about them ”.* 

These arguments can be scarcely characterized as otherwise than 
trivial, since they imply that truth, at least to a certain degree, should 
be regarded as secondary to convenience. They further show that the 
author of these propositions has not worked out in detail the distribu- 
tion of life, species by species, over a diversified area of considerable 
extent, like, for instance, that of Hastern North America, where an in- 
terdigitation of the lesser faunal areas is one of the marked features of 
the region, as it is elsewhere wherever there is a varied topography and 
consequent inequality of climate under the same parallels of latitude. 
Again, Mr. Wallace says,—‘‘ On two main points every system yet 
proposed, or that probably can be proposed, is open to objection; 
they are,—Istly, that the several regions are not of equal rank ;—2ndly, 
that they are not equally applicable to all classes of animals. As 
to the first objection, it will be found impossible to form any three 


* Geogr. Dist. Anim., vol. i, pp. 63, 64. 


/ 


ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 315: 


or more regions, each of which differs from the rest in an equal degree 
or in the same manner. One will surpass all others in the possession ' 
of peculiar families; another will have many characteristic genera; 
while a third will be mainly distinguished by negative characters. 
There will also be found many intermediate districts, which possess 
some of the characteristics of two well-marked regions, and a few special 
features of their own, or perhaps with none; and it will be a difficult 
question to decide in all cases which region should possess the doubtful 
territory, or whether it should be formed into a primary region by 
itself.”* - 

In geographical zodlogy, as in the genetic relation of animals, we 
find, as a rule, no strongly marked boundary-lines, and in the life- 
regions, especially those of lesser rank, the boundaries can be given 
only approximately, owing to the intergradation of contiguous faunze 
and flor, contingent upon the gradual modification of climatic condi- 
tions; yet it is not hard to find boundary-lines that shall be, if not 
sharply definable, at least easy of recognition. This at least proves to 
be the case wherever the distribution of specific forms is thoroughly 
known. ‘The first objection, ‘ that the several regions are not of equal 
rank,” forms to my mind no objection at all, since it matters little 
whether they are equal or unequal if they correctly indicate the distri- 
bution of life. wes 

The second objection Mr. Wallace has himself satisfactorily answered, 
in discussing the question “‘ Which class of animals is of most importance 
in determining Zoological Regions.” As Mr. Wallace here points out, and 
as must become apparent to every careful investigator of this question, 
the mammalia are pre-eminently of the greatest importance in deter- 
mining zodlogical regions. To summarize Mr. Wallace’s argument on 
this point,} their dispersal is less dependent on fortuitous circumstances 
than that of the representatives of other classes; from their high 
organization they are less dependent upon ‘other groups of animals”, 
and have so much power of adaptation that they are “able to exist in 
one form or another over the whole globe”, as is certainly not the case 
with two of the lower classes of vertebrates, the reptilia and amphibia. 
Their distribution and dispersal are dependent on the distribution of 
the land-areas, and are modified by such physical conditions as mount- 
ain barriers, areas of forest, and grassy or desert plateaus. Further- 
more, their geological history, as well as their geographical range, is 
better known than that of most other classes, and there is also a greater 
unanimity of opinion respecting their natural affinities and the limita- 
tion of families and genera in this-class than in most others. ‘We 
should therefore”, says Mr. Wallace (and I heartily agree with the re- 
mark), “ construct our typical or standard Zodlogical Regions in the first 
place, from a consideration of the distribution of mammalia, only bring- 
ing to our aid the distribution of other groups to determine doubtful 
points. Regions so established will be most closely in accordance with 


* Geogr. Dist. Anim., vol. i, p. 53. tSee Geogr. Distr. Anim., vol. i, pp. 56-58. 


316 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


those long-enduring features of physical geography, on which the distribution 
of all forms of life fundamentally depends;* and all discrepancies in the 
distribution of other classes of animals must be capable of being ex- 
plained, either by their exceptional means of dispersion or by special 
conditions affecting their perpetuation and increase in each locality.” 
“If these considerations are well founded,” he continues, ‘‘ the objections 
of those who study insects or molluscs, for example,—that our regions are 
not true for their departments of nature—cannot be maintained. For 
they will find, that a careful consideration of the exceptional means of 
dispersal and conditions of existence of each group, will explain most 
of the divergences from the normal distribution of higher animals.” t¢ 

In the present paper I shall consequently, in my discussion of the 
zoological regions of the northern hemisphere, confine myself primarily 
to mammals. Throwing aside, for the moment, all theoretical consider- 
ations, I shall endeavor first to present the facts of the case, and then 
consider what generalizations may be legitimately drawn from them. 

A. word, however, first in respect to the conformation and distribu- 
tion of the land-areas. In reference to this part of the subject I can 
hardly do better than to again quote the words of Mr. Wallace, who has 
thus forcibly presented the subject :— ‘‘One great peculiarity of the dis- 
tribution of land lies in its freedom from complete isolation . . . The 
continents, indeed, resembling as they do a huge creeping plant, with 
roots at the North Pole, and the matted stems and branches of which 
cover a large part of the northern hemisphere and send three great off- 
shoots toward the South Pole, offer great facilities for the transmission | 
of varied forms of animal life. There is evidence to prove that during 
the greater part of the Tertiary period the relative positions of our conti- 


* The italicizing is my own. 

t+ The question, Which class of animals is best fitted to form the basis of a division 
of the earth’s surface into life-regions? has a wider bearing than might be at first sup- 
posed, since the same power of adaptation to diverse climatic conditions that results 
in a wide distribution in some cases and a limited range im others would also impart 
different degrees of ability to resist the influence of geological changes, and is hence 
related to the question, Which class forms the best index for marking geological time? 
The relative importance of different groups as geological indices is necessarily con- 
nected with their power to resist unfavorable influences, and hence groups that suc- 
cumb most readily would give the best clue to such changes in the past. Among ver- 
tebrates the mammalia are undoubtedly, as a class, the best able to survive a wide 
range of climatic conditions. Birds are to so great a degree migratory that they are 
in great measure able to avoid seasonal extremes of climate by a change of habitat. 
Extremes that mammals readily survive prove quickly fatal to reptiles and amphibians. 

Climate, though in itself a powerful geological agent, is, of course, subject to profound 
modification due to geological causes. Any great amount of upheaval or subsidence 
of the earth’s crust, or the gradual uplifting of mountain chains, must necessarily 
induce changes in the climate of the regions where such disturbances occur, the effect 
of which must extend over an area far greater than that of the disturbed district. A 
comparatively slight change of climate, either in respect to temperature or humidity, 
has a most marked influence upon vegetation, and especially upon the distribution of 
forests. The presence or absence of particular species of plants is well known to 
determine the presence or absence of many species of insects, while the distribution of 
whole families of the latter is determined wholly by the character of the vegetation ; 


ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 317 


nents and oceans did not greatly differ from their present form, and the 
former, back to the time of the Devonian formation, were never so com- 
pletely submerged as to be replaced by oceans comparable in depth with 
our Atlantic and Pacific.”* ‘This curious fact,” he says again, ‘of the 
almost perfect continuity of all the great masses of land, notwithstand- 
ing their extremely irregular shape and distribution, is no doubt depend- 
ent on the [geological] circumstances just alluded to; that the great 
depth of the oceans and the slowness of the process of upheaval, has 
almost always produced the new lands close to, or actually connected 
with, pre-existing lands; and this has necessarily led to a much greater 
uniformity in the distribution of organic forms, than would have pre- 
vailed had the continents been more completely isolated from each other. 
. . . the whole land is almost continuous. It consists essentially of 
only three masses: the American, the Asia-African, and the Australian. 
The two former are only separated by thirty-six miles of shallow sea at 
Bebring’s Straits, so that it is possible to go from Cape Horn to Singa- 
pore or the Cape of Good Hope without ever being out of sight of land ; 
and owing to the intervention of the numerous islands of the Malay 
Archipelago the journey might be continued under the same conditions 
as far as Melbourne and Hobart Town.”{+ ‘The close proximity of the 
great land-masses in the Arctic regions is a fact to be kept in mind in 
any-discussion of the distribution of life in the northern hemisphere, 
and also the fact that in Tertiary times the connection was almost indis- 
putably more intimate than it is now. — 


and even mammais and birds are greatly affected, and even some are mainly controlled, 
in their range by the presence or absence of forests, the distribution of which is so inti- 
mately connected with climate. The reptiles, unlike mammals and birds, are quickly 
influenced by changes of temperature, and are unable to exist in the colder parts of 
the earth. Amphibians also require a moderately warm, or at least temperate, climate, 
and though ranging beyond the true reptiles become reduced to a few types in the cold- 
temperate latitudes, beyond which they wholly disappear. Fluviatile and terrestrial 
mollusks are also exceedingly susceptible to changes in the conditions of life that affect 
put slightly either insects or vertebrates, especially the two higher classes of the latter, 
even the geological character of a country having a powerful influence upon their dis- 
tribution, as well as affecting their size and the thickness of their calcareous covering. 
While the mammalia are able to survive changes that would exterminate reptiles and 
amphibians, and are somewhat independent of the influences that govern the existence 
of many insects and mollusks, their fossil remains must give, for this reason, a less 
minute record of past geological and climatic changes than either the lower classes of 
vertebrates, the mollusca, or the insects, and afford a far less detailed record than plants. 
Among mammals sometimes the same species, and often the same genus, has a range 
extending from the Arctic regions to the warm-temperate or subtropical latitudes, thus 
showing an adaptability to varied conditions of existence not exhibited by the lower 
vertebrates, or by mollusks or plants. While their lack of exceptional means of dis- 
persal and their superiority to forces of restriction that limit many groups of animals 
render them highly useful as a standard of reference in respect to present lite-regions, 
the latter necessarily detracts from their importance as a medium of geological record, 
60 far at least as regards the minuter details. 

'* Report of a Lecture before the Royal Geographical coctetys! in Geogr. Mag., vol. iv, 
August, 1877, p, 221. 

t Geogr. Dist. Anim., vol. i, p. 37. 


318 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


As is well known, and almost universally admitted, the animal and 
plant life of the Arctic lands is nearly everywhere the same, many of the 
species having a circumpolar range, while the genera are mainly, and 
the families almost entirely, the same throughout. Especially is this the 
case with mammals. To show how gradual is the change from almost 
absolute uniformity in the Arctic regions to the ultimate diversity met 
with in the intertropical latitudes it is only necessary to divide latitud- 
inally the so-called “* Nearctic” and ‘ Palearctic” regions into several. 
minor areas, and to tabulate and compare:the genera found in each. 
Adopting as our first division the region approximately bounded south- 
ward by the isotherm of 36° I’., and hence embracing the Arctic, Sub- 
Arctic, and Cold Temperate lands of the northern hemisphere, we find that. 
of the fifty-four commonly recognized genera of non-pelagic mammals. 
occurring north of this boundary, five are subcosmopolitan; twenty- 
seven, or more than one-half, are strictly cireumpolar, being represented 
throughout the greater part of the region north of this boundary; that 
five more are found on both shores of the Atlantic, and that five others 
are common to both shores of the Pacific. This leaves only twelve— 
less than one-fourth—that are peculiar to either the northern portion of 
North America or to the corresponding portion of the Old World, of 
which eight are restricted to America and four to the Huropzo-Asiatic 
continent. These genera and their distribution are approximately shown 
in the subjoined table. 


Genera of mammals of the Arctic and Cold Temperate portions of the northern hemisphere (the 
region north of the mean annual of 35° I’.), 


Circumpolar. 
| 

Lynx. Ursus. Ovis. Castor. 
Canis. Rosmarus. *Vesperugo.t *Sciurus, 
Vulpes. Phoea. *Vespertilio. Sciuropterus. 
Mustela. Alces. Sorex. Tamias. 
Putorius. Tarandus. Arvicola. Spermophilus. 
Gulo. Cervus. Evotomys. Axetomys. 
*Lutra. Bison. Myodes. Lagomys. 
Thalassarctos. Ovibos. Cuniculus. *Lepus. 
American. - American and Asiatic. | Europzeo-Asiatic. American and European. 
Mephitis. Enhydris. Meles. Pagomys. 
Taxidea. EKumetopias. Bos. Pagophilus. 
Procyon. Zalophus. Mus. Erignathus. 
Aplocerus. Callorhinus. Sminthus. Halicherus. 
Zapus. Rbytina. Cystophora. 
Hesperomys. 
Fiber. 
Erethizon. — 


*Subcosmopolitan. ° 


} Scotophilus of American authors, not of Dobson. 


ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 3 


aa 
eo) 


Summary. 
BeBe MmINIbeh Ol SNSTI.S 3.5. 2io aise 3 te MR 6) - ces dein Hee eee. 
2 MES ED OVNI EB OP NS <3 Ie SEE SUG Be eee a cae eae es) ey NaTt noe ae ae 
. Onn ieee ea ee eee BE Sp cece Gud Don Coon bee sae nmcaee 
EmarestOhoONOTUN AMeNIGa ANOS ooo wen cus cnn e nce’ veccesceee ee tececeneeene 
mores of North America and Europe -22. 22.22... 0.2. coc ee cece be ees ce cees ce 
Exclusively either American or Europxo-Asiatic...... 0.222. .2e eee eee eee ene 
GUAT EO SMON EA. Ko noes Sie eset Glob losis: cee les jad as eae eet eee ae 
Peculiar to, the Europeo-Asiatic continent.... 22... 222.220. 22222. ween een wees 


Or 


ch) 


a 
DoOaanroar 


= 


The above-given statistics show most clearly that the mammals of 
the northern third of the northern hemisphere present few generic or 
subgeneric forms that are peculiar to either North America or to the 
Huropeo-Asiatic continent. In many cases, these are closely representa- 
tive forms; in other cases, the peculiar genera extend but a short dis- 
tance into the region, being temperate forms rather than hyperboreal. 

The close relationship of the mammalian life of the northern lands, as 
compared with the diversity met with between that of the northern and 
southern portions of the two northern continents, is further shown by a 
- tabulation of the genera met with in the region intervening between the. 
cold-temperate and sub-tropical zones of life, the northern and southern 
_boundaries of which may be considered respectively as the isotherms of 
36° and 68° to 70° F. Rather more than one-half of the above-enu- 
merated genera extend also over a large portion of this more southern 
belt, and impart thereby a general similarity to the facies of the mam- 
malian faune of the two regions. In addition to these, however, we find 
in North America thirty-oné genera and seven subgenera that are not 
found much, if any, to the northward of the isotherm of 36° I., and 
about the same proportion of new generic and subgeneric types make 
their appearance in the corresponding region of the Old World. Turn- 
ing first to North America, we find that of these added forms one has 
so wide a distribution that it may be properly considered as subcos- 
mopolitan, being found in the corresponding region of the Huropo- 
Asiatic continent as well as far to the southward of the region under 
notice. One other occurs also in Eastern Asia and six more belong 
rather to Tropical America than to Temperate North America. Exclud- 
ing these, leaves about thirty as strictly American and twenty-two that 
are almost wholly restricted to Temperate North America; there is, hence, 
twice as great a difference between the mammalian faune of the middle 
temperate region of North America and the colder portion of the same 
continent as there is between those of the colder parts of the two north- 
erm continents, or the northern portions of the so-called ‘‘ Nearctic” 
and “Palearctic Regions”. But we get in Temperate North America 
not only twenty-two generic and subgeneric forms peculiar to this 
region, but a differentiation of this region into three well-marked faunal 
areas, differing more from each other than do the boreal parts of the 
New World (‘ Nearctic Region”) from the boreal parts of the Old World 
(‘Palearctic Region”). While thirteen of the genera, or about one- 


329 


third, have a general distribution throughout Temperate North America, 
there are four genera and one subgenus peculiar to the so-called East- 
ern Province, five genera and one subgenus mainly restricted to the 
Middle Province, and five genera and two subgenera almost wholly lim- 
ited to the geographically much smaller Western Province. In addition 
to this, there are five other genera and one subgenus common to the 
greater part of the Middle and Western Provinces that are not found in 
the Hastern.* The genera that may be regarded as characterizing the 
middle temperate region of North America and their relative distribution ° 
is shown in the subjoined table. 


BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Terrestrial genera and subgenera of Middle North America (between the mean annuals of 36° 
and 68° F.), not found in the Arctic and Cold Temperate latitudes. 


[Nore.—Subgenera are enclosed in parentheses. ] 


Limitedtothe | Limited tothe | Limitedtothe | Common to the Mid- 
Of general distribution. Eastern] Middle Proy- Western dle and Western 
Province. ince. Province. Provinces. 
Felis. * *Sigmodon. Nycticejus. *Bassaris. *Macrotus. (Otospermophilus.) 
Urocyon. Ochetodon. *Synotus. Antilocapra. Antrozous. (Pedomys ) 
Cariacus. (Pitymys.) Condylura. *Dicotyles. *Nyctinomus., | Perognathus. 
Lasiurus. Geomys. Blarina. *(Notiosorex.) | j Urotrichus. | Cricetodipus. 
Scapanus. Didelphys, (Oryzomys.) Synaptomys. | (Onychomys.)| Dipodomys. 
Sealops. Cynomys. (Chilotus.) Thomomys. 
Neosorex. Haplodon. 
Neotoma. 
| ! 
* Chiefly tropical. } Occurs also in Asia. 
Summary. 
Moral mumberor senera-\(plusisubeenena) eee rere se Gees eee 38 
Of seneral distribution. .-.. SS ace eee ee aon crs terse aes ey aay bs Se 13 
Peculianto,ckeyhasterm ProvimGese 45 cee eee ooo: cere nee nes eae eee een eater 5 
Peculiar to the Middle ProvinGescn24 sass were = ee as eee ete ne oe 6 
Peculiar to the Western: Provinces. scien Spee esto eee ee eee ee eee Uf 
Common to the Western and Middle Provinces, but not found in the Eastern... - 6 
Maimbytropical orisulbtroyi calle fx.) Se = see eae sate arene tte 8 


*Mr. Wallace, in his late work (Geogr. Dist. Anim., vol. i, p. 6), refers to the Rocky 
Mountains as forming a barrier to species, ‘almost all the mammals, birds, and in- 
sects” belonging to different species on the two sides of the Rocky Mountains. Noth- 
ing, so far as mammals and birds are concerned (and I am informed by good authori- 
ties that the same is true of insects), could well be further from the truth. Only in 
rare instances do the Rocky Mountains form such a barrier, the division between the 
Eastern and Middle Provinces leing more than six hundred miles to the eastward of 
this range; while the boundary between the Middle and Western Provinces is formed 
by the Sierra Nevada chain. The same species, as a rule, range over the greater part 
of the great elevated interior plateau, of which the Rocky Mountains constitute the 
axis. So far as the distribution of both birds and mammals is concerned, the presence 
or absence of forests, and the accompanying diverse climatic conditions, have far more 
to do with the limitation of habitat than the commonly so-called “‘ Rocky Mountain 
barrier”. This is obviously due to the longitudinal direction of this supposed barrier, 
which, if trending in a latitudinal direction, would certainly form an impassable 
obstacle tc very many species. 


a ao 


ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 321 


Between the warm-temperate belt we have been considering and the 
zone next to the southward—the subtropical—the faunal differences are 
far greater than between the warm-temperate and colder zones. Aside 
from the few subcosmopolitan genera still present, and the few essen- 


tially tropical genera that range northward into the warmer temperate 


zone, there is little in common to the mammalian faunz of these two 
regions. At or near this boundary (the isotherm of about 68° F'.—say 
68° to 70° F.) several strictly tropical families first make their appear- 
ance, and tropical genera begin largely to repiace those of the colder 
region to the northward. 

In respect to the Europzo-Asiatic continent, we have already seen 
how small a proportion of the genera of mammals met with north of 
the thirty-sixth isotherm are really peculiar to this region, the number 
being less than twelve per cent., the remainder being circumpolar. Pass- 
ing, however, to the warm-temperate division of this Europzo-Asiatic 
continent, or that portion between the isotherms of 36° and 68° to 70° 
F., and we meet with many genera not found to the northward. While 
many circumpolar genera still prevail, at least. three-fourths of the 
whole number are here first met with. A considerable proportion (about 
one-fifth) are properly southern or subtropical, and extend far to the 
southward of the warm-temperate zone. About one-half, however, are 
peculiar to this zone, and belong to groups (families of subfamilies) espe- 
cially characteristic of the North Temperate Realm. in adopting the 
isotherm of 70° F. as its southern boundary, we include not only the Medi- 
terranean Province (and hence Northern Africa), but all of Asia north 
of the great Himalayan chain, together with Northern China and the 
Persian Peninsula. Hence quite a number of such southern forms occur 
as Macacus, Herpestes, Genetta, Hycna, Hystriz, ete., that are more prop- 
erly members of the intertropical fauna. Owing to the great extent 
of this region, we meet with many genera peculiar to special districts, 


giving a higher proportion of peculiar forms than is met with in the 


corresponding portion (but far more limited in area) of North America. 
Of about fifty genera met with here that do not occur to the northward, 
about one-fourth may be thrown out as more properly tropical, since 
they in most cases barely enter the southern border. 

Of the remainder, fully one-half are restricted in their range wholly 
or almost wholly to this region, the rest extending far into or through- 
out the Old World tropics. There is thus more than thrice as great a 
difference between the mammalian fauna of the boreal parts of the 
Kuropxo-Asiatic continent and that of the warmer parts of the same con- 
tinent as between the fauna of the boreal parts of the Europzo-Asiatic 
continent and the corresponding region of North America. The differ- 
entiation is here again, as in North America, from the north southward, 
not through the rapid increase of land-area and diversity of physical 
structure, but purely from climatic conditions,—through the multipli- 
cation of life in consequence of increase of temperature and means of 


322 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


subsistence. This is still more strikingly shown by a comparison of the 
fauna of the middle portion of the so-called ‘‘ Palearctic Region” with 
that of its southern border, at which point the truly tropical forms be- 
gin to appear. The genera of a zone, say two degrees in width, at these 
two points would be not only in large part different, but those of the 
southern belt would be far more numerous. 


Genera of mammals of the warm-temperate portions of the eastern hemi- 


sphere (between the isotherms of 36° and 68° to 70° F.), not occurring to 
the northward of the 36th isotherm. 


* Macacus. t Moschus. Rhinolophus. + Nectogale. 

Felis. + Hydropotes. *Plecotus. Spalax. 
* Genetta. t Poéphagus. *Synotus. Rhizomys. 
* Herpestes. * Addax. Scotophilus. t Siphneus. 
* Hyena. * Oryx. Miniopterus. Meriones. 
t Nyctereutes. Damailis. * Nyctinomus. t Cricetulus. 
+ Lutronectes. + Procapra. + Scaptochirus. + Alactaga. 
+ dilurus. + Saiga. t Scaptonyx. * Gerbillus. 
* Equus. + Pantholops. + Anusorex. * Dipus. 
+Camelus. + Budorcas. t Mygale. Museardinus. 
+ Dama. | Rupicapra. Urotrichus. Eliomys. 
t Elaphodus. Nemorheedus. + Uropsilus. * Hystrix. 
+ Lophotragus. Capra. Crocidura. 

Summary. 

Motalinirmiber <1). 0-22 Sus o disse a emeetgsee a plale dbs Sieleheleye Shree ileal se a Eee 51 
Occurring in southern portions only. .... “Sila alitd genie dees cine was che ole eee eee 13 
Peculiar to the region, and generally restricted to a limited range. ..---.---.---- 24 
Oimratherswide:rance southwardes a -ceser cee eee ceca ecee ee rer eee eee Eero eae 14 


A comparison of the families represented in different portions of the 
northern hemisphere north of the isotherm of 70° F. brings into prom- © 
inence some of the points already stated, without the confusion of 
detail incident to a comparison on the basis of genera, and gives also 
a more convenient standard for the next stage of comparison, namely, a 
comparison of the faune of the temperate zones with those of the tropical, 
as well as with the faunz of the two great land-areas of the northern 
hemisphere. Of thirty-three families of non-pelagicmammals found north 
of about the isotherm of 70° F. (68° to 70°), thirteen have a nearly cos- 
mopolitan distribution, and six others are common to both the Old 
World and the New, leaving fourteen, or about one-third, peculiar to 
either North America or to Europe and Asia. Three of these are essen- 
tially subtropicopolitan or tropicopolitan, having merely straggling rep- 
resentatives north of the 68th isotherm, and five others are represented 
each by only a single species. Seven of these fourteen families (four only 
according tomany systematistst) are North American and seven Huropean 

* Occurring in southern portions only ; chiefly tropical. 

t Peculiar to the region and mostly of restricted range. 

{I here admit to family rank Antilocapridw, Zapodide, and Geomyde, the two former 
of which are treated by Mr. Wallace as subfamilies of subcosmopolitan families, while 


the other is not commonly recognized as distinct from Saccomyide. On the other hand, 
LT refer the Cercolabide to the Hystricide. 


ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 323. 


and Asiatic. One or two others barely touch, or possibly overlap slightly, 
the above-given boundary. North of the isotherm of 36° I’. not more 
than two or three families are met with that are not cosmopolitan, and 
two of these have each but a single species north of this line. 

The following is a list of the families referred to above, with approxi- 
mate indications of their distribution. 


Families of non-pelagic mammals occurring north of the mean annual of 70° F. 


Subcosmopolitan. Circumpolar. North American. | Europxo-Asiatic. 
Felide. Bovids. Rosmaridz. 7 Procyonids. Erinaceide. 
Canide. Vespertilionide.| *Rhytinide. t Antilocapride. tSuide. 
Mustelidez. Murida. Talpide. tZapodide. Equide. 
Ursida. Sciuride. Soricidee. Geomyide. Myoxide. 
Otariide. Hystricidex. Castoride. Saccomyide. Spalacidz. 
Phocidez. Leporide. Lagomyide. + Haplodontide. Dipodide. 
Cervide. + Didelphyide. Rhinolophide. 


* Formerly occurring on the shores of the North Pacific only, but now extinct. 


+ Tropical; one species only found north of 70th isotherm. + Represented by a single species. 
\ 
Summary. 
SWvilro le wara merase toe teateg een ae stat ania seta oh oman resin Oe aoe ar he Bi cissteusissinis 5 eB 
PuMcosmMopohiian) = <2 2-222. cena <== ------ Fem Ses odosas bods seeesecodasane RASA lS) 
Circumpolar (arctopolitan) .......--...---- ale sina Saieleicia aa ahaa iste os aoe SINS 6 
FAMEeTICAN! (OXCIUBEVElY))* coajc0 scl onencn secon cle- SORE SENOS GEOE AAS ESO Aas ete 7 
Huroepo-Asiatic: (or exclitsively Old World) +} ---. 2... 22-22... sccese cone neon cone 7 


In regard to the southern extension of these thirty-three families, thir- 
teen range far into, and most of them over, the greater part of Intertropical 
America, and eighteen far into, and most of them over, the greater part 
of the intertropical portion of the Old World. 

In Intertropical America, only thirty families are represented. Of 
these, thirteen occur over much of Temperate North America, while 
eleven are subcosmopolitan, and the same number are peculiar to the 
region, while one-half of the whole do not range much beyond the 
northern tropic. Seven are semitropicopolitan, or occur also in the 
warmer parts of the Old World; but of these, three are Chiroptera and 
another is marine. The approximate range of the families represented 
in Intertropical America is indicated in the annexed table. 


*Five only are exclusively North American. 
t Two only are exclusively ‘“ Palearctic”. 


324 


BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Families of non-pelagic mammals occurring in Intertropical America 
(between the northern and southern isotherms of 70° #.). 


[NoTE.—The names of families peculiar to the region are printed in italics.] 


Cebide. Otariide. Soricida. Hystricide. 
Midide. Cervide. *Centetide. ~ Leporide. 

- Felidee. * Trichechide. | Sciuride. Brachypodide. 
Canide. *Tapiride. Muride. Dasypodide. 
Mustelide. Dicotylide. * Octodontide. Myrmecophagide. 

+ Procyonide. Phyllostomidee. Dinomyide. t Didelphyide. 
Bassaridide. Emballonuride. Caviide. 

Cercoleptide. | Vespertilionide. Dasyproctide. 
Summary. 

DPotalymumlber spose ceise sees oe bie < os 2 6 alse EAL See te cee cere teeter ene ert 30 

LEGON WO) WING) SOHO AAA Se ose oega bere ceso bono tees d-sonaesoons baste (bags eons 12 

Not found in temperate parts of North America.......-.. 2-2. 22-2 .2--2. wenn cee 16 

SRUCOSIMG POM GAM face mers os elem < foim oan) a\ elaimia telnet eles ateieleinie = sae ene eee 11 

‘Occurring in the warmer parts (only) of the Old World...-...-....--......-.-.- 5 

OceunnimeaneNorth America (ati large) soeaaeeeeee eee ee see a eee ee eee eee 13 


Fifty families are represented in the intertropical portions of Asia and 
Africa. Of these nearly thirty do not range much beyond the Northern 
Tropic, of which about twenty-three are limited to this region. Of the 
thirty-two families occurring in the north-temperate zone (of which only 
six or‘seven are exclusively Huropzo-Asiatic), nearly one-half range 
over most of the Indo-African tropics. The following is a list of the 
families represented in the Old World tropics, exclusive of those limited 
to Madagascar and the Australian Realm. 


Families of non-pelagic mammals occurring in the Indo-African Tropics 
(between the northern and southern isotherms of 70° F.) 


[Nots.—The names of families not occurring northward of the region are printed in italics.] 


Simvide. Girafide. § Trichechide. Tupayide. 
Cynopithecide. Bovide. Pteropide. Lophiomyide. 
Lemuride. Cervide. Rhinolophide. Dipodide. 
Tarsiide. Tragulide. Nycteride. Muridee. 
Felide. Hippopotanide. Vespertilionide. Myoxide. 
Protelide. Phacocheride. \Hmballonuride. Sciuride. 
Hyenide. Suide. Galeopithecide. Anomaluride. 
Viverride. Equide. Talpidee. Hystricide. 
Canide. Rhinocerotide. Soricide. § Octodontide. 
Mustelide. § Tapiride. Erinaceidee. Leporids. 
Urside. Hyracide. Potamogalide. Manidide. 
Hluride. Elephantide. Macroscelide. Orycteropodide. 
Camelide. Halicoride. 


*Occurring in the Old World Tropics. 
tOccurring also in Extratropical America. 
¢ Manatide of most authors. 

§ Also represented in Intertropical America 


ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 325 


Summary. 
Mega lerTU MD Olesen sateaete ciel seini= = ois ane <= hates oleis oie e celeloiniciel sisietwiviwinie[ nile (<)sicinrs oe 50 
Peculiar (or almost wholly restricted) to the region ....-......--02--+--------- 22 
SPRLICMSTHO WT OMbANN Mosea aie emcee inicls(+ a woe vein os vanes ssen einem ane acerna ce. 13 
Represented in the American tropics (only). ..---..----. -20. 220 20-2 cone eee e ee ie: 
Occurring in the Old World north of the tropics........-.-. 222. -ss-e2---- === 23 
Jopyignl costae S628 RS eh6 cCepeo deel cocotg Coon B nn pe PSOne Beerrerssr5 c ues 29. 


It thus appears that only about three-fifths as many families of mam- 
mals occur in the intertropical parts of the New World as in the cor- 
responding parts of the Old World. The disproportion in the same 
direction in respect to genera and species is still greater. This is 
obviously due to the difference in size and configuration of the two 
areas. The Old World intertropical land-surface is not only several 
times greater than the American (embracing thrice as great a breadth 
longitudinally), but is differentiated into one continental (Africa), two 
large peninsular (India and China) areas, and a group of large, highly 
differentiated islands (Malay Archipelago), while the intertropical re- 
gion of America forms a single unindented region, with a single narrow 
isthmic prolongation. In the one case (America) we have a striking 
uniformity of mammalian life throughout, corresponding with the gen- 
eral uniformity of the climatic conditions characteristic of this area, 
contrasting with well-marked subdivisions in the other, and a much 
greater diversity of environing circumstances, originating geologically 
far back in the history of these several land-masses. As Mr. Wallace 
has remarked,—“‘To those who accept the theory of development as 
worked out by Mr. Darwin, and the views as to the general permanence 
and immense antiquity of the great continents and oceans so ably de- 
veloped by Sir Charles Lyell, it ceases to be a matter of surprise that 
the tropics of Africa, Asia, and America should differ in their produc- 
tions, but rather that they should have anything in common. Their 
similarity, not their diversity, is the fact that most frequently puzzles 
us.”* 

In the foregoing remarks, no reference has been made to Madagascar 
or to Australia, for the reason that they belong to distinct primary life- 
regions having little in common with the great Europ:eo-Asiatic land- 
area (of which Africa, on the other hand, is an inseparable appendage), 
which, with America, form the regions to which the discussion has thus 
far been intentionally limited. As will be more fully considered later, 
the intertropical Old World area is divisible into secondary regions, 
which for the present need not enter into the questions immediately at 
issue. These are, first, Does that portion of the northern hemisphere 
north of the northern subtropical zone admit of division into two prti- 
mary life-regions, conforming in their boundaries to the configuration of 
the two great northern land-areas? And, secondly, Iv accordance with 
what principle does the life of the northern hemisphere become differ- 
entiated from the homogeneity characteristic of the northern regious 


= 


* Geogr. Dist. Anim., vol. i, p. 51. 


326 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


to the great diversity met with under tropical latitudes? The funda- 
mental question which underlies the whole subject is, Is, or is not, the 
life of the globe distributed in cireumpolar zones? The second is, How 
and under what influences does it become differentiated ? 

To the first of these questions, I ventured some six years since,* to 
give an affirmative answer, in accordance not only with the views of 
numerous high authorities on the subject of the geographical distribu- 
tion of life, but with what seemed to me to be incontrovertibly the facts 
in the case. While this view has since received the support of other 
high authorities, it has been altogether ignored by the advocates of Dr. 
Sclater’s division of the earth’s surface. Mr. Wallace, who faithfully 
reflects: the views of the Sclaterian school, in referring to this subject 
says :—‘‘ Mr. Allen’s system of ‘realms’ founded on climatic zones .. . 
calls for a few remarks. The author continually refers to the *law of 
the distribution of life in circumpolar zones’, as if it were one generally 
accepted and that admits of no dispute. But this supposed ‘law’ only 
applies to the smallest details of distribution—to the range and increas- _ 
ing or decreasing numbers of species as we pass from north to south, or - 
the reverse; while it has little bearing on the great features of zodlogi- 
cal geography—the limitation of groups of genera and families to cer- 
tain areas. It is analogous to the ‘law of adaptation’ in the organiza- 
tion of animals, ty which members of various groups are suited for an 
aerial, an aquatic, a desert, or an arboreal life; are herbivorous, carniv- 
orous, or insectivorous; are fitted to live underground, or in fresh waters, 
or on polar ice. It was once thought that these adaptive peculiarities 
were suitable foundations for a classification,—that whales were fishes, | 
and bats birds; and even to this day there are naturalists who cannot 
recognize the essential diversity of structure in such groups as swifts 
and swallows, sun-birds and humming-birds, under the superficial dis- 
guise caused by adaptation to a similar mode of life. The application 
of Mr. Allen’s principle leads to equally erroneous results, as may be 
well seen by considering his separation of ‘the southern third of Aus- 
tralia’ to unite it with New Zealand as one of his secondary zodlogical 
divisions.”t 

Leaving Mr. Wallace’s last-quoted objection for notice in another 
connection (see a foot-note beyond, under the sub-heading ‘“ Australian 
Realm”), I unblushingly claim, in answer to the main point, that the 
geographical distribution of life is by necessity in accordance with a * law 
of adaptation”, namely, of climatic adaptation ; that such a law is legiti- 
mate in this connection, and that the reference to the “ superficial dis- 
guise” adapting essentially widely different organisms to similar modes 
of life is wholly irrelevant to the point at issue,—a comparison of things 
that are in any true sense incomparable; furthermore, that the ‘law of 
distribution of life in cireumpolar zones” does apply as well in a gen- 
eral sense as to details—‘ to groups of genera and families” as well as 


*Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo6l., vol. ii, p. 376, 1871. 
tGeogr. Dist. Anim., vol. i, p. 67. 


ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 327 


to species. In the foregoing remarks I have had little to say respecting 
the range of species, and have tabulated merely genera and families. 
These tables clearly show that a large proportion of the mammalian 
genera and families of the northern hemisphere have a circumpolar 
range, the same genera and families occupying the Arctic and Sub-Are- 
tic lands in both the Old World and the New, and that only a small 
per cent. of the whole number found here are peculiar to either of the 
northern land-areas ; that a large part of the genera and families met with 
in the temperate and warmer latitudes occur on the eastern continent as 
well as on the western; that again a considerable proportion of the 
genera and families met with in the warmer parts of the earth occur 
also both in the Old World and the New, while many others are well 
known to have been common to the two during the Tertiary period. It 
has been further shown that there is a greater diversity of life between 
contiguous climatic belts of the same continent than between ‘corre- 
sponding belts of the two continents, especially north of the forty-fifth 
parallel of latitude, and that any marked faunal differentiation of the 
two continents begins only in the warm-temperate and subtropical lati- 
tudes. On each continent, the arctic, temperate, and tropical zones are 
each marked in their general facies respectively by corresponding phases 
of life. So obvious is this that we have in current use the expressions 
“ arctic life”, “ temperate life”, and ‘ tropical life”, in recognition of cer- 
tain common features of resemblance by which each of these regions is 
distinguished as a region from the otbers. This is in accordance with a 
law I have termed the law ‘of differentiation from the north south- 
ward”,* or in accordance with increase of temperature and the condi- 
tions resulting therefrom favorable to increased abundance of life. 

Tn this connection it may be well to recall certain general facts pre- 
viously referred to respecting the geographical relations of the lands of 
the northern hemisphere and their past history. Of first importance is 
their present close connection about the northern pole and their former 
still closer union at acomparatively recent date in their geological history ; 
furthermore, that at this time of former, more intimate relationship, the 
-climatic conditions of the globe were far more uniform than at present, 
a mild or warm-temperate climate prevailing where now are regions of 
perpetual ice, and that many groups of animals whose existing repre- 
sentatives are found now only in tropical or semitropical regions lived 
formerly along our present Arctic coasts. We have, hence, an easy ex- 
planation of the present distribution of such groups as Tapirs, Manatees, 
many genera of Bats, ete., in the tropics of the two hemispheres, on the 
wholly tenable assumption of a southward migration from a common 
wide-spread northern habitat, to say nothing of the numerous existing 
aretopolitan and semi-cosmopolitan genera. The former greater commu- 
nity of life in the northern hemisphere in preglacial times is further 
evinced by the wide-spread occurrence there of the remains of Camels. 


*Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo6l., vol. ii, p. 379. 


328 - BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Elephants, Mastodons, Rhinoceroses, and Horses, which, though extinct 
in America, have living representatives in the tropies of the so-called 
“Old World”, tc say nothing of the evidence afforded by the remains of 
still earlier types of arctopolitan range. The succeeding epochs of cold 
caused extensive migrations of some groups and the extinction of others; 
with the diverse climatic conditions subsequently characterizing high 
and low latitudes came the more pronounced differentiation of faune, 
and the development, doubtless, of many new types adapted to the 
changed conditions of life—the development of boreal typés from a warm- 
temperate or semi-tropical stock. The accepted theories respecting the 
modification of type with change in conditions of environment—changes 
necessarily due mainly to climatic influences—render it certain that 
if animals are so far under the control of circumstances dependent upon 
climate, and emphatically upon temperature, as to be either exterminated 
or greatly modified by them, the same influences must govern their geo- 
graphical distribution. 

Recent discoveries respecting the mammalia inhabiting North Amer- 
ica during the Tertiary period have shown that many of the leading 
types of mammals—including not only those above named, but also 
many others—now found only in the eastern hemisphere, originated in 
North America, and migrated thence to Asia, Europe, and even Africa, 
either as somewhat generalized types, or after they had nearly reached 
their present degree of differentiation; in short, so far as mammalian 
life is concerned, that America is the ‘Old World” from which the 
so-called “Old World” has been mainly peopled. The present genetic 
convergence of life about the northern pole seems to show that not only 
has there been here a comparatively free intercommunication, but that 
the mammalian life now existing there has lived there for a long period 
under similar conditions of environment; and that these conditions are- 
unfavorable, in consequence of a comparatively low temperature, to rapid 
change of form or structure. 

This is shown not only by the great diversity of life met with in the 
intertropical regions, as compared with the uniformity met with in the 
semi-frigid regions (equal areas being, of course, compared), but by the 
coincident occurrence of a simple, homogeneous arctic marine fauna, 
with the low temperature over the sea-floor far to the southward of where 
such forms occur in the warmer surface and shore-waters. The intimate 
relation between temperature and the distribution of life is most forci- 
bly shown by the existence under the same parallel of latitude of diverse 
faun not only at different elevations above the sea on mountain-slopes, © 
but at different depths beneath the surface of the ocean, where the 
\ several fauns are characterized not only by the presence of different 
\ species, but by the prevalence of different genera, and even families. In 

act, it is to me a matter of surprise that, with our present knowledge 

the subject, any naturalist of note should assume that temperature 
his nothing to do with the circumscription of faunze, or that any law 


ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 3829 


based on it can have “little bearing on the great features of zodlogical 
geography—the limitation of groups of genera and families to certain 
areas ”. = 


II—MAMMALIAN REGIONS OF THE GLOBE. 


The influence of temperature as a limiting agent in the distribution 
of life, as well the “law of the distribution of life in circumpolar zones”, 
was fully recognized by Humboldt nearly three-fourths of a century 
ago, and later, practically if not explicitly, by. Ritter, De Candolle, 
Agassiz, Wagner, Forbes, Dana, Giinther, Meyen, Middendorff, and 
many other leading zodlogists and botanists. While this law must 
incontrovertibly underlie every philosophic scheme of lief-regions, the 
number of zones to be recognized, as well as their boundaries, must in 
a measure be open to diversity of opinion. Professor Dana, in 1852, 
recognized five primary zones for marine animals, namely, a torrid, a 
north and a south temperate, and a north and a south frigid. The torrid 
and temperate were subdivided, the first into three, the others each into 
five sub-zones, the two frigid being left undivided. Mr. A. Agassiz, in 
treating of the distribution of the Hehini,* recognizes also five zones, a 
torrid, two temperate, and two frigid. These five primary zones prove 
to be applicable also to the mammalia, and even their subdivisions may 
be readily traced, but are rather too detailed for practical use. Owing 
to the irregular surface of the land-areas, occasioned by elevated pla- 
teaus and mountain-chains, these zones of distribution have of course 
aless regular breadth and trend than they preserve over the oceans. 
Their boundaries, however, approximate to the courses of the isotherms, 
by certain of which they may be considered as in a general way limited. 

In recognition of these zones, and also of the law of differentiation 
of life with the relative isolation of the principal land-areas, I proposed 
in a former paper (J. ¢., p. 380) a division of the land-areas into eight 
“Realms”, namely: I, Arctic; Il, North Temperate; III, American 
Tropical; 1V, Indo-African; V, South American Temperate; VI, Afri- 
can Temperate; VII, Antarctic; VILI, Australian. <A subdivision of 
most of these primary regions was provisionally suggested, but only 
the North American was treated with any degree of detail, and this 
mainly with reference to the birds, and more especially those of its 
eastern portion. Subsequent study of the distribution of mammalian 
life over the globe has led me to modify some of the views then ex- 
pressed, especially in relation to the divisions of the Australian Realm, 
and to unite the South African Temperate with the Indo-African, as a 
division of the latter, and also to recognize Madagascar and the Masca- 
rene Islands as forming together an independent primary region, in 
accordance with the views of Sclater, Wallace, and others. Whether 
or not the Arctic and Antarctic Regions should stand as primary divi- 
sions seems also open to question. While perhaps tenable on general 


* Tilustr. Cat. Mus. Comp. ZoGl., No. vii, 1872, pls. A-F. 
Bollsin., Nos2———2 


330 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


grounds, they are hardly required for the elucidation of the distribution 
of the mammalia, since they must be mainly characterized negatively. 

Beginning with the Arctic Region, we meet, as already shown, and as 
is almost universally admitted, a continuous homogeneous fauna, of 
considerable geographical area, but mainly characterized by what it 
lacks. Its southern boundary may be considered as the northern limit 
of forest vegetation. Continuing southward, few other than arctopoli- 
tan genera of mammals are met with north of the mean annual of 36° 
F. This considerable belt hence includes what may be termed the cold- 
temperate zone. The American and Europeo-Asiatic portions of this 
zone are only to a slight degree differentiated, while each is essentially 
homogeneous. 

Below this, non-arctopolitan genera, or those restricted to more or 
less limited areas, become more frequent, and, indeed, form a consider- 
able proportion of the genera represented. This belt occupies the 
remainder of the north-temperate zone, extending to about the mean 
isotherm of 70° F’., and may be termed the warm-temperate zone. Un- 
like the cold-temperate zone, it is divisible on each continent into sev- 
eral well-marked minor regions, which are, however, more strongly 
differentiated, inter se, in the Old World than in the New. 

The tropical zone embraces, of course, in its fullest extension, a much 
greater latitudinal breadth than the temperate, but its southern land- 
border is very irregular, its only considerable development south of the 
equator being in South America and Africa. It is also so much diver- 
sified in many parts by mountain-chains that subdivision into secondary 
zones seems less feasible than in the case with the north-temperate 
zone. A central torrid and a north and a south sub-torrid zones might, 
however, be readily made, but such a division has not been attempted — 
in the present connection. A northern sub-torrid division may indeed 
be very conveniently recognized, extending from about the annual 
isotherm of 67° to that of about 74° F., and including a transitional 
region consisting of the extreme southern border of what has been 
above defined as the warm-temperate zone and the northern border of 
the tropical. 

In like manner, the distribution of life seems to warrant the recogni- 
tion, in Africa and South America, of a corresponding transitional belt 
between the two torrid and the southern warm-temperate zones. Aside 
from these divisions, the Torrid Zone admits of others of a more practi- 
cal or useful character. These become at once obvious, since they result 
from the position and configuration of its component land elements. 
The first is a primary separation into two “realms”, an American and an 
Indo-African. Each of these is again divisible into several minor por- 
tions or “provinces”; but the Indo-African admits also of division into 
two “regions”, an ae and an Indian, which are divisions of second- 
ary rank, each having several ‘“ Bron inees) 

The South Temperate Zone has a very limited land-surface, consisting 


ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 331 


of the southern third of South America, a small portion of Southern 
Africa, and the greater portion of Australia. Extra-tropical South 
Africa is all comprised within the Warm Temperate Zone, and is so small 
in area and so intimately related, both geographically and faunally, 
with Tropical Africa, that its formal separation, while, perhaps, war- 
ranted in the abstract, is hardly practically necessary. Temperate South 
America is exceedingly irregular in its northern outline, owing to pecu- 
liarities of configuration, resulting from the presence of the great Andean 
Plateau, by means of which it extends along the western border of 
South America far northward of the southern tropic. Temperate Aus- 
tralia is clearly separable from the tropical portion of the Australian 
Realm. The South Temperate Zone hence consists of three compara- 
tively small land-areas, widely separated from each other, and conse- 
quently, as would be supposed, have little in common. 

The Antarctic Region has a very limited amount of land-surface, and 
the few species that compose its fauna are almost wholly either marine 
or pelagic. As previously stated, as a mammalian region it has little 
significance. | 

This hasty sketch shows that the differentiation of the land-surface 
- of the earth into realms, regions, and minor divisions has relation not 
only to climate, but to the divergence and isolation of the different 
principal land-areas ; that at the northward, where the lands converge, 
there is no partitioning in conformity with continental areas, the tem- 
perate and colder portions of the northern hemisphere all falling into 
a Single primary division, and that only the southern half is susceptible 
of divisions of the second rank. Within the tropics, on the other hand, 
the lands of the eastern and western hemispheres fall at once into dif- 
ferent primary regions, and one of these is again divisible into regions 
of second rank. Beyond the tropics, the land-surfaces are of small ex- 
tent, widely separated, and faunally have almost nothing in common. 

With these preliminary remarks, we may now pass to a detailed con- 
sideration of the several primary regions and their subdivisions. . 


I.—ARCTIC REALM. 


Whether or not an Arctic Region should be recognized as a division 
of the first rank is a question not easy to satisfactorily answer. Natur- 
alists who have made the distribution of animal life in the boreal 
regions a subject of special study very generally agree in the recogni- 
tion of a hyperboreal or circumpolar fauna, extending in some cases far 
southward over the Temperate Zone. The Arctic portion of this hyper- 
borean region has been frequently set off as a secondary division, or 
_Subregion,* and generally recognized as possessing many features not 

*It forms Mr. Blyth’s “Arctic Subregion” (Nature, vol. iii, p. 427, March 30, 1871), 
Mr. Brown’s ‘‘ Circumpolar” division (Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond., 1&€8, p. 337), and Dr. 
von Middendorff’s ‘‘ Zirkumpolar-Fauna” (Sibirische Reise, Bd. iv, p. 910,1867). It 
also accords very nearly with Agassiz’s ‘‘ Arctic Realm” (Nott and Gliddon’s Types 
of Mankind, 1854, p. lx and map). 


332 - BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


shared by the eontiguous region to the southward. For the present I 
prefer to still retain it as a division of the first rank. It is character- 
ized mainly by the paucity of its life, as compared with every region 
except the Antarctic, and by what it has not rather than by the posses- 
sion of peculiar species or groups. It wholly lacks both Amphibian and 
Reptilian life, is almost exclusively the summer home of many birds, © 
and forms the habitat of the Esquimaux, the Arctic Fox, the Polar Bear, 
the Musk Ox, the Polar Hare, the Lemmings, the Walruses, the Narwhal, 
and the White Whale, which are confined within it. It has no Chiroptera 
nor Insectivora, two or three species of Shrews, however, barely reaching 
its southern border. It shares with the cold-temperate belt the presence 
of the Moose and the Reindeer, several Pinnipeds, a number of boreal 
species of Glires, several fur-bearing Carnivora, and a considerable num- 
ber of birds. Its southern boundary may be considered as coinciding 
very nearly with the northern limit of arboreal vegetation, and hence 
approximately with the isotherm of 32° I. Its more characteristic 
terrestrial forms range throughout its extent, none being restricted 
to either the North American or Europxo-Asiatic continent. Henee it 
is indivisible into regions of the second and third grades (regions and 
provinces), and may be considered as embracing a single hyperborean 
assemblage of life. 


Il.—NORTH-TEMPERATE REALM. 


Very few writers on zodlogical geography have failed to recognize 
the striking resemblance the fauna of Temperate North America bears 
to that of the corresponding portion of the Old World. The resem- 
blance is less in the Avian class than among mammals, but is generally 
acknowledged as obtaining even there. Dr. Sclater, while admitting 
a strong resemblance between these areas, considered them as separable 
into two primary regions, in which view of the case he has been followed, 
among prominent writers on the subject, by Dr. Giinther, Mr. Wallace, 
Mr. Murray, and Professor Ccpe. Dr. Giinther, while provisionally 
accepting Dr. Sclater’s “‘ Nearctic” and “ Palearctic” regions, refers 
pointedly to the disagreement of the distribution of Batrachians with 
these divisions; for in discussing the distribution of this class he says,— 
‘‘ Dissimilarity and similarity of the Batracho-fauna depend upon zones. 
Palearctic and Nearctic regions resemble each other more than any other 
third; the same is the case with Australia and South America; the. 
Ethiopian region exhibits similarity with South America, as well as 
with the East Indies, but more especially with the latter."* Mr. Murray 
admits that ‘the boreal extremity of North America is tinged with a 
Europeo-Asiatic admixture”, which he regards as “‘an extraneous ele- 
ment grafted upon the genuine stock, and easily eliminated from it”.t 
But in his map of “‘Great Mammalian Regions” the boreal parts of 


* Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1858, p. 390. 
t Geogr. Dist. Mam., p. 312. 


ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 333 


both continents are similarly colored, the same color, however, extend- 
ing only to about the forty-ninth degree of north latitude in North 
America, while in Africa it descends to north latitude 18°, and in Asia 
ranges from north latitude 30° to 25°! His divisions as recognized in 
the text are still more arbitrary and unphilosophic. 

Mr. Wallace, in his discussion of zodlogical regions, says,—‘' The dis- 
tinction between the characteristic forms of life in tropical and cold 
countries is, on the whole, very strongly marked in the northern hemi- 
sphere; and to refuse to recognize this in a subdivision of the earth 
which is established for the very purpose of expressing such contrasts 
more clearly and concisely than by ordinary geographical terminology, 
would be both illogical and inconvenient. The one question then re- 
mains, whether the Nearctic region should be kept separate or whether 
it should form part of the Palearctic or of the Neotropical. Professor 
Huxley and Mr. Blyth advocate the former course; Mr. Andrew Murray 
(for mammalia) and Professor Newton (for birds) think the latter would 
be more natural. No doubt,” Mr. Wallace adds, ‘‘much is to be said 
for both views,” but decides in favor of the separation of the two regions 
in accordance with Dr. Sclater’s scheme.* 

While Mr. Blyth includes North America in his “Boreal Region” (as 
“9, Neo-septentrional Sub-region”), he adds also Central America and 
the Antilles (as ‘3. Neo-meridional Sub-region”), and, still more 
strangely, the Andean Region, with Chili, Patagonia, and the Fuegian 
and Falkland Archipelagos (as ‘4. Andesian Sub-region”).+ 

Professor Huxley, in writing of the primary ontological regions of the 
globe, thus observes :—“ In a well-known and very valuable essay on the 
Geographical Distribution of Birds, Dr. Sclater divides the surface of 
the globe primarily into an eastern and a western area, which he terms 
respectively Palewogea and Neogaa. However, if we take into considera- 
tion not merely the minor differences on which the species and genera 
of birds and mammals are often based, but weigh the morphological 
value of groups, I think it becomes clear that the Nearctic province is 
really far more closely allied with the Palearctic than with the Neotrop- 
ical region, and that the inhabitants of the Indian and Ethiopian 
regions are much more nearly connected with one another and with 
those of the Palearctic region than they are with those of Australia. 
And if the frontier line is latitudinal rather than longitudinal, and di- 
vides a north world from a south world, we must speak of. Arctogea 
and Notogwa rather than of Neogea and Paleogza as the primary dis- 
tributional aree. The secondary divisions, or geographical provinces, 
proposed by Dr. Sclater, answer, in great measure, to those which are 
suggested by the distribution of the Alectoromorphe—except that, in 
common with many other naturalists, I think it would be convenient to 
recognize a circumpolar province, as distinct from the Nearctic and 


* Geogr. Dist. Anim., vol. i, pp. 65, 66. 
+ Nature, vol. ili, p. 427, March 30, 1871. 


ne 


334 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Palearctic regions.’* Professor Huxley thus emphatically recognizes 
a region equivalent to my North Temperate Realm. 

Mr. Robert Brown, in writing of the distribution of the mammals of 
Greenland, also recognizes a North Temperate Region, which he divides 
into a Huropean Temperate Provinceand a North American Temperate 
Province, from which he separates a Circumpolar Region, equivalent to 
the Arctic Realm above characterized.t 

Dr. Gill, in regard to fishes, recognizes an “‘Arctogean” region, “em- 
bracing Europe, Northern Asia, and Northern America”, as distinct on 
the one hand ‘from the American Tropical and Transtropical Region, 
and on the other from Tropical Asia and Africa.t 

Dr. Packard, in discussing the distribution of the Phalznid Moths, 
recognizes both an Arctic Realm and a North Temperate Realm, as here 
characterized. Referring to a previously given table of subalpine and 
circumpolar species, he says,—‘ This table indicates how wide are the 
limits of distribution of these species, and it will be seen how import- 
aut it is to follow cireumpolar and north-temperate insect-faune around 
the globe, from continent to continent. It will be then seen how inade- 
quate must be our views regarding the geographical distribution of the 
animals and plants of our own continent, without specimens from similar 
regions in the same zones in the Old World. It will be found that for 
the study of the insect-fauna of the Rocky Mountains and Pacific coast 
we must have ample collections from the Ural and Altai Mountains and 
surrounding plateaus,” ete.§ 

Dr. August von Pelzeln also recognized a circumboreal region (‘ ate 
tische Region”), and considers the ‘‘ Nearctic” and.“ Palearctic” as form- 
ing inseparable parts of asingle region. He says :—“ Die palaarktische 
Region scheint mir von der nearktischen nicht trennbar zu sein, son- — 
dern beide diirften ein Ganzes bilden, welches man als arktische Region 
bezeichnen kénnte. Ihre Zusammengehorigkeit tritt mit voller Evidenz 
in den hochnordischen Liindern des alten und neuen Continentes hervor 
und erst in niedereren Breiten macht sich die Differenzirung geltend. 

* Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1868, pp. 314, 315. 

t Proce. Zoél. Soc. Lond., 1868, pp. 337, 338. 

{ Says Dr. Gill :—“In fine, dividing the earth into regions distinguished by general 
ichthyological peculiarities, several primary combinations may be recognized, viz. :—1, 
an Arctogwan, embracing Europe, Northern Asia, and Northern America; 2, an Asiatic, 
embracing the tropical portions of the continent ; 3, African, limited to the region south 
and east of the Desert; 4, an American (embracing the America par excellence dedicated 
to Amerigo Vespucci), including the tropical and transtropical portions; and, 5, an 
Australasian. Further, of these (a) the first two [Arctogean and Asiatic] have inti- 
mate relations to each other, and (b) the last three others among themselves; and some 
weighty arguments may be adduced to support a division of the faunas of the globe 
into two primary regions coinciding with the two combinations alluded to—(a@) a Ca- 
nogwa and (b) an Hogewa, which might represent areas of derivation or gain from more 
or less distant geological epochs.”—Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., vol. xv, 1875, 


pp. 204, 255. 
§ Monograph of Geometrid Moths, or Phalenide, of the United States, pp. 567, 586, 


1876. 


ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 335 


Die Vergleichung der Thierwelt beider Continente zeigt nimlich, dass 
die circumpolare Fauna in beiden dieselbe ist, dass in der Hochgebirgs- 
fauna noch bedeutende Uebereinstimmung herrscht, dass in der iibrigen 
palao- und neoborealen Thierbevélkerung sowohl identische Arten als 
gemeinsam eigenthiimliche Gattungen sich finden, endlich dass selbst 
jene Typen, welche jedem Continente eigenthiimlich sind, doch eine ge- 
wisse Uebereinstimmung hinsichtlich des Charakters der Fauna an sich 
tragen, so dass sie einander n&her stehen als Angehérigen anderer Re- . 
gionen. In der neuen Welt ist eine Modification der Fauna auch durch 
das Hindringen neotropischer Formen gegeben.”* He further also calls 
attention to the similarity of life which prevailed throughout this cir- 
-cumpolar region during the Quaternary period. 

It is unnecessary to cite further, from the abundant material at hand, 
the opinions of specialists in reference to the propriety of recognizing a 
North Temperate Realm, as distinguished from the tropical regions of 
the globe, and in contradistinction from a north and south line of divi- 
sion of the North Temperate Zone into two primary (‘ Palearctic” and 
“¢Nearctic”) regions. ; 

The chief differences between Dr. Sclater’s division of the northern 

hemisphere and the present consist in setting off at the northward an 
Arctic Realm, the union of the so-called Nearctic and Palearctic Regions 
into one circumpolar belt, and in the adoption for the same of a more 
northern limit than that proposed as the boundary of the two above- 
named Sclaterian regions. As will be shown later, the subdivisions of 
the North Temperate Realm or (‘‘Arctogwa”) as here defined agree in 
the main with the “subregions” of Sclater and Wallace. The more 
northward location of the southern boundary of the North Temperate 
Realm in North America results in the elimination of several character- 
istic tropical types, which extend a short way only into Dr. Sclater’s 
_Nearctic and Palearctic Regions, and which, when considered as mem- 
bers of these regions, give false or misleading results when the two re- 
gions are contrasted on a numerical basis, grounded on the proportion 
of peculiar types,—numerous forms being thus reckoned as components 
of the Nearctic and Palearctic regions which are properly tropical. 

In North America, the division between characteristic temperate and 
tropical forms of life approximately coincides with the isotherm of 68° 
F., or somewhere between 68° and 70° F. This line begins on the At- 
lantic coast a little below the northern boundary of Florida, and runs 
thence westward along the Gulf coast to Southern Texas, and thence 
farther westward to the Pacific, not far from the international bound- 
ary between the United States and Mexico, swerving more or less north- 
ward or southward in accordance with the configuration and elevation 
of the land-surface. It thus leaves the greater part of the peninsula of 
Florida within the American Tropical Realm, to which the fauna of its 

*Verhandl. der K. K. Zool.-Bot. Gesell. in Wien, Bd. xxv, 1876, pp. 50, 51; see also 
p. 62. 


336 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


southern half is certainly closely allied. A portion of the Mexican high- 
lands are undoubtedly to be included in the North Temperate Realm, 
but their fauna is too little known to admit of the boundary being at 
present definitely drawn. 

On the other hand, the lower portion of the Great Colorado Valley 
and the coast region of Southern California are, perhaps, better refer- 
able to the American Tropical Realm than to the North Temperate. At 
the junction of the two realms, there must be a belt of debatable or 
doubtful ground. The approximate boundary I would place near the 
northern limit of distribution of such mammalian formsas Nasua, Dicotyles, 
Manatus, Dasypus, and the tropical species of Felis (as, F. onca, F. par- 
dalis, F. eyra, and F. yaguarundi). This boundary also coincides quite 
nearly with the southern limit of distribution of the Lynxes, the Gray and 
Prairie Wolves, the Common Fox, the Mink, the Black and Grizzly Bears, 
the Wapati and Virginian Deer, the Bison, the Pronghorn, the Beaver, 
Prairie Dogs, Muskrat, the Arvicole, and the Moles (Scalops and Condy- 
lura). Bassarisis properly tropical, although straggling considerably far- 
ther northward than the other above-mentioned forms. Florida, for con- 
venience, might be allowed to stand asa portion of the North Temperate: 
Realm, although, as I have previously shown, it forms a distinet fauna,. 
with strongly tropical affinities,* it having not less than twelve character- 
istically tropical genera of birds, several tropical genera of mammals 
(notably the Manatee and several Bats), and also several tropical genera 
of Reptiles and Batrachians, none of which range much, if any, to the 
northward of its southern half. 

The southern boundary of the North Temperate Realm in the Old 
World may be doubtless approximately drawn near the same isotherm 
(about the mean annuals of 68° to 70° F.). This coincides closely with 
the southern boundary of the so-called Palearctic Region. There is>. 
however, here a broader belt of debatable or transitional ground than 
in the New World, into which so many tropical forms extend that it 
becomes almost a question whether the boundary between Tropical and 
Temperate life should not be carried considerably more to the northward, 
so as to leave Mr. Wallace’s “sub-regions” 2 and 4 (Mediterranean and 
Manchurian) in the Tropical Realm rather than in the North Temperate.. 

Despite, however, the presence of a considerable number of tropical 
genera in these regions, the North Temperate forms still greatly pre- 
dominate. In the Western or ‘“ Mediterranean” district, for instance, we 
have species of Macacus, one of which even reaches the Spanish Penin- 
-sula. Herpestes has a similar northward extension. Hycna and Hystric 
range not only over most of this district, but also over the greater part 
of the Manchurian, where we again find a species of Macacus, and meet 
with Semnopithecus, while Hyrax just enters the Mediterranean from the 
southward. On the western border of the Manchurian we get also Pte- 
ropine Bats, and species of Hquide, straggling remnants of the more 


* Bull. Mus. Zool., vol. ii, pp. 391, 392. 


ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 337 


northward extension of tropical life which inhabited this region dur- 
ing the middle and later portions of the Tertiary Period and in the 
Quaternary. 

Divisions of the North Temperate Realm.—The North Temperate 
Realm is primarily divisible in two directions, giving in each two re- 
gions, namely, (1) by a longitudinal division into (a) a North American 
Region and (b) a Huropwo-Asiatic Legion; and (2) latitudinally, into 
(a) a Cold Temperate and (b) a Warm Temperate Region. The Cold 
Temperate, if limited on both continents by the isotherm of 36° F., 
presents a nearly uniform fauna throughout, its southern limit in both- 
corresponding with the natural (that is, before modified by human 
agency) southern limit of distribution of Tarandus and Alces. While 
there is at this point in North America a well-marked transition in the 
fauna, the change in Europe and Asia appears to be less marked, the 
first important transition in the Old World being much farther south- 
ward, even as low almost as the isotherm of 60° F. Hence the divisions 
of the Temperate Realm in the Old World partake of the nature of 
temperate and subtropical rather than cold-temperate and warm-tem- 
perate. Here, in consequence of the great elevation and extent of the 
Himalayan Plateau, the northern or temperate division is greatly nar- 
rowed in Central Asia, where it becomes, according to Mr. Wallace, 
almost wholly separated into two quite widely detached regions, namely, 
the “‘ Mediterranean” and “ Manchurian Sabregions”. 

As thus divided, the temperate and subtropical divisions of the Old 
World are very strongly marked. The latter consists mainly of North- 
ern Africa, Asia Minor, Persia, Afghanistan and Beloochistan, North- 
ern China, and Manchuria, with barely a narrow belt along the Medi- 
terranean coast of Europe and the Spanish Peninsula. As already 
stated, it is strongly tinged with tropical forms. While there is a 
general prevalence of temperate types, we meet also with the large and 
essentially tropical forms of Felis, several Monkeys, several species of 
Viverride, Hyena, Hystrix, Equus, and other distinctively tropical or 
subtropical types. The northern or temperate division of the Europxo- 
Asiatic Region seems to constitute two well-marked provinces, the one 
Eastern or European, the other Western or Asiatic. The former cor- 
responds with Mr. Wallace’s ‘‘ European Subregion”, exclusive of its 
northern third; the latter with his “Siberian Subregion”, exclusive 
likewise of its boreal portion. For the southern or subtropical division 
I adopt the subdivisions proposed by Mr. Wallace, witb, for the present, 
the boundaries he has assigned them,—namely, a Western or Mediter- 
ranean Province and an Hastern or Manchurian Province. These two 
provinces, as already noted, are quite widely separated, in conse- 
quence of the southward extension. of the cold-temperate fauna over 
the Thibetan plateau to the Himalayas. The fauna of the Thibetan 
plateau is said by Mr. Blandford to be “ essentially Boreal, Alpine and 
even Arctic types prevailing, the country having in many parts a cli- 


338 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


mate scarcely equalled elsewhere for intensity of cold out of the Arctic 
Regions. This high barren tableland extends from Afghanistan to Yu- 
nan; it comprises the drainage-areas of the Upper Indus and the Sanpi, 
and is bounded on the north in its western portion by the Kuenluen 
range, but it is less defined and its boundaries less accurately known to 
the eastward, although much light has been thrown upon the subject 
by Prejewalski’s explorations”.* In the ‘“ List of Mammalia known to 
inhabit the Thibetan Plateau”, given by Mr. Blandford, the only distinct- 
ively southern genus is Equus, The only peculiar genus is Poéphagus, 
but the list is evidently quite incomplete, the only Bat given being a 
species of Plecotus, and the only Insectivore a species of “Crocidura”. 
Budorcas, usually attributed to Thibet, is excluded, and several other 
genera, as Nectogale, Uropsilus, and A2luropus, currently given as pecu- 
liar to the Thibet plateau, are not mentioned. While the Thibetan plains 
belong certainly to the colder division, so many types mainly restricted 
to this region occur that the question arises whether it may not be 
proper to recognize the region as a Thibetian Province of the Be 
Subregion. d 

North American Region.—The North American Region has been divided 
by Professor Baird into three ‘“‘ provinces”, termed respectively ‘+ Kast- 
ern”, “ Middle”, and ‘“ Western”. Though not co-ordinate in point of 
differentiation with the divisions of the Huropzo-Asiatic Region above 
recognized as provinces, they nevertheless possess distinctive features 
and form natural regions. They are of course far smaller in area, and 
possess a much smaller number of genera, but have about the same pro- 
portion of peculiar generic and subgeneric types. 

In the subjoined tables an attempt is made to give lists of the genera 
of the two primary divisions of the North Temperate Realm, with. 
approximate indications of their distribution in the various subdivisions 
of the two regions.t{ 


* Proce. Zobl. Soc. Lond., 1876, pp. 632, 633 

+In these lists, as elsewhere in the foetal lists given in this paper, it is not 
assumed that the groups adopted as “genera” are always of co-ordinate value. The 
equatien attempted is doubtless open in many cases to criticism. While the attempt 
is made to assume an intermediate position between undue conservatism and excessive 
multiplication in respect to groups assumed by different writers as “ generic”, the lists 
can of course be considered only as provisional. Again, it is occasionally difficult to 
decide whether certain genera should be assigned, even in a general way, to one of the 
faunal divisions rather than to another. However defective the result, the intent has 
of course been to give a fair presentation of the facts of distribution. 


ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 339 


Genera of the North American Region. 


[Norz.—The names of circumpolar genera are in italics; those of genera peculiar to tho region, in 
SMALL CAPITALS. } 


Subregions. Provinces. 


Genera. 


Cold Temperate. 
astern. 


Middle 
Western. 


=| 
vi 


b+++++ 


JAVON easeqconnodocnoocr 
IMP HEDIS ecenee a etssaialemais 
SPIHOGAGE --c2---2---=---- 
EIU ACKCTD) HyAteetnieie\eevaeieieletstalal= 


l+++++4 


Enmbhydris ........----...-- 
IANO OOMN sesesosccesscecece 
(OPASUIS oceccceonen stonooeeas 


L+++++++4+4+404¢4+4+44 


PO GONUYS mane see eee 
P-OGOpnitus <== -\.e- <a 614 == 
Hrignathus....---.-------. 
TECH A UB HOS sect ooenosensss 
Cystophora....--.----- eee 
Eumetopias....---.------- 
Zalophus .....-..-.--.---- 
Callorhinus 2 eececiese-- 


al 
ia! 


ti ft 7 fae Se) Se Se SE SE asf) SR Se ae Se ae vam tome 


b+pttt+t+e i tt++++tttt44+ 


a5 


ue 


| 
| 


3 

| 

| 
Carats sient 


RONG eh nase oelnaaniee ees é 
Ceruusiacsitie aeteisisaiee Seer 


[ape 
I ae a ae ae 
{eyes 


PHP rte tttteetee eee ei tt tti ttt 


ANTILOCAPRA .....--...--- 
Nyctinomus............... — 
ISEYCULES) [HIS soenedeocoasocar _ 
TWAIN). hee sonsoorees << + 
Vesperugo...---.------.--. + 
Vespertilio ....------------ ak 
MIMO sassasecsososee4c — 
Antrozous .-.-.-.----.---. 


oe) 


— 


oo) 


BG ARINAG eee aeiesceicicetans - 
ISCUUTODLENILS) seas wats natal + 


I 
++te+et+tttttta tt 
Pee Pee Le ehh = 1 I 
+htHitetett++ et etptsest 
gel ee ee eeee| al 


840 


BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Genera of the North American Region—Continued. 


Subregions, 


Provinces. 
ie 
Sg 5 | 
Genera. 5 A, | 
e e ane 
Seg te wees 
z 5 ao ls 3 
SEG hel tees 
SCUUTUS scabies ene ose e se + =e + + + f 
TOM@US) a Saces lane e ees + + a + | + 
Spermophilus ...---.------ a: + — + + 
CYNOMYS 222A aclmece eee — + - + + 
AUNHOTODIS Sconce soacsondsse = oh + + + 
IVAPLODON se\-nloe = cei - == + — _ — + 
Neotoma.--+-./.--2..--.-- — + + + + 
Sigmodon....... ea ae Soe = a + = os oe 
OCHETODON........-.---- - + + + + 
Hesperomys ..---..--.---. + + + 4 + 
PAU UCOUD tncine el neinieteisiel= ae is a + +, + 
JHUGOUICURNS casdooceenesaos- —- — + Se a |e 
SYNAPTOMYS ..-..-----.... + — + + + 
INGESR 5 sop qconagenesncesce =e + + ake ab 
REVS) ery afeeele a eee eee + = ae = ey 
PEROGNATHUS ....-- ------ = + - + + 
CRICETODIPUS .-.--. .----- = + — + + 
DIPODOMYS. ..-.---.------ = + - + + 
GHOMYS) 2.2 Sane oe aces = == + + - 
DHOMOMY Seca seen _ a5 -—. + + 
CUBLOT 555. 2 eee ee + + + +- + 
ERE TAIZ ONG e eeee eee + —? a + = 
JOY PUR asaogabnsoneaoboo ace + + + + + 
HAG OMY Ss Naa otc anclaee ae — —? + + 
Didelphys| <----..22-----=- — + + + + 
Summary. 
Whole number of genera ....-..-.-- Scab booeoeaso sone sonose ase es sossssosscos 72 
Peculiarto therepion 2s 225. cscs6 cs this nbn cemtasascsene cece eemieieeeere 23 
Circumpolar scem. ofall Soe sie oe eee ea ee oie eo eyere tre ke ete or ere ee 32 
Of general distribution throughout the region......--...----------+ -+-- --0e- 5 26 
Occurring in the Cold Temperate Subregions. . 5.452252 se4 > = see eee ee eee : 47 
Occurring in the Warm Temperate Subregion. - 2222522222 eee cee ne eee cece 53-56 
Land genera represented in the Eastern Province........----.------ «+--+. eee 47 
Genera represented in the Middle Province). .-- co.ess- serene assests see 51 
Land genera represented in the Western Province ......---. ------.-«--- sacoSS 48 
Land genera restricted to the Eastern Province. ..-......-...----- ------ een *6 
Genera common to the Middle and Western Provinces not represented in the 
astern Provan cesses cece .cie seialseteic a'e aids lee)a een ee ROSES so00d 8 
Genera restricted to the Middle Province... .......-.. .s2-00ceeees eee ee eee ees 2 
Land genera restricted to the Western Province..........--...-+«- Speedo sooacs 3 
Maritime genera restricted to the Eastern Province ..... 1.220. -----+ enc2 eee eee 5 
Maritime genera restricted to the Western Province ...... ..---- eeeces ence wees 5 
Maritime genera occurring in both Eastern and Western Provinces .......-.---« 1 


* Plus 5 maritime = 11. 


+ Plus 5 maritime=7. 


ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 34] 


Buropco-Asiatic kegion—The Buropxo-Asiatic Region embraces a far 
greater (about four times greater) area than the North American, and is 
' physically much more highly diversified. It is similarly divisible into 
a Cold Temperate Subregion and a Warm Temperate Subregion, and is 
further differentiated into a number of well-marked provinces, two of 
which belong to the Cold Temperate Subregion, and three or more to 
the Warm Temperate Subregion.* 


Genera of the Kuropwo-Asiatic Region. 


[Notr.—A few almost exclusively tropical genera, which barely reach or doubtfully extend a short 
distance over the southern boundary of the region, are omitted as being not properly faunal elements 
of the region. 

The names of circumpolar genera are in italics ; those of genera peculiar to the region in SMALL CAPE 
TALS. ] ' 


Subregions. Provinces. 

: i i ; 
Genera. ey B on E i E 8 
BO Se Si] Bes je vener|nn ean pa 
a 5 2 3 5 S 
Se Le ee eels 
s) ia 5 iS a a 
Macacus).-2-- = 2. --------: = + Hash = ab ak 
IDGIS soondc ses2ee sSsSo 700% = = = = ae ate 
ICUYEE 2occnnn apeacissecs30: ae + ae ak ab aE 
(QhaavelivgeiS.os5¢o onbesor sc = = = ak ak ae 
Genettae est earn eee ia = + = = aL = 
Hernpestes:2--.=---------2- = + = = ak + 
TTS; BO i Aaah = ae bos ela oh = —E = = at aL 
OWPEQs bisnor nese seSacsenc =e 2b + ae ate ab 
(GiGi . cnteedoresseccsease +- a ~ aE = oe 
Wil FPS poe saecomna2aessoe: +- - — a -- de 
JARO NE eee Sapo eee epee se - + - ae — ae 
INCOMRE UME S| sieie 2 .sae- 21-14 = _ — = — + 
(CHYID) = ees aCe AAC ee = — + ak = ae 
LUIS BNG Sedan saaooecdease -b - + — = = 
I2OTEMYT Siges =e do sane A eee + + + + vate a5 
IGG ooacen o5503e5: Cso0e + —- se -- + + 
LLUTRONECTES ------------: - = = _ — + 
nas ere eee eicisesini + - _— + — = 
Mellivoca .-..-. -- bees - ated = + - + 
IMBTHSReuL caashor sel teis 2 + — + + — ~_ 
220) inn) pea ae ee ADEE ene See = ae = = = aaa 
FANEMROPUSaccnste oc een s. — == = - - + 


*T am far from sure that what is here recognized as the ‘‘ Mediterranean Province” 
should not be subdivided, and the Eastern or Persian division recognized asa “‘ Persian 
Province”. If the Eastern, Middle, and Western divisions of the North American Re- 
gion are to be accorded the rank of ‘‘ Provinces”, it may be necessary to admit, on similar 
grounds, a ‘‘ Japanese Province”; but I am not at present prepared to adopt these 
divisions as “Provinces”. To make the Provinces of the North American and 
Europzo-Asiatic Regions more nearly co-ordinate, I should prefer to unite the Middle 
and Western Provinces of the North American Region as forming a single Province. 
In fact, it seems doubtful whether the North American Region is differentiated into 
primary divisions that should be regarded as having co-ordinate rank with the Medi- 
terranean and Manchurian divisions of the Europzo-Asiatic Region. 


342 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Genera of the Europco-Asiatic Region—Continued. 


Subregions. Provinces. 
A) GSEs al oat glare 
Genera. gS 5 a 3 ) 3 I & 

SSS ee |g a) Bole 

Ee Ga) we gent Seven | 7) aaa inte 

SE ilgewleet |e i) sermons 

Se = =z a A a 
OSHS consancoassonoceeDa + a ak + ae ab - 
Callorhinus .............. + = = + = as 
Zalophus.....-..--.<-..--- + = = —- = =e 
Eumetopias............-.. + ab = + — aie 
IPROCO Pree ciate ise Nets sian ates + = ak + = ee 
JEG OTUYS acm cbocnsnonsenee + ae aL ak = aes 
Pagophilis 22-2. ss. .2. eee. ++ pa at + pes ae 
Halicherus .....-..--.--- + = + a za = 
J YR OU OUS so ooeacode seas hall SF cs ae ZS oe we 
PELAGIUS -..-..-- ee a — al ae ey at — 
Cystophorad......-.---2---- + 2s —- = = = 
(CAME EU Sb emtsintee ieee einen - - = = ok aL 
PAUL CES Sawai) eM ciafaaln aa sisfetsier + = ab = aa = 
HONG UCN = oss winincleacice sense ate eh sli a8 Ne ae 
OOS ccdssosssucsacecnss- + — ok ae a + 
SD) AIMIAY arias) seein ele seaer = aL ss = -E = 
IS DAPHODUS eons sees eer = ak ee = = ail 
LOPHOTRAGUS..-----.----- es “ai ae = = ae 
CAPREOLUS -. 22 5¢.----.--: aE aL aL = sis aL 
IMOSCHUS Hesse eee eee = Se as = +2 [4 
OGROAOWMIS sodacusoseoac = + ‘SS es = aus 
EBUSON ieeisic.caucaneie Meee ak = ab = a = 
IEOBEHAGUS peeeeee ese eeer - + — - - + 
INDIDNOS Sense sopoppddosaes= = ae at a =e es 
(INES. conan ecopscnanbonenss = + = _ + _ 
(CEVGIEY Rene eedesaodeeauuc _ + - - + matt 
IPROCABRA\ so cseenecsceee = a = at ak all 
SIE ous casasceuasoncs soo: = a = = +2 +? 
IPANTHALOPS 222-05 -0------ = ab = a5 _ = 
IS WBORCAS es ereeee ase = ab = sk = au 
RUIPICAR RAs eee eetett = =L = = +2 SS) 
Nemorhzedus ............- = = = = — + 
(CARR ccopseusononsepcosocs — + _ _ = —? 
OWGocscncsc soe adsense odes a a = dt + ae 
Ammotragus ..----.-..--- _ = “+ = + = 
BU) cocnescssssesossonsceds + ae =e 4 “= + 
ANSON. oo0scoscsscoesces00 — + — - + + 
Rhinolophus.......-.-.-.- a + = = + + 
IANS Sasaoneéasoodene = oe = = + =— 
SHAME asaccaoseegocoseeas = + = — + + 
Vesperugo..----0-----5----|  — a5 + ae + + 
Vespertilio .......--------- + + + + + + 
Miniopterus .....--------- = + = = + ak 
Taphozons .----..----.---. - + = = + st 
Rhinmopoma ------2.-..---> — ab — — + +? 
Nyctinomus ..--.--------. - + - - + + 
WTINaCeush soe e eee eer oL + + = + -— 
Palpayeecaceeaacea eee + fob + + + 


ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 343 


Whole number of genera 
Peculiar to the region 
Circumpolar ...-.- Aen sda cHOnoo eos 
Of general distribution throughout the region...... 
Occurring in the Cold Temperate Subregion . 
Occurring in the Warm Temperate Subregion 
Genera occurring in the Western Temperate (European) Province 


Subregions. Provinces. 
Genera. S 8 Sao users = q 
2 BS | as = S © 
SMsiieie we ers ofits 2 sles a 
Ge) m 2) 4 = a 
Soe a es ele 
o La SS = = 
SCAPTOCHIRUS.--.--.-.---- — + = aes 35 ie 
ANURBROSOREX......--.----- = + = = ae ote 
WWOOYEUNELD) Sogou eoneenosooe — =F +2 _ — = 
INECTOGALE --------------. — -- + = = 
WANTS nono Ss sacomoncc — — — — = ae 
(WIROPSHUU Siem ens= eee +? +? = ay = wep 
Sore® ....---------------- ai 35 + 4+" ja + — 
WROSEORUS esae= = sheer + - ae = = = 
@rocidursaesesseeee sees = aL dn et 12 sky 
Mus ...--.-----+------ Seo Ageia af + + a 
@RICHRUS Ereeeeem er eer = --r + | 1 ap 
| CRICHTULUS.-.-.---------- - + = = ae at 
Meriones ....--...-------- — + = = + +? 
IRHOMBOMYS..-222----==--- - + = ee ay +? 
PSAMMOMYS ...-..------.-. - + —~ a at = 
SMINTHUS .-.-------------- — _ - aL as = 
PAUUICOL ME Nemnea= =a eee + + + ak aL eb 
LIGHOTIOS ascdoonnescascoss- + — + at pes us 
WOON AOR Seo eagoness _ + — = oe oe 
EXLLOBIUS ...-------------. + = _ 4% a = 
SIPENEUS = eee 5c2-- ee. -- - + = aus es 
SID WO OS hoadeae bdeceeanace + + + ak = as 
DIPUS sos cce sete ae ce — + _ =s oe ae 
USVINCIUNGIN CEs Ae ooecosacs = — + aE + as 
IMEYORUSksease ae cece cece + — ae = ale Rs 
Muscardinus .-.----------- + —- -+ =: 2k ak 
PANO eereneéans Sscece5e = + + = au = 
OHS? Gusasessecooecspeoee 5 - + a. = =: 
SMUFUR -ccscee oosese one: aie = + a + aS 
TIATONOS oop aoe c6G00e SHEE + — + a = = 
Sciuropterus ....---------- + + + + sL =e 
Pteromys)= secs ie == =r - + — = = ac 
Spermophilus.....--------- + = + == = at 
Arctomys .<.-------------- ++ - + + |, — = 
IBWGinbS. Sane cusaod cooaoae - + = = = 
ISG Se aaaen eapooseeeese + = a= + = = 
Depus +0020 02222222 eee a == + + + + 
Summary. 
soc coo sestooctsss coho soodss sosceboongag seesoo 


Genera of the Europwo-Asiatic Region—Continued. 


344 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Genera occurring in the Eastern Temperate (Asiatic) Province.........---..--- ~ 46 
Genera of the Mediterranean Province .......----..--...-.---..----- oles ehaetelaes 60 
Genera of the Manchurian’ Province cesses eee pose re se neice oe cise cones eee 65 
Genera common to the Eastern and Western Temperate Province..---..------- 38 
Genera common to the Mediterranean and Manchurian Province .....-----...- 50 
Maritime genera of the Asiatic coast.......-2-2. 122-22 cence won wren ne cones - em 
Maritime genera of the Kuropean coast ........-.-------- 2+. -----+----ee- Bory (5 
Maritime genera common to both European and Asiatic coasts -...---..------- 3 


In comparing the North American Region with the Europso-Asiatic 
Region, the following resemblances and differences become apparent :—1. 
The number of genera in the Europxo-Asiatic Region is rather more 
than one-fourth greater than in the North American Region, with conse- 
quently a smaller proportion of cireumpolar genera. 2. But this differ- 
ence results almost wholly from the greater preponderance of peculiar 
types in the Southern Subregion, due evidently to the immensely greater 
extent and greater physical diversity of this portion of the Europzxo- 
Asiatic Region as compared with the corresponding portion of the North 
American Region. 3. While the colder portions of the two regions have 
each about the same number of genera, which are in great part (nearly 
two-thirds) common to the two regions, the Warm Temperate (really 
Subtropical) Subregion of the Europo- Asiatic Region has a far greater 
number of genera that do not extend to the northward of it than 
has the Warm Temperate Subregion of the North American Region, 
- while a small proportion only (chiefly arctopolitan and subtropicopoli- 
tan) are common to the two subregions. Hence, 4. The two regions 
(Europzo-Asiatic and North American) are mainly differentiated (as 
already noticed) through the presence of genera limited to their south- 
ern subregions. . 


III.—AMERICAN TROPICAL REALM. 


The American Tropical Realm is approximately bounded by the 
northern and southern mean annuals of 70° EF. Its northern bound- 
ary has been already indicated in defining the southern limit of the 
North Temperate Realm, it being concurrent with the southern 
boundary of the North American Temperate Region. The southern 
boundary of the American Tropical Realm leaves the Atlantic coast 
near the thirtieth degree of south latitude, or near the southern extrem- 
ity of Brazil, but in passing from the coast sweeps rapidly northward 
till it nearly or quite reaches the Tropic of Capricorn in Northeastern 
Buenos Ayres; it then bends to the southward and continues westward 
to the eastern base of the Andes. The Andean chain forms its western 
limit thence northward to Ecuador, where it crosses the Andean high- 
lands and is again deflected southward, thus including a narrow belt 
of the coast region west of the Andes in Northwestern Peru. 

As thus defined, the southern border of the American Tropical Realm 
is nearly coincident with the southern boundary of the ‘“ Brazilian 


\ 


F 


ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 345 


Region” as mapped by Mr. Wallace,* Brazil, nearly all of Paraguay, 
and Bolivia east of the Andes being included within this realm. 
Its characteristic genera include all of the American Quadrumanes 


(families Cebidw and Midide,=Hapalide of most authors), all the Ameri- 


can Edentates, and nine-tenths of the American Marsupials. It is also 
the home of nearly all the American Felide, except the Lynxes. Italso 
has many peculiar genera of Glires and Chiroptera, while it almost alto- 
gether lacks the characteristic forms of mammalian life found in the 
northern temperate regions. Among the characteristic North American 
types unrepresented in the American Tropical Realm are, among Car- 
nivores, not only the Lynxes, but the true Wolves and Foxes, the Mar- 
tens, Wolverenes, Badgers, and Bears; among Ungulates, the Prong- 
horn, the Bison, Mountain Sheep, and Mountain Goat, and several 
important genera of the Cervide; among Rodents, the Spermophiles, 
Marmots, Muskrat, Beaver, Pouched Rats, ‘“‘Gophers” (Geomys and 


- Thomomys), the numerous species of Arvicola, etc.,—in short almost all of 


the prominent and characteristic genera of the order except the almost 
cosmopolitan genera Lepus and Sciurus; among Insectivores, all the 
Moles and Shrews, except a few forms of the latter, which extend over 
most of the Central American Region. 

The American Tropical Realm is divisible into three regions,—the 
Antillean, the Central American, and the Brazilian. The Antillean Re- 
gion includes only the West Indies and the southern extremity of Flor- 
ida. The Central American Region embraces Mexico (exclusive of the 
elevated tablelands), the whole of Central America, and the extreme 
northern parts of South America (Venezuela north of the Orinoco Basin, 
Northern and Western New Granada, and most or all of that portion of 
Ecuador west of the Andes). The Brazilian Region comprises all the 
intertropical parts of South America not embraced in the Central Amer- 
ican Region, including the whole area east of the Andes southward to 
the boundary already given. | 

Central American Region.—Of the genera occurring in the Central 
American Region (see subjoined table), only about one-ninth can be 
considered as peculiar to the region; about one-sixth are either sub- 


— cosmopolitan or tropicopolitan ; about three-fifths range also over the 


Brazilian Region, and a few over nearly all of South America; about one- 
half extend far into North America, among which are several that are 
also common to the greater part of the North Temperate Realm, while 
about one-eleventh are also found over most of both North America 
and South America. Aside from the few peculiar genera, the fauna is 
composed largely of genera common also to the Brazilian Region, which 


_ find their northern limit of distribution within the Certral American 


Region, plus a very large proportion that extend southward from the 

North American Temperate Region, and which find their southern limit 

of distribution within the region under consideration. Its distinctive 
* Geogr. Dist. Anim., vol. ii, map facing page 3. 


Bull. iv. No. 2 3 


346 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


feature is hence an approximately equal blending of temperate and 
tropical forms, whose respective habitats here overlap. Many of the 
northern forms do not quite reach the southern limit of the region, just 
as many of the southern forms do not quite reach its northern limit. It 
is distinguished from the North American Temperate Region by the 
preponderance of tropical life, and from the Brazilian Region by the 
copious intermingling therewith of northern forms, an element wholly 
lacking in the Brazilian Region. 


Genera of the Central American Region. 


Mainly or wholly 


restricted to the : Ranging also over much of the Brazilian Region. 
region. 
Bassariscyon. -_Aluatta. Cercoleptes. Phyllostoma. Arctopithecus. 
Bassaris. Cebus. Nasua. Arctibeus. Tatusia. 
Elasmognathus. Sapajou. Coassus. Stenoderma. Tamandua. 
Macrotus. Nyctipithecus. Notophorus. Centurio. Cyclothurus. 
Myxomys. Callithrix. Dicotyles. Desmodus. t Didelphys. 
Heteromys. Saimiris. * Manatus. Reithrodon. Chironectes. 
Galictis. Noctilio. Cercolabes. 
Grisonia. Mormops. Dasyprocta. 
Conepatus. Vampyrus. Ceelogenys. 
Bearer saeat oe a oral Tropicopolitan. Subcosmopolitan. 
Urocyon. — §Spermophilus. . Nyctinomus. Felis. Lepus. 
+ Procyon. Neotoma. Molossus. Putorius. 
Cariacus. Sigmodon. Lutra. 
+ Lasiurus. Ochetodon. Vesperugo. 
Nycticejus. Hesperomnys. Vespertilio. 
Blarina. § Arvicola. Sorex. 
§Sciuropterus. Perognathus. Sciurus. 
* Also West African. + Also nearly all of both North and South America. 


+ Also warmer parts of North America. § Arctopolitan. 


Summary. 

Whole number of genera ..---..-2..2 -. oot. Jeo Ss nh. awe ae Sa er 63 
Peculiar or mainly limited to the region .-..--.--.22 222-52 fone eee pee eee eee 6 
Occurring also over most of the Brazilian Region ....---.-----.----------------- 40 
Occurring also over much of the North American Region..-.-.....----...--- s oaaemenee 
Occurring also over most of both North and South America, but not in the Old 

Wild phetee eee es ek kk Se ee ee etatctctaln: rercioto eitotaia ee = ferret 5 
Sabcosmopolittanmiyes 4422: Sa. Soa ae ee eee ae eee eee ies 8 
Tropicopolitamy S62 sssecn os. lew ows Saleh Dee eR ae ete cl de ee Seer 2 


Antillean Region.—The Antillean Region differs from porn the Cen- 
tral American and Brazilian most strongly in negative characters— 
through what it lacks rather than in what it has—although it pos- 
sesses a number of peculiar genera. The Chiroptera form two-thirds of 
the genera and not less than five-sixths of the species. Of the eight 
peculiar genera, five are Bats, the others being Solenodon (the only In- 
sectivore), Capromys, aud the closely allied Plagiodonta, which together 


ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 347 


constitute a family peculiar to the region. Two orders—Primates and 
Bruta—highly characteristic of the Central American and Brazilian 
regions, are wholly absent. There are also no Ungulates, very few Car- 
nivores, and very few Rodents; the latter, however, are of mostly 
peculiar species, as are many of the Bats. The single Insectivore is of 
a remarkable type, which finds its nearest ally in the remote island 
of Madagascar, the ordinary Insectivores of the neighboring Central 
American and North American Regions being wholly unrepresented. 


Genera of the Antillean Region. 


Peculiar to the region. Tropical American. Wide-ranging. 
Nycticellus. Nasua. Mormops. Lutra. 
Lonechorhina. _~ Cercoleptes. Macrotus. + Procyon. 
Phyllodia. Manatus. Vampyrus. Lasiurus. 
Brachyphylla. Natalus. Arctibeus. |  Vesperugo. 
Phyllonicteris. Thyroptera. Stenoderma. Vespertilio. 
Solenodon. Noctilio. Heteromys. * Hesperomys 
Capromys. Molossus. | Dasyproeta. 
Plagiodonta. Nyctinomus. Didelphys. 

Chilomycteris. ! 


Brazilian Region.—Of about ninety commonly recognized genera, a 
little less than one-third may be considered as either wholly or mainly 
restricted to the region; alittle less than another third range to the 
northward over much of the Central American Region, and may be 
considered as characteristic of the American Tropical Realm at large 
rather than of the Brazilian Region. About one-tenth of the remain- 
ing genera occur also over a large part of the Central American Region, 
while the remainder are divided about equally between tropicopolitan 
and cosmopolitan genera, and those that range southward over the 
South American Temperate Realm. One genus is also East Indian and 
another African, while quite a number range throughout the temperate 
and tropical parts of both Americas, and a few others over Temperate 
South America. 

It is eminently characterized by its dozen genera of Monkeys, which, 
excepting a few that range into the Central American Region, are 
restricted wholly to this region; also by twelve to fifteen genera of Bats, 
which are scarcely found beyond its borders; nearly as many genera of 
Rodents, and quite a number of peculiar genera of other groups. Neg- 
atively it is characterized by the absence of Insectivores, the great bulk 
of the northern types of Carnivores, Ungulates, and Rodents. Its sole 
affinity with the life of the North Temperate Realm consists in the pres- 
ence of a few such wide-ranging (cosmopolitan) genera as Felis, Sciurus, 
Lepus, Vespertilio, etc., and two other genera (Procyon and Didelphys) 
that range far into North America. 

It is susceptible of division into several provinces, upon the detailed 


* Dr. Coues gives Hesperomys (Oryzomys) palustris as Jamaican.—Mon. N. Am. Rod., 
116, foot-note. _. 


348 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


consideration of which it is not proposed at present to enter. These 
are the Upper Amazonian Province, embracing the region drained by 
the Upper Amazon and its principal tributaries (Western Brazil and 
those portions of Peru and Bolivia east of the Andes); the Lower Ama- 
zonian Province, embracing the Lower Amazonian and Orinoco Basins; 
and the Southeast Brazilian Province, embracing Southeastern Brazil 
and Paraguay. They are characterized by the occurrence of numerous 
peculiar species rather than by peculiar genera. The genus Lagothriz 
appears to be confined, however, to the Upper Amazonian Province, 
Chrysothrix to the Lower Amazonian, and Brachyteles to the Southeast 
Brazilian, where occur also Icticyon, Thous, Lycolepex, ete., not found in 
the other regions, but ranging thence southward to Patagonia. 


Genera of the Brazilian Region. 


Mainly confined to the Brazilian Region. 


Lagothrix. Pteronura. Oxymicterus. Bradypus. 
Eriodes. *Tapirus. Dactylomys. Prionodontes. 
Pithecia. Macrophyllum. Cercomys. Xenurus. 
Brachyurus. Vampyrus. Mesomys. Tolypeutes. 
Nyctipithecus. Saccopteryx. Echimys. Myrmecophaga. 
Cheropotes. Diphylla. Loncheres. Hyracodon, 
Midas. Habrothrix. Cheetomys. Chironectes. 
Icticyon. Holochilus. Hydrockerus. 

Tropical America generally. 
Aluatta. §Procyon. Arctibeus. Dasyprocta, 
Cebus. {Manatus. Stenoderma. Celogenys. 
Sapajou. Coassus. Natalus. Arctopithecus. 
Callithrix. Dicotyles. Furripterus. Cheelopus. 
Saimiris, Notophorus. Thryoptera. Tatusia. 
Hapale. Desmodus. Noctilio. Tamandua. 
Galictis. Schizostoma. §Nycticejus. Cyclothurus 
Grisonia. Centurio. §Lasiurus. §Didelphys. 
Conepatus. Sturnira. +Chilomycteris. 
Cercoleptes. Phyllostoma. {Calomys. 
Nasua. Glossophaga. Cercolabes. 


Extending also oyer Temperate South America. 


.Subcosmopolitan and tropicopolitan. 


Chrysocyon. Cavia. Felis. Vesperugo. 
Lycalopex. Kerodon. Lutra: Vespertilio. 
Pseudalopex. Myopotamus. Nyctinomus. Sciurus. 
Blastocerus. Dasypus. Molossus. Lepus. 
Ctenomys. Dysopes. 


* Also East Indian. 
t Also West African. 


+ Also Temperate South America. 
§ Also North American. 


nr a ce 


ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 349 


Summary. 
Perosieanurlenen Oh reneral sees see CG ea. RS See es Na se ee 90 
Pee NeMeSELiChed tO the FESIONM saa eit <2 eiwwise = oie bee cle tal Bhemiaaekls whe Ween 31 
Of general distribution throughout the American Tropical Realm........-......- 41 
Occurring also over much of the South American Temperate Realm.........---- 9 
Occurring also in the warmer parts of the North Temperate Region....-.-..----- 6 
Meee ONO MUR Sees ees eae ee ieee taints ws cueis feo Seu eee eee hacia tates 3 
SSE UNC M tas. Soh ohe a ane anata ORT USI Ue od Det OL Re gah 6 


IV.—SOUTH AMERICAN TEMPERATE REALM. 


What is here termed the South American Temperate Realm embraces 
all that portion of the South American continent and adjacent islands 
not included in the American Tropical Realm as already defined. It 
coincides very nearly with Mr. Wallace’s “South Temperate America 
or Chilian Subregion”.* Its northern limit on the Atlantic coast is 
near the thirtieth parallel. On leaving the Atlantic coast, the north- 
ern boundary passes obliquely northwestward, rising in the region of the 
Chaco Desert, to, or possibly a little beyond, the Tropic of Capricorn. 
Again descending to about the twenty-fifth parallel, it turns abruptly 
northward and eastward, along the eastern border of the Andean 
chain, nearly to the fifth degree of south latitude, near which point it 
strikes the Pacific coast. It thus embraces a large part of the great 
Andean plateau, with the neighboring coast region to the westward, 
nearly all the La Plata plains, and the region thence southward to 
Tierra del Fuego, which belongs also to this region. 

As contrasted with the Tropical Realm to the northward, it is charac- 
terized, in respect to mammals, by the absence of all Quadrumana and 
the paucity of Edentates and Marsupials, there being neither Sloths 
nor Anteaters, while only two or three species of Opossums barely ex- 
tend over its borders; the absence of all genera of Leaf-nosed Bats, and 
of not less than a dozen important genera of Rodents, the Coatis, the 
Kinkajou, the Tapirs, and many other genera characteristic of the 
American tropics.t As noted by Mr. Wallace, it is further character- 
ized by the possession of the entire family of the Chinchillide, the gen- 
era Auchenia, Habrocomus, Spalacopus, Actodon, Ctenomys, Dolichotis, 
Myopotamus, Chlamadophorus, to which may be added the marine gen- 
era Otaria, Arctocephalus, Morunga, Lobodon, and Stenorhynchus, very 
few of which range beyond the northern border of this region. The 
Spectacled Bear is also confined to it, and here are also most largely 
developed the Murine genera Calomys, Acodon, and Reithrodon. ' 

Although one of the smallest of the primary regions, it is apparently 
divisible into two more or less well-marked provinces, which may be 


* Geog. Distr. Animals, vol. ii, p. 36, and map of the “Neotropical Region”. 

tAmong the genera of the Brazilian Region here unrepresented are, aside from the 
Quadrumana, Cercoleptes, Nasua, Tapirus, Bradypus, Chelopus, Myrmecophaga, Taman- 
dua, Cyclothurus, Phyllostoma, Glossophaga, Arctibeus, Dysopes (and other genera of Chi- 
roptera), Hydrocherus, Cercomys, Dactylomys, Loncheres, Echimys, Calogenys, Dasyprocta, 
Chetomys, Cercolabes, Lepus, Sciurus, Habrothrix, Oxymycterus, Holochilus, ete., = 27+. 


350 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


respectively termed the Andean and Pampean. The Andean Provy- 
ince is principally characterized by the presence of Ursus (Tremarctus) 
ornatus, the genera Pudu, Furcifer, Tolypeutes, Chlamydophorus, Chin- 
chilla, Lagidium, Spalacopus, Habrocomus, and Octodon. Auchenia and 
several genera of Rodents range from the Andean Province south- 
ward over the plains of Patagonia to Tierra del Fuego. The Pata- 
gonian plains share largely in the general facies of the Andean fauna. 
A few genera only are restricted to the Pampean Province, these being 
mainly Ctenomys, Lagostomus, and Dolichotis. The differences between 
these two provinces relate mainly to species rather than to genera. The 
Pampean Province is much the smaller, embracing only the compara- 
tively level pampa district bordering the La Plata and Lower Parana 
Rivers. So little is definitely known respecting the range of the mam- 
mals of this general region that it is scarcely practicable to attempt at 
present a definition of the boundaries between the Pampean and An- 
dean divisions. ' 

The relation of the South Temperate Americav to the Tropical Amer- 
ican Realm is of course far closer than to any other, there being as 
usual a gradual transition between the two along their line of junctior, 
through the extension of a few, forms characteristic of the one for a 
short distance into the other, just as has been observed to be the case 
between the North Temperate and Tropical American Realms. It has, 
however, nothing in common with the North Temperate American 
Realm beyond the presence of a few cosmopelite types that extend 
across the intermediate Tropical Realm. So far as land mammals are 
concerned, it has no genera common to the South Temperate portions 
of the Old World, except a few that are almost cosmopolite. The case 
is different, however, with the marine species. Of the half dozen or 
more genera of Pinnipeds (the only marine forms we are here called 
upon to consider), none are peculiar to the shores.of Temperate South 
America but are common to South Temperate and Antarctic shores 
generally. None of them, however, occur north of the tropics,* and it 
is hence only through these that there is any closer affinity between 
the mammalian life of this region and the South Temperate Zone gen- 
erally than between it and that of north-temperate latitudes. 

Of the thirty-four land genera below enumerated as occurring in the 
South American Temperate Realm, rather more than one-half (eighteen) 
are nearly or wholly confined to it. Most of the remainder extend far 
to the northward into Tropical America, and others reach North Amer- 
ica, while five are almost cosmopolitan. 

* Otaria alone reaches the Galapagos, which, although situated under the equator, 


are still within the influence of the cold Peruvian current, and appear to constitute an 
outlying element of the South American Temperate Realm. 


— a 2), oe 


ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS, 351 


Genera of the South American Temperate Realm. 


é Reale £ ri 2 F 5 

ely or wholly limited to the region. Ban BE Wide-ranging. 
Tremarctus. Ctenomys. Otaria. Felis. Cavia. 
Furcifer. Drymomys. Arctocephalus. Pseudalopex. Myopotamus. 
Pudu. Dinomys. Lobodon. Lycolopex. Calomys. 
Auchenia. Chinchilla. Stenorhynchus. Chrysocyon. Habothrix. 
Lophostoma. Lagidium. Morunga. Putorius. Tatusia. 
Octodon. Lagostomus. Lutra. Didelphys. 
Spalacopus. Dolichotis. Conepatus. 
Habrocoma. Chlamydophorus. Vespertilic. 
Reithrodon. Vesperugo. 
Acodon. k Kerodon. 


V.—THUE INDO-AFRICAN REALM. 


The Indo-African Realm consists mainly of Intertropical Africa and 
Intertropical Asia, to which it seems proper to add Extratropical South 
Africa. The small portion of Africa south of the Southern Tropic lies 
wholly within the warm-temperate zone. Its small extent and broad 
connection with Tropical Africa render its separation as a distinct realm 
(as I at one time rather hastily considered it) almost inadmissible, since 
it is especially open to the influence of the great intertropical African 
fauna, as is shown by the extension of many tropical forms down to 
within a few degrees of its southern extremity. The area really pos- 
sessing a temperate climate is restricted to its extreme southern border, 
where alone appear the few generic and family types that do not have 
a very general range over the tropical portions of the continent. This 


area is many times smaller than the temperate portion of South 


America, but, though so small, has quite a number of peculiar genera, 
which impart to it quite distinctive features. It yet seems better to 
regard it as an appendage of the great Indo-African Realm rather than 
as a distinct primary region. Madagascar, with the Mascarene Islands, 
on the other hand, while perhaps possessing a closer affinity with Africa 
than with any other continental region, has yet a fauna made up so 
largely of peculiar types that it seems more in accordance with the facts 
of distribution to regard it as a separate primary region. 

The Indo-African Realm, as thus restricted, forms a highly natural 
division. Although its two principal areas are quite widely separated, 
being in fact geographically almost wholly disassociated, they possess 
a wonderful degree of similarity. Of the fifty commonly recognized 
families of mammalia occurring within its limits, three-fifths are dis- 
tributed throughout almost its whole extent. Of the remainder, one- 
half are confined to Africa, and one is African and American, leaving 
only nine in India that are unrepresented in Africa; three only of these 
latter are, however, peculiar to the Indian Region ; all extend beyond 
it to the northward, five of them even occurring over the greater part of 


352 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


the northern hemisphere. ‘Thus the African Region is the more special- 
ized division, only a small portion of the tropical element in the Indian 
Region, through which it is differentiated from the great Europo- 
Asiatic Temperate Region, being unrepresented in the African, while the 
African has three times as many peculiar families as the Indian.* As 
shown by the subjoined table, thirty of the fifty Indo-African families 
have a wide extralimital distribution, not less than one-fourth being 
emphatically cosmopolitan. 


Families of Mammals represented in the Indo-African Reaim, arranged to show (approxi- 
mately) their distribution. 


| i} 

Occurring in the | Common to both 
Indian Region, | Peculiar to the i Regions, andalso 
but not in the ; African Region.! Common to boteee ions. of rane extra- 
African. limital range. 

* TARSIIDA. Protelide. Simiide. |i Nycteridz. Felidz. 

+ Mluride. Hippopotamide. Semnopithecidx. | Erinaceide. Canide. 

t Ursides. ' Phacocheeride. Cynopithecide. Myoxide. Mustelide. 

{ Cervide. Giraflidz. | Lemuridz. Spalacidz. Bovidz. 

+ Camelidze. Hyracide. Viverride. Dipodide. Pteropodide. 

§ Tapiride. Chrysochloride. Hyenide. Manidide. Rhinolophidxz. . 

* G@ALEOPITHECIDE.| Macroscelidz. Tragulide. Vespertilionide. 

+ Talpide. Potamogalidex. Equide, Soricidz. 

* TUPAYIDA. Lophyiomyide. Suide. Octodontidx. 

Orycteropodidz. | Rhinocerotide. Sciuride. 
Elephantidz. Hystricide. 
Halicoride. Leporidz. 
‘The Lrichechide (= Munatide) occur in Africa but not in India, but are found also in the warmer 


parts of America. 
[ 
* Wholly restricted to the Indian Region. } Of wide extralimital range. 
7 Mainly restricted to the Indian Region. § Found also in Intertropical America. 
j| Chiefly African. 


Summary. 
Whole number .....---..- w sibidued cies sails See ine So ebehe eae leee cee tele see te 50 
Of general distribution throughout the realm -222-. (24... ceasee eee ae eee 30 
Peculiar to the African Region 2222/2222 2222 2222. ee oS a ae 10 
Peculiar tothe indianshesions: 22/2/75 42s eeee se eee e ee ee eee eee ee eee eee 3 
Occurring in the Indian Region, but not in the African............-...---------- 6 
Ofiwideyextralimital range...) oe Becta eee ees kee Log 


African Region.—The African Region, as here recognized, is nearly 
equivalent to Mr. Wallace’s “Ethiopian Region”, with the exclusion 


* Mr. Wallace has arrived at rather different conclusions respecting the specializa- 
tion of the African Region, since he considers its specialization due wholly to the 
peculiar forms developed in Madagascar. Deducting these—for he considers Madagascar 
and its neighboring islands as forming a “ subregion”merely of the ‘‘ Paleotropical”— 
he believes would leave, in respect to specialization, the African and Indian Regions 
“nearly equal”. In this comparison, however, I wholly exclude the Madagascan or 
“ Lemurian” fauna, and still find Africa a considerably more specialized region. 


ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 353 


of his “ Lemurian Subregion”. Its northern boundary will be pro- 
visionally considered as the northern mean annual of 70° F. 
Asthus limited, the greater part of the Arabian Peninsula and thesouth- 


ern portion of the Great Sahara belong toit. Butjust how much of the 


latter belongs here, and how much to the Mediterranean Region, cannot 
at present be readily determined. As already noticed, it consists largely 
of transitional ground, and is as yet quite imperfectly known. It is to 
some extent, doubtless, also a barrier region; but that it is by no means 
an impassable obstacle is sufficiently shown by the large number of 
generic types of mammals that extend from the Indian Region as far south- 
ward even as the Cape of Good Hope. Even if it were an insurmount- 
able barrier, the comparatively humid and fertile eastern coast border 
would afford a sufficient highway of intercommunication between Trop- 
ical Asia and Tropical Africa, and the community of life of the two 
regions shows that for long ages there has been this open way of inter- 
change. j | . 

The African Region, considering its great extent and its tropical 
climate, is toa great degree zodlogically a unit, yet it is by no means 
homogeneous. At least, three subdivisions may be recognized, each of 
which is characterized by many peculiar genera. These subregions 
have already been characterized by Mr. Wallace under the names of 
Hastern, Western, and Scuthern. The Western(West African Province) 
consists of the humid, heavily wooded region of the west coast, extend- 


‘ing to a considerable, but at present not definitely determinable, dis- 


tance into the interior, but probably with boundaries nearly as drawn 
by Mr. Wallace.* The Eastern (East African Province) includes the 
remainder of Intertropical Africa, while to the Southern (South African 
Province) belongs the southern extratropical portion of the continent. 

Of these divisions, the Eastern contains the greatest number of genera, 
as it likewise contains by far the greatest area; but itis the least spe- 
cialized, only two-fifteenths of its genera being peculiar to it, while of the 
genera of each of the other regions about one-fourth are peculiar. Nearly 
one-half (about forty-four per cent.) of the genera of the Hastern Prov- 
ince have a more or less general distribution over the whole African 
Region, while only a little more than a third (thirty-three to thirty-eight 
per cent.) of the genera of the other province have a similarly wide range. 

A much larger proportion of Indian genera are represented in the 
Eastern and Southern Provinces than in the Western. This difference 
is due to obvious conditions, the fertile belt of the Nile district and ad- 
joining coast forming an easy way of intercommunication between the 

*The conclusions and details here presented were worked out independently and de 
novo by the present writer. That they agree so closely with the views and results 
attained by Mr. Wallace, so far as Africa south of the Great Desert is concerned, is to 
me a source of gratification. In order to avoid unconscious bias I purposely avoided 
a detailed study of Mr. Wallace’s writings on this subject till my own results were 


written ont, and on then comparing my own conclusions with those reached by Mr. 
Wallace, became for the first time aware of their close agreement. 


354 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


_two former not equally open to the Western Province, The Eastern and 
Southern Provinces further resemble each other in consisting largely of 
grassy plains, and in being, par excellence, the land of Antelopes. On 
the other hand, the Western Province, in consequence of its moist climate 
and dense forests, is the metropolis of the African Quadrumanes, to 
which region no less than six genera are restricted, and where all but one 
are represented, while only four occur in the Eastern, and merely a few 
outlying species reach the Southern. Hence the Eastern and Southern 
Provinces are far more closely allied than is either with the Western. 

Eastern Province.—The Bast African Province or ‘Subregion” 
includes, as claimed by Mr. Wallace, not only East Africa proper, but 
also a considerable portion of the Great Sahara and the whole of the 
northern portion of Tropical South Africa, thus bounding the Western. 
Province on three sides. In other words, it not only includes Kast Africa 
and Southern Arabia, but all of Tropical Africa, except the western 

' portion, situated (speaking generally) between latitude 15° north and 

latitude about 22° south. As is well. known, it consists mainly of a 

moderately elevated plateau, rising, in Abyssinia, into lofty mountains. 

It is generally an open region, “‘ covered with a vegetation of high grasses 

or thorny shrubs, with scattered trees and isolated patches of forest 

in favorable situations. The only parts where extensive continuous 
forests occur are on the eastern and western slopes of the great Abys- 
sinian plateau, and on the Mozambique coast from Zanzibar to Sofala.”* 

It is worthy of note that the species peculiar to the province occur 
almost exclusively in Mozambique, or in Abyssinia and adjoining por- 
tions of Northeast Africa, a few extending into the Arabian Peninsula. 

Of the ninety genera occurring in this province, ten, which are almost . 
cosmopolite, may be considered as having too wide a range to possess 
any special significance. Of the remaining eighty, about one-fourth are 
found also in the Indian Region, leaving three-fourths (thirty-nine) as 
peculiarly African. Of these, twelve only are restricted to the Hastern 

Province, sixteen being common to the Southern Province, and ten to 

the Western. The subjoined tabular list indicates approximately the 

distribution of the genera of the Eastern Province. 


* Wallace, Geogr. Dist. Anim., vol. i, p. 259. 


ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 355 


Genera of the East African Province. 


Restr: lected tothe Exclusively African, but occurring also in the other provinces. 
province. 
*Theropithecus. Colobus. Giraffa. Phacocheerus. 
*Galerella. Guerza. Oreas. Rhinaster. 
Rhinogale. Cercopithecus. Tragelaphus. Hyrax. 
*Neotragus. Cynocephalus. Oreotragus. Dendrohyrax. 
Nesotragus. Galago. Aipyceros. Epomophorus. 
+ Petrodromus. Athylax. Kobus. Macroscelides, 
+ Rbynchocyon. Ichneumea. Nanotragus. Cricetomys. 
i Saccostomus. Bdeogale. Cephalophus. Steatomys. 
t+ Peleomys. Helogale. Aigocerus. Otomys. 
*Lophiomys. Mungos. Aicelaphus. Georychus. 
+ Heliophobius. Crossarchus. Connochetes. Xerus. 
Pectinator. Lycaon. Hippopotamus. Aulacodus, 
Zorilla. Potamocheerus. Orycteropus. J 
——— = 
Oceurring also in the Indian Region. Wide-ranging. } 
| 
Viverra. | Blephas. Scotophilus. Felis. 
Genetta. + Sus. Miniopterus. Canis. 
Herpestes. | Asinus. Taphozous. Vespertilio. 
Calogale. Halicore. Rhinopoma. Vesperugo. | 
Mellivora. Cynonycteris. Nyctinomus. Hrinaceus. 
Aonyx. | Cynopterus. Crocidura. Mus. 
Hyena. Rhinolophus. Acanthomys. Dipus. 
Bubalus. Phillorhina. Rhizomys. Meriones. 
Oryx. |  Megaderma. Hystrix. Sciurus. 
Gazella. |  Nycteris Manis. Lepus. 
* Restricted to Abyssinia and Northeast Africa. } Restricted to Mozambique. 
+See Rolleston, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., 2d ser., Zo0l., vol. i, pp. 256, 257, 1877. 


The Southern Province—The South African Province consists of only 
that small portion of the continent lying south of the Southern Tropic, | 
and is hence situated wholly within the southern warm-temperate 
zone. In consequence of its configuration, its limited extension, and 
its geographical position in relation to Intertropical Africa, it could 
scarcely be expected to form more than an appendage of the inter- 
tropical zone, and such it proves really to be. Its area is equal to only 
about one-tenth of that of the Eastern Province, yet it has eight-ninths 
as many genera, fully two-thirds of which are common to the two. It 
hence presents to only a limited degree the features of a strictly tem- 
perate fauna, and these become prominent only over the narrow belt of 
country south of the mountain ranges forming the northern boundary 
of Cape Colony and Caffraria; but here even there is a strong invasion 
of essentially tropical forms. 

In general facies it differs little zodlogically from the Eastern Province, 
of which it is merely a somewhat modified continuation. From its 
semi-temperate character it is less rich in Quadrumanes, but many 
other properly tropical types range nearly or quite to its southern bor- 


356 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


der. It has, however, about one-fourth more peculiar genera, divided 
about equally, and mainly between Carnivores and Rodents, four only 
being Antelopes, and one only (Chrysochloris) an Insectivore. Of the 
twenty-four genera common also to the Indian Region, one-third are 
Chiropters. The remaining genera are, with very few exceptions, such 
as occur also in the Eastern Province, only three or four being common 
to the Southern and Western Provinces that do not also occur in the 
Eastern. 

Of the eighty-two genera below enumerated as occurring in the 
Southern Province, a considerable portion are restricted to its southern 
half, while many others extend only over its northern portions. A few 
others, while mainly restricted to this region, and eminently character- 
istic of it, also extend somewhat into the Eastern Province. 


Roubricted torte Ranging into Tropical Africa. Occurring also in the Indian Region. |: 
province. 

Ariela. Galago. Cephalophus. Cyanezlurus. Miniopteris. 

.Cynictis. Athylax. Eleotragus. Genetia. Scotophilus. 

Suricata. Ichneumia. Afgocerus. Herpestes. Taphozous. 

Proteles. Helogale. Rhinaster. Calogale. Rhinopoma. 

Megalotis. Mungos. Hyrax. Mellivora. Crocidura. 

Hydrogale. Lycaon. Dendrokyrax. Aonyx. Hystrix. 

Strepsiceros. Zorilla. Macroscelides. Hyena. Manis. 

Antidorcas. Phacockerus. Steatomys. Oryx. \ 

Scopophorus. Giraffa. Otomys. Bubalus. 

Pelea. Oreas. Georychus. ~ Gazella. 

Chrysochloris. Tragelaphus. Graphiurus,. Asinus. 2 

Dendromys. Damalis. Xerus. Elephas. 

Malacothrix. Alcelaphus. Aulacodus. Cynonycteris. 

Mystromys. Connochetes. Orycteropus. Cynopterus. 

Bathyergus. Kobus. Rhinolophus. 

Pedetes. Aipyceros. Phillorhina. 

Petromys. Calotragus. Nycteris. 


Genera of the South African Province. 


Wide-ranging. 


Felis. 
Canis. 


Vespertilio. 
Vesperugo. 


Erinaceus. 
Mus. 


Meriones. 
Dipus. 


Sciurus. 
Lepus. 


The Western Province—As already stated, the Western Province 


differs greatly in respect to its physical characteristics from either of 
the other provinces of the African Region, and has, in consequence, a 
correspondingly specialized mammalian fanna. It resembles the In- 
dian Region in its hot, damp climate and dense forests. And its fauna, 
though distinguished by many peculier genera, is also, in respect to its 
general facies, more like that of the Indian Region than is the fauna of 
any other portion of the African Region. It is similarly rich in the 
higher Quadrumanes and poor in Antelopes, while it shares with the 


ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 357 


; 

: Indian Region the possession of the Tragulidw. Its peculiar genera 
- consist largely of Anthropoid Apes, found elsewhere only in India, but 
_ also includes several each of Carnivores Bats, and Rodents. It is pre- 


eminently the tropical province of the African Region. 


While it con- 


tains a smaller pumber of genera than either of the others, it has rela- 
tively a much larger number restricted to it, having eighteen peculiar 
genera out of a total number of seventy-five, while the Eastern Prov- 
ince, with ninety-one genera, has only twelve that are peculiar, and the 
Southern seventeen out of eighty-two. 


Genera of the West African Province. 


Restricted to the province. ! Restricted to the African Region. 
Gorilla. Cephalopus. Cercopithecus. Tragelaphus. Rhinaster. 
Mimetes. Hyomoschus. Cynocephalus. Kobus. Hyrax. 
Miopithecus. Cheeropus. Colobus. Nanotragus. Dendrohyrax. 
Cercocebus. * Manatus. Guereza. AXgocerus. Epomophorus. 
Arctocebus. Hypsignathus. Galago. Damalis. Xerus. 
Perodicticus. Potamogale. Aythlax. Oreas. Aulacodus. 
Poiana. | Lasiomys. Mungos. Hippopotamus. Cricetomys. 
Nandinia. Anomalurus. Zorilla. Potamockheerus. Graphiurus. 
Adenota. Crossarchus. Phacocheerus. 

Occurring also in the Indian Region. Wide-ranging. 

Viverra. Zorilla. | Phillorbina. Crocidura. Felis. 
Herpestes. Bubalus. Nycteris. Atherura. Canis. 
Genetia. Antilope. Nyctinomus. Manis. Vespertilio. 
Calogale. Elephas. Miniopterus. Vesperugo. 
Hyena. R Cynonycteris. Scotophilus. Mus. 
Aonyx. Cynopterus. Taphozous. Sciurus. 
Mellivora. Rhinolophus. Rbinopoma. Lepus. 


* Also American. 


General Summary. 


The number of genera represented in the African Region, and their 
range, is approximately as follows :— 


Peculiar genera 


Restricted to the African Region, but occurring more or less 

generally over two or more of the provinces 
Occurring also in the Indian Region 
adusnanenm pas CAI eo ds eile oo ee Utes estecoemad 


Whole number 


Eastern | Southern | Western | 
Province. | Province. | Province. 

12 17 18 | 

r 
clea 39 31 26 
Bae 30 24 24 
10 10 7 
91 §2 vi) 


Indian Region.—The Indian Region may be defined, in general terms, 


as consisting of Intertropical Asia. 


It hence embraces Continental India 


358 BULLETIN UNiTED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


from the Lower Indus to the Formosa Straits, the islands of the Indian 
Archipelago, as well as Formosa, the Philippines, Celebes, and all of the 
Sunda Islands. As far as the mammalia are concerned, only two primary 
subdivisions, or provinces, seem to be recognizable, the one a Northern, 
or Continental, the other a Southern, or Insular (“‘Malayan”). The 
former, or Continental, includes nearly all of the Hindostan and Indo- 
Chinese Peninsulas, excepting the extreme southern border of the latter 
and Malacca. These areas belong to the Insular Province, which com- 
prises not only Borneo, Sumatra, and Java, but all of the above-named 
smaller islands to the eastward, except Formosa, which pertains to the 
Continental Province. : 

The long, narrow Malaccan Peninsula is almost insular in position and 


character, and agrees far better, climatologically, and in its productions, 
with Borneo and Sumatra, than with the mainland to the northward, as 


does, in fact, the extreme coast border of the mainland, embracing Lower 
Cochin China, Cambodia, ete. The small outlying islands to the east- 
ward have nothing in common with the Australian Realm (if we exclude 
the wide-ranging Chiroptera and a few marine forms, which are, of all 
mammals, of least importance in a zodgeographical point of view), except 
the single Marsupial genus Cuscus occurring in Timor and Celebes, while 
no placental mammals except Sus, a few Muriue genera, the Dugong, and 
Chiroptera, reach any portion of the Australian Realm. Malacca, Borneo, 
and Sumatra form the central and typical portion of the Insular or Malayan 
Province, being, from their larger area and closer proximity to each other 
and to the tropical mainland, far richer in genera and species than the 
smaller and more remote islauds to the southward and eastward. EKven 
Java has a less varied mammalian fauna than either Borneo or Sumatra, 
and thus differs from them negatively rather than by the possession of 
peculiar types. Thence eastward, throughout the Sunda Islands, the 
differences are almost wholly such as result from the small size and 
isolated position of these insular areas, through a gradual disappearance 
of many types present in the larger islands. The Philippines, for simi- 
lar reasons, lack a large proportion of the genera found in the central 
portion of the province, while those they do possess, with few excep- 
tions, are such as are common to the larger areas. The few that are 
peculiar are Indian, rather than Australian, in their affinities. 

Celebes and Timor contain one strictly Australian genus (Cuscus, rep- 
resented by several species), but the few other mammals found there 
are either Indian or possess strictly Indian or Indo-African affinities. 
Hence I fail to see any good reason for assigning Celebes and all the 
smaller Sunda Islands to the Papuan Province, as Mr. Wallace and others 
have done, but abundant evidence that such is not their real affinity. 
Jiven Mr. Wallace’s own tables of distribution show at a glance the wide 
disassociation of these islands from the Papuan fauna, and their much 
nearer relation to the Indian, there being but one typically Australian 


or Papuan form represented in any of them, while none of the placental 


ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 359 


: . 

land mammals (excepting several subtropicopolitan genera of Bats and 
a few Muriform Rodents) are common to these islands and the Papuan- 
Australian division. The genera peculiar to the Philippines and Cele- 
bes (except Cuscus in the latter) have little if any more significance than 

_ the occurrence in Borneo and Sumatra of afew genera wholly restricted 
to one or the other of these last-named islands. 

Ceylon and the adjoining low-coast portions of the Hindostan Penin- 
sula are more tropical in character than the plateau region to the north- 

* ward. While a few genera are restricted to this small area, and many 
more species occur here that are not found to the northward, the differ- 
entiation seems hardly great enough to warrant the separation of these 
areas as a region of co-ordinate rank with the ‘‘ Malayan”. It hence 
seems to me that Mr. Wallace has too emphatically recognized this com- 
paratively unimportant difference in making it the basis of a distinct 
subregion (termed by him the ‘“‘Ceylonese Subregion”). The only mam- 
malian genera peculiar to this division are a genus of Lemurs (Loris), 
three genera (or subgenera) of Herpestine (Calictis, Teeniogale, Onycho- 
gale), and a genus of Mice (Platacanthomys), each represented by a 
single species, and, so far as known, of limited distribution. 

Continental Province.-—As already intimated, the Continental Prov- 
ince includes nearly all of Hindostan and Indo-China, or the whole 
of the tropical portion of the Asiatic continent excepting Malacca and 
the southern portions of Tenasserim, Siam, Cambodia, and Cochin China. 
It also extends into Southern China somewhat beyond the tropic .(prob- 
ably to the divide between the Li-kiang and Yang-tse-kiang Rivers), 
and also to the southern slope of the Himalayas.* 

The plains of the Upper Indus appear, however, to belong to the 
Temperate Region to the northward, as does probably most of the coun- 
try northwest of Delhi. The greater part of the interior of the Hin- 
dostan Peninsula has a less tropical character and a less varied fauna 
than Bengal, Assam, and Burmah, situated under the same parallels. I 
cannot agree, however, with Messrs. Blyth, Blandford, and von Pelzeln,; 

*“On the southern slope of the Himalayas there is everywhere, until it has been 
cleared, luxuriant forest up to at least 12,000 feet above the sea, inhabited by a fauna 
which extends, without any great change of generic forms, throughout the Malay 
Peninsula and into the hill tracts of some at least of the Malay Islands.”—BLaNDFORD, 
Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1876, p. 632. 

+ Mr. Blyth makes “ Hindostdn proper, or the plains of Upper India east and south 
of the North West desert; Dukhun, or tableland of the Peninsula cf India, and the inter- 
vening territory, inclusive of the Vindhaian ghats; Coromandel Coast and low northern 
half of Ceylon” a subregion of his “‘ Ethiopian Region” (Nature, vol. iii, p. 428). 
Mr. Blandford holds that the ‘hills of Southern India with the Malabar Coast and 
Southern Ceylon form a province of the Malay region, whilst the greater portion of the 
Indian peninsula is African in its affinities” (Proc. Zo6l. Soc. Lond., 1876, p. 632). Von 
Pelzeln considers India proper, from the Lower Brahmaputra River westward, a dis- 
tinct primary region, which he calls the “hindostanische Region”. His “ malayische 
Region” hence consists of Warm-temperate and Tropical Asia, minus the Hindostan 


Peninsula, to which he adds the Philippines, Borneo, Bali, Java, and Sumatra. It 
includes China as far as the Yang-tse-kiang River, and the Himalayan plateau from 


360 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


that the larger part of Hindostan should be joined to the African Region 
rather than the Indian, since only a very few African genera occur here 
that do not also range far to the eastward, or almost throughout the 
Indian Region. According to von Pelzeln,* about one-third of the genera 
of the “‘hindostanischen Fauna” are peculiar to it, while it shares almost 
another third with Indo-China. The remaining third (fourteen genera) 
are common to the African Region, but all except four of them occur also 
more or less generally over the Indian Region. Of these, two (Hyena and 
‘‘ Ratelus” = Mellivora) scarcely reach the limits of the Indian Region 
as here defined. Among the genera given by him as peculiar are, how- 
ever, several that range beyond the Indian Peninsula. 

There is more reason for Mr. Wallace’s separation of the Hindegian 
Peninsula from the Indo-Chinese portion of the Indian Region, and its 
subdivision into two “subregions”—a northern “ Hindostan Subregion” 
and a southern ‘“‘ Ceylonese Subregion”. As already shown, the latter 
has a number of peculiar forms, while three or four genera are also 
peculiar to the Hindostan Peninsula at large. But the scale of division 
that would make the Hindostan Peninsula separable into two subregions 
would also require a somewhat similar subdivision of Indo-China, mak- 
ing four divisions of what I here term the Continental Province. While 
these divisions would have some natural basis, they are too detailed to 
come into the category of divisions for which I adopt the term ‘ prov- 
ince”. 

Continental Province.—The Continental Province, with the limitations 
here assumed, is nearly equivalent to Mr. Wallace’s three ‘‘subregions”, 
termed respectively ‘“‘Hindostan”, ‘‘Ceylonese”, and “ Indo-Chinese”. 
Of about ninety-four genera represented in it, about two-thirds have a 
pretty general range throughout the province, while only about one- 
eighth are limited to the Hindostanese portion, including those already 
named as almost peculiar to Ceylon and the low coast region east of the 
Eastern Ghats. Excluding about a dozen that range over at least half 
the surface of the globe, one-third of the remainder (more than one- 
fourth of the whole) are common to the African Region; more than one- 
half (almost one-half of the whole) are restricted to the Indian Region 
and a little more than one-fifth (about one-eighth of all) are peculiar 
to the province. This shows, as already noted in discussing the fauna 


Burmah, Assam, and Bengal to the Kuenluen Mountains, thus embracing Nepal, Butan, 
and Thibet. It is divided into five subregions, the two northernmost of which belong 
mainly to the North Temperate Realm. (Festschrift z. Feier des fiinfundzwanzigjab- 
rigen Bestehens d. K.-K. Zool.-Bot. Gesells. in Wien, 1876, pp. 53-74 u. Karte.) The 
fauna of the Thibetan plateau, as claimed by Mr. Blandford, being boreal and alpine, 
and having almost nothing in common with the tropical region to the southward, the 
artificial character of von Pelzeln’s ‘‘subregions” is shown by his assuming the Yang- 
tse-kiang River to be a natural boundary between two primary regions, and his sepa- 
ration of Malacca from Sumatra and Borneo to form a part of his “‘hinter-indische 
Unterabtheilung”, which thus consists of the whole of the Indo-Chinese Peninsula down 
to the very southern extremity of Malacca! 
* Verhandl. d. K.-K. Zool.-Bot. Gesells. in Wien, xxv. Bd., p. 57, 1875. 


ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 361 


of the Indo-African Realm, how strong an affinity exists between the 
African and Indian Regions, two-fifths of all the genera of the Indian 
-Region which have an extralimital range occurring also in the African 
Region. The close affinity of the two provinces of the Indian Region 
is Shown by the fact that two-thirds of the peculiar Indian genera found 
in the Northern or Continental division range also into the Southern or 
Insular. As will be shown later, the Insular Province is the more 
highly specialized of the two divistons. 


Genera of the Continental Province. 


} Restricted to the Indian Region. 
| Restricted to the province. Occurring also in the Insular Province. 
| Rhinopithecus. 3’Tetracerus. Hylobates. Gymnopus. Tragulus. 
| 1QLoris. Porcula. Semnopithecus. Helictis. Rbinoceros., 
| 2Urva. Eonycteris. Macacus. Mydaus. Pteropus. 
| 1Teeniogale. Ceelops. Nycticebus. Cuon. Macroglossus. 
1Calictis. Nesokia. Viverricula. Bibos. Harpiocephalus. 
| 10nychogale, Neodon. Arctitis. Rusa. Tupaia. 
Melursus. 1Platycanthomys. | Prionodon. Rucervus. Pteromys. 
| 3Tragops. Paguma. Axis. Spalacopus. 
3Portax. Paradoxurus. Cervulus. Acanthion, 
Of wide extralimital range. 
|- Ranging into the African Region. Ranging into the Europwo-Asiatic | | heosmopolite. 
| Region. : 
Viverra. 4Miniopterus. 5Putorius. . Sus. Felis. 
Herpestes. Taphozous. 2 #lurus. 6Rhinolophus. Canis. 
Aonyx. Rhinopoma. Arctonyx. SHrinaceus. Vulpes. 
Bubalus. 4Nyctinomus. ‘Ursus. Talpa. Mustela. 
Halicore. Crocidura. Bos. 5Sorex. Lutra. 
Elephas. Rhizomys. Nemorhedus. 5Sciuropterus. Vespertilio. 
Cynopterus. Gerbillus. Capra. Vesperugo. 
Cynonycteris. Meriones. Gazella. Sciurus. 
Phillorhina. Acanthomys. Procapra. Mus. 
4Megaderma. Hystrix. 5Cervus. Lepus. 
Scotophilus. Atherura. Hydropotes. 
| Kerivoula. Manis. Moschus. 
TRestricted to Ceylon and Southern Hindostan. 4A)\so tropics of America. 
| 2Restricted to the northern part. 5W hole northern hemisphere. 
| 3Hindostan generally. ®Also African. 
Summary. 
DDS) DIRT W bre, SE Se oe RAT RC a See ech A AY Se ag ee 94 
Restricted to the Indian Region.............-. See elegy eee niais ase was ic cle cist 43 
R stricted (almost wholly) to the province .........--- LE SMe re ra coca Se ke 16 
Other genera ranging over most of the Indian Region and restricted to it ...... 27 
Berrien LOU UHeTAIICANP Ive SION. wos hoe she Cees Be ld se Sas let 2 28 
Common to portions of the Europxo-Asiatic Region .........-...----.-eeeee-- 34 
Ranging over most of the northern hemisphere ...................----------- 17 
SEM ACOSMMODE GEM a seam ee eee NUH ime LI ie 10 
Restricted to Southern Hindostan and Ceylon. ..........-.-..--------- Sess h 5 


Bull. iv. No. 2 4 


362 | BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Insular or ‘‘ Malayan” Province—The northern boundary of the 
Insular Province is not at present easily determinable, but it is quite | 
evident that, as already stated, the southern maritime portions of 
Indo-China belong here rather than with the northern division of the In- 
dian Region. To the southward and eastward it embraces, as already 
explained, the Sunda Islands, the Philippines, and Celebes. Of the 
eighty-three genera occurring in it, twenty-five, or nearly one fourth, are 
peculiar, while twenty-seven others do not range beyond the Indian 
Province. Twenty of the remainder are properly Indo-African genera, 

while about a dozen others have a wide extralimital range, and about 

the same number have a very local range, the larger islands having 
each one or two peculiar genera. Aside trom several tropicopolitan 
genera of Bats, and the wide-ranging genera Sus and Mus, only one 
genus is properly Australian, and this is a straggler that merely reaches. 
Timor and Celebes. As would be expected, the larger central islands, 
together with Malacca and the mainland belt, possess the richest and 
most varied fauna, the smaller outlying islands presenting a paucity of 
types proportionate to their size and isolation. 

Timor, considering its close proximity to Australia, is remarkably 
free from Australian forms, presenting, in common with Celebes, the 
single Marsupial genus Cuscus. The distribution of the genera of this 

_ province is roughly indicated in the subjoined table. Notwithstanding 
its much smaller land-area, and the fact that it has ten less genera than 
the Continental Province, it has, as would be naturally expected, many 
more peculiar genera,* the ratio of peculiar genera in the one being as 
16 to 94, and in the other as 25 to 83. 


* Four, however, are peculiar only in regard to the Indian Region, they being simply 
wide-ranging tropical forms that are unrepresented in the Continental Province. 


ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS 


Genera of the Insular Province. 


Restricted to the Indian Region. 


Restricted to the province. 


Ranging over much of the Continental 


363 


Province. 
Simia. 6 Megeerops. Hylobates. Rasa. 
Simianga. 8 Harpyia. Semnopithecus. Rucervus. 

1 Nasalis. 4Phyllotis. Macacus. Axis. 

3 Cynovithecus. Chiromeles. Nycticebus. Cervulus. 
Tarsius. 8 Emballonura. Viverricula. Tragulus. 
Hemnigalea. Hylomys. Arctitis. Rhinoceros. 
Arctogale. 1Ptilocerus. Prionodon. 8 Pteropus. 

2Cynogale. Gymnura. Paguma. 8 Macroglossus. 

6 Barangia. 4Phleomys. Paradoxurus. 8 Harpiocephalus. 
Helarctos. Rhinosciurus. Gymnopus. Tupaia. 

5 Anoa. 5 Cuscus. Helictis. Pteromys. 

5 Babirusa. Mydaus. Spalacopus. 

§ Tapirus. Cuon. Acanthion. 
Galeopithecus. Bibos. 

Ranging into Africa and elsewhere. 
African. Wide-ranging. 
Viverra. 7 Nycteris. Felis. 
Herpestes. 8Scotophilus. Canis. 
Aonyx. 8 Kerivoula. Mustela. 
Bubalus. §Miniopterus. Lutra. 
Sus. 8 Taphozous. Rhinolophus. 
Elephas. 8 Nyctinomus.? Vespertilio. 
Halicore. Crocidura. Vesperugo. 
8 Cynopterus. Rhizomys. Sorex. 
8 Cynonycteris. Manis. Mus. 
8 Phyllorhina. Sciurus. 
Megaderma. Sciuropterus. 
4 Borneo only. 6 Sumatra only. 
2 Borneo and Sumatra. 7 Java only. > 
3 Philippines and Celebes. 8Tropics of the Old World gen- 
4Philippines only. erally. 


5 Celebes; Cuscus also in Timor and 9 Also American tropics. 


the Papuan region. 


Summary. 
Hotalmumber of woneray .co-2- ssi Sspssace cose Sssewen eee S SS coe ICRC R eer re Ss 83 
Restricted to the province*......-....---- UNS ease fe Re widietincs OER On oee Sea De 25 
estLicted bonne mmdian ReClOne = ceeasaeas Sens sass eS asieeiaacelasoes fecicine ne See 52 
Found outside of the Indian Region in the African only..-..---.....-------.---- 20 
Comnion to the African and Indian Regions ----...-.-2. 222. 2.2. nee ween ee eee 29 
Wide-ranging (exclusive of tropicopolitan)...--.--..-.--- es aia alets Sains Melon ere 12 
OHMBlOcAlGIStribuUblon ys Coon se ert sey Awe cee nC neta 2 Loic wie beet elf eeletcta 12 
FES PICHEO HOP DORN COS sane Sree cc, eta We A tle aan eC Ue hci ne Succi er eke) cee 
Restricted to Borneo and Sumatra... ..-.-----.----- ike s eee chdmaccisatanays Se aege arene 


* Exclusive of several tropicopolitan genera not occurring elsewhere in the Indian 
Region. 


* 


364 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Restrichedsbo Sumatraye. voc penalise t= mover yea ates pee tole alone tetera eo aren alee rome 2 
PRESULICLSE COLT AVA 23212)! Scieoife Seer erararcierel teeter aleve tetera tere eee Sesto batere Pele ntel area eedeyeeyete L 
Restricted to the Philippines). 4-7). See eee eee eisai oe eerie ela let sia aia eee et as 
Restricted to the Philippines and Celebes.----- 22-2. 2222 222 eee one eee eee Tt 
Occurring only in: Cdlobess te. ice Caan eee nee ee ae eee mere ee ee ee 2 
INon=placental genera, sees eee eee a eee eee Bites eid akic ne iseiseke ere oe ee 1 


VI.—AUSTRALIAN REALM. 


The Australian Realm will be here restricted so as to embrace none 
of the islands situated to the westward of the Moluccas. The Molucca 
' Group forms a transitional link between the Indo-African and the Aus- 
tralian Realm, but they are faunally more closely allied to the latter than 
to the former. These islands embrace, excluding Chiroptera and species 

probably or known to have been introduced by man,* only a single 
genus (Sorex) of Placental Mammals, while two genera of Papuan Mar- 
supials (Cuscus and Belideus) are abundantly represented. 

The Australian Realm, considered as a whole, is made up of very 
heterogeneous elements, its land-surface consisting of islands, many of 
them of small size and widely scattered. The mammals are almost 
wholly limited to its three larger constituents,— Australia, Tasmania, and 
New Guinea,—and a few of the larger islands in close proximity to them. 
Among the prominent types very generally represented throughout all 
of these areas are several wide-ranging (almost tropicopolitan) genera 
of Bats, which, in consequence of their wide geographical range, wholly 
fail to be distinctive, and may hence be safely ignored in the following 
general analysis of the region. The marine species (the Dugong and 
various species of Seals) are likewise of small importance in the present 
connection, since they are all wide-ranging species, not properly charac- 
teristic of the region. After these eliminations, we have left a few 
genera of Muride and the distinctively characteristic implacental mam- 
malia. The latter, with the exception of a single family (Didelphide, 
occurring now only in the warmer parts of the two Americas), are found 
nowhere else, and hence give to the region an exceptional distinctness 
as a primary zodgeographical region. The numerous groups of small, 
widely scattered islands, usually considered as collectively forming the 
Polynesian Region, being destitute of mammalia, need not be here fur- 
ther considered. 

New Zealand, situated more than a thousand miles to the southeast- 
ward of Australia (its nearest large land-area), is also wholly deficient 
in characteristic forms of mammalia; the only representatives of this 
class, aside from Seals and Bats, being a Rodent, supposed, rather than 
certainly known, to be found there. The Seals are wide-ranging species, 
and of the two species of Bats, one has Australian and the other South 


* These include, besides the common domestic species, Cynropithecus nigrescens, Viverra 
tangalunga, Babirusa alfurus, and Cervus hippelaphus var. moluccensis, considered by Mr. 
Wallace as “‘ probably ” or “almost certainly” introduced by man, since they are spe- 
cies “habitually domesticated and kept in confinement by the Malays”.—Geogr. Dist. 
Anim., vol. i, p. 417. 


ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 365 


American affinities. Judged by other classes of animals, the fauna of 
New Zealand is Australian (or Australian and Polynesian), but is yet so 
specialized that the New Zealand islands must be recognized as forming 
a distinct and highly differentiated region (New Zealand Region) of the 
Australian Realm. 

As regards mammalia (and the same is true of the fauna and flora 
‘considered collectively), Tasmania, Australia, and New Guinea have 
many features in common, fully one-half of the genera (seven out of 
fourteen) of mammals occurring in Tasmania being represented not only 
throughout the greater part sf Australia, but also in New Guinea. 

Tasmania and New Guinea are less rich in mammalia than Australia, 
but this is obviously due to their insular character and small area. Tas- 
mania is scarcely more closely related to Southern Australia than New 
Guinea is to Northern Australia. Formerly, New Guinea was thought 
to be very distinct from Australia, but the recent exploration of the 
interior of New Guinea by MM. Beccari, d’Albertis, and Laglaize, has 
brought to light the existence there of many forms before supposed to be 
restricted to Australia and Tasmania. M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards, 
in a recent communication to the French Academy respecting some new 
species of mammalia discovered in New Guinea by M. Laglaize, in refer- 
ring to the close relationship existing between the faunz of New Guinea 
and Australia, thus observes :—“ Plus on étudie la faune dela Nouvelle- 
Guinée, plus on lui trouve de ressemblance avec celle de l’ Australie, et les 
indications fournies par la répartition des espéces animales permet d’affir- 
mer quwautrefois ces terres ne formaient qu’un seul grand continent. 
Déja les résultats des voyages de circumnavigation entrepris dans la 
_ premiére moitié de ce siécle . . . avaient permis de soupgonner 
cette conformité @origine; mais elle a été principalement mise en lumiére 
a la suite des explorations de M. Wallace, de M. Beccari et de M. d’Al- 
bertis. Enfin les collections qui M. Laglaize a formées dans ces régions, 
ainsi que-celles qui lui ont été remises par M. Bruijn et qui viennent d’ar- 
river en France, fournissent des faits nouveaux qui accentuent encore 
les ressemblances entrevues.”* 

Formerly the Monotremes were supposed to be restricted to the south- 
ern half of Australia and Tasmania, but within the last two or three 
years the existence of Tachyglossus in North Australia (latitude 21°) has 
been established, and an allied species has been discovered in the mount- 
ains of New Guinea. M. A. Milne-Edwards has also just described a 
species of Dromicia from New Guinea, and also a species of Hapalotis, 
and. Dr. Peters has recently added species of Phalangista, Chetocercus, 
and Hydromys, making six genera recently discovered in New Guinea 
that were previously known only from Australia and Tasmania. 

So far as at present known, only three or four genera (Uromys, Den- 
drolagus, Dorcopis, and Myectis) of mammals are peculiar to New Guinea 
and the small islands situated between New Guinea and Australia, and 


* Compte-rendu, tom. lxxxv, 1079, déc. 3, 1877. 


366 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


probably some of these will yet be found in Australia. One of these 
(Myectis) has been thus far reported only from the Aru Islands. As 
Tasmania has two peculiar genera (Thylacinus and Sarcophilus), New 
Guinea, in view of its four or five times greater area, is in reality 
scarcely more specialized than is Tasmania, and is hence faunally as 
much a part of Australia as is the latter. As will be shown later, 
nearly as many of the genera occurring in Southern Australia have 
been found in New Guinea as in Tasmania. Scarcely two years ago Mr- 
Wallace stated that “‘as yet no other [referring to the genus Sus] non- 
marsupial terrestrial mammal has been discovered [in ‘‘ Papua, or the 
New Guinea Group”] except a Rat, described by Dr. Gray as Uromys 
aruensis, but about the locality of which there seems some doubt.”* 
This genus has not only now been established as occurring there, but 
four additional species of it have been described by Dr. Peters, who 
has also added a species of Hydromys, and Mr. Alston has added a 
species of Mus and M. A. Milne-Edwards a species of Hapalotis, in all 
seven species, belonging either to Australian genera or having decided 
Australian affinities. 

Regions of the Australian Realm.—Accepting the Polynesian Tglende 
as forming one region (the Polynesian), and New Zealand as consti- 
tuting another (the New Zealand), we have left for detailed considera- 
tion only the larger land-masses, consisting of Tasmania, Australia, and 
New Guinea with its associated islands, forming the third or Australian. 
The close zoological affinity of Tasmania and Australia no one ques- 
tions, and it has been already shown that New Guinea and Australia 
are almost equally inseparable. Although many genera range from 
Tasmania across Australia into New Guinea, this large area, embra- 
cing as it does nearly fifty degrees of latitude, falls naturally into two 
well-marked subdivisions, the one tropical the other temperate.t These 

* Geogr. Distr. Anim., vol. i, pp. 409, 410. { 

tIn 1871, in Shieh to the Australian Realm (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. ii, p. 
381), I said :—“‘ It is divisible into a Temperate and a Tropical Region, the former em- 
bracing New Zealand and Australia.” The latter portion of this statement was of 
course made without due consideration. As already stated, New Zealand has no inti- 
mate relationship with Australia, and should be treated as a separate and independent 
region of the Australian Realm. Mr. Wallace, in stating his ‘‘ Objections to the Sys- 
tem of Circumpolar Zones” (Geogr. Distr. Anim., vol. i, p. 67), has very naturally taken 
notice of this unfortunate slip, and cites it as evidence of the “ erroneous results” 
that follow from the adoption of the principle of the “distribution of life in cireum- 
polar zones”. My “separation of New Zealand to unite it with the southern third of 
Australia” was certainly most thoroughly erroneous; but while,.as Mr. Wallace says, 
the fauna of Australia, taken as a whole, 1s exceptionally homogeneous, I cannot agree 
with him that New Guinea, so far at least as its mammalian fauna is concerned, is ‘‘as 
sharply differentiated from Australia as any adjacent parts of the same primary zodlogi- 
cal region can possibly be ”—in other words, that it can be only arbitrarily joined with 
the northern portion of Australia. I freely admit that I was not only in error as re- 
gards New Zealand, but also in respect to my division of the Australian continent, and 
I accept this portion of Mr. Wallace’s criticism as fairly made. That the error was 
not one of “ principle”, but merely a wrong application of a principle, I think the text 


ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 367 


I consider, so closely are they related, rather as provinces than regions, 
and may be termed respectively the Papuan Province and the Australian 
Province. The former is situated almost wholly between the equator and 
the twentieth degree of south latitude. The latter embraces that portion 
of Australia south of this line, together with Tasmania. The boundary 
between the two regions can of course be drawn only approximately, 
but may be provisionally assumed as. the vicinity of the isotherm of 
70° F.* The reason for uniting the northern portion of Australia 
with New Guinea asa part of the Papuan Province lies in the fact that 
not only so many of the mammalian genera are common to the two, but 
that these genera are absent from the more southern portions of Aus- 
tralia, where they are replaced by others wholly restricted to South 
Australia and Tasmania. Three-fourths of all the genera of Marsupials 
(excluding, of course, the American family Didelphide) are, so far as at 
present known, restricted to the Australian Province, as are several gen- 
era of Muride and the Ornithorhynchus. Of the remaining Marsupial 
genera, six only are limited. to the Papuan Province. 

The Papuan Province.—The Papuan Province embraces not only New 
Guinea, but the Molucca and Aru Islands on the west and the Solomon 


here following sufficiently shows. The principle I still hold as applying to Australia 
with the same force as elsewhere, only I make the division more to the northward, as 
a little more care would have led me to do originally. The York Peninsula, and most 
probably the whole northern coast region north of 20° S. lat. (except the high arid 
interior), has certainly closer affinities, as regards mammals, with New Guinea than it 
has with any portion of South Australia. Of the strictly Papuan genera, only two out 
of nine are restricted to New Guinea, the rest being common to both North Australia 
and Papua. Of the other North Australian genera, about one-half occur generally 
throughout the continent, but the remainder are essentially South Australian, rep- 
resented by only stragglersin Northern Australia. On the other hand, more than twenty 
genera occurring in Southern Australia and Tasmania, are wholly unrepresented in the 
portion of Australia I here assign to the Papuan Region. In other words, we get the 
same wide faunal differences between the tropical and temperate portions of the 
Australian Realm that we get elsewhere under similar climatic conditions. 

In the same connection, Mr. Wallace cites my separation of Temperate South Africa 
as a primary region as another instance of the misleading nature of the principle of 
the distribution of life in zones. This I have alsoseen fit to abandon (see anted, p. 351) 
on a detailed re-examination of the subject, not because the principle is erroneous, but 
in consequence of certain peculiar geographical conditions, namely, the comparatively 
small area subject to a temperate climate and to its limited extension into the temperate 
region. Itis,in fact, wholly within the warm-temperate belt, and widens rapidly north- 
ward to abut very broadly against the tropical zone. Only avery small portion really 
eomes under the influence of temperate conditions. Here we get, as usual, a temperate 
aspect in the fauna, and I still maintain my separation of South Africa as a faunal divi- 
sion, simply lowering its grade from a primary region to a “‘ province” of the great Indo- 
African Realm, simply from the fact that the smallness of its areaand warm-temperate, 
rather than temperate, conditions have prevented, as would he naturally expected, any 
great amount of differentiation. : 

* Mr. E. Blyth, in a paper (Nature, vol. iii, p. 428, issue of March 30, 1871) published 
almost simultaneously with my own cited in the last foot-note, included a portion of 
Northern Australia in his “ Papuan Sub-region ”, namely, “‘ York Peninsula and eastern 
half of Queensland (as far as the dividing range), on the main land of Austialia”. 


368 BULLETIN. UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Group on the east, as well as the most northerly portion of Australia, 
ineluding the York Peninsula, and probably the whole northern coast 
region, or that portion of Australia north of the Southern Tropic, except 
the elevated arid interior. Of the twenty-seven genera (exclusive of 
Chiroptera and marine species) represented in the Papuan Province, ten 
are not found elsewhere in the Australian Realm. Three of these (Sus, 
Sorex, found only in the Moluccas, and Mus) have a wide Indo-African 
range; four (Uromys, Dendrolagus, Dorcopsis, and Mycctis) are found 
only in New Guinea and the Aru Islands; and one (Dactylospila) in the 
Aru Islands and the York Peninsula. 

The seventeen remaining genera belong more properly to the Aus- 
tralian Province, or perhaps to Australia at large. Many of them, while 
numerous in species, have here (like Halmaturus, Antechinus, Podabrus, 
Mus, Hapalotis, etc.) only straggling representatives, but are numerously 
represented in the temperate region tothe southward. The distribution 
of the genera is approximately indicated in the subjoined table. 


Genera of the Papuan Province. 


{NoTE.—The New Guinea representatives of the genera Hapalotis, Phalangista, and Tachyglossus have 
recently been separated from their Australian affines as distinct subgenera. Babirusa is also re- 
ported from Bouru, but as probably introduced from Celebes. | 


| 
{ 
Restricted to New RestnacredaronNice | 


Guinea and) Gyinea and Also ranging over most of the Australian Region. 

neighboring! North Australia. ‘| 

islands. p | 
Sus.! Acanthomys. * * Mus. Halmaturus.® Petrogale. 
Sorex.? Phascogale. * Hapalotis.® * Perameles.® *Phalangista.® 
Uromys. Cuscus. 4 * Hydromys.® Macropus.® * Belideus.® is 
Dendrolagus, Dactylopsila. ® Dasyurus.® Osphranter. *Dromicia.® 
Dorcopsis. j * Antechinus.® Onychogalea. *Tachyglossus. | 
Myeectis. * Cheetocercus. Largorchestes. 

: | 
1New Guinea only. 5 Aru Islands, New Guinea (Peters), and York | 
2 Moluccas only. cian es ea ee geile | 
® North Australia only At ee ee 
4 Also Celebes, Timor, and Moluccas. z New Guinea. 

* Occurring in New Guinea. 


Summary. 

Lotalinumiberoigeneras? <sisckize Ute ages ts) ce et eee eee eae eee 27 
Restricted to the region (including, heraeot two Indo-African genera) ..--..-.--- 10 
Representeduin New iGuines\2/. 12 555-)) 262 clasen eae oe cioeel- = ene cay ee a ea 18 
Ranging also over the Australian Region .......--..----------. s-5--. ---------- 16 
Restricted to New Guinea and neighboring islands (exclusive of two Indo-African 

POMEL) EE PASE Ae SES bier aa ae Nee SN ace PV SPa PI Rea ae 4 
Common to only New Guinea and North Australia ...-...---.--.-------.--------- 4 
Genera properly belonging to the Australian Region, but sparingly represented in 

the, Papuan Regione 2 eee ui one be cleat aoe ute eae eae os 2s oP eS 10 
Distinctively characteristic of the Papuan Region, about...-....-..---- Bis Bei 15 


Australian Province.—The Australian Province, embracing Tasmania 
and all of Australia south of about the southern isotherm of 70° F., 


ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 369 


contains not less than fifteen to eighteen genera, out of a total num- 
ber of thirty-four that are restricted to this region, while of the re- 
mainder much more than one-half have their chief development here. 
One-third of the whole are represented in Tasmania, and nearly one- 
fourth range into New Guinea. Two only are peculiar to Tasmania. The 
distribution of the genera is shown somewhat in detail in the subjoined 
table. 

In this connection it may be added that the close affinity of the Pap- 
uan fauna with that of Australia is sufficiently evinced by the fact that 
of the thirty-four genera represented in South Australia nine range into: 
New Guinea—nearly as many as occur in Tasmania! 


Genera of the Australian Province. 


Restricted to Temperate Australia and Tas- : : 
: Occurring also in the Papuan Region. . 
mania. 
Pseudomys. AEpyprymnus. *Mus. 3Halmaturus.? 
Echiothrix. Bettongia.? *Hapalotis.? Petrogale. 
*Antechinus.? Hypsiprymnus.? *Hydromys.? Onychogale. 
Antechinomys. Phalascolarctos. *Cheetocercus. Largorchestes. 
Sarcophilus.! Petaurista. *Dasyurus.3 *3Phalangista.2 
Thalacinus.! Acrobata. *3Perameles.2 *3Dromicia 2 
Podabrus. Tarsipes. 3Macropus.? *Belideus.? 
Myrmecobius. Phascolomys.? Osphranter. *Tachyglossus.? 
Cheeropus. Ornithorhynchus.? 
1Restricted to Tasmania. 2Represented in Tasmania. 3Mainly restricted to the Papuan Region. 
*Occurring in New Guinea. 


Summary. 
Motalmmumberot-cemera saa ssc See cya’ Sec eto tinae Sees ee che seer sinlectaey. stare ate 34 
Restricted to the Australian Region ...............- SE Ge ae eo ae aR RR 18 
Occurring also in the Papuan Region. .-.-.-- Geis ei sange c= aaa ete ese, Lament peeSS 16. 
Represented sm Dasmanmlaes 2s.) s2 os ee. Sec eee Ve ie eee yo 2 
iepresentediiniNew Guinea: © -32.(2us ee Eee ees Se SER RG ASS 10 


restRle heads vos bas MiaMtars 527 tlre couche & Seo hte cise Ole htop eta a ea y a ciate eeenee oe teen 2 
VII.—LEMURIAN REALM. 


As was long since claimed by Dr. Sclater,* Madagascar is faunally 
so distinet from every other ontological division of the globe as to be 
entitled to the rank of a primary zodgeographical region. With it, as 
is generally admitted, should be associated the Mascarene Islands. 
The very few mammals indigenous to these islands are decidedly Ma- 
dagascarene in their affinities, as are the birds and other land animals. 
While the Lemurian fauna shows decided African affinities, it is second 
only to the Australian in its degree of specialization. It departs 
most strikingly from all cther regions iv what it lacks, through 
the absence of all Carnivores save one peculiar family (Cryptoproctide), 


* Quarterly Journ. Sci., vol. i, April, 1864, pp. 213-219. 


370 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL ‘SURVEY. 


represented by a single species, and four peculiar genera of the family 
Viverride; of all Ruminants and Proboscidians; all Pachyderms ex- 
cept a single African genus of Suidw; and all Rodents except a few 
species of J/uridw. The Insectivores are almost wholly represented by 
one or two species of Crocidura, and a family, embracing several genera, 
not found elsewhere, save a single genus in the West Indies. Four 
families of Bats occur, but are represented, with one exception, each by 
a single species. They belong to groups of semi-cosmopolitan range, 
and owing also to the exceptional means of dispersal possessed by 
the Chiroptera, have little weight in determining the affinities of the 
fauna. The Quadrumanes are represented only by the Prosimice, of 
which three-fourths of all the species occur here, while about four-fitths 
of the remainder are African. The remains of an extinct species of 
Hippopotamus have been found, a type existing at present only in Africa. 
Although the Indian genus Viverricula has recently been established as 
occurring in Madagascar, the few types that connect the Lemurian 
mammalian fauna with the faune of other parts of the world are pre- 
ponderatingly African. 

With the exception of the Bats, which, for reasons already given, are 
searcely entitled to consideration in the present connection, the mam- 
malia of ‘‘ Lemuria” are, generally speaking, the lowest existing repre- 
sentatives of their respective orders. The most prominent type, em- 
bracing, in fact, about three-fifths of all the species (excluding the half 
dozen species of Chiroptera), belong to the Prosimia, the lowest of the 
Quadrumanes, which in early Tertiary times had representatives over 
a large part of the northern hemisphere, and perhaps had at that time 
a nearly cosmopolitan distribution. The Carnivores are likewise allied 
to early types of the Viverride, which formerly had a much wider range 
than at present; and the Insectivores are also of low forms, and allied 
to early tvpes. These facts seem, at first sight, to lend support to the 
hypothesis, first advanced by Dr. Sclater, that Madagascar and the Mas- 
arene Islands are but remnants of a former extensive land-area that 
possibly had connection with America as well as India, and embraced 
portions of Africa. The supposed former relationship with America is 
indicated perhaps not so much by the presence of Solenodon in the West 
Indies, and of American forms of Serpents, Lizards, and Insects in Ma- 
dagasear, as by the abundant occurrence of Lemuroid remains in the 
North American EKocene. Since, however, these early Lemuroid forms 
appear not to have been true Lemurs, but a more generalized type, having 
affinities also with the Carnivores and Insectivores, and since they occur- 
red also in Europe, and probably in Asia (for recent paleontological dis- 
coveries in our American Tertiaries show that much may be expected 
from future explorations elsewhere), it is possible that the explanation 
of the present distribution of the Prosimiw needs not the supposition of 
the existence of any very extensive land-area that has since disappeared: 
in other words, that the African and Madagascarene Lemuride may 


ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 371 


have reached their present homes by migration from the northward 
(leaving a remnant in India), at a time when North America and Asia 
formed a continuous land-area, just as there is good reason for believing 
that the greater part of the present faunz of India, Southern Europe, 
and Africa are a comparatively recent immigration from the northward; 
that Madagascar derived, at a comparatively early period, its existing 
fauna from Africa, as Mr. Wallace believes to have been the fact; and, 
finally, that at a time antedating the appearance of the present African 
fauna, Madagascar was actually united to the African continent.* 
America is now not only currently considered to be the “Old World” 
geologically, but it seems probable, as has recently been suggested,t 
that the Equine, Tapiroid, Rhinoceroid, Cameloid, Suilline, and Cervine 
forms, the Prosimie, and possibly the Proboscidians, Marsupials, and 
Edentates, were either first developed in America, or had their origin 
there in early generalized forms, and have since spread to the more 
recently formed continents of the eastern hemisphere. Many of them, 
as well as other early, generalized types, are known to have had a nearly 
contemporaneous existence during the early part of the Tertiary period 
both in America and Europe. This certainly lends probability to Mr. 
Wallace’s hypothesis respecting the origin of the present Lemurian 
fauna. 

The families and genera represented in “* Lemuria”, their faunal alli- 
ances, and areas of chief distribution, are as follows :— 


LremMuRID#&.—Chiefly developed in Madagascar, but occurring in Tropical Africa, South- 
ern India, and the Malay Archipelago. Represented by about twelve 
genera and about fifty species, three-fifths of which are peculiar to Mada- 
gascar, and three-fourths of the remainder to Africa. Genera :—ZIndris, 
Propithecus, Lemur, Hapalemur, Microcebus, Lepilemur, Chirogaleus. 

DAUBENTONUD#.—Peculiar to Madagascar and represented by a single species—Dau- 
bentonia (=Chiromys) madagascariensis. 

CRYPTOPROCTIDHZ.—One species (Cryptoprocta ferox), found only in Madagascar. ~ 

YIVERRID#Z.—Warmer parts of As:a, the Malayan Islands, and Africa. Represented 
in Madagascar by several peculiar genera and the Indian genus Viverricula. 
Genera :—Fossa, Galidia, Galidictis, Viverricula. Species of the African 
genus Herpestes also reported. 

EUPLERIDZ.—Peculiar to Madagascar, and embracing the single genus Eupleres. 

Suip#.—-Eastern hemisphere generally. Represented in Madagascar by species of the 
African genus Potamocherus. 

HIPPoPpoTAMID#.—African. Represented in Madagascar by the remains of a species 
believed to have but recently become extinct. 

PTEROPIDZH.—The tropics everywhere, except Tropical America. Represented in 
Madagascar and the Mascarene Islands by two species of the Indian and 
Australian genus Pteropus. 

RHINOLOPHIDZ.— Warmer parts of the eastern hemisphere. Represented in “‘ Lemuria” 
by species of Rhinolophus. 


* Geogr. Distr. Anim., vol. i, p. 273; Nature, vol. xvi (Oct. 25, 1877), p. 548. 

TSee especially Prof. O. C. Marsh’s address on “the Introduction and Succession of 
Vertebrate Life in America”, delivered before the Nashville meeting of the American 
Association for the Advancement of Science, Aug. 30, 1877. 


ote BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


VESPERTILIONIDZ.—Cosmopolitan. Represented by the cosmopolite genus Vespertilio. 

IMBALLONURID&.— Warmer parts of the world. Represented by the genus Taphozous. 

CENTETID#.—Confined to Madagascar except one genus (Solenodon) in the West Indies. 
Represented in Madagascar by nearly a dozen species. Genera :—Centetes, 
Hemicentetes, Hriculus, Oryzorictes, Hchinops. 

Soricip#.—The whole world, except South America and Australia. Represented in 
Madagascar by one or two species of Crociduwra, a genus found in Africa, 
and the warmer parts of the eastern hemisphere generally. 

Muripa.—Cosmopolitan. Represented by several genera of African affinities, namely, 
Nesomys, Brachytarsomys, Hypogeomys. 


VIIIL.—ANTARCTIC REALM. 


The Antarctic Realm is geographically almost wholly oceanic, and its 
fauna hence consists almost exclusively of marine or pelagic species. 
It necessarily embraces not only the Antarctic Zone, but a large part 
of the cold south-temperate, since very few of its characteristic species 
are wholly restricted to the Antarctic waters. It will hence include not 
only the few small groups of Antarctic Islands, but also Tierra del Fuego 

-and the Falkland Islands, and perhaps also the extreme southern shores 
of South America, while some of its characteristic forms also extend to 
New Zealand, and even Australia and the Cape of Good Hope. The 
only mammals that can be considered as strictly characteristic of this 
region are Pinnipeds and Cetaceans, of which several genera of each 
are almost wholly restricted to it. A “South Frigid”, “Antarctic”, or 
“South Circumpolar” “ Zone”, ‘ Region”, or “Realm”, has been recog- 
nized by various writers for the marine invertebrates, and, by vou 
Pelzeln for birds, with limitations much as here assigned. While the 
number of species peculiar to it is small, it is large relatively to the 
whole number represented, especially in the colder latitudes. There is, 
of course, a broad belt alomg its northern border of a transitional char- 
acter, where Antarctic types overlap the range of groups characteristic 
of south-temperate latitudes. 

. One of the most important features of the South Circumpolar or Ant- 
arctic Realm is the resemblance of its life to the marine life of the Arc- 
tic or North Circumpolar Realm. While perhaps in no case are the 
species identical, the genera are frequently the same, not only among 
the mammalia, but among invertebrates. This is especially significant 
as regards the mammalia, since the terrestrial mammals of the extreme 
north and extreme south present no such parallelism, but the utmost 
divergence. Among Pinnipeds, most of the genera are peculiar to either 
the northern or southern waters, but in several instances the gencra of 
the two regions are strictly representative. Thus, Otaria and Arctoce- 
phalus of the Southern Seas are represented in the Northern by Ewme- 
topias and Callorhinus, Zalophus and Macrorhinus are both Northern 
and Southern. Stenorhynchus, Lobodon, Leptonyx, and Ommatophoca are 
etrictly Southern, while Phoca, Halicherus, Erignathus, Cystophora, 
Monachus, and one or two others, are strictly Northern, as are also the 
Wairuses. The Mysticete, or Baleen Whales, among Cetaceans, have 


ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 373 


a somewhat similar distribution. While a few genera are restricted 
respectively to the Northern and Southern waters, the larger unmber 
are common to both, though represented by different species in the two 
regions, while they are (in seme cases at least) absent from the inter- 
vening tropical seas. A large proportion of the Denticete, or Toothed 
Whales (Dolphins, Porpoises, Rorquals, etc)., are either limited to the 
warmer seas or have there their chief development, quite a number of 
genera being peculiar to the tropics. Others, however, like Monodon, 
are eminently boreal, while others, like Beluga, are common to the colder 
waters both north and south of the tropics. In most cases, however, 
we know as yet too little respecting the range of the different species 
and genera of Cetacea to be able to make much use of them in deter- 
mnining questions in geographical zodlogy. 

This similarity between the marine life of the Arctic and Antarctic 
Regions evidently indicates that the forms common to the two had a 
‘common origin, and, at some former period, a continuous, probably cir- 
cumtropical, distribution, and that on the increase of temperature in 
the intertropical regions, through well-known geological causes, they 
sought the more compatible cooler waters. toward the poles. The 
similarity of the Arctic and Antarctic marine life is also a feature that 
sharply differentiates the fauna of the South Circumpolar Realm from 
that of the South Temperate and Tropical Zones. 


Il1.—_ GENERAL SUMMARY. 


As. stated at the beginning of the present paper, one of the chief topics 
here proposed for discussion was the influences and laws which govern 
the distribution of life,—whether it is or is not co-ordinated with climatic 
zones, and governed in a large degree by climatic conditions, and espe- 
cially by temperature. In fact, so generally is temperature recognized 
by the leading writers on the distribution of marine life that it seems 
superfluous to reiterate or emphasize this principle. That the zones of 
life should be perhaps a little less obvious over the land-areas,—in con- 
Sequence of the diversity of contour resulting from differences of eleva- 
tion, and the interruptions and exceptional conditions.due to mountain 
chains and high plateaus,—than over the oceanic expanses, is naturally 
tobe expected. That there is, however, a similar correspondence between 
climatic belts and the zones of life seems to me abundantly evident. 
As has been already shown, the broader or primary zones are, first, au 
Arctic or North Circumpolar Zone, embracing the arctic, subarctic, and 
eolder temperate latitudes of the northern hemisphere, throughout the 
whole of which area there is a marked homogeneity of mammalian life, 
as well as of animal and vegetable life in general; secondly, that below 
this there is a broad belt of life, which, in its general facies, is distinctive 
of the temperate and warm-temperate latitudes, and that these two 
zones of life are far more closely related inter se than with the life of the 
intertropical regions, with which regions they may be collectively con- 
trasted, and together receive the appropriate name of “ Arctogaa”; 


374 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


thirdly, it has been shown, so far as the northern hemisphere is con- 
cerned, that the dife of the tropical and temperate regions of the same 
continent is more widely different than is the life of corresponding por- 
tions of the temperate and colder parts of the (so-called) Old World and 
the New; fourthly, that the life of Tropical America has very little in 
common with that of the tropical portions of Asia and Africa; fifthly, 
that the life of the South Temperate Zone presents a facies distinct from 
that of the tropics, and bas still less in common with that of the North 
Temperate Zone; sixthly, that Australasia is so highly differentiated 
as to form a distinct primary region, having little in common with other 
lands, even with those of contiguous regions, or those having a similar 
geographical position; seventhly, that Madagascar and its contiguous 
islands, while to some extent African in affinity, form also a highly 
specialized region; lastly, that the antarctic and cold south-temperate 
oceanic regions are recognizable as a primary region, characterized by 
a peculiar general facies of life that more strongly recalls that of the 
corresponding portions of the northern hemisphere than of any other 
portion of the earth. It has been further shown that the Australian 
Realm is divisible into temperate and tropical portions, and also that the 
land surface is separable into zones of even still narrower limits, corre- 
sponding in a general way with those recognized by Dana for marine life. 

The almost total absence of identical genera, or even of families, ex- 
cepting such as are essentially cosmopolitan, in the American and Old 
World tropics, as well as the distinctness of the Lemurian Realm, and 
the almost total isolation of the Australian Realm, evidently require 
for their explanation other causes than merely the existing climates. 
The geological history of these land-areas and their faunz must be of 
course considered in order to understand their present relationships. 
As the northern hemisphere at present most clearly shows, nearly 
continuous land surface and similarity of climatic conditions implies 
identity of fauna, while isolation, especially when joined with diverse 
climatic conditions, implies diversity of life, and a differentiation propor- 
tionate to the degree of isolation, and the length of time such isolation 
has existed ; in other words, that the present want of affinity between 
the life of the Lemurian and Australian Realms and that of the rest of 
the world is due rather to their long geographical isolation than to 
present climatic conditions, and that we here find, for reasons perhaps 
not wholly apparent, the remnants of a somewhat primitive or early 
fauna that was formerly shared more largely by other areas than at 
present,—that these regions became isolated before the development of 
many of the bigher and now prevalent types of the larger and more 
diversified land-areas, and that here differentiation has proceeded less 
rapidly and along fewer and narrower lines than elsewhere; further- 
more, that the present highly diversified fauna of the chief tropical 
areas, in comparison with the fauna of the north-cirecumpolar lands, is 
due in part to the southward migration, near the close of the Tertiary 


_ ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 375 


period, of forms adapted to a high temperature, and in part to the high 
rate of differentiation favored by tropical conditions of climate. Hence, 
given: 1. Arctic and cold-temperate conditions of climate, and we have 
a fauna only slightly or moderately diversified; 2. A moderate increase 
of temperature, giving warm-temperate conditions of climate, and we 
have the addition of many new types of life; 3. A high increase of 
temperature, giving tropical conditions of climate, and we have a rapid 
multiplication of new forms and a maximum of differentiation. Again, 
given: 1. A long-continued continuity of land surface, and we have 
an essential identity of fauna; 2. A divergence and partial isolation of 
land-areas, and we find a moderate but decided differentiation of faune; 
3. A total isolation of land-areas, and we have a thorough and radical. 
differentiation of fanne, proportioned to the length of time the isola- 
tion has continued. Hence, the present diversity of life is correlated 
with two fundamental conditions: 1. Continuity or isolation, past as 
well as present, of land surface; and, 2. Climatic conditions, as deter- 
mined mainly by temperature.* 

In accordance with these principles, which rest on incontrovertible 
facts of distribution, it follows that the nearly united lands of the North 
present a continuous, almost homogeneous, arctopolitan fauna; that 
farther southward, in the warmer temperate latitudes, we begin to find 
a marked differentiation on the two continents; that this differentiation 
is still further developed in the tropical continuations of these same 
land-areas, till an almost total want of resemblance is reached, except 
that there is what may be termed, in contrast with the more northern 
regions, a ‘ tropical facies” common to the two. The small amount of 
land surface belonging to these primary land regions south of the trop- 
ics have no more in common (a few marine species excepted) than have 
these two tropical areas, but it is hardly possible for them to have much 
less. The Antarctic (mainly oceanic) region has a fauna strongly recall- 
ing the marine fauna of the aa) but has no resemblance to that of 
the intervening area. 

The northern circumpolar lands may be looked upon as the base or 
centre from which have spread all the more recently developed forms of 
mammalian life, as it is still the bond that unites the whole. Of the 
few cosmopolitan types that in a manner bind together and connect the 
whole mammalian fauna of the globe (the Lemurian and Australian 
Realms in part excepted), nearly all have either their true home or be- 
long to groups that are mainly developed in the northern lands. A few 

* In illustration of the above, it may be added that the circumpolar lands north of 
the mean annual of 36° F., or, in general terms, north of the fiftieth parallel, with ap- 
proximately an area of about 12,500,000 square miles, have representatives of about 
fifty-four genera of mammals; Tropical America, with an approximate area of about 
5,000,000 square miles, has about ninety genera; the Indo-African Realm, with an 
approximate area of about 15,000,000 square miles, has about two hundred and fifty 


genera. Hence the tropical lands are four to five times richer in genera, in proportion 
to area, than those of the Cold-temperate and Arctic regions. 


376 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


have been pressed a little to the southward by the extreme rigor of an 
Arctic climate, but are still characteristic elements of all boreal faunas. 
The very few truly tropicopolitan mammalia are either Chiroptera, or 
marine, or at least aquatic, and have thus exceptional means of dis- 
persal. 
The primary regions and their subdivisions, recognized in the preced- 
ing pages, are enumerated in the subjoined schedule. 
1.—Primary divisions, or “Realms”. 


N 


I. An ARcTIC, or NORTH CIRCUMPOLAR. 
lI. A NortH TEMPERATE, divided into two regions and eight prov- 
inces. 
III. An AMERICAN TROPICAL, with three regions. (Provinces not 
characterized.) 
IV. An InDO-AFRICAN, with two regions and five provinces. 
V. A SoutH AMERICAN TEMPERATE, with two provinces. 
VI. An AUSTRALIAN, with three regions and two provinces. 
VII. A LEMURIAN. 
VIII. An ANTARCTIC or SOUTH CIRCUMPOLAR. 


2.—Secondary divisions, or “Regions”. 


II. North Temperate Realm: 1, American; 2, Europzo- Asiatic. 
III. American Tropical Realm: 1, Antillean; 2, Central American ; 
3, Brazilian. 
IV. Indo-African Realm: 1, African; 2, Indian. 
VI. Australian Realm: 1, Australian (Australia, Tasmania, and New 
Guinea); 2, Polynesian; 3, New Zealand. 


3.—Divisions of third rank, or “ Provinces”. 


1. American Region: a, Boreal*; b, Eastern; c, Middle; d, Western. 

2. Europeo-Asiatic Region: a, European; b, Siberian; c, Mediter- 
ranean ; d, Manchurian. 

IV, 1. African Region: a, Eastern; b, Western ; c, Southern. 

IV, 2. Indian Region: a, Continental ; 0, Insular. 

V. South American Temperate Realm: a, Andean; b, Pampean. 

VI, 1. Australian Region: a, Australian; b, Papuan. 


UE 
itl, 


* A “Boreal” province has not been distinctly recognized in the preceding pages as 
a division belonging to the same category as the other so-called or commonly recog- 
nized provinces, and is not at all recognized in the table of distribution given at p. 
339. Itis nearly equivalent to what is there implied by “(Cold Temperate”. I hope 
soon to be able, in a paper to be devoted especially to a consideration of the geograph- 
ical distribution of North American mammals, to define and characterize it more defi- 
nitely. 


ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 377 


The relation of the different primary regions and their subdivions 
may be approximately indicated diagrammatically as follows:— 


) 


VIII. \ 


Bull. iv. No. 2——5 


eb Mr hye 
Dake 


f ed ose mh a 
Sane alae ela . ce Suc dea te toil oaiiel t l pine 


: D oe er 
PLA lake cil Satan oe nap aris apie 


. 


En Un Ove Yas Se aa ere eee 9 


fhe 
ea eet mhepsteoy dy 


Boye ek 


ART. XVI.—DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW EXTINCT VERTEBRATA 
FROM THE UPPER TERTIARY AND DAKOTA FORMATIONS. 


By E. D. Cops. 


CARIACUS DOLICHOPSIS, sp. nov. 


John Collett, of the Geological Survey of Indiana, discovered in a 
late lacustrine deposit in Vandenburg County, Indiana, a number of 
Postpliocene fossils. One of these is the ulno-radius, ete., of a Bos, and 
another is the left mandibular ramus of a deer, probably of the genus 
Cariacus. The jaw differs in its proportions from those of C. virginianus, 
C. macrotis, and C. columbianus, with a considerable number of which I 
have compared it. It belonged to an animal of the average size of the 
C. virginianus, but differs in having the diastema an inch or more longer, 
while the tooth-line is shorter. -Placing the first molars in line, the last 
molar of the fossil form attains only the penultimate column of that of 
the C. virginianus; in some cases just a little farther. On the other 
hand, the angle of the mandible extends beyond that of the C. virgini- 
anus, and the slope of the anterior base of the coronoid process is more 
gradual. Atthesame time, this portion is less oblique in the transverse’ 
direction, owing to the prominence of the external face of the ramus. 
This ramus differs also in the great prominence and anterior position of 
the posterior edge of the masseteric fossa, which leaves behind it a 
wide oblique face little developed in the existing species. The species 
being clearly new, I call it Cariacus dolichopsis. 


Measurements. 
M. 
Horizontal length of ramus from alveolar border. ...--........----..--------- 0.250 
Length to first molar ...-... ate pe SRN ALIN A ik eM as AS aia as hel ae Le 0.100 
Hen cho svnaphy ai Siero ke. epee cee he colt ee cee ails a cre at cycle claraybinis 0.047 
Wen ounraigg Cmbalisenlese ature cca c cer eee aa ieee areieie alerts selene eseicies Sane 0.085 
Wet ENeOrmpPLEMOlALSr sees eens aeren meine Te Cre eee See eee ore caine sinicne cee 0.034 
Hensih of baseef ascending Tamus 20252 .205 22. woe cane Voacledecne ce ccee 0.058 
{Dy ERS OTA ES Cony bra et GU ee eee ee er! errs eens ee a eee 0.075 
Hensthiot base.of coronold process s-sesee te sasecie see eee eels cincins qacle += <nfviosl= 0.021 
TENE ATEN (GCOSRESEY O10 UE Gs el a on ye Ee ee 0.021 
Biochrotelas toler avye coy ee ena tani iene sir aia, Sere merc emine ereciae simiers 0.011 
Aen oonvorlashinolanee seer ase eee ane ne ee noe se ote daha ebnee 0.021 
here honab tire premolave soleus ante ely tees PE IS soe woe bateeus 0.011 
Depth of ramus just behind symphysis..:. 112... .2- cee cence enc eee chat eeees - 0.016 
Menihote ramus ateiretemn Ola eee ee et tla a eee 0.026 
Menihvoteramus thy ashano lars.) cons oes cre es ows we eee ce aecie eaeeceens - 0.028 


379 


380 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


The intercolumnar tubercles are small, and are only present in the true 
molar teeth. The molars are about half-worn; at this stage, the anterior 
lake of the three last, communicate with the median inner vertical fis- 
sure, by their posterior horn. - 


AUCHENIA VITAKERIANA, Sp. nov. 

This llama is represented by a portion of the left maxillary bone sup- 
porting molar teeth, which was found in a Pliocene deposit in Oregon, 
in association with two larger species of the genus, the A. hesterna 
and the A. major (Palauchenia Owen). Its Size is less than those at- 
tained by the two species named, but exceeds considerably that of A. 
lama of the Andes. The details of the structure of the first and second 
true molars are quite similar to those of the existing species. The last 
premolar is broken away, but its roots show that its size was consider- 
able, lacking little in antero-posterior diameter that of the first molar. 
The base of the first (or third) premolar is very small. It possessed 
either but one small root, or possibly two, the second being represented 
by a small fossa on the inner side of the anterior root of the last pre- 
molar, of doubtful significance. The palatal foramen is opposite the 
line of contact of the two premolars, instead of anterior to the first, as 
in A. lama. The infraorbital foramen is over the line of contact of the 
last premolar and first true molars. 


Measurements. 
> M. 
Length of bases of molar series, the last one omitted ...-.-............-..----- 0.069 
Menethiohcrown. of first troennolanyeens ese seinen aoe eee eee eee 0.024 
Wadth otcrown ofdirst troe molar. sscenisssoe-)\ns sate eee ee ee eee 0.014 
Length of base of last premolar .......----------.---- JOB eHoReEeCooGacaae asaces 0.020 
Width of palate ab tirstitrue molar Sas sss ele gale oe tele a ete eee eee 0.042 


This species is dedicated to Gores John Whitaker, of Oregon, who 
discovered the locality from which this poseH was obtained. The forma- 
tion is Pliocene. 


TICHOLEPTUS ZYGOMATICUS, gen. et sp. nov. 

Char. gen.—This genus is known from cranial characters only. Den- 
tal formula, I.3; C.4; Pm.4; M.3. Teeth in general similar to those 
of Oreodon; the sane tiaens: wl chor crowns; the first inferior pre- 
molar the functional canine. Premaxillary bones consolidated into a 
single mass; symphysis not co-ossified. A preorbital fossa, and a large 
foramen in front of it, bounding the maxillary bone superiorly and 
posteriorly. No vacuities between the orbits. 

This genus of Oreodontidw occupies an interesting position between 
the three prominent forms of the family, Oreodon, Merycocherus, and 
Leptauchenia. It combines the dentition and preorbital fossa of the first 
with the solid premaxillary of the second and the large facial vacuities 
of the third. 

Char. specif.—The T. zygomaticus is only known from the cranium of 


COPE ON NEW EXTINCT VERTEBRATA. 381 


- an animal of the size of the Oreodon major. It has been somewhat flat- 
tened by lateral pressure, but is seriously injured in the nasal region 
only. 

The front is convex and descending toward the muzzle, and the sa. 
gittal crest is strong. The orbits were probably closed behind, but the 
postorbital border was narrow, and is not completed next the frontal in 
the specimen, which is probably due to pressure. The lateral spines of 
the premaxillary bones rise obliquely backward, shortening the face 
so as to indicate that the nasal bones are short. The naso-maxillary 
suture is short, and is terminated behind by a very large facial foramen, 
which has a greater vertical than longitudinal extent. It bounds the 
anterior margin of the thin lachrymal bone at the fundus of the pre- 
orbital fossa. The facial plate of the maxillary is plane. The zygo- 
matic are hsprings abruptly outward above the fourth premolar, and 
bas a wide lateral curvature round the zygomatic fossa. Its horizontal 
width equals its depth at the last molar tooth. The squamosal portion 
of the zygomatic arch is expanded horizontally, and not vertically, hav- 
- ing a nearly straight lateral border to behind the line of the postglenoid 
process, where it terminates in an obliquely truncate extremity. This 
truncation forms with the mastoid region a deep notch. The post- 
glenoid process is small, and is confined to the inner half of the zygo- 
matic portion of the squamosal bone. The orbit is rather small. The 
infraorbital foramen is small, and probably issues above the fourth pre- 
molar, but its position is somewhat obscured in the specimen by fissures. 
The nasal fissure of the premaxillary extends downward nearly to the 
line of the alveolar border of the maxillary. The alveolar border of 
the premaxillary extends below this line, and is convex downward. 

The mandibular ramus projects a little behind the condyle, and de- 
scends in a vertical straight line, and is then regularly convex. The 
symphysis is quite oblique. | 

The second and third premolars of the superior series are longer than 
the fourth, and their external apices are in advance of the middle. The 
superior true molars are remarkable for the great prominence of the 
vertical ribs which mark the anterior horns of the external crescents. 
The posterior one, at the middle of the tooth, is the most prominent, and 
encloses. with the external face of the crown a deep fossa. There is a 
third or posterior column on the last superior molar, which forms a small 
heel on section. The external ribs of the inferior true molars are very 
prominent, and the last possesses a prominent fifth lobe, or heel. The 
incisors are rather small, the external as usual the largest. The canines 
are but little enlarged. ‘ 


Measurements. 
M. 
Length from premaxillary to occipital condyles ..-..----..----- ----2+22------ 0.225 
Length from premaxillary to postglenoid process ....-.------. ---2-+--+-++--- 0.175 
Length from premaxillary to end of last upper molar .----..----------------- 0.116 
Length from premaxillary to opposite anterior border of orbit ......-.-.------ 0.084 


Width of zygoma external to postglenoid process ......------.--------+---++- 0.027 


382 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Width of zygoma above last superior molar ...........-...--..---2----- ---e- 0.023 
Depth of maxillary bone at sécond premolar .........---.- Rees Scant ae 0.053 
Depth of common premaxillary at middle ............---- mae blat Scr SH a Ieee 0.014 
Depth of ramus mandibuli at condyle ..............-.- OPO oUeo nad oo Jaros 54 0.084 
Depth of ramus mandibuli at last molar =! e-2e...0-- ose eee es oe. eee eee a 
Depth of ramus mandibuli at second premolar ...........--..-----..--.------ 0.032 
Length of superior molar series -.....--......-- oS E TRUE, Gat, So ee a 0.095 
Bength of superior premolars 2arseetG- 22. eee Siete eek So. See a ee 0.044 
Length.of+ superior lastimolarca- is ccc. ickueisedtin)e ues - temeeeed tates eee 0.021 


There is some resemblance between this species and some of the Mery- 
cocheri, including under this head the Merychyt according to Leidy’s 
latest view. It may be readily distinguished from the WV. elegans and M. 
rusticus by the deep nareal fissure of the premaxillary, and the salient 
ridges of the molar teeth, together with very prominent malar bone and 
zygomatic arch. The same characters distinguish it also from the UM. 
proprius and M. major, which are besides much larger species. 

From the Upper Miocene of Montana; found by my assistant, J. C. 
Isaac. 

A brief notice of this species appeared in the American Naturalist 
for February, 1878. 


BLASTOMERYX BOREALIS, Cope, Paleentological Bulletin, 28, p. 222. 


Additional specimens of this species enable me to add some points 
of importance to the generic and specific characters which I have already 
given. 

The posterior lake of the superior premolars is represented by a loop 
or circle of enamel. The borders of the lakes of the true molars are 
plicated, as in some of the species of horses. There is a strong sagittal 
crest and a high inion. The bases of the horns are expanded outward 
in a vertical laminar border. 


APHELOPS FOSSIGER, sp. nov. 


This rhinoceros is known from a considerable number of specimens. 
Among these are three more or less complete crania, in some of which a 
large part of the dentition remains. These are all from the Loup Fork 
beds of Kansas. They afford an excellent basis of comparison with 
the Aphelops already described from Nebraska, Colorado, and New 
Mexico. 

This species reached larger dimensions than any of those already 
described from this continent, excepting only the Aphelops jemezanus 
Cope, from New Mexico. I compare it with the A. megalodus, of which 
i procured a perfect and some imperfect skulls in Colorado in 1873. 

The occipital outline is expanded latterly, and is nearly horizontal 
above. It is vertical in profile, and the fossa for the ligamentum nuchee 
is divided by a vertical massive keel. The condyles are rounded, and 
not flattened at their extremities. The paramastoid and postglenoid 
processes are of nearly equal lengths, and the meatus auditorius is 


COPE ON NEW EXTINCT VERTEBRATA. 383 


closed below by contact of the mastoid and squamosal bones, which do 
not co-ossify. The temporal fossze are only separated above by a nar- 
row, low, median ridge, which is obsolete in some specimens. The 
top of the skull is horizontal in profile, as is the zygoma. The pre- 
orbital region is convex, and the supraorbital border is horizontal and 
convex. Infraorbital foramen above the third premolar, and the other 
above and behind the former. In the best preserved cranium, the 
molars of the right side are preserved. These are markable for the 
great depth of their sinuses, the posterior notch being closed very early, 
and forming a deep, isolated pit. The transverse valley is almost closed 
by the protuberances of its walls, and is strongly curved backward at 
its extremity. In the same specimen, the inner extremity of the anterior 
erest of the true molars is pinched into a peninsula by two opposite ver- 
tical grooves. No cingulum on the inner base of the true molars. The 
teeth are of relatively large size. 

In a fourth specimen, the posterior part of the mandibular ramus is 
preserved. This has the flat, anterior base of the coronoid process, and 
compressed ramus of the A. megalodus, as distinguished from A. crassus 
and A. jemezanus, but the form is quite different from that in the 
first-named species. The last molar is considerably in advance of the 
base of the coronoid, and the latter, instead of rising vertically, slopes 
away posteriorly toward the condyle. The latter is unusually robust. 
The masseteric fossa is deeper than in the A. megalodus, as is also the 
pterygoid fossa. . 


Measurements. 
M. 
Length of skull along base to front of third premolar........-.---..----..----- 0.550 
Width of occiput above middle. ...-...---.. Ses ale claps als aie ins MOS Coke eos Se seine wee 0.200 
PRO WALOU OM OCCIPUUes to Joos eyes cise cl cee sae ce cinee Oe cere Se A enna y,. J ae 0.230 
Depth of zygoma at orbit...--....---....-.- SSI ED eee ley See eee =. O0%5 
Wenethoemnc or Ma t-Oaaer. se ser. Hadid ae Vata. Leto llne Belarc o5~ See 0.280 
UH OFTHE NOLL SOLES. m= Vein min (oro minta wh ain impo aheye am aliay ymin 8 0.190 
Hen Om SeCONG ah CHE MOlAE 22) ean eee aie olan else esi rieie meee 3 O02 
Pain vOMSecOnd TEUCMOlAr jo a5 couwee oe ati deine nine on ante jejcleec/n ae secre = 0.080 
Why ile Ci WT ENE TO) Ce ee Ae SOs coe hen ece does eeho ASS ESEIe tee eSeekscrm esc 0.075 
Beostho tna eae molar: S425 56 eet tees eR OS. SGU Sa 0.062 
Width of palate between bases of third true molars..-.....----..----.------ «--- 0.070 


In A. megalodus, the occiput is narrowed upward instead of widened, 
the tooth-crowns are short, and the nasal bones are long, extending 
anterior to the entire dental series. It is a smaller species; the type- 
specimens are adult, while in the skull of A. fossiger, above described, 
the last molar is not fully protruded. 


APHELOPS MALACORHINUS, sp. nov. 

This large species presents many differences from the A. fossiger and 
A. megalodus. ‘The parietal region rises obliquely from the front to an 
elevated occiput. The zygoma slopes obliquely upward and backward. 
The interorbital region is wide, but the superciliary borders are not con- 


384 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


vex and horizontal, but contract directly into the temporal fosse. The 

nasal bones are very short and small, ceasing above the third superior 
molar. The anteorbital region is concave, and there are three infra- 

orbital foramina, one within the nasal cavity.. The superior edge of the 

maxillary is broadly incurved. There are two lachrymal foramina, both — 
within the orbit. The palatine and pterygoid regions are wider than in 

A. fossiger, and the pterygoid processes of the alisphenoid originate 

farther back. The crowns of the molars are short, with pastenon notch 

not inclosed, and resemble those of A. megalodus. 


Measurements. 

> Me 
Length of skull to first premolar along base ..---..-...----------- ------------ 0.550 
Length oftruemolan series’ <-.oc- ic sce coe ce scence esac eeennieeeeisesie mine eel cere 0.160 
: antero-posterior) teas sueee ee ansae eee eee eee 0.062 

Diameter of second true molar ; 
LTANS Verse |. ASEe AERIS ee oe eaee at ete 0.062 
Width of palate between bases of third true molars -...-...-----.----- -------- 0.110 
Enterorbitaliamidhheeece 5. = 6e. ceo deme. ee etree Caane ceases tea eee eee 0.230 
Length of freepart of nasal bones ......---...-=-.-----. ------ ------ «--------- 0.140 
Elevation of occiput from base .....-. -.-.---- ---- +--+ ----- 2 222-22 22 === ees 0.220 


This rhinoceros is quite unlike anything yet discovered. I possess 
a fine cranium, which was found in the Loup Fork beds of Kansas by 
my assistant, R. 8. Hill. 


MYLAGAULUS SESQUIPEDALIS, gen. et sp. nov. 

Char. gen.—Order Rodentia. Represented by a molar tooth, which is 
the first or last of the series. It is rootless, and is oval in section, the 
long diameter being probably transverse to the long axis of the cranium, 
and shortening toward the apex of the crown. Shaft curved in the di- 
rection of its short diameter. The tooth is inclosed in an uninterrupted 
sheath of enamel, without inflections. Within this are several enamel 
tubes, which form oval and crescentic figures in section on attrition. 
The long diameters of these are parallel with those of the crown. 

The peculiar molar tooth which indicates the genus above described 
is not comparable to that of any recent or extinct type now known from 
this continent. The entire inclosure of the subordinate enamel areas 
within the investing cylinder resembles most the arrangement seen in 
the inferior molars of some species of Dasyprocta when much worn, and 
it is quite probable that the genus Mylagaulus belongs to the same. 
family. It differs from the genera which are known in the transverse 
relation of the long diameter of this tooth to that of the skull, as well 
as in the resulting narrow forms of the inclosed enamel areas. It is 
possible that in an earlier stage of wear some of these areas may have 
opened on the internal or external faces of the tooth, but this is, of 
course, uncertain, and is less probable than if the fore-and-aft diameter 
of the crown were greater. 

Char. specif—Grinding surface a regular oval. Enamel areas. two 
longer and four shorter. Of the former, one is an open crescent, extend- 
ing from near one extremity of the grinding face to near its middle; the 


COPE ON NEW EXTINCT VERTEBRATA. 385 


other originates near the corresponding position at the opposite end of 
the surface, and then curves on itself, forming more than a semicircle. 
Between these and the more convex side of the tooth are three elongate- 
oval enamel areas, the two longest of which overlap each other. On the 
opposite side of the principal areas there is but one lesser area, which 
is adjacent to the median extremity of the less curved of the principal 
areas, and parallel with its inner half. The shaft is a good deal more 
compressed at the base, and the long diameter is somewhat greater than 
above. One side of the shaft is convex in both directions; the opposite 
side is concave in the long direction, and slightly convex transversely. 
The enamel is obsoletely rugose. 


Measurements. 
M. 
Length of crown as worn...---.------.----- cooes soagdnecsés Sooo sdeena conoee 0.013 
Diameter of grinding-face ; HUDG cesesy ssece2 s25es coe sa econ Fart ay ae ape UU 
BNO ap eeepee ents clas ey sisters clgre lem tesionate eetttels aha rmints 0.0050 


The size of this species was at least that of the American porcupine. 
The remains on which it is founded were found by R.S. Hill in the 
Loup Fork beds of Kansas. 


MYLODON SODALIS, sp. nov. 


The occurrence of this genus of sloths in Oregon was pointed out some 
years ago by Professor Leidy, as indicated by a specimen preserved in 
the museum of the Smithsonian Institution, but the means of determining 
its specific relations to the other species of the genus were not at that 
time extant. A number of phalanges, including those of the ungues, 
contained in my collection, demonstrate that the species of Oregon was 
quite different from those of the eastern portion of North America. 

The ungual phalange selected for description has its basal sheath 
developed on one side only; its place is taken on the opposite side by a 
prominent rim, which is tuberculate and notched. The rim is low on the 
superior part of the proximal extremity, and is separated from the artic- 
nlar cotylus by a concave subvertical surface, wider than long. The 
basal tendinous insertion is subdiscoid and flat, with a lateral projecting 
rim, which is pierced at the base by the arterial foramina. The general 
form of the phalange is more compressed than in Mylodon harlani. Its 
superior middle line is broadly rounded, and continues nearly uniform 
to the apex. One side is subregularly convex; the other is divided into 
three planes. The middle one of these is flat, and terminates in a short 
lateral ridge which extends tothe apex. The superior plane becomes 
somewhat concave near the apex, and the inferior gently convex. 

The proximal phalanges have the form usual in the genus. They are 
rather short, and with the trochlear tongues and grooves strongly 
marked. The proximal extremities are especially expanded in the ver- 
tical direction. , 


386 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Measurements. 
M. 
Menoth of unsual. phalange - 2-22. Gece ee eee ee ee ee eda 0.185 
Mercalli proximal: depths. -ss-)s-- see eee eee een eee e eee eee eae so Meas 0.058 
Vertical depth at middle of inferior tendinous tuberosity ...........---..----- 0.055 
Vertical depth just beyond inferior tuberosity .-.... ..-.-..------------------ 0.044 
Width: of: proximal: cotylusiy scene. S/S 22528 (Ose Le 0.052 
Wadth: of, unguisyat middle ase ae . ee cesses mes obec seem eee 0.033 
Width of unguis near end .......-.. BB oa Bice day Elan ome Susans epee tic ees 0.020 
engeth of penultimate phalanvemwes eee cess sees ei ere =e eee eee 0.065 
Depth of penultimate across condyles .....-.-.--..-.------------------:----- 0.040 
Width of penultimate across condyles ..-.-.--.--..----------.--------------- 0.033 
Depth of proximal end 720 sees. jee oe LL ee 0.052 


In size, this species equalled the M. harlani or the Megalonyx jeffer- 
soni. 
From the Pliocene of Oregon. 


GRACULUS MACROPUS, sp. nov. 


This cormorant is represented by numerous bones in my collection, 
of which I select three nearly perfect tarso-metatarsi as representative. 
One of these is 4™™ longer than the others, and is one-fourth of its 
length longer than the corresponding bone in the G. dilophus. The 
shaft is grooved in front deeply for the proximal third, shallowing to 
and on the remaining portion, with the external margin the more ele- 
vated, but descending distally. On the posterior face of the shaft there 
is a median longitudinal angle along the distal half of the length, which 
curves outward to the inner base of the external trochlea. The hypo- 
tarsal crest disappears on the inner side of the middle crest, near its 
proximal extremity. <A delicate crest originates at the inner side of the 
proximal end, and curving backward returns to the inner side at the 
anterior base of the external trochlea. There is a rough ridge on the 
inner side of the posterior face of the shaft on its distal third. The 
borders of the trochlea are prominent, particularly the posterior ex- 
tremities of those of the median trochlea. There is a median longitud- 
inal angle on the proximal third of the inner side, and a weaker one on 
the postero-internal side for the proximal fourth. The four insertions of 
the flexor tendons of the tarso-metatarsus are distinct. The hypotarsus 
is not so long as in G. dilophus and G. penicillatus, and terminates ob- 
tusely. Its length is equal to the antero-posterior diameter of the in- 
ternal cotylus, whereas it is greater in the two species named. The 
tendinous canal on their inner side is open and not closed, as in the two 
species named, and it is as large as the groove at the base of the hypo- 
tarsus. The external cotylus is a little smaller than the internal, and 
has a truncate external border; the external posterior notch is small. 


Measurements M. 
Dengthy Noi "ius cuc ieee rte cee e teres cya ce tars cet an, ia gen EN CN) a) ee 0.082 
Width; proximally geet seein ree eee ee AE ee eS eee ee 0.017 


Width at umiddile ofshaft (2 222205 Os We Boke eA ET HLS Aa go ts 0.0095 


COPE ON NEW EXTINCT VERTEBRATA. 38 t- 


Antero-posterior diameter Prossimmallyy Misses tA a pee SS ck 0.021 
Aumtero-posterion diameter at middle... ..252)MPe ios. eet 5 eb ees wi obs eeteeiee 0.008 
Antero-posterior diameter of median trochlea ..-..-.. 22... 2.2.22 -s-e-+--- ee. 0.010 
Antero-posterior diameter of internal cotylus .-.......--....--. .--0c.------- 0.011 
[Leth Gili, Os BGS eeettecseeoncd BESCaO CHS lEor DOSS aCE Ane ee A aeeIE srs ae Laaseneer 0.081 
Transverse diameter of all the trochlee at their middles........-.....-..---- 0.017 
Lelie lily INGSS) SSB eo eSes BAO COCA FEES SEB ASO eStart eieamanpenes Rees ih cept sro 0.085 
iansverse Giameter Of brochles .2 <Sssts se eosiss si le Seti lL Sts aS 1 OIOL9 


This species appears to have been common in the Pliocene of Oregon, 
where it was discovered by Charles H. Sternberg. In measurements it 
considerably exceeds the G. dilophus, which is, according to Professor 
Baird’s diagnosis,* the largest of the North American species. With 
this bird, the extinct G. idahensis Marsh nearly agrees in measurements, 
exceeding a little the corresponding parts of the living bird. These I 
have had the opportunity of studying through the great courtesy of the 
Direction of the Smithsonian Institution. The specimen examined is 
No. 11120 of the Smithsonian Catalogue. 


ANSER HYPSIBATUS, sp. nov. 

A single tarso-metatarsus, perfect except in the hypotarsus, represents 
this goose. It is nearest to the A. canadensis among American geese, 
and I compare the specimen with the corresponding bones of three 
individuals of that species, two of them cotemporary fossils, and one a 
recent bird, No. 11086 of the Smitisonian Catalogue. For the use of 
the latter | am indebted to Professor Henry. 

The element mentioned is longer and more slender than that of the 
A. canadensis, and differs in a variety of points from that bird. The 
proximal two-fifths of the shaft is more deeply grooved, and the lateral 
ridges are more prominent. This is especially true of the external 
angle, which continues straight to the anterior border of the diaphysis, 
where it is wanting or weak in the A. canadensis. The external side is 
also plane, or nearly so, to this angle, while in the existing bird it- is 
swollen, having a narrow convex surface, which passes insensibly into 
the anterior and posterior faces. This character continues to distin- 
guish the external faces of the shaft of the bone to near the distal ex- 
tremity in the two species. The angular posterior edge of the inner 
face is more prominent than the corresponding and fainter posterior 
border of the inner face. From this it follows that the posterior face of 
the shaft at its middle is oblique, sloping forward and inward. In A. 
canadensis it is plane or gently convex. The superior part of the pos- 
_ terior face is oblique in the opposite direction, and is much narrower 
than the corresponding face in A. canadensis. 


. Measurements. M. 
SELDEN Sy SBS fe sc a 0.087 
oroximialllty, 4: seen Rupee laps eta aa kdic ei en eee a 0.016 
Perea diameLens;Mediallys so 2 sheen eek eek Oko. a ceed scot see 0.006 
(Oligie MDT SSetoc eS Se tet eae oe Sr BO eat ao ae oe 0.018 
enenGRiEnLeriial eOuylush She .(eiu5.5 eeSUeeck Uae  ekeL eee cette 0.007 


* U.S. Pac. R. R. Surveys, ix, p. 877. 


388 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


This goose had longer legs and probably larger dimensions than any 
of the existing North American species. It was discovered in the same 
locality as the last species by Professor Thomas Condon, of Eugene 
City, Oreg. 


CYGNUS PALOREGONUS, sp. nov. 


Represented by numerous bones, especially by four tarsometatarsi, 
two of which are nearly perfect. These indicate a species of the size of 
those now existing on this continent, but different from them. The 
characters of the three species are contrasted in the following table:— 


C. buccinator. C. paloregonas. O. americanus. 
Shae eeeeeeresses More slender.-..-...--..--. Morerebust.----+---+.---- More robust. 
Posteriorly...| Slightly convex; no ridges} Convex ; two rough lateral | Concave; twolateralridges. 
and a narrow median 
: ridge. 
Inner side..-.| Flat proximally ..--.-.---- Convex proximally.-...... Convex proximally. . 
Outer side....| Proximal concavity deep -.| Proximal concavity deep ..| Proximal concavity deep. 


Hypotarsal crests] Third crest not descending | Third crestreaching below | Third crest not reaching 
below foramen; longer| foramen, longer than| below foramen, equa. 
than second; fourth not second; fourth sending| second; fourth reaching 


reaching foramen. keel over foramen. foramen. 

Coty len -ece es Outer larger than inner, | Outer not larger than in-| Outer considerably larger 
well separated from in- ner, separated by a wide than inner, transverse, 
ner by a narrow deep open space; posterior} separated by a shallow, 
space; posterior facet| facet not distinct. little marked space; pos- 
not distinct. terior facet quite dis- 

tinct. 

Distal tendinous | Small...........-..-..-.--. LEVERS) jononascosouBesaossse Least. 

foramen. 

External side dis- | Smooth...... Sy Asemetatemisierete Ridiged\o.s-cfenw cee cece ae Smooth 

tally. 


The lateral ridges which bound the posterior face in this species, 
which are wanting in C. buccinator but present in C. americanus, are 
strongly convex backward, so as to narrow their interspace in a manner 
not seen in either of the recent species. Their divergence at the ex- 
tremities causes, in the proximal end of the bone, that the posterior 
face is considerably wider than in the C. buceinator. 


Measurements. 


M. 
Length of tarsometatarsus .----..----.-----.-- ++ - 22 1-2-2 2 eee ee eee eee eee 0.115 
( proximally...-.- Ce OORT One ee 0.025 
Transverse diameter . -.-- 2 medially 23325. 2020. AGH ee ee ee 0.011 
distally ioc) b ise) ieas coho eee 0,024 
: d medially) 2 ss2 ee eee eee ales ap ae ee ee eee 0.010 
CR ae tiameter. of middle trochlead/-c:sasee<s:4 ees ee 0.016 


For the opportunity of studying the osteology of the existing birds of 
North America, I am indebted to the Smithsonian Institution. The 
specimens of the Cygnus buccinator and C. americanus which I have ex- 
amined are the Nos. 8033 and 11093 of the Smithsonian Catalogue, 
respectively. 

This swan was discovered by Ex-Governor Whitaker, of Oregon, in 
the Pliocene formation of that State. The same bird was afterward 


COPE ON NEW EXTINCT VERTEBRATA. 339 


procured by my assistant, Mr. C. H. Sternberg, who obtained at one 
locality the bones of the following birds:— 
Podiceps occidentalis. 
Podiceps near californicus. 
Podilynbus podiceps. 
Graculus macropus, Sp. nov. 
Anser hypsibatus, sp. nov. 
Anser canadensis. 
Anser albifrons gambeli. 
Anser near nigricans. 
Cygnus paloregonus, sp. nov. 
Fulica americana. 
These were associated with the following Mammalia:— 
Auchenia vitakeriana, sp. nov. 
Auchenia magna (Palauchenia Ord). 
Auchenia hesterna. 
Hquus major. 
Hquus occidentalis. 
Hlephas primigenius. 
Canis latrans. 
Dutra near piscinaria. 
Castor fiber. 
Thomomys talpoides. 
Thomomys near clusius. 
Mylodon sodalis, sp. nov. 


HYPSIROPHUS DISCURUS, gen. et sp. nov. 


A form of this order has recently been discovered in the Dakota beds 
of Colorado by Mr. Lucas, which is quite different from those already 
announced. The vertebrz resemble those of typical Dinosauria in their 
solidity and slightly amphicclous extremities and in the wide discoi- 
dal form of the proximal caudals, but differ from them in the extraordi- 
nary elevation of the dorsal zygapophyses, which stand on a stem com- 
posed of the neurapophyses. The anterior zygapophyses of the dorsal 
vertebre are united on the middle line, forming a basin, which receives 
the posterior zygapophyses. . This is not the case in the anterior caudals, 
where the zygapophyses have their usual position, and the summit of 
the neural spine is expanded transversely. This genus has been named 
by me(American Naturalist for March, 1878) Hypsirophus, and the species 
H. discurus. The dorsal vertebra of the latter measures 0™.105 to the 
base of the neural arch, and 0".300 to the middle of the faces of the pos- 
terior zygapophyses. Thecentrum is 0™.105 wide. The caudal centrum 
is 0".175 wide and 0™.160 high. The neural arch and spineare 0™.575 high, 
and the latter 0™.040 wide at the base and 0™.130 wide at the summit. 
‘The species was as large as Hadrosaurus foulkii. It is not impossible 
that it may be the same as the Lelaps trihedrodon Cope (Bull. U.S. 
Geol. Surv. Terrs., 1877, iii, 806). 


390 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


This species was referred by me to the genus Lelaps provisionally, 
as no characters could be discovered in the mandibular ramus and teeth, 
the only portions in my possession which indicated a genus distinct from 
those already known. I have since received from Mr. Lucas a femur 
and other bones from the locality from which the jaw and teeth were 
derived, which is appropriately proportioned to them, and in other re- 
spects similar to the corresponding parts of other carnivorous Dinosauria. 
A comparison with the femora of Lelaps and Megalosaurus shows that 
the carnivore of the Dakota Reptilian fauna can be referred to neither 
of these genera. Its characters are as follows :— 

Head flattened and transverse. Great trochanter not produced to the 
head, prominent, and terminating in a free apex. A considerable third 
trochanter on the posterior inner side of the shaft. Condyles very con- 
vex, moderately produced, separated by a well-marked trochlear, and 
deep popliteal grooves; surface not pitted. An epicondylar projec- 
tion on the interior side of the internal condyle. 

In the compressed and transverse head this genus agrees with Lelaps,. 
but the internal epicondylar tuberosity is not found in that genus. The 
distal extremity of the femur rather resembles that of Megalosaurus, 
which, according to Owen, presents the tuberosity in question. This. 
genus has, however, according to the same author, a round head, so as 
to be quite distinct from that of this form. From the other Dinosauria 
of the Dakota, whose femora are known, which belong to the genera 
Camarasaurus and Amphicelias, the internal epicondylar enlargement, 
or rather the contraction of the internal condyle, readily separates it, as 
well as the larger third trochanter and flat head. 

In specific characters, this femur is intermediate between the Megalo- 
saurus bucklandit and the Lelaps aquilunguis. The shatt is straight, 
moderately robust, and with a transversely oval section. 


BRACHYROPHUS ALTARKANSANUS, gen. et sp. nov. 


Char. gen.—These are exhibited in vertebre of the amphiccelous type, 
with the articular concavities rather shallow, and the centra not short- 
ened. What is probably a dorsal vertebra is shorter than those of more: 
posterior position. None of them display hypapophyses, or any other 
apophyses or costal articular surfaces. A remarkable character of the 
genus is the shortness of the pit-like facet for the attachment of the 
neurapophysis. It is relatively longer on the anterior vertebra, while 
on the posterior vertebre it occupies little more than one-third the 
length of the centrum, those of the opposite sides approaching closely 
the middle line. Tissue of the centra rather coarsely spongy. 

This genus presents characters different from those of any Dinosau- 
rian or Crocodilian with which I am acquainted. The neural arches 
being lost, some important indications are wanting. 

Char. specif.—The concavities of the articular faces of the vertebre 
are somewhat unsymmetrical, having one or more fosse at or near their 


COPE ON NEW EXTINCT VERTEBRATA. 391 


fundus. The faces, both lateral and inferior, are concave in all the cen- 
tra, and do not display any sculpture of the surface. The fosse of ar- 
ticulation of the neurapophyses of the dorsal vertebra are short and 
wide, and have a deep transverse groove near the middle. Those of 
the posterior vertebre are pyriform, with the apices diverging, and ap- 
proaching nearer the articular extremity than the wide portion of the 
fossa does the opposite end. The wider portions are most deeply exca- 
vated, and approach near together. The borders of the articular faces 
aremore or less bevelled or recurved. The sides of all the centra, includ- 
ing the dorsal, present an obtuse longitudinal angle above the middle, 
giving a hexagonal section. 


Measurements. 
M. 

PAMtELO=POStEL Ola weiss se cocis  esis cain ac wwies cece ce 0.045 

Diameter of dorsal vertebra, transverse. ....-..-.------+ ---eee enn ee eee eee ee 0.046 
\ ICIUIGE odor sedeen segecoe Ornad BHEOCU Sees Eee ere 0.046 

MeneUn Or LOssa LOT, NEUTAPOPN YSIS ...-- - <-caae case te= swiss «ce cas eicenis se - cede 0.019 
[PU DORO-MOSLELIOn 22s cao 5g Se o2,, ccae acer ons asa 0.050 

Diameter of Inmbar .-----. TTATISVEISC' os ooicics a0.ccoeepeeeies SOE asiciaje si ek epee 0.039 
lEVerticalmee etn cca Stee monte. acre eetla wae 0.040 

Length GifrOssaMGr NGUTAVOPUY SIGs oes eos ce ee aoa ee oe lacs coco es tocliee 0.018 
| antero-posterior. ...--.---......--- steleietsfamietalcie 0.050 

Diameter of lumbar -.--... HEATISy ONSOel sy sept we pees oyles i8, Aub citaleyy by bel) cians 2/3 0.036 
MOBbICAl sis tet Seiya Sele ey ce cee eo - 0.088 

Men Gh Ol Osa) Lor NEULAVOPMY BIG ..\45iocee cece eels cle cinje eam, aineianey cone aoe 0.020 


The vertebree indicate for this reptile a size similar to that of a fully 
‘grown alligator. Discovered by O. W. Lucas near Cajion City, Colo. 


AMPHICOTYLUS LUCASII, gen. et sp. nov. 


Char. gen.—The portions certainly representing this genus consist of 
dorsal and lumbar vertebre, ribs, and dermal bones. These indicate 
that the form is to be referred to the amphiccelous division of the COro- 
codilia. The extremities of the centrum are regularly cupped, the con- 
cavity being separated from the edge of the articular face by a plane 
border. The neural arch is co-ossified with the centrum, which does not 
display any lateral fossa. It is, however, considerably compressed. 
The diapophysis of the dorsal is below the neural arch, and near the 
anterior extremity of the centrum. On the lumbars it rises from the 
arch, and is long and flat. The anterior zygapophysis projects but lit- 
tle from its anterior border, while the posterior forms a considerable 
process. There is no hypapophysis on any of the lumbars, and proba- 
bly none on the last dorsal vertebra. The tissue of the neural canal 
presents a shallow excavation at the middle of the centrum, uniform 
and rather finely spongy. 

The technical characters of this genus are somewhat like those of 
Symphyrophus,* but the two forms are very distinct. The vertebra of 
the latter are Seen ae not amphicelous, and there is a lateral 
fossa. 


* Paleontological Bulletin, No. 28, 246, 


392 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


a 


Char. specif.—The base of the neural arch extends over the greater 
part of the length of the centrum. The diapophysis of the dorsal ver- 
tebra is compressed so as to be vertical. The centrum is so compressed 
as to have a narrow inferior surface, forming the apex of a triangle, 
which the section near the middle will represent. The anterior articu- 
lar face is subround, the posterior subquadrate. There are some ru- 
gosities of the sides of the centra, resulting from small longitudinal 
grooves of the surface near the extremities. 

The anterior zygapophyses of the lumbar vertebre# are transverse 
ovals. The diapophyses are obliquely truncate at the anterior side of 
the extremity. The anterior extremity of the centrum becomes more 
concave on the posterior lumbars, which are also longer than the ante- 
rior ones. 


Measurements. 
; M. 
Length of six consecutive dorsal and lumbar vertebra ..........---.-...------ 0.160 
Meneathrotsayposterioridorsal sco. 2k sen een eee nee Seale aren ee ee eee 0.023 
: ; Vertical) :cjch Secu ae i cr eae ee eater 0.017 
Diameter of a posterior dorsal Es Ee ec oa 0.019 
Transverse diameter of the same with the diapophyses -.-....----..----.------ 0.040 


This species, which is smaller than the alligator of the Southern ~ 
States, is dedicated to Superintendent Lucas, who discovered it near 
Cafion City, Colo. The bones were found in the light-colored sand- 
stone of the locality which produced the Camarasaurus supremus. 


TICHOSTEUS AIQUIFACIES, sp. nov. 


This species is indicated by a number of vertebre, from which I select 
as the best preserved a probably posterior dorsal or lumbar. In accord- 
ance with the generic characters, the centrum contains a large median 
cavity, and the neural arch is freely articulated. The extremities are 
shallow amphiccelous, and there is no lateral fossa. 

The centrum selected has no processes. The diapophyses were prob- 
ably attached to the neural arch, which is lost. The articular extremi- 
ties have each a shallow central fossa, and they are nearly similar in 
the degree of their concavity, which is not the case in the 7. lucasanus, 
where one extremity is more concave than the other. They are also 
more transverse in form than those of the latter species. The centrum 
is concave inferiorly, but not compressed laterally. The borders next 
the articular extremities are crimped into short grooves; otherwise the 
surface is smooth. The floor of the neural canal has a deep longitudi- 
nal fossa. The surface for the neurapophysis is nearly as long as the 
centrum, and is deeply grooved. 


Measurements, 
M. 
Menge thiof centrum ice esee sess sci e cee - oe asses soe eee ete eee 0.010 
s ; ViCLbICal mu ate oh sci eete UE MR ee eee 0.007 
Diameter of articular face } por Ge yO a 0.010 


Found by Mr. Lucas. A fragment of gypsum adhered to the speci- 
men. : 


COPE ON NEW EXTINCT VERTEBRATA. 398 


XEROBATES ORTHOPYGIUS, Sp. NOV. 


This large land-tortoise is represented by numerous remains in my 
possession. One of these includes the greater part of the entire animal, 
exhibiting, besides the shell, the limbs and a perfect skull, with man- 
dible. The specimens were obtained by an expedition which explored 
the fossiliferous Loup Fork beds of Kansas, in charge of R.S. Hill. 

The genus Testudo, as left by Gray in the ‘‘Catalogue of Shield 
Reptiles”, embraces two genera. To one of these Agassiz gave in 1857 
the name of Xerobates, with a diagnosis. In 1869, Gray characterized 
the two forms quite exactly (see his ‘‘ Supplement to the Catalogue”, ete.), 
but retained the name Testudo for Agassiz’s Xerobates, and gave A gassiz’s 
Testudo another name (Peltastes). As Xerobates was first proposed, it is - 
here retained. . 

‘This species has numerous peculiarities. The most striking is the 
form of the posterior free border of the carapace. Instead of being 
rounded, it is transverse, presenting a rounded lateral angle on each 
side. The marginal bones of this transverse portion are vertical, ex- 
tending below the line of the lateral free marginals, and their edges are 
very little recurved, although acute. ‘The free marginals in front of the 
latero-posterior angles are not recurved, but are obtuse and somewhat 
-incurved, presenting an abrupt contrast to the median marginals; the 
whole arrangement of the free border thus differing from anything which 
I have heretofore observed in this genus. ‘The sides of the carapace 
swell outward, and the scutal sutures are well marked. __ 

The plastron is a little concave, and bas thickened borders. These 
have the peculiarity of rising witu a vertical external face to meet the 
inner inguinal and axillary buttresses of the carapace. There is no 
transverse buttress or septum in this part of the plastron, and but a 
slight one on the carapace. The postabdominal bones are not preminent, 
but are simply emarginate. On the other hand, the clavicular (epi- 
sternal) bones are produced into a flat beak, which is not emarginate, but 
truncate in front. It is thickenod backward, and encloses a deep fossa 
with the succeeding portion of the plastron. The pectoral scuta are ex- 
ceedingly narrow, and the humero-pectoral dermal suture turns forward 
to the axilla. The general surface is without sculpture. 

There are numerous osseous bosses on the limbs, doubtless ossifica- 
‘tions of large marginal and other dermal scuta. They have usually a 
low apex, central or eccentric. 

The maxillary alveolar border is rather finely serrate, and the two 
inner alveolar ridges are rugose. The premaxillaries are not prominent, 
and are separated by a slight notch. The cranium is of medium pro- 
portions, and neither elongate nor widened. The profile is plane, except 
a Slight descent to the nares. The zygomata were probably complete, 
but slender. They are broken off in the specimen, but preserved loose. 
_ There is a fossa at the base of each exoccipital, aud a wide one on the 
basioccipital. The palatal concavity is deep, and the edges of the 

Bull. iv. No. 2——6 


| 894 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
pterygoids are narrow. The supraoccipital process is long. Front nearly 
plane transversely. The mandibular ramus is of uniform depth from 
the coronoid forward, and the symphysis is subvertical. The inner 
alveolar edge extends almost to the symphysis. ' 


: Measurements. M. 
Length of cranium ..........-.-....-... SIs AN ie RNR A EA ee 0.115 
Width of craniunn an quadrates essen eee eae ae eecice fe ene eeeeee er eereee 0.080 
Imterorbital width of cranium. =-5 8 as ese n- cee teee cs co Scie sciceecceeag dee OTS 
Greatest width of palatal fossa .....----.---2-- 12-222 ese ne eee ne cee ece ceceee 0.036 
Blevationyofoceiplity tee atoce ssepsciss shee cieici'are cia eee apes aseereeeoee 0.033 
ID Graver Oe THERON ---556 GSacs5 conn secu Cues obdU onSdoU Ss osacesad asco oesEse case 0.075 
Depthvot mandible asymp lysiS nec nics cae ome ceiste ele eieieie eee orale te lene eleleeee 0.019 
enethioriplastroneecasetsaseisee oa ocinee a= saeieete ser eel Eee AL Sa aeee 0.615 
WGC chy ables, Sakae seca ee Meeeeee COMO mE comamnse Atdoon Goda tosh ia coos at2- 0.360 
Widthatineninal, borders oss -. ce see is mien sion na saiale cine eminieicinn dale eelkeneicteee eet 0.310 
Width between posterior apices...----. ---. --- 22. 2 enon eons ween nee eee eee ee 0.100 
Widthvatwbase ot anteriorlip, <-<-.\ <= -isici9 ceepenietenoeinaeeee nese neeisae eens 0.125 
Widthvatrend-of anterior lip J-- 5... 2-2. cw2 Sete eens soem ese sees see neler eee 0.070 
Henvth-of anterior lip aboves.- s+. 2.2. - sce wee e eee eeles scene cecese pa RE 0.100 
Length of an anterior marginal bone....-..----. .---2+- 2-2-5 - ++ 223 - coe ne oon 0.075 
WiidhChtof the same ic caies 22d seid Sede BOS se RS ra eh Se es eee eee 0.100 
Thickness of the same....-...--..-- "actecaeshees ccatieha Yorapses Bis cit Mies ee a2 eel ala 0.034 
Length of femur (condyles estimated) .----... .--s2- ------2- eon e +72 wenn aes 0.170 
Width ot head plus creat trochanter ees cee oases eieier- eee eerie eles 0.090 
Diameter of head Wi Bose ashes OI es tee cw letsoieeeee oes esis pear eute, 0.045 
Diameter‘ of shaft (least) side .:- Sas eee eee eee ee eB: 


XEROBATES CYCLOPYGIUS, Sp. NOV. 


This species was found by C. H. Sternberg in the onan in which the 
preceding species was obtained. It resembles it in several important 
features; but as the skull is unknown, it is not certain that it belongs to 
the genus Xerobates. 

The general form is round, the carapace being shortened behind, where 
its outline is a segment of a circle. The posterior marginal bones are 
vertical, and the edges are shortly recurved from one inguinal notch to 
the other. It resembles the X. orthopygius in the low buttresses which 
connect the base of the costal bones with the elevated inguinal margin 
of the hyposternal bone. The axillary margin of the hyosternal is not 
elevated. The posterior extremity of the plastron is openly notched. 
The anterior lip is unknown. 

The carapace is flattened, but has a low tuberosity on the posterior 
part of the first vertebral scutum. In front of this, the superior surface 
descends to be again produced into the transverse flaring anterior lip- 
like border. The surface of the costal bones is marked by grooves con- 
centric with the border of the carapace, which are separated by obtuse 
intervals wider than themselves. The plastron is marked by grooves 
parallel with the longitudinal and transverse sutures. 

The scuta are well marked. The pectoral is very narrow. The nuchal 


COPE ON NEW EXTINCT VERTEBRATA. 095 


is present and rather wide, and the vertebral scuta are quadrate in out- 
line. 

A number of specimens of this species was found, which vary some- 
what in size. 


Measurements. 
No. 1. 
M. 

Length of the posterior lobe of the plastron........--2. 22-2 se20 e220 eee ene = 0,146 
Width of the posterior lobe of the plastron at the base -.........-....---..--- 0.240 

: No. 2 
Menerhiot the carapace (axial) soo sae cae an essere teaser sedaleless celcie oss Jeee=e 0.330 
Madtin of the carapace at. the, front. 5.20 cose wa Kast ss Sate Occie ed woes = once ee 0.320 
Greatest elevation....--..... yaa rele err a acters data Nanaia en AUC OM ST ra areinis Niche 0.015 
erzth of the nuchal scute. .- 16. esc. secaee soos seta sass os bond noobs sscer 0.004 
ene palon phe tins b Werte Dray salons taercial ante inidl aerecelsine clas snccleleeisiaealel=s 0.090 
Wadtiiot the first: vertebral. 22. -42224..c0seneseorscsnnr estes sooo.) OMTS 
Mitathot the second vertebral, (2 Ss/n2qec esses does een swe cieceeoeesecs | O:090 
ens phuorthesecondsvertebral ss: .-5ce6 came deeacicine sete Aoeke tele claisinclo= Sale 0.105 

No. 3. 

Length of the carapace behind the bridge ..... ..-.-.-- 02 .eceee veceee ee ce---- 0.085 
Width of the carapace at the bridge behind ...-...-.. 2... .000--------+---02- 6.240 
The largest of these is smaller than the two specimens of the X. ortho- 


pygius which I have examined. 


PSEUDEMYS HILLII, sp. nov. 


This water-tortoise, from the same formation as the Xerobates above 
described, is nearly allied to the existing species P. elegans Wied. It is 
represented by a single specimen, which embraces nearly the whole plas- 
tron, with numerous portions of carapace, cranium, and limbs. 

The vertebral bones preserved are nearly as wide as long, are narrowed 
posteriorly, and possess a smooth surface. The costals are united with 
the marginals by gomphosis. Their surface is marked by rather distinct 
and remote grooves, which are parallel to the circumference of the cara- 
pace. The marginals are smooth, and their edges are acute, very little 
recurved, and medially entire, or nearly so. Thereis a notch at the point 
of junction of several pairs of the median bones, while there is a rather 
deep notch at the middle of the anal marginal, which is also not recurved, 
but straight. The dermal sutures are well marked. The osseous sur- 
face is delicately crimped below the costo-marginal suture, the grooves 
of which assume an obliquely posterior direction on the posterior half 
of each marginal bone. 

The lateral border of the posterior lobe of the plastron is gently con- ° 
vex to the end of the anal dermal suture, where it is slightly concave, 
but not notched. The posterior extremity is slightly emarginate, and 
the postabdominals are broadly rounded. The mesosternal bone is 
not deeply received into the hyosternals. The plastron is flat, and the 
lateral buttresses are low. The superior surfaces of the borders are 


396 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


but little thickened, and they pass gradually into the common surface 
of the plastron. The inferior surface exhibits a delicate grooving, 
which is parallel to the long axis of the animal; it is most distinct just 
behind the dermal cross-sutures. This species is about the size of the 
Pseudemys elegans. The typical specimen is adult. 


Measurements. 
M. 
Length of plastron minus clavicles (episternals)........---...---.----..---- 0.165 
TLgioySUIN, OP MOREE NONE sas coe sane53 50 Sega oes eso dessa soee Soscoo asoS85 Soo8 0.075 
Width of posterior lobe at base .-- ~~... -- o-oo cece pone ee core we nnn ene 0.090 
ILeMaaN OF Eyes WOMO.5 5545 6656 bacon cope Gogg ono000 605m onenao mood es so 0.020 
AWNGhilal CHET) SENT) o5o55 5565 naboos habe so uo sopsoBeSsep Ss onosopoboa.cosogeas . WYOIKE 
Length of a costal re pogoog 5856 e500 sebeSS SgasdS Oo s00 sialisle eer ee eee 0.019 
WWE SNES OH UNE) SN Gob 655500 coee50 S54 5G00 Shed GoCU oS oben bankas 465500 ca0S 0.0025 
lene thyofranalemancinal (ateral!)) 2. cee. cei iam omen me ae eee eae 0.025 
Wadthiofanalimarginal 0000.5. 2+ <2 -<2- 40s 5os0 ce eeselneeet meee eee 0.022 
Length of first marginal behind bridge ..............---.---- .----- e-0----- 0.020 
Width of first marginal behind bridge ....-----...-.-. .--. ---- +2 +20 - 20 e- 0.029 


This species differs from the P./elegans in the absence of the median 
emarginations of the posterior marginal bones; in the absence of notch 
of the posterior lobe of the plastron at the end of the anal suture; and 
in the general absence of ridges on the costal bones. The median 
notch of the anal marginal bone is more puoubuneed in the oe 
species. 

This tortoise was discovered py Russell 8. Hill, to whom it is dedi- 
Gated 


er ae 


ART. XVII.—NOTES ON A COLLECTION OF FISHES FROM THE 
RIO GRANDE, AT BROWNSVILLE, TEXAS. 


By Davin 8. JorpDAN, M. D. 


A small jar of fishes collected at Brownsville, Texas, has been lately 
discovered in overhauling the collections of the United States National 
Museum. The name of the collector and the date of the collection are 
lost, and most of the specimens are in poor condition from long neglect ; 
still a study of them has added something to our meagre knowledge of 
the fish-fauna of the Rio Grande. With one or two exceptions, the spe- 
cies have all been described by Girard, often under several different 
names, in the Ichthyology of the Gish States and Mexican Boundary. 


Family CENTRARCHID. 
Genus LEPIOPOMUS Rafinesque. 


1.—LEPIOPOMUS PALLIDUS (Mitchill) Gill & Jordan. 


1814—Labrus pallidus Mircuitt, Trans. Lit. and Phil. Soc. N. Y. 407. 
Lepomis pallidus Gri & JORDAN (1877), Field and Forest, p.—. 
Lepiopomus pallidus JORDAN (1877), Ann. N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist. 316. 
Helioperca pallida JORDAN (1877), Ann. N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist. 355. 
Lepiopomus pallidus JORDAN (1877), Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. x, 43. 
Lepiopomus pallidus JORDAN (1878), Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 241. 
1818—Labrus appendix MitcHiLL, Am. Monthly Mag. y. 2, 247. (Not Pomotis appendix 
DeKay et auct. =L. auritus (L.) Rat.) 
1831—Pomotis incisor Cuv. & VAL. Hist. Nat. des Poissons, vii, 466. 
Pomotis incisor DEKay (1842), N. Y. Fauna, Fishes, 33. 
Pomotis incisor STORER (1846), Synopsis, 293. 
Pomotis incisor AGASS1z (1854), Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 302. 
Pomotis incisor GIRARD (1858), Pac. R. R. Survey, 24. 
Pomotis incisor GUNTHER (1859), Cat. Fishes, i, 259, 
Ichthelis incisor HOLBROOK (1860), Ich. S. Car. 12. 
Ichthelis incisor PUTNAM (1863), Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. i, 6. 
Lepomis incisor GILL (1864), Am, Journ. Se. Aris, 93. 
Lepomis incisor COPE (1865), Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. 83. 
Ichthelis incisor JORDAN (1876), Man. Vert. 235, 317, 
Ichthelis incisor NEtSON (1876), Bull. Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 37. 
Ichthelis incisor JORDAN & COPELAND (1876), Check List, 138. 
1831— Pomotis gibbosus CUVIER & VALENCIENNES (1831), Hist. Nat. des Poissons, vii, 467. 
Pomotis gibbosus STORER (1846), Synopsis Fishes N. A. 293. 
1854— Pomotis speciosus BAIRD & GIRARD (1854), Proc. Ac: Nat. Se. Phil. 24. 
Pomotis speciosus GIRARD (1858), Pac. R. R. Surv. 23. 
Pomotis speciosus GUNTHER (1859), Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. i, 263. 
397 


398 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


1854— Lepomis speciosus COPE (1870), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phil. 453. (Excl. syn. P. 
heros Grd.) 

Ichthelis incisor var. speciosus JORDAN (1876), Man. Vert. 236. 

Ichthelis speciosus NELSON (1876), Bull. Lls. Nat. Hist. Soc. 37. 
1857— Pomotis luna GirARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil.p.—. 

Pomotis luna GIRARD (1858), U.S. Pac. R. R. Surv. x,22. (Excl. syn. pars.) 
1865—Lepomis longispinis CopE, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 83. 

Lepomis longispinis Cope (1868), Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 220. 
1868—Lepomis megalotis Corr, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 452. 

Lepomis megalotis Corr (1870), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phil. 452. 
1868—Lepomis ardesiacus CoPE, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 222. 

Lepomis ardesiacus Cope (1870), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 453. 
1870—Lepomis purpurascens COPE (1870), Proc. Am. Philos. Soe. 453. 


A single young specimen of this widely distributed species. There is 
no evident difference in the size of the spines between Texan and North- 
ern indiv:duals of this species if specimens of the same size are com- 
pared. As in other Sunfishes, young individuals have the spines 
proportionally higher. 


Genus APOMOTIS Rafinesque. 
—APOMOTIS CYANELLUS (Rafinesque) Jordan. 


1818—Sparus cyanelus RAVINESQUE (1818), Am. Monthly Mag. 353. (Not described.) 
1819— Lepomis ( Apomotis) cyanellus Ra¥. Journ. de Physique, 419. 

Icthelis ( Telipomis) cyanella RaF. (1820), Ich. Obiensis, 28. 

Chenobryttus cyanellus JORDAN (1876), Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist. 92. 

Chenobrytius cyanellus JORDAN (1876), Man. Vert. 234. 

Telipomis cyanellus NELSON (1876), Bull. Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 37. 

Telipomis cyanellus JORDAN & COPELAND (1876), Check List, 137. 

Apomotis cyanellus JORDAN (1877), Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phila. 

Apomotis cyanellus JORDAN (1877), Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. ix, 19. 

Apomotis cyanellus JORDAN (1877), Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus. x, p. 35. 

Apomotis cyanellus JORDAN (1878), Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 235. 
1820—Icthelis melanops Ra¥. Ich. Oh. 28. 

Chenobryttus melanops CoPE (1865), Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. 84. 

Lepomis melanops Cops (1868), Journ. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. 223. 

Chenobrytius melanops COPE (1870), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phil. 452. 

Chenobryttus cyanellus var. melanops JORDAN (1876), Man. Vert. 234. 
1831—Bryttus punctatus, Cuv. & VAL. Poissons, vii, 347. 

Brytius punctatus STORER (1846), Synopsis, 295. 

Brytius punctatus GUNTHER (1859), Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. i, 259. 
1853—Pomotis longulus BAIRD & GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. 391. 

Pomotis longulus BAIRD & GIRARD (1853), Marcy Red R. Expl. 245. 

Bryittus longulus BAIRD & GIRARD (1854), Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. 25. 

Calliurus longulus GIRARD (1858), Pac. R. R. Surv. x, 16. 

Calliurus longulus GIRARD (1859), U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Ichth. 5. 
1857—Calliurus diaphanus GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. p. —. 

Calliurus diaphanus GIRARD (1858), Pac. R. R. Surv. x, 13. 
1857—Calliurus formosus GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. p. —. 

Calliurus formosus GIRARD (1858), Pac. R. R. Surv. 14. 
1857—Calliurus microps GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. p. —. 

Calliurus microps (1858), Pac. R. R. Surv. 17. 

Telipomis microps NELSON (1876), Bull. Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. Bye 


; JORDAN ON FISHES FROM THE RIO GRANDE. 399 


1857— Calliurus murinus GIRARD (1857), Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. p. —. 
Calliurus murinus GIRARD (1858), Pac. R. R. Surv. 18. 

1864— Bryttus mineopas Cope, Proce. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. 84. 
Lepomis mineopas COrE (1868), Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. 224. 
Chenobryttus mineopas COPE (1870), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 452. 


Several young specimens of this widely diffused species. 
Family LABRIDZ. (?) 


A very young specimen of some genus unknown to me, apparently 
Labroid. There are about fifteen spines in the single dorsal fin, and a 
less number of soft rays. In the anal fin are three stout spines, the 
second decidedly longest. The lateral line runs very high, concurrent 
with the back. The teeth are large and conical. The general aspect is 
sparoid. The specimen is so small that I have not attempted further to 

ascertain its relations. 


Family GOBIDA. (?) 
Genus SEMA Jordan (gen. nov.). 


3.—SEMA SIGNIFER Jordan (sp. nov.). 


A small fish in this collection has puzzled me very much. Its affini- 
ties are apparently Gobioid, but it seems to bear little resemblance to 
any of the current genera of that family, nor am I able, in any of the 
books accessible to me, to find any account of any fish to which it bears 
any special resemblance. It is possible that it has been described 
already in some work with which I am not acquainted, or that its affini- 
ties are remote from those species with which I have compared it. After 
consideration, however, I have thought best to make the species known, 
even though my knowledge of its structure is incomplete, for the char- 
acters of the species are so marked that whoever finds a second speci- 
men will have no difficulty in identifying it from the present descrip- 
tion. I shall not attempt at present to separate the generic from the 
Specific characters. The name suggested for the genus is from ojya, a 
banner, in allusion to the high fins. 

Body oblong, moderately elevated, greatly compressed, the depth 
3? in length, the caudal peduncle rather deep, the greatest depth 
of body being opposite the vent, which is midway between the snout 
and the base of the caudal. The compression of the body in the type- 
specimen is excessive, but this may be in part due to its soft con- 
dition. Head large, 4 in length to the base of the caudal, compressed, 
nearly circular in outline, the snout extremely gibbous, the interorbital 
Space narrow and almost carinated. Mouth very small, terminal ob- 
lique, the maxillary not reaching to the front of the eye;. jaws equal 
when the mouth is closed; teeth, if present, not evident; eye large, 
longer than snout, about 3 in head; opercular bones rather narrow, 
with entire edges, the preoperculum forming a broad arc, more nearly 


4 


400 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


horizontal in position than is usual; operculum striated; the head in 
the typical specimen entirely scaleless. 

Gill-openings wide, the gill-membranes not much connected below. 

Seales quite small, not closely imbricated, seemingly partly imbed- 
ded in the skin; lateral line obscure, nearly straight, the number of 
scales included in it not ascertainable. Dorsai fin single, beginning 
just behind the head, the length of its base just half the length of the 
fish from snout to base of caudal. It consists of about eight flexible 
spines, gradually increasing in length backward. There are about 
fifteen soft rays, which are much higher than the spines, also increasing 
in height backward. The condition of the specimen renders it impos- 
sible to exactly count either soft rays or spines without danger of 
breaking them. The above count, as well as that of the aifal and ven- 
tral fins is only an approximation, made by counting the bases of the 
rays. The last and longest ray of the dorsal is about two-fifths of the 
length of the fish from the snout to the base of the candal. The anal 
fin is a little shorter than the dorsal, and consists of about two spines 
and some eighteen or twenty soft rays. The form of the fin is similar 
to that of the dorsal, and the hinder part of the fin is similarly ele- 
vated, the longest rays being about two-fifths as long as the fish. 

Caudal fin greatly elongated, rounded or lanceolate in outline, pro- 
duced behind, its length nearly half that of the.rest of the fish. 

Ventral fins thoracic, apparently 1,5, and apparently united into one. 
I regret that this important matter cannot be certainly decided. When 
first examined, the two were united into one lanceolate fin, but in hand- 
ling they were split apart, apparently not naturally, but the possibility 
remains that they were merely stuck together by some adhesive sub- 
stance. At all events, the two were very elose together, and the bases 
still seem to be connected. Pectorals rather narrow, apparently short; 
the ends, however, broken; their position as in percoid fishes. 

Colors vanished. In spirits, at present, uniform pale. 

Length of typical specimen two inches. Itisin good condition, every 
part being present, but like most museum specimens it has become ex- 
tremely soft. I have not attempted to dissect the fish as I do not wish 
to destroy or injure it, and I therefore leave for future investigation the - 
determination of its affinities, referring it provisionally to the Gobiide, 
on the ground of the apparent cohesion of the ventrals. — 


Family CYPRINODONTID &. 
Genus HYDRARGYRA Lacépede. 


4. AH YDRARGYRA SIMILIS Baird & Girard. 


1853—Hydrargyra similis BAIRD & GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phila. 389. 
Dydrargyra similis GrRARD (1859), U. 8. and Mex. Bound. Ichth. 68, pl. 35, f. 1-8. 
? Fundulus similis GUNTHER (1866), Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vi, 323. 
Several small female specimens, stout and full-bodied. They agree 
closely with Girard’s description and figure, but not very well with 


JORDAN ON FISHES FROM THE RIO GRANDE. 401 


Giinther’s account, especially in regard to the position of the dorsal. 
There seem to be eleven rays in the anal. The number of branchioste- 
gals is apparently six; the species is therefore a Hydrargyra, and not a 
Fundulus, as those genera are now understood. 


Family CYPRINIDA. 
; Genus CAMPOSTOMA Agassiz. 


5.—CAMPOSTOMA FORMOSULUM Girard. 


1856— Campostoma formosulum GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phila. 176. 
Campostoma formosulum. GIRARD (1859), U.S. Mex. Bound. Sur. Ichthyol. 41, pl. 25, 
f. 5-8. 
Campostoma formosulum JORDAN & COPELAND (1876), Check List, 146. 


A single specimen of a Campostoma, with a rather long and pointed 
head. Its scales are rather large, 51 in the lateral line. It agrees well 
with Girard’s figure and description, but the points of distinction be 
tween the species and the common C. anomalum are not evident. 


Genus HYBOGNATHUS Agassiz. 
(Hybognathus, Algoma, and Dionda Girard.) 
6.—HYBOGNATHUS AMARUS (Girard) Jordan. 


1856— Algoma amara GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 181. 
Algoma amara GIRARD (1859), U.S. and Mex. Bound. Surv. Ichthyol. 45, pl. 27, f. 
17-20. 
Algoma amara JORDAN & COPELAND (1876), Check Lis#, 150. 


Several specimens of a small, pale, large-scaled species of Hybognathus, 
very similar to H. nuchalis Ag., and agreeing well with Girard’s figure 
and description. Lateral line 36 to 38. The genera Algoma and Dionda 
do not differ in any tangible respect from Hybognathus, and, until some. 
good distinctive character is found, should be reunited with it. The 
species of Dionda and Algoma are generally small and thick-bodied, and 
Girard’s typical series of teeth, preserved in the National Museum, 
show the teeth of Dionda as generally shorter proportionally than those 
of Hybognathus. In this respect, as well as in the form of the body, 
Algoma is intermediate. 


7.—HYBOGNATHUS SERENUS (Girard) Jordan. 
1856— Dionda serena GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phila. 177. 
Dionda serena GIRARD (1859), U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Ich. 42, pl. 25, f. 9-12. 
Dionda serena JORDAN & COPELAND (1876), Check List, 147. 
.1856—Dionda texensis GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phila. 177. 
Dionda texensis GirarRp (1859), U. S. Mex. Bound. Sury, Ich, 42, pl. 25, f. 21-24. 
Dionda texensis JoRDAN & COPELAND (1876), Check List, 147. 


402. BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


1856—Dionda argentosa GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 178. 
Dionda argentosa GIRARD (1859), U.S. Mex. Bound. Survey, Ichth. 43, pl. 2b, f. 5-8. 
Dionda argentosa JORDAN & COPELAND (1876), Check List, 147, 

1856—Dionda chrysitis GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. 178. 
Dionda chrysitis GIRARD (1859), U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Ichthy. 43, pl. 26, f. 13-16. 
Dionda chrysitis JORDAN & COPELAND (1876), Check List, 147. 

1856— Dionda papalis GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. 178. 
Dionda papalis GIRARD (1859), U.S. Pac. R. R. Surv. x, 228. 
Dionda papalis JORDAN & COPELAND (1876), Check List, 147. 


Numerous specimens of a slender, silvery species of Hybognathus, 
agreeing equally well in all essential particulars with all of Girard’s 
descriptions and figures above cited. I therefore unite them all under 
the oldest name, without much hesitation, as even if other species of the 
group called Dionda occur, we cannot safely refer them to any one of 
Dr. Girard’s species more than to another, except in those few cases where 
the typical examples have been preserved. H. episcopus, spadiceus, plum- 
beus, and melanops are apparently species distinct from serenus. Some 
of the species called Hyborhynchus may prove to belong to Hybognathus. 


8.—HYBOGNATHUS MELANOPS (Girard) Jordan. 


1856—Dionda melanops GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phila. 178. 
Dionda melanops GIRARD (1859), U.S. and Mex. Bound. Surv. Ichthy. 44, pl. 26, f. 
17-20. 
Dionda melanops JORDAN & COPELAND (1876), Check List, 147. 
1856—Dionda couchi GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 178. 
Dionda couchi GIRARD (1859), U. S. and Mex. Bound. Surv. Ich. 44, pl. 26, f. 1-4. 
Dionda couchii JORDAN & COPELAND (1876), Check List, 147. 


Numerous specimens of a short, compressed, and deep-bodied species, — 
apparently identical with Girard’s melanops and couchi. 


Genus PIMEPHALES Rafinesque. 


9.—PIMEPHALES PROMELAS Rafinesque. 


1820—Pimephales promelas Ra¥. Ich. Oh. 94. 
Pimephales promelas KIRTLAND (1838), Rep. Zool. Oh. 194. 
Pimephales promelas KIRTLAND (1838), Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. iii, 475. 
Pimephales promelas STORER (1846), Syn. 418. 
Pimephales promelas AGassiz (1855), Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, 220. 
Pimephales promelas PUTNAM (1863), Bull. M. C. Z. 8. 
Pimephales promelas GUNTHER (1868), Cat. Fishes, vii, 181. 
Pimephales promelas JORDAN (1874), Ind. Geol. Surv. 224. 
Pimephales promelas JORDAN (1876), Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist. 94. 
Pimephales promelas JORDAN (1876), Man. Vert. 275. 
Pimephales promelas JORDAN & COPELAND (1876), Check List, 146. 
Pimephales promelas NELSON (1876), Bull. Ils. Soc. Nat. Hist. 45. 
Pimephales promelas JORDAN (1877), Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. ix, 32. 
1856—Pimephales maculosus GIRARD, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc. 180. 
1858—Pimephales maculosus GIRARD, Pac. R. R. Surv. x, 234. 
1858—Pimephales fasciatus GIRARD, Pac. R. R. Surv. x, 234. 


JORDAN ON FISHES FROM THE RIO GRANDE. 403 


1860—Plargyrus melanocephalus ABBOTT, Proc. Phil. Ac. Se. 325. 

Pimephales melanocephalus JOBDAN & COPELAND (1876), Check List, 146. 
1864— Pimephales milesit Copx, Proc. Ac. Sc. Phila. 282. 

Pimephales milesii GUNTHER (1868), Cat. Fishes, vii, 181. 

Pimephales milesii JORDAN (1876), Man. Vert. 276. 
1866—Pimephales agassizii CopE, Cyp. Penn. 391. 

Pimephales agassizii JORDAN (1874), Ind. Geol. Surv. 224. 


A few specimens apparently identical with others from the Ohio River. 
This species, like Lepiopomus pallidus, Apomotis cyanellus, Campostoma 
anomalum, Notemigonus chrysoleucus, and Amiurus natalis, mentioned in 
this paper, is one of those widely diffused and variable, species the 
occurrence of which almost anywhere east of the Pacific slope need not 
surprise any one. 


Genus ALBURNOPS Girard. 


(EHybopsis of Cope, etc., but probably not of Agassiz.) 
10.—ALBURNOPS MISSURIENSIS (Cope) Jordan. 


1872—Hybopsis missuriensis COPE, Hayden Survey Wyoming, 1870, 437. 
Hybopsis missouriensis JORDAN & COPELAND (1876), Check List, 150. 
Hybopsis missuriensis JORDAN (1878), Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 291. 


Numerous specimens, agreeing closely with Professor Cope’s descrip- 
tion, except that the distended stomachs make the apparent depth pro- 
portionally greater. The teeth are 4—4, with strong masticatory sur- 
face ; the scales are extremely Jarge, 5—30--3. The mouth is oblique in 
position and scarcely inferior. The dorsal fin is over the ventrals. In 
color, these specimens are pale and silvery. 


Genus CYPRINELLA Girard. 
11.—CYPRINELLA BUBALINA (Baird & Girard) Girard. 


1853—Leuciscus bubalinus B. & G. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 391. 
Leuciscus bubalinus B. & G. (1853), Marcy Explor. Red. R. 249, pl. 14, f. 5-8. 
Cyprinella bubalina GIRARD (1856), Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 197. 
Cyprinella bubalina GIRARD (1858), U.S. Pac. R. R. Expl. 266. 
Cyprinella bubalina JORDAN. & COPELAND (1876), Check List, 153. 
1856—Cyprinella umbrosa GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 197. 
Cyprinella umbrosa GIRARD (1858), U.S. Pac. R. R. Expl. 266, pl. 58, f. 1-5. 
Cyprinella umbrosa JORDAN & COPELAND (1876), Check List, 153. 


Many specimens of a very deep-bodied species of Cyprinella, agreeing 
well with both C. bubalina and C. umbrosa of Girard. As my specimens 
can be readily identified with either, I unite the two nominal species in 
the above synonymy. The male specimens have the snout profusely 
tuberculate. The teeth are 1, 44, 1, slightly crenate. 


404 ‘BULLETIN UNITED. STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Genus NOTEMIGONUS Rafinesque. 


12._NOTEMIGONUS CHRYSOLEUCUS (Mitchill) Jordan. 


1814— Cyprinus chrysoleucus Mircu. Rept. Fishes N. Y. 23. 
Cyprinus chrysoleucus Mircu. (1815), Trans. Lit. and Phil. Soc. i, 459. 
_ Cyprinus chrysoleucas Mircu. (1815), Trans. Lit. and Phil. Soc. i, 459, 
Rutilus chrysoleucas Rav. (1820), Ich. Oh. 48. 
Cyprinus (Leuciscus) chrysoleucus Riou. (1837), Fauna Bor.-Am. iil, 122. 
Leuciscus chrysoleucus STORER (1839), Rept. Fishes Mass, 88. 
Leuciscus chrysoleucus THOMPSON (1842), Hist. Vermont, 136. 
Leuciscus chrysoleucus KIRTLAND (1843), Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv, 305. 
Notemigonus chrysoleucus JORDAN (1877), Bull. U.S. Mus. x, 65. 
Notemigonus chrysoleucus JORDAN (1878), Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 301. 
1820—Notemigonus auratus RaF. Ich. Ob. 40. 
1842—Abramis versicolor DEKAyY, Fishes N. Y. 191. 
Leuciscus versicolor STORER (1846), Syn. 415. 
Stilbe versicolor AGASsIz (1854), Am. Journ. Se. Arts, 359. 
1845—Leuciscus obesus STORER, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. July p. —. 
Leuciscus obesus STORER (1846), Synopsis, 418. 
Stilbe obesa AGASSIZ (1854), Am. Journ. Se. Arts, 359. 
Luailus obesus GIRARD (1856), Proc. Phila. Ac. Se. 203. 
1846—Zeuciscus americanus STORER, Syn. 408. 
Leucosomus americanus GIRARD (1853), Storer Fishes Mass. 233. 
Luxilus americanus GIRARD (1856), Proc. Phila. Ac. Se. 203. 
Plargyrus americanus Putnam (1863), Bull. M. C. Z.7. : 
Stilbius americanus GILL (1865), Can. Nat. Aug. 18. 
Stilbius americanus JORDAN (1874), Ind. Geol. Surv. 224. 
Stilbe americana Cops (1866), Cyp. Penn. 389. 
Stilbe americana ABBOTT (1870), Am. Nat. 14. 
Stilbe americana GooDE (1876), Bull. U. S. Museum, vi, 64. 
Abramis americanus GUNTHER (1868), Cat. Fishes, vii, 305. 
Notemigonus americana JORDAN (1876), Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist. 93. 
Notemigonus americana JORDAN (1876), Man. Vert. 291. 
Notenrigonus americana NELSON (1876), Bull. Ills. Mus. 48. : 
Stilbe americana UHLER & LUGGER (1876), Fishes of Maryland, 145. 
Notemigonus americanus JORDAN & COPELAND (1876), Check List, 155. 
Notemigonus americanus JORDAN (1877), Ann. N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist. 344. 
1856—Luaxilus seco GIRARD, Proce. Phil. Ac. Se. 203. 
Luxilus seco GIRARD (1858), Pac. R. R. Surv. 281. 
Notemigonus seco JORDAN & CoPELAND (1876), Check List, 155. 
Notemigonus seco JORDAN (1877), Ann. N. Y. Lye. 365, 


A single rather large specimen, apparently identical with the common 
Northern species. Zuxilus seco of Girard does not differ in any tangible 
way, and may be considered asynonym. The relative size of the eye 
varies too much with age to be very reliable as a specific character when 
other characters fail. 


Family CATOSTOMIDL. 
Genus CARPIODES Rafinesque. 


13.—CARPIODES TUMIDUS Baird & Girard. 


1854—Carpiodes tumidus BarRD & GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phila. 28. 
Ictiobus tumidus GIRARD (1859), U.S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Ich. 34, pl. xix, f. 1 4. 
Ichthyobus tumidus JoppAN & COPELAND (1876), Check List, 158. 


>. 


JORDAN ON FISHES FROM THE RIO GRANDE. 405 


1370—Carpiodes grayi Cort, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 482. 
Carpiodes grayi JORDAN & COPELAND (1876), Check List, 158. 
Carpiodes grayi Core & Yarrow (1876), Lieut. Wheeler’s Expl. W. 100th 
Meridian, 631. 

Numerous partly grown specimens answering well both to Girard’s 
and Cope’s descriptions, the habitat of Professor Cope’s species (Rio 
Grande) heightening the probability of the correctness of the identifica- 
tion. Girard’s original types of tumidus were from Brownsville. 


Family SILURID Zi. 
Genus AMIURUS Rafinesque. 


14.—AMIURUS NATALIS (Le Sueur) Gill. 


Var. ANTONIENSIS (Girard) Jordan. 
Var. natalis. 


1819—Pimelodus natalis LE SUEUR, Mém. du Muséum, v, 154. 
Pimelodus natalis STORER (1840), Synopsis, 405. 
Amiurus natalis GILL (1862), Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 44. 
Amiurus natalis GUNTHER (1864), Col. Fishes Brit. Mus. v, 101. 
Aniurus natalis JORDAN (1877), Bali. U. S. Nat. Mus. x, 86. 
1859—Pimelodus puma GIRARD, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 160. 


Var. lividus. 


1820—Silurus lividus Rar. Quart. Journ. Sci. Lit. Arts London, 48 (et var. JORGE) 

Pimelodus lividus Ra¥. (1820), Ich. Oh. 65. 

Amiurus lividus JORDAN (1876), Man. Vert. 302. 

Amiurus lividus JORDAN & COPELAND (1876), Check List, 159. 
1858—Pimelodus felinus Guard, U.S. Pac. R.R Expl. x, 209. 

Amiurus felinus GILL (1862), Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 44. 

Amiurus felinus Core (1870), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 485. ~ 

Amiurus felinus JORDAN & COPELA?«) (1876), Check List, 159. - 
1859—Pimelodus catus GRD. (1829), Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. 160. (Not of DeKay 

and most authors.) 

Amiurus catus Cope (1870), Proc. Am. Philos. Soe. 484. 
1859— Pimelodus cupreoides Gro. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 159. 

Amiurus cupreoides GILL (1862), Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 44. 


Var. cupreus. 


1820 —Silwrus cupreus Rar. Quart. Journ. Sci. Lit. Arts Londen, 51. 
Pimelodus (Amiurus) cupreus RAF. (1820), Ich. Oh. 65. 
Pimelodus cupreus Kirt. (1838), Rept. Zodl. Ob. 169, 194. 
Pimelodus cupreus Kirt. (1846), Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv, 333. 
Pimelodus cupreus DEKay (1842), Fishes N. Y. 187. 
Pimelodus cupreus STORER (1846), Synopsis, 404. 
Pimelodus cupreus GIRARD (1859), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila. 159. 
Amiurus cupreus GILL (1862), Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 44. 
Amiurus cupreus COPE, Proc Am. Philos. Soe. 485. 
Amiurus cupreus JORDAN (1876), Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist. 50. 
Amiurus cupreus JORDAN (1876), Man. Vert. 303. 
Amiurus cupreus NELSON (1876), Bull. Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 50. 
Amiurus cupreus JORDAN & COPELAND (1876), Check List, 159. 
Amiurus cupreus JORDAN (1877), Aun. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 351. 
Amiurus cupreus JORDAN (1877), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 45. 
Amiurus cupreus COPE (1865), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 276. 


406 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Var. coenosus. 
1836—Silurus (Pimelodus) canosus RicH. Fauna, Bor.-Amer. Fishes, p. 132y 
Silurus (Pimelodus) cenosus Cuv. & Vat. (1840), xv, 29. 
Silurus (Pimelodus) cenosus DEKay (1842), Fishes N. Y. 186. 
Silurus (Pimelodus) coeenosus STORER (1846), Synopsis, 402. 
Amiurus cenosus GILL (1862), Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 44. 
Amiurus cenosus COPE (1870), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 485. 
Amiurus cenosus JORDAN (1876), Man. Vert. 303. 
Amiurus ceénosns JORDAN & COPELAND (1876), Check List, 159. 
Var. antoniensis. 
1859—Pimelodus antoniensis GRD. Pac. R. R. Expl. x, 291. 
Amiurus antoniensis GILL (1862), Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 44. 
Amiurus aatoniensis COPE (1870), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 485. 
Var. andlis. 


1877—Amiurus natalis subspecies analis JORDAN (1877), Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. x, 87. 


Several young specimens of the Southwestern variety (antoniensis) 
of this most widely diffused species. The differences separating this 
form from the variety cupreus are very slight. 


ART, XVIII.—A CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF THE FRESH 
WATERS OF NORTH AMERICA. 


By Davin 8. JoRDAN, M. D. 


The following catalogue embraces all those species of fishes thus far 
known to inhabit the fresh waters of North America, including that 
part of Mexico which is similar in its faunal characteristics to neigh- 
boring portions of the United States. It may be considered as a new 
edition of Jordan and Copeland’s Check List,* as it covers essentially 
the same ground. The work has been, however, entirely recast, and 
brought up to date, so as to include the results of the author’s own 
studies, and those of other writers so far as the latter have been made 
known. 

The classification, as regards the families and higher groups, is 
throughout that of Professor Gill. It has seemed best to adopt this 
arrangement, rather than that of any other author, if for no other rea- 
son, that the present catalogue may be readily compared with Professor 
Gill’s Catalogue of the Fishes of the East Coast of North America. 

The order of the forms has, however, been reversed, as it seems decid- 
edly more philosophic to arrange them in an ascending series, begin- 
ning with the most generalized forms, and ending with those “ higher”, 
or more specialized. 

I have included all the species of Salmonide, Ouprinodontide, Gaste- 
rosteide, and of some other groups, members of which inhabit both salt 
and fresh waters, and I have excluded the Gobiide, Belonide, etc., some 
of which ascend fresh waters from the sea. Any line drawn between 
fresh-water and salt-water fishes must be an arbitrary one, and I have 
preferred to draw it between the Cyprinodonts and the Gobies. 

This list includes all those species which have proved, on full exam- 
ination, to be valid, in our present understanding of ‘“ valid” species, 
and also such of the dubious or unverified species which appear to have, 
on balancing the chances, a reasonable probability in their favor. Spe- 
cies against which the balance of probabilities appears to lie have 
been generally omitted. In certain genera, chiefly Southwestern, e. g. 
Cyprinella, Gila, Notropis, where many species were originally de- 
scribed in a loose fashion, and where no examination of typical exam- 

* Check List of the Fishes of the Fresh Waters of North America, by David S. Jor- 


dan and Herbert E. Copeland. < Bulletin Buffalo Society of Natural History, 1876, 
pp. 133-164. i 


407 


408 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


ples has been made, it has been necessary to include all the species 
described, in spite of the probability that not half of them are valid— 
as we have no means of determining which half. I hope, however, soon 
to be able to examine the original typical specimens, or, still better, to 
make further collections in the same localities. 

In case of species which are for various reasons considered doubtful, 
the nature of the doubt has been indicated as follows: d. s., a doubtful 
species; d. a. s.. doubtful as to species, i.e., doubt as to correctness of 
identification ; d. g., doubtful as to genus. Species so loosely described 
as to be of uncertain genus are, however, generally omitted. 

Varieties or subspecies have been generally omitted. There can be 
no doubt that a full study of our fishes will necessitate the recognition 
by name of varieties or subspecies, whatever called, in thé case of nearly 
every widely diffused form. In very few cases, however, have these 
received names, except incidentally when described as new species, 
and in still fewer have they been properly limited and defined. Their 
study and definition are therefore a matter for future work. 

The number of nominal species included in this catalogue is 665, 
which are distributed in 157 genera. In Jordan and Copeland’s Check 
List, the number of species is about 670, arranged in 150 genera. The 
total number of admitted species therefore has been slightly dimin- 
ished (the ground covered in this list being greater), although upward 
of forty new species have been added since the publication of the 
first list. The reduction has been chiefly in the Salmonida, Siluride, 
and Catostomide. A considerable number of species doubtless remains 
to be discévered in the Southern and Southwestern parts of the United 
States, particularly in the ponds and bayous of the lowlands, while the 
number of species of Cyprinide and Cyprinodontide must be further re- 
duced. The total number of species will therefore not vary far from 680. . 
The number of genera admitted has been steadily increasing, and will | 
probably in time reach about 200, unless succeeding ichthyologists adopt a 
different standard of generic values from that which at present obtains. 
Subgenera have been recognized for the more strongly marked sections, 
' and several new ones have been here indicated, most of which, however, 
need no distinctive name. 


TABLE OF CLASSIFICATION. 


Class MARSIPOBRANCHII. 


Order HyPEROARTIA. 


Suborder. Family. 


Petromyzontide (1). 


Genus. 
1. Ammoceetes. 
2. Entosphenus. 
3. Petromvzon. 


Class PISCES. 
Subclass GANOIDEI. 


Order CHONDROSTEI. 


Acipenseride (2). 


4, Acipenser. 


5. Scaphirhynchops. 


Order SELACHOSTOMI. 


Polyodontide (3). 


6. Polyodon. 


Order RHOMBOGANOIDEI. 


Lepidosteide (4). 


7. Lepidosteus, 
Cylindrosteus. 
8. Litholepis. 


Order CYCLOGANOIDEI. 


Amiide (5). 


9. Amia. 


Subclass TELEOSTEI. 


Order APODES. 


Anguillids (6). 


= 


Siluride (7). 


10. Anguilla. 


Oider NEMATOGNATHI. 


11. Noturus. 
Schilbeodes. 
12. Pelodichthys. 

13. Amiurus. 
14, Ichthezlurus. 


Order TELEOCEPHALI. 


Eventognathi. Catostomids (8) 


Bull. iv. No. 2——7 


15. Bubalichthys. 

16. Ichthyobus. 

17. Carpiodes. 

18 Cycleptus. 

19. Pantosteus. 

20. Catostomus. 
Decadactylus. 
Hypentelium. 


Type-species, 


branchialis (Zurope). 


tridentatus. 
marinus. 


¢ 


sturio (marine). - 
platyrhynchus. 


folium. 


osseus. 
platystomus. 
spatula, 


calva. 


vulgaris. 


flavus. 
gyrinus. 
olivaris. 
natalis. 
punctatus. 


urus. 
bubalus. 
eyprinus. 
elongatus. 
platyrhynchus. 
longirostris. 
commersoni. 


nigricans. 
409 


410 


Suborder. 
Eventognathi. 


Family. 
Catostomids (8). 


Cyprinids (9). 


BULLETIN UNITED STATES 


34, 


39. 
. Cyprinella. 


61. 
62. 


Genus. 


. Chasmistes. 

. Erimyzon. - 

. Minytrema. 

. Myxostoma. 

. Placopharynx. 
. Quassilabia. 

. Exoglossum. 
. Campostoma. 
. Acrochilus. ’ 

. Orthodon. 

. Hybognathus. 


Algoma. 
Dionda. 


. Coliscus. 

. Pimephales. 
Hyborhynehus. 
. Cochlognathus. 
36. f 
. Alburnops. 


Algansea. 


Hudsonius. 
Hydrophlox. 


. Luxilus. 


Photogenis. 
Lythrurus. 


Moniana. 


. Codoma. 


Erogala. 


. Notropis. 
. Cliola. 


Episema. 


. Ericymba. 

. Protoporus. 
. Hemitremia. 
. Chrosomus. 
. Phoxinus. 

. Gila. 


Tigoma. 
Clinostomus. 
Ptychochilus. 


. Siboma. 

. Myloleucus. 

2. Cheonda. 

. Lavinia. 

. Notemigonus. 
. Richardsonius. 
. Phenacobius. 

. Rhinichtbys. 

. Apocope. * 


Eritrema. 


. Ceratichthys. 
. Semotilus. 


Leucosomus. 
Agosia. 
Pogonichthys. 


GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Type-species. 
fecundus. 
sucetta. 
melanops. 
anisurum. 
carinatus. 
lacera. 
maxillilingua. 
anomalum. 
alutaceus. 
microlepidotus. 
nuchalis. 


‘amarus. 


episcopus. 
parietalis. 
promelas. 
notatus. 
ornatus. 
tincella. 
blennius. 
hudsonius. 
rubricroceus. 
cornutus. 
analostanus 
dipleemius. 
bubalina. 
lutrensis. 
ornata. 
stigmatura. 
atherinoides. 
vigilax. 
scabriceps. 
buceata. 
domninus. 
vittata. 
erythrogaster. 
Jevis (Hurope). 
robusta. 
pulchella. 
elongata. 
oregonensis. 
crassicauda. 
pulverulentus. 
cooperi. 
exilicauda. 
chrysoleucus. 
balteatus. 
teretulus. 
atronasus. 
carringtoni. 
henshawi. 
biguttatus. 
corporalis. 
bullaris. 
chrysogaster. 
inzequilobus. 


[rus). 


(spilopte- 


JORDAN: CATALOGUE OF FRESH-WATER FISHES. 


Suborder. 


Eventognathi. 


Isospondyli. 


Haplomi. 


Percesoces. 


Acanthopteri. 


Family. 
Cyprinide (9). 


Dorysomatidz (10). 
Clupetde (11). 


Hyodontide (12). 


Microstomatide (13). 


Salmonide (14). 


Characinide (15). 
Percopside (16). 
Esocide (17). 


Amblyopside (1€). 


Umbride (19). 


Cyprinodontide (20). 


Atherinide (21). 


Aphododeride (22). 
Hlassomatide (23). 


63. 
64. 
. 65. 
66. 
67. 
. Lepidomeda. 
. Meda. 
. Plagopterus. 
. Dorysoma. 

. Alosa. 
. Pomolobus. 


101. 


102. 
103. 
104. 
105. 
106. 
“107. 


Genus. 
Platygobio. 
Mylochilus. 
Mylopharodon. 
Tiaroga. 
Graodus. 


Meletta. 


. Hyodon. 


Hlattonistius. 


. Osmerus. 
. Mallotus. 
. Coregonus. 


Prosopium. 
Argyrosomus. 
Allosomus. 


. Stenodus. 

. Thymallus. 

. Salvelinus. 

. Cristivomer. 
2. Salar. 

. Salmo. 

. Oncorhynchus, 


Hypsifario. 


. Astyanax. 
. Pereopsis. 
. Esox. 


Mascalongus. 
Picorellus. 


. Chologaster. 
. Typhlichthys. 
. Amblyopsis. 
. Melanura. 

. Cyprinodon. 

. Girardinichthys. 
. Lucania. 

. Hydrargyra. 
. Fundulus. 

. Xenisma. 

. Zygonectes. 


Micristius. 


. Gambusia. 
100. 


Mollienesia. 
Girardinus. 
Adinia. 
Chirostoma. 
Atherina. 
Labidesthes. 
Aphododerus. 
Elassoma. 


Type-species. 
gracilis. 
caurinus. 
conocephalus. 
cobitis. 
nigroteniatus. 
vittata. 
fulgida. 
argentissimus. 
heterurum. 
vulgaris (Hurope). 
chrysochloris. 
sprattus (Hurope). 
tergisus. 
chrysopsis. 
eperlanus (Hurope). 
villosus. 
lavaretus (Hurope). 
quadrilateralis. 
artedi. 
tullibee. 
mackenzii. 
vulgaris (Hurope). 
distichus (Hurope). 
namaycush. 
fario (Hurope). 
salar. 
keta. 
kennerlyi. 
argentatus. 
guttatus. 
lucius. 
nobilior. 
salmoneus. 
cornutus. 
subterraneus. 
speleeus. 
limi. 
variegatus. 
innominatus. 
venusta. 
swampina. 
heteroclitus. 
stelliferum. 
notatus. 
zonatus, 
punctata (Cuba). 
latipinna. 
uninotatus (Cuba). 
multifasciata. 


presbyter ( Hwrope). 
sicculus. 

sayanus. 

zonatum. 


411 


412 


Suborder. 
Acanthopteri. 


Anacanthini. 


BULLETIN UNITED STATES 


Family. 


Centrarchidée (24). 


Labracide (25). 


Percidee (26). 


Etheostomatide (27). 


Scienidz (28). 


, Cichlidex (29). 


Cottids: (30). 


Gadida (31). 


Order 
Gasterosteidz (32). 


Genus. 


108. Micropterus. 


109. Chenobryttus. 


110. Ambloplites. 
Archoplites. 
111. Acantharchus. 
112. Apomotis. 
113. Lepiopomus. 
Helioperca. 
114. Xystroplites. 
115. Xenotis. 
116. Eupomotis. 
117. Mesogonistius. 


1128. Enneacanthus. 


119. Hemioptites. 
120. Copelandia. 
121. Centrarchus. 
122. Pomoxys. 
Hyperistius. 
123. Morone. 
124. Roccus. 
Lepibema. 
125. Perca. 
126. Stizostethium. 
Cynoperca. 
127. Ammocrypta. 
128. Pleurolepis. 
129. Percina. 
130. Alvordius. 
131. Ericosma. 
132. Hadropterus. 
133. Imostoma. 
134. Rheocrypta. 
135. Diplesium. 
136. Ulocentra. 
137. Boleosoma. 
138. Nanostoma. 
139. Nothonotus. 
140. Peecilichthys. 
141. Etheostoma. 
142. Alvarius. 
143. Boleichthys. 
144, Microperca. 


145. Haploidonotus. 


146. Eutychelithus. 
147. Heros. 

148. Triglopsis. 
149. Uranidea. 
150. Potamocottus. 
151. Cottopsis. | 
152. Tauridea. 
153. Lota. 
HEMIBRANCHII. 
154, Euealia. 

155. Apeltes. 

156. Pygosteus. 
157. Gasterosteus. 


GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Type-species, 
salmoides. 
gulosus. 
rupestris. 
interruptus. 
pomotis. 
cyanellus. 
auritus. 
pallidus. 
gillii. 
fallax. 
aureus. 
chetodon. 
obesus. 
simulans. 
eriarcha. 
irideus. 
annularis. 
nigromaculatus. 
americana. 
lineatius. 
chrysops. 
fluviatilis (Zurope). 
salmoneum. 
canadense. 
beanii. 
pellucidus. 
caprodes. 
maculatus. 
evides. 
nigrofasciatus. 
shumardi. 
copelandi. 
blennioides. 
atripinnis. 
olmstedi. 
zonale. 
maculatus. 
variatus. 
flabellare. 
lateralis. 
exilis. 
punctulata. 
grunniens. 
richardsoni. 
severus (South America). 
thompsoni. 
gracilis. 
punctulatus. 
asper. 
spilota. 
lacustris. 


inconstans. 
quadracus. 
occidentalis. 
aculeatus. 


ke 


a1 Ol O98 bo 


cS 


10. 
11. 


12. 


13. 
14, 
15. 


16. 


17. 


LIST OF SPECIES. 


PETROMYZONTID. 


1.—AmmMoca:rEs Duméril. 1828. Lamperns. 
(Lampetra Gray; Ichthyomyzon Girard.) 


. Amnocetes fluviatilis (L.) Jor. Eastern streams and coast; also 


in Europe. (d.a.s.) (BP. nigricans Le 8.) 


. Ammocetes niger (Raf.) Jor. Upper Great Lakes to Ohio Valley. 
. Ammocetes argenteus (Kirt.) Jor. Great Lakes; Ohio Valley. 

. Ammocetes hirudo (Grd.) Jor. Lake Hrie to Arkansas. 

. Ammocetes castaneus (Grd.) Jor. Upper Mississippi. (d. s.) 

. Ammocetes plumbeus (Ayres) Jor. California. 

. Ammocetes borealis (Grd.) Jor. Great Slave Lake. (d. s.) 


2.—ENTOSPHENUS Gill. (Not yet characterized.) 


. Entosphenus tridentatus (Gairdner) Gill. Oregon. (P. lividus Grd.) 
. Entosphenus epihecodon Gill. ‘California. (d. s.) (BP. tridentatus 


Grd. non Gairdn.) 
Entosphenus ciliatus (Ayres) Gill. California. 
Entosphenus astori (Grd.) Gill. Oregon. 


3.—PETROMYZON Linneus. 1758. Lampreys. 


Petromyzon marinus L. Hastern coast, ascending streams. (d. a. 8.) 
(P. americanus Le Sueur.) 


ACIPENSERID Zi. 


4.—ACIPENSER Linneus. 1758. Sturgeons. 


Acipenser rubicundus Le Sueur. Great Lakes and north. 
Acipenser maculosus Le Sueur. Mississippi Valley. 
Acipenser transmontanus Rich. Columbia River. 


5.—SCAPHIRHYNCHOPS Gill. 1876. Shovel-nose Sturgeon. 
(Scaphirhynchus Heckel—preoccupied in Ornithology.) 
Scaphirhynchops platyrhynchus (Raf.) Cope. Mississippi Valley and 
southwest to the Rio Grande. 


POLYODONTID. 


6.—POLYODON Lacépéde. 1798. Duck-billed Cats. 


Polyodon folium Lacépéde. Mississippi Valley. 
413 


414 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


LEPIDOSTEHID A. 
7.—LEPIDOSTEUS Lacépéde. 1803. Gar Pikes. 
§ Lepidosteus. 
18. Lepidosteus osseus (L.) Ag. Great Lake Region, south and west. 
§ Cylindrosteus Rafinesque. 1820. 
19. Lepidosteus platystomus Raf. Great Lake Region, south and west. 


8.—LITHOLEPIS Rafinesque. 1818. Alligator Gars. 
( Atractosteus Raf. 1820.) - 
20. Litholepis spatula (Lac.) Jor. Southern States. 


AMIIDAE. 
9.—AmIA Linneus. 1758. Bow-fins. 
21. Amia caiva L. Great Lake Region, south and west. 
ANGUILLID AL. 

10.—ANGUILLA Thunberg. 179-. Hels. 

22. Anguilla vulgaris Fleming. Entire northern hemisphere, in nearly 
all waters. (d. a. 8.) 
SILURID A. 
11.--Norurus Rafinesque. 1818. Stone Cats. 
§ Schilbeodes Bleeker. 1858. 


23. Noturus sialis Jordan. Entire Mississippi Valley, Upper Great 
Lakes, and in Red River of the North. } 

24, Noturus gyrinus (Mit.) Raf. Southern New York and Pennsylvania. 

25. Noturus leptacanthus Jordan. Chattahoochee and Alabama Rivers. 

26. Noturus eleutherus Jordan. French Broad and Tar Rivers. 

27. Noturus miurus Jordan. Great Lakes and entire Mississippi Valley. 

28. Noturus exilis Nelson. Wisconsin to Kansas. 

29. Noturus insignis (Rich.) Gill & Jor. Pennsylvania to Georgia. (N. 
lemniscatus Le 8.; NV. marginatus Baird). 


§ Noturus. 
30. Noturus flavus Raf. Vermont to Montana; south to Kentucky. 


12.—PELODICHTHYS Rafinesque. 1819. Mud Cats. 
(Hopladelus Raf. 1820.) 
31. Pelodichthys olivaris (Raf.) Gill& Jor. Ohio to Lowa; south to Florida. 


13.—AMIURUS Rafinesque. 1820. Bulltheads. 


32. Amiurus brunneus Jor. South Carolina and Georgia. 
33. Amiurus platycephalus (Grd.) Gill. North Carolina to Georgia. 


o4. 
35. 


36. 
. Amiurus catus (L.) Gill. Great Lake Region to Maine, Arkansas, 


54. 


5D. 
56. 


a7. 
58. 


59. 


JORDAN: CATALOGUE OF FRESH-WATER FISHES. A415 


Amiurus pullus (DeKay) Gill. New York and eastward. 

Amiurus nigrilabris (Cope) Gill & Jordan. Cave streams of Hast- 
ern Pennsylvania. 

Amiurus xanthocephalus (Raf.) Gill. Ohio Valley. 


and Florida. 


. Amiurus melas (Rafinesque) Jordan & Copeland. Ohio to Minnesota 


and Colorado. 


. Amiurus marmoratus (Holbr.) Jordan. 8S. Mlinois to Georgia. 

. Amiurus vulgaris (Thompson) Nelson. Vermont to Dakota. 

. Amiurus natalis (Le Sueur) Gill. Great Lakes to Florida. 

. Amiurus erebennus Jordan. Florida. 

. Amiurus nigricans (Le Sueur) Gill. Great Lake Region; Mississippi 


Valley ; south to Florida. 


. Amiurus borealis (Rich.) Gill. British America. 
. Amiurus lophius Cope. Streams about Chesapeake Bay. 
. Amiurus albidus (Le Sueur) Gill. Pennsylvania to North Carolina. 


(A. lynw (Grd.) Gill.) 


. Amiurus niveiventris Cope. North Carolina. 


Amiurus lupus (Grd.) Gthr. Texas. 
Amiurus brachyacanthus Cope, MSS. Texas. 


14.—ICUTH ZLURUS Rafinesque. 1820. Channel Cats. 


. Ichthelurus punctatus (Raf.) Jor. Canada to Montana; south to 


Florida and Texas. 


. Ichthelurus meridionalis (Gthr.) Jor. Central America. 
52. 
. Ichthelurus furcatus (Cuv. & Val.) Gill. Mississippi Valley to 


Ichthelurus robustus Jordan. Odio and Mississippi Rivers. 


Texas. 
CATOSTOMID A. 
15.—BUBALICHTHYS Agassiz. 1855. Buffalo-fishes. 


Bubalichthys cyanellus (Nels.) Jor. Mississippi Valley and south. 
(B. bubalus Ag.) 

Bubalichthys urus Ag. Mississippi Valley. (B. niger Ag.) 

Bubalichthys meridionalis (Gthr.) Jor. Central Anterica. — 


16.—ICHTHYOBUS Rafinesque. 1820. Buftalo-fishes. 


Ichthyobus cyprinella (Val.) Ag. Louisiana. (d.+s.) 
Ichthyobus bubalus (Raf.) Ag. Mississippi Valley. 


17.—CARPIODES Rafinesque. 1820. Carp Suckers. 


Carpiodes carpio (Raf.) Jor. Mississippi Valley. 


416 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


60. Carpiodes bison Ag. Mississippi Valley. 

61. Carpiodes tumidus B. & G. Rio Grande Region. (C.grayi Cope.) 

62. Carpiodes thompsoni Ag. Great Lake Region. 

63. Carpiodes cyprinus (Le 8S.) Ag. New York to Missouri Region. 
(CO. damalis Grd.) 

64. Carpiodes velifer (Raf.) Ag. Ohio Valley, ete. 

65. Carpiodes cutisanserinus Cope. Lake Erie to Tennessee. 

66. Carpiodes difformis Cope. Ohio River. 


18.—CYCLEPTUS Rafinesque. 1819. Black Horse. 
67. Cycleptus elongatus (Le 8.) Ag. Mississippi Valley. 
19.—PANTOSTEUS Cope. 1876. Hard-headed Suckers. 


68. Pantosteus virescens Cope. Arkansas River. 

69. Pantosteus platyrhynchus Cope. Utah. 

70. Pantosteus generosus (Grd.) Jor. New Mexico to Southern Cali- 
fornia. (P. jarrovii Cope.) 

71. Pantosteus plebeius (B. & G.) Jor. Colorado Basin. (P. dekphinus 
and P. bardus Cope.) 


°20.—CATOSTOMUS Le Sueur. 1817. JF ine-scaled Suckers. 


§ Catostomus. 


72. Oatostomus discobolus Cope. Colorado Basin; Snake River, Idaho. 

73. Catostomus tahoensis Gill & Jordan. Lake Tahoe, Nevada. 

74. Catostomus longirostris Le Sueur. Vermont to Puget’s Sound; . 
north to Alaska. (C. hudsonius Le S., C. griseus Grd., C. lactarius 
Grd., 0. fosterianus Rich., C. aurora Ag., etc.) 

75. Catostomus latipinnis (Grd.) Cope. Platte Basin; Colorado Basin. 
(C. guzmaniensis Grd.) 


§ Decadactylus Raf. 


76. Catostomus occidentalis Ayres. Colorado to California. (C. ber- 
nardim Grd.) 

G7. Catostomus labiatus Ayres. Northern California. 

78. Catostomus macrochilus Grd. Columbia River. 

79. Catostomus commersoni (Lacépede) Jordan. Maine to the Great 
Plains and south. (C. teres, communis, bostoniensis, sucklit, alti- 
colus, trisignatus, chloropterus, etc., of authors.) 

80. Catostomus clarkit B. & G. Gila Basin. 

81. Catostomus insignis B. & G. New Mexico; Arizona. 


§ Hypentelium. Rafinesque. 1818. 


82. Catostomus nigricans Le S. New York to Minnesota and south. 


| 


83. 


84. 


85. 


103. 


JORDAN: CATALOGUE OF FRESH-WATER FISHES. ALT 


21.—*CHASMISTES Jordan, gen. nov. 1878. Big-mouthed Suckers. 


Chasmistes fecundus (Cope & Yarrow) Jordan. Utah Basin. 
22.—ERIMYZON Jordan. 1876. Chub Suckers. 


Hrimyzon sucetta (Lac.) Jordan. New England to Minnesota, Flor- 
ida, and Texas. (LH. oblongus, gibbosus, tenuis, claviformis, etc.) 


23.—MINYTREMA Jordan. 1878. Striped Suckers. 


Minytrema melanops (Raf.) Jordan. Great Lake Region to Florida 
and Texas. 


24,—MYXOSsTOMA Rafinesque. 1820. Red Horse. 


(Teretulus Raf., 1820; Ptychostomus Agassiz, 1855.) 


. Myxostoma papillosum (Cope) Jor. North Carolina to Georgia. 

. Myxostoma coregonus (Cope) Jor. North Carolina. 

. Myxostoma pidiense (Cope) Jor. Great Pedee River. 

. Myxostoma congestum (Grd) Jor. Missouri to Texas. (P. bucco Cope.) 
. Myxostoma velatum (Raf.) Jor. Pennsylvania to Georgia and Min- 


nesota. (P. collapsus Cope.) 


. Myxostoma album (Cope) Jor. North Carolina. 

. Myxostoma thalassinum (Cope) Jor. North Carolina. 

. Myxostoma carpio (Val.) Jor. Obio Valley and Upper Great Lakes. 
. Myxostoma maerolepidotum (Le 8S.) Jor. Great Lake Region and 


Pennsylvania to Arizona and south. (C. duquesnii Le S8.; C. 
erythrurus Raf.) 


. Myxostomaaureolum (Le 8.) Jor. Great Lake Region; Upper Missis- 


sippi and north. 


. Myxostoma anisurum (Raf.) Jor. Ohio Valley. (P. breviceps Beas 
. Myxostema crassilabre (Cope) Jor. North Carolina. 

. Myxostoma conus (Cope) Jor. North Carolina. 

. Myxostoma euryops Jordan. Alabama River. 

. Myxsostoma pecilurum Jordan. Louisiana. 

. Myxostoma albidum (Grd.) Jor. Texas. 

. Myxostoma cervinum (Cope) Jor. Virginia to Georgia. 


25.—PLACOPHARYNX Cope. 1870. Big-jawed Suckers. 


Placopharynx carinatus Cope. Great Lake Region and Upper 
Mississippi Valley. 


* This genus is distinguished from Catostomus by the very large, terminal mouth, the 
lower jaw being very strong, oblique, its length about one-third that of the head. 
The lips in Chasmistes are little developed, and are very nearly smooth. The type of 
the genus is C. fecundus Cope & Yarrow. It will be elsewhere fully characterized. 


A18 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
26.—* QUASSILABIA Jordan & Brayton. 1878. Hare-lip Suckers. 
(Lagochila J. & B., 1877, preocenpied.) 
104. Quassilabia lacera Jordan & Brayton. TDéaniessep River. 
CYPRINID ZH. 
27.—ExoGLossuM Rafinesque. 1818. Cut-lips. 


105. Exoglossum maxillilingua (Raf.) Haldeman. New York to Ohio and 
Maryland. 


~ 


28.—CAMPOSTOMA Agassiz. 1855. Stone Rollers. 


106. Campostoma anomalum (Raf.) Ag. Ohio to Dakota and South. 
107. Campostoma formosulum Grd. Texas. (d. 8.) 

108. Campostoma nasutum Grd. New Leon. (d. 8.) 

109. Campostoma ornatum Grd. Chihuahua River. (d. s.) 


29.—ACROCHILUS Agassiz. 1855. Hard-mouth Chubs. 
110. Acrochilus alutaceus Ag. & Pick. Columbia Basin. 
30.—ORTHODON Girard. 1856. 
111. Orthodon microlepidotus (Ayres) Girard. California ; Utah. 
31. HYBoGnatruus Agassiz. 1855. Blunt-jawed Dace. 
§ Hybognathus. 


112. Hybognathus placitus Grd. .Arkansas River. 
113. Hybognathus nuchalis Agassiz. Ohio Valley to New Mexico. 
114. Hybognathus argyritis Girard. New Jersey to Dakota, New Mexico, 


and south. 
115. Hybognathus regius Girard. Chesapeake Basin. 
116. Hybognathus evansi Grd. Nebraska. (d. 8s.) 
117. Hybognathus siderius Cope. Arizona. 
118. Hybognathus flavipinnis Cope, MSS. Texas. 
119. Hybognathus nigroteniatus Cope, MSS. Texas. 


* When the name Lagochila was first proposed for this genus, its authors were not 
aware that the masculine form, Lagochilus, had been already given to two different 
genera, to one of Gasteropods by Blanford, and to one of Insects by Loew. The words 
Lagochila and Lagochilus are identical in etymology and in all except terminations, 
and many writers would consider them insufficiently distinct, and would hold that - 
the name Lagochila should be changed. At present, I am inclined to the contrary 
opinion; nevertheless, as the matter stands, and as the name Lagochila has not yet 
come into general use, less confusion perhaps will result from renaming the genus, 
than from any other course. The name Quassilabia (Jordan & Brayton) is accordingly 
suggested as a substitute for Lagochila, considered to be preoccupied in conchology. 
The etymology is quassus, broken or torn; labia, lip. The case is precisely like that 
of the genus of Doves, Leptoptila Swainson, lately named dichmoptila by Dr. Coues, on 
account of the previous Leptoptilus of Lesson. 


; 


JORDAN: CATALOGUE OF FRESH-WATER FISHES. 


§ Algoma Grd. 1856. 
Hybognathus amarus (Grd.) Jor. Rio Grande. 
Hybognathus fluviatilis (Grd.) Jor. New Leon. 
§ Dionda Girard. 1856. 


Hybognathus episcopus Grd. Texas. 
Aybognathus serenus Grd. Texas. 
Hybognathus melanops Grd. Rio Grande Region. 


. Hybognathus plumbeus Grd. Canadian River. 


Hybognathus spadiceus Grd. ArKansas. 
Hybognathus griseus Grd. Indian Territory. (d. s.) 


32.—COLISCUS Cope. 1872. 


. Coliscus parietalis Cope. Missouri River, Mo. 


30.—PIMEPHALES Rafinesque. 1820. TFat-heads. 


34. HYBORYNCHUS Agassiz. 1855. Blunt-nosed Minnows. 


419 


. Pimephales promeias Raf. Pennsylvania to Montana and Texas. 


130.—Hyborhynchus notatus (Raf.) Ag. New York to Kentucky and 


131. 
132. 
133. 
134. 
135. 


_ 136. 


137. 
138. 


139. 
140. 


141. 
142. 
143, 
144, 


145. 
146. 


northwest. 


Hyborhynchus superciliosus Cope. Ohio Valley and north. (d. s.) 


Hyborhynchus nigellus Cope. Arkansas River, Colorado. 
Hyborhynchus perspicuus Girard. Arkansas River. (d. 8.) 
Hyborhynchus confertus Girard. Texas. (d. 8.) 
HAyborhynchus tenellus Girard. Indian Territory. (d. s.) 
Hyborhynchus puniceus Girard. Canadian River. (d. s.) 


35.—COCHLOGNATHUS Baird & Girard. 1854. 


Cochlognathus ornatus B. & G. Rio Grande. 
Cochlognathus biguttatus Cope, MSS. Texas. — 


36.—ALGANSEA Girard. 1856. 


Algansea tincella (Val.) Grd. Mexico. 
Algansea antica Cope. Texas. (d. 8.) 


37.—ALBURNOPS Girard. 1856. Minnovws. 
(Hybopsis Cope; probably not of Agassiz). 
§ Hudsonius Girard. 1856. 


Alburnops hudsonius (Clinton) Jor. Middle States. 
Alburnops amarus (Grd.) Jor. Maryland to Georgia. 
Alburnops saludanus Jor. & Brayton. Santee Basin. 
Alburnops storerianus (Kirt.) Jor. Great Lake Region. 


§ Alburnops Grd. 


Alburnops blennius Grd. Arkansas River. 
Alburnops shumardi Grd. Arkansas River. (d. s.) 


420 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


147. Alburnops illecebrosus Grd. Arkansas River. (d. s.) 

148. Alburnops microstomus (Raf.) Jor. Kentucky to North Carolina. 
149. Alburnops stramineus (Cope) Jor. Great Lakes and Ohio Valley. 
150. Alburnops tuditanus (Cope) Jor. Indiana, etc. (d. s.) 

151. Alburnops volucellus (Cope) Jor. Michigan to Minnesota. 

152. Alburnops spectrunculus (Cope) Jor. Tennessee River. 

153. Alburnops procne (Cope) Jor. Eastern Pennsylvania. 

154, Alburnops scylla (Cope) Jor. Platte River; Arkansas River. 
155. Alburnops missuriensis (Cope) Jor. Missouri to Texas. 

156. Alburnops fretensis (Cope) Jor. Michigan to Illinois. 

157. Alburnops hematurus (Cope) Jor. Great Lake Region to Illinois. 


§ Hydrophlox Jordan. 1878. 


158. Alburnops bivittatus (Cope) Jor. Utah. 

159. Alburnops timpanogensis (Cope) Jor. Utah. 

160. Alburnops plumbeolus Cope. Great Lakes. 

161. Alburnops lacertosus (Cope) Jor. Tennessee River. 

162. Alburnops xenocephalus Jor. Alabama River. 

163. Alburnops chrosomus Jor. Alabama River. 

164. Alburnops chalybeus (Cope) Jor. Pennsylvania; New Jersey. 

165. Alburnops chiliticus (Cope) Jor. Yadkin River. 

166. Alburnops chlorocephalus (Cope) Jor. Santee Basin. 

167. Alburnops rubricroceus (Cope) Jor. Upper Tennessee and Savan- 
nah Rivers. . 

168. Alburnops lutipinnis Jordan & Brayton. Oconee River. 

169. Alburnops roseus Jordan. Louisiana. 


38.—LUXILUS Rafinesque. 1820. Shiners. 


(Hypsilepis Baird.) 


§ Luxilus. 
170. Luxilus cornutus (Mitch.) Jor. New England to Wyoming and 
south. 
171. Lusxilus selene Jor. Lake Superior. 


§ 5 
172. Luxilus coccogenis (Cope) Jor. Tennessee and Savannah Rivers. 
§ Photogenis Cope. 1866. 


173. Luxilus galacturus (Cope) Jor. Tennessee, Cumberland, and Sa- 
vannal Rivers. 

174. Luxilus analostanus (Cope) Jor. New York to lowa and Ten- 
nesssee. 

175. Lusxilus leucopus Jordan & Brayton. Chattahoochee River. 

176. Lusxilus niveus (Cope) Jor. Santee Basin. 

177. Lusxilus calliuvrus Jor. Alabama to Louisiana. (d. g.) 


~ 


178. 
_ 179. 


180. 
181. 
182. 
183. 


184. 
185. 
186. 
187. 
188. 
189. 
190. 
191. 
192. 
193. 
194. 
195. 
196. 
197. 
198, 


199. 
200. 
201. 
202. 
203. 
- 204. 
205. 
206. 
207. 
208. 
209. 
210. 
Pala 
212. 
213. 


JORDAN: CATALOGUE OF FRESH-WATER FISHES. 421 
§ == Te 


Lusxilus iris (Cope) Jor. Rio Grande, New Mexico. 
Luxilus jugalis (Cope) Jor. Missouri River; Arkansas River. 


39.—LYTHRURUS Jordan. 1876. Redfins. 


Lythrurus cyanocephalus Copeland. Michigan to Minnesota. 
Lythrurus atripes Jordan. Southern [linois and south. 
Lythrurus diplemius (Raf.) Jor. Ohio Valley. 

Lythrurus ardens (Cope) Jor. Kentucky to North Carolina. 


40.—CYPRINELLA Girard. 1856. 


§ Cyprinella. 


Cyprinella bubalina Grd. Arkansas to Texas. 

Cyprinella venusta Grd. Texas. (d. s.) 

Cyprinella macrostoma Grd. Rio Grande Region. — 
Cyprinella beckwitht Grd. Arkansas. (d. 8.) 

Cyprinella texana Grd. Texas. (d. s.) 

Cyprinella luxiloides Grd. Texas. (d. s.) 

Cyprinella gunnisoni Grd. Utah. (d. s.) 

Cyprinella suavis Grd. Texas. (d. s.) 

Cyprinella ludibunda Grd. Utah. (d. 8.) 

Cyprinella lepida Grd. Texas. (d. s.) 

Cyprinella lugubris Grd. Utah. (d. s.) 

Cyprinella notata Grd. Texas. (d. s.) 

Cyprinella whippli Grd. Arkansas. (d. a. g.) 

Cyprinella billingsiana Cope. Missouri. (d.a.g.) (d. s.) 
Cyprinella cercostigma Cope. Pearl River, Mississippi. (d. a. g.) 


§ Moniana Girard. 1856. 


Cyprinella lutrensis (Grd.) Jor. Arkansas. 

Cyprinella leonina (Grd.) Jor. Texas. (d. s.) 
Cyprinella letabilis (Grd.) Jor. Rio Grande. (d. s.) 
Cyprinella deliciosa (Grd.) Jor. Texas. (d. s.) 
Cyprinella complanata (Grd.) Jor. _Rio Grande. (d. s.) 
Cyprinelia forbest Jordan. Southern Ijinois. 
Cyprinella frigida (Grd.) Jor. Texas. (d. s.) 
Oyprinella pulchella (Grd.) Jor. Arkansas River. (d. s.) 
Cyprinella proserpina (Grd.) Jor. Texas. (d. s.) 
Cyprinella aurata (Grd.) Jor. New Mexico. (d. s.) 
Cyprinella gracilis (Grd.) Jor. New Leon. (d. s.) 
Cyprinella formosa (Grd.) Jor. Rio Mimbres. (d. s.) 
Cyprinel'a nitida (Grd.) Jor. New Leon. (d.s.) 
Cyprinella rutila (Grd.) Jor. New Leon. (d. s.) 
Cyprinella couchti (Grd.) Jor. New Leon. (d. s.) 


BULLETIN UNITED, STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. . 


41.—CopomA Girard. 1856. Silver-fins. 
§ Hrogala Jordan. 1878. 


.. Codoma callisema Jordan. Ocmulgee River. 

. Codoma cerulea Jordan. Alabama River. 

. Codoma chloristia Jordan & Brayton. Santee River. 

. Codoma trichroistia Jordan & Gilbert. Alabama River. 
. Codoma callistia Jordan. Alabama River. 

. Codoma stigmatura Jordan. Alabama River. 

. Codoma eurystoma Jordan. Chattahoochee River. 


§ 


. Codoma wxenura Jordan. Ocmulgee River. 
. Codoma pyrrhomelas (Cope) Jor. Santee Basin. 


Codoma grandipinnis Jordan. Flint River. 
§ Codoma. 


. Codoma ornata Grd. Chihuahua River. 
. Codoma vittata Grd. Mexico. 


42, NoTROPIS Rafinesque. 1817. Rosy-faced Shiners. 
(Alburnellus Grd., 1856; Minnilus Raf., 1820.) 


§ Notropis. 


. Notropis jemezanus (Cope) Jor. Rio Grande, New Mexico. 
. Notropis atherinoides Raf. Lake Region and Ohio Valley. (N. ru- 


bellus, dinemus, dilectus, etc., of anthors.) 


. Notropis lepidulus (Grd.) Jor. Black Warrior River. (d. s.) 

. Notropis megalops (Grd.) Jor. Texas. (d. s.) 

. Notropis amabilis (Grd.) Jor. Texas. (d. 8.) 

. Notropis socius (Grd.) Jor. Texas. (d. 8.) 

. Notropis stilbius (Jor.) Alabama River. (d. s.) 

. Notropis formosus (Putnam) Jor. Mobile. (d. s.) 

. Notropis altipinnis (Cope) Jor. Yadkin River. 

. Notropis micropteryx (Cope) Jor. Tennessee and Cumberland 


Rivers. : 


. Notropis rubrifrons (Cope) Jor. Ohio Valley. 

. Notropis wnbratilis (Grd.) Jor. Arkansas. (d. s.) 

. Notropis oligaspis (Cope) Jor. Kansas. (d. 8.) 

. Notropis simus (Cope) Jor. New Mexico. 

. Notropis amenus (Abbott) Jor. New Jersey. (d. s.) 

. Notropis telescopus (Cope) Jor. Tennessee River. (d. s.) 
. Notropis photogenis (Cope) Jor. Ohio to South Carolina. 
. Notropis percobromus (Cope) Jor. Missouri. 

. Notropis matutinus (Cope) Jor. Neuse River, 


§ 


. Notropis lirus Jordan. Tennessee and Alabama Rivers. 


246. 
247. 
248. 
249. 


250. 
251. 
252. 


293. 


254. 


255. 


JORDAN: CATALOGUE OF FRESH-WATER FISHES. 423 
43.—CLIOLA Girard. 1856. 
§ Hpisema Cope and Jordan. 1877. 


Cliola ariomma (Cope) Jor. Indiana. 
Cliola scabriceps (Cope) Jor. Ohio Valley. 
Cliola leucioda (Cope) Jor. Tennessee River, 
Cliola piptolepis (Cope) Jor. Platte River. 

§ Cliola. 
Cliola vigilar (B. & G.) Grd. Red River. 
Cliola velox Grd. San Antonio River. 
Cliola vivax Grd. Texas. (d. 8.) 


44, EXRICYMBA Cope. 1864. 
Hricymba buccata Cope. Pennsylvania to Illinois. 


45.—PROTOPORUS Cope. 1872. 


-Protoporus domninus Cope. Idaho. 


46.—HEMITREMIA Cope. 1870. 
§ Hemitremia: 


Hemitremia vittata Cope. Kentucky; Tennessee; Virginia. 


§ 


. Hemitremia heterodon Cope. Michigan to Illinois. (d. ¢.) 
. Hemitremia bifrenata Cope. Massachusetts to Maryland. (d.9.) 


47.—CHROSOMUS Rafinesque. 1820. Red-bellied Minnows. 


. Chrosomus erythrogaster Raf. Wisconsin to Pennsylvania and 


Missouri. 


. Chrosomus oreas Cope. North Carolina. (d. s.) 


48.—PHOXINUS Rafinesque. 1820. Minnows. 


. Phoxinus neogeus Cope. Michigan; Wisconsin. 
. Phoxinus flammeus Jordan & Gilbert. Tennessee River. 
. Phoxinus margaritus (Cope) Jor. Pennsylvania; Maryland. (d. g.) 


49.—GILA Baird & Girard. 1853. Leather-sided Minnows. 


§ Clinostomus Girard. 1856. 


. Gila elongata (Kirt.) Jor. Obio Valley and Lake Region. 

. Gila proriger Cope. Ohio Valley. (d. s.) 

. Gila estor Jordan & Brayton. Tennessee and Cumberland Rivers. 
. Gila funduloides (Grd.) Cope. Chesapeake Basin. 


A424 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


267. Gila vandoisula (Val.) Jor. Virginia to Georgia. (C. affinis Girard.) - 
268. Gila phlegethontis Cope. Beaver River, Utah. 

269. Gila montana Cope. Idaho to Arizona. 

270. Gila hydrophlox Cope. Idaho. 

271. Gila tenia Cope. Utah. 

272. Gila ardesiaca Cope. Rocky Mountain Region 


§ Tigoma Girard. 1856, 


273. Gila gula Cope. New Mexico. 

274. Gila pandora Cope. New Mexico; Colorado. 

275. Gila humboldti (Grd.) Cope. Nevada. 

276. Gila egregia (Grd.) Cope. Colorado; Utah; New Mexico. 
277. Gila nigra Cope. Arizona. 

278. Gila pulchella B. & G. Mexico. 

279. Gila conformis (B. & G.) Jor. San Joaquin Valley. 

280. Gila bicolor (Grd.) Jor. Klamath Lake, Oregon. (d. 8.) 
281. Gila purpurea (Grd.) Jor. San Bernardino, Mexico. (d. s.) 
282. Gila intermedia (Grd.) Jor. Gila Basin. (d. 8.) 

283. Gila obesa (Grd.) Jor. Salt Lake Valley. (d. s.) 

284, Gila lineata (Grd.) Jor. Utah. (d. 8.) 

285. Gila utensis Jor. Utah. (Tigoma gracilis Grd.) (d. 8.) 
286. Gila nacrea Cope. Colorado Basin, Wyoming. 

287. Gila seminuda Cope & Yarrow. Rio Virgen, Utah. 

288. Gila boucardi (Gthr.) Jor. Mexico. (d. 8.) 


§ Gila. 


289. Gila robusta B. & G. Arizona; New Mexico. 
290. Gila grahami B. & G. Arizona; New Mexico. 
291. Gila gracilis B. & G. Arizona. 

292. Gila elegans B. & G. Arizona; New Mexico. 
293. Gila emortti Grd. Gila River. 

294. Gila affinis Abbott. Platte River. (d. s.) 


§ Ptychochilus Agassiz. 1855. 


295. Gila oregonensis (Rich.) Jor. Oregon and north. 
296. Gila grandis Ayres. California. 

297. Gila lucius (Grd.) Jor. Rio Colorado, 

298. Gila rapaxv (Grd.) Jor. California. 

299. Gila vorax (Gra.) Jor. Utah. (d.s.) 


50.—Si1Bpoma Girard. 1856, 


300. Siboma crassicauda Grd. California. 
801. Siboma atraria Grd. Idaho to New Mexico, 


302. 


303. 


304. 


305. 
306. 
307. 


308. 
309. 
310. 
dll. 


312. 
313. 


314. 
315, 
316. 


317. 


318. 
319. 
320. 
o21. 


322. 
323. 


324. 
325. 
326. 
327, 


328. 


JORDAN: CATALOGUE OF FRESH-WATER FISHES. 425 


51.—MYLOLEuUCcUS Cope. 1872. 


§ Myloleucus. 


Myloleucus pulverulentus Cope. Utah to Montana. 
Myloleucus parovanus Cope. Utah. (d. s.) 
Myloleucus squamatus (Gill) Jor. Salt Lake Basin. 


(eee, 


Myloleucus bicolor (Grd.) Jor. Klamath Lake. 
Myloleucus obesus (Grd.) Jor. Nevada. 
Myloleucus formosus (Grd.) Jor. Merced and Mohave Rivers. 


52.—CHEONDA Girard. 1856. 


Cheonda coopert Grd. Columbia River. 
Cheonda cerulea Grd. 
Cheonda crassa (Grd.) Jor. Sacramento River. (d. s.) 
Cheonda pulchra (Grd.) Jor. Chihuahua. (d. s.) 
Cheonda nigrescens (Grd.) Jor. Rio Grande. (d. s.) 
Cheonda gibbosa (B. & G.) Jor. Gila Basin. (d. s.) 


Lost River, Oregon. 


53.—LAVINIA Girard. 1854. 


Lavinia exilicauda B. & G. California. 
Lavinia harengus Grd. California. (d. s.) 
Lavinia gibbosa Ayres. California. (d. s.) 


54.—NOTEMIGONUS Rafinesque. 1819. 


Notemigonus chrysoleucus (Mit) Jor. Maine to Minnesota and 


Texas. 


Notemigonus occidentalis (B. & G.) Jor. California. 
Notemigonus americanus (l.) Jor. South Carolina; Georgia. 
Notemigonus leptosomus (Grd.) Jor. Texas, 

Notemigonus lucidus (Grd.) Jor. Indian Territory. (d. 8.) 


55.—RICHARDSONIUS Girard. 1856. 


Richardsonius balteatus (Rich.) Grd. Columbia River. 
Richardsonius lateralis Grd. Washington Territory. 


56.—PHENACOBIUS Cope. 1867. 


(Sarcidium Cope, 1872.) 


Phenacobius teretulus Cope. Ohio Valley. 

Phenacobius uranops Cope. Tennessee River. 
Phenacobius scopiferus (Cope) Jor. Illinois to Missouri. 
Phenacobius catostomus Jordan. Alabama River. 
Phenacobius mirabilis (Grd.) Jor. Arkansas River. 


Bull. iv. No. 2 


8 


426 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
57.—RHINICHTHYS Agassiz. 1850. Black-nosed Dace. 


329. Bhinichthys atronasus (Mitch.) Ag. New England to Ohio and 
Virginia. 

330. Rhinichthys obtusus Ag. Michigan to Alabama. (d. s.) 

331. Rhinichthys dulcis (Grd.) Jor. Nebraska to Utah. (d. s.) 

332. Ihinichthys meleagris Ag. Ilinois ; Iowa. 

333. Rhinichthys maxillosus Cope. Slopes of Rocky Mountains. 

334. Rhinichthys cataracte (Val.) Jor. New England to Virginia and 
Wisconsin. (&. nasutus (Ayres) Ag.) 


58.—APOCOPE Cope. 1872. 


§ Apocope. 


335. Apocope carringtoni Cope. Utah. 


Ԥ Hritrema Cope. 1876. 


336. Apocope henshawi Cope. Utah; Idaho. (d. s.) 
7. Apocope vulnerata Cope. Utah. 
338. Apocope oscula (Grd.) Cope. Colorado; Utah; Arizona; New 
Mexico. 7 
339. Apocope couesi Yarrow. Mountain streams, Arizona. (d. 8.) 
340. Apocope ventricosa Cope. Arizona; New Mexico. (d. 8.) 
341. Apocope notabilis (Grd.) Jor. Sonora. (d. 8.) 
342, Apocope nubilus (Grd.) Jor. Washington Territory. 


59.—CERATICHTHYS Baird. 1853. Horny Heads. 
(? Hybopsis, Agassiz. Nocomis et Hybopsis, Grd.) 
§ Ceratichthys. 


343. Ceratichthys biguitatus (Kirt.) Girard. Pennsylvania to Utah and 
south. 

344. Oeratichthys micropogon Cope. Hastern Pennsylvania. (d. s.) 

345. Ocratichthys nebrascensis (Grd.) Jor. Sweetwater River. (d. s.) 


§ ? Hybopsis Ag. 1854. 


346. Oeratichthys amblops (Raf.) Grd. Obio Valley. 

347. Ceratichthys gracilis (Ag.) Jor. Tennessee to Georgia. (C. winchelli 
(Grd.) Jor. C. hyalinus Cope.) (d. s.) 

348. Ceratichthys rubrifrons Jordan. South Carolina; Georgia. 

349. Ceratichthys hypsinotus Cope. North Carolina. 

350. Ceratichthys dissimilis (Kirt.) Cope. Ohio Valley. 

301. Ceratichthys sterletus Cope. New Mexico. 


302. 
353. 
304, 
350. 


356. 
307. 
358. 
309.. 
360. 
361. 


362. 


371. 


JORDAN: CATALOGUE OF FRESH-WATER FISHES. A427 
§ —— 


Ceratichthys physignathus Cope. Arkansas River, Colorado. 
Ceratichthys squamilentus Cope. Colorado Basin. 
Ceratichthys prosthemius Cope. Great Lakes. 

Ceratichthys milnert Jordan. Lake Superior. 


§ ——— 


Ceratichthys monachus Cope. Tennessee River. 

Ceratichthys labrosus Cope. Santee Basin. 

Ceratichthys zanemus Jordan & Brayton. Santee River. (d. s.) 
Ceratichthys gelidus (Grd.) Jor. Milk River. (d. s.) 
Ceratichthys vernalis (Grd.) Jor. Arkansas River. (d. s.) 
Ceratichthys cestivalis (Grd.) Jor. New Leon. (d. s.) 


60.—SEMOTILUS Rafinesque. 1820. Horned Dace. 
§ Leucosomus Heckel. 1842. 


Semotilus bullaris (Raf.) Jor. New England to Virginia. (8. 
rhotheus Cope. JL. cataractus Baird. LL. argenteus Storer.) 


. Semotilus dissimilis (Grd.) Jor. Milk River. (d. s.) 


§ Semotilus. 


. Semotilus corporalis (Mitch.) Putnam. Massachusetts to the Rocky 


Mountains and south. 


. Semotilus thoreauianus Jordan. Flint River, Georgia. 


61.—AGosIA Girard. 1856. 


. Agosia chrysogaster Grd. Sonora. 
. Agosia metallica Grd. Lio Gila. 


62.—POGONICHTHYS Girard. 1854. 


. Pogonichthys inequilobus B. & G. California. 
. Pogonichthys symmetricus B. & G. California. 
. Pogonichthys argyriosus B. & G. California. (d. s.) 


63.—PLATYGOBIO Gill. 1861. 


Platygobio gracilis (Rich.) Gill & Jor. Colorado River to the Sas- 
katchawan. (P. communis (B. & G.) Gill.) 


64.—MYLOCHILUS Agassiz. 1855. 


. Mylochilus caurinus (Rich.) Grd. Oregon and north. 


428 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
65.—MYLOPHARODON Ayres. 1855. 
373. Mylopharodon conocephalus (Ayres) Grd. California. 
66.—*TIAROGA Girard. 1856. 
374. Tiaroga cobitis Grd. Rio Gila. 
67.—GRAODUS Giinther. 1868. 


375. Graodus nigroteniatus Gthr. Mexico. 


68.—LEPIDOMEDA Cope. 1874. 


376. Lepidomeda vittata Cope. Colorado River, Arizona. 
377. Lepidomeda jarroviti Cope. Colorado River, Arizona. 


69.—MEDA Girard. 1856. 
378. Meda fulgida Girard. Rio Gila. 


70.—PLAGOPTERUS Cope. 1874. 


379. Plagopterus argentissimus Cope. San Luis Valley, Western Colo- 
rado. ef 

DORYSOMATID A. 

71.—_DoRYSoMA Rafinesque. 1820. Gizzard Shads. 


380. Dorysoma cepedianum heterurum (Raf.) Jor. Mississippi Valley— 
escaped into the lakes. 


CLUPEIDA. 
72,.—ALOSA Cuvier. 1829. Shads. 


381. Alosa sapidissima (Wilson) Storer. Coast—ascending most streams. 


73.—PoMOLOBUS Rafinesque. 1819. Alewives. 
§ Meletta Valenciennes, 1847. 


382. Pomolobus pseudoharengus lacustris Jordan. Lake Ontario and lakes 
of Western New York. . 


§ Pomolobus. 


383. Pomolobus chrysochloris Raf. Mississippi Valley—escaped into the 
lakes. 


$$ 
*I have at present little faith in the validity of the genus Tiaroga. It looks like a 
Cliola in which one of the teeth in the main row has been lost. 


384. 


385. 


386. 


387. 


388. 


389. 
390. 
. Coregonus quadrilateralis Rich. New Hampshire and Great Lake 


394. 


395. 
396. 


397. 


JORDAN: CATALOGUE OF FRESH-WATER FISHES, 429 
HYODONTID. 
74.—Hyopon Le Sueur. 1818. Moon Byes. 
§ Hlattonistius Gill & Jordan. 1878. 
Hyodon chrysopsis Rich. Missouri and Saskatchawan Basins. 
§ Hyodon. 


Hyodon tergisus Le Sueur. Great Lakes and Upper Mississippi 
Valley. 
Hyodon selenops Jordan & Bean. Tennessee and Alabama Rivers. 


MICROSTOMATIDZ. 
75.—OSMERUS Linnzus. 1758. - Smelts. 


Osmerus mordax (Mitch.) Gill. Eastern coast—ascending streams 
northward. . 


76.—MALLOTUS Cuvier. 1829. Capelins. 
Mallotus villosus (Miiller) Cuv. Nova Scotia northward—coastwise. 
SALMONID i. | 
77.—COREGONUS Linneus. 1758. Whitefish. 
§ Prosopium Milner. 1878. 


Coregonus couesi Milner. Montana (headwaters Saskatchawan). 
Coregonus williamsoni. Grd. Region west of Rocky Mountains. 


Region to Alaska. (C. novanglic Prescott.) 


§ Coregonus. 


. Coregonus clupeiformis (Mitch.) Milner. Great Lake Region to Polar 


Sea. (C. albus Le 8.) 


. Coregonus kennicotti Milner, MSS. Yukon River, Alaska. 


§ 


Coregonus labradoricus Rich. Northern New York to Labrador 
(C. neohantontensis Prescott). 


§ Argyrosomus Agassiz. 1850. 


Coregonus hoyi (Gill) Jordan. Upper Great Lakes. 

Coregonus artedi (Le S.) Hoy. Great Lake Region and Upper Mis- 
sissippi Valley to Alaska. 

Coregonus nigripinnis (Gill) Jordan. Lake Michigan. 


430 


398. 


399. 


413. 


414, 


415. 


BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 
§ Allosomus Jordan. 1878. 
Coregonus tullibee Rich. Upper Great Lakes. 


78.—STENODUS Richardson. 1860. Inconnus. 
(Luciotrutta Giinther, 1866.) 


Stenodus mackenzti Rich. Mackenzie’s River. 


79.—THYMALLUS Cuvier. 1829. Graylings. 


» Thymallus signifer (Rich.) Cuv. & Val. British America. 
. Thymallus montanuvs Milner. Montana. (d. s.) 
. Thymallus tricolor Cope. Michigan and northwest. (d. s.) 


80.—SALVELINUS Richardson. 1836. Charrs. 


(Batone DeKay, 1842. Umbla Rapp. Salmo Siebold.) 


. Salvelinus oquassa (Grd.) Gill & Jordan. Rangeley Lake, ete., in 


Maine. 


. Salvelinus lordti (Gthr.) G. & J. British Columbia. (d. s.) 
. Salvelinus tudes (Cope) G. & J. Alaska. (d. s.) 
. Salvelinus spectabilis (Grd.) G. & J. Streams west of Sierra Nevada. 


(S. campbelli Suckley; S. parkii Suckley.) 


. Salvelinus bairdii (Suckl.) G.& J. Streams west of Sierra Nevada. 
. Salvelinus fontinalis (Mitch.) G. & J. Georgia to Lake Superior 


and ‘Hudson’s Bay. (S. hudsonicus Suckley; S. canadensis Smith; 
S. immaculatus Storer.) 


. Salvelinus hoodit (Rich.) G. & J. Northeastern British America. 
. Salvelinus rossti (Rich.) G. & J. Arctic America. (d. s.) : 
. Salvelinus stagnalis (Fabricius) G. &J. Boothia Felix. Greenland 


(S. alipes Rich. S. nitidus Rich.) 


. Salvelinus arcturus (Gthr.) G. & J. Arctic America. 


81.—CRISTIVOMER Gill & Jordan. 1878. Great Lake Trout. 


Cristivomer namaycush (Walb.) G. & J. Lakes, Maine: to the 
tocky Mountains and northward. (S. toma Hamlin. S. sym- 
metrica Prescott. S. adarondacus Norris. 8S. pallidus Raf. S. 
confinis DeK.) 

Cristiwomer siscowet (Ag.) G. & J. Lake Superior. 


82.—SALAR Valenciennes. 1849. Salmon Trout. 


(Fario Valenciennes, 1849, in part; Trutta Siebold.) 


Salar clarktt (Rich.) G. & J. Headwaters of Rio Grande, Platte, 
Missouri, and Columbia; northwestward to the Pacific. Var. 
aurora, east of the Cascade Range. (S. aurora Grd. 8. lewist 
Grd. S&S. virginalis Grd. S. stellatus Grd. SS. carinatus Cope.) 


a 
bo 
i 


424, 


426. 


497, 


428. 


429 


JORDAN: CATALOGUE OF FRESH-WATER FISHES. 431 


. Salar henshawi Gill & Jordan. Lake Tahoe; Sacramento River. 
. Salar stomias (Cope) G. & J. Kansas River. 
. Salar spilurus (Cope) G. & J. Colorado, Idaho, Utah, and Rio 


_ Grande Region. (S. pleuriticus Cope, a variety.) 


. Salar tsuppitch (Rich) G. & J. California to Washington. 
. Salar irideus (Gibbous) Grd. Streams west of Sierra Nevada. 


(S. masont Suckley. S. newberrii Grd.) 


83.—SALMO Linneeus. 1758. Salmons. 


Salmo salar L. Northern Atlantic coasts of Europe and America— 
ascending streams ; often land-locked. (S. omiscomaycus Watb. 
S. sebago Grd. 8S. glovert Grd.) 


84.—ONCORHYNCHUS Suckley. 1861. Hooked-jaw Salmons. 
§ Oncorhynchus. 


. Oncorhynchus gorbuscha (Walb.) G. & J. North Pacific coasts of 


Asia and America. (S. proteus Pallas. 8. gibler Bloch, and of 
Suckley.) 


. Oncorhynchus keta (Walb.) G. & J. North Pacific coasts of Asia 


and America. (S. lagocephalus Pallas. SS. scoulert Rich. S. con- 
jfluentus Suckley.) 

Oncorhynchus nerka (Walb.) G. & J. North Pacific coasts of 
Asia and America. (8S. lycacdon and japonensis Pallas. 8. canis, 
coopert, scoulert, truncatus, and richardi Suckley. 8S. paucidens, 
dermatinus, and consuetus Rich.) 


. Oncorhynchus quinnat (Rich.) Gthr. Coasts of California to British 


Columbia. (S. argyreus Grd. 8S. warreni Suck.) 
| § Hypsifario Gill. 1864. 


Oncorhynchus kennerlyi (Suckl.) Jordan. Sacramento River to Brit- 


ish Columbia. . 
CHARACINIDA. 


85.—ASTYANAX Baird & Girard. 1854. 
(Pecilurichthys Gill, 1858.) 
Astyanax argentatus B. & G. Texas; Arkansas (Le Sueur.) 
PERCOPSID &%. 


86.—PERCOPSIS Agassiz. 1850. Trout Perches. 
Percopsis guttatus Ag. Great Lake Region; south to the Dela- 


ware, Potomac, and Ohio Rivers. 
ESOCID 3. 


87.—Esox Linneus. 1758. Pikes. 
§ Mascalongus Jordan. 1878. 
sox nobilior Thompson. Great Lake Region. 


432 


430. 


440. 
441. 


BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
§ Hsox. 


Hsox lucius Linneeus. Waters of Northern United States, British 
America, Europe, and Asia. 


§ Picorellus Rafinesque. 1820. 


. Hsox reticulatus Le Sueur. New England to Alabama, east of the 


Alleghanies. 


. Hsox salmoneus Raf. Ohio Valley to Wisconsin. 

. Esox raveneli Holbr. South Carolina to Alabama. (d. s.) 
. Hsox americanus Gmel. Massachusetts to Maryland. 

. Hsox cypho Cope. Pennsylvania to Illinois. 


AMBLYOPSID. 


$8.—CHOLOGASTER Agassiz. 1854. Ditch Fishes. 


. Chologaster cornutus Ag. Rice-ditches, South Carolina. 
7. Chelogaster agassizi Putnam. Mammoth Cave and subterranean 


stream, Lebanon, Tenn. 
89.—TYPHLICHTHYS Girard. 1859. Small Blind Fish. 


. Lyphlichthys subterraneus Grd. Caves of Indiana and Kentucky. 


90.—AMBLYOPSIS DeKay. 1842. Blind Fish. 


. Amblyopsis speleus DeKay. Caves of the limestone regions of Indi- 


ana and Kentucky. 
UMBRID Zi. 


91.—MELANURA Agassiz. 1854. Mud Minnows. 
Melanura limi (Kirt.) Ag. Great Lake Region. 
Melanura pygmea (DeKay) Baird. Connecticut to South Carolina. 


CYPRINODONTID A. 


92.—CYPRINODON Lacépéde. 18038. 


. Cyprinodon variegatus Lac. Atlantic coast. 

. Cyprinodon parvus B. & G. Cape Cod to North Carolina. (d. s.) 
. Cyprinodon elegans B. & G. Rio Grande. 

- Oyprinodon bovinus B. & G. Texas. 

. Oyprinodon macularius B. & G. Rio Gila. 

. Cyprinodon gibbosus B. & G. Texas. 

. Cyprinodon californiensis Grd. San Diego, Cal. 


93.—GIRARDINICHTHYS Bleeker. 1860. 


. Girardinichthys innominatus Bleeker. Mexico. 


94,.—LUCANIA Girard. 1859. 


. Lucania venusta Grd. Texas. 
. Lucania affinis Grd. Mexico. (d. s.) 


452. 
453. 
454, 


455. 


456. 
457. 
458. 


459, 
460. 
461. 
462. 
463. 


464. 
465. 


466. 
467. 


468. 
469. 
470. 
471. 
472. 
473. 
474. 
475. 
476. 
477. 


478. 
479, 


JORDAN: CATALOGUE OF FRESH-WATER FISHES. 433 
95.—HYDRARGYRA Lacépéde. 1803. May Fishes. 
Hydrargyra majalis (Walb.) Val. Cape Cod to North Carolina. 


_Hydrargyra swampina Lac. North Carolina to Florida. (d. s.) 


are ‘gyra similis B. & G. Florida to Texas. 
96.—FUNDULUS TLacépade. 1803. Killifishes. 


Fundulus heteroclitus (L.) Gthr. Cape Cod to Florida, entering 
streams. 

Fundulus pisculentus (Mitch.) Val. Atlantic coast. 

Fundulus nigrofasciatus (Le 8S.) Val. Atlantic coast. 

Fundulus diaphanus (Le 8.) Ag. Coasts; ascending all streams to 
their fountain-heads; hence inland to Michigan, Wisconsin, 
Colorado. (F. multifasciatus (Le 8.) Val.) 

Fundulus menona Jordan & Copeland. Rock River, Wis.; N. Ills. 

Fundulus zebra (Grd.) Gthr. Rio Grande. (d. s.) 

Fundulus seminolis Grd. Florida. (d. s.) 

Fundulus grandis B. & G. Texas. 

Fundulus parvipinnis Grd. San Diego, Cal. 


97.—XENISMA Jordan. 1876. Stud-fishes. 


Xenisma stelliferum Jordan. Alabama River. 
Xenisma catenatum (Storer) Jor. Cumberland and Tennessee Riy- 
ers. 


98.—ZYGONECTES Agassiz. 1854. Top Minnows. 
§ Zygonectes. 


Zygonectes notatus (Raf.) Jor. Michigan to Texas. 
Zygonectes floripinnis (Cope) Jor. Colorado. 


§ Micristius Gill. 1865. 


Zygonectes zonatus (Mitch.) Jor. Cape Cod to Florida. 

Zygonectes cingulatus (C. & V.) Jor. Cape Cod to Florida. (d. s.) 
Zygonectes chrysotus (Gthr.) Jor. North Carolina to Florida. (d. 5.) 
Zygonectes nottii Ag. Georgia to Mississippi. 

Zygonectes sciadicus (Cope) Jor. Platte River. 

Zygonectes melanops (Cope) Jor. North Carolina to Illinois. 
Zygonectes guttatus Ag. Alabama. 

Zygonectes dispar Ag. Ohio to Missouri. 

Zygonectes hieroglyphicus Ag. Alabama. 

Zygonectes brachypterus (Cope), MSS. Texas. 


99.—GAMBUSIA Poey. 1851. 


Gambusia holbrooki (Ag.) Grd. Florida to Texas. 
Gambusia nobilis B. & G. Texas. 


434 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


480. Gambusia afinis B. & G. Texas. (d.s.) 
481. Gambusia patruelis B. & G. Texas. (d. 8.) 
482. Gambusia gracilis Grd. Matamoras. (d. 8.) 
483. Gambusia speciosa Grd. New Leon. (a 5.) 
484. Gambusia senilis Grd. Chihuahua. (d. s.) 
100.—MOLLIENESIA Le Sueur. 1821. 
Gama Poey, 1851.) 


485. Mollienesia latipinna Le 8. Florida to Texas. 

486. Mollienesia lineolata Grd. Texas. (d.s.) 

487. Mollienesia formosa (Grd.) Gthr. Mexico. 

488. Mollienesia matamorensis (Grd.) Jor. Matamoras. (d. 8.) 

489. Mollienesia pecilioides (Grd.) Jor. Texas. (d. s.) 

490. Mollienesia. couchiana (Grd.) Jor. New Leon. 
101.—GIRARDINUS Poey. 1851. 


491. Girardinus formosus (Ag.) Grd. South Carolina to Louisiana. 
492. Girardinus occidentalis (B. & G.) Grd. New Mexico. 
493. Girardinus sonoriensis Grd. Sonora; Arizona. 


102.—ADINIA Girard. 1859. 


494, Adinia multifasciata Grd. Texas. 


ATHERINID A. 
103.—CHIROSTOMA Swainson. 1839. Silversides. 


495. Chirostoma notatum (Mitch.) Gill. Maine to Florida. 
496. Chirostoma menidium (L.) Gill. North Carolina to Florida. 
497. Chirostoma berytlinum Cope. Maryland to Florida. : 


104.—ATHERINA Linneeus. 1758. 


498. Atherina carolina Val. South Carolina. 


105.—LABIDESTHES Cope. 1870. 


499, Labidesthes sicculus Cope. Tennessee to Michigan. 


APHODODERID A. 
106.—APHODODERUS Le Sueur. 1833. Pirate Perches. 


500. Aphododerus sayanus (Gilliams) DeKay. New Jersey to Louisiana, 
chiefly coastwise. 
501. Aphododerus isolepis (Nelson) Jordan. Mississippi Basin and 
Upper Lakes. (d. s.) 


JORDAN: CATALOGUE OF FRESH-WATER FISHES. 435, 
ELASSOMATID 4. 
107.—ELASSOMA Jordan. 1877. 
502. Hlassoma zonatum Jordan. Illinois to Texas. 
CENTRARCHID A. 


108.—MICROPTERUS Lacépede. 1800. Black Bass. 


503. Micropterus pallidus (Raf.) Gill & Jordan. Red River of the 
North to Virginia, Florida, and Mexico. (IM. nigricans (C. & V.). 
Gill.) 

504. Micropterus salmoides(Lac.) Gill. Canada to Alabama and Florida 


109.—CHENOBRYTTUS Gill. 1864. War-mouths. 


505. Chenobryttus gulusus (C. & V.) Gill. Upper Great Lakes; Missis- 
sippi Valley to Texas. 
506. Chenobryttus viridis (C. & V.) Jor. Virginia to Florida. 


110.—AMBLOPLITES Rafinesque. 1820. Rock Bass. 
§ Ambloplites. 


507. Ambloplites rupestris (Ihaf.) Gill. Lake Champlain to the Saskat- 
chawan; south to Florida and Texas. 
508. Ambloplites cavifrons Cope. Virginia; Nocth Carolina. 


 § Archoplites Gill. 1862. 
509. Ambloplites interruptus Grd. Streams of the Pacific slope. 
111.—ACANTHARCHUS Gill. 1864. 
510s. Acantharchus pomotis (Baird) Gill. New York to South Carolina. 
112.—APOMOTIS Rafinesque. 1819. 


‘511. Apomotis cyanellus (Raf.) Jor. Alleghanies to Great Plains and 
south. 

.512. Apomotis signifer (Grd.) Jor. Texas. (d. s.) 

513. Apomotis albulus (Grd.) Jor. Texas. (d. s.) 

514, Apomotis phenax Cope & Jordan. New Jersey. 


113.—LEProromus Rafinesque. 1819. Sunfishes. 
§ Lepiopomus. 


515. Lepiopomus macrochirus Raf. Ohio Valley to Illinois. 
516. Lepiopomus anagallinus Cope. Kentucky to Kansas. 
517. Lepiopomus oculatus Cope. Upper Mississippi Valley. 
518. Lepiopomus humilis (Grd.) Cope. Texas. 


546. 


DAT, 


BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


. Lepiopomus mystacalis Cope. Florida. 

. Lepiopomus bombifrons (Ag.) Jor. Tennessee River. (d. g.) 

. Lepiopomus apiatus Cope. Florida. 

. Lepiopomus elongatus (Holbr.) Gill & Jor. Florida. 

. Lepiopomus miniatus Jordan. Louisiana. 

. Lepiopomus auritus (l.) Raf. Maine to Florida, east of the mount- 


alns. 


. Lepiopomus ischyrus Jordan & Nelson. Illinois. 


§ Helioperca Jordan. 1877. 


. Lepiopomus pallidus (Mit.) Gill & Jor. Canada to New Jersey, 


Florida, and Texas. 


. Lepiopomus, obscurus (Ag.) Jor. Kentucky to Alabama. 


114.—XYSTROPLITES Jordan. 1877. 


. Aystroplites gillti Jordan. Florida. 

. Aystroplites longimanus Cope. Florida. 

. Aystroplites heros (B. & G.) Jor. Texas. 

. AXystroplites notatus (Ag.) Jor. Tennessee River. (d. 9.) 


115.—XENOTIS Jordan. 1877. Long-eared Sunfishes. 


. Xenotis inseriptus (Ag.) Jor. Ohio to Missouri and south. 

. Xenotis peltastes (Cope) Jor. Michigan to Illinois. 

. Xenotis marginatus (Holbr.) Jor. Florida. 
. Aenotis aureolus Jor. Ohio Valley. 

. Xenotis solis (Val.) Gill & Jor. Louisiana. 

. AXenotis lythrochloris Jor. Ohio Valley. 

. Xenotis sanguinolentus (Ag.) Jor. South Carolina to Tennessee and 


Louisiana. (d. 8.) 


. Xenotis megalotis (Raf.) Jor. Mississippi Valley. 

. Aenotis popit (Grd.) Jor. Texas. (d. s.) ‘A 
. AXenotis breviceps (B. & G.) Jor. Louisiana to Texas. 

. Xenotis failax (B. & G.) Jor. Texas. 


116:—Evpomoris Gill & Jordan. 1877. Sunfishes. 


. Hupomotis aureus (Walb.) Gill & Jor. Minresota to New England 


and south to Florida, east of the Alleghauies. 


. Hupomotis speciosus (Holbr.) Gill. Florida. 
. Eupomotis pallidus (Ag.) Gill & Jordan. Illinois to Alabama and 


southward. 
117.—MESOGONISTIUS Gill. 1864. 
Mesogonistius cheetodon (Baird) Gill. New Jersey to Maryland. 
118.—ENNEACANTHUS Gill. 1864. 


Enneacanthus obesus (Grd.) Gill. Massachusetts to North Carolina. 


548. 
549. 
550. 


Gale 
B52. 


553. 


554, 


555. 


556. 


557. 
508. 


559. 


560. 


561. 


JORDAN: CATALOGUE OF FRESH-WATER : FISHES. 437 


Enneacanthus margarotis Gill & Jor. New Jersey to Virginia. 
Enneacanthus pinniger Gill & Jor. North Carolina. 
Enneacanthus gloriosus (Holbr.) Jor. Maryland to Florida. 


119.—HEMIOPLITES Cope. 1868. 
Hemioplites simulans Cope. Virginia. 

120.—COPELANDIA Jordan. 1876. 
Copelandia eriarcha Jor. Wisconsin. 


121.—CENTRARCHUS Cuvier. 1829. 


Centrarchus irideus (Lac.) C. & V. North Carolina to Illinois and 
south. 
Centrarchus macropterus (Lac.) Jor. South Carolina to Alabama. 


122.—PomoxyYs Rafinesque. 1818. Grass Bass. 
| § Pomoxys. 
Pomoxys annularis Raf. Mississippi Valley. 
§ Hyperistius Gill. 1864. 


Pomoxys nigromaculatus (Le S.) Grd. New Jersey to Minnesota; 


south to Florida. 
LABRACIDA. 


123.—MoRongE Mitchill. 1817. White Bass. 


Morone americana (Gmel.) Gill. Atlantic coast and streams. 
Morone interrupta Gill. Lower Mississippi Valley. 


124.Roccws Mitchill. 1817. Rockfish. 
§ Lepibema Rafinesque. 1820. 
Roccus chrysops (Raf.) Gill. Great Lakes; Upper Mississippi Valley. 
§ Roccus. 
Roccus lineatus (Bloch) G:ll. Atlantic coast and streams. 
PERCIDA. 
125.—PERCA Linneus. 1758. Perches. 


Perca americana Schranck. Minnesota to New England and south 
to Florida, east of the Alleghanies. 


126.—SrTizosTETHIUM Rafinesque. 1820. Pike Perches. 


§ Stizostethium. 


. Stizostethium vitreum (Mitchill) Jordan & Copeland. Great Lake 


Region, Canada, and southward. (Including var. salmoneum 
Raf.) 


581. 


582. 


BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


§ Cynoperca Gill & Jordan. 1878. 


Stizvstethium canadense (Smith) Jor. Saint Lawrence River to the 
Upper Missouri. 


ETHEOSTOMATID Ai. 


127.—AMMOCRYPTA Jordan. 1877. Sand Divers. 


: Ammocrypta beanti Jordan. Louisiana. 


128.—PLEUROLEPIS Agassiz. 1863. Pellucid Darters. 


. Pleurolepis pellucidus (Baird) Agassiz. Ohio Valley. 
. Pleurolepis vitreus (Cope) Jord. & Copel. North Carolina. 
. Pleurolepis asprellus Jordan. Illinois. 


129.—PERCINA Haldeman. 1842. Log Perch. 


. Percina caprodes (Raf.) Grd. Great Lake Region to Alabama. 
. Percina carbonaria (B. & G.) Grd. Texas. 
. Percina manitou Jordan. Indiana to Minnesota. 


130.—ALVORDIUS Girard. 1859. Black-sided Darters. 


. Alvordius maculatus Grd. Western streams. (Htheostoma blen- 


nioides Ag. A. aspro Cope & Jor.) 


2. Alwordius macrocephalus Cope. Ohio Valley. 
. Alwordius phoxocephaius (Nelson) Cope & Jor. Indiana to Tennes- 


see and Kansas. 


. Alvordius crassus Jordan & Brayton. Santee River. 
. Alvordius nevisensis Cope. North Carolina. 
. Alvordius-peliatus (Stauffer) Cope & Jor. Conestoga River, Penn- 


sylvania. 


lovee since, Gre OPT Darsiace, 


. Hricosma evides Jordan & Copeland. Wabash Valley. 


132.—HADROPTERUS Agassiz. 1854. 


(Hypohomus Cope, 1870. Plesioperca Le Vaillant, 1873.) 


. Hadropterus nigrofasciatus Ag. South Carolina to Louisiana. 
. Hadropterus tessellatus Jor. Alleghany River. 
. Hadropterus aurantiacus (Cope) Jor. Virginia to Tennessee. 


133.—IMOSTOMA Jordan, 1877. Big-headed Darters. 
Imostoma shumardi (Grd.) Jor. Indiana to Iowa and Arkansas. 


134.—RHEOCRYPTA Jordan. 1877. 


Rheocrypta copelandi Jordan. Wabash Valley. 


596. 


597. 
598. 
599. 
600. 
601. 
602. 
603. 


604. 


605. 


606. 
607. 
608. 
609. 
610. 


JORDAN: CATALOGUE OF FRESH-WATER FISHES. 439 


135.—DIPLESIUM Rafinesque. 1820. Green-sided Darters. 


. Diplesium blennioides (Raf.) Jor. Mississippi Valley. 
. Diplesium newmani (Ag.) Jor. & Copel. Tennessee River. (d. s.) 
. Diplesium simoterum (Cope) Copeland. Cumberland and Upper 


Tennessee Rivers. 


136.—ULOCENTRA Jordan. 1878. 


. Ulocentra stigmea Jor. Georgia to Louisiana. 
. Ulocentra atripinnis Jor. Cumberland River. 


137.—BOLEOSOMA DeKay. 1842. Tessellated Darters. 


. Boleosoma olmstedi (Storer) Ag. Great Lakes to New England 


and southward, east of the Alleghanies. 


. Boleosoma atromaculatum (Grd.) Jor. New York to Virginia 


(? var.) 


. Boleosoma maculatum (Ag.) Jor. Mississippi Valley and Upper 


Great Lakes. (Boleosoma brevipinne Cope.) 


. Boleosoma cesopus Cope. Allegbany River. (d. s.) 

2. Boleosoma effulgens (Grd.) Cope. Maryland to North Carolina. 
3. Boleosoma maculaticeps Cope. North Carolina to Georgia. 

. Boleosoma meseum (Cope) Jordan. Kansas. (d. 5.) 

. Boleosoma phlox Cope, MSS. Texas. 


138.—NANOSTOMA Putnam. 1877. 


Nanostoma zonale (Cope) Jordan. Mississippi Valley. 


139.—NoTHonotus Agassiz. 1563. Blue-breasted Darters. 


Nothonotus maculatus (Kirt.) Ag. Obio. 

Nothonotus camurus (Cope) Jor. Ohio Valley. 

Nothonotus sanguifluus (Cope) Jor. Cumberland River. 
Nothonotus vulneratus (Cope) Jor. Tennessee to North Carolina. 
Nothonotus rufilineatus (Cope) Jor. Kentucky to North Carolina. 
Nothonotus inscriptus Jor. & Bray. Oconee River. 

Nothonotus thalassinus Jor. & Bray. Santee River. 


140.—PaicILICHTHYS Agassiz. 1854. Variegated Darters. 


Pecilichthys variatus (Kirtland) Ag. Upper Mississippi Valley 
and tributaries of Lake Erie and Lake Michigan. 


Pecilichthys spectabilis Agassiz. Upper Mississippi Valley and 


tributaries of Lake Erie and Lake Michigan. 
Poectlichthys jessie Jor. & Bray. Tennessee River. 
Pecilichthys lepidus Grd. Texas and west. 
Pecilichthys punctulatus Agassiz. Missouri and Arkansas. 
Pecilichthys leonensis (Grd.) Jordan & Copeland. Texas. 
Peeilichthys grahami (Grd.) Jordan & Copeland. Texas. 


e 


440 


611. 


612. 


613. 


614. 
615. 


616. 
617. 
618. 
619. 


620. 
621. 


622. 


623. 


624. 


625. 


626. 


627. 
628. 
629. 


BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
141._ETHEOSTOMA Rafinesque. 1819. Lined Darters. 


(Cotonotus Agassiz, 1854.) 


§ 


Etheostoma squamiceps Jordan. Kentucky. 


§ Htheostoma. 


Etheostoma flabellare Rafinesque. New York to lowa and south. 


142.—ALVARIUS Girard. 1859. 
Alvarius lateralis Grd.. Texas; Mexico. 
143.—BoLEICcCHTHYS Girard. 1859. Red-sided Darters. — 


Boleichthys exilis Grd. Upper Missouri Region. 

Boleichthys eos Jordan & Copeland. Upper Great Lakes and 
Upper Mississippi Valley. 

Boleichthys erochrous (Cope) Jor. New Jersey to Maryland. 

Boleichthys elegans Grd. Georgia to Texas. | 

Boleichthys gracilis (Grd.) Jor. Texas. 

Boleichthys fusiformis (Grd.) Jor. Massachusetts. 

Boleichthys barrattt (Holbr.) Jor. North Carolina to Georgia. 

Boleichthys warrent Grd. Upper Missouri Region. 


144.—MICROPERCA Putnam. 1863. Least Darters. 


Microperca punctulata Putnam. Upper Mississippi Valley and trib- 
utaries of Lake Michigan. 


SCLANID A. 
145.—HAPLOIDONOTUS Rafinesque. 1819. River Drums. 
Haploidonotus grunniens Raf. Great Lakes and Mississippi Valley. 
146.—EUTYCHELITHUS Jordan. 1876. Malasheganay. 
Eutychelithus richardsonii (C. & V.) Jor. Upper Great Lakes. (d. 8.) 


CICHLIDA. 
147.—HEROS Heckel. 1840. 
Heros cyanoguttatus (B. & G.) Jor. Texas. 


COTTIDA. 
148.—TRIGLOPSIS Girard. 1851. 
Triglopsis thompsoni Grd. Great Lakes in deep waters. 
149.—URANIDEA DeKay. 1842. 


Uranidea hoyt Putnam. Lake Michigan. 
Uranidea franklini (Ag.) Jor. Lake Superior. 
Uranidea kumlient Hoy. Lake Michigan. 


630. 
631. 
632. 
633. 
634, 
635. 


636. 
637. 
638. 


639. 
640. 
641. 
642. 
643. 
644. 


645. 
646. 
647. 


648. 


649. 


650. 


651. 
652. 
653. 


. 654, 
655. 


JORDAN: CATALOGUE OF FRESH-WATER FISHES. 441 


Uranidea formosa (Grd.) Jor. Lake Ontario. (d. s.) 
Uranidea gracilis (Heckel) Putn. New York and east. 
Uranidea gobioides (Grd.) Jor. Lake Champlain. (d. s.) 
Uranidea boleoides (Grd.) Jor. Lake Champlain. (d. s.) 
Uranidea viscosa (Haldeman) Cope. Pennsylvania. 
Uranidea fabricii (Grd.) Jor. Greenland. 


150.—PoTAMocoTTUS Gill. 1861. 


Potamocottus bairdii (Grd.) Gill. Ohio. 

Potamocottus alvordi (Grd.) Gill. Great Lakes to Minnesota. (d.s.) 

Potamocottus meridionalis (Grd.) Gill. Pennsylvania to Indiana; 
south to Alabama. 

Potamocottus wilsont (Grd.) Gill. Pennsylvania to Indiana. (d. 8.) 

Potamocottus richardsoni (Ag.) Gill. Lake Superior. 

Potamocottus punctulatus Gill. Rocky Mountains. 

Potamocotius wheelert Cope. Utah; Colorado. (d. 8.) 

Potamocottus cognatus (Rich.) Gill. British America. 

Potamocottus gulosus (Grd.) Jor. Oregon and California. 


151.—CorTopsis Girard. 1850. 


Cottopsis asper (Rich.) Grd. Columbia River. 


Cottopsis parvus Grd. California. (d. s.) 


Cottopsis semiscaber Cope. Idaho. (d. g.) 
152..-TAURIDEA Jordan & [ice. 1878. 


Tanridea spilota (Cope) Jordan & Rice. Deep water, Lake Mich- 
igan. 
: GADIDH. 


153.—Lora Cuvier. 1817. Lings. 


Lota lacustris (Walb.) Gill. New England to Minnesota and north. 


ward. 
. GASTEROSTEID. 


154.—HucALIA Jordan. 1876. Brook Sticklebacks. 


Hucalia inconstans (Kirt.) Jor. Western New York to Kansas and 
northward. 


155.—APELTES DeKay. 1842. Smooth Sticklebacks. 


Apeltes quadracus (Mit.) Brev. Atlantic coast and streams. 
Apeites williamsoni (Grd.) Jor. California. 


156. PYGOSTEUS Brevoort. 1861. Many-spined Sticklebacks. 


Pygosteus occidentalis (Cuv. & Val.) Brevoort. Newfoundland to 
Cape Hatteras. Var.nebulosus Agassiz, inthe Upper Great Lakes. 
Pygosteus concinnus (Rich.) Jor. Saskatchawan Region. 
Pygosteus mainensis (Storer) Brey. Kennebec River. 
Bull. iv. No. 2 9 : 


442 


656. 
657. 


658. 
659. 


660. 
661. 
662. 

663. 
664. 
665. 


_ BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


157.—GASTERCSTEUS Linnzeus. 1758. Sticklebacks. 


Gasterosteus aculeatus L. Greenland to Newfoundland; also in 
Europe. 

Gasterosteus biaculeatus Shaw. Newfoundland and Labrador. 
(GES). 


Gasterosteus niger Cuv. & Val. Newfoundland. (d. s.) 
Gasterosteus noveboracensis Ouv. & Val. New Brunswick to Cape 
Hatteras. (d. s.) : . 

Gasterosteus plebeius Grd. California. 

Gasterosteus serratus Ayres. Pacific coast. 

Gasterosteus intermedius Grd. Washington Territory. (d. 8.) 
Gasterosteus inopinatus Grd. California. 

Gasterosteus microcephalus Grd. Tulare Basin. 

Gasterosteus pugetti Grd. Puget’s Sound. 


ARTY. XIX.—DESCRIPTION OF A FOSSIL PASSERINE BIRD FROM 
THE INSECT-BEARING SHALES OF COLORADO. 


Bye. -AbEEN, 


Plate I. 


The species described in the present paper is based on some beauti- 
fully preserved remains from the insect-bearing shales of Florissant, 
Colorado. They consist of the greater part of a skeleton, embracing all 
of the bones of the anterior and posterior extremities (excepting the 
femora). Unfortunately, the bill and the anterior portion of the head 
are wanting, but the outlines of the remainder of the head and of the 
neck are distinctly traceable. The bones are all in sitw, and indicate 
beyond question a high ornithic type, probably referable to the Oscine 
division of the Passeres. The specimen bears also remarkably distinct 
impressions of the wings and tail, indicating not only the general form 
of these parts, but even the shafts and barbs cf the feathers. 

In size and in general proportions, the present species differs little 
from the Scarlet Tanager (Pyranga rubra) or the Cedar-bird (Ampelis 
cedrorum). The bones of the wings, as well as the wings themselves, 
indicate a similar alar development, but the tarsi and feet are rather 
smaller and weaker; and hence in this point the agreement is better 
with the short-legged Pewees (genus Contopus). These features indi- 
eate arboreal habits and well-developed powers of flight. The absence 
of the bill renders it impossible to assign the species to any particular 
family, but the fossi! on the whole gives the impression of Fringilline 
affinities. 


PALOSPIZA BELLA, gen. et sp. nov. 


Wings rather long, pointed; tail (apparently*) about two-thirds the 
length of the wing, rounded or graduated, the outer featbers (as pre- 
served) being much shorter than the inner. One side shows distinctly 
six rectrices. Tarsus short, its length a little less than that of the mid- 
dle toe. Lateral toes subequal, scarcely shorter than the middle one. 
Hind toe about two-thirds as long as the middle toe. Feet and toes. 
strictly those of a perching bird, and the proportionate length of the 
bones of the fore and hind limbs is the same as in ordinary arboreal 
Passeres, especially as represented by the Tanagride. 

* The character of the tail must be given with reservation, since it is not quite cer- 


tain that the whole of the tail, or that the exact form of the terminal portion, is-shown, 


especially as the preserved impression is somewhat unsymmetrical. 
443 


444 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


One of the specimens affords the following measurements :— 


Inches 
Tumerus; lengths). 262 cette i eg PN Ae SE a ae eee ae 0. 80 
Forearm, lengthy. 2.12445. 5 idole ese ae ee ee ee Shee oe ce) Sk ae 2 ena eae 0. 95 
Manus, length (00. ecco s calcio meee tae otaletattels eit VAC a yee 1. 02 
Coracoid, lengthy 2) 22.) J7e2/5. Pe Nuss epa ee aieteeieet aval e  wlal arena alc se arenes ee ' 0.72 
Clavicle, ‘length. 3.7. oot sooo Sema eie aiee saiiela oneal eel tic ok orae eee eee 0. 63 
eb ias, Vem orth ee aces Nc Fa a FT AEN A Pac La ryan iota eer 1.00 
Warsus, Lemp tag oi oo) i/ces crave EA SS ie I a in een 0. 60 
Middle toe and claw 2300009 Hoods 6eNe.55 4a sSu0 baodes daubon audono GaSeead Gace Sead 0. 65 
Claw ‘alone ¢o25 055 crea ae eee NS Aer 00 ALT ZN a a 0. 20 
Ling toe and Clay cheep ee eee canes wig dn cians SIC eel anole a ee 0. 37 
Claw alone: 22 (eee RES HSS DEL 52 oe: De ae Ry AIG OTe eee a 0.15 
Wilt Re Ne Sen eEN a eee OS a ord. i Seen ae eee jk ROE 3. 60 
Mail, Gapprosciimabe) weet com sci. atl oie s deepsea Cane nee tet er aa 2.70 
Totaljencthy (approximate) ese tess cote acc Sansa Sem ale Neen epee eee 6. 85 


The bones still rest in the original matrix, and, being somewhat 
crushed and flattened, do not admit of detailed description and com- 
parison with other types. The furculum is well preserved, and the 
limb-bones are all in place in their natural relation. The sternum is 
unrecognizable. The position of the cervical series of vertebrae and 
the general outline of the skull can be traced; but no structural char- 
acters of the head can be distinguished, except the proximal portion of 
the mandibie. The long bones all present a well-marked longitudinal 
groove, due evidently to compression and fracture. This groove is 
distinctly traceable, even in such slender bones as tibia, tarsi, and 
elavicles. In point of size, while the furculum and the bones of the 
wing have all about the same length as the corresponding parts in 
Ampelis cedrorum, they apparently are considerably stouter. Their 
greater breadth may, however, be due simply to flattening from pres- 
sure. The tibiz and tarsi are a little shorter than in the species last 
named, but the difference is only slight. 

The most remarkable feature of the specimen is the definiteness of the 
feather impressions. Both the shafts and the barbs are shown with 
great distinctness in the rectrices, and the tips of the primaries of one 
wing are also sharply defined, overlying the edge of the partly expanded 
tail. The tip of the opposite wing can also be seen beneath the tail. 
The feet are so beautifully preserved that even the claws are perfectly 
distinct. (Plate I, fig. 1.) 

Another specimen from the same locality, and probably representing 
the same species, consists of the tip of the tail and about the apical 
third of a half-expanded wing. (See Plate I, fig. 2.) In this example 
the tail is also pointed and graduated. ener seven of the outer pri- 
maries of the wing are shown with great distinctness, and two others 
ean be easily made out. The third primary is the longest; the second 
is slightly shorter; the first and fourth are about equal. There are also 
in thecollection three detached contour feathers of small size, but whether 
pertaining to the same species as the other specimens cannot, of course, 
be determined. 


oe 
aE 


Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. . PLATE I. 


Fie. 2. 


Palzospiza bella, Allen, 


ALLEN ON A NEW FOSSIL PASSERINE BIRD. 445 


The larger specimen, first described, is divided into an upper and a 
lower half, the greater part, however, adhering to the lower slab. The 
bones adhere about equally to the two faces. The drawing is made from 
the lower slab, with some of the details filled in from the upper one. 
The feather impressions are about equally distinct on both, and where 
in either case the bones are absent, exact molds of them remain, so that 
the structure can be seen and measurements taken almost equally well 
from either slab, except that nothing anterior to the breast is shown on 
the upper slab. R 

The species here described is of special interest as being the first fos- 
sil Passerine bird discovered in North America, although birds of this 
group have been known for many years from the Tertiary deposits of 
Europe. The highest extinct ornithic type hitherto known from 
America is a Picarian bird ( Uintornis lucaris) related to the Woodpeckers, 
described by Prof. O. C. Marsh in 1872, from the Lower Tertiary of 
Wyoming Territory. Probably the insect-bearing shales of Colorado 
will afford, on further exploration, other types of the higher groups of 
birds. | 

For the opportunity of describing these interesting specimens I am 
indebted to Mr. S. H. Seudder, who obtained them during his last sea- 
son’s (1877) explorations of the Florissant insect-beds. The specimens 
are now the property of the Boston Society of Natural History. My 
thanks are due to Mr. J. H. Blake for the great care with which he has 
executed the drawings. 

In conclusion, I may add thatin 1871 I obtained a few distinct impres- 
sions of feathers from beds of the same age and from near the same 
locality. ‘The first fossil feather, to my knowledge, discovered in North 
America was obtained by Dr. F. V. Hayden in 1869, from the fresh- 
water Tertiary deposits of Green River, Wyoming Territory. This was 
described by Professor O. C. Marsh in 1870,* who refers to it as ‘‘ the 
distal portion of a large feather, with the shaft and vane in excellent 
preservation ”. 


* Am, Journ. Sci. and Arts, 2d ser., vol. xi, 1870, p. 272. 


ART. XX.—THE COLEOPTERA OF THE ALPINE REGIONS OF THE 
ROCKY MOUNTAINS. 


By Joun L. LECoNtTE, M. D. 


The elevated interior region of North America presents peculiarly 
favorable opportunities for the study of some of the most interesting 
questions connected with geographical distribution of animals and 
plants. 

If the materials at our hands be, as indeed they yet are, a very scanty 
representation of the organic forms now living in that part of the con- 
tinent, they are, at least, sufficient to indicate the direction in which 
investigations should be pushed, in order to arrive at definite and final 
results. 

The peculiarly favorable circumstances to which I chiefly refer at 
present are dependent on the following points in the development of 
the region :— 

1st. The gradual enlargement of the land-surface at the expense of 
‘the circumambient seas during the latest Mesozoic periods. 

2d. The gradual elevation of the middle of the continental mass dur- 
ing post-Cretaceous times, so as to greatly modify the climate in respect 
to both moisture and temperature. These changes have been so gradual, 
that we may say with certainty (excluding the local eruptive phaeenom- 
ena, which were more numerous, but not remarkably different from those 
of the present age) there has been no great or paroxysmal ‘disturbance 
destructive of the land-surface in the elevated plains east of the Rocky 
Mountains since the deposition of our early Cretaceous strata (Dakota 
Group). 

od. While, during the Glacial epoch, the valleys of the mountains 
were filled with glaciers of moderate size, and the line of permanent ice 
streams and fields brought to a much lower level, there was an absence 
of the extensive ice sheets and flooded areas, which in Eastern America 
destroyed entirely the terrestrial organized beings of the former period. 

It must be inferred from the first and second of these premisses, that 
the new land exposed by this gradual development of the continent 
received its colonies of animals and plants from the conterminous older 
land-surfaces in various directions, and that the subsequent elevation 
of the continental mass, by which the moisture was diminished, caused 
a later invasion of the territory by those genera and species which are 
characteristic of arid regions. 

We may also conclude, from the third premiss, that the glacial displace- 

: 447 


448 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


ment of species in the Rocky Mountains has been much less than in 
Eastern America, and that a very small area would be left bare of life 
on the return to a normal temperature ; consequently, the previous occu- 
pants of the higher mountains would again return to their former do- 
main, increased by refugees from the circumpolar continent of temperate 
climate, driven southward by the increasing cold. 

Such being the case, it ought to be possible, with well-prepared lists 
of the insects of the Plains and mountain regions, by comparison with 
lists of the local faunz of other zoological districts of the continent, to 
ascertain, with reasonable probability, the invasions from different direc- 
tions by which, in the first place, the newly emerged land was colonized ; 
and, in the second place, the modifications, either in distribution or in 
structure, which have subsequently occurred. 

I have on another occasion* expressed my belief that the study of the 
distribution of existing insects could give much information concerning 
former topographical and geographical changes in the surface of the 

earth. I then gave several examples to show how the distribution of: 
Species peculiar in their habits and structure confirmed what was already 

known by geological investigation of the gradual evolution of the mid- 

dle part of the continent. I will now advance the additional thesis, 

that we may obtain somewhat definite information of the sequence, 
extent, and effects of geological changes in the more recent periods by 

a careful study of the insect fauna in its totality. 

While these pages were being prepared, I received from Mr. T. Ver- 
non Wollastont a copy of his excellent volume on the small Coleopte- 
rous fauna of Saint Helena. This fauna, containing but 203 species, is. 
remarkable for the large predominance of Rhynchophora, of the families: 
Oossonide and Anthribide. It has, however, been greatly contaminated : 
by the introduction, through commerce, cf foreign species to the number 
of 74, or nearly three-eighths of the number now known to inhabit the 
island. The introduction of these 74 exotic species, in addition to the 
other changes produced by human agency, must have greatly modified 
the pre-existing fauna, by repressing some and extinguishing others of 
the aboriginal species. 

In the case of a portion of a continental area, such as is under consid- 
eration for my present purpose, the,problems are by no means so simple. 
The human agency in the introduction of foreign species is slight. The 

* Trans. Am. Assoc. Adv. Science, 1875, Detroit, President’s Address. 

+ Since writing the above paragraph, I have been informed of the death of this most 
estimable and laborious investigator. The last of his publications was the memoir on 
the Coleoptera of Saint Helena, referred to in the text. The monographs of the Cole- 
opterous faunz of the Atlantic Islands by Mr. Wollaston are among the most complete 
and exhaustive contributions to faunal Entomology published. Their full importance 
can only be appreciated when more thorough investigations of the Beetles of the Amer- 
ican and African Atlantic slopes are made and careful comparisons instituted. It 


will then be found that several genera of the Atlantides which do not occur on the 
other continent are represented in the American faune. 


LECONTE ON ROCKY MOUNTAIN COLEOPTERA. 449 


geological and meteorological changes are all-powerfal in increasing or 
diminishing the districts of distribution, and in determining the direc- 
tions from which additions to the fauna may have been made. I have 
purposely avoided mentioning in the discussion among these categories 
the modification in situ of pre-existing forms, because this is an influence 
which is easily invoked and but rarely manifested. Its effects, there- 
fore, if capable of being demonstrated, can be appreciated better only 
after the elimination of the coarser and more tangible machinery of 
topography and climate in producing migrations. 


DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 


I avail myself of the present opportunity to describe several species 
from Colorado, which have the appearance of being mountain species, 
though their localities are not definitely known to me. For the purpose 
of making this memoir more useful to those who will pursue the inves- 
tigation, I have availed myself of the kindness of Mr. O. Reinecke, of 
Buffalo, who has submitted to me a very good set of species collected 
last summer at Atlanta, Idaho, by Mr. L. Allgewahr. Several new 
forms were contained in this series, and a complete list of all the species 
collected is added as an appendix. The elevation of Atlanta is estimated 
at about 7,800 feet. 

The iets ice mentioned in the fee of Alpine species are fully described 
in the short essay on the North American species of that genus, added 


as @ second appendix. 
CARABID As. 


1. PTEROSTICHUS (CRYOBIUS) SURGENS, 2. sp. 


Shining black, with bronze-brown lustre; antenne dark brown; palpi 
and legs red-brown. Prothorax wider than long, rounded on the sides 
for two-thirds the length, narrowed behind, and sinuate towards the 
base; basal angles rectangular; anterior transverse impression well 
defined, dorsal line distinct, basal impressions double, the inner one 
long and deep, the outer one short and fine; base not margined. Hlytra 
not wider than prothorax, elongate-oval, humeri not rounded; strive 
fine, interspaces flat, 3d with two dorsal punctures situated on the 2d 
stria behind the middle. Length 8.5™™ (0.34 inch). Alma (10,009 feet), 
Argentine Pass (13,000 feet), Colorado. Closely allied to P. fatuus from 
Alaska, but the prothorax is not so broad, and the sides are much less 
rounded and less sinuate towards the base. 


2. PLATYNUS JEJUNUS, nN. sp. 

Elongate and very slender, piceous, vot shining. Head narrow, eyes 
small, not prominent. Antenne half as long as the body, 3d joint a 
little longer than the 4th. Prothorax elongate-oval, narrower behind, 


sides very slightly sinuate near the base, reflexed margin narrow, 


450 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


not wider behind, basal angles rectangular, but not prominent, and 
slightly rounded at tip; disc flat, dorsal line fine, basal impressions 
small. Elytra elongate-oval, flat, finely striate, narrowly margined, ob- 
liquely sinuate towards the tips, which are divergent and separately 
rounded (?), or nearly acute (¢). Length 10.5-13.3"™™ (0.42-0.52 ineh). 

Mountains of California, Oregon, Nevada, and Idaho. Very similar to 
P. dissectus, but the surface is not shining; the side-margiu of the pro- 
thorax is not wider towards the base, and the basal angles are less ele- 
vated. The elytra are less strongly margined, and more finely striate. 
The species of Platynus which constitute the subgenus Rhadine may be 
separated as follows :— 

The form is very slender; front tarsi without grooves; middle and 
hind tarsi with lateral grooves. Hind angles of prothorax well defined. 
Elytra elongate-oval, flat, strongly margined, obliquely sinuate towards 
the tips, which are divergent. Color brown or blackish ; antenne and 
legs paler. 


Third joint of antenne much longer than the fourth. -...........-... 2 
Third joint of antenne but little longer than the fourth.............3. 
2. Apical angles of elytra less acute .........-....-- ...-larvalis. 
Apical angles very long. divergent. sce. ota ee caudatus. 

Dee WOT TVAT © 5 odie joint: =. gal seine etch uufenare es ep nea ead a eae aaa dissectus. 
SUDO PAC. oe woe oe rel pe eters Mens ete ceere eee Orci eee jEjunus. 


3. AMARA (CURTONOTUS) CYLINDRICA, 2. sp. 


One ¢ from South Park, Colorado, (8,000 to 10,000 ‘net agrees with 
a Specimen from Slave Take, and is very near to others from Lake Win- 
nipeg. It is allied to A. lacustris Lec., but the elytra are more convex 
and narrower, and the color is darker, with a distinct metallic gloss. 
The sides of the prothorax are rounded almost to the base, the sinuosity 
is very short, but the hind angles are equally prominent. The meta- 
thoracic side pieces are marked with a stria each side, and scarcely 
punctured. The 1st and 2d ventral segments are feebly punctured, 
and there are a few scattered punctures at the side of the metasternum. 
The legs are dark brown; the upper tooth of the inner side of the 
middle tibize is acute and prominent, the lower one is very small. 
Length 10™™ (0.40 inch). 


4. HARPALUS CLANDESTINUS, 2. sp. 


Elongate, oblong-oval, piceous-brown, antenne, palpi, and legs rufo- 
testaceous. Prothorax wider than long, sides rounded in front, then 
nearly straight, but very feebly sinuate to the hind angles, which are 
rectangular, not at all rounded; base emarginate, side-margin more 
reflexcd than usual, explanate and sparsely punctulate towards the base; 
basal impressions narrow, slightly punctured. Elytra not wider than 
prothorax, strize deep, impunctured, interspaces slightly convex; dorsal 
puncture upon 3d stria; outline oblique towards the tip, but not sin- 


LECONTE ON ROCKY MOUNTAIN COLEOPTERA. Abdl1 


uate. Abdomen with accessory set, Ist segment punctured behind 
the cox. Length 8.5™™ (0.35 inch.) 

Garland, Col., (8,000 feet); one ¢. Resembles H. furtivus, but differs 
by the hind angles of the prothorax being rectangular and not rounded, 


5. BEMBIDIUM BOWDITCIII, n. sp. 

Dark bluish or bronze, not shining. Prothorax wider than long, nar- 
rower in front, sides broadly rounded, broadly sinuate behind the mid- 
dle; hind angles divergent, base obliquely truncate each side, basal 
impressions small. Elytra wider than the prothorax, basal carina short, 
making an acute angle with the margin; striz strongly punctured be- 
fore the middle, fine and impunctured towards the tip: interspaces flat, 
dorsal punctures two, situated near the 3d stria. Beneath greenish- 
bronze, shining. Length 5.5™™ (0.22 inch). 

Green River City, Wyoming, (6,000 to 7,000 feet). Closely allied to B. 
nitidulum, but differs from it by the prothorax being not narrowed 
behind, and having the hind angles divergent. 

It is interesting to observe that the difference in the prothorax 
between this species and B. nitidulum is precisely that exhibited in 
the allied group, having impressed quadrate elytral spots between B. 
Lorquintt and impressum. 

I feel much pleasure in dedicating this species to Mr. I’. C. Bowditch, 
to whom we owe the first useful material for the investigation of the 
Alpine Coleopterous fauna of the interior of the continent. 


6. BEMBIDIUM SCUDDERI, 2. sp. 

Depressed, brownish-black, slightly bronzed, antenuz and legs paler 
brown. Prothorax wider than long, rounded on the sides, narrowed, 
but scarcely sinuate behind the middle; hind angles rectangular, promi- 
nent, very finely carinate; dorsal line deep, basal impressions wide, 
finely rugose. Elytra elongate-oval, a little wider than the prothorax, 
strie fine, closely punctulate in front, smooth behind: interspaces flat, 
3d with two dorsal punctures.. Length 5.3™™ (0.20 inch). 

Salt Lake Valley (4,300 feet). Belongs to the section Notaphus, and 
easily recognized by the elytra having no testaceous markings, with the 
unusual number of three dorsal punctures, and by the form of the pro- 
thorax. 

This species is named after Mr. S. H. Scudder, whose extensive 
researches in Orthoptera and Lepidoptera are world-known. The object 
of the journey, in which he was accompanied by Mr. Bowditch, was to 
explore the clay beds of Tertiary age, which abound in fossil insects. 
The large collection obtained will be described by him in future num- 
bers of this Bulletin. 

The elevation at which the specimen was collected is below the limit 
treated of in this memoir; but as it has not occurred elsewhere, it is 
probably not confined to the inferior levels. It is, moreover, a very 
interesting species, and well deserving attention. 


452 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


DYTISCID&. 


7. HYDROPORUS CONGRUUS, n. sp. 

Broadly ovate, more pointed behind, not convex, black: head, an- 
tenne, legs, and elytra testaceous, the latter with the suture, part of 
side-margin, and several discoidal stripes black; the latter are con- 
fluent in places. Prothorax piceous; sides oblique, nearly straight, 
forming an obtuse angle with the elytra; sides extremely finely mar- 
gined; disc smooth, slightly rugose towards the hind angles, feebly 
depressed near the base; marked each side with a curved line extending 
from the base to beyond the middle. Length 2.5™™ (0.10 inch). 

Florissant, Colo., (8,000 feet); one specimen. Seems to be related to 
the European H. assimilis. 


8. GAURODYTES NANUS, 2. sp, 

Elongate-oval, more narrowed behind, black, antenna, palpi, and 
_ legs rufo-testaceous; elytra brown towards the sides, reticulate in rather 
large meshes by fine lines, with scattered accessory punctures behind 
the middle. Head with two red occipital spots. Prothorax reticulate 
like the elytra, brown towards the sides, which are narrowly margined 
and slightly curved near the front angles. Hind tibiz without punctures 
at the inner margin. Length 6.5™™ (0.25 inch). 

Florissant, Colo., (8,000 feet); one ¢. Allied to G. strigulosus Crotch, 
but narrower and more convex, and without even a short row of punc- 
tures at the inner edge of the hind tibiz. Tarsi moderately dilated ; 
claws small, the front ones not toothed. 


STAPHYLINIDA, 


§. GEODROMICUS OVIPENNIS, 2. sp. 


Black, shining, sparsely and finely pubescent. Head deeply impressed 

as usual, sparsely punctured. Prothorax ovate, convex, a little wider 
than long; sides oblique behind, feebly sinuate; hind angles rectangular, 
slightly depressed ; base marked with a transverse fovea at the middle ; 
surface not densely punctured ; dorsal channel feebly impressed. Elytra 
at base not wider than the widest part of the prothorax, much wider 
behind, with the sides oblique; convex, rather densely punctured. 
Abdomen finely punctulate. Palpi.and tarsi piceous. Length 4.3™™ 
(0.17 inch). 

Leavenworth Valley, above Georgetown, Colo., (9,000 to 10,000 feet) ; 
July; one specimen. Resembles black specimens of G. verticalis, but the 
prothorax is narrower, more convex, and less punctured, and the elytra 
are much narrower at the base. It seems to correspond with the race 
G. plagiatus of Europe (Fauvel, Faune Gallo-Rhenane, 108). It is, how- 
ever, so different from our two other species that I must regard it as 
different from them. . 


. 


LECONTE ON ROCKY MOUNTAIN COLEOPTERA. 453 


10. OROBANUS SIMULATOR, n. g. et sp. 

Elongate, graceful in form, resembling a ZLesteva, brown or piceous 
black, shining, sparsely and finely pubescent, finely and densely punc- 
tured. Head convex, with two long impressions; ocelli distant, situated 
farther back than the hind margin of the eyes. Sides rounded behind 
the eyes; neck not very slender. Antenne slender, one-half as long 
as the body, very little thickened towards the extremity, 2d joint a 
little shorter than the others. Prothorax scarcely wider than the head 
and eyes; ovate narrowed behind; sides oblique and strongly margined 
for the posterior two-thirds of their length, impressed with a large lat- 
eral fovea, anterior to which they are rounded and finely margined; dise 
convex, obsoletely channelled, feebly impressed near the base. Elytra 
more than twice as long as the prothorax, narrow at base, wider behind, 
separately much rounded at tip. Abdomen finely punctulate. Length 
3mm (0.12 inch). . . 

Leavenworth Valley (9,000 to 10,000 feet); also found in Vancouver 
Island and at Gilroy and Holcomb Valley, California. The last joint of 
the maxillary palpi is much smaller than in Micredus Austinianus, and 
acicular. This, taken with the peculiar form of the prothorax and 
deep lateral impression, indicates the propriety of placing it as a dis- 
tinct genus. 

COCCINELLID 2. 


11. BRACHIACANTHA URSINA. 

Beaver Creek, Colorado, (6,000 feet). Two specimens were collected, 
in which the basal spot of the elytra is represented by a transverse 
band ; in one specimen the discoidal spot is also wanting. 


12. SCYMNUS NIGRIPENNIS, %. sp. 

Oval convex, ferruginous, darker beneath. Head and prothorax very 
finely sparsely punctulate, the latter with a transverse piceous cloud at 
the base. Hlytra finely, not densely, punctured (pubescence rubbed off), 
entirely black. .Postcoxal ares of 1st ventral segment entire, extend- 
ing to the hind margin of the segment. Beneath densely punctured. 
Length 2.5" (0.10 inch). 

Florissant, Colo., (8,000 feet). 


SCARABAID A. 


13. APHODIUS ALEUTUS, Esch. 

Leavenworth Valley, above Georgetown, Colo., (10,000 to 11,000 
feet). One specimen, which agrees with the detailed Aheetiien of 
Baron von Harold (Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 372) and with others from | 
Vancouver Island. 


14, APHODIUS BIDENS, n. sp. 


Of the same form as A. alewtus, shining brown, cylindrical, convex; 
elytra ferrugineous. Head slightly rugose, tuberculate, hemihexagonal, 


454 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


a 
emarginate in front, with acute prominent angles, sides oblique, edge 
reflexed, gene prominent subacute. Prothorax one-half wider than long, 
sides parallel, finely margined, anterior and posterior angles rounded, 
base very finely margined; surface sparsely finely punctured, punctures 
more numerous at the sides. Elytral strize punctured, interspaces very 
slightly convex, scarcely visibly sparsely punctulate. Mesosternum not 
carinate, opake, finely alutaceous, with a very faintly impressed median 
line in front. Spinules of hind tibiz very short, equal. . Length 6.8™™ 
(0.27 inch). Colorado. One specimen, in Dr. Horn’s collection. 


15. APHODIUS DUPLEX, 2. sp. 


Subcylindrical, piceous black, shining. Head convex, tuberculate, 
finely punctured, epistome rugose, broadly subemarginate in front, 
sides finely margined, gene rounded, not prominent; the three tu- 
bercles of the vertex are rounded, the frontal one is replaced by a 
narrow transverse ridge parallel with the anterior margin of the epi- 
stome. Prothorax about twice as wide as long, narrower in front, sides 
and angles rounded, finely margined; base equally finely margined; 
surface finely, not densely, punctured, with large punctures sparsely 
‘intermixed; sides yellowish towards the front angles. Scutellum very 
sparsely punctulate. Elytral striz deep-punctured, interspaces slightly 
convex, very finely and sparsely punctulate. Mesosternum alutaceous 
opake, very finely channelled in front. Spinules of hind tibize short, 
equal. Antenne and legs brown. Length 4.1™ (0.16 inch). 

Colorado, Dr. Horn. Similar in form and size to A. granarius, but 
quite different by the head from any species known in our fauna. 


16. APHODIUS OBTUSUS, n. sp. 
Elongate, cylindrical, piceous; sides of prothorax, antenne, palpi, 
legs, and elytra dull yellow. Head not tuberculate, sparsely punctu- 
late; epistoma obtusely rounded and subtruneate in front, without 
prominent angles; sides oblique, flattened, rugose, gene moderately 
prominent, rounded at tip. Prothorax wider than long, sides finely 
margined, feebly rounded, hind angles very much rounded ; base finely 
margined; surface not densely, nor coarsely, but moderately and 
equably punctured, gradually paler towards the sides. Scutellum flat, 
smooth. Elytra with rather strongly punctured strive; interspaces 
slightly convex, sparsely punctulate. Mesosternum opake, densely 
punctured in front, finely alutaceous behind, with a slender but well- 
defined impressed median line extending from the cox as far as the 
punctured part. Spinules of hind tibiz equal, short. Length 6" 

(0.25 inch). 

Colorado (locality unknown); one specimen, in Dr. Horn’s collection. 
This very distinct species belongs to a separate group after G, of Dr. 
Horn’s revision (Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 1870, 110). It is easily recog- 
nized by the finely channelled mesosternum. 


LECONTE ON ROCKY MOUNTAIN COLEOPTERA. 455 


17. APHODIUS CRIBRATUS, n. sp. 

Elongate, convex, shining black. Head coarsely punctured behind ; 
epistoma rugose, and slightly granulate at the sides, not tuberculate, 
- deflexed towards the anterior margin, which is truncate and not emar- 
ginate; angles very much rounded, sides oblique, finely margined, gence 
prominent, rounded at tip.. Prothorax more than twice as wide as long, 
narrowed behind, sides and angles rounded, distinctly margined ; base 
not sinuate, as strongly margined as the sides; surface with large 
punctures, sparsely and irregularly placed. Elytra rounded on the 
sides near the base, which is truncate; humeri not prominent, but not 
rounded ; stri# very coarsely punctured, or, rather, cribrate; inter- 
spaces slightly convex, smooth. Mesosternum densely punctured. 
Spinules of hind tibiz equal. Length 5.3"" (0.22 inch). 

Oregon, two specimens. Allied to A. cadaverinus and nevadensis, but 
differs by the very coarsely punctured elytral strie. 


18. APHODIUS ANTHRACINUS, 2. sp. 

Elongate, convex, shining black. Head not densely but strongly 
punctured, armed with three small tubercles, of which the middle one 
in the g is more elevated and subacute; epistoma obtusely emargi- 
nate, angles broadly rounded, not prominent; gene rounded. Protho- 
rax nearly twice as wide as its length, narrower in front, sides rounded 
as far as the middle, then nearly parallel to the hind angles, which are 
slightly rounded, base scarcely subsinuate ; sides and base finely mar- 
gined ; disc not densely punctured, punctures of two sizes, about equally 
intermixed ; there is a narrow, indistinct, smooth, dorsal stripe. Ely- 
tra with deep-punctured strie, interspaces slightly convex, with very 
fine punctures, arranged almost in rows adjacent to the strie. Meso- 
sternum opake, very finely alutaceous, not carinate. Spinules of hind 
tibiz unequal. Length 7” (0.28 inch). "aie 
' American Fork Cajion, Utah, (9,500 feet); one specimen. Another 
specimen from Utah was kindly given me by Dr. Horn, Belongs near - 
A. leopardus Horn. The elytra are obsoletely spotted in one specimen. 


19. APHODIUS BREVICOLLIS, 2. sp. 

Elongate cylindrical, black, shining. Head not tuberculate, finely 
punctulate, epistoma broadly emarginate in front, angles very obtuse 
and rounded, sides oblique, flattened, rugulose, margin reflexed; genx 
prominent, rounded at tip.’ Prothorax about twice as wide as long, 
sides nearly straight, margin strongly reflexed, front and hind angles 
narrowly rounded; base bisinuate, not margined; disc smooth, with 
scattered large punctures near the sides, which are broadly explanate. 
Elytra narrower than the base of the prothorax, striz finely punctured, 
interspaces nearly flat, smooth. Metasternum flat, alutaceous, opake, 
not carinate, punctured only on the sides far in front. Legs dull red- 
brown, spinules of hind tibiz unequal. Length 8™™ (0.30 inch). 


456 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Nebraska (locality unknown); one specimen, in Dr. Horn’s collection. 
This species and the three following belong to a division of Dr. Horn’s 
group L, with A. politus, characterized by having the base of the 
prothorax not margined. The species are separated mainly by the 
punctuation of the prothorax and the degree of flattening of the sides. 


20. APHODIUS MARGINATUS, 1. Sp. 

Elongate, cylindrical, of the same size and form as A. brevicollis, black, 
shining; elytra dark brown. Head not tuberculate, finely punctured, 
epistoma broadly emarginate, angles very obtuse and rounded, sides 
oblique, explanate, and reflexed: gence prominent, rounded at tip. “Pro- 
thorax twice as wide as long, sides strongly margined, nearly straight, 
front and hind angles rounded, base bisinuate, not margined: surface 
deeply but not very coarsely punctured, punctures more distant towards 
the middle. Scutellum sparsely punctured. DHlytra at the base nar- 
rower than the prothorax, striz punctulate, interspaces slightly convex, 
sparsely but distinctly punctulate. Mesosternum opake, alutaceous, not 
carinate. Spinules of hind tibiz unequal. Length 8™™ (0.30 inch). 

Eastern Nevada; one specimen, in the collection of Dr. Horn. 


21. APHODIUS PHAOPTERUS, 2. sp. 

Of the same form as A. cruentatus, but differs by the genz being more 
prominent, and much less rounded, and by the vertex more distinctly 
elevated at the middle; by the punctures of the prothorax being more 
numerous, and the sides being more distinctly flattened along the mar- 
gin, especially near the front angles: the base is very indistinctly and 
imperfectly margined. The color is piceous, with the sides of the head 
and prothorax brownish. Antenne, palpi, legs, and elytra dull ferru-. 
gineous. Hlytral striz well-impressed, finely punctulate, interspaces 
slightly convex, obsoletely sparsely punctured. Mesosternum flat, 
opake, finely alutaceous, not carinate. Spinules of hind tibiz unequal. 
Length 7™ (0.28 inch). | 

Atlanta, Idaho, (7,800 feet); one specimen, given me by Mr. Reinecke. 


22. APHODIUS CRUENTATUS, 2. sp. 

Elongate, convex, shining black, elytra dark dull red, legs very dark 
brown. Head not tuberculate, but with the vertex slightly elevated, 
very finely punctulate, clypeus very broadly and feebly emarginate in 
front, angles obtuse, much rounded, sides broadly flattened, feebly 
punctured, reflexed edge very narrow; gene rounded. Prothorax nearly 
twice as wide as long, sides broadly rounded, especially in front of the 
middle; base rounded, slightly bisinuate, finely margined; at the sides 
near the base is a small shallow impression; disc finely punctured, with 
‘somewhat larger punctures intermixed more densely at the sides and 
along the base. Elytra deep red, striz finely punctured, interspaces 
slightly convex, scarcely perceptibly punctulate. Mesosternum opake, 


LECONTE ON ROCKY MOUNTAIN COLEOPTERA. 457 


alutaceous, with a narrow, smooth, median stripe, not carinate. Spi- 
nules of hind tibise unequal. Length 7.2™ (0.29 inch). — 

Northern New Mexico; one specimen, collected by Lieut. W. L. Car- 
penter, United States Engineers, while attached to the Geographical 
“Survey West of 100°, under Lieut. George M. Wheeler. 


23. APHODIUS SUBTRUNCATUS, 2. Sp. 

Elongate convex, piceous-black, shining, elytra, sides of prothorax, 
antenne, palpi, and legs yellow. Head smooth, not tuberculate ; 
epistopma margined, margin sparsely punctured, subtruncate in front, 
without angles; genz prominent, rounded. Prothorax sparsely punctu- 
late, with some scattered punctures at the sides and towards the-base, 
sides very finely margined, base and hind angles rounded, the former 
very finely margined. Scutellum and sutural margin of elytra black ; 
strie deep, punctured, interspaces slightly convex, scarcely punctulate, 
slightly pubescent. Mesosternum opake, alutaceous, not carinate. 
Spinules of hind tibiz unequal, some of them very long. Length 5™™ 
(0.20 inch). 

Colorado (locality unknown); one specimen, collected by the Scientific 
Expedition of the University of Kansas, given me by Prof. IF’. H. Snow ; 
two others from Mr. Ulke. The pubescence is very easily abraded. 


24, APHODIUS SCABRICHPS, 2. sp. 

Elongate, cylindrical, brown, head and sides of prothorax yellow- 
brown, legs, antennz, palpi, and elytra dull yellow. Head rugosely 
punctured, almost scabrous in front, epistoma emarginate in front, with 
broadly rounded angles: sides oblique, gene but slightly prominent. 
Prothorax a little narrower in frqnt, with subacute angles, sides finely 
margined, hind angles strongly rounded, base slightly bisinuate, very 
finely margined; surface not densely punctured. Scutellum dark 
‘brown, sparsely punctured. Elytral striz strongly punctured, inter- 
Spaces slightly convex, each with an irregular row of small punctures. 
Mesosternum nearly flat, opake, alutaceous, not carinate, slightly convex, 
and shining at the middle in front. Spinules of hind tibiz unequal. 
Length 3™™ (0.12 inch). 

Colorado; a specimen, given me by Dr. Horn. This very pretty little 
species is peculiar by the rough sculpture of the head, which seems to be 
almost granulose in places; it resembles in this character A. rugifrons 
Horn. It belongs, however, to a different group, as the spinules of the 
hind tibiz are unequal, and should for the present remain in group L. 


25. APHODIUS EXPLANATUS, n. sp. 

Elongate, convex, blackish-piceous ; antenne, palpi, legs, sides of pro- 
thorax, and the elytra dull rufo-testaceous. Head with three very small 
obsolete tubercles, finely punctured, epistoma broadly emarginate, 
angles obtuse, not prominent, sides straight, oblique, finely margined, 

Bull. iv. No. 2——10 


458 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


gene prominent, slightly rounded. Prothorax about twice as wide as 
long, densely punctured, punctures larger towards the sides, which are 
rounded at base and near the front angles, with a faintly impressed 
dorsal line behind the middle: disk broadly explanate at the sides, 
which are finely margined; base finely margined, slightly bisinuate. 
Seutellum brown, slightly concave. Elytral striz impressed, punctured, 
interspaces slightly convex, distinctly punctulate; mesosternum flat, 
opaque, alutaceous, carinate near the cox. Spinules of hind tibize 
much worn, but apparently unequal. Length 8.6™™ (0.34 inch). 

Colorado; one specimen, collected by the Scientific Expedition of 
the University of Kansas, given me by Prof. F. H. Snow. This is a 
fine species, easily distinguished by the flattened sides of the prothorax 
and the carinate mesosternum. The tubercles of the head are very 
faint, and indicate that it should be placed near group I of Dr. Horn. 
The color gives it a superficial resemblance to A. rubripennis Horn, but 
the characters are very different. 


26. APHODIUS RUDIS, 2. sp. 

Hlongate, cylindrical, chestnut-brown, shining. Head punctulate, not 
tuberculate; epistoma broadly and feebly emarginate in front, angles 
dentiform acute, sides nearly straight, oblique, flattened, finely margined, 
sparsely fimbriate with short stiff sete; genz prominent, subacute. 
Prothorax more than twice as wide as long, sides slightly rounded, flat- 
tened, and strongly margineid, obliquely truncate and sinuate near the 
base, which is also slightly bisinuate and not margined ; surface finely 
punctulate, and with large shallow punctures, which are absent from a 
transverse space extending from the front margin for one-fourth the 
length, prolonged backwards along the middle to within one-fourth of 
the base; there are also two small smooth spaces at the basal margin. 
Elytral strie finely punctured, interspaces nearly flat sand smooth, 
humeri rounded, not dentiform. Mesosternum strongly and densely, 
punctured, not carinate. Spinules of hind tibiz unequal. Length 
6.4™™ (0.25 inch). 

Colorado; one specimen, given me by Prof. F. H. Snow. This spe- 
cies belongs to the same group (O) with A. ovipennis Hern, but is abun- 
dantly distinct by form and color, by the sides of the prothorax being: 
strongly margined, by the non-dentiform humeri, and by the more 
coarsely punctured mesosternum. The two following species belong to 
* the same group, and may here be conveniently described, though they 
do not occur in the same zoological province. 


27. APHODIUS SPARSUS, 2. Sp. 

Elongate, subcylindrical, black, shining. Head finely punctulate, with 
a few small punctures intermixed; epistoma broadly emarginate in front, 
angles broadly rounded, sides oblique ; genz prominent, subacute. Pro- 
thorax more than twice as wide as long, narrower behind, sides strongly 


LECONTE ON ROCKY MOUNTAIN COLEOPTERA. | 459 


/ 

rounded, rather finely margined, obliquely truncate, but not sinuate 
behind; angles rounded, base. bisinuate, finely margined; surface 
sparsely but strongly punctured, almost without punctures in front. 
Elytra with dentiform humeral angles, striz fine, strongly punctured, 
interspaces flat and smooth. Mesosternum densely punctured, not cari- 
nate. Spinules of hind tibiz unequal. Length 6.4™™ (0.25 inch). 

Mariposa, Cal.; one specimen, given me by the late Mr. J. Thevenet, 
of Paris. This species is much less robust than A. ovipennis; the elytra 
are not narrowed near the base, and the punctures of the prothorax are 
less numerous. 


28. APHODIUS HUMERALIS, 2. sp. 

More robust and convex, shining black. Head finely alutaceous, not 
punctulate; epistoma feebly but broadly emarginate in front, angles very 
much rounded, not obvious, sides oblique; genz prominent, subacute. 
Prothorax very convex, sides feebly rounded and finely margined; hind 
angles obliquely and broadly emarginate (when looked at from above); 
marginal line of base punctured; surface with a few scattered large punc- 
tures, smooth in front. Elytra very convex, slightly narrowed near the 
base, humeri prominent, tuberculiform; strive deep, marked with large 
distant punctures: interspaces somewhat couvex, smooth. Mesosternum 
coarsely punctured, not carinate. Spinules of hind tibizw (much worn, 
but apparently) unequal. Length 3.6™™ (0.14 inch). 

Detroit, Mich.; one specimen, sent me by Messrs. Hubbard and 
Sehwarz. This species is remarkable both for locality and characters, 
all of its allies, whether of this group or of group G, being found in the 
Central and Pacific districts. 


BUPRESTID 4. 


29, ANTHAXIA DELETA, n. sp. 

Of the same form, color, and size as A. viridifrons, brown-bronze tinged 
with olive. Head (¢ bright green), finely reticulate, flat, perpendicularly 
declivous. Prothorax truncate before and behind, broadly rounded on 
the sides; very obsoletely, searcely perceptibly reticulate, finely rugose, 
opake. LElytra distinctly granulate-punctate at the base, then finely but 
obviously punctured. Beneath black-bronzed, shining, antenne and 
legs green. Length 4.6™™ (0.18 inch). 

American Fork Cation, Utah, (9,500 feet); only differs from A. viridi- 
Frons by the head and nna being more finely aaa while the 
elytra are more deeply sculptured. 


30. CHRYSOBOTHRIS CARINIPENNIS, N. Sp. 

Dark gray, slightly bronzed. Head somewhat hairy, coarsely con- 
fluently punctured, with two small smooth calli. Prothorax very trans- 
verse, rounded on the sides, very coarsely punctured, with irregular, 
smooth, elevated cicatrices; an irregular rhomboidal dorsal space, limited 


460 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


by four of these cicatrices, is more finely punctured, and slightly carinate. 
Elytra with the depressed parts densely punctured: basal fossz deep; 
the inner costa extends from the fossa to the tip, and is not sinuous; the 
2d costa is irregular, less elevated just in front of the middle, and inter- 
rupted behind the middle; the 3d is short, as usual, occupying about the 
middle third of the length; the 4th arises in the margin behind the 
humerus and unites with the 2d near the tip; margin serrate from the 
middle to the tips, which are separately rounded. Beneath shining green- 
bronzed, sparsely punctured. Length 12.5™™ (0.5 inch): 

é Head tinged with dull yellowish-green metallic lustre; 5th ventral 
segment strongly emarginate. 

American Fork Cation, Utah, (9,500 feet); allied to C. dentipes, but . 
differs by the venation of the elytra, and by the much deeper emargina- 
tion of the 5th ventral segment in the 3; and also by the under surface 
being bright green. The middle and front tibiz are not armed with 


teeth. 
ELATERIDA. 


31. CORYMBITES PLANULUS, 2. sp. 


Elongate, depressed, black, thinly clothed with fine, short, gray pubes- 
cence. Head punctured, front slightly concave. Prothorax longer than 
wide, rounded on the sides, narrowed in front of the middle; hind angles 
acute, divergent, finely carinate; disc densely and finely punctured, not 
convex except towards the sides; dorsal line wanting. Elytra not wider 
than the prothorax, disc flat, sides declivous, lateral margin broadly 
reflexed ; striz fine punctured, interspaces nearly flat, finely punctured. 
Antenne longer than the head and prothorax, rather strongly serrate; 
2d and 3d joints not dilated, together a little longer than the 4th; 3d 
one-half longer than the 2d. Antenne, palpi, and legs brown or red- 
brown. Length 10™™ (0.40 inch). - 

Beaver Brook, Col., (6,000 feet); Northern New Mexico, Lieutenant 
Carpenter. Belongs to the same group as C. triundulatus, &c., but is 
very distinct by the dark color and more evidently punctured prothorax, 
as well as by the more depressed form of body. 


LAMPYRIDA: subf. TELEPHORIDA. 


_ 32, PODABRUS BREVIPENNIS, ”. sp. 


Rather robust in form, black, thinly clothed with fine gray pubescence. 
Head as wide as the prothorax, densely finely punctured, eyes small, 
convex; mandibles and 1st joint of antenne brown. Antenne (2) a 
little longer than the head and prothorax, rather stout, outer joints nar- 
rower, 3d a little longer than the 2d, but shorter than the 4th, prothorax 
one-half wider than long, sides straight and parallel, rounded only near 
the front angles, which are testaceous; hind angles rectangular, slightly 
prominent, base truncate; disk finely punctured with two large, shining, 
nearly smooth convexities, and well-marked dorsal line; side-margin 


— 


s 


LECONTE ON ROCKY MOUNTAIN COLEOPTERA. 461 


reflexed. LHlytra parallel, not wider than the prothorax, rather shining, 
densely rugose as usual, separately rounded at the tip. Last three 
dorsal segments of the abdomen exposed. (Palpibroken.) Claws with 
a small acute tooth beyond the middle. Length 87™™ (0.35 inch). 

Argentine Pass, Col., (13,000 feet); one specimen. This species is 
quite distinct by the more robust form and shorter elytra. 


MELYRID A. 
30. MELYRIS ATRA, 2. sp. 

Black, prothorax wider than long, narrowed in front, rounded and 
serrate on the sides, densely reticulated with shallow ocellate punctures. 
Elytra coarsely but densely punctured. Antenne black, 2d and 3d 
joints piceous. Legs piceous. Length 5™™ (0.20 inch). 

¢ unknown; 2 elytra with a large smooth spot near the tip; antenna, 
1st and 2d joints large and thick; 3d slender, longer than the 2d; 4th 
and 5th triangular; 6th to 9th transverse; 10th oval. | 

Beaver Brook, Col., (6,000 feet); one specimen. I can see but ten 
joints in the antenne; the legs are dark-colored, but otherwise this 
species is very closely allied to the next. 


34. MELYRIS FLAVIPES, n. sp. 


Black, with a blue reflection; form and sculpture as in J. atra, but 
smaller; antenne piceous fomarde the base. Legs bright a daicn yel- 
low. Length 3.3™™ (0.13 inch). 

é elytra uniformly punctured toward the tip. Antenne black, 11- 
jointed; 3d joint as long as the 2d, triangular; 4th triangular, shorter; 
5th and 6th transverse, not longer, but wider, and acute at the inner 
side; 7th to 10th transverse, still wider; 11th oval. 

2 elytra each with a smooth spot near the tip. Antenne 10-jointed, 
piceous at base, 3d and 4th joints slender, closely united, together 
longer than the 2d; 5th and 6th acutely triangular; 7th, 8th, 9th, and 
10th wider; 11th oval. 

California; one pair; locality unknown. 


35. CALLIDIUM JANTHINUM. i 
Specimens collected in the Rocky Mountains do not differ essentially 


_ from Canadian individuals of this well-known species. ‘There are, how- 


ever, allied races from Texas, California, and Idaho, of which I do not 
possess sufficiently large series to enable me to define them with pre- 
cision. Careful observations of the habits, food-trees, and structural 
differences of the blue Callidia of this continent are much needed. The 
comparison of our species, when properly investigated, with those of 
the Palearctic region promises well for the investigation of possible 
changes produced by differences in food and locality. 


36. CROSSIDIUS ALLGEWAHRI, 2. sp. 


- Piceous without lustre, very densely clothed with dirty-yellow hair. 
Prothorax rounded on the sides, feebly or not at all tuberculate ; punc- 


\ 


462 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


tures dense, concealed by the hair. Elytra densely and finely, but not 
distinctly punctured, rounded at the tip; sides broadly testaceous, 
blending imperceptibly with the dark color. Beneath festaceous, very 
hairy, antenne and legs black. Length 10-13.3"™ (0.40-0.53 inch), 

Atlanta, Idaho, (7,800 feet); collected by Mr. L. Allgewahr, to whom 
I dedicate it, as a mark of his worthy appreciation of the importance 
of scientific investigation. The specimens were kindly given me by 
Mr. Reinecke, of Buffalo, N. Y. 

This species is more nearly related to C. humeralis than to the others, 
but differs from it, as from all, by the very finely punctured elytra. 

In the smaller specimen, there is a faint and perhaps illusive appear- 
ance of a lateral prothoracic tubercle, which is produced mainly by the 
projection of hairs. 


37. XYLOTRECHUS UNDULATUS, var. ? 

A form occurs which differs from the usual Northern specimens of this 
species by the markings being narrow and imperfect, and the sculpture 
of the elytra more distinct. It is not uncommon in the Rocky Mountain 
region, and was found by Mr. Bowditch at Florissant (8,000 feet). 


38. NEOCLYTUS ASCENDENS, n. sp. 

Very elongate, similar inform and sculpture to NV. leucozonus. It differs 
by the prothorax being less muricate along the dorsal line, and more 
distinctly and coarsely punctured towards the sides. Elytra very finely 
granulato-punctate, base, short sutural line from the base for one-fourth 
the length white pubescent; this line diverges from the suture and 
then ends; there is also an oblique fascia just behind the middle, which 
runs backwards from the suture and nearly attains the sides of the 
elytra; it is connected at its outer end with a submarginal gray stripe, 
which ascends forwards to within one-fifth from the base; another pos- 
terior band, with oblique anterior margin, occupies the apical one- 
sixth of the elytra; tips rounded. Antenne slender, more than half 
the length of the body. Posterior femora extending to the tip of the 
elytra. Length 8.5™™ (0.34 inch). . 

Leavenworth Valley, above Georgetown, Colo., (9,000 to 10,000 feet); — 


one specimen. 
CHRYSOMELID 4. 


39. GLYPTOSCELIS LONGIOR, 2. sp. 

Subeylindrical, narrower than G. albida. bronze color, clothed with 
white hair (which is mostly rubbed off in the specimen). Head densely 
punctured. Prothorax a little wider than long, slightly narrowed in — 
front, hind angles acute, prominent laterally ; disc less coarsely pune- 
tured than in G. albidus, obliquely impressed each side near the hind 
angles. Elytra punctured as in that species. Length 5.5™™ (0.225 
inch). : 

One 9. Atlanta, Idaho; Mr.O. Reinecke. Easily distinguished from 
G. albidus by the narrower form and longer prothorax. 


LECONTE ON ROCKY MOUNTAIN COLEOPTERA. 463 


40, CHRYSOMELA MONTIVAGANS, 2. sp. 


Aptérous, oval convex, bluish or black, slightly bronzed, moderately 
shining. Prothorax sparsely but not coarsely punctured, longitudinally 
suleate and coarsely punctured each side, margin strongly incrassed, 
sides rounded. Elytra sparsely punctared. * Length 6.7™™ (0,27 inch). 

Mount Lincoln (11,000 to 13,000 feet); found also by Prof. I’. H. 
Snow. This species is closely allied to C. auripennis Say, and resembles 
the dark varieties ; it differs by the sides of the prothorax being regu- 
larly and rather strongly rounded, by the wings being undeveloped, and 
by the elytra being much less coarsely punctured. 


CURCULIONID A. 


41. MAGDALIS ALUTACEA, 2. sp. 
Elongate cuneiform, black, slightly bronzed, opake with a silky lus- 
tre. Beak slender, curved, as long as the head and prothorax, finely 
punctured. Head feebly punctulate. Prothorax a little longer than 
wide, narrowed in front, sides not serrate, broadly rounded, then slightly 
Sinuate; hind angles acute, divergent; surface very densely, but not 
coarsely, punctured. Elytra, with strie composed of small, quadrate, 
approximate punctures, interspaces flat, finely alutaceous. Femora 
acutely toothed; claws entire. not toothed. Length 42™ (0.17 inch). 
Leavenworth Valley, above Georgetown, Colo., (9,000 to 10,000 feet) ; 
Isle Royale, Lake Superior, Mr. EK. A. Schwarz. This species differs 
from M. imbellis by finer sculpture, less rounded sides of the prothorax, 
and black color; from WM. gentilis LeC. by the divergent hind angles of 
the prothorax, by the less convex and less deeply striate elytra; the 
interspaces are wider, and not rugose, but alutaceous. 


‘464 


Lf 


BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


LIST OF COLEOPTERA COLLECTED BY MR. F. C. BOWDITCH 
IN THE ROCKY MOUNTAINS AT AN ELEVATION OF 6,000 


FEET AND UPWARDS. 


CICINDELID2. 
Oieindelatlongilabris-e-ee-e 2-0 eeeee esos eee 10-11, 000 | Argentine Pass, Colo. 
TACO MONTAG ..--- ccc nceenee nn 9,500 | American Fork Cafion, Utah. 
SOUAOCMCID? Se on00 nedosossassooce sus 8-10, 000 | South Park, Colo. 
purpurea race Audubonit.....-.-.- 8-10, 000 Do. 
12-guttata racesoregonaand guttifera| &-10, 000 Do. 
CARABIDZ. 
Oniopnnon ovale seer ee eee eee eee eee 6- 7,000 | Green River City, Wyo. 
ENO DL MAUSITUPOTUUS el jaajniale\ tt oe es sene cles = caer 6- 7, 000 Do. 
Doricera semipunctata....---...--+---------- 8-10, 000 | South Park, Colo. 
Trachypachys IN€rv1Mts . 2.0202 ceeeneenn-venaes 13, 000 Argentine Pass, Colo. 
Wotiophilustlondyteniscess- se cecsece se cece 13, 000 Do. 
Opisthius Richardsonii.......-----.-+-02e0- 6- 7,000 | Green River City, Wyo. 
INGDPOC) GROYTOTIO 06 f) Naoneno coe cecondesss0e sac 9,500 | American Fork Cafion. 
FLOTHOUIRTUER, We SY) oos 5 pasondsecoocanac 9-10, 00) | Leavenworth Valley, above Georgetown, 
Colo. 
(OMG RH, Ws HO assoseoncocobacssbonede (2) (@) 
ObING UOC CH state erases ease eras (?) (2) 
QWIMGR Nes) NaesasctasouasecuqcaoGe.ccoc 6- 7,000 | North Fork of South Platte. 
Sahiibengyu acca re cesses te eee nace (2) (?) 
Carabus taedatus, very small variety ........ 13, 000 | Argentine Pass, Colo. 
Cymindis cribricollis (marginata Kirby, re- 8-13, 000 | Everywhere. 
Sleaa Lec.). ; 
abstrusa (marginata Chand., cri- 8-10, 000 | Many localities. 
bricollis Lec., brevipennis Zimm.).| 
unicolor Kirby, hudsonica Lec ..-- 9-13, 000 Do. 
Philophyga Hornit Chand .........-..--..--- 8,000 | Florissant, Colo. 
COMICS GGUS o coakodssascoosscusocsosKee 8-13, 000 | Several localities. 
UD UUS Re a ee ae een ean aaa 8, 000 | Florissant, Colo. 
J UGHOTDORS CRUD Sa abe oee CONOR ODA SnOS Ss eHOeS 8-10, 000 | South Park. 
SUNCORUOMS sooocaccss4s4o6c50eesc0n 8-10, 000 Do. 
DUO CUMUS Osan eenee ee eee ee 8,000 | Several localities. 
BDF UVANMUS sanaanenodassoeodouseshe 8-10, 000 | South Park. 
CHOLCE USI eA arate ace es see eee 8-10,:000 Do. 
JER ATOSOG 00S UOMGRUIIS. 6 Baccaeopseobcnaeasoceee 9-10, 000 | Leavenworth Valley, above Georgetown, 
Colo. 
ORRULONUUNT REE eee 9-10, 000 | Leavenworth Valley, &c. 
MPUECZOLLU Ene aoe aoa aces eon 8-10, 000 | South Park, Colo, &c. 
SUUGENSHUAS Dee eemcee se eicct rece 9-13, 000 | Alma; Argentine Pass, Colo. 
AMUN AUG Os one eeeee oe Ce ese cae se iciale 7- 8,000 | North Fork of South Platte Caiion. 
Mica lindnicommes pete ee eee eee 8-10, 000 | South Park, Colo. 
hyperborem acer cece soos ck 14,000 | Locality unknown. 
ORUNTRADENTUS eter cee ence eee 10-11, 000 | Argentine Pass; Mount Lincoln; only 
found above timber line. 
SUDDUNCLOLU Pace ee eee er eee een ee 8-10, 000 ; Florissant; South Park; Leavenworth 
Valley, Colo. 
TOTAL heey ase the ee ooh ts SAN 8,000 | Florissant, Colo. 


LECONTE ON ROCKY MOUNTAIN COLEOPTERA. 465 


List of Coleoptera—Continued. 


CARABIDZ. 
WMTW ENT OCH. o-oo nce ee one ame nw aeen=------ 8-10, 000 |} Alma; South Park. 
CHS OTS Gaceooccoosshessooussoore 8-10, 000 | South Park, &c. 
(PAUOE, onemare p sonaos coedeondsonoseces 8-13, 000 | Everywhere. 
chalcea ..----.- ae cisinedieis smite mincice eat 8-10, 000 Do. 
OUCSO Soak cere setae ee! See assess 8-10, 000 Do. 
ORTACTIALS| SET TCCUS - clainie = =e seisel=isle =ie\=\e\e/<i<ic/-\-1= 6- 7,000 | Green River City, Wyo. 
OrOtaconthus CUDIUS Soa. s oPasoeeeeeee cesses 8,000 | Garland, Colo. 
LORD AUS NEMNGCLUS aja cclecls sates slnie ieteiel'e =i = 8, 000 Do. 
CADIS eee ricerebesecoosauaeces 8-10, 000 | Everywhere. 
PULLOUT EI ee miata te aie tera ee ee eet ase eyetm ere 7- 8, 000 Do. 
ReTOWUOAGUSi see pecs sae eee nee cee 8-10, 000 | Alma; South Park. 
ONEROUS spre sinner alse en ante ee aes 8,000 | Garland, Colo. 
‘ CUB ISOS as Senacaceneencare tle reous 8, 000 Do. 
Harpalus EA MOLETILUS ery yo ata aan aaicta ool ale ra «Sys 9-11, 000 |} Leavenworth Valley. | 
SUTECSTUS) oes heat Sa) .ateiceine sae cer 8-10, 000 | Leavenworth Valley; Garland, Colo. 
ODS issn aaiece see ae eee 7- 8,000 | North Fork of South Platte Canon. 
OChTOPUS .-----.-------------------| 8-10,000 | South Park, Colo. 
DUSUOTIS Es see cee aeeer ee eeee 8-10, 000 Do. 
clandestinus, 0. 'Sp.-.--.-----+----- 8,000 | Garland, Colo. 
SILMOIODRUS COM) UNCUUS= ea enicie voi ieee 8,000 | Florissant, Colo. 
PE OULODUS\ QLENNUNUUS. 22022 =) nese sees eee ae 6— 8,050 | Green River City, Wyo. 
Bembidium Lorquinti ..-..-..---.---.------- 6- 7, 000 Do. 
JEG OMA M0, We Si eccscs osecoseaes 6- 7, 000 Do. 
WOSSUMTOMD sonenesoces oboeacaad 6- 7, 000 Do. 
CODING RID cagnoesdenelocse) eases 6— 7, 000 Do. 
MECUUCOULG Naren Seis aysaie eee ete tee 6-— 7, 000 Do. 
LONG UUIATNe see teenie raji tee eee 6- 7, C00 Do. 
DUAN AUT a= ner eee eee 6- 7, 000 Do. 
OULU TUUISC LALA Tae eee 9,500 | American Fork Caiion, Utah; Leayen- 
worth Valley. 
TEU OG DITIONS Soca eines tee eee 9-10, C00 | Leavenworth Valley; Alma. 
MOUCKINU So. esa ee ee eee 9,500 | American Fork Caiion, Utah. 
QUEDTUSKENSE alata sale roo teisae heres 6- 7,000 | Green River City, Wyo. 
CHOMSVENSAUE asa alors o!s -fois)= 10 eines 6- 9,500 | Green River City, Wyo ; American Fork 
Caiion. 
BUCCI eee eee eae 8-10, 000 | South Park. 
PUL CUL UIT OA: Bes Sa ae oom cin aan 8,000 | Garland; Florissant. 
race substriatum .....-------.-- 8,000 | Garland. 
NUDCSUL Cua clas wale on ccm eeiteoeetee 8,000 | Florissant. 
MAXUM. 20020-0500 Beare en 6- 9,500 | Green River City, Wyo.; Flcrissant; 
American Fork Caiion. 
GEULOUM ee oc cera c om Seer ee Ba eee 8,000 | Garland, Colo. 
obtusangulum..-.-- eRe a RE 8-10, (00 | South Park, Colo. 
cordatum ........-.---.---------| 6- 7,000 | Green River City, Wyo. 
a NAGHIMOS HM o 8s Be sles stain te ieee 8,000 | Florissant, Colo. 
PD MURUCLOratrctsrcian Jo solos ene ors 9-10, 000 | Leavenworth Valley. 
RODUUUMG sswisiore tains Aci Bo viaciaseeieee 8-10, 000. | South Park, Colo. 
DUCE renyo tele aia 2 See se tet tee §- 7,000 | Green River City, Wyo. 
Scudder Ms|Sp- seca eee eee see 4,300 | Salt Lake Valley. 
COLON E Rete eerie 2 alte pomeatats 9,500 | American Fork Canon. 


466 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


List of Coleoptera—Continued. 


DYTISCIDA. 
Hydroporus congruus, 0. Sp..----.----------- 8,000 | Florissant, Colo. 
WMUDUU WS seins wots sso erceemeeee 8, 000 Do. 
striatelluss< ose saceneeee seesee 8, 000, Do. 
PuUberulus .55.'5 Lee eee aes 10-11, 000 | Leavenworth Valley. 
one undetermined ...........-.. 10-11, 000 Do. 
RRANTUS OUNOLATUS =e an a ee tees ele eee ener 8,000 | Florissant, Colo. 
Gaurodytes obliteratus .....-....------------- 10-11, 000 ,; Leavenworth Valley. 
AUSTIN arse RS ie eels 8,000 | Florissant, Colo. 
MANUS ASPieeaseeee ee Eee ees 8, 000 Do. 
ANTENSECLUS: oan re ctle tenia 2 cle Soe tee 6, 300 | Manitou, Colo. 
Anisomera cordata ..---..--.----------+----- 6, 300 Do. 
HYDROPHILID. 
S A 
Helophorus nitidulus .....--..-----.--------- 10-11, 000 | Leavenworth Valley. 
PIGEECODLUSIO GUUS) aioin lian oie ialele “= yl skaensisieiel sitet 8,000 | Florissant, Colo. 
Philhydrus perplecus...--..--..---20-----+-- 8,000 | Garland, Colo. 
STAPHYLINID®. 
Philonthus near inquietus ...--.-.--..------. 10, 000 | Alma, Colo. 
Geodromicus ovipennis, 0. 8p.---.--.--------- 10-11, 000 | Leavenworth Valley. 
Orobanus simulator, D. Sp .------------------ 10-11, 000 Do. 
SILPHIDA. 
Necrophorus Melsheimeri ..-..-.-.-.-------- 9,500 | American Fork Cation, Utah. 
Stlpha MOMOSa ese va sins ele se sess eee ee 6-10, 000 | South Park. 
lapponted) 2 .saseit saseeaeinnaecetan 8,000 | Florissant, Colo. 
DERMESTIDA. 
Anthrenus scrophularic var. lepidus Lec .... 6, 000 | Beaver Brook, Colo. 
CUCUJIDA. 
CatogenusimuUpusmencin ese ots fo ese lene ates | 8- 9,500 | American Fork Caiion, Utah. 
TROGOSITIDA. 
Trogosita virescens ..-.-...----------.------- 9,000 | American Fork Canon, Utah. 
COCCINELLIDZ. 
Hippodamia 5-signata...---..--------------- 6-10, 000 | Everywhere. 
Coccinella 9-notata ...-.0----.e.-00---------- 6- 7,000 | Green River City, Wyo. 
MOntUCOlU esas eee eee eee Reece 8,000 | Garland, Colo. 
Brachiacantha ursind, var ..-...-.----------. 6,000 | Beaver Brook, Colo. 
Scymnus nigripennis, n. sp .-----.----------- 8,000 | Florissant, Colo. 


LECONTE ON ROCKY MOUNTAIN COLEOPTERA. A467 


List of Coleoptera—Continued. 


BYRRHIDA. 
Byrrhus, one species .....-...--..---.---.--. | soacasoocoan | (Not determined.) 
PARNIDA. 
IC HCHUS SUTUALUS) «1-1= aula lainein sale moes ferrite als | 6, 300 | Manitou, Colo. 
HISTERIDA. 
SAPTINUS OTEGONENSIS ..-- 2-2. -2e nee enereeene 6- 7,000 | Green River City, Wyo. 
PIUCTIWOS oral avcleieio aici minis eis se Ne nic eee ee 9,500 | American Fork Cation, Utah. 
UND TEOTUB oar shziaialatcisleroie Saieta ele a elaine: 8,000 | Garland, Colo. 
SCARABAIDA,. 
WOANthOMprottcold = a.scsee sae 2 se 2e seleee ee 9,500 | American Fork Caiion, Utah. 
Aphodius ursinus .....---- Sacodooseaonecseec 10,000 | Alma. 
HOUR sa sini a afaleleratera ninjas a Sis eres ais 10-11, 000 | Leavenworth Valley. 
CONGTEGALUS <2 enim wcn ioc ni 0 <1 e---| 10-11, 000 * Do. ! 
CETIMNINANS e528 ee aisw)ne gaeewie se deh 10-13, 000 ; Argentine Pass; Mount Lincoln. 
DUCE LUBE Saetets aya < SS mente eiete eis = slersiete 6— 7,000 | Grand River City, Utah; Argentine Pass. 
anthracinus, 0. Sp.--.-.20---+.---- 9,500 | American Fork Canon, Utah. 
PLR OMIEOILON Cie aaa aw o oiaieveeisaTe alan Slcieciovele Meeniaes 8,000 | Florissant, Colo. 
Cremastochilus crinitus, Lec .-...--..---.-- 9,500 | American Fork Caiion, Utah. 
BUPRESTIDA. [ 
BS MTESELS EN LULDULG) ssa hotel arate ena 8,000 | Florissant, Colo. 
MUACUUMENUETUS sate atae ees sieeie 8-10, 000 | Everywhere. 
PUSTUCOT UME anette Se IEG teas eta cat 8-10, 000 Do. 
Melanophila Drummondi?.....---- .--.----- 9,500 | American Fork Canon, Utah.” 
Anthacia deteta, WaSP) -c2s6s =~ == = =| --ielaie 9, 500 Do. 
Ohrysobothris dentipes ........------ Hes aeadts 8,000 | Florissant, Colo. 
carinipennis, D. Sp..-.--------- 9,500 | American Fork Caiion, Utah. 
OPUIENVUG 2 oenialctoteiaiclnistere eels 8-10,000 | Leavenworth Valley. 
ELATERIDZ. 
Cardiophorus convexulus ..--.----02+-------. 9,500 | American Fork Canon, Utah. 
Cryptohypnus funebris...-.-.--..--.--------- 9, 500 Do. 
DtCOlOm anna sees cae eh ae 9-10, 000 | Alma; Leavenworth Valley. 
Elater pheenicopterus....-.------------------ 9-10, 000 | Leavenworth Valley. 
Athous ferruginosus ...---------0---0c---enos 9-10, 000 Do. 
Corymbites planulus, 0. Sp ---.---------. ---- 6,000 | Beaver Brook, Colo. 
LAISADILES CONACUNUS) «on tn -/saise teen lee see eenes 6- 7,000 | Green River City. 


LAMPYRIDA, subfam. TELEPHORIDZ. 


Chauliognathus basdlis ......2-02--0000------ 8,000 | Garland, Colo. 
Podabrus lateralis......22..ccc0e.--- 22 seen 9-13, 000 | Argeniine Pass; Leavenworth Valley. 
brevipennis, D. Sp ..-+.--.----+e000s 13, 000 | Argentine Pass. 


| | 


468 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


List of Coleoptera—Continued. 


MALACHIDA. 
i 
| Callas POmggtyes, WRC 55536 s5a5socessn6Ss o000 11-13, 000 | Mount Lincoln; Pike’s Peak. 
QUOTAS CHRD Ws BOocsoon sosscsccongosnosq0505 6,000 | Beaver Brook, Colo. 
CLERID®. 
| Clerus sphegeus ..----- FubaeeGee Bese) 6,000 | Beaver Brook, Colo. 
| WUOOSEUS «ioueue. ee hemnreeene COMERS 8,000 | Florissant, Colo. 
NIGTAVENETUS Mea mirehine wee elec ee 8, 000 Do. 
| Hydnocera subfasciata.....-----------0------ 10-13, 000 | Mount Lincoln. 
| Corynetesmiolaccuseree eases ese eee ees 8, 000 | Florissant, Colo. 
CERAMBYCIDA. 
| Criocephalus|aspeiy nas. cecnc~ =~ 22 - = 2522 smn 6- 7,000 | Green River City, Wyo. 
| Tetropium cinnamopterum .----------------- 9-10, 000 | Leavenworth Valley. 
| Oallidiwm janthinum..........-----------<-- 9-10, 000 Do. 
Orossidius pulchellus) 2-222. 2-2. = «22-2 === 8,000 | Garland, Colo. 
discoideus ..-.. SRS MSA oa NO Be 8, 000 Do. 
Aylotrechus mormonumM ..----.-------------- 9,509 | American Fork Caiion, Utah. 
| CIMT DIS, OS Gascaseacaae gasace 8,000 | Florissant, Colo. 
| Weaclhytus MUTicatulus <a. cnc a= - eace ee wneene 9-10, 0C0 | Leavenworth Valley. 
| CEICOROADS 1690) sage sesessssssa5s500 9-10, 000) Do. 
| PACINO SY OLN Une cleieloivininine iris nicieaiocineiee tee ei 11-13, 000 | Mount Lincoln. 
OGMOOPTMS osacacmoaScHosso5g sconces 9-10, 000 | Leavenworth Valley. 
H (NGTIED soecboaocbbsooSsSsecasScucesce 9-10, 000 Do. 
LEU ULC ae ON See an hae eta 9-10, 000 Do. 
DUULENSIS saaswin as clecione eee sete ee 9-10, 000 Do. 
; Typocerus balteatus Horn ...-.-...-.-----.--- 8,000 | Garland, Colo. 
Leptura propingua .-------------------------| 9-10, 000 | Leavenworth Valley. 
S70 gills See Ee oS SLE 9-10, 000 Do. 
| canadensis, race cribripennis.---.--- 7- 8,000 | North Fork of South Platte Cation. 
| RCMPY SOCOM Meee ania Hele lee ee ento 9-10, 000 | Leavenworth Valley. 
| 
| 
CHRYSOMELIDA. 
Orsodacna childrent .-.-.. 2... ~<-2- once ecee 9-10, 000 | Leavenworth Valley. 
ISAGUTLUSISOMLCLO) cere eitcios Reka cee eee cee 6- 7,000 | Green River City, Wyo. 
Coszinoptera wittigera..-.---.-------.------+" 6- 7, 000 Do. 
Pachybrachys (2 species) ...-.-.....--------- 6— 7, 000 Do. 
Heteraspis marcassite ?....-....+-----+------- 6- 7, 000 Do. 
Chrysomela montivagans, N. sp.--.---------- 11-13, 000 | Mount Lincoln. 
Ertomoscelis adonidis ..---..--------.--.--- 8-13, 000 | Everywhere. 
Plagiodera prasinella......-----------------. 8,000 | Florissant, Colo. 
H OUUTONTUUS Reem tae ane een oat 8, 000 Do. 
| Adimonia externa, ....2...-220+.ee-eeeeeeeee- 11-13, 000 | Mount Lincoln. 
| Trirhabda canadensis ..-.-...---------------- 8, 000 | Garland, Colo. 
| Tl. SP. ? .---2------s-ccec-sa--eeee-.| 8-10, 000 | South Park, Colo. 
| Graptodera bimargindta.....---.---+----.--- 6- 7,000 | Green River City, Wyo. 
| TIER ooaoacae decuescaoauoo4de 8,000 | Florissant, Colo. 
WeOnchestris le wistiser see ee area eee eens G- 7,000 | Green River City, Wyo. 


LECONTE ON ROCKY MOUNTAIN COLEOPTERA. 469 


List of Coleoptera—Continued. 


TENEBRIONIDA. 
PASC UU micteiteancia some nisinnceeisc eee aes ser 8-10, 000 | South Park. 
Coniontis obesd.....-------.----- oe eee ennnee 8,000 | Garland, Colo. 
ENCONESTINUMET AUS sacs ca\cas cece se aces ceences 8-10, 000 | South Park. 
CLURCULG Samar. Sainte ciecaee eee caiee este ae 8, 000 | Various localities. 
CORP URE) sascneadous ceossdor coneeacode 8,000 | Garland ;- Florissant, Colo. 
MUMCLOLACS an atatsln one) alelaieteinra) oxtel= Se 9,500 | American Fork Caiion, Utah. 
EBA DSTUNUS DTALCNSUS: w= ace sas a/e~ceein ss ces calc 8-10, 000 | Various localities. 
Celocnemis dilaticollis .....-....020-c0-c-00- 7- 8,000 | North Fork of South Platte Cafion. 
TG MLUUUS SCTTOLUS, Vilna en oeteinseite tees 7- 8, 000 Do. 
JEG OR GOP EOS 18 AN, C oem seeoeas socdde sooaES 6- 7,000 | Green River City, Wyo. 
MORDELLIDA. 
PAMISDUS MUGNO antenna = = scene ea sceaieecis ad eisac 6,000 | Beaver Brook, Colo. 
BUT mater asia the stele anya ernie isle eistats = cise 6- 7,000 | Green River City ; Beaver Brook. 
MELOID&. 
MCLOAG ENT GULOSUSI eons esee nes eee aise nas sence 8,000 | Florissant, Colo. 
EDUCAUte PTUINOSO, «2-2 -- 2-20 sen ee os -- oe. 10-13, 000 | Mount Lincoln. 
MNOCULALH I A jaaas aja c/a (oie mc ehatuin} siseraicle 6- 7,000 | Green River City, Wyo. 
Cantharis compressicornis .....--.-----..--+- 10,000 | Alma, Colo. 
ANTHICIDA. 
SEERCODOLPUS GULLATUS «2 224-2 eon ene 6- 7,000 | Green River City, Wyo. 
OL BGT TCOIDS CBE REM a Ope eae atoncr eee aacise 6,000 | Beaver Brook, Colo. 
RHYNCHITID. 
Rhynchites bicolor ..-...----------+---+------ | 6- 7,000 | Green River City, Wyo. 
CURCULIONIDA. 
Minyomerusinnecuus ....-------- Rica eee im icles 8-10, 000 | South Park; Florissant. 
PRE CUUIRUTSU LO ane tetas 9 es ae aaa ee 8,000 ) Garland, Colo. 
Tyrichalophus Planinostris = 22-6 2 - vae (<= «oe 8-10, 000 | South Park. 
Macrops (not determined). -.----..-.--.------ 8-10, 000 Do. 
GET IUS GENLCIUUS cin tele nisin. sis alae se iainelaisisi= siale sie 13, 000 | Argentine Pass. 
Stephanocleonus cristatus ......-------- Pease 8, 000 | Florissant, Colo. 
Magdalis imbellis.....---.--.------«--------- 10-11, 000 | Leavenworth Valley. 
QUUMECCEONIAS a= aiaisini=larol= = aiata leer 10-11, 000 Do. 
'  SCOLYTIDZ. 
PRG TUVCTISTNOCLU Seta eintare my eine stale ialtalalate ate eiatnie sister 9-10, 000 | Leavenworth Valley. 
Pe WASOMUCUS Wa steietelatera a= eer=ieislataiaatiis sie 10-11, 000 Do. 
ULC TU DEUS alas ais ciein aia'a sim vieieinieeeieiaee 10-11, 000 Do. 
DRY OCOCTCS| Of OVC ac mice emsinie = =\c lela scien 10-11, 000 Do. 
DEM ORGCLOIUUS, SUTIULLES) tania nian ssninic acne meeleete 10-11, 000 Do. 


MUPPETS a= saci aaa tial esl 10-11, 000 Do. 


A470 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


The species enumerated in the foregoing list may, for the purpose of 
discussion, be divided in the following manner :— 

A. Species widely distributed over the continent in about the same 
latitude: (a) Those not extending westward ; (b) Those not extending 
eastward. 

B. Species characteristic of the arid plains and hilly ground each side 
of the high mountains: (a) Those confined to the eastern plains; (b) 
Those limited to the western regions. 

C. Hyperborean species: (a) Those not found in Alaska or the west- 
ern part of the Hudson Bay Territory; (b) Those found in the north- 
western regions. 

D. Local species, thus far known only from the mountain chain. 

The collection is not large enough to furnish any accurate numerical 
relations between these different groups; but in addition to a rough 
approximation, subject to future correction, it exhibits a number of 
interesting phenomena, both as regards the intrusion of hyperborean 
species, and the creeping up along the mountain-slopes of the species 
of the plains, as high as the supply of food is sufficient and the rigors of 
the Alpine climate can be endured. The numerical results so far as I ~ 
can judge from the material on hand are as follows :— 

A. Species of wide distribution in both directions about 30; in addi- 
tion, 9 or 10 are not found west, and 6 not east of the mountain mass, 
Total about 46. 

B. Species of conterminous arid regions east and west about 46; in 
addition, 10 are found only on the eastern side, and 20 on the western 
side of the mountains. Total about 76. . 

C. Hyperborean species 43; in addition, 14 have a northwestern dis- 
tribution only; and 3 (Notiophilus Hardyi, Platynus chalceus, and Car-. 
dioph6rus convexulus) have an eastern range only. 

D. The species thus far known from the mountains only are 30. 
Those in italics occur at lower elevations, though not strictly belonging 
to the fauna of the plains. . It will be observed that, with few excep- 
tions, these species are closely related to others previously known from 
different parts of the United States. 


ee 


LIST OF SPECIES PECULIAR TO THE MOUNTAIN REGION. 


Nebria trifaria (9,500). Bembidium Bowditchii (6-7,000). 
purpurata (9-10,000). . recticolle (6—7,000). 
longula (?). nebraskense (6-7,000). 
obliqua (?). obtusangulum (8-10,000). 
obtusa (6-7,000). Scudderi (4,300). 

Calathus dubius (8,000). Gaurodytes nanus (8,000). 

Pterostichus longulus (9-10,000). Geodromicus ovipennis (10—11,000). 

surgens (9-13,000). Scymnus nigripennis (3,000). 

Amara cylindrica (8-10,000). Aphodius anthracinus (9,500). 


Harpalus clandestinus (8-10,000). Anthaxia deleta (9,500). 


LECONTE ON ROCKY MOUNTAIN COLEOPTERA. A471 


List of Species Peculiar to the Mountain Region—Continued. 


Chrysobothris carinipennis (9,500). 
Corymbites planulus (6,000). 
Podabrus lateralis (9-13,000). 


Typocerus balteatus (8,000). 
Leptura propinqua (9-10,000). 
Chrysomela montivagans (11-13,000). 


brevipennis (13,000). Helops difficilis (6-7,000. ) 
Collops hirtellus (11-15,000). Trichalophus planirostris (8-10,000). 
Melyris atra (6,000). Magdalis alutacea (10-11,000). 


Neoclytus ascendens (9-10,000). 


Bembidiwm Scudderi does not properly belong to this group of distri- 
bution; but as it is not known except from the single specimen collected 
by Mr. Bowditch, I am disposed to believe that it will be found at a 
higher elevation. 

It will be very interesting, when more complete collections have been 
made on the higher mountain slopes, to group the species according to 
the elevation by which they are limited; and to compare the gradual 
dying out of the species of lower levels with the survival of hyperborean 
forms, and any remnants of the preglacial fauna which may have re- 
treated during the ice-reign and resumed their former habitat with the 
return of milder influences. But the material upon which to base this 
investigation is still wanting, and I shall be more than satisfied with the 
present sketch if I succeed in inviting attention to this important branch 
of research, thus far neglected in America. 


APPENDIX I. 


LIST OF COLEOPTERA COLLECTED AT ATLANTA, IDAHO, (7, aie BY Mr, 
L. ALLGEWABR. 


Cicindela longilabris. Dytiscus marginicollis. 


race montana. Hydrophilus triangularis. 
vulgaris. Creophilus villosus. 
12-guttata. Necrophorus Hecate. » 
repanda. Silpha lapponica. 
hirticollis, Catops californicus. 
Trachypachys inermis. Dermestes marmoratus. 
Calosoma luxatum. signatus. 
Zimmermanni. Orphilus glabratus. 


Carabus limbatus. 
tedatus. 
Lebia guttulata. 
Platynus jejunus, 7. sp. 
obsoletus. 
Pterostichus protractus. 
Amara obesa. 
gibba. 


Anisodactylus (Dichirus) piceus. 


Harpalus basilaris. 
Bembidium lucidum. 
mixtum. 
iridescens. 
Tachys nanus. 


Anthrenus scrophulariz, 
Cucujus puniceus. 
Dendrophagus glaber. 
Trogosita virescens. : 
Tenebrioides sinuatus. 
Carpophilus discoideus. 
Nitidula bipustulata. 

: ziezac. 


' Pityophagus vittatus. 


Phalacrus penicellatus. 
Hippodamia glacialis. 
Adalia bipunctata. 
Mycetophagus punctatus, 
Hister arcuatus. 


472 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


List of Coleoptera collected at Atlanta, Idaho—Continued. 


Saprinus lugens. 
fimbriatus. 

Canthon simplex. 

Aphodius ochreipennis. 


pheeopterus, n. sp. 


Trox atrox. 

Dichelonycha valida. 

Diplotaxis brevicollis. 
subangulata. 


Listrochelus sociatus Horn. 


Polyphylla 10-lineata. 
Cotalpa granicollis. 
Ligyrus gibbosus. 
Chalcophora angulicollis. 
Dicerca sexualis. 
Buprestis Gibbsii. 

lauta. 

apricans. 
Dicerea prolongata. 


Melanophila appendiculata. 


‘Drummondi. 
gentilis. 

Adelocera profusa. 
Cardiopborus longior. 
Megapenthes aterrimus. 
Elater cordifer. 
Dolopius lateralis. 
- Melanotus oregonensis. 
Athous ferruginosus. 
Corymbites carbo. 
Podabrus pruinosus. 

nN. 8p. 
Pristoscelis antennatus. 
Listrus canescens. 
Trichodes ornatus. 
Clerus sphegeus. 
Corynetes violaceus. 
Anobium quadrulum. 
Spondylis upiformis. 
Prionus californicus. 
Homoesthesis integra. 
Tragosoma Harrisii. 
Asemum atrum. 
Criocephalus asperatus. 
Phymatodes dimidiatus. 
Callidium cicatricosum. 
Xylocrius Agassizii, ? var. 
Crossidius Allgewahri. 
Stenocorus lineatus. 
Pachyta liturata. 
Anthophylax mirificus. 
Acmeops atra. 

militaris. 
Leptura obliterata. 


Leptura propinqua. 
plagifera. 
canadensis. 
chrysocoma. 
nigrolineata. 


| Monohammus clamator. 


Tetraopes discoideus. 
Cryptocephalus 4-maculatus. 
Glyptoscelis longior, n. sp. 
Chrysochus cobaltinus. 
Chrysomela clivicollis. 
sigmoidea. 
Plagiodera confluens. 
Monoxia debilis. 
Disonycha punctigera. 
Graptodera, not deternvined. 
Eurymetopon serratum. 
Eusattus muricatus. 
Coniontis ovata. 
Elecdes caudifera. 
hispilabris. 
extricata. 
tenebrosa. 
parvicollis. 
pimelioides. 
Iphthimus serratus. 
Ceelocnemis dilaticollis. 
punctata. 
Alephus, n. sp. ? 
Blapstinus pratensis. 
Helops californicus. 
convexulus. 
Xylita levigata. 
Symphora rugosa. 
Mordellistena unicolor. 
Meloe, sp. 
Tricrania Stansburii. 
Epicauta sericans. 
Wheeleri. 
Cantharis cyanipennis. 
fulgifera. 
Cephaloon lepturides. 
Calopus angustus. 
Crymodes discicollis. 
Rhynchites bicolor. 
Minyomerus languidus. 
Ophryastes sulcirostris. 
Centrocleonus angularis. 
Cleonus sparsus. 
Polygraphus rufipennis. 
Tomicus rectus. 
Dendroctonus valens. 
Hylastes macer. 
gracilis. 


LECONTE ON ROCKY MOUNTAIN COLEOPTERA. 473 


® 


APPENDIX II. 
THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF NEBRIA. 


Among the Coleoptera collected by Mr. Bowditch, I found three un- 
described species of Nebria ; two others were previously in my cabinet, 
and these added to those already described increase the present number* 
of North American species to twenty-two. 

Now the genus Nebria, with a few exceptional species, is restricted to 
very northern regions or to high altitudes. It therefore possesses pe- 
culiar fitness for indicating, by the relation of its numerous species, the 
migrations, on the one hand, by which they have assumed their present 
distribution, and the modifications in structure, on the other hand, by 
which the descent of several species from an original stock may be 
manifested. 

I have consequently availed myself of the present opportunity to 
review the species in my collection, and have endeavored to separate 
them into minor groups, in such way as to exhibit the closer resemblances 
of the various forms which seem most nearly allied. 

For the rapid determination of species, the grouping here given will 
be found less useful than the excellent table published by Dr. Horn in 
Transactions of the American Entomological Society, 1870, iii, 98; but 
the object of the two studies is different. Dr. Horn’s was intended as 
an analytical table of differences, to facilitate the recognition of species ; 
mine is for the purpose of bringing out more clearly the resemblances. 

The relations of the new species here described with those mentioned 
by Dr. Horn may be expressed in the following additions to his table :— 


* * * * * * * 
Side-margin of prothorax very narrow ......-.....-.+-+> ingens Horn. 
Sidemarcin of prothorax wider. ......-.. 5252-52. 25-> ovipennis, N. Sp. 

* * * * * * * 


Elytra purple,-3d, 5th, and 7th interspaces with two or three punctures, 
purpurata, N. Sp. 
Piceous-black, 3d stria with five or six small punctures.-.gregaria Esch. 
* * * * * * * 
Antenne and legs yellow-brown ........ FO AOE GN Hp obtusa, D. sp. 
Antenne and legs black: 
Elytra rather broad, parallel on the sides, 3d stria with one dorsal 
PURINE T Coops oy ah ras ea pepe eu Vale a! Scho beta satay etme cia aid. obliqua Lec. 
Hlytra narrower, with geal dorsal punctures on the 3d interspace: 
Hlytra obovate, wider behind, striz fine .........-..longula, n. sp. 


Elytra parallel, striz deeper .....-...--..0.-.------ suturalis Lee. 
* * * * . * * * 


Fnterspaces 3d, 5th, and 7th interrupted with large punctures..trifaria, 

N. Sp. 

Interspaces 3d and 7th with a few small punctures...... Rathvoni Lec. 
* Two Motschulskian indeterminates, N. elias and mollis, are omitted. 


Bull. iv. No. 2 Hae 


ATA BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


But in order to exhibit the resemblances of the species to each other, 
a different grouping is necessary. In preparing a suitable one, I have 
used’/as a primary character the number of ambulatorial sete, which 
arise from punctures on the ventral segments of the abdomen. 

These punctures are arranged in a row each side of the median line, 
running backwards from the hind trochanters, as in other Carabidae; 
in nearly all the species, these rows are formed by two or three approxi- 
mate punctures arranged transversely on each segment; butin WN. vires- 
cens and pallipes the rows are reduced to single punctures on each 
segment. The further division of the species into groups may then 
proceed by the form of the elytra and the width of the side-margin of 
the prothorax, as in the following table. The form and sculpture of the 
prolonged posterior extremity of the prosternum will also be found use- 
ful for separating the species in each group. 


TABLE OF GROUPS OF SPECIBS. 


Rows of ambulatorial sete double.:................ EAD esi I 2, 
Rows of ambulatorial sete single ................ SN i a eee 3. 
2. Hlytra oval, without humeri; episterna of metathorax not longer than 
WUG SIS Ose Geese Aiea ee Ameo so iS eselia a eae a) eee eee [. 
Elytra elongate-oval, with indistinct rounded humeri; episterna of 
metathorax more than one-half longer than wide, Sp. 4—7..... Il. 


Elytra oval, with indistinct rounded humeri; episterna of metathorax 
more than one-half longer than wide; prothoracic side-margin nar- 


TOWs SP. S29 oo cose eee le ee ak ete eee te ate ea 
Elytra more or less truncate at base; humeri distinct; prothoracic 
Side-margin wide, Sp. L020 Vor. ey 1 ee eee PVE 

3. Prothorax moderately narrowed behind, Sp. 22 .........- ea Sor Vie 
Prothorax very much narrowed behind, Sp. 23 ashi att it 2 Ao tae Vi. 


GROUP I:—ingens. 


In this group, the episterna are short, scarcely longer than wide. The 
elytra are oval, or elongate-oval, oblique and rounded at base, without 
trace of humeral angles. The wings are entirely wanting, or unde- 
veloped. The prosternum varies in form, according to species. The 
side-margin of the prothorax is narrow in NV. diversa and ingens, but 
wider in ovipennis. The rows of ambulatorial sete of the abdomen are 
double. 

Three species are known to me, inhabiting the high mountains of the 
Pacific slope :— 

Prosternum flattened at tip and margined; side-margin of prothorax 
extremely fine; color pale brown..........---.- +--+ --eee 1. diversa- 
Prosternum prolonged, lanceolate at tip, margined at the sides, but 
not at the extreme tip; side-margin of prothorax very fine; color 

WACK sale cls BROUGH Eee 2. ingens. 
Prosternum flattened at tip, slightly declivous, and not margined ; side- 

margin of prothorax wider; color black........-.-- 3. Ovipennis, D. Sp. 


¥ 


LECONTE ON ROCKY MOUNTAIN COLEOPTERA. AT5 


Group I1:—trifaria. 


The episterna of the metathorax are more than one-half longer than 
wide. The elytra are elongate-oval, and the humeri are rounded and 
indistinct, without humeral angie. The outline differs according to 
species, as will be seen by the table. The prosternum also varies in 
form. The prothoracic side-margin is wide in trifaria and Rathvonii, 
but narrower in purpurata and carbonaria. In the last-named, the hind 
angles of the prothorax are obtuse, and the dorsal panebures are only 
on the 2d interspace; in the other three, the sides of the prothorax are 

“strongly sinuate, and the hind angles are rectangular and prominent. 
There are also punctures on the 3d, 5th, and 7th interspaces, or on the 
3d and 7th. 

Two species inhabit the Alpine Rocky Mountains, one the Sierra 
Nevada of California,and one Kamtschatka and the islands of Alaska :— 
Hind angles of prothorax prominent rettanoulares ji)... 5. 2. ne ot 2. 
Hind angles of prothorax obtuse ; 3d interspace of elytra with four or five 

punctures behind the “anita: prosternum flattened at tip, finely 
margined; color black, antennz and legs dark brown; much smaller 
than the others of this sroup...... ...5-.-.2--.2-25-- 7. carbonaria. 

2. Elytra elongate-oval, slightly wider behind, purple, 3d, 5th, and 7th 
with afew punctures behind themiddle ; prosternum iimeéolate at tip, 
not margined ; prothoracic side-margin natrow.. 4. purpuwrata, 0D. sp. 

_ Elytra oval, less elongate, 3d, 5th, and 7th interspaces infermipted by 
large punctures; prosternum margined; side-margin of prothorax 
Iparrel + \COLOE DICK 16.0) Re oo ok Lal as oS ..0. trifuria, D. sp. 
Elytra oval, less rounded at the base, 3d and 7th interspaces interrupted 
by smaller punctures ; 5th without punctures; prosternum not mar- 
gined attip; side-marginof prothorax wide; color black.6. Rathvont. 


GRovuPp Il1:—Mannerheimit. 


The species of this group are wider and flatter than those of the pre- 
ceding, and the elytra are less rounded at base, so that the humeri are 
indistinct, but not wanting; the basal fold is slightly bent, and makes 
a feeble angle with the side-margin, but by no means so obvious as in 
. the following group, and the sides are not parallel, but rounded. The 
prosternum is flattened at tip and margined, and the side-margin of the 
prothorax is obviously narrower than in the following groups; the sides 
are but feebly sinuate towards the base, and the hind angles, though 
rectangular, are small and not prominent. There are four or five small 
dorsal punctures on the 3d stria or adjacent to it. 

Antenne and legs black.........-...-. cl ha ie tere pay iaiga 8. Mannerheimit. 
mnbennce and leos teStaceOUs 2.25... 0225-6. ee eee 9. Eschscholtzit. 


Group IV. 


The species of this group are more numerous than those of the other 
groups united, and may be readily known by the basal fold of the elytra 


476 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


making a distinct angle with the side-margin. ‘The elytra are truncate 
at base, with rounded humeri; the sides are then parallel for two-thirds 
the length; the dorsal punctures are on the 3d, or on the 3d, 5th, and 7th 
interspaces. The tip of the prosternum is margined in most of the species, 
but not margined in N. metallica. 

The side-margins of the prothorax are strongly reflexed, and the sides 
strongly sinuate near the base; the angles are rectangular and prominent 
in most species, but obtuse in others. 

A. Hind angles of prothorax obtuse; dorsal punctures on 3d interspace: 


Body more elom@ate sos a0 68 6 Shiiye cs are win = 3 pn cal ee 2. 
Body. broadercamd Matter. 0 os cess ae cet ote eee Cee ee 3. 
2. Hind angles of prothorax almost rounded..... 10. Hr Gib 
Hind angles of prothorax distinctly defined. ..11. longula, n. sp. 
3. Antenne and legs black). 2. 22... jel soc ole ateine 12. obliqua. 
Antenne and legs ferruginous.............--. 13. obtusa, n. sp. 
B. Hind angles of prothorax rectangular; dorsal punctures on 3d 
interspace: 
Sides of prothorax suddenly and strongly sinuate behind .........2. 
Sides of prothorax more gradually and obliquely sinuate behind ; color 
ACK soso. a5 2c arc eneye ashe tneretate oreo aie hee eee eede 14. hudsonica. 
2. Antenne and legs black; color black............ 15. Sahlbergi. 


Antenne and legs ferruginous; color piceous-black...16. nivalis. 
Smaller, antenne and legs Dow elytra metallic, with large 


dorsal PUNCUUTES ).uie seis Se cine Bi ease esis eee 17. viridis. 
Much more elongate; elytra slightly metallic; dorsal punctures 
S00 Ere MOOR Oa BE H SAS eRho cS ong AG oe 18. gregaria. 


C. Hind angles of prothorax rectangular; elytra with two or three 
rows of dorsal punctures: 

More slender, elytra violet, somewhat coppery, striz fine, dorsal 

punctures on 3d and 7th interspaces.............. 19. Gebleri. 

Broader, elytra more strongly metallic; striae deeper, 3d, 5th, and 

7th interspaces interrupted by larger punctures; prosternum 


Nob Margined. at tip tees ee ee ee eee 20. metallica. 
Black, antenne and legs dark brown; elytral striz deep; 3d and 5th 
interspaces interrupted by large punctures ........21. bifaria. 


GROUP V :—virescens. 


A single species, of robust form, with slight greenish-metallic lustre, 
constitutes this group. The prothorax is broad, less narrowed behind 
than usual, the sides not sinuate, margin widely reflexed, and basal 
angles obtuse. The elytra are subtruncate at base; the basal fold meets 
the side-margin in a distinct angle; the sides are slightly rounded, the 
striz very fine, obliterated at the sides and tip; the dorsal punctures 
are small; the posterior one is on the 2d, the other three on the 3d 
stria. The prosternum is not margined at tip; the setigerous punctures 
of the ventral segments are in a single row each side of the middle. 

22. N. virescens occurs in Vancouver Island and Northern California. 


LECONTE ON ROCKY MOUNTAIN COLEOPTERA. ATT 
GROUP VI :—pallipes. . 


The color is black, with the antenne, palpi, and legs yellow-testa- 
ceous. Prothorax strongly narrowed behind, basal angles obtuse, side- 
margin widely reflexed. Elytra subtruncate at base, basal fold meeting 
the side-margin in a distinct angle: humeri rounded, sides slightly 
rounded; striz deep, less impressed at the sides and tip; dorsal pune- 
tures four or five, situated on the 3d stria. Prosternum flattened at tip, 
and strongly margined; setigerous punctures of ventral segments in a 
single row each side. 

23. N. pallipes is found on the Atlantic slope near streams, in hilly or 
mountainous regions, from Nova Scotia to Minnesota, and southward to 
Virginia. Three well-marked races are known to me:— 

1. Elytra distinctly subtruncate at base; striae deep; wings well devel- 
oped :—this is the usual form. 

2. Elytra distinctly subtruncate at base; strice less seep, obliterated 
at Sracs and tip; wings well developed. Die OIL 

3. Elytra more rounded at base, narrower and more convex; strice 
deep, obliterated at sides and tip; wings wanting. Nova Scotia. 


3. N. OVIPENNIS, n. sp. 


Apterous, shining brownish black; head with the eyes narrower than 
the prothorax; frontal impressions obsolete; antenne extending to 
about one-fourth the length of the elytra. Prothorax wider than long, 
sides strongly rounded in front, then sinuate to the base, which is much 
narrowed, and slightly emarginate; side-margin feebly punctulate, 
strongly reflexed, hind angles rectangular; impressions and dorsal line 
deep, base feebly punctulate. Elytra regularly oval, scarcely wider than 
the widest part of the prothorax, less elongate than in WN. ingens ;. strize 
deep, slightly punctulate, 5d interspace with three dorsal punctures, 7th 
interspace with two, the posterior of which is about the middle of the 
length; prosternum flattened at tip, slightly declivous, not margined. 
Length 11.5™™ (0.45 inch). 

One ¢. Sierra Nevada, Cal. Less elongate than N. ingens, and 
differs by the wider prothoracic side-margin and flattened and broader 
prosternal tip. 


4, N. PURPURATA, 1. Sp. 


Hlongate, as slender as N. gregaria, black, elytra purple, but without 
metallic gloss. Head with the eyes scarcely narrower than the pro- 
thorax. Prothorax wider than long, rounded on the sides before the 
middle, then narrowed, and not very suddenly sinuate; hind angles 
rectangular, prominent, side-margin not narrow, strongly reflexed; all 
the impressions are deep, and the disc each side of the median line has 
a large deep puncture, which is probably accidental. Elytra elongate- 
oval, but little wider than the widest part of the prothorax; humeri 
well-rounded, not prominent; stris deep, feebly punctured; 3d, 5th, 


478 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


and 7th interspaces interrupted by two or three punctures in the pos- 
terior third of the length; on the 3d interspace there is also a puncture 
on the left elytron one-fifth from the base. Length 12.5™™ (0.5 inch). 

Leavenworth Valley, above Georgetown,'Colo.; altitude, 9,000 to 
10,000 fect; Mr. Bowditch; one specimen, with legs and antenne muti- 
lated. 


5. N. TRIFARIA, 2. sp. 


Hlongate, slender, black. Head with eyes scarcely narrower than pro- 
thorax, the latter one-half wider than long, rounded on the sides before 
the middle, then narrowed and strongly sinuate; hind angles rectan- 
gular, prominent; side-margin not narrow, strongly reflexed; trans- 
verse impressions and dorsal line deep, base punctulate, basal impres- 
sions deep. EHlytra elongate-oval, humeri well-rounded, not prominent ; 
strize deep, impunctured ; 3d, 5th, and 7th interrupted with large punc- 
tures, which vary in number from four to five, distributed to within one- 
third or one-fourth of the length from the base. Length 13"™ (0.52 inch). 

American Fork Cafion, Utah; 9,500 feet altitude; Mr. Bowditch. 
This species resembles in form WV. gregaria, but the sides of the thorax 
are more strongly margined and more sinuate towards the base. The 
punctures of the elytra are larger, so as to interrupt the interspaces, 
and the color is not piceous in tint, but full black: the outline is less 
slender, though not as stout as in NV. metallica. 


11. N. LONGULA, n. sp. 


Elongate, slender, shining black, with a piceous reflection. Prothorax 
nearly twice as wide as long, rounded on the sides and strongly mar- 
gined, narrowed behind; basal angles obtuse, not atallrounded. Elytra 
elongate, slightly wider behind, subtruncate at base, humeri rounded, 
basal fold not forming a distinct angle with the margin; striz fine, 
impunctured, interspaces flat, 3d with three dorsal punctures adjacent 
to the 3d stria. Prosternum aatened and finely margined at the tip. 
Legs black. Length 9™™ (0.36 inch). 

Colorado; locality unknown; one specimen, given me by Mr. Ulke. 
This is very closely allied to NV. suturalis, and differs from that species 
only by the legs being black and the elytral striz finer. Large series 
from more varied localities will perhaps show that it is to be considered 
more properly as a race of that insect. 


12. N. oBLIQUA, Lee. 
North Fork of South Platte Cation (7,000 to 8,000 feet); Mr. Bowditch. 


13. N. OBTUSA, 2. sp. 

Elongate, slender, piceous-black, shining, palpi, antenne, and legs 
- pale. Head, with the eyes, narrower than the prothorax, eyes convex, 
somewhat prominent. Prothorax nearly twice as wide as long, sides 
much rounded in front of the middle, obliquely narrowed and not sinu- 


7 
LECONTE ON ROCKY MOUNTAIN COLEOPTERA. ANY 


ate behind ; front angles prominent, subacute; hind angles obtuse, not’ 
rounded ; side-margin narrow, reflexed, base truncate; transverse im- 
pressions deep, longitudinal line strongly impressed, basal impressions 
deep, not punctured. Elytra a little wider than the prothorax, sides 
nearly parallel, humeri broadly rounded; striz fine, feebly punctured, 
outer ones nearly effaced; three or four dorsal punctures on the 3d 
stria. Last ventral segment rufo-piceous (from the immaturity of the 
specimen). Length 11” (0.43 ineh). 

Green River City, Wyo., (6,000-7,000 feet); Mr. Bavditehe This spe- 
cies closely resembles JV. iahahoenatos from Alaska, Vancouver, and Brit- 
ish Columbia, and has equally long legs and antenne. It differs, how- 
ever, by the sides of the prothorax not sinuate towards the base, with the 
hind angles obtuse ; and by the elytra being less convex, more oblong, 
with the sides more nearly parallel, and not wider behind. 

The geographical distribution of these groups may be recapitulated 
as follows :— . 

Group I.—Two species from high mountains of the Sierra Nevada, 
and one from lower levels, near the Pacific coast. 

Group Il.—Two species from high mountains of Colorado; one from 
Sierra Nevada, nearly allied to them ; a smaller one (N. carbonaria), less 
similar, from the Alaskan Islands and Kamtschatka, but somewhat 
resembling WN. suturalis of Group IV. 

GrRovuP ITJ.—Two Alaskan species, extending to Vancouver and Brit- 
ish Columbia. 

Group 1V.—Of this group, five are Alaskan, one of which, NV. Geb- 
leri, extends to Vancouver ; one, NV. Saklbergii, acrenae over the whole 
hyperborean region of North America, from Alaska to Canada, south- 
wards to Vancouver on the western coast, and has left a post-Glacial col- 
ony on the White Mountains in New Hampshire; two others, WN. sutwralis 
and hudsonica, are hyperborean ; they do not extend to Alaska, but the 
. former has left a colony on the White Mountains, and the latter occurs 
from the Saskatchewan to Newfoundland ; another, NV. nivalis, a North- 
ern Huropean species, is found in Iceland and Greenland, but as yet has 
not occurred on the mainland of this continent; it is very closely allied 
to NV. hudsonica, differing chiefly by the more prominent hind angles of 
the prothorax and by the red legs. The remaining three are from the 
mountains of Colorado, and one of them seems near to JN. suturalis, 
while the other two, NV. obliqua and obtusa, are rather isolated, and per- 
haps only color varieties of one species. 

Group V.—Contains a very peculiar isolated species from the coast 
region of California and Vancouver Island. 

Group VI.—Contains an equally isolated species from the Atlantic 
slope of the continent, from Canada to Georgia and Minnesota to Nova 
Scotia. 

If we disregard the color of the antenne, palpi, and legs as having 
no specific value, a certain reduction in the number of species may be 


480 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


made ; and this would be fully justified by the observations published — 
in regard to European species. We would then have— 

N. Eschscholzii Mann. as a color variety or race of N. Mannerheimit 
Esch. ; 

N. obtusa Lee. as a color variety of NV. obliqua Lec. 

Of the species thus reduced, the only ones which exhibit a close rela- 
tionship to Palearctic forms are the hyperborean Groups III and IY. 
Of the latter, I am disposed to believe that WV. obtusa and obliqua are 
pre-Glacial Rocky Mountain species, while all the others are dispersions 
from the later Tertiary cireumpolar land, from which came many of the 
forms identical, or representative, now found in the northern parts of 
both continents. 

Groups I and V must be considered as peculiarly belonging to the 
Pacific region, and not derived from Glacial migration. 

Group VI is similarly related to the Atlantic region. Of Group II, 
the Californian and th® two Rocky Mountain species cannot be con- 
nected with Glacial migration, and were, therefore, probably pre-exist- 
ing species in situ during part of the Tertiary age; NV. carbonaria, from 
its resemblance to some species of Group IV, belongs to the circum- 
polar dispersion. 

Collections made along the edge of retreating snow-fields in the 
higher parts of the Coast Range, Sierra Nevada, and Rocky Mountains 
will probably show the existence of other species of the groups peculiar 
to those regions; but as yet the materials from high mountain eleva- 
tions are very scanty. ; 


ART. XXI.—ON THE ORTHOPTERA COLLECTED BY DR. ELLIOTT 
COUES, U.S. A., IN DAKOTA AND MONTANA, DURING 
1873-74.* 


By Pror. Cyrus THOMAS. 


LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, 


CARBONDALE, ILL., October 18, 1875. 


Str: I transmit herewith a report on the collection of Orthoptera sub- 
mitted to me for examination. 

Although the collections are small, they are of considerable interest, 
as adding to our knowledge of the distribution of species, some of which 
find their northern limit in the region where your collections were made. 

The more we study the habits of Caloptenus spretus, which is well rep- 
resented in your collections, the more important does a thorough knowl- 
edge of the western limit of your line of operations become. Although 
the entire Rocky Mountain region may be said to constitute the native 
home of this locust, yet the region about the headwaters of the Missouri 
appears to form a fertile source of the swarms which sweep east and 
southeast upon the border States and the plains of Manitoba. As this 
is a subject of great importance, and one in regard to which our national 
government is no doubt anxious to gain all possible information, I have 
added a somewhat lengthy note in regard to its operation. 

The list is comparatively small; but it should be remembered that 
Orthoptera rapidly decrease in species aS we penetrate into these north- 
ern sections. Mr. Henry W. Elliotinformed me that although he madea 
- careful examination he was unable to find a single specimen in the sec- 
tion of Alaska in which he was stationed. Kirby’s list, as you will see 
by examining the “Fauna Boreali-Americana”, is quite meagre. I find no 
new species, at least none that I feel warranted in considering new, 
although varying considerably from the types of the species to which 
I have referred them. It is possible that the Gryllus which I have 
referred to abbreviatus is new; but before this can be determined, the 

[* These insects form part of the collections made by me as Surgeon and Naturalist 
of the United States Northern Boundary Commission, Archibald Campbell, Esq., United 
States Commissioner, Maj. William J. Twining, United States Engineers, Chief Astrono- 
mer. They were all taken on or near the parallel of 49° N., along the northern 
border of Dakota and Montana. 


The same remark applies to the two next succeeding articles, by Mr. Ubler and° Mr, 


Edwards.—Eb. | 
481 


482 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


species of that genus will have to be more carefully studied, which will 
require a comparison of a large number of specimens. 

In giving the names of species in my Synopsis, I adopted the plan 
which appears to prevail in this country of attaching the name of the 
author of the combination (generic aud specific) used. I am convinced 
that this is objectionable, and that the name of the original describer of 
the species should be given, and hence have followed this method in 
this paper, and propose so doing hereafter. 

As will be seen, some reference is made to Stal’s “ Recensio Orthop- 
terorum”; but the chan ges in that work have not in all cases been adopted. 

Respectfully yours, 


CYRUS THOMAS. 
Dr. ELLIotTT Cougs, U.S. A., 


Washington, D. C. 


ACRIDID 2. 
1. Stenobothrus curtipennis Harr. 


The specimens in the collection belong to the long- winged variety 
(St. longipennis Scudd.). 

Stal restores the name Gomphocerus of Thunberg, and in his “ Con- 
spectus Generum” makes it equivalent to Stetheophyma Fisch., Arcyptera 
Serv., Chrysochraon Fisch., aud Gomphocerus Thunb., yet in the body of 
his work he gives Stetheophyma Fisch. as a distinct genus. In a former 
paper, “ reg. Hug. Resa. Ins. Orth. 1860”, he seemed disposed to in- 
clude in this genus the greater portion of the Tryxaloid Gdipode. For 
example, we find him including under this, as subgenera or otherwise, 
the following genera of his present work:—Sinipta, part of Tryxalis, 
Phleoba, Pnorissa, Gomphocerus Thunb., Epacromia Fiseh., Scyilina. Of 
course, the subgenera then named foreshadowed his intention to sub- 
divide the genus, yet his use of the latter shows that he was following 
too closely Thunberg, notwithstanding the great advance made by 
Charpentier, Burmeister, Serville, Fischer, and others. It is true the 
characters of Stenobothrus as given by Fischer fail to inciude all the 
species which evidently belong tothe group. But the difference between 
the Stethcophymee and typical Stenobothri of Fischer, it appears to me, is 
too clear in its character to associate them in one restricted genus when 
other genera have been separated from the group on such slight char- 
acters. 


2. Tomonotus tenebrosus Scudd. 


Specimens of the typical form and that I described as pseudo-nietanus 
are in the collection; the latter, as a general rule, is smaller than the 
former, and is very distinctly marked with the pale stripes along the 
sides of the pronotum. The locality at which these specimens were 
obtained forms, so far as known, the northern limit of the range of this 
species, which extends south to New Mexico, east to Illinois and Saint 
Paul, Minn., and west a short distance beyond the range of the Rocky 


THOMAS ON ORTHOPTERA OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 483 


Mountains in Wyoming, according to the specimens I have examined; 
but if I am correct in regard to a species Stal has described, it is found 
as far west as Vancouver’s Island. This writer has described as new, 
under the name of Arphia sanguinaria, a species from this island which 
is undoubtedly Scudder’s tenebrosa. 

Why this author has replaced Saussure’s Tomonotus with Arphia, when 
it includes the same species, it is difficult to say. 
3. Hippiscus phenicoptera Germ. 

The number of specimens in this collection indicates that this is quite 
common in the regions where the collections were made. 

While traveling through Southern Dakota in 1873, I noticed that, as I 
advanced toward the northwest, Gidipoda (Hippiscus) rugosa approached 


nearer and nearer in its characters to H. phenicoptera, especially in the 
color of the wings and the spots on the elytra. 


4. dipoda kiowa Thos. 


D, Gdipoda gracilis Thos. 


Specimens of both these little species are found in the collections; 
this gives the northern limit of their range, so far as known. 

It is probable both species will have to be removed from Gdipoda as 
that genus is now restricted, but at present I am unable to state whether 
either will fall into any existing genus. The former will, in all proba- 
bility, fall into the same limited group as GW. longipes Charp. 


6. Gidipoda neglecta Thos. 


Dr. Coues’s diseovery of this species along the northern Boundee and 
my discovery of it in Ilhnois show that it has a much wider range than 
I at first supposed. 

' 


7. Caloptenus spretus Thos. 


See note in regard to this destructive locust at the end of this paper. 
lt will be observed that I have placed my own name after this species, 
indicating thereby, according to what I have previously stated, that I 
claim to be the author. This I believe I have the right to do, as no 
regular description is to be found anywhere previous to that I have 
given, which distinguishes it from C. femur-rubrum. Mr. Uhler did not 
describe it, and does not claim to be the author. The name was first 
given in my paper published in the Illinois State Agricultural Report. 

According to Stal’s arrangement, there are no species of Calopteni in 
the United States; this and femur ruby um belonging to Pezottetix, sub- 
genus Melanophus. 

There is no doubt that the Calopteni and Pezottetigi of North America 
need revision, but I have strong doubts as to the correctness of Dr. 
Stal’s ahee eaee which lead him to restore Calliptamus of Serville, cor- 
rected into Calliptenus, drop Caloptenus of Burmeister entirely, and trans- 
fer femur-rubrum and other long-winged Calopteni to Pezottetiv; and I 
have given my reasons for these doubts in another place. 


484 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


8. Caloptenus bivittatus Say. 
The specimens of this species are few, and considerably under the 
usual size; in fact, some are scarcely an inch long. 


9. Caloptenus occidentalis Thos. 

A specimen which appears to belong to this species is in the first col- 
lection. I found it quite numerous at Glyndon and Moorhead in the 
Red River Valley. It approaches very near to the variety (or species) 
which Professor Riley has named C. atlanis. The size, appearance, 
movements, bluish cast of the wings, all remind one very strongly of 
the latter. The tip of the last ventral segment of the male does not 
agree with either spretus, femur-rubrum, or atlanis, being rather more 
pointed than either, but not notched. 

As will be seen in the note on spretus, it may be possible after all that 
these are but varieties of femur-rubrum, and that the differences are 
owing to climatic influences. 


10. Pezottetix borealis Scudd. 


11. Pezottetix speciosa Scudd. 


I find in the collections specimens which appear to belong to these 
species, yet they vary somewhat from the characters given. 


12. Tettix granulata Scudd. 

A single specimen, which I have referred with some doubt to this 
species. 

I add the following list of Acridide, which have been found in the 
Pembina region, but are not represented in these collections, which are 
given here in order to complete the Boundary Line Acridian List so far as — 
known. 


13. Gdipoda verruculata. 

14, Stenobothrus cequalis. 

15. Stenobothrus speciosus. 
16. Stenobothrus maculipennis. 
17. Stenobothrus cequalis. 


18. Stenobothrus propinquans. 

The northern limit of some of these may be in Minnesota, but it is 
presumable that most extend to the boundary; some are known to. It 
is somewhat strange that @. carolina is missing from the collections. 


LOCUSTIDA AND GRYLLIDA. 


The Locustida, although very few in number, indicate a treeless region, 
there being but a single specimen (a small Phaneroptera curvicauda), 
which selects a bush or tree for its habitation. 


THOMAS ON ORTHOPTERA OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 485 


2 


19. Ceuthophilus 
' Specimen too much~injured to determine the species; probably C. 
divergens Scudder, which, so far as preserved, it strongly resembles. 
\ 
20. Udeopsylla robusta Scudd. 


This species, though never found in considerable numbers inany place, 
is nevertheless found over a great part of the West. I recently observed 
it at Bloomington, Ill., while attending a teachers’ natural history insti- 
tute held at that place, which shows it is found east of the Mississippi 


21 and 22. Anabrus purpurascens Uhl. 


I may add also A. coloradus Thos., which, though not found in the 
collections, I received from Manitoba from another source. 


23, Phaneroptera curvicauda Serv. 


As the specimen is alcoholic, and much smaller than usual, I have 
placed it in this genus with some doubt. 


4 


24, Orchelimum 


a 


25. Gryllus abbreviatus Serv. 


There are several specimens in the collection, some in the pupa state, 
and some apparently in the perfect state; but they are much smaller 
than the usual size of this exceedingly variable species. They may 
possibly belong to Scudder’s G. niger. 


NOTE ON CALOPTENUS SPRETUS. 


The great locust invasion of 1874, and the resulting broods of 1875, 
have called renewed attention to this species, and have brought it more 
prominently before the world than it has ever been heretofore. They 
have raised several important questions, both economic and scientific, 
some of which may ultimately be distinctly and satisfactorily answered, 
while others will perhaps always remain matters of conjecture only, 
Among the economic or practical are the following:—Are there any 
means of preventing their migrations? and, if so, what are they, and are 
they practicable? What means have the agriculturists of defending 
themselves against their attacks? As relating to both the scientific 
and economic are the following:—Were there such eruptions into the 
Same regions before the entry of civilized man? Are their incursions 
growing more and more frequent, and are their limits being extended 
farther and farther eastward? If the facts require this last question to 
be answered in the affirmative, then how is it to be accounted for? Is 
there any danger of their becoming permanent residents of the Missis- 
sippi Valley? Is it at all likely that they will ever penetrate to the 
States east of the Mississippi? Is C. spretus a distinct species, or are 


A486 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


C. femur-rubrum, C. atlanis, C. occidentalis, and C. spretus but varieties 
of one and the same species ? 

Most of these are important questions, and deserve a more careful 
consideration than I am at present able to give them, not only for want 
of time, but also for want of the proper data. Before this can be done, 
the whole subject will have to be more thoroughly investigated; and as 
the region over which these winged messengers of destruction roam is 
very extensive, and much of it unoccupied, except by savage Indians 
and a few military posts and stations, this investigation can only be 
properly made under the sanction and with the aid of the national 
government. It will be absolutely necessary to have the aid of the 
military posts as points of observation, and hence could probably be 
best performed under the military department. I will only attempt in — 
this note to give some facts and opinions bearing upon some of the 
points mentioned. 

First. Are there any means of preventing the migration of these lo- 
custs? It is evident that if they are all destroyed, this will prove a spe- 
cific against future migrations. To do this our attacks must be directed 
chiefly against the eggs and the young in their native haunts or hatch- 
ing-grounds. Is this practicable? If their total destruction is not pos- 
sible, the next important inquiry is, Can the eggs or young be destroyed 
in the hatching-grounds from which the swarms come that devastate 
our border States? In order to answer this question correctly, it is 
requisite that the swarms which visit these States be traced positively 
to their original hatching-grounds. Although Arabia and Central Asia 
are given as the native habitats and hatching-grounds of Cidipoda mi- 
gratoria, yet after a somewhat careful search of the records I have not 
been able to find a single instance in which a horde visiting Europe has’ 
been traced ‘positively to its original hatching-grounds in these regions 
from which they are supposed to have come. Even as late as 1836, 
Serville had to confess that though the locusts had been a plague for 
thousands of years, yet their habits and history were not well under- 
stood. K6ppen’s late investigations in regard to this species, though 
valuable, appear to throw but little additional light upon its history. 
‘Here the starting-points and the termini of the migrations of these 
locusts are within our own territory, no part of which is inaccessible to 
man, while a very large portion of the West is traversed by railroads. 
and telegraph lines. Military posts and stations are here and there in 
the area not occupied by settlements. It is therefore certainly possible 
by proper effort to trace their movements from one extremity to the 
other. 

Let us now for a moment inquire into the possibility, or rather prac- 
ticability, of utterly exterminating these insects by destroying their 
eggs and young in their native haunts. 

Their hatching-ground is known to extend over the vast area roughly 
designated by the following boandary lines:—On the east, the 103d 


THOMAS ON ORTHOPTERA OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 487 


meridian ; on the south, the south line of Colorade and Utah; on the 
west, the west line of Utah extended north to British America; the 
northern line being somewhere in British America—even this area in 
the northern part being expanded indefinitel y east and west. 

Now for the proof. 

While connected with the United States Geological Survey, under 
Dr. Hayden, for four years, I traveled over a large portion of the area 
mentioned, traversing it on various lines east and west and north and 
south, studying somewhat carefully the habits of these destructive 
locusts. During this time I noticed them in the larva and pupa state, or 
depositing their eggs, at the following places :—At various points along 
the east base and in the bordering valleys of the mountains in Wyoming 
and Colorado, from North Platte, near Fort Laramie, to the Arkansas 
River ; in Laramie Plains and around Fort Bridger; from Utah Lake 
in Utah to Fort Hall in Snake River Valley, Idaho; in Northwestern 
Dakota near the Red River of the North, and on both sides of the range 
in Montana along the valleys of Deer Lodge River, and the branches of 
the Upper Missouri. I also obtained satisfactory proofs of the same 
thing occurring in British America north of Dakota, in Middle Park, 
Colorado, and in the regions west of that point, in Wind River Valley 
in Wyoming, in Central Montana along the Yellowstone, and in the 
Green River country west of South Pass. These facts, which are buta 
small portion of what might now be gathered, will give some idea of the 
work necessary to be done if we undertake to exterminate these insects 
by destroying their eggs in their native haunts. 

In order to further illustrate, and better understand the point now 
under consideration, I will present some facts in regard to their migra- 
tions in and from the mountains and northern regions, which will assist 
_the reader in forming a more correct idea of their habits, and the extent 

of their operations,—and here be it remembered I confine myself to the 
single species Calovtenus spretus. I have traced a swarm from the area 
west of South Pass to their stopping-place and hatching-ground north 
of Fort Fetterman, from Northeastern Dakota nearly to Lake Winni- 
peg, and have ascertained that some swarms have extended their migra- 
tions from some supposed southwest point as far as the north side of 
this lake. It is also known that, in one instance at least, those which 
left Colorado moved in the direction of Texas ; those visiting Salt Lake 
Valley have repeatedly come from the northeast, sometimes doubtless 
from Cache and Bear River Valleys, and others from the Snake River 
region ; while these hatched in Salt Lake regions moved south, in some 
instances returning with the change of wind. In 1864, those hatched 
east of the mountains of Northern Wyoming and along the Yellowstone 
in Montana swept down the east flank of the range upon the fields of 
Colorado, while a part moved east to Manitoba and Minnesota. In 1867, 
a swarm from the west side of the range poured into Middle Park, and 
there deposited their eggs, but those hatched from these failed to scale 


A88 BULLETIN UNIFED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


their rocky bounds; yet while these were vainly striving to leave their 
mountain prison, another horde from the barren regions beyond, sweep- 
ing above them over the snowy crest, poured down upon the valleys 
east; and in another instance a swarm was seen passing for two days 
over Fort Hall from the southwest. On the other hand, we find them 
extending their flight far into Texas in destructive hordes, yet New 
Mexico and Arizona appear to be apparently free from them; atleast, the 
very extensive collections made by Lieutenant Wheeler’s expeditions in 
these Territories during the last four years, which have been submitted 
to me, contain but very few specimens of the C. spretus, and during my 
visit to New Mexico in 1869 I found scarcely any specimens south of 
Raton Mountains, although comparatively abundant in Colorado, and 
even in the San Luis Valley. I am, therefore, inclined to doubt the cor- 
rectness of the statement made by Mr. Taylor (in Smithsonian Report, 
1858) in reference to the grasshoppers in these Territories in 1855, if in- 
tended to apply to this species. 

These facts, if added to the experience in Kansas, Nebraska, Dakota, 
Minnesota, and Manitoba, will suffice to show, not only how extensive 
is their range, but also how varied their flight, and that there are no 
particular spots which can be said to form their permanent hatching: 
grounds. That they prefer the elevated sandy plateaus and terraces in 
the mountain districts is certain ; but that any particular localities form 
the permanent hives from which the swarms issue cannot be maintained ; 
yet that those which visit Kansas and Nebraska, and even Dakota and 
Minnesota, originate usually in the Upper Missouri region and adjacent 
parts of British America is now pretty well ascertained. We may there- 
fore set it down as impracticable to attempt their extermination by 
destroying their eggs and young in the various hatching-grounds scat- 
tered throughout this extensive range. It may be possible by preserv- _ 
ing the grass in the last-named section, and burning it at the proper 
time, to destroy the unfledged young. 

While there are exceptions to the rule, yet it is evident that their 
general course of flight east of the mountains and south of the bound- 
ary line is southeast. I have no positive information on this point in 
reference to the region along and north of the boundary line, and there. 
fore hope Dr. Coues will add an account of such facts in this respect as 
came under his personal observation or such reliable information as he 
may have ascertained. The distance traveled by any particular swarm, 
as is evident from what has heretofore been said, has never been posi- 
tively ascertained, yet enough is known to indicate that this may extend 
for at least two and possibly three hundred miles. 

The hordes which visited Colorado in 1864 are supposed by Colonel 
Byers, from certain evidence then ascertained, to have originated in 
Montana along the Yellowstone ; and a swarm which I traced through 
Sweetwater Valley in 1870 probably moved over two hundred miles; 
-yet the evidence, though highly presumptive, is not positive in either case. 


THOMAS ON ORTHOPTERA OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 489 


Now, let us examine briefly the history and characters of their migra- 
tions in the Mississippi Valley, and see what important facts bearing 
upon the question of a preventive can be ascertained, and especially as 
to the places from which individual hordes which visit this region take 
their departure. But first I desire to present a few facts in regard to 
the Eastern locust, Gdipoda migratoria, as indicative of what we may 
probably expect here. The earlier invasions of Europe by this species 
are always said to be from Arabia or the interior of Asia, as, for ex- 
ample, the horde which visited Silesia in 1542, the regions around Milan 
in 1556, and of Marseilles in 1613. But as observations began to be 
more exact, and the records more perfect, we hear of intermediate sta- 
tions and less extensive single marches; for example, the invasion of. 
Hungary and Germany in 1693 is said to have been from Thrace, much 
nearer the scene of their depredations than the locality given former 
hordes. The great Huropean invasion of 1749-50 was the result of sev- 
eral steps; in 1747-48, it is stated, they came from Turkey into Wal- 
jachia, Moldavia, Transylvania, and Llungary; from thence, in 1749, 
they passed into Austria, Bavaria, and other parts of Germany, and 
from thence, in 1750, reached the Mark of Brandenburg. But beyond 
Thrace in the one case and Turkey in the other nothing is known of 
their progress. I am aware that seemingly well attested instances of 
flight from three to five hundred miles from shore are given; and also 
the very common statement of their passage across the Mediterranean; 
but Hasselquist, and also Zinnani, who lived at Venice, deny the truth 
of the latter statement; and the leading orthopterologist of Europe was 
unable to correct Fain, if wrong, as late as 1853. 

It may, therefore, be possible that when we can trace the swarms. 
which visit Kansas and Nebraska to their hatching-grounds, we will 
find them not so far distant as is now generally supposed. As bearing 
on this point, I give the following facts and statements, partly from the 
full records of Mr. Walsh, Professor Riley, the Agricultural Reports of 
Kansas, and Agricultural Department at Washington, and from my own 
knowledge. 

It appears from the Canada Farmer, as quoted in Riley’s Report, that 
in 1857 these insects visited the Assiniboine settlement in Manitoba. 
Now, by turning to Mr. Taylor’s account of the locusts as given in the 
Smithsonian Report of 1858, we find that they were very destructive to 
the grass of the Plains that year, from the Upper Missouri to Fort 
Kearney, and migrating. There may be no connection between the 
two, but subsequently, in 1871 or 1872, swarms appear to have passed 
up from Dakota to Manitoba, indicating a disposition in this northern 
section to move northeast. In 1864, we hear again of invasions of Ma- 
nitoba and Minnesota, and this year the great hatching-ground also 
appears to have been the Upper Missouri and Yellowstone region. But 
the great mass this season appears to have spread southeast and east 
upon the Plains, sending a strong wing down the mountain flank to 

Bull. iv. No. 2=—12 


490 ‘BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Colorado, and another detachment into Minnesota, but not reaching the 
settlements of Nebraska and Kansas. In 1866, we find them spreading 
over Nebraska and Kansas, and even reaching Missouri and Texas, an 
invasion which has almost universally been attributed to a direct 
importation from Colorado. 

Is the opinion correct? Was it not in fact a continuation of that of 
1864, and, if so, thus showing that these invading hosts have interme- 
diate stopping-grounds on the great plains, as did the advancing, hordes 
of Asiatic locusts in Europe, and probably even beyond the Bosphorus? 


In the first place, there is no sufficient proof of any such swarms leaving 


Colorado in 1866; but, on the contrary, the most competent authority in 
the Territory, Colonel Byers, asserts the opposite in his letter to me, 
which is published in the Report of Hayden’s Geological Survey for 1870. 
In the second place, as it appears that the great hive of 1864, from 
which the swarms issued, was Eastern Montana, Western Dakota, and 
Northeast Wyoming, it is scarcely probable that it would send forth but 
two lines, one towards Minnesota and the other towards Colorado, and 
these at right angles to each other, while the usual direction of air-cur- 
rents, by which they are carried, is along the diagonal. Again, the 
advanced guards of those which reached Colorado, and which doubtless 
came from the nearest hatching-ground, after stopping here a short 
time, passed off southeast in the direction of the Arkansas River. We 
hear nothing further of them in 1865; but as the remaining portion of the 
horde of 1864 stopped in Colorado, it is not probable that these proceeded 
very far, but that they deposited their eggs in Southeast Colorado. The 
brood of 1865 may have advanced but a short step farther, and then in 
1866 those which entered Texas were the first of the advancing column, 
for it was not until 1867 that the storm fell in its full force upon the 
interior of that State, and then not until late in the season—October 
and November. ; 

Advancing north, we find a corresponding state of affairs. Those 
which hatched in Colorado in 1865 left there in June and passed out 
‘upon the Plains. By turning to the Monthly Agricultural Report of 1868, 
we find it stated that they were in Arkansas (Montgomery County) in 
41867. If we suppose those from the section farther north moved in a 
‘southeast direction, they would probably have reached the region imme- 
‘diately south of the Black Hills of Dakota; and it is from this section 
it is supposed by some that those which visited Iowa came. The time 
of arrival in Kansas and Nebraska would show a similar rate of pro- 


gress to the lines already traced, and on this analy we have some very. 


strong corroborating testimony. 

Mr. J. A. Allen, of Cambridge, Mass., who was in Western Iowa in 
1867 collecting plants and insects, states that on September 5 he beheld 
a flight of myriads of grasshoppers coming from the northwest and 
alighting so thickly as to cover the ground; that on the 13th he saw 
another immense flight coming from the same direction. He adds, that 


=e 


THOMAS ON ORTHOPTERA OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 491 


“their progress was readily traced from the north and west, and their 
origin was undoubtedly Dakota and Nebraska, where my friend O. H. 
St. John observed them in abundance in the larva state in May. He 
also noticed them at or near Sioux City, and at other points on the Lowa 
side of the Missouri River.” 

The facts in regard to the direction from which the hordes of 1874 
came is also corroborative of the opinion advanced. And, finally, a fact 
which at first appears to stand opposed to this opinion, when carefully 
considered, really goes to strengthen it, if applicable to the general halt. 
The evidence in regard to the arrival of the hordes of 1866 in Kansas 
rather tends to show that they came from the west, and, in some in- 
tances, from the southwest. As it is shown by equally strong evidence 
that they did not come from the inhabited portions of Eastern Colorado, 
they must have come from the intermediate Plains, and if they were from 
the mountains they must have passed down first, then have changed 
their course and returned, while another portion passed on to Texas, 
which is a far more violent presumption than that which I have given, 
which is, that they were hatched on the Plains as the successors of those 
which left the northwest in 1864. But where such change of course 
occurs in the interior of the settled portions, it may be merely a short 
flight from a neighboring section after their first halt, and argues noth- 
ing then; but the evidence in this case appears to apply to their general 
direction, and not to a merely local movement. 

I have dwelt somewhat at length upon this point, because I have long 
had doubt in regard to the correctness of the idea that all swarms which 
invade these border States sweep down from their distant hatching- 
grounds in a single generation, as if they knew, by a kind of new and 
recently obtained instinct, rich fields of corn were to be found in Kan- 
sas, Nebraska, and Minnesota. I had hoped the facts in regard to the 
recent invasion would settle this question; but as these have yet to be 
gathered, except a few which correspond to those of 1867, and agree 
with the view I have advanced, we must for the present rely on those 
already known in reference to past incursions. 

It is certainly strange that they should always pass over this belt of 
two or three hundred miles, on which herds of buffalo have flourished 
for ages, without making a halt. Where do the numerous hordes go 
which leave the mountains, but never reach the settlements on the east 
side? Most undoubtedly, they spend their force upon the Plains; prob- 
ably finding sufficient nourishment in the grasses of this area, they 
remain, diminishing year after year in numbers or gradually losing their. 
migratory disposition. 

Let us now consider for a moment the possibility of fighting these 
hordes from the fields after their arrival, or of destroying them by direct 
means and mechanical appliances. ka the first place, it is impossible 
to tell just when they are coming and when they will alight, so that 
even were the national military forces detailed for the purpose in ques- 


492 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


tion, they might be waiting in Minnesota for the coming storm, while it 
descended on the fields of Kansas; or, if scattered, their effectiveness 
would be destroyed. But suppose that by properly arranged telegraph 
lines notice should be given from the western side of the plains that a 
horde was moving, and that, from the direction of the wind, &c., it 
might be expected along a certain line, and that the Army should be 
waiting at the proper point, how much is it possible a corn-field of 160 
acres would be worth after a company of unwilling soldiers had fought 
grasshoppers over it for two days? Writers and others in attempting 
to show or illustrate what may be done in this country by what is done 
in other countries too often forget the vast difference in the rights of 
individuals in the two. They forget that the soldier here is a man and 
a citizen, and not a mere machine, and while always willing voluntarily 
to assist in time of distress and calamity, without debating whether 
there is any obligation to do so, when this is made a requirement, it is 
a very different thing with him. The result would therefore, beyond 
all doubt, prove wholly unsatisfactory... 

The want of the time and place of the arrival of these hordes are very 
material difficulties to commence with. But let us suppose all the farm- 
ers of our border States were thoroughly armed and equipped with all 
the machinery, nostrums, and patent appliances American ingenuity 
and entomological science could devise. What could they do in the 
way of contending with one of those immense swarms which sweep down 
upon them in such countless myriads? 

As a large portion of the readers of this have never witnessed the 
movements of one of these swarms, and in order to illustrate in as forei- 
ble a manner as possible the difficulties under which our border farmers 
labor at such times, I ask them to take their stand with me, in imagi- 
nation, on one of those beautiful grassy hillocks everywhere met with in 
Kansas, Nebraska, Dakota, and Southwestern Minnesota. First, look 
over the spreading valleys outlined with graceful curves, and sweeping 
downwards with scarcely perceptible slope towards the south, while 
beyond in every direction the rolling prairies stretch out as far as the 
eye can reach, while somewhat regularly over their surfaces (consequent 
upon the alternate section land-grants) like little islands in the sea are 
seen the farms. Compare the amount of occupied and actually culti- 
vated land with the broad surrounding expanse of unoccupied land. 
Let the reader now extend his imagination a little farther. It isa beau- 
tiful morning, about the first of August; not even a fleecy cloud specks 
the sky, although a refreshing breeze is sweeping down from the north- 
west; the fields of corn in sight reflect the silvery beams from seas of 
waving leaves, while their tasseled heads gently bow before the breeze. 
All at once, about ten o’clock, a dark shadow is seen moving rapidly 
over the plains from the northwest; the rays of the sun are suddenly 
cut off, and the entire scene appears as though beneath some vast can- 
opy which has been overspread. But in a moment the mystery is ex- 


THOMAS ON ORTHOPTERA OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 493 


plained ; for gazing upwards we behold the heavens filled with broad, 
‘living, silvery snowflakes, and then a shower thick as rain, but drop- 
ping like pebbles, striking our hats, hands, and upturned faces and the 
ground around with a sudden and peculiar thud. Grasshoppers, grass- 
hoppers by the million! is the exclamation which explains the mystery. 
Onward they come a dark continuous cloud 
Of congregated myriads numberless, 
The rushing of whose wings is as the sound 
Of a broad river headlong in its course 
Plunged from a mountain summit, or the roar 
Of a wild ocean in the autumn storm, 
Shattering its billows on a shore of rocks. 

We watch the myriads of restless workers for a few hours, and ere 
the sun has set see the corn stripped of its green leaves, and the beau- 
tiful green covering of the scene changed to an almost barren waste. 

It is true this is given as an imaginary sketch, but those who have 
beheld the arrival of these hordes will scarcely consider it greatly exag- 
gerated or far from correct. 

Numerous letters and statements from eye-witnesses of the late inva- 
sion might be given which would show that the picture I have given is 
not overdrawn. In one of the letters in Professor Riley’s Report for 
1875 I find the following statement, which shows the rapidity with which 
these devourers work :—“ They appeared on Sunday, July 26, at about 
6 o’clock p.m. They were so thick in the air that they appeared like 
a heavy snow-storm ; those high in the air forming apparently light, 
fleecy clouds, while those dropping to the earth resembled flakes of fall- 
ing snow. Next morning, Monday, the 27th, at daylight, the country 
was literally covered with grasshoppers. Soon after sunrise they col- 
lected on the growing crops, young trees, etc., and commenced eating, 
and before night had eaten the leaves from almost every green thing.” 
A resident of Nebraska, whose place I had visited before the invasion, 
describing their appearance, stated that they arrived about 10 a. m., 
darkening the sky with their numbers; that by 3 p. m. the corn—the 
‘chief crop of that section—was completely stripped of its blades. 

Now what can the farmer do with the one or two assistants of his 
family, aided by all the appliances they could operate, in preserving a 
field of eighty or a hundred acres of corn from such an attack as this; 
especially when we remember that as soon as it is cleared of one set of 
these devourers, another stands ready to pour in upon it from the sur- 
rounding prairies? Beside, there can be no combination of forces, for 
at such times all are similarly situated, and delay is fatal. So far, man 
appears to be powerless at such times, as with the force the pioneer 
farmers of these border States usnally have at command but little pro- 
gress could be made towards harvesting their crops after the swarms have 
appeared, and even if this were possible, which is seldom the case, it is 
usually valueless except as fodder; but even this would be worth the 
trouble, as it would assist in preserving the stock. 


494 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


The farmer on such occasions usually sits down in blank despair, and 
in gloomy silence beholds the work of destruction; nor can we wonder 
at it when we consider the suddenness and magnitude of the attack. 
It is therefore certain that the only means of counteracting these inroads. 
must be preventive; and therefore it may well be asked, What are they, 
and are any of them feasible ? 

Ist. It would certainly be in vain for even the national government 
to attempt to exterminate these insects by destroying their eggs in the 
various hatching-grounds which extend from British America to Colo- 
rado. 


2d. If the swarms which reach the border States come from a limited: 


area along the east flank of the mountains, the destruction of the eggs 
by any temporary means, even if possible, would be of comparatively 
little value, as the hordes sweeping down from the mountain regions 
would soon replace them. Irrigation, so far as I can see, is the only 
permanent means, and this, I am satisfied, from a careful study of the 
drainage of these regions, is possible only in the area named, and in a 
portion of that section of the Upper Missouri west of the Judith Mount- 
ais. 

3d. Signal-stations in these regions connected by telegraph lines with 
the section they visit might possibly give warning in time to gather 
such crops as would be of value, but these lines would have to be so 
arranged as to trace the usual line of march of these insects. What 
effect firing the prairies on their approach would have I am unable to 
‘say, but it is possible this might cause them to move on, as was the case 
in some instances mentioned in the accounts of their invasions recorded. 

4th. Although I have but little faith in Indian industry, yet it may 


be that a premium offered for eggs and grasshoppers would induce 


Indians to gather them in the regions over which they roam ; and, as the 
government undertakes to feed these people, it might be well enough to 
make the trial, and thus perhaps beget in the younger Indians some faint 
idea of industry and its results. If the experiment should prove suc- 
cessful it would be some help, be it ever so small, towards staying the 


ravages of these locust pests, and it would be simply another mods of 


paying the Indian, and, if rightly planned, no additional expense to the 
government. 

As regards the resulting brood, the farmer does not appear to be so 
helpiess as he does with the incoming hordes. The former coming 
gradually,and presenting various points of attack, does not fill him with 
terror, as do the suddenness and magnitude of the attack in the latter 
case. In an article of mine, recently published in the Prairie Farmer, L 
stated that the farmers, after a few years’ experience with these insects, 
generally learn all the means of local defense possible; and, as a gen- 
eral rule, the entomologist must learn these, not from any scientific 
knowledge of the insect, but from the practical experiments made by 


THOMAS ON ORTHOPTERA OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 495 


the farmer. All modes of attack and defense which depend in any way 
upon the knowledge of the habits of the insect which are not patent to 
the unscientific eye, the entomologist is expected to perceive sooner than 
those who are not entomologists. 

Although the farmer does not feel himself so helpless before the hatching 
brood as he does before the migratory hordes, still that he does not feel 
able to entirely control them, even after long experience, is shown by 
the following extracts from a letter sent me this season by a Nebraska 
farmer, who has some practical experience in the matter:—‘“‘I ama 
hard working farmer, forty-six years old; came to Nebraska in 1855; 
have a good farm and seven children, and would be getting along very 
well if the grasshoppers would let me alone. They are getting worse 
and we cannot stand it much longer. I only got five bushels of corn to 
the acre last year, yet I had to help others; and now we have millions 
of ‘hoppers’ again. Plowing, rolling and burning does but little good. 
Wise men say there isa parasite killing them. Well, we know some- 
thing of the ‘ hoppers’ and the parasite; it never kills many of them, 
nor any of them until they are nearly grown. But the birds eat mil- 
lions of them before they are larger than a grain of wheat. The small 
grasshoppers are too quick for domestic fowls, but they get some of 
them when they are smal]l and many of the larger ones. I think the 
birds have eaten half of those hatched on my farm, but they are getting 
_ too large for them (date, June 2, 1875). The farmers will all tell you 
the birds eat them, but they have killed many of the birds.” 

First, the destruction of the eggs deposited.—In thickly settled countries, 
where labor is cheap, and there are large landed estates, as France and 
Italy, it may be possible to do this somewhat effectually, and it will effect 
something even in our border States; but when the invasion is general, 
and the eggs are deposited over a large area, what can the farmers do 
towards destroying them, not only on the farms, but on the much larger 
area surrounding them? 

The following, from a French newspaper in 1841, will give some idea 
of the work of collecting grasshoppers in Southern Europe :—“‘ Such 
immense quantities of grasshoppers have appeared this year in Spain 
that they threaten in some places to entirely destroy the crops. At 
Danriel, in the province of Cuidad-Real, three hundred persons are 
constantly employed to collect these destructive insects, and though 
they destroy seventy or eighty sacks every day, they do not appear to 
diminish.” This shows the number employed on a limited area. I‘rom 
_ whence will come a corresponding force for the broad area of our border 
States? 

As a practical test, let us take a county in Kansas, say Rice County, 
which has an area of 720 square miles, and a population, according to 
the last report of the Kansas Board of Agriculture, of 2,396, and a 
voting population of 260 or 275. Suppose eggs to have been deposited 


A49G BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


generally over this area, what progress could this number of persons 
have made towards collecting or destroying them during the season ? 
But let us see the condition after the invasion. A correspondent of the 
board writes :—‘‘ Having traveled over the largest portion of our county, 
I find that about three-fourths of our people are almost entirely desti- 
tute of food, fuel, and clothing. Some are now living on boiled wheat, 
and not half enough of that.” And the report adds:—“S. T. Kelsey 
thinks that 500 persons in Rice County will need assistance.” And now 
we may ask in what condition they were to devote their time in collect- 
ing grasshoppers’ eggs, when want was staring them in the face. Had 
_a liberal reward been offered by the State or general government, 
although they might have made but little progress in the work as com- 
pared with the amount necessary to be done to be effectual, still it: 
would have done some good, and would have afforded at the same time 
some relief; and I believe that it is always best, when it can be done, 
to apply a remedy which wiil do good in one direction, if it fails in 
another. 

[| NoTE.—NSince writing the above, many new facts in reference to the 
history and habits of C. spretus have been ascertained, and will be pub- 
lished in the report of the U. 8. Entomological Commission ; although in 
correcting proof now (1878), I have preferred to allow what was written 
in 1875 to remain as it was, that the advance in our knowledge may be 
shown by comparison. | 


Destruction of the larve and pupe.—A number of methods to accom- 
plish this desirable end have been tried and recommended, as rolling 
the surface in order to crush them, collecting and destroying them in 
various ways, burning, ete. There is no doubt but each of these meth- 
ods will efiect something, and may well be tried, according to circum- 
stances; and in thickly settled districts, where the larger portion of the 
land is under cultivation and the force at command comparatively 
strong, these means, and some others which are hereafter mentioned, 
may, and probably will, suffice to hold the enemy in check, especially 
if the farmers maintain their courage and fight the battle bravely and 
in concert. In thinly populated districts, and even where the larger 
portion of the land is not cultivated and the force at command is weak, 
the case is not so hopeful, as the surrounding uncultivated sections will 
furnish a new supply as rapidly as the previous one is destroyed. Pro- 
fessor Riley informs us that ditching as practiced in Western Missouri 
appears to be the most effective mode of defense adopted, and he thinks 
will prove a specific against the young. <A ditch of the dimensions he 
gives—two feet deep and two wide,;with sharply perpendicular sides— 
- will doubtless prove an effectual barrier against the young larve, but 
the pupe, though halting for a time, will suon make the leap, and then 
the column will press onward. But it must be remembered that it 
requires time to dig a ditch of these dimensions around an entire farm: 


THOMAS ON ORTHOPTERA OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 497 


to protect a single field of forty acres requires a mile of ditching, or the 
removal of nearly 800 cubic yards of earth, which, in most cases, the 
farmer and his son or single hand will have to do.* 

I have noticed the larger irrigating-ditches in Utah, with a water- 
surface from three to four feet wide, covered with wingless crickets 
(Anabrus simplex), which were floating helplessly onward; but although 
this was the case, the marching column passed on in its course with 
‘comparatively undiminished numbers. And in Utahand Colorado these 
ditches form but little impediment to the movements of the pupz of the 
C. spretus. In the cool of the morning, in those mountain regions, the 
farmers frequently drive the semi-torpid young into the irrigating- 
ditches, firing straw placed along one side to catch those that leap the 
ditch. But among the chief agencies in this work of destruction I am 
disposed to class birds and fowls, and to this end would recommend to 
the legislatures of the States suffering from these visitations the passage 
of stringent laws stopping entirely the destruction of all insect-eating 
birds, not for a portion of the year only, but for the entire year, and 
ofiering a premium for the destruction of rapacious birds. Let an offi- 
cer be appointed in each district, if necessary, composed of four or five 
counties, whose duty it shall be to see that the laws are enforced, and 
who shall also experiment in introducing and multiplying the English 
sparrow or some other insect-eating bird of similar habits. It would be 
well, also, for the State and county agricultural societies to encourage 
the increase of domestic fowls as far as possible. Hogs should be 
raised, as they are not only fond of these insects, and also army-worms, 
but would also soon learn to hunt for the egg-sacks as they do for acorns 
in oak-forests. © - 

Driving into traps and ditches are remedies which have long been 
practiced. Scott in his ‘Excursions in Ronda and Granada”, as quoted 
by Kirby says :—‘“‘ During our ride from Cordova to Serville we observed 
a number of men advancing in skirmishing order across the country and 
thrashing the ground most savagely with long flails. Curious to know 
what could be the motive for this Xerxes-like treatment of the earth, 
we turned out of the road to inspect their operations, and found they 
were driving a swarm of locusts into a wide piece of linen spread on the 
ground some distance before them, wherein they were made prisoners.” 
Kirby adds in a note:—“ The same plan is adopted for the destruction of 
these insects in some parts of the United States; deep trenches being dug 
at the end of the fields, into which the grasshoppers are driven with branches, 
and then destroyed by throwing earth upon them.” What has been 
beneficial heretofore may be so again, and because it is old is no reason 
for rejecting it for something new until thoroughly tried. 

But without discussing further the various methods of defense against 


* Subsequent observations have convinced me that the young locusts can be fought 
with a good degree of success, and that ditching is practicable and one of the best 
remedies that can be adopted. 


498 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


the young, which experience and ingenuity, together with some knowl- 
edge of the insect, may devise, I must sum up the matter, and, after 
noticing some Acridian peculiarities of this season, close this note, which 
is already too extended. 

1st. It is impossible to tell what may be done towards preventing 
their incursions into the border States until their history has been more 
thoroughly traced. This can only be done through the general govern- 
ment and with the aid of the military posts and stations. 

2d. While it would be folly to undertake to exterminate them in Whee 
native haunts by destroying the eggs or the insects, yet, if it be possible 
to induce the Indians by rewards to collect the eggs and young along the 
west side of the Plains, it. would be wise to do so, and would, as a mat- 
ter of course, do something toward diminishing them and keeping the 
Indian squaws at least employed, for I doubt exceedingly as to the male 
Indians doing much in this line, as they are so lazy. 

od. If it is found that the hatching-grounds of the invading swarms 
are in the areas mentioned heretofore, it would be well for the govern- — 
ment to give all its land of that section to induce immigration thereto, 
and the settlement, irrigation, and cultivation thereof. 

4th. When investigation shows the usual hatching-regions, if such 
there be, and line of travel, signal-stations connected by telegraph lines 
with the sections subject to invasion may do much good by giving 
warning of the coming locust storm. 

Sth. It would be wise for the people of Nebraska and Kansas to rely 
more upon wheat and root crops, as the hordes usually come too late to 
injure the former and cannot so greatly injure the latter as other crops. 
But for the season after the incursion, when the young are expected to 
hatch, this order will have to be somewhat reversed. This branch of 
the subject, I think, has not received the attention of the farmers of the 
border States which it deserves. 

6th. It would be well for the States visited to offer rewards for the 
eggs and young, for although it might do but little towards thinning the 
ranks of the pests it would do some good in this direction, and would 
afford a means of subsistence to the unfortunate. 

7th. These States should make stringent laws protecting the insect- 
eating birds, and adopt a method of enforcing them that would be car- 
ried out. It will pay them to employ a naturalist to determine those 
species which should be preserved and those for whose destruction a re- 
ward should be offered. In addition to this, farmers should raise an 
abundance of domestic fowls, which will furnish food as well as assist 
in destroying the locusts. 

Sth. It would be well for the farmers to raise more hogs wherever the 
grounds are protected by fences and they can be allowed to range. 

9th. Ditching against the young larve, and driving into ditches and 
fire, and such other local remedies as the situation and means at hand 
may suggest, should be employed, and the farmer should bravely fight 
the battle. 


THOMAS ON ORTHOPTERA OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 499 


Although the resulting brood generally proves more destructive in 
the mountain regions than the incoming storm, yet this does not appear 
so far to have been the case in the Mississippi Valley; and as a pre- 
ventive or remedy for the original hordes dispenses with the necessity 
of battling with their progeny, it is against these the general govern- 
ment should direct its efforts in an earnest and determined manner. 

From what is known of the habits of this species we may be assured 
- that it will never become a permanent resident of the Mississippi Val- 
ley, as its sudden transfer from the dry and rarified air of the elevated 
mountain regions to the heavy and moist atmosphere of the States. 
requires too rapid a change in its nature for it to undergo. But, sup- 
posing it should become habituated to this region and overcome all 
climatic difficulties, it is very probable, in fact I might say almost cer- 
tain, that it would lose its migratory disposition, and if but a variety of 

C. femur-rubrum, as I strongly suspect, would in all probability revert 
to that form. 

The origin of the migratory habit of this species is an interesting 
question, and, I am inclined to think, is directly connected with the 
origin of the treeless plains of those western regions. If, as I have 
intimated, it is a variety of C. femur-rubrum, it is highly probable the 
latter appeared first in the older districts of the Atlantic area in its. 
present or some earlier form, and gradually extended west, and, as is” 
usual with the group to which it belongs, as it ascended to the colder 
regions of the Rocky Mountain Range, would have assumed the short- 
winged form, unless prevented by some compensating cause. The re- 
peated burnings of the prairies may have caused frequent removals, and 
thus have given origin to its longer wings and migrating disposition. 
I am aware the question may be asked, Why did not the same thing 
occur with other species? But if the reader will carefully examine the 
list and localities of the United States Acridii, he will find but few spe- 
cies which belong to both the eastern and western regions; the belt 
which once formed the water-line north and south through the conti- 
nent forms a more distinct line between Acridian districts than even 
the Rocky Mountain Itange, as I have shown in a former paper. But 
this is a question requiring a more thorough investigation than I can 
give it in this note, even had I the data necessary and felt able to do. 
so with my limited geological knowledge. I therefore simply throw 
out the thought, to call the attention of others to the subject. 

There is another fact presented this season in regard to this group of 
the Caloptent, to which I wish for a moment to call attention. 

As shown in my Synopsis, and as confirmed by other entomolo- 
gists, the chief difference between the spretus and femur-rubrum is the 
notch in the last abdominal segment of the male in the former and its 
absence in the male of the latter species, and the longer wings of the 
former. 

Heretofore, the femur-rubrum, as thus marked, bas always been our 


500 BULLETIN UNITED STATES .GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


most common species in this section (Southern Illinois), and could, 
throughout the summer and fall and even during the spring, be found 
at any time in the fields and along the highways; but, strange to say, 
this season that form has entirely disappeared, and has been replaced — 
by a rather more slender form, with the last segment distinctly notched 
and the wings lengthened, resembling, and apparently identical with, 
Professor Riley’s C. atlanis. How are we to account for this? It will 
not do to call it a hybrid between the spretus and the femur-rubrum, as 
the former has never been known to visit this region, at least in num- 
bers sufficient to attract attention, the great army last season having 
penetrated but a short distance into the western side of Missouri. Nor 
will it do to say my examinations have not been sufficiently thorough, 
for | have kept watch of them during the entire summer, gathering 
hundreds, and, although finding some variation, have failed so far to 
find a single femur-rubrum. 

I am also informed, by a letter just received from Professor Burril, of 
the Industrial University at Champaign, in this State, that since he 
noticed an article I recently published on this subject, he has paid some 
attention to the matter, and finds the same thing true there. I also ob- 
serve a note in the last number of the American Naturalist, from Dr. 
Packard, mentioning the occurrence of spretus (probably atlantis) in Mas- 
sachusetts. Also the very fact that Professor Riley last year mentions the 
intermediate form, which he names as a new species, and which had never 
before attracted attention, coincides with the other facts I have men- 
tioned. Here, then, beyond dispute, a remarkable change is taking 
place, which gives rise to a number of important questions. And first 
of these is, What is the cause of this? I think it is owing chiefly, if 
not entirely, to climatic influences, and forms an index to the great 
changes in specific characters which may be effected by a change of: 
climate. If I am correct in this, it follows that when the climate re- 
verts to its normal condition the species will do the same; and, on the 
contrary, if one should be permanent the other will also, in all proba- 
bility, be the same. 

I may also notice, as bearing upon this point, the fact (for since the 
publication of my recent article I have ascertained it is a fact) that 
Caloptenus differentialis Thos. has been seen in the central part of this 
State flying in bodies at considerable height, and apparently migrating. 

Acridium emarginatum Uhl., a Western species, never before known 
to occur east of the Mississippi, has been discovered this season as far 
east as Bloomington in this State. These facts are certainly important 
and instructive, and deserve careful consideration. 

The chief practical questions connected with this subject, and which 
more directly concern our agriculturists, are these :—(1) Will invasions 
of the C. spretus grow.more and more frequent? (2) Will it continue to 
extend its limits farther and farther eastward? (3) Will the changes 
now taking place result in producing migratory hordes in our midst? 


THOMAS ON ORTHOPTERA OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. DOL 


To the first of these questions we may answer briefly, the spread of 
the population has brought these irruptions more into notice than for- 
merly, and from this cause they appear more frequent. But this does 
not fully account for all the facts, and therefore we must suppose that 
a succession of similar climatic conditions has caused more frequent 
mnigrations ; and that with the changes in this respect there will be a 
corresponding change in the effect. In answer to the other questions, 
we may state that unless there should be a remarkable permanent 
change in the climate, we need have no fears of such results. 


oi 


: 


a s 
( ; 


ae a 


ART. XXII.—ON THE HEMIPTERA COLLECTED BY DR. ELLIOTT 
COUES, U.S. A., IN DAKOTA AND MONTANA, DURING 1873-74.* 


By P. R. UHLER. 


HETEROPTERA. 
CORIMELAENIDAK. 


CoRIMELZNA, White. 
1. Corimelena pulicaria. 
Odontoscelis pulicarius, GERMAR, Zeits. vol. i, p. 39, No. 6. 
Inhabits Dakota, and is found to be widely distributed throughout 
Hastern North America, from near Quebec to as far south as Gal- 
veston, Tex. 


PACHYCORID. 


Homamus, Dallas. 
2. Homemus ceneifrons. 


Scutellera eneifrons, Say, Long’s Exped. Appendix, p. 229, No. 2. 
Obtained near Pembina, Dak., and from the vicinity of Mouse River, ; 
August 29, 1873. 
Subfamily EURYGASTRINA. 


EURYGASTER, Lap. 
3. Hurygaster alternatus. 
Tetyra alternata, Say, Amer. atomolsee: vol. i, p. 43, tab. 3, fig. 3. 
Collected from the prairies near Mouse River, August 29, from near 
Pembina, from Turtle Mount, Dakota, and from the Milk River region 
in Northern Montana. ; 


CYDNID i. 


SEHIRUS, ek & Serv. 
4, Sehirus cinctus. 


Pentatoma cincta, PaLtsot-BEAUV. Ins. Afr. et Amér. p. 114, pl. 8, fig. 7. 
Cydnus lygatus, Say, Heteropt. p. 10, No. 1. 


Found near Pembina, and near Mouse River on August 29, 1873. 


* [See note, p. 481, anted.— ED. ] 
503 


504 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL. SURVEY. 
Subfamily ASOPINA. 


PERILLUS, Stal. 
5. Perillus exaptus. 
Pentatoma exapta, Say, Journ. Acad. Phila. vol. iv, p. 313, No. 3. 
Brought from the Milk River region in 1874. 


6. Perillus claudus. 
Pentatoma clauda, Say, Journ. Acad. Phila. vol. iv, p. 313, No. 3. 
Collected near Turtle Mount, July 24, 1873. 


Popisus, Stal. 
7. Podisus cynicus. 


Pentatoma cynica, Say, Heteropt. p. 3, No. 1. 
{nhabits the plains near Pembina, and was obtaired also near Mouse 
River, August 29, 1873, and in the Milk River region. 


Subfamily PENTATOMINA. 


COSMOPEPLA, Stal. 
8. Cosmopepla carnifex. 


Cimex carnifex, FAB. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 535, No. 162. 
Collected from near Pembina in June; from Turtle Mount, July 24; 
and from the Milk River region 


Canus, Dallas. 
9. Conus delius. 


Pentatoma delia, Say, Heteropt. p. 8, No. 18. 
From the vicinity of Pembina; also from Mouse River region, Au- 


gust 29. 
LIODERMA, Uhler. 


10. Lioderma viridicata. 


Lioderma viridicata, UHLER, in Wheeler’s Report on Nevada, Utah, &c., p. 830, 
pl. 42, fig. 11. 


Obtained in the Milk River region, Montana. 


COREID . 


ALYDUS, Fab. 
11. Alydus eurinus. 


Lygeus eurinus, SAY, Journ. Acad. Philad. vol. iv, p. 324, No. 5. 
From Pembina; Turtle Mount, July 24, and from Milk River region. 


NEIDES, Latr. 
12. Neides muticus. 


Berytus muticus, Say, Heteropt. New Harmony, p. 13. 
Found in the vicinity of Pembina; date not given. 


UHLER ON HEMIPTERA OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 505 
HARMOSTES, Burm. 


13. Harmostes reflerulus. 
Syromastes refleculus, Say, Heteropt. p. 10, No. 1. 
From near Mouse River, August 29. 


CoRIZUS, Fallen. 
14. Corizus lateralis. 


Coreus lateralis, Say, Journ. Acad. Philad. vol. iv, p. 320, No. 4. 
Corizus lateralis, SIGNORET, Ann, Soc. Ent. France, sér. 3, vol. vii, p. 97, No. 36. 


Brought from Turtle Mount, July 23. 


15. Corizus punctiventris. 
Corizus punctiventris, DALLAS, Brit. Mus. List Hemipt. vol. ii, p. 523, No. 3. 
Corizus borealis, UHLER, Proceed. Acad. Philad. 1861, p. 284. 


Found in the vicinity of Pembina in June. 


LYG AIDA. 


LyGaus, Fab. 
16. Lygeus reclivatus. 
Lygeus reclivatus, Say, Journ. Acad. Philad. vol. iv, p. 321. 

The presence of moisture in the soil, together with suitable shelter, 
may be necessary for the growth of Asclepias, upon which this species 
lives. Although the expedition of 1873 traversed the Plains at the right 
season for obtaining this insect, no specimens were secured ; and as 
the sweeping-net was constantly employed, it would certainly have been 
captured if present. Not until the Milk River region was reached (the 
next year) did specimens occur to the collector, and only then i in small 
numbers. 


GEOCORIS. 
17. Geocoris bullata. 


Salda bullata, Say, Heteropt. New Harmony, p.18, No. 2. 
Obtained near Pembina in 1873. 


Nystus, Dallas. 
‘18. Nysius angustatus. 
Nysius angustatus, UHLER, Hayden’s sees of Montana, p. 406, No. 2. 
From Pembina, and from near Mouse River, August 29. 


TRAPEZONOTUS. 


19. Trapezonotus nebulosus. 


Lygeus nebulosus, FALLEN, Monog. Cim. p. 65, No.7. 
Pamera fallax, Say, Heteropt. p. 17, No. 6. 


Two specimens were captured in the Milk River country. 
Bull. iv. No. 2——13 


506 BULLETIN. UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


PHYTOCORID. 


TRIGONOTYLUS, Fieb. 


20. Trigonotylus ruficornis, 


Miris ruficornis, FALLEN, Hemipt. Suec. vol. i, p. 133. 
Trigonotylus ruficornis, FIEBER, Europ. Hemipt. p. 243. 


From Pembina, June 29 and July 1. 


a Mrrts, Fieber. 
21. Miris instabilis. 


Niris instabilis, UHLER, Hayden’s Survey, Bulletin, vol. ii, pt. v, p. 50. 
Obtained in the vicinity of Pembina, July 1. 


: LopipEA, Ubler. 
22. Lopidea media. ; 


Capsus medius, Say, Heteropt. p. 22, No. 11. 
Found near Pembina in the vicinity of Mouse River, August 29, and 
in the Milk River region. 


Lyeus, Hahn. 
23. Lygus invitus. 


Capsus invitus, Say, Heteropt. p. 24, No. 21. 
Captured near Pembina, June 19, and near Turtle Mount, July 24. 
As this species inhabits the blossoms of the wild grapes in the At- 

lantic region and. Mississippi Valley, does it not occur on some other 
plant in that northern region from which it has now been brought? 


24. Lygus lineolaris. 
Capsus lineolaris, PALISOT-BEAUV. Ins. Afr. et Amér. p. 187, pl. xi, fig. 7. 


Inhabits Pembina; Turtle Mount, July 22; Mouse River region, 
August 29; and Milk River region. 


25. Lygus lineatus. 


Tuas dineaine, Fas. Entom. Syst. Suppl. p. 541, No. 324; Syst. Rhyng. p. 234, 
0. 152. 
Capsus 4-vitattus, Say, Heteropt. p. 20, No. 5. 


Appears to be common in many parts of the Northwest, on the east- 
ern side.of the Rocky Mountains. The present specimens were collected 
near Pembina, July 1 to 15. 


26. Lygus dislocatus. 
Capsus dislocatus, Say, Heteropt. p. 21, No. 6. 
One specimen of the red variety was obtained at Pembina, June 29. 


CALOCORIS, Fieb. 
27. Calocaris rapidus. 


Capsus rapidus, Say, Heteropt. p. 20, No. 4. 
Collected in the vicinity of Turtle Mount, July 24. 


UHLER ON HEMIPTERA OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 507 
RESTHENIA, Amyot & Serv. 


28. Resthenia insignis. 
Capsus insignis, Say, Heteropt. p. 22, No. 12. 
From Turtle Mount, July 24. 


| Pa@cILoscyTvs, Fieb. 


it 
29. Peciloscytus unifasciatus. 
Lygeus unifasciatus, Fas. Entom. Syst. vol. iv, p. 187, No. 153. . 
Peciloscytus unifasciatus, FizB. Eur. Hem. p. 276, No. 1. 

A common European species, which extends eastwardly through 
Northern Asia, and on the western side of North America is found from 
Alaska, the Yukon River, and Mackenzie River regions as far south as 
the Red River of Minnesota. | 

The specimens in this collection were procured near Pembina in June. - 


STIPHROSOMA, Fieb. 


30. Stiphrosoma stygica. 
Capsus stygicus, Say, Heteropt: p. 24, No. 18. 

Found at Pembina, June 14. 

In Maryland, it occurs near the beaches in the tide-water districts and 
on the sea-coast, living upon the twigs and leaves of Baccharis halimi- 
folia. It would be interesting to know if this neat shrub affects saline 
sands in the Northwest and West, in places which may have been the 
margins of salt lakes and beaches of ancient ocean estuaries. This is: 
a most adroit little insect, dodging with rapidity behind the stem or leat 
the moment it is approached; but, if hard-pressed, it drops to the 
ground, generally into the grass, and then prepares to fly off to the next 
bush of its native shrub. 


MALACOCORIS, FIEB. 


31. Matacocoris irroratus. 
Capsus irroratus, Say, Heteropt. p. 25, No. 23, 
From Pembina, June 19 and July 1, and Turtle Mount, July 24. 


PHYMATIDA. 


PHYMATA, Lat. 
32. Phymata erosa. 


Cimex erosus, LINN. Syst. Nat. ed. 12, vol. ii, p. 718, No. 19. 
Phymata erosa, AMyor & SERV. Hémipt. p. 290, No. 2. 


Obtained near Pembina in June, and near Mouse River, August 29, 


508 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


NABIDZ. | ! 


CorRiscus, Schrank. 


33. Coriscus subcoleoptratus. 


Nabicula subcoleoptrata, KirBy, Fauna Bor.-Amer. vol. iv, p. 282. 
Nubis subcoleoptratus, REUTER, Ofversigt Vetensk. Akad. Férhandl. 1872, p. 81, 
No. 1. 


- From Pembina, July; from Turtle Mount, July 24; and from Milk | 
River region. . . 
34, \Coriscus ferus. 


Cimex ferus, LINN. Fauna Suecice, p. 256, No. 962. 
Nabis ferus, Fires. Eur. Hémipt. p. 161, No. 9. 


_Inhabits Pembina; was collected June 19; near Mouse River, August 
29; and Milk River region. 


Subfamily REDUVIINA. 


: SINEA, Amyot & Serv. ‘ 
35, Sinea diadema. 


Reduvius diadema, Fas. Gen. Ins. p. 302; Ent. Syst. iv, p. 206, No. 46. 
Sinea multispinosa, AMYOT & SERV. Hémipt. p. 375, No. 1. 


Obtained at Pembina and at Turtle Mount, July 24. It is distributed 
-over a large part of North America, from Mexico into Canada, and 
- throughout the Atlantic region. VY a 


Subfamily APIOMERINA. 


APIOMERUS,. Hahn. — 

36. Apiomerus ventralis. , 
Reduvius ventralis, Say, Heteropt. p. 31, No. 2. 

One specimen from the vicinity of Pembina. 


HYGROMETRIDZ:, 


LIMNOTRECHUS, Stal. , 


37. Limnotrechus marginatus. 
Gerris marginatus, SAy, Heteropt. p. 36, No. 2. 
Inhabits the Milk River region, and is quite common in the Atlantic 
district in most of its areas. 


LIMNOPORUS, Stal. 


38. Limnoporus rufoscutellatus. 
Gerris rufoscutellata, LAT. Gen. Ins. iii, p. 134, No. 2. _SCHUMMEL, Ploteres, tab. 
3, figs. 1,2. 
Occurs at Pembina, on the pools and ponds. 


UHLER ON HEMIPTERA OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 509. 


NOTONECTID 2: 


NoTonectTa, Linn. 


39. Notonecta insulata. 


Notonecta insulata, KirBy, Fauna Bor.-Amer. iv, p. 285, No. 399. 


Collected in the Miik River region. 


40, Notonecta undulata. 
Notonecta undulata, Say, Heteropt. p. 39, No. 1, 
Also collected in the Milk River region. 


CORISID ZA. 


Corisa, Geoff. 
41. Corisa sutilis. 


Corixa sutilis, UHLER, Bulletin of U.S. Geog. Survey of the Territories, vol. ii, 
No. 5, p. 73, No. 1. 


Inhabits standing water in the Milk River region. 


42. Corisa interrupta. 
Corixa interrupta, Say, Journ. Acad. Philad. vol. iv, p. 328, No. 1, 
Obtained in the vicinity of the Milk River, Montana. 


43. Corisa poling ae 


Coriza vulnerata, UHLER, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1861, p. 284. 
Also from the Milk River region. 


HOMOPTERA. 
MEMBRACID i. 


CERESA, Fairm. 
44, Ceresa bubaius. 
Membracis bubalus, Fas. Ent. Syst. vol. iv, p. 14. 
From Pembina, from the Milk River region, and from near Mouse 
River. 
45, Ceresa diceros. 
Membracis diceros, Say, Long’s Exped. Appendix, p. 299. 
From the Mouse River region, August 17. 


STICTOCEPHALA, Stal. 


a0: Stictocephala inermis. 
Membracis inermis, Fax. Ent. Syst. vol. iv, No. 15. 


Found near Pembina, at Turtle Mount, July 24, and near Mouse River, 
August 17-29, 


510 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


THELIA, Amyot & Serv. 
47. Thelia univittata. 


Membracis wnivitiata, Harris, Ins. Injur. to Veg. p. 221. 


From Turtle Mount, July 23 and 24. 
FULGORID. 


ScOLOPs, Germ. 
48. Scolops sulcipes. 


Fulgora sulcipes, Say, Journ. Acad. Philad. vel. iv, p. 335. 
From Mouse River region, August 17-29. 


LIBURNIA, Stal. 
49. Liburnia vittatifrons. 


Liburnia vittatifrons, UHLER, Hayden’s U. S. Geol. Surv. of the Territ. Bulle- 
tins, vol. ii, No. 5, p. 85. 


Collected on the plains of Montana. 


CERCOPIDA. . 


APHROPHORA, Germ. 


50. Aphrophora quadrinotata. 
Aphrophora quadrinotata, Say, Journ. Acad. Philad. vol. vi, p. 304, No. 2. 
Obtained at Turtle Mount, July 24. 


PHILANUS, Stal. 
51. Philenus lineatus. 


Cicada lineata, LINN. Syst. Nat. (ed. 12), p. 709, No. 31. . 
Collected near Pembina, June 19-29; Turtle Mount, July 23; and in 
the vicinity of Milk River. 


TETTIGONIDA. 


PROCONIA, St. Farg. & Serv. 


52. Proconia costalis. 
Tettigonia costalis, Fas. Ent. Syst. Suppl. 516, Nos. 22-23. 


Obtained at Pembina, June 29; at Turtle Mount, July 24; and near 
Mouse River, August 17-29. 


TETTIGONIA, Geoff. 


53. Tettigonia hieroglyphica. 
Tettigonia hieroglyphica, Say, Journ. Acad. Philad. vol. vi, p. 313, No. 6. 
Inhabits Pembina, found on June 19, and at Turtle Mount, July 24. 


GYPONA, Germ. 
54. Gypona octolineata. 


Tettigonia octolineata, Say, Journ. Acad. Philad. vol. iv, p. 340, No. 1. 
Collected from the vicinity of Mouse River, August 17-29. 


UHLER ON HEMIPTERA OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 51l 


Subfamily JASSINA.. 


JASSUS, Auctor. 
55. Jassus trroratus. 


Jassus wrroratus, Say, Journ. Acad. Philad. vol. vi, p. 308, No. 7. 
Collected in the vicinity of Pembina, June 19. 


56. Jassus unicolor. 
Bythoscopus unicolor, Fircu, Cat. N. Y. State Cabinet, p. 58, No. 2. 
Obtained at Turtle Mount, July 24, and at Pembina in June. 


57. Jassus twiningi, 0. sp. 


Yellow or greenish, moderately robust, form similar to that of J. irro- 
ratus, Say, with the head not angular in front, but regularly lunate and 
Sharp-edged, with the cranium flat, bright yellow. Face and beneath 
pale testaceous, or clear yellow. Pronotum pale russet-brown, with a 
medial straight line, two oblique lines, and a spot each side posteriorly 
bluish; at the anterior and outer angles a yellow spot, which runs down 
on the side. Scutellum pale on the disk, tinged with orange each side 
of tip, and with a larger spot at each basal angle. Hemelytra pale 
ochreous, tinged with russet, with white spots in the cells of the clavus 
and in some of those near the tip of the corium; the apex with a brown 
cloud; an oblique, brown band runs outwards and forwards from the 
tip of the clavus, but stops before reaching the costal margin; apex of 
the clavus dark brown, with the extreme tip minutely white; nervures 
pale, some of the cross-nervules of the costal margin, particularly at 
tip, terminating in a minute black dot, the ante-apical cross-nervule of 
the valvular portion of the tip dark brown. Legs pale testaceous. 
Abdomen chrome-yellow, with the incisures black. 

Length to tip of venter 5™™; width of pronotum 2™™. 

‘Only females have been examined. 

The wing-covers are a little longer than the abdomen, and slightly 
valvular at tip on the inner side. 

Obtained at Turtle Mount, July 24, and at Pembina in June. 

Named in honor of Major W. J. Twining, Corps of Engineers, U.S. A. 


Two other species of Jassus are in the lot from Pembina, but they are 
too much altered to admit of description. 


DELTOCEPHALUS, Burm. 


58. Deltocephalus sayi. 
Amblycephalus sayii, Frrcu, Catal. N. Y. State Cabinet, p. 61, No. 2. 
Collected in the vicinity of Pembina. 


59. Deltocephalus configuratus, n. sp. 

Robust, pale yellowish-testaceous, polished, inscribed with brown, 
white and black. Face faintly brownish each side, with a series of grad- 
uated, wavy, transverse lines each side of front, and on the middle is a 


512 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


longitudinal straight line; vertex bluntly triangular, its apex white, and 
bounded inferiorly by a brown, minute, arcuated line; the edge white, 
bluntly rounded; cranium with a broad and long brown line each side, 
- which tapers anteriorly, invaded in front by a slender band and by a 
broader oblique line each side posteriorly, both white; the broad lateral 
and the central depressed line also white; clypeus white, the rostrum 
dull ochreous, tipped with piceous. Pronotum white, with six brown 
lines, of which the two middle ones are broader and longer, and between | 
them are two very dark brown points; beneath the posterior angle of 
the eye is a spot, and on the side of the pronotum, as well as on its 
lower margin, is a brown line; cheeks with a large brown spot and 
minute specks in the darker specimens. Pleura blackish, the segments 
margined with testaceous or yellow. Scutellum faintly embrowned (2), 
suffused with yellow (3), and marked with a brown spot each side of 
base, with a smaller spot each side of the middle, and with a submargi- 
nal line each side of tip. Corium translucent, pale testaceous, margined 
all around with white, the nervures white, and the areoles of the disk 
and tip margiped with fuscous; four apical areoles, which are large and 
angular. Wings milky-white, a little nebulous exteriorly towards the 
tip. Legs yellowish, the femora banded and the posterior pair streaked 
with brown; the tibize with longitudinal series of brown dots; apical 
two-thirds of the tarsi piceous. Abdomen black, the fore and hind 
margins of the segments, and usually two or three of the posterior seg- 
ments testaceous ; connexivum margined more or less greenish-yellow. 
Last ventral segment of the female triangularly lobed on the middle of 
the hind margin, and emarginated each side of the lobe. Inferior gen- 
ital covers long, suboval posteriorly, the margin situated inferiorly and 
with a short groove; at the upper angle is a pencil of stiff bristles ; the 
sheath supporting the penis is shovel-shaped, beset with bristles, a little 
sinuated each side, where also a long stylet projects backwards. Length 
_to tip of abdomen (2) 4°", (2) 5™". Width of pronotum 1.5", 
The female is paler than the male, and has less fuscous on the hem- 
elytra. In both sexes, the hemelytra are shorter than the abdomen. 
Collected in the Milk River region in Northern Montana. 


A species of Psylla is in the collection from the vicinity of Pembina, 
bat it is too much altered to admit of description. 


ART. XXIN.—ON THE LEPIDOPTERA COLLECTED BY DR. 
ELLIOTT COUES, U.S. A., IN MONTANA, DURING 1874.* 


By W. H. EDWARDS. 


The butterflies were few in number, but embrace some interesting 
species, and at least two that are new. They were taken at various 
points on the forty-ninth parallel, in Montana, between 26th July and 
26th August, a season of the year not favorable to collecting these in- 
sects, being too late for the early broods and too early for the autumnal. 


PAPILIONID 4. 
1. Pieris protodice, Boisduval. 
2. Pieris occidentalis, Reakirt. 


A few specimens were taken early in August at the point of crossing 
Milk River and beyond. P. protodice ranges over the continent from 
New York to California, and on the western coast is found in British 
Columbia. It is, however, much more_abundant to the eastward, and 
in the Ohio Valley is extremely common in the months of August and 
September. So far as appears, it is single-brooded, and passes the win- 
ter in chrysalis. The larve feed upon cabbage, horse-radish, and allied 
plants. 

P. occidentalis is a Western species, not known this side of the Rocky 
Mountains, but ranging from Colorado to the Pacific. It may be dis- 
tinguished from protodice by the more rounded hind margins of prima- 
ries, and by the arrangement of the curved band of black patches on 
the discs of the same wings, there being a patch near the inner margin 
which completes the band. The under side is paler and more yellow- 
dusted than is the,other species. 

3. Colias keewaydin, Edwards. 

This species occupies the same territory with the larger and deeper- 
colored orange species, C. eurytheme, Boisduval, and may perhaps yet 
prove by breeding from the egg to be a variety of that; but, till so proved, 
it is sufficiently distinct to warrant its being regarded as a true species. 
These orange Coliades are found from Illinois to the Pacific and as far 
south as Arizona. Their larve feed on buffalo-grass and species of 
clover, and that of Colias eurytheme so closely resembles the larva of C. 


philodice, the common species of the Eastern States, that it can scarcely 
be distinguished from it. 


- [*See note, p. 481, anted.—ED. | 


514 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


4, Colius eriphyle, Edw., (new species). | 

From Milk River. This species much resembles philodice in color, 
but is paler and of smaller average size. The marginal fuscous borders 
are pale-colored, and are cut to the edge of the wing by the yeliow 
nervules, and the inner side of these borders is almost always crenated. 
The discal spot on the upper side of the fore wings is small, oval, and ~ 
black, of hind wings is orange, single, and almost always deep orange; 
on the under side, the surface of the hind wings and the costal mar- 
gin of fore wings is largely dusted with fine brown scales ; the discal spot 
of the fore wings has a yellow central streak, and that of the hind wings 
is single (with an occasional exception), small, either white or roseate, in 
a ferruginous ring. Most often the surface of both wings, apart from the 
diseal spots, is immaculate, showing no trace of submarginal brown 
points or spot at outer angle of hind wings. 

I first received examples of this species from Mr. T. L. Mead, who took 
them in Colorado, in 1871, and was disposed to regard them as a variety 
of philodice. Subsequently I received about 50 specimens, taken by the 
late G. R. Crotch, in British Columbia, and later, 1874, several speci- 
mens, which were taken by Mr. Pywell on the line of the Northern Pacific 
Railroad west of Bismarck. This material enables me to judge with 
confidence of the distinctness of this species. It is not. in my opinion, 
a variety of philodice, nor is it occidentalis, Scudder, to which it bears 
some resemblance. 


No other Papilionide were collected by the expedition, though no doubt 
several of the large Papilios—eurymedon, daunus, and rutulus—should, 
at the proper season, be found in that latitude. So the Coliades, scudderi 
and alexandra, should be common throughout that part of the mountains, 
and the ochraceous species astrea, of which two or three specimens only 
have as yet been brought to notice, collected by the Expedition of Dr. 
_ Hayden on the Yellowstone. 


DANAID. 
5. Danais archippus. 

This species inhabits the entire continent below the Sub-boreal regions, 
and has even reached the Sandwich Islands. It is large-bodied and 
strong of wing, and its larve finding a food-plant in any species of milk- 
weed (Asclepias) the butterfly has penetrated every district in which 
these plants grow. 

NYMPHALID A. 


6. Argynnis edwardsi, Reakirt. 


This large and beautiful species was taken on Chief Mountain, 
August 15. It ranges from Colorado to Mcntana, and appears to be 
confined to the mountains. It may be known by its large size, by the 
long and pointed fore wings, and by the great size of the silver spots 
that ornament its under side. The ground-color, of this side in both 
sexes is of an olive-green, and forms a good distinctive character. 


EDWARDS’ ON LEPIDOPTERA OF MONTANA. 515 


7. Argynnis nevadensis, Edwards. 

This butterfly was taken near Three Buttes, August 8. It is allied to 
edwardsi in shape, and forms a subgroup withit. It is brighter-colored, 
smaller-sized, and beneath the ground-color is yellow or buff, mottled in 
the male with pale olive-green, and in the female with darker buff. The 
species ranges from Nevada northward, and is confined to the mountains. 


8. Argynnis clio, Edw., (new species). 

A female was taken at Chief Mountain, August 21. The male was 
known to me from a specimen formerly taken by Dr. Hayden’s Montana 
Expedition. Both sexes expand two inches, and resemble eurynome, Edw., 
in size and shape. The black markings of upper side are less sharply 
defined, nearly all of them having a rough edging. On the under side, 
the spots which in most species of Argynnis are silver are here buff. 
with no trace of silver. 


9. Argynnis rhodope, Edwards. 

A single female was taken, August 8, near Three Buttes, and is the 
first instance which has come to my knowledge of the appearance of 
this species within the United States. The only examples hitherto taken 
have come from Cariboo, British Columbia. 

* The Argynnides comprise a very large proportion of the species of 
butterflies of the United States and British America, more than forty 
having been described. Of these, the larger part inhabit the Rocky 
Mountains and the districts beyond to the Pacific. They are mostly local 
in their habits, and are confined to the valleys and lower slopes of the 
mountains, alighting on flowers. The larve so far as known feed upon 
different species of violet, and the larger species are single-brooded, 
hibernating in the larval state. 


10. Phyciodes marcia, Edwards. 

A single specimen, collected at Milk River, July 25. This species is 
allied to Tharos, and may yet be found dimorphic with it. The two 
range over the whole of the region east of the Rocky Mountains, and have 
been taken also in Colorado. To the westward they are replaced by 
campestris, myllitta, and other allied species, though to the northwest 
Tharos has been taken quite at the Pacific—in British Columbia. It is 
also found on the Mackenzie River. These small butterflies are com- 
mon on the Plains, and in cultivated districts frequent meadows. 


VANESSID ZA. 


11. Vanessa antiopa, Linnzus. 
12. Pyrameis cardui, Linneus. 


These two species inhabit the entire continent, and the Old World 
as well, the boreal regions excepted. I have received antiopa from the 


516 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Yukon River, and from various parts of British America. P. cardui has 
its range more to the southward, and abounds in Arizona and New 
Mexico, where antiopa is but occasional. Thelarve of both species are 
gregarious, those of antiopa feeding on willow, of cardui principally on 
thistie. 


13. Aglais milberti, Godart. 

A few specimens of this were taken at Chief Mountain, August 22. 
The species ranges eastward to the Atlantic, butisnowhere common. In 
Colorado, Mr. Mead found it abundant, and saw large numbers of the 
larvee, which are gregarious and feed on willow. Probably this species 


is more abundant in the Rocky Mountains than elsewhere. I have not 


received it from States to the south of Colorado, but in British America 
it is found as far north as Fort Simpson on the Mackenzie River. 


No other Vanessans were taken, but doubtless j-album and huntera 
are also common on the forty-ninth parallel. Grapta faunus and progne 
may also be found, and perhaps zephyrus and satyrus. 

No species of Limenitis were taken, though doubtless one or more 
Species would have been abundant earlier in the season; arthemis, and 
its supposed dimorphic variety proserpina, and weidemeyeri, the latter 
ranging over the mountains from Arizona to Montana, and arthemis to 
the northward as far as Fort Simpson. : 


SATYRID. 


14. Cenonympha ochracea, Edwards. 
15. Coenonympha inornata, Edwards.  , 


The former light ochre-yellow, the other dark brown, changing to. 


umber. Several specimens from different localities were taken. These 
are small butterflies, expanding about one inch, and inhabit the Plains, 
their larve feeding on the blades of grasses. Species of this genus 
abound in all the valleys of the Rocky Mountains, and tothe westward 
as far as the Pacitic, but to the eastward are unknown. 


16. Satyrus bodpis, Behr. 

Chief Mountain, July 21. Represented by a single specimen. This 
Species belongs rather to Oregon and British Columbia, being apparently 
very rarely found in the Rocky Mountains. I have not seen it from 
Colorado, and but once or twice in Dr. Hayden’s collections from 
Montana. It is one of our largest species, size of alope, and is without 
the yellow band in fore wings seen in that species, and usually has no 
ocelli on the under side of the hind wings. 


17. Satyrus charon, Edwards. 
A few specimens were taken at Frenchman’s River and Chief Mount- 
ain. This is a small, black species, first noticed by Mr. Mead in Colorado, 


ne 


EDWARDS ON LEPIDOPTERA OF MONTANA. Silla 


where it is common, and afterward by Dr. Hayden | in Montana, and 
seems to be limited to the mountains in its range. 


The larger Satyride frequent open forests as well as grassy plains, 
their larvee living on the grasses. 


LYCAINID ZB. 


18. Thecla mopsus, Boisduval. 


This genus was represented by a single specimen of mopsus, a species 
which is spread over the northern parts of the continent, and on the 
Atlantic as far south as Georgia. 


19. Chrysophanus rubidus, Edwards. 


A single specimen was taken near Three Buttes, August 8. The 
species seems limited to Montana and westward to Oregon. Dr. Hay- 
den has sent an occasional specimen from Montana. It is of a fiery 
copper color, and forms one of a group of three, the others being sirius 
from Colorado and cupreus from Oregon. 


20. Lycena melissa, Edwards. 


A number of specimens were taken at several localities. The species 
ranges from Arizona to British America. 


No other Lycenide were taken, though doubtless Lycena is numer- 
ously represented on the forty-ninth parallel, and of Thecla and Chryso- 
phanus three or four spevies of each should be common. These insects 
likewise inhabit grassy plains and slopes, and the Theclas open forests. 


HESPERIDZ. 


21. Pyrgus tessellata, Scudder. 


A species spread over the greater part of the sane aeually, known 
as stleus. 


22, Pamphila colorado, Scudder. 


Allied to comma of Europe, and common throughout the Rocky 
Mountains. 


The Hesperide are very numerously represented in the United States, 
and comprise nearly one-fourth of all the species of diurnal Lepidoptera 
within our limits. From the Rocky Mountains and west to the Pacific, 
the species are much less numerous than in the eastern and southern dis- 
tricts. 


ART. XXIV.—AN ACCOUNT OF SOME INSECTS OF UNUSUAL IN- 
TEREST FROM THE TERTIARY ROCKS OF COLORADO AND 
WYOMING. 


By SAMUEL H. SCUDDER. 


An examination of an extensive series of fossil insects recently ob- 
tained in different parts of. the Rocky Mountain region has brought to 
light a large number of remarkable forms. To illustrate this, and as an 
indication of what we may expect further researches will reveal, I 
have brought together in this paper a few examples from different 
orders. These, however, are some of the most striking. It will 
seareely fail of remark that those which come from the Florissant beds 
indicate a tropical relationship to a conspicuous degree. Perhaps this 
selection may show it to afar greater extent than a more systematic 
one would do; but my studies are constantly revealing similar affinities, 
leaving no: doubt in my mind that the faunal elements of Tropical 
- America of to-day entered largely into the insect-life of the central 
United States in Tertiary times. Similar tropical characteristics have 
already appeared in other Tertiary insects I have examined, such as in 
the Orthoptera previously described from Florissant, the Entimus, the 
Aphana, and perhaps the Cyttaromyia from White River, and possibly 
also the Lithortalis from British Columbia. 

The beetle described below (Parolamia rudis), however, is of an Old 
World rather than a New World type. 

Perhaps the most generally interesting insect will be thought to be 
the fossil butterfly (Prodryas persephone), which is so perfect as to allow 
description of the scales, and, besides being the first found in America, 
is far finer than any of the nine specimens which have been discovered 
in Europe, and shows, moreover, some features betokening its antiquity. 

The fly (Palembolus florigerus) is interesting, not only as representing 
a highly specialized type hitherto unknown on this continent, but as 
showing how the semblance of an original vein may be formed in the 
wings out of mere fragments of distinct veins, affording, indeed, a better 
example of this feature than living members of the same group in other 
parts of the world. 

The insects from other places than Florissant are described on account 
of their remarkable character. The eggs of the Corydalites are, so far 
as I know, the first insect-eggs that have been found in a fossil state; 
but aside from that, they have an intrinsic interest. The Dysagrion from 
Green River is of a marked tropical type; while the cases of the caddis- 
fly enable me to draw the attention of collectors to the occurrence of such 


objects in a fossil condition. 
519 


520 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


LEPIDOPTERA: PRODRYAS (pd, dpsas). 

A stout-bodied, strong-winged genus of Prefecti. Eyes moderately 
large. Antenne remarkably short, scarcely longer than the head and 
thorax together, the club moderately long, obovate or subfusiform, about 
twice as stout as the stalk, about five times as long as broad, broadly 
and regularly rounded at the tip, and composed of eleven or twelve 
joints of nearly equal length. Palpi extending beyond the front of the 
head by a little more than the length of the apical joint; the latter 
about five times as long as broad, equal, cylindrical, broadly rounded 
at the tip, and uniformly clothed with slender scales; the middle joint 
appears to be moderately slender and compressed, twice as broad as the 
apical joint. 

The thorax is stout, with the general form of the Prefecti, and particu- 
larly of the special group to which Vanessa and Hypanartia belong. 
The median ridge of the mesothorax has a minutely impressed line poste- 
riorly; the scutellum is pretty large, lozenge-shaped, slightly broader 
than long; the metathoracic epimera are pretty large, and taper apically 
at the median line of the thorax to a blunt point. The legs are too im- 
perfectly seen through the wings to give even the length of any part or 

of the whole of any one with probability. Posterior lobe of patagia - 
about twice as long as its mean breadth, curving outward and tapering 
regularly and rapidly to a somewhat produced outer apical angle. 

Fore wings nearly twice as long as broad, unusually triangular, the 
costal margin almost exactly straight, but bent with a posterior curve 
at the extremity, and slightly convex at the extreme base; the outer 
margin is also nearly straight on either of its two halves, separated by 
a slight bend at the extremity of the upper median nervule, the lower 
half faintly convex; the inner margin is straight, the outer angle only 
a little rounded. The costal nervule terminates at the middle of the 
wing. The first superior subcostal nervule originates shortly before the 
origin of the first inferior subcostal nervule, and terminates scarcely 
beyond the middle of the third quarter of the wing; the second superior 
and second inferior subcostal nervules originate in the middle of the 
wing, the latter from the first inferior branch, as far beyond its base 
as the first superior nervule before it; the former terminates at the 
middle of the outer half of the costal border; the latter diverges 
from the first inferior branch so slightly as to be nearly continuous 
with its basal portion; the third superior branch originates as far 
beyond the second as the second beyond the first, and the fourth 
midway between the third and the outer margin; the latter is widely 
parted from the main vein, and strikes the costal margin as far beyond 
the obtuse but distinctly angled apex of the wing as the main branch 
passes below it. Thecell is open. The first median branch originates 
midway between the base and the final forks, and the latter diverge 
very slightly at base, leaving a very open and broad subcosto-median 
interspace. 


SCUDDER ON TERTIARY INSECTS. 521 


Hind wings shaped somewhat as in Hypanartia, the costal border 
beyond the great rounded prominence of the extreme base being very 
gently convex, the outer margin full on the upper half, the upper outer 
angle broadly rounded; the upper median nervule is developed in the 
middle of the wing into a long, slender, tapering tail, and the lower half of 
the wing is strongly crenulate, and especially roundly excised in the lower 
median interspace and lobed on the lowest median nervule; the lower 
outer angle is well rounded; the inner margin plainly forms a gutter 
for the reception of the abdomen. ‘The costal and precostal veins are 
very doubtful, being exceedingly obscure on the specimen; but the 
former apparently arises from the common stem of the costal and sub- 
costal veins at right angles to it shortly beyond the base, and then curves 
strongly outward subparallel to the costal margin, striking the latter 
in the middle of its apical half; while the precostal is a simple recurved 
vein, directed inward and forward at the sharpest point of the costal 
curve. The subcostal vein is peculiar in that its first branch, origina- 
- ting only a little beyond the costal, approximates so closely to the costal 
margin as to strike scarcely outside of the upper outer angle of the 
wing, a place usually reserved for the apex of the costal vein; the sub- 
costal forks again, scarcely more than one-quarter way from the base of 
its first branch to the margin, the middle branch continuing the curve 
of the main stem, and the lower branch diverging very gradually from 
it, and widely distant from the median vein. The main stem of the latter, 
with its upper branch, forms a gentle sinuous curve scarcely approach- 
ing the subcostal vein (the cell being open), and emits its first branch 
in the middle of the cell, or scarcely more than half-way from the base 
toits final divarication. This latter is unusually slight, the middle branch 
keeping throughout very close to the upper and distant from the lower 
branch. The submedian strikes the angle of the wing as far from the 
lower branch as it is from the middle branch of the median. The in- 
ternal nervule cannot be determined. 

The abdomen is full, with the third and fourth joints longest, the 
whole nearly twice as long, and in the middle fully as broad as the 
thorax. 

This is the first butterfly that has been found fossil in America, and 
as only nine species are known from the well-worked Tertiary strata of 
Europe, it may properly be esteemed an especial rarity. Besides this 
it has a double value: first, in that it is far more perfect than any of 
the European specimens (nearly all of which I have seen); and, second, 
in presenting, as none of the others do to any conspicuous degree, a 
marked divergence from living types, combined with some characters 
of an inferior organization. When first received, the tails of the hind 
wings and the tips of the antennz were hidden by flakes of stone, and 
it was taken, both by myself and by every entomologist to whom I 
showed it, to be a Hesperian, the lowest family of butterflies. The neu- 
ration, however, which, although mostly very obscure, can be deter- 

Bull, iv. No. 2——14 


522 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


mined with certainty, shows it to be a Nymphalid, the highest family, 
with which the structure of the antennz and palpi and the outline of 
the hind wings, now entirely uncovered, perfectly agree. The first in- 
ference was drawn principally from the robustness of the body and the 
form, proportions, and markings of the front wings. The latter are 
unusually long for a Nymphalid of this type, have a remarkably straight 
‘costa, an outer border bent at the middle instead of far above it, and 
are possessed of a nearly transverse, median, light-colored belt on a 
dark ground, a subapical row of small spots depending from the costa, 
a spot in continuity with them in the upper median interspace, and 
beyond them, parallel to the outer border, in the costo-subcostal inter- 
‘space, a pair of minute spots,—all characters perfectly consonant with 
Hesperian affinities; never combined, and each very rare in the NVym- 
phales. It is not a little strange, however, that while the torm and 
markings of the fore wings are hesperidiform, those of the hind wings 
are decidedly nymphalidiform. ‘That the exact opposite should be 
a far more probable occurrence, follows aS an assumption from the 
fact that, as a general rule, the front wings only of the lower Lepidoptera 
are ornamented, and that therefore the ornamentation of the hind wings 
is a more recent development. The somewhat variegated markings of 
the hind wings are indeed similar to what we find in certain Urbicolea, 
such as Pythonides, but they are far more common in Nymphales, while 
the wing-contour is of a high nymphalideous type, quite above anything 
we ever find in Urbicole. 

I am at a loss to suggest any really plausible explanation of the mode 
of development through which the bind wing should have attained an 
ornamentation consistent with its organization, while the ornamentation 
of the fore wings, whose structural framework has kept pace with that 
of the hind wings, has not advanced a single step beyond a type common 
to the lowest family of butterflies. It may, however, be suggested as a 
mere speculation that the position in which the wings of many Urbicole 
are held in repose (the front wings oblique or suberect, while the hind 
wings are horizontal, and therefore more fully exposed to view) might 
be productive of such a result. In this case, we should anticipate 
further indications of such a feature, at least in fossil forms. We are 
acquainted with the upper surface-markings of both pairs of wings in 
extinct butterflies only in Neorinopis sepulta (Boisd.) Butl. and Thaites 
yuminiana Heer. It had escaped notice in my original study of these,* 
that when they are compared with living types, indications appear 
of precisely the same nature, although by no means so conspicuous. 
The rude patches of color that mark the discoidal area of the tront 
wings of NV. sepulta, and the repetition of almost similar, unbroken, 
transverse bars on the same portion of the front wings of 7. rwminiana, 
when compared with these parts in their nearest living allies, are clearly 


*Mem. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Se. i, 1875. 


SCUDDER ON TERTIARY INSECTS. 523 


indications of an inferior as well as an earlier type, while no such con- 
trast is presented in the delicate shading and more complicated pat- 
tern of the hind wings. But, again, a partial comparison may be made 
with the markings of the front wing alone, and in the seven other species 
of described fossil butterflies there is not one, with the possible excep- 
tion of Hugonia atava* (Heer) Scudd., in which the markings may be 
looked upon as less highly developed than in the living types. 

Instances could, of course, be easily given from among living types 
in which the ornamentation of the upper surface is less variegated in the 
fore wings than in the hind pair, but it might readily be doubted 
whether this should be looked upon as having any direct bearing upon 
this subject; yet, even if none could be cited, it may fairly be urged 
that the lapse of time since the Florissant beds were deposited is am- 
ply sufficient for the loss of any such indication of hesperidiform afiini- 
ties in a group of insects so pliable in ornamentation as butterflies are 
shown to be by the mere facts of mimicry. 

Prodryas shows further peculiarities when compared with its nearest 
living allies. In the Tropical American genus Hypanartia, which seems 
to be its nearest neighbor, as in all those closely allied to it at the pres- 
ent day, the costal margin beyond the base is uniformly arched through- 
out; and the outer margin, angulated in the upper half of the wing, is 
roundly excised below it, giving these butterflies the common name of 
“anole wings”. They are insects of strong and rapid flight, capable of the 
most abrupt and unanticipated movements, making them very difficult 
of capture on the wing. The straight, strong costa and more elongated 
wing of Prodryas, on the other hand, with its nearly uniform straight, 
outer border, combined with the robustness of the body, indicate great 
strength of wing and a rapid direct flight, as in the Hesperides, but not 
the power of sudden turning. 

In Hypanartia and its immediate allies, the cell of the front wing is closed, 
although by a feeble vein, and the superior subcostal nervules take their 
rise at more or less irregular distances apart, and run long distances 
crowded side by side; while in Prodryas the cell is open, and the sub- 
costal nervules are much shorter and very uniform in their distribution ; 
the inferior subcostal nervules also originate in Prodryas in a wuch 
simpler fashion, indicating that its ancestors never had the cell closed, 
although a foreshadowixg of the closure may be seen in a row of special 
seales (or a line of color) at the supposititious termination of the cell. 
That this can hardly indicate a true vein appears from the fact that 
there is not the slightest tendency of the opposing veins to approach 
each other at its extremities—a tendency which it would seem should 
naturally precede the formation of a vein; the second inferior subcostal 
nervule takes its rise from the first in just about the same manner as 


*The remnant of this insect’s front wing is certainly simpler in markings than the 
upper surface of allied living Eugonias, but it may represent an inferior surface, in 
which case there is no special difference. 


é 


524 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


the second superior nervule originates from the main stem, neither its 
basal portion nor that of the first inferior nervule showing any notice- 
able tendency to bend abruptly and to help form the termination of the 
cell, as now appears in all Prafecti to a greater or less extent, and 
which, in some open-celled genera, seems to indicate the loss of a 
transverse discoidal veinlet after a previous possession. The presence 
of a transversely disposed pair of spots in the costo-subcostal interspace 
also indicates the probability that this interspace had hitherto never 
been narrower nor bridged by a vein. 

In the hind wings, there are two features of importance, besides the 
unusual openness of the cell, which is scarcely narrowed apically. The 
first is the course of the first subcostal veinlet, which originates far 
toward the base of the wing, and terminates where the costal nervure is 
sure to end in nearly all Prevfecti,* at the upper outer angle of the wing. 
This necessitates a shortening of the costal nervure. Ido not know of 
a single instance of such a feature among the members of this group of 
Nymphales, but it is an almost persistent character in the Pierids, and 
very common in the Satyrids. The other point is the extreme narrow- 
ness of the upper as compared with the lower median interspace, the 
former being scarcely more than half as broad as the latter, owing to 
the slight divergence and continual proximity of the outer branches of 
the median vein. The only other feature in which it differs pete 
from its allies is in the brevity of the antenne. 

Prodryas persephone.—A single specimen (No. 394) was found in the 
Tertiary strata of Florissant, Colo., by Mrs. Charlotte Hill. It is in a 
wonderful state of preservation, the wings expanded as if in readiness 
for the cabinet and absolutely perfect, with the exception of the tail of 
the right hind wing. The thorax and abdomen are perfectly preserved, 
but indications only of the legs are seen beneath the wings. The head 
is twisted so as to throw both antenne upon one side, and to exhibit the 
palpi better than would otherwise be the case. The tongue is doubtless 
preserved, but the danger of injuring the palpi prevents me from chip- _ 
ping the stone to find it. The antennz are nearly perfect, but the stalk — 
is covered with a thin film of stone, which will not scale, and thus con- 
ceals the joints. The markings of the wings are perfectly preserved, 
but on the costal area of the hind wings are partially concealed: by the 
overlapping of the front wings. In many parts of the wings, the form 
of the scales even can be determined under the microscope. This I 


was unable to do in any of the European fossil butterflies, although in 


some the points where they were inserted could be seen. 

The wings are rather dark brown, deepening in tint on the front wings 
toward the extreme base and along the immediate costal edge, orna- 
mented with pale markings, which were, perhaps, bright-colored in life. 
Front wings with a mesial, transverse, slightly arcuate band, extending 


Es SNE a 
*In Polygonia and some of its immediate allies, the upper outer angle of the hind 
wing is curiously excised, throwing the costal nervure back some distance. 


SCUDDER ON TERTIARY INSECTS. 525 


across the wing at right angles to the costal border, just failing to reach 
either margin, divided by every nervule,rits inner margin continuous 
and nearly straight, its outer strongly crenulate, being gently convex 
n the discoidal cell (more below than above), strongly convex in the 
ower median and submedio-internal interspaces, and strongly sinuous in 
the medio-submedian interspace; its upper extremity is before the mid- 
dle of the wing, and incloses in its middle the base of the first superior 
subcostal nervule; its outer border is bent inward below the cell, ex- 
actly. to the last divarication of the median nervure, and it reaches the 
anal area of the wing two-thirds the distance from the base. A row of 
five unequal pale spots crosses the wing in a straight line, extending 
from the lower outer angle to the costal margin at two-thirds the distance 
from the base; four of these are approximated in*the subcostal inter- 
spaces; the fifth and largest is in the middle of the upper median 
interspace, but nearer the middle than the upper median nervule; itis 
broadly ovate and obliquely placed, subparallel to the mesial band, its 
broader extremity above; the lower of the subcostal spots, before the 
middle of the lowest subcostal interspace, is obovate, still more oblique, 
pointing toward the upper of the subcosto-median spots to be mentioned, 
and only a little smaller than the median spot. The three spots above 
this are equal, about half as large as the previous, twice as long as 
broad, rounded, subquadrate, each occupying nearly the entire breadth 
of the subcostal interspaces next succeeding; the upper two appear as 
a single spot, being scarcely divided by the intervening third superior 
subcostal nervule. Still nearer the outer margin of the wing, and par- 
allel to the row of spots just mentioned, are two subequal, rounded, 
obovate spots, slightly broader than long, the upper a little the larger, 
together occupying the entire breadth of the subcosto-median interspace, 
removed by less than twice their width from the row of spots previously 
mentioned; the fringe of the wing appears to be slightly darker than 
the tend: color. 

| Hind wings with a very large pale spot occupying the entire upper 
* outer angle of the wing, reaching from the outer margin nearly half- 
way to the base, and from the costal margin to the upper median ner- 
vule; its basal margin is convex in the subcosto-median interspace, fol- 
lowing what would perhaps naturally be the outer limits of the cell, while 
on either side of the lowest subcostal nervule the spot is separated from 
the outer margin of the wing by a narrow dark edging. On the irreg- 
ular border which faces the median nervure, this pale spot emits three 
long, more or less sinuous tongues of pale color: one a very narrow, 
nearly straight, stripe or line along the margin itself, which only extends 
to the elongated upper median nervule, the breadth of the spot being 
less toward the margin than in the middle of the wing; a second, sub- 
- parallel to the outer border, and therefore arcuate, as well as slightly 
sinuous, subequal, more or less broken into transverse spots, extending 
to the inner margin, and distant, beyond the middle median nervule, 


® 


526 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


about half an interspace’s width from the outer margin; beyond the sub- 
median it is very faint, and ‘above it the spot is broader; the third, 
Slightly narrower, subparallel to the second, but running more nearly at 
right angles to the nervules, extends in a slightly sinuous course across 
the median interspaces only, tapering apically. In addition to these 
markings, there is a series of submarginal pale dots in the lower half of 
the wing, one in the narrow (upper median) and two in each of the 
broader interspaces, besides a larger roundish or subtransverse dark 
spot, deepening centrally in color, in the medio-submedian interspace, 
between the submarginal pale dots and the middle tongue of the large 
pale spot, which here tend to inclose the dark spot in an annular pale 
ring, and give it the appearance of a rather obscure ocellus. Above 
the tail, the fringe 4ppears to be concolorous with the pale ground; 
below it, darker than the adjoining dark ground-color. The scales on 
the outer half of the front wing are two or three times as long as broad, 
with straight parallel sides, a well-rounded base, and a deeply combed 
apex, consisting of from three to five, usually four, entirely similar, equi- 
distant, tapering, finely pointed teeth, of equal length, or the middie 
ones slightly larger, the outer ones at the edges of the seale, all nearly 
a third as long as the scale itself. 

Length of body 22™, of palpi 2.4”, last joint of same 1.3™™, of anten- 
ne 1V.5™, of club of same 2.5™™; breadth of latter 0.85™™, length of 
thorax 6.5™™, its breadth 5.5™™; expanse of wings 54™™; length of front 
wing 24.5", its outer margin 18™, its inner margin 15™™; breadth of 
wing, 14.5™"; length of hind wing, exeluding tail, 18™™; additional 
length of tail3.25™™; breadth of latter at base 1™™, in the middle 0.55™™; 
greatest breadth of hind wing16.75"™; length of abdomen13™™; breadth 
of same 5™™, 


DIPTERA: PALEMBOLUS (zdlaz, %ufBodos). 


The dipterous family Hirmoneuride, or Nemestrinide, is composed of 
somewhat anomalous forms, allied to the Bbombylide, with which they 
were formerly classed, but showing in the neuration of their wings a 
decided affinity to the Midasidw. The family is divided by Loew into 
two sections, in one of which the mouth-parts are inconspicuous, while 
in the other they project far beyond the head, and may even extend to 
a length exceeding several times that of the body. It is a tropical 
family, and only a single species (Hirmoneura clausa Sack. from Texas) 
has been described from the United States, and only one more is known 
from North America. The genus now brought to light from the Tertiary 
rocks of Colorado is not only distinct from any previously known, but 
belongs to the rhyncocephalous division of the family, now first recorded 
from North America. 

The head is narrower than the thorax; the labium twice as long as 
the thorax ; labrum and other aculiform parts of the proboscis a little 
shorter, reaching as far as the base of the terminal knob of the probos- 


SCUDDER ON TERTIARY INSECTS. 527 


cis; clypeus exceedingly large, being longer than the head, nearly twice 
as long as broad, narrowing slightly, broadly rounded at the tip; an- 
tenn apparently biarticulate, the basal joint being invisible, separated 
as widely as the eyes, the first (visible) joint cylindrical, scarcely longer 
than broad, the second semi-globular or bluntly conical, as broad at base 
as the first and of equal length and breadth; the style scarcely out of 
center, more than twice as large as the two joints combined, one-fourth 
their width at base, tapering on the apical half, composed of three joints, 
of which the terminal is.as long as the other two combined, and the basal 
is a little longer than the middle joint; possibly the style has a minute © 
basal joint, as in Megistorhynchus, but, if so, it must be so closely con- 
nected with the apex of the conical apical joint of the antenne as to 
form a part of its curve. Eyes naked, separated in front by more than 
half their own width. As the palpi cannot be seen, it is probable that 
they are minute and wholly concealed beneath the head. Front equal, 
clothed rather abundantly with long bristles, more abundant away from 
the middle line. Thorax stout, of equal width with the abdomen; the 
latter is very much elongated in the female, tapers to a point, is more than 
twice as long as the thorax in the single specimen before me (where the 
joints are separated as widely as possible—probably half as long again 
as the thorax when in a natural position), and broadest on the second 
and third joints. Legs not preserved. Wings long and slender, tapering 
on the apical half, all the veins at the apex of the wing subparallel or 
equally converging toward the tip, having a general longitudinal direc- 
tion; there are only two submarginal cells, and the peduncle of the third 
longitudinal vein is nearly one-third as long as the second submarginal 
cell; the base of the third longitudinal vein with a portion of the fourth 
and fifth and the middle bent portion of the anterior intercalary vein 
form together a continuous, nearly straight, scarcely arcuate, oblique, 
adventitious vein, extending from the second longitudinal vein near the 
middle of the wing to beyond the middle of the outer half of the poste- 
rior border; there are five posterior cells, of which the fourth is closed, 
and the third and fifth open upon the apical half of the posterior border; 
the third basal cell is barely open; there is no reticulation, and all the 
cells throughout the wing are of remarkably similar breadth. 

This genus would undoubtedly fall into Nemestrina as originally 
founded; but several genera have been separated from it on good 
grounds, and the present form must stand in a similar relation to it 
Apparently it is more nearly related to the South African genus Megis 
torhynchus Macq. than to any other genus, but differs from it in the 
want of an additional closed submarginal cell and apical reticulation of 
the wings, in the remarkable straightness (as in Trichophtha!ma Westw.) 
of the accidental obiique vein beyond the middle of the wing, in the 
slenderness of the basal and discal cells, and in the simplicity and 
directness of the sixth longitudinal vein. It appears also to differ to a 
slight extent in the antenne. 


528 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Palembolus florigerus.—A wonderfully preserved specimen (No. 405) 
_in which everything but the legs and palpi are visible, the parts of the 
proboscis being separated, was found in the shales of Florissant by 
Mrs. Hill. The entire body is very dark-colored, with black hairs; a 
minute tuft of spreading hairs is found at the middle of the upper base 
of the proboscis. The posterior flanks of the thorax are fringed with 
hairs, and broad open tufts adorn the sides of the 2d—4th and the mid- 
dle of the posterior border of the 6th-7th abdominal segments, while 
the entire posterior border of the 4th-8th and the whole dorsal surface 
of the 9th segment are similarly adorned. Wings hyaline, immaculate, 
the anterior border straight until near the extremity, where it is strongly 
and regularly curved ; posterior border gently convex, and at the mid- 
dle bent, the apex rounded, placed below the middle of the wing and 
somewhat pointed. The second longitudinal vein takes its rise from the 
first before the middle of the wing, runs nearly parallel to it through- 
out its course, most distant from it in the middle. The third longitudi- 
nal vein originates from the second close to its origin, and still before 
the middle of the wing, and runs toward the middle of the outer half 
of the posterior border, half-way to which it strikes the small transverse 
vein, there turns toward the apex and soon forks, both branches run- 
-ning longitudinally. The fourth longitudinal vein arises from the fifth 
before the middle of the basal half of the wing, is almost immediateiy 
united, by an oblique vein running upward and outward, with the first 
longitudinal vein, and then continues in an arcuate course, not far distant 
from the veins on the other side of the first basal cell, to the small 
transverse vein; here, by a slight angle, it assumes nearly the course 
of this and the base of the third longitudinal vein, until it runs into 
the anterior intercalary vein, when it suddenly turns outward, and 
extends to the tip of the wing, parallel to the posterior border, a slight 
bend upward at its apex preventing it from striking the very tip of the 
wing; both the small or middle and the posterior transverse veins are 
exceedingly brief. The fifth longitudinal vein has a nearly direct 
course from the base to the middle of the outer half of the posterior 
border, but is twice bent; once at its extreme tip, where its apex forms 
part of the oblique adventitious vein, and is connected by the posterior 
transverse with the anterior intercalary vein; and again doubly, some 
way beyond its middle, where just beyond the tip of the sixth longitu- 
dinal vein it is united to the posterior border by the posterior basal 
transverse vein; here it bends forward nearly at right angles to meet 
the anterior intercalary vein, and almost immediately bends as suddenly 
to resume, by a slight curve, its original direction. The anterior inter- 
calary vein, which plays so extraordinary a part in this family, origi- 
nates from the lower edge of the fourth longitudinal, half-way from its 
origin to the small transverse vein, and runs parallel to and just outside 
of the posterior basal transverse vein, until it strikes the upturned 
bend of the fifth longitudinal vein, curving at the same time downward 


——e— 


SCUDDER ON TERTIARY INSECTS. 529 


toward the final angle of the fourth longitudinal vein; here it unites 
with that vein for a very brief distance, then contributes its part to- 
ward the adventitious oblique vein, until close to the posterior border; _ 
when, at its union with the fifth longitudinal by the posterior trans- 
verse vein, it suddenly bends outward, and running parallel to and mid- 
way between the extremity of the fourth longitudinal vein and the pos- 
terior border, terminates just below the tip of the wing. The third and 
fifth posterior cells are of nearly equal length. 

Length of body (exclusive of proboscis, but with abdominal segments 
extended) 19", of head 3™", breadth of same 3.75"; length of probos- 
cis 12.5", of labrum, ete., 11", of clypeus 3.15"", breadth of same at 
base 1.9™; length of antenne 1.5"", of style 1™"; breadth of base of 
antenne 0.2"", of basal joints of style 0.05""; length cf thorax 5.5™", 
breadth of same 5.35"; length of wing 12™", breadth of same in middle 
3.25"; length of first basal cell 4.75"", breadth of same in middle 0.4""; 
length of abdomen as preserved 10.5"", same with segments naturally 
withdrawn 7™", breadth of second and third joints 5.5". 


COLEOPTERA: PAROLAMIA (zdpos, Lamia—nom. gen.). 


A genus of Cerambycide, closely allied to Lamia, but differing from 
it in the brevity of the head and the structure of the antennze. Body 
heavy, moderately elongated. The head is less than half as long as the 
prothorax, with less prominent and more nearly approximate antennal 
tubercles, as compared with Lamia. Antenne moderately slender, half 
as long again as the body, composed of eleven joints, each cylindrical, 
scarcely expanded at the distal extremity ; the basal joint is short and 
stout, its length less than half the width of the head, less than twice 
as long as broad, tapering apically almost as much as at base; the sec- 
ond joint small, of equal diameter with the succeeding, and broader 
than long; the remaining joints subequal in length, each equal in width 
until close to its tip, when it expands slightly, the terminal a little 
shorter than the penultimate. Prothorax transverse, with a not very 
large spine on either side; scutellum larger than in Lamia. Tegmina 
not connate, together more than half as broad again as the base of 
the pronotum, but with rounded humeral angles, not in the least pro- 
duced, and with no basal tubercles; they are nearly parallel in their 
basal half, but beyond taper regularly, though but slightly, the tip 
rounded, but not so declivant exteriorly as in Lamia. Last segment of 
the abdomen transverse, but longer than in Lamia, broadly and regu- 
larly rounded, with no excision of the apex. 

This ‘insect is interesting from its belonging to a group not now 
represented on this continent, the true Lamioides, which are found 
exclusively in Europe and Africa, and have their home in the Mediter- 
ranean region. Our nearest allies are the species of Monohammus. In 
its form, and the sculpturing.of the surface, it most recalls the genus 
Lamia proper, but differs from it as well as from the neighboring gen- 


530 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


era in important particulars, which will, perhaps, be increased in num- 
ber when other specimens permit us to know the peculiarities of the 
structure of the legs and sternal surface. 

Parolamia rudis.—A. single well-preserved specimen (No. 7807) was 
obtained in the Florissant beds. The elytra are parted and thrust for- 
ward upon the prothorax, concealing its outer posterior portions; but 
this permits the abdomen to be seen, and all other parts which could 
be seen on a dorsal view are present excepting the legs. The head is 
nearly smooth, or appears to be slightly scabrous; the antennz are 
nearly smooth, the basal joint mesially carinate above, the last joint 
bluntly pointed. Prothorax subquadrate, a little transverse, the extent 
of the lateral spines concealed ; surface rather coarsely and pretty uni- 
formly scabrous. Elytra coarsely granulate at the base, the granula- 
tions becoming gradually fainter until they disappear, the apical quarter 
being free, although the surface is not uniform; outer and inner edge 
minutely marginate. A fragment of one of the wings remains, showing 
that the insect was not apterous. 

‘Length of body 22.5", of head 2.5", of thorax 4™", of abdomen 16™", 
of antenne 26.5"", first joint of same 2.5, its width 1.25™", length of 
third joint 4.5"", its width at base 0.7™", at tip 0.9", length of penulti- 
mate joint 4"", its width at base 0.5"", at tip 0.6™", length of last joint 
3.25"; width of prothorax, exclusive of spine, 6™"; width of elytron at 
base 4.5"", in middle 4.25", at one millimeter from tip 2.5""; length of 
elytron 14™™. 


HEMIPTERA: PETROLYSTRA (z¢cp0c, Lystra—nom. gen.). 


One of the most striking instances of tropical affinities in the Tertiary 
shales of Florissant is found in the presence of two species of a genus 
‘of huge Homoptera, rivaling the famous lantern-fly of South America in 
size, but differing in neuration and other features from any genus hith- 
erto described. At first glance one would think it belonged to the 
Fulgorida, a subfamily which, with Cicadina, includes most of the larger 
forms of the suborder, and to be somewhat nearly allied to Paralystra ; 
but it differs from this, and so far asI can determine from all Fulgorina, 
in the minuteness of the scutellum, and must be referred instead to the 
Aphrophorina, although very much larger than any species of that group 
which I find noticed, while in comparison with the temperate forms of 
that subfamily itis gigantic, our own largest species not exceeding one- 
fourth its length. 

The body is robust, the head large, apparently flat above, about twice 
as broad as long, but considerably narrower than the thorax, the front 
regularly and very broadly convex ; clypeus about half as broad as the 
head, somewhat convex, coarsely carinate down the middle with dis- 
tinct lateral transverse rug; ocelli indeterminate; rostrum shorter 
than the breadth of the tegmina. Thorax broadening posteriorly, con- 
tinuing the eurve of the head; the front margin rather deeply and very 


SCUDDER ON TERTIARY INSECTS. . 531 


broadly excised, so that its middle is straight and the lateral angles are 


rather sharply angulate; the hind margin with very oblique sides, so: 
that if continued they would form less than a right angle with each 
other, but toward the middle line incurved, so that the thorax is rounded 
posteriorly and excised in the middle. Scutellum very small, scarcely 
more than half as long as the thorax and vather longer than broad, 
tapering more rapidly in the basal than in the apical half. The fore 
tibiz apparently unarmed, and of the same length as the fore femora; 
the apical tarsal joint of same legs tumid, longer than the other joints 
combined, of which the second is less than half as long as the basal 
joint, the whole leg only a little longer than the breadth of the tegmina; 
fore coxe apparently in close proximity. Tegmina large, nearly equal 
throughout, the inner base angularly excised next the posterior border 
of the: thorax, the apex well rounded, a little produced anteriorly ; it 
was apparently coriaceous, with little mark of any excepting some of 
the principal veins, which are elevated. The base of the costal part of 
the wing is so expanded, to give equality to the wing, that the radial 
vein at its base is very near the middle of the tegmina, and continues so 
until it forks in the middle of the basal half of the tegmina; its lower 
branch continues its course subparallel to the costal margin, while the 
upper branch curves upward, and follows close to the costal margin, 
until, like its fellow, it is lost in the membrane near the tip of the teg- 
mina; the sutura clavis runs straight to the posterior border beyond the 
middle of its outer half, and midway between the two the radial origi- 
nates, forking almost immediately, the forks dividing the inner area 
equally between them, and in the middle of the outer half of the teg- 
mina united to each other by a cross-vein, to which they bend ; they too. 
are lost before the tip. The wings are not sufficiently preserved to 
characterize, beyond mentioning that the upper three nervules agree with 
Stals figure of Liorhina, excepting that the third is not united apically 


with the fourth by an elbowed marginal vein, although it diverges api- 


cally from it. Abdomen more than twice as long as the rest of the 
body, tapering regularly to a pointed extremity. 

Petrolystra gigantea.—Two nearly perfect specimens (Nos. 411, 412,) 
reverses of each other, were picked up by a child just as I reached the 
quarries at Florissant, and another, a fragment of a wing (No. 11,241), 
was afterward found in the same place. The head was apparently 
dark-colored, the thorax not so dark, delicately and softly shagreened 
with a slight median carina. The tegmina are almost similarly rugu- 
lose; the costa of the same is pretty strongly convex at base, very 
slightly convex beyond the middle of the basal half; the posterior bor- 
der is slightly excised at the tip of the clavus, and the outer margin is 
oblique, being angularly excised at the posterior angle, although rounded 
throughout. It was dark, darkest at base and gradually growing 
lighter, more fuliginous toward the tip (although all the specimens do 
not show this), and traversed by four equidistant transverse pale bands, 


Haz BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


the basal one reduced to a spot in the middle of the extreme base, where 
it occupies about one-third the width of the wing; and the apical one 
rather cloudy, half as broad as the breadth of the tip and as far from 
the tip as from either border, equal, two or three times as broad as long, 
sinuous or lunate; the other two are more distinct, with sharply defined 
borders and irregularly sinuous; the outer of the two traverses the 
entire wing, touching the costal border, however, by only the tip of the 
rounded extremity, while it expands upon the posterior border; the 
inner of the two is rounded at either extremity, fails of reaching either 
border, and is constricted just beneath the radial vein; both of these 
bands average in width the breadth of the interspaces. 

Length of body 23.5™, of head 3.75™", of tborax 4.5"", of abdomen 
15.25; width of head 7°", of clypeus 3.8°"; length of rostrum 8.5™™; 
width of thorax behind 8.5"; length of scutellum 3™", its breadth at 
base 2.5""; length of tegmina 29.5", width next base 10.5™", near 
tip 8/57". 

Petrolystra heros.—A single specimen (No. 11,829) shows one of the 
tegmina in a good state of preservation, together with both fore legs. 
It was obtained at Florissant by Mrs. Hammon, and differs from P. 
gigantea in the broader bands of the tegmina and in the form of the 
latter, the posterior border being slightly fuller at the base, so as to 
make that part of the wing proportionally broader; while the posterior 
angle of the tip is not obliquely excised, making the extremity docked 
rather than pointed. The bands have expanded so as to occupy the 
larger part of the wing; the basal spot occupies the entire base from 
border to border, excepting the very root, as far as an oblique trans- 
verse line, subparallel to the inner basal edge of the wing, and distant 
from the root nearly half the width of the wing; it also infringes upon 
that bordering line by a large semicircular excision in the middle; the 
apical spot is very nearly as long as broad, and stops just short of the 
margin on all three sides of the apex, and in the middle of the wing 
breaks through the intervening dark stripe into the outer of the two | 
middle bands; these two middle bands are also much broader than in 
the other species, but not to so great a degree as the extreme bands; 
they reach from border to border, and are united to each other and to 
the basal spot along the sutura clavis; the wing, therefore, has the ap- 
pearance rather of being pale, with three transverse dark stripes, which 
are broad (and the outer two triangular) on the anterior half of the . 
tegmina, narrow, sinuous, and broken on the posterior half, 

Length of tegmina 28.25", width at base 10.8"", at tip 7.2™, length 
of fore femora 4.5"", fore tibie 5°", fore tarsi 2.75™, first tarsal joint 
9.8"", last tarsal joint 1.7", claws 0.5™", 


ORTHOPTERA: LITHYMNETES (AtBos, Spyntys). 


A stout-bodied genus of Phyllophoride, probably belonging near Steiro- - 
don, but differing from the ertire series into which Steirodon and its allies 


SCUDDER ON TERTIARY INSECTS. 5oo 


fallin the great length of its ovipositor, which is at least as long as the 
abdomen; while in Steirodon and its allies, so far as I know them, it is sel- 
dom more than two or three times as long as broad; it is also peculiar in 
the disposition of the principal radial branch of the tegmina. The head 
is large, full, well rounded; the eye small, almost circular, its longer 
diameter at right angles to the extremity of the vertex. The pronotum 
shows no sign of having its lateral borders cristate or even crenulate, 
but this may be due to imperfect preservation of the single specimen 
at hand, on which it is impossible to determine the form of the lateral 
lobes. Tegmina much longer than the body, densely reticulated, very 
ample, expanding at the very base, so as to be nearly equal before the 
extremity; this is destroyed, but is evidently formed somewhat, and 
perhaps exactly, as in the Steirodon series, since it tapers on either bor- 
der, but more rapidly on the inner than on the costal margin, its curve 
indicating that the apex of the wing is above, and probably considerably 
above, the middle. The scapular vein, in. the middle of the basal half 
of the wing, curves strongly toward the costal margin, nearly reaching 
it beyond the middle of the same, and thence following nearly parallel 
and in close proximity to it; in the broader part of the costal area, 
beyond the subcostal vein (which acts in a similar manner), it emits 
three or four branches, the larger ones of which fork and, with the 
branches of the subcostal vein, strike the costal border at equal distances 
apart; all these branches are straight, and are connected by irregular 
weaker cross-veins, while the interspaces are filled with a still weaker, 
dense mesh-work. The externo-median vein, parallel to and separated 
distinctly from the preceding, emits the principal branch where the 
scapular curves upward; this branch continues the basal course of the 
main vein, is straight, forks at about the middle of the wing, each fork 
again branching at a little distance beyond, the branches of the upper 
fork striking the border of the wing where it seems probable the apex 
falls; all the branches of this fork curve a little, but only a little, down- 
ward; the second branch of the externo-median vein is emitted shortly 
before the middle of the wing, and does not reach the margin, dying out 
shortly beyond the middle of the wing. The subexterno-median vein 
runs above the middle of the remaining portion of the discoidal area, 
and emits four inferior branches, at subequal distances, the first of which 
forks and the second originates opposite the principal branch of the 
externo-median vein. Apparently the anal area is pretty long. Wings 
apparently extending beyond the tegmina, The legs are short, slender, 
the fore tibiz apparently furnished with a moderately broad obovate 
foramen, the hind tibiz of equal size throughout, slightly longer than 
the hind femora, and the latter scarcely extending beyond the abdomen. 
Ovipositor long, broad, saber-shaped, a little upcurved. 

This is one of the largest, if not the largest, Tertiary Locustarian 
known. 

Lithymnetes guttatus.—This is the largest insect I have seen from the 


«B84 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Tertiary shales of Florissant, and is remarkable for the markings of the 
tegmina, which are covered throughout (with the possible exception of 
the anal area and the extreme base of the wing, which are obscure) 
with minute, circular, equidistant pale spots, situated between the 
nervules; they have a mean diameter of half a millimeter, and a mean 
distance apart of one and a half millimeters. The head is full and regu- 
larly rounded, on a side view, with po prominences. The antennz 
appear to have the usual structure, but the second joint is small, and 
the thickness of the joints above the front of the prothorax is 0.45™™, 
already diminishing to 0.3™™ at the posterior border of the same; they 
are broken shortly beyond this point, so that their length cannot be 
determined. The mean diameter of the eyes is scarcely more than one- 
third the shortest length of the gene. The costal margin of the teg- 
mina is gently convex, with a regular curve throughout, or until close 
to the tip; the inner margin has a similar though slighter.convexity ; 
the principal branch of the externo-median vein passes through the mid- 
dle of the wing. The legs are all slender, the hind femora very slight, 
but little incrassated toward the base, the hind tibiz slender, equal 
throughout, armed at tip with a pair of small, moderately stout, black- 
tipped spurs, the hind tarsi about two-fifths the length of the tibia, the 
claw very slight. Ovipositor broad, gently curved, at least as long as 
the hind tibia, of nearly equal size upon the part preserved. 

Length of body (excluding ovipositor) 37°"; depth of head 12.5"; 
larger diameter of eye 1.85", shorter 1.35""; distance from lower 
edge of eye to upper edge of mandibles 4™™; length of preserved part 
of tegmina 45.5"", probable length of same 55"; distance from base 
of tegmina to front of head 13™", from same to base of principal branch 
of externo-median vein 14.5""; breadth of tegmina in the middle 16™™; 
length of femora* 9"; middle femora* 10°"; hind femora 19™™; 
fore tibie 9.5°™; middle tibiz 10.5°"; hind tibie 21™; fore tarsi 
7"; hind tarsi 8°"; apical spurs of hind tibiz 1.75"; claw of hind 
tarsi 0.9"; greatest breadth of hind femora 3™"; length of ovipositor 
(broken) 18", breadth at base 3”", at a distance of 14”" from base 
2,357", j 

The specimen (No. 11,557) was found at Florissant by Mrs. Charlotte 
Hill, and is preserved on a side view, with the left (upper) tegmen and 
the ovipositor drooping, the other parts in a natural attitude, the legs 
drooping. 


NEUROPTERA: DYSAGRION (dds, Agrion—nom. gen.), 


This new type of Agrionina belongs to the legion Podagrion as de- 
fined by Selys-Longchamps, having a normal pterostigma, much longer 
than broad, the median sector arising from the principal vein near thé 
nodus, the subnodal a little further out, the quadrilateral nearly regular 
and longer than broad, and many interposed supplementary sectors. 


* There is some doubt about these measurements, the basal portions being obscure. 


SCUDDER ON TERTIARY INSECTS. 535 


ft differs somewhat remarkably, however, from any of the genera given 
in that author’s Synopsis des Agrionines (1862) in several points, as will 
be seen on reviewing the following characteristics. 

The median sector arises from the principal vein more than one-third 
the distance from the nodus to the arculus; the subnodal arises from 
an extension of the nodus, which in passing below the principal is 
directed somewhat inward instead of outward, a somewhat extraordi- 
nary feature; the nodal arises from the principal only as far beyond 
the nodus as the median originates before it, or scarcely more than one- 
fifth way to the pterostigma, which is four times as long as broad, sur- 
mounts about four cellules, is a little dilated, oblique both within and 
without, but especially pointed above on the outer side, touching the 
costal margin throughout. The reticulation of the upper half of the 


wing is mostly tetragonal, and in the discoidal area very open, while in | 


the lower half of the wing it is mostly pentagonal, and dense apically; 
this results in part from the great number of interposed supplementary 
sectors, of which there are several between the principal vein and the 
ultranodal sector, and several between each of the following sectors as 
far as the upper sector of the triangle; the upper of these curve some- 
what downward as they approach the apical border. The postcostal 
area has at first two rows of cellules, but it expands rapidly below the 
nodus, and then has three and afterwards even four rows. The quadri- 
lateral is only half as long again as broad, its upper somewhat shorter 
than its lower side. The nodus is situated at an unusual distance out- 
“ward, indeed not very far before the middle of the wing (about two-fifths 
the distance from the base), and at a third of the distance from the 
arculus to the pterostigma. The petiole terminates at some distance 
before the arculus and is very slender. The wing is rather full in the 
middle, and the apical half of the posterior border is very full, the apex 
falling cousiderably above the middle of the wing. 

These characters show the nearest alliance to Philogenia, but the 
genus differs strikingly from that in the position of the nodus, its 
retreat below the principal sector, the character of the postcostal area, 

~ and in the great number of the supplementary sectors, as well as in less 
important characters, such as the density of the reticulation and the 
form of the quadrilateral. It seems indeed to be a very aberrant mem- 
ber of the legion. As the members of this group are all tropical, and 
those to which this is most nearly allied (as indeed two-thirds of the 
Species) are from the New World, this is an additional instance of neo- 
tropical alliances in the insect-fauna of our Tertiaries. 

It is upon the wing that I would establish this genus. Yet fragments 
of other parts of the body occur with the wings, showing that the legs 
were probably long and slender, furnished with spine-like hairs as long 
as the breadth of the femora. The abdomen was moderately slender, 
rather longer than the wings; its ninth and tenth segments a little en- 

- Jarged, the tenth half as long as the ninth, and the eighth half as long 


536 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


again as the ninth, and a little more than half as long as the seventh. 
The anal appendages were rounded triangular, as long as the tenth 
segment. 

Dysagrion fredericitt.—_Several specimens of various parts of the body 
with wings were found by Mr. F. C. Bowditch (after whom the species is 
named) and myself in the Green River shales, in a railway cutting by 
the river bank beyond Green River Station. The most important area 
nearly perfect wing and its reverse (Nos. 4167, 4168), which preserve 
all the important points of the neuration. A single antecubital appears 
to be present, nearer the nodus than the arculus; the principal sector, 
like the short sector (sector brevis), bends slightly upward just as it 
reaches the arculus; the cellules in the discoidal area are half as broad 
again as long, yet the breadth of the wing is such that the broadest 
part of the postcostal space, between the nodus and the middle of the 
wing, is more than half as broad as the rest of the wing at that point. 
The wing is wholly hyaline, excepting the infumated pterostigma, 
which is bordered by thickened black veins, and surmounts four cellules 
at its lower margin; the veins of the wing generally are testaceous; 
there are 20 postcubitals. | : 

Probable length of the wing 38-39™™; length of part beyond 
peduncle 34™™, breadth 9™™; distance from nodus to tip of wing 
23mm; length of pterostigma 3. Sam 

[riotier wing from the same beds with its reverse (Nos. 4165, 4166) 
is very fragmentary, showing little besides the border of the apical 
half of the wing with the pterostigma, and most of the posteubital 
nervules. I have here considered it the hind wing of the same species, 
from its similar size, the exact resemblance of the pterostigma, which 
also surmounts four cellules, and the indication of a similar profusion ~ 
of intercalated supplementary nervules. It seems, however, not im- 
probable that it may prove to be a second species of the same genus, 
from the great difference in form. The two borders of the outer half of 
the wing are nearly parallel, and the apex falls a little below the mid- 
dle. This difference, however, really concerns only the posterior curve 
of the wing below the apex. The nodus is not preserved. Greatest 
breadth 7.5™™, 

Considering the fragments of heads, etc., referred to under the genus 
as belonging to this species, we have to add Nos. 4179, 4180, and 4182 
(besides No. 62 of Mr. Richardson’s collection) as representing heads ; 
Nos. 4183, 4184, the united head, thorax, and base of wings; and Nos. 
4170, 4173, 4174, 4177, 4178, as parts of the abdomen. The abdomen 
shows a slender, dorsal, pale stripe, distinct and moderately broad on the 
sixth to the eighth segments, scarcely reaching either border, and 
pesteriorly expanding into a small, round spot; and a faint dorsal line 
on the fourth and fifth segments, interrupted just before the tip. The 
appendages are simple. 

Length of head (according to the mode of preservation) 4.0-4.5™™; | 


SCUDDER ON TERTIARY INSECTS. 53t 


breadth of same 5.5™™; length of thorax 5™™, of pedicel of wing 
5mm, of abdomen (probably 1™™ should be added for a break at the 
base) 39™™; length of segments 8-10, 6™™; breadth of ninth segment 
2.75™m, of fifth segment 2.1™™; estimated length of whole body 55™™, 

Corydalites fecundum.—Under this name I propose to class an insect 
which laid some remarkable egg-masses, obtained in numbers by Dr. C. 
A. White, at Crow Creek, fifteen miles northeast of Greeley, Colo., in 
lignitic beds of the Laramie Group. These egg-masses are five centi- 
meters in length by nearly two in breadth and one in height, nearly 
equal throughout, rounded and slightly pointed at the tip, and of a dirty 
yellowish-brown. They contain each about two thousand eggs, definitely 
arranged, and coated with a covering of what was presumably albu- 
minous matter, which also surrounds each egg. The close general re- 
semblance of these eggs and of their clustering to that of the eggs recently 
referred by Mr. C. Y. Riley to the neuropterous genus Corydalus* leave 
little doubt concerning their probable affinities. Mr. Riley’s description 
is as follows :— 

‘The egg-mass of Corydalus cornutus is either broadly oval, circular, 
or (more exceptionally) even pyriform in circumference, flat on the at- 
tached side, and plano-convex [broadly convex is doubtless meant] on 
the exposed side. It averages 21™™ in length, and is covered with a 
white or cream colored albuminous secretion, which is generally splashed 
around the mass on the leaf or other object of attachment. It contains 
from two to three thousand eggs, each of which is 1.3™" long and about 
one-third as wide [he figures them of a slenderer form]; ellipsoidal, trans- 
lucent, sordid white, with a delicate shell, and surrounded and separated 
from the adjoining eggs by a thin layer of the same white albuminous 
material which covers the whole. The outer layer forms a compact arch, 
with the anterior ends pointing inwards, and the posterior ends showing 
like faint dots through the white covering. Those of the marginal 
row lie flat on the attached surface; the others gradually diverge out- 
wardly, so that the central ones are at right angles with said object. 
Beneath this vaulted layer the rest lie on a plane with the leaf, those 
touching it in concentric rows, the rest packed in irregularly.” t 

In the fossil ootheca the mass is much larger and more elongated, and 
possesses besides one characteristic in which it differs strikingly from 
that of Corydalus (and on which account, particularly, I have used a new 
generic appellation), viz: the division of its mass into two longitudinal 
and equal halves by an albuminous wall, or rather by double albuminous 
walls, which may be parted above, leaving as the only connection between 
the two halves their common albuminous floor. There are indeed a few 
specimens which show no sign of this division, but a median furrow, or a 


*It has been suggested that these may belong rather to Chauliodes, a closely allied 
genus of Newroptera; but Mr. Riley declares that they are identical with those found 
in the body of Corydalus. 

. tProc. Amer. Assoc. Ad. Se. xxv, 277-278. 
Bull. iv. No. 2 


538 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


deeper and more complete separation of the two halves is so prevalent 
that this seems to be the only explanation to be offered for its appear- 
ance. Their absence in the few specimens is probably due to defect of 
preservation. The common albuminous floor and the upper and outer 
albuminous coating are of remarkable thickness, varying from one to 
three millimeters; but the coating attenuates to a mere lamella as it 
passes down the median furrow, so that when the mass remained quiet 
in the position in which it was laid, the lateral halves pressing closely 
against each other, the combined thickness of the two albuminous 
walls would together no more thau equal the ordinary thickness of the 
albuminous partition between any two contiguous eggs. That such a 
partition existed even in those which do not show it now, seems probable 
from the regularity of the furrow in every instance of its occurrence and 
by its prevalence; some specimens merely show a sharp groove along 
the middle, the halves remaining in complete juxtaposition ;* others 
again are so completely separated as to be curled over and meet beneath. 

This, together with the fact that the egg-mass is otherwise extremely 
regular (showing only so little plasticity as to allow one broad side to 
be straight, while the opposite is a little convex), and never exhibits 
the slightest tendency to coil longitudinally, leads me to believe that the 
egg-masses were laid in the water of shallow basins, upon the muddy 
floors, which could be reached by the abdomen of the insect while rest- 
ing upon a stone or overhanging twig. In this medium, the albuminous 
secretion would expand to the utmost; if the bunch of eggs remained 
undisturbed, it would present us with the more regular hirudiform masses 
that have been found; if rolled about by the disturbance of the waters, 
the two halves would curl toward each other more or less closely, form- 
ing a subcylindrical mass, and inclose between their approaching walls 
more or less of the mud in which they are rolled. This is exactly the 
appearance of most of them now, inclosing the same substances as that 
within which they and the accompanying Bulimi and other fresh-water 
mollusks lie imbedded.t : 

These masses differ further from those of Corydalus in the extraordi- 
nary amount of albuminous matter by which both the entire mass and 
each individual egg was surrounded. This is perhaps to be explained 
by the medium in which they appear to have been laid, and will in part 
account for the vast size of the ootheca, which are much larger than 
any mass of insect-eggs which I can find noticed. The size of the mass, 
however, is also due to the greater magnitude of the eggs themselves, 
which are twice as long and proportionally larger than those of Coryda- 
lus, and lead to the conviction that we are to look in the rocks of the 
earliest Tertiaries for an insect of great magnitude, closely allied to our ~ 

* These specimens are some from which weathering has removed their outer albumi- 
nous coating; perhaps, if this had remained, the furrow would have been concealed by 
the complete union of the attingent albuminous walls. 


t The deposit in which they occur is a fresh-water one, but Mr. Lesquereux informs 
me that brackish-water forms are fouzd both above and below them. 


SCUDDER ON TERTIARY INSECTS. 539 


Corydalus, itself the largest of all known Sialina. It can hardly be 
doubted that it must have been at least double the size of the living 
type. The number of eggs laid is about or nearly the same as in Coryda- 
lus, presuming, in either case, all to be laid at once. 

Compared with the eggs, the albuminous substance surrounding them 
is much softer, more or less friable, and rather easily removed, being 
everywhere composed of fibers running in the same direction as the lon- 
gitudinal axis of the egg. The weathering of the specimens has been © 
such that in several instances the whole albuminous cap has been 
removed, and in others a large part also of the interovular partitions, 
leaving the eggs standing erect, separated, each from its neighbors, by 
from one-third to one-half its own thickness. In many cases, the eggs 
can be pulled from their cells; and, although frequently flattened, they 
may be studied almost as well as if living. The eggs have an average 
length of 2.6™" and a central width of 0.6™™; they are nearly cylindrical, 
but faintly arcuate, slightly attenuated at the anterior extremity, and 
slightly tumid on the posterior half, at the tip of which they taper 
rapidly, rounding off to a rather broadly convex extremity, which is 
flattened or often sunken in a circular central space 0.1™™ in diameter, 
outside of which the surface is rather profusely filled with very shallow, 
obscure, circular pits, averaging 0.01™ in diameter. The anterior extre. 
mity terminates in a slightly elevated, thin, subtuberculate rim, inclosing 
a terminal portion, whose surface gradually rises centrally to form a 
truncated cone, and is pitted with saucer-like depressions, gradually 
diminishing in size up the sides of the central extension; the latter is 
about as long as the breadth of its tip; its extremity, 0.04-0.055™™ in 
diameter, is more or less sunken, with a central circular pit.(the micro- 
pyle) 0.01™™ in diameter ; while the rounded margin of the extension is 
made more or less irregular by the saucer-like depressions which sur- 
mount it, but have now become of extreme minuteness. This structure 
of the anterior extremity of the egg agrees with what was previously 
known of the egg of Sialis, but no mention of the elevated point was 
made in Mr. Riley’s deseription of the egg of Corydalus. It occurs there, 
however, as I find by examination of eggs he has kindly sent me. These 
eggs of Corydalus also show the sunken space at the posterior end, and 
the sides of the egg are marked nearly as in the fossil; the surface of the 
latter being broken up by scarcely elevated slight ridges into obscure 
transverse hexagonal cells, one-tenth of a millimeter long (across the 
egg) and one-fifth as broad, those of adjoining rows interdigitating. 

In the disposition of the eggs, also, these masses differ from those of 
Corydalus, for they are arranged in a radiating manner around the lon- 
gitudinal axis of the ootheca. All of them partake of this arrangement, 
even when, as rarely happens, there are two layers in place of one over 
parts of the mass; in no case are any of the eggs packed in irregularly, 
as is the case with a portion of those of Corydalus, according to Riley. 
As in Oorydalus, however, the posterior ends are those which are 


540 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


‘directed toward the upper albuminous coating, which in many cases 
shows very slight subhexagonal or circular depressions or elevations 
corresponding to the position of the extremity of the egg beneath, just 
as in Corydalus the posterior ends of the eggs show “like faint dots 
through the white covering”. The outer albuminous coating appears in 
the fossil to be made up of as many parts as there are eggs, the inter- 
ovular fibrous material extending to the surface of the ootheca, forming 
walls to deep cells which contain eggs, and which are corked up, as it 
were, by plugs of albuminous material. These plugs seem to be very 
similar to the cell-walls, having been composed apparently of viscous 
threads, also running in the same direction as the longitudinal axis of the 
egg; but in some cases the cell-walls beyond the eggs have become 
blackened, while the plugs retain their normal color, and separate readily 
from them. 

When the egg-mass was undisturbed, the outermost eggs lay horizon- 
tally, and those next the median furrow vertically ; the division walls of 
the cells were therefore thinnest below, and it appears probable that the 
young made their escape at the bottom of the median furrow, where the 
outer coating is also thinnest. Where double layers occur, the eggs of 
the upper seem to be in a direct line with those of the lower layer, egg 
for egg, as if a cell of double length were stocked with two eggs, sep- 
arated by an albuminous partition; and in this case the albuminous 
floor and covering are thinner than usual, so that the egg-mass is not 
greatly enlarged nor distorted. When two layers were thus formed, 
the young larve of the upper layer must have escaped through the 
emptied cells of the lower. 

It only remains to add that with a single exception these masses differ 
comparatively little in size, most of them being nearly or quite five cen- 
timeters long, although some scarcely exceed four centimeters. The 
single exception is of a mass only a little more than fifteen millime- 
ters long, six millimeters broad, and three millimeters high. It shows 
no furrow, but may represent only one lateral half of an egg-mass, as 
the walls of one side are steeper than those of the other, and look like 
the sides of a median furrow. ‘This mass is so small that only by pre- 
suming one-half to be gone, and the albuminous covering to be thinner 
than usual, can it be regarded as belonging to the same species with the 
others, although evidently of a similar nature. In ease it belongs to the 
same species, it may be looked upon as probable that a female usually 
deposited all her eggs in a single bunch, but that some accident pre- 
venting it, the remnant were in this case subsequently laid in a mass of 
much smaller dimensions, one-half of which is preserved. This is the 
view I am disposed to adopt. 


HOLCORPA (6dzaty, 6pz7). 


This name is proposed for a genus of Panorpide, unquestionably allied 
to Panorpa, but differing remarkably from it in the total absence of cross- 


SCUDDER ON TERTIARY INSECTS. 541 


nervules in the wings, excepting, perhaps, at the base. The antennez are 
probably not very long (they are not completely preserved in the speci- 
men), taper very gradually in size, are composed of joints only a little 
longer than broad, not in the least degree moniliform, and furnished with 
recumbent hairs. The wings are not so elongate nor so slender as in Pan- 
orpa, very regularly rounded, both pairs similarly formed, the hinder pair 
slightly shorter than the front pair,.as in Panorpa. The costa is thick- 
ened, the subcosta extends beyond the middle of the wing, but does not 
reach the pterostigma; the radius emits a superior fork near the base of 
the wing, which strikes the pterostigma; or rather, which, by bending 
downward and then upward, forms the pterostigma in the middle of 
the apical third of the wing; the radius again forks in a similar manner 
still far before the middle of the wing, the upper branch emitting three 
parallel, equidistant, inferior branchlets, the uppermost close to the mar- 
gin next the pterostigma, the lowest striking the apex of the wing ; the 
lower radial branch forks below the middle branchlet of the upper radial 
branch. All these veins, excepting the pterostigmatic termination of the 
uppermost branch of the radial, are straight. The cubitus is also straight, 
until it forks a little before the middle of the wing; its upper branch is 
a little curved, and divides just below the forking of the lowest radial 
branch ; its lower branch forks almost immediately, emitting at once 
three veinlets, the middle one of which is nearly continuous with the 
main stem, the others curving in opposite senses on either side of it. 
Below this the veins are not so readily determinable, and their description 
is omitted for the present; the only variation in the neuration of the two 
wings consists in the middle fork of the lower branch of the cubitus, 
which, in the hind wing, is not continuous with the main stem, but 
originates a very little beyond the others from the lower fork. The legs 
are spinous throughout; the tibiz are also armed at tip with very long, 
straight, parallel spurs, and the tarsal joints with short spurs. The 
abdomen is greatly elongated, the first four joints subequal and nearly 
as broad as the slender thorax, but as a whole tapering slightly, and not 
greatly surpassed by the wings; the following joints greatly attenuated, 
the ninth, or terminal joint, composing the forceps, unfortunately lost. 

Several fossil species have been referred to Panorpa, but with one 
exception they agree very closely with living types. The exception is the 
insect figured by Brodie* from the Purbeck beds of England (Panorpa 
gracilis Gieb.), which is very small, and possibly may be more nearly 
related to Holcorpa; for while the general arrangement of the veins, 
with the notable exception of the cubital, is similar to what is found in 
Holcorpa, and very different from their disposition in Panorpa, no cross- 
veins whatever can be traced. The figure, however, is too small, coarsely 
executed, and is described by Giebelt as supplied abundantly with 
cross-veins! It certainly is not in my copy. 


*Foss. Ins. Sec. Rocks Engl., pl. 5, fig. 18. 
t Ins. der Vorw. 258. 


542 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


The name I have given should perhaps be written Holchorpa ; but I 
have disregarded the aspirate, as Linné did in constructing Panorpa. 

Holcorpa maculosa.—A single insect (No. 63), obtained by Mrs. Fisher 
from the Florissant shales of Colorado, has beautifully preserved wings 

_and fragments of the rest of the body. The antennze (which are not 
fully preserved) appear to have been more than half as long as the 
wings, the middle joints 0.17™™ long and 0.14"™ broad. The wings are 
less than three times as long as broad, and very regularly rounded; the 
costal vein (especially on the front wing) is thickened and covered with | 
‘closely clustered, minute, spinous hairs; and similar black hairs follow 
in a single row the base of the radial and cubital veins. The wingsare 
very dark, with large white or pale spots, of which three are most con- 
spicuous, occurring similarly on all the wings: one, of a subquadrate or 
subovate form, broader than long, lies scarcely beyond the middle of the 
wing, extending from the costa to the upper branch of the cubital vein; 
another, nearly as large and similar in form, is subapical, extending 
from just beyond the last fork of the upper branch of the radial vein to 
or just beyond the upper fork of the lowest branch of the same; a third, 
smaller, transversely oval spot, lies next the inner border, below and a 
little outside the first mentioned, being situated just beneath the forking 
of the upper branch of the cubital vein; there is also more or less pale 
cloudiness about the basal half of the wing, and white flecks may be 
seen at various points near the tip, especially below the subapical spot. 
The abdomen resembles somewhat that of the remarkable Panorpa 
nematogaster M’Lachl. from Java, where it is greatly elongated, and 
possesses a curious appendage to the third joint. In the fossil species, 
the first three joints, taken together, taper gradually and slightly, and 
the third may have had a peculiar appendage at its tip, as the edge is 
not entire, but appears deeply excavated in the middle, possibly due, 
however, to its imperfect preservation; the basal half of the fourth 
joint partakes of the tapering of the abdomen, but its apical half is 
swollen and its hind margin broadly rounded; the fifth and sixth joints 
are a little longer and much slenderer than the preceding, subequal and 
cylindrical; the fifth depressed on either side at the base by a pair of 
fovex; the seventh again much smaller, linear or not half the width of 
the sixth, increasing slightly in size apically; the eighth as large at 
base as the seventh at tip, enlarging slightly apically, and all the joints 
together half as long again as the wings. Most unfortunately, the 
apical joint is lost. The specimen is evidently a male. 

Length of insect (excluding claw of abdomen) 30™™, of abdomen (ex- 
cluding claw) 23™™, of front wing 18™™, breadth of same 5.5™™; length 
of hind wing 16.5™™, breadth of same 5™™; length of (fore or middle) 
tibial spurs 1™™, of one of the (hind?) tarsal joints 1.2™™. 

Indusia calculosa.—In certain. parts of Auvergne, France, rocks are 
found, which, for a thickness of sometimes two meters, are wholly made 
up of the remains of the cases of caddis-flies. These have been frequently 


SCUDDER ON TERTIARY INSECTS. 543 


mentioned by writers, and Sir Charles Lyell figures them in his Manual. 
Oustalet, in his recent treatise on the fossil insects of Auvergne, describes 
two forms,* one from Clermond, and the other from St. Gérand, which 
he distinguishes under the names Phryganea corentina and P. gerandina, 
principally from their difference in size and strength, and a distinction 
in the minute shells—species of Paludina—of which the cases are com- 
posed. One of them, however, probably the former, was previously 
named by Giebelt Jndusia tabulata, a generic name which it would 
perhaps be well to employ for the cases of extinct Phryganida, until iey 
can reasonably be referred to particular genera. 

During the past season, Dr. A. C. Peale, in his explorations under 
the Survey, discovered on the west side of Green River, Wyoming Terri- 
tory, at the mouth of Lead Creek, in deposits which he considers as 
probably belonging to the Upper Green River Group, or possibly to the 
lower part of the Bridger Group beds of limestone, the upper floor of 
which is completely covered with petrified cases of caddis-flies, all belong- 
ing to a single species, which may bear the name we have applied to it 
above. They vary from 14 to 19™™ in length, from 4 to 5™™ in diameter 
at their open anterior extremity, and from 3 to 3.2™ at their posterior 
end, the thickness of the walls being about 0.75™™. As will be seen by 
these measurements, the cases are a little larger at their mouth, but 
otherwise they are cylindrical, taper with perfect regularity, and are 
Straight, not slightly curved, as in many Phryganid cases. They are 
completely covered with minute, rounded, water-worn pebbles, apparently 
of quartz, generally subspherical or ovate, and varying from one-third to 
two-thirds of a millimeter in mean diameter; they thus give the cases 
a granulated appearance. Nearly all the cases are filled with calcareous 
material, but some are empty for a short distance from their mouth, 
and in one case the inner linings of this part of the case has a coating 
of minuter calcareous particles, evidently deposited therein after the 
ease was vacated. As the present thickness of the walls indicates (as 
also the size of the attached pebbles), the silken interior lining of the 
case must have been very stout. This follows also from the appearance 
of one or two which have been crushed; for they have yielded along longi- 
tudinal lines, indicating a parchment-like rigidity in the entire shell. In 
one of the specimens, the outer coating of heavier pebbles has in some 
way been removed by weathering, and has left a scabrous surface, ap- 
parently produced by minute, hard grains entangled.in the fibrous 
meshes of the web ; it still, however, retains its cylindrical form. 

The size of the case, its form, and the material from which it is con- 
structed seem to indicate that it belonged to some genus of Limnophi- 
lide near Anabolia. 


* Bibl. Ecole Haut. Etudes; Sc. Nat. iv, art. 7, pp. 101-102. 
t Ins. der Vorw. 269. .. 


2) 


x 


DEHPARITIMENT OF THE INTERIOR. 
UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY. 


IF. V. HAYDEN, U. 8. GEOLOGIST-IN-CHARGE. 


BULLETIN 


Ihe LON a Des PALE mS 


GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY. 


Or 


THE TERRITORIES. 


VOL WMD Ve 35 NUMBER 3. 


WASHINGTON: 
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE. 
July 29, 1878 


Ns 
a 


eee 
me 
¥, 


iD OLIN No. 3, VOL Ev: 


TABLE OF CONTENTS. 


Nos. Titles. Pages. 
ART. XXV.—Field-notes on Birds observed in Dakota and Mon- 
tana along the Forty-ninth Parallel during the 
seasons of 1873 and 1874. By Dr. Elliott Coues. 
U. S. A., late Surgeon and Naturalist U. 8. 
Northern Boundary Commission............-- 545-662 
ART. XXVI.—Notes on a Collection of Fishes from the Rio Grande, 
at Brownsville, Texas—Continued. By D. S. 


OVC Ty Nid) eee oo opel ihe es Bat 2 th aghast d 663-668 
ART. XXVII.—Preliminary Studies on the North American Pyra- 
lids Ole bygA. Ra GrOtes. 2-22 4. cae ke 669-706 


ART. XXVIIIi.—Paleontological Papers No. 6: Descriptions of New 
Species of Invertebrate Fossils from the Laramie 
Group. By ©. A. White, M.D.......-... se (077120 
ART. XXIX.—Paleontological Papers No. 7: On the Distribution 
of Molluscan Species in the Laramie Group. By 
Ci Acc W lites MDs $3) etna Mig te Meee ls 721-724 
ART. XXX.—On some Dark Shale recently discovered neler the 
Devonian Limestones, at Independence, Iowa; 
with a Notice of its Fossils and Description of 
New Species. By S. Calvin, Professor of Geology, 
State University ol lower: 228 .. 3. els. <2 725-730 
ART. XXXI—On the Mineralogy of Nevada. By W. J. Hoff- 
Mangels sete Dea: hae, eee. ea al ae 731-746 


: 
rt 


¥ i 


PRAT HOD 4 


yi 


i mame 2 


ear ef 


iB. WA 


ART. XXV.—FIELD-NOTES ON BIRDS OBSERVED IN DAKOTA 
AND MONTANA ALONG THE FORTY-NINTH PARALLEL 
DURING THE SEASONS OF 1875 AND 1874.* 


By Dr. ELLiIoT® Cours, U.S. A., 


Late Surgeon and Naturalist U. 8. Northern Boundary Commission. 


The following notes result from observations made in the field during 
my connection with the United States Northern Boundary Commission— 
Archibald Campbell, Esq., Commissioner, Major W.J. Twining, Corps of 
Engineers, U.S. A., Chief Astronomer. The line surveyed by the Com- 
mission in 1873 and 1874 extended from the Red River of the North 
to the Rocky Mountains, a distance of 850 miles, along the northern 
border of the Territories of Dakota and Montana, in latitude 49° north. 
During the season of 1873, I took the field at Pembina, on the Red 
River, early in June, and in the course of the summer passed along the 
Line nearly to the Coteau de Missouri, returning from the Souris or 
Mouse River via Fort Stevenson and the Missouri to Bismarck. This 
season’s operations were entirely on the parallel of 49°, and in the water- 
shed of the Mouse and Red Rivers, my principal collecting-grounds 
being Pembina, Turtle Mountain, and the Mouse River. This region 
of the northerly waters is sharply distinguished geographically and 
topographically, as well as zoologically, from the Missouri and Milk River 
Basin, which I entered the following year. In 1874, I began at Fort 
Buford, at the mouth of the Yellowstone, travelled northwesterly to 49°, 
which was reached at Frenchman’s River, one of the numerous tribu- 
taries of Milk River, and thence along the parallel to the Rocky Mount- 
ains at Waterton or Chief Mountain Lake and other headwaters ot 
the Saskatchewan; returning back on the Line to Three Buttes or Sweet- 
grass Hills, thence direct to Fort Benton, Montana, and thence by a boat 
voyage down the Missouri to Bismarck. Im neither season was much 
collecting done except along the parallel itself; and the operations of 
each season were in a region sharply distinguished, as I have said, by 
its faunal peculiarities. From these two broad belts of country, cor- 
responding at 49° nearly to the Territories of Dakota and Montana 
respectively, is to be set apart a third, that of the Rocky Mountains 
alone. ; 

I made an elaborate comparison of the faunal characters of these three 

[* For articles on other portions of the same writer’s collection, see this Builetin, 
this Vol., No. 1, pp. 259-292, and No. 2, pp. 481-518.—ED. ] 

Bull. iv. No. 3 1 545 


546 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


regions with reference to anticipated publication in connection with the 
official report of the United States Boundary Commission; but the 
present is hardly the place to present these considerations in detail. 
I may, however, state that my results agree closely with those derived 
from the geological investigations made by Mr. George M. Dawson, my 
colleague of the British contingent of the Survey, whose valuable Report 
should be consulted in this connection, and that they are in striking 
accord with what would be the geographer’s or the topographer’s con- 
sideration. 

1. Red River region, or watershed of the Red and Mouse Rivers. At 
49° this extends westward along the northern border of Dakota, nearly 
to Montana,—to the point where the Coteau crosses the Line. The bird- 
fauna of this region is decidedly Eastern in character,—much more so 
than that of the portion of the Missouri Basin which lies south of it and no 
further west. Itis well distinguished, both by this Eastern facies and by 
the absence of the species which mark the Missouriregion. The region 
consists of more or less (nearly in direct ratio as we pass westward) fer- 
tile prairie, treeless except along the streams, cut by the two principal 
river-valleys, the Red and the Mouse, crossed by the low range of the 
Pembina Mountains, and marked by the isolated butte known as Turtle 
Mountain. It is bounded to the west and south by the Coteau,—a com- 
paratively very slight ridge, which nevertheless absolutely separates 
the two great watersheds. The Red River flows nearly due north; the 
Mouse River makes a great horseshoe bend, at first directed toward the 
Missouri, which it almost reaches before it is “bluffed off”, literally, and 
sent northward.* The bird-fauha of Pembina and the whole immediate 
Red River Valley is thoroughly Eastern. The only Western trace I ob- 
served was Spizella pallida and some Icteride, especially Scolecophagus 
cyanocephalus ; though Sturnella neglecta and Xanthocephalus icterocepha- 
lus are both common prairie birds much further east, as Pedicecetes co- 
lumbianus alsois. Characteristic mammals are Spermophilus 13-lineatus, 
S. franklini, Tamias quadrivittatus, Thomomys talpoides, and the rare 
Onychomys leucogaster. Out on the prairie, beyond the Pembina Mount- 
ains, this region is distinguished by the profusion of several very nota- 
ble birds,—Anthus spraguii, Plectrophanes ornatus, Passerculus bairdi, and 
Eremophila leucolema, all breeding, none of them observed at Pembina. 
Here also was found Coturniculus lecontii. This treeless area is fur- 
ther marked by the absence of sundry birds common enough in the 
heavily-timbered Red River Valley, as Hmpidonaces, Vireones, Antrosto- 


* Fort Pembina is situated on the Red River, latitude 49° nearly ; longitude 97° 13, 
42" west; altitude 790 feet above sea-level. The Pembina Mountains, well wooded, 
with a maximum elevation of about 1,700 feet, lie 35 miles west of the Red River, 
forming an escarpment which separates the low immediate valley of the Red River 
from the next higher prairie steppe, which reaches to the Coteau. Turtle Mountain is 
an isolated, heavily-wooded butte, 125 miles west of Pembina, with an elevation of 
about 2,000 feet above sea-level, lying directly on the parallel of 49°. Our camp, at 
its west base, was in longitude 100° 30! 41.1”, distant 149.25 miles from Pembina along 
the parallel. 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 547 


mus vociferus, Turdus pallasi, Geothlypis philadelphia, Goniaphea ludovt- 
ciana, Setophaga ruticilla, and many others. Spermophilus richardsont 
begins in this region, and S. franklini and doubtless Onychomys end 
here. There are Badgers in plenty and a few Antelopes; there were no 
Buffalo in 1873, though the country was still scored with their trails, 
and skeletons were plenty from the Mouse River westward. This region 
is still more strongly marked by the absence of the Missouri specialties. 

2. The Missouri region, or the great watershed of the Missouri and 
Milk Rivers. As soon as we cross the Coteau, the whole aspect of the 
country changes, and there is a marked difference in the fauna. We 
enter a much more sterile and broken region, absolutely treeless except- 
ing along the larger water-courses, full of ‘‘ bad lands”, with much sage- 
brush,—such country stretching, with scarcely any modification, to the 
base of the Rockies. In this latitude, the Milk River is the main artery, 
with many north-south affluents crossing 49°. The characteristic mam- 
mals are the Buffalo (first seen in 1874 in the vicinity of Frenchman’s 
River), Antelope, Prairie and Sage Hares (ZL. campestris and sylvaticus 
var. nutialli), the Prairie “ Gophers” (Spermophilus richardsoni, in extra- 
ordinary abundance), and Prairie ‘* Dogs” (Cynomys ludovicianus), some 
of these being perfectly distinctive of the Missouri as compared with 
the Red River region. Putorius longicauda is the Ermine of this region. 
Kit Foxes (Vulpes velox) are common, but so they are along the Mouse 
River. The characteristic birds are Calamospiza bicolor, Tyrannus ver- 
ticalis, Plectrophanes maccowni, Pica hudsonica, Speotyto hypogea, Centro- 
cercus urophasianus (diagnostic of the region, like the mammal Cynomys 
ludovicianus, or the reptiles Phrynosoma douglassi and Crotalus conjluen- 
tus), and Hudromias montanus. Few, if any, distinctively Eastern birds 
extend across or even into this region. Plectrophanes ornatus goes to 
the mountains, but in diminished numbers; one specimen of Neocorys 
was taken near the mountains, but neither Passerculus bairdi nor Cotur- 
niculus lecontii was observed ; Hremophila continues in full force. 

The Sweetgrass Hills, or Three Buttes, are the most considerable out- 
liers of the Rocky Mountains, along the parallel of 49°, quite isolated 
on the prairie.. I noticed no avian specialties here, but Mountain Sheep 
were comparatively abundant (as they were also along the bluffs of the 
Missouri River, above the mouth of the Yellowstone), and the Yellow- 
haired Porcupine, Hrethizon epixanthus, was numerous, 

3. Rocky Mountain region—Rising gradually and, of course, imper- 
ceptibly, the Missouri region maintains its features to the very foot 
of the mountains, the headwaters of the Milk River being prairie 
streams, sluggish, warm, and muddy, with much alkaline detritus. The 
divide between this watershed and that of the Saskatchewan is too 
slight to be recognized as such by an inexperienced eye; on passing it, 
we strike the clear, cold, turbulent streams from the mountains, abound- 
ing in Salmonide@, and soon enter the woods. This region is strongly 
marked, not only by “ Western ” species, in the geographer’s sense, but 


548 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


by Alpine forms, strangers to lower altitudes at the same latitude, by 
exclusively arboreal forms, and by abrupt disappearance of the prairie 
types mentioned in the preceding paragraph. The marks of the region, 
as compared with the prairie, are unmistakable. We here find Lagomys 
princeps (down to 4,500 feet), Tamias lateralis, Sciurus hudsonius var., 
Neotoma cinerea, Arctomys flaviventris, among mammals; large game 
was scarce,—a few deer (C. virginianus), a bear or two, and an alleged 
_ Aploceros montanus. There were no live Buffalo, but plenty of skulls 
and skeletons far into the mountains. Among notable birds may be 
mentioned Cinclus mexicanus, Dendreca auduboni, Geothlypis macgilliv- 
rayi, Ampelis garrulus, doubtless breeding !, Perisoreus canadensis, Hmpit- 
donax hammondi, E. obscurus, Selasphorus rufus, Picus harrisi, Asyndes- 
mus torquatus, the two Alpine Grouse, Tetrao franklini and T. richardsont 
(together with Pediecetes, which pervades all three regions), Bucephala 
islandica (breeding), and Histrionieus torquatus (breeding). 

Some of the more conspicuous birds of the three regions, or of any 
one of them, may be tabulated in the following form. The implication 
in each case is simply my own observations, not the known general 
range of the species. All the species in this table, doubtless even Ampe- 
lis garrulus, were on their breeding-grounds, excepting a very few 
migrants seen early in June at Pembina. 


Eile als Eo) Bali 

Bt PE Z| cane 

A suai e | 2oiete 

Bl ahae E |e |3o 

iS) a) S = Ba 

S| ate | me | a |e 
Turdus migratorius ....-...-. x x x Cyanurus cristatus----.-----. GM reseerl cis sc 
Turdus fuscescens.-----.----- SCT Sire anal eee mare Perisoreus canadensis .....--.|.----.].----- SX 
@imelosimexrcanus yee eee eel ease bese x Tyrannus carolinensis.-....-. x x< x 
Sialiaanchicaee asec een secon ae teal eee x Tyrannus verticalis...-...--.}-2---: x x 
Eremophila leucolama ..-----| xX x Wecesee Savornis sayus..---<- 22 --2---)eo- oe x x 
Neocorys spraguii....--.--.-- o< Soe llaseicrat Contopus virens.-...-.------- en RAG lee ciel 
Mniotilta varia ......--...---- Siilesencolseccas Empidonax trailli -...-....... Xcel eee 
Helminthophaga celata...-.-- x x x Empidenax minimus -...--..- SOO nn ccer lneeenee 
Dendreca auduboni -.-.-...-.|...---|------ x Empidonax hammondi ....-..|.----.]------ x 
Dendreca pennsylvanica-.---. SSuhiieeadeallessaee Empidonax obscurus......--.]..-...].----- x 
Dendreeca striata...-....--..- Oo eoepee| neance Antrostomus vociferus....--.| > j.----.|--.--- 
Dendreca maculosa,...-.---. GES BEBE IGS ee So Trochilus colubris...-...---.- Ol seers eemteters 
Geothlypis philadelphia ...... Si wileaeralizany ss Selasphorus nutus ees. sce cele eeee | eaeeee x 
Geothlypis macgillivrayi...-.]......|------ x Coccyguserythrophthalmus..-} xX |..-.--|.----- 
Setophaga ruticilla .........-- SG ieee ea Picuswvillosus sees secre eee 3 ul see A ee 
eAIMpPelis\carrMluseeesiisceie~ ses ems cee lee x IPiGussbarrisl »--eeeee seen eee loses sabato x 
Vireo philadelphicus .......-. Saal ae orale e Melanerpes erythrocephalus -| xX >it es 
Plectrophanes ornatus ..-..-- > Sel ecisioe Asyndesmus torquatus. ...-..|.--.-.|.--.-- x 
Plectrophanes maccowni-. .--.|...... ae ee Cclaptes auratus -.-.....-.--- XUS |p eeee | sees 
Centronyx bairdi.-.-.-..-.-.- x | ees eye Colaptes ‘‘hybridus”’.........]-----. x 
Coturniculus lecontii-.-.-...-. 34. s|lasasseleeesds Speotyto hypogewa..-.....----].---.- <7 Wipes 
Junco hyemalis ....-..--.---- ey Sheree eeseee Palco polyagrus ....-.---<----|=----- x 3 
Zonotrichia querula......---. SC Ua ene alle Lhe Buteo swainsoni......-----.-- xe x x 
Melospiza melodia -..... re \ilinesteulaeace Retraowranmklinis esse soe eas eee we 
Calamospiza bicolor .:-..---.-]--...- Sa | ae Tetrao richardsoni .--..:-----|------]---: =. x 
Pipilo erythrophthalmus. .-.. SN rca eal eats Centrocercus urophasiannus. --|.-.-.. X. |sees-- 
Pipilovarcticuisys cesses een eanee < x Pediecetes columbianus ..--.- x 6 x 
Icterus spurius....-...-...--- x |------|.----.|| Hadromias montanus...-...../-..... x a 
Icterus baltimorii ........-... Cla eee Ieee Recurvirostra americana ..--..|.----- x g 
Scolecophagus ferrugineus ..-| X |------|------ Steganopus wilsoni......-.--.| X x § 
Scolecophagus cyanocephalus| X x x< uligula vallisneria .......... SO lene eee 
Quiscalus purpureus ......... x x x Bucephala islandica.....-....|.-.---|------ x 
Pica hudsonica.......-..-.---]---.-- x X || Histrionicus torquatus.....-.]...---]..---- x 


The list herewith is restricted to the birds actually observed and 


generally shot. 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 549 


There remains the agreeable duty of witnessing the ready and unvary- 
ing courtesy extended to the Naturalist of the Commission by Mr. Camp- 
bell and Major Twining, who sought to aid by all means in their power 
the scientific interests he had in charge; and by Captain W. I’. Gregory, 
Corps of Engineers, U.S. A., to whose party he was attached during 
the season of 1874. 


TURDUS (PLANESTICUS) MIGRATORIUS, Linn. 
THE ROBIN. 


Found in abundance at Pembina, where it was breeding in the wooded 
river-bottom. In this latitude, the eggs are generally laid during the 
middle and latter parts of June, and I scarcely think that more than one 
brood is reared annually. Further westward the species seems to occur 
chiefly during the migrations, as most of the country is unsuited to its 
wants. In September, large numbers were observed in the fringes of 
trees along the Mouse River. During the second season, the birds were 
again found on the Upper Missouri River and in the Rocky Mountains. 
On the whole, the species is much less numerous, excepting in the 
tmmediate valley of the Red River, than it is in settled and wooded 
portions of the United States, and probably none pass the winter in 
this latitude. 


List of specimens. 


4 | 3 4 
; 7 Sp a eo |Nature of specimen, 
Locality. Date. Collector. a | 2 s and  reimakkel 
| Slee ee ee 
ere Dakotas se June Le 1873 Elliott Coues. BeeeoelEmemies, eens ae 
Sane re ieee riae tae OOM ree | ne Ol Ol aeace a5 [hese ea ecme mia aarclererai 0. 
BY leeee ae Benen tiajepiciense June 14, 1873 a ascapeco|[cosese|lecoosellas ..-.| Egg. 
Bees|iecuc Gs 55e50nccondes 4 dWIOS 22) TSS es aA. 8 bed tse Se ee Ee eae -do. 
oor ee (it) Asean oBeeesse | Umi OS} NEG! AiG BAeceobsl becodellsouadallasaeoe “Three eggs. 
Peele cat G0 csecosecensess|| dub ee M8) oe6G) S656socs|lseqdcallessmeollaccooal| NIGEL Wallin o) Gegeee 
sAsejecce Gl) Seenbenoneeee se Coes enU Wie eco seer Oye ene seo becaco||sasKe scones | PN Kests is younean ae: 
coho 
Sle MousevRiver Dak --l\Septslont8caile sa. Oma tee eeeae alee erell eee kin. 
L | . 


TURDUS (HYLOCICHLA) PALLASI, Cab. 
HERMIT THRUSH. 


The Hermit Thrush was not observed during the Survey until toward 
the close of the second season, when specimens were taken in the Rocky 
Mountains near Chief Mountain Lake, under circumstances which left 
no doubt of its breeding in the vicinity. As it is, however, a common 
species of wide distribution in North America, it is doubtless to be 
found, like the Robin, wherever timber grows, along the line of the 
Northern Boundary. 


550 © BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


List of specimens. 


S a 3 
7 ; $b a eo |Nature of specimen, 
a | Loeality. Date. Collector. 5 s i and remarks. 
5 ep) 4 & E : | 
4531 |....| Rocky Mountains, | Aug. 20, 1874} Elliott Coues.|....-.].....-|.--.-- Skin | 
latitude 49°. 
ARTS Weeeelloore dora wena aeeeceS ANE Pb) TBH bo Cle) a 3-psobd| ecaceallbaoponllosocaslincts do. | 


TURDUS (HYLOCICHLA) SWAINSONI, Cab. 
OLIVE-BACKED THRUSH. 


The remarks made under head of the last species, with regard to 
geographical distribution, are equally applicable to the present one. It 
was only observed, however, in September, during the general autumnal 
migration, in the slight fringe of trees along the stream where I was 
collecting at the time. In a country so nearly treeless as is the tract 
lying between the Red River and the Rocky Mountains, the slightest 
pieces of woodland are eagerly sought by all the migrants as stopping- 
places for food and rest. Though at other seasons tenanted by few 
species, they become populous in the fall by the presence of great 
numbers of small insectivorous and granivorous species, among which 
the Turdide, Sylvicolide, and Fringillide are conspicuous. 


List of specimens. 


esi ‘ : 
Loeality. Date. Collector. th a gees of pee 
a : 


TURDUS (HYLOCICHLA) FUSCESCENS, Steph. 
VEERY, or WILSON’S THRUSH. 


Unlike either of the preceding species, the Veery does not appear to 
extend westward beyond the Valley of the Red River,—at any rate, it 
was only observed in the vicinity of Pembina. Here it was found 
breeding in abundance during the month of June, when its exquisite 
song enlivened the tangled recesses of the wooded river-bottom, in 
which the timid birds secreted themselves, and formed one of the most 
characteristic pieces of bird-melody to be heard in that ill-favored 
locality. A nest was found on the 9th of June, containing four fresh 
eggs, uniform, bluish-green in color, and measuring about 0.86 in length 
by 0.66 in diameter. It was placed upon asmall heap of decayed leaves. 
which had been caught on the foot-stalks of a bush a few inches from 
the ground, and composed of weed-stems, grasses, and fibrous bark- 
strips, woven together, and mixed with withered leaves. The walls were 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 551 


thick, giving a bulky, irregular, and rather slovenly appearance, and 
causing the cavity to appear comparatively small,—it was only about 
24 inches in diameter by less than 2 inches in Beme though the whole 
nest was as large as a child’s head. 


List of specimens. 


— 


2 a + | 
{ ~ = . lay = fe 
1 , . | Sesh ps nea lal ba Ty A ts | Nature of specimen, 
= ¥ Locality. | Date. Collector. z = = Ariduneiiaaks) 
SS) wD | 4 <2} = 

| at 1 | = | 

2927 | 9 | Pembina, Dak .....- June 9,1873| Elliott Coues |......|.----.|...... | Skin, with nest and! 
| 4 eggs. 

TIGR os ee “hae 2) Ds MSIE Se car ali a an | lees | Skin. 
ASSIS, | ee, 5| RKO ate le een a ne June 14, 1873 |.-..do -....... Te) MAP PB IEG oe |..-.do. 


MIMUS CAROLINENSIS, (Linn.) Gray. 


CATBIRD. 


The Catbird was ascertained to be one of the common species of the 
Red River region, where it was breeding in June, in situations similar 
to those it selects in the East. I traced it westward to Turtle Mountain, 
but did not observe it again in the Rocky Mountains, where its presence 
was to have been expected. It is also a rather common species on the 
Upper Missouri and the northern affluents of this and of the Milk River. 
The Missouri appears to be the highway by which the species gains the 
Rocky Mountains, as observed by Dr. Hayden. The naturalists of the 
Northwest Boundary Commission collected specimens in Washington 
Territory, and Sir John Richardson has left a record of its occurrence 
in the Saskatchewan region as far north as latitude 54° north. As at 
Pembina, the bird was breeding in June in the shrubbery along tbe 
Upper Missouri and its tributaries. 


List of specimens. 


. } | 
S 4 
Ai 2s =| eo IN i 
{ : é a0 ‘Nature of specimen, 
= . Loeality. Date. Collector. g 2g a nad asic 
Co) o tal K 
Olin AR | a] = 
2958 |....| Pembina, Dak ...... June 13, 1873 | Elliott Coues.|......|..---.|------ Nest with 4 eggs, 
SOGRI Gee -(SEel-Go: je S32. 3255. DuMe LMS (See eUO eee... 22 | stone ees oadl eee ee | Nest with 2 eggs. 
eS LAr Ports LO Ya peeinls Gx emg DUNG 221818 vO Orre esa eseer sees Three eggs. 
Sida ha Nest GOs... sect ne | UDO Se LOTSA. COLA Sas 5h 24 FF. ed al eee Two eggs. 
et eoidis pe [Pema AO aa etn oars once ane eK EE) oe cla) Se aeco eller ccien||sece solSeec= 5 Nest with 5 eggs. 
3352 |....| Turtle Mountai 0,7) Saly? 23, 180s | 52s dors 255) SS sles | Skin. 
Dak. 
4024). 22)" Big’ Muddy River, |. June 22,1874 |.--.do 2.:..2.-}22222.).-020..|-2---- | Skin: nest with 3 
Mont. eggs. 
AOD OM ees OO er fae win Eetaiwieine 2 eaeister dome bac OOnseccece=|scsncc|eceseclaesnts [este 


HARPORHYNCHUS RUEUS, (Linn.) Cub. 


THRASHER, or BROWN THRUSH. 


Observed at; Pembina, which appears to be near the northern limit of . 
the distribution of this species. In other latitudes, however, it extends 


552 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


further westward, having been found by earlier expeditions in various 
portions of Dakota, Nebraska, Wyoming, and Colorado. It is one of 
the species of Turdide which does not appear to leave the United States 
in winter, as we have no West Indian or Central American quotations. 
It breeds in suitable localities anywhere within general range. <A nest 
containing four eggs was found at Pembina late in June. 

During the second season, the species was observed on the Missouri 
above Fort Buford. 

List of specimens. 


a ; : 4 a to |Nature of specimen | 
= eS Locality. Daté. Collector. ey gx FI and en anlcoeea 
© o iz 
‘S) ea | x E 
| pute ee 
| 3084 |....| Pembina, Dak ...-.. June 21, 1873 | Elliott Coues.|......|......)...... Nest with 4 eggs. 
[Boers Near wHorhbutord,s)aalyy—, 1874) s2c- dose eeeer a |aeeeenlaeeeeellaaeeee (Not preserved.) 
; Dak. | 
' 


CINCLUS MEXICANUS, Sw. 
AMERICAN DIPPER, or WATER OUZEL. 


During the tedious march through the monotonous country of the 
Milk River, when little was to be looked for that had not already been 
found, I daily indulged pleasant anticipations of change for the better, 
in the new and more varied features of the avifauna which I should 
meet on entering the mountains. I was particularly desirous of finding 
the Dipper,—a bird that in former years had given me the slip when I 
was crossing the mountains of New Mexico and Arizona. Nor was I 
disappointed ; the most favorable conditions of the bird’s existence are 
met in the many crystal cascades, fed by the snow-capped peaks that 
form Chief Mountain Lake,-—a beautitul sheet of water environed by pre- 
cipitous mountains, debouching with a tortuous course into one of the 
many clear streams that unite to form the Saskatchewan. Nor was this 
romantic spot the home of the Dipper alone, among the more interesting 
forms of animal life. The Bohemian Waxwing was breeding here, many 
degrees of latitude further south than had been known before. So was 
the Harlequin Duck, like the Waxwing then for the first time ascer- 
tained to rear its young within the limits of the United States. Bar- 
row’s Golden Eye and other species, to me, at least, extremely interest- 
ing, were here first encountered, as more fully noted in other portions 
of this narrative. 

At the time of my visit, it was too late to look for the nest or eggs of 
the Dipper, as the young were already on wing; that they were bred in 
the immediate vicinity, at an altitude of only about 4,000 feet, was evi- 
dent from the immature condition of the specimens examined. 

My observations upon the habits of the species were too limited to 
enable me to add anything to the account, compiled from various sources, 
which was published in the “ Birds of the Northwest”. : 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA, 553 


List of specimens, 


g | ying! eee lied ineitae ales 
‘ pre a am on ature of specimen 
a a Locality. ; Date. | Collector. | & s a sil TEES, 
>) 2 [ee 
12) Nn Se aad = <a a 
eee eas ME 
4545 |....| Rocky Mountains, | Aug. 21,1874} Elliott Coues.|.....- -| Skin. 


latitude 49°. 


SIALIA ARCTICA, Sw. 
Rocky MountTAIN BLUEBIRD. 


The Northern Boundary appears to be slightly beyond the limit of 
distribution of the Eastern Bluebird, since the species was not ob- 
served at Pembina, where the avifauna is almost entirely Kastern in its 
composition. The Western Bluebird, S. mexicana, is still further re- 
moved from the region now under consideration. The third and only 
other species of this country has a more northerly distribution than 
either of the others, reaching to about latitude 64° or 65° north; it is 
found from the eastern foothills of the Rocky Mountains to the Pacific, 
and in some localities is very abundant. A few individuals were ob- 
served by the Commission in the Rocky Mountains, at Chief Mountain 
Lake, but no specimens were preserved. Its habits are much the same 
as those of its well-known Eastern congener. 


REGULUS CALENDULA, Licht. 
RUBY-CROWNED KINGLET. 


This species, of general distribution throughout the wooded portions 
of North America, was observed on Mouse River, in September, during 
the autumnal migration, frequenting the dense undergrowth of the 
river-bottom in company with Helminthophaga celata and Dendreca 
coronata. In its spring and autumn movements, it undoubtedly passes 
the several wooded points of the line, and may yet be found breeding 
in the mountains in this latitude. 

Its nest and eggs long remained among the special desiderata of 
American ornithologists. So far as known, no authentic specimens 
reached our hands until two or three years ago, when Mr. J. H. Batty, 
then attached to Dr. Hayden’s Survey, discovered a nest in Colorado, 
July 21, 1873. It was placed on a spruce bough, about 15 feet from 
the ground, and contained five young and one egg. The structure, 
which I have examined at the Smithsonian, is larger than such a tiny 
architect would be expected to produce, and consists of a loosely blended 
mass of hair and feathers, mixed with moss and short pieces of straw. 
Other observers, notably Mr, T. M. Trippe, had previously indicated the 
undoubted breeding of the species in the higher wooded portions of 
Colorado, which is confirmed by the discovery of this nest. 


554 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


It is a very curious fact, in the history of this genus, that a variety of 
Regulus calendula, or a very closely allied species, should be among the 
few resident birds which constitute the isolated fauna of the island of 
Guadeloupe, 200 miles south of San Diego, Cal. 


PARUS ATRICAPILLUS SEPTENTRIONALIS, Harris. 
LONG-TAILED CHICKADEE. 


An abundant resident of the region of the Upper Missouri, in al! 
suitable situations ; but neither this nor any other species of the genus 
was noticed in the Red River Valley. It is the characteristic form of 
the whole Rocky Mountain region from the Fur Countries into Mexico, 
where it is the only representative of the genus, excepting P. montanus. 

Detailed measurements of a series of specimens of this disputed form, 
for comparison with those of P. atricapillus, will be found in my work 
already quoted. These were carefully made in the flesh, at Fort Ran- 
dall, during the winter of 1872-73. The average length was found to. 
be 5.50 inches; the wing, 2.40 to 2.75; and the tail, 2.60 to 2.80. 

A specimen procured at Chief Mountain Lake is preserved among 
the collections of the Commission. 


List of specimens. 


| f | = E oh Ne t f i 

: ; EL ature of specimen, 
= G Locality. Date. | Collector. g 5 a and renianike: 

oa 

| Oo |n | 4 5 = 

—_—_<—<—_ = ee = + | SS 

4634 -| Rocky Mountains, | Aug. 28,1874) Elliott Coues.|. --.|-----.].----. Skin. 

lat. 49°. 


TROGLODYTES AEDON, Vieill. 
HousE WREN. 


‘ Observed as far west as the confines of the Missouri Coteau. The 
westernmost specimens, as well as those from the immediate valley of 
the Red River, appear to be typical aédon. The Hastern form has also 
occasionally been met with in the Missouri region itself; though there, 
the prevailing type is the var. parkmanni. 

- On the Red River, in June, the species was breeding very abundantly 
in the neighborhood of the fort and town of Pembina. 


List of specimens. 


rol » 
3 yy 5 eo | Nature of specimen 
on <3) , 
Locality. Date. Collector. a < 4g Beal heyneyeles. 
S)edpehyil ae 
.| Pembina, Dak ...... June 2,1873| Elliott Coues.} 4.90 | 6.70 |..--.. Skin. 
Spe leche UO so. des eee eee MOL ee PLO tan a= SAO Sac sent Meena emer |e meee -do. 
mcyrh | yd. Ops. echo sec Perealee ches e,  ptalcleetalo Se Ply 5 NSE a oul fb A lice mere ‘Nine eggs (2 sets). 
Sate sae Oe eo eee oe ce s  OUNO24, M818 |b 2.00 o-2 ele eee tere mer |neeete | ONOSt Wath Om Ns 
Bitlaaiad|/se =e CO fyas Peep esisyet nae June 26, SVS aout Ca seer aaa less Sicle Bece, sfoaace Five eggs. 
.-| Mouse River, Dak ..| Sept. 3, PSSM ced Oncae cmeiel|| wea stil eee teta teerete Skin. 
: Long Cobean River, | Sept: 11, 1873)|....do 2...--.. S200" AG.c7oql 3-2 Seeley. do. 
ak. 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 555 
CISTOTHORUS STELLARIS, (Licht.) Cab. 
SHORT-BILLED MARSH WREN. 


The present is one of a few species of general distribution in the East- 
ern Province, which appears much more abundant along its line of 
migration in the Mississippi Valley than on the Atlantic coast. In the 
Hast, the species does not appear to have been observed beyond Southern 
New England. The present specimens, secured at Pembina in June, 
and later in the season along the Mouse River, are the northernmost on 
record, probably representing about the limit of its distribution in this 
guarter. The species has been observed westward to the Loup Fork of 
the Platte. I found the birds to be rather plentiful along the Red River, 

‘in low, oozy ground overgrown with scrub willows, and also in the 
reedy sloughs of the prairie. They were undoubtedly breeding here, 
though no nests were secured. 


List of specimens. 


S) . 
A | S | eo | Nature of speci 
: : 2 : : pecimen, 
z 4 Locality. Date. Collector. a < Fe] dad Benne, 
oO. |# 4. | Br & 
2910 | o | Pembina, Dak .-...- June 4,1873} Elliott Cones | 4.50 | 5.75 |....-- Skin. 
S4ala| ee, Mouse iver, Dal —2| Amie. 9) 1873)|---.dO = 25-2 -2-|)).5. 5.) see men|eeeee-|--ne do. 


TELMATODYTES PALUSTRIS, ( Wils.) Cab. 
LONG-BILLED MARSH WREN. 


This species was not observed till we reached the Rocky Mountains, 
when a few were seen on marshy ground near Chief Mountain Lake. 
It is, however, of undoubted occurrence in suitable situations along the 
Line. 


EREMOPHILA ALPESTRIS LEUCOLAMA, Coues. 
WESTERN HORNED LARK. 


One of the most interesting points in the history of the Horned Lark 
is its peculiar distribution during the breeding-season. Its breeding- 
range is in no way related to zones of latitude, nor yet is it determined 
by altitude, but by the topographical features of the country. It rarely, 
if ever, stops to breed along the Atlantic coast so far south as New 
England, where the surface of the country is not adapted to its peculiar 
wants. It is stated to occasionally nest in portions of Canada West; 
but it is not until we reach the valley of the uppermost Mississippi, in 
a broad sense, that we find the bird regularly breeding within the United 
States. I am informed by Mr. W.K. Lente, who accompanied the expe- 
dition during the season of 1873, that it nests in Wisconsin, near Racine, 
laying about the middle of April, even before the snow is off the ground. 


556 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


From the Red River and corresponding longitude, west to the Rocky 
Mountains, it breeds in profusion, and during the greater part of the 
year it is, without exception, the most abundant, universally diffused, 
and characteristic species of the prairie avifauna. Numerous specimens 
were taken, not only along the parallel of 49°, but also on the Missouri 
and Milk Rivers, and the species accompanied our line of march into 

the mountains. The individuals bred in this dry and sterile region are 
usually lighter-colored than those of better-watered areas, and are those 
which I have designated by the term leucolama, in indication of a slight 
geographical differentiation. 

The Horned Lark is one of the few species which, in this latitude, usu- 
ally rear at least two broods each season,—a fact which in part accounts 
for the preponderance of individuals over those of the species with which 
they are associated. I have already adverted to the extremely early 
nesting-time which has been ascertained, and have only to add that the 
period of reproduction is protracted through July. I have observed 
young birds on the wing in June, and found fresh eggs in the nest, dur- 
ing the latter half of July. In fact, all through the summer months 
the troops of Larks everywhere to be seen consist of old birds mixed 
with the young in all stages of growth. The great flocks, however, are | 
not usually made up until the end of the summer, when all the young 
are full-grown, and the parents, having concluded the business of rear- 
ing their young, have changed their plumage. The young of the first 
brood soon lose the peculiar speckled plumage with which they are at 
first covered; the later ones change about the time the feathers of the 
old birds are being renewed. The agreeable warbling song is scarcely 
to be heard after June. \ 

While it is not probable that any of these birds endure the full rigors. 
of winter in the exposed country of this latitude, I am unable to say 
when they retreat. They continue abundant until October, and prob- 
ably only retreat before the severe storms of the following month, to 
return again in March, if not in February. It is brave and hardy, one 
of the few birds that weather the terrible storms that usually prevail in 
April in the Missouri region. 

The nest of the Horned Lark may be stumbled upon anywhere on the 
open prairie. It is a slight affair,—merely a shallow depression in the 
ground, lined with a few dried grass-stems. The eggs are four or five in 
nnmber, measuring nearly an inch in length by about three-fifths in 
breadth; they are very variable in contour. The color is well adapted 
to concealment in the gray-brown nest, being nearly the color of the with- 
ered materials upon which they rest, thickly and uniformly dotted with 
light brown. The eggs and young birds, like those of other small spe- 
cies nesting on the ground in this region, often become the prey of the 
foxes, badgers, and weasels, if not also of the gophers. 

The Horned Lark is a sociable bird, not only highly gregarious with 
its own kind, but one that mixes indiscriminately with several other spe: 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 5dDT 


cies, as Sprague’s Lark, the Savanna Sparrow, Baird’s, Maccown’s, and 
the Chestnut-collared Buntings, all of which are abundant birds of the 


same region. 
List of specimens. 


A ‘ be = ee lNTtERee : 
ae Locality. Date. Collector. = 2 a N flare pirshecimen, 
o 
So |a| ey Tee} ee 
3747 |....| Mouse River, Dak. -.-.| Sept. 12, 1873 | euiobe Gauessoes=- silece nes anne Skin. 
3899. |--..).2-- dOjees2 oa asanese Octo 1Si34hs--do2es5..:.; 7. 60 | 13.90 | 4.50 |....do. 
S806) | o2'.|= <2 - GO Seaceeree ah eee none doveems Se ONe esate 7.40 | 13.75 | 4.50 }....do. } 
Ste 7st Sa (eee CS eee ene scl SE eeee Grace: SqSE I eoreSesse 7.30 | 13.50 | 4.30 |....do. 
4097 |....| Porcupine R., Mont .| June 29, 1874 |....do ........|.----.|......]---.-- Skin, hairy (young). 
4150 |....| Frenchman’s River, | July 7,1874)|....do ........ SSSBAAl Se oe ee cece Skin. 
Mont. 
tA ee a Gop ee ase |sese ioe o- CO eases soe eeelesemaclesanenlsoes do 
Avotm ieee os dOus sees oor es" July 8 TS 74s Sea Ones aeecier haste senae few cetera occ do 
4158 |. SUC a Rac Sre see eqnedlonemSe Wl) sec BAGS ecincconlsensae| Hees SSROrel Gace do. 
2 Mas) ee =) AB sE Re Seeaeeon Peesee as ae SS LD ee cee ante! eae ete aeee do. 
4245 | 2 ‘Two Forks Milk Tern AYA tueh ILE IES AAC es Sos en Gon canl Sesser acne SEKin (parent of 
Mont. eggs, same No.). 
4246 |... eC NIE GSRR aah Sees ener dols:22: OS SPS ERE CE Eee Niece tert Skin. ; 
4247 |.... BO Ope eisareiatsiesmeriyo dss. doweeee. Rena he reso ae S4e Saul Peaoaal bocce Gaee do. 
4252 |._..| N’r Two Forks Milk Dalyr 2S aye es dora e oe | Pee sees | Merge ees carci sine do. 
River, Mont. 
4253 |... . BQO) 2 faces = ac) 'eoe a's dave BE)! ae eae) ass ol CoSord Goce ALES do. 
4323 |.... Sweetgrass Hills, | Aug. 6, 1874 Giyige Batty...) 6.50 | 14.75} 4.00 }... -do. 
Mont. 
4335 |....| West of Sweetgrass | Aug. 7, 1874 | Elliott Coues.|.-....|...-..}------]---- do. 
Hills, Mont. 
d Aug. 8, 1874 |.. 


-| Aug. 12, 1874 |... 
do 


eee -do 

4620 es, Rocky Mts., latitude | | Aug. 26, 1874 
49°, 

4666 |.... West 0 of Sweetgrass | Aug. 30, 1874 |.... 
AGE hiesnii|-e2% dO. scetne pace selsceses econ (0B 1 ere eee a ee eee heer do 
4668 |... ROS jam fee een aoetad Gore (OO ae ee is SS ol beta es | shane ier do. 
AEG ee eee Omar Sareea! sen hae dOreisee2 2 do See eal eeoee Racer (ee mealgeee do 
AG TAN ee se! Sea AOE oeageccullsasner GOR co eae OO ese ence | acecinc [eet eco aelisere « do 
AGBQiexPaicis. . dos Haasete:. a=: Aug. 31, 1874 Bilioti Cones! |isssseslese | semana eae do 
AGBSY| Pass Ps, Oe occ set heee Oneness Ola ce scence a | Masia litosrerere [c.crea do. 
4684 |....).-.. Gi) ase sad PBC SP eee PetOre Ae wdaet as dé ae eats sem el ksiane mere ose os do 
A Napetay | pao eas Gir ao. beeen Bae EEA aoe donee Oreste eae aoe al eteoe elise do 
AGEGah 32. Jee. GAS eros Shee meal eee dor. 22 Goss 2S see eee sl ereeelis esse: do 
AGR ites = eons Chay 2 oes Rees Sa es | Pe Goreee. BRO Nietarraedl Geeace Sse nal scSeee aac do 
AGES A Cece beh Gomestt SS. -Ss4523| hhee dopaeee (tReet ene epee Saber acre do 
AGES elo G1) asec ee Sine [ieee 5 dowmecer GO aaa san Roe noe nee eee Seer do. 
AGIO Ler ssEe GOpeeeE SCRA se has erga do . Oye Sot Oe | eres sy aaa ees | cass do 


ANTHUS LUDOVICIANUS, (Gm.) Licht. 
TITLARK, or PIPIT. 


In the general area surveyed by the Commission, the Titlark appears 
to be only a bird of passage, in spring and autumn. During the first 
season I accompanied the Survey, none were observed until September, 
when, with arrival of various other species from the north, they made 
their appearance in considerable numbers along the Mouse River. The 
following season, however, I found them in August about Chief Mount- 
ain Lake, and do not doubt that those then observed were bred in the 
immediate vicinity, as at that time the fall migration had not com- 
menced. In the Eastern Province, the Pipit agrees closely with the 
Horned Lark in its distribution during the breeding-season; in the 


558 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


West, however, the case is reversed, the altitudes at which it nestles 
being complementary to the latitude it elsewhere seeks for the same | 
purpose. It nests abundantly in the Rocky Mountains, above timber- 
line, along with the Ptarmigan, as first determined by Mr. J. A. Allen, 
and subsequently very fully set forth by Mr. T. M. Trippe, at pp. 231, 
232, of the “ Birds of the Northwest”. Its general habits as observed in 
the West furnish no occasion for special comment. 


List of specimens. 


é S 

A = = i: ‘ 

a ll Locality. Date. Collector. Zo 2 a Nature of speeumen, 
° o) 2 ial 

.S) io) 4 es 
3704 |....| Mouse River, Dak -.| Sept. 2, 1873} Elliott Coues.| 6. 60 {10.40 | 3.20 | Skin. 
4638 |..-.| Rocky Mountains, Aug. 29, TBV4 Wee dO pers sei See Sia ee ate aes do: 

eee 499, 


NEOCORYS SPRAGULL, (Aud.) Sel. 


MISssouRI SKYLARK. 


This very interesting bird, which in this country represents the cele- 
brated Skylark of Europe, was discovered by Audubon in 1843, during 
his trip to the Upper Missouri. His type-specimen, secured at Fort 
Union, June 19, is still preserved in the National Museum, having been 
among the many rare or unique specimens presented by him many years 
ago to Professor Baird. For about twenty years, no other specimens 
were forthcoming, and little, if anything more, was heard of the bird until 
an English officer, Captain Blakiston, met with it in considerable numbers 
in the Saskatchewan region, and contributed an account of its habits, as 
observed by him, to the “Ibis”, then, as now, one of the very few journals 
devoted to ornithology. One of his specimens, like Audubon’s original, 
reached the Smithsonian Institution, and remained until recently the 
only duplicate known to exist in any American collection. During my 
connection with the Boundary Commission I passed the season of 1873 
in the very centre of abundance of the species, and collected over fifty 
specimens, all of which reached Washington safely and in good con- 
dition. Many more could have been secured, but I considered this 
number sufficient, not only for my own study of the species, but for distri- 
bution among other ornithologists, and various public collections in this 
country and Europe. During the same summer, my friend J. A. Allen, 
who was similarly engaged in field-work south of me, in the Yellowstone 
region, in connection with an engineering expedition then in progress, 
also became familiar with the bird, collected many specimens, and had 
the good fortune to discover the nest and eggs. These latter, now in 
the National Museum, are the only specimens, so far as I know, which 
have come under the notice of naturalists since Audubon first discov- 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 559 


ered them. I transcribe the account which he courteously furnished me 
for publication in a different connection :— 

“The only nest we found was placed on the ground, and neatly formed 
of fine dry grass. It was thinly arched over with the same material, 
and being built in a tuft of rank grass, was most thoroughly concealed. 
The bird would seem to be a close setter, as in this case the female 
remained on the nest till I actually stepped over it, she brushing against 
my feet as she went off. The eggs were five in number, rather long and 
- pointed, measuring about 0.90 by 0.60 inches; of a grayish-white color, 
thickly and minutely flecked with darker, giving them a decidedly pur- 
plish tint.” . | 

It is a natural step from the nest and egg to the young. On the 2d 
of August, 1873, while encamped at Turtle Mountain, I discovered a 
brood of four newly fledged young birds, and captured the whole family, 
the mother bird being also secured. The little ones were still unabie to 
fly, and would doubtless have escaped observation had it not been for 
the anxiety of the parents, whose disturbed actions and querulous com- 
plaints led to their detection. The nest was doubtless within a few 
yards of my tent, but after careful and repeated search I had to give it 
up. The young birds, upon gaining their first full plumage, differ mate- 
rially from the adults. The upper parts have a richer cast, owing to 
the buffy edgings of the feathers ; those of the back and scapulars have 
also narrow, sharp, white tips, forming a set of semicircular markings. 
The vreater coverts and longest inner wing-feathers are likewise broadly 
white-tipped. The buffy-brown patch formed by the ear-coverts is also 
more conspicuous than it is in the adults. The under parts, excepting 
the throat and middle of the belly, are strongly tinged with buff, while 
the streaks on the breast and sides are large, numerous, and diffuse. 

A more exact description of the adults than is usually found in trea- 
tises may be here reproduced. The sexes are alike, though the male 
averages a little larger than the female. In addition to the dimension 
given in the table which succeeds this article may be given those of 
other parts. The tail is about 24 inches; bill } an inch along the cul. 
~ men, which is a little concave toward the base. The Dill as a whole is 
weak, slender, compressed, and acute. Tarsus, measured in front, 4 to 
+5; bind toe and claw 4 to 1, the variation depending chiefly upon the 
length of the hind claw, which differs a good deal in different individuals ; 
eye black ; feet pale flesh-color (neary colorless) ;, upper mandible black, 
the lower pale flesh-color; upper parts dark brown streaked with pale 
gray, the baldness of the pattern corresponding with the size of the 
feathers, since the streaking constitutes the edging of each one; under 
parts dull whitish or very pale clay-color, washed with a heavier or 
lighter shade of brown across the breast and along the sides, these same 
parts being sharply streaked with blackish; there is also a series of 
_ small black streaks on each side of the throat; quills of the wings fus- 
cous, the inner ones and the coverts edged with grayish-white, like the 


560 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


feathers of the upper parts; outermost two pairs of tail-feathers for the 
most part white, and the third feather usually also with a touch of white 
near the end; the middle pair colored like the back. During the wear 
of the feathers in summer, the bird becomes darker on the upper parts, 
the grayish-white edgings of the feathers narrower and sharper, and the 
streaks on the breast become fainter. After the fall moult, the general 
colors become purer and brighter, with stronger variegation on the 
upper parts and a ruddier brown wash on the lower. But these varia- 
tions, however obvious to the ornitholegist’s eye, do not prevent ready 
recognition of the species. The bird bears some little resemblance to 
the common Titlark, its general form being much the same; but the 
latter never shows the decidedly variegated state of plumage which 
renders the present species unmistakable. 

If I am not mistaken, the range of the Missouri Skylark extends into 
Minnesota, and I have seen a record to that effect; but I cannot at this 
moment recall the reference or lay my hand on the article. I did not 
see the bird in the immediate vicinity of the Red River, and do not think 
I should have overlooked it had any individuals been breeding about 
Pembina, where I was every day in the field for more than a month 
collecting very assiduously. Passing the low range of the Pembina 
Mountains, however, I at once entered the prairie region, where it was 
breeding in great numbers, in company with Baird’s and the Chestnut- 
collared Buntings. The first one I shot, July 14, was a bird of the year, 
already full-grown and on wing, and as I found searcely fledged young 
at least a month later, I judge that, like the Hremophila, the bird raises 
two broods a year. Travelling westward to and beyond the second 
crossing of the Mouse River, no day passed that I did not see numbers 
of the birds; and at some of our camps, notably that at the first cross- 
ing of the Mouse River, they were so numerous that the air seemed full 
ot them; young ones were caught by hand in the camp, and many might 
have been shot without stirring from my tent, as they hovered overhead 
on tremulous wings, uttering continuously their sharp querulous ery. 
They continued abundant through the greater part of September, in 
which month the renewal of the plumage is completed, and some still 
remained on the ground until October. Exactly when they migrate, 
however, and where they go to, or when they return, are equally un- 
known to me,—not the least singular point in the bird’s history is the 
success with which it has eluded observation during the winter months. 
It is not to be supposed that so delicate a bird is capable of enduring 
the rigors of winter in this inclement region; and yet, so far as I know, 
no one has found it in winter, at which season it surely ought one would 
suppose, to be generally distributed in more southerly portions of the 
West.* 

On reaching Fort Buford the following season, I naturally expected 


* A specimen was lately taken at Galveston, Tex., in March, by Mr. George B. Sen- 
nett. See this Bulletin, this Vol., No. 1, p. 10. 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 561 


to find the Skylarks equally abundant; for this was the spot where the 
original victim fell to Audubon’s—rather, I understand, to Mr. Isaac 
Sprague’s—gun. But in this I was disappointed, for in the whole region 
up to the mouth of the Milk River, I only noticed perhaps a few bun- 
dred, and, to my surprise, not a single bird of the kind did I see any- 
where along the line of march through the Milk River country, until I 
came to the headwaters of that river, two or three days’ journey from the 
Rocky Mountains, where, on the 13th of August, a single specimen was 
secured. There is nothing in the general range of the species to account 
for this, since the bird, as Mr. Allen has informed us, is common in the 
Yellowstone region; it must be attributed to some peculiarity of local 
distribution, or fortuitons default of observation. 

The general habits and manners of these birds are very much like 
those of their nearest allies, the Titlarks. During the breeding-season, 
as usual, it is dispersed in pairs over the country ; but, like many other 
prairie birds, it has its predilection for certain spots, especially in the 
vicinity of the streams, where many pairs gather in straggling companies, 
and loose troops are seen together as soon as the first broods are on wing. 
Such semi-communism is a conspicuous trait of many species not strictly 
eregarious; but in the present case, after the duties of incubation are 
entirely finished, larger flocks, acting upon the same impulses, are fre- 
quently observed. Were it not for their great abundance, there would 
be some trouble in securing large numbers, for there are few birds more 
difficult to shoot upon the wing, while their colors, assimilating with 
the rusty herbage of the prairie, effectually conceal them when on the 
ground. When startled, they rise with a rapid, wayward flight, which 
often defies the most expert marksman. ‘Their ordinary hovering flight, 
again, though not rapid, is of the peculiarly devious, desultory, and 
jerky character which renders a sure aim almost impossible, just as it is 
in the ease of a bat, for instance; the instantaneous snap shot, which is 
one of the prettiest exhibitions of a sportsman’s acquired instincts, is 
alone likely to be successful. After thus hovering on wing for a time, 
during which the lisping, plaintive note is continually uttered, the birds 
are wont to pitch suddenly down to the ground again, often upon the 
very spot whence they arose, and are then immediately lost to view, 
even among the scantiest herbage of the prairie. On the ground, as on 
the wing, their actions are precisely like those of Titlarks: they never 
hop with both feet, like most kinds of Sparrows, but run with one foot 
after the other, tripping along with mincing steps, and continually vibrat- 
ing the tail, which seems as if jointed with an elastic hinge. They 
have a fancy for frequenting the wagon-roads which cross the boundless 
expanse of prairie, perhaps finding the worn ruts smoother and easier 
to walk upon, perhaps attracted by insects which the disturbance of the 
surface exposes, or by the droppings of the draught animals which have 
passed along. 

But the most interesting portion of the natural history of these birds 

Bull. iv. No.3 2 


562 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


is their charming song, and the wonderful soaring action during its 
delivery. The music is heard only during a brief period—in the love 
season, when the birds are mating and nesting; at other times they 
have only the sibilant chirp already noted. The bird soars on high till 
it is but a speck in the blue ether, even until it is lost to view, and then 
the matchless song descends as if from another world, while its inde- 
scribable effect is heightened by the monotonous and often dreary sur- 
roundings of the scene. The song continues with scarcely an inter- 
mission for several minutes, before the little performer, setting his wings, 
glides quietly back to his humble home in the grass; and when, as often 
happens, several are singing within hearing of each other, the whole air 
seems filled with melody, and vibrating in accord with the harmonious 
strains. Such concerts as these, to which I have listened for nearly a 
month together, are among the most delicious pieces of bird-melody to 
be heard anywhere, and their memory is to me one of the choicest of 
the many pleasurable experiences that have been mine in the years I 
have devoted to my favorite pursuits. 


List of specimens. 


Z, es s te |Nat f i | 
4 ice u 50 a | Nature of specimen, 
= 2 Locality. Date. Collector. A s 5 ail WER RS, 
o 
So |Z Spee 
3260 | .. | 20mileswestof Pem- | July 14,1873 | Elliott Coues-| 6.50 |11.25 | 3.30 | Skin. 
bina Mts., Dak. | 
3302 | .. | 75 miles west of Pem- | July 17,1873 |....do-....... 6.30 |10.40 | 3.10 |....do. 
bina Mts., Dak. 
3314 |.__.| 25 miles east of Tur- | July 18,1873 | -..do...-.--. 6. 40 |10.59 | 3.15 |.-..do. 
tle Mt., Dak 
SSIES Nest A eeses CO Ko yin eee Ap ee QO eae senGO! Zaacewee 6.50 |10.90 | 3.25 |....do. 
3316 | ¢ LAO Oho stlemianeo er saAlloatene Gl saase ee sOOncsee spas 6.30 |10.50 | 3.20 |....do 
33l7 |... GOES shaasen aes eeSeee G® sosce Oe cercens 6.60 |11. 00 | 3.30 do 
3318 MOb ie Mee San cee nallserker GO posac Sc AGOy a. ce Ab es 6. 50 |10.8) | 3.20 |....do. 
SOLO ON Bee Ola seer cee seer) os eeiet do ..--. Se A Onekece es 6.40 |10.90 | 3.15 | ...do. 
3397 | Q | Turtle Mt., Dak...-.. Ao 2 yl S34 see Ole eee 6.25 |10.25 | 3.05 | Skin (parent of 
8898 iE See esdOMe ances ociseels eclmmeeee OW socke Je RAO Se eiserat mall ne cetera ereesie el llomerrets Nos. 3398-3401), 
EBL Gee. esl) Sons aan eeerrca| ecoere GO scoce BERG U Rrererotel occa aciona| (poceae Skin (nestling). 
S400) nacelle dOnmsscemasn cece cellioseeior doers BAG yer ase lsseane meread pacca .---do. 
SAO Ml Meas dee Of cpt eth Set Alls aw does es 
3421 | 9 | Mouse River, Dak ..| Aug. 9, 1873 |. 
oe || OQ Iocac@O sgobnes eesoocce||soocas doere SoBe 
SA 2OH eee tem LOL sme aee nari gee [emer doves ee Saat 
SAQA 28 ce SOO! Sek acs ee wedsee lees doweree 
BAO es dO eaaacicysjns ssreeeulsoeere domes ane 
BAZG Gre |s=sedOnsseeceresscdlescse Gown. ih 
TT ee SAME (tyne screens alae oe doje Snes 
Ble} oecdlcoec@O) Boyce eee do ...-- hehe 
34290 eeea| ace dO) alheine ae (OW soose Bee 
SEZOU asl end Okesacck cee eesculeeoose do ...-. = 
BAST vo culimeeal One woe ersiehereesie = All SS aye doce: a6 
BAB2 Ts) Sal ek OS RE ere ee SRE SITE: do : 
BAS 3 lon tl SEO mt eta aatee sete [ie crs donee 
SAGE Eel. Me Omagecke cere oes tlivcewes @O s45ce 
3435 Bll eters ce GO 2 dcee RSE 
3472 -| Aug. 10, 1873 |... 
3423 |. -| Aug, 11, 1873 |...-. 
BACA | cea eNO asec ees elites © OW sosce a 
s/c) 4 |e IG Cy eee seer Se cee ees cee Oye seen ae 
GABON Pete ete O tae cee ee cee Sora ne are ins Gonmerice 
BAS le alle) ect aeaeee nee ae eee GO) Socks en 
3493 Aug. 13, 1873 |... 
3494 Fc) oe Owe tes Pe eee alae ase doveree < 
SAO is, 8a Onaielcietaimameinin asec esate GI) soade 
BAGG ill: sees] 4 xe Oe HS 2 pias es aed | ees Gols: 3 
SA Oa oe cal ltere CLO ercseteeinene aie atel tae eee Ghoyewees 
SAU Bins ele AsO eae eso cetera Ee eeee oma. % 
BAO ON ess il 222 Cl Otieinaaic ele te ne all seeee doweecer 5 
35004), Jae d0s.t0o8 fee, Gee ele ee dower 


ee 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 563 


List of specimens—Continued. 


3 Si | 

A : 5 a to |Natureofs Gn 
ule Locality. Date. Collector. 2 4 s | aus Sea e eS: 
j=) (>) oO 
oD 77) 4A & e 

3501 | ¢ | Mouse River, Dak --.| Aug. 13,1873 | Elliott Coues | 6.75 |11.25 |.-.--- | Skin. 

Soa Wet ee OO Gasaciaaet casei] okt oe Gormesed E00) Saas Shs GHGS) LORE S eee |....d0 

3503 Dp ea smears se eee loser ae dowene: Saul peeearane 6.75 |11. 00 do 

354 py Asetems Meee o se ee SSe8 do dors. fe8 | 6.65 |10. 90 do 

3503 | of GMeqescueesecsenallnoscoo Gls) Soace Se GntsGaraecel 6550) 1500) | Meeeer eee do 

SaaS ss slices) Goeeoaa ae ceeeos| Meaece doves peor OU Soe aeeoS 6740) 101740) | eae te endos 

35D |laoSalleaseG@) shsneoeesescere Atos 19) 1873-25-00)... -- lepeseel sees e|leeeeistl Eee Os 

SMOSH chee = oMOPs 24 Suess SF FCES Sept. 2, Sai |PoeeGOs =e -- 6230), £0980) |Peeeee = ae e0Or 

S708 |p oadllegees Olsececoerereeese cecerc Gece Bei O)seleisnsieis AW EO Veseadalloase do. 

Beno) ee. (a -sdold . cc ssse- 4 @eti yi) ters | aeido aN | 6.50 |10.80 | 3.30 |....do. 

4440 |....| Headwaters Milk Aug. 13, TEC oeet tN Gseeacee | 6. 40 |/10.50 | 3.30 |....do. 

River, Mont. 


MNIOTILTA VARIA, (Z.) Vieill. 
BLACK-AND-WHITE CREEPER. 


A single specimen was taken at Pembina, where it probably breeds, 
though the fact was not ascertained. Not found further west. In the 
Missouri region, it has not been traced beyond old Fort Pierre, where 
Dr. Hayden some years since observed it. 


List of specimens. 


5 a 
A lla alevelle 
a & Locality Date Collector. a = | ature of specimen, 
oO o 
Oo | Sle |e | 
2919 Pembina, Dik ..-.--- June 4, 1873 | Elliott Coues.|.-.----|.----- | nas aisle | Skin 


HELMINTHOPHAGA PEREGRINA, ( Wiis.) Cab. 
TENNESSEE WARBLER. 


Upon my arrival at Pembina, the beginning of June, I at once per- 
ceived that the vernal migration of the present species past this point 
was about to be concluded. This was evidenced by the great dispro- 
portion of the sexes, for out of thirteen specimens secured and examined 
only three proved to be males. In this case, as in many others, the 
males lead the van during the migration, the females bringing up the 
rear a little later. Such preponderance of females, taken among speci- 
mens indiscriminately secured, is a pretty sure indication that the 
migration is in progress; for when the birds stop, and begin breeding, 
many more of the active and musical males than of the quiet, shy, and 
unobtrusive females will be likely to be observed, as was strikingly 
illustrated on the same spot by the Mourning Warblers. Another indi- 
cation of the rapid progress of the migration was the steady current, 
so to speak, of these birds that flowed along the waters of the river itself. 
The general course of the river is nearly due north and south, and it 
thus forms a convenient: and attractive highway of migration, along 


564 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


which numerous woodland species pass. I accounted for the great 
abundance of such birds at this point by the fact that the whole country 
to the westward being open, and, therefore, unsuited to their wants, a 
condensation, or a sort of thickened, folded-over edge of the species 
here occurred. As long as the migration lasted, the heavy timber of the 
river-bottom was filled with the birds in a steady stream. There was 
no occasion to go in search of specimens ; stationing myself in some eli- 
gible spot, I had only to take them as they came along, fluttering from 
tree to tree, pursuing insects with a sharp, scraping note, yet never 
long delaying their onward course. With the second week in June 
they had all, so far as I know, passed northward; certainly I found no 
indication of any remaining to breed in this locality. 

The species was not observed further west in this latitude, though it 
has been traced high up the Missouri by other persons. It was named 
Sylvicola missouriensis in 1858 by Maximilian, the late Prince of Wied. 


List of specimens. 


is) 5 = 
A a a eo IN : 

i E mall {olla on 5 Nature of specimen, 
2 4 Locality. Date. Collector. 8 = f andurerinnies 
o n | i) a 

218 | 2 | Pembina, Dak ------ June 2,1873 | Elliott Coues | 5.00 | 7.75 |.---- Skin. 
DBO) |" QO BekG Oeeeneereerceesed| boca dO vaaset |e dU Oa re 0B) |) 7600) osaon canes 
2819 | Q BE Cus eereeen Teor diiuaves Sh Tee) ooo slo) a Aeboce GO We) besce. epetlor 
2220 | 2 BA One ee eoueese oes reooes CO meremer SCO eiyeiis era: EHO Xo Ue) lsaase - .do 
2821 | of ABO ae Sore Tee sa = Sos do Wadogesoeeks AGO 7670) Iesoee .. do 
2822 | 2 S800: = sacs = eae ileteeiee do eu Olmences 25 0 || onl) oaaoss .-do 
2823 | 2 a Ober. Gas eee enol teeter GIG) Qodar NO ee ae 4.60 | 7.40 |.--... .-do 
2824 | 2 BE nme meee ator 458 | iasEc ee do PAGO MeSree. AN OOOO eee --de 
2825 | 2 Se OPE Eee ee CU Se eee ey WO) Scenr. ARCO Saige 8 AN OMe eto nee .-do 
2826 | 9 BAC OTe ae ee ee ee ee ees do. GO jo sorc ss AN OM aia OM|beseer - do 
DOsbale Oo || seem dOnene oe asekseenie meee do . Pdlossers.iser eo) |! 760K) |eoeae .-do 
2828 | ¢ BROOD erate ee eal eevee do. SuUaesaee 57) CoS tee WOlesssse sd Os 
2829 | & StdOe  Seeee Shee Slee do Movs eee: aE OOM ide DOM ects | eee do. 


HELMINTHOPHAGA CHLATA, (Say) Bd. 
ORANGE CROWNED WARBLER. 


Observed during the fall migration, in September, along the Mouse 
River, where it was abundant. 


List of specimens. 


A ¢ E 8 |Nature of speci 
4 ! Stine Ep 5 Nature of specimen, 
aie Locality. Date. Collector. a = A and cenianial 
| © 
oO 2) 4 ca] = 
| 
3761 |.--.| Mouse River, Dak .-.| Sept. 16, 1873 | Ellintt Coues_} 5.20 | 7.60 | 2.30 | Skin. 
eeealescad .| Sept. 18, 1873 |. --do. 
Eee |e sie SOLO. shcmtare mab orereietetl [ememiaic do . --do. 
Aitsiel eed OF aja deete ce eee aes doje .-do. 
i Seta lee @O sacs =e .-do. 
, ---| Sept. 19, 1873 |. - --do. 
3 ..| Sept. 22, 1873 |. ..do. 
5 | Se doleer: Bens --do. 
bo sales Ovcaieameminstocaeciea teas dovesees ciate .. do. 
; Sept. 30, 1873 |... =sdo: 
| 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 565 
DENDR@CA AISTIVA, (Gm.) Ba. 
YELLOW WARBLER. 


This abundant and universally diffused species was observed at vari- 
ous points along the whole line, and in the Missouri region. 


List of specimens. 


S) | =" || 
y, = = = : 

i E lit | op 5 to |Natureof specimen, 
= Z Locality. Date. Collector. g 2 a andttentanesmeel 
oD |n w i) = 

2784 | ¢ | Pembina, Dak ...-.. June 2, 1873 | Elliott Coues. Skin. 
DBS: |net | Pacem Aer eeas saa sal seeren doweees edo ps ase pedo: 
PS tale Oens| Mere Cl Oba wae os ao ches ser | emer GO) sacs Moa easenoes El seo e(Olay 
RLSM ON We Oi: esas. cise ease Une Se STolee= Oe see Alcoholic. 
2844 | ¢ COtseee eres acecee dfrbevsy AU aSSMl Sa aCloy Goausous --2.Q0: 
eto asa| as LO soe cee sack care: ves CD ossce Seed One eee ee | ---d0 
BSD | aeoell Weel tpeiae Saree ee Gea Bsr ace dom ase eee Oe ceessac | see 3X0, 
DsHB) |e 6) (os aed Se anenesep sos dune) (6.1873) ec0O) see ces. Skin. 
3564 | ...| Mouse River, Dak --| Aug. 23,1873] .. do .--...-.-. edo; 
4445 | 2 | Headwaters Milk | Aug. 14,1874!) J. H. Batty-.-.| es -do. 
River, Mont. | 


DENDR@GCA CORONATA, (ZLinn.) Gray. 
YELLOW-RUMPED WARBLER. 


Not observed until about the middle of September, when, during the 
fall migration, it made its appearance in abundance along the Mouse 
River, in company with the Snowbirds and other species just come from 
the north. Itis one of the Warblers which, though distinctively belonging 
to the Eastern Province, occasionally straggles southward by a direct 
line from the extreme western points which it reaches in Alaska. Drs. 
Cooper and Suckley found it in Washington Territory; Dr. Hayden, up 
the Missouri to above old Fort Pierre; and Mr. C. BE. Aiken, Mr. T. M. 
Trippe, and Mr. H. W. Henshaw have each found it in Colorado Terri- 
tory. Its breeding-range is nota little remarkable: it has been recorded 
as breeding in Jamaica, as well as in various parts of British America 
and Alaska, but is not known to nest in the greater part of the inter- 
vening country. Similarly, in winter, some individuals endure the 
rigors of the Middle, if not uf some of the Northern, States, while others 
press on into Central America. No other Warbler, as far as known, has 
such a peculiar distribution as this. 


List of specimens. 


6 : P 
| A = q eo | Natureof speci 
: ‘ i 5 en | Nat pecimen 
a 43 Locality. Date. Collector. a = | 2 areca 
Ola 4 gq | Ee 
| 3768 |....| Mouse River, Dak --| Sept. 16, 1873 | Elliott Coues.|....-.).-.--- {ee wg Skin. 
GO eee MeL Oi hae wie ee (a iar Oneness BELA Oneeeisicn ceil\exiteice lecieeins eee press do. 
OCC SU eat ee One ee kee ee ace SiSjokts JUS, TSS) GoeRKe) Males eeellosorod fabincice | Sete hase do. 


566 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
DENDRECA AUDUBONI, (Towns.) Ba. 
AUDUBON'S WARBLER. 


Audubon’s Warbler was only observed in the Rocky Mountains, beyond 
the eastern foothiils of which it is not known to extend. From the 
Rocky Mountains to the Pacific, it is as abundant, in suitable localities, 
as the Yellow-rump is in most parts of the East, and its counterpart in 
habits. The individuals found about Chief Mountain Lake did not 
appear to be migrating,—in fact, the full movement had not begun at the 
period of observation,—and the species doubtless breeds in tbis locality 
in the heavy pine timber. 


List of specimens. 


=) 2 
A Fa RP es cs 
! ; ste oy ature of specimen, 
= E Locality. Date. Collector. =I = EI andeconvanien 
Oo |m | i | e- 
14556) |. == ccey Mountains, | Aug. 22, 1274 | Elliott Coues.|..---. SSSR Mee Skin. 
at. 49°. 
CBC. Salle GO eee es SEH ase Eee Core: Bea Gla seeeas |Peesaal paseaoleacee eS Ador 
4998 |... - MQOve eRe ees. Ses Sesto eaee se do WM eiceae Alpe dee ol) Sager ee Os 


DENDRGCA STRIATA, (Forst.) Bd. 
BLACK-POLL WARBLER. 


A specimen of this species, procured on Woody Mountain, was ob- 
served in the collection made by Mr. G. M. Dawson, geologist of the 
Euglish Commission. 


DENDR@CA PENNSYLVANICA, (Linn.) Ba. 
CHESTNUT-SIDED WARBLER. 


One specimen only of this distinetively Eastern specimen was secured 
at Pembina,—perhaps its western, if not also nearly its northern, limit. 
It was not observed beyond the Red River. This is one of the more 
delicate species of the genus, which regularly breeds little, if any, beyond 
the Northern States, and entirely withdraws in winter, reaching Central 
and even South America. I have not found any indication of its oceur- 
rence west of the longitude of the Red River in any latitude. 


List of specimens. 


ra) : eel | 
A S a | eo | Natureofspeci 
: . 5 : S pecimen, 
S bi Locality. Date. Cellector. ce s a aad verre 
oD () tal = 
iS) M 4 & i= | 
BU) | 7670) 5-838 | Skin. 


2814 | 9 | Pembina, Dak ....-- June 3, 1873 Tepes: 


1 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 567 


DENDR@CA MACULOSA, (Gm.) Bd. 
BLACK-AND-YELLOW WARBLER. 


Specimen from Woody Mountain, seen in Mr. Dawson’s collection. 


SIURUS NAIVIUS, (Bodd.) Coues. 
WATER THRUSH. 


During the progress of the Northwest Boundary Survey, with which 
the work of the present Commission connected, the Water Thrush was 
observed in Washington Territory ; and since that time its very general 
range throughout North America has been demonstrated, though the 
bird was long supposed to be, like 8S. motacilla, a species of the East- 
ern Province. A specimen was secured in August west of the Sweet- 
grass Hills, on the headwaters of Milk River. This was the only indi- 
vidual procured during the expedition, and seemed to be somewhat out 
of place, since the species frequents, for the most part, moister and 
better-wooded regions. It was again observed, however, in the under- 
growth surrounding some reedy pools near Chief Mountain. 


List of specimens. 


} . 
A | s a co | N i 
4 : i Ep ature ofspecimen, 
a 4 Locality. Date. . Collector. = = a Byidl WOT. 
© (C7) | BR A 5 
| 
4430 |....| West of Sweetgrass | Aug. 12,1874 Elliott Coues |...-..|.--.-.|...--- Skin. 
Hills, Mont. | 


GEOTHLYPIS TRICHAS, (Linn.) Cab. 
MARYLAND YELLOW-THROAT. 


Observed at Pembina, on Turtle Mountain, and in the Rocky Mount- 
ains, but not in the open country between these points. The species is 
one of general distribution in the United States in all suitable localities, 
and appears to breed indifferently in any latitude within these limits. 
The Northern Boundary may be not far from the line of its dispersion in 
this direction. 

List of specimens. 


cS 
A = | en | Nature of speci 
1 hee : ef pecimen, 
| fel | Locality. Date. Collector. a £ a arian, 0 
| Oo |a 4A 4 Ee 
2878 | 6 | Pembina, Dak ..-.-. yune 79, 1873i elliott Coues) |j2-.2.)|-s---- |so-<=- Skin 
3373 | o& | Lurtle Mountain, Dak| July 28, 1873 |... do .....--. Soe al See SESE Se B36 ECkoe 
Sita Oe ene ONG e arses = cise ieee eB Sone eco eageeeeuieeee fy) lGaaces Naaodios =aeO; 
4620 |....| Recky Mountains, | Aug. 26,1874 | J. H. Batty..-|.----.|..--- |.----- sen etilo 
lat. 49°. | 


568 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
GEOTHLYPIS PHILADELPHIA, (Wils.) Ba. 
MoURNING WARBLER. 


I was agreeably surprised to find this species, which is rather rare in 
most Eastern localities, breeding abundantly at Pembina; and I suspect 
that the Mississippi Valley rather than the Atlantic seaboard, may be the 
principal line of migration along which it comes from its winter home in 
Central America to its breeding resorts along the northern boundary of 
the United States. At the end of June I found a nest, supposed to be 
of this species, bet the identification was not at all satisfactory. The 
birds were breeding in June, as I knew by the different actions of the two 
sexes. The males were in full song, and, contrary to their very secretive 
habits during most of the year, became rather conspicuous, not only by 
their singing, but by their custom of leaving the dense shrubbery and 
undergrowth, in which they usually hide, to mount to the tops of the 
trees. The females, on the other hand, were extraordinarily quiet and 
retiring; so much so, that during the whole month I secured nota single 
specimen, though nearly a dozen males were taken without much difii- 

eulty. The birds were only observed in the heavy timber of the river- 
bottom in this locality, and were not afterward encountered during our 
progress westward; whence I suppose this is about the limit of their 
Western dispersion. The species appears to breed in like numbers in 
various portions of Minnesota, where Mr. T. M. Trippe bas found it 
haunting the tamarack swamps and adjoining damp thickets. He cor- 
roborates the habit I bave just mentioned of ascending to the tree-tops; 
and, like myself, was unfortunate in finding no nest, though he fre- 
quently saw the old birds feeding their young in the latter part of June 
and early in July. The song isa loud, clear, and agreeable warble, reit- 
erated with great persistency. 


List of specimens. 


S| s : 
A | = a eo | Ne speci 
4 : ‘ : op 5 eo | Natareofspecimen, 
= i Locality. Date. Collector. a 5 eI and rename 
Oo |n psp eysh ries 
| | 
9775 | ¢ | Pembina, Dak ....-.- June 2,1873} Elliott Coues | 5.25 | 7.75 |..... | Skin. 
2776 | of SOO) sod aSan econo Benne fo a eee dows aes: SHO Ne IOs eoeac .. do. 
2777 | Sf CON ea eese en coeeti seers do Ss 32s-6 BYOB) Ih 7 D0! osse edo: 
AMG || Gi |lacacOlO acesssaeooouece June 6, 1873 doe raciae. 5.204] ELD |eecsan dos 
2877 | o MOM arcmin tein ete Ones. ie SEC OF Sate AD 76.75) beso Noon tloy 
2920 | Coe one ste tees Apapare) Oh akelies | s0ko) ooo nssce yao) 76S |oesse Sa s(blo}, 
eB bya leet noreG @uscosasecocedaee Aime, MAS 45 CO sduscsss BYOB all 76/76) |liaonc pono ley, 
BOGB Neral eed Oem oases ANG NSS INS} |}i55 GO so cccace Seal) 76 7) Yesaso- Pee do: 
HG) sos oecC ococooyocseese: ube si) eri Vas ch) ssonosss|feasce i aN Pa ree Nest with 1 egg (?). 
| 


GEOTHLYPIS PHILADELPHIA MACGILLIVRAYI, (Auwd.) Bd. 
MACGILLIVRAY’S WARBLER. 


A single specimen was secured in the Rocky Mountains in August. 
In this latitude at least, the present bird does not appear to approach 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 569 


the range of its Hastern conspecies within several hundred miles, though 
further south the two way approach each other more closely. The typi- 
eal macgillivrayi, however, has been recorded from Boxelder Creek, one 
of the tributaries of the Missouri above the mouth of the Yellowstone. 


List of specimens. 


: i | 
| A = | =| & v9 1 
p ; cs mae jive a co |Nature of specimen 
a 2 Locality. Date. Collector. = | = E AG wns, 
Oo |u rs) | = 
| 4581 |.-..] Rocky Mountains, | Ang. 23,1874} Elliott Coues.| 5.50 | 7:90 | 2.50 | Skin. 
latitude 49°. | | 


-ICTERIA VIRENS, (Linn.) Ba. 
YELLOW-BREASIED CHAT. 


No Chats were observed at Pembina, nor anywhere along the parallel 
of 49°, and it may well be doubted whether the species ever quite reaches 
this latitude. Its absence from the Red River Valley is in striking con- 
trast to its abundance and general dispersion in the Missouri region, 
but a comparatively short distance to the southward and much further 
west. In the Atlantic States it barely reaches into Scuthern New 
England. I found it during the second season up the Missouri to 
beyond the mouth of the Yellowstone. 


List of specimens. 


- i | 
Sr || = S 
er | { = 3 & N fspeci 
: > eat 3 ‘ ; BL 5 i |Nature of specimen, 
a | a | L eality. Date. Collector. a co a A Tonia 
o cB) 4 
i) | 2 i | eS 
4022 | | Big Muddy River, | June 22, 1874 | Elliott Cones |...._. EE Sal a Skin. 
: Mont. 


MYIODIOCTES PUSILLUS, (Wils.) Bp. 
BLACK-CAPPED FLY CATCHING WARBLER. 


A species of general distribution in North America, and doubtless 
occurring at all suitable points along the Line, though only actually 
observed near the eastern base of the Rocky Mountains. 


List of specimens. 


(o i . 
7 ; cs a eo |Natur i 
d nA 7 : Nature of specimen, 
S J Locality. Date. Collector. a = B Sail Pernenli 5. 
So | 2 RHR | Re 
4445 |....| Headwaters Milk | Aug. 14,1874| J.H. Batty..-| ...-.]..-.--|--.--- Skin 
River, Mont. 


570 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
SETOPHAGA RUTICILLA, (ZLinn.) Sw. 
REDSTART. 


Very abundant at Pembina, where it breeds. [Early in June, the 
birds exhibited the incessant activity which marks the mating season, 
and were conspicuous in the sombre foliage of the dense timber along 
the river, no less by the brilliancy of their black, white, and red plum- 
age, than by their noisiness and sprightly actions. ‘Their characteris- 
tic habits of expandimg and flirting the tail, and running sideways along 
the twigs of trees, and their wonderful agility in the pursuit of flying 
insects, are all particularly well displayed at this season. 

Though [ did not myself observe the species further westward along 
the Line, nor anywhere in the Missouri region, it has been traced by 
others, especially by Dr. J. G. Cooper, along the Upper Missouri and 
Milk Rivers, and thence to the Coeur d’Aléne Mountains. It is also 
known to occur in Colorado and Utah. 


List of specimens. 


S | | 3 ee 
: 5 a I xo |Nature of specimen 
. . ’ i) ’ 
= | 4 Locality. Date. Colector. S < iz) andtesianieal 
Oo |x Seal 
2783 | @ | Pembina, Dak 22. 5-- June 2, 1873 | Elliott Coues | ZB TGY TG) | aagace Skin. 
Bees || D lessaG® coscsosaaosoosel| JUNE 3} NSVG\|5 5-0 csssease |vonase here sraal|iouete ae sacnkla, 
S05) || Q | eoacGl® 2 sésoorcensoose|ececo- doers: seudOw gs Me setae (ei soa aeoets |...-.do. 
| SSLNT | OY oes esos ateeemise see eee donee: Peer Oeceeenne eens |aaoeges | Seen Peedow 
{ | 


HIRUNDO ERYTHROGASTRA HORREORUM, (Barton,) Coues. 
BARN SWALLOW. 


I find no specimens of this species entered in my register from Pembina, 
where, according to my recollection, it was not breeding at the time of 
my visit, though the family was there well represented by numbers of 
Cliff and White-bellied Swallows. Nevertheless, Barn Swallows were 
commonly observed, during July and August, at various points along 
the Line, nearly to the Rocky Mountains. Eligible breeding-places for 
this species being few and far between in this country, it is correspond- 
ingly uncommon, at Jeast in comparison with its numbers in most settled 
districts. A small colony of the birds which bad located for the sum- 
mer on a Small stream west of the Sweetgrass Hills afforded me an oppor- 
tunity of observing a curious modification of their nesting-habits, which 
I believe had not been known until I published a note upon the subject. 
The nests were built in little holes in the perpendicular side of a “ cut- 
bank”,—whether dug by the birds themselves or not I could not satisfy 
myself, though I am inclined to think that they were. My assistant, 
Mr. Batty, seemed to feel quite confident in the matter; and the proba- 
bility is, that if the holes were not wholly made by the birds, they were 
at least fitted up for the purpose. . 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. HTL 


List of specimens. 


=) | “ rt 
A _ = | ee [Nature of specimen 
. | 7 ‘ | € Se io ‘= ’ 
ae Locality. Date. Collector. | a | = bees an Malate 
oO |2 | aimee Sis be | 
eee toe Mouse River, Dak ..; Aug. 30, 1873 | Elliott Coues.|....-.|......|.----.| Skin. 
4298 |.1..| Crossing of Milk | July 25,1874} -..do ...-..-- te Selle Oesce |e eee ipeeados 
} Ttiver, Mont. H | | | 
4388 |....| West of Sweetgrass | Aug 10,1874 |....do ......-. oeees| sosieer \Etesenlecee aos 
Hills, Mont. | | 
| 


TACHYCINETA BICOLOR, ( Vieill.) Cab. 
WHITE-BELLIED SWALLOW. 


Only observed at Pembina, where it was breeding in small numbers 
about the Fort, together with large colonies of Cliff Swallows. 


List of specimens. 


| z | | ¢ El | Nat f i 
* : vAE Sah vara ey eh |Nature of specimen, 
= & Locality. Date. Collector. a < | FI AAAS ATES: 
‘ O) | S S 
2) nQ = [Shoe eye 
| a aan } == | 
3056 | ¢ | Pembina, Dak ....- | June 19, 1873 | | | | 


TACHYCINETA THALASSINA, (Sw.) Cab. 
VIOLET-GREEN SWALLOW. 


Observed on one occasion (June 26, 1874) on the Upper Missouri 
near Quaking Ash River. 


PETROCHELIDON LUNIFRONS, (Say) Sel. 
CLIFF SWALLOW. 


This is the most abundant, generally distributed, and characteristic 
species of the family throughout the region under consideration. The 
various streams that cut their devious ways through the prairie afford an 
endless succession of steep banks exactly suited to its wants during the 
nesting-season, and at various places great clusters cf the curious bottle- 
nosed mud-nests were found, while the flocks of Swallows which often 
hung about our camps were mainly composed of this species. At some 
points, the Bank Swallows were breeding with them; the same banks be- 
ing peppered with their little round holes, generally in the soft soil just 
below the surface, while the projecting nests of the Cliff Swallows studded 
the harder or rocky exposures below. At Fort Pembina, the Cliff Swal- 
lows were so numerous as to become a nuisance; their incessant twit- 
tering was considered a bore, while the litter they brought and their 
droppings resulted in a sad breach of military decorum. Nevertheless, 
it was found almost impossible to dislodge them, and one could not but 


ie BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


admire the courage and perseverance which they displayed in recon- 
structing or repairing their nests, though these were repeatedly de- 
stroyed. In examining scores of nests, I was rather surprised to find 
how small a proportion were finished into the complete retort-shape, 
even among those which had not been disturbed. Some were little 
more than cups, like those of the Barn Swallow, partially arched over, 
and many were simply conical, while in other details they varied greatly 
according to the position in which they happened to be fixed or their 
relations to each other. The laying-season in this latitude is at its 
height during the second and third weeks iu June. Probably only one 
brood is reared each season. Young birds are on the wing by the mid- 
dle or Jatter part of July. 


List of specimens. 


S rl Pe) 
A 3 =F A th rr -of s i 
= 4 Locality. Date. Collector. =} = 3 Neti of specie, 
py |2 Soh ee We 
== | i | 
2970 | ...| Pembina, Dak ...... June 13, 1873 | Elliott Coues | 5.90 (12.30 |...--- Skin. 
WED iLs li sale SeaC ise meee eee oeeee ay COL ees 2 Fa Ohiy Mame oas Sy) 2B) ossaac do. 
OOAA Reed eee COre) 5 caetoceieces Jaret Ose ee Bact prs Oren bacco hasser Neacioes Egg. 
3051 | of AICO ME apesesptanees TUNES MO MS eee On vara |e arn | eae | amen Skin 
SOSOMING) lec). coeeeocaseee ae Men eid Onecare OO ta see Ses | ee eral ae call oes GO: 
SHUG ea eee 0) oh aa seeeedcEoe AhwUN ee? US| EanG Ss saseeae|| seocollsasadsllacooe Six evgs. 
Se OQ oseCW Setesacseascoe |hohilhy 2 ISS |se.0 saccsacel|soocs||-coaos|| cacus Skin. 
4293 | s— | Cirossrinee Ol Wen Wik | duly ay ME) 55Gb) s5 oscnnc||soccnel|sconoc|eoonec||-=<. do. 
River, Mont. 
SOOT seci|| snes U Ol eaee ca eres er Ons 2524 Ber OU orm ebs | ene (Serer is aare |.---do. 


COTYLE RIPARIA, (Linn.) Boie. 
BANK SWALLOW. 


In noticing the preceding species, I have already alluded to the pres- 
ent as one of those of general distribution along the Line in summer, 
breeding in colonies anywhere where the cut-banks of the rivers afford 
suitable sites for the digging of the holes in which the nests are con- 


Structed. 
List of specimens. 


S a 
4 = a ec |Nature of speci 
4 : 2 vrs an Ih pecimen 
= 4 Locality. Date. Collector. = a MGS, 
oO wD } tl i) es 
2969 |....| Pembina, Dak ....-- June 13, 1873 | Elliott Coues. | BO Ih WO) pao Skin. 


PROGNE SUBIS, (ZLinn.) Baira 
PURPLE MARTIN. 


I was rather surprised to find Martins breeding on Turtle Mountain, 
having observed none at Pembina. In this locality, where there are, of 
course, no artificial conveniences for the purpose, they must nest in 
Woodpeckers’ holes and similar cavities of trees, as they do in other parts 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 573 


of the West where I have observedthem. This was the only locality 
where the svecies was observed, though it is known to extend into the 
Saskatchewan region. 

: List of specimens. 


leg | EOS bal ete 3 | 
A : | Xe = a Ty satis of specimen, 
| = 4 | Locality. Date. | Collector. I | = 2 | and remarks, 
} © mM | 4 ia) - | 
i} ' ih | TP Pg | 
3350 | ...| Turtlé Mountain, | July 23,1873 | Elliott Coues |...... [ee pee | Skin. 
Dak. | | j | 


AMPELIS GARRULUS, Linn. 
BOHEMIAN WAXWING. 


The taking of the specimen below tabulated may be regarded as the 
most interesting single result of the Commission, as far as ornithology 
is concerned, since it shows that the Waxwing breeds on or very near 
the boundary of the United States. The individual is a newly fledged 
bird, in the streaky condition which characterizes the first plumage, and 
was undoubtedly bred in the immediate vicinity. This inference is con- 
firmed by the fact that at the date of capture, August 19, all the birds of 
the locality were obviously in their summer home, no migratory move- 
ment having begun in any case. The individual was shot on the mount- 
ain-side adjoining Chief Mountain Lake, at an altitude of about 4,200 
feet, in thick coniferous woods, where it was in company with numbers 
of A. cedrorum. No others were observed, which could hardly have 
been the case had the species been on its migration. | 

The Waxwing is one of the birds which longest defied ornithologists 
to discover its nest and eggs, not only in this country, but even in Eu- 
rope. In the latter country, its breeding-grounds were first discovered, 
and the desired specimens secured by Mr. J. Wolley’s indefatigable 
exertions in Lapland in 1856. In America, Messrs. R. Kennicott and R. 
McFarlane share the credit of the corresponding discovery; the former 
enthusiastic and accomplished naturalist having taken the nest and egg 
on the Yukon in 1861, the latter on the Anderson River. The nidifi- 
cation is much the same as that of the common Cedar Bird, and quite 
Similar, though the nest, of course, is larger. 


List of specimens. 


& | = a & |Natureof specimen 
= 4 Locality. Date Collector.- EI = MMe aimaneteS. 
5 |n 4 3) - ; 
4525 |..:.| Rocky Mountains, | Aug. 19,1874 | Elliott Coues.|...--.|.---.-|------ Skin (newly 
latitude 49°. fledged). 


574 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
AMPELIS CEDRORUM, (Vieill.) Gray. 
CEDAR BIRD; CAROLINA WAXWING. 


Not seen at Pembina but found at various other points along the Line, 
and ascertained to be particularily abundant in the Rocky Mountains. 
At this locality, two of its conspicuous traits were illustrated, namely, the 
lateness and the irregularity of its breeding. On the same day, August 
19, that I took young birds fully fledged and on wing, a nest contain- 
ing four eggs was found by one of my assistants, Mr. A. B. Chapin. This 
might be interpreted upon the supposition that two broods are reared 
in a season, but I do not think that such was the case in the present 
instance: the bird is too late a breeder for this, at any rate in such a 
high latitude, not far from its northernmost limit of its distribution. 


List of specimens. 


2 a —— < E 3 | 
es % Locality. Date. Collector. a & so | Nature of Specimen 
3 4 eI | 7 Ral and remarks, 
5S |n Sho ab ve 

3541 | 2 | Mouse River, Dak -.| Aug. 19, 1873 | Elliott Cones.|..--..)......|...--. Skin. 

Sola lean seer Oeae oo series Sept. wlsial saeco eeeeeeee | saeeee | ee bs |Soeaee poendos 

3732 |.... Lon e Cotenn River, | Sept. 8, 1873 |.--.do -..--...|.---.. SEES Masaee Sedo: 

4524 |....| Rocky Mountains, | Aug. 19, 1874 |....do ...--.--. le asere Wapacoollooodes Skin (young). 

latitude 49°. { 

AO 2G) | |iyeailin oO Olsen cin 2 tice eel epee domes: A. eS Chains: as See Wate Sees Saar Nest with 4 eggs. 

ASS 2y |e Moss O) sie x< sere eens Aug. 20, 1874 Selaie afave isl levees svete] cls svelte semen Skin. 

Cond Peon esa0 Oresmacsos betas 28 Aug. 22, 1874 de x Battyeealeeceee Ie epee siflose teas = 5.00: 

AGO acc], xa Ole aan ue nee era eee doeeeee. PAGO) see tees eee Nese eeea te - do. 

4561 ai eee seo sede. week ows ase SS CUO RSHee seal Memea eee Goce . do. 

4562 SOO: oie re reer Se euGOne eis Cloyeaep has |oceSoc|oseoeeloeocoe -.do. 

4563 ee CON Se se pe eee Gove. ne GOS SREtets | Saeae eoceoalsaoonc ..do. 


VIREO OLIV ACEUS, (Linn.) Viewlien .. 
RED- EYED VIRKO, ae 


Abundant at Pembina, where it was: breeding i in. June, and again on 
the Upper Missouri between Fort Buford and,the mouth of the Milk 
River. Though characteristically a bird of the: Hastern Province, it has 
latterly been traced to the Rocky Mountains and somewhat beyond. 
The late Dr. C. B. R. Kennerly found: it in Piipemarisinegss Territory, and 
Mr. J. A. Allen at Ogden, Utah. ‘ 


List of specimens. ‘ 


S cS mA 
A : = A et |Nature of specimen, 
a 4 Locality. Date. Collector. a = TI ell rape 
5 mM 4 <3) 5 

2807 | ¢ | Pembina, Dak ..-.--. June 3, 1873 aalliott Coues. 6.30 |10. Skin. 

ees || Qed) oo paeeongoconelloseos dopeeres --do b ; eeedo: 

D809 | et Il oc cdo we ln sie ia iGlije ee ..do. 

28590 OUI) SoA OWs ee ee et eeners June By, WEB IP a --do. 

2860!) SO) il! Sado ee sae cee a metee | eeeioe dojaesses| pace ..do. 

2861 ED) Edo ke eee cesses | ora or GW seeoaplleces . do. 

2889 | of |....do -. June 6,1873].... .-do. 

PEP |) Vesa) 65 June 3 1873 -do. 

292651) OC" ee cdo Sacco ceeeeemecal oaeer GOnese eae oars -do. 

2937 | of }.-..do .. June it TE Goo .--do. 

2966 | ¢& |-.--do -| June 13, TES) Nooo --do. 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. “651 
VIREO PHILADELPHICUS, Cass. 
BROTHERLY-LOVE VIREO. 


This appears to be a species which, like the Mourning Warbler and 
some others, is more abundant in the interior, and especially in the 
Mississippi Valley, than in the Atlantic States. It was originally 
described, a few years since, from the vicinity of Philadelphia, as indi- 
cated by its name, and has been justly esteemed as rather a rare bird 
in the Eastern and Middle States, though its great similarity to V. gil- 
wus may be a cause of its being partially overlooked. In New Ergland, 
it has been found on two or three occasions, and Dr. Brewer informed 
me of its abundance in Wisconsin during the latter part of May. Mr. 
T. M. Trippe in querying V. gilvus as found by him in Minnesota, prob- 
ably had the present species in view. It undoubtedly breeds about 
Pembina, in the heavy timber of the river-bottom, but I was not so 
fortunate as to discover its nest, a circumstance the more to be re- 
gretted since neither the nest or eggs have as yet come to light. 


List of specimens. 


S| | ze) 

A | ~ =| tp N. 7 

4 : 5 Nature of specimen, 

= s Locality. Date. Collector. ot = 5 ATRL DIR Dae 

oa 2) 

o | n 4 e | = 
2811 | ¢ | Pembina, Dak ...... June 3,1873 | Elliott Coues | 5.10 | 8.50 |..---- Skin. 
ASV || MOQ Ne See (eects ieee aire eesae Ol x perorpetel uate LO) c= eyerare ater 4.80 | 7.20 jcteee see Gl, 

| 


VIREO GILVUS, ( Vieill.) Bp 
WARBLING VIREO. 


Observed in abundance at Pembina, and again found at the opposite 
extremity of the Line, the specimen captured in the Rocky Mountains, 
however, being probably of the slight variety swainsoni. At Pembina, 
the Warbling Vireo was in full song and breeding in June. A nest 
found on the 11th of that month was stili empty; but in this latitude 
few of the small insectivorous birds appear to lay before the third 
week in June. 


List of specimens. 


=) $ : 
A a 5 tr T Q 7 
S e Locality. Date. Collector. et S 2 s See ofspe on 
o (3) J = 
o RN 4 <2} = 
2810 | @ | Pembina, Dak ...... June 3,1873 | ElliottCoues | 5.60 | 8.50 |..---. Skin 
BHOR trciaals osQOl.-)eae cca: Afwtavey Gy Mees Roath) ae cocoae GOW OS) oceans. Be ako} 
Cae) |) LOSE cei ane ae nets UNE OB) | eee COs ace = te 52308) B60 eles. == +. .00: 
BEES |e OAs Senate y aE eee nee aed COLUTLO LMP aS idh | Mee CLO Ne ere ete (eiete raters |i resratl ls Coereiere Nest. 
d519) Goes |pRocky, iMountaims, (Amp 1951874 | eeido . Soa eee ss) oo icc eanne Skin (var. swain- 
latitude 499. sont). 


576 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
VIREO SOLITARIUS, (Wils.) Viedll. 
SOLITARY VIREO. 


One specimen of this rather rare species was secured at Pembina, 
which is probably about its northern limit. It was taken in the timber 
of the river-bottom, frequented by three other species of the same genus. 

A fifth species of Vireo, the White-eyed, probably also occurs in the 
same locality, since it has been found in Minnesota. It was not, how- 
ever, observed. 

List of specimens. 


Z 2 |e » | Nature ofspeci 
5 C f EN on ature ofspecimen, 
= 4 Locality. Date. Collector. 2 = = and neriaaeel 
o o 

1S) 7) 4 A E 

{ i | A 

| 
2839 |....| Pembina, Dak ...... | June 4, 1873 Elliott Coues | 5.50 | OF 25) |Heeeee | Skin. 

| } 


COLLURIO LUDOVICIANUS EXCUBITORIDES, (Sw.) Coues. 
WHITE-RUMPED SHRIKE. 


This is the characteristic species of the whole region explored,—the lar- 
ger kind, C. borealis, probably only occurring during its migration to or 
from the north, and in wiuter; at any rate, it was potobserved. The White- 
rumped Shrike is common in suitable localities, and numerous specimers 
were secured at different points. At Turtle Mountain, during the last 
week in July, I found a family of these birds in an isolated clump. of 
bushes. The young, four in number, had just left the nest, which was 
disvovered in the crotch of a bush, five or six feet from the ground. It 
was one of the dirtiest nests I have ever handled, being fouled with ex- 
crement, and with a great deal of a scurfy or scaly substanee, apparently 
cast from the feathers of the young during their growth. The nest 
proper rested upon a bulky mass of interlaced twigs; it was composed 
of some white weed that grew abundantly in the vicinity, matted to- 
gether with strips of fibrous bark. 


List of specimens. 


iS) D ® 
A , < A ep | Natureof specimen 
= 4 Loeality. Date. Collector. | = & anil Cael 
oS {lw 4H 2 = 
2774 | & | Pembina, Dak .-..... Jane 1, 1873 | Elliott Coues |.----.|.----.|------ Skin. 
| BRED |) CP leoanGl® 5 cosece socccees June 14, 1873 |- s2hdO\ @eeeneee S560) 240) Reaeee | seer do. 
BOBS NO CaO! eeeeeee eens |yeisert Giko) SH6ae sctendO) Soe eb 0) || LOAD ese5so is s5- do 
3385 |....| Turtle Wigan, | Aihy Sh a8) too e@kt) Se SS o\joceo se |loss5s5|fessase|[os=- do. 
Dak 
3386 280) Sacisek eee aces domes ae 
SBS HIE AMol eaenC Ore Sats sme ae crs ol|eooeGo CG (tyaeee byt 
S30 I Gs lee og ae aee teres July 31,1873 |.... 
4506 |.-.. Rocky a ganeiniel Aug. 17, 1874 |... 
latitude 49°. 
AGAO Maal O) oo caiatiee meee AWE), OL TUS Sa HAG) BS esbonellacacod||-saosolososealjaace do. 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 5TT 
CARPODACUS PURPUREUS, (Gm.) Gray. 
PURPLE FINCH. 


This species was found in small numbers on Turtle Mountain during 
the latter part of July. It doubtless breeds in this locality. It has been 
traced by other observers as far as the region of the Saskatchewan, but 
I did not find it in the Rocky Mountains, nor, indeed, anywhere along 
the Line, excepting in the locality just mentioned. In the Missouri re- 
gion, I have ascertained that it ascends the river as far at least as Fort 
Randall,—how much further I am unable to say; the evidence of its 
presence above that point being negative, with the exception of Dr. 
Hayden’s record of a specimen from Vermilion River. 


List of specimens. 


So : 
A = a= eo IN > i 
4 aS : 4 op Nature of specimen, 
= ¥ Locality. Date. Collector. a = a amidmeniacical 
So la =p Sle 
3368 | 9 | Turtle Mountain, | July 28,1873} Elliott Coues |.....- | bale Bt Skin. 
Dak. | 


CHRYSOMITRIS TRISTIS, (Linn.) Bp. 


AMERICAN GOLDFINCH. 


This familiar bird was noted only at Pembina. It is, however, a 
species of general distribution in North America, so that the lack of 
observation respecting it at other points is to be regarded as simply 
fortuitous. 

While upon the small subgroup of the Fringillide to which the 
present species belongs, | may properly note some other kinds which 
undoubtedly belong to the avifauna of the Boundary Line, though they 
escaped my observation. These are chiefly winter visitors from the 
north,—for it will be remembered that I was in the field, during both 
seasons, only from June to October. 

The Pine Grosbeak, Pinicola enucleator, the two Cross-bills, Loxia 
americana and L. leucoptera, the Gray-crowned finch, Leucosticte tephro- 
cotis, and the Red-poll Linnet, Agicthus linaria, all enter this country 
later in the fall, some to remain during winter, others to pass further 
on; while the Pine Linnet, Chrysomitris pints, is a species of the same 
general distribution as the Goldfinch. 

Of the genus Plectrophanus, next to be considered, all the North 
American species occur in this region, which is the very home of two ot 
them ; two others came southward just as I was leaving, the Ist of Oc- 
tober; and the fifth, the Snow Bunting, P. nivalis, which was the only 
one not seen, doubtless came along shortly afterward. 

Bull. iv. No. 3 3 


578 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


List of specimens. 


a | { 

z | Fe |e | INaemeetspen 

4 ; ae wa =p ob ature of specimen 
= 4 | Locatity Date. Collector. a = i Val OTRAS 
oO RM | 4 | 
ae é Pembina, Dak ...--- | June 4, 1873} Elliott Coues | 5.10 | 9.00 |...... | Skin 


PLECTROPHANES LAPPONICUS, (Linn.) Selby. 
LAPLAND LONGSPUR. 


On one of the last occasions when, during the season of 1873, I used 
my gun for collecting, a single specimen of the Lapland Longspur was 
secured. I think that the species had just reached the parallel on its 
southward movement; otherwise I could hardly have failed to observe 
it sooner, as I was shooting almost every day. Exactly how far south 
it may linger to breed I do not know, but there are some indications 
that it may occasionally nest in this latitude. Nevertheless, it ordina- 
rily reaches the Arctic regions in summer; and I have seen the nest and 
eggs from an island in Bebring’s Sea. It moves southward in October 
in large flocks, reaching at least as far as Kentucky and Colorado. It 
does not appear to have been found in the United States west of the 
Rocky Mountains, but this may be merely through default of observa- 
tion, since it is a species of cireumpolar distribution, like the Snow Bunt- 
ing, abundant in northern portions of Asia and Europe. Such casual 
observations as I made when the specimen was secured showed nothing 
specially different in its habits from either P. pictus or P. ornatus, with 
both of which it was associated. 


List of specimens. 


S J 
a : = a eo |Nature of specimen 
a r Locality. Date. Collector. a = s and Cee ARIRet , 
>) 
Ske A eX E 
3851 |....| Mouse River, Dak...| Oct. 1,1873] Elliott Coues.| 6.50 |11.25 | 3.70 | Skin. 


PLECTROPHANES PICTUS, Sw. 
PAINTED LONGSPUR. 


Observed only on one occasion, when it was found in company with 
the Chestnut-collared and Lapland Longspurs, having probably, like the 
last species, just arrived from the north. The two autumnal (young) 
specimens secured closely resemble the corresponding plumage of P. 
ornatus, though the birds are readily distinguished by certain marks. 
P. pictus is the larger of the two (length, 6.50; extent, 11.25; wing, 3.75; 
tail, 2.50; tarsus, 0.75 ; middle toe and claw thesame). Upper parts much 
as in the adults in summer, but the distinctive head-markings obscure 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 579 


or wanting. Entire under parts buff or rich yellowish-brown, paler on 
the chin and throat, which, like the forebreast, are obsoletely streaked 
with dusky. Tibiz white. Two or three outer feathers of the tail only 
white. Bill dusky-brown above and at the end, paler below. Feet 
light brown, toes darker. In no stage of plumage of P. ornatus are the 
under parts extensively buffy, while all the tail-feathers, excepting per- 
haps the middle pair, are white at the base. 


List of specimens. 


Pome | 
E ee ee 
e : 7 5p so |Nature of specimen, 

a 4 Locality. Date. Collector. a 2 2 and renurke 

iS) 2) =) & i= 

aes = 
3853 | ~ | Mouse River, Dak...| Oct. 1,1873| Elliott Coues | 6.50 lit. 20 | 3.75 | Skin. 
3854 | oR EA vgs ae One ee ee dove we Aaurdioy, Ades 6. 40 [14.00 3:55). do: 


PLECTROPHANES ORNATUS, Towns. 
CHESTNUT-COLLARED LONGSPUR. 


These birds were not noticed in the immediate valley of the Red River; 
but no sooner had I passed the Pembina Mountains than I found them 
in profusion. Throughout this part of the country they are wonderfully 
abundant, even exceeding in the aggregate either Baird’s Bunting or 
the Missouri Skylark. Their numbers continued undiminished to the 
furthest point reached by my party during the first season—the head- 
waters of Mouse River—and they were still in the country when I 
left, the second week in October. The next season I noticed but few 
along the Upper Missouri and Lower Milk River, where P. maccowni be- 
came abundant; they were more common along Frenchman’s River, but 
some little distance further westward I lost sight of them, and in a letter 
transmitted to the “‘American Naturalist”, from the Two Forks of Milk 
River, I was induced to suppose I had got beyond their range; this, 
however, proved not to be the case, for subsequently I saw them at 
intervals till I entered the foothills of the Rocky Mountains. The inter- 
esting relation between the habitat of this species and of P. maccowni is 
more fully expressed under head of the latter; here I will only advert 
to its great abundance in the whole Red River watershed west of that 
river itself, its sudden falling-off in numbers at the point where the Co- 
teau de Missouri crosses 49°, yet its persistence westward to the Rocky 
Mountains. 

My first specimens were secured July 14, 1873, at which date the early 
broods were already on wing. Uniting of several families had scarcely 
begun, however, nor were small flocks made up, apparently, till the first 
broods had, as a general thing, been left to themselves, the parents busy- 
ing themselves with a second set of eggs. Then straggling troops, con- — 
sisting chiefly of birds of the year, were almost continually seen, mixing 
freely with Baird’s Buntings and the Skylarks; in fact, most of the con- 


580 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


gregations of the prairie birds that were successively disturbed by our ad- 
vancing wagon-trains consisted of all three of these, with a considerable 
sprinkling of Savanna Sparrows, Shore Larks, and Bay-winged Bunt- 
ings. The first eggs I secured were taken July 18, nearly a week after 
I had found young on wing; these were fresh; other nests examined 
at the same time contained newly hatched young. Again, I have found 
fresh eggs so late as the first week in August. During the second 
season, the first eggs were taken July 6, and at that time there were 
already plenty of young birds flying. The laying-season must conse- 
quently reach over a period of at least two months. I was not on the 
ground early enough to determine the commencement exactly ; but sup- 
posing a two weeks’ incubation, and about the same length of time 
occupied in rearing the young in the nest, the first batches of eggs must 
be laid early in June to give the sets of young which fly by the first of 
July. There is obviously time for the same pair to get a second, if not 
a third, brood off their hands by the end of August; I should say that 
certainly two, and probably three, broods are reared, as a rule. The 
result of all this is, that from the end of June until the end of August 
young birds in every state of plumage, and the parents in various 
degrees of wear and tear, are all found together. The young males very 
soon show some black on the under parts, but do not gain the distinet- 
ive head-markings until the next season. The completion of general 
moult is delayed until September, to nearly the time the Prairie Chickens 
have theirs; with its completion, both old and young acquire a much 
clearer and richer plumage than that worn during the summer. While 
the summer adults rarely show the bend of the wing black, this feature 
comes out stronglyin September. Comparatively few of the birds of this 
region show the mahogany-color on the under parts, described as being 
very conspicuous in those of some other portions of the country. Many 
of the females, in high plumage, are scarcely distinguishable from the 
males. The extent of white on the tail is a conspicuous feature when 
the birds are flying, serving for their instant recognition among their 
allies. There is a good deal of variation in dimensions, as indicated by 
the measurements given in the table beyond. 

The nest, of course, is placed on the ground, usually beneath some 
little tuft of grass or weeds, which effectually conceals it. Like that of 
other ground-building sparrows, it is sunk flush with the surface of the 
ground, thin at the bottom, but with thicker and tolerably firm brim; 
it consists simply of a few grasses and weed-stems, for the most part 
circularly disposed. In size, the cup is about 34 inches across the 
brim and nearly 2 in depth. During the first season, I only found 
four eggs or young in a nest; but I afterward took one containing 
six eggs. These measure about 4 long by 2 broad, of an ordinary 
Shape. They are difficult to describe as to color, for the marking is in- 
tricate as well as very variable here as elsewhere in the genus. I have 
called them “ grayish-white, more or less clouded and mottled with pale 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 581 


purplish-gray, which confers the prevailing tone; this is overlaid with 
numerous surface markings of points, scratches, and small spots of dark 
brown, wholly indeterminate in distribution and number, but always 
conspicuous, being sharply displayed upon the subdued ground color.” 
On those occasions when I approached a nest containing eggs, the 
female usually walked off quietly, after a little flutter, to some distance, 
and then took wing; at other times, however, when there were young 
in the nest, both parents hovered close overhead, with continuous cries. 

During the summer, when the old birds are breeding, and those of the 
year are still very young, they are very familiar and heedless, and will 
searcely get out of the way. In September, when the large flocks make 
up, and are joined by VP. pictus from the north, they become much 
wilder, iy more strongly, and are then procured with some difficulty. 
I never observed the dense flocking that some writers describe; the 
congregation I always found to be a straggling one, so that single birds 
only could be shot on the wing. In the winter, however, or during the 
migration, the case may be different. The ordinary flight is perfectly 
undulatory, and not very rapid; but in the fall the birds have a way of 
tearing about, when startled, with a wayward course, which renders 
them difficult to shoot on the wing. The ordinary call-note is a chirp, 
of peculiar character, but not easy to describe; besides this, the males 
during the breeding-season have a pleasing twittering song, uttered 
while they are flying. The chirp is usually emitted with each impulse 
of the wings. The birds scatter indiscriminately over the prairie, but 
are particularly fond of the trails made by buffalo or by wagon-trains, 
where they can run without impediment, and where doubtless they find 
food which is not so accessible upon undisturbed ground. Though so 
generally distributed, there are some spots where they are particularly 
numerous, and others again, where, for no assignable reason, they are 
not to be seen. This curious sort of semi-colonizaticn is witnessed in 
the cases of many other prairie birds, and some of the smaller rodent 
mammals, like the pouched gophers and field-mice. 


List of specimens. 


i=} : 
a | ee = oo 6INs - 
3s - aa Nature of specimen, 
= ‘4 Locality. Date. Collector. a = 5 aid eeinackee 
iS) WD [Rates Wie a) Ee | 
| | 

3255 |....| 20 miles west Pem- | July 14,1873] Elhott Coues.| 5.90 |10.70 |.--... | Skin. 
bina Mts. | 

OM are poser O;eee ssc sons osiel|lvetins dokseec Bee OOM ae ee By ry 0), ai) | ee aaee ec seGloy 

So oum Mneree doleewanee 202k S2 use dors... Fier dogetecnins eSOn OLA) eee see eeeador 

3258 Remi Gbeee esa acc eee does Jonah) Mera | 6.0 |10.65 |.-...-| do: 

3259 EREGON See sete Vabicls Lii| Matte doen. 25 Pes ON ae Sacto Hwa | ROSO0 a ees= ---do. 

3261 GX 2 6eneaeeeenes| scene doen: eae AO ecsacets Der Otome =e |= -do. 

3262 FRE OO) ate cae oe os ese Oneds-s Fee eG Outs eee Sy 76) MOON seecee 22.0; 

3286 |....| 50 miles west Pem- | July 15,1873|....do -......- GAOON ORO R Pear a Sealilo) 
bina Mts. 

3287 OMe eae wid cho ball ae Ossie! ats CONS ais 2 62202 LONGO) |e eeeee Pee 610 

OO eee pee eC Ole ace kee so 555 ec pO Ulyeel Ol Sia ce One case es 52 80))| 9560) |eaeee2 eee OO. 

3327 | Q | 25 miles east Turtle | July 18,1873 |....do ........ --.---|.-----|------ Skin, with nestand 
Mt. 4 eggs 

3328 eed OF s oe ooo asa eee Gow. ae Obs oats aes ||(saeciss) aa setoe cote Skin. 

SBPLY | Gis losecd OAR SopeSeEereoes|latoge On) Aaa Bee OES Ree calaececs Geese) Besoos Gao 

SBEO Va canlisaoc GO Dassoss skis soe samen Gowesseecltast: G0) SeeneacalbaosonlesseselecHoon ---do 


582 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


List of specimens—Continued. 


S = 
A = a eh |Natureof 
4 ; tp eof specimen, 
A “ Locality. Date. Collector. 5 < i: and Geaiarnee 
D> |Z st ety 
3331 |... | 25 miles east Turtle | July 18, 1873 | Elliott Coues-|...-.-.|.-----|..--.. Skin. 
Mt. 
SEED) |bescl|lgaed@@O nabossodcosseolles dO Leech NE TACO tenes |lyseistel ls ceca nace a en Gor 
GER ETT ee Gomes Ommeeonce ccs ced lenoes Gleaner Se oc sa Ce eee oer eran le aac So 33005 
BAAT Ee -l MMTOOSe LVL.) Dalene. MAUI O Mean ete OO msate fete) eletetetarelleateainall peel sends 
Yt eee SEEK) SUMS SROs occ oot dope AGO esses i ekied|5e3 | oat aoe senda: 
SAA 5 lL raid one eee nee ee eee damennee Laat \ime tabe eins | RE eae || Sa bd © hs Bie EE dor 
S150 pees |s5 COR Seca a eee doe BS 2d Osc se eel seuss eee see ecacs -do. 
BEB esoliada CO sossoce Buloelstepe J NSS TOT EH sss Seacoecs!|ssconni| asoode|lescocs “Skin (young). 
SH MONEE EGY coon as0scoliccos SGlntee. ae eee CON... eter 5.15 |L0025) |. <2 Skin. 
S4AGGE Sees S...0 On cocrpneiseee cee cerce GOmaener Pers OE ee cee Sy 0) OBS |oscse- Basa) 
SAGA SalI Oy ees cee eel ees dovyeneene See Qe araaae G25) INNO) 755 ossace aaaotloy, 
BY (ell esp eoerd Ousnar aera sa duiscallantee dowence: ee O!. cone vase Semen cleseeies| Seer sdoo8l@s 
BAGO 2 sales eee CO. - eee Ae beh Gael d de 00) ceases si 5800 i cede fake cl ase leeeee .---d0. 
B70 Iocoolleess Os vasa te serene sos Moree: Viajes LON Se Somers Poccinel | aeteeeligeteeter bonis 
SY Hescallocos Oe Htntion Bsatosta terre dowense: LEP MOmee. cE eee ee ace See doe 
Ou Ae ae aleee Orpen Mea Saye crew Bev Oesttace Seanad sods GACO 10525, |e see. son, 
BAO NE hes ae Copia wees Pie PNG, MN, MI es S0GK) cconcoss 6.00 |10.50 |...... --..d0. 
HONG |). soallesoe Gon ese eee ceca. Aug. 13, NEHRU MSSLGley ao badass (}, 2) HIS SO) lessooe BESEEOs 
SII Neeeeilacso OY Erte eet eat SAL Lae eae Mdol site Brees (0) vas a eae 6510) 1OPG5\ Sean e- P= eydor 
Solis) lo alleooe Oe eerste pases eee 6 conece eee AO Oat mics wine Ga) ML OD | esscce S65 700; 
SoU OE RO EMO se cee rete cate see. OVacasae EO eee 6) 10} 10560) Sidon 
352 Oem eee Obareree esas resyoasenn| cictece Ghifeeacoe So SkCOiemets ait =n do3 
Boot eer le eG Oheriaans hc ceteeer|saane dormeeee. ay doweetss Saad (oy, 
35 20 ella Ova ie aide wis ersiion| ogee Gi eeaces| lose: (HONE Ho sepals POtene pacmeallascere eeedos 
Bo2on eee Ghani Sects a 105, eins Ae han 6 Ke a his Oy seen |oce cece ae ae eee ee ..do 
SrA sere Nets Os ase 3 sere asec ste CO! se | Sree a eran he eel te ears Ble aie ao) 
SOOM Peeler GO! ae a aente aia sci levees Gokescere ees dO tre cent seer ee ae PAS ees eed os 
SBE) occ BEG seep somes Sela |PASION 22 5AM Sele = iG Oy mieesmeeye alent | Seesoe lesesee Wooo okay 
Seats) |Waseleaont Oe eeeaseeseris Aug. ae WSGSH: ca (Ona siae sees. ash cee ee || eeteeae Paedon 
SHGOM weed | tS aGoLay. a2 fy sab = oad doc saue HER Oe ameisoeind [score eee! sacbes |_...do. 
BUletsh lees eee ON eee eee aeeon ie Sy WTS AOU cree os att oc one eye Sarena || DS Bee ilos 
3109) |g ||. =. Sept. PLU eaanGkOy sess Gos 6.25 |10. 80 | 3.30 |....do. 
BAO W ee Ison al Apes, 3 dlotessasnitess One eee 6.25 |10.80 | 3.30 |....do. 
S| Qa ss Le donee celina Govseeye ee: 5. 90 |10.35 | 3.20 |....do 
Oe eens He ei Oysters ee crea teens Gloieeneealissas 0) RG earasS aie eats oceeteees .-.do 
Bila | OD ioossGG) + ceodeceoooobellooaos Gy Ses ora esas doi ak aed 5. 80 |10. 20 | 3.20 |....do 
STM eee aera AC Oasis ernie is evereyste storie aerate Ossie seals GOs sadsaal) GhOO 40, 10 |) S310) ess cal 
BCU |) EE SG OMS Rem Racal Aad Cons aoe (0 MEER ee saree |e See faces oe ita): 
S22 ocullee Sep 3, 1873 Og eee sical seersiciell rateee Sepsieeets --.do 
BRB a eye SAU u tad aa ab Seiemeete leases CkCp ens hall AL dace cen cna toe eel Saar .. do 
B24 eer: arse Cl OLE eretater tenets GUO WE Soe esl aosnae Heeeaasaosos =e do 
BEB) ls ecaliscond Obs cPeoras caouaued|laonen do ees nee. GO, Gog562\asaouol|sos5ce Hosea Feeecos 
ii Ola | eae eee Ole tere iets nye flee Oliviguesaa baa GO en aoa ce ar | asennad Os 
3733 | Long Coteau Rivers | Sept. 6, Levai|h=-sdOlee sees 6.10 |10.70 | 3.40 |.--.do. 
a) | 
ASIST || ep) IPiReeliMa eee, a folly (6 TEE NE SO) cosemacallosescalleccoaclicccaca edo. 
Mont 
MGS WV © ssnsG@ sanonooséssosao|oasac GG) sHstieellasec Cotes oe | Seared seemembec sc Skin, with set of 6 
eggs 
ANA QPIA i= \c ae O ces selects aces. ay, au eC Res LESS At Hallasoeee lecsaaaleseaa: Skin. 
UV AI Gol tere (MM Seen eee perce el come ecllicas GOR esse Pesta s saree eee sae ...do 
BADE eile eOOr-penccetesece aclnlletsieas ae acta eres GO reas en Se aero elle erase ...-d0 
AND Rahal ACL Obey ss a esteic oer mieh leet e Gow eA Cee earl GEO met scoaca tec --.do 
AN AAG ON hoes Ole ie eisisisietsieiea sie eerie CO ecee CIOS BE aml BEA else ae oe 2 do 
ANA ee ePNCLOY ) Sey Ase he behest tarts dor Peale Gowenaseetisl easels) eee olesoee eecice) 
BLA GU ere pric Olai= = siete secon line nae Oise 2 a salear GO 4s Sacer essa epee lease do 
AGS Vici b Saas Glee) cacemen crasat July a nei Cl get iy Cem Sand lcci ciallesoneo |Ismeacis --.do 
NGG Glib aaed Ove eg aeseoceee neal Seca (materia Eee GO! Ysera |e seater ---do 
AGRA Aa ee sa QO sosek cincicergee laos S Be Sepa e acc Goes eas oes | sess Reeeas --.do 
ge hivepnll Wao OisseceSeee meres Meee AO cose 2c kOO! Aiemic ec sy teeten elloeereiiel eee ste =--€O 
41094 SF) Rd Op ase easaseeee ek LOO Jocercicia lees G02 Bee Bias 230s sal ees .-.do 
ALO oa een Ole ee genes ceetaae| sees Gly mepeeel oes CO Scare isiats asi eereerato toes | be eres Sool) 
AT | FQ Ue suns tn Sates see SAE OMe astral ae GO: oR eRe GRE a see eee aeeedo: 
ANG 2a ave alas Ome sem mets teme ast osinee Giiieeeeeslpoor GO i222 gees last eae sete near ~.--d0, 
yO ea ye Renal Aeers oprah oa een ee Sel leet GOW sess] See GO Go SEE OS REL en ie ae BaeenGos 
4293 |... Crossing Oe Weil | diay Cay Uae ss5cC) ScGaoncs|ésaccdlleanesalcccooe a Os 
River, Mont. 
Cosy: Bal pom (ees Covi, heresy ye ey cally gota GOMGScadalloser CEE Ro Aes HeSeenicoooor| sasose Sae00; 
43008 | Coe RE Ouee cote ae es | Mane Goreeke nae: dO fe rrek E55 ee ee peeedOr 
4404 |,...| West Sweetgrass | Aug. 11,1874|..-.do ........].---..|-----.|------ a 0: 
Hills, Mont. 
4432 |....| Headwaters Milk Aug. 13, 1874] J. H. Batty --| 5.75 /10.25 | 3.25 |....do. 
River, Mont. 
4434 |....|.... (Cc ya Rape ee tie i resi Ne oN Gliase ans SaGes OM asaoaee Beste aeoucalises sae Se dos 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 583 
PLECTROPHANES MACCOWNI, Lar. 
BLACK-BREASTED LONGSPUR. 


This species was never seen in the Red River region, and I do not 
think it occurs in that watershed, which is so thickly populated in 
‘Summer with P. ornatus, as already described. It seems to be one of 
the many birds that mark the natural division between that region and 
the Missouri Basin. I first encountered it June 21, 1874, a day’s march 
above Fort Buford. The specimen obtained was a young one, not quite 
able to fly. As we progressed toward the Milk River, the bird’ grew 
more and more abundant, and it occurred throughout the country thence 
to the Rocky Mountains. There were some points on the route where 
it was scarcely to be seen (as is usually the case with the small prairie 
birds); but this was a matter of slight Jocal distribution, for the species 
was equally numerous, “in spots,” throughout the country. JP. ornatus 
accompanied it in some numbers about as far as Frenchman’s River, 
where both species were breeding, and a few stragglers were noted 
along the whole way; but, in spite of this admixture, P. maccowni is to 
be considered the characteristic species of the genus in the Missouri 
watershed at this latitude, just as P. ornatus is in that of the Red River. 

Maccown’s Longspur was very abundant in the country about French- 
man’s River, and equally so about the headwaters of Milk River and in 
the eastern foothills of the Rocky Mountains. It does not appear, how- 
ever, to enter the mountains themselves, but stops just short of the 
beginning of the trees,—just where the Spermophili give way to the 
Géomyide and the Badgers to the Woodchucks. Of its periods of nidifi- 
cation and laying I am less precisely informed than in the case of P. 
ornatus. The fledgling taken June 21 indicates an early June brood, 
corresponding to the first one of P. ornatus ; but I took no eggs after 
July 10, when the only set in the collection was secured. Young birds 
in all stages were common from this time until the latter part of Augus$, 
and I have no doubt that at least two broods are reared each season. 
The nidification is substantially the same as that of P. ornatus. The 
few sets of eggs I have examined are of the same size as those of the 
bird just named, and closely resemble the lighter-colored varieties of the 
latter. The ground-color, however, is dull white, without the purplish- 
gray clouding so noticeable in the eggs of P. ornatus. The markings 
are rather sparse and obscurely mottled, with some heavier, sharper, 
scratchy ones, all of different shades of brown. According to analogy, 
it is reasonable to presume upon the same wide range of variation in 
this case that is known to obtain elsewhere in the genus Plectrophanes. 

While the females are incubating, the males have a very pretty way 
of displaying themselves and of letting the music out at the same time. 
They soar to a little height, and then, fixing the extended wings at an 
angle of forty-five degrees with their bodies, sink slowly down to the 


584 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


ground, singing most heartily—“ sliding down the scale of their own 
music,” as some one has happily expressed it in the case of another 
species of similar habit. This song, I think, is superior to that of the 
Chestnut-collared Bunting, though of the same general character. 
When hovering in the manner just indicated, both birds resemble 
butterflies, —there is something so light, wayward, and flickering in their 


motions. 
List of specimens. 


° ira] 
Ga = A < H 
es 7a | Locality. Date. Collector. a 5 a Ss ae of specimen, 
D 
Oo | an Sf a | 2 
4010 |.... Be Muddy River, | June 21, 1874) Hlliott Coues |.-----|------|.----- Skin (nestling). 
Font. 
4147 | gf | Frenckman’s River, | July 7,1874|....do -.....- 6.25 |11.25 | 3,50 | Skin. 
AVAB) Go| sare ON Aosers leq nis steal (icicle Gone eee GO Ae eee 6.20 |11. 50 | 3.45 |....do. 
AAG 9) Sill PRE Oe eet aante eeece oa cieteiat OW) coaone MaAdouaceaas 6.00 |1i. 10 | 3. 40 .do. 
4160 | ¢ |}. July et EM ngs 0K) sassacs 6.00 |L1.50 | 3. 60 =o 
ANGI I Seal lesen Oly cee eas cis cial ea QO) sicet ine ALG Reco seem nse as loscacdl nescoe .-do. 
ANODE call eee OO erste Seecccisiectell eee ag Bers AAO Mes ee 6.30 |11. 60 | 3.60 |...-do. 
ANG al iecsae emis One eienicicies ecieis cl |Sacee done Sos2 Oe eee | OaGOn it OOS ire 0n| Saeados 
4164 | Q |. One see td Oar ras 5. 75 |10. 70 | 3.30 -do. 
4218 | ¢ | Near Frenchman’s July 10; 1870) |e dotnet se A) ell eer eeisten ‘Skin, with 4 eggs. 
River, Mont. 
| ep | oi | W® yaks oe Gls opm 1G, Me aces ohasGes |lesacss|eoccos|lenonse Skin (parent of 
River. young in alcohol). 
EEDIS. | (Ov Bere Coy Se see aaa aes doeeeee: Se OU uk cee ialiee Sasa vets do. 
AAI rah eer Ors otas comets fsa July. ae ISVA SE NGO cee ce et | a5 see face Skin 
AOE) | IN 3 kl) SSeaosesoscooo. |lpacoeQK0) cane. CLMQOLs Shee e Sete es oilinnaee seen WlO 
ADAM Es Ah AtAG pn. aeeerse Moc eeoaae ae SeeA ee, ye SAO ee eee AES ee ares | serene 522d 0% 
4244 |... End O/ 4.55005 536 Sere eee GO ‘ssscc0e ped O te Nes ce Meee aise eee panes do: 
4249 | _..|..-.do. Bil eeees o AGS: eae CO! avst +s Seles OTe eh eee sooctOlNs 
4254 | 2 Near Two Forks of Awe Que We Se tClW eesceas acocllsooce ||senodc eo. dO: 
Milk River. 
4255 SS eta (Ome seer eth ac lens cre Glo} Sasace SHAPE ClO Aee Aen Mhscasallimeasicu besos ...-d0. 
4251 |....| Crossing of Mualk | July 24,1874)... do .....-. |------].-----|-.---- eee dOs 
River, Mont. < 
BQO SACs Re OU: cree ack eeeeee Silly 25 el Sia Ee dos Aaa ee ale eece acer eee woonhOr - 
4330 | 3 | West of SWE WEARS) | RUE, 7 NSIT ono Gl) Goasens |) Ga5cc|eenqoel| ianads son OD; 
Hills, Mont. 
SEB IU Oe Rea gl Oo aoa eS OeBElaallyanea Gomes Se 1d Om Sak. | eee s gteioen \aeeee pas Oy 
AZ 2h (s- PH DARE Ot wae sear snes eee dove ees Sais) 0} = eae ae hose feel Pec oeee Aspe son sSDs 
AS ISipl ts oo pee G Outs aers\a.e Ae clsssing 4 Pree aie Gtr saaee Hose Ors Lae od Ml Sa eae Bree eel tee cere soe lO: 
4334 Been OW Settee Ge oe doreeese es 0 a eee tess | Baeecalliedeoce iGeeus enc ala), 
ACR al eral Is al 00) Se ee ee PN oye A AE = S300) cSacacs: \lasscosloboasslssoucs 56 oO 
4425 | of BO One See cttow cies Aug. 12, USAW sO ce ae eal eee nae el Cate es saa blo 
CEN IN Or Sec AOKi) S SonGopeSauaacllonsee Bulacan SOR s* eis ilPemee a|Cacres | eee do 
AEs eee | hate Oba week ease eee] eect GD soncoc BRIERY i (Oe te endl saeco artic lite ade Cle. 
GUIS mia es LEON ecaacae ste eoee soc: Clty bGooan tt NGOnstss su aeslleeaaze Aasag sks eo kdor 
AO Mins Al Peee nO as Acer eerie Nowe peeee ilies Sao beset oe Sselles® mee panther. 
4441 |_..| Headwaters Milk ‘Aug. DS; 1804 Sj Ee Baittiyg ya s\ teem ees eell eee ee do. 
River, Mont. 
BAAD Wie ceils SAO Sepaies yd she es |e SoS AO yarn oA ete CORN yeahs IR Nae Sa Ee . do. 
HVVOR IN BEDS 30 Oia Sea Re ae POAeECKO MAES Sauls Sut Ah aCe Sal kell: Saad . do. 
ALS GP etal eed Osc seek e kc, AMISO 15, 1874) peed owes ee SH) eee ase eee ..do. 
FASE eae A Oe occ micleicictscceis'sl| evomic e Osc ce sew lected Ole ee etal eee lige see elmer ..do. 
FADO a ea eR ROVE Seem Sere oie aac A baa nO pea cee |S end Olja eee eae ey ae eileen afte avers Se a08 
AAG OIE Alle SACL OL are elas: sae ee ciel | acre POS 22 E02) Pye Oye cle oath ei aera  reictors tel | ener .-do. 
AM Gill alis- el ae el Oger ee ei eiots Ree Roe O Ea ees SG RA Naa erence creer asta Se ..do. 
A446 Gall eoaa| | soe e Olmeee etree esate ale] Oe esc maT Ost COMES se aye teri iae etc eet .-do. 
4467 |.__.]... see hd oes so seg sae sce eee .-do. 
44GB yi to ea| soe O: Biyscerenesece sa tease @ Socase io Go, fk ah a) AE AAS | IR ae .- do. 
a) ane EMEC KON oho ntioces Becca eee GO) paaaab RPE Oee SEE esl demecie loamacelkenoons .. do. 
BA (hi) P| LOD. eee ee ae tee all peat do! S=2- ee BGA (nee vo ctaern! Weeee naar | pa mots ..--do. 
AAS hx: etd oes ee eee see Coy eo ssae ERO ae eet Seta | eee el ene gon thos 
BATA Sh a Ve On yacte set tee ee cial ee eee do etsmes LONGO) ee aed eee back etal oer asia oOo: 
4498 | Near Rocky Mount- | Aug. 16,1874 )....do .-......|....--]-.----|.----- ...-do. 
ains, lat. 49°. 
449 Seyler Oiznce oct semen eral selas omeecee bps ..do. 
LAND |) Sf lasoae@kO) Sonnccess Bees eteliacsatel GI) Sosean wees ..do. 
ASOT SUA eso ON banana eee GOs ses cee ee =Sclo: 
45023) 10 Fae Ons so cess Seeker eee doje sre. : .-do. 
ARQ) Oke do. Fass see aie Aug. 28, 1874 |... Bada: 
AG QT ecu Mey aa CO es ca 2 ae ee Reo @opsse eee Pa ..do. 
AG308| P= <<'| Sas 0! PA. see ee eae eines do\sea2- See eaclor 
AGS Ne aN LO) can ces ce sera eae Ove sea. Saree ..do. 
CRP gael Se eCU Mae Ben SSH ers ps5 cllunode Gli daguae eer ..do. 
AG AN Oecd ee Os eee ee sae Aug. 29, 1874 |... .-do. 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 585 


List of specimens—Continued. 


S : ; 
Z aul perl 
x f by | op ature of specimen, 
= E Locality, Date. Collector. a = a Srila) 
= 

o mM 4 A Fea 

4059 |....| Headwaters Milk | Aug. 30, 1874 | Elliott Coues.|......|......|...--- Skin. 
River, Mont. 
AHOOM ester a AO csassc ese aciva-||..088 Gorzse2e8 Gos Aes Sekt foo. lineseraleeeee do 
MOO Peace s40O) «cnc cnesceeee nl aeet doys---=- GOB eb ap maa laeeens) Seamee |S aise do 
4662 |... dOGssssae stack osk hans doweaeeae CO BORE S55 | pontine nance cetera ices do 
4D ||. 2.4 SSAC ORs eee (eee Gk) SSodau MO eras) || ernie se |ase ae leak ae do 
4664 |.... CORSE Sey et eee ee GIO eoosne OMe ee aecteeteelee Se do 
GOS) |||’ “onl es aC ae eeeeseere a ere dowenaa: Pee COve etch |ssaizicailsiaeminaliesctsier do 
4667 | § | West of Sweetgrass | Aug. 31, 1874 |....do ......-.].-.-..|------|....-- \Baeedo: 
Hills, Mont. 

AGU |) GP Ress Oe eeepc eeeeeeeect terete ko apoaes PRG OM aasacedleesoesllarecce bacece do 
EE AOM GA aeISUO =e ae aie mniatelnsiaic'|s Syejare Choibaeece SECO ceclemten sesewcieseeeells acess do 
AdSD | GP RSS eCOtpepeeeseeeraee Sere - dOmsscae BECO hes ne.seuileeiiarss | >sereeislliceie =e 3 do 
AGS Om ha s00) ss ancine. osc ceeel cent: dossrats ceGl) so as55oc|oo5sc0l\a00600 bosons do 


PASSERCULUS BAIRDI, (Aud.) Coues. 
BAIRD’S BUNTING. 


It is difficult to understand how this bird eluded observation for thirty 
years—from the time of its original discovery by Audubon, on the Upper 
Missouri, nearly to the present day. If the species were really rare, this 
would not be remarkable; but it has lately been shown to be extremely 
abundant in different parts of the West. I did not meet with it along 
the Red River itself, but found it as soon as I passed from the Pembina 
Mountains to the boundless prairie beyond. In some particular spots, 
it oatnumbered all the otber birds together; and on an average through 
the country, from the Pembina Mountains to the Mouse River, it was one 
of the trio of commonest birds,—the Skylarks and Chestnut-collared 
Longspurs being the other two. The first specimens I procured were 
taken July 14. Some of them were newly fledged, but the great majority 
were adult males, showing that at that time the breeding-season was at 
its height. Out of thirty-one specimens secured July 14 and 15, only one 
was a female, the individuals of this sex being evidently occupied with 
the duty of incubating or brooding their young. The males at this time 
were very conspicuous, like Spizella pallida under the same circum- 
stances, as they sat singing on the weeds or low bushes of the prairie. 
The song consists of two or three distinct syllables, followed by a trill 
uttered in a mellow, tinkling tone. The nest I never succeeded in find- 
ing, although I must have passed by many. The eggs were first dis- 
covered by Mr. Allen in the region just south of me. They were taken 
July 1, 1873, the date corresponding to that which I fixed as the laying 
season from consideration of the habits of the birds. The nest and eggs 
are described from his specimens in the “ Birds of the Northwest”. 
Whether or not two broods are reared, I cannot say; but some of my 
late summer specimens were so young that I judged they might belong 
to a second brood. Birds of apparently about the same age were shot 
six weeks apart. 


586 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


The general habits of Baird’s Bunting are much like those of Passer- 
culus savanna, and the appearance of the two birds during life is so similar 
that it is difficult to tell them apart at any distance. The Centronyx is 
not truly gregarious, but, like many other prairie birds, affects particular 
spots, which are colonized by large numbers. When the young are all 
on wing, it associates in straggling troops, mixing freely with the Sky- 
larks and Longspurs. During the summer, the plumage becomes 
extremely worn and faded; with the moult, which occurs in September, a 
much more richly colored dress is assumed. The bird remains in this 
country at least until October, though its meyers sensibly diminish 
during the preceding month. 


List of specimens. 


S : : 
A : - = to |Nature of specimen, 
= y Locality. Date. Collector. a é 5 ae ota 
S la Sf el |e 
3242 | ¢ | 20 miles west Pem- | July 14, 1873 | Elliott Coues.|......|.--...|.----- | Skin. 
bina Mts. 
SO eh as oO Baas nee ane eee WO) Sa5e6s é 
SOPAG|S ey ala Oy tiadee oe Riise SRRE do eeses : 
BRAG) |) SP loose sconnoscodasqos|ouace (0) seoses i 
SONG Nel oat Orgs Seen e on 8 ers, ine ido eereet E 
BD Aelia ici ciara Owersets Seats lreeetcte ee Acere OO Saoess 
BASING e| Wan does toss t terse hea) Pees OO ooecke 2 
3) 4 OMG ats Cl Os-uscrmveccve wena tareternicl| eer Gly Bosece ef 
SOHNE GE a cstdO toe eee ee eee doe : 
Sail Neh loaeatkn) oeooaer sae eoosltoade QOsaesae. ne ae 
SPO wotmlaeeia CO Nese jot eo sre cael lpm acc Gomeaeee : 
3265 | co | 50 miles west Pem- | July 15, 1873 |. 
| bina Mts. 
BAT | Cf anes Ol es ooacoe cooabeadilasadeG®) coon lls 
BOG TI chl | Mardore sake. wake LN RNG oe aie 
S268 ail Be adOpeee eee cere ea Onan cers 
3269 | ot |. 
3270 | v 
Bedil || Gt the 
amie | of Ve 
Bera) || of 
3274 | ov 
hoe || co | 
3276 | S|. 
S207 || GF He 
32738 | oS 
3219 | ov |. 
3220 | & 
BRI | er No 
3282) | os | 
3283 | of | 
3284 | of |. 
eS Seal sere G0) Senceer camer cre 
SOUR ae || creat Ot ei ctatabever ne patel 1olc) Mictafots SOPs wer eal 
SOD hema lara haat paeysts aeianinn lt spayateynOl Omvelsteracetes| 
So ees | See Oe each tetas oleato ne LO Naericion 4 
Be le eGelloon. UO) picaconooBporea as ESO sscseis . 
SPES) bsecllecocO®: joosbddcoansaas BoP IOL SCE ae E 
er OOnaee WacectO sousccoscsoncos|jsaaee 610) Soosc Bor, 
3303 |... | 75 miles west Pem- July 17, 1873 |. 
bina Mts. 
S804 ie ON Ones specter rye all metsvere GO Seeaoe : 
GEIS Hae Gea Oy cao Soe cme aoe [Se eor Ope seat 5 
3206 |....| TOOL ee see eetcre a aoa GO) shsueall4 
3320 |....| 25 miles east Turtle July 18, 1873 |. 
Mountain. 
S9O ged a Ste edo) Spee eet ae weS) GOpsccts- Leak GO: eee Rel eGemeallaeeeets ares peed: 
3822 Clie}. |e as Ore bees te ceremeeter| ee alee dolseese: Bye AMO) owas weer stele eae soe ty 
3823 4]t -walpeeedowese S. a see ee era st Glo} Gapoas neni O) \sxsarietal Beenie eeeale waeae ---d0. 
Boge ccf awa GQ Ol dace aerate BAO OY vicars aie wae GOy eek inee Sale neise hee eee emcee see RO: 
SB25) ooo foo x8 conosco pee soe ies ohiaa do ...--. £f dO. sat nella eee Reese --.do. 
BIG locos ROOM ase so eee doweeeaer PREMIO ON eticces = 5 caentog | cence tear be Gor 
3358 | oF Turtle Mt., Dak.. July pats} lo aoe Ona saaa ae Ongar) O4400 ee eee 22500) 
3359 | of POO ee eatak anette domes: PER OO) cee is ccee SSK) Ob GO) esess- '....d0 
| 3436 |....| Mouse River, Dak-.-| Aug. 9,1875|.-..do ......-- Safonov eC eee ae naOs 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 587 


List of specimens—Continued. 


é | Ea coal | 
: ‘ Bhs os 5 to |Nature of specimen, 
= ; Locality. Date. Collector. el = f= aes. 
Oo |nm = faa E 
mek | Z 

3437 |....| Mouse River, Dak... Aug. 9, 1875 |-Elliott Cones.| 5.50 | 8.60 |...... Skin. 

AR OR Pe (Oe 2 525k calc 2 When Moteeces ALERT O ie S.6 2 ey: GY BQ Wee OO) jie J lene o; 

3439 POs sos weceistewists 2} <[aaree doseNee: ..do ALB 7 GL BW he oe ns $2 ido; 
| 3440 oui: Hepelel ROO Ss CI Sava (Noy ANS Ss ete COsseas trae Byrd) ucla) ele a: itdot 
rile | eee Pee COM Lhe kawcmscsleene COME eee COn eee 5y 540) |) SC | oss. Daan | 

SOO BIMON Pee dOte Sik ocak. | areas OTIS} I oath) Reo eat | PSY 124 esee ido! 

COM eee [yen IO) 2 cece nou tas | Adioyes TS STS} So 5GiO) eecede se D500) |) G5WO ecnece lpeeeao;, 

22480) llaoaalleson) OLE ace ee ceRee eran eersee One ae SACU Wen eee oe On OOH |P85 80) || eenee heenlos 

Fel Oaanl Meee (eee Os wks vie Geiss } krayer, 1B}, HAS |p coc) .esean oe D160) | 95710 || .do. 

3508 |... Wor ease ecer Orca sees 5. 50 | 9.10 | .do. 

3509 |.. OGyapace BOWE ee yee 5, (a) |] © ot) | _.do. 

3510 Gorssaea Oa stele 5: Gd: | YE35 do. 

3511 Ot aces HOOP cee eee 5. 65 | 9.30 =xclo: 

aise ion dow ass2 SOO eae ay, 00) |! O52) eee .-do 

3513 xd ots eos doKeest.cee 51 (00) SE) eee Bonk, 

ene meres O! a/c crcl mse aeis a6 | Bees (oweseas ROR ee ne Go 65) | 8b 40) Vo cooce ..do. 

3515 donee URuciesae een By, 7) Ih a0) aaa 5.0 

3849 |_. USGS | Goa! Pe reoos 5. £0) 9.60 3 UB sen) 


OCOTURNICULUS LECONTIT, (Aud.) Bp. 
LECONTH’S BUNTING. 


The rediscovery of this little-known and extremely interesting species 
in Dakota was made in the season of 1873 by the Commission. On the 
march between Turtle Mountain and the first crossing of Mouse River, 
I came upon what seemed to be a small colony of the birds in a moist 
depression of the prairie, where the herbage was waist-high. By dili- 
gent search, after shooting the first specimen and perceiving what it was, 
I managed, not without difficulty, to secure five in all. This was on the 
9th of August. Isubsequently found the bird again, and secured a sixth 
specimen, amongst the reeds of a prairie slough near the headwaters of 
the river just mentioned. So far as I could determine from short obser- 
vation, the birds are much like the Ammodromi in their general habits 
and appearance, and they inhabit similar situations. Their note was a. 
chirring noise, like that of a grasshopper. They were started at random 
from the tall, waving grass, flitted in sight for a few seconds, and then 
dropped suddenly, so that the chances of shooting them were very poor. 
One was killed at very close range by a blow from the wad of my car- 
tridge, the charge of shot having passed in lump close by. I have no 
doubt that the birds were breeding in this place, though no nests were 
found. Their retiring habits and the nature of their resorts have 
doubtless caused them to be overlooked for years. Audubon says that 
he found them common on the Upper Missouri. A specimen, in poor 
condition, irom Texas, was the only one known to exist in any collection 
before these of mine were secured, Audubon’s type having been lost or 
mislaid. A redescription of the species, in which it. is shown that the 
characters originally assigned required modification, is given in the 
‘Birds of the Northwest ”. 


588 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


List of specimens. 


S a 3 
A 5 = I t) |Nature of specimen, 
ail) os Locality. Date. Collector. a 2 | 38 me Stee 
5 | a Sh ela 
3442 | 3 | Mouse River, Dak - | Aug. 9, 1873 | Elliott Coues. Skin. 
SHE) || @ eas oG® sosaccssessescs esses doweerrs read Ofecse eee ---do. 
3444 |...- Gti AB peoronecoconllacode. dover “dOtsseacaiee EECOs 
SLE eySoaclpeach OG aeadsaccaqpe6ollaodoas 6 socce 200) Sadee'= .-do. 
3446 Ne cce | eee dO na cccsine seeiecee| eeeres Gliysases me dO = fescne ---do. 
3743 |..-- Long ¢ Coteau River, | Sept. 9, 1873 |..-.do ......-. ---do. 
ak 


PASSERCULUS SAVANNA, (Wils.) Bp. 
SAVANNA SPARROW. 


Breeds in profusion throughout the region explored. Though not 
exclusively a bird of the prairie, it seems to be as much at home in the 
open plains as anywhere, associating intimately with Centronyx and 
the two leading species of Plectrophanes. It is also found, however, in 
the brush along the streams and larger rivers, which are unfrequented 
by the species just named, in company with the Melospize and Juncones. 
A large suite of specimens was taken, a part of it, however, unin- 
tentionally, for it is not an easy matter to always distinguish between 
the Savanna Sparrow and Baird’s Bunting at gunshot range; and when 
{ have killed a bird, I generally make a point of preserving it, even 
though it is not particularly wanted as a specimen, in order that its life 
may not have been taken in vain. The nest is placed on the ground, 
simply built of dried grasses, with a lining of horse-hair; the eggs are 
four or five in number, in this locality usually laid in the first half of 
June. Like nearly all the Fringilline birds of this region, the Savanna 
Sparrow is frequently the Cowbird’s foster parent, and in one instance 
that came under my observation the nest contained two of the alien 
eggs. 


List of specimens. 


é s 
A = a eo |N: 

4 oi 2 oO a ature of specimen, | 
a 5 Locality. Date. Collector. a = FI and comands 
So | a Shoe | 

2792 |....| Pembina, Dak .-.-.--.. June 2, 1873) Elliott\Coues |)\.22.--|------|---.-- Skin. 
OR Seals a0 Outdaee decreeoeen pokes) 6), WEG ooeeGl® coscos = SEAN) | EW Wesosse ...do. 
OPE) ts cel lboo5U CO: daecosdemsncsoee|spcese ia sere Seas COs soars el| saree le niltreen eseleaeetee .-do. 
2883 Oy peewee Ae cw tajstars Jane, 6, 1873) nado Pears sea Seal eee eee -.do 
OBB Arle Sal peenGOlemetcisesicacmetscl| ese Loe OO ieee as caltente = all seems heer --.do. 
3254 |.-..| Near Pembina Moun- July 14, S873" i Ado 8 SEC es LCE alee 0 | ae -.do. 
tains, Dak. 
8263) 2 25 VA One a-eeree cease eet dojeeees 35800 AIS eee eee ee ER er .-do. 
3264 2 ae Bete cote ereeiseterel| ee ctetels oki easae Per apenas lees sal eoece| scored .-. do. 
SIG |lecaclls enol) coeds ecisspssallansose GO) osas: S00 Wee kscetal Maser nos cet eesere Sendo: 
3343 |.-- Tartle Mountains tly 120; Leis) |Fa-nd Olees see rel Bere ee eee es | pees - do. 
a 
8844 eis seer OO! coe snciss seer ol aeielse OW oases fe tO) Sucsiats Sais ected eee eel eee eee eendo: 
3360) |) s82 aeedole ot seers Amie Psp MEG oe seb) Gasosocallecaoos||ssoooollaso5ce JooaGloy 
BBS 2 A: lst On dace eee scene Aully Bw) WE eee eG) Gesonhosilosooesllocooosllbosose .--.do. 
S49 Goose ud Oke tae eRe ee JN ete Ke BH ao 0) Beenecaellescceullecceualloosacds .---do. 
3565 |....| Mouse WOKGIe, JOBS ol) AN, Bah MEG}. 5019) Soessoos| boca lososcclloacass Pena Os 
B09" v5.4 bee Ole ate cee eee eee Aug. 30,1873 |....do ......-- 5.60 | 9.00 | 2.90 |....do. 
SO Cee Vosocth) sanoseosouseece Seam 2 NS loocoGh secsccse 6.00 |10.00 | 3.00 |..--do. 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 589 


List of specimens—Continued. 


5 4 43 
A ; = A co |Nature of specimen 
= r Locality. Date. Collector. en = re} ail net / 
(05) o 
| wa A = E 
3708 | 9 | Mouse River, Dak --| Sept. 2, 1873 | Elliott Coues | 5.40 | 9.00 | 2.65 | Skin. 
3734 |....| Long Coteau River, | Sept. 8, 1873 Rd oWecceser eeseerer beeen eeaae ...-do. 
Dak. | 
Penta eee VMOuseERiver Daks -al Septsed, Loti) mee nGO) occeerts| rece | Senn) l|leo- ane ..do. 
4262 |....| Crossing of Milk Riv-| July 24, 1874 |..-.do ........ emacs Rag ees S210 0% 
er, Dak. 
BOD Ae Meee | Ree OO) cise ne sccciosieamcl| smn == do. pee FOO was masice tates |i eciace | Meise cr eeeeao: 
AVIS) || Sole CY) Aer eRe oes July 25, TESLA 5 LCs Gee eo eae een ea eendos 
4401 |_...| West of Sweetgrass | Aug. 11,1874 |....do ........|-----.|--.-..|------ jeaeados 
ails, Mont. 
AN OM ier ee Ola ac'em=o.<:2.si1cstsis ee, oe COr ee CON atapsaits|ineioetaetl s/Acteey atid. soc 8} 
4445 |.... HeGaeS Minds | Aree Menai Oe 26) Ge Se Se SollHamaac|lscaceellesoson ....do. 
River, Mont. 
AVA |e ocala Gly Seeeeeenremsone INGER NS IEE Gee Sorcone-|lEaeoes|sqe505| Gecmee Peeedos 
4476 |....| Rocky Mountains, | Aug. 16,1874 |....do ........|.---.-|...-..|...... “endo: 
latitude 49°. 
AGT GH | Satoa|(a\= 2: OO) s se s2 scenes Aug. He 1874 | J. a aBaety ts Seoneol beers Seams -.do 
A Asia | preete |e at Ob Sacebberheeden lsmadde tk) seaedl labo ks Oise vere lesetes |Soesee| Amare --.do 


POGICETES GRAMINEUS, (G@m.) Bad. 


BAY-WINGED BUNTING, or GRASS FINCH. 


Like the last, the present species extends over the whole region 
explored, and breeds in abundance, while the general remarks upon dis- 
tribution made in the case of the Savanna Sparrow are equally appli- 
cable here. Several nests were found at Pembina, containing eggs, 
about the middle of June. One of them also held two Molothrus eggs. 
The nests were built in open ground, quite deeply sunken, so as to be 
flush with the surface, and more substantial than those of many ground- 
builders, the walls being an inch or more thick at the brim. The cavity 
is small and deep in comparison with the whole nest. The usual ma- 
terials are grasses and weed-stalks, the coarser material outside, the 
finer fibres within and at the bottom. The eggs, of which I have not 
found more than four, measure about 0.80 by 0.55; they are grayish- 
white, heavily marked all over with spots, dashes, and blotches of red- 
dish-brown, and sprinkling of fine dots of the same or darker brown. 
The female is a close setter, not leaving the nest until nearly trodden 
upon, and then fluttering off as if crippled, to distract attention from the 


nest to herself. . 
List of specimens. 


6 

A 232 ahs fspeci 
is Locality Date Collector gece ea yy auute = pelee a 
S) oO (3) I 

So ln Bebe y= 

2866 | 2 | Pembina, Dak ...... June 5, 1873] Elliott Coues.|..-.--|...---|-.---- Skin. 

2959 | 2 BcUy See Bore Serer Ofiriits) 16% TS78) sel) Bae eeasol lsecaco leases) Secose Skin, nest, and 4 
eggs. 

SEB) lecscl beer Cope Se Sk io dfrebays) AIG), MEE} loogaGkO), soanoeslooceee NeaeSbal eee Nest, with 3 eggs, 
and 2 of Molo- 
thrus 

3340 |...-. ale Mountain, | dmlys20yt8%3 eee COl nae iacia a |aen -mel| nemo =| cece Skin. 

ak. 
3341 |... dO peecea ec ce sellscsame doyaacecle sa COkseaee terete sata 2es simc!lnce ioe lateer do 


590 ~- BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
List of spectenens—Continued. 

. Sp a ature of specimen 
a4 Locality. Date. Collector. a + a and remarks, 
5 | an 4 ca E 

3342 : ee Mountain, | July 20, 1873 | Elliott Coues.|......|..-.-.|.----- Skin. 
ak. 
SB) ON Baad nocoG) seeqsoosasaoee- ally 23h We) |ooock@ ssoscocallacadsollssoaeollosoncolsoc -do. 
3393) cob lee Ose mecca cane PAIGE © OA NEE) NE obo) .cageoesilsasacal|ponobel|oaccaull --.do. 
3596 |....| Mouse River......-- PTE, BM) MES) ococG@) sesose sel\saose5||oacadal|scasae)|n ---d0.- 
SEW locas Long Cotean ISHED | Se LUE | 550k) sk56ceacllseaacel|ocsadc|lossoae ---do. 
ak. 
SUBL |..2 2.0 se eel nce eeewmceeeseel sessed Oe asec FS SHU CEASE 550| s6hccd| Snes lcseoasillo senha 
4021 | Big ey River, | June 22, WEE ococCl®) cebondac||oooacs|foasacs|lasaosells .--do. 
Mon 
4032 : Quaking AshyRivier; |(dmme) 26,1804 1s do) Gace a| emcees lense eiaieteeiniatel|= ---do. 
Mont. 
AQS3 Me elatel sas Ose ereieteste elses eeicis SOLO) recisccenl SEEU 565055 5—||coa5ce|loadg0d||coadac]|¢ ya G0: 
4261 |... Crossing of Milk Riv-| July 24 Dey eee Nueeocatico| eo smecol aeiqedel menccallaa --do. 
er, Mont. 
4340 |....| West of Sweetgrass | Aug. 8, 1874|....do ........|......|------|------|- ---do. 
Hills, Mont. 
4448 |_...| Headwaters Milk | Aug. 14,1874 | J. H. Batty-.-..|......|.-----|.--.-.|- ---do. 
River, Mont. 
4450 ECO Sas cau seueeeree eenes Goes LO) sissies sl eseteeeeeeeelesscee le ==-d0: 
44659 eee lee ee Rae ass ONT AIRE TEEN SEE ay Posanopalbenseallsooneellsoseus lesce do. 
4497 |_...| Rocky Mountains, | Aug. 16,1874 |....do .-....-.|..--..|------|------ Eads 
latitude 49°. 
4514 |....]. en Oneseces fcieceniee Aug. —, 1874 | Elliott Coues.|..--.-|.-.-..|..-..- 2-005 
4618 |... Ssdon sores: Aug. 2 VOTE ECO Veo cic Sana eee desees leeeedor 
AGO Meee ne Osea s eeess selis esa GOkasaaee S20 laae eeteclall ses en teeta nial ere eee see do. 
4633 DROOL 2s arene sae ‘Aug. 28 Cre eee OP Gseonn aalancees|lcpcacaollaasacealise ac do. 


SPIZELLA MONTICOLA, (Gm.) Baird. 
TREE SPARROW. 


No Tree Sparrows were observed in summer during either season, and 
I think none breed so far south as this. They appear in numbers with 
the general migration which brings the northern Fringillines, and which . 
reaches this latitude about the 1st of October. Unlike several of the 
other species, however, they are not generally distributed, being con- 
fined to the woods, or rather the shrubbery along the streams, where 
they may be observed in small troops in company with the Snowbirds, 
and Harris’s, Lincoln’s, and White-crowned Sparrows. They are hardy 
birds, capable of enduring great cold, and I suppose that they may vass 
the winter in this latitude, as they certainly do a little distance south- 
ward in the Missouri region. I found them in considerable numbers 
at Fort Randall, Dak., during the winter of 1872-73, which they passed, 
to all appearances, very comfortably in the heavy undergrowth of the 


river-bottom. 
List of specimens. 


S : a ; 
A a alien Wiens ale f speci 
a $ Locality Date. Collector e = a N ce Che aaaie 
Oo |e a |a}e 
3875 |....| Mouse River, Dak..| Oct. 5, 1873) Elliott Coues-.|......|--.---|.----- Skin 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 591 
SPIZELLA SOCIALIS, ( Wils.) Bp. 
CHIPPING SPARROW. 


Specimens of this very common and familiar species were taken in 
the Rocky Mountains, and it was observed at other points where none 
were secured. It is not, however, a conspicuous feature of the avi- 
fauna of this region, most of which is not suited to its wants, and even 
at Pembina the Clay-colored Bunting takes the place which the ‘‘ Chippy” 
fills in the East. It is, in fact, absent from the greater part of the 


country surveyed. 
List of specimens. 


ai em gin speci 
4 A =p Nature of specimen, 
= F Locality. Date. Collector. a = a aridantcwnlisl 
S) | eA 4 e 
4 | pas EMSS 
4588 |..-.| Rocky Mountains, | Aug. 23,1874) Elliott Coues.|...-.-. Peceeser (acseee Skin. 
lat. 49°. ‘ 

4598 Pe OO ein sate ajsjaseitae ia Aug. 24, 1874 |..-.-.- C0) as Sol aamosl soosos| encode -- do. 
4599 PREC OMe sete ccise esr ewic[ersise GOs femecciee cence GOs eailtec science = =| se eee ---do. 


SPIZELLA PALLIDA, (Sw.) Bp. 
CLAY-COLORED BUNTING. 


The Western Meadow Lark, Brewer’s Blackbird, and the present spe- 
cies were the chief birds I observed at Pembina to indicate an avifauna 
in any wise different from that of the Eastern Province at large, and 
two of these cannot be considered very strong marks, since they both 
occur some distance further eastward. Upon my arrival, the 1st of 
June, these Buntings were all paired, the males were in full song, nidifi- 
cation was mostly finished, and the eggs were about to be laid. The 
first specimen procured, June 2, contained a fully formed egg. A nest 
taken June 5 was scarcely completed. The first complement of eggs 
was taken June 11; it numbered four. I think the eggs are mostly laid 
by the end of the second week in June. The nest is placed in bushes, 
generally within a few inches of the ground. It resembles that of the 
Chipbird, though it is not so neatly and artistically finished, and often 
lacks the horse-hair lining, which is so constant and conspicuous a fea- 
ture of the latter. In size it averages about three inches across outside 
by two in depth, with a cavity two inches wide and one and a half 
inches deep. The structure is of fine grasses and slender weed-stalks, 
with or without some fine rootlets, sometimes lined with hair, like the 
Chippy’s, sometimes with very fine grass-tops. It is placed in a crotch 
of the bush or in a tuft of weeds. The copses of scrubby willows I 
found to be favorite nesting-places, though any of the shrubbery along 
the river-bank seemed to answer. On those occasions when I approached 
@ nest containing eggs, the female fluttered silently and furtively away, 
without venturing a protest. The eggs I found in one case to be depos- 


592 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


ited daily till the complement was filled. ‘Chey measure 0.62 in length 
by 0.50 in breadth on an average. The ground-color is light dull green, 
sparsely but distinctly speckled with some rich and other darker shades 
of brown, these markings being chiefly confined to the larger end, or 
wreathed about it, thongh there are often a few specks here and there 
over the rest of the surface. From the earliness of the first sets of 
eggs, I sappose that two broods may be reared each season. 

The Buntings were very numerous about Pembina, and during the 
breeding-season became conspicuous from the habit of the males at this 
season of mounting to the tops of the bushes and singing continually. 
The song is simple, but voluble and earnest, as if the birds gave the 
whole of their minds to it—as is doubtless the fact. It consists of three 
notes and a trill. The song ceases with the end of the breeding-season, 
when the birds retain nothing but their slight chirp. With its cessa- 
tion, the characteristic breeding-habit of mounting the bushes is given- 
up, and the birds become less conspicuous, though really more numerous 
than ever, from the accession of the new broods. ‘They then go in little 
troops, which haunt all the shrubbery and mix intimately with the other 
Sparrows which frequent like situations. They are not, however, to be 
found on the prairie at any considerable distance from woods or sheet 
undergrowth. As the season advanced, and during my progress west- 
ward, I found them in equal abundance on Pembina and Turtle Mount- 
ains and along the Mouse River. 

The next season uone were noticed in the Upper Missouri country. 
They cannot be so numerous in this region, for I could hardly have 
overlooked them altogether. Nevertheless, they extend across the 
country to the Rocky Mountains, as specimens were procured west ot 
the Sweetgrass Hills. 


List of specimens. 


6 a alt 
A =p a= oo |Nature of speci 
: ; i aye 5 Na pecimen, 
a 4 Locality. Date. Collector. a 3 a and enaniest 
Sa S| jet | is 
2790 | 2 | Pembina, Dak....... June 3, 1873 | Elliott Coues.|..---.|..-...}------ Skin; contained 
eag ready for ex- 
trusion. 
Oe E ism le goalie cae One aoeeeine aera dune) 4) 1873) |/55--do) =-----2- By 25) | fb 2) ocoaee Skin. 
Ad |! ge laces sangsoo senacce June 5, NEG NosacGO seas coe BY WO Zo) locas do 
220% | 2 Bed Ole mec oe bisects laecc dO ake Bosc KReMaaare Ov LON ei oUM aaa ee do 
Mepis) |) 6? NlacocOO segssasasqueso eee CO) se cere eed Onaaease et SEO 76 GO) Sesees|/s5ac do. 
2867 4 SEO as Seana aAReal iaaee doeesses -e sO Olas ene selena seem Ie aes Nest; parents 
Nos. 2857, 2858, 
BO) Noesclas CO caqssonosissceue June 6, 1873 SORES. os. Bae Ae) Weoss se Skin. 
BO) Ye lose dGlO sodoasocamagessllaqous Glo) SS555e MIO eaetee aa) | EUW socsaslles <2 do. 
QBAL | Gale Owe eee eae stele etaie ce do Sees se200) 2a sheece BON to WoSeabalfocse do. 
Bete) || Woe ScCl® sasaaccsssecene|| ccs osogse sxh® sossncce BAD 76 40) eposdon [aoe 5 do. 
PRON WGP leas GO seedbcgadosgees Fun Ty Ws) os sGke) Sosc6S 4 Bye By(6 (3) Wssoaes|laane do. 
FN. | (Sf lnceeOO scooscosesqcecellsodes@® goods dO Seoasee Spe Ze) NosSao0 86s do. 
PDS) OP Rea cosnbecesoseoos||saga¢ a Gamo o8 af CON B20) eaa GOP fences. | eels do. 
INET Ils ei oesnGKN Ao osonaSnehAdal|s anise GOvssr ane 26 COncs cele SRD ETO" |Sobocaiisoos do. 
POD WEP NaoecG) Soocsedossaa5ecllogco: Ope sausalisoas Oy <eeeeaee BAD 6 EO Sse sel coe do. 
QOI0GN |G Were Ole ene sate eretereier| | svete GO) Raa seallesen Mo eeaecer Bsa Tee) Weecoaalloanc do. 
Q90 Ts |: SslewteisGO [esedisic 5 seein selec Oya isiesarersi eee QO) = ss2h28 By all) |p oT) losoooe|leooe do. 
Q90B Wh ae dO = ncen asec lease do Beet aallseea GO sheet RST NTs te 0) Mace sel bore ge 
PATO ep al UREGly Ss haGueoek ss odlssoodt Olsccdoallsoes GO 2x eens! AO NSO) asses ieee. 
2930 wes eere COR aviev cutee June IL, 7 E213) ECs COLNE Ser Gen tos eo lero] Ice Rae ‘With 4 eggs. 


4 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 593 


List of specimens— Continued. 


| 


6 | 4 
4A a to IN 
4 ality : < tp 5 Nature of specimen, 

A 4 Locality. Date. Collector. = + a Sunil sae ay 

Oo |n R A E 
2936 | o | Pembina, Dak....... June 11, 1873 | Elliott Coues.| 5.10 | 7.60 }.--.-- 
MMM CS ietine =e OO} of < cicle oyanics cies PUNE SHS (i isaRGOn. ~2aecac|-<-saetse oe oe lleceeee snd i 
21 lames Meee Ci) a a ea June 14, 1873|....do .-......| 5.00 | 7.50 |..-...|.-.. | 
Fes ARS Ae Gos See 25st ees dowscs-.. ESCO, Xacensiap (i Oo Cll a-otanlmen cee icin; ence with 3 | 
2ST EES a. (ccs. doece=2 Se eOpse ees net GOL. eins ese acia| even ols coaem nent with ri 

3. 

OU DM ee ieab GO Jjcic's sie sawd s.'s June 16, 1873 |}....do .....--. ; 60) peeeee 2 
3108) |. = 2) .. 1. WO) see baaceeeed MUNG 2 VE Siailea as COs sclisas saa i= caletate| cele see 


3285 |.-..| 50 miles west Pem- | July 15,1873 |....do .-...... 
bina Moovntains. 


FQOR eels os. Oyen seas ee July 16, 1873 |. 
oes 2345 ere Dak ....| July 20, 1873 |. 
2). || SCR eee duly Sia Moad 
eC ae do sobasoacnbeatos)|\Gease@..cong5d)|aace 
Sos ouliee adiitace | 
aus Monee River, Dak ..| J uly 30, 1873 
Te, | Caan ages 9 1873 [027 
3416 |....) Turtle Mt., Dak ....| Aug. 8, 1873 |. 
3490 |....| Mouse River, Dak ..| Aug. 13, 1873 |. 
A59B Cols, = 5 Ope ee aoe s008 Aug. 30, 1873 |. 
3735, |.-.. Boue | Coteau River, | Sept. 8, 1873 |... 
3804 |.... aioe River, Dak ..| Sept. 22, 1873 |....do .-...--. 5.60 | 7.75 | 2.40 |.-..do. 
SOUDE | Geis clleels: GOW sas sete ete alins Se GO tese2e|eeee GG) Sssecks 5.90 |} 8.10 | 2.50 do. 
4339 |... West of Sweetgrass | Aug. 8, 1874 |....do .-...--.|..----|------|--e200]--0- do 
ills. 
4372 | ...|---. GW anaesodacceese4 Aug. 91874 )-..:do .-..--// 5.35 | 8,50 | 2.80 }.-..do 


JUNCO HYEMALIS, (ZLinn.) Sel. 
EASTERN SNOWBIRD. 


The Snowbird appeared along the Mouse River about the middle of 
September in troops, as usual, and at once became abundant. I had 
expected to find it breeding on Pembina and Turtle Mountains, and 
still judge it likely that it does so, though it did not come under my ob- 
servation. It may not be generally known that in the Eastern States 
it breeds as far south as Virginia and the Carolinas, if not still farther. 
While on the South Virginian Alleghanies, in the summer of 1875, at 
an altitude of about 5,000 feet, I scared a female off her nest, which 
contained four eggs. This southerly breeding-range in the mountains 
explains the sudden appearance of the birds upon the first cold snap in 
October. While in the Rocky Mountains, in August, 1874, I expected 
to find either this species or J. oregonus, but none appeared in the 
vicinity of our camp. The Mouse River specimens seem to be pure 
hyemalis, though the Zonotrichia of this same locality is Z. intermedia, 
not Z. leucophrys. 


List of specimens. 


So 
a H Nature of specimen, 
S c Locality. Date. Collector. mG TES 
iS) wn 
3767 |..-.| Mouse River, Dak -.| Sept. 16, 1873 | Elliott Coues-|- spose Sisnel, 
Sori yop eSa0() ESSA eee eee Octet 591873) |Pesido: ss Sie Fees IES Apes do. 


Bull. iv. Ne. 3——4 


594 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
ZONOTRICHIA QUERULA, (Nutt.) Gamb. 
HARRIs’s FINcH. 


A fine series of specimens of this handsome and interesting Finch 
was secured at our Mouse River Depot during the latter half of Sep- 
tember and beginning of October. Its breeding-grounds are as yet 
unknown; but these birds, at any rate, came from the north, and, as I 
was out every day with my gun about that time, the earliest date given 
below (September 18) probably indicates very nearly the time of their 
arrival. The previous year I had observed the birds at Fort Randall, 
Dakota, in October; but none remained through the winter in that 
locality. According to Prof. F. H. Snow, of Kansas, they winter in 
that State, and they have been observed by otbers in abundance during 
the migrations along the Lower Missouri, in Missouri and lowa. I saw 
none at Pembina, where I suppose I arrived after they had passed on. 
The distribution of the species is very limited, and, as already observed, 
its breeding-range is not yet made out. My Mouse River specimens are, 
I think, the westernmost hitherto recorded. These were all in fall plu- 
mage, apparently of the first year, though a portion of the White- 
crowned Sparrows that came with them had perfect head-markings. 
They came very quietly from the north, and all at once thronged the 
bushes and shrubbery along the banks of the stream, in company with 
several other brush-loving Fringillines. At this period, they were song- 
less, and had no note excepting a weak chirp. When disturbed at their 
avocations, they have a habit of flying up to the tops of the bushes to 
see what the fuss is about, and in this conspicuous position they may of 
course be readily destroyed. Their general habits appear to be much 
the same as those of the other Zonotrichie, though their large size, red- 
dishness, and heavy dark markings underneath make them look isome- 
what like Fox Sparrows. i 

List of specimens. 


iS fi : 4 
A cst ENl| g 
a r Locality. Date. Collector. op = a Nate of specimen 
(0) i) 
.) 67) se | E 
= —— a f/f 
| 8770 | gf | Mouse River, Dak ..| Sept. ae 1873 Beer Coues.| 7.'75 111.25 | 3.50 | Skin. 
rR hie ppood OMminseaee sabe eon |seetac Oy tesaalecacU(taaecroge 50 |11.10 | 3.40 |...do. 
| BT72 41 oi |... Lido eR SO So Moar do Stans) eee do weer ", 25 110.85 | 3.40 |..-do. 
1 gkg OB | asl cates GO Ounces ce miieaye Sept. 19, 1873.}.-..do ....- ..-| 7,40 }11. 20 | 3.50 |...do. 
SCUb | oe coe GQOMmeet ee sene cate Sept. 22, 1873 |. --do Sbeoseorn 7.30 {10.70 | 3.40 |...do. 
CU ABE Ee (rsinG AO cs hscct sk cos cell gece Oo ade s Owes toe sericea 10.20 | 3.00 |--.do. 
Sesiillegealjpoac do Sept. *0, 1873 Omsasoeee 7.50 111.25 | 3.40 |...do. 
Bfestss:looe. eciss Oi eres ee esse cea sees chO) L eteailiasies Once 7.60 |10.90 | 3.40 | ..do. 
| Sisi7fl Warlioe Shee cineadeoescaarce Oct. 3. MEBs |loosctO ooessao- 7.0 |11.25 | 3.40 |.--do. 


ZONOTRICHIA LEUCOPHRYS INTERMEDIA, Ridg. 


RIDGWAY’S SPARROW. 


I was rather surprised to find that the White-crowned Sparrows of 
the Mouse River country were of this variety instead of typical lewco- 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 595 


plrys, but such was the case, as shown beyond question by some of the 
specimens taken with perfect head-dress. In the Rocky Mountains, this 
variety was of course to be expected. In the latter region, specimens 
were procured in August, probably bred in the vicinity, as no migration 
had then begun; but in the rest of the country explored, no Zonotrichie 
were seen until the coming of the fall birds, when they became at once 
abundant in the shrubbery of the streams, about the middle of Sep- 


tember. 
Tast of specimens. 


6 

A d = = op |Nature of i 

= r Locality. Date. Collector. a = a pees ¢ Specie 

d = 

=) N 4 <2) a 
3773 |....| Mouse River, Dak -.-.| Sept. 18, 1873 | Elliott Coues.} 6.25 | 9.10 | 2.95 | Skin. 
Bie eae eaee (i abana asateon lseacee GO e223) 5% GW Gacesnae 6.60 | 9.60 | 3.00 |..-do. 
S08 || See ee Gomes: tasscues|sace ue ido 2. 5-A/ dome 6.75 |10. 00 | 3.10 |..-do. 
ATA) | eee eee GON eset cscs since |abeisee 0's s=5:)55 doy: -Gs55- 6.70 | 9.90 | 3.05 |...do. 
SIZE eel See GOES se ehite- ice ee ae ce Genel ec dor sso ke 6.75 |10, 00 | 3.05 |...do. 
SV (feb | ena eee om. 22 ete... 935... lo) 2283 do Ls 7. 00 |10. 20 | 3.20 |.-.do. 
ST ee ee CEE enaeases Sept. 19, 1873 |.--.do .-...-.. 6.50 | 9.50 | 2.90 |...do. 
67D) ee ee Os; EE: ASE. | S282. doy. 320835 Gols) 2h. -.3 6.30 | 9.10 | 2.80 |..-do. 
20h has Ce Ses Se ae Sayin Des, SVE! israel oe 6.50 | 9.70 | 3.10 |_. do. 
3809 |... .}.... MLD ON. oY rote ta a. TEE Go weld -4.8 Ce ea §. 85 10.00 | 3.10 |--.do. 
Tel dee al Psse COE Se See seneee seoee GOK eae Gln meebeerss 6.65 | 9.65 | 3.00 |...do. 
QU pet i os dot. PLLA he pee e Goi .|esee Oi a2 a So toh Se hee ke -- do. 
SBE2 |e ae | an <s GO sees tae sane. <ateg Cn ere ee BOM aoe 7.00 |10.00 | 3.10 |...do. 
1 eee dot .se4 Nae Sept. 30, 1873 |.-..do --..-.-. 6.75 | 9.75 | 3.40) | do: 
4533 |....| Rocky Mountains, | Aug. 20, 1874 |....do ......-.].--.--|-.----|------ --- do. 

latitude 499°. 

RE ols Soe S52 ese Anpe22) 1 87Abl ea eeh Ole anes eb |= == oe Soe see) Pooses fen 1b 


MELOSPIZA LINCOLNI, (Aud.) Bd. 
LINCOLN’s FINCH. 


Observed in large numbers during the latter part of September and 
beginning of October, along the Mouse River. It arrived from the north 
at the same time that the Snowbirds and Zonotrichie did, and during 
the summer was only observed in the Rocky Mountains late in August. 
it is a species of general distribution in North America, but it-may be 
questioned whether it breeds anywhere in this latitude except in the 
Rocky Mountains. As observed along Mouse River, it was a shy and 
secretive bird, spending its time near the ground in the tangle along 
the river-bottom, and plunging into the thickest retreats upon slight 
alarm, with a low, rapid, jerky flight. The only note I heard was a 
slight chirp. Altogether its habits appear to most closely resemble 
those of the Swamp Sparrow, to which it is so nearly related in physi- 
eal characters. 


596 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


List of specimens. 


= & 
a; be N. : 

4 : =n ature of specimen 
Sols ieee 5 and remarks. 

{9} 
Oo |n | 
3763 |....| Mouse River, Dak --| Sept. 16,1873 | Elliott Coues.| 5.75 | 7. 80 
GAS [cis ctisetes COC ae er ee ee ea dk do Hbetado sas. bee 5.75 | 7.75 
<irfee A REN A (ie eS ees Sept. 18, ag 7a done ne 5.75 | 7.75 
avis) ese Bees Gone a ater Sept. 19, BT Si Ne OV es oetoe,.,- 5. 75 | 7.90 
SHI) |e Sooleece do eee ane en Sept. oe, TEV boned rap anseee 6.00 | 8.25 
3814 GO sees heels vaste Goes Go) se8.c2e8 6.10 | 8.20 
ARIS) le Sonlaoce (i a aR ral erased dO) 3 lsues doje sent 5. 80 | 7. 80 
SENB Ve coalsccs Os sssasie shee seme do - WE doy ekeee ces 5.85 | & 30 
ates Wosodlaase GOs. see eee (Oyetes 6, S783) o aC) Haase sae 5.50 | 8 10 
4589 |....| Rocky Mountains, | Aug. 23, 1874 J.HL Batty. - salloosose 
latitude 49°, 


MELOSPIZA PALUSTRIS, (Wils.) Bd. 


SwAMp SPARROW. 


This is another of the several species of the family which were ob- 
served during the autumnal movement at the camp on Mouse River, 
from the middle of September until I left the country, the second week 
in October. It haunts the closest and most impenetrable shrubbery, to 
which it clings with such pertinacity that it is hable to be.overlooked ~ 
unless diligently sought for. I have seldom seen it in plain view, and 
never, to my recollection, at any distance from the ground, or on the 
outskirts of the undergrowth. It has been commonly considered con- 
fined to the Eastern Province, and the specimens below enumerated 
are, with one exception, the westernmost hitherto recorded. Dr. H. C. 
Yarrow, however, found it in Sonthern Utah some four years ago. The 
difficulty of tracing it westward, where it seems to be less abundant than 
it is in the Atlantic districts, is probably one reason why its distribution 
was long supposed to be more restricted than it really is. 


List of specimens. 


3 ; 
A : 3 =| eo |Nature of specimen 
a . Locality. Date. Collector. Pa < a eal cca 4 
(o>) ao 
iS) mM 4 ica] es 
3762 |...- Sept. 16, 1873 | Elliott Cones |.---..]....-.]------ Skin. 
Sy Mes ee ome vA Re Sopee9; Tes ow eyes eae | ees AR do. 
AYO A AE Wee oo RO eee eae ea (eA Gon =a has Os eine seine soe eS ese aheeeet tee do. 
BEOO Nee Saeed O: cece see. no SOPt.s ot, WEtaile = ek GO Tenses oes i ; . --.do. 
7 Tet A Nieves ges yO Ot a ek ee ae iI: 1873 iy HOO wae oe 5.90 } 8.10 } 2.50 |...do. 
PEGE OETA i o73i wo nen oe rh : 


MELOSPIZA MELODIA, ( Wils.) Bd. 


SonG SPARROW. 


By an oversight, I stated in the “ Birds of the Northwest” that I did 
not find this species in Northern Dakota. A specimen, however, was 
procured at Turtle Mountain early in August. It appears to be rare in» 
this part of the country, as this was the only one taken, and I find no 
record respecting it except in my register of specimens. 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 597 


List of specimens. 


Nature of specimen, 
and remarks. 


Date. Collector. 


.| Turtle Mount’n, Dak.| Aug. 2, 1873 | Elliott Coues.|...-..|......|--..-- 


if 


CALAMOSPIZA BICOLOR, ( Towns.) Bp. 


LARK BUNTING. 


The apparent absence of this species from the Red River region, with 
its abundance on the Missoari, is one of the strong marks of difference 
in the fauna of the two watersheds. It isan abundant and characteristic 
species of the sage-brush country of the Upper Missouri, and extends 
thence to the Rocky Mountains through the Milk River region. Speeci- 
mens were taken soon after leaving Fort Buford, and others at various 
points to the headwaters of Milk River. The bird is rather a late 
breeder, unless the eggs found July 9 and 21 were those of a second 
brood, which is probable, since at no time did I hear the mating song 
of the males, or witness the singular aérial excursions which mark the 
same period of the bird’s life, like those of the Yellow-breasted Chat. 
‘The earliest male specimens procured were already in worn and faded 
plumage. The eggs are four or five in number, measuring 0.80 to 0.95 
in length by about 0.65 in breadth; they are pale bluish-green, like those 
-of Sialia, and normally unmarked, though occasionally sparsely dotted. 
Two Cowbird eggs were found in one of the nests secured. The nest is 
‘sunken in the ground, so that the brim is flush with the surface, and is 
built of grasses and weed-stalks, lined with similar but finer material. 


List of specimens. 


co 3 
: = a 8) |Natureof specimen, 
Locality. Collector. FI = a edimeniaicee 
a i/ale 
.| Quaking Ash River, | Jane 26, 1874 | Elliott Cones |..-.--|..-.-.]------ Skin. 
Mont. 
Secs eihiem AO esas 28 jels-eital eerie COveemert seer Olt oe ceeds se [he slivoea sie | Os 
.| Near Frenchman’s Be Oper aan epoca steic csi atetsin els Nest with 2 eggs 
River, Mont. and of 2 Molo- 
thrus. 
sslealeeee ON Gop SUC SSneSe nel arisen Mipconel Saat (alse ce sy les set beeen (egesenrsiney hed <0 
Two Forks of Milk 0) te paetel Seeece | aeeeeel Geeeod aon do. 
iver. : 
== | Nearedtiwo: Horks: of: |i Suliy 21 1874 | ease doncseccese |nesectlessceeles= ane Set of 4 eggs. 
Milk River. 
West of Sweetgrass | Aug. 8,1874]....do .....-..]...---|------|------ Skin 
Hills, Mont. ; : 
Hee e Ol manstcis-cnc,'sae|eaceee Cr sesoal Bee (IN) eeSsceccd |aeocsel aacee| Baaren see do. 
POON ye aasnfee Leon aes dowselo2= GG) oUaegodellesaces| eeeuee! Weadod bes do 


neni Ke) 22 oo Seen eee) eee Gish en ae do. 
dO Me Geeas sachaae Aug. 9,1874|....do ........ 6.75 |10.35 | 3.40 |-..do. 


598 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
GONIAPHEA LUDOVICIANA, (Linn.) Bowd. 
ROSE-BREASTED GROSBEAK. 


I was pleased to find this truly elegant bird breeding in abundance: 
at Pembina in the undergrowth of the heavy timber along the banks of 
the Red River, as I had never before enjoyed a good opportunity of 
studying its habits. It was not observed at any other point along the 
Line, though stated to penetrate as far northward as the Saskatchewan 
region. A fine suite of specimens was carefully preserved, and several 
sets of eggs procured. The birds were mating and in full song by the 
beginning of June, when I arrived upon the spot, but no nests were 
found until the21st. Four was the largest number found in anest; others 
contained only two or three, but in all incubation had begun. The only 
nest. I tock myself was built in a thick grove of saplings, about eight 
feet from the ground; it contained three eggs averaging an inch in 
length by three-fourths in breadth. These were of a pale dull green 
color, profusely speckled with reddish-brown. The nests were rather 
rude and bulky structures, about six inches across outside by four 
in depth, with the cavity only half as much each way, owing to the 
thiekness of the loose walls. ‘They were built entirely of the slender 
tortuous stems and rootlets of some climbing shrub, for the most part 
loosely interlaced, thongh more firmly, evenly, and circularly laid 
around the brim, and finished sometimes with a little horse-hair lining, 
sometimes without. The male at this season has a delightful song. The 
female is, however, nearly voiceless, and of extremely retiring disposi- 


tion. 
List of specimens. 


Zi : el a ep (Nature of oe 
= 4 Locality. Date. Collector. 2 g a and verieical 
a) ) 4 S ° 
Oo 1m 4 a i 
2794 | gf’ | Pembina, Dak ...... June 2, 1873 | Elliott Coues.| 7.75 /12.75 |.....-. Skin. 
DOS itch PoeeGOue we. sans oo She lee Sets dere Mer aes ka tus petite 7 TY WRB TES Wena ese _--.d0 
of IGF linceslere SUC O™ =)ja eeme bine eta ail oi ctee GOReee ee OO; 4o-heete TOUS 26S) oscsse do 
ARPT LOR eG ayer Cpe sere | Sees dose eoss Cline Reese TO) WSELOO |esosce do 
OEE alae SO Ol aaemnatseCememiltseae Ooreraee Siar Oi devatororayete 8.00 |12. 50 }.----- do 
eS ANU eel er OO) ae telcicialajela\cicieiee June 4, 1873 }....do ..-..... 8.00 }13. 00 |. 2-22. do 
ea Oe OR a ces sa 8s aren ter [rere QO) 222s dower Ch (3) TEE Uh lem occ do 
SPS il a etchpaill sates Oe ei crecsveiciesc crass dume! (5) 183) Pea dO) sees B10 W275 eee eee do 
DEED) ie inten Una Bec eno ccc) Mees Ouicsste NGO ns esa e Th Ts WE BO. oconee do. 
PAN fice) Wi Te ell icy A UC J Jaume! 9. 187s) Sedo eee. a. PCO CO Peers. do 
DOO Grins kOURe foe cnceceen lee ec doyene tes Lesa Base ast 8.00 {13.00 |..-.-- dor 
QOS Deeb tacmes = 2) wee, June 13, 1873 |....do ..._---.| 7.90 {12.90 |.....- Seana 
REY eecailsaa: 00) ee ee June 21. 18733\0 Sedo: 2 sei Ba eens oc aes Nest with 3 eggs. 
aie} leseollecas GO wesoae sence JuUME QWs TSRSs |e Bao a ed a Se eee ica os Two eygs. 
B19) eee see (GO Rye ee See ATURE ie SenGW) aSorossalleoesosWeeccoallosoe ee Nest with 4 eggs. 
S170) Soi |.& Kd OR aes eesncace JULIE! 251 873th Mado s Bee an aoe [sees cele eres Skin. 


PIPILO ERYTHROPHTHALMUS, (Linn.) Vietll. 
TOWHEE BUNTING. 


The Pipilo of the Red River Valley is clearly referable to true ery: 
throphthalmus, though even in this locality, decidedly Eastern in the com- 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 599 


plexion of its avifauna, there is a slight tendency toward the characters 
of maculatus var. arcticus. 

The bird was not uncommon about Pembina, where it was breeding 
in June. A nest was taken June 11, containing two eggs that belonged 
in it, together with three that did not, having heen deposited by the 
Cowbirds. 

List of specimens. 


S . , i 
| y } oo = é > ae ee 
a Bel Locality. Date. Colleztor. =o a te |Natureof specimen,, 
f=) | 2 =| S if and remarks. | 
fo} o | Co) wi iS H 
O || 4 & | | 
2802 | oh’ | Pembina, Dak ..-... June 3, 1873 | Elliott Coues.| 8.25 |11.50 |...--. Skin. 
SU Meera nO! civic oc ecco ce eilacres dogs SEBEG IE Spode eS allebe oer AE oem fe eee eda | 
SCRE Ce Soa es 03 0 a a oe Ofice ns LCS bl Aes (eee! (ee ara Paes | Nest with 2 eggs, | 
and 3 eggs of Mo- | 
lothrus. 
OBO Mo OO) oe = ne secee ae June 14, 1873 |.-..do .--....- 16 (Hy ORM ee eee 
| 


PIPILO MACULATUS ARCTICUS, (Sw.) Coues. 
SPOTTED TOWHEE. 


Along the parallel of 49°, this form becomes established at least as far 
east. as the Mouse River, where I secured a specimen in September. 
Along the Missouri, erythrophthalmus prevails, according to Dr. Hayden, 
up to latitude 45°, beyond which it is replaced by the present. The 
Spotted Towhees were found to be abundant along the Upper Missouri, 
above Fort Buford, in the undergrowth of the river-bottoms; were not 
noticed along the tributaries of the Milk River, which are less suited 
to their wants, nor of course on the open prairie between the successive 
northern affluents. They were again met with, however, in the Rocky 
Mountains. It is also known to extend northward into the Saskatche- 
wan country. Excepting its different call-note, which curiously resem- 
bles that of a Catbird, its habits and manners are the counterpart of 
those of the Eastern form. 


List of specimens. 


; j 
7 | = e ol Ly t f i | 

; Fife is 1 =o bb ature of specimen, 
Hee 4 | Locality. Date. Collector. FI é a | tail roitasiial «| 
oe | ta | 4 <>) E | | 
Fer | | 

3760 |....| Mouse River, Dak. ..| Sept. 16, 1873 | Elliott Coues |-.---- geen | a RISNE | Skin. | 
4029 |....| Quaking Asn Kiver,! June 26, 1874 |....do ---.---.|.----- jasseae) osasea|iace do | 
Mont. | | | i 


DOLICHONYX ORYZIVORUS, (Linn.) Sw. 
BoBOLINK. 


At Pembina, in June, Bobolinks were breeding in large numbers on 
the open prairie adjoining the river. The ground near the river has a 
meadowy character, which seems to exactly suit them, and they were 


600 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


evidently perfectly at home. The gaily dressed males, in the pink of 
perfection as to their nuptial attire, and singing with the utmost volu- 
bility, were very conspicuous objects all over the prairie; but the secretive 
and homely females were seldom observed unless accidentally flushed 
from the grass. The nest is so well hidden that I did not discover one, 
thongh I searched long and carefully on more than one occasion; and 
I am therefore unable to state the exact period of laying. To judge from 
the actions of the birds and the complete separation and hiding of the 
females, incubation was in progress by the second week in June. 

On the same parallel of latitude, I traced the species westward quite to 
the Rocky Mountains, where it was not uncommon in August about 
Chief Mountain Lake. In the Upper Missouri country, however, I 
failed to observe a single individual. The sterile, alkaline, and sage- 
brush nature of most of this region seems to be ill-suited to its wants. 

The very highly plumaged specimens taken at Pembina have been made 
by Mr. R. Ridgway the basis of a var. albinucha, the buffy patch upon the 
back of the neck being nearly white in these cases. 


List of specimens. 


S e 
5 eee le, 
= r Locality Date Collector a = I Mae Oa 
4 A 
oO lan Si ives ty le 
2862 | do | Pembina, Dak ...... June 5, 1873} Elliott Coues.| 7.25 |12.10 |...... Skin. 
DRASElEGOh |e otdOlees scaceee esc euleeaee doeetass| ae dose. 225. 3 TO: | LL AOOP Fe eee eld os 
22885 1 of Gort case oo Ste hee ag Bee Pacer do a de 
2886 | 9 GOR Fane cece ite ee kG O eee elle te. OO pie hests Sollee sie chilies Sm ai) Moetoe ie tte do 
2988} o COs eee aes June 14 NBT3s| 22 Lido neh case Sede eter a eco | aes do 
2939 1 o GO ee Ste Pe ee ON ae se altye Ot. 550. ol Ae Re eee stone [eer do 
2990 | v 1 Vo RR is Se aes Se | oer ab Be nel eer AO! ste aiaeslingae fe ee sea he ers es do. 
S2IG iG seen GOhi. shen Seu dfrlan Chee aGo) Caeecaoelaadoaslosseollesecas| sec do. 
3288 | 2 50 miles west of Pem- July 15, NSB} | o5-0W) Sesasase 6.90 }11.00 }|...--. Salt 
bina Mountains. 
3534 |....| Mouse River, Dak. ..| Aug. 15, 1873 -G(O) Bo po oen Senos Seaeae|lsasooe|b 5 do. 
4614 | op | Rocky Mountains, Aug. 26, 1374| J. H. Isnhie eal |Saopnlloooooe| jsaased| ssc do. 
latitude 49°, 
4615 eae AO yee sce cissaiciniiasia|etewe 0 era ere EO vs sas cctes|ece sete wscten|sseace tee do 


MOLOTHRUS ATER, (Bodd.) Gray. 
COWBIRD. 


I have nowhere found the Cowbird more abundant than it is in sum- 
mer throughout the region surveyed by the Commission. Even were 
the birds not seen, ample evidence of their presence in numbers would 
be found in the alien eggs with which a majority of the smaller birds of 
that country are pestered. Scarcely any species, from the little Fly- 
catcher (. minimus) and the Clay-colored Bunting up to the Towhee 
and Kingbird, escapes the infliction. The breeding species are there 
fewer than in many or most localities in the East, though abounding in 
individuals ; both of which circumstances tend to increase the propor- 
tion of cases in which the parasitism is accomplished. It has been cus- 
tomary—and very properly so—to record the various species which suffer 
from the Cowbird ; but it seems probable that when the whole truth is 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 601 


known very few of those that breed within the Cowbird’s summer range 
will be found to be passed over—among those whose eggs are not con- 
siderably larger than its own, and whose nests are accessible to the 
vagrant. 

Although, as I have said, the Cowbirds are distributed over the whole 
country, yet they focus in and about the settlements; and by the same 
token they seem to follow the traveliing parties and camp with them, 
The same is the case in all other parts of the West where I have observed 
the bird. They are like the small wolves (coyotés) in this respect. Being 
rarely molested, they acquire a wonderful heedlessness, and ramble uncon- 
cernedly through the camp under the feet of the horses and mules, and 
almost under ourown. In July and August particularly, when the year’s 
young are first on wing, gathering in small troops, they appear to have no 
comprehension of danger whatever, and are occasionally punished with a 
crack from the “‘black-snake” of some facetious teamster,—and, unlike 
a male, they are never of any use afterward. One was actually caught 
by hand as it fluttered about a man’s head, apparently intending to 
alight upon what it may have supposed to be a peculiar mule. Some 
time in August the birds become less numerous, apparently moving off 
-gomewhere. There seems to be something not yet clearly understood in 
their movements at this season. How long they actually remain in the 
country I am unable to say. 


List of specimens. 


i) 
4 = z oo | Nature of specim 
ai 2 Locality. Date. Collector. =| < a aay a ekal or 
Do 
So |an a} a le 
2840 o | Pembina, Dak ...... June 4, 1873} Elllott Coues.| 7.75 13.50 |....| Skin. 
CBB) (AS SL Ce a Se as ee Bf) ENS SRB ee) Sas56Secllagccollosoaas .---| Three eggs in nest 
of Pipilo. 
3046 |....}.--. Gores ek eS Aha eils en Roos tesa] H-ooccolsoonor .---| Two eggs in nest of 
Spizella pallida. 
SORSR eae aac GOr. sch lees Ss Gfobarss A) MeV Sii ose 500! ssgaqaesllasossqlkeoece ---.| Skin. 
STEP. eee eee GON Sees Sagi estes doses Jen OOM a aot |-ei|teetctall nas sae Ste oe 
BUCO Th. Selec. Or eee so ame el (cia doreeeee sack MObe nese s Oeee ae (ee eo bol seer eae 
SSF) > ASE Bree GMA ee seaeen PUNE VI BS! - aed Opacsaee ae eee sal saerec le tac aes in nest of Em- 
pidonax minimus. 
3106 6) | Fach he Se acerae seer Ans) 2, Wels e550) Soden aelleoosaellaoaoce||boue Skin. 
3229 Cin Bose’ yee nee eee July TRISTE Pen Get kat RR, SOW ON les rE do. 
3230 Od Peee AO se cinrs cee en [Reece de Ss aeimiale Te EG OME ee oe | sscmmsiewstees fee [ihe do 
3231 Ca taes COss eoeoe Lomsoc alee oe Oye aogier LOO esate |b omcce Bdosaltoa do 
3237 o |----do sree only, 3 He} 5 Saat QS 2556865 | beeseslptadoo) ebe) [aes do 
3238 NE Misnc OO Se seins bis cectens eae Ore gece iGO et Pe eet Fe oo et) SEEN do 
3239 PEEP COR: marci s.ccgessee lpeoee a6 Bake Peed OW ees ty [Meeiio cise se coe cfeae do. 
3307 _..| 75 miles west of Pem- Duly Weis Re somes a ell see seal ea 1b eiegem fits = do. 
bina Mountains. 
3452 7)... .| Mouse River, Dak: -:| Aug. 9, 1873 |-...d0 ..<2.-.|---2--||---0--|--=-|--- do. 
BEST Gy ees eee O52 eheece eessines Uns 22, TSS asnetley oe dascoo||essece|/oaneeel laoae les do. 
OOD") Ps selelecsss Gor. Lessee: sE Leslee AGi ces eR Cea tier e Bek fae eae sai}-2 edo 
G5 My ere Fees OWeet cekijas-cecsltenas do sett il st = dg av eee cena Reems alpiys deel eile s do 
BOONE 52 |a52 GO Saas 28 tO MER es Soe dO eae IDS Shak) SSS sales a sfhes do. 
4184 |....| Near Frenchman’s| J Fal oi 1874)... oe eee Sant salll etree liataels aailtetais's Twoeggs from nest 
River, Mont. . of Calamospiza. 
4185 bis|....}.-.. CO) tees o Sabe te teeee GOieeses6 | a AS Bese eee Saeco eee One egg from nest 
of Tyrannus caro- 


linensts. 


602 BULLETIN. UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
AGELADUS PHGNICEUS, (Linn.) Vieill. 
RED-WINGED BLACKBIRD. 


Although inhabiting the country at large, at least as far northwest as 
the region of the Saskatchewan, the Marsh Blackbird is necessarily 
somewhat localized in the details of its distribution, owing to the re- 
quirements of its economy. It is certainly not a conspicuous feature of 
the region surveyed, the greater portion of which is unsuited to its 
wants. Hven at Pembina it was not the leading Blackbird, being out- 
numbered both by the Yellowheads and Brewer’s. I find in my note- 
books no record of observation respecting it except in this locality, but 
this may have been my fault of neglecting to note the occurrence of so 
common a species at other points. 


List of specimens. 


6 
A ‘ is r= so |Nature of specimen 
= i Locality. | Date. Colleetor. By < | aad es 
Olen ikea) A co E 
“3052 | o | Pembina, Dak ...... June 19, 1873 | Elliott Coues.|......|..----].----- Skin. 
GOSS GSS GOs). eds 2 58] yond O 142 Shee sh. Jee iaeg|esaee qhosqese [tes do. 


XANTHOCEPHALUS ICTEROCEPHALUS, (Bp.) Bd. 
YELLOW-HEADED BLACKBIRD. 


In the breeding-season, the Yellow-headed Blackbird gathers in colo- 
nies on some marshy spot. I have observed it at this period in various 
portions of the West, from Northern Dakota to New Mexico, always 
noting its preference at this time for watery localities, however gener- 
ally it may disperse over the country at other seasons. Its general 
distribution and migrations are given in my account of the species in 
the “American Naturalist” (v. 1871, p. 195) and ‘Birds of the North- 
west” (p. 188). It is stated by Richardson to be abundant in the Fur 
Countries to about 58° north, reaching the Saskatchewan region by the 
20th of May. 

_ At Pembina it was breeding abundantly in the prairie sloughs, 
together with great numbers of Black Terns and a few Redwings. In 
one of the sloughs where I spent most of the day wading about, some- 
times up to my waist and in some spots considerably deeper (as I was 
discouraged to find on getting into them), a large number of nests were 
found, mostly containing nestlings, but a few with eggs. This the last 
week of June. The nests were built much like those of the Long-billed 
Marsh Wren, as far as the situation goes, being fixed to a tuft of reeds or 
bunch of tall rank marsh-grass, some stems of which pass through the 
substance. They were placed at varying elevations, but always far 
enough above the water to be out of danger of inundation. The nest 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 603 


is a light, dry, rustling structure, swaying with the motion of the reed 
to which it is affixed, built of the same, materials as those which sup- 
port it, which are woven and plaited together; no mud is used, nor is. 
there any special lining; the brim is thick and somewhat folded over, 
like the seam of a garment; but I never saw a nest, among the many 
examined, which was arched over, as stated by some authors, The 
diameter outside is 5 or 6 inches, and the depth nearly as much. From 
three to six eggs or young birds were found in different nests; the 
former measure from about an inch and an eighth in length by three- 
fourths in breadth. The ground-color is grayish-green; this is thickly 
spotted with different shades of reddish-brown, sometimes so profusely 
that the ground-color is obscured, especially at the larger end. 

Since I stated, in the “‘ Birds of the Northwest”, that I had not then 
seen the species on the Missouri higher up than Leavenworth, I observed 
it above Buford during the season of 1874. 


List of specimens. 


S 
A Natureof s 
4 i : pecimen, 
rd r Locality. Date. Collector. PCa ES: 
OD ‘bm 
3005 | ~ | Pembina, Dak ..--.-. June li, 1873 | Elliott Coues. Skin 
SOG) SP eee eC) AB See ea eepepoes 5100" dane S558 Boke eee (L000) (6530) een eee 0. 
3007 | 9 (i dandanSnsceHace| baece do. --do .......-| 8.00 |13.65 |.-....].... do 
BUCSH ercualss 200) ok a cinic tense ee fans ee Cieeseee Sees GO ce sess ca WSCA E76 Nee saallsoce do. 
SOOSR ree Wear cGOns Seis sec of. see seer do} 22s aee CX eee nena ieenobo) | Aseeee seesea| sects do. 
SOLO Maa ae Oe ss cape Gan cone ile Ber db) .coaeslHie8 COU ese cchlsecisalls ocean! scapes do 
BORG |2-2.d0 Gre cool ees Opes ee 2a /a5)|\s Sara are Pn cetaccte [ta scree eyelets do. 
SOLO Ge ler 500) = sha. oho dooeees ee ae: (il Oe ame eee (Gr Saneesa|looosa4| Saqnoc|jo=snbo| bead do. 
BUlSme esac dO acti: otocnccaocese dorseress ese: CRSA Reescicl | Goocral lpancent ooine do 
SKU eon eS o eeeees Heer] arse Gd Senses) eae GU Mepe ara penoe a mareicGl (sees col locas do 
3015 | of |....do Oyeses= lee GO) soa chal Senos hoses |nceee elem do 
BERS On Om boos ee ceree UO QOL SHB eraroxs Or croretetenayare freeerorercen| einen iste lee rioters 
SUI GRIM Os| Sas Olers kis ers! itor sachet dovsuesee dojss22.4-: 8.25 |13.75 | 4. 60 do. 
SGT IO) | Macniky Seder set 6 aepal|oroe do. 2262 G8 Gace ae Salidooncl|soc coal eg inal seer 
GSE Gn Pee aGOlnlnes cose ece sce ceee dol. 35¢ BAR eee meray iat meet ees cSeee Cee do. 
PLOON Gh been) accee cc sesqese 200, .58c5: eeendOl nc esate 10. 50 |16. 50 5. 60 |....do. 
31821 ¢ GOS Faas encdscs- Tune a A893". see AOrse wees cul bebe oS oectete| eee ete)||-too 0 
Sicopleeie Weekdoeseoeo. os lee edo ees ECC eee pel itera OEE eames | SNe 
Bede een eNO) Sosaecssceecc| sos ao Seoee PA yee rey Waiceiicel semen eecsoe Skin (nestling). 
S1851|- . .. OOP: rg2 59 = 8s -g5io-oedoy.8 thee 4! dO} ee cee de. cerltdedaresle Sas 4 
3396 |._.. ‘Turtle Mountain, mene "2, N8)) |AASAG ONES EE Rees sc oballveseaal eoaoas ‘Sian (young). 
a 
3491 | 9 | Mouse River, Dak...| Aug. 13, 1873 }....do -....-.- 8.70 |14.10 |.....- Skin. 
3550°|' B-day 432. bei poel Ama. QT SS |b 4- do: 22.525... |10. 30 |17.00)}-.---.|-... do. 
3001 | of 5 _..do sosacapos cucana sooo Or ree ase Jain LOM eras fas 110: 75 j|17295 | .----- Bact ks 


STURNELLA MAGNA NEGLECTA, Aud. 
WESTERN MEADOW LARK. 


All the Meadow Larks observed in this region, even at Pembina, where 
the fauna is so thoroughly Eastern, were typical neglecta. They are a 
common bird of the whole country, though perhaps less numerous as we 
approach the Rocky Mountains, in the very arid Milk River region. 
They are fond of good soil, and seemed to me to be scarcely so abundant, 
even in the Red River region, as I had observed them to be in more fer- 
tile portions of Southwestern Dakota, as the vicinity of Fort Randall, 
for example, and thence to Sioux City. They reach this part of the 
country early in April. Toward the end of June, in the region above 


604 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Fort Buford, several sets of eggs were procured, and at the same time 
young birds were already on wing. 


ast of specimens. 


Locality. Date. Collector. ‘ Apo coe on 


Pembina, Dak .....-. June 5,1873| Elliott Coues 
Beaehe C8 (oie Sa Cae a HUN AAS |e. Olas ee se 
3 ae I ae COWS eas neoao desceal| diner eil TsrB} Mao ee 
seers. = Secn es aneeee dune BOSS) sG0) be seneee 
| Turtle Mountain, | July 20, 1873 |....do ....-..- 
Dak. 
sgou\|babs GO) ease eee eee Ange 2 ABTS oe sQOw ocean 
Ba aes Ok Le totetesmee, Aeeicee se OO: Jarciuniane 
-| Big Muddy River, wane 22, Uh Yl pepe (Oy saneeror 
Mont. 
; Gosling Ssh River, Afakarsy a, ISIE MCR SAG) Gatemoaalleosneo||secoon|sso5cc Three eggs. 
font. ¥ 
-| Porcupine River, | June 28, 1874 |....do ........|--.---]---.--.|------ Five eggs. . 


Mont. 


ICTERUS SPURILUS, (Linn.) Bp. 
ORCHARD ORIOLE. 


One specimen, early in June, at Pembina, the only locality where 
observed. 
List of specimens. 


S | 5 4 
A = =| eo |Nature of specimen 
5 4 ; &D 
= ¥ Locality. Date. Collector. eI s a and Tenia 
So |x St] el 
2897 | & | Pembina, Dak ...... June 6, 1873} Elliott Coues.|_-...-|.-.---]------ Skin. 


ICTERUS BALTIMORE, (Linn.) Daud. 
BALTIMORE ORIOLE. 


Abundant at Pembina, the only locality where it was found. Like 
the Bobolinks of this region, the Orioles acquire an extremely brilliant 
plumage, in which the usual orange is often heightened into an intense 
flame-color. The same intensity of coloration has been noted by Mr. 
Allen in the cases of the Kansas Orioles. Several nests with eggs were 
taken during the latter part of the month of June. 


List of specimens. 


°o 
& als Sp S ature of specimen. 
eS ¥ Locality. Date. Collector. a = a atidkrosaene ee 
Oo In cal I E 
2793 | ff enteiny, Dak ...... June 2,1873 | Elliott Coues |......]..----]....-. Skin. 
Bs8S) || vet Hocodh® asoungeeacadans June a WG) Sea Orsecaooaal) C68) [PLR oesacailesse do. 
2834 | of ‘3 a er CS Se Ph Aa) Py EC dows ces 90) C2 SOR hse camo do. 
Pe renal ened (ee renonoobopeice June, i, LST ayaa AO lic siare eles a lets sim siell eratae toed eeteicie [Mae do. 
ROGUE Ooi. Ula) eaten Sina Ci Keyes es GO) soe seis oc SESS Ss See eer eel |e do. 
Rsk Iew Idec poecdbucesadSool|sonds GW) cesanslfeoae OO iene etree tusectle come een do. 
OSTA ve HO ecole eeleetecr Dunes, WTS) 9. 6dO% se aed seca essence gem fanaeGOs 
SOW Seale ace Os .tescemesemenns Ahab Cok a teire} | PAE Cl hee Saoanllacsboalecosenllessos- Nest with 3 eggs. 
B2t0 fesse. dose hee June 23, 1873 ----O ..-....-|....--|----2-].----.| Nest with 4 eggs, 
PeS2I Ady | sain -sc cheieie cicero ahah? Web erat eset We acaconclBecaoeileccace| lance sc Skin. 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 605 - 
SCOLECOPHAGUS CYANOCEPHALUS, (Wagl.) Cab. 
BLUE-HEADED GRACKLE. 


This is the characteristic Blackbird of the whole region in summer. 
Hundreds spend this season at Fort Pembina. It is no less abundant 
at Fort Buford, and in fact extends over the whole area. This is prob- 
ably near its northern limit. Its general range includes the whole of 
the United States, from a little west of the Mississippi to the Pacific. 
It breeds indifferently throughout this area, but retires in winter from 
the northern portions of its habitat. In summer, it is the only repre- 
sentative of its genus in Dakota and Montana, but in the fall, after the 
migration, it is associated with S. ferrugineus. A nest containing three 
eggs was taken on the Quaking Ash River, Montana, June 26, 1874. 

A full account of the habits of the species will be found in the “ Birds 
of the Northwest”, pp. 199-202. . 


List of specimens. 


S 
4 <<, r= wo |Nature of speci 
x é “4 A pecimen, 

a 4 Locality. Date. Collector. a < A and remarks. 
Oo 1m 4 & - 

2981 | o& | Pembina, Dak ...... June 14, 1873 | Elliott Cones.|....--|.-----|.-----] Skin. 

ERIC Sea Caieones 6 tease pe oasrtials June 16, 1873 |....do .....--. 9.75 \16.50 | 5.70 |....do. 

VOB R MOMs a8 GO! ssocceienys ee acid ena do ...-.. eed Opec 9.00 |15.00 | 4.75 |....do. 

SUR) tl ee Nees (Ope ee tee aS aerees UNG USS 73) |e Osseo cece ceraalwaeeacine cee erioe do. 

BUDO Mo he etdO! oe o28 yesh asian SUNS VST SAO se oe esa cells cers wel er aniee tea Os 

DOMME Ge en OO... sac cctlsenteed June 20,1873 |....do ....--..|...-.- S Sibiatat sl heaters 2 eyed OF 

Laan pe ees Ole ance ee tl UME MeL SiS). O) secesninn | cccma|acemas loecmet lacie do. 

SRUSM Cees dO Scat atl. eel se AO aaa RO) cosc she |. Soo cmlioosaceliaaeeee| ea ce do. 

ECE mom SACO hose. une ah UE On te aa Ob Saracen (ictal Sec lllee ie ateot ees do. 

Bao ae leet ee Ot icn cme -stee act UME a Oval ns 20h ees com sc) lencceallessaan| men cicileaat do. 

ROOM Opa ee cOOl. nets ccicios Sace toons <A OnNee2 wollte sMLOL odeeaes slr wees teamee (Pena silts at do. 

3765 | 4.80 |....do. 

3766 | Q |. 4.60 |....do. 

3795 | oo Oplon seed 

3796 | o 5.15 |....do. 

3797 | Sv |. 5. 25 |....do. 

3798 || 9 |. 4.90 |....do. 

3799 | Q 4.50 |....do. 

3800 | Q |. 4.75. |....do, 

3841} Co |. 4.70 -.do, 

3842} 9 |. 4,25 |....do. 

3843 | 2 |. 4,95 |....do. 

3844 | 9 |. 4.20 |....do. 

3845 | 2 |. 4,23 |....do. 

3846 | @ |_... ace 4,35 |....do. 

Be ieecin teen GO". .acctecace toe. BES (Oipaseets SeaE recs seca 9,50 |14.50 | 4.40 |....do. 

Fe Cpl lpeHed OE RE SCHAUER ES lasers (G1) Smecme ..--0 ........| 9.60 }14. 75 | 4.60 |..--.do. 

SEPA I) Shel pS Vy a ee Oct salsa Peencdopsssemee 9.50 |14. 70 | 4.60 |}.-..do. 

4027 |.... Quaking Ash River, |une 26, (a4) Medora: jee se ell seta ae ae le Nest with 3 eggs. ° 

ont. 
4627 |....| Rocky Mts., lat. 49°.| Aug. 28,1874 |....do ...-....]------|------|------ Skin. 


Note —The above list includes some specimens (from Mouse River) of 8. ferrugineus, not now extri- 
cable without reference to the specimens themselves, the numbers having been confused; but the 
summer birds are all cyanocephalus. 


SCOLECOPHAGUS FERRUGINEUDS, (Gm.) Sw. 
Rusty GRACKLE. | 


The Rusty Grackle enters Dakota from the north in September, and 
then mixes indiscriminately with the preceding species; but the two 
will not be found together during the breeding-season. At our camp 


606 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


on the Mouse River, both species became very abundant after the sec- 
ond week in September, and so continued to be at the time of our de- 
parture, early in October. They associated together so intimately that 
a discharge into a flock of Blackbirds often brought down individuals 
of both species. Their habits are exactly the same, but the two species 
may be distinguished with little difficulty. 

The foregoing tabular ‘*‘ List of specimens” includes, among those 
taken in September and October, several specimens of this species. 
The entry made in my register at the time did not discriminate between 
them, so that the numbers cannot be separated without handling the 
specimens, which are not conveniently accessibie at time of writing. - 


QUISCALUS PURPUREUS AINEUS, Ridg. 
BRONZED PURPLE GRACKLE. 


Abundant at Pembina, where it was breeding in June in the hollows 
of trees. Occurred sparingly along the Mouse River in the fall, and 
during the last season traced westward to the Rocky Mountains. The 
specimens show the bronzy general coloration defined against the steel- 
blue head and neck, supposed to afford ground for the recognition of 


variety cneus. 
List of specimens. 


latitude 49°. 


is) 
A = | 8 eb |N i 
4 : - oD Nature of specimen 
2 4 Locality. Date. Collector. a <= cI and deniatlanel 
[>] 
(S) wn 4 & E 
| 2835 | ¢ | Pembina, Dak ...--. June 4,1873 | Elliott Cones.}12. 25 |....--|...... Skin. 
Q91T NO SO ted es sek oe SUNe) 3%, 183) He doy. =. LNs os soa teee see oes do. 
QOL Gy |e atlO\ see ae nee eee June 9,1873|....do ........ 12°00) }16.-50 |..----|.--2 do. 
29165) CS ||. cc seek hale coe. se CUeeeea levine GO} sec Ese aca adaosdisscene eee do. 
30445) of |o 2 aado see ca shane) 18.173) |v .do! fees. — Bisse |seecce|esanel eons do. 
S051 |e One eee ee eos ae STuNe 19, ASB ado! acces SAloveses | Seetealiceede “tho: 
3054) og |. wcfdo.tgee8 ssc See dows 52 /Ess TC ARES) Reco pecmeo Inecoccl lees Cs 
BNET eB Sdliges 1 CONSE SES SEA ee June 22,1873 |. .:do .....-5))|.<-625]--.- 22] 2-262 Keg. 
3369 | @ | Mouse River, Dak .-|.Oct. 3,1873 |....do ..-..--. 12.40 |18..00 | 5.65 | Skin, 
4101 | & | Near mouth Milk | June 30,1874 |....do ........]....-.|------|.-----|---- do. 
River, Mont. 
| 4626 }....| Recky Mountains, | Aug. 28,1874 |....do ......-.}.----.|--2-2-|-cecc|eaer do. 


CORVUS AMERICANUS, Awd. 
ComMOoN CRow. 


According to my observation, Crows are not very common in the 
region under consideration, though I saw a good many along the Mouse 
River. The species occurs, however, along the whole of the Missouri 
River. A nest containing five eggs, with the female parent, was se- 
cured on the Quaking Ash River, June 26, 1874. 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 607 


List of specimens. 


S 
4 ; = A e) |Nature of specimen 
= ¥ Locality. | Date. Collector. a = a aa Rene RiER, , 
So a | ayo (Ue 
4026 | 2 | Qaaking Ash River, | June 26, 1874 Elliott Coues.|......|-.....|...--- Skin, nest, 5 eggs. 
Mont. 


CORVUS CORAX, Linn. 
RAVEN. 


Occasionally observed, but no specimens were secured. 


PICA MELANOLEUCA HUDSONICA, (Sab.) Coues. 
AMERICAN MAGPIE. 


No Magpies were seen in the Red River region, where, if occurring at 
all, I doubt their presence as far east as the river itself. During the 
second season, however, they were very frequently noticed at various 
points on the Upper Missouri and Milk Rivers, and thence to the Rocky 
Mountains. On the Ist of July, newly fledged birds were taken near the 
mouth of Milk River, and at the Sweetgrass Hills, during the first week 
in August, imperfectly plumaged individuals, a little over a foot long, 
‘were noticed. 


List of specimens. 


S Nature of specimen, 
iS and remarks, 


= »~ 
oe) a 
Date. Collector. ‘G0 2g 
8 i 
4 R 


.| Nearmonuth of Milk | July 1,1874| Elliott Coues.|......}-.....J..... Skin. 
ewe, Mont. 


Kay) moo “Mountains, | Aug. 22, 1874] Ell 
latitude 49°, 


CYANURUS CRISTATUS, (Zinn.) Sw. 


BLUE JAY. 


Not seen west of Pembina, where it was very abundant. 


List of specimens. 


Natureofspecimen, 


a pe 
~ qa 
a0 

Date. Collector. a < sadircniankes 


608 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
PERISOREUS CANADENSIS CAPITALIS, Bad. 


Rocky MOUNTAIN JAY. 


t 


Only seen in the Rocky Mountains at latitude 49°, where, however, it 
was common and doubtless bred. The specimens secured in this locality | 
show the restricted dark areas of the head, upon which the variety capi- 
talis is based. 

There is no doubt, however, that the true P. canadensis occurs in suit- 
able localities in other parts of the region surveyed, since it has been 
ascertained by Mr. T. M. Trippe to breed in the tamarack swamps of 


Minnesota. 
List of specimens. 


Nature of specimen, 
and remarks. 


Locality. Date. Coliector. 


Extent. 


vb 
a 
= 


17.00 | 5.80 | Skin. 


17.00 | 5.90 |...do. 
17.00 | 5.85 |...do. 


4607 | f | Rocky Mountains, | Aug. 25, 1874 | Elliott Cones. |12. 00 
latitude 499. 

ARDS) ee lk oC ie sab eereeeanosel eaoae C3 (s ie) [eae GOsotkecae: 11, 85 
AGTH) | TOY. DISET, Co aera ere) Paes do cos Ses) Sao 11. 80 


TYRANNUS CAROLINENSIS, (Gm.) Temm. 
KINGBIRD. 


Extremely numerous at Pembina, where many nests were taken after 
the middle of June, and traced westward as far as the Survey progressed 
that year. One of the nests (No. 3062) was placed on a rail fence, in 

the crotch formed by a post. In the Missouri region, it was equally 
abundant from Fort Buford to near the headwaters of the Milk River. 
Many nests containing two to four eggs were taken the latter part of 
June and early in July. One of these was particularly interesting, show- 
ing that the Summer Warbler is not the only species that gets rid of | 
the obnoxious eggs of the Cowbird by building a second story to the 
nest, and thus leaving the alien egg to addle in the basement below. A. 
nest taken near Frenchman’s River, containing two eggs, seemed to be | 
a curiously built affair, and of examining it closely I found the wrong 
egg embedded in its substance below the others (No. 4185). The King- 
bird is not so much attached to woodland as has been supposed. I saw 
great numbers whilst travelling by rail, on the prairies of Minnesota and 
Dakota, where it seemed to be as much at home as anywhere. All 
things considered, it may be rated as one of the most abundant and 
generally diffused species of the whole region under consideration. 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 609 


List of specimens. 


A a] sauienidas Saduren| 
: > Nallecte ry, 5 co 6| Natureof specimen 
= 2 Locality. Date. Collector. a = i evil wares ey Me 
Si) 4 & eS 
a } | nt | 
| 
fot June 2, 1873) Elliott Coues.}......]...--. lees Skin. | 
fof ume 4a 18s |= - 00a cnc. BY9OR ILGs508|seeeee -22 do: 
Ped oe 3 Sk oe Ih Le Ups rdoree ca 8.75 |16.00-1...... do 
TUMS VATS (Siik5 = -dory.-. -... 8.00 {14.00 }.-.--- do. 
ARON TO) TRB acl Se peeedleeBee a eeeaee eae “Nest with 4 eggs. | 
Jane Ql, 1873 SoGeG OE Gsege bal Bee) | aoe sl has sae Nest with 3 eggs. 
be sia stencee[byarcters AG Basar Peed! gatee ce = closes [osc eaalln. -E sapere 
See atocclt emer AG ean cic COy a bie esac sis [bioxiaec|)csene (See OGs | 
ua JUME} LIU! a GOvas ae sas. |eecies| pecans. s: Skin. 
DESL ate Sete oar GO) ceeeas| eee) sence es |sencer|e-ce=-l eo = <0) NESt Will a GPO. | 
Bee es eed) ocr OVessses ores Ol ae Cone cect lowieren|lo aes - [a dOs | 
Se ge bee Aberin | Seay a Gomera eee Olea eae eee |e eeratn|| = <ia1= <15| NCSU WARN G 2mm 
Be eae erie GO see sslee GOW senescence |-ncee-|-c-=-. || Nest with expe: | 
June 23, Sat eek Om se ae cee ol erctctetel oorctieiclierais'a as Two eggs. 
SUDO LGs 1878s fen org eck ayes IE ogo e's [els Saisie Nest with 2 eggs. | 
do June 28, NSIS) farses AON toate sie |clarateel [br aterwiciisieietarw's Nest with 4 eggs. | 
4020 |....| Big weuday River, June 22, ABG4. (22. dO-co22 52. Neca. eetaretele||lee iene vee ugk with 3 | 
Mon 
} 4080 }..-- Eeeanine Riv er) || dune 28 Tes odor... 2. few. cc ac liane nse Nest. withidleneet 
Mont. | 
AISaee=s| Near Krenchman’s duly 9) 1874)... do 4.--..-.|.-----|------|-22-e Nest with 2 eggs, | 
River, Mont. and. 1 of Molo- | 
thrus excluded | 
inthe basement. | 


TYRANNUS VERTICALIS, Say. 
ARKANSAS FLYCATCHER. 


In the Red River region, T. carolinensis alone represents the genus ; 
bat throughout the Upper Missouri and Milk River country the two are 
found together, and it is hard to say which is the most numerous. 
They have much the same general habits, and often associate intimately 
together; indeed, I have known one tree to contain nests of both 
species. The cries of the verticalis are louder and harsher, with less of 
a sibilant quality, than those of the Kingbird; but there is little else 
to note as different. The nests of the verticalis are bulky and con- 
spicuous, all the more easily found because the bird has a way of leav- 
ing the general woods of the river-bottom to go up the ravines thay 
make down from the hillsides, and there nest on some isolated tree, 
miles away, perhaps, from any other landmark. Taking nests of both 
species at the same time, 1 found that those of verticalis were generally 
distinguishable by their larger size and softer make, with less fibrous 
and more fluffy material; but the eggs, if mixed together, could not 
be separated with any certainty. The sets of eggs taken during the 
latter part of June consisted of from three to six. Eggs were found as 
late as the second week in July.. The nests were placed in trees at a 
height of from five or six to forty or fifty feet, generally in the crotch of a 
horizontal limb, at some distance from the main trunk; but in one case a 
nest was placed in the crotch which the first large bough made with the 
truak. In one case, a pair of the Flycatchers built in the same tree that 
contained the nest of Swainson’s Buzzard, and both kinds of birds were 
incubating at peace with each other, if not with all the world, when I 

Bull. iv. No. 3——5 


610 BULLETIN UN{TED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


came along to disturb them. In another one, they nested with a pair 
of Kingbirds. The birds display admirable courage in defense of their 
homes, loosing in their anxiety all sense of danger to themselves. 


List of specimens. 


S E=| =) 
A : Sr EI eo |Nature of specimen 
a 2 Locality. , Date. Collector. a 4 F) anidn ane , 
Oi ee 4 | E 
| 4011 |... | Big Muddy River, | June 21, 1874| Elliott Coues.|......|.-----]------ Skin; nest with 3 
H Mont. eggs. 
(PAQUS: oe 2 [oe AObae wees ant otiewe ees doves: seteeO. semis sAlse setee|= cece paaacits Skin; nest with 5 
| eggs. 
ANT | 2ed0) Le Gast acieeecer PUNE V2 MST oe Oy ware cess eilionetec al erect deieieete Skin, with set of 
| Ree 
| 4018 | Q Om Sess secheesecilbeese Giseeeae SE LU SS r emt [maces aeecce seemed ace 
| AO SOM Se ls Gee Rosson cobenelsaene GD sosen- GOs Cee el pees Bnaeeg | aeeeen (nee 
| 4081 | @ Porcupine Cree Le || dimen Gfeh Meebo OW sosccs6sfessess|[oa5celsoocne Skin; nest with 5 
Mont. eges. 
40821 & CO fee reicratecie wile aioe. dO) 22535 200) dhe Scale cece leeeetcta ase Skin. 
4083 | 9 Ore eieese cine shacele slo G\icoases Send eee el seaele ale eaistel peeves eee o 
40°4 | 9 Oe aewec as wesc: -do .....- PeoctWeeannceo||qecc ollsecoco|\haeoos|escc do. 
4102 | ¢ | Near mouth of Milk June 30; 1874 Sedo. aetein sores] sectslatl eee ates [feria = ote Mees do. 
River, Mont. 
aC ebb gcosca saseee) Baeee Gove eeee | tee (Ue aeericee| |aoseoal|oesed| sosccdlleccc do. 


be 
a 
S 
Ge 


SAYORNIS SAYUS, (Bp.) Bad. 
SAY’s FLYCATCHER. 


Not observed in the Red River region. First noticed at Fort Buford, 
where it used to perch upon the roofs of the houses, like the Pewit of 
the Bast, and traced thence westward to the Rocky Mountains. It 
occurred at intervals without being particularly numerous at any point. 
Its nidification was not observed. 


List of specimens. 


5) 

A = | & | sh |Natareofspeci 
Palate P 50 Nature of specimen, 

= ¥ Lo¢ality. Date. Collector. a = gs and reraneee 

iS) n 4 ic 


4322 | 9 Sweetgrass Hills, | Aug. 6, 1874} J. H. Batty. --| 7.50 |12.10 | 3.90 | Skin. 


ene t. 

ABUL \lpsodllseodt i) pancasooseoace Aug. 9,1874 AGO) ose cceae 7. 75 {13.40 | 4.40 |.--.do. 

4456 |...- Gneaes Milk |} Aug. 15, 1874| Elliott Coues.| 7.75 {12.50 | 4.10 |... do. 
River, Mont. 

4699 | gf | Near Fort Benton s||Septa 611874) \s-ee done reseea eeeeeel esac) ecieetel| aetar do. 
Mont. 


CONTOPUS VIRENS, (Linn.) Cab. 
Woop PEWEE. 


~ Only noticed at Pembina, which is probably at or near its north- 
western limit. 


Ul 


List of specimens. 


S) ira| + 
A = a eo |Nature of speci 
: A 4 + sH a ature of specimen 
a 4 Locality. Date. Collector. I = FI and eerie 
Oo |n ibe lesp oll les 
2891 


o | Pembina, Dak .....- June 6,1873 | Elliott Coues.| 6.25 |10. 25 |..--.. 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 611 


EMPIDONAX TRAILLI, (Aud.) Bd. 


TRAILL’s FLYCATCHER. 


I found this species common at Pembina, like the minimus, during 
the first week in June, but did not observe it later than the 9th of 
that month. They appeared to pass on northward, yet I can hardly 
suppose that the species never breeds here, which is fully as far north 
as the localities in which it nests in the Eastern States. However, if it 
does so, I overlooked the fact. 


. List of specimens. 


———— 


| 5 € E 0 {Nat f 
: aij : op en ature of specimen, 
= i Locality Date. Collector. a <= iI hid samiaeee 

iS) hea 4 rs = j 
-2782 | © | Pembina, Dak ....-.. June 2,1873| Elliott Coues.| 5.50 | 8.75 |...... Skin. 
+2316 | vv POO wees cates nice June 3, 1873)|Go5-GOl eo. (WU 1) Cha) | eesecclesas do. 
LOST yl Gt ||. _-do SRE Pere | Serer ap bios =/oysilleerete Got s7ts 2h OA208 | OlGOsl eos. .-do. 

Qeaa pes pan cdOre se ces a ccthisce sel =22-Q0! codsenls— 5. Ode oonecs EOD |) OAC Sasesteeee do. 
; {6 See ae Seeeee June °9, 1673) | S58. dopsseete es 5.50 | 8.40 


EMPIDONAX MINIMUS, Bad. 
LEAST FLYCATCHER. 


Very abundant at Pembina, and found also on Turtle Mountain, be- 
yond which not seen. I found it common on my arrival, the Ist of June, 
and during that month secured a large series of specimens, including 
many nests and eggs, the latter not until the middle of the month. The 
usual site of the nest is the upright crotch formed by three or more di- 
verging twigs of some sapling or stout bush, usually 10 or 12 feet from 
the ground. One nest that I took I could reach standing on the ground, 
but another was in a slender elm-tree some 40 feet high, on a swaying 
bough, but in a crotch of upright twigs as usual. The female, daring 
incubation, is as close a setter as some of the ground Sparrows. In one 
instance I came within arm’s length before the bird flew, and then she 
merely fluttered out of reach and stood uttering a disconsolate note. 
The nest is usually let deeply down into the crotch, and bears the im- 
press of the twigs. It is composed of intertwined strips of fine fibrous 
inner bark and decomposed weedy substances, matted with a great 
quantity of soft plant-down, and finished with a lining of a few horse- 
hairs or fine SAE making a firm, warm fabric, with a smooth, even 
brim, about 23 inches across outside and less than 2 inches deep; gen- 
eral shape tends somewhat to be conicai, but much depends upon the 
site of the nest. The walls are thin, sometimes barely coherent along 
the track of the supporting twigs. The cavity is large for the size of 
the nest, scarcely or not contracted at the top, and about as wide as 
deep. In six instances I found not more than 4 eggs, which seems to 
be the full complement. These are pure white in color, of ordinary 
shape (but variable in this respect), and measure about two-thirds of an 
inch in length by one-half in breadth. Extremes of length noted were 
0.59 and 0.68; the diameter is less variable. 


612 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


List of specimens. 


2 4 
a : a A » 'Nat i 
Seine Locality. Date. Collector. a | 2 = = ane of specitnen 
2 °) Oo ial : 
Oo |a | a | ee 
2780 | & | Pembina, Dak....-.-- June 2, 1873 | Elliott Coues.| 5.25 | 8.25 
S| Get] soe Ol eae eins te cretatslismetee doe = ete | 222. G0 seeaoeee 5.40 | 8.30 
BENG SP BaaeGO) sceetéeqcdesees Jane 3,1873)|_..-do..-.-..--~ 5. 50 | 8.25 
DSR BP ese oo sonsenoeccsss Tce) Sp INE) Nese Gy Seen oeoe 5.25 | 8.25 
PE Meme orn Micesreeecn Gacher | coos OW sennec| Saas deaonae 5.00 | 7.90 
2887 | 2 On sceesetheenas June 6,1873|....do .....--- 5.00 | 7.70 
DORR Ita laseeGO. ccecc rece caecl see (Opseeose| Baer (OMS site de 5.20 } 8.20 
90D NIO! as. GO) = ceeneecn eens June 9,1873}..-.do .--..--- 4.80 | 7.40 
29384 1) see 2dOlaaaecssescceees June a IIGYBY |p sae) aaeeceee 4.90 | 7.80 
2939 | 9 (iy Sandbacascdedoc| boos-CM Soasud)iedat WO casbSase 4.90 | 7.80 
2956 | of Goss saseee ee eoeee June ) AB Ssect) csooaoce 5. 50 | 7. 60 
OSTA Elen dO aeee eee eee |e edo contin. aon oe 5.50 | 7. 60 
BV ose sleace GD pancsesscoosoc: June 13, Wee aeotl® scene opcullosccce||scomanl[sooam: “Nest with 4 eggs. 
| PEGI osmeiieese GRE ae éhoasca5es||csocs GD osaccelloose GW ~sase0scfossooc|-a5ces|[pos000 Nest with 2 eggs. 
P2980 (Ouse Ova miacinne see sje = June 14, 1873 |....do .-.....- 4.80 | 7.40 |..---. Skin. f 
SUE |lecocllsace CO eee cee anne ye} basen iceeserisciaseacs! essaclcoosse Nest with 4 eggs, 
and 1 of Molo- 
thrus. ; 
BPR) |S scallood- Otc cee aeeteice Ahrenaery U8) een GO csannsoclleshoos|secSusllosecne Nest with 3 eggs. |, 
UP se cloooe CONE BE GaseaneSEaec laenoe GD SagesclfeonOO od sosace||boecce||sscoan|lsoase0 Nest with 4 eese- 
3133) |l\-24)eeee do ..----| June 24, 1G 73| edad e ecc il cccenl orale eee do. 
3415 | PartleMountai in, Dakj Aug. 8, 1873 }....do .....--. 5.40 | 8.40 |.-.--. Skin. 


EMPIDONAX HAMMONDI, Bad. 
HAMMOND’S FLYCATCHER. 


This species, which appears to be the Western representative of mini- 
mus, was only found in the Rocky Mountains, where a single specimen 


was secured in August. 
List of specimens. 


iS a 

Z ae 4 = en |Nature of specimen, 

= 4 Locality. Date. Collector. =} iq and venir eeaen 
io) D | E 

4537 |....| Rocky Mountains, | Aug. 20, 1874} Elliott Coues.|...---|.-.--.|.----- 


latitude 49°. 


EMPIDONAX OBSCURUS, Bd. 
WRIGHT’S FLYCATCHER. 


Instead of trailli var. pusillus, which I expected to find in the Rocky 
Mountains, this species was taken in that locality. The occurrence so 
far beyond its hitherto-known range is particularly interesting. Three 
specimens were taken during the latter part of August. The bird 
doubtless breeds in this region, which is the northernmost point by far 
at which it has been observed. 


List of specimens. 


- oR, 

is) 

A :  |Natureof imen 
ei ibis Locality. Date. Collector. 2 i a Bere , 
i>) oO Ee 

OD |n 
4520 |.-..| Rocky Mountains, | Aug. 19,1874 | Elliott Coues.|......].-.--.].----- Skin. 

latitude 499. 

4521 |. ...|---- (Tae Soa seC eons sens sU8t) S5cmed|fesacllt sc pcees macros) le carss! ssotce Io 55 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 613 


ANTROSTOMUS VOCIFERUS, (Wils.) Bp. 
W HIPPOORWILL. 


Although I took no specimens of this bird, its unmistakable notes 
were heard every night in June at Pembina, assuring me of its presence 
in numbers in the heavy timber of the river-botton. This locality is very 
near its northern limit, and it probably is not found any distance west 
of the Red River. 


CHORDILES VIRGINIANUS, (Briss.) Bp. 
NIGHT-HAWK ; BULL-BAT. 


Occurs in summer throughont the whole region surveyed, and is in 
most places very common. The birds of the arid Missouri region are 
referable, I suppose, to var. henryi. Eggs were found at Pembina 
June 13, and at the mouth of Milk River on the Ist of July; in both 
instances two in number, laid on the bare ground. So late as the 23d of 
July, newly hatched young were found at one of our camps on Turtle 
Mountain. Notwithstanding that they lay in the midst of a populous 
camp, where the men and animals constantly passed the spot, the female 
continued to brood them with courage and patience, and on too near 
approach would feign a broken wing, and tumble about in a manner that 
would have seemed ridiculous could her tender object have been forgot- 
ten, The male bird made a great ado, dashing down from overhead, 
but apparently without any clear idea of what was expected of him, or 
how to doit. Upon one of my visits to the spot I found that the young 
had been transported since I had been there last, though only to a dis- 
tance of two or three yards. 


List of specimens. 


3 a | 
z a = a ie ‘ 

: : : ae A se | Nature of specimen, 
= . Locality. Date. Collector. a = iz Siig) BETES. 
Oo |m A i - 

2962 | 9 | Pembina, Dak ....-. June 13, 1873 | Elliott Coues. 

Al GP deen Ore peeeee= cs eeeeee Jure 14, 1873 ZOGyesjam-isais 

BID Wi Neeset Ole ee See eeee eee June 16, 1873 Mcdo Ee SAE fs 

3299 |....| 50miles west of Pem- July 16 1873---.do\:--2-2-. 
bina Mts. 

Bd0O! |. 2 ethe o 51 CORE eae ete Gt sesenl eee dome cea: 

SRO ee dol sa elec. ECS domes, doves ee: 

3351 teenrtleMt., Wale. -.-n|ehaly 2s, lera | -- C0). sen 5. 

3477 |....| Mouse River, Dak...| Aug.10,1873}....do ......-- 

3719 | Q YEO canes eee es Se) Dus ey ues | le enU Ms eeeomecis 

4117 |....| Near mouth of Milk duly Uae74|2-2-dol.-2- =.=. 
River, Mont. 

4264 | of Crossing Of PMalk || Sully (2400874) |-2-<dols2------|.----- 
River, Mont. 

4265 | 9 Boi er eceoa emetic | eee (fepaoee| mace Gis. oneeeee Geneee 

AAU |) ofl Seat) ae eee eneeee Slyazo, Wea eee Oue 2 se a fee alain = 


614 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
CH.ETURA PELAGIOA, (Linn.) Bad. 
CHIMNEY SWIFT. 


Common at Pembina, and traced thence westward only to the Mouse 
River. Not seen in the Missouri region nor in the Rocky Mountains. I 
did not notice where the birds were breeding; but from the circumstance 
of seeing them habitually flying about over the timber of tbe river-bot- 
tom, instead of at the fort, I judge that they here still retained their 
primitive custom of nesting in hollow trees. 


List of specimens. 


Nature of specimen 


Date. Collector. and remarks. 


Saoaee June 2, 1873 | Elliott Coues 
Gon eccsecitced AhunsyeW) Werte nar) cocapaellscaoee|[esceas||scobe laos 
See a UNe 24 S73) | Perea Oyen me aera (= sete tore rarstecstel lee 
ews AAI, ORE TIE TBs be Coe Sy seosilecobbclf sobcullbcuoocl bos 


TROCHILUS COLUBRIS, Linn. 
RUBY-THROATED HUMMINGBIRD. 


Quite common at Pembina, in the open flowery glades of the woods 
along the river. Not seen west of this point. 


List of specimens. 


3 

A eo |Nature of specimen,| 

= i Locality Date. Collector. Fr] Rees Re aeaie 

S| w E | ; 
2850 | g& | Pembina, Dak ...-.. June 5,1873 | Elliott Coues.|......|......].----- Skin. | 


SELASPHORUS RUFUS, (Gm.) Sw. 
RUFOUS HUMMINGBIRD. 


Found in considerable numbers at our camp on Chief Mountain Lake, 
in open flowery spots amongst the windfalls, at an altitude of about 4,200 


feet. 
List of specimens. 


o 
A ; = iE &) |Nature of specimen 
= 4 Locality. Date. Collector. a = a ata remaree! } 
Ss) 7) | Ee 
j 4522 |....| Rocky Mountains, | Aug. 19, 1874 | Eilfott Coues.|......|-..... BAe Skin. 
latitude 49°. 

4523 |.. 23 GO ee ohiee ae See domes EEO) SENET el ve sate eterna eee ores do. 

4535 sev GOE cepinnscceaceee Aug. 20, 1874 (Ope Seeee ne Pee sec|Sassucltencac do 

4536 BA (ORE em eva ts dom Lea|tece 3 (Peer eer ese yer fey ete do 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA, 615 
CERYLE ALCYON, Boie. 


BELTED KINGFISHER. 


Of general distribution along the waters of this region as elsewhere 
in North America. I saw it on the Red, Mouse, Milk, and Missouri 
Rivers, and some of the affluents of the two last, as well as on the 
headwaters of the Saskatchewan. 


List of specimens. 


vi eee | 
| 


4 ae afi 
a ; Locality. Date. Collector. 30 2 bo |Nature of specimen, 
3 ia a a -m and remarks. 
Oo la See 
2917 | 9 | Pembina, Dak ...... | June 9, 1873) Hiliott Coues.|......]..-..-]...--- Skin. | 
| 


COCCYGUS ERYTHROPHTHALMUS, ( Wils:) Bp. 
BLACK-BILLED CUCKOO. 


Somewhat to my surprise, this Cuckoo was ascertained to breed in the 
Pembina Mountains. I had not: previously observed it along the Red 
River, nor did I meet with C. americanus anywhere during the survey. 
The nest was discovered July 12, at which date it contained a single 
young one, scarcely able to fly, the older ones of the same brood having 
doubtless already made off. The nest was in what I suppose to be an 
unusual situation, namely, an oak scrub less than two feet from the 
ground, in a dense thicket on the mountain-side. A large basement of 
loosely interlaced twigs rested in a crotch of the bush, supporting the 
nest proper, which consisted of a flat matting of withered leaves and 
catkins of the poplar. After a chase and a headlong plunge into an 
uncomfortable brier-patch, I managed to catch the little fellow, who, 
encouraged by the constant exhortations of his anxious mother, was 
scrambling off in a very creditable style for one so young. 


List of specimens. 


A 2 | a 0 |Nature of speci 
: i 0 ao |Nature of specimen, 
= F Locality. Date. Collector. a = A maul deni RS, 
Oo |n = A = 
3240 |.--- Hembing Mountains, | July 12,1873 | Elliott Cones |..--..).----.]------ | Skin (nestling). 
ak. | | 


PICUS VILLOSUS, Linn. 
HAIRY WOODPECKER. 


Observed in heavy timber on Turtle Mountain. As a species of gen- 
eral dispersion in Eastern North America, it doubtless occurs in other 
wooded portions of the Red and Missouri region. Exactly at what point 
it is modified into var. harrist may not have been ascertained; but the 


616 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


change probably does not take place mach, if any, east of the Rocky 
Mountains. Pure villosus occurs on the Missouri at Fort Randall. 


List of specimens. 


S a ~ 
A Sp | th |Nature of specimen 
° ocality 2, a 2, (0) ee a , 
= 4 | Locality. Date. Collector a 3 re Final Hela, 
Soa | Ho | 8 
3945 b2s.|....| Turtle Mountain, | July 20,1873} Hiliott Coues.|-..---|,-.-..|-.-. Skin. 


Dak. 


July 20, 1873 | EHiliott Coues. 


PICUS VILLOSUS HARRISI, (Aud.) Coues. 
HARRIS’S WOODPECKER. 
Found only in the Rocky Mountains. 


List of specimens. 


le z=| we) 
| 4 — S| ap N: * 

4 ; ‘ =) i Nature of specimen 
| = ¥ Locality. Date. Collector. I < ‘a and cena 
| S |B So eee 
| REE) ee eee Pee 
| 4597 | o& | Rocky Mountams, | Aug. 24,1874] Elliott Coues.|.....-]......].....- Skin, 


latitude 45°. 


SPHYRAPICUS VARIUS, (Linn.) Ba. 
YELLOW-BELLIED WOODPECKER. 


Plentiful at Pembina, where it was breeding with the Redheads in 
June, and again seen on the Mouse River; not observed further west, 
nor anywhere in the Missouri country,—tkhough we are not to infer that 
it is actually absent from that region. Ip these high latitudes (and 
further north—for it goes to 61° at least), it is probably only a summer 
resident. It seems to be more decidedly migratory than most of our 
Woodpeckers, and penetrates in winter to Central America. This may 
be partly, at least, due to the peculiarity of its food, for it feeds largely 
upon living cambium, and may not be able to secure this to its taste 
when the sap ceases to flow. © 


List of specimens. 


| 4 P ri 3 a eo |Natureof specimen, 
= 4 Locality. Date. Collector. a 2 i! Sindl Wana es, 
S la eS ee 
2849 | & | Pembina, Dak ..--... une) 01873) Hihott Coues-|\)---2-|seeees|eecees Skin. 
BeOg NO cet enc cccecemecere Aiea) Oy TG} oaSeGloy Ses seeaa|lescGeol| cconoulleasccallas.: do. 
BOAR cl Met. kets PU Ohae aon Hees SMO MS13 lees Oe fe bse Al oa ceeles eoelleomere eae do. 
Bla ication GUO a eeeco tee cee DUNE 2D S78 s2 200 yew Se cicun| oe see ee cee looser eee do. 
MEsou) Qh se PSOM te os ees Jmlys 8) WSI3)| No. Wo Lessee A) Jae esseel|eeosea eee do. 
7 3057 | J=-| Mouse River, Dak rel Seph. Wo l8i3hl eee One se orl Seeeteel eementeeesee eee do. 
{ 1 : 


COUES ON BIBDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 617 
MELANEKPES ERYTOROCEPHALOS, (Linn.) Sw. 
RED-HEADED WOODPECKER. 


Common along the Red and Upper Missouri Rivers. It probably 
extends, in suitable places, to the Rocky Mountains, but was not noticed 
after leaving the vicinity of the Missouri, as there is not wood enough 
to attract it along the afiluents of the Miik River on the parallel of 49°. 


List of specimens. 


= s 
: | or 5 a0 |Nature of specimen 
. on oO + } ’ 
x Locality. Date. Collector. z < = and remaniees 
2) 4 taal E- 
@ | Pembina, Dak ...-... June 9, 1873) Elliott Coues.|..-..-|......|----.- Skin. 
sas.|| ROMO DING) (Caer Oi mere bee Ue 6540) SooSeooo leseerel seecne |eaeeee| Iseee do. 


Mont. | 


ASYNDESMUS TORQUATUS, (Wils.) Coues. 
LEWIS'S WOODPECKER. 


While we were encamped on one of the headwaters of the Saskatche- 
wan, at the eastern base of the mountains, a Lewis’s Woodpecker flew 
overhead, and was distinctly recognized both by Mr. Batty and myself. 
At our permanent camp on Chief Mountain Lake, we confidently ex- 
pected to see the species again and secure specimens, but in this we 
were disappointed, for not a single one was encountered in our excursions 
in the vicinity. 


COLAPTES AURATUS, (Linn.) Sw. 
GOLDEN-WINGED WOODPECKER. 


Flickers were common along the Red and Mouse Rivers, and were 
also observed at Pembina and Turtle Mountains, which is equivalent to 
saying that the species inhabits the wooded portions of the Red River 
watershed. All the specimens secured were pure auratus, without a 
touch of mexicanus, and the mixed race probably does not occur in this 
region. This is another evidence of the distinction, which I continually 
msist upon, between the watersheds of the two great rivers. 


Lisi of specimens. 


7 | eh wo |Nature of 
j : 5 oy ature of specimen, 

ocr ae Locality. Date. | Collector. 2 g : oa cag 

a |n =| |) 
| -_oeoo 

2896 |.--.| Pembina, Dak ...... June 6, 1873 | oR Coues.|.....- | aster eee Skin. 

DOP ell ssa Leck che 5228) Ine) F,08s3;\yss:do 2 sss. afeeoee the ocak = phen do. 

SU aOe techn sae One eke yo else June 19, 1873 ae ef es ei] aici eae oimisratel| ere ae oles ore do. 

3337 |..-.| Turtle Monmntiadn, «aly 20s8iS) 522 dOr ss sc. 4|2 atl s-ccbell|sacecelenet do. 

Dak. 
3553 rouse River Dak: sur, oo erase 00 ac~ cece acces liskiceelal [dete aes o ee do. 


618 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
; COLAPTES “HYBRIDUS” of Baird. 


All the Colaptes of the Upper Missouri, Yellowstone, and Milk River 
region appear to be of the hybrid race, in which there is every degree 
of depariure from the characters of typical awratus. The change be- 
gins somewhere on the Middle Missouri, as low down, J think, as Fort 
Randall, and certainly as old Fort Pierre. It is a point of interest that 
this mongrel style overruns into the Saskatchewan region; for, of two 
specimens secured at the eastern base of the mountains, one had the 
red quills and ash throat of mexicanus, and the cheek-patch mixed with 
red, while the other was nearly pure auratus. 


List of specimens. 


Nature of specimen,| — 


f=] ~~ 
SS a 

Locality. Date. Collector. oo 3 andirorianlea 
a i 
| a 


Coll. No. 


re 
i) 
WM . 
a A te 


4507 | g' | Rocky Mountains, | Aug. 17,1874 | Elliott Cones.}......|.--..-].---.- Skin: red quills 
latitude 49°. and ash throat 

of mexicanus ; 
occipital _cres- 
cent and brown 
cap of auratus ; 
cheek- patch 
mixed red and 
black. : 
ZANT Gl MON ieee Weeeesee erase ae Aug, 23, 1874 |.... CO vs cress | se mettal ee cee eisai Nearly pure aura- 
tus. we 


BUBO VIRGINIANUS, (Gm.) Bp. 
GREAT HORNED OWL. 


A pair of these Owls were observed at Pembina early in June, and 
two unfledged young ones, evidently belonging to them, were found on 
a fallen log in the timber-belt along the river. The nest was not dis- 
-covered, though supposed to be in the hollow of a blasted tree that stood 
near. The old birds flew about apparently not in the least incommoded 
by the daylight, but were too wary to be approached; and though I 
set a steel trap for them, upon the log where the young had been, they 
did not put their foot in it. The two young birds, one of which was 
much larger than the other, and therefore supposed to be a female, were 
brought alive to camp, and kept during the whole season. They made 
more agreeable and amusing pets than birds of prey generally prove 
to be, and the fun we had out of them repaid the trouble of carrying 
them about. They became perfectly tame, would take food out of my 
hands, or even alight on my shoulder ; and, after a while, when they were 
full-grown and in good plumage, I used to release them and allow them 
to forage for themselves during the night. They generally returned of 
their own accord, but sometimes I had to send one of my men in search 
of them; in fact, the care of these Owls was the chief duty of a certain 
member of the party during September. They began to hoot when 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 619 


about four months old. One of them died soon after, from some unex- 
plained cause; the other survived all the vicissitudes of camp-life, in- 
eluding a pistol-shot from a man who mistook the bird for a wild one, 
and was finally, after travelling seven or eight hundred miles, safely 
deposited in an aviary in Saint Paul. 


SPHOTYTO CUNICULARIA HYPOGAEA, (Bp.) Coues. 
BURROWING OWL. 


First observed at a point on the Boundary Line a little east of French- 
man’s River, not far from the mouth of Milk River, where a few individ- 
uals inhabited a small settlement of Prairie Dogs (Cynomys ludovicianus). 
This seems to be about the northern limit of the species, and it is 
nowhere so abundant in this region as in many places further south. It 
was met with a second time a little west of Frenchman’s River, and for 
the third time, iz somewhat greater numbers, on a piece of prairie near 
Sweetgrass Hills. There were no Prairie Dogs here or at the locality 
last mentioned, so far as I know, but the ground was riddled with the 
burrows of the Tawny Marmots (Spermophilus richardsont), which seemed. 
to suit the Owls just as well. 

Several other species of this family certainly inhabit the region sur- 
veyed; but the two foregoing were the only ones actually observed. 
The circumstances of a Survey like the present are not the most favor- 
able for observation of these nocturnal birds; for, when night comes, 
a man is generally too tired to care about anything but sleep, especially 
when the prospect is breakfast by candle-light and * pull out” at day- 
light to argue again with mules and miles. | 


List of specimens. 


3 : 4 
| = 4 Locality. Date Collector. oh 2 a ‘ature of speci ae 
i) co) ia 
(2) wa 4 & E 
ee sane pear Frenchman’s | July 9%, 1874} Elliott Coues.|..--- pilesse Seleccione Skin. 
iver. 
4314 |....| Sweetgrass Hills, | Aug. 3,1874]|....do ..-....-|.-....|.----- Bassai aero Os 
ont. 
ZG eal ae OW we in topsetatoete | (ee (eA Saal ese Go's. 240/-/8 ROE ot eeccne Seneca eae do 
{ 


CIRCUS CYANEUS HUDSONICUS, (Linn.) Schl. 
MARSH HARRIER. 


Common throughout the region surveyed, and in the vicinity of the 
streams and wooded parts of the country the most abundant of all the 
Hawks, not even excepting Swainson’s Buzzard. <A nest was discovered 
at Pembina, June 3, on the ground in the midst of the wild-rose patch 
that generally reaches out from the timber to the prairie. The nest was 
about a foot in diameter and a fourth as much in depth, with very slight 


§20 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


depression. It was composed of dried grasses, rather neatly disposed, 
resting upon a bed of rose-twigs. It contained five eggs, slightly incu- 
bated. These were of nearly equal size at both ends, and measured 
respectively 1.87 by 1.45, 1.86 by 1.45, 1.82 by 1.44, 1.80 by 1.45, 1.80 by 
1.42. The color was dull white, with a faint greenish tinge, but with- 
out distinct markings of any kind, though much soiled mechanically. 
On approaching the spot where I had supposed, from observing the 
birds two or three times, that the nest was concealed, the female did not 
fly up till I was within a few feet of her, when she made off with all 
speed and great outery, calling her mate. He soon appeared, and 
the pair circled for some time overhead, the male silent and at a very 
reasonable distance; the female, more impetuous or more anxious, came 
nearer, and constantly uttering a harsh note. At Turtle Mountain, in 
July, nearly a whole family, the young of which were newly on wing, 
was shot, the prudent male alone escaping. While encamped on Mouse 
River I had frequent opportunities of observing the birds fishing for 
frogs in the stagnant pools near the main stream. 


List of specimens. 


é 2 a). (ane 
4 E 4. ap 5 ature of specimen, 
= “ Locality. Date. Collector. g s a andeeuree 
i) 
Oo |m 5 4 ee E 
# 2801] ... Berabasa, Dake ees June 3,1873 | Elliott Cones )....--|.-:.--|-----. Nest with 5 eggs. 
Re OAT HO ee dones aces eeere June 11, 1873 |.-..do Skin, with stecnum. 
$ 3375 | 9 Turtle Mt., Dak ....| July 28, 1873 |.-.. Skin. 
SAK ON OY ee dO ese cece mee eee |aeaee CO) fpdoanal deeds) CScsdaneltadaoalSasoca||so5o5eq)(¢ sau do. 
1 33771 So POON. Gat cieeee| aes do: Sect is. dO eae sassd cette | eee. | eaeeesl bere do. 
8378 | Q Moya dae ATES eer dotiagts | doi ee sated| hs ee Ce eel en do. 
3482 | |_.| Mouse River, Dakj. =| Ang. 40 U8iai| = 40) s22 252-4 | 2-4). see ec] emcee tone do. 
3032) }.--. 1)... COS aaecteecanee FATED AGAMA Pie. OOS acer moalioaooaallascoadlloocddallooos do. 
35386 | of (COin seca see sesceae ENE eGM Sep aGlo) Se peodoe! |\saescollbosece|lasscos|laoo- do. 
BRIS |iaaccl| soo Oss atescnrciriseeee AQUOR IE MSG) pao 380) seaesooal|yoooaollsonouallscodes|leoos do. 
3737 | of Tong Coteau River, | Sept. 8, 1873 |....do -..--..- 17. 75 |40. 75 -- do. 
3786 | of Monae River, Dak ..| Sept. 18, 1873 |....do .....-.. 18.75 |41.50 13.50 |....do. 
3787 | 2 BROOie hoe See cee eee Ct (pase eaeie dovrsrs-aen 20.50 |46.50 |14. 60 ..do, 
3870 | of ACO eens joe aee Oct. SB eee GOm eee 18.50 |40. 50 /13. 35 -- do. 
4338 | ov West of Sweet; grass ; Aug. 8, ABTA el eH AGO: \s)-Poceweleses sic nae! BER eA eles do. 
als; Mont. 
BASCOM ine Nise ec Or sec ne aeons Aug. 10, 1874 RGN E Neier Ge Sept Mesto sacocal laos do. 
36 | 2 +] Aug. 30, 1874 | J. oo BRU S5l bSoqonl|sadasallusoasellaoas 


ACCIPITER FUSCUS, (Gm.) Gray. 


SHARP-SHINNED HAWK. 


This dashing and elegant little Hawk is probably less rare in the 
region surveyed than my observations would indicate. I only recog- 
nized it on one occasion, when a specimen was procured, as below indi- 
cated. The second North American species of this genus, A. cooperi, 
undoubtedly occurs in this country, though it was not noticed. 

While at Pembina I was assured by Colonel Wheaton, U.S. A., of 
the occasional occurrence in that vicinity of the Swallow-tailed Kite, 
Elanoides forficatus. This officer seemed to know the bird perfectly 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 621 


well, and it is not a species about which there could easily be any mis- 
take. Its presence here was not entirely unexpected, since it had been 
already found by Mr. Trippe in Minnesota at lat. 47°, and a degree or 
two of latitude is of course nothing to a bird of such powers of flight as 


this Kite possesses. 
List of specimens. 


3 Ab A 
A S = esta Re : 

: 3 sa hice ED 2) |Nature of specimen,' 
S 4 Locality. Date. Collector. = = iA aid Penaeet Ome 
o Rn A ot > 

| 
3718 | 9 | Mouse River, Dak..| Sept. 3, 1873 | Eliott Coues }12. 50 o 50 | 8.00 | Skin. 


FALCO MEXICANUS POLYAGRUS, (Cass.) Coues. 
AMERICAN LANIER FALCON. 


At one of the astronomical stations on the west branch of the “Two 
Forks” of Milk River, no less than four species of large Hawks had their 
nests within sight of each other and only a few hundred yards apart. 
These were Swainson’s and the Ferrugineous Buzzards, the Common 
Falcon, and the present species. Speaking of some of these Hawks in 
an article I recently contributed to the ‘American Naturalist” (vol. viti, 
1874, 596,) I incorrectly omitted the Lanier, and all of the remarks re- 
lating to one of the nests of the supposed F. communis (the first one 
there spoken of) apply to the present Species, though my account of the 
other nest, found a few miles away, is entirely accurate and pertinent. 

I am not aware that the Lanier had before been found so far north- 
west as this, nor had we any reliable accounts of its nidification. In 
the “ Birds of the Northwest” I gave a description of the eggs from a 
set procured by Dr. F. V. Hayden in the Wind River Mountains. The 
nest to which I now refer was discovered July 18, 1874, on the perpen- 
dicular face of the ‘‘cut-bank” of the stream. It contained three 
young, scarcely able to fy. Two of these were shot on the wing close 
by the nest; the third was subsequently brought to me alive by a 
soldier. The mother was shot, and, as well as I could determine, fell in 
a recess of the ground by the nest, in such a position that it could not be 
recovered. The male was not seen, or at any rate not recognized. This 
nest was built behind an upright column of earth, partly washed away 
from the main embankment, in such position that no full view of it 
could be obtained from any accessible standpoint. But it was cer- 
tainly placed directly upon the ground, in a little water-worn hollow of 
the bank, behind the projecting mound, so that it was almost like a 
burrow. The spot being inaccessible from below, I had a man lowered. 
by a rope from the top of the bank, but during the descent so much 
loosened earth fell into the place that the nest was completely hidden, 
so that its structure was left undetermined, if, indeed, there was any 
special structure. sida 


622 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


This manner of nesting on the ground, in the depressions or on the 
projections of the cut-banks, seems to be readily adopted in this treeless 
region by all the Hawks, which, under other circumstances, regularly 
build in trees. 

I should not omit to add that a colony of Cliff Swallows had affixed 
their nests of mud to the same embankment, a few yards from the site 
of the Falcon’s eyrie, and appeared to be undisturbed in the possession 


of their homes. 
List of specimens. 


A ze s ag | Natureofspecimen 
= | y Locality. Date. Collector. BS 8 a RATES 
o (3) (-b) tl 
o wD aA | E 

4239 |....| Two Forks of Milk | July 18, 1874 | ElliottCoues_|......|...---]..---. Skin (nestling). 

River, Mont. 
A240: | Seas COE ee soa Ss SEO. esse eee GOs Sse Ae eee see cele see alles do 
] 


FALCO COMMUNIS, Gm. 
PEREGRINE Fatcon; Duck HAwKkK. 


’ As already stated in the foregoing account of F’. polyagrus, the Pere- 
grine was nesting in the same place and under precisely similar condi- 
tions. Another pair had a nest about ten miles away on the same 
stream. Here the earth bank was perpendicular, and lying flat upon 
the brink I could look directly, into the nest, which rested on a slight 
Shelf about 12 feet below. It contained three young, not yet fledged, 
July 19. On approaching the spot, while yet several hundred yards 
away, I observed both parents circling high in the air, venting their 
_ displeasure at the prospective invasion in loud, harsh cries. On reach- 
ing the spot, I saw that the male thought it prudent to have business 
elsewhere, but the more couragous mother bird, desperate with fear 
and anger, made repeated dashes within a few feet of my head, till I 
judged it just as well to destroy her, as I had designs upon the young. 
She fell hurtling with a broken wing at the foot of the cliff, 30 or 40 
yards below. The eyrie was totally inaccessible from below, and, as I 
had no rope, it was equally so from above. I tried for a long time to 
lasso the young ones and draw them up witha piece of cord; but they 
had a way of freeing themselves just before the noose drew tight, and 
E was obliged to leave them. 


List of specimens. 


[o) = 
a Loealit Date Collector to E to | Natureofspecimen, 
=| 4 y- : ae a = a and remarks. 
stele) oO 5) al 
oO la eS Sl yp is 
4232 | 9 | Two Forks of Milk | July 17,1874 | Elliott Coues |.----.|------|-.---- Skin. 


River, Mont. 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 623 


FALCO RICHARDSONYI, Ridgw. 
RICHARDSON’S MERLIN. 


One specimen, the only individual of this species observed, was taken 
on the headwaiers of the Mouse River, September 8, 1873. I had no 
difficulty in approaching and shooting it, as it sat on the lower limb of 
asmall tree. The stomach contained the remains of a Sparrow. 

Since the supposed similarity of the sexes of this bird proves not 
to hold good, one of the strongest points of distinction between it 
and F. columbarius disappears, and the probability is that it is not 
specifically separable from the latter. 


List of specimens. 


Nature of specimen, 


Date, . and remarks. 


Collector. 


Locality. 


Coll. No. 
Length. 
Extent. 


eD 
re 
e 


26.75] 8.50 | Eyes dark brown; 
legs yellow; lores, 
eyelids, bass of 
upper and most 
of under man- 
dible yellowish- 
green; cere nrore 
yellow; rest of 
bill and claws 
blue-black. 


b4 
i) 
2) 


3729 | Q | Headwaters Mouse | Sept. 8, 1873 
Riyer, Dak. 


Elliott Cones.! 12. 75 


FALCO SPARVERIUS, Linn. 


SPARROW HAWKE. 


Very abundant threughout the region surveyed. The specimens 
taken on Turtle Mountain, August 8, 1873, had at that date nearly as- 
sumed their first complete plumage; they were all members of the same 
family, and had not quite given up their companionship. 


List of specimens. 


iS 
A c a = aes 
a | y Locality. Date. Collector. | & | § | # pau volspecnien 
o 3) A 
iS) WD 4 E 
3049 | f#@ | Pembina, Dak..-.-. June 19, 1873 | Elliott Coues.|...--.]......|.----- Skin. 
Bekele es kGO tices cis oOase oe June 28, 1873 Gor She sas ee see coal Pee eal mas cil bata do. 
| 3224 | 2 GD) sdaseeosaseese July 5, ogo ener rlon se et guieene te | sweet lary. -.do. 
3418 |.--. Turtle Mountain, Dak| Aug. 8, HS Si) ee CO ta. fac. cel Se euiae aeette aaa cles .-do. 
3419 |... oe a Sa Broce cee eet ORs ee oreya | ee ee | eta ates |e e-ciciaie do. 
SAO Meee ea) sot weet sae fee do. SEPA LV en a See eS (ae ane BHaO: 
3035] Sv Mouse River, Dak. ..| Aug. 16, ISB uA oka creat el toc aan (a . do 
SZ |) Ohi seh eG Fo eee eres Aug. 17, ETON ERA NAO teen e eee seis |e eine [orci ohare --do. 
Sea OEN toh ttre OL O prs. ciate also yap ack Aug. 24 SS) | peel O) Saas UO) SRE aU eRe Pele see do. 
SST! ODT] beset (ayaa aie mila i dolce: 11.50] 24.50)... 22. _.do. 
SDE 0S) Se Se) Se SSF ciao Aa Aug. 30, 1673 ed Oaks eer 10. 50 | 23. 00} 7.50 |..-.do. 
SEL) ll gu ARO Uo ea Se eee ee : ado one SMT Cee es ete 11. 00 | 23.50} 7.50 |....do. 
4086 | 9 | Porcupine Creek June BS, UE EN) ooeGl® sscceecdlcosmecllesperallesemos|-oce do. 
Mont. 
4104 | § | Near motth Milk | June 30, 1874}....do ........].-.--.|------|------|.--- do. 
Faver Mont, 
4105 | Q OGieee 2 ese B A. 51225. do SAC i) ARR Se (Gearnel eerie eesoe Bl acer do. 
4513 | 2 meee Mountains, | Aug. 18, TSE bee ea a VR ie A el la, enc do. 
latitude 49°. 
cL G id Be cal bene) Bericeeoeeoseice ANTES SE TRIE NG B18 EB tece| Peoeed| leeoood| eococel Sond do. 


624 BULLETIN UNITED. STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
BUTEO BOREALIS, (@m.) Vieill. 
RED-TAILED BUZZARD; HEN HAWK. 


I frequently observed this Hawk in different portions of lowa, Kansas, 
Minnesota, and Dakota; but, in most portions of the last-named Terri- 
tory, it is not nearly so abundant as the next species (B. swainsoni). 
The only individual noticed during my connection with the Survey was 
shot on the Mouse River, where B. swainsont was the prevailing form. 


List of specimens. 


3 
A . A eh |Nature of speci 
4 Aes Nat specimen 
di r Locality. Date Collector. a < a and -reniaceeae 
Oo |a 2) just |) & 
| 3755 |.-..] Mouse River......-. Sept. 14, 1873 | Elliott Coues | 21. 65] 49. Ole 50 


BUTEO SWAINSONI, Bp. 
SWAILINSON’S BUZZARD. 


Very abundant in Northern Dakota and Montana, where, I may say, 
Isaw it almost daily each season. None of the Hawk tribe, in fact, were 
more numerous, excepting the Harrier and Sparrow-hawk. In this 
part of the country, neither the Rough-legs nor the Red-tails are com- 
mon, and Swainson’s Buzzard chiefly represents the genus. The bird 
may consequently be studied satisfactorily, both with regard to its . 
habits, and to those great changes of plumage which, before they were 
understood, were so perplexing, and caused several nominal species to 
be proposed. 

Swainson’s Buzzard may be found anywhere in the region indicated. 
When about to alight on the ground in open country, it generally takes 
advantage of some little knoll as an observatory whence to watch for 
the gophers. But it gives the preference to wooded regions, and is 
always most numerous in the vicinity of streams fringed with trees. The 
nest is usually placed in trees, sometimes in shrubbery, but when both 
these fail, is placed on the brink of a cut-bank, or on some shelf pro- 
jecting from its face, like those of most other Hawks under the same 
circumstances, These ground nests are apt to be less bulky and elab- 
orate than those constructed in trees; and there is always a wide lati- 
tude in this respect, according to the precisecharacter of the site selected. 
During the first season I was too late for eggs, when I first met with 
the birds, but discovered several nests in the timber along the Mouse 
River. The only one I found with anything in it contained two half- 
fledged young; it was very untidy with the scurfy exfoliation from the 
growing feathers of the youngsters, their excrement, and remains of their 
food in the shape of gophers. Previous to this time, in July, an un- 
fledged young was brought to me, and early in August I possessed a 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 625 


full-grown bird of the year. There is evidently then a wide extension 
of the breeding-season, unless two broods are reared, which seems not 
unlikely. 

During the season of 1874, I took plenty of eggs. Wherever there 
were trees, the birds preferred them. In the Milk River country, they 
nested on the cut-banks. I never found more than two eggs in a nest, 
and supposed this to be the usual number. In one case of a single egg, 
supposed to be of this species, incubation was advanced. All these eggs, 
excepting an addled one found in a deserted nest the latter part of Au. 
gust, were taken between June 21st and July 17th. The eggs depart 
from the rule in this genus, in being nearly colorless and unmarked, 
resembling hens’ eggs quite closely, both in size and shape. Most of 
the specimens taken were uniform dull white, with no more evident 
markings than such obsolete grayish spots as frequently appear on Marsh 
Harriers’ eggs. A few were marked with obvious dirty-brownish 
scratchy spots at the smaller end; none were marked all over, nor 
strongly blotched anywhere. 

The food of these Hawks seems to consist principally of gophers (Sper: 
mophili), which they pounce upon when caught away from home, or lie 
in wait for at the mouths of the burrows, ready to “yank” them out 
with a quick thrust of the talons when they show their noses. But 
they also feed largely upon grasshoppers, with which their crops are 
sometimes found crammed. They cut a very ridiculous figure when 
skipping about over the prairie after these lively insects. A more 
extended notice of the habits of the species, with descriptions of its 
various plumages, may be found in my paper in the “American Natu- 
ralist” for May, 1874 (pp. 282-287), and in the article in the ‘“ Birds 

of the Northwest”. 


List of specimens. 


=) 7 
A ss = eo) |Nature of specimen 
3 z Locality. Date. Collector. x = a Seni eet Ae pe 
2) e 2 
iS) or) 4 i) E 
3289 -| Fifty miles west of | July 15,1873 | Elliott Coues |..-..-|.---..|.----- Two eggs (2). 
Peinbina Mts. 
3355 |.--. uct MO Mion nse | Urlly OB) UES eos GO cecksesblledsseslloapanallocooec Skin. 
ak. 

3526 | 9 | Mouse River, Dak ..| Aug. 15,1873)... do .-..-.-. 22. 00) 54.00) 17.00) Skin: eve brown; 
cere and feet yel- 
low; billand claws 
bluish-black. 

SEO | Bese Bees GOs se ek sess ae al seers dOvereseellasce GOs aesee ee lesen ec lesseenlseses = ee from nest 

Beets) loeeel ese COW 5 3a Secsee: |eeeee GU Meeeeceliosee ORE eaee ead Se eeete) Reese Geeeoe of 3526. 

3157231), CO Sane pee Bemeeeeeesrses Aug, 24,1873 |....do --...... 19. 00} 49.00} 13. 25) Skin. 

3587 | 2 EedO as aeees Aug. DMS GM porch) eeceosoe 21. 00) 53. 00} 15. 75}. --.do. 

2680) [Bacal lesen WO Ws seo= mace ees set Aug. 29) UGE) lesooGO saobacer 20.50) 45.50} 15. 60).--.do. 

i042) Lol eS Ieee GOW FE eae aes eae Age, 30) 1873)|\ je 0 -\----- DAL GY0)) Glo 7A see sus looos do. 

3717 | 2 (ity Sane Sepiaaideiall eo doy-cn ee 20.50] 51.00) 15. 25|....do. 

3728 | J Long C Coteau River, | Sept. 8, 1873 |.--.do --.--.-- 19. 25] 49.00} 15. 25}.-..do. 

GIA t | seat (eee GO eer mr atee aces SEO CGB NeeenGh is. bemees 20. 50) 50.00} 15. 25)....do. 

SAOW eee lein's 0 SUR ES aE SAE. 2d dorcel Gore cas 19. 50} 49. 00} 15. 00 

4013 |.... Bie. i MmnddyaeRivert) dune ete 1e874)|0lesdo )es228e2) 2852242252. )- 2 ee Two eggs (tree) 

4036 |.... Quali AGMA Ge, || Um eG TEC o GG) eseseccalincedes|eescee|[soaco)|ecec do. 

4116 |---.| Near Mouth Milk | June 30, 1874|_...do ........|:-----|------|------ One egg (?) (tree) 

River, Mont. 


Bull. iv. No. 3——6 


626 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


List of specitmens—Continued. 


S a ; 
A S = on N. 
i yer : Sp Fs ature of specimen, 
a F Locality. Date. Collector. g = a andl canine 
So lw A | a |e 
4230 |....| Two Forks Milk | July 16,1874] Elliott Coues_|......|....- Shige Two eggs (est on 
Byer Mont. the ground). 
ORT itera ay in Shes Ba STiuuliygalce Siz ae LO eee ee eee | nega | Suds 
4422 |.... ies stot of Sweetgrass | Aug. 12,1874] J. H. Batty...|......]....../.----- Skin (melanistic). 
ills, Mont. 
-| 4439 |....| Headwaters Milk NUTS G) TEES 4-00) Sa booroellaeeseel pease olecedee Skin. 
River, Mont. c 
AAS AU ce S| es MO eee R Ee ase ae Aug. 15, 1874 |... i be FS ae 73 21.50) 49.75) 15.25) Skin (melanistic). 
CSR YN HRW ReaG (Mame eR ema ana Ss soo acre Oger calcu dOisacceames 21. 25) 52.00) 16.00) Skin. 
45098 heer Rocky Mountains, | Aug. 17, 1874 “Gaiche Cowess|-et ste eres ee gaesOs 
at. 4 
ASTOR AML do eee we SO eS ae doweeesee ES ACK ik MaRS Lath eyo ee Ul byes .---do. 
4511) |=. Cates see CHOSEN |e ee doy cecce b Sel Onn eepeal lessee Soscdal sbascse One egg (addled). 
4635 | gf |....do JN PE) MSE seeG hee Soesel nooo so||beSciac lenoson Skin. 
| t 


ARCHIBUTEO FERRUGINEUS, (Licht.) Gray. 
FERRUGINEOUS BUZZARD. 


‘This large ana Handsome Hawk was found breeding on the Pembina 
-Mountains by one of Lieut. F. V. Greene’s party, who secured two fledged 
young ones early in July, aud brought them into camp, where they were 
‘kept as pets for some time. Their great size induced the general belief 
that they were “‘eagles”—an impression which my assertions to the con- 
‘trary may have weakened in the minds of those who had some faith in 
me, qua ornithologist, though others, more confident, seemed to have 
said faith somewhat disturbed. I was obliged to compromise with the 
remark that they might after all make pretty good eagles for a “‘topog. 
outfit”, though they could not pass for such royal birds in my own camp. 
Later in the following season, the species was again found breeding on — 
the Two Forks of Milk River, being one of the quartette of great Hawks 
which had their nests together on the cut-banks of the stream, as men- 
tioned in a preceding paragraph. July 18, one of the parents and the 
two young birds, just fully fledged, were secured. I did not visit the 
nest, which, I was informed, was situated at the brink of one of the 
highest embankments. The species has already been reported, by Capt. 
T. Blakiston, R. A., from the region of the Saskatchewan. The present 
quotation, from the Pembina Mountains, is the northeasternmost to date, 
and considerably extends the known range of the species. 


List of specimens. 


as) 3 

or a & |Natureof specimen 

Locality. Date. Collector. a 2 |e Me Oa aea ae 
Si S| 

i ly 18,1874} Elliott Coues.}..-.-.|.-.--.|...--- Skin; parent of 

| Pees eran ae Nos. 4236, 4237. 
do, aE ae eras Soe Ooceddas PEM ON eicsacetceeealeetenl maemo Skin (nestling). 
Seco iemei eral wae Go eesaae Cops jossesiglke Set Se Se cety| ee eel ere do. 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 627 


AQUILA CHRYSAETUS, (Linn. 
GOLDEN HAGLE. 


The Golden Eagle, though an inhabitant of the region at large, was 
only observed in one locality, at the Sweetgrass Hills, where one or 
more were seen very frequently. On one of the small affluents of the 
Milk River, a little west of the hills, two nests were found, built directly 
on level ground, yet at the brink of a cnt-bank, which seemed to answer 
as the apology for the crag to which the bird usually resorts. Although 
the nests were empty and deserted, there can be no reasonable doubt of 
their belonging to the Golden Eagle—they were far too large to be those 
of any Hawk, and there was no trace of the presence of Bald Eagles in 
this dry country. One that I examined carefully was placed on the 
edge of a very slight embankment, not so steep that I could not easily 
walk up toit. It was rather on the brow of a hillock than on the brink 
of a cliff. It was composed of sticks, some as large as a man’s wrist, 
brushwood, and bunches of grass and weeds, with masses of earth still 
adhering to the roots. The diameter was about four feet in one direc- 
tion and three in the other, owing to the conformation of the ground. 
The mass of material averaged about six inches in depth. The other 
nest was described to me as considerably larger. Both were empty and 
apparently deserted. 


HALIAETUS LEUCOCEPHALUS, (Linn.) Savig. 
BALD EAGLE. 


While steaming down the Red River from Morehead to Pembina, we 
frequently saw Bald Eagles sailing overhead, and several nests were 
noticed upon the tops of tall, isolated trees as we passed along. Upon 
one of the nests the parent was observed sitting, but whether incubat- 
ing or brooding her young could not of course be ascertained. This 
was the last week in May. There was a young bird in the gray plum- 
age in confinement at Fort Pembina, and I was informed that it had 
been procured in the vicinity. 

Three “kinds” of Eagles, aside from the Golden Eagle, which is not 
generally very well known in the United States, are usually recognized 
by the people, who can hardly be convinced that they are stages of 
plumage of the present species: these are the “black”, “gray”, and 
“bald” Hagle—names which respectively indicate the plumages of the 
first, second, and third years of the bird’s life. 


CATHARTES AURA, (Linn.) Ill. 
TURKEY BUZZARD. 


Frequently seen in the Red River region. My note-books make no 
mention of its occurrence during the second season, but it is not to be 
Supposed absent, even if it was not observed. It is probably not resi- 
dent in this country, and I saw none during the colder months at Fort 


628 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Randall, where it was first noticed, during the spring of 1873, about the 
middle of April. 


ECTOPISTES MACRURA,* (Linn.) Coues. 
WILD PIGEON. 


Countless flocks of Wild Pigeons pervaded the atmosphere of the Red 
River Valley during the latter part of May and early portion of June, 
1873. We observed them continually during our voyage down the river, 
and for some days afterward at Pembina, streaming through the air in 
endless succession of flocks. They generally flew high, far beyond gun- 
shot, but in early morning and just before nightfall often came low 
enough to afford a shot. The woods along the river were filled with the 
stragglers, which of course could be easily secured. They breed here 
in limited numbers, but no general “ pigeon-roost” was formed in the 
immediate vicinity. I took one nest, containing a single egg, June 13. 
A few of the birds straggled westward to Turtle Mountain, where one 
was shot in July. The next season none was seen in any part of the 
Missouri or Milk River region; but in the Rocky Monntains the species 
was again met with in small numbers, and a young bird, doubtless bred 
here, was secured at Chief Mountain Lake. 


List of specimens. 


ic) oy s 
A . = a to | Nature of specimen 
= s Locality. Date. Collector. ee < S| and Hae 
(0) oO 
‘> oD) A R E 
2836 |..-.] Pembino, Dak ...... June 4,1873 | Elliott Coues |..--..|..---.|------ Skin. 
Oley ee paca GLa ceeeetcesoctse ANN tro eiGh aaea kr asesaease| sos solleSsousllnasase ==5-do: 
Ce | OPER ACY Shersosoceodsos|| ibe) Ish tei) tee SaGloy hoe ne ellcadso|asosen||Keaeat dO! 
29 TON || eee SOO ae oe see oe dhapavey it iee3 ie souks) So 35a5 5 17. 00 [23.50 | 8.50 |..-.do. 
eset soon|| Abie) a COwaettia, Ponnhy —— is) 65-0 sageceas|losso-ljocasaclooseas loeaG, 
| Dak. 
AdSia|-- =|) hocky.. .Mountains® |Ame.23) 1 874)|| 20) jae aee cells ceelaallaee eels eel eee do. 
latitude 49°. 


ZENADURA CAROLINENSIS, (Linn.) Bp. 
CAROLINA TURTLE DOVE. 


Common at Pembina in June, and again observed the following season 
on the Upper Missouri. 


TETRAO CANADENSIS FRANKLINI, (Dougl.) Coues. 
FRANKLIN'S SPRUCE GROUSE. 


This variety of the Canada Grouse or Spruce Partridge is characteristic 
of the Northern Rocky Mountains, where it was seen, and where several 


*Columba macroura LINN. SN. ed. x, 1758,164. (Kam, Beskrifning pa de vilda Dufvor, 
Som somliga 4ri sa otrolig stor mykenhet komma til de Sédra Engelska 
nybyggen i Norra America. < Kongl. Svenska Vetensk.-Acad. Handl. xx, 
1759, pp. 275-295.—See also Catesby, pl. 23; Edwards, pl. 15.) 

' Ectopistes macrura Cours, BNW. 1874, 766.—AuGHEY, First Ann. Rep. U.S. Entom. 
Comm. 1878, App. p. [46]. 


ie 
COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 629 
specimens were secured in August, 1874. It was not seen in the foot- 
hills, even in apparently eligible situations, nor until we were fairly in 


the mountains, among the timber and dense windfalls, where it was 
rather common in the vicinity of our camp at Chief Mountain Lake. 


List of specimens. 


co) | Nature ofspecimen, 


Locality. Date. Collector. a and remarks 


Coll. No. 
Length. 
Extent 


i 
2) 
wm 


4529 | 2 | Rocky Mountains, | Aug. 20, 1874 | Elliott Coues./18. 25 |28.00 | 8.50 | Skin. 
HOR |} OM aes is ae A Sh aed dolcso-: weet QO! fetesis ce 17.50 |26. 75 | 8.30 |...-do. 


TETRAO OBSCURUS RICHARDSONI, (Dougl.) Coues. 
RICGHARDSON’S DUSKY GROUSE. 


The remarks made under head of the last species apply equally well 
to the present, which was found in the same situation. It appeared to 
be rather the more numerous of the two. A large number of individuals 
were shot for sport or for food by various members of the party. 

There is no doubt that a species of Ptarmigan, Lagopus lewcurus, in- 
habits the higher elevations of the Rocky Mountains in this latitude. 

While at Pembina, I was assured of the existence of a species of 
“‘ Wood Grouse”, different from the Spruce Partridge, or “ Black Grouse”, 
in the mountains of the same name. This statement, I presume, refers 
to Bonasa umbellus. No Ruffed Grouse of any variety were seen in the 
Rocky Mountains, but probably only through default of observation, 
as the B. wmbelloides is an inhabitant of this region. 


List of specimens. 


z = Tt CO ocenue 

- : i 60 By eo |Natureofspecimen,| 
= 2 Locality. Date. Collector. = 3 a ayavil messhan7i RS. 
So la See ea = 


4540 | 2 | Rocky Mountains, | Aug. 21,1874} Elliott Coues.|19.50 /28.00 | 8.50 | Skin. 
latitude 49°. 


CHNTROCERCUS UROPHASIANUS, (Bp.) Svo. 
SAGE-COCK; COCK OF THE PLAINS. 


The entire absence of this species from the Red River region is one 
of the characteristic points of distinction between this watershed and 
that of the Missouri. No Sage-cocks were seen during the first season, 
not even within the Missouri Coteau, in the vicinity of Fort Stevenson. 
Though the climatological conditions are the same as those of some re- 
gions where they abound, yet we miss the peculiar aspect of the sage- 
brush country to which they cling so pertinaciously. Upon leaving Fort 


630 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Buford, during the second season, we soon entered a favorable tract 
where the birds were tolerably common, and where several specimens 
were secured. At this time, the last week of June, the chicks were 
already flying smartly, having attained on an average the size of quails. 
The birds were traced to the mouth of the Milk River. Further west 
and north, the country seems to be too open for them, and no more were 
noticed. 

It is a great mistake to suppose that this bird feeds entirely upon 
sage, aS has been repeatedly asserted. A number of young birds which 
I opened, shot near the mouth of the Milk River, had the craw full of 
some kind of small aquatic beetle, which they had gleaned from a marshy 
spot near by, with only traces here and there of vegetable matter. 
Others had the crop stuffed with grasshoppers. 


List of specimens. 


lo) . 
A Sue |e ul cash | IN i 
4 F Ep ature of specimen, 
a |e Locality. Date. Collector. Else hues Ba panera 
A 4 

So (a es iss te es 
4071 | 2 | Wolf Creek, Mont .-.| June 27, 1874 | Elliott Coues-|22. 50 |37.50 |10.50 | Skin. 
AT Nea Bolas Se 0) eerie eee |e ortae dogsarere BE MAGLOY Pee Se eel eet Sel Se cosa Cee Skin (chick). 
4073 |... WOj ree ees races GO oscnce BOY Sie ce cenit atsieen | sere cts (leet Ste eeedo: 
A OG eee | ea. Cl Oncprsevseris cise i= aisil eee (loeagcn Bae sO eerste) 35 lacoste hoes ee cee ween do! 
A Om eee ee KOO see eres Sisci| crereye GO cesses eC Os eee lence ele weter eee sosodlO: 
ANPP) || Seal) oNeeye Mono ian ATGUN ce Wa siy es Mis ahs2 Re Aiko) Soa sear casoce laacooe||sceso- paeadkoy 

River, Mont. ; : 


PEDIG@CBETES PHASIANELLUS COLUMBIANUS, (Ord) Coues. 


SHARP-'AILED GROUSE; ‘ PRAIRIE CHICKEN.” 


The whole of the region surveyed during my connection with the Com- | 
mission lies beyond the range of the true Prairie-hen (Cupidonia cupido); 
while the Sage-cock, as just said, is confined to a limited portion of the 
Missouri country in the latitude of 49°. This leaves the field clear to 
the Sharp-tailed Grouse, which replaces the Prairie-hen, and abounds 
throughout the region from the Red River to the Rocky Mountains. In 
the ‘‘ Birds of the Northwest”, I carefully traced the general distribution 
of the species, particularly along the line where it inosculates with the 
range of the cupido. To this account I would refer for particulars pot 
here given, as well as for a careful description of the various changes of 
plumage and other points, to give which would exceed the due bounds 
of the present article. . 

In the latitude of Pembina, the Chickens begin to lay the latter part © 
of May or first of June. The first two weeks of the latter month are at 
the height of the laying and setting season. The earliest egg I pro- 
cured was one cut from the parent June 4; but within a day or two 
a full set of eleven was found. Thirteen was the largest number se- 
cured in any one clutch; the smallest, among those in which incubation — 
had progressed, was five. Average measurement of thirty specimens is 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 631 


1.75 by 1.25; extremes of length, 1.80 and 1.60; of breadth, 1.30 and 
1.20. When the shell is first formed, it is of a pale, dull greenish 
color; but before the egg is laid it acquires a drab or olive color by 
mixture of brown pigment with the original shade, and finally gains a 
uniform sprinkling of dark brown dots. The nests are found in various 
situations. Some are made out on the bare prairie, far from any land- 
mark; others in moister tracts overgrown to willow-bushes. The first 
chicks I saw were caught on the 19th of June; these were newly hatched. 
They are very expert in hiding from the time they leave the shell. 
On threatened danger, the mother alarms them with a peculiar note, 
when they instantly scatter and squat; the mother then whirs away, 
but not until assured of their safety. The feathers of the wings and 
tail sprout first to replace the down, as in the case of the domestic fowl, 
in striking contrast to the growth of water-fowl, which become pretty 
well feathered long before their wings are serviceable for flight. The 
next feathers after the wings and tail are some on the poll; next appear 
strips of feathers on the breast and back; and with the completion of 
the process a plumage is assumed which lasts through part of September. 
In consequence of the rapid growth of the wing-feathers—a wise provi- 
sion for the safety of birds until then exposed to numerous dangers—the 
young take short flights in a few weeks. I saw them beginning to top 
the bushes early in July; most of them fly quite smartly by the middle 
of this month, being then about as large as Quail (Ortyx), though some 
of them do not grow to this size for a month subsequently, showing a 
considerable range of variation in the time of hatching. I doubt that 
two broods are reared in a season, except perhaps in case of an accident 
to the first family; and for that matter, the birds seem to have all they 
can do to get a single set of chicks off their hands. 

The plumage last mentioned is retained during the greater part of 
September, and is unmistakable evidence of immaturity. The birds 
are “fit” to shoot, in one sense, from the time they are two-thirds grown, 
and afford sport enough of a certain grade; but they ought to be let 
alone, unless one merely wishes food, until the moult, which occurs some 
time in September, is completed. They then acquire a clean, fresh, and 
crisp plumage, differing decidedly from that before worn, and come into 
prime condition. The old birds, which are in woful plight by midsum- 
mer, have by this time also accomplished the moult and come into fine 
feather again. The change in either case is gradual and protracted, 
and at no time are the birds deprived of flight, like ducks at the same 
trying period. 

To ascertain the food of this grouse during the summer, as well as 
that of other species, is a matter of more than simple curiosity. The 
service they render in destroying grasshoppers, too often overlooked, 
cannot be too strenuously insisted upon, or too prominently brought to 
notice. I have sometimes been tempted to believe that the increasing 


632 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


numbers of the scourge may be due, in part at least, to the wholesale 
destruction of summer grouse (both this species and the Pinnated), at 
the period when their services are most valuable. I have of course, in 
my proper official capacity, killed and opened great numbers of the 
birds during the whole season; and I almost invariably found their | 
crops stuffed with grasshoppers, the only other contents being buds or 
flowers or the tops or succulent leaves of various plants, and small num- 
bers of beetles, spiders, or other insects. At the height of the grass- 
hopper season, however, the birds appear to eat scarcely anything else, 
and each crop will contain a large handful. If an army of grouse could 
be mustered and properly officered, they would doubtless prove more 
effectual in abating the pest than any means hitherto tried. 

In the winter, according to my observations made at Fort Randall, 
the food of the grouse consists chiefly of cedarberries and other hard 
fruits that persist, and the sealed buds of various amentaceous trees. 

During the latter part of September or early in October, when old 
and young have both finished the renewal of their plumage, and the 
family arrangements are foreclosed, the habits of the birds are consider- 
ably modified,—in nothing more than in the degree of shyness they ex- 
hibit. During the summer, also, they are rarely seen on trees, or on the 
open prairie, except in the vicinity of wooded or brushy tracts to which 
they may retreat. Now grown more confident, they seatter over the 
high prairie to feed, following up the ravines that lead from the water- 
courses, and in the afternoon returning to roost in the tops of the tallest 
trees. These daily excursions and returns may be very plainly noted 
along the Missouri, where the cottonwood bottoms are sharply divided 
from the limitless prairie. During the winter, especially when the 
ground is covered with snow, their arboreal habits are confirmed. The 
birds then hug the timber, and sometimes, on lowering or stormy days, 
remain motionless on their perches for hours together. 

Along the Missouri, above the Yellowstone, the birds were seen in 
considerable numbers during the second season; but they were scarcely 
so common as along the Red and Mouse Rivers. Small chicks were seen 
the latter part of June. In the still more arid and forbidding region 
through which the northern affluents of the Milk River flow, there were 
fewer still; days sometimes passed without my seeing any. In the bet- 
ter country about the Sweetgrass Hills, they recurred in sufficient num- 
bers to afford fair sport; in the eastern foothills of the Rocky Mountains, 
they were almost as humerous as anywhere else. They occur in the 
mountains up to an altitude of at least 4,200 feet, where they meet, at 
the bottom of the coniferous belt, the Spruce Partridge and Dusky 
Grouse. All three of these birds were common about our camp at Chief 
Mountain Lake. 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 633 
List of specimens. 
5 2 3 eo 6|Nat f i 
= cE Locality Date. Collector. a 2 ee es wal fl a aa 
oO 
Oo |a a [a ee 
2848 |....| Pembina, Dak ....-.. unemsal esi SEN ott ©ouese|e asses leeee ae laeseee Egg cut from ovi- 
duct. 

DEORE cee ane GO - copsds sosssese June 6 10576} |oeecU QO Songeaes epperd eeaacreescoe = Set of 11 eggs. 
eH) |e seat Ona aco) osece@ Oseecmnc feet dO*sccs cee =| sce 25 |'Gedces |eeeee Set of 5 eggs. 
ON Meee Oc .ctckistex hoc <jnind June °y US 8) ) SoSAC) Ge ean ea Semeeed Emesesl S256 Skin. 
OSM Pe anne enGO) cnc cele sie cin ms UNOVMMELE (srl ee One canst |e cece eae omer Set of 11 eggs. 
BO0da eee leeo do! c.-52 -| June 16, Use oa socsaees 18. 60 |27.00 | 8.00 | Skin. 
3041 | 9 =O easacosecooons Abney iNet WEIS) |. cae Sod SeSSellacse nal Renner lessees Skin and 12 eggs 
SECT | Gf NA See Oe ee eSee eet June 19, 1873 |....do-.....--- 19. 00 |28.00 | 8.50 | Skin. 
SUG) Seelleace Otees eee eee neers! ere Gres sSe Born cosbedysl bese baeeee eeeeas Skin (chick). 
GHD: || Sec) aS 3506 (Ole eae eee eee doy-=eee- EPROP e eae alisines deiisce ces cette do. 

308). @ |oseeG) casacecbeeasoee | Ciakne 22) UG) |oceeGO cassonasllseenos|lssaces||acoocs Skin. 

BLOOM Meee eee <AO} access ces cceteeieice Goto: 2a GKD GEG as Sa Benes eae i a Skin (chick). 
STD Non orl eosee Ope eese cae AC aseneec saG\O) Saccnooe lsbened saeco aan Set of 5 eggs, 
SIS) eN 52 ae Calta June a HL Srioal ees Ole ee 2) ol Peers eS erds | SERIO Skin (chick). 
3160 |... Bae p anno BS aer one spares Olescree 100) 25 soba llGaance |neneael Sameera eee do. 

SLOUR Pees |e Oleee ethics sccsen| sets GOl ess ac. Re Ome sete leae med eee eenlloos acallencttay 

SPP a oeelleses One ee aceinae June 30, WES ls sa60O oka coesl baBnos lessees RaSeeel eee do 

SPF eS oelle Sor G0), SE SS eerer eecree lasaee Ho PecGoe GO merase te caee | cess c aldara. pect do 
SPER le ecsone Ghee aes Seo seven ace Ose eee | ore eel | ee me llostbace slicers do 
SPA oar [See G\0).ey, AAA ee eee July °5 WOO estGO ose aecs i cioaecleceasell: ant . -do. 
B22 Beedlinsas COP estas pees sales OO.ec aces SE nEOW Fe aus ool Seana Sebo acl ene es lece do. 
Sedlelea-t | bembing Mts, Daksa duly, 13, 1873)|0 22.00 ..-2---4|scc2--|\------|e sect |= - do 

SBR | Sf |) TMV eres Deer oe hulk 0) The\ie3 oe eed \t) Goccoe as) | eebaalleeaens| (sacerc Skin. 

eke | seer) gene AD descend Saeeaee July 23, TOSI Pare OOVscaremes (teccerl| seen cee cee --do 
SSO Meee he Ole aia eee ated fwly, BIDS TERS are) Soc seoolleasemallneas= sllecoona|le .-do. 
3573 |.-..| Mouse River, Dak .. 7 Nav tony a 6 eee Oe EOD) WPEHWD | oneces|iode do. 
4014 | 9 | Big Muddy River, June 22, TEV ERIE SECU) ese n oes taceme soores| lseecoe ne do. 
Mont. 
AQ a hess=|5- 6 Go Sp SoBe E Ee Bosdoad seeps doweeces EGOS SCE a 6 SEAS EaCoOe | beeen Skin (chick) 
CONG (Goes beeer OME Rae aes ees eres Goes: SAG OE Beene ee ee eel eecamalemeeral tee do. 
ANWG |Po. Wat Creek, Mont...| June at STAR AMO) ees | So ace eae ase |isocoen eee do. 
NOME Weeoellis 2 2 One beno onesies as bess eG ogeaes eae OO eg EOE Re aoe MeSe metic do. 
4512 Recky Mountains, | Aug. 18, TSH Be ont Wy eeeoedoy| seseccl sacace secede Skin 
latitude 49°. 


CHARADRIUS FULVUS VIRGINICUS, (Bork.) Coues. 


AMERICAN GOLDEN PLOVER. 


No Golden Plovers are seen in summer in any portion of the region 
explored. They pass through in large numbers during the vernal mi- 
gration, in the month of May, and return again in the fall—the latter 


part of September. 


They were very abundant at this time along the 


Mouse River, and in fact on the prairie at large, for they scatter indis- 


eriminately over large tracts, feeding upon the grasshoppers. 


Many 


were shot for food, to replenish a larder upon which four months’ steady 


attention had made serious inroads. 


lent order, and proved very acceptable. 


List of specimens. 


At this season, they were in excel- 


Coll. No. 


Locality. 


Date. 


Collector. 


Mouse River, Dak . 


.| Sept. at 1873 | Elliott Coues. 


do 


Lene th. 


Extent. 


oh 
2 


Nature of specimen, 
and remarks. 


10.75 
10.10 


22.50 | 7.00 | Skin; weight, 40z. 
22.50 | 7.10 | Skin. 


634 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
AAGIALITIS VOCIFERA, ( Linn.) Bp. 


KILDEER PLOVER. 


Abundant thoughout the summer in all suitable places; and as it is 
not a fastidious bird, it seemed to be satisfied anywhere near water, 
though hardly upon the dry plains, like the following species. A nest 
with eggs was taken June 30 near the mouth of Milk River—rather, the 
eggs were taken from a slight depression on the pebbly margin of a 
stream, which answered for a nest. 


List of specimens. 


(=) 
A = a oo | IN: i 
: : 5 ature of specimen 
a 4 Locality. Date. Collector. a = a Bhi See conan 
Oo |n = ca eS 
2950 |....| Pembina, Dak ...... June 11, 1873 | Elliott Coues |.----.|.----.]------ Skin. 
4031 |.--.) Quaking Ash River, | June 26, 1874 |..-.do ........].-----|------|.--..- cou ko} 
Mont. 
4107 |.--.| Near Mouth Milk | June 30, 1874 |....do./......|......|..-..-|...... Four eggs. 
River, Mont. 
4387 |..-.| West of Sweetgrass | Aug. 10, 1874 |....do........|.----.|..--.-|..---- Skin. 
Hills, Mont. 
4494 |....| Rocky Mountains, | Aug. 16,1874 | J. H. Batty-.--|.-----|.---..|------ paeedo: 
latitude 49°. 
| 


ENDROMIAS MONTANUS, ( Towns.) Harting. 
MOUNTAIN PLOVER. 


The occurrence of this bird in the Milk River country, along the pa- 
rallel of 49°, where it was breeding in considerable numbers, is a matter 
of interest, as fixing the northernmost points at which the species has 
thus far been observed. It does not appear to enter the Red River 
Basin, nor did I see it in the immediate vicinity of the Missouri below the 
mouth of Milk River. At this point, it was first seen July 1, and it was 
traced thence across the country nearly to the Sweetgrass Hills, beyond 
which it was lost. Its centre of abundance in this region was the vicinity 
of Frenchman’s River, where many specimens, both adult and young, 
together with a set of three eggs, were secured during the first and 
second weeks in July. Three I believe to be the usual number. The 
birds seem to be at no time very wary or suspicious, and when they 
have a nest near by, or are leading their young over the prairie, they 
will scarcely retreat before threatened danger. Upon invasion of their 
breeding-places, they utter a singular, low, chattering cry, quite unlike 
the usual soft, mellow whistle, fly low over the ground to a short dis- 
tance, or run swiftly for a few paces, and then stand motionless, drawn 
up to their full stature. The chicks are white beneath, curiously varie- 
gated in color above, with naked livid spaces about the neck. Almost; 
from the first, they are difficult to capture alive; at the note of warning 
from the parent, they scatter with amazing celerity, and soon squat, 
when they become at once invisible, even in the scantiest herbage of the 


COUES ON BIRDS or DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 635 


prairie. The nesting period is protracted, for af the time I took nearly 
fresh eggs, well-feathered young, shifting for themselves, had already 


been observed. 
List of specimens. 


= ost Pe) ie Fil 
F , . tw a t) | Natureofspecimen, 
= x4 Locality. Date. Collector. a | a Gal SoD 
5 |e H\/a |e 
4120 |....| Nearmonth of Milk | July 1,1874| Elliott Coues.|......)...--. lew | Skin. 
River, Mont. f 
4131 |....| Frenchman’s River, | July 4,1874)....do .--...:.|-.---.. eee Ue eee ae eeedou 
Mont. | ' 
C12. | Spiiigean COWS bas aReee Aare goo CM sanson sone Aha late Reeaes| See eesee 550) (ilO} : 
VID || RE ot ee a ee een D1) ecema Ma Omer a ten|'ste Si |canoos|jecsone Skin (young). 
4182 |....| Near Frenchman's | July 9,1874|....do ........|..--.. | Da Ru let oa Set of 3 eges. 
River, Mont. | 
CHGS IC colleen CK OnpEeeeeaaeeen oo. lacie Uk ieecocd eR Omae ee ealecnss Reker lmeeyese oes Skin. 
AIG) |) 15 na cGlann sa eeeeetserers §lacaor (1 cescac sces0@oo50e500]|«osesallsooties noone: aan (parent of 
Nos. 4090-2). 
dO posal mooctl® oaensecesesseealleceo: 0) sence goed cape rons | Ecosse |paceaael Ceaeee Skin (chick). 
AOU ee ealleee leases eee S aj CLO erciararete SER EON SS Sen Sanl Doce SESS Seman eet Kise = eGo) 
AG Om epee | PetICL Olt eis te slclsaraissciete fe == == GO saccas jae S Sone dal sede seal seeaee Lavageudat 
4210 RAO Bec cee sack July a NSC ok VON See Sala rset ees aes Ieee Skin 
4211 nzleescO Oe cdoosssseces al oonesU Oiessno LOLS sees | co eTe Saleem ESE ~oo OD 
| 4219 |._..| Near Two Forks of | July 13, AS CANISE end Ops ceitce nace er ate eale sole dos 
| Milk River. | 
EOD) Il: ss4llesaeb OW bebac nas eeepaaa oder GG) So5=.05 psa dae nel besos [eaekea |e shiadt oO 
4229 |... | Two Forks of Milk July 16, 1874 |_-..do ........| Byes as eececa| senna PEA CLOS 
River. 
AD60n een |erossines of | Mille | Simliy§ 23) 874s Pee dope eee. |-mestae | meee '|(-iam oe peeedos 
River, Mont. | 


RECURVIROSTRA AMERICANA, Gm. 
AMERICAN AVOCET. 


Not observed in the Red River region, but found breeding in great 
abundance in the Milk River country, where it seemed specially fond of 
the alkali pools, that are too numerous for the traveller’s comfort. It is 
one of the most conspicuous birds of the saline region, and may be rec- 
ognized at any distance by its resemblance to a Crane in miniature. Its 
loud voice is peculiar, and the clamor is incessant when the breeding-’ 
places are invaded. The bird nests rather early, as by the first week of 
July, when I first encountered it at Frenchman’s River, the young were 
already fledged, and by the middle of the month were on wing. At 
this age, they show a curious enlargement of the shank, which is swollen 
to much greater calibre than that of the tibia. The trae being abund- 
ant, and also very unsuspicious, a fine series of specimens was readily 
secured. They were generally observed in flocks of half a dozen to two 
dozen, wading about in the shallow water, often beyond gunshot from 
the shore, and at such times presenting a singularly pleasing and pic- 
turesque appearance. On getting beyond their depth, they begin to 
swim without difficulty, and frequently alight directly on deep water. 
They feed by immersing the head and neck for some moments together, 
during which time they are feeling about with their curious bills. Their 
preference for the alkaline pools may be less due to the quality of the 
water itself than to its shallowness and stillness, and the peculiarly soft, 

oozy, and almost slimy condition of the bottom. 


636 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


List of specimens. 


S | 4 
A : = A eo | Natureofspecimen 
elas Locality. Date. Collector. a = a wee Rone oy 
5 | a Sle re 
4135 | ff Beoncliaan River, | J “i 6, 1874 | Elliott Coues-|......|.....-].-.--- Skin. 
ont. 
AL3G6.|\ Gi il Send) -eeemteniwaeseecaleeeeed Okeesee- Ee a /O re cs.eiske| ec ecil| ese eee ----d0. 
41560 | eee | sees dO e eee eee jay" *g SAN re Oe ies. o= 3 19. 00 |39.00 | 9.50 |..-.do. 
4391 |....| West of Sweetgrass | Aug. ay TEES paoad Ol seeraere|ladecoel | aceca|lsoocce .---do. 
j Hills, Mont. 
4435 |... Headquarters Milk | Aug. 13,1874) J. H. Batty ..|16. 50 |28.00 | 8.25 |. ...do. 
River, Mont. 
MED I socllacos QO) feeceaa el teen OO cascne Be 20 eeihsceee 17.50 {29.75 | 9.00 |....do. 
4437 |....]..-. COjah oawcacicisses on lear G@isnauos Ouest se 17. 00 |27.'75 | 8.00 |....do. 
AGED |lscoellooas G0. eee aeeceeee Aug. 29, 1874 “Elliott Cones |.--2--|.-22-+|-<s-2- do 
“NF loool! cas MO ps estes foes Sowes ~do ayes 0 -sciscematdliicereictl bet ee al neeeee do 
AGO ieee aleaee GOf ce sette see ence Gheeeeas Pod Or ccieec al eae | eat do 
AGS) Nose |leooe CIWS Sau araeetey | ainaliae dO's2ee5 Oe SSees-|(beosoellescaod|loocoon do 
4654 |....].... COG terre nteccneeleaees Oise donee asks Seeman [RE eeE ose ee do 
4655 |....|.... (Wy Ee ate Saas enise eres dOvse sec: 7 peered eesenl losers losaans do 
4656 |....].-- OW copascda ones aaulaneee 0 weecse GOs cece lesen Soeeeeleeene do 
AG aiT/||Paer|neee COesaseasesessacd Paeee OO sesarieleeers GO ae sec aeleeca caseload oes do 
AAS ocsollasce (Oy Sac cua eee eee he nen 0 2eco=2| Eee Go: S257 SoG Pees asses leeetes do 


STEGANOPUS WILSONI, (Sab.) Coues. 
WILSON’S PHALAROPE. 


Breeds throughout the country, from the Red River to the Rocky 
Mountains, and in suitable places common, though never observed in 
large numbers at any one place. I had no opportunity of observing it 
after August, and am inclined to think it retires southward in advance 
of most of the waders. Even during the latter. part of August, when 
other waders were regularly flocking, I never saw the Phalarope in 
companies of more than half a dozen individuals, and it probably never 
makes up in large flocks, like the other two species. At Pembina, it 
was breeding about reedy pools and prairie sloughs in June. I was not 
so fortunate, however, as to discover a nest, though I searched faith- 
fully more than once. At Mouse River, during the month of August, 
it was constantly seen on the pools near the stream. Newly fledged 
birds taken in August are altogether different from the adults in plu- 
mage and color of the naked parts. This first plumage, which strikingly 
resembles on the upper parts that of the Tringa maculata, is worn only 
for a brief period before it is exchanged for uniform ashy and white, 
which characterizes the winter state. The birds are extremely gentle 
and confiding during the breeding-season, and may be approached and 
destroyed without the slightest difficulty. 

An excellent contribution to the biography of Wilson’s Phalarope 
has recently been made by Mr. EH. W. Nelson, in the Bulletin of the 
Nuttall Ornithological Club, vol. ii, No. 2, April, 1877, pp. 38-43. 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 637 


List of specimens. 


CS) Si es 
A ; os A to | Nature of specimen 
= 4 Locality. Date. Collector. a < a Petal eas ’ 
o |e ep deer ie 
3073 )....| Pembina, Dak...... .| June 20, 1873 | Elliott Coues.|.-----.|...-..]------ Skin. 
3455 |....| Mouse River, Dak.-..| Aug. 10, 1873 |....do -...-... 8 25 |14.50 | 4.60 | Skin: bill 1.10. 
BADOn (eee icce. Gi) Seseogeaueooo Bee LOneeeaer eet OO ss cceceellle =n alteiltre cece! metas Skin. 
SHH Sl eecese (ht) eee pecoeced “Ame, 30) 1873/5. -.d0 --5-.-.. 8.30 |15.30 | 4.60 | Skin: bill black; 
feet yellowish. 
4078 |....| Wolf Creek, Mont. ..| June 27, 1874 |....do ...--.-. PUM eneeal Gauace Skin. 
4152 |._..| Frenchman’s River, | July 7,1874)|....do ........|-.....|......]------ ---do. 
Mont. 
4213 | gf | Near Frenchman’s | July 12,1874|....do ........|..-.-.|---...|------ E=dos 
River, Mont. 
ADAG treet erate CO! Stoeice ic ore wiciesiseie dOeieneeee COME eae ae beeen aliceaniscliaceces do 
Zone |) @) |e on eGl@) Sedecoscosdosen oHhl® poorcec 26s®: = -ccsos-|hecosa|ecusen|lsseace do 
68519) ||saanllaased Oi eeaeoosenooeno. ebdl@ sssnacs RHE Onereetestaretel seinisiereil ve sciei|(= sm arete ao 
COAT |hancllacect Olpaoponsodnudecs Bmeodkim@asesec Be LOM aeeiere eet cline tee) seartere se cltQy, 
4256 |....| Near T'wo Forks of | July 21,1874 |....do ........|....-.|..-...]------ Skin (young). 
Milk River. 


LOBIPES HYPERBOREUS, (Linn.) Cuv. 
HYPERBOREAN PHALAROPE. 


A large pool, or little lake, lying by the trail of our party, near the 
eastern base of the Rocky Mountains, a day’s march east of Saint 
Mary’s River, seemed to be a favorite resort for all the waders of the 
region, as well as the Ducks and Geese. There were here congregated 
a Surprising number of water-birds—both species and individuals. Of 
the waders, I noticed during an hour’s shooting at this spot on the 16th 
of August two kinds of Phalarope, the Stilt Sandpiper, the Semipal- 
mated, Least, Baird’s, and the Pectoral Sandpipers, the Willet, Greater 
and Lesser Yellowshanks, Solitary and Spotted Tattler, in all no less 
than a dozen species, of which I took specimens of nearly all. It was 
perhaps the only still water for many miles around, and thus attracted 
a full congregation of the ‘‘long-legged fraternity”, to say nothing of 
the Ducks and Geese. The Northern Phalarope was among the number, 
rather unexpectedly to me, seeing how early in the season it was. There 
were, however, but very few of this species, in comparison with the 
numbers of the rest. I presume these were early arrivals from the 
north, since it is not probable that the species breed so far south. The 
evidence, however, is obviously negative; and since such boreal nesters 
as the Waxwing and Harlequin Duck were certainly breeding in this 
latitude, the Phalaropes seen here may have been hatched not far away. 


List of specimens. 


6 

A : ; . | to | Natureofspecimen 

ala Locality. Date Collector. a + A ad Sse 4 
i?) 

Oo |m H A E 

4495 |....| Near Rocky Mount- | Aug. 16, 1874 | Elliott Coues.|......]....--|------ Skin. 


ains, latitude 49°. 


638 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
GALLINAGO WILSONI, (Temm.) Bp. 
THE SNIPE. 


Snipe-shooting opened on the Mouse River the middle of September, 
-and for two or three weeks I enjoyed as good sport of this kind as I 
have ever had anywhere. The birds were abundant in the usual kind 
of grounds, here afforded in the vicinity of the reedy pools that are 
strung along near the river, and some excellent bags were made. I had 
previously seen none of the birds, nor were any observed during the 
‘succeeding season in the Missouri and Milk River countries, where 
there is little to attract them. 


List of specimens. 


} . 
A Bb ie eis 
1 : op atureof specimen 

a ¥ Locality. Date. Collector. FI < 8 anid to ariceee 
S) wn 4 E 

3758 | 9 | Mouse River, Dak...| Sept. 16, 1873 | Elliott Coues.|11.10 |19.50 | 5.25 | Skin: weight, 30 
; oz. 5 drs. 

SODA M MOM leas dO, je yran'kecees I Serm S8) | oe Gl) scetenns 10.00 |15.75 | 5.00 | Skin. 

Bee! EP lsaoaGl) sescqnobaaseaca Mea) esaaae sob GOps teh se 11.50 18.50 | 5.30 |...do. 

SS2OU | oualen eed Orac ee ciseciseease peaGsoouces 220 Om = ess 10. 70 |17.50 | 5. 10 do 

BOTS Wee). Ogee o Noelen eich ae. 2400). cece Ud ot sees boss 11. 20 |18.20 | 5.20 de 


MACRORHAMPHUS GRISEUS, (G@m.) Leach. 
RED-BREASTED SNIPE. 


Observation of this species on the Mouse River during the second 
week in August, before the general flight of waders took place, led me to 
infer that it bred in this region, like several other waders not actually 
caught in the act. During the fall migration, in September, the birds 
were extremely numerous, frequenting the pools along the river in large 
flocks ; they were unwary, apparently absorbed in their avocations, and 
large bags could easily be made. Out of a lot of thirty or forty killed, 
October 1, partly for my legitimate purposes and partly to improve our 
fare, I selected, carefully measured, and preserved nine individuals, the 
dimensions of which are subjoined in proof that the supposed J. scolo- 
paceus is not a distinct species. The question is fully discussed in the 
‘¢ Birds of the Northwest”. 


List of specimens. 


l=} - 
A SS |g 
u : +4 op a oo | Nature of specimen 

= i Locality. Date. Collector. =I = a eral se, : 

1) op) A ae = 
3458 |....| Mouse River, Dak wae iD, 1873 Pa IboteC ones 11. 90 |19.25 | 5.75 | Skin. 
3459 | 2 EMGOM. wish. eter eceGOnece csc sant 20.00 | 6.00 |.-.do. 
3808 | co |--- ee En 1873 17.50 | 5.40 |...do. (bill 2.20, leg3.40). 
3309 of --GO -..-----.--.|----- GO), cese50 Ag 18.50 | 5.65 |... do. (bill2.50, leg 3.40), 
BSGON | OMe ee COl erate cee | meters dor ekeus 2 D |19.25 | 5.20 -do. (bill 2. 85, leg3 85). 
SBOL || Oi saamdose werent saee tenet dome 19.00 | 5.75 |...do. (bill 2.90, leg 4.00). 
Cleef WesoaC WO aracsassocco ldscos COvoesee 2 5 |19. 50 | 5.90 |.-.do. (bill2.90, leg 4.10). 
3863 | 9 =6 CO yenenneeciceelemece Oi ees 19.75 | 6.00 |.-.do. (bill 2. 95, leg 4. 00). 
ele Os Re ecb) omeananosead|soaue GO Seacac 56 20.25 | 6.10 |.-..do. (bill 3.05, leg 4.10). 
DOGS WO MAO wenemmesecelemene GW) Sassen ° 19.50 | 5.85 |...do. (bill 3.25, leg 4.15). 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 639 
{ MICROPALAMA HIMANTOPUS, (Bp.) Ba. 
: Sriut SANDPIPER. 


This highly interesting species is not known to breed except in high 
latitudes, and has usually been regarded as rather rare in the United 
States. I was delighted to find it on the same lucky pool where I got the 
Northern Phalarope, for I had never before seen it alive. We can only 
surmise whether or not it had bred in the vicinity—the date was August 
16; butthe birds were fully flocking, and seemed to be en route. On repass- 
ing the pool August 29, returning from the mountains, I saw it again, 
and added another specimen to the half dozen secured at my first visit. 
in their general appearance and actions, the birds so closely resembled 
the Red-breasted Snipe that at gunshot range I at first mistook them 
for the latter, and did not recognize them until the specimens were in 
hand. They gathered in the same compact groups, waded about in the 
same sedate, preoccupied manner, fed with the same motion of the head, 
probing obliquely in shallow water with the head submerged, were 
equally oblivious of my approach, and when wounded swam with equal 
facility. The close structural resemblances of the two species are evi- 
dently reflected in their general economy. 


List of specimens. 


: | 
S z 8 
4 5 wa) a oy Tv 2 
= & Locality. Date. Collector. at & Es pares Chepeciuen 
(>) wu (2d) fal = 
o wn ; 4 BR i 
4475 |....| Near Rocky Mts., | Aug. 16, 1374 | Elliott Coues | ) (Skin 
lat. 49°. sees Orage cert | Sedo: 
AAT Gig | eres ayer CLO Varma =\2 oi ns sai ‘dom Eese 3 COR SS sh de | | soos, 
Ait meal O Mace aes a2 cise’. -/2 5, GO) sesce 2GlO wtses ace p *9.00)*16. 25) *5. 00), ... dv. *Average. 
AAS ee Pree OC Ono 5 cas cee eee acce Goeeeeee Be aC Kesameemens | 4 fees ado: 
AA Om PwEra Re Ado: sj. ascG bashes £unt SG0)Sasec° lee ed Oheweaeece | sono, 
Edis) loo Selec) Seeeeeereeaee Be aA Ona eon eK! Gon aeee ) (eeedos 
4644 |....]... do ...... Eee Amig% 295 1849) Sees doer eacerlpeeetae sal ene sel] acaeietsy meee ai do. 


EREUNETES PUSILLUS, (Linn.) Cass. 
SEMIPALMATED SANDPIPER. 


‘This abundant and familiar little species was noticed at various points 
-along the Line during the month of August. 


List of specimens. 


E | 
A : | c= a so |Nature of specimen 
a F Locality. Date. | Collector. — Fl = a ard ere : 
Sy 2) | 4 eal = 

3479 |..-.| Mouse River, Dak. | Aug. 10, 1873 Blot Gouess|=-2--=|2--ss12---= Skin. 

4396 |....| West of Sweetgrass | Aug. 11, 1874|..... OD sdeactalocoocdaijeoncodilooases Reeds 

Hills, Mont. 
GBD jee nollseneG) sogusosepeenens | oSce OW s6a55a\lboeds GO) 5 soaseo|loceena|basoon||oaticca sco Okt), 
|| GAO pes beer Gly ose ccegoadeen eel oe eee Okt sae | aaa ClO pase lleecmoseaocer scorer sono tkoy 


640 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


TRINGA MINUTILLA, Vieill. 
LEAST SANDPIPER. 


Observed a little earlier than the preceding species; and I should not 
be surprised if it bred in the immediate vicinity. Not noticed after the 
middle of August. 


List of specimens. 


Ss 4a 2 f Fe 
A : r= a e |Nature of speci 
: 0 ® pecimen, 
a 5 Locality. Date. Collector. A + S ‘andl Tomereet 
'S) mM 4 | a 
3383 |....| Turtle Mt., Dak ....| July a0 1873) | selliothiConess| teases |pseees| seers Skin. 
SHS osasllocas ON Sede Sars eee sel mare MO). ce eae Ben ener ned pacer ecacel|cacace --- do. 
4370 |....| West of Sweetgrass | Aug. “9, TEE We 5550K0) Gasosase 5. 60 {10.75 | 3.37 |....do. 
eo Mont. 
ABI llascalloconGl® 2 -oogsoqq0n50s0 AN ws Wily Wee eo 5.30K0) Sas skono|lononublleoesuslecaase .---d0. 
AS9RN eecleaee a Peee cei aeceialeciewe GO scoscolle Pee Mea anaes nares aceceallaescaallacs .do. 


TRINGA BAIRDI, Coues. 
BAIRD’S SANDPIPER. 


During the fall migration, in the month of August, this is one of the 
most abundant Sandpipers in Dakota and Montana. I found it in small 
flocks along the Mouse River, and thence in suitable places to the Rocky 
Mountains; sometimes by itself, oftener mixing with several allied 
species. Its habits, during the season at least, do not appear to be 
peculiar in any respect. I observed it chiefly on the small saline pools 
of the prairie, generally near water-courses, but sometimes at a distance 
from any permanent stream. It is avery quiet, gentle bird, which may 


be approached with ease. 
List of specimens. 


== 


allasaott (a) 
:| West of Sweetgrass 


ells Mont. 


3 Toad tess of Milk 


River, Mont. 


.| Near Rocky Mount- 


ains, latitude 49°. 


5 Locality. Date. 

B 

& | Mouse River, Dak --| Aug. 21, 1873 
Ge War ec Oren eemsleisisseciceclinscce do Seg see 
Dalles CLO es seed ech eae pee dopeeoe-p 
Oe ek OO.\e creme oneal eeatee doneeeseale 


Aug. 30, 1873 |... 
Aug. 10, 1874 |.... 


eee 13) We! aoa 
Aug. 29, 1874 |. 


Ea +5 
~_ fs} . 
7 oN th |Nature of specimen, 
Collector. a < | and remarks. 
4 ca) S 
Elliott Coues.| 7.00 |15.00 | 4.80 | Skin. Bill, eye, and 
feet black. 
pec dOresrment a 76 OO) la BS) esancalle .-.do. 
ou Opeky- sot Teco) |5e 2y eesorselle sacha}, 
SP OO we eee 76D) UG 7S) escodollec exdo: 
Ghysasceace neon ougon|Maanon|eendos 
1. CO eater pael eee Sle see oes | aca ae Skin. 
Be hSeeereaer leericee |aeroce coed te -.do. 
PES eee sed iy ial oer atal iaseylhs a ..do. 
SPS (Cte pe ee ee erst ee esto (Rec aelto a5 ko, 
BRAC ORe yeah i heriota eaoors | asaseal ls acl, 
Bert Vien sere 7.40 15.25 | 4.85 |....do. 
se NGO scemersie glee steel camera eee ae .-do. 


TRINGA MACULATA, Vieill. 


PECTORAL SANDPIPER. 


Like the last species, this one is common in both Territories during the 


fall migration. 


It was first seen the latter part of July, in company 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA, 641 


with 7. minutilla, on the pools about the base of Turtle Mountain. 
Some of the specimens secured were evidently very young birds of the 
year, but whether bred or not in the vicinity is uncertain. 


List of specimens. 


i = eel esa 
at : Locality. Date. Collector. oo 3 co [Nature of specimen, 
a es A = ral and remarks, 
Oo |a eS) ljefshoali ale 
3371 }....| Turtle Mt., Dak ....} July 28, 1873 | Elliott Coues.}..-...}.-.-..|.-...- Skin. 
3372 |..-./.-.. Oh se seae ste areita sins CM aseecn| Baad WD aobecocolsaséne| eacenl soaSee) bec do. 
4392 |....| West of Sweetgrass | Aug. 11, 1874 ].--.do ........]..-..-]...--.].--.-.].... do. 
ills, Mont. 
4492 |....| Near Rocky Mount- | Aug, 16, 1874 |....do -.......|..----]-----.].--.--].... da. 
ains, latitude 49°. 
4493 |..-.|.-.. CF as ae Ais epee | ie Gorse eee Gly aweassealGorene lasmcea| ABSEa hese do 


LIMOSA FEDOA, (Lénn.) Ord. 
GREAT MARBLED GODWIT. 


The breeding-range of this well-known bird remained until recently 
uncertain, and its eggs were long special desiderata of the National 
Maseum. At Saint Paul, [ saw in the collection of the Academy of 
Natural Sciences of that city a set which had been taken in Minnesota. 
The bird has been ascertained to breed also in Iowa, and I was satisfied 
that it did so at Pembina. The birds that I observed in this locality 
showed by all their actions, readily interpreted by one familiar with the 
subject, that they were nesting; and I did not hesitate to so assert, 
though I was not successful in my search for the nest. This was of 
date June 20, 1873. The species was not observed west of this point. 


List of specimens. 


6 é 
4 5 Nature of i 
; specimen, 
= r Locality. Date. Collector. a andironinckes 
Do 1m =] 
3071 | Q | Pembina, Dak ...... June 20, 1873 | ENiott Coues.}......].....-]--2.-- Skin, 


LIMOSA HAIMASTICA, (Linn.) Coues. 
HupDsgoniaAn GODWIT. 


While in camp at the Two Forks of Milk River, I was shown a speci- 
men of this species, in fall plumage, in the collection of my colleague, 
Mr. G. M. Dawson, Naturalist of the English Commission. It had been 
taken, I understood, some distance east of this point. I did not myself 
observe the species. 


TOTANUS SEMIPALMATUS, (Gm.) Temm. 
WILLET. 


Though the specimens preserved were all taken in August alone, I 
occasionally observed the species at different times during both seasons, 
Bull. iv. No. 3——7 


642 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


and at various points from the Red River to the Rocky Mountains. It 
breeds in this region—in fact, the limit of its northward distribution is 
only six or seven degrees beyond—as it does in suitable places through- 
out the United States. I have myself observed it during the breeding- 
season in New Mexico and North Carolina, as well as in the present 


region. 
List of specimens. 


3) 
A i N: 
Zl a | Locality. Date, | Collector. a.) anda 
S E 
3460 |....| Monae River, Dak. ..} Aug. 10, 1873 | Eliott Cones.|.--...|------|..-.-- Skin. 
S888) ||5555)[5a5 OW sose0ccs: Sdongs AND NGS GiB SSAA CY bo cosoee |ecesea|teoees.|escoal|ocac do. 
4491 |....| Near Rocky Mount. Aug. 16, TEE = 50) ee coeese||=saacn)| Soe Scs|[easéseeose do. 
aing, latitude 49°. 
Sot Sohcsocoresebes PNG) YA tee Se) Bape sere) enonos| josaoe |josesoc| acter do. 


TOTANUS MELANOLEUCDS, (Gin.) Vieill. 


GREATER YELLOWSHANKS. 


Not observed until the last week in July; very abundant, in August 
and September, throughout theregion. This and the succeeding species 
are almost invariably found together, and frequently associating in the 
same flock. Their habits are exactly the same. They are generally 
accounted shy and wary birds in settled districts, and so I have usually 
found them; but in the wilds of the West they are among the most 
unsuspecting of the waders, and may be approached without the slight- 
est difficalty. 


List of specimens. 


6 | a 
14 = 8 | eo | Natureofs 
a Geag : 0 imen, 
| % Locality, Date. Collectnr. a = g and remar ’ 
ce ice 4 
} 3539 a Mouse River, Dak . -.| Aug. 19, 1873 | Elliott Coues 
SOOO We cee leases dO: waeses acceler Aug: 25, 1873 |. ---do 14.0 
Bost [esa A a) MA fc UN eR 
See Oo soallsscoee (Om Ea sees Cape Aug. 24 1873 
Cite) ee eer Rape CQ¢ sere hee say 
3586 |....|...--- Cit esa Ale As orb Aug. oe 1873 |._.. 
| 4286 |... .| Crossing Milk R., Mont} July a4 1874 -d6 do. 
4438 |... Eicacieatcts Milk R., | Aug. 13,1874 | J. H. Batty. ..|i3. 50 |24. 25 |7. 60|....do. 
| 4489 |... Rocky its, lat. 49°.) (Aor 16) 18K4 | fe Edo eee e eee Nee cnn| no eeele do. 


4646 |....|...-..d0 ..........----- Ang. 29) 1874) 22200) ee hem sansa sore | sera eee do. 


TOTANUS FLAVIPES, (Gm.) Vieill. 
 LeEsseER YELLOWSHANKS. 


See remarks under head of the last species, equally applicable here, 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 643 


List of specimens. 
2 a 3 
a ; Localit Date Collector ay 3 eo | Natureofspecimen 
Balk * g ofan Ui and remarks. 
oO |x H |} a IB 


‘3406 |....| Turtle Mountain, Dak.| Aug. 5,1873| Elliott Coues.}.....}.---.-]. 
3461 | 9 | Mouse River, Dak ....| Aug. 10, 1873 |....do ......-. } 
: ca a P 


Aug. 25, 1873 |.--. 
Aug. 30, 1873 |..-- 


4431 |....| Near Tacky i Mount- | Aug. 16, 1874 
ains, lat. 4' 
SCORE Bee omc Beas ne Scere dori s-2 C2: GO, fics oSs). 


~---|------QGO ..-..2 nee -----]- eee -- UO .----}.--.00 .2...2.-./------|------]|----|---- 


TOTANUS SOLITARIOS, ( Wils.) Aud. 
SOLITARY TATTLEB. 


Occurs in abundance ou all the pools and water-courses of the region 
during the autumnal migration. I have reason to believe that some 
may breed in this latitude. It is almost never seen in flocks, though 
numbers may be gathered about the same piece of water. 


List of specimens. 


Nature ofésiactanaty 


a > 
: = a 
ca) 
Date. Collector. 5 + and remarks. 
| i=3| 


Srossing Milk R., Mont] July 25, LEAN ys ERR eh Se | bone llee eid fe ceeia ni do. 
Sweetgrass Hills, Mont} Aug. 6, 1874 J. i Batty. --| 9.00 }|17. 25 |5. 60)....do. 
PACU Pf yaaiciats CO ea Aiea ete el emt eo Bese) ices GC aesseciae 8. 40 15. 25 |4. 80). -.do. 
Peodac On tp SseonG spe coeal er Secle dose een and e2leo- =~ 1) 840) 115, 80 4. 90|....do. 
-| West of Sivebtdenad Aug. 10,1874 Elliott Cones.|..---.]------]----]---- do. 
ee Mont. 


-/|, Neer Rocky Mount- | Aug. 16,1874|....do -.:.....}..----|.----.]----|---- do. 
rape i ains, lat. 49°. 
oy Base i GOES eee Fe eee PES oat br bre ee 


deems we meee ew nfo UD - ne | i OO 2c eee enn eee nnn ne] eed nn 


644 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
TRINGOIDES MACULARIUS, (Linn.) Gray. 
SPOTTED SANDPIPER. 


The ubiquitous “teeter-tail”, or ‘peet-weet”, occurs in summer 
throughout the region, as it does in most other parts of North America. 


List of specimens. 


| 


6 = 
A | eb | Watureofs 

4 P I of specimen, 
2 Locality. Date. Collector. = a mdse 

=) |e 
2836 |....| Pembina, Dak ....---.--.. June 4, 1873 ‘alliget Coues.|.--.]--.-]---- Skin. 
3481 |....| Mouse River, Daki eesti. Aug. 10, ASTI doe ee ae cee | eee eat nee do. 
4431 --| Wiset of Siveetaraes Hills, ie. 12) 1874 epee rere tr lata ae 

ont. 


ACTITURUS BARTRAMIUS, (Wils.) Bp. 


BARTRAMIAN TATTLER. 


This interesting bird is extremely abundant over all the prairie of the 
Red River region. I found it upon my arrival at Pembina, June 1, and it 
breeds during this month. I took eggs from the second to fourth week 
of June, and found newly hatched birds early in July. The first week 
in June, a female was killed, with an egg in her ready for extrusion. 
During the breeding-season, they seem to scatter indiscriminately over 
the prairie; yet there are particular spots, generally depressed, there- 
fore slightly more fertile, which they particularly affect. They appear 
to leave the country sooner than most of the waders; I saw none after 
the fore part of September, though the majority of the waders continued 
plentiful through most of this month. They make up in flocks before 
their departure. 

In the Missouri and Milk River regions, they are not nearly so nume- 
rous—in fact, none were observed after leaving the former river; the 
prairie waders which breed further westward being chiefly the Long: 
billed Curlew. 

A tolerably full and, I think, perfectly reliable biography of this 
species will be found in my “Birds of the Northwest”. 


List of specimens. 
a 
: atureof specimen 
a x Locality. Date. Collector aid nenineae 
Oo mM 
2847 |....| Pembina, Dak ...-..- June 4,1873 | Elliott Coues es, cut from ovi- 
2874 | 9 0) BeonoacGaanose Afabiee) (yo ie) oe oraeseosl jecceol|seoaccl coos Contactors Bill 
yellow, withiblack 
ridgeandtip: feet 
dull yellow: eye 
dark brown. . 
SEIS NS, Mic Obes octesdacemeetlseeece doneeecl sees Gees kim. 
QOAD Sse dO cosee eee June 11, 1873 sdoesist.. --do, 
2944) Smee GOs oli kecen hceeee dove eee MO yeneenes ---- Go. 
DOAB TS) se se OO oa cece nice coe E MOU Mag {gress Cit Rg Se FASS) geysers [scsi oe do. 
Oy OE SSP lereese GO ee, Sey ence iC ey Pain AS BS sic | Pers sUSmnct=ic) Set ot 4 egga. 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 645 
List of specimens— Continued. 
a = a op | Nat f speci 
als Locality. Date, Collector. %p 2 imllicas ee Re SLN ae aa 
oO Ce) bd 
12) wm 4 =| 
2999 | of 5 
SUE ee} leer D. 
3001 | ‘ 
CAN a eee i 
S(T )831] ncaa eee lo. 
2016 | 9 , 
3017 | ot F 
3018 | 2 : 
3019 | ov : 
SUED Tce) eaee i 
3021 | ; K 
3022 | So a 5 
BUAGH Neils ah OO cccsncceeensaee June 19, LETH GGAROK Ae ee ee oe CEET REE EIET Beer ere do. 
SO eee tics do... Fea UNG COLO) | waa OO x seccmen livia anlracsinalcace ss toane do. 
SEONG cee [ee ee CORES eee ssa VUNG 22 Sisi| eed sew seoelsoeonet us Soluce s ost ocee do. 
SLO Secale e dovszee3 Jegec{eoees2G0 .-.d9 ff sty eee. | edo: 
a0 0 eee eee CU) ieee BOs neSe Baeeee GTS A esoleeer (1S) ga oc Anes cose loceoas) Seeaer Set of 4 eggs 
B Py See eee Gopi cet csee TUNE Soe Stall Pe corse sefeckil=seeec |tscc ona as Skin. 
elonies sels = Goce ane keel ee do See LO eee tiers otal isteteierel icles miaillcrcie 6 do. 
$253 |..../ 20 miles westof Pem-| July 14, Tops eel dae ieee (ee ehar in | fT: Skin (young). 
bina Mts. 
$334 }....| 25 miles east of Tur- | July 18, (873 |.--.do ........}.----.|.-----|.-----].--- do. 
tile Mt. 
3353 |....| Turtle Mt....-.-.... DW y eS, 1StS ead ec 32s alee sel lsscisse lw eeneel|iacta = do; 
3540 |....| Mouse River, Dak. ..} Aug. 19,1873 |.--.do ....--..|.-.--.]----.<]------ Skin. 
4030 |.-..| Quaking Ash River, | June 26, 1874 |....do ...----.|.-.-..].-----|.-----|---- do. 
Mont. 
rr UR Cal es ae Cea aRee ceeeoel eecesee Gitepeonl sede GOW eee ee oes 2s see sears Four eggs. 
4038}. -..|.-.. Gores. Sees ET ao ee GON r Sy een era ys Mee Skin. “(Parent of 
eggs 4037.) ” 


NUMENIUS LONGIROSTRIS, Wils. 


LONG-BILLED CURLEW. 


Breeds in moderate numbers about Pembina, the only locality where 
it was observed during the first season. The next year it was found in 
profasion over the prairie adjoining the Missouri above Buford, and the 
lower portions of the Milk River and its tributaries. It seemed, like 
the Bartramian Tattler, to affect particular localities, where colonies of 
twenty or thirty pairs would take up their abode for the summer, and 
make the air resound with their piercing and peculiarly lugubrious cries 
when disturbed. They were found decidedly shy and watchful; and 
being naturally stout, tough birds, they proved rather hard to kill. 
One of the most disastrous shooting exploits I ever attempted was 
directed against these same birds, as some of my friends who witnessed 
the discouraging negative results will remember. There seems to be a 
considerable latitude in the period of laying; I took a fresh set of eggs 
July 4th, having the day previous captured some young birds. 


List of specimens. 

& = = es [Nature of i 
= 4 Locality. Date Collecter. a = a ‘ Rad Teckel 
So |e =| de) ll 
4100 |....| Near mouth of Milk | June 30, 1874 | Elliott Coues.|...--.]...-../.----- 

River, Mont. 
4125 |....| Frenchman’s River,| July 3,1874|....do -......-|.-----]------}------ 

Mont. 
STS earn lee CO Neterscsateise Anelka PERG O) Se ace aca leeese a seeiced heeiee Set of feges. 


646 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL. SURVEY. 
: ARDEA HERODIAS, Linn. 
GREAT BLUE HERON. 
Observed during our passage down the Red River. 


NYCTIARDEA GRISEA NAGVIA, (Bodd.) Allen. 
AMERICAN NiGHT HERON. 


One individual seen under the same circumstances as the last. 
BOTAURUS MINOR, (Gm.) Bote. 
AMERICAN BITTERN. 


Apparently rather common on Mouse River in September, several 
individuals being observed and two secured. 


List of specimens. 


% |Natureof specimen, 


Locality. Date. Collector. , and remarks. 


Length. 


3703 | o | Mouse River, Dak..-.| Sept. 2, 1873 | Elliott Cones.|28. 00 /45.00 |11.00 | Iris yellow; bill 
pale grecnish- yel- 
low, with black, 
ridge and dark 
coral atripe ; legs 
dull yeilowish- 
green; claws 
brown. 


GRUS AMERICANA, (Linn.) Temm. 
WHITE or WHOOPING CRANE. 


White Cranes were frequently observed in the Mouse River country 
in August, September, and October, but always at a distance; and I 
was not so fortunate as to secure any specimens. There is no reason to 
doubt their breeding in this section. To the best of my recollection, 
none were seen in the Missouri or Milk River region during the second 


season. 
GRUS CANADENSIS, (Linn.) Temm. 


BROWN or SANDHILL CRANE. 


Commonly observed after leaving Pembina, especially during the lat- 
ter part of the season. In July, I noticed, in one of the topographi- 
cal camps, the remains of a young bird, which had been caught alive. 
It appears to breed over the whole region, in prairie country. In the 
latter part of September and early in October, both this and the Whoop- 
ing Crane appeared to be migrating southward, chiefly in the night- 
time, when their hoarse, rattling croak often broke the stillness, or 
sounded strong amidst the honking of the geese, the whistling of the 
rushing wings of the wildiowl, and the slender pipe of the waders that 
completed the throng of numberless migrants. 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 647 
PORZANA CAROLINA, Linn. 
SORA RAIL. 


Observed during the migration in September along the Mouse River, 
where it appeared to be rather common. Its nesting in this region was 
not determined. 

FULICA AMERICANA, Gm. 


Coor. 


Extremely abundant. Almost all the pools and reedy sloughs of the 
prairie throughout the region from the Red River to the Rocky Mount- 
ains and Upper Missouri country generally are tenanted by one or more 
pairs of these very common-place birds. The sets of eggs taken varied 
from ten to twelve in number, and there is a good deal of difference in 
the coloration, the ground varying from pale clay color to light creamy- 
brown, while the spotting consists sometimes of mere points, sometimes 
of sizable spots. The first set of eggs taken, June 20, contained em- 
bryos which would have been hatched in a day or two; others, taken 
the first and second weeks in July, were fresh ; and, again, newly hatched 
young were found so late as July 26. Unless two broods are reared, as 
is not probable, there is a latitude of a full month in the time of laying. 
The birds were still abundant when I left the country, the second week 
in October. 

The nests of this bird differ a good deal in location and amount of 
materia] employed. One particularly examined at Pembina consisted 
of a bulky mass of stout reed-stems, about 15 inches across and 8 in 
depth; it was lined with the softer tops of the reeds. This one was in 
a slough of considerable depth ; it floated on the water—rather, it was 
placed on a matted platform of floating, broken-down reeds, and was 
moored to the growing plants. Other nests, in very shallow water or 
around the edges of pools, were stationary. 

The newly hatched young are curious-looking creatures, covered with 
black down striped with rich golden-yellow or orange; bill vermilion- 
red, black-tipped ; feet dark. 


List of specimens. 


5 a 3 | a ke i f : 
: ee 1 Go 2) |Nature of specimen, 
ai i Locality. Date. Collector. =I = 2 BEY nea, 
Oo |n 4H a ; | 
3064 |....| Pembina, Dak....... Juno 20, 1873 | Elliott Coues.|......].-.--. --.---) set of 11 eggs. 
3364 |{2-.| Turtle Mountain, | duly 26,1873 |....do.--.2.-.|...02,|.2c00.|..200- Young, newly 
Dak. 3 hatched. 
3365 |.... do - Nene ieee REPEC ie oe Seseadl eee) eee paves do. 
3858 | J Monse River, ‘Dak __| Oct. Da8i3 n-22dOynect=- 16.00 (28.50 | 7.50 | Skin. 
41is |....| Near mouth Milk July 1 NS CAs MOE MOMS Petia: laetese|teoeoe|tasisin as Set of 12 eggs, 
River, Mont. 
4176 |... Frenebmaa' SPIVerNTOmMlyae On tSiailss-OdO) 22h. ccs. wen cec|eaimaicnl sc cto Set of 10 eggs. 
ont. 
S012) ee ceadwaters) Milk) Aug. .30;1874 (02. do... -.22.|/.-s-e-|--cen-|-ecc> Skin. i 
River, Mont. 54 } 


648 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Family ANATID A. 
SWAN, GEESE, and Ducks. 


A few words of comment upon the general subject will place it in 
clearer light than that which the series of isolated remarks furnishes, and 
render lengthy accounts of the several species unnecessary. During the 
autumnal migration, vast bands of water-fowl euter Montana and Dakota 
from the north. The nature of the country is such that the birds stop- 
ping for rest and food necessarily come together in immense numbers; — 
for superimposed upon their gregarious, disposition is the circumstance | 
that the water supply is precarious or isolated, the country at large 
wholly unsuited to their wants. The result is, that the most slender 
streams, often mere threads, with scarcely strength to flow, or even 
broken into chains of sloughs, and all the temporary water-holes formed 
in depressions of the prairie, become thronged with the birds. This 
gives an impression of extraordinary numbers of these birds, but it 
should be recollected that we have here the percentage of birds due to — 
Jarge areas concentrated in particular spots. Duck-shooting under these _ 
circumstances becomes a somewhat special branch of the art. | 

Another circumstance is, that the parallel of 49° is about on the edge 
of the breeding-ground of those species which regularly migrate north- 
ward to breed. A large number of the Ducks, and some of the Geese, 
as is well known, nest indiscriminately in any part of the United States; 
bat aside from these, all of which of course occur in the present country 
as well as elsewhere, there are a number of species of truly boreal breed- 
ers, which begin to drop deserters at about this latitude. As a result, 
nearly all of the Ducks of North America, except the maritime and 
thoroughly Arctic ones, nest within our limits. They choose the ponds | 
and prairie sloughs, and the little pools in the mountains; and during 
the latter part of the season, these places assume the appearance of a 
farm-yard puddle, from the quantity of droppings and cast feathers. 

In general, throughout this Report, the tabular lists of specimens 
afford a tolerably fair index to the abundance or scarcity of the several 
Species secured; but this fails altogether in the cases of the birds of 
this family, few of which seemed worth the trouble of preparing or the 
expense of transportation, although large numbers were shot as legiti- 
mate objects of sport or to vary our fare. 


CYGNUS BUCCINATOR, Rich. 
TRUMPETER SWAN. 


Observed on a few occasions in Dakota late in September and during 
the first half of October, during the migration. It appears to pass 
chiefly by night, but I saw a small lot flying in the daytime near Fort 
Stevenson. The species is said to breed in the Yellowstone country, 
and also in Minnesota. 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA, 649 


The other species of Swan, CO. americanus, was not recognized, though 
it doubtless occurs during the migration, | 

The same remark applies to a species of Goose, Anser albifrons gam- 
belt. 
ANSER HYPERBOREDS, Pall. 


Snow Goose; WHITE BRANT. 


Abundant during the migrations. On a former occasion, I noted their 
Spring migration in Southern Dakvta, at Fort Randall, from the latter 
part of March through most of April. In the fall, I saw none until 
October. 
BRANTA CANADENSIS, (Linn.) Gray. 


CANADA GOOSE. 


Whilst steaming up the Missouri in June, 1874, I saw several broods 
of goslings swimming near the banks. At a pool in Montana, west of 
Frenchman’s River, a colony had established themselves to breed; and 
during the time when neither old nor young could fly, several dozen 
were killed with clubs by some people attached to one of the surveys. 
The frequent nesting of the species in trees, in various parts of the 
Northwest, is perfectly well attested, though the fact did not come 
under my own observation. Birds apparently from the north were 
common along the Mouse River in the latter part of September; a few 
had made their appearance the last of August, and their numbers were 
augmented during the month. 


BRANTA BERNICLA, (Linn.) Scop. 
BRANT; BLACK BRANT. 
Observed only during the migration. 
ANAS BOSCHAS, (ZLinn.) | ‘ 
MALLARD. 


Breeds abundantly throughout the region in suitable places. Filap- 
pers about a week old were seen at Pembina June 20. 


List of specimens. 


é . 
A 3 a ta |Nature of speci 
1 k : ; g pecimen 
gle Locality. - Date. Collector. i 5 a pd nine sae 
5 |e etc yh 
3065 | Q | Pembina, Dak ...... June 20, 1873 | Elliott Cones.|..-.-.|..-.-- beers Skin; parent of 


Nos. 3066-7. 


650 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
DAFILA ACUTA, (Linn.) Jenyns. 
SPRIGTAIL. 


This beautiful Duck, equally attractive on and off the table, is abundant 
throughout the region, not only during the fall migration, but in the 
summer. By the middle of August, the young birds are full-grown, in 
fine feather, and in the best possible condition for the table. Many 
pairs were found breeding in pools iu the Milk River region, especially 
in the vicinity of Frenchman’s, early in July. At this period, the young 
and old were equally unable to fly, as the former had not got their 
feathers and the latter had lost theirs. When disturbed in the pools at 
such time, they had the habit of creeping slyly out on the prairie, and 
squatting so low, like Grouse, that they were often lost, even when the 
herbage was quite scanty. Many were captured by hand or killed with 


sticks. . 
List of specimens. 


a 3 | 
~ f=} 4 smerny || 
Calico Re eee | 
Hila le 
June 20, 1873 | Ellintt Cones_|......].....-].-.-.- Bei 
hs SW Meloy teed: ES pee, Ae a ok he 0. 


CHAULELASMUS STREPERUS, (Linn.) Gray. 


GADWALL. ; 
Abundant throughout the region, where it breeds, like nearly all the 


other Anatine. Young still unfledged were observed late in August. 


List of specimens. 


iS ? 
A eal biespallees 
3 ¥ Locality. Date Collector. a = a Aafurs of Speer 
D 
Oo wa 4 & E 
3405 Turtle Mt., Dak..... Aug. 5, 1873 | Elliott Coues.|.--...].----.|------ Skin. 


MARECA AMERICANA, (Gm.) Steph. 
WIDGEON. 


Abundant throughout; breeding. Young still unable to fly were seen 
until the middle of September. 
QUERQUEDULA CAROLINENSIS, (Gm.) Steph. 
GREEN-WINGED TEAL. 


Extremely abundant throughout. It enters the country by thousands, 
in August, among the earliest arrivals of water-fowl from the north. I 
have little doubt that some breed in Northern Dakota; but as the only 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 651 


“teals’” eggs I took were not identified satisfactorily, and as I saw no 
birds not in perfect feather, I cannot state positively that it does so. 
This was a favorite bird with me for shooting for the table, where I 
always thought it looked better than it did in my collecting-chest. “Two 
‘and a half teal, broiled, on toast,” became my well-kuown limit for sup- 
per; but I never succeeded in “ preserving” the third bird without 
mutilation. 


QUERQUEDULA DISCORS, (Linn.) Steph. 
BLUE-WINGED TEAL. 


Arrives early, in the fore part of August, like the Green-wing, and 
becomes very abundant. It also doubiless breeds. 


List of specimens. 


fo} * 
A Sead | Pain 
‘ 50 ature of specimen, 
2 i Locality. Date. Collector. A = a anders 
So |a Hila |e 
3558 }....| Mouse River, Dak ..| Aug. 22,1873 | Elliott Coues.|......|..-.-.]-..... Skin. 


SPATULA CLYPHATA, (Linn.) Bote. 
| SHOVELLER. 


Abundant throughout. Found breeding on Mouse River, where young 
about half-grown were taken August 10. 


List of specimens. 


a a) 
A tr a to |Nature of specimen, 
Locality. Date. Collector. a 4 s aad Verwarics. 
a/|a |e 
.| Mouse River, Dak .-| Aug. 10, 1873 | Elliott Coues-|.----- eeesoe ...-.-| Skin (young). 


FULIGULA AFFINIS, Hyton. 


LESSER ScAUP DUCK. 


The Scaups which I found breeding numerously in the Upper Missouri 
and Milk River region appeared to be chiefly, if not wholly, of this spe- 
cies, as several species examined certainly were. At some points, they 
were extremely abundant, outnumbering the other Ducks. 

The F. marila a udgantenic occurs, eins the migration at least, if 
not also in the breeding- season. 


FULIGULA COLLARIS, (Donovan) Bp. 
RING-NECKED DUCK. 


Specimen seen in Mr. Dawson’s collection. 


652 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


FULIGULA VALLISNERIA, ( Wils.) Steph. 
CANVAS-BACK DUCK. | 


The breeding resorts of this celebrated and much over-rated bird were 
for a long time considered uncertain, and its eggs have not long been 
known. They were discovered, I think, by the late Mr. R. Kennicott in 
the northwest part of British America. Mr. W. H. Dall speaks of the 
Canvas-back as breeding abundantly on the Yukon, and Dr. J. S. New- 
berry found it ‘‘more numerous than any other Ducks” in the Cascade 
Mountains in summer. At Turtle Mountain, in July, I saw several 

broods of partly grown young; a number were secured, with a parent 
bird, so that there is no doubt of the correctness of the identification. 
{In most of the region, however, the bird is less numerous than the Red- 
head. 


FULIGULA FERINA AMERICANA, (Hyt.) Coues. 


RED HEAD DUCK. 


Abundant throughout, but whether breeding or not was left undeter- 
mined. None were seen or at least recognized excepting in the migrat- 
ing season. 


BUCEPHALA ISLANDICA, (@m.) Bd. 


Rocky MounNTAIN GOLDEN-EYE. 


I was greatly interested to find this species breeding in the Rocky 
Mountains. <A brood of young, accompanied by the female, was seen 
on one of the little side-pools, surrounded by timber, at our camp on 
Chief Mountain Lake; the old bird and two of the young, out of five or 
six, were secured by one of the officers of the military escort, who made 
over the flappers to me, but seemed so disinclined to part with the old 
one that I did not press the matter, although I greatly desired the spe- 
cimen. This is, I believe, the first recorded instance of the occurrence 
of the species during the breeding-season in the United States. 


List of specimens. 


6 
a re = wo IN . 
4 i a0 ature of specimen 
= re Locality. Collector. = s a and renuantiee 
® oO 
is) v7) | o E . 
4542 |....| Rocky Mountaing, | Aug. 21, 1874 | Elliott Coues.|......]}......]...--- Skin (very young). 
latitude 49°. 
4543 }....].... GO cece meee Caceslsisaeas dow saeake GO see heii eden eee cee eee sel een do. 


BUCEPHALA CLANGULA, (Linn.) Coues. 


GOLDEN-EYE. 


Supposed, on good grounds, to occur during the migrations, though 
not observed, at any rate not recognized, by myself. 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA, 653 
BUCEPHALA ALBEOLA, (Linn.) Baird. 
BUFFLE-HEAD. 


This Duck is among the commonest species after the fall migration; 
and I have reason to believe that it nests, in limited numbers, in North- 
ern Dakota, as it certainly does in the Milk River country. At Turtle 
Mountain I found young birds in July, but they were able to fly, and 
may not have been hatched on the spot. 


List of specimens. 


3} : “ 
4 a0 so |Nature of specimen, 
a | y Locality. Date Collector he (eae and remarks, 
3410 Turtle Mount’n, Dak.) Aug. 7, 1873 | Elliott Coues.|......|.--..-]...... | Skin. 


HISTRIONICUS TORQUATUS, (Linn.) Bp. 
HARLEQUIN DUCK. 


It was my good fortune to determine the breeding of this Duck in the 
Rocky Mountains of the United States. There is in the National Col- 
lection an egg cut from a bird taken by Dr. Hayden somewhere in the 
mountains May 31, warranting inference of the fact here established. 
Broods of flappers were discovered on a clear brawling stream near the 
camp on Chief Mountain Lake, and several of them, including the 
mother of one of the broods, were secured. The nest was not found. 
It was probably in the hollow of a tree near the spot. The birds 
showed great powers of swimming and diving in the turbulent stream, 
where they seemed as much at home as the family of Dippers (Cinclus) 
that was seen with them. When disturbed, the old bird flew away low 
over the water, while others sank back quietly till only the head 
remained in view, much like Grebes. Some sought refuge behind and 
beneath a little cascade, screened by the whole volume of water that 
leaped over a projecting rock. One of the broods was seen swimming 
quietly in a pool near the lake. 


List of specimens. 


Nature of specimen, 
and remarks, 


654 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
ERISMATURA RUBIDA, ( Wils.) Bp. 
Ruppy DvucK. 


Common, and breeding in suitable localities throughout the region. 
At Turtle Mountain, it was nesting in numbers in the pools, where the 
young were observed, still unable to fly, the latter part of July and 
early in August. Several specimens of various ages were secured. 


List of specimens. 


S) fs 
A S :=| ep ature of 
= Locality. Date. Collector. a = a < add of specimens 
o 
oD |M H an E 
3368 -| Turtle Mt., Dak ....| July 28,1873 | Elliott Cones.|..-.-.|.....-}.-.-.- Skin (young). 
BSO9R| pose tone Oo eee eee cerca bee aehacasealeees CGS NS ae ER | eee a 
ARS |e oacllseae YO, Maeeaaon eer uly, JOM Bes ee cdOy.. ceea5|cesen|seceee ee sees Skin. 
SAID 32) Sep dOeeesaciweenicc oe Aug. if 1673 cos. clo ee | tess seen ene Skin (young). 


MERGUS CUCULLATUS, Linn. 
HooDED MERGANSER. 


This is the only species of the genus actually observed by the Com- 
mission, though the other two doubtless also occur, at least daring the 
migrations. It breeds in this region. 


List of specimens. 


iS a | 
A & a Nature of 8 

i eo pecimen,} 
aid Locality Date. Collector. a - andiremsria: (si 
3409 Turtle Mt., Dak ....) Aug. 5, 1873 | Eliott,Cones.|18.00 |26, 00} 7.50} Skin. 
3412 Lassie a hs Ade: tibia ior doe nea te oe. ee Tere eee do. 
3866 | ov “Mouse River.....-.. Oct., 1, LEGS ile cudaneike hes 18. 25 |26..00, | 7.25 |..-.do. j 


PELECANUS TRACHYRHYNCHUOUS, Lath. 
WHITE PELICAN. 


An old female, in sickly condition, was shot irom the steamer as we — 
neared Pembina, and I heard of one or two other specimens shot on the. 
ted River about this point in May. The species was only once again 
observed, namely, at La Riviere de Lac, near Mouse River, early in 
September. A few individuals were seen, but the locality did not 
appear to be a breeding-place, nor did I find any such elsewhere. 


List of specimens. 


Nature of specimen,| 
and remarks. 


Date. 


Collector. 


Coll. No. 
Sex. 


en) 
a 
E 


*2773| 9 | Red River, near 49°.| May 31,1873} Elliott Coues 


Skeleton. 


es Ptomaeh contained about fifty crawfish (Oambarus couesi Streets); pouch diseased, from attacks of 
parasites 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 655 
GRACULUS DILOPHUS, Sve. 
DOUBLE-CRESTED CORMORANT. 


Once observed on the Red River, near Pembina, late in May. 


LARUS ARGENTATUS SMITHSONIANUS, Coues. 
AMERICAN HERRING GULL. 


A specimen was shot by Mr. J. H. Batty near Fort Benton, Mont. 
Some of the large Gulls observed in September during our boat voyage 
down the Missouri may have been of this species, but all that were fully 
identified were L. delawarensis. 


List of specimens. 


3 ; 
A 0 |Nature of speci 
,A sof specimen, 
a Date. Collector. | and wanna 
‘oO 
‘4700 |... xo Fort Benton, | Sept. 8, 1874| J. H. Batty Skin (young). 
ont. 


LARUS DELAWARENSIS, Ord. 
RING-BILLED GULL. 


A considerable flock of this species was seen hovering over Riviére de 
Lac about the middle of September, and two specimens were secured. It, 
was not again identified to my satisfaction until the following season, 
when it was seen in considerable numbers on a large pool close by Chief 
Mountain. 


List of specimens. 


Nafure of specimen, 
and remarks. 


LARUS FRANKLINI, Rich. 


FRANKLIN’S Rosy GULL. 


The egg of this species has been deseribed by Prof. Alfred Newton, 
from a specimen taken in the adjoining British Province of Manitoba, 
and a specimen was shot on Turtle Mountain July 30, fully fledged, yet 
80 young that I. judged it had been hatched not far from the spot. No 
breeding colonies, however, of this or indeed any other Gull were 
observed by me in any portion of the region surveyed. 


656 — BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


List of specimens. 


| oe) M / 
7) a oo j|Nature of specimen, 
A w : and remarks, 
4 = 


3379 |....| Turtle Mt., Dak .--..| July 30, 1873 | Hlliott Coues |13. 75 (33.75 | 9.75 | Skin. “Bill, 1.10; 
tarsus, 1.65; mid- 
dle toe and claw, 


HYDROCHELIDON LARIFORMIS, (Linn.) Coues. 
BuAcK TERN. 


This, the only representative of the Sternine observed by the Com- 
mission, was found breeding at Pembina in June, and subsequently 
seen during August along the Mouse River. On one of the prairie 
sloughs at Pembina—the some that I have spoken of as the breeding 
resort of the Yellow-headed Blackbirds—a colony of perhaps twenty 
pairs was established. As usual during the breeding-season with 
Terns, the birds were very fearless when their nesting-place was in- 
vaded, and I regret to say that. the colony was broken up in conse- 
quence, as I desired to secure a good series of specimens in full dress. 
No eggs were found until the latter part of the month. It required 
sharp scrutiny to discover them, as they lay, without any preparation 
for their reception, directly upon the soaking, matted masses of lagt 
year’s reeds, and were closely assimilated in color. They were indiffer- 
ently two or three in number, oftener the latter; average samples 
measured 1.35 in length by 0.95 in breadth. The coloration is not 
peculiar in comparison with that of other Terns’ eggs. 


List of specimens. 


(=) 
Ai eo |Nature of specimen 
= i Loeality. Date. Collector. a and eerie 
é |e E 

3023 | 9 | Pembina, Dak Elliott Coues |.....-|.-----|------ Skin, 

SHA || ©) Nn ectt® sececsocosonssalecoacOlD escscallsas: G0) sassc6se| bnoneolsesosslbossss||ee-5 do. 

3025 | of GO eee els soe ala aa 3 Ox voernell enter C0 Ro eee eee ere) Cleese lS sey eritey, 

RD © |esecCO sndsecosossoacs||oss --do . ---d0. 

SOD irra end Olea ase eel | Sen Ones ee ven Goes sashes oh Ali eR Re ee do. 

SOSH Ir gama messes eee enon cesdones sel tans GO ee SI ee |e do. 

SOA eG. ite doy tose Peeks sh hc es do Be se saalen 

BOZO 8 ich ears Omer erete nerstoce| | Cresta Olzctsteretect| eyatess GOs ose See eae sh Bete of ete stare ere do. 

BURT | ee 6O = so poco occesa|faanectG) Soe Seelsoon UO) sesssca|fscosoa||saonea|loscios jasc ao. 

BOBO) Wesel) eos caceoa rissa ss|losacG@) Goacies|[o soe W1) ep adecine lasocos||saes st Seceaa eee ao. 

088} |) @) es) soc oscens sascsslfiSos 30D cesar eos. G9) 66555555) boostes|loooesal sconce) soos do. 

SOSA eh llvae AO ve cereveysra se lateemese|elemias CLOW see) sal eine Oe eA sdisaieel| eesietel| et erte eee do. 

URI | OQ coo ch ston sabes scoscel esse l® soqss5}soas (ty pe sesAas|eseeool jocooss|tooadl buss do. 

BOSGo| oialleme Ul Ole ee sae aera epee GO ere ioe | Gelon GO. cis b2 5a NEE | easetee ee rote | eee do. 

3037 | ov |- (Oe ees Peeeseese ey al eee tbe do, 

BOSSE sae CAO te sels en cleo cieme eee ONE ey ell ree dos eee .do. 

3039 | 9 SO) oes see a See ee --do. 

SGP ae sal ame SSO 5a cea eee eta eee rel NR ie a ae do. 

RGR a aoe Weal ISee See saigcecas| sssee.0) G6SGRe eas. C (ieee a eS ee ool emo! Bosco do. 

SIGS eeioeitin = sO Oia = atclmrarcntulceme eevee One etal ney dO a ee ele Satcher ences do. 

SLA aa sO ee eee eae eed Ole ee saa eens AC eI Pee ||) Men Sec do. 

3186 | UNE ZK HUS Ta) | hen O merce mais ee tail | eel ee teres Skin, with 3 eggs. 

3462 |... eArio MOMS 23s Sd Owe een aes eee eee Skin. 

D1Gdg | eens | eee 10 e ee eee DO seo Fae Gi a RE Re | ea do. ~ 

SaShleeee Gene LO tS ASO dome see “ C1 a eae Pa See Poa) Eee do. 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 657 
PODICEPS AURITUS CALIFORNICUS, (Heerm.) Cowes. 
AMERICAN HEARED GREBE. 


I was much interested to find this species (not common in collections, 
and until recently supposed to be exclusively Western) breeding abun- 
dantly on Turtle Mountain, one of the easternmost localities where it has 
been observed. Toward the latter part of July and during the first two 
weeks of August, the young, still unable to fly, and in charge of the 
parents, were observed at the locality mentioned, and at points along 
the Mouse River. Some old birds in full breeding-dress were secured. 
With these the change begins in August, but traces persist for several 
weeks. I noticed nothing peculiar in the habits of the species. 


List of specimens. 


S ; 

A 5 3 = eo |Nature of specimen 

a G Locality. Date. Collector. a = A ana Bee , 

oO 
i) wR 4 i) e 
3367 |....| Turtle Mountain, | July 28,1873 | Elliott Coues-|12. 50 |22.50 | 5.25 |Skin. Iris scarlet; 
Dak. edge of eyelids 

orange; bill black; 
feet olivaceous, 
blackish on outer 
side and on soles. 

3392) |... - 100 oone56caccoR5c0 =| uae TT, WEB eee) so soadcallateond)sccaec|laeqaos Skin. 

3454 | o “Mouse River, Dak. .| Aug. 10,1873 |_-..do-..-.--- ANON 24 00M same san athlny 

La eee (esos OO) rcintcisiejee mjeieie amie iellaae RAG neG eaves COM eteleetaieh: Gy WO) 224 HO. |escoos edo: 

ORO OER eA COHe le ocala jcc = Ge Ante, 1G, TES loa CD sssokdce||ssoacallsasscolleosocs sonal, 

SOM Mien see C Ol ecacinies Save sieiim sell sree owe sa aoc Oss Soe sbos sense hemoodl tercits secon 

pole bree ee QO acme. oeiee ate ee ls set Onsen Pen ONeer enters nce ee coaaletinerets Skin; young of 
Nos. 3529-30. 

SDI | Pte rere CLOMe elo ojstela eja'cinn/ane ANTES OB}, ETB |e sk) cs cemcuc 12. 00 |23.50 | 4.75 | Skin. 

BOUOM ees ese COieeccmsine wae Saval| iS seek doxsseser See c0 Ovemate see IS), [2h 25) eosoos ee doy 

SHE HOR ESC (0 eee ne ee PGi ey Be tel) eee Oe 12. 80 |21. 85 |.-...- Ba dG: 

SSG) || Amal soc ne ea Screed Seem ieee Se sC Oneaek mises eh wae ose sence se. saat). 

a eee aeis Oho: cars cajncioca ae PNW, OB, NB | eo GO) es acoone ESO) (A 6) esasce eos 

BENG |ecdclleesoCk) Ba seseeenees ere Sept. 2, NEB Wosocl6h) sosoeces 11. 60 |22.00 | 4.75 |....do. 

CN an ere al lera ars AO esia aiaye siete Sepici=.s Stn BUG lee cosseceolloasonsl|scesssu||sn55be acai 

3742 |..-.. ECLOMS ease eee ee Narsae Gores: See O Oia ae seis lleweata| taccee ete cia peeracLOs 

4670 |....| Headwaters of Milk ANTS, AD, WEE | 6 CW ae coacne||soenace| esosce|loonnee = conta 

River, Mont. 
aod D Ne Goslesee MOUs Fs DS 2 sen eis eears Ghiy eee ace eA OM Acie Seocesllcaeeelh ates .1..d0. 


PODICEPS CORNUTUS, Gm. 
HORNED GREBE. 


Like the last species, the Herned Grebe was found breeding in the 
Red River region. On the 20th of June, 1873, I took a set of four 
newly laid eggs from one of the prairie sloughs near Pembina. They 
were deposited on a matted bed of decaying reeds soaking in the water. 
Later in the same season, during the latter part of July, newly hatched 
young were observed swimming on the pools about the base of Turtle 
Mountain. In this locality, and elsewhere, in August and September, 
the two species were generally found together; and both were very 
abundant. 

Bull. iv. No. 3——8 


658 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


List of specimens. 


z 2 | # eo |Nature of speci 
4 , : =p Nature of specimen, 
a r Locality. Date. Collector. a 2 a and eniaciel 
a A 

So |e et Th aeieaetal Pai 
3063 |....| Pembina, Dak ..... dune/20 1873) | PEiothCouess|—=--=4) ee ees eer Set of 4 eggs. 
So0L |) o-2 Durston) Mountains |i ioly Ob lle) ley ClO yale. een eerie eee ns Skin. 

} DDE yee 

3362 $Ooe soc awt oskeee HAO: S508 ons S tials AhAsee Seiler ee nae 2s eae do 
3363 GO Mere emrmet A ORe a eeren GEE RO NES RGN Meer | uate do 


PODILYMBUS PODICEPS, (Linn.) Lawr. 
DABCHICK. 


Observed in the same situations as the last two species, but less fre- 
quently than either of them. Chicks still unfledged were taken so late 
as August 7. The streaking of the head of the young bird, supposed 
to be peculiar to this species, and once made the basis of a new species, 
is shared by others, as P. cornutus, for example. 


List of specimens. 


S = p 
A => | a | & I 
4 af : Sp ature of specimen 
2 4 Locality. Date. Collector. a = iI amide 
| O | w Hla |e 
eee ae : 
| 3413 |....| Turtle Mountain, | Aug. 7,1873| Elliott Coues.|..... | ..-..].-..-- Skin (young). 
Dak. 
3455 |....| Mouse River, Dak ..| Aug. 10, 1873 |.--.do --.----. EOD (PEb W lscosoe Skin. 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL APPENDIX. 


Besides the several general works on North American Ornithology 
which bear in due part upon the Birds of the region surveyed, the fol- 
lowing special treatises since Lewis and Clarke, relating to the Avifauna 
of the Boundary and adjacent portions of the country, may be advan- 
tageously consulted :— 


1831. Swainson, W., and Richardson, J. Fauna Boreali-Americana; or the Zoology 
of the northern parts of British America: [ete.] Part Second, The Birds. 
By William Swainson, Esq., [etc.] and John Richardson, M. D., [ete.] Lon- 
don: John Murray. 1831. 4to. pp. xvi, 524, pls. 24-73, woodcuts 41. 


This remains the standard treatise on the Birds of British America, and is particularly full 
in accounts of the Ornithology of the Saskatchewan Region. 


1837. Townsend, J. K. Description of Twelve New Species of Birds, chiefly from the 
vicinity of the Columbia River. <Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. vii, 1837, pp. 
187-193. 

1839. Townsend, J. K. List of the Birds Inhabiting the Region of the Rocky Mount- 


ains, the Territory of the Oregon and the North West Coast of America. 
< Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. viii, 1839, pp. 151-158. 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 659 


1839. Townsend, J. K. Narrative of a Journey Across the Rocky Mountains to the 
Columbia River, [etc.] Philadelphia. 1839. 8vo. pp. viii, 352. 
The Appendix, pp. 331-352, contains a catalogue of the Birds observed in Oregon. 


1839-41. Maximilian, Prinz zu Wied. Reise in das innere Nord-Amerika in den 
Jahren 1832 bis 1834. Coblenz. 2 vols. 4to. Vol. i, 1839; vol. ii, 1841. 
French translation, Paris, 8vo, 3 vols., 1840-1843. 


Particularly full on the Birds of the Upper Missouri Region. 


1850. Cabot, J. E. Lake Superior: its Physical Character, Vegetation and Animals 
[ete.] By Louis Agassiz. Boston: Gould, Kendall and Lincoln. 1850. 1 vol. 
8vo. 

Chap. VIII. Report on the Birds collected and observed at Lake Superior. By J. E. 
Cabot. pp. 383-385. German translation of the same, in Naumannia, ii, Heft ii, 1852, pp. 
64-66. 

1852. Hoy, P. R. Notes on the Ornithology of Wisconsin. < Trans. Wisc. State Agric. 
Soc. 1852, pp. 841-364. Also, < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. vi, 1853, pp. 304- 
313, 381-385, 425-429. 

Treats of 283 species. 

1854. Barry, A.C. [On the Ornithology of Wisconsin.] < Proc. Bost.Soc. Nat. Hist. 

v, 1854, pp. 1-18. 
Annotated list of 218 species. 

1855. Head, J.F. Some Remarks on the Natural History of the Country about Fort Rip- 

ley, Minnesota. < Ninth Ann. Rep. Smiths. Inst. for 1854, 1855, pp. 291-293. 


Treats briefly of about 60 species. 


1857. Kneeland, S. On the Birds of Keweenaw Point, Lake Superior. < Proc. Bost. 
Soc. Nat. Hist. vi, 1857, pp. 231-241. 
Treats briefly of 147 species. 
1858-9. Maximilian, Prinz zu Wied. Verzeichniss der Végel, welche auf einer Reise 
in Nord-America beobachtet wurden. < Journal fiir Ornith. vi, 1858, pp. 1-29, 
97-124, 177-205, 257-284, 337-354, 417-445; vii, 1859, pp. 81-96. 
1859. Blakiston, T. Scraps from the West. < Newman’s Zoologist, xvii, 1859, pp. 
6318-6325, 6373-6376. 
Field-notes on birds of the Saskatchewan, &c. 
1860. Cooper, J. G., and Suckley, G. The Natural History of Washington Territory. 
Ato. 
A reissue, under another name, of parts of the xii. vol. of the Pacific Railroad Survey Re- 
ports, and containing a general treatise on the Ornithology of Washington Territory. 
1861. Bell, K. Catalogue of Birds collected and observed around Lakes Superior and 
Huron in 1860. < Canadian Nat. and Geol. vi, 1861, pp. 270-275. 
From the Report of the Geological Survey for 1860. 77 species. 


1861-2. Blakiston, T. On Birds collected and observed in the Interior of British 
North America. < The Ibis, iii, 1861, pp. 314-320; iv, 1862, pp. 3-10. 
More particularly of the Saskatchewan Region. 
1862. Hayden, F. V. On the Geology and Natural History of the Upper Missouri. 
< Trans. Amer. Philos, Soc. (2), xii, 1862. pp. 1-218. Repub. Phila. C.Sherman 
& Son. 1862. Ato. ; 


Contains, pp. 151-176, an extended and important article on the Birds. 


1863. Blakiston, T. On the Birds of the Interior of British America. < The Ibis, v, 
1863, pp. 39-87, 121-155. 
A nearly complete and fully annotated list of the Birds of British America, superseding 
his previous fragmentary accounts. 


660 


1864. 


1869. 


1865. 
1868. 


1868. 


1868. 
1869. 


1869. 


1871. 


1871. 


1872. 


1872. 


1872. 


1873. 


BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Lord, J. K. List of Birds collected and presented by the British North American 
Boundary Commission to the Royal Artillery Institution. < Proc. Roy. Art’y 
Inst. 1864, pp. 110-126. 

87 species. 

Hoy, P.R. Journal of an Exploration of Western Missouri in 1854, under the 
Auspices of the Smithsonian Institution. < Nineteenth Ann. Rep. Smiths. 
Inst. for 1864, 1865, pp. 431-438. 

The narrative relates largely to birds, and concludes with a nominal list of 153 species 
observed. 

Lord, J. K. Catalogue of Birds, Nests and Eggs collected in North-West Amer- 
ica. < Proc. Roy. Art’y Inst. 1865, pp. 337-339. 


Allen, J. A. Noteson Birds observed in Western Iowa, [etc.] <Mem. Bost. Soc. 
Nat. Hist. i, pt. iv, art. xiii, 1868, pp. 488-526. 


Brown, R. Synopsis of the Birds of Vancouver Island. <Ibis, 2d ser. iv, 
1868, pp. 414-428. 
Annotated list of 153 species. 


Gunn, D. Notesof an Egging Expedition to Shoal Lake, West of Lake Winne- 
peg. <Twenty-second Ann. Rep. Smiths. Inst. for 1867, 1868, pp. 427-432. 


Cooper, J.G. Notes on the Fauna of the Upper Missouri. <Amer. Nat. iii, 
1869, pp. 294-299. 
Cooper, J.G. The Fauna of Montana Territory. <Amer. Nat. ii, 1869, pp. 596- 
600; iii, 1869, pp. 31-35, 73-84; also p. 224. 
These articles include field-notes on many of the birds of Dakota and Montana. 
Stevenson, J. A List of the Mammals and Birds collected in Wyoming Terri- 


tory by Mr. H. D. Smith and Mr. James Stevenson, during the expedition of 
1870. <Rep. U.S. Geol Surv. (Hayden’s) for 1870, 1871, pp. 461-466. 


Nominal list of 124 species of birds. 


Trippe, T. M. Notes on the Birds of Minnesota. < Proc. [Comm.] Essex Inst. 
vi, 1871, pp. 113-119. 


Annotated list of 138 species. 


Allen, J. A. Notes of an Ornithological Reconnoissance of Portions of Kansas, 


Colorado, Wyoming and Utah. < Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. iii, No. 6, 1872, pp. 
113-183. 
Contains much important matter. 
Bruhin, T. A. Unsere gefiederten Wintergiste. < Zool. Gart. xiii, 1872, pp. 
157, 158. 
Notes on a few winter birds of Wisconsin. 
Holden, C. H., and Aiken, C. H. Notes on the Birds of Wyoming and Colorado 
Territories. By C. H. Holden, Jr. With additional Memoranda by C. E. Aiken. 
Edited by T. M. Brewer. < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xv, 1872, pp. 193-210. 


142 species treated. 


. Coues, B. Notes on Two little-known Birds of the United States. < Amer. 


Nat. 1873. 


Centronyx bairdi and Neocorys spraguii; observations made by the Boundary Commission. 


. Merriam, C.H. Report on the Mammals and Birds of the Expedition. <Sixth 


Ann. Rep. U. 8. Geol. Surv. (Hayden’s) for 1872, 1883, pp. 661-715. 
Treats of numerous birds of Wyoming, Idaho, &c. 
Trippe, T. M. Notes on the Birds of Southern Iowa. < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. 
Hist. xv, 1873, pp. 229-242. 


Treats of 162 species. 


COUES ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 661 


1874. Allen, J. A. Notes on the Natural History of Portions of Dakota and Montana 
Territories, etc. <Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xvii, 1874, pp. 33-86. 
Birds, pp. 44-68. Annotated list of 118 species. 


1874. Coues, E. Birds of the Northwest: A Handbook of the Ornithology of the Re- 
gion drained by the Missouri River and its Tributaries. Washington: Gov- 
ernment Printing Office. 1874. 1vol. 8vo. pp. xii, 791. 


1874. Coues, EH. On the Nesting of Certain Hawks, ete. < Amer. Nat. viii, 1874, pp. 
596-603. 


Field-notes made by the Boundary Commission in Montana in 1874. 


1874. Hoy, P.R. Some of the Peculiarities of the Fauna near Racine [Wisconsin]. 
< Trans. Wisc. Acad. ii, 1874, pp. 120-122. 


1875, Grinnell, G.B. Report of a Reconnoissance of the Black Hills of Dakota, made 
in the Summer of 1874. By William Ludlow, [etc.] Washington. Govern 
ment Printing Office. 1875. 4to. p. 121. 


Zoological Report by George Bird Grinnell. Birds, pp. 85-102. Field-notes on 110 species. 


Me? os tis ini pe 
ae gcc 


uiinont Brak. asinine aay, ies 


Was ery hi Paget 


ART. XXVI.—NOTES ON A COLLECTION OF FISHES FROM THE 
RIO GRANDE, AT BROWNSVILLE, TEXAS—CONTINUED.* 


By D. 8. JoRDAN, M. D. 


A portion of the collection of fishes from the Rio Grande noticed on 
pp. 395-406 of this Bulletin were accidentally separated from the rest, 
and escaped attention until the preceding pages had gone to press. In 
this lot are the following additional species :— 


Genus XENOTIS Jordan. 


XENOTIS BREVICEPS (Baird & Girard) Jordan. 


1853— Pomotis breviceps B. & G., Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. p. 390. 
Pomotis breviceps B. &. G., Marcy’s Exp]. Red River, Zool. p. 246, pl. 13, 1853. 
Pomotis breviceps GIRARD, U. 8. Pac. R. R. Expl. Fishes, p. 28, 1858. 
Ichthelis breviceps JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List Fishes N. A. p. 138, 1876. 
Xenotis breviceps JORDAN, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. x, p. 36, 1877. 

1854— Pomotis nefastus B. & G., Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. p. 24 (not Pomotis aquilensis 

B. & G.). 

1858—Pomotis popei GIRARD, Pac. R. R. Expl. Fishes, p. 26. 

Xenotis poptti JORDAN, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. x, p. 36, 1877. 


A single half-grown specimen, agreeing well with the descriptions of 
nefastus and popii, but not distinguishable by me from X. breviceps, which 
species seems to be generally distributed in Texas. The specimens in 
the National Museum labelled (by Dr. Girard?) Pomotis aquilensis in- 
clude two species, the one a Xenotis, and probably identical with Xeno- 
tis breviceps, the other a Lepiopomus, probably identical with Lepiopomus 
pallidus. The original aquilensis belonged to the latter type, so the 
name may be provisionally treated as a probable synonym of pallidus. 
The other specimens are probably those originally called nefastus, and 
seem to be referable to Xenotis breviceps. X. breviceps is closely related 
to X. fallax, but appears to be distinct. 


Genus POSCILICHTHYS Agassiz. 
(Astalichthys Le Vaillant ; Oligocephalus Girard.) 


PQCILICULHYS LEPIDUS (Baird & Girard) Girard. 
1853—Boleosoma lepida B. & G., Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. p. 388. 


Pecilichthys lepidus Girarp, Mex. Bound. Surv. Ich. p. 11, pl. 8, f. 14-17, 1859. 
Oligocephalus lepidus GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. p. 67, 1859. . 


*[From p. 406, anted.—ED.] he 


664 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Boleosoma lepidum GUNTHER, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. i, p. 77, 1859. 

Boleosoma lepidum LE VAILLANT, Recherches sur les Poissons des Eaux Douces de 
N. A. (Hitheostomatide), p. 90, 1873. 

Pacilichthys lepidus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, p. 163, 1876. 

Pecilichthys lepidus JoRDAN, Buli. U. 8. Nat. Mus. x, p. 16, 1877. 

Several small specimens agreeing closely with Girard’s figure and de- 
scription, excepting that the spinous dorsal is higher and the two dorsals 
more closely approximated than is represented by him. ‘This species 
appears to be a typical Pwcilicthys, related to P. variatus. The dusky 
transverse bars were doubtless blue in life. Girard’s original types from 
Rio Leona, Texas, are still preserved in the museum. 


Genus FUNDULUS Lacépéde. 
FUNDULUS ZEBRA (Girard) Giinther. 


1859—Hydrargyra zebra GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phila. p. 60. 
Fundulus zebra GUNTHER, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. vi, p. 324, 1867. 
Fundulus zebra JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List Fishes N. A. p. 141, 1876. 

Numerous specimens, agreeing very well with Girard’s account. This 
species has a much larger anal fin than Hydrargyra similis, with which 
it is associated in this collection. The specimens are also much shorter 
and more chubby than H. similis, and different in coloration. The gen- 
eral hue is dark olive, crossed by numerous irregular, whitish zones, 
about as wide as the darker interspaces. These bands are quite varia- 
ble in number and position, some specimens having fully twice as many 
as others. 

The coloration is very similar to that of Fundulus menona Jordan and 
Copeland, from Wisconsin and Northern Illinois. The specimens are 
not in good enough condition for me to be certain as to the number of 
branchiostegals. I, however, count five, and therefore refer the species 
to Fundulus rather than to Hydrargyra. 


Genus CAMPOSTOMA Agassiz. 
CAMPOSTOMA FORMOSULUM Girard. 


Further specimens of this species indicate that it differs from C. ano- 
malum in the smaller and more pointed head, and in the much greater 
compression and elevation of the body in the adult. The scales are also 
rather smaller than in C. anomalum. 


Genus PIMEPHALES Rafinesque. 
(Pimephales Rafinesque ; Hyborhynchus Agassiz.) 


PIMEPHALES NIGELLUS (Cope) Jordan. 


1876—Hyborhynchus nigellus Corn, Rept. Lieut. Wheeler’s Expedition W. 100th Meri- 
dian, p. 671. 
Hyborhynchus nigellis JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List Fishes N. A., p. 147, 1876. 
1878—Pimephales promelas JORDAN, p. 402 of the present paper (not of Rafinesque). 


JORDAN ON FISHES OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS. 665 


Examination of larger and better-preserved specimens of the species 
referred to on page 402 as Pimephales promelas shows that they do not 
truly belong to that species, but to Professor Cope’s Hyborhynchus nigel- 
lus. In my opinion, the group called Pimephales and Hyborhynchus 
ean no longer be regarded as distinct genera. The present species has 
entirely the appearance of Pimephales; iu fact, it carries the peculiar 
form and coloration of that genus to an extreme. Its lateral line is, 
however, almost as complete as in Hyborhynchus. The tubes are, how- 
ever, entirely wanting on the last four or five scales, and irregularly so 
on some of the scales along the sides. The description given by Pro- 
fessor Cope is entirely accurate. One of my specimens is, however, 
still blacker, the whole dorsal fin and nearly the whole head being jet- 


black. 
Genus CYPRINELLA Girard. 


CYPRINELLA COMPLANATA (Girard) Jordan. 


1856— Moniana complanata GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. p. 200. 
Moniana complanata GiraRD, U. 8. Mex. Bound. Surv. Ichthyol. p. 56, pl. 31, f. 
17-20, 1859. 
Moniana complanata JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List Fishes, p. 153, 1876. 
1856—Moniana couchi GIRARD, Proce. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. p. 201. 
Moniana couchi GIRARD, U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Ichth. p. 57, pl. 30, f. 21-24. 
Moniana couchii JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List Fishes, p. 154, 1876. 
1856— Moniana gibbosa GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. p. 201. 
Moniana gibbosa GiraRD, U.S. Mex. Bound. Sury. Ichthyol. p. 57, pl. 30, f. 9-12. 
Moniana gibbosa JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List Fishes N. A. p. 158, 1856. 
1878—Cyprinella bubalina JORUAN, present paper, p. 403. 


Examination of additional specimens has shown me that the dental 
formula, 1-4, 4-1, noticed on my first specimen, was probably accidental, 
and that the reference of most or all of these deep-bodied Cyprinelle to 
C. bubalina is erroneous. Girard’s types of his gibbosa and complanata 
were from Brownsville. My specimens agree fairly with the figures of 
both,—decidedly best with gibbosa, however. The descriptions of both— 
as of all his species of Moniana—are valueless. The younger specimens 
agree well with the figure of I. couchi, which, coming from the neigh- 
boring province of New Leon, is very likely the same. I therefore unite 
couchi, gibbosa, and complanata under the oldest name, complanata, 
although, as above stated, the figure of gibbosa is the most satisfactory. 
A characteristic color marking will probably usually distinguish what I 
call complanata from related species. The membrane between the 
branches of the lower jaw. in most specimens bears a conspicuous black 
spot. In a very few, however, this is silvery. Cyprinella forbesi, lately 
described by me from Southern Illinois, is a closely related species, but 
wants this spot, and is somewhat different in form. These small fishes 
are exceedingly difficult, and until some one can study a large series of 
fresh specimens representing the different species, any arrangement of 
them must be regarded as merely provisional. Dr. Girard’s treatment 


666 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


of them is perhaps as unsatisfactory a piece of work as has yet been 
done in American ichthyology. Any one who doubts this may read the 
descriptions of Moniana coucht, Moniana rutila, and Moniana gracilis as 
given by Girard, and then, as suggested by Dr. Giinther, compare with 
each other the two figures given of Moniana frigida. The descriptions 
are throughout worthless for purposes of identification, and the figures 
are executed by an artist who made in the same way all the fishes drawn 
“at one sitting”. Moniana alburnellus, Cliola, Meda, Algoma, Dionda, 
or what not, the figures show the same physiognomy. 


Genus PHENACOBIUS Cope. 


(Phenacobius Cope; Sarcidiwm Cope.) ue 


PHENACOBIUS SCOPIFERUS (Cope) Jordan. 


1872—Sarcidium scopiferum Corr, Hayden Geol. Surv. Wyoming, 1870, p. 440. 
Sarcidium scopiferwm JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List Fishes N. A. p. 146, 1876. 
Phenacobius scopiferus, JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, p. 299, 1878. 

1876—Phenacobius teretulus var. liosternus NELSON, Bull. Ils. Mus..Nat. Hist. i, p. 46, 

1876. 
Phenacobius liosternus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, p. 149, 1876. 


A single good specimen, apparently belonging to Professor Cope’s 
species. The head is, however, shorter and thicker than in the types of 
scopyferus, and the body is stouter. The head is contained 4% times in 
the length, being thus about equal to the depth of the body. Iam not, 
however, disposed to consider it a *‘ new species”, inasmuch as in other 
respects it agrees with scopiferus. P. mirabilis (Hxoglossum mirabilis 
Grd.) has apparently a more slender body and smalier scales. These 
species have much narrower lips than the typical Phenacobii, teretulus, 
uranops, ete., but Sarcidtum can hardly be considered as a distinct genus. | 


Genus CARPIODES Rafinesque. 
CARPIODES CYPRINUS (Le Sueur) Agassiz. 


Since the remarks on this species, on page 405, were in press, I have 
examined a fine example of Carpicdes grayi Cope, collected in the Rio 
Grande by Dr. Loew. It is evidently identical with my specimens from 
Brownsville, and agrees in every respect with the figure of Ictiobus 
tumidus in the Mexican Boundary Survey. -Moreover, it is not distin- 
guishable from typical examples of Carpiodes damatis from the Platte 
River, which in turn cannot be at present separated from the Eastern 
Carpiodes cyprinus. Wherefore I propose to unite all these nominal 
species under the oldest name, as Carpiodes cyprinus (Le Sueur) Agas- 
siz, until some positive difference is shown. The species as thus defined 
would range from the Delaware River to the Alabama east of the Alle- 
ghanies, thence to the Rio Grande and the headwaters of the Kansas 
and the Platte. It is not yet known from the Great Lake Region nor 
from the Ohio. 


JORDAN ON FISHES OF THE RIO GRANDE OF TEXAS. 667 
DACENTRUS LUCENS, geit. et sp. nov. 


I find four more specimens of the small Labroid fish referred to on 
page 399. These are larger and in better condition than the first one, 
and I have been enabled to examine the lower pharyngeals of one of 
them. These I find to be united, as usual in this group, into a broad 
triangular bone, in which I am unable to find a median suture. This 
bone is covered with rather large, close-set, bluntish-conical teeth. As 
the lateral line is complete, and the scales cycloid, I place this fish 
among the Zabride, rather than among the Cichlidw, but I am entirely 
unable to locate it among the genera of that family known to me. In- 
deed, I find no description of any species on our coasts to which it bears 
any special resemblance. Although taken in fresh waters, and occur- 
ring in a collection of fresh-water species, it is very likely a salt-water 
fish. The present notice is rather to call attention to this fish than to 
complete its history. In describing the species, I make at present no 
attempt to separate its generic from its specific characters. The ety- 
mology of Dacentrus is da, an intensive particle; zevtpov, a spine, in spe- 
cial allusion to the long second spine of the anal fin. Body ovate, 
strongly compressed, the form Sunfish-like, much as in the genus Cen- 
trarchus, the depth being contained (in young of less than 2 inches) 24 
times in the length. Head large, moderately pointed, its length 2% 
times in that of the body, its upper outline concurrent with that of the 
back, not making an avgle with it; mouth not large, the jaws about 
equal, the maxillary not reaching to the front of the orbit; upper jaw 
quite protractile; the lips not very fleshy; teeth in jaws moderate, 
conical, apparently in a single series; eye large, 3 in head, its position 
rather anterior; cheeks with three rows of rather large, silvery scales; 
opercles in all my specimens bare and silvery; none of the opercular 
bones serrated; gill rakers pretty long and slender, rather closely set. 
Branchiostegals uncertain, probably five. 

Seales rather large, silvery, cycloid; their number about 5-37-11. 
Lateral line running high up, concurrent with the back, SONETTEONS, not 
interrupted or deflected, very distinct. 

Fin-rays :—Dorsal, about XVIII, 10; anal, III, 20, or thereabouts ; 
ventrals, I, 5; spinous portion of dorsal much longer than the soft part, 
the spines gradually increasing in height to about the sixth, then more 
gradually diminishing, the highest spine a little less than half the length 
of the head. Along the base of the spinous dorsal is a sheath of rather 
large silvery scales. Anal spines somewhat curved, the second spine 
considerably longer than the first and third. Pectoral fins barely reach- 
ing anal; ventral fins rather short; caudal fin so Diol that its form 
cannot be ascertained. 

Colors obliterated. The typical specimens are silvery, darker above, 
without distinct markings anywhere. There are five of these, varying 
in length from 14 to 12 inches. They are doubtless the young of some 
fish which reaches a considerable size. 


4 


Jalb 


ART, XXVIIL—PRELIMINARY STUDIES ON THE NORTH AMERI- 
CAN PYRALIDA. 


I. 


By A. R. GROTE. 


To Prof. P. C. Zeller, Stettin, Germany. 


In the present paper I have discussed as fully as possible the struc- 
ture of certain genera of North America Phycide. Several of our species 
are found to be destructive to forestry and agriculture. I have also de- 
scribed a small group, characterized by the flattened clypeus and by the 
male antennez having a basal tegumentary prolongation, under the name 
Epipaschie. In the Pyralidide, 1 have made some new synonymical 
references and generic descriptions, and also enumerated the species of 
N. Am. Botis which I have seen. I am much obliged to Doctor Pack- 
ard for an opportunity of examining most of his types in this family. 
A sense of the obligation which science at large owes to Professor Zel- 
ler, as well as my own indebtedness to him for determinations, has 
prompted my dedication of this little paper. 


PYRALIDIDA. 


PRORASBA, 2. g. 


Ocelli prominent. Front with a strong clypeal protuberance, its outer 
face mesially impressed. Maxillary palpi linear, as long as the second 
joint of the labial palpi, which latter are moderately long, linear, a lit- 
tle flattened, with moderate third joint. The scales on the vertex de- 
pend in front of theantenne at base. Antenne simple, ciliate beneath. 
Fore wings produced at apices, with oblique external margin, entire, 12- 
veined; 9 out of 8, a short farcation ; 4 and 5 separate, near together at 
base. Hind wings 8-veined; three internal veins counted as one; 4 and 
5 separate, near together at base, where they are connected by a cross- 
vein; 5 continuous with the cross-vein closing the cell. Edge of both 
wings a little uneven. 

This genus has a resemblance to the Noctuid genus Acopa of Harvey 
in the shape of the wings and somewhat in color. It may be distin- 
guished by the oblique transverse lines on the fore wings, the absence 
of the thoracic tuft behind, and the neuration, while the clypeal pro- 
tuberance is greatly more prominent. The neuration agrees with the 


following genus Aedis, except that on the hind wings veins 4 and 5 do 
669 


670 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


not spring from one point. I should precede Omphalocera with both 
these Western genera. 


Prorasea simalis, 0. 8. 

6 @. Ocherous, sometimes more or less fuscous or blackish, variable 
in tone. Fore wings with indistinct oblique lines, flecked with white. 
Median space ocherous, narrowed below median vein. Median lines 
dark, fine, the outer much projected subcostally, oblique. Subterminal 
space fuscous or ocherous. Subterminal shade white, more or less in- 
distinct superiorly, with a notch on submedian fold. Discal dots with 
a white spot between them at the place of the reniform; this discal mark 
often difficult to make out. Fringes white at base, interlined. A ter- 
minal punctiform black or dark line. Hind wings smoky-fuscous, paler 
at base, with an external line picked out by a following pale shade, and 
submedially sometimes white-flecked. A terminal, blackish, punctiform 
line. Fringes white at base, doubly interlined. Deneath pale, soiled 
yellow-fuscous with fine, common, exterior line and short double lines 
on primaries in place of the discal mark. White shades accompany the 
median lines on the primaries above. Body fuscous-ocherous, paler 
beneath. Expanse, ¢, 22; °,26to29 mil. Hight or ten specimens ex- 
amined under the number “5939”, and collected by Mr. Hy. Edwards 
in Oregon. Also collected by Hayden’s Survey in Montana. 


ABEDIS, 2. g. 


Front narrow, smooth, clothed with thin, converging squamation. 
Ocelli prominent. Maxillary palpi linear, as long as the second article 
of the labial palpi, these latter narrow, with moderate third article. 
Male antennze scaled above, ciliate beneath, the joints improminent. | 
The supra-caputal scales diverge between the antenne at base, forming 
two inconspicuous, decumbent tufts. Wings ample. Fore wings 12- 
veined; veins 4 and 5 separate, 5 near 4 from the cross-vein; 9 out of 
8, a short furcation to costa. Hind wings 8-veined; 3 just before the 
lower angle of the cell, 4 and 5 together from the lower angle of the cell, 
which is closed, 8 out of 7 beyond 6. This form seems to have some 
resemblance to Hxarcha in the shape of the wings. In the neuration 
of primaries, it agrees with Prorasea. 


Aedis funalis, n. s. 

é 2. Primaries whitish-gray or brown. . Outer transverse line black, 
distinef, inwardly oblique, a little rounded below costa. Between this 
and the base the markings are obsolete. Beyond it, the wing is shaded 
with bright brown, especially centraliy. Some black streaks below apices 
and at internal angle before the narrow subterminal line. Fringes dark. 
Hind wings pale fuscous; fringes narrowly interlined. A fine, dark, 
sometimes punctate, terminal line. Hind border touched with fuscous. 
An outer transverse line distinct over the middle of the wing. Beneath 


GROTE ON NORTH AMERICAN PYRALIDA. 671 


with an outer common line, pale fuscous. Body whitish beneath, fus- 
cous above. California, Mr. Behrens and Hy. Edwards, Esq. The 
moth expands 28 mil. In the type, the inner transverse line, very fine 
and indistinct, may be made out; it goes to a black shade on internal 
margin, connected by black scales on the edge of the wing to the base 
of the outer line. The black longitudinal dashes to the subterminal line 
below the apices are variably distinct. 


STEMMATOPHORA Guen. 


Stemmatophora nicalis, n. s. 


2. Ocelli. Maxillary palpi small. Aspect of Asopia. Deep reddish- 
fuscous; thorax and basal fields of the fore wings somewhat olivaceous. 
Median lines distinet, whitish. The anterior upright with a submedian, 
rounded, outward projection. Posterior line broadly marked on costa, 
outwardly rounded superiorly, running inwardly to vein 2, where it forms 
a slight sinus, thence more straightly to internal margin. It is defined 
on the inside by a narrow reddish line. Discal dots both present, 
appearing as darker cloud-spots. Median space a little paler than the 
rest of the wing, shaded with pale yellowish on the interspaces peoste- 
riorly. Beyond the line, the wing is evenly obscure reddish-fuscous ; 
fringes paler, indistinctly interlmed. Hind wings fuscous, with paler 
bases and a whitish, incomplete, extramesial line. Beneath paler than 
above; the outer yellowish line broadly marked on primaries; on sec- 
ondaries, a narrow, brown, mesial line. Body pale beneath. The brown 
terminal spaces on both wings contrast with the paler portion within 
the line. Expanse, 24 mil. One specimen, in geod condition. Sierra 
Nevada, Cal. 

OMPITALOCERA Lederer. 


Omphalocera cariosa Led., 339, taf. 6, fig. 11. 

é 2. Two specimens from Missouri (Riley) agree very well with Le- 
derer’s figure aud description; in these there is a reddish cast to the fore 
wings, which is wanting in a larger female taken by myself in Alabama. 
Lederer gives as localities: ‘* North America, Brazil.” 


ASOPIA Tr. 
Asopia farinalis (Linn.). 
New England ; Middle States; also from Texas, Belfrage, No. 416, 
October 16. Lederer gives as localities: ‘‘ Europe, America, Australia.” 
Probably introduced by commerce. 


Asopia costalis (Wabr.). 
Pyralis fimbrialis §. V. 
$2. This species is found, according to Zeller, but rarely in North 
Germany, and not at all in England. Zeller doubts that Riley and 
Packard, who describe the larva from American specimens found feed- 


672 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


ing in numbers on clover, really intend this species, and not olinalis, 
which latter is a purely American form. But I recollect determining 
the species originally for Mr. Riley, and there can be no doubt that the 
present species is the one they described, although in the terms used 
for color both Riley and Packard may have been inexact. It is not 
credible that they have mixed the two species in their illustrations or 
descriptions. It is curious that in North America the insect is more 
common than on the continent; and the question of its introduction is 
an open one. I have not seen it from Texas. The specimens before 
me are from New York. Lederer says that a male of this species 
sent him through Professor Zeller from New York agrees exactly with 
the European specimens. 


Asopia olinalis Guen., p. 118. 
Asopia trentonalis Schlaeger, Led. p. 343, taf. 7, fig. 2. 
g 2. Varies in size and depth of color. New York and Texas (Bel- 
frage, No. 356). 


Asopia binodulalis Zell., Beitr. 1, 501. 

é. One specimen of this species is before me. 15 looks like a variety 
of olinalis, but the fringes are not yellow. The outer line is a little 
more outwardly bent than in olinalis. Texas (Belfrage, No. 358). 


Asopia himonialis Zell., Beitr. 1, 500. 

I do not know this Massachusetts form, which is said by Zeller to have 
the fringes not quite so brightly golden-yellow as costalis, and to be as 
large as the largest olinalis. It cannot be devialis from the characters 
given to the transverse lines and the general color. 


Asopia devialis Grote, Bull. B.S. N.S. 2, 229. 

é. This form is large, of a faded yellow, sometimes with a faint pur- 
ple tinge, besprinkled with dark scales; the fringes are concolorous 
with the wing, faded ochery or yellowish. Lines dark, followed by pale 
shades. The outer line is denticulate, forming four or five dark points 
below the pale costal blotch. The costal hooklets between the lines are 
obsolete; with difficulty under the glass I can make out three of them. 
(Juebee (Bélanger) ; Albany, N. Y. (Professor Lintner and Mr. Hill). 


Asopia squamealis Grote, Bull. B.S. N. 8S. 1, 172, and 2, 229. 

$2. Primaries deep red, sprinkled with black. Fringes on primaries 
blackish ; on secondaries paler, both interlined; black terminal lines 
distinct. Wings narrow. On fore wings, the lines wide apart, exterior 
lineslightly denticulate; the lines black, followed by faint yellow shades ; 
between the lines are five costal dots surrounded with black scales. 
Hind wings blackish, with distinct exterior line and the terminal mar- 
gin washed with red. Hastings, N. Y., in June; also taken by myself 
near Buffalo in July. <A very distinct species, which I have determined 
myself in different collections. 


GROTE ON NORTH AMERICAN PYRALIDA. 673 
ARTA Grote. 


In this genus, the fore wings are a little squarer than in Asopia. The 
ocelli are present. Fore wings 11-veined, 4 and 5 fureate; 8 and 9 out 
of 7. Hind wings 8-veined, 2 before the lower angle of the cell, 3, 4, 
and 5 in succession from the submedian vein; cell open or partially 
closed, 8 out of 7 a short furcation ; 6 connected with 7 by a short vein. 
The species are small. I only make out 2 internal veins on secondaries. 


Arta statalis Grote, Bull. B. S. N. 8. 2, 230. 


The fore wings are vinous-red, with two narrow, upright, approximate, 
yellow, median lines ; the inner line brought well toward the middle of 
the wing. Fringes darker than the wing. Hind wings fuscous. Be- 
neath fuscous, the cost tinged with red more or less diffused. The 
expanse is 16 mil. My three female specimens are all from New York. 


Arta olivalis Grote, Can. Ent. x, 23. 


$2. A small species resembling statalis, but differing by the oli- 
vaceous cast of the primaries above, crossed by two, parallel, faint, pale 
lines, the inner at the middle of the wing, the outer at within the mid- 
dle of the outer half of the wing; fringes vinous; hind wings pale pur- 
plish, with vinous fringes. Beneath, the costal and external margins 
are bright wine-color, a pale common line. The expanse is 14 mil. 
Texas, Belfrage, in July and August (No. 405). The neuration has not 
been studied. 


CONDYLOLOMIA Grote. 
(Bull. B. S. N.S. 1, 176, plate 5, figs. 4, 5.) 


I have again studied the neuration of this genus, in which the cell is 
so short on both wings. To the figure and description of the primary 
wing (fig. 4), I have nothing to add. The drawing of the hind wing 
(fig. 5) is defective in that vein 6 springs from the discal cross-vein, and 
not from the upper margin of the cell; the cell is closed by a concave 
fold. The median vein is too straight, but the branches are correctly 
drawn as to position. I find also only two internal nervures (Rippe 1, 
a); but in this it is possible I am wrong, although I can find only two 
in Arta. 

I am indebted to the kindness of Mr. L. W. Goodell, of Amherst, 
Mass., for a specimen (No. 8) of the only species of this genus known, 
Condylolomia participialis. 


CORDYLOPEZA Zeller. 
Cordylopeza nigrinodis Zell., Beitr. ii, 6, taf. iii, fig. 3. 


New York; near Buffalo, in July. 
Bull. iv. No. 3——9 


674 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
FABATANA Walk. 


Pabatana oviplagalis Walk., Suppl. iv, 1265, 2, (1865). 
Asopia anthecioides G. & R., Tr. Ent. Soe. Phil. 15, pl. 2, fig. 9, 9 , (1867). 


I have before me ouly a single female, received from Mr. Dury (No. 
13), from Cincinnati. The ocelli are present. It seems to be allied to 
the following genus, of which I have no material before me to examine. 


SIPAROCERA Robinson. 


Siparocera nobilis Rob., Ann. N. Y. Lye. April, 1875. 
Oecio-peria sincera Zell., Beitr. iii, 125, taf. x, fig. 45. 
New York; Mr. Robinson’s type (¢) I have seen in the Central Park 


collection. 
MELANOMMA Grote. 


Male antennz bipectinate; the branches separate, ciliate, before 
their extremities bent, and with a longer exterior bristle. Ocelli pres- 
ent. Maxille moderate. Labial palpi with narrow and rather long 
third joint, porrect, as long as the front. Clypeus rather narrow, 
smooth, roundedly prominent. Fore wings with rounded costa, broad, 
obovate, 12-veined, 4 and 5 separate, 5 from the cross-vein near 4; 6 
from the cross-vein opposite 5; 9 out of 8 a short furcation. Hind 
wings 8-veined; 2 from the median vein at beyond the middle; 3 and 
4 from one point at the lower angle of the cell; 5 from the cross-vein 
well separated from 4; the subcostal vein is quite distinct from the 
costal (8), and throws off 6 and 7 beyond the closure of the cell; 8 
entirely free, touching 7 at base, but then leaving it widely throughout 
its course; the cell has a median fold. I cannot detect the maxillary 
palpi. This genus has a resemblance to Lederer’s Brazilian genus 
Cryptocosma in the pectinate antennz and the presence of metallic 
marks on the gray wings. It differs very decidedly in structure, hav- 
ing both ocelli and maxille, and a totally distinct venation. The sepa- 
ration of 8 and 7 on the hind wings is unusually complete in Melanomma, 
except at base, where they touch without coinciding; the fact that 3 
and 4 spring together from lower angle of the cell, while 5 is more widely 
separate, is interesting, and recalls other families; while the fore wings 
are like the Pyralide, the hind wings are like the Geometride. I can see 
also but two internal veins, but I have shown in other cases that the 
character of three internal veins may not be considered as invariable in 
the Pyratide. The body is narrow, abdomen tapering, exceeding the 
secondaries. 


Melanomma auricinctaria Grote, Tr. Ent. Soe. Phil. 117, 1875. 


6. Ihave one specimen only before me, received from Mr. H. L. Graef, 
taken near Brooklyn, N. Y. The moth is gray, with transverse dark 
lines, recalling Hupethecia. The cell shows a black spot accompanied by 


GROTE ON NORTH AMERICAN PYRALIDA. 675 


metallic scales, and with a narrow yellowish iris, much more distinct and 
complete beneath. The subterminal line shows metallic scales on both 
surfaces. I have discussed this species also in Can. Ent, 28, 1876. 


EMPREPES Lederer. 


Hmprepes novalis Grote, Can. Ent. 156, 1876. 
Texas (Belfrage, No. 403, Oct. 7). 


Hmprepes nuchalis, n. s. 

Size of novalis, but differently colored, and with the anterior and pos- 
terior bands nearer together and better defined. Olivaceous. Tore 
wings with a broad, even, outwardly oblique, anterior, vinous-purple 
band; a costal spot of the same color at the middle of the median space, 
and an outer, subterminal, sinuous, upright band of the same hue. Hind 
wings fuscous; fringes a little paler than the wing. Expanse, 17 mil. 
California (Hy. Edwards, No. 3011). This species is entirely olivaceous, 
beneath paler, and differs by the subterminal limitation of the posterior 
band, among other characters. Ihave examined two specimens. I regret 
not to have been able, from paucity of material, to make any neurational 
examination of either of the above species. 


Scoparia libella, n. s. 

Asmall gray species less than half the size of the European and Amer- 
ican centuriella. Fore wings with a blackish streak at base and one on 
submedian fold beyond the inner line. Lines white, tolerably distinct, 
inner arcuate, outer a little irregular, produced medially. Discal mark 
a curved, longitudinal, black streak, as if connecting spots. Sub- 
terminal line incomplete, whitish. Iringe white, dotted. Hind wings 
smoky, with white fringes. Beneath smoky; body white; anterior tibize 
and feet dotted. This species is of common occurrence, and may be 
known by its olive-gray tint and small size, expanding 15 millimeters. I 
have it from Maine, Massachusetts, and New York. 


Botis Schr. 


This generic term is sometimes incorrectly written “‘ Botys”. Professor 
Zeller follows Swainson’s correction of the spelling. The North Amer- 
ican species are numerous, and the following enumeration of those before 
me will assist the student. Several of our species described by Huro- 
pean entomologists remain to be identified. I do not expect, however, 
that most of Mr. Walker’s descriptions will be ever satisfactorily made 
out. 


1. Botis octomaculata (Linn.), 
Ennychia glomeralis Walk., C. B. M. Pyr. 330. 
United States and Europe. I have observed this species in the vicinity 
of Buffalo. In color, ornamentation, and flight, it closely resembles the 
species of Alypia. 


676 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


2. Botis californicalis Pack., Ann. N. Y. Lye. 260, (1873). 


1 have two specimens from San Francisco, which may belong here 
(Bebrens). I have not seen Dr. Packard’s type. 


3. Botis insequalis (Guen.). 


Herbula subsequalis || Guen., Pyr. 177, pl. 8, fig. 3. 
New York; Pennsylvania. 


4. Botis generosa G. & R., Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. 1, 20, pl. 2, fig. 10. 
New York; Pennsylvania. 


ot 


Botis matronalis Grote, Bull. B.S. N.S. ii, 231. 
Canada. Mr. Saunders has reared this species from the larva. 


f=) 


. Botis unimacula G. & R., Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. 1, 14, pl. 2, fig. 8. 
New York; Pennsylvania. 


=] 


. Botis volupialis Grote, Bull. Geol. Survey, 3, 799. 
Hills west of Denver, Colo. 


8. Botis signatalis (Walk.) G. & B., 1. ¢. 16, pl. 2, fig. 11. 

The name vinulenta G. & R. has been proposed for this species in case 
the present proves untenable, which is probable. 

Texas (Belfrage, No. 368); Massachusetts; Pennsylvania. 


9. Botis atropurpuralis Grote, Can. Ent. 9, 104. 
Texas (Belfrage, No. 362). 


10. Botis diffissa G. & R., 1. ¢. 19, pl. 2, fig. 16. 
Louisiana; Texas (Belfrage, No. 368). 


11. Botis phonicealis (Hiibn.), Zutr. 1, 58, figs. 115, 116. 

Texas (Belfrage, No. 366). The specimens sent by Belfrage are ‘‘triib 
purpurroth und oraniengelb”; but the bands are narrower than in Hiub- 
ner’s figure. There is no discal dot, as in diffissa, which is brilliant 
vinous-red and golden-yellow. 


12. Botis laticlavia G. & R., 1. ¢. 17, pl. 2, fig. 12. 
Texas (Belfrage, No. 360). As suggested by Professor Zeller (Beitr. 
1, 59), I regard the following as a seasonal variety. 


12 b. Botis cinerosa G. & R., Ll. ¢. 18, pl. 2, fig. 13. 
Texas (Belfrage, No. 361). 


13. Botis sumptuosalis (Walk.), C. B. M. 34, 1281. 


B. haruspica G. & R., 1. ¢. pl. 2, fig. 14. 
? B. proceralis Led., 460. 
Massachusetts ; Pennsylvania. 


GROTE ON NORTH AMERICAN PYRALIDZE 677 


14, Botis onythesalis (Walk.), Pyr. 734. 
Texas (Belfrage, No. 364). 


15. Botis vibicalis Zell., Beitr. ii, 8, taf. iii, fig. 4. 
Texas (Belfrage, No. 407). 


16. Botis nasonialis Zell., Beitr. ii, 9, taf. iii, fig. 6. 
Texas (Belfrage, No. 406, May 15). California, September 3 (Behrens). 


17. Botis sesquialteralis Zell, l. c. 9, taf. iii, fig. 5. 

Texas (Belfrage, No. 406). I think I have this species of Zeller’s be- 
fore me sent under the same number with the foregoing by Belfrage. 
It is possible that the two are not distinct ; nasonialis may be recognized 
by the pale yellow streaks along the veins. These three last are the 
smallest species of Botis known to me. 


(Diastictis Hiibn.) 


18. Botis argyralis (Hiibn.), Zutr. 1, 21, figs. 113, 114. 

I have a specimen from the South which agrees with Hiibner’s figure 
in the pale yellowish primaries, I do not find any differences except 
color between this and the following. But Hiibner’s figure has the 
white spots larger and visible beneath; this may be varietal, and I 
merely keep the names separate provisionally. I do not see the char- 
acter given by Zeller to argyralis (p. 509) to distinguish it from ventralis. 


19. Botis ventralis G. & R., l. ¢. 21, pl. 2, fig. 23. 


Massachusetts; Pennsylvania. I have both sexes of a dark brown 
like the 3 of “‘argyralis” described by Zeller on page 508. It is prob- 
able that the female, with “fast dottergelbe Vorderfliigel”, is the same as 
the argyralis there described, which is also a female, but which has the 
white, lateral, abdominai stripes continuous. Unless we can find that 
the color is a specific character, I do not think there are other grounds 
for a separation. 


20. Botis fracturalis Zell., taf. iii, fig. 16. 


I have two (é 2) specimens agreeing accurately with Zeller’s figures, 
except that the male has the ground-color slightly tinged with ocherous. 
But J have another female (Belfrage, No. 384), which differs by being as 
yellow as argyralis, whereas fracturalis is as brown as ventralis. This 
female has besides the basal, silver, submedian mark transformed into an 
upright band, and the median fascia is broader and connected with the 
discal spot. If this is only a variety, which I believe it is, it will assist 
the idea that ventralis and argyralis are only color-varieties. 


(ort 
21. Botis Harveyana Grote, Can Ent. 9, 104. 
New York; Texas (Belfrage) 


678 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


22. Botis profundalis Pack., Ann. N. Y. Lye. 261, 1873. 


California. I have examined Dr. Packard’s type. The exterior line 
makes a broad submedian sinus, which seems to be characteristic. 


23. Botis badipennis Grote, Bull. B.S. N. 8. 1, 88, pl. 2, fig. 12. 
Maine; New York; Michigan, in August. © 


24. Botis tatalis Grote, Can. Ent. 9, 106. 
Texas (Belfrage, No. 659, October 7). 


25. Botis allectalis Grote, Can. Ent. 9, 107. 
Texas (Belfrage, No. 445, May 12). 


26. Botis albiceralis, n. s. 


g. Male antenne simple, pubescent beneath. Palpi extended for- 
ward, fully as long as the head. Head and appendages and thorax 
pale ocherous. Fore wings gray, with an ocherous costal patch from the 
base outwardly, extending downward on the middle of the wing and 
absorbing the stigmata, narrowly defined by a brown line. Anterior 
line obsolete. Posterior line near the margin denticulate, narrow, 
whitish, bordered with dark gray, outwardly bent superiorly, but not 
flexuous. Subterminal line very near the margin, follomed by two apical, 
narrow, brown teeth; terminal space ochery; a fine, brown, terminal line; 
fringes pale, interlined. Hind wings pellucid whitish, stained outwardly 
with ocherous; a continuous, denticulate, extramesial line, not flexed ; 
fringes pale. Beneath largely pale ocherous; a brown discal lunule on 
primaries; a common, denticulate, extradiscal, brownish line, accentu- 
ated on costa. Hxpanse, 26 mil. Colorado Rio, Prof. Townend Glover; 
one specimen. This species resembles somewhat B. allectalis in colors, 
but is larger, and may be known by the ocherous costal patch of pri- 
maries absorbing the reniform, which appears as a brown stain near its 
outer edge. This costal patch is neatly edged with a brown line back 
to the place of the anterior line, where it narrows to base of wing. 


27. Botis-mustelinalis Pack., Ann. N. Y. Lye. 262, 1873. 
Botis catenulalis Grote, Can. Ent. 9, 105. 
California. I have compared Dr. Packard’s type. 


28. Botis fodinalis Led., 369, taf. 8, fig. 9. 


California. I have examined several ¢ 2° specimens from Behrens and 
Edwards. It varies in size, distinctness of lines, and color. 


29. Botis socialis Grote, Can. Ent. 9, 107. 


My two specimens (Canada and Buffalo) are females. They are 
brighter-colored than fodinalis, the subterminal band on primaries more 
distinct, the spots solid and more evident, the primaries more red, the 
secondaries more yellow. Smaller than most of my California fodinalis, 
I yet think they will prove the same species. 


GROTE ON NORTH AMERICAN PYRALIDZ. 679 


30. Botis reversalis Guen., Pyr. 409. 
Texas (Belfrage, No. 389, May 13). 


31. Botis penitalis Grote, Can. Hut. 98, 1876. 

This is rather a large species, expanding 29 mil. Kansas (Snow); 
larva on the Yellow Pond Lily (Nelubiwm lutewm). Incorrectly com- 
pared by me with crinitalis. 

32. Botis erectalis Grote, Can. Ent. 99, 1876. 

New York (Lintner); Massachusetts (L. W. Goodell). Differs from 
the foregoing by its fuscous color, distinct lines, and plain and solid dis- 
cal marks, while it is 4 little larger (34 mil.). 

33. Botis coloradensis G. & Ri, l. ¢. 25, pl. 2, fig. 18. 

Colorado; Texas (Belfrage, No. 379, April 24). 

34. Botis flavidalis Guen., Pyr. 329. 
C. cinctipedalis Walk., Pyr. Sup. 1391. 

New York; Ohio; Alabama; Texas (Belfrage, No. 378). 
39. Botis Langdonalis Grote, Can. Ent. 9, 10. 

This fine species is as large as flavidalis, and is easily known by the 
broad fuscous-brown bands of the wings. Ohio (Langdon, Dury). 
36. Botis flavidissimalis Grote, Can. Ent. 9, 105. 

Texas (Belfrage, No. 383, November 5, 8). 


37. Botis trimaculalis Grote, Can. Ent. 10, 24. 
Texas (Belfrage, No. 375, October 4). 


38. Botis fuscimaculalis Grote, Can. Ent. 10, 25. 
Texas (Belfrage, May 5). 
39. Botis flavicoloralis Grote, Can. Ent. 10, 25. 
Texas (Belfrage, October 11). 
40. Botis citrina G. & Qi, 1. ¢. 23, pl. 2, fig..20. 
Long Island, N. Y.; Pennsylvania; Texas (teste Zeller). 


41. Botis marculenta G. & R., l. ¢. 23, pl. 2, fig. 21. 

New York (Grote); Pennsylvania; Texas (teste Zeller). 
42. Botis submedialis Grote, Can. Ent. 8, 111. 

Canada (Saunders) ; only one specimen. 


43. Botis pertextalis Led., 371, taf. 9, fig. 10. 


New York; five specimens, perhaps not different from the succeeding 
form. 


680 BULLETIN: UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


44. Botis gentilis Grote, Bull. B.S. N.S. i, 173. 
Botis Thesealis Zell. (non Led.), 514. 
New York; four specimens, darker, smaller than the preceding, with 
the lines on the veins more distinct. 
45. Botis magistralis Grote, Bull. B.S. N.S. i, 173. 
Massachusetts; New York. 


46. Botis quinquelinealis Grote, Bull. B. S. N.S. ii, 231. 


New York; Massachusetts ; Pennsylvania; six specimens. I sent a 
specimen of this to the British Museum during Mr. Walker’s lifetime, 
and he informed me by letter that the species was not in the English 
collections, and he believed it undescribed. 


47. Botis abdominalis Zell., Beitr. 1, 515. 


I have two specimens from New York, one with the reniform, the 
other with both stigmata open, which is allied to 5-linealis, and from 
the description may be this species. 


48. Botis feudalis Grote, Bull. B. 8. N.S. il, 231. 
New York; Massachusetts; Ohio. 


49. Botis terrealis (Tr.). 
New York (Lintner); also European. 


50. Botis penumbralis Grote, Can. Ent. 9, 106. 
Ohio (Dury). . 


51. Botis obumbratalis Led., taf. 9, fig. 17. 


Maine (Packard). I have identified this species in a collection sent 
me some time ago by Dr. Packard, but have now no specimens before 
me. 


52. Botis dasconalis Walk., Led. taf. 1, 2, fig. 5. 


Maine; New York. I have identified this species, but have no speci- 
mens of my own at the present writing. 


53. Botis venalis Grote, Can. Ent. x, 24. 
New York (Buffalo, Grote). 


54. Botis magniferalis Walk., Can. Nat. and Geol. vi, 41. 
B. euphesalis Walk., Pyr. 1008. 
? B. subjectalis Led., taf. 10, fig. 13. 

Montreal (Cooper); New York. I have identified this species as 
illibalis of Hiibner (Can. Ent. 9, 28), but perhaps incorrectly. Lederer 
seems to distinguish the two species from specimens. Hiibner’s figures 
do not agree with this species in showing no median clouding on the 
fore wings above. 


GROTE ON NORTH AMERICAN PYRALIDZ 681 


55. Botis perrubralis Pack., Ann. N. Y. Lye. 264, 1873. 
California (Packard). I have examined Dr. Packard’s type of this 
very distinct species. 


56. Botis semirubralis Pack., l. ¢. 263. 
California (Hy. Edwards, No. 707). I have examined a number of 
specimens of this distinct form. 


57. Botis plectilis G. & R., l. ¢. pl. 2, fig. 17. 
Maine; New York; Pennsylvania. 


58. Botis adipaloides G. & Ri., l. c. pl. 2, fig. 19. 

Massachusetts (Prof. E. S. Morse). One specimen. I have a second 
from New York, which has the usually yellow parts of the wing white. 
It may be a different species. 

From Texas I have 1 female (Belfrage, No. 381) and 2 males (Belfrage, 
No. 380), which are what Zeller describes under this name; they may be 
a distinct species. Atthis moment, I have not a series of our Northern 
form to compare them with. 


59. Botis talis Grote. 

6. Form of adipaloides. Fore wings bright purple. An irregularly 
shaped, brown-margined, light yellow patch resting on internal margin 
within the middle, and projected upward on the cell; preceded on the 
cell by a small, partially confluent, similar spot. A quadrate patch over 
the veins beyond the cell open to costa, along which the yellow color 
spreads toward the base. Hind wings bright purple, with a very 
broad, yellow, central fascia, tapering inferiorly, edged with brown or 
black lines. Fringes pale. Beneath paler, but as above; base of hind 
wings entirely yellowish. Thorax brownish-purple; beneath, body 
and legs whitish. Expanse, 20 mil. Alabama(Grote). So brightly col- 
ored and distinctly marked that it can be mistaken for no other species. 
The fine dark lines edging the yellow patches on fore wings above may 
be taken for the ordinary lines and the annuli of the purple stigmata. 


60. Botis plumbicostalis Grote, Can. Ent. 3, 103. 


Bright yellow costal region of primaries broadly dark plumbeous or 
purple-brown from base to tip. Terminal space outwardly filled with 
the same shade tapering to internal angle. This terminal dark shade 
is outwardly rounded along its inner margin, and this is widely and 
everywhere nearly equidistant from the external transverse line; at 
the internal angle, there is a slight projection corresponding with the 
inward inferior inflection of the external line. The orbicular spot is 
small, solid, and absorbed above by the dark costal region, as is the reni- 
form ; the latter is small, constricted, with a dark annulus, and very 
narrow, pale center; both spots concolorous with the dark costal region. 
There is a short, dark, inner transverse line. _ The only other, the exter- 


682 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


nal, runs slightly inwardly below costa, then outwardly over the m. 
nervules, where it is slightly interspaceally dentate; thus, in its upper 
half it is sinuate or somewhat S-shaped. At 4th m. nervule it runs, as 
ususal, inwardly, thence transversely to internal margin. The fringes 
are dark, concolorous with the terminal shade. A single line crosses 
the secondaries, projects over the disk, and corresponds to the external 
line of the primaries. <A distinct discal spot. Apical angle shaded with 
plumbeous; fringes pale. Beneath whitish, iridescent, markings of 
the upper surface faintly reflected. Legs white; anterior and middle 
femora marked with black. Palpal tips, front and vertex, and sides of 
thorax in front, dark. Thorax clear yellow. Abdomen above yellowish, 
with a dark dorsal shade; beneath, the body parts are white. Hind 
legs entirely white, with two pair of unequal spurs. Expanse, 30 mil. 
August. ‘Type in Museum Peabody Academy of Science, Salem, Mass. 
tecalls the figures of Lulepte concordalis of Hiibner. The fringes on 
primaries are not checkered, however, and there are other differences ; 
besides, the present is a stouter form. A specimen of this species has 
been sent me by Mr. Schwarz, taken at Enterprise, Fla., on June 22. 


61. Botis anticostalis Grote, Can. Ent. 3, 104. 

Bright yellow, with deeper ocherous tinges. The species has thé 
markings and appearance of Botis plumbicostalis. Costa of primaries 
broadly plumbeous, but shading to yellowish toward the tips. Ordi- 
nary spots larger, annulate, freer from the costal shade; their centers 
are whitish-iridescent; the ¢ has no orbicular; in its place, the tegument 
is somewhat pellucid and impressed. The two transverse lines are fain- 
ter and wider apart, the transverse exterior differently shaped. This is 
outwardly rounded at costa, where it is twice interspaceally lunulate, | 
and there is always here a narrow space between it and the terminal 
dark shade. This latter fills in the entire terminal space superiorly 
(except as above mentioned) between the external line and the margin, 
but is obsolete inferiorly below 3d m. nervule, appearing as a spot at 
internalangle. Secondaries with a distinct discal spot and single, flexed, 
transverse line. <Apices with the commencement of a dark terminal 
shade. Fringes on both wings pale. ¢ abdomen pointed at the tip, 
elongate, with dark dorsal shade; 2 yellow above. Thorax yellow; 
head, palpal tips, sides of thorax before insertion of wings, dark, as in 
B. plumbicostalis. Legs whitish; anterior and middle pair shaded with 
blackish. Expanse,25 mil. July, August. Types in Museum Peabody 
Academy of Science, Salem, Mass. 

Smaller than B. plumbicostalis, but greatly resembling it at first sight. 
On a comparison, the differences above detailed are quite apparent. 

This species may belong to Crocidophora. I have not seen the male 
since I described the species in 1871. My types were sent to the Pea- 
body Museum, but they have not been well cared for. The type of the 
preceding species has been badly eaten by larvee, and of the present I 
have been only able to see the female. 


GROTE ON NORTH AMERICAN PYRALIDZ. 683 


62. Botis syringicola Pack., Mass. Rep. 18, 1870. 

“The moth, for which I would propose the name Botys syringicola, is 
peppery gray with bright yellow markings, while the under side of the 
wings is pale yellow. The head and body are pale gray, with a yellow- 
ish tinge, white on the under side of the body and under side of the 
palpi. The antenne are pale gray, like the body. The fore wings are 
gray, due to black scales lying on a pale straw-yellow ground. On the 
inner fourth of the wing are two yellow spots, one just above, and the 
other just below, the median vein. In the middle of the wing, just below 
the costa, is a prominent square, bright straw-yellow spot; on the outer 
fourth of the wing is a slightly curved yellow band, with three scallops 
on the outer edge, and extending to a large yellow patch in the middle 
of the wing, which is tridentate on the outer edge, it is bordered be- 
yond with a black, zigzag line, and a fine, stout, yellowish line beyond. 
A dusky streak extends from the apex to the costal yellow band. There 
are two broken dusky lines at the base of the fringe on both wings. 
The hind wings are yellow, with four sharply zigzag dark gray lines. 
The under side of the fore wings is paler than above, with a yellowish 
tinge. The hind wings are pale yellow, with a single, much curved line 
on the outer third of the wing; and there are two dots near the middle 
of the wing and a row of blackish dots at the base of the fringe. It 
expands one inch.” 

I liave not been able to identify this species or see the type. 


63. Botis subolivalis Pack., Aun. L. N. H. 261, 1873. 
BGotis hircinalis Grote, Bull. B.S. N.S. ii, 232. 

I have examined a number of specimens of this species from Maine 
and New York. The males do not show the pale sinuate external fas- 
cia OD primaries above, and the hind wings are not rayed as in the female. 
All the specimens I have seen from the East have the secondaries above 
dark and immaculate. This is closely allied to the European opacalis. 


64. Botis wnifascialis Pack., l. ¢. 261. 

This Californian species differs by having the hind wings above 
shaded with whitish—in one male almost entirely pale. Beneath, they 
are paler than in swbolivalis, and altogether the Californian species so 
approaches in this and other respects to the Kuropean torm that it may 
not be possible to separate them. But one Californian 2? (Hy. Edwards, 
No. 207) has the secondaries above entirely blackish, and, except that 
they are paler beneath, just like my Eastern specimens. It seems to me 
that these two forms may be united under one specific name. The males 
have more pointed and apparently longer wings than the females. 


65. Botis niveicilialis Grote, Bull. B. 8S. N.S. ii, 232. 


New York. This is a very distinct form, with blackish wings and 
snow-white fringes. It may not be properly placed here. But the 


684 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


entire present arrangement of our species of Botis is not insisted upon, 
and is quite provisional in its character. ° 


66. Botis stenopteralis Grote, Can. Ent. x, 26. 


I have received this species from Canada (from Mr. Caulfield) and 
Maine (Professor Fernald). An exceedingly distinct and narrow-winged 
form, distantly recalling the European ablutalis, from which it differs by 
the darker color, stouter body, narrow, even, exterior line, and black. 
discal mark on primaries above. Fore wings very dark brown, median 
space sometimes shaded with gray; discal mark black, outer line white, 
even, Slightly rounded. Hind wings with black terminal space, with yel- 
lowish and fuscous basal shades and a mesial yellowish or white incom- 
plete band continuous with exterior line on primaries. Wings beneath 
pale reddish-ochery or whitish with common line and discal marks; 
external line of both pair fuscous. Palpi black at the sides, whitish 
beneath. Abdomen blackish above, annulate with white; beneath 
whitish. Expanse, 18 mil. 


EURYCREON Led. 


1. Hurucreon chortalis Grote, Bull. B.S. N.S. 1, 89, pl. 5, fig. 13. 


New York; Massachusetts ; Oreeen (No. 5255, Hy. Edw.); Soda 
Springs (Behrens). 


2. Hurycreon sticticalis (Linn.). 


Illinois (Dr. Nason). This species is European. Also found in Colo- 
rado (Hayden). 


3. Hurycreon cereralis Zell., Beitr. 1, 517. 
New York; Illinois; Denver (Hayden). 


4. Hurycreon anartalis Grote, Can. Ent. 10, 27. 
California (Behrens). 


5. Hurycreon rantalis (Guen.). 
Scopula occidentalis Pack., 1. c. 


Notwithstanding the slight difference in size, the Californian speci- 
mens seem to belong to the same species with the Texan, as indicated 
by Zeller. Two specimens are shaded with pale ocherous, and this cir- 
cumstance draws against the validity of communis as distinct. Lederer’s 
figure of crinitalis does not quite agree with communis, the line being 
dentate, but Zeller’s crinitalis is undoubtedly communis. I have a spe- 
cimen which is leather-brown! I think that rantalis and occidentalis 
refer to fuscous forms, and crinitalis and communis to ocher forms of the 
same ugly and variable species. Remembering the analogy in ventralis 
and fracturalis, such a variation cannot be considered extraordinary. 
I did not recognize in Lederer’s somewhat enlarged figure of crinitalis 


GROTE ON NORTH AMERICAN PYRALIDZ. 685 


my communis, because the line is dentate, as in Lederer’s figure of rantalis. 
The clypeus is mucronate. The inner line is also apparent in communis, 
wanting in Lederer’s figure of crinitalis, and thus there is a little doubt 
whether crinitalis and communis are the same; but Lederer’s doubt that 
erinitalis and rantalis were distinct goes to suggest that his crinitalis is 
an extreme variety of the usual ocher form of rantalis, and which I have 
described as communis. If these suggestions prove correct, the species 
will have a wide range; from California to Texas, Alabama, and ‘to 
Buenos Ayres in South America. It is perhaps one of our most un- 
sightly moths. Although I did not regard them as typical, I described 
certain yellowish-fuscous specimens, which I would now consider to 
belong to rantalis, as a variety of communis. 


EPIPASCHI. 


Ocelli present. Male antennz with a basal scaled tegumentary pro- 
cess thrown backward over the thorax; female antenne simple; clypeus 
flattened ; male maxillary palpi tufted (Cacozelia, Toripalpus, Tetralopha) 
or scaled (Epipaschia, Mochlocera). Tongue scaled at base ; labial palpi 
as long as or exceeding the front, with small, pointed, scaled, terminal 
joint. Fore wings with straight or depressed, in the males of Tetralopha 
somewhat convex, costal margin, pronounced apices, widening outwardly, 
subtriangulate; 12-veined, or 11-veined (Tetralopha), vein 1 simple 
(Mochlocera, Toripalpus, Tetralopha), or more or less distinctly furcate at 
base (Hpipaschia, Cacozelia); vein 5 near 4 at base; 8 out of 7 to external 
margin just below apices; 9 out of 8 and both to costa just before 
apices; cell incompletely closed. Hind wings 8-veined, three internal 
veins counted as 1; 4 and 59 near together at base; 8 free; cell incom- 
pletely closed except in Toripalpus. Female frenulum divided; that of 
the male simple. 

This group is characterized by the flattened clypeus and the tegu- 
mentary scaled process attached to the base of the antenne in the male, 
and thrown backward over the thorax. It presents some features of 
Heineman’s Galerie, but vein 1 is not uniformly furcate at base of pri- 
maries, and the third joint of the male labial palpi OS 
is not naked and excavate. The ocelli are also —— = — 
present. It is probable that Deuterollyta conspicualis as 
of Lederer, from Brazil, belongs to this group. 


EPIPASCHIA Clemens. 


Male antenne with a basal tegumentary scaled ‘\ 
process as long as the thorax; ciliate beneath ; scaled 
above; the joints of the antenne are well defined. 
Male maxillary palpiscaled. Labial palpi as long as 
the. front, curved upward, with moderate, pointed, Fig.1. 
scaled, third article not well defined from second. Fore wings with 
evin 5 joined to 4 by a very short cross-vein; 8 out of 7 about a fourth 


686 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


from the origin of 6; 9 out of 8 a very short furcation; 1 more or less 
distinctly furcate at base; 5 prolonged inward beyond the point where 
the closure of the cell is indicated above and below. Hind wings with 
vein 5 joined to 4 by avery short cross-vein ; cell open. 


Epipaschia superatalis, fig. 1 (neuration). 
Epipaschia superatalis Clemens, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. 14, 1860. 
Deuterollyta borealis Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. 1, 177. 

é 2. Fore wings dusty yellowish-gray with powdery black lines. 
Inner middle line marked on costa by a black dot; below it is obsolete, 
or partially indicated. A black discal dot near the costal spot of the 
inner line. Outer line irregularly denticulate, better marked superiorly, 
where it runs obliquely outward to median nervules, produced about 
vein 4, thence running inwardly below vein 3, whence it descends, very 
slightly outwardly projected, to internal margin. Terminal field wide; 
a diffuse, broad, brownish or blackish shade-band marking the veins. 
A terminal series of distinct interspaceal black marks becoming con- 
tinuous inferiorly. Fringes pale, interrupted with brown and with a 
dotted line. Hind wings fuscous, the veins darker-marked; a discal dot 
very near the base and costal border; a terminal distinct line; fringes 
pale, with a dotted brown line. Beneath yellowish-gray, sometimes 
_ suffused with blackish; a common line and discal dots; the terminal 
shade on fore wings less prominent than above, and here also continued 
on secondaries. Several specimens examined from Oldtown, Me., Mr. 
Charles Fish ; also one male from Kansas, Prof. Snow, and one female, 
Long Island, N. Y., July 6. The type of borealis was from Cambridge, 
pe es Mass., Mr. J.C. Merrill. Dr. Clemens’s type was from 


jj Farmington, Conn., Mr. Edw. Norton. The average 
expanse of my specimens is about 22 mil. 


MocHLOCERA Zeller. 


Male antennal process as long as the thorax, or 
nearly so. Male maxillary palpiscaled. Labial palpi 
a little exceeding the front, curved upward, with the 

_ third joint shorter and more distinct than in Epipa- 
schia. Neuration of Epipaschia, but on primaries vein 

Fig 2. 1 is simple at base; vein 5 is not inwardly prolonged, 

and vein 8 is thrown off at about one-third from the origin of 6, a little 
nearer to the origin of 9, which latter is longer, being here thrown off 
before the point of its origin in Hpipaschia. 


Mochlocera Zelleri, fig. 2 (neuration). 
Mochlocera Zelleri Grote, Can. Ent. 8, 157. 
g 2. Fore wings divided into three fields by the median lines. 


GROTE ON NORTH AMERICAN PYRALIDZ. 687 


Inner line defining outwardly the blackish basal space. The line itself 
is black, with a slight median notch, nearly perpendicular. Median 
Space washed anteriorly with white. A short, black, discal streak. 
Outer black line very finely denticulate, shaped much as in superatalis, 
but not produced so much on median nervules. It arises at about 
apical third, at first outwardly oblique, then running inwardly below 
median vein and narrowing the median space thence to internal margin. 
Terminally the wing is again black or blackish. A broken black line at 
the margin. Fringes on both wings dark, paie at base, with broken 
blackish interline. Beneath blackish, with common shade-band and 
black discal point on hind wings. 

Expanse, 25 mil. Texas, No. 420, collected by Belfrage, April 30. 
Missouri, collected by Mr. Riley, who informs me the larva lives on 
Toxicodendron. 


CACOZELIA Grote. 


Male antenne with the tegumentary process a little 
exceeding the prothorax. Labial palpi curved up- ¢ 
ward, exceeding the front a little, concealing in the > 
male fue brush-like maxillary palpi, which are much 
as in Pempelia. In the female, the long brush is 
wanting. The third article of the labial palpi is 
sealed, pointed, rather short. Fore wings much like 
Mochiocera in the position of 7, 8, and 9, but the cell 
is nearly closed, and vein 1 is distinctly furcate at 
base, while veins 4 and 5 intersect. On the bind 
wings the cell is almost entirely closed, and veins 4 ee 
and 5 intersect. 


Cacozelia basiochrealis, fig. 3 (neuration). 
Cacozelia basiochrealis Grote, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 264, 1877. 


$ 2. Kusty-ocherous. Interior line double, arcuate, rusty-brown; 
basal space ochery. <A costal dark dot surmounting a faint concolorous- 
ringed discal mark; median field light stone-gray; median shade visible 
as a patch of dark, slightly raised scales. Posterior line rusty, double, 
inclosing a whitish shade, most distinct on costa, of the usual shape. 
Subterminally the wing is brown, washed with gray on external margin. 
A fine, terminal, dark line on both wings. Hind wings yellowish-gray, 
with a fine, denticulate, exterior line. Beneath ocherous; costa at base 
brown. Head and appendages ccherous; beneath, the fore and middle 
tibize are purplish ; hind legs dotted with brown. 

Expanse, 18 mil. Two specimens, No. 618, July 17, collected in Texas 
by Belirage. 

In the colors of primaries, this species recalls Chalcoela aurifera, or 
Chalcocla Robinsonii. 


688 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 


TORIPALPUS Grote. 


Male antenne with a short, tegumentary, scaled, basal process not ex- 
Se ceeding the collar; the antenne are lengthily ciliate 
\ ——— beneath. Labial palpi much exceeding the front, 
the second article elongate, inwardly hollowed out, 
apparently to receive the maxillary palpi, which are 
bi-tufted, as in Tetralopha. Third article of labial — 


palpi short. Fore wings with vein 1 simple, the cell 

RSS almost closed, 5 from the cross-vein close to 4, 8 out 
LN of 7 at more than one-third from the origin of 6; 9 

out of 8, a rather long furcation. Hind wings with 


the cell closed; 4 and 5 joined; 5, a continuation of 
Pig. £ the discal vein; 6 and 7 from one point; 8 free. 


Toripalpus breviornatalis, fig. 4 (neuration). 
Toripalpus breviornatalis Grote, Proc. B.S. N. H. 265, 1877. 


é. Two specimens: one, the type, perfectly fresh, collected by Bel- 
frage in Texas (No. 421), April 5, the other, larger, from Colorado, sent 
me by Dr. Bailey, in broken condition, belong to this species, charac- 
terized by the antennal appendages being extremely short, hardly ex- 
ceeding the collar. The labial palpi are longer, and the antenne are 
much more lengthily ciliate compared with Jlochlocera. The orna- 
mentation, but not the color, is like Zellert. Fore wings reddish-brown 
at base to the inner line, which is dark brown, preceded by a dark shade 
with raised scales, slightly outwardly produced on costa and submedi- 
ally. Inner portion of median space washed with white on costal 
region and anteriorly. A discal dot. The outer line is dark brown, — 
denticulate, produced over median nervules, whence it runs obliquely 
inwardly to internal margin. It is followed by a whitish corresponding 
shade-line. Terminal space washed with brown, becoming whitish 
before the margin. The outer line is situated much nearer the outer 
margin than in Zelleri. A terminal dotted line distinct on hind wings. 
These latter are pale fuscous, with an outer dentate line followed by a 
white shade more or less noticeable. Terminal palpal joint marked 
with black, tipped with pale. Head and appendages reddish-brown; 
thorax becoming pale behind. Beneath, the wings are reddish-brown, 
becoming paler inferiorly. A common exterior line near the margin, 
and corresponding with the exterior lines on upper surface in shape. | 
Fringes pale, obsoletely interlined. On hind wings beneath, a discal 
point. The Texan specimen expands 24 mil. The male from Colorado 
nearly 30 mil. 


TETRALOPHA Zeller (1848). 


Ocelli present. Labial palpi exceeding the front; in the male, the 
second joint is elongated, and furnished with a sheath-like depression 


GROTE ON NORTH AMERICAN PYRALIDZ. 689 


on the inside, in which the bi-tufted maxillary palpi are concealed. 
Male antennz with a short, scaled, basal process. Fore wings 11- 
veined; in the male, there is a costal fold beneath 
at base, furnished with a fringe of transverse scales; 
the subcostal nervules are crowded, so that their exact 
disposition is a matter of uncertainty. There is a 
vitreous spot toward the base of the cell, just beyond 
the interior line. The cell is open, and narrower 
than in the female. The female wing is destitute of | 
the vitreous spot, the fold, and fringe. Veins 4 and 
5 intersect, and the cell is partially closed from both 
sides. Veins 8 out of 7,9 out of 8. Hind wings 8- 
veined ; 8 out of 7; 4 and 5 joined on one stem; cell 
closed. The fore wings are broad, with rounded or convex cost in both 
Sexes. : 

Dr. Clemens describes the third palpal joint as being very long, and 
concealing the maxillary tufts. But Isee that it is plainly the second 
in a new Texan species, of which I here illustrate the venation of the 
female wings. In platanella and asperatella, the third joint of the labial 
palpi is difficult to make out; but I believe it more likely to be small, as 
is usual, than that the males of these two species should make an 
exception to the general palpal structure in the family. In both males 
and females of asperatella, I believe to make out the third joint distinctly ; 
it seems longer in the latter. 

Professor Zeller describes three species, militella, Isis, 1848, p. 880, 
robustella, Isis, p. 881, and melanogrammos, Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ver. p. 
546, tab. ili, fig. 24 a, a 1872. 

Dei Clemens Peaecorines the genus under the name of diihapli and 
states erroneously that it appears to be congeneric with Acrobasis of 
Zeller. The genus is very close to Toripalpus, but clearly distinguished 
by the 11-veined primaries and the shape and fold of the male wings. 


Fig. 5. 2 


Tetralopha militella Zeller, Isis, 1848, p. 880. 


“ Riickenschild und Kopf graugelblich, Schulterdecken und Kragen an 
der Basis dunkler. Der hintere, iibergelegte Schopf ist réthlich-gelb 
und hat fast Augenlinge. TFiihler ziemlich lang, an dem doppelt ge- 
franzten Theil etwas dicker, auf dem Riicken bleichgelb und bridunlich 
schwach geringelt. Die Gesichtsschuppen liegen locker auf. Die reich- 
haarigen Pinsel der Maxillar-Taster sind schwarz-braunlich, der Stiel 
weisslich. Lippentaster gelblich-grau. Beim 2 ist das Endglied 2 so 
lang als das zweite Glied, diinn und feinspitzig. Beine hellgrau, an der 
Mittel- und Hinterschiene auf dem Riicken nahe der Basis mit einem 
schwachen Haarbiischchen. Hinterleib bleichgelb, an den Segmentwur- 
zeln hellbraun.—Vorderfltigel 3, 3’, 9 5/” lang, nach hinten betracht- 
lich erweitert, mit sehr convexem Vorderrande, schwach convexem Hin- 
terrande und deutlichem Vorderwinkel; réthlichgrau, am Anfang des 

Bull. iv. No. 3——10 


690 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Mittelfeldes mehr weisslich-grau. Das verdunkelte, beim 2 mehr braune 
Wurzelfeld hat in einiger Entfernung von der Wurzel eine fast voll- 
standige Binde réthlich-brauner, an den Enden brauner, aufgerichteter 
Schuppen. Die Grenze des Wurzelfeldes bildet vor der Fliigelhalfte 
eine ziemlich steile und fast grade, braune, weiss-grau ausgefiillte Doppel- 
linie. Beim ¢ wird sie nahe am Vorderrande dureh eine schmale spin- 
delformige Lingsgrube durchbrochen, die nahe der Basis anfingt und 
vielleicht die Mittelzelle vorstellt, iber und unter ihrem Ende legen 
noch braune und graue aufgerichtete Schuppen. Die zweite Querlinie 
liegt weit vom Hinterrande entfernt, fast in der Mitte zwischen diesem 
und der ersten Querlinie; sie ist verloschen, grau, gebogen, schwach- 
wellig,am oberen Drittel mit einer kurzen, nach aussen gerichteten Hecke; 
sie ist einwarts von einer braunen Schattenlinie eingefasst ; zwischen 
ihr und der schwarz punktirten Hinterrand-Linie ist die Farbe hell- 
r6thlichbraun, schattig. Franzen heller. 

‘Die abgerundeten Hinterfliigel sind grau-braunlich, bell gefranzt. 
Medianader mit den Verhaltnissen 3: 1—1:3.—Unterseite gelbbriunlich- 
grau, hell, beim ¢ in einem langen, breiten Streifen am Vorderrande 
von der Wurzel aus mit langen, quergehenden hellen Schuppen dicht 
bekleidet.” 

I have a single male specimen from New York agreeing with this 
description. 


Tetralopha robustella Zeller, Isis, 1848, p. 8381. 

‘‘ Der vorigen etwas dbnlich, mit gestreckteren Vorderfliigeln, brau- 
neren und durch keine Doppellinie beendigtem Wurzelfelde. Grdésse tiber 
der von Militella. Riickenschild, Beine und Kopftheile briunlich-grau, 
dunkler bestiubt. Hinterleib hell mit dunklerer Basis der Segmente 
und solechem Afterbusch. Vordertliigel 54/” lang, erheblich gestreckter 
als bei Militella, mit weniger convexem Vorderrande. Wurzeifeld dun- 
kelbraun, an der Basis heller; hinter seiner Mitte zwischen Subdorsal- 
und Subcostalader mit zwei schraég iiber einander stehenden Schuppen- 
héckern; es endigt vor der F'liigelmitte scharf in einer sehr schwach 
gekriimmten, gegen aussen concaven Linie, welche durch den daran 
stossenden weissgrauen Grund des Mittelfeldes sehr gehoben wird. 
Am Vorderrande tritt die braune Farbe etwas tiber diese Linie hinaus 
und endigt an einem weissgrauen Schuppenkhocker, der einen braunen 
Punkt hat. Unterhalb desselben mehr nach hinten in gerodthetem 
Grunde steht ein anderer Hocker, an den sich oberwarts kleinere in 
einer gegen den Vorderrand gerichteten Reihe anschliessen. Hinter 
ihr ist der ganze Grund bis zum Hinterrand hellbraun; die zweite Quer- 
linie bildet einen grésseren Winkel als bei Militella und wird einwarts 
von einer schirferen dunkelbraunen Schattenlinie gerandet als aus- 
wirts; sie ist dem Hinterrande niiher als bei der genannten Art. Hin- 
terrands-Linie schwarzbraun, durch die Adern unterbrochen. Franzen 
braunlich-grau. 


GROTE ON NORTH AMERICAN PYRALIDZ. 691 


‘‘Hinterfliigel hell gelbgrau, grau franzig. Unterseite aller Fligel 
braungrau mit dunklerer Randlinie.” 


Tetralopha platanella. 
Lanthaphe platanetla Clem., Proc. Ac. N.S. Phil. 207, 1862. 

‘¢ Labial palpi pale brownish-red, touched in front with pale gray. 
Head and thorax brownish-red, the latter varied with grayish and dark 
fuscous. Fore wings grayish-fuscous, with the costa touched with 
brownish-red, and a patch of the same hue in the female, pear the base 
of the inner margin containing a tuft of raised scales; in the male, 
blackish-brown, touched with brownish-red. The base of the wing is 
whitish. In the middle of the wing is a broad white band, obsolete to- 
ward the costa, with two straight blackisb-brown lines internally, and 
in the male shaded internally with the same hue. The subterminal line 
is irregular and whitish, dark-margined internally. The hinder margin 
of the wing is touched with blackish-brown. Hind wings pale brown, 
somewhat darker toward the hinder margin. The larva is tortriciform 
in appearance. Head pale brown, mottled with whitish. Body with 
isolated hairs,‘pale green, with a dark brown dorsal line and a fainter 
stigmatal line of the same hue, or pale reddish, with a brown dorsal line 
on each side of the vascular. It makes a web on the under surface of 
the leaf of Sycamore (Platanus occidentalis), drawing it together and 
living within a silken tube. The cocoon is woven on the surface of the 
ground, in form of a flattened oval, consisting of brown silk covered ex- 
teriorly with grains of earth. The larve remain in it unchanged during 
the winter. It may be taken in July, and enters the pupa state during 
the latter part of August, to appear as an imago in May or June.” 

This species is probably equivalent to melitella of Zeller. 


Tetralopha asperatella. 
Lanthaphe asperatella Clem., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 207, 1860. 

‘¢ Labial palpi blackish-brown, varied with whitish. Thorax pale gray- 
ish, varied with grayish or dark gray. Fore wings dark brownish-gray, 
with a blackish-brown tuft of scales in the basal part of the fold, and a 
smaller one of the same hue on the disk above it, a whitish median 
band, sometimes almost obsolete, containing on the disk a small black- 
ish-brown tuft in the female, with an internal crenated blackish line, 
and shaded toward the base with blackish; on its external margin is a 
line of raised scales. The subterminal line is pale grayish, angulated 
and margined internally by a blackish line, and externally by a fainter 
one produced into points on the nervules.. The hinder marginal line is 
black. Sometimes in the female base of the wing is whitish, slightly 
touched with luteous.” 

I have five specimens—two males and three females—before me. The 
smallest measures 23 mil., the largest 28. They vary in the amount 
of grayish-white on the median space of fore wings above. 


692 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


- The localities are Texas, Long Island (N. Y.), Montreal, Massachu- 
setts. It is uncertain that they belong here. 

In addition, Belfrage has collected in Bosque County, Texas, a num- 
ber of specimens which agree closely in ornamentation, but are sepa- 
rable into distinct forms by their differing size. Under the cireumstance 
that Iam yet without positive identification of certain described species, 
these forms should not be described at the present writing. 

In my opinion, the variability of the species of this genus will be found 
so great as to prevent accurate determinations until very large material 


is accumulated. 
PHYCIDA. 


Ocelli sometimes wanting. Male antennez often with a peculiar 
structure of the basal portion. This is sometimes bent, with a scale- 
tuft (Nephopteryx, Pempelia) or without a scale-tuft (Anerastia), or, again, 
slightly bent, somewhat rigidly held, with a succession of small over- 
lapping scale-tufts (Pinipestis); again, there is a basal constriction 
(Homeosoma); again, these peculiarities are wanting (Hphestia). The 
maxillary palpi in the male are sometimes furnished with a concealed 
pencil of hair (Pempelia, Salebria); again, they are small, scaled, and sim- 
ilar in the sexes (Nephopterysx, ete.) ; again, they are wanting. Tongue 
scaled at base. Labial palpi similar in both sexes, scaled, ascend- 
ing. Fore wings usually narrow ; hind wings broad, exceeded by the 
slender abdomen. The clypeus is full, rounded. Eyes naked. Fore 
wings 11-, 10-, or 9-veined; vein 1 not furcate; 8 out of 7 (Nephopteryz, 
etc.), or these two veins fall together (Homeosoma). Generic characters 
are offered by the differing position of 4 and 5, which have sometimes 
separate origin, and again are furcate. The hind wings are 8-., 7-, or 
6-veined, the three internal veins counting as one. Generic characters 
are offered by the differing position of veins 4 and 5, veins 7 and 8, and 
the point of origin of vein 2. The female frenulum seems to be simple. 
I do not find this character mentioned by authors, and it may not prove 
invariable. 

The larvee live in fruit, under bark, or in cases on the leaves. Many 
pupate on orin the ground; others, like Pinipestis, in the thickened sap 
or under the bark of the tree. Among this group are some of the most 
dangerous foes to timber. In Europe, the pines are attacked by Dioryc- 
tria abietella and splendidella ; in the United States, the ravages of Pini- 
pestis zimmermani on the same genus of trees have been noticed in many 
places, and I have accounts of what I suppose to be injuries inflicted to 
pineries by P.? abietivorella from two or three correspondents in New 


England. 
ACROBASIS Zeller. 


The male antenne have a pointed scale-tuft on the basal joint. In rubri- 
fasciella, the male antennz are bent above the tuft, ciliate beneath. 
Maxillary palpi small; labial palpi pointed, curved upward. Fore wings 


GROTE ON NORTH AMERICAN PYRALIDZ. 693 


with 11 veins; 4 and 5 from one point; hind wings with 8 veins; the 


cross vein nearly complete; 4 and 5 together at the =e 
extremity of submedian vein; 8 running close to 7, but 
free. 


Acrobasis rubrifasciella, fig. 6 (neuration). 
Acrobasis rubrifasciella Pack., Ann. Lye. N. Hist. 267, 1873. KC a) 

6. Shining brownish-fuscous, shaded with gray SY 
at base on costal region over the superposed dark 
discal points obliquely downward over median space 
anteriorly. A ridge of dark, raised scales precedes a \ 
blood-red band before the dark, somewhat arcuate, Fig. 6, 
anterior line. Posterior line dark, followed by a faint whitish shade 
inwardly oblique and straight to median fold, running outwardly, and 
denticulate over m. nervules. Hind wings dark fuscous. Head and 
thorax brownish-fuscous. Beneath paler fuscous, without markings. 
Average expansion 21 mil. 

I have examined between fifty and sixty specimens from Maine and 
Massachusetts, which vary but little; the red band is apt to become 
faint, especially in worn individuals, but I can always detect it. Some 
have the tegule reddish. The species distantly resembles the European 
advenella. 

‘In one additional specimen from Maine, the fore wing has scattered 
reddish scales at base and beyond the middle, while the dark transverse 
stripe is wanting, and the red portion forms a broad, transverse, bright 
red band. The larva lives in June and early in July between the leaves 
of the alder, where it makes a horn-shaped case of black cylindrical 
pellets of excrements, arranged regularly in circles, the additions being 
made around the mouth of the case. The case is about an inch and a 
half long; its mouth a quarter of an inch in diameter. Within, it is 
densely lined with white silk. The pupa is of the usual color, maho: 
gany-brown, the end of the abdomen rounded, with six hairs projecting 
from a transverse supraanal projecting ridge. On each abdominal seg- 
ment is a dorsal, dusky, transverse stripe, widest on the basal segment. 
The Museum of the Peabody Academy of Science also contains ten 
specimens of this moth reared by Mr. T. H. Emerton. The larve were 
found feeding on the Sweet Fern (Comptonia asplenifolia Ait.), July 7, 
1866, at Hamilton, Mass., the moth appearing July 20. The case is 
quite different in form from that previously described, being regularly 
oval cylindrical; .55 inch long and .385 inch in diameter. It is con- 
structed in the same manuer as those found on thealder. This striking 
difference in the form of the case may possibly be due to the difference 
in the form of the leaves of the food-plant, the large broad leaves of 
the alder inducing the larva to build a horn-like, much elongated case ; 
while the narrow smaller leaves of the Sweet Fern may have led to the 
formation ot a short oval case. The differences are such as we would 


. 


694 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


ordinarily regard as specific, but neither do the pupe or adults reared 
from the two plants differ appreciably.”—Packard, I. ¢. 


Acrobasis tricolorella, n. 8. 

é. Fore wings blackish, shaded with whitish-gray on terminal space 
outwardly, on costal region, over the fused discal points, and on basal 
space. A broad white band before the anterior line. Below median 
vein, this band is edged outwardly by a dusky shade-line, and this is 
followed by a yellow-red shade before the outwardly oblique black ante- 
rior line. Outer line followed by a whitish shade, roundedly indented 
below costa, followed by the blackish ground-color in terminal space, 
and this by the whitish-gray terminal shading. A dotted, terminal, 
black line; fringes pale. Secondaries pale fuscous, with paler fringes. 
Beneath, fore wings dark; hind wings shining pale fuscous. Expanse, 
20 mil. Two male specimens collected by Mr. Charles Fish, Oldtown, 
Me. I have not been able to examine the neuration, but the antennal 
structure leaves no doubt of the genus. 

The genus Acrobasis is treated by Heineman as a subdivision of Mye- 
lois. 


PEMPELIA Hiibn. 


Fore wings 1l-veined; 4 and 5 from a short stalk. Hind wings 
8-veined; 4 and 5 froma aeNTeT stalk beyond the extremity of the cell, 
and appearing as the continuation of the cross-vein. 
The median vein throws off 2 and 3; the stalk of 4 
and 5 runs near 3, but only hones it at a single 
point, sweeping by it, and becoming the concave 
cross-vein which on the upper side returns to form a 
prolongation to vein 6. In Acrobasis rubrifasciella, 3, 
4,and 5 are exceedingly close at base; the cross-vein 
vanishes centrally; here it is completely indicated. 

Fig. 8. Neuration of hind wings resembling Catastia. 

The male antennz are bent at base with a scale-ridge. The maxillary 
palpi are concealed by the ascending labial palpi, and terminate in a tuft 
of testaceous hair. In the female, this tuft is wanting, and the antennz 
are simple. 

This form differs from Pempelia as defined by Heineman by the hind 
wings being 8-veined, and in that 4 and 5 of the primaries spring from 
a common stalk; from Salebria also by the latter character. 


Pempelia pravella, n. s., fig. 8 (neuration). 


$9. Blackish and gray, resembling Acrobasis rubrifasciella in orna- 
mentation. Base of primaries whitish-gray; no raised scales. Anterior 
line blackish, diffuse, consisting of two outwardly oblique, slightly 
waved lines, usually coalesced, but allowing sometimes the narrow gray 
space between them to be seen. Median field gray; two superposed 


GROTE ON NORTH AMERICAN PYRALIDA. 695 


black dots on cell; outer line whitish, finely dentate, with a little 
deeper submedian notch, margined on both sides by a blackish shade. 
A row of terminal black dots; fringes gray. Hind wings testaceous- 
fuseous, rather pale, with pale fringes. Beneath, the hind wings are 
yellowish ; fore wings fuscous, with the exterior line marked. Abdomen 
testaceous-fuscous ; thorax and head dark grayish. Legs gray, marked 
outwardly with black. Expanse,19 to 20 mil. Eighteen specimens ex- 
amined, taken by Mr. Charles Fish, of Oldtown, Me.; also by Professor 
Fernald at Orono. 

This species so nearly resembles rubrifasciella at first glance that it 
might be considered an extreme variety, although strongly generically 
distinet. It is not so smcothly scaled, and the tone is grayish, not 
brownish-fuscous. 


SALEBRIA Zeller. 


Fore wings 11-veined, with veins 4 and 5 separate. Hind wings with 
8 veins, 2 near the lower angle of the cell. Male antenne bent at base, 
with a scale-ridge. Maxillary palpi in the male ending in a pencil of 
discolorous hair hid behind the labial palpi. 

The distinction from Pempelia proper consists in the 8-veined second- 
aries. In the North American specimens here de- 
seribed, vein 5 runs alongside and touching 4 at base; 
4 leaving 5 at a point about midway between the cell 
and external margin. 


Salebria fusca, Haw., fig. 7 (ueuration). 

é¢. Fore wings blackish-gray, with black discal 
mark formed of the usual dots united. Inner line 
white, black-margined on either side, upright, once 
dentate on vein 1, absorbed superiorly by the black 
shade-lines. Outer line white, distinct, continuous, 
black-margined on either side, indented subcostally and again beforé 
internal margin, slightly uneven. Head and thorax blackish. Fringes 
very narrowly interlined on both wings. Hind wings as usual, smoky 
translucent, with narrow terminal line. Beneath without markings, 
except on costa of primaries. I have examined 15 females and 4 males 
from Oldtown, Me., sent me by Mr. Charles Fish, and Orono, by Professor 
Fernald. Identified by Professor Zeller as the same as the European 
species. 


Fig. 7. 


NEPHOPTERYX Zeller. 


The male antennz are bent at base, where they are provided with a 
seale-ridge. The male maxillary palpi are small, concealed, not provided 
with a pencil of hair, as in Pempelia and Salebria. The fore wings are 
11-veined; the hind wings 8-veined. In ovalis, as herewith figured, 
and fenestrella, veins 4 and 5 have a separate origin on primaries; 


696 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


the hind wings have 4 and 5 from a common stalk, connected by a short 
vein with 3, sweeping by and forming the cross-vein. 

say Until the structure of our species can be carefully 

<—__} compared with the European, it will be better to refer 

to this genus all forms which combine the peculiarity 

of the male antenne here described with untufted 

male maxillary palpi, and 11-veined primaries, on 

which 4 and 5 have a separate origin, and 8-veined 

secondaries. There is no doubt that Dr. Packard 

has incorrectly used the term ‘ Pempelia” through- 

out, and probably also the present generic term. 

His Nephopteryx roseatella does not belong here. Dr. 

Packard’s generic determination of the female of ovalis carries no 


weight; for, in this genus and its allies, the female does not possess the 
essential characteristics. 


Fig. 9, 


Nephopteryx ovalis. 


3 Pempelia ovalis Pack., Ann. Lye. N. Hist. 269, 1873. 
9 Nephopteryx latifasciatella Pack., I. ¢. 

$2. Ihave Dr. Packard’s types before me and forty or fifty additional 
specimens. There is not a particle of doubt that Dr. Packard has 
described the sexes under distinct genera, and thus taken the sexual 
characters as generic, although the male has no characters of Pempelia 
except the bent and tufted antenne. The two specimens, and descrip- 
tions for that matter, are otherwise almost exactly the same. The 
female described by Dr. Packard wants the ochery submedian streak, 
which, where it cuts the dark band before the anterior line, usually ex- 
pands into a more or less well-marked spot. In some specimens of 
either sex, this ocherous mark is almost wanting. My material has been 
mostly sent me from Maine by Mr. Fish and Professor Fernald. 

“‘ Palpi large and broad, antennz tufted at base as usual, fore wings 
oblong, not very long, outer edge less oblique than usual. Body and 
fore wings ash, being covered with whitish and brown scales. Fore 
wings with a short, curved, dark line at base on the median vein. On 
inver third of wing avery broad brown band, directed obliquely out- 
ward from the costa to the inner edge, and enclosing a large distinct, 
regularly oval (longitudinal), ochreous spot between the median and sub- 
median veins. Two obscure black discal points situated as usual; 
the outer one is enclosed in a dusky shade crossing the wing obliquely 
and limited beyond by the usual submarginal zigzag line, this line is 
curved inward below the costa; from the middle of the wing to the inner 
margin it is exactly parallel to the outer edge, terminating in an angle 
directed outwards. Between this line and the edge is a series of dusky 
bars, the interspaces cinereous. A marginal black line. Fringe cinere- 
ous. Hind wings pale smoky. Beneath fore wings dusky. A whitish 
costal spot near the apex, but no line. Hind wings slightly paler. Ab- 


GROTE ON NORTH AMERICAN PYRALIDA. 697 


domen concolorous with the hind wings. Legs dull ash, ringed with 
whitish.”—Packard, l. c. 

The submedian and median veins are flecked with white on the median 
space in the darker specimens. The ovate ocher spot on the submedian 
fold in the fuscous shade-band before the anterior line is variable in 
distinctness. 


Nephopteryx fenestrella. 
Pempelia fenestrella Pack., Ann. N. Y. Lye. 259, 1873. 


‘‘TIn this species the fore wings are long and rather narrower than in 
the European P. palumbella, and the large broad palpi, though of much 
the same form, are porrected instead of ascending ; but in venation and 
the structure of the antenne it agrees with the European species, and 
Pempelia ovalis from New England, in which the wings are much shorter. 
Body and wings cinereous or granite-gray, the abdomen and legs being 
- paler, and concolorous with the legs and hind wings, which are of the 
usual glistening hue of the genus. Fore wings of the same ash hue as 
the thorax, speckled with black scales. Two black dots at the base of the 
wing below the median vein. Beyond on the submedian vein is a longi- 
tudinal, blackish, inconspicuous stripe edged on each with dull ochreous. 
Above it is a dark point on the median and subcostal veins, with whitish 
scales surrounding the middle dot, but there are no raised scales on the 
wing. Just beyond the middle of the wing are two, prominent, squarish, 
black spots, one on the median, the other on the subcostal vein. A 
distinct, white, submarginal line, parallel with the outer edge and 
bordered internally with black scales, especially marked on the costa. 
The space between this line and the outer edge is filled in with deep, 
ochreous, longitudinal bars, alternating with black streaks, of which the 
costal one is the widest and shortest. These bars do not quite reach the 
distinet, black line at the edge. Fringe ash, twice lineated with whitish. 
Beneath a pale, whitish, straight, submarginal line, edged within towards 
the costa with dark ash. 

“Length of body ¢, .45, 2, .45 of an inch; fore wing g, .43, 9, .44 of 
an inch. California (Edwards).”—Packard, l. e. 

J have examined the type and two additional specimens, and the neura- 
tion, which latter should agree with Pempelia, as stated by Packard. The 
difference between Nephopteryx and Pempelia does not lie in the neura- 
tion, but in the structure of the male maxillary palpi. 


Nephopteryx leoninella. 
Pempelia leoninella Pack., Ann. N. Y, Lye. 259, 1873. 


“Antenne and palpi as in P. fenestrella, but the fore wings are more 
produced towards the apex, the outer edge being more oblique. Body 
and base of fore wings tawny, the thorax being clay-yellow ; palpi clear 


698 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


ash. Basal third of fore wings tawny yellow, somewhat orange-eolored 
externally, outer edge of this colored portion directed regularly, oblique- 
ly outwards from the costa to the inner edge, with three, black, venular 
dots along this oblique border. In the ash space beyond is a distinct, 
dark, discal dot, and the veins are black. A broad, marginal, tawny, 
yellow band, the sides even and parallel. The costa, however, is cine- 
reous to the apex. A marginal black line, and a fine dark line in the 
cinereous fringe near the base. Hind wings of the usual hue. Abdo- 
men luteous. Beneath, fore wings smoky, dusky towards the costa; a 
pale, costai streak, not forming a submarginal pale line as in P. fenes- 
trella. Legs dark ashen, whitish at ends of joints. 

“ Length of body, ¢, .50, 2,.45 of an inch; of fore wing, 3, .46, 2, .45 of 
an inch. California (Hdwards).”—Packard, l. ¢. 

I have examined the type (in bad condition) and three unset but fresh 
specimens. The discal points are present, not absent, as Packard states. 
This species agrees closely in form with fenestrella, but differs by the 
ochery color of the basal and marginal fields of the primaries. 

I give here, for convenience of the student, two unrecognized descrip- 
tions in this genus, by the late Dr. Clemens, in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila. p. 205, 1860. It must be confessed that Dr. Clemens’s descrip- 
tiens in this group omit so many essential characters that it is doubtful 
if the species he intends can be identified with certainty. 

‘N. ? ulmi-arrosorella.__Female. Grayish-fuscous. Fore wings with 
a slender, dark fuscous angulated line, edged on the costa internally by 
a pale grayish spot, and on the inner margin externally by another of 
the same hue. The subterminal line pale gray, dark margined inter- 
nally. Hind wings pale brownish, darker on the margin. 

‘‘The larva is found on the American Elm in August. The head is 
pale brown, dotted with dark brown. The body dark green, with a 
dorsal, double line of pale green patches, and a slight subdorsal and 
stigmatal line of the same hue. On the Ist, 2d, 4th, 5th and 10th 
rings, are brown subdorsal points. It weaves a web on the surface of 
the leaves, feeding beneath it. The pupa is contained in a web between 
united leaves, in the vivarium. It becomes a pupa about the middle of 
August, and an imago about twelve or fourteen days after transforma- 
tion.” 

“N. undulatella.—Labial palpi, head and thorax grayish fuscous. 
Fore wings grayish fuscous, with an angulated white line crossing the 
disk, sometimes obsolete above the fold, margined with dark brownish, 
and a subterminal line of the same hue dark margined on both sides. 
At the end of the disk is a short blackish transverse line, slightly mar- 
gined exteriorly with whitish. Hinder margin tipped with blackish, 
cilia grayish fuscous. Hind wings grayish testaceous; cilia paler. 
‘‘Penna., Canada and Mass. From Dr. Charles Girard, Washington, 
D. C. ; 


GROTE ON NORTH AMERICAN PYRALIDZ. 699 


‘arly in October, I found pupe of this insect at Niagara Falls, on 
the Canada side, under shelter of loosened portions of the bark of the 
American Elm. They were enclosed in a cocoon of silk, mixed with par- 
ticles of bark. On the same tree I took a number of larve which were 
descending the trunk to undergo pupation. I did not, however, obtain 
imagos from any of the specimens. The body was nearly uniform in 
diameter, with the ordinary number of feet. Head as broad as the body 
and dark green. Body dark green, between the segments yellowish and 
dotted with yellow; first rings with two black dots on the sides.”—Proe. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, p. 205. 


PINIPESTIS Grote. 


Head with a transverse thick ridge of scales behind; frontal scales 
forming a projecting bunch. Maxillary palpi alike in both sexes, con- 
cealed by the porrect labial palpi, which exceed the front. Ocelli. Male 
antenpe thicker than in the female, with the joints not apparent, very 
slightly bent at base, where they show a ridge of thin tuftlets of scales, 
pubescent beneath. Fore wings 11-veined, with veins 
4 and 5 running close together at base, but having a 
separate origin. Hind wings 8-veined, vein 5 running 
close to 4, but independent, and continuous with the 
cross Vein. 


Pinipestis Zimmermani, fig. 10 (neuration). 
Pinipestis Zimmermani, Grote, Can. Ent. 9, 161 (Nephop- 
teryx. ) 

62. Blackish-gray, shaded with reddish on the 
basal and terminal fields of the fore wings. There 
are patches or lines of raised scales on the basal field eis 
and on the anterior and darker portion of the median space behind the 
transverse line; also the exterior line and discal mark are accompanied 
by raised scales. Mediap lines prominent, consisting of double biack 
lines enclosing pale bands. The inner line at basal third is per- 
pendicular, dentate. The outer line at apical fourth is once more 
strongly indented below costa. The median field is blackish, be- 
coming pale outwardly; it shows a pale, sometimes whitish, discal spot, 
Surmounted by raised scales. The terminal edge of the wing is again 
pale or ruddy before the terminal black line. Fringes blackish. Hind 
wings pale yellowish-white, translucent, shaded with fuscous on costal 
region, and more or less so terminally, before the terminal blackish line; 
fringes dusky. Beneath, the fore wings are blackish, marked with pale 
- on costa; hind wings as on upper surface. Body blackish gray, with 
often a reddish cast on thorax above and on the vertex. Abdomen gray, 
annulated with dirty white; legs dotted. Expanse, 26-30 mil. 

The species varies in the amount of reddish on the basal and terminal 
fields; the raised scales are easily lost in handling the living specimens. 


700 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


The larva is found in the Middle States, New York and Pennsylvania, 
in June and July, beneath the bark of the Red Pine and the White 
Pine (Pinus resinosa and P. strobus); also on the Scotch, Russian, and 
Austrian imported pines. The wounds occur on the main stem, usually 
below the insertion of the branch. On cutting into the bark beneath 
the exuding pitch, the larva may be found, which measures about 18 
millimetres when full-grown. The head is shining chestnut-brown, with © 
black mandibles. The body is livid or blackish-green, naked, with series 
of black dots, each giving rise to a single bristle. The prothoracic shield 
is blackish. The larva has three pair of thoracic or true-jointed feet and 
four abdominal or false feet, besides anal claspers. This larva, eating on 
the inner side of the bark, and making furrows in the wood, causes the 
bleeding, which, when the depletion is excessive or continuous, and espe- 
cially in the case of young trees, has proved fatal. In July, the worm 
Spins a whitish, thin, papery cocoon in the mass of exuded pitch, which 
seems to act as a protection to both the larva and chrysalis. The pupa 
is cylindrical, smooth, narrow, blackish-brown, about 16 millimetres in 
length. The head is pointed, there being a pronounced clypeal protube- 
rance; the segments are unarmed; the anal plate is provided with a row 
of four spines, and two others, more slender, on either side of the mesial 
line, below the first. It gives the moth in ten to fourteen days. 

Pinipestis Zimmermani seems to be one of the most destructive of 
Lepidopterous insects to timber. I have seen a number of young pine- 
trees killed by it. It is an American form, and differs structurally from 
the European Dioryctria abietella by the peculiarities of the male antennz 
and the different position of veins 6 and 7 with regard to the cross-vein 
on primaries. 

It is not certain how the hibernation of P. Zimmermani is accom- 
plished. rom the fact that Mr. Zimmerman has found larva resembling 
those of this species in the clots formed by the exuding pitch in Jan- 
uary, it may be that the species winters in the larval state, and that it 
is single-brooded. Tke identification of these winter larve is not com- 
plete. In color they were more pinkish than the specimens taken in 
June, and (but this might be expected) smaller in size. Again, whether 
the larva feeds on the gum or not is uncertain, though certain of the 
facts observed point to this conclusion. 

For an opportunity of examing specimens of Dioryctria abietella, I am 
indebted to Mr. Charles D. Zimmerman. The joints of the antennz 
are distinct, so as to give a serrated appearance to these organs. The 
European species is much smaller and less brightly colored than Zim- 
merman’s Pine Pest, and wants notably the patches of raised scales on 
the wings, on which I have dwelt in my original description, and which 
are so distinctive of Zimmermani. There cannot remain the faintest 
doubt of the distinctness of Zimmerman’s Pine Pest from the European 
abietella. The probable difference in the clypeal structure of the pupa 
and the differing habit of the larva of Zommermani, as compared with 


_GROTE ON NORTH AMERICAN PYRALIDZ. 701 


the characters given by Ratzburg of abietella, I have alluded to in my 
original paper on the subject. 

But on examining the neuration of abietella I find that on the fore 
wings veins 4 and 5 are not furcate, but spring, as in Zimmermani and 
the species I here refer to Nephopteryx, separately from the median vein, 
running so close together at base that they appear to be furcate at their 
point of divarication. I also find that the origin of 6 and 7 is different 
from Zimmermani and thespecies I here refer to Nephopteryx. In abietella, 
6 joins 7 at the point of issue of the discal cross-vein; in Zimmermani, 6 
joins 7 before the cross-vein, which arises from 6. On the hind wings in 
Pinipestis, vein 5 is independent; bat, in Dioryctria abietella, vein 5 is 
joined to the median vein close to the point of origin of 4 and 3. I find 
thus that Heineman’s diagnosis of Dioryctria is correct, except that, if 
by “* Ast 4und 5 auf gemeinschaftlichem Stiele” he means that 4 and 5 are 
fureate, as I have understood him, he has made the same error that I 
did at first in considering these veins furcate in Zimmermani. 


Pinipestis? abietivorella, n. s. 

Under the MS. name of Pempelia abietivorella, Dr. Packard sends 
me a single fresh female specimen, which bears at first sight a close 
resemblance to the European abietella, but agrees in neuration with 
Pinipestis. Vein 5 of the hind wings is independent; veins 4 and 5 of 
the primaries are not furcate, and the position of the cross-vein is as in 
Zimmermani. But as I do not know the male of this new Pine Pest, I 
cannot surely indicate its generic position. It may belong to Salebria. 
The moth has so close a resemblance to abietella that I took it for that 
Species until I examined the neuration. It seems a little larger, the 
primaries more blackish, powdered with white. There are no raised 
scales on the fore wings and no red tints, so that it cannot be con- 
founded with Zimmermant. The anterior line is more dentate and the 
posterior line broader than in abietella. The moth was received by Dr. 
Packard from Prof. H. W. Parker, of Amherst, Mass. The larva was 
found two-thirds grown, “boring in top of a tree of the Norway Spruce 
It was smooth, slender, dark brown. Taken the first week of August. 
Full grown it measured ? inch, and pupated in cocoon formed of its 
own excrement and silk the lastof August. The imago was found fresh 
and alive Sept. 19.” This Norway Spruce moth must not be con- 
founded with Salebria fusca, which it very nearly resembles. The fore 
wings are more powdered with white. the posterior line broader, 
while in fusca vein 6 on fore wiugs is thrown off from the cross-vein 
further from 7. This new moth cannot be a Pempelia from the 8-veined 
secondaries, nor can I refer it as congeneric with the species I here 
refer to Nephopteryx from the position of vein 5 of the hind wings. 
Salebria fusca is apparently a larger moth than abietivorella, and may 
be most quickly distinguished by the discal points being black, super- 
posed, and sometimes coalesced, while in Pinipestis? abietivorella and 
the European Dioryctria abietella the discal mark of primaries is white. 


0 


=~] 
bo 


BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


HONORA, 1. g. 


The ocelli are prominent. Male antenne without peculiarity, pubes- 
cent beneath. Labial palpi not very long, porrect, thickly scaled, the 
a  _ rather long and stout third article concealed by 


—————.——} the vestiture. Maxillary palpismall, scaled. Fore 
> win gs narrow and long, 11-veined, 4 and 5 furcate; 
hind wings 7-veined, 5 wanting, 3 and 4 fureate 
on a long stem just before the margin; 6 contin- 
uous with the discal cross-vein on the upper corner 
of the cell; 8 out of 7, a short furcation; 2 out 
of the lower angle of the cell, which is closed. 
This genus seems to me to fall in with Section 
Fig. 11. C of Stenoptycha, according to Heineman, but I 
have not the European oblitella to compare. The differences between 
these sections seem to me as important as those considered by Heine- 
man of generic value in the group. 


Honora mellinella, n. s., fig. 11 (neuration). 

$2. Fore wings blackish-fauscous, with a pale, undefined, costal 
shading. Interior line white. A yellow shade-spot beyond the line on 
internal margin. Two separate, very small, dark, discal dots. Exterior 
line near the margin, even, narrow, and indistinct white. Base of the 
wing yellowish. Anterior line not continued to costa. Hind wings very 
pale fuscous, silky, with concolorous fringes. Head and thorax faded 
ocherous. Three specimens (Texas, Belfrage, No. 443). The expanse ° 
varies from 15 to 19 mil. I sent this species to Prof. Zeller, under the 
number 376, but received no determination of the species. 


DAKRUMA, 2. 9. 


Ocelli small. Male antenne very slightly bent at base, where they 
show a little thicker coating of scales. Labial palpi rather short, with 
——-...__— the terminal joint subequal. Maxillary palpi sealed, 

small in both sexes. Wings rather long and narrow. 
Fore wings with 11 veins, the cell closed by a fold; 
4 and 5 fureate from a single stem; 8 out of 7. Hind 
wings 7-veined ; cell closed by a fold; the subcostal 


NSS vein joined to the costal by a short branch beyond the 


closure of the cell; 8 out of 7, a very short furcation 


oui before apices ; 3 and 4 fureate just beyond the cross- 
vein. 
Fie.12, This genus differs from Homeosoma by the 11-— 


veined primaries and the absence of the suprabasal constriction of the 
male antenne ; on the hind wings, veins 3 and 4 furcate beyond the cell. 


Dakruma turbatella, fig. 12 (neuration). 

$2. Whitish-gray. Cell striped with white. Inner line thick, black- 
ish. A black discal upright streak. Outer line double, blackish, with 
broad, white, included space, oblique, a little uneven, twice more promi- 


GROTE ON NORTH AMERICAN PYRALIDZ. 703 


nently toothed, somewhat diffuse. Veins finely marked. Terminal 
minute dark dots. Fringes fuscous-gray. Hind wings very pale fus- 
cous, with paler interlined fringes. Beneath fuscous-gray. Body 
whitish beneath, above fuscous-gray. One male from Illinois (Dr. Nason) 
has the outer line narrower, more acutely bidentate, and perhaps is a 
different species; it appears otherwise to agree with the typical male. 
This species expands 25 mil. The hind wings seem a little paler and 
more pointed in the male. The Illinois specimen was captured May 26. 
1 have examined three females and one male taken by Mr. Charles SUSIE 


at Oldtown, Me. 
HoMEOSOMA Curtis. 


The male antennz are suddenly constricted above the base. Labial 
palpi porrect; maxillary palpi small, scaled. Fore wings with 10 veins; 
4and 5 from a rather long stem; vein 8 wanting. Hind wings with 
7 veins; veins 3 and 4 have a separate origin out of _ 
the ipgee angle of the cell; 8 out of 7, a very short <~ 
fureation before apices. 

The hind wings differ from those of Dakruma by the 
origin of veins 3 and 4, which is a separate one; vein 
4 from the cross-vein close to 3, whereas in Dakruma 
3 and 4 are furcate beyond the closure of the cell. 


Homeosoma stypticella, fig. 13 (neuration). 
$2, Dasty whitish-gray; wings narrow; a diffuse, HAS 
blackish, anterior line; discal spot formed of two, blackish, superposed 
or coalesced dots near the outer line, which is even, oblique, bordered 
on either side by a blackish shade, the outer of which sometimes want- 
ing and indicated by a costal mark. Hind wings smoky-pellucid, with 
paler fringes. Beneath smoky, immaculate. Average expanse, 19 mil. 

Three males and ten females examined. Maine, Massachusetts, New 
York (Lewis County), W. W. Hill. There are probably similar species 
not yet described, and attention must be paid to the generic characters. 
Several females in my collection indicate such species, much like stypti- 
cella in appearance, but probably generically distinet, a fact which can- 
not be easily established without reference to the male sex. 

It somewhat resembles the figure 17 on Plate 2 of the Missouri Re- 
ports as that of Pempelia grossularie Packard; but stypticella wants the 
double band forming the anterior line. It does not agree with the fig- 
ure on page 140, because the outer line wants the submedian tooth there 
shown, and the wings are narrower. I regret not to have identified as 
yet this species of Dr. Packard’s, which is probably incorrectly gener- 
ically referred, and of which no structural characters of value are given 
by Mr. Riley. 

ANERASTIA Hiibn. 

Male antenne a little bent at base, without scale-tuft, ciliate beneath, 

the joints conspicuous. Ocelli wanting. Labial palpi long, porrected. 


704 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Fore wings 10-veined; median vein 3-branched, a single vein repre- 
senting 4 and 5. Hind wings with 7 veins; 3 and 4 furcate on a long 
stem; 2 before the lower angle of the cell. Tongue present, 


Anerastia hematica Zell., fig. 14 (neuration). 


Anerastia hematica Zell., Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ver. p. 555, 1872. 
Nephopteryx roseatella Pack., Ann. N. Y. Lye. N. H. 270, 1873. 


$2. Head and thorax dull yellow, more or less stained with rosy- 

__—. brown. Fore wings with a pale yellow costal stripe 

ae eee running to a point and expiring before the tips; else 

the silky primaries are dull roseate, shading to fus- 
cous below the stripe and fading to yellowish at 
internal margin. Hind wings very pale yellowish- 
fuscous. Fringes on both wings yellowish; beneath 
silky yellowish-fuscous. The species expands 17 to 
19 mil. I have examined four specimens of both 
sexes, including Dr. Packard’s type. Maine, Massa- 
chusetts. Whether the maxillary palpi are present, 
Fig I have not yet been able to decide. 

There is no doubt on my mind, after examining Packard’s type, tnat 
it is the same species previously described by Zeller. It appears that 
Zeller has recognized a second closely allied species from a specimen 
sent him by Packard, which differs from hematica by the thinner, longer, 
labial palpi, with a brown stripe from the 2d joint outwardly to the 
tip. The costal stripe is said to be powdered rather thickly with brown. 
Packard’s type does not show any brown powdering, and I cannot 


recognize any palpal stripe. The palpi are stained with purplish. Ido 


not think it is likely that these characters are specific. My other speci- 
mens show a variation in size and distinctness of the reddish tinge on 
primaries, but I cannot see either the character pointed out by Zeller or 
any others on which to infer two species. , 

Of this species, Dr. Packard says in the body of his description :—“ It 
has all the structural characters of Nephopteryx.” But in his remarks 
upon it a little lower down he says :—“‘ Though the antenne are without 
the usual tuft of scales, and the palpi are longer than usual, I should 
judge that it was a Nephopteryx.” It is, however, as I have above 
explained, abundantly distinct from Nephopteryx in structure. 

It is quite necessary that the structure in this group should be fully 
reported in describing species. I am prevented from identifying Pem- 
pelia Hammondi with certainty, because the characters of the maxillary 
palpi and venation are not given by Mr. Riley. In the absence of an 
examination of the generic characters in this group, any opinion on the 
validity of ‘‘ modern genera” must, I think, be without value. 

The following is a provisional list of our species :— 


to pare 


GROTE ON NORTH AMERICAN PYRALIDA. 


ACROBASIS Zell. 
exulella Zell. 
rubrifasciella Pack. 
tricolorella Grote. 
indiginella Zell. 
Phycita nebulo Walsh. 
var. juglandis Le Baron. 


SALEBRIA Zell. 
fusca Haw. 


PEMPELTIA Zell. 


pravella Grote. 
lignosella Zell. 
incautella Zell. 
petrella Zell. 

? tartarella Zell. 

? virgatella Clem. 

? subcesiella Clem. 
? Hammondi Riley. 
? grossulatie Pack. 


NEPHOPTERYX Zell. 


ovalis. 

6 Pempelia ovalis Pack. 

“ON. latifasciella Pack. 
fenestrella. 

Pempelia fen. Pack. 
leoninella. 

Pempelia leon. Pack. 
? basilaris Zell. 
consobrinella Zell. 


Prorasea simalis. 

Aedis funalis. 

Stemmatophora nicalis. 

Asopia devialis. 

squamealis. 

Arta statalis. 
olivalis. 

Melanomma auricinctaria. 

Scoparia libella. 

Emprepes nuchalis. 

Botis albiceralis. 
plumbicostalis. 
anticostalis. 
syringicola. 
talis. 
stenopteralis. 

Epipaschia superatalis. 

Mochlocera Zelleri 

Cacozelia basiochrealis. 

Toripalpus breviornatalis. 


Bull. iv. No. 3 


PHYCIDA. 


? undulatella Clem. 
? ulmi-arrosorella Clem. 
? Edmandsii Pack. 
PINIPESTIS Grote. 
Zimmermani Grote. 
2? abietivorella Pack. 


ZOPnopia Hiibn. 
Bollii Zell. 


dentata Grote. 
Myer.ois Zell. 
albiplagiatella Pach. 
HONORA Grote. 
mellinella Grote. 
EPISCHNIA Hiibn. 
farrella Curtis. 
ANERASTIA Hiibn. 
hematica Zell. 
Nephop. roseatella Pack. 
tetradella Zell. 
glareosella Zell. 
binotella Zell. 
EPHESTIA Guen. 


elutella Hiibn. 
ostrinella Clem. 
interpunctella Hiibn. 
Zee Fitch. 
ochrifrontella Zell. 
hospitella Zell. 


SPECIES DESCRIBED. 


11 


Tetralopha asperatella. 
platanella. 
militella. 
robustella. 

Acrobasis rubrifasciella. 

tricolorella. 

Pempelia pravella. 

Salebria fusca. 

Nephopteryx ovalis. 

fenestrella. 
leoninella. 
undulatella. 

? ulmi-arrosorella. 

Pinipestis Zimmermani. 

? abietivorella. 
Honora mellinella. 
Dakruma turbatella. 
Homeosoma stypticella. 
Anerastia hematica. 


105 


: in ed 
Pt i eb od Fi re 


aD AR See Tits 


? 


ART. XXVUI.—PALEONTOLOGICAL PAPERS NO. 6: DESCRIPTIONS 
OF NEW SPECIES OF INVERTEBRATE FOSSILS FROM THE 
LARAMIE GROUP. 


By C. A. WHITE, M. D. 


The fossils described in this paper were collected by the writer (unless 
otherwise stated in connection with the description) from the strata of 
the Laramie Group, during the season of 1877, in Colorado, Wyoming, 
and Utah. Many other associated species were also collected, but only 
the hitherto undescribed forms are noticed in this paper. 

Of the numerous invertebrate forms hitherto collected from the strata 
of this great group, except some insect remains (to be described by Mr. 
S. H. Scudder), and a few unstudied Ostracoid Crustaceans, all are mol- 


luscan. 
CONCHIFERA. 
Genus VOLSELLA Scopoli. 


Subgenus BRACHYDONTES Swainson. 


Volsella (Brachydontes) reguluris (n. sp.). 


Shell arcuate-subovate in marginal outline; valves moderately con- 
vex ; upper margin more or less strongly arched from beak to rear; 
thence with a continuous but stronger curve to the postero-basal mar- 
gin, which is somewhat abruptly rounded to the gently concave base; 
front moderately narrow, slightly projecting beyond the beaks, and 
abruptly rounded to the base; beaks depressed, scarcely perceptible as 
such, and nearly but not quite terminal; hinge-margin short, nearly 
Straight; umbonal slope somewhat prominent, but conspicuous only by 
increasing the apparent concavity of the basal part of the shell. Sur- 
face marked by numerous, rather coarse, radiating lines, or small coste, 
which increase in size toward the free margins of the shell. These 
costz have generally a somewhat crenulated aspect, due in part to small 
Sinuosities in their course, and in part to being frequently crossed by 
lines and undulations of growth; denticles or crenulations of the short 
front margin distinct. 

Length of the type-specimen 36 millimeters; breadth at the widest 
part 18 millimeters; but several less perfect examples obtained at dif- 
ferent localities indicate a much larger size, the largest of which must 


have had a length of 64 centimeters. 
108 


708 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Position and locality—Laramie Group. The type-specimen is from the 
Valley of Crow Creek, Northern Colorado, 15 miles above the con- 
fluence of that creek with South Platte River. Other examples are 
from Caiion Park, Valley of Yampa River; Danforth Hills, near White 
River Indian agency, Colorado; and Rock Springs Station, Union Pa- 
cific Railroad, Wyoming. 


Volsella (Brachydontes) laticostata (sp. nov.). 


Shell transversely elongate, arcuate-subelliptical; upper border broadly 
and almost regularly arched; posterior border somewhat abruptly but 
continuously rounded from the upper border to the base, which latter 
border is gently concave along its middle portion; front abruptly 
rounded, beaks inconspicuous, situated near the front; hinge-line short, 
nearly straight, not forming an angle with the remainder of the upper 
border; denticles, or crenulations of the anterior border, distinct. Sur- 
face marked by the usual distinct lines of growth, and also by fine radi- 
ating costz, which are obsolete along the whole length of the median 
portion of the shell, and are more distinct upon and near the dorsal 
border than elsewhere. 

Length 5 centimeters; greatest width 19 millimeters. 

This species differs conspicuously from the preceding one, which is 
from the same formation, in its greater proportionate length, the 
straighter and less crenulate character of its coste, and their absence 
or obsolescence upon the median portion of the shell. 

Position and locality.—Laramie Group, about 400 feet from its base; 
Danforth Hills, near White River Indian agency; Colorado. 


Genus NUCULANA Link. 


Nuculana inclara (sp. noy.). 


Shell small, elongate-subovate in marginal outline, gradually narrow- 
ing behind the beaks. Beaks not prominent, situated about one-third 
of the full length of the shell from the front; valves only moderately 
convex, even in the anterior and umbonal regions, and without distinet 
umbonal ridges. Basal margin broadly semi-elliptical; anterior margin 
regularly rounded from the cardinal margin to the base; postero-basal 
margin sloping upward to the posterior margin, which is sharply 
rounded to the cardinal margin; the latter margin slightly arched, or 
the anterior and posterior portions of it forming a very slight angle with 
each other; denticles minute, numerous, 12 to 15 or more in front of the 
beak and a greater number behind it. 

The few examples discovered being only casts, the true character of 
the surface is not known, but it appears to have been marked with only 
the usual concentric lines of growth. Character of the pallial line un- 
known. 

Length 11 millimeters; height from base to beaks 5 millimeters. No 


WHITE ON NEW INVERTEBRATES. 709 


examples larger than this were discovered, but it is possible that those 
obtained are under full adult size. 

Position and locality—Laramie Group, about 400 feet above its base; 
Danforth Hills, near White River Indian agency, Northwestern Colorado. 


Genus ANODONTA Cuvier. 


Anodonia parallela (sp. nov.). 

Shell transversely much elongate, oblong or semi-elliptical in marginal 
outline; valves gently convex, apparently a little more so near the 
front than elsewhere; beaks situated about two-sevenths the length of 
the shell from the front, depressed, the elevation of the umbonal re- 
gion being hardly perceptible; hinge-line long; the whole dorsal border 
nearly straight ; both anterior and posterior borders regularly rounded; 
that of the posterior being a little more abruptly rounded than the 
front; base nearly straight, or very slightly emarginate along or a little 
in front of the middle. Test thin; surface smooth or marked only by 
the ordinary lines of growth and one or two faint ridges running from 
the beaks to the postero-dorsal margin. 

Length 62 millimeters; breadth 20 millimeters. 

The extraordinary iene of this shell compared with its width is an 
unusual feature in this genus; but all the other characteristics of the 
Species, so far as they can be observed on the specimens yet discovered, 
indicate it to be a true Anodonta, and its immediate associates are also 
all fresh-water shells. Only two examples have been discovered, both 
imperfect ; but together they show all the essential characteristics of the 
species. Notwithstanding its unusually elongate form, the character 
of the test and its edentate hinge apparently leave no doubt as to its 
generic character as here indicated. 

Position and locality.—Laramie Group; Valley of Crow Creek, North- 
ern Colorado, about 10 miles above the confluence of the creek with 
South Platte River. 

Genus UNIO Retzius. 


Unio goniambonatus (sp. nov.). 

Shell of medium size, transversely elongated, subtrihedral in mar- 
ginal outline, being rapidly narrowed posteriorly from the anterior por- 
tion; moderately gibbous, most so a little in front of its mid-length and 
above its mid-height; test somewhat thick; beaks placed near the 
anterior end, moderately depressed ; umbones slightly raised above the 
hinge-line ; umbonal ridge distinct, angular, and so prominent as to 
produce a flattened or even slightly concave space between it and the 
hinge-margin, giving the whole back of the shell a broadly flattened as- 
pect; front margin regularly rounded from beneath the beaks to the basal 
margin, which latter margin is nearly straight or only slightly convex, 
especially behind the anterior third of its length; postero-basal margin 
narrowly rounded to the postero-dorsal margin, which meets the former 


710 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


with an elongated downward and backward slope from the hinge-mar- 
gin; the latter margin nearly straight, and occupying about two-thirds 
the whole length of the shell. Surface marked by only the ordinary 
lines and coarser imbrications of growth, but usually the angular umbonal 
ridge is cut across by three or four short, distinct ridges and corre- 
sponding furrows, extending obliquely inward and backward, being 
scarcely perceptible in front of the umbonal ridge, and becoming obso- 
lete before reaching the postero-dorsal margin, or at least only pro- 
ducing slight sinuosities upon it. 

Length 58 millimeters; height from base to umbones 34 millimeters; 
thickness 28 millimeters. 

The elongate subtriangular outline, prominent and angular umbonal 
ridges, and broad, flattened dorsum of this species, are features that 
readily separate it from all other known forms, and, together with the 
seven other species associated with it (mentioned in the next descrip- 
tion), show an extent and diversity of differentiation among these 
earlier species of Unionide that is hardly surpassed at the present day. 

Locality and position—Upper part of the Laramie Group; ee 
Buttes Station, Union Pacific Railroad, Wyoming. 


Unio aldrichi (sp. nov.). " 


Shell of medium size, transversely elongate, approximately oblong in 
marginal outline, a little higher posteriorly than anteriorly; moderately 
gibbous, especially along the umbonal ridge, where the shell is thickest ; 
test moderately thick, becoming much so in old shells; beaks placed 
nearly one-third the length of the shell from the front margin, incurved, 
broad, but not very prominent, although the flattened umbo is raised ~ 
above the level of the hinge-line; umbonal ridge prominent, subangu- - 
lar; postero-dorsal portion of the shell behind this ridge compressed, 
sometimes subalate; front portion of the shell moderately gibbous, and 
between this and the umbonal ridge the sides are distinctly flattened , 
anterior margin regularly, but somewhat narrowly, rounded down to the 
basal margin, which is nearly straight along the middle; postero-basal 
margin somewhat narrowly rounded, and extended upward and back- 
ward to the postero-dorsal margin; the latter margin sometimes trun- 
cated obliquely downward and backward, and sometimes so rounded as 
to give a more nearly square truncation to the posterior end of the shell; 
hinge-line long and straight. Surface marked only by the ordinary 
lines of growth, except all that portion which lies behind the umbona] 
ridge. This portion is marked by numerous sharply-raised, irregular 
lines or narrow ridges, with the intervening spaces wider than the 
ridges themselves, which, beginning almost imperceptibly just behind 
the umbonal ridge, extend backward with a greater or less upward 
curve to the dorsal and posterior borders. These raised ridges increase 
in number with the growth of the shell, in very small part by implanta- 
tion, but mainly by bifarcation. They usually constitute a conspicuous 


WHITE ON NEW INVERTEBRATES. 711 


surface-feature of the shell, but in some examples they are more or less 
obsolete. Their character is similar to that of the markings upon U. 
senectus and U. primcevus White, especially the latter. 

Length of the largest discovered example 82 millimeters; height at 
mid-length 48 millimeters; thickness about 32 millimeters. 

The specific name is given in honor of Mr. Charles Aldrich, formerly 
a member of the Survey. 

Position and locality.—Upper part of the Laramie Group, Black Buttes 
Station, Union Pacific Railroad, Wyoming, where it is found associated 
with U. brachyopisthus, U. couesi, U. endlichi, U. propheticus, U. prime- 
vus, U. holmesianus, U. goniambonatus White, and apparently with one 
or two other species of this genus. 


Genus CORBICULA Mergele. 


Corbicula cleburni (sp. nOV.). 


Shell large, subtrihedral in marginal outline; height from base to umbo 
equal to the extreme transverse length, moderately gibbous and its sides 
regularly convex, flattened or a little concave along the postero-dorsal 
portion, concave in front, where there is an almost defined lunule; test 
thick, or even somewhat massive in the case of old shells ; dorsal line 
forming a somewhat regular convex curve from the beak to the postero- 
basal portion, which latter portion is abruptly, sometimes almost angu- 
larly, rounded to the base; basal margin almost regularly rounded up to 
the antero-cardinal margin, but its convexity is usually a little greatest 
in front of the mid-length; antero-cardinal margin straight or slightly 
concave, meeting the antero-basal margin at an obtuse angle or a promi- 
nent abrupt curve; beaks prominent, elevated, curving inward and for- 
ward, and ending ina well-defined point when well preserved, as most 
of the examples are; lateral teeth strong, well developed, and finely 
erenulate; cardinal teeth well developed, the outer posterior one in one 
example showing faint crenulations, but otherwise of the ordinary char- 
acter; pallial line distinct, somewhat distant from the margin; sinus 
small, directed strongly upward. Surface marked only by the usual 
lines and undulations of growth. 

Height of the largest example 42 millimeters; extreme transverse 
length about the same; thickness 32 millimeters. 

This species bears more resemblance to C. cythertformis M. & H. than 
to any other published species; but it may be distinguished from that 
species by its more distinctly trihedral outline, its greater proportionate 
height, and its concave, almost lunulate front. 

Position and locality—Laramie Group, Crow Creek, Colorado, about 
12 miles north of its confluence with South Platte River. 


Corbicula cardinieformis (Sp. NOV.). 


Shell somewhat above medium size for a species of this genus, trans- 
versely subelliptical, moderately gibbous, especially a little forward of 


712 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


and above the middle, but somewhat compressed toward the free margins, 
especially in the posterior region; front and posterior margins narrowly 
and the basal broadly rounded, forming together a nearly true semi- 
ellipse; cardinal margin broadly rounded and sloping gently downward 
from the.beaks to the posterior margin; antero-dorsal margin slightly 
concave just forward of the beaks, where the shell is also slightly con- 
cave; umbonal portion of each valve prominent; beaks narrowed, dis- 
tinetly defined, not much elevated, but pointing strongly forward and 
incurved. Hinge and interior markings unknown. 

Length from front to rear 59 millimeters; height from base to beaks 
38 millimeters; greatest thickness, both valves together, 28 millimeters. 

In outward appearance, this species seems to occupy an intermediate 
position between tke usual short forms of Corbicula and that section of 
the genus which was separated by the late Mr. Meek under the sub- 
generic name of Leptesthes. It differs, however, from any species of that 
section known to mein the narrowness and distinct definition of the 
beaks; the umbonal region being broad and the beaks depressed and 
illy defined in all the published species of Leptesthes. 

With the exception of the differences named, and which seem to be 
correlated subgeneric differences, the shell here described resembles in 
general aspect some of the shorter varieties of Corbicula (Leptesthes) 
fracta Meek. For a more general comparison, however, it so nearly 
resembles some species of Cardinia as to have suggested the specific. 
name which is here applied to it. 

Position and locality.—Laramie Group, Valley of Crow Creek, 15 miles 
above its confluence with Platte River, Northern Colorado. 


Corbicula obesa (sp. nov.). 


Shell small or not above the average size for species of this genus, 
inflated ; sides somewhat regularly convex, suboval, or subtrihedral in 
marginal outline; transverse length somewhat greater than the height; 
basal margin almost regularly rounded, meeting both the posterior and 
anterior margins by regular and nearly equal curves; postero-dorsal 
portion regularly rounded from the beaks to the posterior margin; antero- 
cardinal margin straight, but the shell has a concave appearance in 
front on account of the slight forward prominence of the beaks; postero- 
cardinal margin very little, if any, depressed below the adjacent portions 
of the shell; beaks small, pointed, not prominent, but directed a little 
forward, and placed only a littie in advance of the mid-length; lateral 
teeth well developed, but slender, and apparently not crenulate, but the 
condition of the examples in hand was not conclusive upon this point; 
cardinal teeth well developed, but not robust; pallial sinus small. Sur- 
face marked only by the usual lines of growth, and these being’ mostly 
very fine, the surface has a comparatively smooth, or sometimes even 
a polished aspect in well-preserved examples. 


WHITE ON NEW INVERTEBRATES. ts 


Transverse length of a medium-sized specimen 30 millimeters; height 
from base to beak 26 millimeters; thickness 20 millimeters. 

This species differs too materially from any known described species 
to need detailed comparison. 

Position and locality—Laramie Group Valley of Crow Creek, Colo- 
rado, 15 miles north of its confluence with South Platte River. 


Subgenus LEPTESTHES Meek. 


Corbicula (Leptesthes) macropistha (sp. nov.). 

Shell small, longitudinally subelliptical or subovate, broader (higher) 
posteriorly than anteriorly, slightly gibbous or somewhat compressed ; 
test strong but not massive; basal margin broadly convex, posterior 
margin truncating the shell, and its direction being upward and a little 
backward, and abruptly rounded to both the postero-cardinal and basal 
margins; postero-cardinal margin broadly convex; antero-cardinal 
margin nearly straight and directed obliqueiy downward and forward 
to the front, which is abruptly rounded to the base; beaks depressed, 
not well defined, and not projecting above the hinge-line, placed about 
one-third the length of the shell from the front. Surface showing the 
usual lines and imbrications of growth, and well-preserved examples 
show that the former were so fine as to give an almost polished aspect 
to the surface. Lateral teeth well developed and finely crenulate, car- 
dinal teeth well developed, and having the usual characters of the genus; 
pallial line somewhat distant from the margin; sinus shallow. 

Length of an average-sized example, among the typical examples of 
the collection, 21 millimeters; height 15 millimeters; iui: both 
valves econ 10 miilimeters. 

There are two or three examples in the collection, that were obtained 
from layers separated by only a few feet, that are considerably larger 
than the above dimensions, but these, having some other modifications 
of form, are referred to this species with doubt. 

This shell evidently belongs to the section designated as Leptesthes by 
Meek. Among other peculiarities of this section, internal casts of it 
show a distinct but shallow and somewhat broad furrow, extending 
downward and forward from the hinge-margin behind the beaks to 
about the middle of the shell; and the inner surface of the valves show 
the corresponding ridge. This, in this species at least, is really not so 
much a true ridge as it is a sudden thinning of the shell, along a nearly 
vertical line, in its posterior half. 

The peculiar flattening of the umbonal and upper middle portions of 
the shell, its greater width, and equal if not greater thickness behind 
than in front, are characters by which the species may be readily 
recognized. 

Position and locality.—Laramie Group, Crow Creek, Northern Colo- 
rado, 15 miles above its confluence with the South Platte River. 


714 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
Genus ACELLA Haldeman. 


Acella haldemani (sp. nov.). 

Shell very small and very slender; spire longer than the aperture; 
volutions about six and very obliquely coiled, slightly convex; last one 
not ventricose ; aperture only slightly, if at all, expanded, its outer mar- 
gin, as shown by the lines of growth, being nearly parallel with the axis 
of the shell. Surface marked by numerous lines of growth parallel with 
the border of the aperture and nearly parallel with the axis of the shell. 
These, owing to the minute size of the shell, are distinguishable only 
under a lens of considerable power. 

Length 6 millimeters; diameter of last volution 14 millimeters. 

‘The specific name is given in honor of Prof. 8S. 8S. Haldeman, the 
author of the genus. 

Position and locality.—Laramie Group, Valley of Bear River, near the 
confluence of Sulphur Creek, Wyoming. 


Genus PHYSA Draparnaud. 


Physa felix (sp. nov.). 

Shell large; body-volution inflated, shouldered at the distal side, 
which is somewhat abruptly rounded from the outer side and near the 
suture, at nearly right angles with the axis of the shell; spire compara- 
tively small, and appears to have been only moderately elevated. Sur- 
face marked by the usual lines of growth, except that of the whole shoul- 
dered portion from the suture outward, which is marked by numerous 
small, obliquely triangular papille, which are arranged in oblique rows 
that coincide nearly with the lines of growth. 

The full length of the body-volution was not less than 38 millimeters. — 

Only two fragments of this remarkable Physa have been discovered, 
but the characters shown by them, as recorded above, are sufficient to 
distinguish it from any other species, and when more perfect examples 
are found it may show different generic characters also. 

Position and locality—Laramie Group, Crow Creek, Colorado, 10 miles 
above its confluence with the Platte. 


Genus HELIX Linneus. 


Helix evanstonensis (sp. nov.). 


Shell small, subglobose, wider than high; spire somewhat prominent, 
its sides convex, terminating in a moderately acute apex; volutions 
about six, convex; last one a little inflated and regularly rounded from 
the suture to the center of the base; suture distinct; umbilicus closed 
with a callus; base flattened in the middle, scarcely depressed; aperture 
oblique; outer lip reflected. Surface marked by numerous very distinct 
raised lines of growth parallel with the outer lip. 

Height 64 millimeters; breadth of last volution 9 millimeters. 


WHITE -ON NEW- INVERTEBRATES. 715 
Genus NERITINA Lamarck. 


Neritina naticiformis (sp. nov.). 

Shell small, subglobose in aspect, being more nearly like that of Natica 
than the usual forms of Neritina, due mainly to the greater elevation of 
the apex, consisting of three or four volutions, which so rapidly increase 
in size that the last one comprises much the greater part of the bulk of 
the shell; all the volutions regularly convex, the suture being distinct ; 
test not massive; aperture large, nearly straight on the inner side, and 
regularly convex on ail other sides, the whole comprising more than a 
semicircle; edge of the outer lip thin; inner lip moderately broad, flat- 
tened, apparently smooth, sloping strongly inward, or away from the 
outer lip; inner margin of the inner lip somewhat concave, apparently 
without crenulations. 

Surface marked by numerous distinct lines of growth, and upon some 
examples traces of revolving striz have been detected, especially upon 
the proximal or lower portion. 

Extreme length from apex to front margin 6 millimeters; greatest 
diameter of the last volution, across the middle of the aperture, about 
the same. 

In general aspect, this little shell so closely resembles a Natica that, 
the apertures all being filled with the imbedding material, the first 
suggestion that it might not belong to that or a closely allied genus came 
from its association with fresh- and brackish-water forms. Upon break- 
ing up some ot the examples, the inner lip was found to be more charac- 
teristic of Neritina than Natica, although it is not so broad and char- 
acteristically developed as is usual in the former genus. In this respect, 
and in the moderately thin test, it departs from typical forms of Neritina. 

Position and locality —Laramie Group, Bear River Valley, near the 
mouth of Sulphur Creek, Wyoming. 


Subgenus VELATELLA Meek. 


Neritina ( Velatella) baptista (sp. nov.). 

Shell small, elliptical in outline, broadly convex above, the convexity 
of the postero-median portion being greater than elsewhere, nearly flat 
beneath; umbo prominent, nucleus or apex posterior, minutely subspiral 
and only a little elevated ‘above the posterior margin, small, closely 
incurved, and turned to the right side; inner lip broad, smooth, slightly 
convex in all directions, and occupying fully one-half of the under sur- 
face of the shell; outer lip apparently moderately thin, but this feature 
has not been clearly seen. j 

Surface so nearly smooth as to give the shell an almost polished 
appearance, but under the lens minute strive of growth are visible, 
and also especially near the borders minute radiating striz are seen, 
apparently in the substance of the shell. In addition to this, there are, 

upon the only example discovered, seven or eight irregular radiating 


716 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


stripes of coloration of the shell. These are now brownish in color, 
while the general surface is buff; both doubtless different from those 
that characterized the shell while living, but no doubt correctly repre- 
senting them in shape, relative position, and contrast. 

Length 10 millimeters; breadth 7 millimeters; height 5 millimeters. 

This species resembles in many respects the NV. (V.) patelliformis 
Meek, especially the variety weberensis White, but it differs from the 
former in form, and from the latter in being without any trace of radiat- 
ing, raised lines or coste, in the greater prominence of the umbonal 
portion, and its more conspicuous apex. Its coloration is not taken into 
account, as its preservation is deemed only accidental. 

Position and locality—Laramie Group, Black Buttes Station, Union 
Pacific Railroad, Wyoming. 


Genus GONIOBASIS Lea. 


Goniobasis endlich (sp. nov.). 

Shell moderately elongate-conical; spire with straight or slightly con- 
eave sides; volutions six or seven, much and nearly regularly convex, 
the last one slightly inflated; suture well defined, and appearing unu- 
sually deep on account of the convexity of the volutions; aperture ovate, 
its distal end angular, its front somewhat narrowly rounded, and without 
a@ sinus; outer lip apparently sharp; inner lip with a thin reflected 
callus, more developed toward the front; columella gently arcuate. 

Surface marked by fine but distinct lines of growth, which are crossed 
by very numerous, fine, revolving, raised lines, giving it a cancellated 
appearance under the lens. In addition to these, there are usually from 
four tosix much larger, nearly equidistant, revolving, raised lines of nearly 
equal size, visible upon the volutions of the spire, and ten or twelve of 
the same upon the body-volution. These larger, revolving, raised lines 
are sometimes absent or obsolete, but the smaller markings are always 
present. 

Length about 22 millimeters; diameter of body-volution 11 milli- 
meters. 

This species is evidently nearly related to G. nebrascensis and G. 
tenuicarinatus M. & H., and should perhaps be referred to Pachycheilus 
Lea, but the difficulty of learning the exact character of the lip leaves 
that matter in some doubt. 

Specific name given in honor of Dr. F. M. Endlich. 

Position and locality. Laramie Group, 7 miles west of Evanston, Wyo., 
near the boundary line between Wyoming and Utah. 


Genus VIVIPARUS Lamarck. 


Vwiparus prudentia (sp. nov.). 
Shell depressed-subconical ; spire short; volutions five and a half or 
six, including the minute ones of the apex, convex; last one considera- 


WHITE ON NEW INVERTEBRATES. CLE 


bly enlarged, composing much the greater part of the shell, almost or 
quite regularly rounded from the suture to the umbilicus ; suture well 
defined, and rendered still more conspicuous by the convexity of the 
volutions; umbilicus very small and deep; aperture short, subovate or 
subcireular, obtusely angular at its distal side; a little straightened by 
contact with the next volution between that angle and the umbilicus, 
and elsewhere almost regularly rounded. 

Surface smooth, almost polished, but marked by very fine lines of 
growth. 

Length from front to apex 18 millimeters; breadth of body-volution 
18 millimeters. 

This shell is proportionally shorter than any other species of the 
genus known to me, but it seems to possess all the characteristics of 
Vwiparus. Its outer lip has the usual straight margin, but its umbili- 
cus is a little more open than usual, and the inner lip not reflexed, but 
almost continuous in its curvature with the outer lip. 

Position and locality.—Laramie Group, Crow Creek, Colorado, 10 miles 
above its confluence with South Platte River, Northern Colorado. 


Viviparus couesi (sp. nov.). 


Shell very large when fully adult; volutions six or seven, convex, the 
distal side of the last one especially rounded abruptly in to the suture, 
giving it a somewhat shouldered aspect there, while the outer side is 
broadly convex and sloping gently forward and inward; suture deeply 
impressed, the apparent depth being increased by the great convexity 
of the volutions. Surface marked by the ordinary lines of growth, no 
revolving marks of any kind being detected. ‘The lines of growth indi- 
cate that the margin of the outer lip was nearly straight, as is usual 
with species of this genus, and which character distinguishes it from 
Campeloma. Inner lip thickened, and reflexed at the proximal or ante- 
rior end, but not covering the umbilical fissure there, which is moder- 
ately large. The precise shape of the aperture is unknown, but it is 
probably ovate. 

No entirely perfect examples have been discovered, but the Taseaet 
one yet obtained would, if perfect, measure about 65 millimeters in 
length; fali width of pene seiner 38 millimeters. 

This species is described by Meek in vol. iv, p. 181, pl.17, fig. 15, King’s 
United States Geological Survey of the Fortieth Parallel, and referred 
to the genus Campeloma, but not specifically named. The numerous 
specimens, however, that have been obtained from the typical and other 
localities show that the species possesses the true characters of Viviparus. 

This species is distinguished from all others of the genus known to 
me in American strata by its great size, and there are few other species 
with which it is in any danger of being confounded. From V. paludine- 
formis Hall, it differs in its more robust form, in the greater convexity 
of its volutions and the abrupt rounding of their distal side, and in the 
presence of a comparatively large umbilical fissure. 


718 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 


Position and locality—lLaramie Group, Valley of Bear River, seven 
miles northwestward from Evanston, Wyoming, and at several points 
in the vicinity of Mellis Station, Union Pacific Railroad, near the con- 
fluence of Sulphur Creek and Bear River. It is associated with Oam- 
peloma macrospira Meek, Unio vetustus Meek, and other fresh-water 
mollusks, aS well as many brackish-water species. 


Genus ODONTOBASIS Meek. 


Odontobasis ? formosa (Sp. ROV.). 


Shell rather small; spire equal to about one-half its entire length ; 
volutions about six, the body one inflated and the distal ones moderately 
convex, the distal part of each somewhat shouldered, and marked there 
by numerous small longitudinal folds that become obsolete toward the 
proximal part; these longitudinal folds are less distinct upon the body- 
volution than upon the distal ones; upon the latter also there is a small 
revolving furrow near to, and upon the distal side of the suture, giving 
those volutions a slightly constricted aspect, but which constriction does 
not extend upon the body-volution. 

Surface apparently marked only by lines of growth, with the excep- 
tions already mentioned, and some revolving ridges or lines upon the 
proximal side of the body-volution, near the beak. 

Length 12 millimeters ; breadth of body-volution 7 millimeters. 

Only one specimen of this species has been discovered, and this is a 
somewhat distorted cast from the reddish shales of the Laramie Group 
near its base. Neither the aperture nor the extremity of the beak is 
shown in the specimen, and I am not entirely satisfied that it belongs 
to the genus Odontobasis, but its general aspect and observable charac- | 
ters favor that reference, although it bears considerable resemblance to 
Admetopsis Meek, from the Cretaceous strata at Coalville, Utah. Per- 
haps a sufficient reason for referring this shell provisionally to Odonto- 
basis is the fact that a species of that genus is already known in the 
Laramie Group, while no other genus is yet known there to which it could 
be contidently referred. Of the three other. species of Odontobasis yet 
known, two are from the Fort Pierre Cretaceous Group, a true marine 
formation, and one from the Laramie Group, near Point of Rocks Sta- 
tion, Union Pacific Railroad, Wyoming, a brackish-water formation, 
and which is there associated with Goniobasis insculpta as well as Ostrea 
and Anomia. The genus Admetopsis is not yet known to exist in the 
Laramie Group, nor unassociated with true marine forms. 

When other specimens shall have been discovered, it may prove that 
the description should be somewhat modified, but it is doubtless quite 
sufficient for the identification of the species. 

As a rule, the molluscan remains of the Laramie Group indicate a 
brackish condition of the waters in which they lived. This species is 
associated with Melania wyomingensis Meek, which is necessarily re- 


WHITE ON NEW INVERTEBRATES. 719 


garded as a fresh-water shell, and is often found associated with other 
fresh-water forms, and also with Nuculana, which is now known only in 
marine waters: Its other associates are Corbula, Corbicula, and Anomia. 

Position and locality—Laramie Group, about 400 feet above its base, 
Danforth Hills, Northwestern Colorado. The locality is about 10 miles 
northeastward from White River Indian agency. 


ART. XX1X.—PALEONTOLOGICAL PAPERS NO. 7: ON THE DISTRI- 
BUTION OF MOLLUSCAN SPECIES IN THE LARAMIE GROUP. 


s 


By C. A. WHITE, M. D. 


The term Laramie Group is here used to include all the strata between 
the Fox Hills Group of the Cretaceous period beneath, and the Wasatch 
Group (= Vermilion Creek Group of King) of the Tertiary period above. 
That is, it includes, as either subordinate groups or regional divisions, 
both the Judith River and Fort Union series of the Upper Missouri River; 
the Lignitic series east of the Rocky Mountains in Colorado; the Bitter 
Creek series of Southern Wyoming and the adjacent parts of Colorada; 
and also the “ Bear River Estuary Beds”, together with the Evanston 
Coal series, of the Valley of Bear River and adjacent parts of Utah. 
Strata of this great Laramie Group are known to exist in other large 
and widely separated districts of the western portion of the national 
domain, but only those above indicated are especially noticed in this 
paper. : 

So far as the brackish-water mollusca of the Laramie Group have yet 
been investigated, they have proved, with few exceptions, to belong to 
types represented by living moliusks of similar habitat; and the fresh- 
water and land mollusks of that group of strata belong almost wholly, 
if not entirely, to types that are fully represented by living species. 
Therefore a mere similarity or even identity of molluscan types in the 
strata of the different regions just enumerated would not prove them to 
belong to the same epoch; but it is held that an identity of species does 
constitute such proof. 

During the season of 1877 it was my good fortune to make considera- 
ble collections of fossils from all the forenamed regions except those of 
the Upper Missouri River. Study and comparison of my own collections 
with those made many years ago by Dr. Hayden from the Judith River 
and Fort Union beds in the Upper Missouri River region shows an inti- 
mate relationship to exist between the molluscan fauna of each of these 
series respectively. This fact is illustrated to some extent by the foi- 
lowing table, which, however, includes only the species that have been 
discovered in the strata of more than one of the regions, or of the subor- 

Bull. iv. No. 3——-12 721 


Pe 


722 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


dinate groups, herein discussed. It is, therefore, by no means a sum- 
mary of the invertebrate fauna of the Laramie period. 


Table showing the Geographical Distribution of Species in the Laramie Group. 


a a ; Be a 

ENEMAS TM Per ah eae tes 

| eA peu Mees creas Se st OL 

Sa ema lis peo. 2 

ees es eo a 8 

at So) Woe Sue aie 
Ostrea wyomingensis Mice ie ecerie crete tacts aaictecollhtetiaree oul * * fp Pam ee ic 
AiO MERE WIGS Ke coeoacoacoonsososedsaecesauallsooedallsscare x ie 2 gp TA 
Anomia gryphorhynchus Meeck....-. Sec base secre Sk twisienni| acts tell eeeeee = os 0 ae ee 
Brachydontesirecul arise WéntO sec -ey-/)= leleineini= lee =e | alee teeta x is, x Pomel sce c 
Uniorcryptoriiymehusi Wilber aes cea ae ieeine ee)e lee | eee ca ret aee Pe a re eiciets|eche 2) 
| Corbicula (Leptesthes) fracta Meek-...-....--..--.-----|------ ee 54 i “ Pye oe 552 
Corbicula (Leptesthes) subelliptica Meek .........-----|.----- 4 Ne EEE A] oD Poe 
Corbicula (Veloritina) cytheriformis M. & H ....-.....|....-. Fane ese se eae tes OSA | eee 
Corbicula (Veleritina) occidentalis M. & H ..-.--......-.|.----- ey inietayere x ft E01 eae | ee 
Corpilanpentin data Vie telee e-em eee cnet see eel see eit seein Es) & y Pee eer Sooobo 
Cornilasumidite nay Wis Se ES a laoaceelelcieoeisinie o eeeepel= teieeel eee atels Din lee eaae Pl eae Pans | ose 

Bulumstloneimsc lms Mis 6c Ee ee sei alae abe see) eens e\dligarea® alee WWE ep sone As 

BWlinUskswbelon mats pMirdé& Heli sasnectrsee oases epee ier | eteeee ae Ae tglell cya caste) Siacey eon ae 4 

Columna teres M.& H.......-...-.--. Soeecee anced emote vate tes wi icles: 2 eer 4 

MACKOGV CLS IS MablOSay IVE) Gc Gan ee ores crereieteisinisiesiateteeieineret lease rete Pile ek dal ion Allies nie 2 heen ee 
Goniobasis tennicarinata M.& H..................---- a eer Pim eee Salimeeees eeetcllocso ac 
Goniobasis!sracilienta MM. & El v2.62 sae-- sas ees seee ese - iaaet 3 ‘e ol | Caeiwers | cereres | eee 
Melamiarwyomingensis) Meek Sepa. c-nease sce eee eeceee las ee a % % ge) leseaee 
(Cheapo ane, well) ING 2 18 leo sGa6 aoeoaoeodaadebeodpuodosllosoede sane d peace a Sel IOS Aria ocieca 
Campeloma multilineata M. & Hi.........---..:-..----- 2 ee * x? |seGawe!|) Secen aes 
Dnlotomay thomipsoniVWibibey ese -e-eee eee oeseeees ee lee Boss ee 4 Peden ee Aes) ee ec fonsacn 


The underscore of the asterisk in the above table indicates the region in which the species thus 
designated was originally discovered. The double vertical line may be taken to represent the Rocky 
Mountains, or the great range, extending northward through Colorado, Wyoming, and Montana; the 
localities named on its left being east, and those on the right, west of those mountains. 


The region indicated in the table as ‘South Platte Valley” embraces 
quite a large area east of the Rocky Mountains in Colorado, which is 
drained by the South Platte and its tributaries, and extends eastward 
from the base of the mountains out upon the plains, a known distance 
of 150 miles, and doubtless much further. 

The Bitter Creek series, as here indicated, embraces all the strata that 
were included by Mr. Meek under the same designation in Hayden’s 
Sixth Annual Report of the Geological and Geographical Survey of the 
Territories. Those of the well-known localities, Rock Springs and Black 


Buttes Stations, are both included in this series, and not regarded as © 


separate, as they were in one of my former publications (Geology of the 
Uinta Mountains, Chapter III). The Yampaand White River Valleys are 
adjacent regions west of the Rocky Mountains, in Northwestern Colorado. 

The strata here included under the head of ‘‘ Bear River Valley” are 


WHITE ON DISTRIBUTION OF MOLLUSCS. T23 


those that have been frequently designated as the‘ Bear River Estuary 
Beds”, and sometimes as the “Sulphur Creek Estuary Beds”; together 
with the coal-bearing series that is seen to rest upon them in the Valley 
of Bear River, northward from Evanston, Wyoming. 

It will be seen that Ostrea wyomingensis is indicated with doubt as 
occurring in the Judith River Group. This reference is made because 
of the probable identity of Ostrea glabra Meek & Hayden, with 0. 
wyomingensis Meek, and the doubt is expressed because the proof upon 
that point is not entirely satisfactory. ‘The former species, as identified 
in the Lignitic strata east of the Rocky Mountains in Colorado, is there 
found to be covnected by associated intermediate forms with shells that 
cannot be distinguished from the typical forms of O. wyomingensis, and 
therefore no doubt is expressed upon that point as regards that region. 
This species is not only found in the strata of the other regions indi- 
cated in the table, but in various localities within the great Green River 
Basin west of the Rocky Mountains it is found to range through the 
whole series of Laramie strata, a thickness of not-less than 3,500 feet. 
i am also a little in doubt as to the real identity of Campeloma multi- 
lineata in the Bitter Creek series; but all the other species embraced 
in the table are probably correctly identified. Not only has the Ostrea 
awyomingensis the great vertical range in the Laramie Group which 
has just been mentioned, but Anomia micronema, Brachydontes regularis, 
Melanta wyomingensis, and probably other species also, have an equally 
great vertical range; embracing, in fact, the whole thickness of the 
. Laramie strata in the great Green River Basin, which thickness proba- 
bly reaches a maximum of 4,000 feet. 

{t is a well-known fact that the aggregate thickness of the Laramie 
strata east of the Rocky Mountains in Colorado is much less than it is 
in either of the other regions here named. But those eastern strata 
appear to represent the whole Laramie period, because they contain all 
the species just mentioned that are known to range through the whole 
Series west of the mountains, where it has its maximum thickness, and 
they also contain certain species associated in the same layers that ap- 
pear to characterize the Fort Union and Judith River beds respectively, 
in the Upper Missouri River region, and not there associated together 
in either. 

The distribution of species in the Laramie Group, on both sides of the 
Rocky Mountains, is too conspicuously shown by the table to need com- 
ment. : 

In the foregoing discussion only the species that are common to the 
Strata of two or more of the districts here discussed have been con- 
sidered. Therefore, only the faunal relationships between these regions, 
and not their differences, are shown. To show the latter, a considera- 
tion of all the species yet discovered in the strata of this great group 
is necessary. The characteristics of all the known species of the dis- 
tricts named, except a part of those of Bear River Valley, are in har- 


724 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


mony with the close faunal relationship, which is shown to exist, by 
the few species that are named in the table. 

The brackish-water branchiferous species, however (as well as the 
pulmonate Rhytophorus priscus Meek), of the Bear River Valley series,, 
are not only of different species from any that occur in any other strata 
of the Laramie Group, but a part of them are of different types also. 
It is also true that these brackish-water species depart more widely from 
living types than do any of the species of other portions of the Laramie 
Group. In fact, not one of the species yet found in the true brackish- 
water strata of the Bear River series has been identified in those of any 
of the other regions discussed in this paper; and the evidence of the 
faunal relationship of this portion of the Laramie Group with the others, 
which is shown in the table, is confined to pulmonate mollusks alone. 
It is true also that the pulmonate mollusks of the Bear River Valley series 
that have been identified with species found in Laramie strata in other 
districts are apparently confined to the Evanston coal-bearing beds 
that overlie the portion of the series in the Bear River Valley which 
contains the brackish-water types. The fact that these pulmonate 
species of the Evanston coal-bearing beds have also been found only in 
the Judith River series, which probably represents the lower or earlier 
portion of the Laramie Group, seems to indicate that the Bear River 
series of brackish-water strata is still older. But this is not necessarily 
the case, for there is apparently no reason why we might not expect to 
find those species to range through the whole Laramie series, as other 
Species have been shown to do. In other words, from our present 
knowledge of the facts, it appears justifiable to regard the Judith River 
beds as representing the earlier and the coal-bearing beds near Evans- 
ton as the later portion of the Laramie period. 

It now seems probable that we must look for the cause of the differ- 
ences which the branchiferous mollusks of the strata of the Bear River 
Valley present, from all other portions of the Laramie Group, in a differ- 
ence of physical conditions probably induced by the proximity of the 
western shore-line of the great Laramie inland sea; conditions that 
induced differential changes in the aqueous mollusks, but not thus 
affecting the land and palustral pulmonates. 

In subsequent papers, it is proposed to discuss the relations of the 
Laramie Group with those above and beneath it; and also the relations 
of its molluscan types with those of other fossil, and also with those of 
existing forms. 


, ART. XXX.—ON SOME DARK SHALE RECENTLY DISCOVERED 
BELOW THE DEVONIAN LIMESTONES, AT INDEPENDENCE, 
IOWA; WITH A NOTICE OF ITS FOSSILS AND DESCRIPTION 
OF NEW SPECIES. 


By 8. CALVIN, 
Professor of Geology, State University of Iowa. 


The Devonian deposits of Iowa, as now known, may be roughly rep- 
resented by the annexed diagram, in which 1 
3 indicates the position of a member of .the 
group recently discovered at Independence, 
, consisting of dark argillaceous, with some 
aan beds of impure, concretionary limestone. 
, It has been explored to a depth of 20 or 25 
feet. No.2 represents all the beds of what 
have been termed Devonian limestones in Iowa, and is made up largely 
of limestones, with associated beds of light-colored shales; estimated 
thickness, 150 feet. No.3 is a bed of argillaceous shales exposed at and 
near Rockford, Iowa, and is referred to in this paper as the Rockford 
Shales. It abounds in fossils, and weathers, on exposure, into a stiff 
clay, that has been utilized in the manufacture of brick; observed 
thickness, 70 feet. 

Until quite recently, Nos. 2 and 3 of the above section were supposed 
to make up the entire thickness of Devonian rocks in Iowa. No. 2 not 
only varies, as already indicated, in lithological characters, but the 
grouping of fossils differs widely in different localities, so much so that 
competent geologists have referred certain exposures—for example, 
those at Waterloo—to the Corniferous, and others—as at Independence 
and Waverly—to the Hamilton. Such references of the above-named 
exposures will be found in the Twenty-third Report on the State Cabi- 
net of New York, pp. 223-226; and in the same article Professors Hall 
and Whitfield declare the Rockford shales to be the equivalent of the 
New York Chemung. On the other hand, Dr. C. A. White—Geology cf 
Iowa, 1870, vol. i, p. 187—is of opinion that all the Devonian strata of 
Iowa belong to a single epoch. 

Thus matters stood until about a year or so ago, when D.S. Deering 
called attention to the interesting fact that a dark shale had been ex- 
posed in working out the layers in the bottom of one of the limestone 
quarries near Independence. The quarrymer penetrated the shale to a 
considerable depth in the hope of finding coal. The shale varies some- 
what lithologically, but where it presents its most characteristic features 


it is argillaceous, Ane: grained, and highly charged with bitumen 


726 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


matter. In some of the beds there are numerous remains of plants— 
stems of Lepidodendron and Sigillaria that made up the forests of the 
Devonian. The plants, however, are very imperfect; the form only is 
partially preserved, and that mainly by iron pyrite that replaced the 
original stem. The woody tissue of the plants has been converted into 
coal that occupies thin, irregular seams among the lamine of pyrite. 
The little bands of coal vary in thickness, but none of those observed 
exceed a quarter of aninch. None of the plants are perfect enough to 
render either generic or specific identification possible. 

The discovery of shale charged with the carbonized stems of plants 
below the Devonian limestone of Iowa is a matter of much interest. Fre- 
quent reports have gained circulation of the discovery of coal in drilling 
wells in regions occupied by Devonian rocks. From Jesup, Janesville, 
Marion, Davenport, and other places, such rumors have gone out. Jn 
one or two cases, shafts have been dug at considerable expense, neces- 
sarily ending in disappointment and failure. 

The discovery at Independence accounts for these reports. In drilling 
through the limestones, the lower shales, with their carbonized plants, 
were reached, and the dark color of the borings, mixed with fragments 
of real coal, naturally enough gave rise to the impression that a verit- 
able coal-mine had been found. 

It is to be noticed that all the places trom which such reports have 
come stand near the eastern outcrop of the Devonian, where its entire 
thickness could be pierced at a very moderate depth. The number and 
position of such localities would show that the shale in question is not a 
mere local deposit, but is distributed a}l along the outcrop of Devonian 
rocks in Iowa. ; 

The researches of Mr. Deering and myseif have brought to light quite 
a number of finely preserved Brachiopods, representing fourteen species. 
Of these, two are not determined and five are new to science; but the 
chief interest attaches to certain species that have hitherto been known 
only from the shales of bed No. 3, near Rockford. It will be convenient 
to arrange the specimens in three groups as follows :— 

I. Species limited in Iowa, so far as known, to the Independence 
shales: Strophodonta variabilis, n.s.; Gypidula munda, n.s.; Orthis infera, 
n. 8.3; Rhynchonella ambigua, n. s.; Spirifera subumbona, Hall (2). 

II. Species ranging throughout the entire group, and so common to 
beds 1, 2, and 3: Atrypa reticularis, Linn. 

ILI. Species common to beds 1 and 3, but not known to occur in the 
intervening limestones: Strophodonta quadrata, u.s.; S. arcuata, Hall; 
S. canace, Hall & Whitfield; S. reversa, Hall; Atrypa hystrix, Hall;* 
and Productius (Productella) dissimilis, Hall. 


*The form designated here as 4. hystrix, Hall, differs conspicuously from that de- 
scribed in Geology of Iowa, 1858, vol. i, part 2, p. 515, under the name of A. aspera 
var. occidentalis. This last occurs abundantly in the overlying limestones. The speci- 
mens from the lower shales are identical with the form presented by this dirypa in the 
Rockford shales. For application of this specitic name to this special form, see 23d 
Annual Report of Board of Regents on New York State Cabinet, p. 225. 


CALVIN ON DARK SHALE AND ITS FOSSILS. 727 


It is an interesting fact that of the twelve determinable species six 
occur only in the shaly deposits at the opening and close of the Devo- 
nian, notwithstanding these deposits are separated by 150 feet of lime- 
stone. Only one species is known to pass from the lower shales into the 
limestones above, and even there it appears under a form so altered that 
specimens from the two beds may be distinguished as readily as if they 
were distinct species. If we take form and surface-markings into 
account, the Airypa reticularis of No. 1 also finds its nearest representa- 
tive, not in the limestones immediately above, but in the shales at 
Rockford. 

Obviously, then, the Independence shales are more nearly related to 
the Rockford beds than to any other formation in Iowa. The species 
in Group I seem to have disappeared with the ushering-in of condi- 
tions under which limestones were formed ; they maintained themselves 
in some locality which has not been discovered, or from which the shaly 
deposits have been entirely swept away, and returned with the return 
of conditions favorable to their existence during the deposition of the 
Rockford shales. 

The intimate relation between the two extremes of the group is cer- 
tainly a most interesting one, and can but strengthen the conclusion 
of Dr. White, that all the Devonian strata of Iowa belong to a single 
epoch. . 

Brachiopods of the Independence Shale. 


STROPHODONTA VARIABILIS, n. S. 


Shell small, very variable, thin, orbicular to semi-oval in outline. 
Valves in some instances about equally convex, in other cases, notably 
in young specimens, the dorsal valve has the greater convexity, the 
ventral being flat or even slightly concave; again the ventral valve 
may be regularly convex, the dorsal being concave, or the dorsal valve 
may be convex near the back, becoming deeply concave toward the 
front margin. 

Hinge-line straight; cardinal extremities often produced, but more 
frequently rounded in adult individuals. Hinge-area common to both 
valves, narrow, a little wider on the ventral, marked by a few strong 
vertical striz corresponding to the deep crenulations of the hinge-line. 

Surface marked by fine radiating and alternating striz, which are 
strongly ‘curved on the cardino-lateral areas and increase by implanta- 
tion. Fascicles, of from 4 to 7 minute, low, rounded striz, occur between 
each pair of larger, angular, and much more prominent ones. An im- 
perfectly defined mesial fold sometimes seen on ventral valve. Striz 
crossed by very minute, microscopic, concentric lines. 

Muscular sears of ventral valve broad, short, and sharply defined by 
an elevated ridge. Cardinal process of dorsal valve bifid, the diverging 
parts slender, emarginate at tip, and fitting into notches in area of 
ventral valve. Entire inner surface granulose. Vascular markings ob- 
scure, except near the margin. 


128 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Length, 12; width, 15; thickness, 4 millimeters.* 
Known only from the Independence shales. 


STROPHODONTA QUADRATA, 0. S. 


Shell small, concavo-convex, quadrate in outline. Cardinal extremi- 
ties sometimes abruptly produced, sometimes rounded. Ventral valve 
very convex, flattened on the umbo, and descending abruptly to the 
lateral and front margins. Dorsal valve concave, following closely the 
curvature of the other. Hinge-area common to both valves, wider on 
ventral, finely striated. Foramen only sufficiently developed to receive 
the extremities of the bifid cardinal process. Muscular sears faintly 
impressed, not definitely bounded. 

Surface of ventral valve ornamented by fine radiating striz. From3 
to 5 very small striz are implanted between pairs of more prominent, 
but very slender, filiform, and often slightly interrupted ones. <A broad, 
shallow, mesial sinus sometimes occupies the front half of the valve. On 
dorsal valve, the striz are subequal, corresponding to the finer ones of 
the ventral. 

Length, 9; width, 11; convexity, 5 millimeters. 

Occurs both at Independence and Rockford. 


STROPHODONTA ARCUATA, Hall. 


Strophodonta arcuata, Hall, Geology of Iowa, 1858, vol. i, part 2, p. 492, plate iii, fig. 
1 a, b, c, and 2 a, b. 


Very common in the Rockford shales, and is also found at Independ- 
ence. 
STROPHODONTA CANACE, Hall & Whitfield. 


Strophodonta canace, Hall & Whitfield, 23d Ann. Report on State Cab. of New York, 
p. 236, pl. xi, figs. 8-11. 


The specimens in hand present some differences from the Rockford 
forms. Other specimens from Independence show more exact agree- 


ment. 
STROPHODONTA REVERSA, Hall. 


Strophodonta reversa, Hall, Geology of Iowa, 1858, vol. i, part 2, p. 494, pl. ili, fig. 4 a, d. 


From Independence. Also found at Rockford, where this species is 


very abundant. 
ORTHIS INFERA, 0. Ss. 


Shell very small, orbicular or subelliptical; valves about equally con- 
vex. Ventral valve regularly convex, with a slight indication of a 
mesial fold ; beak prominent, erect or slightly incurved ; hinge-line short, 
length about equal to a third of the width of shell near the middle; 
hinge-area narrow. 


*All the dimensions given in this paper are taken from average-sized specimens, 
unless otherwise stated. 


CALVIN ON DARK SHALE AND ITS FOSSILS. 729 


- Dorsal valve convex, with a fairly defined mesial sinus that is wide 
in front and narrows rapidly toward the beak; beak only a little less 
prominent than on ventral valve. Surface of both valves marked by 
from 24 to 30 moderately strong, rounded strie that are separated by 
wide furrows and multiply by bifurcation on the front half of shell. 
Striz and furrows crossed by very minute microscopic lines. 

Length, 6; width, 7; thickness, 34 millimeters. 

Known at present only from the dark shales at Independence. 


ORTHIS, sp. ? 


The surface is marked by coarse, angular strize, and a sharp angular 
mesial ridge gives the valve a carinated appearance. From the Inde- 


pendence shale. 
S PIRIFERA SUBUMBONA, Hall. 


Spirifera subumbona, Hall, Pal. N. Y. vol. iv, p. 234, pl. 32, figs. 22-30. 


The specimens under consideration agree very well in most characters 
with some forms of Spirifera subumbona, but, as will be seen from the 
figures, they differ materially in size and in the width of the hinge-area. 
Not known to occur in Iowa except in the Independence shales. 


ATRYPA HYSTRIX, Hall. 


Alrypa hystrix, Hall, Pal. N. Y. vol. iv, p. 236, pl. 53, A, figs. 15-17. 
A. hystrix, H. & W., 23d Annual Rept. N. Y. State Cabinet, p. 225. 
{See note at bottom of p. 726 of this Bulletin.) 


The specimen in hand was collected at Independence. 
ATRYPA RETICULARIS, Linn. 


Atrypa reticularis of authors. 


The specimens collected represent the prevailing type as this species 
occurs in the lower shale at Independence. It is more nearly related to 
Rockford forms than to the forms found in the limestones only a few 


feet above. 
RHAYNCHONELLA AMBIGUA, 0. S. 


Shell large, transversely oval or elliptical; valves moderately gibbous, 
subequally convex; mesial fold and sinus broad and well developed at 
the anterior margin in full-grown shells, becoming obsolete toward the 
umbonal region. Length and width in about the ratio of 3 to 4. Ven- 
tral valve regularly arched in the posterior part; the middle of the 
anterior half of the valve occupied by a broad sinus, which becomes 
deep and subangularly margined toward the front. A strong fold, ex- 
tending about a third of the way to the beak, occupies the middle of 

the sinus; rudimentary folds appear on either side of the middle in the 
sinus of large shells. Beak of ventral valve projecting slightly beyond 
the other, closely incurved and appressed so as to show neither area nor 


730 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


foramen in perfect adult shells. Dorsal valve convex; greatest convexity 
near the umbo, from which it slopes gradually to the lateral and antero- 
lateral margins. Mesial fold confined to anterior half, broad and high 
in front, and divided in the middle by a wide, longitudinal, subangular 
furrow ; rudimentary furrows on either side of the middle. Both valves 
with three or four plications on either side of mesial fold and sinus ip 
adult shells; plications confined to antero-lateral margins. Postero- 
lateral margins and umbonal region smooth. Shell thin, translucent, 
seareely fibrous. . 

Dimensions of a large specimen are: Length, 28; width, 41; thick- 
ness, 23 millimeters. 

Confined, as far as known, to the dark shales at Independence. 


GYPIDULA MUNDA, 0. S. 


Shell small, subtriangular to broadly ovate, inequivalve; ventral 
valve convex, curving almost regularly from beak to front margin; 
beak only moderately prominent, obtuse, slightly incurved; an indis- 
tinct mesial fold near the front margin. Dorsal valve transverse ellip- 
tical in outline, slightly convex near the beak, sloping at first somewhat 
abruptly and then more gradually toward the cardino-lateral margins; 
a broad sinus, of which the middle is occupied by a single low fold, is 
confined to the anterior margin. A few indistinct folds occupy the 
antero-lateral margins of both valves; surface otherwise smooth. 

Area and foramen as in other species of this genus. 

Length, 8; width, 10; thickness, 6 millimeters. 

This species resembles Gypidula occidentalis, Hall, from which it may 
be distinguished by its smaller size, less prominent beak, greater pro- 
portionate width, and deeper sinus. The young G. occidentalis of corre- 
sponding size are entirely smooth, and show no trace of either fold or 
sinus. They differ also from G. munda in form and general proportions. 

From the dark shale at Independence. The species is unknown from 
any other horizon. : 


PRODUCTUS (PRODUCTELLA) DISSIMILIS, Hall. 


Productus dissimilis, Hall, Geology of Iowa, 1858, vol. i, part 2, p. 497, plate iii, fig. 
7 a-¢. 
This species is abundant at Rockford, and is among the most common 
species in the Independence shales. 


PRODUCTUS (PRODUCTELLA) sp. ? 


The collections from the Lower Devonian Shales contain a few speci- 
mens of this small Productus. It issomewhat related to P. Shumardianus, 
Hall. More material will be necessary before it can be determined. 


ART, XXXL—ON THE MINERALOGY OF NEVADA. 


By W. J. HOFFMAN, M. D. 


This report is based primarily upon the collection made in 1871 while 
‘a member of the expedition for the exploration of Nevada and Arizona.* 
Since that time I have received well-authenticated species from vari- 
ous sources, chiefly in Nevada; and those which have not come under 
my personal observation have been accredited to the proper authorities. 
The original collection is now at the National Museum, excepting in a 
few instances, in which the materials were consumed in making the 
necessary analyses. The only interesting feature which I shall mention 
here is the occurrence of manganiferous compounds in a belt of lime- 
stone, chiefly traceable from Austin south, and eastward toward Hot 
Spring Caion. Most of the compounds containing antimony in various 
forms occur chiefly throughout the western portion of the State, while 
in the eastern portion the haloid compounds predominate. Neither of 
these, however, are in any way governed by the occurrence of so-called 
‘¢sulphuret ores”, as these are distributed pretty generally. 

In addition to the above, a few remarks upon, and a list of, the ther- 
mal and mineral springs visited are added; also notice of some of the 
rarer minerals found in Owens Valley, California. 

I embrace this opportunity of acknowledging my indebtedness to the 
following-named gentlemen for information and specimens which I 
could not have obtained through auy other sources: Mr. Julius Partz, 
superintendent and afterward assayer of the mines in Blind Springs 
District, California; Mr. Richard Stretch, formerly engineer of the Vir- 
ginia City Mines; Mr. Leon and the Canfield Bros., Belmont; the 
Messrs. Ogden, of Morey; Thomas Shaw, Gold Mountain; and Mr. W. 
S. Keys, superintendent of the Eureka Consolidated Mines. Dr. A. H. 
Foote, of Philadelphia, Pa., furnished me with several names, to which 
(when not on my list) his name has been appended as authority. In 
several instances, also, I have quoted from Professor Dana’s Manual of 
Mineralogy for localities unknown to me personally. The localities 
cited are those in which the specimens named occur or did occur in 
their greatest purity or finest crystallizations. 


Agate. See Silica. 

Albite. In rhyolite, at Eureka and at Morey; massive, granular, at vari- 
ous points in Fish Lake Valley, rarely in crystals. Tine crystals in 
trachyte on the Colorado River. 

- *Now known as United States Geographical Surveys West of 100th Meridian. 


73 


732 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Allemontite. Locality.unknown. Also reported by Dr. Foote. (Pri. 
com.) 

Alum. See Kalinite. 

Alunogen. At Mount Diablo, associated with kalinite. 

Amethyst. On the mesa, near the mouth of Rio Virgen. 

Analcite. In small crystals in the La Libertad Mine, San Antonio Dis- 
trict. In amygdaloid in the Black Canton, Colorado River. 

Anglesite. Occurs sparingly in Railroad District, at Hyko, and at 
Mineral Hill. Across the State line at Partzwick, Cal., crystals were 
obtained measuring .34 of an inch across. 

Ankerite. Occurs southeast of Camp Halleck. Locality unknown. 


Sp. gr.= 2.975. 
Composition : 
Carbonate oipime: (ee feos oo ee eto. sce kee cle tnelstata aise eee 51.14 
Calponaherot MACNESIa Ss.cc/selcina cme. cee cee eee eee eye 23.48 
CAH DOTENE Ose WOM, GoocGonsb656 Go6bod bon6 Sasson obooSd aSoscuRASUdC (18.75 
CarHonaveor Mane ANese. co. ss sess ae eke noe ae ae eee ele eee 6.20 
Oreamiermatters.20 loci see a ee 0. 43 


Antimony. See Stibnite. 

Apatite. In small crystals, with good terminations, at Lone Mountain. 

Aragonite. Crystals nearly one inch in length, with perfect terminations, 
in a cave one mile south of Mineral Hill. The variety known as Flos 
Ferri occurs in small quantities. 

Argentite. In small quantities in Cope and Bull Run Districts. Spar- 
ingly at Mineral Hill and Hyko; more frequent at Palmetto. 

Arsenic. Antimonial arsenic, 17*. A compound, consisting of arsenic, 
90.82, and antimony, 9.18, (=17 As + 1 Sb), occurs in the Comstock 
lead of the Ophir Mine, Washoe County, ‘ Cal.” (i.e., Nevada), in finely 
crystalline, and somewhat radiated, reniform masses, between tin- 
white and iron-black on a fresh fracture, but grayish black on tar- 
nishing, unassociated with arsenolite, calcite, and quartz.* 

Arsenolite. Ophir Mine. (Dana and Stretch.) Sparingly, in small 
quantities, at Belmont. 

Astrophyllite. Kare, in small hexagonal lamine, at Silver Peak. 

Alunogen. Near Mount Diablo, frequently associated and mixed with 
sulphur. Dr. Loew mentions this as occurring thirty-five miles 
northwest of Silver Peak, having reference undoubtedly to the same 
locality. 

Azurite. Occasionally in minute crystals at Bull Run; in thin coatings 
and seams at Hyko and Cope District ; rather more frequent at San 
Antonio, Montezuma, and Philadelphia, Districts. In beautiful crys- 
tals at Mineral Hill. 

Beryl. Sparingly, ten miles north-northwest of Silver Peak. Some crys- 
tals have been obtained, the largest measuring .75 of an inch across. 
Color dull bluish-ash. 


*Dana’s Manual of Mineralogy, New York, 1858, p. 18. 


HOFFMAN ON THE MINERALOGY OF NEVADA. 133 


Biotite. In fine crystals at Silver Peak; also in the caiion about ten 
miles west of Palmetto. 

Borax. In moderately sized crystals in the desert south of San An- 
tonio; Death Valley. 

Bornite. Sparingly in Galena and Railroad Districts. 

Borono-calcite. Hot Springs. (Loew.) 

Bournontite. Accompanies silver-ores at Lone Mountain. 

Bromid of silver. See Bromyrite. 

Calcite. In simple and modified rhombohedra, four inches in length, at 
Bull Run. Smaller crystals, occasionally scalenohedra, at Reese River. 
At Morey acute rhombohedra occur of various shades of pink, often 
rose-colored, where they are frequently associated with rhodocrosite. 
Two analyses show great variation of composition, although they did 
not exhibit any perceptible difference in measurement or coloration. 
No. 1 was taken from the extreme northeastern portion of the mine, 
and No. 2 about twenty yards southwest of that locality. 


No. 1. No. 2. 
Crm Oni Ceacidnsacelsacinae se wac,- come cc ccc cce Se cstereeic 53. 74 52. 36 
MEM GAN OUS ORI G5 ees (1s ae eaptcie a ala cloiiclsicisicicio ee oo crise 3. 87 4, 97 
HETMOUSMOXA GO es eet cat eeiels aciciaysis -iaisid-s s/s ic) afeiciernen siento trace 0.21 _ 
MEUTIN Gyo etaiay eo tSe: ae rctal a Hapehee Asie aidm Sie ase Me ale ele Sam nin Biden 42, 28 41, 42 
PUN CLC ACI OMe arcs terol mo cepa els ale auale saeiaueete ae eee ees — 0. 97 
Loss...-- 2 ene Se AAS See erat 0.11 0. 07 


100.00 100.60 


These samples contain a large quantity of carbonate of manganese, 
but the calcite, wherever it appears in the region between Morey and 
Austin, contains more or less, frequently so much so as to present 
the characteristic tints; these, however, may to some extent be due 
to the presence of iron. 

One mile south of Mineral Hill, in a cave, occur the following 
varieties :— 

a. Rarely, small flat rhombohedra, with the lateral angles removed, 
known as nail-head spar; 

b. Small scalene dodecahedra ; 

e. ine aggregations of acute rhombohedra; and 

d. Drusic and acicular incrustations and clusters, assuming great 
varieties of form. 

Some of the acicular crystals measured nearly three-fourths of an 
inch in length, and occurred radiating from various places from the 
roof of the cave. 

Carbonate of copper. See Malachite. 
Carbonate of iron. See Siderite. 

Carbonate of lead. See Cerussite. 
Carbonate of lime. See Calcite. 

Carbonate of manganese. See Rhodocrosite. 


134 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Cassiterite. The only locality where stream tin was found to occur is 
at the Tuscarora placer mines. Small crystals are occasionally met 
with. 

Cerargyrite. Frequently met with in the Comstock Mine; rarely at 
Montezuma; in small pale brown and greenish-brown crystals at San 
Antonio; in fine cinnamon-brown crystals at Belmont, Philadelphia 
Mine; also sparingly at Bull Run; more frequent at Pioche, Reese 
htiver District, White Pine District, and at Columbus. 

Cerussite. In drusic incrustations on galenite at Bull kun; massive, of 
dirty-white and yellowish-gray colors, in Pinto District. Occurs in 
elongated six-rayed crystals at Hyko. Associated with and coating 
clusters of crystals of anglesite at Eureka. 

Cervantite. Massive and in minute crystallized coatings, sparingly, 
with stibnite, west of Battle Mountain. 

Chalcedony. See Silica. 

Chabazite. In small but fine crystals in La Libertad Mine, San Antonio 
District. Many of these crystals were coated with smaller erystals of 
cerargyrite. 

Chalcocite. Common at Reese River District. It is said to occur with 
the sulphuret ores throughout the State, but the specimens received 
from various contributors were not labeled. Professor Dana mentions 
it as occurring in Washoe, Humboldt, Churchill, and Nye Counties.* 

Chalcopyrite. Massive in Galena District; associated with pyrite and 
galenite in Railroad District. 

Chalcotrichite. Sparingly in Galena District, with the ordinary erystals 
of cuprite, of which it is a variety. — . 

Chrysolite. Specimens said to be from this State in Captain Rabbitt’s 
collection at Palisade; locality unknown. Dr. A. HE. Foote informs 
me likewise of its occurrence in Nevada. 

Cinnabar. Massive, occasionally in minute acicular coatings, at Steam- 
boat Springs. (Partz.) 

Citron stone. See Silica. 

Coal. See APPENDIX A. 

Copper. Occurs in thin, arborescent leaves or sheets at Bull Run, Bat- 
tle Mountain District; sparingly at Eureka and Belmont. More fre- 
quent at Galena District, where crystals of cuprite have been obtained 
containing minute filaments of native copper. 

Corundum. Impure columnar fragments, sometimes nearly an inch in 
diameter, at Silver Peak. 

Cuprite. In cubes, sometimes measuring .5 of an inch across, having 
truncated edges; twin crystals, tabular, at Galena District; frequent 
occurrence of fibers of native copper protruding from one or more 
faces of a crystal. ow 

Datolite. In small crystals at Montezuma, Silver Peak, and Gold 
Mountain. 


*System of Mineralogy, etc., J. D. Dana, New York, 1868, p. 53. 


HOFFMAN ON THE MINERALOGY OF NEVADA. 735 


Diallogite. Occasionally found at Morey, where it accompanies calcite 
and rhodocrosite; rarely at Reese River. , 

Dolomite. Is found in various portions of the limestone formations, 
although sometimes rarely in crystals. The variety known as pearl 
spar occurs in moderately sized crystals twenty miles south of Eureka. 

A ferriferous variety, usually known as brown spar, occurs in the 
eastern portion of the State (exact locality unknown). This was sup- 
posed to contain a large percentage of chloride of silver, the finders 
arriving at this conclusion by its grayish-brown color alone. Crystals 
occur of from two to three inches in length. An examination of one 
of the samples resulted as follows :— 


G. = 292. 
crea USD EM Ey OEE VINE TT ORAS NAPS ct A a a OES 15 YE 
SOMO AANC (OL MACNCSIa cto. seat cases sooo ee ee eo noocea decease 39. 90 
PMB UMALCLORMROMS ne Aan tet erie tae ote tee a rote sneak oe esac 3. 05 
Carmbonaieet man canes tce. Hee. foo. Gk SA Likes 0c 1. 64 


€ 


99. 95 


Another variety found in the same region is undoubtedly ankerite 
(q. 0.) 

Embolite. In small quantities at Bull Run, Cope, and Eureka Districts ; 
more abundant at Mineral Hill, San Antonio, Belmont, Montezuma, 
Palmetto, and Hyko. 

Hpidote. Locality unknown. 

Feldspar. See Orthoclase. 

Flint. See Silica. 

Fluorite. In small green crystals in the White Mountains, near the 
dividing line between Nevada and California, west of Columbus. 

Frieslebenite. Belmont. (Loew.) 

Galenite. In large quantities and frequently of large cubic forms in 
Galena District; in cubes and dodecahedra at Reese River; a crystal 
of the latter varicty measured over two inches in diameter. Massive 
and associated in moderate quantities with silver-ores in nearly all 
the districts to a greater or less extent. 

The following varieties are found in more decided quantities in the 
following-named districts :— 

a. Argentiferous: rarely at Belmont and Hyko; sparingly at Bull 
Kun, Mineral Hill, and Silver Peak; abundant at Battle Mountain 
and Galena Districts. An exceedingly rich variety occurs sparingly 
four miles west of Gold Mountain. 

b. Auriferous: sparingly but very rich at Silver Peak. 

Garnet. Good crystals, but very small, from the Black Caiion, Colorado 
River. Impure, fractured crystals, nearly one and a half inches in 
diameter, occur. 

Gay-Lussite. Sparingly in the dry soil of Fish Spring Valley. 


736 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Gold. Occurs granular, laminated, in quartz, and sometimes in toler- 
ably large nodules in the placer mines at Tuscarora. Much of the 
larger sized are porous or cellular; one specimen of this character, 
measuring two inches in length, one in width, and over half an inch 
in thickness, was worth but $11.50. The outer surface was worn 
smooth, giving it the appearance of a solid nugget. 

At Silver Peak, in quartz; sometimes in delicate arborescent forms, 
Sometimes resembling frost-work in construction; also occurs in 
galenite (q. v.). 

At Gold Mountain in metamorphic rocks. Frequently in variously 
tinted quartz. One fiber was found to run clean through a small 
nodule of malachite, and resembled native copper in its filiform variety. 
Five miles northwest ot Gold Mountain, in the “State Line Ledge”, 
is an exposure of auriferous quartz, 20 feet thick and over 2,000 feet 
in length, running northwest and southeast. Mr. Shaw, of Gold 
Mountain, stated that an analysis gave about $20 per ton of ore! At 
the same time he was one of a party of three who were contented, 
apparently, in working “ ten-dollar ore ”. 

The total absence of water may account for their not having worked 
this quartz. 

In Green Mountain District, at the head of Tule Canon, gold was 
found in the sand in large coarse grains. 

Gold is found in many of the silver-ores throughout the State, in 
various quantities, but seldom sufficient to work it to the exclusion 
of silver. 

Graphite. Ten miles northwest of Gold Mountain. 

Gypsum. See Selenite. ) 

Halite. In small crystals in the desert south of Columbus; in fine tab 
ular crystals and cubes in the salt marsh near Silver Peak; in large 
cubes, crusts, and efflorescences in Death Valley; as an efflorescence 
on the banks of Rio Virgen, Black Cation, Colorado River, and in Dia- 
mond Creek on the Arizona side of the Colorado. In large masses 
and cubes at Hyko; abundant at Salt Mountain, near Rio Virgen, in 
the southern part of the State. 

Halotrichite. WUocality unknown. 

Hematite. Ocherous and porous at Lone Mountain. Sparingly at Bull 
Run and Morey. Occurs in Virgin Cation, Colorado River, frequently 
associated with small quantities of the carbonates of copper. Hight- 
een miles southeast of Silver Peak in occasional croppings. 

Hornblende. Found in small erystals at Gold Mountain. In rhyolite 
at Carlin, Eureka, and near Morey. Ten miles west of Mount Magru- 
der in fine crystals. 

Hiibnerite. In fine columnar masses from the White Mountains. Aus- 
tin. 

Lodide of silver. See Lodyrite. 


HOFFMAN ON THE MINERALOGY OF NEVADA. fou 


‘ Todyrite. In minute cubes, coating quartz and argentite, from Reese 
River District; sparingly at San Antonio; White Pine. 

Jamesonite. Humboldt County. (Dana.) 

Jasper. See Silica. 

Kalinite. Massive and columnar, sometimes crystallized, at Mount 
Diablo. Specimens frequently contain small quantities of sulphur, 
through liquid infiltration. 

Kermesite. Was reported from Eureka, which is undoubtedly an error. 
It was found very sparingly in Blind Spring District, California, just 
across the line from Columbus, during the earlier stage of develop- 
ment of the mines. 

Kiistelite. Is an auriferous silver, of a silver-white color, somewhat 
darker than native silver on a fresh surface. Contains silver, lead, 
and gold, the first much predominating. From the Ophir Mine, 
according to Dana.* Occurs in bean-shaped grains. 

Lead (Arsenate of). See Mimetite. 

Lead (Carbonate of). See Cerussite. 

Lead (Molybdate of). See Wulfenite. 

Lead (Phosphate of). See Pyromorphite. 

Lead (Sulphate of). See Anglesite. 

Lead (Sulphuret of). See Galenite. 

Timonite. Lone Mountain. Is also found in many of the silver-mines. 

Magnetite. In considerable quantities in Railroad District; also at 

' Morey. 

Malachite. Massive; incrustations and mammiliary concretions in Cop- 
per Cation, Galena District. Sparingly at San Antonio, Montezuma, 
and Belmont; more abundant at Mineral Hill. 

Manganite. In small crystals, filling cavities in the limestone at Morey 
Mines. 

Massicot. Galena. (Loew.) 

Menaccanite. In propylite at and near Carlin; Eureka; Morey; Bel- 
mont. 

Mica (Common). See Muscovite. 

Mica (Brown). See Phlogopite. 

Mimetite. Sparingly at Eureka. 

Minium. Specimens exhibited to me as from Eureka were undoubtedly 
obtained, originally, at Blind Spring District (Rockingham Mine), 
California. Attempts at deception are frequently made for the pur- 
pose of making sales of specimens from so-called new localities. 
Found at Pioche. (Loew.) 

Mispickel. At Morey, very rarely. 

Moss agate. See Silica. 

Muscovite. Found in small pieces at Carlin and Tuscarora. In fine 
lamine at Silver Peak; at Eureka, Morey, and at Belmont in rhyolite. 
Also in the Black Cafion on the Colorado River. 


* Manual of Mineralogy, New York, 1868, p. 9. 
Bull. iv. No. 3 13 


738 BULLETIN UNITED STATES. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Mysorin. Very sparingly in the La Libertad Mine at San Antonio. The 
quantity of material at hand for thorough determination was scarcely 
sufficient. The analysis, however, nearly corresponds with composi- 
tion as given by Thompson (quoted by Dana, p. 715); likewise the 
absence of water. Differs from malachite in color and hardness, . 
being more of reddish or brownish green, and somewhat softer. In 
taking the general imperfect result, it is safe to say that it approaches 
mysorin nearer than any other known compound. 

Natrolite. Locality unknown.* 

Nitre. Silver Peak. (Dana.) 

Obsidian. See Silica. 

Orthoclase. In fine blue and flesh-colored crystal in Fish Lake Valley ; 
also at Palmetto and Gold Mountain. In small crystals in the Black 
Canon. 

Phlogopite. In the mountains between Silver Peak and Alida District, 
near the trail. Small specimens were obtained south of the mining 
camp at Montezuma. 

Polybasite. Reese River District and at Morey. 

Psilomelane.. At Austin, and in less quantity at Morey. 

Proustite. Rkeese River District. Sparingly at Morey. 

Pyrargyrite. Massive, and in small crystals at Austin. 

Pyrite. In cubes with tetrahedryte in Galena District. In quartz, with 
galenite at Cope, Belmont, and Morey. 

Pyrolusite. Occurs with other manganese ores at Reese River Mines 
and at Morey. 

_ Pyromorphite. Found sparingly in Bull Run, Railroad, and Gold Mount- 
ain Districts. . 
Quartz. See Silica. 
Ethodocrosite. Massive and crystallized at Morey; less common at 

Austin. 

Salt. See Halite. 

Sanidin. Occurs in rbyolite from Carlin southward to Eureka; at Bill 
Williams’s Mountain, Arizona, it occurs in beautiful, moderately sized 
crystals in trachyte. 

Scheelite. Sparingly, with hiibnerite, in the White Mountains; has 
also been observed in minute crystals from Austin. 

Scolecite. Locality unknown (Foote, MS8.). Story County (Dana). 

Selenite. Small crystals in clusters and aggregations at Mineral Hill, 
Eureka, Montezuma, and San Antonio. Sparingly, in crystals half 
an inch in length, at Belmont. Fine large crystals from Death Valley, 
especially that portion near the Old Spanish Trail. 

Selensulphur. Occurs sparingly at Mount Diablo. A specimen of kali- 
nite half an inch through was coated with a semi-crystalline layer of 
sulphur on one side, and with a layer of dark orange colored selen-. 
‘sulphur on the other. 


* Dr. A. E. Foote, in a private communication. 


HOFFMAN ON THE MINERALOGY OF NEVADA. 739 


Serpentine. Hight miles west of Palmetto Caiion; also in Darwin Caiion. 

Siderite. At Bull Run, in small’ crystals. Poor specimens were 
obtained in the White Mountains. 

Silica. a. Crystallized, at Tuscarora, where it frequently occurs in 
geodes, at San Antonio and Belmont. Crystais with double termina- 
tions at Gold Mountain. Small green crystals at Reese River, San 
Antonio. 

b. Rose quartz, at Tuscarora, Morey, Carlin, and Silver Peak. 

¢. Citron stone, at Tuscarora, Gold Mountain, and in Palmetto 
Caton. 

d. Agate, abundant at Tuscarora, Sau Antonio, in Fish Spring Val- 
ley, and on the mesa west of the mouth of Rio Virgen. 

e. Chalcedony, at Tuscarora, San Antonio, Eureka, and Virgen River 
mesa. 

fj. Amethyst, in small crystals, in geodes, at Tuscarora. 

g. Opal, in magnificent colors, with silicified wood. In breaking 
some of the large trunks at San Antonio, fine specimens were 
obtained; occurs also at Tuscarora. 

h. Carnelian, in pebbles and lumps (averaging about the size of a 
common walnut), of all shades, from a pure white to dark reddish- 
brown, on the Virgen River mesa. 

a. Onyx, occasionally found in the same locality. 

j. Sardonyx, same as the last. 

k. Aventurine quartz, found on the mountain-slope east of Fish 
Spring Valley. 

lL. Milky quartz, on the Virgen River mesa, though very seldom. 

m. Prase, on the mountains near Silver Peak midling-camp, rarely. 

n. Silicified wood, at Tuscarora. Very fine at San Antonio. 

o. Jasper, at Deep Spring Valley, near Silver Peak, and along the 
western border of the Virgen River mesa; usually of dull yellow 
or red colors. Better specimens at Gold Mountain. Abundant on 
the desert east of Lone Mountain. 

p. Fitnt (bornstone), in the limestone south of Eureka; also east of 
Lone Mountain. 

q. Obsidian, in fine pieces and very abundant ten miles southeast 
of Silver Peak. Across the State line (five miles), in Owens Valley, 
it occurs in red fragments, also banded with alternate layers of 
black and brown. 

Silver. In small foliated masses at Bull Run; Eureka; at Belmont it 
Sometimes occurs in fine reticulated forms. In delicate fibers in 
Galena District. 

_Silicified wood. See Silica. 

Stembergite. Reese River. (Loew.) 

Stephanite. In small crystals at Reese River and at Belmont. Occurs 
also in other regions. 

Stetefeldtite. Sparingly at Mineral Hill, Hyko, and Eureka, 


740 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Stromeyerite. Occurs in various districts. Fine but small specimens 
from Comstock Lode and Belmont; also at Cope, Lone Mountain, 
Mineral Hill, San Antonio, Eureka, and Palmetto. 

Sternberghite. In small but fine crystals at Reese River. 

Sulphur. In small crystals at Carlin. In large quantities, massive and 
erystallized, at Mount Diablo, between thirty and forty miles northwest 
of Silver Peak. 

Tale. Several small specimens were obtained at Reese River. 

Tetrahedrite. Locality unknown. (Fvote.) 

Thenardite. Occurs as an acicular efflorescence on dry mud and halite, 
in Death Valley, ten miles south of Furnace Creek Caiion. 

Tourmaline. In small greenish-brown crystals at Morey. 

Trona. Death Valley, Churchill County.* 

Turquois. Occurs in the mountains five miles north of Columbus. The 
Specimens are nearly all of a pale blue color, although some finely 
tinted ones have been obtained. 

Uxelite. Locality unknown. (Foote.) 

Water. See APPENDIX B. 

Wavellite. Occurs on slate near Belmont. 

Wolframite. Found in the White Mountains, associated with hiibnerite. 

Wulfenite. Occurs in fine tabular crystals at Eureka. 

Zincazurite. Found sparingly in Railroad District. 

In the above list I have omitted those compounds occurring all over 
the State in greater or less abundance, such as pumice, scoria, lava, 
etc., they being deemed unnecessary, and not essentially of value in a 
simple list of minerals. 


APPENDIX A. 
COAL. 


Unfortunately but little information can be given regarding the sub- 
ject of coal and lignite. About ten miles southwest of Carlin I observed 
a narrow seam of lignite. This was the only representative encountered. 
What remarks are added below are derived chiefly from a papert sent 
to the Institute of Mining Engineers by Mr. A. J. Brown, of Treasure 
City. Iwas also informed at Battle Mountain that ten or twelve miles 
east of that place coal of good quality was being worked. I have been 
unable to obtain specimens from the various mines in time for this 
paper, but hope ere long to be able to submit a series of analyses illus- 
trating the value of each specimen and an average result of those sets 
of the respective mines. 

Mr. Brown says, in allusion to the Pancake cecal, that ‘“ it is rather 


* Dana, Manual of Mineralogy, 1868, p. 706. 
+ Quoted in Mineral Resources West of the Rocky Mountains, R. W. Raymond, 1875, 
pp. 268, 269. 


—_—. 


HOFFMAN ON THE MINERALOGY OF NEVADA. - UA 


early yet to make any estimate of the future value of the discovery, but 
it is certainly the most promising vein of coal yet discovered in the 
State of Nevada, and I believe the first true coal found west of the 
jtocky Mountains, or perhaps west of the Missouri River, unless some 
of the Utah coals belong to the coal-measures of Carboniferous age. . . . 
About midway between White Pine and Pancake two or three mounds, 
which are identical, both lithologically and paleontologically, with the 
limestone of Treasure Hill, crop through the Quaternary formation of 
the valley, and still further west are found dark bituminous shales 
identical with those found along the east slope of Treasure Hill and 
under the towns of Hamilton and Eberhardt. Some four miles still 
further west, and belonging to a much higher geological horizon, we 
find the coal formation.” This gentleman further says that fossils have 
been found—vegetable. A few Sigillaria have been collected on the 
surface in the immediate vicinity. No analyses are given in the report, 
and nothing can be said regarding the actual value of the discovery. 
The coal above referred to is found in a vein of from five to six feet in 
thickness, though distorted and broken, running north and south, “and 
dips quite steeply (40°) to the west. . . . Several experiments at 
coking on a small scale have been tried, and have resulted satisfactorily.” 

Mr. Raymond says that during the year 1874 the mine was worked to 
a depth of 480 feet, measured on the incline, the Eureka Consolidated 
Company buying the coal at the rate of from $12 to $20 per ton on the 
dump. 

The Momomoke and Antelope Ranges have since been examined, but, 
as far as I have been able to learn, with but little success. 

At many of the smelting works, the reduction of silver ores was' 
accomplished by the use of charcoal. The scarcity of wood in some 
regions has caused some uneasiness of late, and coal must either be 
brought from outside sources at great expense or developed within the 
State, if it can be discovered in sufficient quantity and of necessary 
quality. 


APPENDIX B. 
WATER. 


In giving the following list of springs, both mineral and thermal, the 
qualitative results only are stated. In nearly all instances there was 
more or less organic matter present—from local causes—so that at the 
end of six or eight months, when the vessels were opened, the presence 
of sulphureted and carbureted hydrogen gases proved that material 
changes had been wrought, sufficiently at least that no analyses would 
show what the sample was when collected. The mineral ingredients in 
some were unimpaired, as they were comparatively the same as when 
collected. 


742 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


In a recent number of the Naturalist, a list of thermometric experi- 
ments is given of a number of springs in the vicinity of Silver Peak, 
by a gentleman* who visited the locality at the same time my observa- 
tions were made. These springs are located chiefly in the western bor- 
der of a large salt marsh. They run irregularly north and south, and 
none of them are of large extent, ranging from several feet to a few 
yards in diameter. 

The first of these springs was originally of larger size than it is now; 
owing to a long-continued deposit of saline matter around the border, 
a crust was formed, which has gradually narrowed the opening to a 
diameter of not more than five feet. How far the water recedes under 
this formation is not known. The chief constituents of the water are 
borax and several compounds of soda. It is also strongly impregnated 
with and emits sulphureted hydrogen gas. 

No. 2 is also rather saline and unfit for use. It is situated about 
twenty yards from No. 1, and measures about 18 feet in diameter. 


Observations taken July 7, 1871. 
6.30 a.m. 7.35 a.m. 


AG § Dry bulb .....--- 62. 4° Gaal 
Temperature of.. Thi zee i eeies U Wettoulbes ss ee — 70. 8° 
Water 225 oe i Saas 67. 5° 69. 0° 


No. 3 is also saline and nearly closed over with incrustations.. 
Temperature... cis. ces Cae see rere Sree ee tenes 799° 

No. 4, four feet distant from the last named, and about one hundred 
_paces from No. 2. 

MemiIpPENavUv eles ec cece ce enc Ge Secie © ager encode etree weveseer 117° 

No. 5, about ten or twelve paces from No. 6, very strongly impreg- 
nated with sodium chlorid. 

MOMIPETATUTE ee see arcre te oe ote eth tere Space re a eee eee eee 

No. 6, saline; the examination was made late in the day, which ac- 
counts for the difference in the temperature of the air, as given below. 

Temperature.of Water nc conse ec wee ee eee 79.02 
Memperavures Ol ail. joc cs eee a ee 66.89 

No. 7 was the last upon which I took notes, and was also the most 
northern visited by me. Frequently emitted steam. 

Pemperature Or swAter Wo sic Lee oper ee ee ee Tiss 

Lieutenant Lyle mentions several others, chiefly saline, of which the 
temperatures were respectively 79°, 117.89, and 116.5°. I am inclined 
to believe that the last named is No. 5 of my list. 

About forty miles east of Silver Peak and six or seven miles north- 
northeast of Montezuma we encamped near several springs located at 
the base of Mount Nagle, or rather the northern spur of the mountain. 

No. 1 contained scarcely any saline matter, but was strongly impreg- 
‘nated, and emitted a great deal of sulphureted hydrogen gas. 

*D. A. Lyle, U.S. Army. <Am. Nat. vol. xii, No. 1, 1878, pp. 18-27. (1. ¢.) 


HOFFMAN ON THE MINERALOGY OF NEVADA. 743 


No. 2, a few paces farther west; the water contained sulphate of soda 
in considerable abundance. 

No. 3. Besides these three named, there were other small pools highly 
impregnated with chlorid of sodium. In all, these springs afforded but 
little comfort to thirsty travelers. 


Two miles south of Gold Mountain, at Pigeon Springs, the water is ° 
rather scanty, but what exists is highly charged with the compounds , 


of soda. 

I was informed that east of this range, in the head of Death Valley, 
there was a spring the waters of which consist of nearly a saturated 
solution of alum. Although the information was derived from a miner 
of more than ordinary education, the statement can scarcely be relied 
upon, until samples of the water have been submitted to systematic 
analysis. 

Near the greatest depression of Death Valley,* observations were taken 
on August 24, 1871, from 10.30 a.m. until 7.30 p.m. At this locality, 
we found a spring of palatable water, about eight feet across, and over 
twenty in length, around the borders of which was a fair growth of tall 
reeds, or tule-grass. 

Sp. gr. of water at 60°, 1.008. 

Temperature of water at 3 p.m., 80.7°. 

Temperature of air at 3 p.m., 117°. 

The thermometers were suspended from the dead branches cr a mes- 
quite-bush, clear of all materials having any local effect upon the insiru- 
ments; and at some distance double blankets were suspended between 
the upright saplings to avoid the direct rays of the sun. 

In the eastern portion of Armagoza Desert, at the base of a range of 
low hills, is a fine, strong spring of pure water. The locality is known 
as Ash Meadows, and the springs are called Grapevine Springs. 

Sp. gr. of water at 60°, 1.003. 

Vemperature of water, 81.6°.t 

A spring situated at the base of the hills running along the western 
edge of Diamond Valley is of doubtful character regarding the tem- 
perature. Liewtenant Wheeler, who was with me at the time, considered 
it safe to estimate it at 150°.7 

Deep Spring Valley furnishes a number of springs of various tempe- 
ratures and qualities of water. The following were the only ones which 
I had an opportunity of passing. 

The first was a sulphur spring, and was covered to great extent with 
a dense growth of grass and weeds. 

Temperature of water, 65.59; air, $2.59. 

Later in the day I passed a good-sized body of water, very alkaline, 
and scarcely fit to be used for cooking purposes. The spring or pond 


* East from Telescope Peak 3° 14” N., and distant from 15 to 18 miles. 

+ Quoted from author’s MS. by Mr. G. K. Gilbert. < U.S. Geolog. and Geograph. 
Sur. West of 100th Meridian, vol. iii, 1875, p. 152. 

¢ Ibidem. 


+ 


744 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


was about one hundred and twenty yards long and twenty-five yards 
broad. 

Temperature of water, 77.69; air, 78.60°. 

A short distance from this was another body of water, very clear, and 
. free from foreign substances. It was nearly round, with an average 
diameter of nearly one hundred yards. 

Temperature of water, 74°; air, 78°. 

There were numbers of springs visited which would have been ex- 
amined en détail but for the lack of necessary vessels for the transporta- 
tion of samples. As before stated, some that were brought back for 
thorough analysis contained sufficient organic matter originally so as 
to be in a worthless condition when opened for any such purpose. In 
others there was an accumulation of gas, either carbureted hydrogen 
or sulphureted hydrogen, from the decomposition of foreign matter held 
in suspension. In only a few instances were the samples fit for a quali- 
tative analysis. There should always be sufficient chemicals and appli- 
ances on hand in the field, so as to obtain some idea of the nature of the 
constituents present, and to submit duplicates to critical examination, if 
possible, at the earliest convenient time and place. 


APPENDIX C. 


NOTE ON THE RARER MINERALS FOUND IN OWENS VALLEY, CALI- 
FORNIA. 


Blind Spring District, located in the upper end of Owens Valley, 
furnished some beautiful examples of crystallized compounds, until the 
mines reach a depth of over 200 feet, when water-level was reached. Be- 
neath this, the ‘* heavy sulphuret ores” occur, where the volatile com- 
pounds, or those containing iodine, bromine, chlorine, antimony, or 
arsenic, are rarely found. The latter occur above, where, through vari- 
ous physical causes, compounds containing one or more of these elements 
are formed. Good crystals of most minerals are scarce throughout the 
extreme West asarule; but at times fine examples occur, though not in 
abundance, excepting in a few instances. 

1. Angelsite—Crystals half an inch in length and a quarter of an 
inch thick have been secured in small quantities. 

2. Argentite—Small specimens of great purity. 

Azurite.—In fine masses and clusters of crystals. 

. Cerussite.—In small but brilliant crystals. 

. Cuprite.—In cubes 0.4 of an inch across. Brilliant and perfect. 

. Malachite—In small but beautiful masses. 

. Mimetite—Sparingly, with other compounds of lead. 

. Minium.—farer than the last-named. 

. Partzite.—Rather abundant shortly after the opening of the mines. 


Oo Mm1 S Oe 


HOFFMAN ON THE MINERALOGY OF NEVADA. 145 


The ore yielded from $500 to $1,500 silver per ton. Choice specimens 
yielded even more 

Another compound was found associated with partzite, which the 
miners distinguished under the local name of bismarckite. There was 
not much that could be secured, and shortly after my return several 
specimens were sent to Professor Chandler, of Columbia College, N. Y., - 
for determination. No satisfactory results were obtained of the small 
quantity. The mineral, according to Mr. Partz, acted differently from 
partzite in the furnace. It was not as hard as the latter, rather granu- 
lar at times, sometimes of a yellowish color; frequently there were 
bands of yellow and dark greenish-black. In appearance it looked as if 
it were a mechanical mixture of embolite and parizite. 

10. Pyromorphite.—In small but fine ecrystallizations, passing through 
various shades of green, tbrough pale brown, inte dark olive. 

11. Siderite.——Very fine crystals ; perfect. 

12. Sphalerite.—Mr. Partz informs me that beautiful crystals of various 
shades of pale greenish-yellow, light, and dark brown colors haverecently 
been found in the Comanche Mine, Blind Spring District. He has found 
in massive varieties as much as $2,100 silver per ton. 

13. Stetefeldtite—In small quantities, but making fine cabinet speci- 
mens. 

14. Stromeyerite.—Oceasionally, in moderately sized specimens. 

15. Strontianite—This has been recently found in small quantities, 
well crystallized, at the mines at Cerro Gordo, in the southeastern por- 
tion of Owens Valley, near the Nevada State line. 

At or near the same place, arsenolite has been found in small quanti- 
ties, having observed it myself. The presence of this mineral in that 
range gives some color to the prospectors’ tale of a spring of poisonous 
water further south. I have been told repeatedly, by various parties, 
that dead jackass-rabbits and other small game have been found near 
there in all stages of decomposition, or ‘‘dried up”. Such is possible, 
as decomposition of the mineral may furnish soluble salts of arsenie, 
even in small quantities, which in time may become very strong through 
concentration by the evaporation of the water. 


tt 
' Y 
e ‘ - 
} 
* Bef J { *) + 
¢ 
MgET yb pat 
VE 
: ¥ : bd 
Seale Ces ELT 
ay 
. 
\ 
F 
LJ rtd rt : 
‘ } 4 ‘ 


Piers eee Sore nC tT 1b PARAS ae 


StS re be, me - era te ak Sasa 
WVU RI 50) oS a a 
ba adh 1 V6 Me a ae 


te Cat. 


DHPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR. 
UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY. 
F. V. HAYDEN, U. 8S. GEOLOGIST-IN-CHARGE. 


BULLETIN 


PELE UNECE DSTA TES 


GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY 


> 


THE TERRITORIES. 


VOLUME IV.....NUMBER 4. 


WASHINGTON: 
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE. 
December 11, 1878. 


BUM TEN No. 4, VOL.“LV. 


TABLE OF CONTENTS. 


Nos. Titles. 
ART. XXXII.—The Fossil Insects of the Green River Shales. By 
Samuel H. Scudder, Cambridge, Mass. - . . - - - - - 
ART. XXXIII—Report on the Collection of Fishes made by 
Dr. Elliott Coues, U. S. A., in Dakota and 
Montana, during the seasons of 1873 and 1874. 
By Dawidise Jordan, Ms Ds 5. eee tense. 
ART. XXXIV.—Catalogue of Phenogamous and Vascular Crypto- 
gamous Plants collected during the summers 
of 1873 and 1874, in Dakota and Montana, 
along the forty-ninth parallel, by Dr. Elliott 
Coues, U.S. A.; with which are incorporated 


those collected in the same region at the same 


times by Mr. George M. Dawson. By Prof. J. 
We, Chigheniegr sys oss EOD Gs of 1 
ART. XXXV. —Qn some Striking Products of Erosion in Colorado. 
Byp Pee tienen os. N. Waseca 
ART. XXXVI.—Paleontological Papers No. 8: Remarks upon the 
Laramie Group. By C. A. White, M. D...... 


ART. XXXVII.—Synonymatic List of the American Sciuri, or Ar- 
boreal Squirrels. By J. A. Allen. (Seep. 905.) 


Pages. 


747-776 


777-800 


801-830 
831-864 


865-876 


877-887 


< 
”; 
- 
A. 
ba Spare ood + P 7 a oye ee 
3 oh hcl eC) eta Der eat aes oe PES 


< tee my 


« a) 
ee yh 


ean aS F P. Avie ae ee we a 
“ ‘ ies €4 i 4h Me Re Cie 
Ra pee ste Nii ee 
4 ws i ‘ ‘ eat 1 ee Hane ¥ WANS TRONS ON ae 
Ads Bx eee ny. PEE 


ART, XXXIL—THE FOSSIL INSECTS OF THE GREEN RIVER 
SHALES, 


By SAMUEL H. SCUDDER, CAMBRIDGE, MASss. 


The following descriptions are published to afford some notion of the 
nature and extent of the insect remains found in the immediate vicinity 
of Green River Station on the Union Pacific Railroad in Wyoming. 
Illustrations of all of them have been prepared for a general work on 
the Tertiary insects of North America, to be published by this Survey. 

With a very few exceptions, the specimens were found in a restricted 
basin, about six kilometres west of the town, exposed by a railway cut- 
ting called the “ Petrified Fish Cut”, from the vast number of fish remains 
discovered here in building the road. The insects were obtained in the 
first instance by Dr. Hayden, who brought home a few specimens only; 
next, Mr. F. C. A. Richardson placed in my hands a considerable col- 
lection;* and last summer my untiring friend Mr. F. C. Bowditch and 
myself spent several days working the shales. 

The mass of the specimens from this locality are irrecognizable, and 
those to the nature of which some clue can be obtained are generally 
fragmentary; wingless and often legless trunks are very common, and 
lead to the suggestion that the specimens had undergone long macera. 
tion in somewhat turbulent waters before final deposition. The zoolo- 
gical nature of the fauna will be fully considered at another time, and it 
need orly be remarked now that one cannot avoid noticing the tropical 
aspect of the recognizable forms. More than eighty species are here 
enumerated. One or two only can be (doubtfully) referred to species 
described from the White River beds,+ referred by Lesquereux to the 
same horizon. 

I must here express my indebtedness to Mr. G. D. Smith of Cam- 
bridge, who, with great liberality, has enabled me at all times to use 
his rich collections of Coleoptera, which chance to be specially valuable 
for my purpose from the intercalation of Mexican forms in the North 


American series. 
HYMENOPTERA. 


FORMIOID 4. 


Lasius terreus.—A single specimen (No. 14692) obtained by Dr. Hay- 
den at the “ Petrified Fish Cut”, Green River (alluded to in his Sun Pie- 
tures of Rocky Mountain Scenery, p. 98), is probably to be referred to this 

*See American Naturalist, vi, 665-665; Bulletin of this Survey, ii, No. 1, 77-87. 
tSee Bulletin of this Survey, iii, No. 4, 741-762. 
Bull. iv. No. 4 1 747 


i“ 
be, 
a 


genus, but is in rather a poor state of preservation. The head is small 
and rounded, with antenne shaped as in Lasius, but of which the num- 
ber and relative length of the joints cannot be determined, from their 
obscurity; the long basal joint, however, appears to be comparatively 
short and uniform in size, being not quite so long as the width of the 
head, while the rest of the antenne is more than half as long as the basal 
joint, and thickens very slightly toward the apex. The thorax, pre- 
served so as to show more of a dorsal than a lateral view, is compact. 
oval, less than twice as long as broad, with no deep separation visible 
between the meso- and metathorax, tapering a little posteriorly. The 
peduncle, as preserved, is a minute, circular joint, but from its discolo- 
ration appears to have had a regular, rounded, posterior eminence. The 
abdomen consists of five joints, is very short-oval, very compact and 
regular, and of about the size of the thorax, although rounder. The 
legs are long and slender, the femora of equal size throughout, and all 
the pairs similar. There is no sign of wings, and the specimen is prob- 
ably a neuter. 

Length of body 7.5™™, of head 1.4™™, of thorax 3.2 ™™, of abdomen 
2.9"™"; breadth of head 1.1", of thorax 1.9™", of abdomen 2.2™"; diam- 
eter of peduncle 0.55"; length of first joint of antenne 1™, of rest of 
-antennee 1.65""(?). 


148 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


MYRMICID 8. 


Myrmica sp.—A species of this family was found by Mr. Richardson 
(No. 53), but a specific name is withheld in the hope of finding better 
material on which to base it. The head is rather small, circular; the 
thorax very regularly ovate and nearly twice as long as broad; the 
peduncle small, and composed of two adjoining circular masses, the 
hinder slightly the larger; the abdomen is much broken, but evidently 
Jarger than the thorax and pretty plump; no appendages are preserved. 

Length of body 3.3""; diameter of head 0.4"; length of thorax 1.2™; 
width of same 0.75"; length of peduncle 0.25"; diameter of anterior 
joint of same 0.1"; width of abdomen 0.85", its probable length 1.8". 


BRACONID A. 


Bracon laminarum.—A single specimen and its reverse (Nos. 4196,4197) 
‘show a body without wings or other appendages. The head is quad- 
rate, broader than long, and nearly as broad as the thorax. The thorax 
is subquadrate, either extremity rounded, about half as long again as 
broad, the sides nearly parallel, and the surface, like that of the head, 
minutely granulated ; abdomen fusiform, very regular, in the middle 
as broad as the thorax, as long as the head and thorax together, taper- 
ing apically to a point, and composed apparently of six segments. 

Length of body 2.8™, of head 0.6", of thorax 0.85", of abdomen 
1.35™"; breadth of head 1.1™, of thorax 1.2. 


SCUDDER ON FOSSIL JNSECTS. 149 
CHALCIDIDA. 


Decatoma antiqua.—On the same stone (No. 4076) as Lystra Richard- 
sont, but at a slightly higher level, is a minute Chalecid fly. The wings 
are wanting, but the whole of the body is preserved, together with the 
‘antenne. The head is large, arched, and otherwise well rounded, the 
face tapering below, the eyes large, deep, with their inner borders nearly 
parallel, leaving an equal front; the base of the antennze cannot be 
made out, but beyond the long basal joint are six nearly equal quadrate 
joints, increasing very slightly indeed in size away from the head, 
scarcely so long as broad, the apical joint subconical, scarcely longer 
than the penultimate. Thorax compact, globose, minutely granulated, 
like the head; the abdomen also compact, arched, the tip rounded; 
beyond it, the ovipositor extends very slightly, apparently by pressure. 

On a stone collected by Mr. Richardson (No. 86) is pretty certainly 
another specimen of this species, in which the abdomen is distorted by 
pressure; the abdomen shows this by the rupture of the integument, 
and the result is an apparently slenderer abdomen ; it is also a female, 
with exactly the same parts preserved, with the addition of the other 
antenna; but both antenne are more obscure than in the other specimen, 
especially at the apex; they appear, however, to enlarge more rapidly, aud 
may be clavate at the tip, in which case the insect cannot be the same. 

Length of body (of No. 4076) 1.85"", of abdomen 0.95™, of antennz 
beyond basal joint 0.4""; width of penultimate antennal joint 0.045". 


DIPTERA. 
CHIRONOMIDZ. 


Chironomus sp.—A minute specimen (No. 141), apparently of this 
family, was taken by Mr. Richardson. Unfortunately, it has no wings, 
and little can be said of it, more than to record its occurrence; it is 3™™ 
long, has large eyes, a stout thorax, and altogether resembles a Chirono- 
mus ; itis, however, distinct from any found by Mr. Denton in the White 


River shales. 
TIPULIDA. 


Dicranomyia primitiva Scudd.—A single wingless male (No. 16), taken 
by Mr. Richardson, can be referred doubtfully to this species, originally 
described from White River. 


About fifteen other specimens of Tipulidw were collected ty Mr. 
Richardson, Mr. Bowditch, and myself at the same spot, but, unfor- 
tunately, not one of them presents the vestige of a wing, and seldom 
anything more than the body; probably some of them also belong to the 
above-named species; others may with more doubt be referred to D. 
stigmosa Scudd.; but all are valueless for any precise determination, 
and, indeed, may not belong to Dicranomyia at all. 


750 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


MYCETOPHILIDA. 


Diadocidia? terricola.—This species is founded upon a single wing 
(No. 125) found by Mr. Richardson, differing to sucii a degree from Dia- 
docidia that I only place it here because the only other reasonable course 
would be to refer it to a new genus, which would necessarily be con- 
jectural, from the imperfection of the fragment. If a transverse vein 
exists in the middle of the wing, it must unite the fourth longitudinal 
vein with the second, and not, as in Diadocidia, with the third. The 
wing itself is shaped much as in Diadocidia, and, at least near its costal 
border, is covered with fine hairs arranged in rows parallel to the course 
of the neighboring veins; one of these rows in the costal cell is so 
distinct as to appeer like a vein parallel to and lying within the auxi- 
liary vein. The auxiliary vein terminates in the costal margin far 
beyond the middle of the wing, a feature apparently unknown in Myce- 
tophilide; the first longitudinal vein terminates only a little further 
beyond, and, as in Diadocidia, there is no transverse vein connecting 
them; the second longitudinal vein terminates a little above the apex 
of the wing, curving downward at its extremity and apparently sur- 
passed a little by the marginal vein; the third longitudinal vein origi- 
nates from the second at only a short distance before the middle of the 
wing, and soon forks, or at about the middle of the wing; the fourth 
longitudinal vein is perhaps connected with the second at the point 
where it parts with the first by a cross vein perpendicular to the costal 
margin; at least, it is elbowed at this point, its basal portion runnirg, 
parallel to the costal margin, to the fifth longitrdinal vein, which, 
beyond this point, has a gently sinuous course, and diverges rather 
strongly from the fourth; the sixth vein cannot be traced, although the 
axillary field is broad, very much as in Diadocidia, and the inner margin 
distinct. 

Probable length of wing 3.6"; its breadth 1.45™". 

Sackenia sp.—No.7 of Mr. Richardson’s collection represents a species 
of Mycetophilide apparently belonging to this genus, so far as can be 
determined. It closely resembles Sackenia arcuata Seudd. from the 
White River shales, but differs from it in its smaller size and in possess- 
ing a proportionally larger and more arched thorax; the legs also appear 
tobe shorter. Besides the body and (indistinctly) the antenne and legs, 
only the upper portion of the wings remain, consisting of the costal 
margin and first and second longitudinal veins, with the cross vein 
uniting them; these wholly agree with the same features in S. arcu- 
ata, excepting that the second longitudinal vein terminates a little 
higher up. 

Length of body 3.75"™, of wings 2.9". 


Three other species of Mycetophilide occur among the specimens col- 
lected by Mr. Bowditch and myself, but they are indeterminable from 
their fragmentary condition. One of them, No. 4134, has indeed the 


SCUDDER ON FOSSIL INSECTS. 751 


remuant of a wing, but the portion of the venation preserved is only suf- 
ficiently characteristic to enable us to judge that it belongs in this family. 
The thorax is strongly arched, and the full and tapering abdomen indi- 
cates a female; the head is gone; the thorax and abdomen are 3.5™ 
long, and the wing probably 3™ long. 

Another of them, No. 4114, has a portion of the base of a wing, in 
which the forking of the fifth and sixth longitudinal veins is very close 
to the base, as in Sackenia, but nothing more can be said concerning 
it; the thorax is very globular and the abdomen short. 

Length of thorax and abdomen 3.65™". | 

The third species is represented by two specimens on one stone (No. 
4205) which came from the buttes opposite Green River Station, and is 
the only fly which had the slightest value found in four days’ search. 
One of the specimens is a pupa and the other an imago, apparently of 
the same species and distinct from either of the preceding, with a longer 
thorax and slenderer abdomen, provided with large ovate anal lobes. 

Length of thorax and abdomen 5™". 


ASILIDA. 
Stenocinclis (ctevds, xyzdis), NOV. gen. 


This genus of Asilide is founded wholly upon characters drawn from 
the neuration of the wing, the only portion of the insect preserved. It 
falls into the group of Dasypogonina, in which the second longitudinal 
vein terminates in the margin apart from the first longitudinal vein, 
instead of uniting with it just before the margin. It is not very far 
removed from Dioctria, but differs from it and from all Asilide I have 
examined in that the third longitudinal vein arises from the first before 
the middle of the wing, instead of from the second longitudinal vein 
after its emission from the first; the first longitudinal vein has there- 
fore two inferior shoots, giving the wing a very peculiar aspect, and 
causing it to differ radically from all other Asilide ; indeed, it would be 
hard to know where to look for a similar feature among allied Diptera, 
unless it be in the anomalous group of Cyrtide. The wing is very slen- 
der, and all the cells unusually elongated, which also gives it a unique 
appearance. 

Stenocinclis anomala.—This species is represented by a single frag- 
ment of a wing (No. 4143), which I found in the Green River shales. 
Nearly all the neuration is preserved; but the posterior margin is 
absent, and the length of the cells which border upon it cannot be 
accurately determined. The insect was evidently small, with a long and 
slender wing. The auxiliary vein terminates slightly beyond the mid- 
die of the costal margin ; the first longitudinal vein runs up toward the 
margin where the auxiliary vein terminates, and follows along next the 
edge far toward the tip, as usual in this group; the second longitudinal 
vein originates from the first a little way before the middle of the wing, 


752 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


and with an exceedingly gentle sinuous curve, turniag upward apically, 

terminates a little way beyond the first longitudinal vein; the third 

longitudinal vein originates from the first as far before the origin of the 

second longitudinal vein as the distance apart of the tips of the first 

and second longitudinal veins, and running at first parallel and almost 

as close to it as the first longitudinal vein to the apical half of the costal 

margin, but distinctly separate throughout, it diverges slightly from it 

at the middle of the wing and terminates at the lower part of the apex 

of the wing, curving downward more strongly toward the margin; at 

the middle of the divergent part of its course, which is very regular, it 

emits abruptly a superior branch, which afterward curves outward and 

runs in a very slightly sinuous course to the margin, curving upward as 

it approaches it. The fourth longitudinal vein is seen to start from the 

root of the wing, and runs in a straight course until it reaches a point 
just below the origin of the second longitudinal vein, where it is connected 
with the vein below by the anterior basal transverse vein, and then 
bends a little downward, running nearly parallel to the third longitudinal 
vein, but continuing in a straighter course, terminates on the margin 
at nearly the same point; these two veins are connected by the small 
transverse vein midway between the anterior basal transverse vein and 
the forking of the third longitudinal vein ; the fourth longitudinal vein 

is connected by the posterior transverse vein (which is scarcely as long 
as the small transverse vein) with the upper apical branch of the fifth 
longitudinal vein just beyond its forking, or opposite the forking of the 
third longitudinal vein ; the fifth longitudinal vein forks previously to 
this, emitting a branch barely before the point where the anterior basal 
transverse vein strikes it, so that the branch almost appears to be a 
continuation of the transverse vein; and previous to this it has a dis- 

tinct angle, where another vein is thrown off at right angles, directly 

opposite the upper extremity of the anterior basal transverse vein, and 

beyond the origin of the third longitudinal vein; the basal half only of 
the sixth longitudinal vein can be seen, but its direction shows that it 
unites with the.lowest branch of the fifth at its apex, as in Dasypogon. 

All the cells throughout the wing are exceedingly narrow. 

Length of wing 6.75™™; probable breadth 1.6™™. 


SYRPHIDA. 


Milesia quadrata.—A specimen (No. 14691) in a fine state of preserva- 
tion, although not perfect, and with most of the neuration of the wing 
concealed under hard flakes of stone which cannot be wholly removed, _ 
was found by Dr. Hayden at the “ Petrified Fish Cut”, Green River. It 
is the larger fly alluded to in Dr. Hayden’s Sun Pictures of Rocky 
Mountain Scenery, p. 98. The head and thorax are black, the head 
large, nearly as broad as the thorax, the eyes large, globose, as broad 
as the summit of the head between them, the front very large, promi- 
nent, half as broad as the head, and half as long as broad. Thorax 


SCUDDER ON FOSSIL INSECTS. 153 


globose, a little longer than broad, largest in the middle. Wings surpass- 
ing slightly the abdomen ; the third longitudinal vein originates from 
the second in the middle of the wing, is very gently arcuate (the con- 
vexity backward) in its outer half, and appears to terminate just above 
the tip of the wing; the fourth longitudinal vein is united by an oblique 
cross-vein to the third very near the origin of the latter, and the spuri- 
ous longitudinal vein cannot be made out, from poor preservation ; the 
marginal vein between these two appears to be very simple, the fourth 
longitudinal vein bending downward at its tip to meet it. “The abdomen 
is as broad as the thorax, fully as long as the rest of the body, broad- 
ovate, tapering slightly at the base and rapidly beyond the middle, 
broadest at the second segment; the first segment is longest, and half 
as long as broad, the second and third slightly shorter, the fourth still 
shorter, and the fifth minute; the abdomen is light-colored, probably 
yellow in life, and the first three segments are rather narrowly margined 
posteriorly with black ; the first segment is also similarly margined in 
front, and besides has a median black stripe of similar width, which 
divides the segments into equal lateral quadrate halves,—whence the 
specific name; the whole abdomen is rather profusely covered with very 
brief, black, microscopic hairs, which are thickest in the black bands 
bordering the segments, and next the hind edge of the fourth and fifth 
segments, producing a dusky posterior margin, similar to but narrower 
than the dark belts of the preceding segments, and of course very 
inconspicuous. — 

Length of body 18™™, of head 2.85™™, of ome. 5.65™™, of abdomen 
9.5"; breadth of front 2.4™™, of head 4.5™™, of thorax 6™™, of abdomen 
Gum ; mene length of wing 14.5™™; length of hairs on abdomen 
0.04™™ ; width of dark abdominal ieeinile 0,520, 

Cheilosia ampla.—This species is primarily founded on a single speci- 
men (No. 4112) which Mr. Bowditch and I found in the Richardson 
shales at Green River, and which preserves nearly all parts of the 
insect. There is also a specimen with its reverse (Nos. 4135, 4141) 
which we obtained at the same place, and another (No. 40) which 
Mr. Richardson sent me from these beds, agreeing with the first- 
mentioned specimen, but a little larger. As only the bodies are pre- 
served, they are temporarily placed in this connection, until other 
material is at hand, while the species is described wholly from the 
more perfect individual. This has a body more nearly of the shape of 
an Orthoneura, the abdomen being broader and stouter than is usual 
in Cheilosia; but the wings are much longer than in the species of 
Orthoneura I have seen, and both the shape of the wing and its neura- 
tion agree well with Cheilcsia. The head is round and moderately large, 
the thorax stout and rounded ovate, the scutellum large, semilunar, 
twice as broad as long; all these parts are dark brown. ‘The wings 
are very long and narrow, extending much beyond the tip of ,the abdo- 
men, the costal edge very straight until shortly before the tip, where it 


154 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


curves rapidly; all the veins are very straight, especially those of the 
upper half of the wing; the auxiliary vein terminates in the middle of 
the costal border, the first longitudinal at the extremity of the straight 
part of the costa, beyond the middle of the outer half of the wing, the 
third at the tip of the wing, and the second midway between the first 
and third; the third is united to the fourth by a straight cross-vein in 
the middle of the wing, directly beneath the tip of the auxiliary vein, 
and about its own length beyond the extremity of the long second basal 
cell; the extremity of the third basal cell is very oblique and reaches 
the tip of the lower branch of the fifth longitudinal vein; the marginal 
vein, uniting the third and fourth veins, strikes the former just before 
the tip, while that uniting the fourth and fifth, toward which the fourth 
bends to receive it, is removed further from the margin by about half 
the width of the first posterior cell. The legs are slender, scantily 
clothed with short, fine hairs. The abdomen is broad, oblong ovate, 
fully as broad as the thorax, broadly rounded at the apex, no longer 
than the rest of the body, of a light color, with darker incisures, and 
scantily covered with delicate hairs; it is composed of five segmenis, of 

which the second, third, and fourth are of equal length, the first shorter 
and suddenly HGateetod: the apical minute. 

Length of body 7"; diameter of head 1.35™™; length of thorax 2.5™™; 
breadth of same 2™™; Tenet of abdomen 3.5™™; breadth of same 2.2™™; 
length of wing 6.4mm; breadth of same 1. gmm ; length of hind femora 
1.25™, of hind tibiz i 25™™, of hind tarsi 1. opm, 

Oheilosa sp.—Two specimens (Nos. 4113, 4150) of a smaller species 
of Syrphide, preserving the bodies, agree so completely with the last. 
mentioned species, excepting in their much smaller size, that they are 
referred to the same genus; but as the wings are almost entirely lost, 
the reference is only made to indicate the approximate place of the spe- 
cies, which need not be described until better material is at hand. The 
length of the body is 4.25™™, 

Syrphus sp.—A fourth species of this family, and second only to the 
Milesia in size, is represented by two specimens, reverse and obverse 
(Nos. 4110, 4132), which are too imperfect for description, only the body 
being preserved ; the form and size of this agree best with the genus 
Syrphus. The length of the body is 10™™. 


MYOPIDA. 
Poliomyia (zoids, potx), nov. gen. 


This genus of Myopide, most nearly allied to Myopa, appears in the 
neuration of the wings to resemble closely some genera of Syrphide, 
especially Xylota and Milesia, but it altogether lacks the spurious longi- 
tudinal vein, and the third, fourth, and fifth longitudinal veins are not 
united at their extremities by marginal veins; indeed, they run, with- 
out swerving, and subparallel to one another, to the margin. In this 


SCUDDER ON FOSSIL INSECTS. 755 


respect, the genus differs also from other Myopida, as it does also in the 
extreme length of the third basal cell, which is as long as in Syrphide. 
In these points of neuration, it would seem to agree better with the 
Pipunculide, which family, however, is entirely composed of very small 
flies, so that it seems better with our imperfect knowledge of the fossil 
to refer it to the Myopidw. The body resembles that of Syrphus in gen- 
eral form. The wings are as long as the body, and slender, with very 
straight veins; the auxiliary and first to fourth longitudinal veins are 
almost perfectly straight, the third originating from thesecond longitudi- 
nal vein at some distance before the middle of the wing; the auxiliary vein 
terminates beyond the middle of the costal margin ; directly beneath its 
extremity is the small transverse vein, and about midway between the 
latter and the margin the large transverse vein uniting the fourth and 
fifth veins; the extremity of the second basal cell is further from the 
base than the origin of the third longitudinal vein, and the third basal 
cell reaches very acutely almost to the margin of the wing. 

Poliomyia recta.—The single specimen (No. 14696) referable to this 
species was obtained by Dr. Hayden at the “ Petrified Fish Cut”, and 
represents a dorsal view of the insect with the wings partly overlapping 
on the back. It is the smaller fly referred to in Dr. Hayden’s Sun Pic- 
tures of Rocky Mountain Scenery, p. 98. The head is broken; the tho- 
rax is stout, rounded-ovate, and blackish; the scutellum large, semi- 
lunar, and nearly twice as broad as long, with long black bristles along 
either lateral edge and along the sides of the thorax posteriorly. The 
wings are long and narrow; the auxiliary vein runs into the margin 
just beyond the middle of the wing; the first longitudinal vein runs into 
the margin at about two-thirds the distance from the tip of the auxiliary 
vein to that of the second longitudinal vein, and scarcely turns upward 
even at the tip; the straight second and third longitudinal veins diverge 
from each other at the extreme tip after running almost parallel through- 
out the length of the latter, which originates from the second some dis- 
tance before the middle of the wing ; the small tranverse vein between 
the third and fourth longitudinal veins lies just beyond the middle of 
the wing and perpendicular to the costal border, while the large trans- 
verse vein: between the fourth and fifth longitudinal veins is perpen- 
dicular to the latter, and renders the discal and second posterior cells 
of about equal length. The abdomen is apparently lighter-colored than 
the thorax, regularly obovate, as broad as the thorax, and longer than 
it, its terminal (fifth) segment small, the others large and subequal. 

Length of thorax and scutellum 4""; breadth of same 2.75™™; length 
of abdomen 4.5°™; breadth of same 2.75™™; length of wing 6.5™™; 
breadth of same 2.25™™, 

I am indebted to Mr. Edward Burgess for some critical remarks upon 
the affinities of this fly, and for a careful sketch of the neuration, which 
is very difficult to trace in certain places. 


756 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
DOLICHOPIDA. 


Dolichopus sp.—A specimen and its reverse (Nos. 4124, 4148) is to be 
referred to this family by the structure of the abdomen and its general 
aspect. The wings and head, however, are wanting. The thorax is 
globose, well arched, and, like the abdomen, of a light brown color, and 
ornamented with scattered, bristly, black hairs. The tip of the abdomen 
is recurved beneath. The length of the fragment is 3.60™. 


TACHINIDA. 


Tachina sp.—To this is referred provisionally a small but stout and 
densely hairy fly (No. 48°, obtained by Mr. Richardson), with thick, 
slightly tapering abdomen, broadly rounded at the tip, long wings with 
heavily ciliated costal margin, the auxiliary vein terminating a little 
before the middle, and the first longitudinal vein not very far before 
the tip; the other veins of the wing cannot be determined. The legs 
are pretty stout and densely haired. About the fly are scattered many 
arcuate, tapering, spinous hairs 0.7™™ long, evidently the clothing of 
the thorax. 

Length of body 4™™; breadth of thorax 1.25™™; length of wings 4™™ (?), 
of hind femora 0.6™ ; hind tibize 1.25™™ ; hind tarsi 1.25™™ (7). 


SCIOMYZIDA. 


Sciomyza-? manca.—This fiy, extremely abundant in the Green River 
shales—in fact, outnumbering all the other Diptera together—is tempo- 
rarily placed in this genus, because its characters seem to agree better 
with those of the family Sciomyzide than of any other; yet it cannot 
properly be placed in any of the genera known to me. I should be 
inclined to place it near Blepharoptera in the Helomyzide, but all the 
tibiz are bristled throughout. Its general appearance is that of the 
Hphydrinide, but the bristly surface of the middle tibiz would allow us 
to place it only in the Notiphilina, from which it is excluded by the 
want of pectinations on the upper side of the antennal bristle. The 
want of complete neuration prevents me from designating it at present 
by a new generic name, which it can hardly fail to require as soon as 
that is known; only two or three of the three score specimens before 
me have any important part of the wings, and this constant frag- 
mentary condition of the fossils has suggested the specific name. The 
genus in which it would fall may be partially characterized as follows:— 
Body compact, stout; the head comparatively small, perhaps one-third 
the bulk of the thorax, about three-fourths its width, with large, naked 
eyes, the front between them nearly equal and pretty broad, obliquely 
sloped and slightly tumid on a side view, so as to project considerably 
below ; a few curved bristles project from its summit. Antenne with 
the flagellum subglobose, scarcely longer than broad, much larger 
than the joints of the scape, and bearing at its tip above a curved, 


SCUDDER ON FOSSIL INSECTS. 757 


rather short, naked, tapering style, scarcely longer than the flagellum 
proper and bluntly pointed; in several specimens in which this part is 
pretty well preserved, this is invariably its character, and no terminal 
thread can be seen in any of them, nor any indication of joints in the 
style; this brevity of the style seems to be peculiar. As far as the 
neuration of the wing can be made out (there must remain some doubt 
- upon this point until better examples are discovered), the course of the 
auxiliary vein cannot be determined; the first longitudinal vein appears 
to end before the middle of the costal border; the second originates 
abruptly from the middle of the first longitudinal vein, and terminates 
(certainly) only a little way before the tip of the wing; the third runs 
very nearly parallel to the second longitudinal vein, terminates at the 
tip of the wing, and is perhaps connected by a cross-vein with the 
fourth longitudinal vein scarcely within the extremity of the first longi- 
tudinal vein; the fourth longitudinal vein originates from the fifth or 
sixth a little before the origin of the second longitudinal vein, diverges 
rapidly from the third beyond this connection, and is arcuate, curving 
upward again before reaching the posterior border and running out- 
ward to the outer border; the fifth longitudinal vein curves still more 
strongly from the fourth, until it reaches the middle of the posterior 
border, to which it suddenly drops, and scarcely above which it is united 
with the fourth longitudinal vein by a long, oblique cross-vein. The 
femora are stout, the front pair largest at the base and tapering, the 
other pairs subequal throughout, all armed externally above and below 
with a row of very delicate, nearly straight spines, the upper row per- 
haps wanting on the middle femora, and the lower row developing into 
longer and stiffer bristles on the apical half of the fore femora. The 
tibiz are equal, a little longer than the femora, considerably slenderer, 
but still rather stout, furnished alike with several straight, longitudinal 
rows of minute spines, and on the outer side with three or four distant, 
moderately stout, longer spines (less prominent on the fore tibie than 
on the other legs), and at the tip with a cluster or several similar spines 
orspurs. The tarsi are very much slenderer than the tibia, longer than 
they, the other joints slenderer than the metatarsus, all profusely 
armed with exceedingly delicate spines or spinous hairs, arranged reg- 
ularly in longitudinal rows; at tip is a pair of very slender, pretty long, 
strongly curved claws, and apparently a pretty large pulvillus. 

The brevity of the antennal style, the length of the first longitudinal 
vein of the wing, the approximation of the middle transverse vein to 
the base, the strong arcuation of the fourth longitudinal vein, the 
obliquity of the posterior, large, transverse vein, and its approach to the 
posterior margin, the bristly nature of the legs, and the length and com- 
parative slenderness of the tarsi—all, excepting parts of the neuration, 
' characters open to little question—render this fly peculiar and its exact 
location somewhat dubious. When, however, the neuration of the wing 
is sufficiently well known to enable us to understand more definitely 


758 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


the character of the basal cells, and other parts of the base of the wing, 
the relation of the auxiliary to the first longitudinal vein, and to map 
unquestionably the whole course of the fourth longitudinal vein, we shall 
probably be able to arrive at very precise conclusions. 

In addition to the features above mentioned, it may be added that 
the thorax is subquadrate, scarcely longer than broad, furnished with 
distant, long, curving bristles disposed in rows, but in no individual 
well enough preserved to give further details of distribution. The 
abdomen is composed of five visible, subequal joints; its mass compact, 
scarcely constricted at the base, regularly and pretty strongly arched 
on a side view, tapering rapidly on the apical half to a bluntly rounded 
apex, the surface abundantly clothed with rather delicate spinous hairs, 
those at the posterior edge of the segments longer, and forming a regu- 
lar transverse row. The metatarsus of the middle leg is proportionally 
longer than in the others, where it is about half as long as the other 
joints combined. 

Measurement of average individuals:—Length of body as curved 
4,25", of head 0,65™™, of thorax 1.7™™, of abdomen 2.2™"; breadth of 
head 0.85™™, of thorax 1.25™™, of abdomen 1.4™™; length of flagellum of 
antennee 0.16", of style 0.19™™, of wing 3.4°™?; breadth of same 1.2™™; 
length of femora 0.75™™, of tibix 0.95™™, of fore tarsi 0.85™™, of middle 
tarsi 1.5™™, of hind tarsi 1.6™, of fore metatarsi 0.4™™, of middle meta- 
tarsi 0.64", of hind metatarsi 0.487"; breadth of femora 0.28™™, of 
tibice 0.12™™, of metatarsus 0.08™™, of tip of tarsi 0.05™"; length of claws 
0.0922, 

Sciomyza ? disjecta.—A second species, apparently of the same genus 
as the last-mentioned, but smaller, is found in considerable numbers in 
the same bed, although in far less abundance than the last, a dozen 
Specimens having been found by Mr. Richardson, Mr. Bowditch, and 
myself. The wings appear to be proportionally shorter than in the last 
species, with a rather broader space between the veins in the upper half 
of the wing, indicating perhaps a broader wing. The legs are slen- 
derer, the disparity in the stoutness of the tibize and tarsi is not so 
great, and the tarsi are proportionally shorter; the legs are also as 
densely, though less coarsely, spined, and a similar delicacy is observa- 
ble in the hairiness of the body. All the specimens are preserved on a 
side view, and the last species are in a like fragmentary condition. 

Length of body of an average individual 3.2™™, of head 0.55™™, of 
thorax 1.27, of abdomen 1.8™, of wing 2.4™™?, of hind femora 1.2™™, 
of hind tibize 1.4™™, of middle and hind tarsi 1™™. 


COLEOPTERA. 
CARABID. 


Cychrus testeus.—A single specimen (No. 4059) with its broken reverse 
(No. 4100) shows a pair of elytra slightly misplaced. They appear to 
represent a small species of Cychrus allied to O. angusticollis Fisch., but 


SCUDDER ON FOSSIL INSECTS. 759 


without the irregularities. which mark the furrow formed by the margin- 
ate outer edge in this species and its near allies. The elytra are almost 
precisely similar in form to those of C. angusticollis, but they are slightly 
broader at the base ; they are covered with rather inconspicuous, closely 
crowded striz, almost exactly as in the recent species mentioned, but 
even more closely crowded, numbering about twenty-five, including the 
frequent lines bordering the margin, which is simple and striate to the 
very edge, or, possibly, faintly marginate, as in some Carabi, but differ- 
ing conspicuously from the species of Cychrus to which I have compared 
it. The form of the tip of the elytra is also exactly as in this species. 
The interspaces of the elytra do not exhibit the imbricated appearance 
common to most of the Carabini, but the surface has more of the nearly 
imperceptible waviness seen in C. angusticollis, although, if anything, the 
surface is less broken. 

Length of elytron 7.5"; greatest breadth (behind the middle) 2.6"". 

Platynus senex.—This species is represented by a single specimen and 
its reverse (Nos. 3998, 3992). The upper surface is shewn with none of 
the slenderer appendages. The true form of the head cannot be deter- 
mined, as the edges are not preserved. The prothorax is unusually 
square for a Carabid, resembling only certain forms of Bembidium and 
Platynus, and especially P. variolatus LeC. It is, however, still more 
quadrate than in that species, and differs from it in shape, being a little 
broader than long, broadest just behind the middle, tapering but little 
anteriorly, and scarcely more rapidily at the extreme apex; the elytra 
are together only about half as broad again at base as the thorax, and 
are furnished with eight very faint and feeble striz, apparently un- 
punctured, the one next the margin interrupted by four or five fovez 
on the posterior half of the elytra; the humeral region is too poorly 
preserved to determine the striz at that point; the form of the elytra 
is as in P. variolatus. 

Length of body 6.1™"; breadth of thorax 1.5", of base of elytra together 
2.3"; length of elytra 4.17". 


HYDROPHILIDA. 


Tropisternus saxialis.—One specimen and its reverse (Nos. 4023, 4027), 
found by me in the Green River shales, represent a species of Tropt- 
sternus nearly as large as T. binotatus Walk. from Mexico. The large 
size of the head and the shortness of the prothorax are doubtless due to 
the mode of perservation, the whole of the head, detlected in life, being 
shown, while the thorax is in some way foreshortened. In all other re- 
spects, it agrees with the Hydrophilide, and especially with Tropisternus, 
having the form of the species mentioned. The head is broad and well 
rounded, with small, lateral, posterior eyes. The thorax is much broader 
and much more than twice as broad as long, with rounded sides, taper- 
ing anteriorly, the front margin broadly and rather deeply concave, the 


760 ° BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


hind border gently convex; the scutellum is large, triangular, a little 
longer than broad. The surface of the thorax and elytra is apparently 


smooth ; at least, no markings are discoverable, excepting the line of the © 


inner edge of the inferior margination of the sides of the elytra, which 
appears through the latter, as do also the abdominal incisures and the hind 
femora and tibiz. These legs are longer and slenderer than in 7. bino- 
tatus, the femora extending beyond the sides of the abdomen, and the 
tibie are armed beneath at tip with a pair of slender spines, which 
together with the tibiz are about as long as the femora. 

Length of body 6.65", of elytra 4.45™™; breadth of middle of body 
3.29"; length of hind femora 2™, of hind tibice 1.25”, 

Tr cuisine sculptilis—In a specimen (No. 3989) of which only the 
abdemen and elytra are preserved, we have a well-marked species of 
Tropisternus of about the size and shape of T. mexicanus Castin., but with 
rather frequent striz, more distinct than in that species, and composed, 
not, as there, of rows of impressed points, but of continuous, faintly 
impressed lines; the lines are apparently eight in number and uniform 
in delicacy and distance apart; the base of the elytra, however, is poorly 
preserved; the elytra are rather slenderer than in the recent species 
mentioned, and the extreme tip is rounded and not acutely pointed. Dis- 
tinct striation of the elytra is rare in Tropisternus, but it scarcely seems 
possible to refer this species elsewhere. 

Length of elytra 6.5""; breadth of combined elytra Bem, 

Berosus tenuis.—The in gle specimen (No. 4002) representing this 
species is preserved on a dorsal view, and is unusually slender for a 
Berosus, but seems to fall here rather than in any other of the Hydro- 


philid genera. It is of about the size of B. cuspidatus Chevr. from 


Mexico, and agrees generally in appearance with it, but is slenderer, 
and the tip of the elytra is simple; the punctured strie are exactly as 
in that species, as far as they can be made out. The head is large and 
well rounded, with large, round eyes. The pronotum, the posterior edge 
of which is partly concealed by the overlapping base of the elytra, pushed 
a little out of place, is shorter than in B. cuspidatus, with rounded sides, 
broadly and shallowly concave front, and apparently smooth surface. 
The elytra are long and slender, with entire, bluntly pointed tips, and 
very delicate, finely impunctured strize. The whole body is regularly 
obovate, broadest in the middle. 

Length of body 5.65", of elytra 4.15°™; breadth of body 2.75™™. 

Berosus sexstriatus.—A single well-preserved elytron (No. 4079) repre- 
sents a species scarcely smaller than B. punctipennis Chevr. (undescer.) 
from Mexico, with the elytra of which it also agrees in the character of 
the tip and in the shape of the whole, unless in the fossil it tapers more 
toward the base; the latter is also remarkable for the absence of the two 
lateral striz, the others retaining their normal position; for the delicacy 
of the striz themselves, which are even more faintly impressed than in 


SCUDDER ON FOSSIL INSECTS. 761 


B. cuspidatus Chevr., and, unlike all Berosi I have seen, are nearly devoid 
of any sigu of punctuation ; faint traces only can be seen when magnified 
twenty-five diameters. As not unfrequently happens in Hydrophilide, 
although I have not noticed it in Berosus, a short supplementary stria 
originates near the base of the second stria, pushing it a little to one side, 
and runs into the first stria a short distance from the base of the elytra. 

Length of elytron 4.5"; breadth 1.4™™. 

Laccobius elongatus.— A single specimen and its reverse (Nos. 812, 1368), 
collected by Mr. Richardson, but overlooked in my former paper on the 
Coleoptera of the Rocky Mountain Tertiaries,* exhibit the elytron of a 
siender species of Laccobius. It is more than two and a half times longer 
than broad, and is furnished with thirteen equidistant, delicately pune. 
tured, faintly impressed strize, the punctures of which are more apparent 
on the basal than on the apical half; the inner stria is as distant from 
the sutural border as from the neighboring stria, while the outer is 
scarcely separate from the outer margin. ‘The species is very large, and 
also very slender, for a Laccobius, in which genus, however, I am inclined 
to place it, from the large number of punctured striz. The elytron has 
muen the general appearance of that of a Lebia, but the number of striz, 
of course, forbids such a reference. 

Length of elytron 2.9"; breadth 1.1". 

Phithydrus primevus Scudd., Bull. U. 8. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr. 
ii, 78.—A single specimen, found by Mr. Richardson. 

Philhydrus spp.—Two specimens (Nos. 4033, 4942) of a second species 
of Philhydrus were found by Mr. Bowditch and myself, but neither of 
them very perfect, representing little else than elytra, and these rather 
obscurely preserved. The larger species has smooth elytra; the elytra 
of the other have eight delicate striz, which apparently are not punc- 
tured. Possibly one or both should be referred to Hydrobius. 

Length of elytra of larger species (No. 4033) 4"; breadth of body 
aoe. 

Length of elytra of smaller species (No. 4042) 3.75"™; breadth of 
body 3™™. 

Hydrobius decineratus.—A single specimen (No. 4007 ) exhibits the 
dorsal surface, but with part of the thorax gone. Itrepresents a species 
a very little larger than H. fuscipes Curt. of California, and is apparently 
allied to it, though slenderer; the head and eyes are as in that species ; 
the thorax shorter and the elytra longer, and more tapering at the tips, 
the extremities of which, however, are not preserved; they are furnished 
with eight delicate striz, in which the punctures are scarcely percept- 
ible, even when magnified ; the surface otherwise appears to be smooth, 
but is not well preserved. The scutellum is as in the recent species 
mentioned. 

Length of body 7.5"", of elytra 4.75""; breadth of body 3.6™™, 


*Bulletin of this Sarvey, ii, No. 1, 77-87. 


762 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
STAPHYLINIDA. 


Lathrobium abscessum Scudd., Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr. 
ii, 79.—Two specimens were found by Mr. Richardson, and since the 
description of the species three others by myself at the same locality. 

Bledius adamus.—A rather poorly preserved specimen (No. 4081) 
shows the dorsal view of the body without the legs or antenne. It 
is of about the size of B. annularis LeC., and resembles it in general 
appearance, but seems to have shorter tegmina, although these are 
obscure; it is also a rather slenderer species. The head is large, as 
broad as the thorax, with rather large eyes. The thorax is quadrate, 
and the elytra together quadrate, and of the same size as the thorax. 
The abdomen beyond the elytra is as long as the rest of the body; api- 
cally it expands somewhat, and the extremity is shaped as in the species 
mentioned. 

Length of body 4.4""; breadth of thorax 0.75™". 

Staphylinites obsoletum Scudd., Bull. U. 8. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr. 
ii, 78.—A single specimen found by Mr. Richardson. 


NITIDULID. 


Phenolia incapax Scudd., Bull. U. 8. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr. ii, 
80.—One specimen and its reverse, found by Mr. Richardson. 


CRYPTOPHAGID A. 


Antherophagus priscus Scudd., Bull. U.S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr. 
ii, 79-80.—Several specimens, found by Mr. Richardson, Mr. Bowditch, 


and myself. 
ELATERIDA. 


Corymbites velatus Scudd., Bull. U.S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr. ii, 
81.—Found by Mr. Richardson. 


PTINIDA. 


Sitodrepa defuncta Scudd., Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr. ii, 
82.—A single elytron and its reverse, found by Mr. Richardson. 

Anobium ? ovale.-—A single specimen (No. 4038) exhibits the upper sur- 
face of the pronotum and elytra. The insect evidently appertains to a 
distinct genus of Ptinide, in which the sides of the body are not parallel, 
but the body tapers posteriorly much, though not to the same extent, as 
anteriorly. It is, however, most nearly allied to Anobiwm, in which it is 
provisionally placed. It is about as large as Hndecatomus rugosus LeC. 
The prothorax, viewed from above, is bluntly conical, tapering rapidly. 
The body is broadest just behind the base of the elytra, and tapers 
slightly at first, more rapidly afterward, and is rounded posteriorly ; 
thus the whole body has an ovate outline. The pronotum is minutely 
and very profusely punctulate in black, and appears to have been cov- 


SCUDDER ON FOSSIL INSECTS. 763 


ered profusely with slight asperities or a coarse pile (much perhaps as in 
Endecatomus rugosus). The elytra, which are nearly three times as long 
as broad, and taper regularly from near the base to near the tip, show 
no mark of such asperities, but are profusely punctate in black, made up 
of scattered puncte, about 0.03" in diameter, not altogether irregularly 
disposed, although at first sight having that appearance, but showing 
in many places, not uniformly, signs of a longitudinal distribution into 
from fourteen to sixteen rows. The elytra, indeed, resemble those of 
Bostrychus capucinus (Linn.), but I am not aware that similar markings 
occur on smaller Ptinide. 

Length of body 4.3"; breadth of same 2™™; length of elytra 3.15™. 

Anobium ? deceptum.—Another specimen (No. 4086), representing an 
elytron only, evidently belongs to the same genus as the last, and at first 
sight appeared to be of the same species, as it belongs to an insect of the: 
same size, and the punctures on the elytra are similarly disposed; they 
are, however, if anything, more thickly crowded, so as to form about 
eighteen rows in the rather broader elytron; and not only is the elytron: 
broader and shorter than in the preceding species, being less than two: 
and a half times longer than broad, but it scarcely tapers at all in the 
basal three-fifths, and beyond that more rapidly than in the species: 
last described. 

Length of elytron 3™; breadth of same 1.25™. 

Anobium lignitum.—A third species of this family, with irregularly 
punctate elytra, is represented by a single specimen (No. 4082), giving. 
a dorsal view of pronotum and elytra. It differs generically from 
the two preceding species, and agrees better with Anobiwm proper in, 
having a more gibbous and less conical prothorax, and in having; 
the sides of the elytra parallel through most of their extent. It is con-- 
siderably smaller than either of the preceding species. The prothorax 
is one-third the length of the body, minutely punctate and scabrous,, 
tapering only a little in its basal and considerably in its anterior half, 
the front well rounded. The elytra are about two and a half times. 
jonger than broad, equal on the basal two-thirds, and then rounding. 
rapidly inward, so that the posterior outline of the body is more broadly 
rounded than the anterior outline; the elytra are profusely punctate 
with little pits, averaging scarcely more than 0.02™ in diameter, dis- 
tributed at pretty regular intervals, but not forming anything like longi- 
tudinal series, and so near together as to be equivalent to about fourteen. 
rows. The whole body is uniformly black. 

Length of body 3.75", of elytra 2.5""; width of body 1.97", 


BROTYLIDA. 


Mycotretus binotata.a—A single specimen with its reverse (Nos. 3990, 
4015) represent the dorsal aspect of this species, which closely resembles 
M. sanguinipennis Lac. in shape. It is, however, a little smaller, the 

Bull. iv. No, 4——2 : 


764 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


thorax tapers less rapidly, and the elytra are not striate. The head is 
badly preserved, being crowded under the thorax; it appears, how- 
ever, to be very small, about half as broad as the thorax, with a 
broadly rounded front, large eyes, and a dark color. The thorax is 
about two and a half times broader than long, with slightly convex sides, 
regularly tapering toward the apex, but not so rapidly as would seem to 
be required for so proportionally narrow a head; the front border broadly 
concave, the hind border very obtusely angulate, scarcely produced as a 
broad trianglein the middle; the surface is of alight color, very minutely 
and profusely punctulate, the hind borders faintly marginate, the mar- 
gin, black.and, punctate. The elytra are more elongate than, and do not 
taper so rapidly as, in II. sanguinipennis ; they are of the color of the 
thorax, even more delicately punctulate than it, with two small, short, 
black, longitudinal, impressed dashes just outside the middle, and just 
before the end of the basal third ; the basal edge of the elytra is marked 
in black, much as the posterior border of the pronotum; and the scutel- 
lum is small, owing to the encroachment of the median prolongation of 
the prothorax. 

Total length 3.5™™; length of thorax 0.6™™, of elytra 2.5™™; breadth of 
head 0.75™™, of thorax in front 1.2™™, behind 1.45™™, of elytra at the 
spots 2.1™™. 

CHRYSOMELIDA. 


Cryptocephalus vetustus—This species is fairly represented by a pair 
of specimens with their reverses (Nos. 4003, 4004; 4039, 4044). One pair 
exhibits the front, and, by the drooping of the abdomen, the under surface 
of the insect with expanded elytra (one of them curiously foreshortened), 
the other the under surface only. The insect is broadly oval, and, | 
except in being much stouter, closely resembles C. venustus Fabr., with 
which it agrees in size. The thorax, as seen on a front view, is arched, 
and the proportion of the head to the thorax is as in the recent species 
mentioned. ‘The elytra, which are the part best preserved, are rounded 
at the extremity, and are furnished with ten slightly arcuate rows of 
gentle punctures, arranged inconspicuously in pairs, besides a sutural, 
slightly oblique row on the basal third of the elytra, terminating in the 
margin. This disposition of the punctures and the character of the 
head, sunken, as it were, into the thoracic mass, leave little doubt that 
the insect should be referred to Cryptocephalus. The elytra are of a 
uniform light horn-color, but the body is darker. The body is more 
oval than in the parallel-sided C. venustus. 

Length of body 4-4.5™™; breadth of same 2.6-3.2™"; length of elytra 
4mm; breadth of one of them 1.8"". 


RHYNCHITID A. 


Hugnamptus decemsatus.—A single elytron (No. 4046) witha broken base 
is all that remains of this species. But this is peculiar on account of 
_ the supplementary humeral stria, which seems to be common in the Rhyn- 


SCUDDER ON FOSSIL INSECTS. 765 


chitide, and at least very rare in the allogastral Rhyncophora, to which 
one would at first glance refer this fragment. So far as the material at 
hand permits determination, it appears to agree best with the genus to 
which it is referred, on account of the disposition of the punctuation 
and the form of the tip of the elytron. It represents, however, a very 
large species, and one whose punctuation is very delicate. The elytron 
is long and rather narrow, indicating an elongated form for the body, as 
in this genus, with parallel sides and a bluntly rounded tip. There are 
ten complete equidistant rows of delicate, lightly impressed. punctures, 
those of the same row less distant than the width of the interspaces; the 
outer row lies close to the outer border and is seated in an impressed 
stria, as also is the apical half of the inner row ; but the other rows show 
no such connection between the punctures which compose them; at the 
base the rows curve very slightly outward to make place. for a very 
short humeral row of punctures, parallel to the inner complete row, and 
composed of only three or four punctures on the part preserved; the 
interspaces are smooth. 
Length of fragment 4.5"" ; width of elytron 1.5™, 


OTIORHYNCHID A. 


Epicerus saxatilis Scudd., Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr. ii, 
84-85 (Hudiagogus).—Twenty-seven specimens of this species have been 
found by Mr. Richardson, Mr. Bowditch, and myself. This and the 
two following species cannot be referred to Hudiagogus on account of 
the length of the snout. Although very small for Epiceri (especially 
the present species), they agree so well with Epiccerus griseus Schonh. 
from Mexico—one of the smallest of the group—that they would best be 
referred here, although they differ from this genus in the brevity and 
stoutness of the femora, all of which are swollen apically. It is possible 
that all three of the forms mentioned here should be referred to a single 
species, as there is certainly very little difference between them except- 
ing in size; this is particularly the case with this and the next species. 
Together over one hundred of these species have been examined by me; 
they are, therefore, the most abundant fossils of the insect beds of the 
Green River shales. 

Hpicerus effossus Seudd., Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr. ii, 
§5-86 (Hudiagogus).—Nearly fifty specimens of this species are at hand, 
all found in Richardson’s shales by Mr. Richardson, Mr. Bowditch, and 
myself, besides two I found in beds at the same spot, but about thirty 
metres lower; these were the only Coleoptera found at that spot, except- 
ing a single specimen of Otiorhynchus dubius Scudd., belonging to the 
same family.. 

Epicerus exanimis Scudd., Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr. ii, 
d8 (Hudiagogus).—Thirty-one specimens of this species have been ex- 
amined. 

Ophryastes compactus.—A single specimen (No. 4210), preserved so as 


766 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


to show a lateral view of the insect, appears to indicate an Otiorhynchid 
allied to Ophryastes. The form of the elytra, indeed, does not well 
correspond, since, in place of their abrupt posterior descent, as seen in 
O. cinereus Schoénh. from Mexico, with which it agrees best in general 
features as also in size, they slope very gradually, and appear to be 
tumid next the base. But the structure of the stout snout, enlarged 
apically, with very oblique descending antennal scrobes, the superior 
transverse furrow at its base giving an increased convexity to the 
vertex of the head, ally it closely to Ophryastes. The ovate eye is 
longitudinal, the front border of the pronotum nearly straight with no 
advance of the sides, the prothorax itself faintly rugulose, the elytra 
coarsely striate, the striz with feeble, rather distant punctures (the 
reverse is shown on the stone); the tips of the elytra are right-angled 
or slightly produced at the extremity, as in recent species. 

Length of body, measured from base of rostrum, 7.5"; height of same 
3.5"; length of elytra 5.5", of rostrum beyond front of eyes 1.2"; 
breadth of rostrum at base 0.9", where largest 1.05™"; length of eye 
0.5"; breadth of same 0.37"; distance apart of the elytral strie 
0.35™". 

Otiorhynchus perditus Scudd., Bull. U. 8. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr. 
ii, 84.—A single specimen was found by Mr. Richardson ; another, found 
by myself, is doubtfully referred here, but is so fragmentary as to add 
nothing to the characters already given. 

Otiorhynchus dubius—A cast of an elytron (No. 4204) resembles so 
closely the elytron of the preceding species, excepting in size, that itis 
referred to the same genus. Only nine striz can be counted, but all 
of those at the outer side may not be seen; the inner stria is very close 
to the margin, and indeed is lost in it both above and below, but this 
may be due simply to the preservation. The stone in which they are 
preserved is coarser than usual, coming from beds about thirty metres 
directly below the shales which have furnished the other insect remains, 
and has a greater admixture of sand; consequently the character of 
the surface of the elytra cannot be determined, but the striz are sharp 
and narrow, and filled with longitudinal punctures. With the excep- 
tion of a couple of poor specimens of Epicerus effossus Scudd., this was — 
the only recognizable insect found at this locality. 

Length of elytron 4™™; breadth of same 1.5™™. 

Hudiagogus terrosus.—This species, which seems more properly refer- 
able to Hudiagogus than those formerly so named by me, is represented 
‘by a singie specimen and its reverse (Nos. 4024, 4078), preserved on a 
side view. The snout is short, as long as the eyes, scarcely so long 
as the head, and stout; the eyes transverse, rather large, subreniform. 
The thorax appears to be smooth, like the head, deep and short, its front 
border extending forward on the sides toward the lower part of the eye. 
The elytra, the lower surface of which does not appear to be in view, are 
broad and long, rectangular at tip, furnished with more than eight 


SCUDDER ON FOSSIL INSECTS. 167 


rows of frequent, rounded, moderately large and shallow punctures, and 
between each pair of rows a similar row with smaller punctures. 
Length of body 6™, of elytra 4.55™™, of eyes 0.5™™. 


CURCULIONID A. 


Sitones grandevus Scudd., Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr. ii, 
$3-84.—A single specimen, found by Mr. Richardson. 

Hylobius provectus Scudd., Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr. ii, 
86.—A single specimen was found by Mr. Richardson. Another speci- 
men (No. 4051), taken by Mr. Bowditch at the same locality, shows the 
character of the rostrum. The specimen is strangely preserved, as there 
appears to be a second rostrum, a perfect counterpart of the first, 
attached to it at the tip; perhaps this belongs to another individual, of 
which the rostrum only is preserved. The rostrum is about as long as 
the thorax, scarcely tapering as viewed laterally, gently curved, with a 
median, lateral, longitudinal groove, directed toward the middle of the 
eye, just as in H. confusus Kirb., besides the antennal scrobes, which are 
directed obliquely toward its base. 

Gymnetron LeContet.—A single well-preserved specimen, with its 
reverse (Nos. 4030, 4047), lies in such a position as to show a partly 
lateral and partly dorsal view ; the legs are also preserved, so that it is 
the most perfect of the Green River Coleoptera. ‘The small head, long 
and slender, straight, and drooping snout, the tapering thorax, broad 
and short striate elytra, thickened femora, and long and slender tibiz 
leave little doubt that it should be referred to Gymnetron or to its im- 
mediate vicinity. It is very nearly as large as G. deter SchOnh., with 
which it closely agrees in almost every part. The third tarsal joint is 
similarly expanded. The real length of the rostrum cannot be deter- 
mined from the position of the insect, but it is apparently as long as the 
head and thorax together, is very nearly straight, slender, scarcely 
enlarged, and obliquely docked at the tip; only a portion of the anten- 
nal scrobes can be seen; this isin the middle of the beak, where the 
groove is narrow, deep, sharply defined, and inclined slightly downward 
toward the base of the beak. The thorax is subrugulose, and the 
surface of the elytra smooth, with distinct, but not deeply impressed, 
very faintly punctured striae. The whole specimen is piceous. 

Length of body 3.15™™, of snout 1™™2, of head and thorax 0.9™™, of 
thorax 0.75™™, of elytra 2.25™™, of hind tibize 1.5""; distance apart of 
elytral strize 0.17". 

Cryptorhynchus annosus Scudd., Bull. U.S. Geol. and Geogr. Sarv. Terr, 
ii, 86-87.—A single specimen, found by Mr. Richardson. 


SCOLYTIDA. 


Dryoccetes impressus Scudd., Bull. U.S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr. ii, 
83 (Trypodendron).—Mr. Richardson obtained a single specimen, upon 


768 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


which the original description was based. Several additional speci- 
mens (Nos. 4009, 4048, 4091) were obtained by Mr. Bowditch and my- 
self, and these help to show that the insect would better be referred to 
Dryocwtes than to Trypodendron (= Xyloterus of LeConte’s recent mouo- 
graph). The species is of about the size of D. septentrionalis (Mann.), 
but has more of the markings of D. affaber (Mann.), although the pune- 
tuation of the elytra is not so distinctly separable into longitudinal 
series. 

Dryocetes carbonarius.—Another species, not very closely allied to 
the last, is represented by a single, rather mutilated specimen (No. 
3999), which is pitchy-black, and consists of part of the head, thorax, 
and elytra. The head is rather long, faintly and not very closely punc- 
tured, the eye moderately large and circular. The thorax is propor- 
tionally longer than in the preceding species; the front margin recedes 
a little on the sides, and the surface is subragose by subconfluent punc- 
tures, the walls of which form wavy ridges having a longitudinal direc- 
tion. The elytra are broken at the tip; their outer anterior angle is 
obliquely excised, and the outer margin behind it straight, not sinuate, 
as in the preceding species; the surface is rather coarsely, but very 
faintly granulate, more distinctly next the base, but even here very 
vaguely; and there are faint indications of three or four distant, simple, 
longitudinal strie. 

Length of the fragment as curved 4", of head 1.1™™?, of thorax 1.3"; 
probable length of elytra 3.15"™; width of same 1.5"; diameter of eye 
0.357", 


ANTHRIBIDA. 


Cratoparis repertus—A single specimen (No. 4035) shows the frag- 
ment of an elytron, which is referred to this genus from the character of 
the punctuation and the arrangement of the strive. It closely resembles 
C. lunatus Fahr. in these points, but must have belonged to a slenderer 
insect, about as large as C.lugubris Fahr. There are eleven striz or 
rows of pretty large, subconfluent, short, longitudinal dashes or oval 
punctures, deeply impressed, the outer of which follows the extreme 
margin, excepting apically; the inner stria also runs very near the border; 
the interspaces between the first and second and between the second 
and third striz are equal, and a little broader than the interspaces 
between the other striz; the inner margin is delicately grooved next 
the base, as in C. confusus. 

Length of fragment 4.5™™ ; width of elytra 1.6™™; width of interspace 
between second and third striz 0.21™", between third and fourth striz 
0.137", 

Cratoparis? elusus.—To this I refer doubtfully two specimens (Nos. 
4012, 4060), neither of them very perfect, which appear to belong 
together, and to represent an insect allied at least to Cratoparis, and of 
about the size of C. lunatus Fahr. It appears to have a short rostrum, 


SCUDDER ON FOSSIL INSECTS. 769 


a moderately small, but rather tumid head, with circular eyes; thorax 
not greatly attenuated anteriorly, but profusely punctate, with mode- 
rately large and rather shallow punctures; elytra arched, nearly three 
times longer than the thorax when measured over the curved back, 
furnished. with slight and faintly impunctured striz; the surface between 
the striz also punctured, but very faintly. 

Length of body 7.5", of thorax 2.25"", of elytra 5.57". 

Brachytarsus pristinus Scudd., Bull. U.S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr. 
ii, 87.—A single specimen, obtained by Mr. Richardson. 


HEMIPTERA. 


(HETEROPTERA.) 
PENTATOMID. 
(CYDNINA.) 


Cyréomenus concinnus.—This species is represented by a single speci- 
‘men (No. 4190), a little smaller than C. mutabilis (Perty), but closely 
resembling it in general form. It is broadly ovate; the head large, 
prominent, well rounded, nearly half the eyes protruding beyond the 
margin, the ocelli nearly one-fourth the diameter of the eyes, and 
situated next the hind border, very nearly half-way between the inner 
margin of the eyes and the middle line of the head. Thorax twice as 
broad as the head, exclusive of the projecting part of the eye, more than 
twice as broad as long, the front margin rather deeply and regularly 
concave, the sides considerably convex, especially on the front half, the 
hind margin very broadly convex. Scutellum longer than the thorax, 
searcely less tapering on the apical than on the basal half, the apex 
rounded, half as broad as the base, the whole about as long as the 
breadth at base. Tegmina very faint, but the corium apparently 
terminating just before the tip of the scutellum. Extremity of the 
abdomen very broadly rounded. The whole surface of the head, thorax, 
scutellum, and probably of the corium, uniformly very profusely and 
minutely punctulate ; otherwise smooth, excepting that there are also 
faint traces of a slight, transverse, median depression, and a similar 
longitudinal median depression on the thorax. 

Length of body 5.25", of head 1.2", of thorax 1.3™", of scutellum 1.65"; 
breadth of head 2"", of thorax 3.5™"; diameter of eye 0.25". ; 

Aethus punctulatus.—Five specimens of this species were found (Nos. 
194, 67°, 742, 172, and 4193). Body of nearly equal breadth through- 
out, the sides of the abdomen a little fuller. Head rounded, small, 
the part behind the eyes rounded, as deep as the portion in front 
of them; front, as seen from above, well rounded, well advanced, 
subangulate; eyes moderately large; ocelli large, situated close to, 
a little behind, and within the eyes, and about one-third their diam- 


770 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


eter; surface of head minutely and obscurely granulate. Thorax 
nearly equal, slightly broadening posteriorly, the anterior angles well 
- rounded, the front border very deeply and roundly excised, the hind 
border nearly straight; the whole fully twice as broad as the head, and 
_twice as broad as long. Scutellum obscure, but apparently of about 
equal length and breadth, and regularly triangular. Abdomen well 
rounded, half as long again as broad. Tegmina obscure or lost in all 
the specimens seen. Thorax and scutellum minutely granulate, like the 
head. Posterior half, at least, of the abdomen profusely covered with 
. Shallow punctures. 

Length of body 3.75™, of head 0.6", of middle of thorax 0.75™™; 
breadth of head 0.8", of thorax 1.8", of abdomen 2.25™", 

Cydnus ? mamillanus.—An obscure specimen (No. 39) is of doubtful 
generic relations, but evidently belongs to the Cydnide. The body is 
broad and convex in front, with a rapidly tapering abdomen, scarcely - 
at all rounded, even at the tip. The head, as seen from above, is nearly 
circular, shaped much as in Aethus punctulatus, but more broadly and 
regularly rounded in front, with the central lobe broad, and defined by 
rather strongly impressed furrows; the ocelli are large, situated just 
behind the anterior extension of the thoracic lobes; the surface of the 
head is rugulose. Thorax more than twice as broad as the head, and 
more than half as long again; the sides rounded, being broadest at the 
posterior border, narrowing in front and roundly excised at the anterior 
angles; front border very deeply hollowed behind the head, leaving 
prominent front lobes on either side, nearly as large as the head, 
and strongly mamillate; hind border nearly straight. The surface is 
minutely granulate ; besides which there is a transverse belt of rather 
large and distant punctures midway between the mamillations and the 
hind border. The scutellum is very large, rounded-triangular, broader 
than long, and granulate like the thorax. COorium of tegmina, which 
occupies their greater portion, obscurely and distantly punctulate; 
abdomen triangular, the apex bluntly pointed. 

Length of body 4™", of head 0.8"", of either lateral half of thorax 
1.35; breadth of head, 1™", of thorax, 2.4". 


LYG AIDA. 
(MYODOCHINA.) 


Rhyparochromus ? terreus.—A single poor specimen (No. 4192) appar- 
ently belongs to this subfamily, but is too imperfect to locate with any 
precision. The body is of nearly equal width, but with a full abdomen. 
The head is broken, but is as broad at base as the tip of the thorax, has 
a rounded-angular front, and its surface most minutely punctulate. 
The thorax was broadest behind, the sides tapering slightly, and gently 
convex, the front border broadly and shallowly concave, the hind border 
Straight, more than twice as broad as the median length, the surface, 


SCUDDER ON FOSSIL INSECTS. T71 


like that of the head, with faint distant punctures. Scutellum rather 
small, triangular, pointed, of equal length and breadth, about as long 
as the thorax, its surface like that of the thorax, but with more distinct — 
punctures. Abdomen full, well rounded, and very regular. Tegmina 
obscure (but perhaps extending only a little beyond the scutellum). 

Length of body 4™", of head 0.6™", of thorax 0.6", of scutellum 
0.77"; breadth of head 1.1™, of thorax 1.5"", of abdomen 2.1™. 


REDUVIIDA. 


(REDUVIINA.) 


Reduvius ? guttatus.—Two specimens of this species have been found, 
one with reverses (No. 9*, 96°), by Mr. Richardson, the other (No. 4070) 
by myself. Mr. Richardson’s specimens are very obscure and distorted, 
and without theaid of the other could not have been determined. The 
insect probably belongs fo the genus Reduvius (sens. str.), or at all 
events falls in its immediate vicinity. The body has much the form of 
the common fh. personatus Linn., of Hurope, but is proportionally shorter. 
All parts are rather obscure, but the head evidently tapers and is roundly 
pointed in front, the thorax narrows gently from behind forward and is 
nearly as long as broad; the scutellum is rather small, triangular, the 
apex bent ata right angle and rounded. ‘The abdomen is ovate, twice 
as long as broad. The species is marked with round, dark spots, about 
0.2™" in diameter, on either side, one at the outer edge of the front of 
each abdominal segment, and one in the middle of either transverse halt 
of the thorax, a little removed from the outer border; the anterior ones 
half-way between the border and the middle line. The whole surface 
appears to be very minutely granulated. The tegmina cannot be seen. 

Length of body 5.5™™; breadth of thorax 1.4"", of abdomen 1.65™". 


[HOMOPTERA] 


JASSIDA. 


Acocephalus Adw.—Two specimens (Nos. 72, 100) represent the body 
of apparently a species of Acocephalus. The head projects forward in °* 
a triangular form, is rounded at the extreme apex, a little broader than 
long, and nearly twice as broad between the small eyes as its length in 
advance of them. ‘The body is slender, the abdomen slightly tapering, 
rounded at the apex. The tegmina extend a short distance beyond the 
body with parallel longitudinal veins. 

Length of body 5.25"; breadth of head 1.4™", of middle of abdomen 


ou. 
FULGORIDA. 


(FULGORIDA.) 


Fulgora? granulosa—A single specimen and its reverse (Nos. 49, 131) 
show only the thorax and abdomen of an insect belonging to the sub- 


T7172 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


family of Fulgorida, but of which little more can be said. The thorax is 
large, globose, and black; the scutellum is about half as large as the 
thorax, longer than broad, and rounded at the apex; the abdomen tapers 
gently, its apex about half as broad as its base, and is provided with a 
pair of overlapping, black, roundish, oval plates, giving the appearance 
of an additional segment. The surface of the thorax and abdomen is 
thickly and uniformly granulate with circular, dark-edged elevations, 
averaging 0.04" in diameter; the scutellum lacks this marking, except- 
ing at the edges, which are more minutely and profusely granulate. 

Length of body 8.5™", of thorax 2.75", of scutellum 1.4"", of appen- 
dages 1™"; breadth of thorax 2.5", of scutellum 1.25™", of second seg- 
ment of abdomen 2.2™". 

Aphana rotundipennis.—This name is proposed for a single broken 
wing of an Homopteron (No. 175), with which another wing (No. 4187), 
still more imperfect, appears to agree; and which seem by their obscure 
venation to belong in the same group as the White River fossil which 
I have called Aphana atava. It differs, however, in having a strongly 
bowed costa, which is curved more apically than near the base, and con- 
tinues very regularly the curve of the well-rounded apex; the commissu- 
ral border is perfectly straight; the principal veins fork near the base, 
so that there are a number of longitudinal veins a short distance there- 
from ; no transverse veins are discernible, nor oblique veins at the cos- 
tal margin, but the longitudinal veins all fork at a similar distance from 
the apex, so that the apical fifth of the wing is filled with still more 
numerous longitudinal veins; the tegmina are broadest just beyond 
the middle. 

Length of tegmina 6.75""; breadth of same 3™". 

Lystra? Richardsoni.—I have before me a number of specimens (Nos. 
67, 119, 4076, 4207, 4208, 4212, 4217) of a large Fulgorid, apparently 
belonging near Lystra and Peocera, but which have only been preserved 
in a fragmentary condition. Enough, however, remains to show several 
features; the vertex between the eyes is half as broad again as the eyes, 
and at least as long as broad, projecting beyond the eyes by more than 

, the diameter of the latter, and well rounded. The scutellum is large, 
fully as long as broad. The longitudinal veins of the tegmina are 
rather infrequent, forking rarely, and even toward the apex seldom 
connected by cross-veins; apparently, all the principal veins branch at 
about the same points, viz, near the middle of the basal and of the 
apical half; the tegmina somewhat surpass the abdomen. The body is 
broadest at the second or the third abdominal segment, and tapers 
rapidly to a point, the segments being equal in length. 

Length of body 16"; probable length of tegmina 15.5"; breadth of 


abdomen 5.5™". 
(CIXIINA.) 


Cixius ? hesperidum.—A single fragment (No. 38), representing a nearly 
perfect tegmen, with obscure venation, is probably to be referred to Cix- 


SCUDDER ON FOSSIL INSECTS. T73 


ius, but is unsatisfactory; the costal border is gently and regularly con- 
vex, the tip well rounded, with no projecting apex ; the tegmen appears 
to increase very slightly in size to a little beyond the middle, up to 
which point the borders are nearly parallel; the course and branching 
of the nervures, so far as they can be made out, seem to indicate an 
insect allied to Cixius, but no cross-veins can be seen. 

Length of tegmen 6.2™; its greatest breadth 2.5". 

Mnemosyne terrentula.—A single specimen (No. 31¢)is preserved, wita 
an indistinct body, broken in front, and the greater part of one of the teg- 
mina, which show it to be very closely related to, if not a member of, this 
genus. The body is moderately broad, ovate, the tip of the abdomen 
rounded and slightly produced. The tegmina are regularly enlarged 
toward the apex and rounded at the extremity, not at all truncate; the 
interior branch of the radial vein furks near the middle of the wing, and 
just beyond the first subapical transverse vein; both its branches fork 
before they have passed more than half-way to the marginal row of elon- 
gate cells. 

Estimated length of body 6.5™, breadth of same 2.25™™; length of 
tegmina 7™™, breadth of same 2.25™™, their extent beyond the abdomen 
2am, 

(TROPIDUCHIDA.) 


LTithopsis (Atos, é¢rs}, nov. gen. 


Body oblong, stout, and apparently cylindrical anteriorly, tapering 
and probably compressed posteriorly. Head broad and short, the front 
not produced beyond the eyes, broad, transverse, very gently convex. 
The united thorax and scutellum of about equal length and breadth. 
Teemina surpassing considerably the tip of the abdomen, two or three 
times as long as broad, beyond the middle barely tapering, the sides 
subequal, the tip obliquely subtruncate, the apex rounded, the costal 
margin gently convex; margino-costal area broad, broadening regularly 
toward the apex, and throughout its length traversed by very frequent 
transverse veinlets, which become more and more oblique toward the 
apex of the tegmina, where they are supplanted by the similarly close 
branches of the longitudinal veins ; these are united at the origin of the 
forks by transverse veinsin continuity with the costa itself. The radial 
vein is branched at the base of the tegmina, the inner ulnar vein at 
some distance before the middle of the wing; and both branches of this 
vein, and the lower branch of the radial, fork again at half the distance 
from the first fork of the inner ulnar vein to the tip of the wing, but 
they are not connected at this point by transverse veins. Wings as 
long as the tegmina. 

This genus seems to belong nearest the South American genus Alcestis 
Stal, but differs decidedly from it in the form of the tegmina, the ab- 
sence of oblique inferior ramuli to the inner ulnar vein, and the strue- 
ture of the head. 


174 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Lithopsis jfimbriata.—A. tolerably well-preserved specimen, with its 
reverse (Nos. 4185, 4189), together with the fragment of a wing (No. 143°,) 
are the basis for this species. The vertex between the eyes is more than 
twice the width of the eyes, and is marked by a slight, median, longitu- 
dinal carina; the front of the vertex is nearly straight, does not protrude 
beyond the eyes, but is retracted next them, making it very broadly 
convex. The thorax is considerably broader than the head, but the con- 
dition of the specimens does not allow a more definite statement. The 
tegmina are the best-preserved remains of the animal, being perfect, 
although somewhat obscure, partly from the veins of the underlying 
wings; they are more than two and a half times longer than broad, 
the costal margin, especially its basal half, moderately curved, the com- 
missural margin almost perfectly straight, the apex slightly and obliquely 
truncate, so as to throw its well-rounded apex below the middle; near 
its extremity the margino-costal field occupies more than a third 
of the breadth of the tegmina, being double its width near the base; 
the first branching of the inner ulnar vein is as far from the apex of the 
tegmina as the second branching is from the base; and the third branch- 
ing, where, and where only, the longitudinal veins are united by cross- 
nervures, is midway between the second branching and the apex; close 
to the apical margin there is an inconspicuous fourth series of furcations. 

Length of body 9", of tegmina 9.75"™"; breadth of the same in the 
middle 3.65™, next the third branching of the longitudinal veins 3.20™". 


ORTHOPTERA. 


GRYLLIDES. 


Nemobius tertiarius.—T wo specimens (Nos. 18, 20) represent the hind 
femora (and No. 18 also the hind tibia and a femur and tibia of the 
front leg) of a small cricket. The insect must have been rather smaller 
than our common J. vittatus (Harr.), its hind femur being 7™™ long, broad 
and stout, especially near the base, where it measures 2.1™; its upper 
half is covered with exceedingly delicate, reeumbent hairs, directed back- 
ward; there are also a few hairs upon the slender hind tibia, which 
is broken just where it begins to enlarge, showing signs of the upper 
spines; this portion is about three-fourths the length of the femur. The 
front femur and tibia, which are each only 2.25™7 long, also indicate a 
small species and one that is unusually free from spines, no hairs even 
being discernible on this front leg. 


LOCUSTARILA. 


The only other remains of Orthoptera noticed in the Green River 
Shales is a tibia and fragment of the attached femur (No. 2) of what is 
apparently the middle leg of a Locustarian about the size of a Phylloptera. 


SCUDDER ON FOSSIL INSECTS. U15 


NEUROPTERA. 
ODONATA. 
(LIBELLULINA.) 


Fragments of an abdomen in obverse and reverse (Nos. 4175, 4176) are 
probably to be referred to a species of Libellulina, but they are insufficient 
to give further determination. They evidently represent four or five of 
the terminal segments of the body, there being first three segments of 
equal breadth and a similar length, a little longer than broad, with a 
slight median carina; and then three others without a median carina 
and with continually decreasing length, the first of them (probably the 
eighth segment) half as long as the preceding, but of the same width; 
the next half as long as the one which precedes it, but narrower, and 
the last still narrower (but imperfect). 

Length of the fragment 20", of its third (seventh? abdominal) seg- 
ment 4.5"; breadth of same 3.5. 


(AGRIONINA.) 


Dysagrion Fredericti Scudd., Bull. U.S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr. 
4, 534-537.—This has already been sufficiently mentioned in the paper 
cited. 

Podagrion abortivum.—A second species of Agrionina, at first sight 
very different from the preceding, proves to belong to the same legion 
(Podagrion) ; and, so far as its meagre representation by the specimen 
(No. 4169) goes, to the genus Podagrion proper, agreeing with it in the 
character of the pterostigma and the supplementary sectors. The speci- 
men represents the apical part of a wing with fragments of the middle 
portion. The pterostigma is a little more than twice as long as broad, 
and although less oblique on the inner than on the outer side, yet lies at 
an angle of forty-five degrees with the costal edge, and is therefore more 
oblique than usual in Podagrion; its outer side is arcuate as well as very 
oblique, but in its entire extent the pterostigma scarcely surmounts two 
cellules; the outer side is much thicker than the inner, and thickens 
below as it passes gradually into the lower border, which, like the cos- 
tal, is much thickened, and appears the more so from being independent 
of, although in conjunction with, the median nervure. Beyond the ptero- 
stigma, the ultranodal approaches the principal nervure very closely, so 
that they are only half as far apart at the margin as below the ptero- 
stigma; there are two supplementary sectors, one between the ultranodal 
and the nodal, arising below the outer half of the pterostigma, the other 
between the nodal and subnodal, arising slightly further back ; both of 
these supplementary sectors are straight, but the nodal is slightly undu- 
lated after the origin of the supplementary sectors ; all the other veins, 


ee 


776 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


excepting the extreme tip of the principal, are straight, and the reticu- 
lation tetragonal. ‘The wing appears to be hyaline throughout, the 
pterostigma very slightly infumated, the nervures fusco-ecastaneous, those 
about the pterostigma deepening nearly to black. Apically the wing is 
well rounded, its apex falling in the middle and not at all produced. 
A species is indicated of about the size of P. macropus Sel. 

Length of pterostigma along costal edge 1.5"”, of same from inner lower 
angle to outer upper angle 2.1™; breadth of pterostigma 0.65", of wing 
in middle of apical half 5.5™™. 


ARACHNIDA. 


Nos. 3, 4%, 4199, 4200, represent legs of the same or allied species of 
spider of about the size of Hpeira riparia Hentz; femora and tibize and 
the sides of the tarsi are abundantly supplied with longitudinal rows of 
fine, long, black spines, the claw double. No. 36 preserves the spines 
alone of the same sort of leg. 

Length of femora 7", of tibize 7.75™", of tarsi 3.25, of claw 0.3", of 
spines 0.75"". 

No. 63 shows the hairy, subfusiform, ovate body of a / eee ap- 
parently a little smaller than the above. 

Length of abdomen 4.5""; breadth of same 1.8™". : 

No. 4201 is the egg-cocoon of a spider, and is of seche the same 
size, shape, and general appearance as those from British Columbia, 
which I have described under the name of Aranea columbic, excepting 
that,. from. wbreak j in the stone,. there is no'trace of a pedicel. 

Ley gthof bg egs: cocoon 5™"; breadth Aas 


ao. MYRIAPODA. 


TIulus tellugter. —ating ole Myriapod (No. 154*) found by Mr. Richard- 
son in the Gféen River bed is SO BIG BLOC that it can only be 
referred to Zulus in a broad generic sense. The piece is composed of 
ten or twelve segments, probably from near the middle of the body, 
lying in a straight line and crushed, with no trace of any appendages. 
The segments appear to be composed of a short anterior and a larger 
posterior division, each independently and very slighly arched; the 
posterior division is about twice as long as the anterior, and each is 
transversely regularly and very finely striate parallel to the anterior 
and posterior margins of the segments. The foramina can be detected 
on some of the segments, and by their aid the width of the body can be 
more accurately determined. As crushed, the body is 2.3"" broad, but 
its probable true width is 1.5™", while the segments are each about 
0.8™" long; the fragment preserved measures 8.5" long. 


4 
s 


& 


ART. XXXIU.—REPORT ON THE COLLECTION OF FISHES MADE 
BY DR. ELLIOTT COUES U. S. A. IN DAKOTA AND MON- 
TANA DURING THE SEASONS OF 1873 AND 1874. 


By DAyip 8. JORDAN, M. D. 


[The fishes worked up by Professor Jordan in the present communication represent 
probably about two-thirds of the collection made during my connection with the 
United States Northern Boundary Commission, the remainder of the specimens having 
been lost or mislaid. I am informed, however, that the series submitted to Professor 
Jordan contains some novelties, rarities, and other specimens of sufficient interest to 
render publication desirable. I have incorporated a few collector’s field-notes with the 
author’s manuscript. The fishes taken in 1873 were secured in the waters of the Red 
and Mouse Rivers and some of their affluents; those secured in 1874 are from water- 
sheds entirely different both from the last pamed and from each other, being partly 
taken from the Milk River and its northern tributaries, and partly from the Saint 
Mary’s River, Chief Mountain Lake, and other headwaters of the Saskatchewan. 

For articles on other portions of my collections see this Bulletin, this Vol., No. 1, pp- 
209-292 ; No. 2, pp. 481-518; No. 3, pp. 545-661; No. 4, pp. 801-830.—ED. | 


By some accident, the exact record of the localities of some of the 
smaller fishes bas been lost or confused, and some of the specimens col- 
lected by Dr. Coues have failed to reach the writer, having probably 
been distributed through the general collection of the National Museum. 
I therefore add the field record of Dr. Coues, from which the general 
field of collection can be ascertained. 


Collector’s Memorandum. 


1000. Catfish. Red River, near Pembina, Dakota. May 30, 1873. 

1076. Pike [ Hsox lucius]. Near Turtle Mountain, Dakota. Aug. 10, 1873. 

1084. Lot of small fish. Mouse River, Dakota. Ang. 17, 1873. 

1100. Shovel-nosed Sturgeon [Scaphirhynchops platyrhynchus]. Fort Buford, Dakota. 

June 12, 1874. 

1103-4-5. Catfish [Ichthelurus punctatus]. Big Muddy River. June 20, 1874. 

1109-10. Lot of small fish [ Hyodon chrysopsis]. Quaking Ash River. June 26, 1874. 

1139. Sucker [ Catostomus teres]. Two Forks Milk River. July 15, 1874. 

1140. Cyprinoid. Two Forks Milk River. July 15, 1874. 

1143. Sucker [Catostomus teres]. Two Forks Milk River. July 17, 1874. 

1144. Cyprinoid. Two Forks Milk River. July 17, 1874. 

1155-6. Lot of fish | Pantosteus virescens]. Sweetgrass Hills. July 2971874. 

1162. Sucker [Catostomus teres]. Headwaters Milk River. Aug. 9, 1874. 

1163-4-5. Lot of fish, three kinds. Headwaters Milk River. Aug. 9, 1874. 

1168. Large fish. Headwaters Milk River. Aug. 14,1874. 

1169-70-1-2-3. Lots of fish. Headwaters Milk River. Aug. 14, 1874. 

1174, River Trout [Salmo clarki]. Saint Mary’s River. Aug. 16, 1874. 

1175. “ Gristle-nosed Fish” [Polyodon folium?]. Saint Mary’s River. Aug. 16, 1874. 
777 


778 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


1176. Pike [ £sox lucius]. Saint Mary’s River. Aug. 16, 1874. 

1178. Lake Trout [ Cristivomer namaycush]. Chief Mountain Lake. Aug. 18, 1874. 
1179. Whitefish [Coregonus quadrilateralis]. Chief Mountain Lake. Aug. 18, 1874. 
1182. Whitefish [ Coregonus couesi]. Chief Mountain Lake. Aug. 18, 1874. 

1189. Head of 18-1b. Salmon [ Salmo stomias]. Chief Mountain Lake. Aug. 24, 1874. 
1192. Sucker [Catostomus teres]. Chief Mountain Lake. Aug. 28, 1874. 


Family ACIPENSERID. 


Genus SCAPHIRHYNCHOPS Gill. 
(Scaphirhynchus Heckel preoccupied. ) 


1.—SCAPHIRHYNCHOPS PLATYRHYNCHUS (Raf.) Gill. 
Shovel-nosed Sturgeon. 


1820—Acipenser platorhynchus Ra¥., Ich. Oh. p. 80 
Acipenser platorhynchus KIRTLAND, Rept. Zool. Ohio, 1838, 196. 
Acipenser platorhynchus KIRTLAND, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. v, 29. 
Acipenser platorhynchus STORER, Synopsis Fish N. A. (1846), 501. 
Scaphirhynchus platyrhynchus BAIRD, Iconogr. Enecycl. ii, 1850, 238. 
Scaphirhynchus platyrhynchus GIRARD, U.S. Pac. R. R. Surv. x, 357. 
Scaphirhynchus platyrhynchus JORDAN, Man. Vert. 1876, 312, and of American 
writers generally. 
Scaphirhynchops platyrhynchus GiLL, 1867? (in a catalogue of fishes of the Mis- 
souri region; the reference not at hand. (Name only.) 
Scaphirhynchops platyrhynchus COPE & YARROW, Zool. Lieut. Wheeler’s Expl. W. 
100th Mer. v, 1876, 639. 
Scaphirhynchops platyrhynchus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List Fishes, 1876, 161. 
Scaphirhynchops platyrhynchus NELSON, Bull. Ils. Mus. Nat. Hist. 51, 1876. 
Scaphirhynchops platyrhynchus JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 346, 1878. 
Scaphirhynchops platyrhynchus JORDAN, Cat. Fishes N. Am. 413, 1878. 
1834—Acipenser cataphractus Gray, Proc. Zool. Soe. London, 122. 
Scaphirhynchus cataphractus GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. viii, 345, 1870. 
1835—Scaphirhynchus rafinesquit HECKEL, Ann. Wiener Mus. Naturg. i, 71. - 
Scaphirhynchus rafinesquit HECKEL, Ann. Wien. Mus. Naturg. i, 72, pl. viii. 
Scaphirhynchus rafinesquii BRUTZER, Dissert. Dorpat. 1860. 


Dr. Coues writes me that he obtained a fine specimen of this species 
at Fort Buford, Dakota. I have not seen it, however. This species 
seems to be abundant in all the large streams between the Alleghanies 
and the hio Grande. West of the Rio Grande Basin, it has not yet 
been noted. 

The “ Gristle-nosed Fish” from Saint Mary’s River, recorded by Dr. 
Coues, is perhaps Polyodon folium Lac. I have not seen the specimen 
referred to. 


Family SILURID As. 
Genus ICHTH A LURUS Rafinesque. 


2.—ICHTHZLURUS PUNCTATUS (Raf.) Jor. 
Channel Cat. White Cat. Lady Cat. 


1818—Silurus punctatus Rar., Amer. Monthly Mag. and Critical Review, Sept. 359. 
Ictalurus punctatus JORDAN (1876), Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist. 95. 


JORDAN ON FISHES OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 1719 


Ictalurus punctatus JORDAN (1876), Manual of Vertebrates, 500. 
Ictalurus punctatus JORDAN & COPELAND (1876), Check List in Bull. Buff. Soc. 
Nat. Hist. 159. 
Ictalurus punctatus JORDAN (1877), Annals Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 350. 
Ietalurus punctatus NELSON (1876), Bull. Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 50. 
Ichthelurus punctatus JORDAN (1877), Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 38. 
Ichthelurus punctatus JORDAN (1877), Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus. x, 76. 
Ichthelurus punctatus JORDAN (1878), Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 328, 
Ichthelurus punctatus JORDAN (1878), Bull. Hayden’s Geog. Geol. Surv. Terr. 415. 
1819—Pimelodus caudafurcatus Le SutuR, Mémoires du Muséum, vy, 152. 
Amiurus caudafurcatus GUNTHER (1864), Catalogue of Fishes, v, 102. 
1820—Silurus maculatus Ra¥., Quarterly Journal of Science, Literature, and Arts, Lon- 
don, 48 (et var. erythroptera, 49). 
Pimelodus (Ictalurus) maculatus Rar. (1820), Ichthyologia Ohiensis, 62. 
1820—Silurus pallidus Ra¥., Quart. Journ. Sci. Lit. Arts, London, 49 (et vars. marginatus, 
lateralis, leucoptera). 
Pimelodus pallidus Ra¥. (1820), Ich. Oh. 63. 
Pimelodus pallidus KIRTLAND (1838), Report Zool. Ohio, 169, 194. 
1820—Silurus cerulescens Ra¥., Quart. Journ. Sci. Lit. Arts, London, 49 (et var. mela- 
nurus). 
Pimelodus cerulescens Ra¥F. (1820), Ich. Ohbiensis, 63. 
Pimelodus cerulescens KinTLAND (1838), Rept. Zool. Ohio, 169, 194; (1846), Bost. 
Journ. Nat. Hist. iv, 332. 
Pimelodus cerulescens STORER (1846), Synopsis Fishes N. A. in Mem. Nat. Acad. 
Sci. 405. 
Ictalurus cerulescens GILL (1862), Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 43. 
Ictalurus cerulescens COPE (1865), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 85; (1870), Proc. 
Am. Philos. Soc. 489. 
Ictalurus cerulescens JORDAN (1874), Ind. Geol. Survey, 222. 
Ictalurus cerulescens GILL (1876), Ich. Capt. Simpson’s Exped. 417. 
TIchthelurus cerulescens COPE (1869), Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. 237. 
1820—Silurus argentinus Rar., Quart. Journ. Sci. Lit. Arts, London, 50. 
1820— Pimelodus argyrus Ra¥., Ichthyologia Ohiensis, 64. 
1840—Pimelodus furcifer Cuv. & VAu., Hist. Nat. des Poiss. xv, 139. 
Pimelodus furcifer ‘‘ Hyrti (1859), Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 16”. 
Pimelodus furcifer “ KNER, Sitzgsber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, xxvi, 421”. 
Ictalurus furcifer GILL (1862), Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 43. 
Ictalurus furcifer JORDAN (1876), Manual Vert. 300. 
1852— Pimelodus gracilis Houen, Fifth Ann. Rept. Reg. Univ. Condition State Cabinet 
Nat. Hist. Albany, 26. 
Synechoglanis gracilis GILL (1859), Trans. Lye. Nat. Hist. 3 (reprint). 
Ictalurus gracilis Giiu (1862), Proc. Bost. Soe. Nat. Hist. 43. 
Ictalurus gracilis Cope (1865), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 85. 
Ictalurus gracilis JORDAN (1876), Man. Vert. 500. 
Ictalurus gracilis JORDAN & COPELAND (1876), Check List, 159. 
1858—Pimelodus vulpes GIRARD, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 170; (1859), U.S. and Mex. 
Bourd. Surv. 33. 
Ictalurus vulpes GILL (1862), Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 43. 
Ictalurus vulpes JORDAN & COPELAND (1876), Check List, 159. 
1858—Pimelodus olivaceus GIRARD, Pac. R. R. Survey, x, 211. 
Ictalurus olivaceus GILL (1862), 1. c. 43; (1876), Rept. Ichthy. Capt. Simpson’s 
Exp. 417. 
Ictalurus olivaceus JORDAN (1876), Man. Vert. 300. 
Ictalurus olivaceus JORDAN & COPELAND (1876), Check List, 159. 
1859—Synechoglanis beadlei GiLu (1859), Trans. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 2 (reprint). 
Bull. iv. No. 4 3 


i 


780 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Ictalurus beadlet G1Lu (1862), Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 43. 
Ictalurus beadlet JORDAN & COPELAND (1876), Check List, 159. 
1859— Pimelodus houghtti GIRARD, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 159. 
1859—Pimelodus megalops GIRARD, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 161. 
Ictalurus megalops JORDAN & COPELAND (1876), Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist. 159. 
1859— Pimelodus graciosus GIRARD, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 161. 
1860—Pimelodus hammondii ABBOTT, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 568. 
1860—Pimelodus notatus ABBOTT, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 569. 
1862—Ictalurus simpsoni GILL, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 43; (1876), Ich. Capt. Simp- 
son’s Exp. 417. 


Heads of three specimens, not obviously different from Eastern speci- 
mens of this widely diffused species. The specific names olivaceus, simp- 
sont, hammondi, and notatus have been given to Channel Cats from the 
Missouri region, chiefly on account of their ‘‘ remote habitat”; but the 
examination of specimens does not show a shade of difference. 


Smithsoni wa : ‘ 
se eee COU eC os Locality. Collector. Date. 
21203 1103 Big Muddy River, Dak ...... -. Dr. Elliott Coues .......-. June 20, 1874. 
21204 Ty a hi eee COPE esoneeneemanecasnoaaoellserocis Os 2s eels Sue aise lee do. 
21205 TOS Isaaqen GUeenenarerace oaQnoo daGaea|lsacoae Osos sccn oe eeincienoeeelemee do. 


Family CATOSTOMID A. 


Genus PANTOSTEUS Cope. 
3.—PANTOSTEUS VIRESCENS Cope. 


1876—Pantosteus virescens Copr, Lieutenant Wheeler’s Exp]. W. 100 Mer. v, Zool. 675. 
Pantosteus virescens JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List Fishes N. A. 156, 1876. 
Pantosteus virescens, JORDAN, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr. iv, 416, 1878. 


Numerous small specimens, from two to seven inches in length, agree- 
ing very well with Professor Cope’s description. They all have the 
peculiar form of mouth, and the semi-cartilaginous maxillary sheath, 
which the other members of this genus and some of the species of 
Catostomus possess. The head is very short, forming barely one-fifth 
the length without caudal. The scales are very small, there being from 
95 to 100 in the lateral line. All of these specimens have, however, a 
small fontanelle, which probably becomes closed with age; otherwise 
the species is to be referred to Catostomus. Its relations to Catostomus 
discobolus Cope are very close. 


| 
Smnuplso nian | Collectors Locality. Collector. | Date. 
| 91191 1155 Sweet Grass Hills .......-.---- Dr. Elliott Coues.......--- 


QLI9L LS6 Uaiseeeee GUAR SES SESH SINe SOD SEC arose | eae Go ose he eee eee 


JORDAN ON FISHES OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 781 
Genus CATOSTOMUS Le Sueur. 
4.—CATOSTOMUS RETROPINNIS Jordan, sp. nov. 


This species belongs to the subgenus of typical Catostomus. It is 
therefore related to C. latipinnis, C. longirostris, and C. tahoensis, and 
may be briefly characterized as having the body, scales, dorsal and 
ventral fins of longirostris, with the mouth and lips of latipinnis. Its 
nearest relations are, I think, with latipinnis, with which species it is 
compared below. 

Body Jong and slender, subterete, compressed behind, the form there- 
fore essentially that of C. longirostris, the depth contained 53 times in the 
length. Head large, long, its length contained about four times in the 
total length without the caudal fin (44 in lattpinnis); interorbital space 
broad and flat, about 24 times in length of head; eye small, high up, 
and posterior, entirely behind the middle of the head (near the middle 
in latipinnis); preorbital bone very long, its length about three times its 
depth (scarcely twice in latipinnis); the snout correspondingly pro- 
longed; fontanelle quite small; mouth very large, formed as in latipin- 
nis, but rather broader and not so long; upper lip pendent, very large, 
with a broad, free border, with 5 to 8 series of low tubercles, almost 
obliterated in the type-specimen, on account of the softening of the 
skin; lower lip very full, its posterior margin reaching to the nostrils 
(rather farther in latipinnis). 

Dorsal fin not large, its rays I, 11 (1, 13, in latipinnis); its base about 
three-fifths the length of the head (five-sixths in latipinnis); its insertion 
unusually backward, much nearer base of caudal than the tip of the 
snout (much nearer ime snout in latipinnis); caudal fin large, well forked, 
its rudimentary basal rays not greatly developed; anal fin long and high, 
reaching base of caudal; ventrals not reaching to vent (to vent in lati- 
pinnis); pectoral fins rene 

Caudal peduncle rather stout and deep, its least depth more than 
one-third head (less than one-third in latipinnis); its length about 
two-thirds that of head (seven-eighths in latipinnis). In latipinnis, the 
caudal pedunele is notably long and slender. 

Scales quite small, about as in longirostris, larger behind, the exposed 
portion not notably lengthened as in latipinnis; ‘chest with well-de- 
veloped scales (these rudimentary and imbedded in latipinnis). | 

The type is a large specimen, 162 inches long; a male, as is shown by 
the presence of tubercles on the anal and caudal fins, a fact confirmed 
by dissection. In coloration, it is rather dark, with traces of a dusky 
lateral band, which passes around the snout. This specimen is num- 
bered 21197 on the Register of the National Museum. 

Another specimen of this species is in the National Museum, from 
Platte River. It was identified by me as the female of C. latipinnis, the 
numerous differences in form being supposed to be sexual. As the 


782 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


types both of latipinnis and retropinnis are adult males, that supposition 
is not tenable. 

So far as is known to me, but one genuine specimen of C. latipinnis is 
now known. It is the original type of Baird and Girard’s description, 
from the Gila Basin, the one figured in the Ichthyology of the United 
States and “Mexican Boundary Survey. It is in fine condition, and is 
well represented in the figure referred to. This specimen now lies before 
me, and the comparisons above made were taken from it. 


Smithsonian | Collector’s 


eee net aCe, Locality. Collector. Date. 


QUOT Se lian. Seeks eek Ree (MERE lee Riese ok iek sek peer Dr. Elliott Coues..........|.-...(%). 


5.—CATOSTOMUS TERES (Mitchill) Le Sueur. 
Common Sucker. 


1803—“Le Cyprin Commersonien” LAcKPEDE, Hist. Nat. des Poiss. v, 502, 508. 
Catostomus commersonti JORDAN (1878), Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 320. 

Catostomus commersont JORDAN, Cat. Fishes N. Am. (1878), 416. 
18——Cyprinus catostomus PECK, Mem. Am. Acad. ii, 55, pl. 2. (Not of Forster.) 
1814— Cyprinus teres MrrcuiL1, Lit. and Phil. Trans. N. Y. i, 458. 

Catostomus teres LE SUEUR (1817), Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 108. 

Catostomus teres THOMPSON (1842), Hist. Vt. 134. 

Catostomus teres Cuv. & VAL. (1844), Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii, 468. 

Catostomus teres STORER (1846), Synepsis Fish N. A. 423. 

Catostomus teres AGASSIZ (1855), Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 2d series, xix, 208. 

Catostomus teres GUNTHER (1868), Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 15. 

Catostomus teres COPE (1870), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 468. 

Catostomus teres JORDAN (1875), Fishes of Ind. 221. 

Catostomus teres JORDAN (1876), Man. Vert. 293. 

Catostomus teres NELSON (1876), Bull. No. 1 Ils. Mus. Nat. Hist. 48. 

Catostomus teres JORDAN & COPELAND (1876), Check List, 156. 

Catostomus teres JORDAN & GILBERT (1877), in Klippart’s First Rep. Ohio ase 

Com. 84, pl. xii, figs. 18, 19. 

Catostomus teres JORDAN (1877), Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 37. 

1817— Catostomus communis Le Sunur, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. i, 95. 
Catostomus communis DEKay (1842), N. Y. Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 196. 
Catostomus communis Cuv. & VAL. (1844), Nat. Hist. des Poissons, xvii, 426. 
Catostomus communis KIRTLAND (1845), Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. v, 265. 
Catostomus communis STORER (1846), Synopsis, 421. 

Catostomus communis CorpE (1868), Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 236. 

Catostomus communis UHLER & LUGGER (1876), Fishes of Maryland, 138. 
1817— Catostomus bostoniensis LE SUEUR, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 106. 

Catostomus bostoniensis STORER (1838), Rept. Ich. Mass. 84. 

Catostomus bostoniensis CUV. & VAL. (1844), Hist. Nat. des Poiss. xvi, 432. 

Catostomus bostoniensis StoRER (1846), Synopsis, 423. 

Catostomus bostoniensis PUTNAM (1863), Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 10. 

Catostomus bostoniensis GILL (1865), Canadian Nat. 19, Aug. 

Catostomus bostoniensis STORER (1867), Hist. Fishes Mass. 290, pl. xxii, f. 3. 

Catostomus bostoniensis THOREAU (1868), Week on Concord and Merrimack, 38. 
1820—Catostomus flecuosus Ra¥r., Ich. Ohio, 59. 


JORDAN ON FISHES OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 783 


1823—Catostomus hudsonius Ricu., Franklin’s Journ. 717. (Not of Le Sueur.) 
Cyprinus (Catostomus) hudsonius Ricu. (1836), Fauna Ber.-Amer. Fishes, 112. 

1836—Cyprinus (Catostomus) reticulatus RICHARDSON, Fauna Bor.-Amer. Fishes, 303. 

1888—Catostomus gracilis KIRTLAND, Rept. Zool. Obio, 168. 

1838— Catostomus nigricans STORER, Rept. Ich. Mass. 86. (Not of Le Sueur.) 
Catostomus nigricans THOMPSON (1842), Hist. Vt. 135. 

1842—Catostomus pallidus DEKay, N. Y. Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 200. 

Catostomus pallidus STORER (1846), Synopsis, 426. 
1844—Catostomus aureolus Cuv. & VAL., Hist. Nat. des Poiss. xvii, 439. (Not of Le 
Sueur.) 
Catostomus awreolus GUNTHER (1868), Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 16. 

1850— Catostomus forsterianus AGassiz, Lake Superior, 358. (Not of Rich.) 
Catostomus forsterianus AGASSIZ (1855), Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 2d series, xix, 208. 
Acomus forsterianus GIRARD (1856), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 173. 

1856—Catostomus sucklii GIRARD, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 175. 

Catostomus suckliti GIRARD (1858), U. 8. Pac. R. R. Exp. x, pl. li, 226. 
Catostomus sucklit COPE (1872), Hayden Geol. Surv. Wyoming, 434. 
Catostomus sucklit JORDAN & COPELAND (1876), Check List, 156. 

1860—Catostomus texanus ABBOTT, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 473. 

Catostomus texanus JORDAN & COPELAND (1876), Check List, 156. 

1860—Catostomus chloropteron ABBOTT, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 473. 

Catostomus chloropteron COPE (1865), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 85. 

1876—Catostomus chloropterus JORDAN & COPELAND (1876), Check List, 156. 


Numerous specimens, not differing in any noticeable respect from 
astern specimens of this universally distributed species. One or two 
of them have only ten dorsal rays. 


Smithsonian |} Collector’s 


Ser aaa ote Locality. Collector. Date. 
LONG T AN ewii| Msiatea a fvcies (Sse cistseeotnd soae mere act viaamectaoestos Dr. Elliott Coues-.-.-.. 
OOO 2 irra, Cis eae wie pee Fa baa ote aera yea epee alors aah Siw eines osie eae Oe a eee cease 


Family CYPRINIDZ. 


Genus PIMEPHALES Rafinesque. 


6.—PIMEPHALES PROMELAS Rafinesque. 


1820—Pimephales promelas Rar., Ich. Oh. 94. 
Pimephales promelas KIRTLAND (1838), Rep. Zool. Oh. 194. 
Pimephales promelas KIRTLAND (1838), Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. iii, 475. 
Pimephales promelas STORER (1846), Syn. 418. 
Pimephales promelas AGassiz (1855), Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 220. 
Pimephales promelas PUTNAM (1863), Bull. M. C. Z. 8. 
Pimephales promelas GUNTHER (1868), Cat. Fishes, vii, 181. 
Pimephales promelas JORDAN (1874), Ind. Geol. Surv. 224. 
Pimephales promelas JORDAN (1876), Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist. 94. 
Pimephales promelas JORDAN (1876), Man. Vert. 275. 
Pimephales promelas JORDAN & COPELAND (1876), Check List, 146. 
Pimephales promelas NELSON (1876), Bull. Ills. Soc. Nat. Hist. 45. 
Pimephales promelas JORDAN (1877), Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 32. 
Pimephales promelas JonDAN (1878), Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 288. 


184 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Pimephales promelas JORDAN, Cat. Fishes N. A. 419. 
1856—Pimephales fasciatus GIRARD, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 180. 
Pimephales fasciatus GIRARD (1858), Pac. R. R. Surv. x, 234. 
1860—Plargyrus melanocephalus ABBOT, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 325. 
Pimephales melanocephalus JORDAN & COPELAND (1876), Check List, 146. 
1864— Pimephales milesiti Corn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 282. 
Pimephales milesti GUNTHER (1868), Cat. Fishes, vii, 181. 
Pimephales milesii JORDAN (1876), Man. Vert. 276. 
1866—Pimephales agassizii Coen, Cyp. Penn. 391. 
Pimephales agassizti JORDAN (1874), Ind. Geol. Surv. 224. 


Numerous specimens, to all appearance precisely like others from the 
Ohio River ; the lateral line is imperfect and extends to a little past the 
beginning of the dorsal. 


Genus COUHSIUS Jordan, gen. nov. 


7.—COUESIUS DISSIMILIS (Grd.) Jordan. 


1856—Leucosomus dissimilis GRD., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 189. 
Leucosomus dissimilis GIRARD (1858), U. S. Pac. R. R. Exp. x, 250. . 
Semotilus dissimilis JORDAN, Bull. U. 8. Geol. Surv. Terr. 1878, iv, 427. 
1877—Nocomis milneri JORDAN, Ball. Nat. Mus. x, 64. 
Ceratichthys milnert JORDAN (1878), Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr. iv, 427. 
Ceratichthys milneri JORDAN (1878), Man. Vert. 2d ed. 307. 

This species was first described by Girard from specimens from the 
Upper Missouri region, and referred by him to the genus Leucosomus 
(=Semotilus), Ashe did not describe especially its dentition, it has 
been presumed by myself and others that the species really was a Se- 
motilus, and, if so, probably related to the Hastern Semotilus bullaris 
‘rhotheus Cope), a species without the usual black dorsal spot. 

Specimens collected in Lake Superior by Mr. J. W. Milner were 
‘ately described by me as Nocomis (=Ceratichthys) milneri, without a 
thought as to the necessity of comparing them with one of Girard’s 
Leucosomi. 

Comparison of the numerous specimens collected by Dr. Coues with 
Girard’s description and my own leaves no doubt whatever in my mind 
as to their identity both with Leucosomus dissimilis and Ceratichthys mil- 
xert. The specific name dissimilis, however, cannot be used for this 
apecies, if referred to Ceratichthys, as there is already a ‘ dissimilis” 
‘ Leuciscus dissimilis Kirtland) in the genus Ceratichthys. The reprehen- 
sible custom, so often practised by Girard, of giving, as specific names 
to new species, names already borne by species of allied genera, always 
leads to confusion as the boundaries of genera are changed. If referred 
to Ceratichthys, then the species should stand as Ceratichthys milneri 
Jordan. 

Since the above was written, the author has reviewed some of the 
characters on which our current genera of Cyprinide rest. Iam dis- 
posed to agree with Professor Cope that the presence or absence of the 
single tooth forming a second row is not, in most cases at least, a good 


JORDAN ON FISHES OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 785 


generic character, as itis subject to many variations. I find, however, that 
in those species which have two teeth in the smaller row, that character is 
very constant. 1 find also that in those genera (Lu«ilus, Alburnops, Cera- 
tichthys, Cliola, etc.) in which some of the species possess two teeth in the 
outer row, while others have no teeth or but one, those species with two 
teeth are strikingly different in general external characters and appear- 
ance from the others, and have in each of the above cases been already 
distinguished as subgenera (Photogenis, Hydrophlux, Episema), and in 
all but one have received distinctive names. The Cyprinide are small 
fishes, of low organization, and the very numerous species are very 
closely related. It seems advisable to divide the various forms related 
to Leuciscus into groups with distinctive names, which we may call 
“genera”, although they may not be exactly co-ordinate with the gen- 
era of some family less rich in species. To combine them all into one, 
genus, as has been attempted by Giinther and Valenciennes, has ied 
only to confusion and the almost utter loss of all knowledge of the spe- 
cies. Our tests of a ‘“‘ generic character” in such a group must be, Does 
-ithold? Is it capable of exact definition and determination? Does it set 
off species really related, from others of more remote affinities? At 
present, the character of the two inner teeth seems to fill these require- 
ments, and it is therefore held provisionally as a true generic character. 
It may be premised that this character requires verification in several 
species now referred to Notropis, Luxilus, Cliola, Rhinichthys, etc. 


COUESIUS, gen. nov. 


TypPr.—Leucosomus dissimilis Grd. = Nocomis milnert Jordan. 

CHARACTERS.—Leuciscing, with the fins normal, the dorsal over or slightly posterior 
to ventrals, the basis of the anal short; mouth normal ; end of the maxillary bone 
with a small but conspicuous barbel; scales rather small; lateral line present; in- 
testinal canal short; teeth 2, 4-4, 2, those of the longer row hooked, sharp-edged, with- 
out grinding surface; upper jaw protractile. 


This genus is dedicated to Elliott Coues, one of the very foremost of 
American students of vertebrates, to whose activity as a collector we 
owe the interesting collection which is the subject of the present paper. 

The following analysis of the genera of American Cyprinidw which 
now seem to me worthy of recognition will show the relations of the 
genus Couesius to its affines. 


*. Dorsal fin without a strong, developed spine; ventral fins not decurrent on the 
abdomen. 
t. Pharyngeal teeth developed. 

t. Dentary bones straight and flat, united throughout their length; mandible much 
incurved, tongue-like, a lobe on each side of it 
at base; air-bladder normal. (Exoglossine.) 

a. Teeth hooked, 1, 4-4, 1, without grinding surface; dorsal fin nearly opposite 
ventrals; anal basis short; no barbel; premax- 
illaries not projectile; intestinal canal short. 

EXOGLOSSUM. 


786 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


¢ Dentary bones arched, well separated except at their symphysis. 

§. Air-bladder suspended in the abdominal cavity, surrounded by many convolu- 
tions of the long alimentary canal. (Campostoma- 
tine.) 

b. Teeth 4-4 or 1, 4-4, 0, with oblique grinding surface, scarcely hooked; 
mouth small, inferior; upper jaw protractile; 
dorsal over, or slightly posterior to ventrals; 
base of anal short; alimentary canal 6 to 9 times 
the length of the iad ; no barbel.. CAMPOSTOMA. 

§§. Air-bladder contiguous to the roof of the abdominal cavity, and above the 
alimentary canal. 

{]. Intestinal canal elongate, more than twice the length of the body; 
peritoneum usually more or less black; premax- 
illaries projectile. (Chondrostomatine.) 

d. Each jaw provided with a firm, hard, straight, cartilaginous plate, that 
of the lowerjaw hard and conspicuous; peritoneum 
black; intestinal canal elongate. (Chondrostoma- 
tine.) 

ce. Teeth 5-4, club-shaped, entire, hooked, with a broad, oblique grinding 
surface; dorsal fin slightly behind ventrals; 
anal base scarcely elongate (rays 9); caudal fin 
very long, with numerous accessory rays recur- 
rent on the caudal peduncle ; scales rath:rsmall, 
loosely imbricated; lateral line present ; upper 
Jaw PLotrachilensm-cees se eeeee sees ACROCHILUS. 

dd. Jaws without conspicuous horny plate. 

e. Teeth 6-6, compressed, lanceolate, erect, very slightly bent inward; 
lower jaw sharp-edged, with a knob at the sym- 
physis; dorsal over ventrals; basal caudal rays 
largely developed; scales small. -..-. ORTHODON. 

ee. Teeth 4-4. 

f. Teeth cultriform, with oblique grinding surface and little or no 
hook; lips attenuate, without sheath; rudiment- 
ary dorsal ray firmly attached to the first devel- 


oped ray. 

g. Lateral line complete; dorsal over ventrals; mouth horizontal 
—Sonles Weay Sil odosoo cod0 Good caus code dooaee ZOPHENDUM.* 
—- = Scales large .4.. .-22-.)5..s2<- 5: a2: +2+- HYBOGNATHUS. 

gg. Lateral line incomplete; dorsal behind ventrals; mouth 

Obliquenc tice soso eye ee ele ee cee COLISCUS. 


ff Teeth short, with grinding surface, and a small hook; rudi- 
mentary dorsal ray separated from the first de- 
veloped ray by membrane; dorsal scales small. 
h. Lateral line incomplete; no barbel.--..--..----. PIMEPHALEs. 
hh. Lateral line complete; maxillary with a rudimentary or obso- 
lete}banbel Se-eees- ese seeee HYBORHYNCHUS. 
eee. Teeth 5-5 or 5-4, with grinding surface and hook; dorsal behind 
ventrals. 
i. Lateral line incomplete; anal base short; scales very small. 
CHROSOMUS. 
wu. Lateral line complete; anal base elongate; scales moderate; 
basal caudal rays largely developed---. LAVINIA. 
71. Intestinal canal short, little if any longer than the body; peritoneum 
mostly white. (Leuciscine.) 
j. Teeth raptatorial, those of the main row more or less hooked. 


* Zophendum, gen. nov.; type ‘ Hyborhynchus” siderius Cope. 


JORDAN ON FISHES OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 187 


k. Maxillary without barbel. 

l. Anal basis considerably elongate (of 12 to 25, rarely fewer, 
rays); belly behind ventrals compressed to an 
edge; lateral line decurved, complete. 

m. Teeth 5-5, sharp pointed, with grinding surface; anal rays 


ALE LO WA Oe lsicroy eater a cleiaiasic ete NOTEMIGONUS. 

mm. Teeth 2,5-5, 2, entire, without grinding surface; anal rays 

DSECO BOGS NIGHS. Bok ede doua ce deseee ALBURNUS.* 

WJ. Anal basis shorter (of 7 to 11 rays); abdomen not compressed 
to an edge. 

nm. Teeth 1, 3-3,1, without grinding surface; dorsal behind ven- 

trals; isthmus very wide ..----..----. TIAROGA. 


nn. Teeth in the main row 4-4. 
o. Operculat and mandibular bones, without externally visi- 
ble cavernous chambers. 
p. Teeth with grinding eurface developed. 

q. Jaws with a hard, bony sheath, resembling the teeth of 
Tetrodon ; teeth 4-4; rudimentary dorsal ray con- 
nected by membrane..-....--- COCHLOGNATHUS. 

qq. Jaws normal; rudimentary dorsal ray attached. 

r. Teeth 4—4 or 1,4-4,1; anal basis short (rays 7 to 9). 


Gy SOHIES very Sill oo5s50nacoooe ceqe soon ALGANSEA. 
ss. Scales large. 
t. Lateral line complete ...........-.- HUDSONIUS. 
tt. Lateral line incomplete ..-.-. .----- CHRIOPE.t 


rr. Teeth 2, 4-4, 2. 
uw. Dorsz] fin over or slightly behind ventrals; anal 


basis short (8 or 9 rays). ..-----.--.---- LUXILUS. 
wu. Dorsal fin much behind ventrals; anal basis 
elongate (10 to 12 rays).--..-...--- LYTHRURUS. 
pp. Teeth without masticatory surface, their edges serrate 
or entire. 
v. Lips thin, normal; lateral line complete. 
As) Meetby es Wael 2 Seems se oeys ssoe ne cetoaee NOTROPIS. 
wr Meethya=Arornl| 4A re Sarr Societe 5 = =a) CLIOLA. 
vv. Lips thin ; lateral line incomplete; teeth 1, 4-4, 2. 
PROTOPORUS. 


vv. Lips thick, fleshy, enlarged behind; mouth small, in- 
ferior; dorsal tin beginning in front of ventrals ; 
teeth 4-4; lateral line complete .. PHENACOBIUS. 

oo. Opercular and mandibulary bones with externally visible 
cavernous chambers; teeth 1, 4-4, 0, without 
grinding surface; lips normal; dorsal over ven- 
GLA SHeece oe yeast Sees et cecscse ERICYMBA. 

nnn. Teeth in the main row 5-5 or 5-4. 
- A. Lateral line incomplete. 
B. Dorsal fin over ventrals; scales large; teeth 4—5, with 
grinding SuULPACe hen atene se oo ee = HEMITREMIA. 
BB. Dorsal fin behind ventrals; scales small; teeth 2, 5-5, 2 
(or2, 5-4, 2), without grinding surface. PHOXINUS. 
AA. Lateral line complete. 


C. Teeth raptatorial, entire, without grinding surface, 2, 
5-4 or 5, 2 or 1. 


* Alburnus Heckel = Richardsonius Grd. 
tChriope, gen. nov.; type Hybopsis bifrenatus Cope. 


188 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


D. Teeth subconie, little hooked, wide set. 
PTYCHOCHILUS. 
DD. Teeth compressed, hooked, close set. 
— Caudal peduncle very slender, the basal caudal rays 


muchidevelopedipseeensseeee eee eee eee GiLa. 
— — Caudal peduncle stout, the basal caudal rays little 
developedii setts eiseieeneseeee TELESTES.* 

CC. Teeth raptatorial, with developed grinding surface. 
EH) Deeth 2s a—4 or 5, 2.or late. caesar eee SQUALIUS. t 
RE. Reethy4=5 015-0) 2 sce acseneseeeeeesieee LEvcos.t 


kk. Maxillary with a small barbel; teeth Hooked! 
F. Premaxillaries projectile, a groove separating the upper lip 
from the forehead. 
G. Teeth 2, 4-5-2, without grinding surface; barbel minute, 
not at the end of the maxillary; dorsal more or 


less posterior to ventrals....-..----. SEMOTILUS. 

' GG. Teeth 2, 5-4, 2, or 2, 5-5, 2, with grinding surface; barbel 
terminal. 

— Caudal fin symmetrical, the rudimental basal rays little 

developed eeefceaeeacseecusian: SYMMETRURUS.§ 

— — Caudal fin unsymmetrical, the rudimental basal rays 

largely developed ..-.-.-.-.---.- POGONICHTHYS. 


GGG. Teeth in the principal row 4-4; barbel terminal. 
I. Teeth without grinding surface. 
J. Dorsal behind ventrals; scales small; teeth mostly 1, 
4nd, Lede cee Goeie esace aeeoeeeeeee APOCOPE. 
JJ. Dorsal over ventrals or slightly posterior ; scales moder- 
ate or rather large. 
Ke Meethv4-A ory vA-A lee see eens CERATICHTHYS. 
JK Teeth (2) Aaa 12 canister ence eee COUESIUS. 
II. Teeth with developed grinding surface. 
L. Dorsal fin more or less directly above ventrals; scales 
large; teeth 2, 4-4, 2. 
LL. Dorsal fin wholly behind ventrals; scales small; teeth 
ASA 5.55 diac Nah sleteoac\ ee sisinieec cise seer AGOSIA. 
FF. Premaxillaries not projectile; teeth mostly 2, 4-4, 2, with- 
out grinding surface ; scalessmall; dorsal behind 
ventrals ; barbel terminal...----. RHINICHTHYS. 
gj. Teeth molar, of the grinding type, two or three of the main row 
blunt and much enlarged; teeth in three rows, 
the outer deciduous, 2 or 3, 2, 5-4, 2, 2 or 3. 
M. Upper jaw not protractile; no barbel; dorsal fin beginning behind 


Ventrals .c2ss0sceeseeneeeeeeee MYLOPHARODON. 
MM. Upper jaw protractile; maxillary with a barbel; dorsal over 
vienttals ds: abe eee eos MYLOCHILUS. 


tt. Pharyngeal teeth quite rudimental, replaced by a somewhat uneven ridge of the 
bene. (Graodontine.) 

N. Dorsal fin short, without spinous ray, opposite ventrals; anal 
basis short; mouth small, without barbel, the 
upper jaw somewhat the larger ; intestinal canal 
short; lateral line complete.....----- GRAODUS. 


* Telestes Bonaparte = Tigoma, Siboma, and Clinostomus Grd. 

+ Squalius Bonaparte = Cheonda Grd. 

{ Leucos Heckel = Myloleucus Cope. 

§ Symmetrurus, gen. nov.; type Pogonichthys argyreiosus B. & G. 


JORDAN ON FISHES OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 789 


**, Dorsal fin with a strong spine, which is composed of two, the posterior received 
into a longitudinal groove of the anterior; inner 
border of the ventral fins adherent to the body 
dorsal behind ventrals; teeth hooked, without 
grinding surface. (Plagopterine.) 


O. Body with smallscales; teeth 2, 4-4,2; nobarbel...... .........--- LEPIDOMEDA. 
OO. Body naked. 
eect lh tA ale ero MAT Oe Mere sa) 5 seittare. nian ad avers Slaps) Sterne ete noes ote ores MeEpa. 
PP. Teeth 2,5-4,2; a barbel at the end of the maxillary.......-.. PLAGOPTERUS. 


The relations of the European and American genera of Cyprinidae may 
be approximately indicated by the following grouping. The clusters of 
genera here indicated as ‘‘groups” have about the value attached by 
the “ultra conservative” writers to their “genera”. The subfamilies 
here recognized, of Chondrostomatine, Leuciscine, and Abramidine, are 
very closely connected by their American representatives, perhaps too 
closely for recognition. The group Graodontince is admitted provision- 
ally, the singular character ascribed to the genus Graodus being pos- 
sibly erroneous. I have not examined the intestines of Rhodeus and 
Leucos, and their positions in the series may require change. The type 
of the Kuropean genus Squalius has a narrow grinding surface on 
its teeth, and it is congeneric with the species referred by Girard to 
Cheonda. In like manner, our current genera Richardsonius, Tigoma, 
and Myloleucus are equivalent to Alburnus, Telestes, and Leucos. 

Kuropean genera are designated by an asterisk (*); genera common 
to Europe and America by a dagger (f). 


Subfamily CAMPOSTOMATIN A. Subfamily LEUCISCINA. 
Campostoma Agassiz. Group TrAROG.Z. 
Subfamily CHONDROSTOMATINA. Tiaroga Girard. 
Group ACROCHILI. Group COCHLOGNATHI, 
Acrochilus Agassiz. Cochlognathus Baird & Girard. 
Group CHONDROSTOMATA. Group LUXILI. 
Chondrorhynchus* Heckel. Algansea Girard. 
Chondrostoma* Agassiz. Hudsonius Girard. 
Group ORTHODONTES. Chriope Jordan. 
Orthodon Girard. Cliola Girard (Codoma, Cyprineila, 
Group LavINiz. etc.). 
Lavinia Girard. Protoporus Cope. 
Group RHODEI. Notropis Rafinesque. 
Rhodeus* Agassiz. Lythrurus Jordan. 
~ Group CHROSOML.- Lucxilus Rafinesque. 
Chrosomus Rafinesque. Group ERICYMB&. 
Group HYBOGNATHI. EHricymba Cope. 
Zophendum Jordan. Group PHENACOBIL. 
HAybognathus Agassiz. Phenacobius Cope. 
Coliscus Cope. ; Group RHINICHTHYES. 
Pimephales Ratinesque. ( Rhinichthyes Agassiz. 
Hyborhynchus Agassiz. Group CERATICHTHYES. 


Agosia Girard. 
Ceratichthys Baird. 
Apocope Cope. 
Subfamily GRAODONTINZ. Couesius Jordan. 
Graodus Giinther. Platygobio Gill. 


Subfamily EXOGLOSSIN.A. 
Exoglossum Rafinesque. 


790 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Subfamily LEUCISCINA. Subfamily ABRAMIDIN A. 
Group GOBIONES. Group ABRAMIDES. 
Gobio* Cuvier. Leucaspius* Heckel. 
Semotilus Rafinesque, Notemigonus Rafinesque. 
Symmetrurus Jordan. Abramis* Cuvier. 
Pogonichthys Girard. Blicca* Heckel. 
Group TINC&. : Alburnus*t Heckel. 
Tinca* Cuvier. Aspinus* Agassiz. 
Group MyLocHint. Group PELECI. 
Mylochilus Agassiz. Pelecus* Agassiz. 
Group MYLOPHARODONTES. Subfamily PLAGOPTERIN@. 
Mylopharodon Ayres. Lepidomeda Cope. 
Group LEUCISCI. Plagopterus Cope. 
Scardinius* Bonaparte. Meda Girard. 
Idus* Heckel. Subfamily AULOPYGINA. 
Ptychochilus Agassiz. Aulopyge* Heckel. 
Gila Baird & Girard. Subfamily BARBINA. 
Telestes*t Bonaparte. Barbus* Cuvier. 
Squalius*t Bonaparte. Subfamily CYPRININZA. 
Phoxinus*t Agassiz. Group CYPRINI. 
Phoxinellus Heckel. Cyprinus* Linneeus. 
Leucos*t Heckel. Group Carassil. 
Leuciscus Cuvier. Carassius* Nilsson. 


The following species are to be referred to the genus Couwesius:— 
Couesius dissimilis, = Leucosomus dissimilis Girard; Couesius pros- 
themius, = Ceratichthys prosthemius Cope; Couesius squamilentus, = 
Ceratichthys squamilentus Cope; Couesius physignathus, = Ceratichthys 
physignathus Cope. 

In C. dissimilis, the dorsal fin is almost directly over the ventrals; the 
mouth is large and quite oblique, the jaws being about equal; the maxil- 
lary barbel is very distinct; the scales are about 11-70-9. In the collec- 
tion are 50 specimens of all sizes, from one inch in length to about five. 


ithsoni Joll } : 
Srtisonian Dollectors Locality. Collector. Date. 
P13 Nesadcacosos||soo000 (Qe cick ten cee case eeeees Dr. Ellictt Coues:......-.-|-...- (2). 


Genus RHINICHTHYS Agassiz. 
8.—RHINICHTHYS MAXILLOSUS Cope. 


1864—Rhinichthys maxillosus Copr, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 278. 
Rhinichthys maxillosus GUNTHER (1868), Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 190. 
Rhinichthys maxillosus Jorn. (1873), Bull. U. S. Geol. Sur. Terr. iv, 426. 


Forty-three specimens of this species were obtained, from one to four 
inches in length. The species is somewhat intermediate between the 
Eastern f. cataracte (R. nasutus Ag.) and &. atronasus. The specimens 
agree well with Professor Cope’s figure in the Report of the Ichthyology 
of Lieutenant Wheeler’s Explorations, but they differ slightly in propor- 


JORDAN ON FISHES OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 791 


tions from the original description. Rhinichthys dulcis Girard is appar- 
ently a different fish, similar to and probably identical with Rhinichthys 
obtusus Ag. (=Rhinichthys lunatus Cope). 


Genus CLIOLA Girard. 
9.—CLIOLA CHLORA Jordan, sp. nov. 


A small pale species, resembling a Notropis. Body slender, com- 
pressed, resembling in form that of Notropis rubrifrons Cope, the greatest 
depth, at the beginning of the dorsal, contained about five times in the 
length. Head rather small, 44 in length, the eye rather large, longer 
than snout, forming about one-third the length of the head, about equal 
to the width of the interorbital space; mouth small, quite oblique, the 
lower jaw included when the mouth is closed, the maxillary scarcely 
reaching to the front of the eye. 

Scales very large, 4—35-3, about 12 in front of the dorsal fin; body 
entirely scaly except the thoracic region ; lateral line decurved in front, 
thence nearly straight. 

Dorsal fin beginning about midway of the body, directly over the ven- 

‘trals, rather high, its rays, I, 7; anal fin short and high, I, 7; pectorals 
not reaching nearly to ventrals, the latter almost to vent. 

Teeth hooked, without masticatory surface, in one row, 4—4. 

Coloration quite pale; back greenish; cheeks and sides with a silvery 
band, belly white. No spots on the fins except sometimes a dusky shade 
at base of caudal; no dusky or plumbeous shading on the body. 

Length of types about 24 inches each. There are twelve of these 
typical examples, numbered 20193 in the United States National 
Museum. 

The affinities of this small species seem to be rather with the Texan 
species, C. vivax and C. velox, than with the other forms now referred to 
this genus. 


ee uian | Colleetor’s Locality. Collector. Dato. 


201935 0 Wsacsedcteclenis)| (econ (Q)icee eee eee Sane soe caie Dr. Elliott Coues ..--.---.|.--. (2). 


Genus PROTOPORUS Cope. 
10.—PROTOPORUS, sp. nov.? 


Mixed with the specimens of Cliola. chlora were several individuals 
in poor condition, with the teeth 4—4, hooked, without grinding surface, 
and the lateral line incomplete. If this latter character is permanent, 
and a lateral line is not developed with age, the species is perhaps refer- 
able to the genus Protoporus. The only species of that genus, P. domninus 
Cope, has two rows of teeth (teeth 2, 4-4, 1), so that the present species, if 


792 . BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


a Protoporus, is at least specifically distinct. My specimens are, however, 
neither adult nor in good condition, and I prefer to leave the task of 
describing a new species to some later observer. 


Family HYODONTID. 
Genus HYODON Le Sueur. 


11.—HYopDonN (ELATTONISTIUS) CHRYSOPSIS Rich. 


Gold Eye. Northern Moon-eye. ‘‘ Naccaysh.” 


1823—Hyodon clodalus Ricu., Franklin’s Journal, 716. (Not of Le Sueur.) 
1836—Hyodon chrysopsis Ricw., Fauna Ber.-Am. iii, 532. 
Hyodon chrysopsis DEKay, New York Fauna, Fishes, 1842, 267. 
Hyodon chrysopsis STORER, Synopsis Fishes N. A. 1846, 463. 
Hyodon chrysopsis JORDAN, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. x, 67, 1878. 
Hyodon chrysopsis JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 277, 1878. 
Hyodon chrysopsis JORDAN, Bull. Hayden’s Geol. Surv. Terr. iv, 429. 


This beautiful species was first described by Richardson from speci- 
mens obtained in the Saskatchawan region. For a time after Richard- 
son’s day the species was kept alive by compilers, but tor the last twenty- 
five years it has been generally ignored or considered a mere synonym 
of Hyodon tergisus. For its rediscovery science is indebted to the col- 
lection now under consideration. Its resemblance to H. tergisus is not 
very great; the body is very much more compressed than in the latter 
species, the abdomen being almost cultrate, while the dorsal fin is reduced 
in size, having only about nine developed rays. In view of these pecu- 
liarities, Dr. Gill and myself have proposed for it the subgeneric name of 
Hlattonistius. At present, Hlattonistius is considered as a subgenus of | 
Hyodon, but if no intermediate forms occur it may require elevation to 
full generic rank. The following analysis of the species of Hyodon gives 
the principal distinctive characters of the three species now known: 
Hlattonistius chrysopsis, Hyodon tergisus Le S., and Hyodon selenops Jor- 
dan & Bean. . 

*, Dorsal fin reduced, and with only about nine fully developed rays; abdomen sharply 
carinated (EHlattonistius) : 

t. Dorsal fin very small, of about nine developed rays (besides the two or three rudi- 
ments), the length of its longest rays half greater than the length of the base of 
the fin; body deep, closely compressed, the belly strongly carinated both before 
and behind ventrals; eye moderate (about 3} in head); scales rather closely im- 
bricated, 5-58-8; pectoral fins falcate, nearly as long as the head, nearly or quite 
reaching ventrals; anal with 30 or 31 developed rays; head 44 in length; depth 
Ger Nod S50 e56s00 voomed dogb0e Sodaad UOESO BB65G0 NON o6o dada seen Sase Ss CHRYSOPSIS. 

**, Dorsal fin moderate and with eleven or twelve fully developed rays; abdomen 
more or less obtuse (Hyodon): 

t. Dorsal fin larger, of about 12 developed rays; its longest rays scarcely longer than 
the base of the fin; form of body intermediate; the belly in front of ventrals 
obtusely carinated; eye large, about 3 in head; scales medium, 5-58-8; pectoral 
fins decidedly shorter than head, not reaching nearly to ventrals; anal rays 28 
or 29; head 44 in length, the depth about 3....-...-.-..-....--..-.. TERGISUS. 


JORDAN ON FISHES OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 7193 


tt. Dorsal fin moderate, of 11 or 12 developed rays, nearly as long as high in front; 
body elongate, not greatly compressed; the belly in front of ventrals transversely 
rounded, not carinated ; eye very large, about 24 in head; scales loosely imbri- 
cated, 4-50-7; pectoral fins considerably shorter than head, not reaching nearly 
to ventrals ; anal rays 27; head 44 in length; depth about 4 ....---- SELENOPS. 


Numerous specimens are in the collection, obtained by Dr. Coues in 
Quaking Ash River, a tributary of the Upper Missouri, June 26, 1874. 


Family SALMONID &. 


[I obtained no Salmonide from any of the Missouri or Milk River waters, but found 
this family abounding in the lake and river headwaters of the Saskatchewan. The 
St. Mary’s, for instance, was full of the beautiful trout identified by Prof. Jordan as 
S. clarki var. aurora, and in Chief Mountain Lake, at an elevation of about 4,000 feet, 
the Great Mackinaw Trout, Cristivomer namaycush, was very plentiful. There being no 
tackle in the party stout enough to handle these fellows with, the men used to catch 
them with hooks made from the handles of camp-kettles, attached to a piece of tent- 
rope and baited with salt pork; usually pushing out on the lake on a raft, and haul- 
ing in the game just as a fisherman would take cod. I think there are in these same 
waters one or two other Salmonide, besides the two Whitetish.—C.] 


Genus COREGONUS Linneus. 


12.—COREGONUS COUESI Milner. 
Chief Mountain Whitefish. 


1874— Coregonus couesi MILNER, Rept. Com. Fish and Fisheries for 1872-73, 88. 
Coregonus cowesi JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List Fishes N. A. 145, 1876. 
Coregonus couest JORDAN, Man. Vert. 2d ed. 276, 1878. 

Prosopium couesi MILNER, MSS.—JORDAN, Man. Vert. 2d ed. 362, 1878. 
Coregonus couesi JORDAN, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. iv, 429, 1878. 


This interesting species was described by Mr. Milner from the speci- 
men in the present collection. Ihave nothing new to add to his very 
complete account. 


Smithsonian | Collector’s 


Babar. nun hoe Locality. Collector. Date. 


14146 1182 Chief Mountain Lake.........--.--- Dr. Elliott Coues....-.| Aug. 19, 1874. 


13.—COREGONUS QUADRILATERALIS Richardson. 
Menomonee Whitefish. Shad-waiter. 


1823— Coregonus quadrilateralis RICHARDSON, Franklin’s Journal, 714. 
Coregonus quadrilateralis RICHARDSON, Fauna Bor.-Am. iii, 204, pl. 89, f. 1. 
Coregonus quadrilateralis CUVIER & VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. des Poiss. xxi, 512. 
Coregonus quadrilateralis DEKay, New York Fauna, Fishes, 249, 1842. 
Coregonus quadrilateralis StoRER, Synopsis Fishes N. A. 453, 1846. 
Coregonus quadrilateralis AGAssiz, Lake Superior, 351, 1850. 
Coregonus quadrilateralis GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vi, 1867, 176. 


794 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Coregonus quadrilateralis MILNER, Rept. Comm. Fish and Fisheries for 1872-73, 
A9, 1874. 

Coregonus quadrilateralis JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List Fishes N. A. 145, 
1876. 

Coregonus quadrilateralis JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 276, 1878. 

Prosopium quadrilatcrale, MILNER, MSS.—Jorpan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 276, 1878. 

Coregonus (Prosopium) quadrilateralis JORDAN, Bull. U. S. Geol. Sane iv, 429, 
1878. 

1851— Coregonus ni ve-anglie PRESCOTT, Silliman’s Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, xi, 342. 
Coregonus nove-anglie GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus, vi, 186, 1867. 


A single specimen, in poor condition, but probably referable to this 
species, is in the collection. The head is somewhat crushed, so that 
the form of the mouth is not shown. Both this species and the preced- 
ing belong to a well-marked subgenus, called by Mr. Milner Prosopium. 


Smithsonian | Collector’s 


aaa STD, omer Locality. Collector. Date. 
21202 1179 Chief Mountain Lake............-. Dr. Elliott Coues..-.--- Aug. 18, 1874. 


Geuus CRISTIVOMER Gill & Jordan. 


14,—CRISTIVOMER NAMAYCUSH (Walbaum) Gill & Jordan. 
Mackinaw Trout. Great Lake Trout. Longe. Togue. 


1792—Namaycush salmon (not “ Salmo namaycush”, as quoted by authors) PENNANT, Arc- 
tic Zoology, Introduction, 141; vol. ii, 189. (British America.) 
Salmo namaycush WALBAUM, eed Pisce. p. —. 
Salmo namaycush BLOCH, Schneider, Syst. Ich. 1801. 
Salmo namaycush RicH., Fauna Bor.-A mer. iii, 179, pl. 79, and pl. 85, f. 1, 1836. 
Salmo manycash (sic) KIRTLAND, Rept. Zool. Ohio, 105, 1838. 
Salmo namaycush KIRTLAND, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv, 25, pl. 3, f. 2, 1842. 
Salar namaycush Cuv. & Vau., Hist. Nat. des Poissons xxi, 348, 1848. 
Salmo namaycush AGassiz, Lake Superior, 331, 1850. 
Salmo namaycush GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vi, 123, 1867. 
Salmo namaycush MILNER, Rept. Comm. Fish and Fisheries for 1872-73, 38, 1874. 
Salmo namaycush SUCKLEY, Monograph Genus Salmo, 151, 1874, 
Salmo namaycush JORDAN, Man. Vert. 260, 1876. 
Salmo namaycush NELSON, Bull. Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 44, 1876. 
Salmo namaycush, JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 272, 1878. 
Cristivomer namaycush GILL & JORDAN, MSS.—JorDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 359, 
1878. 
Cristivomer namaycush JORDAN, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr.iv, 430, i878. 
1817—Salmo pallidus RAFINESQUE, Am. Month. Mag. and Critical Review, 120. (Lake 
Champlain.) 
1818—Salmo amethystus Mircuii1, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. v. 1, 410. (Great 
Lakes.) 
Salmo amethystus DEKay, New York rennet Fishes, 240, pl. 76, 1842. 
Salmo amethystus STORER, Synopsis Fishes N. A. 193, 1846. 
1842—Salmo confinis DuKay, New York Fauna, Fishes, 235. (Louis Lake, N. Y.) 
Salmo confinis SrORER, Synopsis Fishes N. A. 193, 1866. 
Salmo confinis SUCKLEY, Monograph Genus Salmo, 153, 1874. 


JORDAN ON FISHES OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 195 


Salmo confinis JORDAN, Man. Vert. 261, 1876. 
Salmo confinis JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 273, 1878. 
1850—Salmo symmetrica Prescott, Silliman’s Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 2d series, xi, 340, 
1850. (Lake Winnipiseogee.) 
Salmo symmetrica SUCKLEY, Monograph Genus Salmo, 157, 1874. 
Salmo symmetrica JORDAN, Man. Vert. 261, 1876. 
Salmo symmetrica JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 273, 1878. 
1863—Salmo toma HamMutn, Second Annual Rept. Nat. Hist. and Geol. Maine for 1862, 
p-—. (Lakes of Maine.) 
Salmo toma HaMuin, Rept. Comm. Fish and Fisheries for 1872-73, 354, 1874. 
1864—Salmo adarondacus Norris, Angler’s Guide, p. —. (Adirondack Region.) 


The head and caudal fin of a large specimen from Chief Mountain 
Lake. It does not differ in any obvious respect from Lake Michigan 
specimens. On examination of specimens supposed to be typical of each 
of the various nominal species included above, I am unable to see that 
they differ in any respect likely to prove constant. 


: | 

Smithsonian | Collector’s - 
See aa. Locality. Collector. Date. | 
: ee 
21200 1178 Chief Mountain Lake..........-.--- Dr. Elliott Coues --.-..- Aug. 18, 1874. | 
2 | 


Genus SALMO Linneus. 
Subgenus SALAR Valenciennes. 


15.—SALMO STOMIAS Cope. 
Big-mouthed Trout. 


1872—Salmo (Salar) stomias Cope, Hayden’s Geol. Surv. Wyoming for 1870, 433. 
Salmo stomias Cops, Hayden’s Geol. Surv. Montana for 1871, 470, 1872. 
Salmo stomias. COPE & YARROW, Wheeler’s Expl. W. 100th Mer. v, 684, 1876. 
Salmo stomias HALLocK, Sportsman’s Gazetteer, 346, 1877. 

Salmo stomias var. stomias JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 358, 1878. 
Salar stomias JORDAN, Catalogue of Fishes N. A. 431, 1878. 


This species is represented inthe collection by a single head, 54 i-ches 
in length, accompanied by the caudal fin. Before seeing specimens of 
this species, I had presumed that it might have been based on some one 
of the numerous varieties of Salmo pleuriticus Cope. There can be, how- 
ever, no doubt of its specific distinctness. . The following description is 
taken from this head, No. 21199, from Chief Mountain Lake :— 


Head very long, rather pointed, broad and flat above, not carinated ; the snout not 
at all gibbous or convex trom the eyes forward, the head thus having a depressed and 
pike-like appearance. 

Mouth very wide, the broad curved maxillary reaching much beyond the eye; eye 
moderate; snout in this specimen prolonged, emarginate at the end, receiving the 
swollen tip of the lower jaw; caudal fin scarcely emarginate and unspotted, as is the 
head. 5 


Bull. iv. No. 4——4 


796 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Hyoid bone with a band of rather strong teeth. This character will at once separate 
it from S. pleuriticus, which has similarly small scales, as that species never has hyoid 
teeth ; the relations of this fish are therefore as much with S. clarki and S. henshawi, 
as with spilurus and pleuriticus. From both S. henshawi and S. clarki it differs in 
the form of the head and small size of the scales; from S. henshawi notably in the form 
of the caudal fin. The following are the measurements of the head :— 

Snout in head 3}; eye in head 62; interorbital space in head 32; maxillary in head 
21; mandible in head 15; length of head in inches 54. The snout and bones of jaws 
are doubtlessly shorter in the female. 


Smithsonian Collector’s 


sDNBETI DONE. vargaalyare. Locality. Collector. Date. 


| 
| 
passe ehh 22, 
| 21199 1189 Chief Mountain Lake Aug. 24, al 


16,—SALMO CLARKI Rich. 
Var. aurora (Grd.) Gill & Jordan. 


Missouri River Trout. Utah Trout. 
Var. clarki. 


1€36—Salmo clarkiti RicHARDSON, Fauna Bor.-Amer. iii, 225. 
Salmo clarkii StORER, Synopsis Fishes N. Am. 197, 1846. ; 
Salmo clarkiti HERBERT, Frank Forrester’s Fish and Fishirg, Suppl. 40, 1850. 
Salmo clarkii SuCKLEY, Nat. Hist. Wash. Terr. 344, 1860. , 
Salmo clarkii SUCKLEY, Monograph Genus Salmo, 112, 1874. 
Salmo clarkiti JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 359, 1878. 
Salar clarkii JORDAN, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr. 430, 1878. 
1856—Furio stellatus Grp., Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phila. 219. 
Fario stellatus GIRARD, U.S. Pac. R. R. Exp. Fish, 316, pl. 69, £. 5-8. 
Fario stellatus SUCKLEY, Nat. Hist. Wash. Terr. 346, 1860. 
1861—Salmo brevicauda SuckLry, Ann. N. Y. Lye. Nat. Hist. vii, 308. 
Salmo brevicauda GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vi, 120, 1367. 
Salmo brevicauda SUCKLEY, Monograph Gen. Salmo, 140, 1874. 


Var. aurora. 


1856— Vario aurora GRD., Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 218. (Based on two young speci- 
mens.) 
Fario aurora GRD., Pac. R. R. Rep. x, 308, 1858. 
Salmo awrora SUCKLEY, Nat. Hist. Wash. Terr. 343, pl. 68, 1860. 
Salmo aurora GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vi, 119, 1867. 
Salmo clarkit var. aurora JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 259, 1878. 
Salar clarkti var. aurora JORDAN, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr. iv, 430, 1878. 
1856— Salar lewist GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 219. 
Salar lewist GrRARD, U.S. Pac. R. R. Expl. Fish, 318, pl. 72, 1858. ~ 
Salmo lewist SuCKLEY, Nat. Hist. Wash. Terr. 348, 1860. 
Salmo lewist GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vi, 122, 1867. 
Salmo lewisi SUCKLEY, Monograph Genus Salmo, 139, 1874. 
1856 —Salar virginalis GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 220. 
Salar virginalis GIRARD, Pac. R. R. Expl. Fish, 320, pl. 73, f. 1-4, 1858. 
Salmo virginalis SuCKLEY, Nat. Hist. Wash. Terr. p. —, 1860. 
Salmo virginalis GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vi, 123, 1867. 
Salmo virginalis SUCKLEY, Monograph Gen. Salmo, 135, 1874. 


JORDAN ON FISHES OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 197 


Salmo virginalis Cope & YARROW, Wheeler’s Expl. W. 100th Mer. 685, 1876. 
1872—? Salmo carinatus Copr, Hayden’s Geol. Sury. Montana for 1871, p. 471. 
1874—Salmo utah SUCKLEY, Monograph Genus Salmo, p. 136, 1874. 


A single head of this abundant species is in the collection. It is to 
all appearance entirely typical of what I call var. aurora. 


Smithsonian | Collector’s 


ee aioe Locality. Collector. Date. 


21201 1174 Si, IMTS) JRINAIES sooo ennaooSeBeudoE Dr. Elliott Coues.....-. Aug. 16, 1874. 


Family ESOCID. 


17.—Esox Lucius Linnzeus. 
Common Pike. 
SYNONYMY FOR EUROPEAN SPECIMENS.* 


The Pike. Hecht. Brochet. Lucio or Luzzo. Gddda (Sweden). 

Lucius, BELLON, De Aquat. p. 296.—RONDEL. ii, p. 188.—SaLyv. pp. 94, 95.—ScHONEV. p. 
44.—ALDROV., De Pisce. p. 630.—JONSTON, iii, t. 3, c. 5, t. 29, f. 1—GESNER, 
De Pisce. p. 500 .—WILLUGH. p. 236, tab. P, 5, f. 2.—Ray, Syn. p. 112. —KLEIN, 
Miss. Pisce. v, p. 74, tab. 20, f. 1. 

Esoxz No. 1, ARTEDI, Synon. p. 26; Gen. p. 10, and spec. 53. ease. , Zoophyl. No. 361. 

Esox lucius L., Syst. Nat. i, p. 516.—-BLocu, Fische Deutsch]. i, p. 229, t. 32; Bl. Schn. 
p. 2 (ib ea Vv, p. 297.—REISINGER, Prodr. Ichth. Hung. p. 47.—Dono- 
VAN, Brit. Fishes, v, pl. 109.—FurM., Brit. An. p. 184.—JURINE, Mém. Soc. 
Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneve, iii, 1825, p. 231, pl. 15—Exsrr6m, Fische Mérko, p. 
78.—F RIES & ExstrOM, Scand. Fisk. p. 49, t. 10.—Nutss., Prodr. p. 36, and 
Scand. Faun. Fisk. p. 348.—Pa.LL., Zoogr. Ross.-As. iii, p. 336.—PARNELL, 
Wern. Mem. vii, p. 272.—YarR., Brit. Fishes, 1st ed. 1, p. 383; 2d ed. 1, p. 434; 3d 
ed. 1, 343.—SELys-LONGCH., Faune Belge, p. 223.—Cuv. & VAL., xvili, p.279.— 
Kr6yeEr, Danm. Fisk. iii, p. 236.—GRONOV., Syst. ed. Gray, p. 146.—GUNTHER, 
Fische des Neckars, p. 107.—Rapp, Fische des Bodensees, p. 11.—HECKEL & 
KNER, Siisswasserfische, p. 287.—SIEBOLD, Siisswasserfische, p. 325.—GUNTHER, 
Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vi, p. 226, and of all authors since Linneus. 


Ld 


SYNONYMY FOR AMERICAN SPECIMENS. 


1818—Esox estor Le SUEUR, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. i, 413. 

Esox estor GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vi, 228, 1867. (Excl. syn. pars. 

Not of Richardson, DeKay, and others, which is Z. nobilior Thompson.) 

Esox lucius var. estor JORDAN, Man. Vert. 255, 1876. 

Esox lucius var. estor NELSON, Bull. Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 1876. 

Esox lucius estor JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List Fishes, 143, 1876. 
1836—Esox lucius RICHARDSON, Fauna Bor.-Am. iii, Fishes, 124. 

Esox lucius ? DEKay, New York Fauna, Fishes, 226, 1842. 

Esox lucius ? StORER, Synopsis Fishes N. A. 438, 1846. 

Esox lucius Copz, Froc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 79, 1865. 

Esox lucius COPE, Trans. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 408, 1866. 

Esox lucius GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vi, 227, 1867. 

Esox lucius JORDAN, Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus. x, 55, 1877. 

Esox lucius JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 266, 1878. 

Esox lucius JORDAN, Bull. U. 8. Geol. Surv. Terr. 432, 1878. 


* Copied from Giinther, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vi, p. 226, 1867. 


798 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


1846—Esox reticulatus KIRTLAND, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. v, 233, pl. 10, f. 2. (Not of 
Le Sueur; first carefully distinguished from the Muskallunge.) 
1846—? Hsox deprandus (LE SUEUR) Cuy. & VAL. xviii, 336. 
? Hsox deprandus Copx, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 79, 1865. 
? Hsox deprandus CoPE, Trans. Am. Philos. Soe. 408, 1866. 
? Hsox deprandus GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vi, 2, 1867. 
1850—Esox boreus AGASSIZ, Lake Superior, 317, 1850. - | 
Esox lucioides AuCT. 


Smithsonian | Collector’s 


EEDA. anna, Locality. Collector. Date. 
21195 1076 Muntley Mountain pee sale eee see Dr. Elliott Coues.-.| Aug. 10, 1873. 
Py see eenaeee 1176 (head) | St. Mary’s River, Rocky Mountains..|.......-do -......-.| Aug. 18, 1874. 


The Common Pike is very abundant in all waters of Northern Asia, 
Northern Europe, and of North America north of about the latitude 
of the tributaries of Lake Erie, to Quincy, Ill., and northwestward to 
Alaska. It is one of the very few fresh-water fishes common to the 
eastern and western continents. I have carefully compared Swedish 
and American specimens, and I am unable to detect any specific differ- 
ences whatever. No other strictly fresh-water species is known to be 
common to Europe and America. I have, however, little doubt of the 
identity of the American Lota maculosa (Le 8.) with the European Lota 
vulgaris Cuv. In this case, the American species has the prior name.* 

The number of nominal species of the genus Hsox is greatly in excess 
of the number of definable forms. Those apparently worthy of recog- 
nition may be grouped in three subgeneric sections as follows :— 

I. MascaLtonaus Jordan: Species of the largest size, with the branchiostegals in in- 
creased number (17 to 19), and the lower half of the cheeks and of the opercles bare’ 
of scales; coloration dark-spotted on a lighter ground. “ Muskallunges.” ..nobilior. 

Il. Esox Linnzeus: Species of large size, with the branchiostegals 15 or 16 in 
number; coloration pale-spotted on a darker ground; fins black-snotted. “ Pikes.’ 

lucius. 

III. PrcoRELLUS Rafinesque: Species of medium or small size, with the branchioste- 
gals 1% to 15 in number; coloration reticulated or barred with dark green on a Hentee 


ground or nearly plain. “ Pickerels.” 
reticulatus, americanus, raveneli, cypho, salmoneus. 


Family ETHEOSTOMATID As 
Genus ALVORDIUS Girard. 


18.—ALVORDIUS MACULATUS Girard. 
Black-sided Darter. 


1841— Htheostoma blennioides KIRTLAND, Boston Journ. Nat. Sci. iii, 348. (Notof Raf.) 
Htheostoma blennioides STORER, Syn. Fishes N. A. 270, 1846. 
Htheostoma blennioides AG., Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, 305, 1854. 
Etheostoma blennioides Corn, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 233, 1864. 
Hiheostoma blennioides VAILLANT, Recherches sur les Poissons, etc. 70, 1873. 


*'This conclusion has been already independently reached by Dr. T. H. Bean of the 
Smithsonian Institution. 


JORDAN ON FISHES OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 799 


1859— Alvordius maculatus GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 67. 
1859—Hadropterus maculatus GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 100. 

Etheostoma maculatum Corr, Am. Philos. Soc. 449, 1870. 

Etheostoma maculatum VAILLANT, Recherches sur les Poissons, etc. 54, 1873. 

Alwordius maculatus JORDAN, Man. Vert. 2d ed. 220, 1&7. 

Alvordius maculatus JORDAN, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr. iv, 438, 1878. 
1877—Alvordius aspro CopE & JORDAN, Proce. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 51. 

Alwordius aspro JORDAN, Bull. Nat. Mus. x, 14, 1877. 


Numerous young specimens with the coloration obliterated, but not 
apparently different from ordinary Indiana specimens. 


Smithsonian | Collector’s 


anna ee SANE Locality. Collector. Date. 


ART. XXXIV.—CATALOGUE OF PHANOGAMOUS AND VASCULAR 
CRYPTOGAMOUS PLANTS COLLECTED DURING THE SUM- 
MERS OF 1873 AND 1874 IN DAKOTA AND MONTANA ALONG 
THE FORTY-NiNTH PARALLEL BY DR, ELLIOTT COUES U.S. 
A.: WITH WHICH ARE INCORPORATED THOSE COLLECTED 
_ Loe SAME REGION AT THE SAME TIMES BY MR. GEORGE 
I. DAWSON. 


RALLQN 


By Pror. J. W. CHICKERING. 


[The present article is based primarily upon the collection of plants made by me 
during my connection with the United States Northern Boundary Commission. Those 
collected in 1873 were secured along the northern border of Dakota, in the valleys of the 
Red River of the North and of the Souris or Mouse River; and notably at Pembina, Dak. 
The collecting season of 1874 was along the northern border of Montana, and in the 
Rocky Mountains, at latitude 49° N. - 

With the species represented in my own collection, Professor Chickering has, at my 
suggestion, incorporated those procured by my colleague of the British contingent of 
the Survey, as published by Mr. Dawson in his report (8vo, Montreal, 1875, pp. 351-379); 
thereby presenting a fair idea of the flora of the belt of country surveyed by the 
Boundary Commission. The species not represented in my collection, but derived 
from Mr. Dawson’s list, are marked with the asterisk (*). 

For papers on other portions of my collections, see this Bulletin, this Vol., No. 1, 
pp. 259-292; No. 2, pp. 481-518; No. 3, pp. 545-661; No. 4, pp. 777-799.—Ep. ] 


This catalogue comprises 692 species, besides quite a number of vari- 
eties, and is of much value and interest, not so much for the number of 
new species enumerated as for the information supplied respecting the 
range of many species known to be common farther east, west, or 
south. 

A hasty comparison gives about 390 species found in New York or 
New England, about 80 distinctively Western in their habitat, and about 
215 which belong on the plains and the Rocky Mountain region. 

The Leguminose and the Composite are, of course, very largely rep- 
resented, and exhibit a number of species peculiar to the region. The 
fact that bunt few collections were made previous to June will explain 
the absence of many spring flowers, which, from the character of the 
flora of summer, we should expect to find on that parallel. 

Allium stellatum, Nutt., Anemone Pennsylvanica, L., and Campanula ro- 
tundifolia, L., var. linifolia, were noticed as so abundant on the prairie as 
to give character to the landscape. 

Yucca angustifolia, Nutt., was collected along the Missouri River, prob- 


ably reaching here its northern limit. 
801 


802 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


The species common to this region and the Hast show, for the most 
part, the effect of the drier climate and the scorching sun of the plains 
in smaller, thicker, more hirsute leaves. 

Among the Cactacee but two species are found, Mammillaria vivipara 
and Opuntia Missouriensis, quite abundant along the central region, from 
103° to 111° west longitude, limited very abruptly by increasing moist- 
ure of soil and climate. 

Salicornia herbacea and Rumex maritimus suggest the saline character 
of the soil, and flourish as luxuriantly as if the sea still washed those 
inland shores. 

The paucity in species of trees, excepting Conifer, is in striking 
contrast to the variety of the East, and may in part arise from the 
fact that so many trees are out of flower before the beginning of June. 

The Orchidacee would naturally be poorly represented. 

Carices and Graminee are quite abundant and interesting, while 
Filices make but a scanty display. 

Doubtless a careful examination of certain localities through the entire 
season would add many species to the list, but the present catalogue 
serves very well to convey to the botanist a good idea of the character- 
istic flora of the 49th parallel. 


RANUNCULACEH A. 


1. Clematis verticillaris, DC. 
1874. July, August. Frenchman’s Creek to Rocky Mountains. 
2. Clematis ligusticifolia, Nutt. 
1874. July. Aloug Frenchman’s Creek. 
*3. Anemone alpina, L. 
#4, Anemone multifida, DC. 
#5. Anemone nemorvsa, L. 
*6, Anemone parviflora, Mx. 
7. Anemone patens, L., var. Nuttalliana, Gray. 

1873. July, August. Between Pembina and Mouse River. 
Apparently an autumnal inflorescence, the buds and flowers 
appearing with the mature leaves. 

8. Anemone Pennsylvanica, L. 
1873. July. Pembina. Very abundant. 
1874. July. Prairie near Milk River. 
*9. Thalictrum cornuti, L. 
10. Thalictrum diotcum, L. 
1873. July. Pembina. Very common, on the prairie. 
11. Thalictrum purpurascens, L. 
1873. July, August. Pembina and along Mouse River. 
*12. Ranunculus aboriivus, L. 


*13. 


14, 


142, 


15. 


*16. 
sel 
wilien 
IG 

20. 


Cra E ae eet ames 
bh te lo ke kb bo 
Or OC bo ek 


ris 


=) 


ae te 


*30. 


#31. 


#33. 


#34, 


CHICKERING ON PLANTS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 


Ranunculus afinis, R. Br. 
Ranunculus afinis, BR. Br., var. cardiophyllus. 
1873. July. Pembina. 
Ranunculus aquatilis, L., var. trichophylius. 
1873. August, September. . Mouse River. 
Ranunculus aquatilis, L., var. capillaceus. 
1874. July. Frenchman’s Creek. 
Ranunculus cymbataria, Pursh. 
1873. July. Pembina. In company with Lemna trisulea. 
1874. August. Rocky Mountains. On wet prairie. 
Ranunculus Flammula, L., var. reptans. 
Ranunculus hispidus, Mx. 
Ranunculus Purshti, Rich. 
Ranunculus .pygmeus, Wehl. 
Ranunculus repens, L. 
1873. July. Pembina. Very hirsute. 
1874. July. Frenchman’s Creek. 


. Ranunculus rhomboideus, Gold. 

. Myosurus minimus, L. 

. Caltha palustris, L. 

. Coptis trifolia, Salish. 

. Aquilegia Canadensis, L. 

. Aquilegia flavescens, Watson. 

. Aquilegia vulgaris, L., var. brevistyla. 


1873. July. Pembina. 


. Delphinium azureum, Mx. 
. Acica spicata, L., var. rubra. 


1873. July. Pembina and along Mouse River. 
1874. August. Rocky Mountains. In fruit. 


MENISPERMACE AL. 
Menispermum Canadense, L. 
- BERBERIDACEA. 
Berberis (Mahonia) aquifolium, Pursh. 


NYMPHACEA. 


. Nuphar agvena, Ait. 


SARRACENIACEA. 
Sarracenia purpurea, L. 
PAPAVERACEA. 


Sanguinaria Canadensis, L. 


803 


804 


#30. 
#36. 


i) 


432, 


*44, 


50. 


#56. 


*57. 
58. 


BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. C 
FUMARIACEA. 


Corydalis glauca, Pursh. 
Corydalis aurea, Willd. 


CRUCIFERA. 


. Nasturtium palustre, D. C. 

. Nasturtium tanacetifolium, Hook. 
. Arabis hirsuta, Scop. 

. Arabis lyrata, L. 


1874. August. Base of Rocky Mountains. In fruit. 


. Arabis perfoliata, Lam. 
. Hrysimum cheiranthoides, L. 


1873. July. Pembina. 
1874. July. Missouri Coteau to Milk River. 


. Hrysimum asperum, DC. 


1874. July. Frenchman’s Creek. In fruit. 
Hrysimum asperum, DC., var. pumilum. 

1874, August. Near Milk River. With long pods, 4’. 
Hrysimum lanceolatum, R. Br. 


» Sisymbriwn brachycarpum, Hook. 
. Sisymbrium canescens, Nutt. 


1873. July. Between Pembina and Mouse River, on open 
prairie. A very canescent form. 


. Stanleya pinnatifida, Nutt. 


1874. July. Frenchman’s Creek. 


. Cameina sativa, Crantz. 

. Capsella Bursa-pastoris, Moench. 
. Thlaspi arvense, L. 

. Raphanus sativus, L. 


1873. July. Pembina. 


. Sinapis arvensis, L. 
. Vesicaria didymocarpa, Hook. 
. Vesicaria Ludoviciana, DC. 


CAPPARIDACEA. 


Cleome integrifolia, T. & G. 
1873. August. Mouse River. 
1874. August. Milk River. ; 
A very showy plant on dry sub-saline soil. 
Polanisia graveolens, Raf. 


VIOLACEA. 


Viola Canadensis, L. 
Viola delphinifolia, Nutt. 
1873. July. Plains around Pembina. 


*59. 
60. 


#61. 


*62. 


*63. 


*64, 


#65. 
*66. 
*67, 
68. 
69. 
*70. 
*71, 
72. 


*73. 
*74, 


(Gy 


76. 


17. 


#79 
*80 


CHICKERING ON PLANTS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 805 


Viola cucullata, Ait. 
Viola pubescens, Ait. 
1873. July. Pembina. Woods. 
Viola Nuttallii, Pursh. 
Viola pedata, L. 
DROSERACEA. 


Drosera longifolia, L. 
HY PERICACEA. 
Hypericum Scouleri, Hook. 


CARYOPHYLLACEA. 


Silene antirrhina, L. 
Silene Douglasti, Hook. 
Silene longifolia, Muhl. — 
Arenaria laterifiora, L. 
1873. July. Pembina, in thickets. 
Arenaria stricta, Mx. 
1874. August. Milk River. In fruit. 
Arenaria nardifolia, Ledeb. 
Arenaria pungens, Nutt. 
Stellaria longifolia, Mubl. 
1873. July. Pembina. 
Cerastium nutans, Raf. 
Cerastium oblongifolium, Torr. 


MALVACE AL. 


Malvastrum coccineum, Gray. 
1873. August. Abundant along Mouse River on dry plains. 
1874. July, August. Frenchman’s Creek, Milk River. 
Spheralcea acerifolia, Nutt. 
1874. August. Base of Rocky Mountains. In flower. 


LINACE AR. 
Linum perenne, L. j 
1873. July, August, September. Common all the way on the 
plains from Pembina to Mouse River. 
1874. Missouri Coteau to base of Rocky Mountains. 
» Linum rigidum, Pursh. . 
1874. July. Frenchman’s Creek. 


GERANIACEA. 


. Geranium Carolinianun, L. 
. Geranium Fremontii, Torr. 


806 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


81. Geranium Kichardsoni, F. & M. 
1874. August. Along Milk River. 

81°, Geranium Richardsonit, F. & M., var. incisum. 
1874. July. Frenchman’s Creek. 


OXALIDACEA. 
82. Oxalis stricta, L. 
1873. July. Pembina. 
BALSAMINACEA. 
*83. Impatiens fulva, Nutt. 
ANACARDIACEA. 


*84. Rhus aromatica, Gray. 
85. Rhus Toxicodendron, L. 
1873. July. Pembina. In flower. 
1874. July. Missouri River. 
*86. Ethus glabra, L. 
VITACE ZS. | 
87. Vitis cordifolia, Mx., var. riparia. 
1873. July. Pembina. Thickets. 
*58. Ampelopsis quinquefolia, Mx. 
, CELASTRACEZ. 
89. Pachystima myrsinites, Raf. 
1874, August. Base of Rocky Mountains. 


RHAMNACEAL. 


*90. Ceanothus velutinus, Doug. 
*91. Rhamnus alnifolius, L’Her. 


SAPINDACEA. 
*92, Acer rubrum, L. 


93. Negundo aceroides, Moench. 
1874. July. Near Fort Buford. Sugar is often made from its sap. 


POLYGALACEA. 


94. Polygala alba, Nutt. 
1874. July. Prairie around Fort Buford. 
*95. Polygala polygama, Walt. 
*96. Polygala Senega, L. 


LEGUMINOS A. 


97. Lupinus argenteus, Pursh. 
1874. August. Base of Rocky Mountains. 
98. Hosackia Purshiana, Benth. 
1874. June. Missouri River. 


99 


101 


102 


103 


CHICKERING ON PLANTS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 


. Psoralea argophylla, Pursh. 


1873. August. 


Dry prairie along Mouse River. 


1874. July. Missouri River. 
*100. Psoralea brachiata, Doug. 
. Psoralea hypogea, Nutt. 
1874. July. Milk River. 
. Psoralea lanceolata, Pursh. 

1874. July. Frenchman’s Creek. 
. Petalostemon candidus, Mx. 

1873. July. Pembina. 

1874, June. Missouri River. 
104. Petalostemon violaceus, Mx. 
1873. July. Pembina. Both this and the last species are 

very abundant on the dry prairie. 


1874. August. 


Frenchman’s Creek. 


105. Amorpha canescens, Nutt. 


106 


*107 
108 


1873. August. 


Open plains. 


. Amorpha nana, Nutt. 


1873. August. 


Plains near Turtle Mountain. 


. Astragalus aboriginorum, Rich. 
. Astragalus adsurgens, Pall. 


~~ 1874. June. Prairie around Fort Buford. 


109. Astragalus bisulcatus, Gray. 
1874. June. Prairie around Fort Buford. 
#110. Astragalus Bourganii, Gray. 
. Astragalus ceespitosus, Gray. 
112. Astragalus Canadensis, L. 
1873. September. Along Mouse River. In fruit. 
. Astragalus caryocarpus, Ker. 
*114, Astragalus flecuosus, Doug. 
. Astragalus hypoglottis, L. 
1873. July. Plains near Pembina. 
. Astragalus Missouriensis, Nutt. 
1874. July. Missouri River. 
. Astragalus pectinatus, Doug. 
1874. July. Milk River. 
. Astragalus pictus, Gray. 
1874. June. Missouri River. 
119. Astragalus Purshii, Doug. 
1874, July. Milk River. -iIn fruit. 
. Astragalus tegetarius, Watson. 
. Oxytropis Lamberti, Pursh. 
1874, June. Missouri River. 
. Oxytropis splendens, Doug. 


AOU 


*113 


115 


116 


- 117 


118 


*120 
121 


122 


1875. August. 


Dry prairie near Turtle Mountain. 


strongly: verticillate. 


1874. August. 


Milk River. 


807 


Leaflets 


808 


123. 


144, 


BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Glycyrrhiza lepidota, Nutt. 
1873. August. ‘Along Mouse River. 
1874. July, August. Missouri River. Milk River. 


. Hedysarum boreale, Nutt. 


1874. August. Base of Rocky Mountains. 


5. Desmodium Canadense, D. C. 
. Vicia Americana, Muhl. 


1873. July. August, Pembina to Mouse River. Common in 
thickets and on the plains. 
1874. June. Missouri River. 


. Lathyrus ochroleucus, Hook. 


1873. August. Near Turtle Mountain. In thickets. 


. Lathyrus maritimus, Big. 
. Lathyrus venosus, Muhl. 


1873. August. In company with preceding species. 


. Lhermopsis rhombifolia, Nutt. 


1874. June. Missouri River. 


ROSACEA. 


. Prunus Americana, Marsh. 
. Prunus depressa, Pursh. 

. Prunus Pennsylvanica, L. 

. Prunus Virginiana, L. 


1873. August. Mouse River. In fruit. Used as food by the 
Indians. 
1874. July. Missouri River. In fruit. 


. Spirea salicifolia, L. 


1873. July. Pembina. Forming thickets. 
1874. July. Milk River. 


. Spirea betulifolia, Pall. 
. Agrimonia Hupatoria, L. 


1873. August. Thickets. 


. Dryas octopetala, L. 

. Geum macrophyllum, Willd. 
. Geum triflorum, Pursh. 

. Geum strictum, Ait. 


1873. August. Near Turtle Mountain. With preceding. 
1874. August. Milk River. 


. Sibbaldia procumbens, L. 
. Potentilla anserina, L. 


1873. July. Pembina. 
1874. July. Frenchman’s Creek. 
Potentilla arguta, Pursh. 
1873. July. Pembina. On prairie. Silky-pubescent. 
1874, August. Milk River. 


145. 
*146. 


*147, 
148. 


*149, 
150. 


NDI. 
152. 
#153. 
154. 
* 155. 
156. 
157. 
*158. 


159. 


160. 


164, 


#165. 
166. 


167. 


*168. 


CHICKERING ON PLANTS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 809 


Potentilla fruticosa, L. 

1874. August. Milk River. Abundant. 

Potentilla effusa, Doug. 
Potentilla glandulosa, L. 
Potentilla gracilis, Doug. 

1873. August. Second prairie plateau. 

1874. August. Frenchman’s Creek. 
Potentilla hippiana, Lehm. 

Potentilla Norvegica, L. 

1873. July. Pembina. 

1874. August. Frenchman’s Creek. 
Potentilla palustris, Scop. 

Potentilla Pennsylvanica, L. 

1873. August. Second prairie plateau. 

Potentilla tridentata, Ait. 
Fragaria Virginiana, Ebrh. 

1873. July. Pembina. 

1874. August. Sweetgrass Hills, abundant. cae 
Fragaria vesca, L. 
Rubus strigosus, Mx. oy 

1874, July. Frenchman’s Creek. Thickets. 

Rubus triflorus, Rich. 

1873. July. Pembina. 
Rubus Nutkanus, Moc. 
Rosa blanda, Ait. 

1873. July. Pembina. Everywhere on the prairie, especially 

on the edges of woods along the streams. 
Cratcegus tomentosa, L., var. punctata. ; 
1873. July. Pembina. In flower.—September. Along Mouse 
River. In fruit. : 


. Crategus coccinea, L. 
. Purus sambucifolia, Ch. & Sch. 


1874. August. Base of Rocky Mountains. 


. Amelanchier Canadensis, L., var. alnifolia. 


1873. July. Pembina. In fruit. 
1874. July. Milk River. 


SAXIFRAGACE AI, 


Ribes aureum, Pursh. 

1874. July. Missouri River. In fruit. 
Kibes Cynosbati, L. 
hibes floridum, L’ Her. 

1873. July. Pembina. In thickets. 
Libes hirtellum, Mx. 

1874. July. Along Frenchman’s Creek. 
Ribes rotundifolium, Mx. 


810 


*169. Ribes rubrum, L. 


BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


*170. Parnassia Caroliniana, L. 
171. Parnassia fimbriata, Banks. 


1874. August. Milk River. 


172. Parnassia palustris, L. 


1874. July. Frenchman’s Creek. 
. Saxifraga bronchialis, DC. 


*174,. Saxifraga Hschscholtzit, Sternb. 


*175, 
*176. 


Saxifraga Dahurica, Pall. 
Saxifraga heteranthera, Hook. 


*177. Saxifraga vernalis, Willd. 


*178 


. Heuchera cylindrica, Doug. 


*179. Heuchera Richardsonii, R. Br. 
*180. Leptarrhena pyrolifolia, Brown. 


*181. 


Mitetla nuda, L. 


*182, Mitella pentandra, Hook. 


*183, 


Tiarella unifoliata, Hook. 


CRASSULACEA. 


*184, Sedum Rhodiola, DC. 


*185. 


Sedum stenopetalum, Pursh. 
HALORAGE ZS. 


186. Myriophyllum spicatum, L. 


187. 


188 
189 


*190 
*190 
191 


#192 
193 


*194 
195 


196 


1874. August. Along branch of Milk River and all the prai- 


rie pools. 
ONAGRACH AS. 


Gaura coccinea, Nutt. 
1874. July. Frenchman’s Creek. . \ 

. Circea alpina, Lu. 
. Lpilobium coloratum, Muhl. 

1873. August. Near Turtle Mountain. 
. Epilobium palustre, L., var. lineare. 
4, Hnilobium palustre, L., var. albiflora. 
. Lpilobium tetragonum, L. 

1874. July. Frenchman’s Creek. 
. Hpilobium origanifolium, Lam. 
. Lpilobium angustifolium, L. 

1874. August. Branch of Milk River. 
. Hpilobium latifolium, L. 
. Hpilobium paniculatum, L. 

1873. August. Plains. 

1874. August. Frenchman’s Creek. 
- Hnothera albicaulis, Nutt. 
1873. August. Mouse River. 
1874. July. Missouri River. 


FLOM. 
. @nothera biennis, L. 


204, 


206. 


. Opuntia Missouriensis, DC. 


CHICKERING ON PLANTS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 811 


@nothera marginata, Nutt. 


1873. August. Dry plains between Pembina and Mouse 
River. 
1874. July. Missouri River. 


. @nothera serrulata, Nutt. 


1873. August. With preceding species. 


. Hnothera heterantha, Nutt. 
. Ginothera leucocarpa, Comien. 
. @nothera pumila, L. 


LOASACE A. 


. Mentzelia ornata, Pursh. 


1874. August. Base of Rocky Mountains. 
CACTACE, 


Mammillaria (Coryphantha) vivipara, Haw. 
1873, Extends eastward of the Missouri Coteau, in the valley 
of the Mouse River. 
1873. September. Begins a little east of the Missouri Coteau, 
and is found all the way to the Rocky Mountains. Not in 
Red River Valley. 


CUCURBITACE. 
Echinocystis lobata, T. & G. 
UMBELLIFERA. 


. Sanicula Marilandica, L. 


1873. July. Pembina. 


- Carum Gairdneri, Benth. & Hook. 
. Heracleum lanatum, Mx. 


1873. August. Dry prairie. 


. Thaspium aureum, Nutt. 


1873. July. Pembina. 


. Thaspium trifoliatum, Gray. 


1873. July. Pembina. Immature in open woods. 


. Bupleurum ranunculoides, L. 


1874. August. Branch of Milk River. 


. Cicuta virosa, L. 


1873. July. Pembina. This species exhibits forms running 
toward C. maculata. 
1874. July. Frenchman’s Creek. 


. Cicuta maculata, L. 
. Sium lineare, Mx. 


Bull. iv. No. 4——5 


BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


. Osmorrhiza brevistylis, DC. 
. Osmorrhiza longistylis, DC. 


1873. July. Pembina. 


ARALIACH A. 


. Aralia nudicaulis, L. 


1873. July. Pembina. In woods. 


. Aralia hispida, Mx. 


CORNACEA. 


. Cornus Canadensis, L. 

. Cornus paniculata, L’Her. 
. Cornus stolonifera, Mx. 
1873. July. Pembina. In flower.—August. Near Turtle 


Mountain. In fruit. 
1874. July, August. Along river-bank. 


CAPRIFOLIACE A. 


. Linnea borealis, Gron. 
. Symphoricarpus occidentalis, R. Br. 
1875. September. Mouse River. In fruit—July. Pembina. 


In flowers. Occurring in masses in thickets. 
1874. August. Sweetgrass Hills. 


. Symphoricarpus racemosus, Mx. 


1874. August. Base of Rocky Mountains. 


. Lonicera involucrata, Banks. 
. Lonicera hirsuta, Waton. 


1873. July. Pembina. In thickets. 


. Lonicera oblongifolia, Muhl. 
. Lonicera parviflora, Lam. 
. Viburnum Lentago, L. 


1873. July. Pembina. 


. Viburnum Opulus, L. 


1873. July. Pembina. 


. Diervilla trifida, Moench. 


RUBIACEA. 


. Galiwm boreale, L. 


1873. July. Pembina. Very abundant on the prairie. 
1874, June. Missouri River.—August. Rocky Mountains. 


. Galium triflorum, Mx. 


1873. July. Pembina. 


. Galium trifidum, L. 
. Houstonia ciliolata, Torr. 
. Houstonia tenuifolia, Nutt. 


CHICKERING ON PLANTS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 813 


VALERIANACEA. 


. Valeriana sylvatica, Rich. 


COMPOSIT 4. 


. Liatris punctata, Hook. 


1874. July. Prairie, near Frenchman’s Creek. 


. Liatris scariosa, L. 


1873. August. Second prairie. 


. Brickellia grandiflora, Nutt. 


1874. August. Thickets. Milk River. 


. Hupatorium perfoliatum, L. 
. Hupatorium purpureum, L. 


1873. August. Thickets, on plains. 


. Nardosmia sagittata, Pursh. 
5. Aster carneus, Nees. 
. Aster levis, L. 


1873. September. Mouse River, in thickets. 
1874, August. Milk River. 


. Aster graminifolius. Pursh. 
. Aster Lamarckianus, Nees. 


1873. September. Mouse River. 


. Aster miser, L. 
. Aster macrophylius, L. 
. Aster multiflorus, L. 


1873. August. Mouse River Plain. Abundant. Specimens 
very rugose; leaves almost cuspidate. 
Aster ptarmicoides, T. & G. 
1873. August. Second prairie. 


. Aster salsuginosus, Rich. 
. Aster tenuifolius, L. 


1873. August. Near Turtle Mountain. 


. Hrigeron alpinum, L. 
. Hrigeron compositum, Pursh. 
. Lrigeron glabellum, Nutt. 


1873. August. Mouse River Plain. Very abundant all over 
the prairie. 


. Hrigeron Canadense, L. 
. Hrigeron Philadelphicum, L. 


1873. July. Pembina. > 


. Hrigeron strigosum, L. 
. Hrigeron pumilum, Nutt. 


1874. July. Prairies near Frenchman’s Creek. 


. Machcranthera canescens, Gray. 
. Gutierrezia Huthamie, T. & G. 


1873. August. Mouse River, on ary plain. 
1875. August. Frenchman’s Creek. 


285. 


#286. 
*287. 
288. 


*289. 


BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


. Diplopappus umbeilatus, T. & G. 
. Boltonia glastifolia, L’Her. 


1873. September. Mouse River. 


. Solidago Canadensis, L 
. Solidago gigantea, Ait. 


1873. July, August. From Pembina to Mouse River. 
1874. August. Milk River. 


. Solidago Virga-aurea, L. 
. Solidago Virga aurea, L., var. humilis. 


1874. August. Rocky Mountains. = 


. Solidago Virga-aurea, L., var. alpina. 
. Nolidago incana, T. & G. 


1874. August. Milk River. 


2. Solidago lanceolata, Ait. 
. Solidago nemoralis, Ait. 
. Solidago Missouriensis, Nutt. 


1873. August. Mouse River. 


. Solidago stricta, Ait. 
. Solidago serotina, Ait. 
. Solidago rigida, L. 


1873. August. Open prairie. Very abundant. 
1874. August. Milk River. 


. Solidago tenurfolia, Pursh. 

. Bigelovia graveolens, Gr. 

. Bigelovia Howardii, Gr. 

. Aplopappus lanceolatus, T. & G. 


1874, August. Milk River. 


. Aplopappus Nuttallii, T. & G. 
. Aplopappus spinulosus, DC. 


1873. August. Mouse River. On very dry plains. Plant 
about six inches high. 


. Grindelia squarrosa, Dunal. 


1873. August. Mouse River. 
1874. August. Frenchman’s Creek. 
Very abundant on the plains. Used by the Indians as 
an anti-syphilitic, in decoction. 

Chrysopsis villosa, Nutt. 

1873. August. Dry plains. 

1874. July, August. Prairies along Missouri River. 
Chrysopsis villosa, Nutt., var. hispida. 

1874, July. Missouri River. 
Chrysopsis hispida, Hook. 
Iva axillaris, Pursh. 
Ambrosia psilostachya, DC. 

1873. August. Mouse River. On dry plains. 
Ambrosia trifida, L., var. integrifolia. 


*290. 
291. 


CHICKERING ON PLANTS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 815 


Xanthium echinatum, Murr. 
Aanthium strumarium, L. 
1874. Augnst. Along Missouri and Milk Rivers. 


. Heliopsis scabra, Dun. 
. Heliopsis levis, Pursh. 


1873. July, August. Pembina and westward. Abundant. 


. Echinacea purpurea, Moench. 
. Lchinacea angustifolia, DC. 


1873. August. Dry plains. 


. Rudbeckia fulgida, Ait. 
. Rudbeckia hirta, L. 


1875. July. Pembina. Dry plains, as at the Kast. 


. Rudbeckia laciniata, L. 


1873. August. Mouse River Plain, in thickets. 


. Lepachys columnaris, T. & G. 


1873. August. Mouse River. Very abundant on prairies. 


. Helianthus giganteus, L. 
. Helianthus petiolaris, Nutt. 


1874. August. Dry prairie, near base of Rocky Mountains. 


. Helianthus rigidus, Desf. 
. Bidens frondosa, L. 


1873. July. Pembina. 


. Bidens Beckii, Torr. 
. Bidens chrysanthemoides, Mx. 
. Gaillardia aristata, Parsh. 


1873. August. Mouse River Plain. 
1874. August. Prairies along Frenchman’s Creek. 


. Gaillardia pinnatifida, Torr. 
. Gaillardia pulchella, Foug. 


1874. July, August. Dry prairies along Frenchman’s Creek. 


. Coreopsis tinctoria, Nutt. 


1874. August. Along Frenchman’s Creek. 


. Hymenopappus luteus, Nutt. 


1874. July. Prairie near Missouri River. 


. Actinella Richardsonii, Nutt. 


1874. July. Along Missouri River.—August. Along Milk 
River, 


. Actinella acaulis, Nutt. 
. Helenium autumnale, L. 


1873. August. Mouse River. Slightly pubescent. 


. Achillea millefolium, L. 


1873. July. Pembina. 
1874. June. Fort Buford. 


d. Artemisia cana, Pursh. 


1874. July. Dry plains, Missouri River. 


816 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


316. Artemisia Canadensis, Mx. 
1873. August. Mouse River. On dry prairie. 
1874. July. Frenchman’s Creek. 
*317. Artemisia Douglasiana, Bers. 
318. Artemisia frigida, Willd. 
1874. July. Branch of Milk River. 
*319. Artemisia discolor, Doug. 
*320. Artemisia dracunculoides, Pursh. 
321. Artemisia Ludoviciana, Nutt. 
1873. September. Mouse River. Dry prairie. One of the 
species known as “sage”. 
1874. August. Milk River. 
*322, Gnaphalium polycephalum, Mx. 
*323. Antennaria alpina, Gaertn. 
*324. Antennaria dioica, var. rosea, Gaertn. 
*3290. Antennaria plantaginifolia, Hook. 
*326. Arnica angustifolia, Vahl. 
*327. Arnica longifolia, Katon. 
*328. Arnica Menziesii, Hook. 
*329. Amida hirsuta, Nutt. 
330. Senecio aureus, L. 
1874. August. Rocky Mountains. 
330%, Senecio aureus, L., var. Balsamite. 
1873. July. Pembina. 
*331. Senecio canus, Hook. 
*332. Senecio Fremontit, T. & G. 
303. Senecio eremophilus, Hook. 
1873. August. Prairie. 
*334. Senecio lugens, Rich. 
*330. Senecio resedifolius, Lessing. 
*336. Senecio triangularis, Hook. 
*307. Cirsium altissimum, Spring. 
*338. Cirsium undulatum, Spring. 
1873. September. Missouri Coteau. 
1874. June. Plains near Fort Buford. 
*339. Cirsium muticum, Mx. 
340. Troximon glaucum, Nutt. 
1874. July. Along Missouri River. 
3402. Troximon glaucum, Nutt., var. 
In company with the typical form. 
341. Troximon cuspidatum, Pursh. 
1873. July. Pembina and westward, on piles, 
*342. Stephanomeria minor, Nutt. 
343. Hieracium Canadense, Mx. 
1873. July. Pembina, in thickets. 
1874. August. Along branch of Milk River. 


*361. 
362. 


*363 
364 


*359 
366 


*367 
*368 
*369 


CHICKERING ON PLANTS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 817 


. Mieracium albiflorum, Hook. 
. HMieracium scabrum, Mx. 
1873. July. Pembina. 
. Hieracitum Scoulert, Hook. 
1874. August. Near Rocky Mountains. 


. Hieracium triste, Willd. 


. Hieracium venosum, L. 
. Nabalus albus, Hook. 
1873. August. Mouse River Plain. 


. Nabalus Boottii, DC. 


. Nabalus racemosus, Hook. 
1873. September. Along Mouse River. 
. Lygodesmia juncea, Don. 
1873. September. Mouse River. Abundant westward. 
1874. July, August. Along Missouri and Milk Rivers. 
. Crepis elegans, Hook. 
. Macrorhynchus glaucus, Torr. 
. Macrorhynchus troximoides, T. & G. 
1873. July. Pembina. 
. Taraxacum Dens-leonis, Desf. 
. Lactuca elongata, Muhl. 
. Mulgedium acuminatum, DC. 
. Mulgediwm leucopheum, DC. 
. Mulgedium pulchellum, Nutt. 
1873. August. Mouse River Plain. 
1874. July, August. Along Missouri and Milk Rivers. 


LOBELIACEA. 


Lobelia Kalmit, L. 
Lobelia spicata, Lam. 


1873. August. Second prairie. 
CAMPANULACEA. 


. Campanula aparinoides, Pursh. 

. Campanula rotundifolia, L., var. linifolia. 
1873. July. Pembina. Everywhere on the prairie. 
1874. July. Frenchman’s Creek. 


ERICACE A. 


. Vaccinium myrtilloides, Hook. 
. Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi, Spring. 
1874. July, August. Base of Rocky Mountains. 
. Gaultheria procumbens, L. 
. Cassandra calyculata, L. 
. Andromeda polifolia, L. 


818 


*370. 
*OT1. 
*372. 
#373. 
*OTA, 
#375. 
*370. 
eo ible 
#378. 


379, 


380. 


Jol. 


*982. 
*383. 


#384, 
*38D. 
#386. 
*387, 

388. 


#389. 
*390. 


391. 


BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Menziesia glanduliflora, Hook. 
Menziesia Grahami, Hook. 
Ledum latifolium, Ait. 

Pyrola elliptica, Nutt. 

Pyrola secunda, I. 

Pyrola rotundifolia, L. 

Pyrola asarifolia, Mx. 
Moneses uniflora, Gray. 
Monotropa uniflora, L. 


PLANTAGINACEA. 


Plantago eriopoda, Torr. 
1874. July. Dry prairie. Missouri River. 
Plantago Patagonica, Jacq. 
1874. July. Missouri River. 
Plantago Patagonica, var. 
With preceding. 
Plantago major, L. 
Planiago Bigelovii, Gray. 


PRIMULACE AS. 


Androsace occidentalis, Pursh. 
Androsace septentrionalis, L. 
Dodecatheon integrifolium, Mx. 
Glaux maritima, L. 
Lysimachia ciliata, L. 
1873. July, August. Pembina and westward, on the borders 
of thickets. 
1874. July, August. Frenchman’s Creek to Rocky Mountains. 
Lysimachia thyrsifolia, L. 
Trientalis Americana, Pursh. 


LENTIBULACE A. 


Utricularia vulgaris, L. 
1874. August. Frenchman’s Creek. Swamp. 


SCROPHULARIACEAL. 


. Chelone glabra, L. 

. Pentstemon acuminatus, Doug. 
. Pentstemon confertus, Doug. 

. Pentstemon dasyphyllus. 

3. Pentstemon gracilis, Nutt. 


1873. August. Dry prairie. 


. Pentstemon glaucus, Grah. 
. Penistemon Menziesit, Hook. 


#399. 
*400. 
401. 


#402. 
*403. 
*404. 
*405. 


*406. 
*407, 
*408. 
*4.09. 

410. 


410°, 


*411. 
*412. 
*413. 
*414, 
*415, 

416, 


A417. 


*418., 


419. 


*420. 
*421, 
422. 


422°, 


423. 
424. 


#425, 


CHICKERING ON PLANTS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 819 


Pentstemon procerus, Doug. 
Pentstemon pubescens, Soland. 
Mimutus luteus, L. 

1874. August. Milk River. 
Mimulus Lewisti, Pursh. 
Mimulus ringens, L. 
Gratiola Virginiana, L. 
Veronica Americana, Schwein. 

1874. August. Milk River. 
Veronica alpina, L. 
Veronica peregrina, L. 
Gerardia purpurea, L. 
Castilleia coccinea, Spring. 
Castilleia pallida, Kunth. 

1874. August. Base of Rocky Mountains. 
Castilleia pallida, Kunth., var. miniata. 

1874. August. Milk River. 
Castilleia sessilifilora, Ph. 
Rhinanthus Crista-Galli, L. 
Pedicularis Canadensis, L. 
Pedicularis bracteosa, Benth. 
Melampyrum Americanum, Mx. 
Orthocarpus luteus, Nutt. 

1874. July. Near Three Buttes. 


VERBENACEA. 


Verbena bracteosa, Mx. 
1874. July. Frenchman’s Creek. 
Verbena hastata, L. 


LABIATA. 


Mentha Canadensis, L. 

1873. August. Along Mouse River. 

1874. August. Frenchman’s Creek. 
Lycopus sinuatus, Gray. 
Lycopus Virginicus, L. 
Monarda fistulosa, L. 

1873. August. Turtle Mountain. 
Monarda fistulosa, var. mollis. 

1874. August. Frenchman’s Creek. 
Lophanthus anisatus, Benth. 

1873. August. Near Turtle Mountain. 
Dracocephalum parviflorum, Nutt. 

1873. August. Turtle Mountain. 
Physostegia Virgiana, Benth. 


820 


#426, 
#427, 
#498, 

429. 


449, 


450. 


451. 


BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Brunella vulgaris, L. 
Scutellaria galericulata, L. 
Galeopsis Tetrahit, L. 
Stachys aspera, Mx. 

1873. July. Pembina. 


. Stachys palustris, L. 


1874. July. Missouri River and Frenchman’s Creek. 


BORRAGINACEAS. 


- Onosmodium Virginianum, DC. 
. Lithospermum canescens, Lehm. 


1873. July. Pembina. Dry plains. 


. Lithospermum longiflorum, Spreng. 
. Mertensia paniculata, Don. 
. Hritrichium Californicum, DC. 


1874. July. Frenchman’s Creek. 


. Kritrichium crassisepalum, T. & G. 


1874. August. Dry plains. Base of Rocky Mountains. 


. Hritrichium leucopheum, DC. 


1874. August. Base of Rocky Mountains. 


. Lritrichium glomeratum, DC. 

. Myosotis alpestris, Schmidt. 

. Hchinospermum floribundum, Lehm. 
. Echinospermum Lappula, Lehm. 

. Lchinospermum patulum, Lehm. 

. Cynoglossum Virginicum, L. 


1873. July, August. Pembina and westward. 
POLEMONIACEA. 


. Phlox Douglassti, Hook. 


1874. July. Near Three Buttes. 


. Phlox canescens, T. & G. 
. Phlox pilosa, L. 
. Collomia linearis, Nutt. 


1874. July. Dry prairies, Missouri River. 


. Gilia mamma, Gr. 


1874. July. Near Three Buttes. 


CONVOLVULACEA. 


Calystegia sepium, R. Br. 

1873. July. Pembina. 

1874. July. Missouri River. 
Calystegia spithamea, Pursh. 

1875. July. Pembina, in woods. 

1874. July. Missouri River. 
Cuscuta Gronovii, Willd. 


1873. August. Turtle Mountain. On Ribes rotundifoliam. 


CHICKERING ON PLANTS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 821 
SOLANACEA. 


*452. Physalis viscosa, L. 
453. Solanum rostratum, Dunal. 
1874. July. Frenchman’s Creek. 
454. Solanum triflorum, Nutt. 
1874. July. Prairies, Frenchiman’s Creek. 


GENTIANACEA. 


*455. Halenia defleca, Griseb. 
456. Gentiana affinis, Griseb. 
1874. August. Milk River. 
457. Gentiana Amarella, L. 
1874. August. Rocky Mountains. 
*458. Gentiana acuta, Mx. 
*459. Gentiana Andrewsit, Griseb. 
*460. Gentiana crinita, Froel. 
*461. Gentiana detonsa, Fries. 
*462. Gentiana Menziesti, Griseb. 
463. Gentiana puberula, Mx. 
1873. September. Mouse River. 


APOCYNACEA. 


464, Apocynum androsemifolium, L. 
1873. July. Pembina, in thickets. 
465. Apocynum cannabinum, L. 

1873. July. Very abundant in thickets. The fibre used by 
the Indians for cordage. It may eventually have some eco- 
nomic value. 

1874. July. Missouri River. 


ASCLEPIADACEA. 


466. Asclepias ovalifolia, Dec. 
1873. July. Pembina, in woods. 
467. Asclepias speciosa, Torr. 
1873. August. Plains near Turtle Mountain. 
1874. July. Wet places along Frenchman’s Creek. 
468. Asclepias verticillata, L. 
1873. July. Pembina. 
*469. Asclepias incarnata, L. 
*470. Asclepias variegata, L., var. minor,. Hook. 
*471. Asclepias viridiflora, Ell. 


ARISTOLOCHIACE. 


*472. Asarum Canadense, L. 


822 


473. 
*474, 
*4.75. 

476. 
*AT7. 
*478, 

479. 

480. 


481. 


#482, 
483. 


484. 


*485, 


487. 


“487, 
487», 


*488,. 
4882. 


*489. 
*490. 
*491. 

492. 


BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
NYCTAGINACE A. 


Oxybaphus hirsutus, Sweet. Var. 
1874. July. Missouri River. 
Oxybaphus nyctagineus, Sweet. 


CHENOPODIACH A. 


Chenopodium album, L. 
Chenopodium leptophyllum. 
1874. August. Dry plains west of Frenchman’s Creek. 
Blitum Bonus-Henricus, 1. 
Blitum capitatum, L. 
Blitum glaucum, Koch. 
1874. August. Milk River. 
Atriplex Nuttallii, Watson. 
1874. July. Missouri River. 
Atriplex Endolepis, Watson. 
1874. August. Frenchman’s Creek. 
Salicornia herbacea, L. 
Suceda depressa, Ledeb. 
1873. July. Pembina, dry plains. 
Sarcobatus vermiculatus, Torr. 
1874. July. Saline soil. West of Frenchinan’s Creek. 


AMARANTACE A. 


Amarantus retroflecus, L. 


PARONYCHIA. 


. Paronychia sessiliflora, Nutt. 


1873. September. Along Mouse River, on dry banks. 
1874. August. Milk River. 


POLYGONACE A. 


Polygonum amphibium, 1. 

1874. July. Frenchman’s Creek. 
Polygonum amphibium, L., var. terrestre. 
Polygonum amphibium, L., var. aquaticum. 

1873. August. Mouse River Plain, in wet places. 
Polygonum aviculare, L. 

Polygonum aviculare, L., var. erectum. 

1874. August. Base of Rocky Mountains. 
Polygonum cilinode, Mx. 
Polygonum dumetorum, L. 

Polygonum hydropiperoides, Mx. 
Polygonum lapathifolium, Ait., var. incanum. 

1874. August. Frenchman’s Creek. 


*495, 
*494., 
*495, 

496. 


497. 


498. 


508. 


509. 


~*512. 
513. 


CHICKERING ON PLANTS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 823 


Polygonum Pennsylvanicum, UL. 
Polygonum tenue, Mx. 
Oxyria digyna, Campd. 
Rumex maritimus, L. 

1874. August. Saline plains, west of Frenchman’s Creek. 
Rumex salicijolius, Weinm. 

1873. July. Pembina. 

1874. June, July. Missouri River. Frenchman’s Creek. 
Rumex venosus, Pursh. 

1874, July, August. Frenchman’s Creek and westward. 


. Hriogonum flavum, Nutt. 


1874. July, August. Missouri River to Rocky Mountains. 


. Hriogonum unbellatum, Torr. 


1874. July. Frenchman’s Creek.. 


. Hriogonum crassifolium, Benth. 


ELA AGNACEA. 


. Lleagnus argentea, Pursh. 


1873. August. Vicinity of Turtle Mountain, very common in 
patches. 


. Shepherdia argentea, Nutt. 
. Shepherdia Canadensis, Nutt. 


SANTALACH A. 


. Comandra pallida, DC. 


1874, June, July. Missouri River. 


. Comandra umbellata, Nutt. 


1873. July. Pembina. 
EUPHORBIACEAS. 


. Huphorbia glyptosperma, Engl. 


URTICACE ZA. 


Humulus Lupulus, L. 

1873. August, September. Turtle Mountain to Mouse River. 
Urtica gracilis, Ait. 

1873. August. Second prairie. 

1874. August. Frenchman’s Creek. 


. Laportea Canadensis, Gaudich. 


1873. July. Pembina. 


. Ulmus Americana, L. 


1873. June. Pembina. 
’ CUPULIFERA. 


Corylus Americana, Walt. 
Quercus macrocarpa, Mx. 
1873. Pembina, common, of large size along the river: 


824 


514, 


BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


BETULACEA. 


Betula occidentalis, Hook. 
1874. August. Rocky Mountains. 


SALICACEA. 


. Salix lucida, Muhl. 


1873. August. Mouse River. 


. Salix rostrata, Richardson. 


1873. July. Pembina, in fruit. 
Salix nigra, Marsh. 
Populus balsamifera, L., var. candicans. 
Populus monilifera, Ait. 
Populus tremuloides, Mx. 


CONIFER. 


Pinus Banksiana, Lambert. 
Pinus contorta, Doug. 
Pinus resinosa, Ait. 


. Abies Douglasii, Lindl. 


1874. Rocky Mountains. 
Abies alba, Mx. 
Abies Engelmann, Parry. 
Abies nigra, Torr. 
Abies balsamea, Marshall. 
Laric Americana, Mx. 
Thuja occidentalis, L. 


. Juniperus communis, L. 


1874. August. Rocky Mountains. 


. Juniperus Sabina, L. 


1874. August. Base of Rocky Mountains. 
Juniperus Virginiana, L., var. procumbens. 


ARACHAI. 


. Arisceema triphyllum, Torr. 


1873. July. Pembina. ° 
Calla palustris, L. 
Acorus Calamus, L. 


LEMNACEA., 


. Lemna trisulea, Li. 
1873. Pembina, with Ranunculus cymbularia. 


Lemna minor, L. 


TYPHACEA. 
Typha latifolia, L. 


. Sparganium simplex, Huds. 


1873. July. Pembina. 
Sparganium eurycarpum, Eng. 
Sparganium natans, L. 


543. 
544. 


*545. 
546. 


*5 47, 


548. 
#549, 


*550. 
551, 


563. 


564. 


CHICKERING ON PLANTS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA, 


NAIDACEA. 


Potamogeton pectinatus, L. 
1873. August. Near Turtle Mountain. 
Potamogeton marinus, L. * 
1873. August. Near Turtle Mountain. 
Potamogeton natans, L. 
Potamogeton perfoliatus, L., var. lanceolatus. 
1874. August. Near Turtle Mountain. 
Potamogeton pusillus, L. 


; ALISMACE A. 
Alisma Plantago, L. 
1874. July. Frenchman’s Creek. 
Triglochin maritimum, L. 
Triglochin palustre, L., var. elatum. 
Sagittaria variabilis, Eng. 
1873. August. Mouse River. 
1874. July. Frenchman’s Creek. 


ORCHIDACEH A. 


. Habenaria hyperborea, R. Br. 


1874. August. Rocky Mountains. 


. Habenaria bracteata, R. Br. 

. Habenaria psycodes, Gray. 

. Spiranthes cernua, Rich. 

. Calopogon pulchellus, R. Br. 

. Cypripedium pubescens, Willd. 


AMARYLLIDACEA, 


. Hypoxis erecta, L. 


IRIDACEA. 


. Iris versicolor, L. 
. Sisyrinchium Bermudiana, L., var. anceps. 


1873. July. Pembina. 


. Sisyrinchium nucronatum, Mx. 


SMILACH AL. 


. Smilax herbacea, L. 


1873. July. Pembina. 
LILIACEZ. 


Zygadenus glaucus, Nutt. 
1873. July. Pembina. 
Zygadenus Nuttallii, Gray. 
1874. June. Prairie along Missouri River. 


825 


826 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


*565. Veratrum album, var. Hschscholtzii, Gray. 
*566. Xerophyllum tenax, Pursh. 
*567. Tofieldia glutinosa, Willd. 
568. Prosartes trachycarpa, Watson. 
1874. August. Rocky Mountains. 
569. Clintonia uniflora, Menz. 
; 1874. August. Rocky Mountains. 
*570. Smilacina bifolia, Ker. 
d71. Smilacina trifolia, Desf. 
1873. July. Pembina, in woods. 
072. Smilacina racemosa, Desf. 
1874. August. Rocky Mountains. 
573. Smilacina stellata, Desf. 
1873. July. Pembina. 
1874. June. Fort Buford. 
574. Polygonatum gigantewm, Dietrich. 
1873. July. Pembina, shady bank of the river. 
575. Lilium Philadelphicum, L. 
1873. June, July. Pembina. Very abundant on the prairie. 
076. Calochortus Nuttallii, T. & G. 
1874. June. Fort Buford. 
577. Allium cernuum, Roth. 
1874. August. Base of Rocky Mountains. 
578. Allium Scheenoprasum, L. 
1874. August. Rocky Mountains. 
579. Allium stellatum, Nutt. 
1873. August. Mouse River Plain. Very abundant, 
*580. Allium reticulatum, Frazer. 
581. Yucca angustifolia, Nutt. 
1874. July. Missouri River. 


JUNCACE AL. 


#582. Juncus acuminatus, Mx. 
#583. Juncus alpinus, var. insignis, Fries. 

084. Juncus Balticus, Deth. 

1873. July. Pembina. 

*584", Juncus Balticus, Deth., var. mentanus. 
*585. Juncus Mertensianus, Doug. 
*586. Juncus nodosus, L. 
*587. Juncus xiphioides, Ki. Mayer. 

*588. Luzula parviflora, Desv., var. melanocarpa. 


COMMELYNACE ZS. 


589. Tradescantia Virginica, L. 
1874.. June. Prairies near Fort Buford. 


CHCIKERING ON PLANTS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 


CYPERACH A. 


. Hleocharis acicularis, R. Br. 
. Hleocharis palustris, R. Br. 


1873. August. Mouse River Plain. 
1874. July. Missouri River. 


. Scirpus Hriophorum, Mx. 
. Scirpus fluviatilis, Gray. 


1873. July. Pembina. 


. Scirpus maritimus, L. 


1873. August. Vicinity of Turtle Mountain. 
1874. July. Missouri River. 


. Scirpus pungens, Vahl. 


1874. July. Missouri River. 


. Scirpus validus, Vahl. 


1873. July. Pembina. 
1874. July. Missouri River. 


. Hriophorum latifolium. 
. Hriophorum polystachyon, L. 
. Carex adusta, Boot. 


1873. July. Pembina. 


. Carex alopecoidea, Tucker. 
. Carex aperta, Boot. 
. Carex aristata, R. Br. 


1873. July. Pembina. 


. Carex atrata, L. 

. Carex aurea, Nutt. 

. Carex Douglasiit, Hook. 
. Carex festiva, Dew. 

- Carex lanuginosa, Mx. 


1874. July. Missouri River. 


. Carex longirostris, Torr. 

. Carex lupulina, Muhl, 

. Carex marcida, Boott. 

. Carex polytrichoides, Muhl. 
. Carex Pseudo-Cyperus, L. 

. Carex retrorsa, Schw. 


1873. August. Mouse River. 


. Carex rosea, Schk. 

. Carex Richardsonit,. R. Br. 
. Carex rigida, Good. 

. Carex riparia, Curtis. 

. Carex scirpoidea, Mx. 

. Carex siccata, Dew. 

. Carex straminea, Schk. 


21. Carex straminea, Schk., var. 


1873. July. Pembina. 
Bull. iv. No. 4——6 


827 


828 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


*622. Carex supina, Wahl. 
*623. Carex stricta, Lam. 
*624. Carex stenophylla, Wahl. 
*625. Carex utriculata, Boott. 


GRAMINEA. 


*626. Zizania aquatica, L. 
*627. Alopecurus alpinus, Smith. 
*628. Phleum alpinum, L. 
*629. Agrostis scabra, Willd. 
630. Calamagrostis Canadensis, Beauv. 
1873. July, August. Pembina. Near Turtle Mountain. 
631. Calamagrostis stricta, Trin. Var. 
1873. August. Turtle Mountain. 
1874. July. Frenchman’s Creek. 
*632. Eriocoma cuspidata, Nutt. 
633. Stipa comata, Trin. 
1873. August. Turtle Mountain. 
634. Stipa spartea, Trin. 
1874. July. Frenchman’s Creek. 
635. Stipa viridula, Trin. 
1873. August. Second prairie. 
1874. July. Frenchman’s Creek. 
636. Spartina cynosuroides, Wiild. 
1873. August. Mouse River. 
637. Spartina gracilis, Roth. 
1873. July. Turtle Mountain. 
1874. July. Frenchman’s Creek. 
638. Bouteloua oligostachya, Torr. 
1873. August. Turtle Mountain westward, forming compact 
sed, on dry prairie. ; 
639. Keleria cristata, Pers. 
1873. August. Second prairie. 
1874. July. KFrenchman’s Creek. 
640. Glyceria airoides, Thurber. 
1874. July. Missouri River. 
*641. Glyceria nervata, Trin. 
*642. Catabrosa aquatica, Beauv. 
*643. Poa alpina, L. 
644. Poa alsodes, Gray. 
1873. July. Pembina. 
*645. Poa cesia, Smith, var. strictior. 
646. Poa compressa, L. 
1873. July. Pembina. 
*647. Poa flecuosa, Muhl. 
*648, Poa pratensis, L. 


674. 


CHICKERING ON PLANTS OF DAKOTA AND MONTANA. 


. Poa serotina, Kbrh. 


1873. July, August. Pembina. Turtle Mountain. 


. Festuca borealis, Mert. 
. Festuca ovina, L. 
. Bromus ciliatus, L. 


1873. August. Mouse River. 
1874. August. West of Frenchman’s Creek. 


. Phragmites communis, Trin. 


1873. August. Prairie, on borders of little pools. 


. Lepturus paniculatus, Nutt. 
. Triticum caninum, L. 


15873. August. Near Turtle Mountain, in thickets. 


. Triticum repens, L. 


1874. July. Frenchman’s Creek. 


. Triticum strigosum, Steud. 
. Hordeum jubatum, L. 


1873. July. Pembina, on prairie. 
1874. July. Missouri River. 


. Hordeum pratense, Huds. 


1874. August. West of Frenchman’s Creek. 


. Elymus Canadensis, L. 


1873. August. Turtle Mountain, thickets. 


. Hlymus Canadensis, var. glaucifolius. 
. Hlymus Sibiricus, L. 


1874. August. Rocky Mountains. 


. Hlymus Virginicus, L. 


1873. August. Near Turtle Mountain. 


. Danthonia spicata, Beauv. 
. Avena striata, Mx. 
. Aira cespitosa, L. 


1874. August. Base of Rocky Mountains. 


. Phalaris arundinacea, L. 


829 


1873. July, August. Pembina. Turtle Mountain, thickets. 


1874, July. Frenchman’s Creek. 


. HMierochloa borealis, R. & G. 
. Beckmannia eruceformis, Host. 


1874. July, August. Missouri River. Frenchman’s Creek. 


. Panicum pauciflorum, Ell. 
. Panicum virgatum, L. 


1873. August. Mouse River. 


72. Andropogon furcatus, Muhl. 
. Andropogon scoparius, Mx. 


1873. September. . Mouse River, dry prairie. 


EQUISETACE AL. 


Hquisetum arvense, Li. 
1873. July. Pembina. 


830 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


*675. Equisetum hyemale, L. 
*676. Hquisetum levigatum, Braun. 
*677. Hquisetum limosum, L. 
678. Hquisetum robustum, Braun. 
1874. June. Missouri River. 


FILICES. 


*679. Polypodium vulgare, L. 

*080. Phegopteris Dryapteris, Fee. 
*681. Aspidium Lonchitis, Swz. 
*682. Aspidium spinulosum, Willd. 
*683. Onoclea sensibilis, Li. 

*684, Cystopteris bulbifera, Bernh. 
*685. Cystopteris fragilis, Bernh. 
*6386. Woodsia Ilvensis, R. Br. 
*637. Botrychium lunarioides, Swz. 
*688. Botrychium Virginicum, Swz. 


LYCOPODIACEA. 


*689. Lycopodium complanatum, L. 
*690. Lycopodium lucidulum, Mx. 
691. Selaginella rupestris, Spreng. 
1874. August. Base of Rocky Mountains, and almost any- 
where eastward, in some places covering the face of the 
country and forming much of the sod on sterile hills. 


LICHENES. 
692, Hvernia alpina. 
1874. August. Rocky Mountains. 


ART, XXXV.—ON SOME STRIKING PRODUCTS OF EROSION IN 
COLORADO. 


By F. M. Enputicu, 8. N. D. 


During the progress of the geological and geographical survey of 
Colorado, under the direction of Dr. F. V. Hayden, every portion of that 
interesting State was explored. Numerous data were obtained, impor- 
tant not only to the geologist, but furnishing ample material to the artist, 
enjoyment to the traveller. Few States, perhaps, are so well favored by 
nature as Colorado. Some of the grandest mountain scenery within the 
United States is there to be found; mineral wealth is treasured up within 
the earth’s interior. Farms and meadow land, rich in their yield, are 
- scattered throughout the State ; and, again, the travellermay visit within 
this State regions that will forcibly remind him of the Sahara. Now 
that its exploration is finished and its features throughoutare thoroughly 
known, we are enabled to present more connected discussions upon the 
characteristic forms there observed. No group of forms, probably, is so 
unique as that showing numberless changes produced by the sculpturing 
hand of nature. LErosion, its artistic agent, has furnished us, in Colo- 
rado, with results at once striking and singularly beautiful in detail. 
To these the following pages shall be devoted. Fully aware that no 
pen-picture can convey an adequate idea of the subject, I may still hope 
that an accurate description may be of some service to those seeking 
information thereupon. 

For many years the classical region of Monument Park has been 
known. The singular shapes of its rocks and brilliancy of their colors 
have given a justly earned celebrity to the place. Since that time many 
other localities have been discovered, some of them even surpassing the 
former in grandeur and beauty. lying farther toward the interior of 
the State, the regular tourist has not yet reached these spots, and the 
revelation of their wonders has thus far been made to a favored few only. 
In the course of years, no doubt, as communications shall be more 
completely established, these places, too, will be visited, and will elicit 
admiration equal to that now bestowed upon Monument Park. Until 
that time arrives, however, descriptions must be accepted which cannot 
possibly do justice to the subject. 


- EROSION. 


Two classes of erosive agents may be distinguished, chemical and 
physical. Of these, the former has but one function, the latter two. 
831 


832 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Chemical agents produce such changes in the rock as may, and most 
frequentiy do, result in its partial or complete decomposition. This 
decomposition is the destruction of original and the consequent forma- 
tion of new compounds. Very often it is accompanied by an increase 
of volume, whereby the original molecular cohesion is disturbed. On 
the other hand, it may result in the removal of certain constituents, 
thus producing an effect directly inverse to the former. By either of 
these processes, the mass is disturbed in such a manner as to render 
it less impregnable to the attacks of physical erosives. Although we 
cannot have, therefore, a truly chemical erosion in all instances, we are 
justified in using the term, because the chemical action is the immediate 
means by virtue of which the mechanical work may be accomplished. 

Most prominent among the chemical agents facilitating mechanical 
erosion are water, either pure or charged with various gases, and grow- 
ing vegetation. Minerals like feldspar, anhydrite, and others absorb 
water, and are changed into caolinite and gypsum respectively. Both 
of these secondary products are less able to withstand erosion than 
the original compounds. This represents the case where changes of 
chemical composition prepare the material in such a manner as to 
offer the least resistance to physical erosives. Water charged with 
gases, more particularly carbonic acid gas, will dissolve certain eom- 
pounds readily and carry away portions thereof in solution. Hot and 
cold water, pure, will act in the same manner, but to a less degree. 
Growing vegetation will chemically absorb certain ingredients of rocks 
upon which its roots may be resting, thus either directly removing 
small quantities of the material or changing its chemical composi- 
tion. This erosive action by vegetation becomes insignificant, how- 
ever, when compared with the far superior physical force growing 
plants exhibit. Gases contained in the atmosphere have some effect 
upon rocks of varying constitution, but frequently one that tends 
rather to preserve than to destroy the material acted upon. Oxyda- 
tion is the most widely distributed result of such influence. 

Most prominent among the agents of physical or mechanical erosion - 
is the action of water, wind, and growing vegetation. Again, we find 
that by vegetation the subsequent absolute removal of material is pre- 
pared. The growth of roots in minute crevices of rocks may frequently 
result in a disruption of the cohesion, thus either directly removing 
a fragment or placing it into such a position as to make its removal 
imminent. To every one is known the enormous expansive power of 
growing roots, and it will readily be seen how very severely a large 
mass of them may affect a rock that has, for instance, the physical 
constitution of a sandstone. 

Hlowing water, with or without sand and detritus in suspension, is 
one of the most directly acting agents, and is productive of results upon 
a grand seale. Analogous thereto, though more restricted in occurrence, 
is the action of moving ice. Precipitated water presents results similar 


ENDLICH ON EROSION IN COLORADO. 833 


to the foregoing, but on a small scale. Water entering fissures and seams, 
or saturating porous rocks, severely affects them by expansion incident 
upon freezing. Within. certain classes of rocks, this process, prepara- 
tory to the final removal of material, is one of great importance. Not 
only are those that may be regarded as mechanical deposits thereby 
affected, but also the crystalline aggregates. Water entering minute 
openings between the cleavage-planes of crystals will gradually pro- 
duce a Separation so great as to render the original position of the 
crystal no longer tenable. This mode of separation is analogous, in its 
Tesults, to the effects produced by growing roots. For flowing and 
precipitated water is reserved the ultimate transportation of such 
loosened material from its original place of occurrence. 

Wind, finally, is the last of the important agents of erosion. By its 
force, small, loosened particles are removed and are carried away. Sand 
carried before the wind is capable of producing very marked results. 
By the frequent repetition and violence of the concussions caused by 
grains of sand striking against some fixed obstacle, a type of erosion is 
produced that may be regarded as unique in its detail characteristics. 
While the cutting action of the sand detaches fragments of the rock, 
the wind rapidly carries them off, thus ever offering fresh surfaces to the 
attacks of the rapidly abrading material. The comparatively small 
amount of work that is apparently accomplished by this powerful factor 
of erosive agents may be due to the fact that peculiar positions of the 
eroded material are required. Unless these conditions be complied with, 
the sand will speed harmlessly upon its way, or produce such results as 
furnish no adequate examples of its power. 

Reviewing, briefly, the characteristics resulting from the various 
methods of erosion, we observe that certain analogous physical causes 
produce essentially the same forms. Water acts as a solvent agent upon 
many of the minerals constituting rocks. Although the quantity of min- 
eral matter taken into solution by pure water is, as a rule, indefinitely 
small, the presence of carbonic acid gas makes a great difference in its 
solvent power. Frequently exposures of limestones may be seen, exhibit- 
ing a minutely corrugated surface. Gypsum is affected in the same way 
by chemical aqueous erosion. Admixtures of silex and clay in either 
limestones or gypsum produce definite results, which lead to a recogni- 
tion of their presence. Although the chemical erosion caused by grow- 
ing vegetation in the aggregate will show extensive results, its direct 
evidence is not very manifest. Owing to the distribution of minute 
root-fibers, their chemical action is spread so uniformly that it can be 
recognized as such only in rare instances. 

Perhaps the most universally observed preducts of erosion are those 
shaped by flowing water. Channels are worn into yielding rocks, rough 
places are smoothed, soft inclosures in hard rocks are removed, and, 
throughout, the outlines are modified. These results are, in a great 
_ measure, dependent upon the quantity and quality of the material which 


834 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


the water may carry in suspension. Moving ice and its accompanying 
mass of detritus manifests the same ultimate achievements. Hard, 
resisting rocks are smoothed and planed, softer ones are deeply cut into, 
thus changing the minor orographic features of a region. Dependent, 
in part, upon the physical constitution of the rocks affected, is the action 
produced by the freezing of water saturating them. In case the con- 
ditions be favorable, we may find a more or less completely developed 
system of foliation. Minute fragments are separated from the main 
rock, and frequently, by a process of regelation within fissures thus 
formed, large slabs are removed. Certain rocks, less homogeneous than 
others, absorb a great deal of water, which forces off innumerable par- 
ticles upon freezing. In this connection may be mentioned the phenom- 
enon of ‘‘exfoliation”. According to the interpretation usually given to 
this term, it signifies a scaling-off of some rocks, dependent upon reach- 
ing certain temperatures through the action of the sun’s rays. Physi- 
cally this is certainly possible, but I am of the opinion that in reality it 
does not often occur. Although during the warmer season of the year, 
rocks exposed to the sun’s rays frequently acquire a comparatively high 
temperature, it seems improbable that this could produce the result of 
extensive fissures. If we take into consideration the coefficient of expan- 
sion of the various minerals composing such rocks, and furthermore 
consider their points of fusion, the suggestion seems still less tenable. 

Wind erosion, in some highly favored localities, is productive of very 
striking results. Usually, however, its action is confined to tbe shap- 
ing of minor details. Wherever the wind can have full sweep and the 
sand may find objects upon which to expend its work, there we will 
soon recognize the peculiar workmanship of this agent. Attacking 
most rapidly those portions which offer least resistance, the sand will 
earve out forms which will indicate the physical structure of the eroded 
material. Exposed surfaces will be modified in such a way as to denote 
the prevalent direction of the wind, and so as to furnish an idea of the 
relative amount of sand utilized in the ‘ blast”. 

It would carry us altogether too far were any attempt here made of 
giving even only the general results of the various kinds of erosion upon 
different rocks. In the subjoined pages we will have to deal with mainly 
one class, that produced by mechanical deposition. We shall see that 
even slight variations in the constitution of this material may be pro- 
ductive of far-varying results. We have for our consideration a series 
of forms, referable to several groups, each one of which may be consid- 
ered as an expression of definite, pre-existing conditions. It shall there- 
fore be the object of this paper to present them in such a manner as to 
comprehend their present and eventual form, the materials composing 
them, and the mode of their formation. 

In order to discuss the material at hand in a somewhat systematic 
manuer, it may appropriately be classified. Among the most prominent 
forms in Colorado are those that for many years have been known by 


ENDLICH ON EROSION IN COLORADO. 835 


the appellation of ‘‘ Monuments”. Related to them are statuesque and 
mural products of erosion. Caves and arches, so far as belonging in 
this category, follow, and isolated forms, varying in their character, 
occurrence, and method of genesis, complete the list. 
Applying such subdivisions as are warranted by the occurrences 
observed, we arrive at— 
MONUMENTS. 
Normai. 
Accidental. 
STATUESQUE FORMS. 
MuRAL FORMS. 
Normal. 
Intruded. 
ARCHITECTURAL FORMS. 
CAVES. 
ARCHES. . 
ISOLATED FORMS. 


NORMAL MONUMENTS. 
MONUMENT PARK. 


During the great “ Pike’s Peak” excitement in 1857, this famous spot 
was discovered. To the adventurous pioneers, forsaking all comfort and 
risking their lives in the search after the promised gold, this region 
appeared as one of surpassing beauty. After the wearisome and dan- 
gerous march across the plains, those early travellers at last found them- 
selves at the immediate base of a high range of mountains. Foot-hills 
forming the transition from rocky, barren slopes to the plains, contained 
many little valleys, rich in verdure and pleasant scenery. It is scarcely 
to be wondered at, then, that the men who for months had rarely seen 
anything but sage-brush and cactus should express their extravagant 
admiration in such terms as the ‘‘Garden of the Gods”. Not only was 
a place of rest here offered them, but they met with forms to them utterly 
unknown. Beyond the outside sharp ridges, the classical “hog-backs”, 
lay narrow, fertile valleys. Rising behind were densely timbered, partly 
precipitous hills, and in the distance the snow-capped or bleak summit 
of Pike’s Peak towered far above them. 

In these little valleys were first found the typical ‘‘ monuments”. 
Fashioned after one general pattern, though ever varying in their detail- 
features, they produce an indelible impression upon any one who has 
ever seenthem. Brilliantin coloring, contrasting sharply with the vege- 
tation, and admirably set off by the background of hills and mountains, 
they present a view that pen or pencil is not able to describe. It re- 
quired but a very short time for rumors of these almost fabulous forms 
to spread far and wide, and many tourists travelled to these famous 
regions. Within a brief period, the distinguishing feature of Colorado 


836 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


was, to strangers, its marvellous “monuments”, and hearsay studded 
the entire territory with such products of erosion. For a long time, 
indeed, their horizontal distribution was essentially a mythical one, and 
it is to Colorado’s geological explorers mainly that we owe the first defi- 
nite knowledge with regard thereto. To-day, all the localities are known, 
many of the most prominent monuments have received names dictated 
by the impulse of imagination, and of more than one thus favored spot 
have minute detail-maps been prepared. In presenting the facts con- 
nected with the case, we regret that all myth and much of the poesy must 
rudely be dispelled, as the geologist, in his discussions, deals directly 
with the questions involving “ cause and effect”. 

Monument Park is located a few miles scuth of north latitude 399, on 
the eastern border of the Front Range. In 1869, Dr. Hayden visited 
the region, and referred the sandstones composing the monuments to the 
Tertiary period.* He mentions their characteristics and the surprising 
evidences of erosion shown by them. All aiong Monument Creek, on 
its western bank, these singular forms can be observed, At times they 
appear ornamenting a steep rock wall, and again they stand isolated 
_ among treees or in the grass. Following down Monument Creek, we 
reach the Park. Passing through the Park, in a southerly direction, we 
are led into the Garden of the Gods. As these two localities are but 
avery short distance apart and show the same typical developments 
produced by erosion, they shall here be discussed together. Usually the 
monuments are found clustered in small groups, each of which presents 
4 perfect picture in itself. Varying in size, in shades of color, and in 
their surroundings, every group, though essentially a repetition of every 
other one, offers new features to the observer. ‘The weird form, unusual 
to the eye, and the strange contrasting of colors, possess attractions that 
cannot be resisted. Dr. Hayden very truly says:—‘‘ The whole region 
would be a paradise for an artist.” 

The forin of these monuments is a characteristic one, and is found to 
present but one main type throughout that entire section of country. 
A more or less cylindrical or conical column rises vertically from its 
Surroundings, and sustains upon its top a tablet of greater diameter 
than the upper portions of the supporting rock. Perhaps the most 
appropriate comparison as to shape would be with a bottle. Usually 
narrow at the immediate base, the shaft widens out a little higher up 
until, analogous to the neck of the bottle, it grows narrow again. 
Upon this neck rests the large mass of rock, apparently most delicately 
poised. Theshape of the “head” varies considerably. In one instance 
it may be a perfectly flat tablet, resting squarely on the column, as if 
placed there artificially, and again the neck may gradually widen, so as 
to mediate a transition between the two portions. This latter is the 
more frequent occurrence. A more or less corrugated surface combines 
with the colors exhibited to produce the effect of prominent relief. Al- 


*Rep. U.S. Geol Sury., reprint, 1367 to 1869, p. 140. 


ENDLICH ON EROSION IN COLORADO. 837 


though retaining the general outline of form, the monuments vary in 
height. They are found from 4 feet to 30 feet high, grouped together 
often as an affectionate family might be supposed to place itself. With- 
in certain areas an arrangement of the monuments in rows is sometimes 
noticeable. This is due to the influences of primary erosion. 
Structurally the monuments present very definite features. They are 

composed of sandstone, varyiug in texture. Portions of it are exceed- 
ingly fine-grained, while others show the character of conglomerates. 
A priori it must be accepted that the protecting cap is formed of harder 
material than the column. Dr. Peale furnishes* a description from 
Monument Park. According to his and Mr. Taggart’s examinations, 
“the lower third of the exposed rock is fine-grained, containing argil- 
laceous layers”. Above that the sandstones become coarser, “almost 
conglomeratic”. The capping of these monuments is formed by a hard 
conglomerate, firmly cemented by clay-iron-stone. While the shaft 
exhibits mainly lighter shades, the “cap” is of a dark-red or rusty-brown 
color. White, grayish, yellow, and pink tints are exhibited by the 
column, often blending into each other very well. Surmounting this is 
the prominent, dark cap-stone. So thoroughly has this resisted erosion - 
that not unfrequently the caps of several columns are formed by the 
same piece of conglomerate. All the bright colors exhibited, among 
which green may sometimes be found, are due to the presence of ferric 
oxygen-compounds. The entire monument represents an unbroken 
series of mechanically deposited sediment. From the base to the cap- 
stone, the rock belongs to one definite period, and must be regarded as 
aunit. It is with especial reference to this point that I have distin- 
guished between normal and accidental monuments. Each rock that - 
to-day stands isolated speaks to us of the history of its locality. It is 
the mute yet convincing witness to conditions existing long before the 
history of man. It tells us of the great changes that time and nature’s 
agents have wroughtin a region that now bears no resemblance to what 
it formerly was. Where broad valleys with streams and fertile meadows 
may at present be found, sandstones and conglomerates originally cov- 
ered the entire region. Where deep ravines and narrow cations contain 
swiltly flowing streams, there nothing existed formerly but an even, gen- 
tle slope eastward. Viewing thus the testimony furnished by the exist- 
ence of these monuments, we cannot but marvel at the enormous amount 
of work done by the never-ceasing action of nature’s agents. Masses 
have been removed and transported for many miles, that would form 
mountains could\they be collected together. Decomposition, erosion, 
and removal of the material have so thoroughly altered the character of 
that section of country, that, were it not for the monuments, we should 
be at a loss how to reconstruct it. As it is, we have at hand applicable 
data to guide our inference, and founding our arguments upon observa- 
tion, they stand or fall with the accuracy of the latter. Transportation 


* Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv., 1873, p. 200. 


838 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


of material has taken place at other localities on even a grander scale 
than here, but we have, in the presence of the monuments, a suggestion 
that forcibly appeals to the human understanding. Not often do we 
find a spot where the great activity and the results of erosion are so 
directly and intelligibly placed before us as here. 

Regarding the formation of these monuments, we are enabled to 
gather sufficient data thereupon by observations made on the spot. By 
primary erosion, due mainly to flowing water, the horizontal distribution 
of the monument-groups was determined. Channels were cut into the 
readily yielding material, and thus more or less isolated ridges or groups 
of the sandstones remained. In part by flowing water, in part by 
meteoric agents, the soft rock was gradually eroded. Such portious as 
were most loosely cemented were first attacked, resulting in the forma- 
tion of excavations of greater or smaller extent. The hard resisting 
stratum above alluded to as being a red conglomerate acted as a bar- 
rier to the encroachments of erosion. Protecting, in a great measure, 
the underlying soft material, it gave way only when its supports event- 
ually broke down. The constitution of these underlying sandstones is 
such that they will readily absorb a large quantity of water. By the 
expansion accompanying the freezing of this water, considerable quanti- 
ties will be “‘scaled off”. Ifthis process continues for a sufficiently great 
length of time, the weight of the conglomerate will crush its supporting 
portions, and isolated remnants will mark the direction of a previous 
continuity. Rain, snow, and other atmospheric precipitations will add 
their share in detaching and removing particles and fragments of the 
rocks. From such influence the cap-stone will partly protect the col- 
umn or series of columns supporting it. Erosion by sand can become 
very aggressive in such instances, provided the wind has ample sway. 
The sharp particles rapidly eat away the more yielding portions, reduc- 
ing gradually the diameter of the shaft in certain directions. Its 
repeated action produces a corrugated surface, indicating the locations 
of the most readily yielding masses. Itis due to this influence, proba- 
bly, that the “‘ neck” of the monument is generally very much narrower 
than the base. Thesand striking against the cap rebounds, and a larger 
quantity than perhaps otherwise would be the case finds an opportunity 
to expend its force upon that portion. Totally dependent upon the 
physical constitution of the eroded rocks are the detail-features they 
exhibit. In case they are composed of very homogeneous material, the 
result will be a highly symmetrical product. Inclusions of either 
harder or softer masses, or a varying density of the rock, will necessarily 
be made manifest upon erosion. Thus we are enabled to judge, even 
from the exterior form, as to the general composition of the monument. 

In the course of time, the sustaining column is worn so thin that it 
can no longer carry the weight of the cap. This falls off, and before 
long the once stately monument is reduced to a mound of gravel and 
sand. For a time, the cap may remain comparatively intact, after 


ENDLICH ON EROSION IN COLORADO. 839 


it no longer occupies its prominent position. Numerous fragments or 
bowlders of tbe characteristic red conglomerate give testimony of the 
former existence of monuments. 

Reference to the Report of the United States Geological and Geo- 
graphical Survey for 1873, Figures 4 and 5, and Plate III, opposite pages 
32 and 36, will furnish some idea as to the forms of such products. The 
monuments therein represented oceur in Monument Park, and the col- 
lection may be regarded as presenting typical forms of these curious 
products. Any description of them must necessarily fall short, and 
may easily fail entirely to convey an adequate impression. To one who 
has never seen either these or similar occurrences, it must be a difficult 
matter to appreciate the great variety of form and coloring. 


DOUGLASS CREEK. 


Similar in shape, though of different structure as compared with 
those near the Front Range, are some monuments on Douglas’s Creek. 
This stream is one of the largest southerly tributaries of White River, 
entering it about 15 miles east of the western boundary of Colorado, 
near north latitude 40° 05’. For a long distance, Douglas’s Creek, so 
named after the head-chief of the White River Utes, passes through 
sandstones and shales belonging to the Wasatch Group of the Tertiary. 
Steep bluffs enclose the valley of the stream, showing alovg their 
edges unmistakable evidence of aqueous erosion. Although the entire 
region is a very dry one during certain seasons, large quantities of water 
flow there at times. It was on the top of a small bluff that a number 
of ““monuments” were noticed in this region.* A cylindrical or some- 
what angular column of argillaceons, partly arenaceous shales, sustains 
« huge slab of sandstone. Standing, as they do, near the upper, steep 
edge of a bluff, these rocks resemble more nearly mushrooms than any- 
thing else in their general outlines. They are from 8 to 12 feet high. 
Gray, yellow, and brownish shales make up the column, showing very 

clearly the planes of original stratification. Slight changes of color 
or of shades produce a banded appearance. Upon this base rests a 
protecting cap of fine-grained yellow sandstone. 

Considerable interest attaches itself to the formation of this group. 
Originally the joints of the sandstone probably afforded the first cause 
for their present existence. Water entering and gradually widening 
these fissures, during its flow from the top of the bluff towards its steep 
edge, eventually succeeded in isolating certain portions of the rock-mass. 
Having been aided by the existing joint-fissures, this isolation was a 
matter of little difficulty. Atmospheric agents rapidly attacked the 
shales supporting fragments of sandstone, and reduced the diameter of 
the columns. Frost, probably, here proved to be the most destructive 
factor. The large number of small jointing-planes traversing the shales 
greatly facilitated the process of reduction. In addition to aiding the 


* Compare illustrations in Report of the United States Geological and Geographical 
' Survey for 1876. 


a 


840 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


erosion by frost, these fissures allowed considerable quantities of the 
shale to drop off on account of the pressure produced by the cap-stone. 
Dependent upon the direction and extent of the fractures is the trans- 
verse section of the column. If they are continuous, and mainly trend 
in one direction, it will be elliptic. If not continuous, and running in 
several directions, the shaft will more probably have a round eross- 
section. Frost and pressure, then, may be regarded as the chief agents 
in determining, in this instance, the form of the column. Sand will have 
but little direct effect upon shales, as they do not offer resistance suf- 
ficiently great to produce direct fracture. 

In the course of time, the supporting column of shale becomes so thin 
that it can no longer sustain the weight of the cap. It is crushed, and 
soon nothing remains to mark the former monument but a small mound 
of arenaceous clay. The duration of products of erosion like these on 
Douglas’s Creek must necessarily be shorter than that shown by the - 
analogous forms of Monument Park. Not unfrequently very small ones 
may be found, but I have nowhere seen any comparable in size to those 
just described. In a region so monotonous as regards scenery as the 
one south of White River, even a slight variation from the typical bluff 
and rocky wall produces a pleasing impression. Though the rocks there 
afford ample opportunity for the formation of such groups, their perish- 
able nature probably accounts for the rarity of the occurrence. 


ACCIDENTAL MONUMENTS. 


As accidental monuments I designate such having a different genesis 
from those described above. Whereas the former represent a certain 
unbroken portion of one specific geognostic group, these latter are com- 
posed of members of two groups mainly. Thus the conglomerate, cap- 
ping the monuments of the Garden of the Gods, is the next youngest 
product of deposition to the neck of the column. In accidental monu- 
ments, however, no such relation exists. Ihave considered it advisable 
to make this distinction, as the very classification conveys a certain 
amount of information. We have, in Colorado, numerous representa- 
tives of both types, and have had occasion to study both of them 
thoroughly. As will be seen, the monuments of this class may lay claim 
to greater grandeur than the preceding ones. Less accessible, as-to 
location, than the latter, they will probably remain unvisited for many 
years, until the energetic tourist may finally conquer all obstacles and 
disturb their present seclusion. 


SOUTH RIVER. 


South River heads on the continental divide about west longitude 1079 
and north latitude 37° 34’, and flows in a northerly direction. Aftera 
course about 10 miles in length, it enters the Rio Grande del Norte, a 
few miles below Antelope Park. Rising near South River Mountain, 


ENDLICH ON EROSION IN COLORADO. SAL 


13,160 feet high, this stream swiftly flows through its narrow valley. 
Heavily timbered on either side, the immediate surroundings of the 
creek show green meadow-land and groves of quaking-asp. Pine-forests 
rise upon the steep slopes and continue unbroken to the summits of 
dividing ridges. 

Riding up this stream, from the Rio Grande, it was that we discovered 
in 1875 aseries of erosion-products that for unique character and beauty 
is possibly nowhere equalled. Gradually ascending on a dim Indian 
trail, we found the continuity of the timber farther up-stream broken. 
Rocky, precipitous cliffs appeared high above the trees, entirely closing, 
as it seemed, the valley. Progressing farther on our march, tbe indis- 
tinct masses slowly resolved themselves into group upon group that can 
be “seen but not described”. From the steep slope to the eastward of 
South River, massive walls of dark brown rock jutted out, transversely 
. trending across into the valley. As we still further approached them, we 
found that every one of these walls was profusely ornamented by ‘‘monu- 
ments”. Deep ravines existed between them, filled, in the most chaotic 
manner, by trees, monuments, and enormous masses of débris. It re- 
quired but a moment to recognize the beauty of these groups. Fora 
long distance they stretched along the slope, the largest one of them 
being about half a mile in length. In the background, toward the 
divide eastward, were visible steep, inaccessible, mural faces, from which 
the walls above mentioned originated. Varying in height from 100 to 
600 feet, these cliffs produced a very great impression. Few trees only 
were found on the tops of the walls, and the bare rock was most effect- 
ually exposed to the erosive action of nature’sagents. No onecould but 
admire the results produced. Thousandsof monuments, of every size and 
shape, ranging in height from 2 feet to 400 feet, densely studded the sum- 
mits and lower edges of the walls. Groups of a hundred or more occu- 
pied some prominent spot, and large pines appeared as pigmies by the 
side of the towering forms. Caves have been cut deeply into the yield- 
ing rocks, and through arches of ample dimensions glimpses of more 
distant groups may be obtained. Climbing up on one of the projecting 
walls within the largest groups, the sight was surpassingly beautiful. 
Standing thus isolated, far above all immediate surroundings, the 
observer might count hundreds of slender monuments at his feet, look- 
ing down upon the almost bewildering scene. Pine timber, appearing 
like a freshly started growth in size, covered intervening portions 
between clusters of gigantic dimensions. Grouped together so as to be 
united at the base, the graceful spires rose high up from the ground, and © 
separating into columns, each one supplied with its accessories, the total 
effect was one strikingly resembling that of the ornate style of Gothic 
architecture. Looking down toward the base of the wall, a perfect sea 
of conical and cylindrical shafts were seen, most of them protected by 
the characteristic cap-stone. Farther off, in the distance, monuments 

projected above the surrounding timber, until the last ones were lost as 


$42 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


a mere line against the bright horizon. Bowlders, huge and angular, 
broken off from the walls or precipitous cliffs, have rolled down among 
the timber and marked their courses by devastation. Piled up some- 
times at the base of a monument-group, they impart a wild effect to the 
strangepicture. Fissures, cracks, and narrow ravines, channels for rush- 
ing water during the heavy rains of the ‘‘ wet season”, are cut into the 
cliffs. Bordered by the monuments and containing the débris incident 
upon their formation, they look dark and weird. Caves extending into 
the readily yielding rocks appear as inviting abodes for the bears for 
which that region is noted. 

Though much might be written about this curious spot, the pen can 
convey no adequate idea of its impressive beauty. It seems as though 
nature had here furnished, with a lavish hand, designs to be imitated by 
man, designs that for the singularity of their form and depth of expres- 
sion must necessarily inspire the seeker after severe beauty and har- . 
mony. As the growing vegetation has been employed in furnishing us 
with one of the noblest styles of architecture, so could these forms be 
utilized to produce impressions appropriate to the purposes for which 
they might be adopted. 

It will, perhaps, best serve the purposes of this paper to describe a en 
of the groups observed, and to permit each reader therefrom to construct 
for himself a picture of what was seen. An illustration given in the 
Annual Report for 1875, Plate XIX, page 156, may serve more readily 
to interpret what will be said regarding the forms it exhibits. 

Near the top of one of the walls mentioned above, I found a small 
group, thoroughly characteristic. The highest one of the monuments 
measures about 35 feet. Essentially all of them are “ bottle-shaped”. A 
heavy mass near the base, more or less angular, diminishes in diameter 
either gradually or rapidly, thus forming the slender “neck”. This 
supports a protecting cap of proportionate size. Small, lateral monu- 
ments are constantly being formed or being destroyed. A singular 
instance was observed in the group under discussion: one monument 
placed on top of the other. The poise is so true that both may go on 
diminishing in size for many years to come and may yet retain their 
relative positions. Deeply furrowed sides very aptly illustrate the word 
‘‘weather-beaten”. Similar in structure and general appearance are the 
large monuments located between some of the projecting walls. From 
a base of 60 to 100 feet in diameter, more frequently oval than round, 
they rise to a height of 400 feet.* Often small columns, with or without 
cap-stones, ornament their sides for a long distance upward. One strik- 
ing dissimilarity between the forms of this region and those of Monu- 
ment Park exists in their varying height. While at the latter place 
definitely located strata determine the relative height of the columns, 
we have here an absolutely irregular distribution of the capping-stones, 
resulting in the great variations of relative size. In this feature, per- 


* Measurements of heights were made by means of aneroid and hand-level. 


ENDLICH ON EROSION IN COLORADO. 843 


haps, lies the charm of attraction that the groups of South River possess, 
besides that imparted to them by their wild surroundings. 

Mr. Rhoda has described the monuments from this region in the Annual 
Report of 1875. He aptly expresses the feeling impressed upon the ob- 
server of those enormous masses in the following words :—“ These are 
sentinels in more senses than one—sentinels guarding from profane eyes 
the holy secrets of nature—for the stones which they bear upon their 
shoulders, far over the traveler’s head, carry a menace not to remain 
unheeded.” The seclusion of the spot and its location away from the 
general route of travel or mining exploration have permitted this wonder- 
fal occurrence on South River to remain hidden thus far from the sight of 
the white man. Indians, in former days, attracted probably more by the 
presence of game and grass than by the beauty here exhibited, made 
frequent visits to the valley, as their trails and old remains of camps 
testify. To them the animate portion of this world appeals more directly 
than the mute witnesses of. nature’s skillful power. 

Structurally the monuments of South River differ widely from those 
heretofore described. In giving the definition of such as may be classi- 
fied ‘“‘ accidental”, mention has indirectly been made thereof. The 
material out of which the forms of this locality were carved is a heavy 
deposit of trachytic conglomerate. Its thickness may be regarded, at this 
locality, as exceeding 600 feet. Almost every variety of conglomerate 
is here represented. Taking it as a whole, it is composed of bowlders 
of varying size, cemented by a mixture of sand and clay. Wherever, 
during the process of deposition, these latter constituents have become 
predominating, the rock assumes the character of a typical sandstone. 
At such. places, too, stratification may sometimes be observed. The 
main mass of the conglomerate, however, shows no Stratification, and 
regular deposition of the bowlders is a very subordinate feature. Tra- 
chytic material makes up the entire mass, clay, sand, and bowlders. It 
is evident that ultimately the height or size of the monument must be 
determined by the dimensions and weight of the cap-stone. We find! 
single blocks sometimes weighing several tons. A secondary product, 
acting as cement, may be noticed in the form of quartz, intimately 
associated with argillitie matter. Were this to occur throughout large 
masses of the conglomerate, then it would far more persistently repel 
the action of erosive agents; but its appearance is very limited. In 
color, the monuments and walls are brown, showing numerous shadings 
into red, yellow, gray, and white. In part, such changes are due to the 
physical constitution of the conglomerate. Wherever it more nearly 
resembles sandstone, the shades become lighter. An admixture of mag- 
netite, which is contained in the trachytes, upon decomposition produces 
bright red or brownish-red eolors. Owing to the character of the mass 
containing it, however, this mineral cannot be decomposed, excepting at 
such places eere the rock is comparatively protected from erosion. At 
other points, the removal of material progresses so rapidly that not 

Bull. iv. No. 4——7 


844 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


sufficient time is afforded for the completion of the chemical change. 
Such material as was most readily transportabie during the period of 
formation of the conglomerate is, by reason of its lighter specific gravity, 
comparatively free from the coloring ingredient. In one feature, per- 
haps, may this conglomerate be regarded as exceptional if compared 
with others. This consists in the irregular accumulations of physically 
differing masses. Irregularly shaped masses of fine-grained, loosely 
cemented material may be regarded as inclusions within the normal con- 
glomerate. Their existence is taken advantage of by erosive ay and 
they rapidly yield to the oft-repeated attacks. 

Within the various groups exhibited on South River, ee process of 
their formation could be most admirably studied. Erosion by flowing 
water, assisted probably by the movements of temporary glaciers, have 
first shaped the general outlines of the valley. Thus was the conglom- 
eritic deposit cut apart after a portion of the hard trachyte protecting 
it had. been removed. Subsequent flows, more particuarly from the 
high ground east of the valley, cut parallel gorges and ravines into the 
readily yielding conglomerate. These had a trend at approximately 
right angles to the course of South River. The ridges, formerly 
dividing them, now remain, in consequence of still further denudation, 
as the transverse walls above mentioned. Their relative position to the 
main cliffs eastward supports this view. While most likely fluviatile 
erosion determined the first great separations of the mass into groups, 
other agents were employed to carve out the individual forms. From 
observations made on the ground, it would appear that the walls were 
slowly growing thinner, owing to the gradual separation of columns 
from their sides. Among the most potent agents preparing absolute 
removal of material, we must count the influence of frost. During prob- 
ably eight months of the year the temperature falls below the freezing- 
point at night, while during more than one-third of the time the heat of 
the day will produce a complete remelting of the frozen water. Wher- 
ever, then, we have loosely cemented material, readily saturated by 
water, we will find that the repeated expansion upon freezing eventually 
places the component particles of rock in such positions as to be easily 
removed. It was observed that innumerable bowlders of varying sizes 
projected from the steep walls. Precipitated moisture, finding its way 
down along the steep surface, will encounter one of these obstacles, and, 
concentrating its volume along one line, will follow down along either 
one side or the other of the erratic block. Thus gradually a groove will 
be eroded downward from either side of the bowlder. If we continue 
this process for a long period of time, it must finally result in an isola- 
tion of a columnar mass, with the bowlder as a protecting cap. Exami- 
nations showed that this method of formation would satisfactorily 
explain not only the form, but more particularly the distribution, of the 
monuments. They occur most densely clustered along the base of the 
walls and along their edges. Again they closely stud the sides of newly 


ENDLICH ON EROSION IN COLORADO. 845 


worn ravines and gullies. This species of formation is greatly facilitated 
by the action of pluvial erosion. Rain beating against walls, which 
have at certain places been prepared for its transporting force, can 
readily carry away such portions that the isolation of columns will be 
accomplished. After the column is once formed, erosion by sand driven 
before the wind will have a very appreciable effect upon the detail 
ornamentation and sculpturing of its exterior. From the illustration 
above referred to may be recognized more clearly what has here been said. 
Scarcely any one monument can be found which does not show either 
completed accessories, or such in the course of formation. In intimate 
relation to the distribution of bowlders within the faces of the walls, is 
the grouping of future monuments. How slowly or how rapidly they 
may be formed, however, cannot even be surmised. 

In the course of time, the supporting column can no longer sustain the 
weight of the capping stone and this drops off. This result is hastened 
by the decrease of the diameter of that portion which has been desig- 
nated as the “neck”. Upon the removal of the cap, therefore, the former 
monument presents the appearance of a tall, slender, more or less coni-. 
cal shaft. These forms I have termed “needles” in previous reports. 
When the destruction of the monument has progressed so far, its 
end is hastened. Rapidly the conglomeritic mass loses in height, 
becomes more obtuse, and unless new obstacles present themselves to 
arrest the progress of the truncation, the only remnant of the former 
monument will be a small mound of irregular-shaped bowlders and sand. 
On the other hand, if the original form was a high one or broad, it is 
very probable that from the ruins of former beauty will rise new forms, 
smaller in dimensions, but similar in construction. ‘Throughout the 
entire locality, observations were made with a view to determine as 
accurately as possible the method of formation of these interesting pro- 
ducts of erosion. They have led to the results above enumerated, and, 
although much more might be said with regard thereto, but little could 
be added tending to throw further applicable light upon the subject. 

After ages have passed, the features for which this region may now 
justly be called unique will have disappeared. The sure hand of erosion 
will gradually cut down what even to-day are but the remnants of a 
former extensive deposit. Itis possible that the removal of soil and the 
trachytes overlying the conglomerate may expose fresh surfaces to 
attacks by erosion, and that thus the forms may be perpetuated. I am 
acquainted with no locality which presents monuments that can appro- 
priately be compared to those of South River. Perhaps the nearest 
approximation in form thereto may be found in the Tyrol, near Bozen. 
They are composed of different material, however, but their genesis is 
essentially the same.* At no place in Colorado certainly do we find so 
complete a series of such forms, and one so advantageously situated as 
to surroundings. 


* Compare Lyell, Principles of Geology, vol. i, p. 336. 


846 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
UNCOMPAHGRE REGION. 


On one of the small branches of Henssen’s Creek, a tributary of the 
Lake Fork, we were camped for several days during 1874. Our location 
there was about west longitude 107° 30’, north latitude 38°. Heading at 
a rhyolitic peak, southwest of the great Uncompahgre Peak, a swift lit- 
tle mountain stream flowed through its narrow valley in an easterly 
direction. Above the camp, massive basaltic rocks protruded through 
the broken rhyolites, forming steep, almost inaccessible walls. Farther 
down stream, the valley widened a little, bordered on its south side by 
timbered hills, on the north by a Jong-extended, grassy slope. Several 
thousand feet above this slope, black basalt presented vertical walls, 
the crumbling masses of which rolled down into the valley below. 

Cut in the form of a horseshoe into the grassy slope was an extensive 
excavation, filled with “monuments”. In height they ranged from 2 to 
30 feet, forming a most striking contrast with their surroundings. 
Rising from a massive base, the conical columns supported heavy blocks 
of black basalt. Grooved and corrugated surface, pyramidal lateral 
points, and the almost white color of the monuments denoted them as 
belonging to acurious type. Little rills and grooves covered the entire 
exterior portion of the shaft, terminating often in small cave-like exca- 
vations. Densely clustered together, the total isolation of this occur- 
rence appeared as thoroughly characteristic. Black or red bowlders of 
basalt strewn throughout the monuments relieved the color, and the 
bright green of the hillside formed an admirable frame for the picture. 

An illustration given in the Annual Report for 1874 (fig. 1, page 195) 
represents two of the monuments near the entrance of the horseshoe. 
Imagining the entire space, about 150 yards long and 100 yards wide, 
filled with forms of this kind, varying in height and essentially white 
and black in color, we can construct for ourselves a picture of the scene. 
Deep, narrow gullies are worn down through the edges of the horseshoe, 
and dry runs separate the several most prominent monument groups. 

A trachytic tuff, that has been designated as Trachyte No. 1, composes 
the columns. Local accumulations of this material occur throughout 
the region, and generally give rise to the formation of more or less pic- 
turesque products of erosion. Physically, this tuff is a loosely cemented 
agglomeration of feldspathic and quartzitic constituents mainly, yield- 
ing readily to fluviatile and pluvial erosion. Admixtures of caolinite 
render it less liable to successful attacks by sand-blasts, but afford an 
opportunity for the greatest possible effect that can be produced by 
frost. The grooving and fluting, caused either by beating rain or by 
slowly moving water, shows conclusively, by its arrangement, the thor- 
ough preparation which the material has undergone. Blocks of black, 
sometimes red, basalt form the protecting caps imposed upon the white 
or light yellow, rarely pink, columns. Their origin must be looked for 
at the steep faces of the plateau edge, high above their present level. 


ENDLICH ON EROSION IN COLORADO. 847 


Torrents caused by violent rain-storms, and by sudden melting of 
the accumulated masses of snow higher up, have given the first impulse 
to the formation of this interesting group. Sweeping down the hill- 
side, over the impregnable masses of trachyte, they have reached this 
easily eroded deposit of “ash”. Rapidly cutting down into the soft 
material, no resistance has been offered to the eroding action, save by 
the erratic blocks of basalt scattered along the slope. There the water 
must separate, thus carving, primarily, sharp, narrow ridges out of the 
tuffs. Subsequent erosion caused transverse separation of portions of 
these ridges, and the bowlders that first determined their preservation 
remained as protectors upon the tops of more or less pyramidal forms. 
Rain, hail, snow, frost, and wind were the artists that eventually moulded 
the monuments into their present shape. Ever changing in their detail- 
features, losing material day after day, they gradually approach that 
time when the cap can no longer be sustained. Without the protection 
of this accidentally placed rock, the column rapidly goes toward its final 
destruction. The constant denudation, the never-ceasing exposure of 
fresh surface, has precluded the possibility of any vegetation thriving 
within the area assigned to these monuments. Though utterly devoid 
of this feature, which constitutes so large a portion of the charm at 
South River, the exquisite workmanship of the detail-carving and the 
pure colors exhibited, readily allow one to forget its absence. About 
two hundred of these monuments are here grouped together, varying 
in size and in arrangement. Smail ones occupy isolated positions, 
caused not unfrequently by the protection of the basalt after it had 
abandoned the first column by which it was supported. The largest 
ones are near the walls of the horseshoe, frequently having one common 
base, and separating from each other at different points of height. 


PLATEAU CREEK. 


Dr. Peale, in 1874, found some very prominent occurrences belonging 
to this class.* Plateau Creek flows into the Grand River north of the 
Great Mesa. About west longitude 108° and north latitude 39° 20’, the 
monumentsin question were observed. Tertiary shalescompse the bluffs 
bordering upon the creek. A number of the ridges composed thereof 
are covered by basalt, which had its origin to the northeast. Erosion has 
isolated a number of these bluffs, and their edges, fronting the creek, 
are formed by high, massive monuments. Weathering and fluviatile 
action has separated portions of the superincumbent basalt, and the 
fragments form the cap-stones upon the columns. Shales, of light yellow 
and gray colors, nearly horizontally stratified, are cut into more or less 
regular cones, and support blocks of black basalt. Dr. Peale says:— 
“The covering of basalt which once covered it has been partially 
removed. The remnants left reach from 200 to 250 feet above the general 


* Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. for 1874, p. 91. 


848 BULLETIN UNIVED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


level, forming monument-like points that are visible from a great dis- 
tance.” Slower, probably, in their process of formation, a long time, 
too, will berequired ere these groups yield to final destruction. Massive 
and solid as they are, they can for ages withstand the attacks of erosive 
forces. 


STATUESQUE FORMS. 


As such we may designate products of erosion not modelled after one 
definite type. They are more or less irregular in form, unsymmetrical, 
and represent not unfrequently figures that a lively imagination can 
readily compare with well-known subjects of the plastic art, or with 
animate beings. Popular discrimination has endowed them with names 
referring to the originals of which they remind the observer. Not only 
have animate objects and artificial representations thereof been utilized 
for the comparisons, but even the ruler of the infernal abode has re- 
ceived tribute in the polite appellations some rocks have received. 
Were it possible to collect and enumerate all those forms of erosion thas 
within Colorado may lay claim to resemble subjects above named, we 
should be able to produce a very formidable array. As it is, however, 
I desire to confine myself to such occurrences which may be regarded 
as characteristic for the geognostic formations containing them. Defi- 
nite conditions, both constitutional and active, are requisite for the pro- 
duction of results referable to this category. Isolated instances are 
‘almost innumerable, but cannot enter into consideration here, as their 
discussion would lead us far beyond our limits. 


WHITE RIVER REGION. 


No locality in Colorado, perhaps, is more favored with exhibitions of 
statuesque forms than the White River region. West of the one hun- 
dred and ninth meridian, the light gray and yellow shales of the Tertiary 
Green River Group are overlaid by massive beds of yellow and brown 
sandstones. For several reasons, these furnish an almost unequalled 
material for the production of statuesque forms. While examining 
that section of country during 1876, every turn led us to new and most 
grotesque figures. From the river-valley steep walls rise to an elevation 
of about 1,200 feet. On the summits of the ridges leading down to the 
stream and on small hills, remaining as evidence of active erosion, we 
find the groups in question. Appearing at times in the form of walls, 
simulating ruins of castles of enormous dimensions, the smaller groups 
may often be compared to statuary or to animate creatures. A certain 
amount of latitude must necessarily be allowed for the comparison, but 
not unfrequently the forms are so striking as to suggest, at once, a 
similarity. Located upon prominent points, such as the summit of a 
ridge or the top of a small hill, the eroded rocks stand out boldly, 
changing in outline and relief as the observer changes his position. 
Thus one rock, about 18 feet high, from a distance appeared as represent- 


ENDLICH ON EROSION .IN COLORADO. . 849 


ing the bust and head of a most venerable-looking, bald-headed man. 
Changing slightly our course, the spectacles of the old man turned into 
the shield of a cap, his bald head grew elongated and was onamented by 
around button on top; his nose grew longer; the chin retreated and 
with it the prominent breast, while a corresponding curvature of the 
upper portions of the spine took place. We had, instead of an eminent- 
looking man, a typical representation of the race-course. Not long, 
however, did this figure last, for a short turn, shortly after, revealed to 
us the characteristic features and head of a negro baby. Numerous 
such instances could be described from that locality, instances where 
the most absurd caricatures were seen on a gigantic scale. 

I have selected for illustration in the Annual Report for 1876 a small 
group within the cation of White River at the junction of a small stream 
therewith. Three isolated columns, approximately round upon eross- 
section, occupy the summit of a small, smooth hill. The highest one is 
about 80 feet high. A little behind it stands one less regular in outline, 
and to one side is the smallest, very thin shaft. Struck by the appro- 
priate and almost affectionate disposition of the group, we at once 
designated the figures as the “‘ Happy Family”. Quietly and in harmony 
they have thus stood side by side for centuries, probably, and they well 
merit recognition at the hands of explorers. 

The first essential structural condition of rocks exhibiting such 
features is the lack of homogeneousness. Differences of texture must 
occur, not along the planes of bedding, but irregularly distributed 
throughout the mass. In order that this may be accomplished, it is 
_ necessary that the rock should not be separated into thin strata or lay- 
ers, but should form thick, heavy masses. In that case, the percolation 
of mineralized waters and the action of other agents producing chemical 
changes can result in a thorough disturbance of a uniform constitu- 
tion. Within the White River region we find that the Upper Green 
River sandstones contain irregular admixtures of cementing material, 
thus rendering them, firstly, of unequal hardness, and, secondly, pro- 
ducing unequal resistance to eroding agents. This condit:on is a neces- 
sary one for the occurrence of forms such as have been described. Were 
it not for this textural inequality, the processes of abrasion and decom- 
position must simply take place in accordance with the climatal condi- 
tions of the country and the composition of the Sandstones, without - 
producing the results observed. In this instance, however, portions 
that are constantly exposed to atmospheric influences, more so than 
others, have been able to withstand them by virtue of these physical 
variations. 

Fluviatile erosion gave the first direction as to the distribution of 
monumental and other forms. Evidence there obtained tends to show 
that extensive transverse fractures—joints—more or less open must have 
traversed the sandstones. These were undoubtedly taken advantage of 
. by the flowing waters. While on the one kand they facilitated the exten- 


850 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


sion of textural irregularities within the masses, they, on the other hand, 
greatly aided the rapid accomplishment of disintegration and transpor- 
tation. After valleys, mostly narrow, had been cut into the yielding 
rock, the space afforded to the water was sufficiently great to remove it 
from the summits of hills and ridges. Thus the remnants we now find 
there were preserved, surrounded by a talus formed from their own detri- 
tus. Pluvial erosion and chemical chan ges within the rock itself wrought 
many changes, lessening and modifying the remaining rock-masses. 
Frost prepared the softer portions for removal, and sand-blasts carved, 
most skilfully, the intricate forms we often observe. Sandstones can 
be found in that region, as in others also, that show very remarkable 
reticulation upon their surfaces. It is not so evident, at first sight, 
whereby and why this curious effect of erosion is produced. This 
species of reticulation manifests itself in a manner as if the material 
composing the net were laid upon the surface of the rock. The meshes 
are excavated proportionately to the size of the reticles, and often show 
a remarkably regular arrangement. Such occurrences can be observed 
both parallel with the stratification of the sandstones and at varying 
angles to it. Primarily, this result may be derived from the existence 
of argillitic inclusions within the sandstone. They are less able to re- 
sist eroding influences, and by gradually disappearing from the exposed 
surface may produce the effect of reticulation if somewhat regularly dis- 
tributed. This, however, appears to be the less frequent mode of forma- 
tion. It may be assumed that minute joints, now closed, traversed in 
various directions the sandstones. Infiltration of water containing cer- 
tain minerals, either in solution or in suspension, will tend to render those | 
portions immediately adjoining the joints harder, more compact. Com- 
plete evidence is extant, proving that very many of the sandstones are © 
laminated as to texture, while structurally they may appear perfectly 
homogeneous. Such lamination is one that can readily be detected by 
testing the hardness at right angles to the stratification. We have, 
then, the result: a block of sandstone traversed in various directions by 
alternately soft and hard zones. Upon ‘exposure, frost will rapidly take 
advantage of this feature, and other erosive agents will soon remove the 
more easily yielding portions, leaving the harder ones in the form of 
reticulated bas-reliefs. Within certain formations, more particularly the 
Upper Cretaceous and Lower Tertiary sandstones of Southern Colorado, 
this occurrence may be regarded as characteristic. Erosion by sand-blast 
is probably one of the most effective in producing the result described. 

Dependent upon the amount of erosive influence to which the statu- 
esque rocks are exposed will be the maintenance of their forms. It is 
scarcely possible to give any general rule for the shape and continuity 
of the harder, permeating portions, unless they reach the extreme form 
of concretionary inclusions. Although these are by no means wanting 
in the sandstones of the White River region, the results we have above 
mentioned are due to irregular changes of texture within the sandstones. 


ENDLICH ON EROSION IN COLORADO. 851 


They might be characterized, perhaps, as unequal impregnation by the 
cementing material. Within the group we have been discussing they 
form a distinguishing feature, although not found occurring absolutely 
uniformly throughout its entire horizontal and vertical extent. 


POLE CREEK. 


Pole Creek flows southward into the Rio Grande, which it joins at 
about west longitude 107° 30’ and north latitude 37° 45’. Its course, 
just before the junction, lies through a narrow, grassy valley. Within 
this may be found small local accumulations of trachytie tuffs. On the 
east side of the creek, about 4 miles from the river, a very curious group 
of eroded rocks occurs. They are composed of light tuffs, more or less 
firmly cemented. Located immediately upon the bank of the stream, 
they rise abruptly from 12 to 30 feet above the surrounding soil. No 
connection, above the surface, is maintained with any other outcrops of 
the same material. Owing to a change in the character of the feld- 
spathic cement, the eroded rocks have assumed most fantastic shapes. 
A ready imagination can soon recognize in them a venerable exhorter, 
located within a pulpit, and an appreciative audience of eight or ten 
persons, either seated or standing in front of him. Were it not for the 
incongruity, the attempted portrayal of dress might lead the observer to 
picture to himself a diminutive congregation of devout Knickerbockers. 
Their stately repose and dignified bearing scarcely disturb the resem- 
blance. 

It may here be stated that not unfrequently the trachytic tuffs of vari- 
ous localities show a tendency to weathering in statuesque forms. Often 
differences can be observed in successive layers; and again, the admix- 
ture of quartzose matter will be productive of similar results. In the 
process of their formation, they are analogous to the sandstones above 
discussed. Dependent upon the composition, however, is the. effect 
which sand-blast will have upon them. Ifthe material is yielding—not 
brittle—then the transportation thereof will be much impeded. 

Besides these localities, there are others in Colorado exhibiting simi- 
lar features. Textural variations in sandstones, belonging to the Tri- 
assic and Cretaceous formations, are productive of forms that may be 
classed as statuesque. Taking into consideration, however, the occur- 
rences best known, we may say that we shall not invariably expect to 
find such products of erosion exhibited in more than the two groups 
above mentioned—in the Upper Green River and in the lowest trachytic 
series. Others will more properly find their place in the class of 
‘isolated forms”. 


MURAL FORMS. 


We may appropriately distinguish two groups of mural forms: those 
resulting from partial removal of continuous series of-deposits, and those 
primarily produced by the intrusion of foreign material within the limits 


852. BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


of different deposits. The latter are of plutonic or volcanic origin, and, 
so far as entering into consideration here, may be comprised under the 
name of “dikes”. Although a Jarge portion of the erosive work accom- 
plished is necessarily of the same character in both cases, the require- 
ments for the production of the first group differ materially from those 
of the second. Under the definition of “mural forms”, I place such 
products of erosion which may resemble single walls more nearly than 
any attempt at architectural design. From the nature of the subject it 
is evident that hard strata resisting erosion, if placed on end, may for 
a long time retain their position. By virtue of the stratigraphical dis- 
turbances they have taken part in, they have acquired positions which 
are merely rendered more prominent by erosion. They do not owe their 
present relations to surroundings primarily to erosion, and will, there- 
fore, not be considered here. 


A.—First Group. 
WHITE RIVER REGION. 


Near and on White River, within the same sandstone that is so pro- 
lific in the production of statuesque forms, we find very good illustra- 
tions of walls caused purely by erosion. The primary formation of 
valleys there has been discussed above. It may here be added, that 
tue gradual transportation of material from between two ridges caused 
portions of the overhanging sandstones to drop down. Aided by the 
prevalence of joints or similar fractures, the disruption was more read- 
ily accomplished, the fresh surface exposed became more uniform in 
shape. If we carry out the widening and deepening of erosive valleys 
to such an extent that the ridges intervening between two of them will 
become very narrow, we may achieve the result of forming walls upon 
their crests. Purely fluviatile erosion could not accomplish this end 
unless by undermining, and then only if joints of sufficient extent should 
enable the rocks to drop down easily. Where only such erosion can 
exert its influence, we will often find vertical faces produced by under- 
mining and subsequent falling down, but the summit of the ridge will 
be too wide to term it a wall: it will be a bluff, or even a sloping plateau. 

In the vicinity of the White River we have, in fact, a sandstone thor- 
oughly traversed by joint-fissures. At favorable localities, the early 
erosion by flowing water has cut narrow, deep channels into the rock, 
has evidently undermined, and does to-day undermine, certain portions, 
causing the strata above to break. Before the tension thus produced 
is relieved by the absolute disruption of the strata, the joints probably 
open more widely, causing an apparent downward flexure of the beds. 
Frost, and in part vegetation, rapidly produce a still greater widening 
of such fissures, and subsequent falls of rock-masses will take place. 
Eventually, by this means, the production of a wall, several hundred 
feet long, one hundred to one hundred and fifty feet high, and sixty to 


ENDLICH ON EROSION IN COLORADO. 853 


one hundred feet thick, can be achieved. Wherever they were found, 
they were observed to occupy prominent, points, mostly on short, nar- 
row ridges with very steep slopes. Series of what appear to be “ walls” 
are formed of the same sandstone, and will be discussed under architect- 
ural forms. 

Gradual denudation, the widening of fissures and seams, in the course 
of time breaks up the wall, and isolated columns are left to mark its 
former course and extent. Nowhere were the walls observed to have 
been formed to such perfection within Colorado as in the region of the 
White River. Undoubtedly the sandstones there are unusually well 
adapted to illustrate the various results of erosion. Their peculiar com- 
position and the position they occupy have alike been favorable to sub- 
ject them to the most intense and varied erosive action. During the 
first visit to this locality, the impression made upon the explorer is a 
very lasting one. On all sides the most curiously wrought and some- 
times almost mystifying forms and figures beset the traveller. Day after 
day he may ride along the hills, and at every turn a surprise is awaiting 
him. Though that which may be seen here of such objects is not by 
any means unique, the enormous variety and the rich stores from which 
to select cannot but elicit admiration. Other products of erosion,-too, 
are plentifully represented, some of which will be alluded to below. 
Erosion on a grand scale may be favorably studied in this region, and 
the evidences of the large masses that formerly have existed there create 
a profound feeling of surprise regarding the vast power that must have 
been utilized in transporting them. 


B.—Second Group. 
Dikes. 


In quoting dikes as “products of erosion”, it becomes necessary to 
define the basis upon which this is done. Dikes, strictly speaking, are 
certainly not products of erosion. They are essentially the casts of 
moulds formed by sedimentary or other rocks. Injected into these 
moulds—fissures in this instance—they either remain hidden from sight 
at first, or the injected material flows over and forms hills of greater or 
less extent. It is by the means of erosion, however, that dikes, resem- 
bling walls in all their essential exterior features, are brought to light, 
and become natural walls. Until this is accomplished, they remain for- 
eign matter placed into most intimate relations with the general country- 
rock. Cwing to the physical character of this rock, the dikes may 
either remain hidden, or they may eventually acquire positions entirely 
isolating them for a certain distance. In this case, they appear as 
mural forms, and enter into consideration in connection with erosive 
products. They occur very numerously, and apart from their relations 
to erosion are subjects of absorbing interest. 


854 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
REGION OF SPANISH PEAKS. 


One of the most highly favored regions in Colorado for the study of 
dikes is that of the Spanish Peaks. Located east of the main passes 
of the Sangre de Cristo Range they traverse the sedimentary formations. 
North of West Spanish Peak two dikes extend for the distance of 8 to 
10 miles unbrokenly through the Carboniferous strata. Erosion, which 
may have required geological ages, has removed a sufficient amount of 
sedimentary material to let the narrow walls project for several hundred 
feet above the surrounding level. While the more easily disintegrated 
material was carried away, the hard, unyielding rocks composing the 
dikes have successfully resisted the repeated attacks. Preserving to a 
great extent features that even comparatively slight erosive action 
would efface, they have remained essentially intact. From the character 
of the volcanic material composing them it is evident that mechanical 
erosion will attack them but very slowly, unless preceded or accom- 
panied by chemical decomposition. ; 

Dikes, projecting as walls, occupy various positions. They may be 
found occurring on ridges and mountain-spurs, or they may extend for 
long distances in a level region. In the former instance, it is their influ- 
ence mainly, either directly or indirectly, that permitted the formation 
of ridge or spur. By metamorphosis of the adjoining sedimentary 
beds, these may have been rendered better able to resist erosion, or the 
exposure of the dike-wall may prove to be a mechanical shelter for 
other less resisting portions. When the dike-wall succumbs to decom- 
position and erosion, it ends in the same manner as the walls above 
described. Portions of it break down, destroying the continuity, until 
finally rock-pillars alone remain to mark the former course. 

Throughout Colorado, dikes occur more or less frequently. They are 
very uniform in their behavior regarding erosion, however, and as only 
their wall-like appearance upon the surface here becomes of interest, 
it is unnecessary to allude to more of them. What has been said above 
will hold good for all occurrences of this nature. In geographical no- 
menclature, their influence upon the character of scenery and landscape 
has been acknowledged. Names like * Fortification Creek” and ‘‘ Mu- 
ralla Peak” denote the existence of the typical wall-like projections of 
voleanic rock. 

During 1875, Mr. Holmes had occasion to explore Southwestern Colo- 
rado. From Navajo Creek, he publishes a very interesting sketch of a 
double dike-wall.* The volcanic material there protrudes through Lower 
Cretaceous strata. Subsequent erosion has removed the sedimentary 
material surrounding it, so that at present the double wall extends 
upward perfectly isolated. By the various remnants indicating the 
trend of the dike, Mr. Holmes found its length to be more than a mile. 

Yew occurrences, perhaps, can furnish us with data so reliable for 


*Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. for 1875, p. 276. 


ENDLICH ON EROSION IN COLORADO. 855 


determining the quantity of erosion as the existence of these dike-walls. 
It may here incidentally be mentioned, that not unfrequently the casts. 
of edges of strata may still be found upon the sides of such walls, and 
they certainly furnish an applicable indication as to what relative height 
the sedimentary beds must at one time have extended. 


ARCHITECTURAL FORMS. 


As in the preceding class, so here, too, we have essentially such forms 
which are produced directly by erosive action and such that are merely 
made more prominent thereby. in case of stratigraphical disturbances, 
hard strata may acquire positions which render them of great importance 
in the landscape. By the removal of certain portions, displaying more 
striking features, perhaps, than otherwise would have appeared, erosion 
certainly does its share toward increasing their characteristics. It is 
necessary only to quote Cathedral Rocks near Monument Park as an 
instance of this kind. There the strata stand on edge, rising in vertical 
columns for more than 400 feet. Erosive action has modified and deter- 
mined detail-features, but its effect had nothing to do with the present 
position of the rocks. In discussing architectural forms, we can appro- 
priately distinguish two groups: such representing either complete or 
ruined structures, and such simulating architectural ornamentation. 
Both of these are well developed in Colorado, more particularly the latter. 
At numerous localities are they found, and the number of varieties they 
present is very great. 


A.—First Group. 
WHITE RIVER REGION. 


In this region it is again the Upper Green River sandstone that enters 
into consideration. The formation of eroded walls has been discussed 
above. Architectural forms are but a series of walls in this instance. 
Mainly the prevalence of joint-fissures and undermining by fluviatile 
erosion caused the occurrence of the remarkable forms here observed. 
On the north side of the river, the bluffs rise to a relative elevation of 
more than 2,000 feet. For a considerable distance, the highest portions 
of these hills are covered by products of erosion closely resembling ruins 
of houses and castles. Jirosion here has been carried on on a grand scale. 
Enormous masses of sandstones have become detached by undermining 
and frost, and have rolled down far below their original positions. Ver- 
tical faces, often regular as though cut by hand, mark the places whence 
these masses came. For the purpose of indicating the effect produced 
by these curious conditions I quote from a letter :—‘‘ On the north side 
of the river a perpendicular wall rose to the height of 500 feet, and 
innumerable walls and turret-shaped rocks ornamented the steeply slop- 
ing summit. Seen thus by the slanting rays of a setting sun, the effect 
was that of a ruined city. A mighty citadel occupied the highest point, 


856 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


fortified on every side by vertical walls. Below all this was the bright 
green valley with its meandering river, which reflected the rosy hue of 
an evening sky.” 

This “ruined city” is built upon a rapidly rising slope, in terraces, 
resembling somewhat in its general plan Oriental arrangement. Dark 
shadows are cast into the narrow streets, and curious detail-erosion has 
peopled the city with fantastic beings. Altogether it produces the im- 
pression of a weird spot, resembling the former abode of living creatures, 
but now desolate, haunted scarcely even by a shy, cringing wolf. Upon 
closer examination, however, much of its mythical character is dispelled. 
Too plainly are recognized the forces that have been at work to accom- 
plish the result we observe. What has been said about the composi- 
tion and formation of mural forms will here apply. On a grander scale 
the agents employed have been able to perform their duties, and have 
built for themselves, in this ruined city, a monument most instructive 
and imposing. 

Forms resembling castles, towers, and spires can readily be found 
within this sandstone area, due to the same causes operate with the 


same effects. 
LA PIEDRA PARADA. 


Near the junction of Rio Piedra and Rio Nutria, at about west lon- 
gitude 107° 18/ and north latitude 37° 17’, ts located a famous landmark, 
La Piedra Parada. On the summit of a narrow ridge stands an isolated 
mass of rock. Itis only with difficulty that the top of it can be reached. 
Rising nearly vertically on all sides, this remnant of formerly exten- 
sive strata attains a height of about 400 feet from its base. It is over 
600 feet long, and about 120 feet wide.* Alternating beds of shale and 
sandstone compose it, and heavy strata of yellow sandstone form the - 
top. During the progress of maximum erosion in that region, enormous 
masses of material were swept away, but this huge block remained. 
Subsequent weathering and disintegration have ornamented if with 
small towers and turrets, so that to-day it resembles some ancient, dis- 
mantled castle. Constantly fragments, loosened by frost, are falling 
down. Joint-fissures, very pronounced, facilitate the wedging action of 
frost and growing vegetation, so that, in the course of time, this prom- 
inent feature will no longer remain a portion of the scenery. 


B.—Second Group. 
GUNNISON RIVER. 


North of the Gunnison, in the regions examined by Dr. Peale during 
1874, are large outcrops of trachytic‘ breccia”. This material has been 
eroded into innumerable forms representing spires, columns, turrets, and 
castle-shaped masses. Its composition, here as well as elsewhere, fits it 


* Compare Report Exploring Expedition, J. N. Macomb, 1859, 1876, p. 78. 


a 


ENDLICH ON EROSION IN COLORADO, 857 


admirably for imitating forms that can readily be compared to those of 
Gothic architecture. The form of the spires is similar, and the numerous 
inclosed bowlders of varying size produce effects comparable with the 
ornamentation of Gothic structures. At a number of points, such 
conditions were noticed, often producing singularly beautiful pictures. 
Perhaps one of the most striking views may be obtained from the sum- 
mit of Uncompahgre Peak (14,235 feet above sea-level). Looking down 
from there upon a vast mass of rugged mountains, we find that to the 
north and west the trachytic conglomerates occupy a definite horizon. 
Thousands of spires are clustered along the sides of mountains, rivalling, 
as it were, the densely studded spires of that gem of Gothie archi- 
tecture, the cathredal of Milan. Situated as they are, they stand out 
in bold relief when viewed from below, but seen from above they pro- 
duce a profound impression by their great numbers. 

Primarily erosion by flowing water cut deep, narrow channels into the 
yielding material, forming sharp ridges, which soon were separated into 
detached portions. Subsequent erosion, every agent available being 
employed, wrought the curious and rare forms we now observe. Re- 
moval of the harder beds overlying the conglomerates affords free access 
to water, and though many of the spires and towers may disappear in a 
comparatively short space of time, the supply of fresh material is prac- 
tically inexhaustible. 

Other products of erosion might appropriately be placed into this 
group. Differences of density in rocks, more particularly parallel to 
the planes of bedding, will cause fluviatile as well as pluvial erosion to 
carve them into unique forms. Shelved and scolloped edges of plateaus 
and bluffs, segregation into regular and highly ornamented columns, and 
minute decorations thus produced, might well be employed as models 
for the hand of the artisan. 


CAVES. 


Caves that owe their formation to erosion may be formed in two dif- 
ferent ways. They may be due to either chemical or mechanical action. 
By means of decomposition and by subsequent removal of the material, 
either mechanically or in solution, the first effect is accomplished. Many 
of the smaller caves in limestone, for instance, were formed by a solu- 
tion of the carbonate of lime in water charged with carbonic acid gas. 
The second group, the one which we shall here discuss, is formed by 
erosive agents, which are usually recognized specifically as such. As 
the initiatory step toward the formation of a cave, or as the most primi- 
tive form thereof, we may regard the results produced by fluviatile ac- 
tion in undermining certain portions of rocks or strata. Dependent upon 
the local force of the water and the cohesive qualities of the overhang- 
ing material, “shelves” of considerable extent may frequently be pro- 
duced. In tough shales, such as are found in someof the Tertiary groups, 
we may often find excavations of this kind of appreciable size. Sand- 


¢ 


858 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


stones, if massively bedded, are eroded in the same way, and retain the 
form of shallow caves for a considerable length of time. 


FRONT RANGE. 


Along the eastern border of the Front Range many of the sandstones 
there exposed show interesting results of erosion. Shallow caves have 
been worn into the yielding rocks, dependent upon their more or less firmly 
cemented condition. Within the region containing monuments, such 
caves are of frequent occurrence. They may be worn into the sandstones 
by flowing water, or they may be due to gradual disintegration and 
transportation of certain circumscribed portions. The method producing 
caves of this character is so simple that it scarcely requires discussion. 
Frost, rain, or other agents may start a shallow abrasion of the sand- 
stones, which, in the course of time, will extend toward the interior, form- 
ing a cave-like excavation. Similar conditions occur wherever sand- 
stones of the same composition are exposed to fluviatile or other erosion. 
The shape of such caves is a very simple one, being merely an arched 
excavation, the plan of which usually resembles either half a circle, or, if 
very extensive, the segment of a large circle. Modifications of this 
shape take place in case water finds a free passage through fissures in 
the rocks into the cave. Hard masses contained within the sandstones, 
either as impregnations or concretions, remain less disturbed than their 
surroundings, and form irregular projections on the cave-walls. 


CAVES IN TRACHYTIC CONGLOMERATES. 


Cave-like excavations are thoroughly characteristic of the trachytic 
conglomerates. While speaking of monuments, the composition of this 
deposit has been discussed. It is evident that material of such character 
will very readily be attacked by both fluviatile and pluvial erosion. TF ur- 
thermore, the results produced will vary according to tbe local character 
of the conglomerate. Within the exposures on South River many caves 
were found. Sometimes they are but slight niches worn into the steep 
wall, and again they may extend for more than 30 feet intoit. From 
what was there observed, it is certain that frost loosens a large portion 
of the material which is afterward removed. So far as could be seen, 
the action is.essentially a mechanical one, although decomposition of 
various feldspars greatly facilitates it. 

Along the western border of the San Juan Mountains, a large mass of 
conglomerate of this nature lies exposed. Even from a distance it can 
easily be recognized on account of the rugged and grotesque forms it 
assumes upon weathering. Dark spots seen before it is reached mostly 
prove to be more or less shallow caves. Near Piedra Falls a number 
of these were found. It was there noticed that the largest one, about 
25 feet high, 18 feet wide, and 40 feet deep, owed its existence to the 
presence of slowly moving water. The opening of this cave, which is 


ENDLICH ON EROSION IN COLORADO. 859 


its widest part, is located in a steeply sloping, smooth wall of conglome- 
rate. Ina narrow crack, water slowly trickles down to the top of the 
opening. Although, in the course of ages, even this slightly wearing 
movement can produce a visible effect upon the rock, it is not—as a 
movement—the cause which led to the formation of this wide opening. 
At that point the conglomerate varies considerably in composition. In 
the immediate vicinity of the cave,it is softer, contains fewer large 
bowlders, and these are but loosely cemented by clay and feldspathic ma- 
terial. Saturation of this rock and subsequent expansion of the water 
upon freezing cause portions of the roof and walls to “scale off”. 
After some of the cementing material has been removed, the bowlders, 
no longer held in place, drop out, thus gradually enlarging the excava- 
tion. As soon as such portions of the rock are reached that are suffi- 
ciently cohesive to resist this action, the growth of the cave will come 
to anend. Ample evidence was found at that point to demonstrate that 
this was really the method of formation. Masses of débris on the floor 
of the cave and dangerously loose bowlders overhead corroborated 
other evidence. Indians and wild animals have not unfrequently uti- 
lized these and other caves as places of shelter. Remnants of charcoal 
indicate the places where at one time fires had been built. One of the 
most striking examples where such caves or excavations produced by 
fluviatile erosion have been utilized by man may be found in the 
ruins of the old cliff-dwellings in Southwestern Colorado. Several 
of the streams there have worn long and deep recesses into the 
readily yielding sandstones and shales prevailing in that region. Into 
these, single houses and entire settlements have been placed by the 
shrewd aboriginal inhabitants. Although often removed a considerable 
distance from water, the architects of those times preferred to take ad- 
vantage of the places which nature had prepared for them. Both shel- 
ter and protection from enemies were afforded them, and they adapted 
their style of building to the places which they chose for the purpose. 
In the various publications of the Survey, full accounts of these dwell- 
ings will be found. 


ARCHES. 


Arches, or “natural bridges”, as they are frequently termed, can be 
formed wherever the rock containing them is sufficiently thin to be per- 
forated by erosive action. We have here to consider mainly such arches 
the genesis of which is directly referable to agents of erosion. Viewing 
them from this standpoint, we may say that an arch is the most com- 
plete form of acave. If the material containing the latter should be 
sufficiently thin to allow erosion to progress throughout its entire extent, 
then we will have the former as the result. It is evident that definite 
conditions, perhaps not often met with, must exist before we can 
expect an arch to be completed. Necessarily such products will show 
much variation in form and size, dependent upon the material through 

Ball. iv. No. 4——8 


860 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


which the opening extends. In limestones not unfrequently the exist- 
ence of an extensive fissure will eventually result in the formation of an 
arch. This is due, in a great measure, to chemical action. Instances 
are on record where hills are traversed by a narrow natural tunnel in 
limestone. Genetically considered, this is an arch, but to the popular 
mind does not present itself as such. 


IN TRACOYTIC CONGLOMERATE. 


The scenery on South River has been described in previous pages, 
and allusion has been made to the arches occurring there. It will be 
remembered that high, narrow walls of conglomeritic material are pro- 
jected toward the stream from the ridge east of it. In these walls, 
niches and arches are found, some of them of surprising regularity. 
While making our observations there, we counted altogether eleven 
‘complete arches, although more may have been hidden out of our sight. 
Mr. Rhoda was the first one of the party who successfully ran the risk 
of climbing along ledges on the wall in order to get into one of the 
arches. To him, therefore, has been dedicated the one represented by an 
illustration in the Annual Report for 1875 (Plate XX, page 158). A 
‘description of this one will answer entirely for all others there ob- 
Served, aS in general shape and method of formation they are very 
nearly alike. Rhoda’s arch is probably the most regular one in out- 
line. A slight leaning toward the eastward somewhat disturbs its 
symmetry. Located in a high wall, this arch shows ample dimensions. 
It is about 180 feet high, 150 wide, and the wall containing it hasa 
thickness of 60 to 80 feet. Surrounded by monuments, some of which 
reach a height of more than 200 feet, the entire view from the point 
‘where the sketch was made is one of rare beauty. Pine-trees, 30 feet 
high, at the base of monuments, appear like pigmies by the side of 
ithese towering forms. 

Some of the niches or arches at this locality were comparatively acces- 
sible, and it was found that they were eroded into loosely cemented 
material. Considering that these conglomerates have been deposited 
by water, we should expect homogenousness laterally, although varia- 
tions would probably occur vertically. We have, however, in this in- 
stance a case analogous to that of the sandstones near White River. 
By a slow process of infiltration, the large mass has either been rendered 
more compact, or—reversing the proposition—a process of leaching has 
rendered certain portions very weak. Hither of these suggestions may 
contain the statement of what has really cccurred, because, so far as our 
observations extend, we find that the physical constitution of the mate- 
rial in which niches and arches occur is such as to render it more easily 
yielding to erosive action. Taking into consideration the method of 
deposition of the conglomerates, it seems illogical to assume that this 
state of affairs existed ever since the time of its formation: we must 
therefore seck for a cause to explain the phenomenon. 


ENDLICH ON EROSION IN COLORADO. 861 


What has been said of the formation of caves within the conglomer- 
ates applies perfectly to the arches. They are, in reality, nothing but 
caves which extend entirely through the walls. It is probable that both 
sides were simultaneously attacked. This would account in a measure 
for the regularity of outline. Whichever portion of the wall was 
exposed to the “ weather side” was cut away more rapidly than the other. 

In connection with this subject it may be stated that not unfrequently 
compact trachytes contain inclusions, of greater or less extent, composed 
of soft ‘ashy ” material. These, in the course of time, will weather out, 
forming caves and sometimes arches of varying extent. Wherever we 
observed occurrences of such character in Colorado, they were so situated 
as to afford ample opportunity for the removal and ultimate transporta- 
tion of detritus, excepting a very few cases. These latter were such 
where the fall of loosened material had evidently been a sudden one, and 
of considerable quantity. 

On the eastern slope of the Sangre de Cristo Range, near Indian Pass, 
a small “‘ gateway ” was observed occurring in red Carboniferous sand- 
stone.* Standing perfectly isolated near the crest of a small ridge was 
a block of sandstone about 10 to 12 feet high. Near the centre were two 
openings; the upper one small, the lower one large enough to admit 
the passage ofa man. At first sight, this peculiar position for an arch 
seemed rather inexplicable. Upon examination, however, it was found 
that five different strata composed the block. Counting from above, the 
first, third, and fifth strata were hard, the second and fourth soft. A 
vertical crack runs through the entire distance of the block. Water 
collecting in the crack saturated the soft strata and eventually accom- 
plished their disintegration. Aided by frost and sand-blasts, the 
crumbling sandstone soon fell away, producing the openings we 
observed. This instance is one where only atmospheric agents could 
reasonably be supposed to have exerted any influence. Although this 
is an unusually clear case, it points out a method whereby excavations 
of some extent may be produced at places where they can by no means 
be so readily explained. | 

At various localities along.the Front Range, arches occur in the sand- 
stones. Besides the causes above mentioned as facilitating the formation 
of such products of erosion, still another may be mentioned. In case 
flowing water undermines a certain stratum or series of strata, and 
continues this process for a long time without the overhanging portions 
caving in, the entire width of the dividing portion may be cut. Thus a 
subterranean passage of varying dimensions will be formed. This form 
of arch is usually designated as a “ tunnel”, limiting the former term to 
such occurrences where but a narrow wall of rock is perforated. The 
ingenuity of man has likéned these products to various other objects 
dependent upon their form and dimensions. Many of them are compared 
directly to the works of man. In Europe, wide and deep arches are 


* Compare Annual Report for 1875, Plate XX. 


862 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


often called “barns”. Such appellations as “natural bridge”, “ gate”, 
‘‘oateway ”, *‘tunnel”, and others, designate each a definite class of forms. 
They are too generally understood to require any discussion as to ety- 
mology and comparative applicability. Occurrences of this character 
have always been invested by man with more or Jess mythical interest, 
and many a legend is told which stands in the most intimate connection 
therewith. 
ISOLATED FORMS. 


As ‘isolated forms” we may regard such that vary in their distribu- 
tion and mode of occurrence from the classes above enumerated. Tak- 
ing for instance the trachytic conglomerates: we may regard the occur- 
rence of grotesque forms within that group as a characteristic thereof. 
It is an essential feature, and one that may readily be employed in 
determining this recognition. In contradistinction thereto, isolated 
products of erosion are such that occur only sporadically in geognostic 
groups or formations where they would not be expected. Some pecu- 
liar circumstances may combine to produce such results, and in vain 
may similar forms be looked for at other localities within the same 
horizons. From the nature of the case, it is evident that the isolated 
monumental products will occur comparatively rarely, and that they 
will show a great diversity of composition and shape. Only a few such 
instances will be mentioned from Colorado as comprising the most 
prominent representatives of this class. Extensive erosion within cer- 
tain regions will necessarily result in the formation of objects that would 
appropriately be placed under this head, but for our purposes it will be 
entirely sufficient to refer to but a few of them. 


LIZARD’S HEAD. 


The Mount Wilson group is located a short distance west of San 
Miguel Lake, in west longitude 107° 59’ and north latitude 37° 50! 
Descending by the Bear Creek trail from the divide between Rio Ani. 
mas and San Miguel drainage, we see before us a steep, downward 
slope which abruptly terminates in the valley of the last-named river. 
Two thousand feet below us lies the placid sheet of water which receives 
its name from the river. Looking beyond it toward the northwest, we 
see the mountain mass of the Wilson group rising high up in bold relief. 
An elevation of 14,280 feet is reached by the main peak, the summit 
being nearly a mile higher than the lake. Prominent in the mountain 
group we notice a ‘‘needle” standing near its eastern edge.* From a 
distance it appears insignificant, but we can easily determine that it 
must be of large proportions in order to be seen at all. As we approach 
closer, we find that a comparatively regular pedestal has been formed, 
supporting an enormous monolith. Steep slopes lead up to its base, 
broken often by vertical walls. From this base rises a gigantic rock- 


*Compare Annual Report for 1874, fig. 2, page 207. 


ENDLICH ON EROSION IN COLORADO. 865 


column, 290 feet in height, while its diameter amounts to from 60 to 80 
feet. Its isolated position permits it to be seen fora long distance, and 
its elevation—13,160 feet above sea-level at the summit of shaft—ren- 
ders it an excellent landmark for all the lower country adjoining. 

Both the rocks composing the Wilson group and those which the 
monolith—Lizard’s Head—exhibits, are of volcanic origin. In former 
geological periods enormous masses of sedimentary and volcanic ma- 
terial have been eroded and transported from that region. It seems 
possible that a former connection existed between the ridge now sup- 
porting Lizard’s Head and the main volcanic group farther east. No 
surface connection exists at present, however. Allthat remains in the 
immediate vicinity of them is the huge monolith. During the period of 
the great erosion, valleys were cut into the rocks and ridges were grad- 
ually carved away so as to become narrower and shorter. Probably the 
disturbances produced by eruptions of volcanic material, and, more par- 
ticularly, the phenomena accompanying them, rendered the rocks of that 
region less capable of resisting such powerful agents of demolition as 
were then employed. It may be observed that the trachytes composing 
Lizard’s Head show a certain development of columnar structure. This 
structure is almost invariably accompanied by basal fracture-planes. 
By this means, erosion will be enabled to attack such portions more 
successfully. A process of undermining will result in the falling of 
overhanging portions. Owing to the columnar arrangement of the 
integral parts composing a hill or bluff, the faces produced by such fall- 
ing will be quite or nearly vertical. In this manner, fluviatile erosion 
can produce, from such material, a type of form which is represented by 
Lizard’s Head. Had the erosion continued on at the same level, the 
entire mass must have succumbed. Increasing width and depth of the 
excavated valleys, however, caused the waters to sink. Thereby the 
same species of erosion was produced along the sides of that portion 
which now forms the “ pedestal”, but the column remained intact. This 
appears to be the only way of accounting for the existence of Lizard’s 
Head. It is not a dike or intruded volcanic product, subsequent to the 
main eruptions, but a portion of the regular flows, large masses of which 
are still preserved not far distant. 

Similar in shape are the forms resulting from a partial breaking-down 
of mural products of erosion. Their arrangement, however, and the 
character of the rocks composing them, will admit of their ready identi- 
fication. 

Another important group of isolated forms of erosion comprises such 
that are produced by local inclusions of essentially foreign material. 
Concretions may be contained quite frequently in shales and sandstones. 
Those to which we have special reference here are harder, resisting 
erosion and disintegration more effectually than the rocks containing 
them. Forms similar to those of the monuments may be produced by 
a gradual wearing-away of the portions adjacent to concretions. Among 


864 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


the Upper Cretaceous sandstones, and among those belongiag to the 
lignitic series, this is especially noticeable. Although occurring com- 
paratively frequently, the phenomenon cannot be regarded as a char- 
acteristic of either of these groups. In a general way, this feature 
is comparable to the irregular density of the sandstones of the White 
River region. As soon, however, as this irregularity assumes the 
extreme form of*concretions, we can no longer expect that great variety 
of fantastic figures there exhibited, because concretionary inclusions 
are usually shaped after the same general type. 

Before closing the discussion of erosive products, I desire to point 
out one feature of fuviatile and pluvial erosion that is as instructive as 
it is beautiful, the carving of uniformly homogeneous deposits. In 
Colorado, ample opportunity is afforded to study this interesting phe- 
nomenon. More, perhaps, than by any other geological group, it is 
exhibited by the soft shales, comparatively free from sand, of the Creta- 
ceous formation. Frequently may be found bluffs or ridges the sides 
of which present a most typical miniature arrangement of hills, valleys, 
mountains, and cafions. What is here accomplished in a comparatively 
short time on so small a scale, nature’s power has successfully completed 
in successive ages on a scale incomparably greater. ‘Time and the 
never-ceasing activity of erosive influence produce results that at 
present fill us with astonishment and admiration. Changing from day 
to day, in a degree imperceptibly small to us, geological periods have 
been required to produce what we now see. Nothing, perhaps, 
expresses more aptly the lesson taught by observing the etfects of 
erosion than the old Roman verse: 


“Gutta cavat lapidem non vi, 
Sed sxape cadendo.” 


ART. XXXVI.—PALEONTOLOGICAL PAPERS NO. 8: REMARKS 
UPON THE LARAMIE GROUP. 


By C. A. Wuitn, M. D. 


In other writings* I have shown that all the principal brackish-water 
deposits of the Western Territories are properly referable to one great 
group of strata which represents a period of time whose importance in 
the geological history of the North American continent increases with 
our knowledge concerning it. The members of the Laramie Group as 
now understood are the Judith River and Fort Union beds of the Upper 
Missouri River region; the Lignitic Series east of the Rocky Mountains 
in Colorado; the Bitter Creek Series of Southern Wyoming and adjacent 
parts of Northwestern Colorado, and the ‘“ Bear River Estuary Beds”, 
together with the Evanston Coal Seriest in Bear River Valley and their 
equivalents in adjacent parts of Wyoming and Utah. These, at least, 
are the best-known members of the Laramie Group; but it has a much 
wider geographical extent than even the widely separated localities just 
referred to would indicate. Some of the known portions of this great 
group doubtless represent different stages of the Laramie period, but 
the members just designated are, as a rule, understood to represent dif. 
ferent geographical developments of its strata with modifications of its 
fauna, rather than separate successive epochs of time in the geological 
period which is represented by the whole great group. The proof of 
the identity of these widely separated portions of the Laramie Group 
consists in the recognition of various species of fossil mollusks in all of 
them that are also found in some one or more of the others, thus con- 
necting the whole by faunal continuity. Similar proof has also been 
obtained by Professor Cope in the discovery of certain species of verte- 
brate fossils in more than one of these geographical members of the 
Laramie Group. 

The entire geographical limits of the Laramie Group are not yet fully 
known, but its present ascertained extent may be stated in general terms 
as from Southern Colorado and Utah, northward into the British Pos- 
Sessions ; and from the meridian of the Wasatch Range, eastward, far 
out on to the great plains. Its extent north and south isthus known to 

*See Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Terr. Vol. IV, Art XXIX, and An. Rep. U. S. 
Geol. and Geog. Surv. Terr. for 1877. 


t Sometimes called the “ Almy Mines”, from the name of the small mining hamlet 
whete the mines are located. 865 


866 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


be about 1,000 miles, and east and west a maximum of not less than 500 
miles. The full length of the area once occupied by the group is prob- 
ably considerably greater than here indicated, and we may safely esti- 
mate that it originally comprised not less than 50,000 square miles. The 
present range of the Rocky Mountains traverses this great area, against 
both flanks of which, as well as those of the Black Hills, the Laramie 
strata are upturned. These mountains, therefore, did not exist during 
the Laramie period, and the continuity of the waters of the Laramie Sea 
over their present site is also shown by the specitic identity of aqueous 
molluscan fossils in its strata on both sides of those mountains. 

The prevailing material of the strata, especially those of Mesozoic and 
Cenozoic age, inallthe Western Territories, whether of marine, brackish-, 
or fresh-water origin, is sand; and consequently those of most of the 
groups have certain phameorouokies | in common. 

Not only in this general way, but in other respects also, the litholog: 
ical characteristics of the Laramie Group are similar to those of the Fox 
Hills Group of the Cretaceous Series, upon which the former group rests, 
and with which, so far as is now known, ivis everywhere apparently con- 
formable ;* that is, it has the appearance of a widespread marine for- 
mation, consisting mainly of sandstones and sandy shales; but that it 
was not, like the Fox Hills Group, an open-sea deposit, is shown by its 
fossils. Its resemblance to the Fox Hills Group is still further increased 
by tlie presence in the latter, as well as the former, of many important 
beds of coal. It is true that no coal has been found in the Fox Hills 
Group in the Upper Missouri River region, nor in Eastern Colorado, 
but it is not uncommon among the strata of that group in Wyoming, 
Utah, and Western Colorado. 

Although there is sufficient evidence that the Fox Hills Group, which 
immediately preceded the Laramie, was deposited in a comparatively 
shallow sea, the bottom of which was slowly but constantly subsiding, 
its waters seem to have been everywhere truly marine except in a few 
estuaries ;} and the whole area occupied by the group where it has been 
studied seems also to have been always and entirely submerged, except, 
perhaps, those surfaces upon which the coal-plants grew, and these 
could have been above the water-level only during the growth of that 
vegetation and the accumulation of its carbonized remains. The 
Laramie Group seems also to have been deposited in waters that were 
constantly shallow, and as the group has a maximum thickness of not 
less than 4,000 feet, the bottom must have been constantly subsiding.¢ 


*There must necessarily be some unconformity between these two groupsin the periph- 
eral portions of the Laramie, because, as will be shown further on, the area upon which 
its waters rested was cut off from the great open sea by thie elevation of portions of 
the bottom upon which the Fox Hills deposits were made. 

tAn interesting assemblage of fossils from a deposit of one of these estuaries has 
been obtained near Coalville, Utah. 

{Similar remarks may be made concerning all the other groups of the Western for- 
mations from the Jura Trias to the Bridger Group inclusive, as will appear further on. 


WHITE ON THE LARAMIE GROUP. 857 


In all places where the group is known, and from its base to the top, the 
majority of its invertebrate fossils are brackish-water forms, and yet 
in the same places and throughout the same vertical extent, a greater or 
less number of molluscan species occur that are referable to either a 
fresh-water or land habitat. In many instances, the fresh-water species 
occupy separate layers from those which contain the brackish-water 
forms, and alternate with them, but it is very commonly the case that 
both fresh- and brackish-water types are found to occupy the same 
layers, the coniition of the specimens of both categories being such as 
to forbid the supposition that either of them was drifted from else- 
where to their present places of deposit and association. For example, 
numerous specimens of Unio, of many species, have been found asso- 
ciated with equally numerous specimens of Corbula and Corbicula, a 
large proportion of all of which still retain both valves together in their 
natural position. Associated with these, and in a similarly unmuti- 
lated condition, there are other molluscan remains, the living repre- 
sentatives of which are respectively of fresh- and brackish-water habitat ; 
and all of them are in such condition as to force the conclusion that 
they all lived together. The general prevalence of brackish-water 
types throughout the group, including Ostrea in abundance, Anomia 
quite plentiful, with occasional examples of Nuculana and Membranacea 
(or a closely related polyzoan), leaves no room for reasonable doubt that 
the prevailing condition of the Laramie Sea was saline; but the absence 
of true marine species proves that its waters were cut off from the open 
ocean. The conditions and association of species just explained show 
also that there must have been in certain places and at different times 
an alternation of greater and less saltness of its waters. 

It is well known that some species at least of certain genera of mol- 
lusks are capable of living in both brackish and fresh waters, but the 
evidence seems conclusive that certain forms found in the Laramie 
Group, the living representatives of which are respectively confined to 
either a fresh- or brackish-water habitat, then not only lived but thrived 
together in the same waters; and also that those waters were in some 
degree saline. This commingling of brackish- and fresh-water typesis 
not exceptional in the Laramie Group, but quite common, yet there are 
layers in some places, as for example near Black Buttes, in which all, 
or nearly all, the Mollusca are ot fresh-water type. A statement of these 
facts naturally suggests that this commingling of brackish- and fresh- 
water forms took place in estuary waters, and that the strata containing 
them are estuary deposits. But the character and condition of the 
strata show that this is not the fact, or if so in any cases, they are rare 
and at present unknown exceptions to the rule. While there were 
necessarily tributary streams flowing into the Laramie Sea, and true 
estuaries at the mouths of at least a part of them, I do not know of a 
single deposit or part of one in any district or in any of the divisions of 
the great Laramie Group that presents the stratigraphical characteris- 
tics of an estuary deposit. 


868 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Judging from the characteristics of existing land-locked seas, it is 
difficult to understand clearly how fresh and brackish waters could have 
existed in one and the same sea in the absence of, or at a distance from, 
the mouths of tributary rivers; but the character of the deposits of the 
Laramie Sea, as well as its molluscan fauna, warrants the suggestion 
that many comparatively large portions of its area were, at different 
times and in different places, in the condition of marshes, which were 
only. slightly raised above the general water-level, upon which fresh 
waters from rains accumulated, and gave congenial habitat to such 
members of the molluscan fauna of the period as would preferably avoid 
the brackish waters. This view is supported by the occasional presence 
of land-shells among those of branchiferous mollusks, the more common 
occurrence of palustral shells, the occurrence of deciduous leaves, and 
other fragments of vegetation, all in the same or associated strata; and 
also the presence of numerous beds of lignite throughout the group. It 
is also supported by the fact that the fossil Mollusca are found, not uni- 
formly distributed throughout the group, either vertically or geograph- 
ically, but to occupy small, distantly separated areas, which are not 
only locally restricted, but within which locally restricted areas the 
vertical range of the different species is limited. Admitting that such 
conditions prevailed, it is easy to understand how it may have happened 
that certain layers containing the remains of Mollusca, which could have 
flourished only in salt or brackish waters, as, for example, Ostrea and 
Anomia, are found to alternate in close succession with those containing 
an abundance of fresh-water species, and also with those containing a 
commingling of types. The conditions thus indicated would have 
brought the brackish- and fresh-water habitats of those Mollusca into - 
such juxtaposition that they must have frequently encroached upon 
each other. This frequent encroachment, or mingling of habitats, and, 
no doubt, the frequent impracticability of retreat, would have had a 
tendency to inure at least a portion of the mollusks of each to an exist- 
ence in the other. It is evident that many of the Laramie species were 
capable of such an interchange of habitat without disadvantage, and 
that among these were certain species of the Unionidae, Ceriphaside, 
and allied families. 

In expressing the belief that, with the exceptions referred to, the 
Laramie Sea was a great body of brackish water, I have not lost sight 
of the fact that some living mollusks belonging to families that are 
regarded as of distinctively marine habitat are known to inhabit fresh 
waters; nor of the fact that some others which are regarded as of fresh- 
water types are occasionally found in brackish waters. It seems impos- 
sible, however, to account for the commingling of types which we find 
in the Laramie strata, except by assuming that they all lived and 
thrived together in the same waters, as before stated. 

Before leaving the discussion of the general characteristics of the 
Laramie Group, the existence in it of a remarkable local or regional mol- 


WHITE ON THE LARAMIE GROUP. 869 


luscan fauna should be noticed. All the branchiferous species of Jfol- 
lusca of the lower or brackish-water beds of the Laramie Group of Bear 
River Valley and the adjacent region are different from any of those yet 
found in any other part of the Laramie Group. Besides this, there are 
two or three generic or subgeneric types among those mollusks that have 
never been discovered elsewhere. This statement applies only to those 
beds that have been so often called the ‘‘ Bear River Estuary Beds”, and 
not to the upper or coal-bearing beds of Bear River Valley, as developed 
near Evanston, Wyo.; for, in the latter, a few species have been 
recognized as identical with some that are found in other and distant 
parts of the group.* Because of the general character of these Bear River 
brackish-water strata, and their relation to those both above and beneath 
them, no reasonable doubt can be entertained that they form anintegral 
part of the great Laramie Group, notwithstanding the unique character 
of a large part of their fossils. The existence of that remarkable local 
fauna in the Laramie Group has a parallel in the similarly restricted and 
unique fauna that is found in the Cretaceous series of Coalville, Utah, 
and the region adjacent, extending as far northward as the valley of 
Bear River, where the Laramie beds before referred to are exposed. 
The faunal differences in both cases were probably due to a similar gen- 
eral cause, and that cause probably had relation to the proximity of a 
then existing western continental coast. 

Having briefly considered the distinguishing characteristics of the Lara- 
mie Group, its relation to the other groups will be better understood by 
a brief review of the physical conditions of that portion of the North 
American continent which it occupies, together with the portions adja- 
-eent. Much remains to be known upon this important subject, but the © 
facts hitherto ascertained seem to warrant the following statements and 
conclusions :— 

East of west longitude 95°, North America is mainly occupied by 
Paleozoicand Archean rocks; asis also a large area which extends north- 
ward and southward through Western North America; the eastern border 
of the latter area being adjacent to the region here discussed and not far 
from the one hundred and thirteenth meridian of west longitude. These 
two great areas are taken to represent approximately the outline and 
extent of the principal portions of the North American continent that 
_ were above the level of the sea at the beginning of the Mesozoic time. 
A broad expanse of Mesozoic sea then stretched between these two 
continental factors, which were finally united by a general continental 
elevation, and the consequent recedence of the sea. This elevation was 
not, properly speaking, catastrophal, but. gradual and oscillatory. That 
intercontinental Mesozoic sea was narrower during the Jura-Trias period 
than it was in the next epoch afterward, but it was always shallow, as 
is shown by the lithological character of the strata of all the Mesozoic 


Meek, to the Judith River beds, in the table on p. 722, Bull. U.S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. 
Terr. vol. iv. 


870 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


formations; and as these aggregate a great thickness, there was, of 
course, for a long time, and over a very large part of the space which it 
occupied, a gradual subsidence of the bottom which allowed the succes- 
sive deposition of shallow-water formations. The following facts prove 
the occurrence of oscillatious cf land-surface and sea-bottom by which 
from time to time tbe eastern border of the Mesozoic sea was shifted, 
and the whole finally displaced. 

In Western Iowa, Eastern Nebraska, and Eastern Kansas, the Creta- 
ceous strata are known to rest directly upon the Carboniferous strata, the 
Jura Trias being absent. These last-named strata, however, are in full 
force where the Mesozoic rocks are turned up against the eastern flanks of 
the Rocky Mountains and Black Hills, as well as farther westward. Their 
eastern border is certainly somewhere in the great plains beneath later 
Mesozoic formations and the prevailing surface débris, but its location 
is not even approximately known. Cretaceous strata continuous with 
those of the West are known to have been deposited as far eastward as 
within 50 or 60 miles of the Mississippi River in Northern Iowa and 
Southern Minnesota; southward from which region their eastern border 
gradually recedes to the westward nearly as far as Central Kansas. In 
the northeastern region just named, it is the attenuated strata of the 
Fort Benton and Niobrara Groups that are found, and these rest directly 
upon the Paleozoic rocks, the Dakota Group being absent there. In 
Western Iowa and Eastern Nebraska, the strata of the Dakota Group are 
found to rest upon the Paleozoic rocks, the former extending farther 
eastward there than any other Cretaceous strata; but the eastern bor- 
ders of the Fort Benton and Niobrara Groups are not there very far to the 
westward. The eastern border of the Fort Pierre and Fox Hills Groups, 


or the Later Cretaceous, is still farther westward, but its position is 


hidden by the later formations and the prevailing débris of the plains. 
From the foregoing facts, the following inferences may be legitimately 
drawn :—During the period represented by those Western rocks which 
have received the designation of Jura Trias (and apparently during a 
portion of the Permian period also), the western shore-line of the east- 
ern or principal continental factor was extended so far westward that 
the eastern border of the deposits of the period referred to reached 
no farther eastward than along some line now far out on the great 
plains, but the location of which is not known. It is now covered from 
possible discovery by superimposed Mesozoic strata and the prevailing 
surface débris. At the closeof the Jurassic period, asubsidence took place, 
which carried the deposits of the Dakota Group nearly as far eastward 
as Central Iowa. Still later, continued subsidence, but of more limited 
extent to the southeastward, caused the deposition of Fort Benton and 
Niobrara strata still farther eastward, in Northern Iowa and Southern 
Minnesota. At or before the close of the Niobrara epoch, the elevation 
of the western portion of the eastern or principal continental factor was 
resumed and apparently continued without further interruption by any 
other subsidence sufficient to carry any of the recovered or added land- 


WHITE ON THE LARAMIE GROUP. 871 


surface again beneath the level of the sea; although portions of the area 
which the intercontinental Mesozoic sea had covered were afterward 
occupied by great bodies of both brackish and fresh waters. The east- 
ern border of the later Cretaceous deposits was thus carried westward, 
where its place is now covered like that of the border of the earlier Jura- 
Trias deposits, but not so deeply. 

The eastern border of the Laramie Group is bidden in the same man- 
ner, but there is yet no evidence that it is anywhere overlapped by any 
subsequent marine deposit; although it is known to have received upon 
it in several places different groups of fresh-water strata. Perhaps no 
fact in the physical history of North America is better established than 
that the elevation of the Rocky Mountains as such are of later date than 
the Laramie Group, but the foregoing facts show that both oscillatory 
movements and general continental elevation took place before the 
beginning of the movements which resulted in the elevation of those 
mountains. Besides the oscillations of surface which have already been 
mentioned, there are indications that other similar movements occurred 
elsewhere within the same limits of time; such, for example, as the 
unconformity of the Laramie strata upon those of the Fox Hills Group 
in Middle Park, reported by Mr. Marvine; the unconformity in some 
places of the Jura Trias upon rocks older than the Carboniferous, &c. 

But leaving now the subject of the elevation and subsidence of land- 
surface to be briefly resumed further on, a few facts concerning the 
former physical conditions of what is now the western part of North 
America may now be considered. No fresh-water deposits of any kind 
or extent have yet been discovered in any of the Paleozoic rocks of 
North America, unless the coal of Carboniferous age may be regarded 
as such ; but’ even in that case the elevation of the land upon which it 
was formed could have been only barely above the sea-level; for the 
conformity of the coal-beds with the strata immediately above and 
below them is never broken, and the latter strata contain marine fossils. 
Therefore, for our present purpose, all the Paleozoic strata may be 
regarded as of marine origin. As a rule, also, all the Mesozoic strata, 
from the Jura Trias to the Fox Hills Group inclusive, are, by the char- 
acter of their fossils, known to be of marine origin, although at a few 
localities in some of the strata of each period fresh-water Mollusca have 
~ been discovered. These exceptions no doubt indicate the proximity of 
then existing shores rather than the prevalence of any such bodies of 
either brackish or fresh water as afterward covered wide areas in the 
Same region. 

Resting directly upon the strata of the Fox Hills Group are those of 
the Laramie, sedimentation having evidently been continuous from the 
former, notwithstanding the fact that there was such a radical change 
in the fauna upon the ushering-in of the Laramie period. The geo- 
graphical extent of the great Laramie Group has already been referred 
to, as well as its great thickness, the maximum being about 4,000 feet. 


872 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Its general lithological characteristics are similar to those of the Fox 
Hills Group, a known marine formation, but its fauna, as bas been shown, 
is mainly of brackish-, but partly of fresh-water origin, and not marine. 
Furthermore, the brackish-water species are distributed throughout 
its entire thickness and its whole geographical extent. These facts, 
together with the absence from all the strata yet examined of any true 
estuary characters, show that the Laramie Group was deposited in a 
great brackish-water sea. This being the case, it must have received 
its peculiar character as well as its boundaries by having been sepa- 
rated from the great open sea by an encircling elevation of land. The 
final act of the inclosing movements was the elevation of land at both 
the northern and southern end of the intercontinental Mesozoic sea, 
which connected the two great continental factors, so that that sea 
became a land-locked one, without material change of its status in its 
principal portion as regards the continued accumulation of sediments 
upon its bottom. 

Whether the brackish saltness of the Laramie Sea was sustained 
throughout the period by limited communication of its waters with 
those of the great open sea, or whether such communication was 
entirely cut off and the supply of salt, above that which was retained 
of its original marine saltness, came by adjacent continental drainage 
in amount sufficient to balance the waste by overflow, can probably 
never be known, but the latter seems probable. If the former condi- 
tion existed, one of the places of communication was no doubt at the 
southeastern border of the Laramie Sea, and some fortunate exposure 
of strata* in the region between Western Kansas and the Gulf of Mexico 
may yet reveal the true relations of the Laramie Group with the Cre- 
taceous and Eocene deposits of the Gulf border. If tide-level com- 
munication between the Laramie Sea and the open ocean was entirely 
cut off, as there is much reason to believe it was, the question of such 
relationship or contemporaneousness of deposition must ever remain 
an open one. . 

It is evident that the movements which caused the inclosure of the 
Laramie Sea did not materially interrupt the continuity of sedimenta- 
tion within at least a very large part of its area, although the effects of 
those physical changes were such as to cause a total change in at least 
the molluscan fauna. The wide geographical distribution and great 
vertical range of many of the molluscan species of the Laramie Group, 
and the great uniformity of its lithological characters, show that the 
period was one of comparative quiet within the region which was occu- 
pied by its waters. There were, however, some comparatively slight 


* In Professor Powell’s Report on the Geology ot the Uinta Mountains, and in the 
American Journal of Science, vol. xi, 3d series, p. 161, I announced, on the authority of 
Professor Powell, the existence of marine Tertiary fossils in the strata of the valley of 
Bijou Creek, 40 miles east of Denver, Colo. A personal examination of that region 
in 1877 failed to confirm that reported discovery, as I have shown in my report for 
that year. See An. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr. for 1877. 


WHITE ON THE LARAMIE GROUP. 873 


oscillations of surface or sea-bottom, which caused local unconformity of 
strata, but these are so limited in extent, so far as they are known, that, 
at no great distance away from each, the strata, which evidently corre- 
spond with the displaced ones, show no evidence of disturbance. An 
example of such local unconformity exists in the Bitter Creek Series, 
near its top, in the vicinity of Point of Rocks Station. 

Although the disturbances at or near the close of the Laramie period 
were greatest in the region of the western border of the Laramie Sea, 
there were necessarily minor disturbances over a large part of the area 
which it occupied, because it was no doubt a continuation of continental 
elevation that narrowed the area of the Laramie Sea and fixed the 
boundaries of the freshened waters that continued to cover a large part 
of its former site. The evidence seems conclusive, however, that while 
there was then at least a slight elevation of that part of the continent, 
and a. freshening of the remaining great body of land-locked waters, 
sedimentation was not interrupted thereby over a large part of the area 
occupied by those freshened waters. It is not claimed that the disturb- 
ances of strata which marked the change from the Fox Hills Group to 
the Laramie approached in extent or degree those which occurred at or 
near the close of the Laramie Group, although there was a radical- 
change in at least the molluscan fauna in both cases; but the facts seem 
to prove that we have in these western strata, including the great fresh- 
water deposits, an unbroken geological record, extending at Jeast from 
the earlier Mesozoic far into Tertiary time. The apparent paleontolog- 
ical breaks in that record are regarded as only faunal displacements and 
restrictions which were caused by radical changes of environment that 
were consequent upon the different physical changes which took place 
in the progress of the evolution of the continent. 

The already accumulated geological facts show that the general con- 
tinental elevation was continued after the Laramie period, much in the 
same manner that it progressed up to that time (for the Kocky. Mount 
ains were not yet elevated); still inclosing large bodies of water, but 
which were no longer salt. The surface of the Laramie Sea was doubt- 
less only slightly, if at all, elevated above the level of the great open 
sea; but the elevation of its former bed was no doubt considerably in- 
creased during its successive occupancy in part by the Wasatch, Green 
River, and Bridger Lakes. There must, however, have been a subsidence 
of the bottom of each of these great bodies of fresh water during their 
existence, which permitted the accumulation of the immense thickness 
of their strata which now remain, besides that which has been removed 
by erosion. Free drainage of overflow into the open sea must also have 
been maintained during these later epochs, which kept their waters fresh, 
but which evidently did not exist during the Laramie period; but the 
present discussions are necessarily confined mainly to the last-named 
period. 

In the foregoing discussion of the paleontological characteristics of the 


874 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Laramie Group I have had reference almost entirely to the invertebrate 
fauna, which consists, so far as the discussions are concerned, entirely 
of the Mollusca. This was not because the investigation of those sub- 
jects is more in the line of my special studies, but because being inhabit- 
ants of the waters in which the formations were deposited, they had a 
more direct bearing than any others upon the physical phases of the 
western portion of North America during the period that has been dis- 
cussed, and, also, because neither the then existing vegetation nor the 
most important part of the vertebrate fauna was necessarily affected 
by at least those physical changes which caused an entire change of the 
whole molluscan fauna, both at the beginning and close of the Laramie 
period. The reptilian fauna of the Laramie period, however, assumes 
especial interest, because certain of its types, which extend throughout 
the whole vertical range of the group, are regarded as characteristic of 
Cretaceous age. 

Notwithstanding the positive opinions that have been expressed by 
others upon the subject of the geological age of the Laramie Group, I 
regard it as still an open question. All paleontologists agree that the 
Cretaceous period extended at Jeast to the close of the Fox Hills epoch; 
and the question is whether the Cretaceous period closed with the close 
of the Fox Hills epoch or with that of the Laramie period. The question 
might be extended so as to embrace the inquiry whether the true chrono- 
logical division between the Cretaceous and Tertiary did not really oceur 
within the Laramie period ; but this, while not unreasonable, would per- 
haps be inconvenient and unprofitable. That, according to European 
standards, the Dinosauria which are found even in the uppermost strata 
of the Laramie Group are of Cretaceous types is doubtless indisputable, 
and there also appears to be no occasion to question the reference that 
has been made of fossil plants which have been obtained from even the 
lowest Laramie strata, to Tertiary types. The invertebrate fossils, of 
the Laramie Group itself, as I have shown in other writings, are silent 
as to its geological age, because the types are either unique, are known 
to exist in both Mesozoic and Tertiary strata, or pertain to living as well _ 
as fossil forms.* Every species found in the Laramie Group is no dcubt 
extinct, but the molluscan types have collectively an aspect so modern 
that one almost instinctively regards them as Tertiary ; and yet some of 
these types are now known to have existed in the Cretaceous, and even 
in the Jurassic period. In view of these facts, together with those pre- 
sented in the foregoing discussions, the following suggestions concern- 
ing the geological age of the Laramie Group are offered. 

It is a well-known fact that we have in North America no strata 
which are, according to Kuropean standards, equivalent with any part 


* Tt is a fact worthy of consideration in this connection that a large proportion of the 
molluscan types of the extensive fresh-water deposits of Southeastern Europe are 
practically identical with some of those of the Laramie Group, and that European 
geologists regard those deposits as of Eocene Tertiary age. 


WHITE ON THE LARAMIE GROUP. 875 


of the Lower Cretaceous of Europe, but that all North American strata 
of the Cretaceous period are equivalent with certain portions of those of 
the Upper Cretaceous of that part of the world. That the Fox Hills 
Group is of Upper Cretaceous age no one disputes, the only ques- 
tion being as to its place in the series. A comparison of its fossil 
invertebrate types with those of the Huropean Cretaceous rocks indi- 
cates that it is at least as late as, if not later than, the latest known 
Cretaceous strata of Europe. If, therefore, that parallelism is correctly 
drawn, and the Laramie Group is really of Cretaceous age, we have a 
great and important division of the Cretaceous represented in Amer- 
ica which is yet unknown in any other part of the world. It is in view 
of these facts that, for purposes of general grouping of the strata of the 
Western Territories, the provisional designation of ‘‘ Post-Cretaceous” 
has been adopted for the Laramie Group in the reports of this Survey. 

It is well known that able American paleontologists regard the Lara- 
mie Group as of Cretaceous age, and this opinion is understood to be 
based upon the persistence of some vertebrate Cretaceous types up to 
the close of the Laramie period and the first known appearance of Ter- 
tiary types of mammals in North America, in the immediately superim- 
posed Wasatch strata. It is not to be denied that these are important 
considerations, but the following, as well as other relevant facts already 
mentioned, ought to be duly considered in that connection. 

With rareand obscure exceptions, no mammalian remains are known in 
North American strata of earlier date than those of the Wasatch Group 
that were deposited immediately after the close of the Laramie period. 
Immediately from and after the close of that period, as shown by abun- 
dant remains in the fresh-water Tertiaries of the West, highly organ- 
ized’ mammals existed in great variety and abundance. There is noth- 
ing to forbid the supposition that all of these were constituents of a 
Tertiary fauna, and many of them are, by accepted standards, of dis- 
tinctively Tertiary types. If the presence of these forms in the strata 
referred to, and their absence from the Laramie strata immediately 
beneath them, together with the presence of Dinosaurians there, be 
held to prove the Tertiary age of the former strata, then was the 
Tertiary period ushered in with most unnatural suddenness. Sed- 
imentation was, at least in part, unbroken between the Laramie Group 
and the strata which contain the mammalian remains referred to, so 
that the local conditions of the origin of all of them were substantially 
the same, and yet, so far as any accumulated evidence shows, those 
mammalia were not preceded in the Laramie period by any related 
forms. Such suddenness of introduction makes it almost certain that 
it was caused by the removal of some physical barrier, so that the 
ground which was before potentially Tertiary, became so, of paleon- 
tological record, by actual faunal occupancy. In other words, it seems 
certain that those Tertiary mammalian types were evolved in some 
other region before the close of the Laramie period, where they existed 

Bull. iv. No. 4——9 


876 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


contemporaneously with at least the later Dinosaurians, and that the 
barrier which separated those faunz was removed by some one of the 
various surface movements connected with the evolution of the conti- 
nent. The climate and other physical conditions which were essential 
to the existence of the Dinosaurians of the Laramie period having evi- 
dently been continued into the Tertiary epochsthatare represented by the 
Wasatch, Green River, and Bridger Groups, they might, doubtless, have 
continued their existence through those epochs as well as through the 
Laramie period but for the irruption of the mammalian hordes to which 
they probably soon succumbed in an unequal struggle for existence. 

According to the facts which I have here and elsewhere shown, we 
have in the strata of the Western Territories an unbroken record from 
the earlier Mesozoic far into Tertiary time, and consequently no com- 
plete line or plane of demarkation between them exists. Therefore the 
designation of any precise boundary between the Cretaceous and Ter- 
tiary of that region must be a matter of conventional convenience 
rather than of natural requirement. 


ART, XXXVII.—SYNONYMATIC LIST OF THE AMERICAN SCIURI, 
OR ARBOREAL SQUIRRELS, 


By J. A. ALLEN. 


Since the publication last year of my revision of the American Sciuri,* 
the *‘ Neotropical” species of the group have been ably reviewed by Mr. 
EH. R. Alston,} under unusually favorable circumstances. With his ac- 
customed thoroughness, he has taken the trouble to seek out the types, 
so far as they are extant or accessible in several of the principal museums 
of Europe, of most of the species of former authors, and has thus been able 
to determine the character of many species so inadequately described, 
that in no other way could their proper allocation be satisfactorily de- 
termined. His careful elucidation of this obscure and perplexing group 
has not only placed his fellow-workers in the same field under lasting 
obligations to him, but must mark an era in the history of the subject. 
Of the fifty-nine nominal species of this group described by different 
authors, he informs us that he has examined the types of no less than 
forty-one! With the rich material of the British Museum at his com- 
mand, he has been able to tell us exactly what the late Dr. Gray had for 
the basis of his nineteen ‘‘ new species”, described in a single paper in 
1867, some of them so vaguely or inaccurately that the descriptions are 
sometimes misleading, and often inadequate indices of what he actually 
had before him. Mr. Alston has also been able to allocate the species 
described previously by the same author, and by Richardson, Bennett, 
Ogilby, and other British writers. In the Paris Museum, he found still 
extant the types of most of the species described many years since by 
Is. Geoffroy, Lesson, F. Cuvier, and Pucheran, and in the Berlin Museum 
types of the species described by Dr. Peters; so that the only important 
ones not seen by him are those of Brandt, Wagner, and Natterer. To 
assist him in collating my own work, I had the pleasure of sending him 
examples of the greater part of the species recognized by me in my 
recent monograph of the American Sciuride. As I had not access to 
the types of the species described by foreign authors, I made, in some 
instances, my allocations of synonymy with doubt, and, in other cases, 
only provisionally, feeling conscious of the uncertainty with which refer- 


* Coues and Allen’s ‘‘ Monographs of North American Rodentia”, pp. 666-797, August, 
1877. : 
t“On the Squirrels of the Neotropical Region”, Proc. Zod]. Soc. Lond. 1878, pp. 
656-670, pl. xli. This highly important memoir gives excellent diagnoses of the species, 
with their synonymy in full, and a critical commentary on the species of previous 
authors. 
877 


878 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


ences to many of the species must necessarily, under the circumstances, 
be made. Although Mr. Alston has shown the incorrectness of some of 
my identifications, and the necessity of substituting, in two instances, 
names other than those I was led to adopt, I feel, on the whole, no small 
degree of satisfaction in the confirmation of so large a portion of my 
synonymic work by the trying ordeal to which it has been submitted; 
especially as Mr. Alston has done me the kindness to state, in several 
instances, that I was led into mistakes by descriptions that did not 
properly represent the objects described. The purpose of the present 
paper is to correct these errors, so far as they have been satisfactorily 
shown, and to present a nomenclature that fairly reflects the present 
state of the subject. 

In my former revision of the Sciuri of Tropical America, I felt author- 
ized in reducing fully four-fifths of the previously described species to 
synonyms, and stated it as my belief that I had still recognized too 
many rather than too few. Mr. Alston, with far more—and mainly his- 
toric—material at his command, has, in one or two instances, carried the 
reduction still further, but, on the other hand, has added one or two 
species unrepresented in the material I had before me. While I recog- 
nized ten species and two subspecies, he has raised the number of the 
former to twelve. The changes, so far as species are concerned, consist 
in his elevating one of my subspecies to full specific rank; in treating 
as a species a form I regarded as the young of another species ; in unit- 
ing, in two instances, two of my species into one; and in restoring two 
species I treated as nominal. These changes, as well as those of nomen- 
clature and synonymy, will be fully noted in the following pages. 

For the purpose mainly of presenting a connected view of the Amer- 
ican Sciuri, but partly to correct one or two errors of synonymy, I 
include the North American species in the subjoined enumeration, 
although I have no changes to make in the nomenclature adopted in 
‘‘ Monographs of North American Rodentia”. In order to distinguish 
readily those that are represented in the North American fauna, I divide 
the species, as before, into two geographical series. Gray’s species are 
assigned in accordance with Mr. Alston’s determinations, based on an 
examination of the types, as are also those of Peters, Pucheran, Cuvier, 
Geoffroy, Bennett, and Richardson. Consequently the synonymatiec 
tables here presented are substantially the same as Mr. Alston’s. 


A.—NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES. 
L—ScIURUS HUDSONIUS, Pallas. 
1.—Var. hudsonius. 


Sciurus vulgaris, ForRSTER, Phil. Trans. Ixii, 1772, 378. 

Sciurus vulgaris, 2, hudsonicus, ERXLEBEN, Syst. Anim. 1777, 416. 
Sciurus hudsonius, PALLAS, Nov. Spec. Glires, 1778, 376. 

Sciurus carolinus, ORD, ‘‘ Guthrie’s Geogr. (2d Am. ed.) ii, 1815, 292.” 
Sciurus rubrolineatus, DESMAREST, Mam. ii, 1822, 333. 


ALLEN ON THE AMERICAN SCIURI. 879 


2.—Var. richardsoni. 


Sciurus richardsoni, BACHMAN, Prec. Zod]. Soc. Lond. vi, 1838, 100. 


3.—Var. douglassi. 


Sciurus hudsonius, var. 3, RICHARDSON, Faun. Bor.-Am. i, 1829, 190. 

Sciurus douglassi, GRAY, Proc. Zoél. Soc. Lond. 1836, 88 (no description).— BACHMAN, 
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1838, 99. 

Sciurus townsendi, BACHMAN, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. viii, 1859, 63 (MS. name). 

Sciurus lanuginosus, BACHMAN, Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1838, 101. 

Sciurus mollipilosus, AUDUBON & BACHMAN, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. i, 1842, 102. 

Sciurus belcheri, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. x, 1842, 263. 

Sciurus suckleyi, BArRD, Proc. Acad. Nat Sci. Phila. vii, 1855, 333. 


4.—Var. fremonti. 


Sciurus fremonti, AUDUBON & BACHMAN, Quad. N. Amer. iii, 1853, 237, pl. evlix, fig. 1. 


- I..—ScIURUS CAROLINENSIS, Ginelin. 
1.—Var. leucotis. 


Sciurus cinereus, SCHREBER, Siuget. iv, 1792, 706, pl. cexii (nee Linné, 1758). 

Sciurus pennsylvanicus, ORD, “ Guthrie’s Geog. (2d Am. ed.) ii, 1815, 292” (melanistic). 
Sciurus niger, GODMAN, Am. Nat. Hist. ii, 1826, 133 (melanistic; nec Linné, 1758). 
Sciurus carolinensis, GODMAN, Am. Nat. Hist. ii, 1826, 131. 

- Sciurus leucotis, GAPPER, Zool. Journ. v, 1830, 206, pl. xi. 

Sciurus vulpinus, DEKay, N. Y. Zool. i, 1842, 59. 

Sciurus migratorius, AUDUBON & BACHMAN, Quad. N. Amer. i, 1849, 265, pl. xxxv. 


2.—Var. carolinensis. 


Sciurus carolinensis, GMELIN, Syst. Nat. i, 1788, 148. 
Sciurus fuliginosus, BACHMAN, Proc. Zo6l. Soc. Lond. 13838, 96. 


3.—Var. yucatanensis. 
Sciurus carolinensis var. yucatanensis, ALLEN, Mon. N. Am. Rod. 1877, 705. 


NotEe.—In “ Monographs of the North American Rodentia”, p. 701, 
exclude from synonyms of var. leucotis, ‘‘ ? Macroxus melania, Gray ”, 
and from synonyms of var. carolinensis exclude “ ? Sciwrus deppei”, re- 
specting which see infra, pp. 881,885. Variety yucatanensis seems to be 
arare form in collections, Mr. Alston stating that the only specimen he 
has seen being the one I sent him. 


ITI.—ScIuRUS NIGER, Linné. 


1.—Var. niger. 


Sciurus niger, Linné, Syst. Nat. i, 1758, 64. 

Sciurus variegatus, ERXLEBEN, Syst. Anim. 1777, 421 (in part). 

Sciurus vulpinus, GMELIN, Syst. Nat. i, 1788, 147. 

Sciurus capistratus, Bosc, Ann. du Mus. i, 1802, 281. 

Sciurus rufiventris, M’MURTRIE, Cuvier’s An. King. (Am. ed.) i, 1831, 433. 
Sciurus texianus, BACHMAN, Proe. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1838, 86. 


2.—Var. cinereus. 


Sciurus cinereus, LINNS, Syst. Nat. i, 1758, 64. 
Sciurus vulpinus, SCHREBER, Sauget. iv, 1792, 772, pl. cexv, B. 


880 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


? Sciurus hyemalis, OrD, ‘ Guthrie’s Geog. (2d Am. ed.) ii, 1815, 293, 304.” 
?? Macroxus neglectus, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 425 (locality 


unknown). 
3.—Var. ludovicianus. 


Sciurus ludovicianus, Custis, Barton’s Med. and Phys. Journ. ii, 1806, 43. 
Sciurus ludovicianus var. atroventris, ENGELMANN, Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, i, 1859, 329. 
Sciurus macroura, Say, Long’s Exp. R. Mis. i, 1823, 115. 
Sciurus macroureus, GODMAN, Am. Nat. Hist. ii, 1826, 134. 
Sciurus magnicaudatus, HARLAN, Faun. Am. 1825, 178. 
Sciurus subauratus, BACHMAN, Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1838, 87. 
Sciurus auduboni, BACHMAN, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1838, 97. 
Sciurus occidentalis, AUDUBON & BACHMAN, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. viii, 1842, 317. 
Sciurus rubicaudatus, AUDUBON & BACHMAN, Quad. N. Am. ii, 1851, 30, pl. lv. 
Sciurus sayi, AUDUBON & BACHMAN, Quad. N. Am. ii, 1851, 274, pl. Ixxxix. 
Sciurus limitis, BAIRD, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. vii, 1855, 331. 
Nore.—Under Var. ludovicianus, Mon. N. Am. Rod. p. 718, exclude 


“©? ToMES, Proce. Zo6l. Soc. Lond. 1861, 281 (Costa Rica [lege Guatemala])”. 


» IV.—Scrurvs Fossor, Peale. 


Sciurus fossor, PEALE, Mam. and Birds U.S. Expl. Exp. 1848, 55. 
Sciurus heermannt, LECONTE, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. vi, 1852, 149. 


V.—SCIURUS ABERTI, Woodh. 


Sciurus dorsalis, WOODHOUSE, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. vi, 1852, 110 (nee teen 1848). 
Sciurus aberti, WOODHOUSE, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. vi, 1852, 220. 


Sciurus castanotus, BAIRD, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. vii, 1855, 332 (typ. error uae cas- 
tanonotus). 


VIL—SCIURUS ARIZONENSIS, Coues. 


Sciurus arizonensis, COUES, Amer. Nat. i, 1867, 357. 

Sciurus collicit, ALLEN, Mon. N. Am. Rod. 1877, 738 (exclusive of synonyms, which all 
belong to the next species, except ‘“‘? S. leporinus, AUD. & Bacu.”, which is 
indeterminable). 

Norr.— Misled by imperfect descriptions and a bad figure of Rich- 
ardson’s type, Mr. Allen has referred the Arizona Squirrel of Dr. Coues 
to Richardson’s S. colliwi. He has since kindly intrusted me with a 
typical example of S. arizonensis ; and I find that it is quite distinct 
from S. collicet (which is Mr. Allen’s S. boothic), being much more nearly 
allied to 8S. carolinensis, from which, however, both Dr. Coues and Mr. 
Allen consider that it is ‘ thoroughly distinet’.”.—-ALSTOoN, I. ¢. p. 659. 


B.—SPECIES OF MEXICO AND CENTRAL AND SOUTH 
AMERICA. 


VII.—SCIURUS GRISEOFLAVUS, (Gray) Alston. 


Macroxus griseoflavus, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1877, 427. 

Sciurus griseoflavus, ALSTON, Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1878, 660. 

? Sciurus ludovicianus, Tomes, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1861, 281 (according to Alston, 
l.c. p. 660). 


NotgE.—Referred by me to my S. leucops. Considered by Mr. Alston 
to be “closely allied” to S. arizonensis, of which he suspects ‘it will 


ALLEN ON THE AMERICAN SCIURI. 881 


eventually prove to be a southern race. More specimens, however, are 
required before they can be united; and provisionally I therefore accept 
S. griseoflavus as a distinct species.” My own inclination, in view of Mr. 
Alston’s diagnosis of 8. griseoflavus, is to unite them, but I refrain from 
doing so at present. 

Mr. Alston further remarks :—‘‘ Mr. Allen considers Gray’s I. griseo- 
flavus to be specifically identical with his [Allen’s] J. leucops ; and the 
original diagnosis certainly seems to give countenance to such a view. 
The typical specimens (five in number), however, are very different. 
- . .” In consequence of my referring Gray’s Macroxus griseoflavus 
to my S. leucops, he quotes the latter as a synonym of S. griseoflavus, 
Alston, but the specimens I referred to my S. leucops represent his 
S. variegatus var. leucops. 


VIII.—ScIuURUS HYPOPYRRHUS, Wagler. 


? Sciurus variegatus, ERXLEBEN, Syst. Anim. 1777, 421 (in part). 

Sciurus hypopyrrhus, WAGLER, Isis, 1831, 610. 

Sciurus nigrescens, BENNETT, Proc. Zo6l. Soc. Lond. 1833, 41 (melanistic). 

Sciurus collivi, RiCHARDSON, Zoél. Voy. Blossom, 1839, 8, pl. i. 

Sciurus variegatoides, OGILBY, Proc. Zo6l. Soc. Lond. 1839, 117. 

Sciurus richardsoni, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. x, 1842, 264 (nec Bachman, 1838). 

Sciurus boothie, GRAY, List Mam. Brit. Mus. 1843, 139 (=S. richardsoni, Gray). 

Sciurus griseocaudatus, Guay, Zoél. Voy. Sulphur, 1844, 34, pl. xiii, fig. 2 (animal), pi. 
Xviii, figs. 7-12 (skull and teeth). 

Sciurus fuscovariegatus, SCHINZ, Synop. Mam. 1845, 15 (= S. richardsoni, Gray). 

Sciurus adolphei, Lesson, Descrip. de Mam. et d’Ois. 1847, 141. 

Sciurus pyladei, Lesson, Descrip. de Mam. et d’Ois. 1847, 142. 

Sciurus dorsalis, GRAY, Proc. Zod]. Soc. Lond. 1848, 138, pl. vii. 

Sciurus rigidus, PETERS, Monatsb. Kéngl. Preuss. Akad. Wissensch. zu Berlin, 1863, 
(1864), 652. 

Sciurus oculatus, PeTERS, Monatsh. Kéngl. Preuss. Akad. Wissensch. zu Berlin, 1863, 
(1864), 653 (formerly referred by me to my “S. colliwi” =S. arizonensis, 
Coues). 

Sciurus intermedius, ‘‘ VERREAUX”, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 421. 

Sciurus nicoyana, GRaY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 423. 

Sciurus melania, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 425 (formerly referred 
by me, with a query, to S. carolinensis). 

Sciurus colliwi, ALLEN, Mon. N. Am. Rod. 1877, 738 (the synonyms, except 8S. arizo- 
nensis, Coues, but not the specimens, nor the descriptive text). 

Sciurus boothiw, ALLEN, Mon. N. Amer. Rod. 1877, 741 (synonyms, text, and specimens). 

Sciurus hypopyrrhus, ALLEN, Mon. N. Amer. Rod. 1877, 746 (synonyms,—except Macroxus 
maurus, Gray,—text, and specimens, except the series from Guayaquil and the 
text relating to them). 


Novre.—This species, asat present defined, includes both my S. boothic 
and S. hypopyrrhus, except certain specimens from Guayaquil described 
by me under the latter name, which represent, according to Mr, Al- 
ston’s determination of them, S. stramineus. In uniting my S. boothic 
and 8S. kypopyrrhus, Mr. Alston confirms a suspicion I had already ex- 
pressed of their possibly proving identical. I kept them apart mainly 
from the impression made upon me by the Guayaquil specimens, which 
I felt pretty sure were specifically different from those 1 referred to S. 


~ 


882 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


boothice, and which were really the basis of what I recognized as S. hypo-. 
pyrrhus. I associated with them, however, specimens representing the 
S. dorsalis of Gray, from their apparently slenderer form and relatively 
longer ears and tail. Although Mr. Alston has not seen the types of 
either Wagler’s S. hypopyrrhus or of S. stramineus, I defer for the pres- 
ent to his judgment in adopting hypopyrrhus as the name of this highly 
polymorphic group. 

Under 8S. hypopyrrhus, Mr. Alston recognizes five ‘‘ types”, namely :— 
1. “The hypopyrrhus type”, to which he refers S. nigrescens, Bennett, and 
Macroxus boothic, Gray, 1867. 2. “The rigidus type”, to which he refers 
S. rigidus, Peters, S. intermedius, Verreaux, and 8S. nicoyanus, Gray. 
3. The dorsalis type.” 4. ‘*Thecolliwitype”, to which he refers S. colliai, 
Richardson, S. adolphet and S. pyladei, Lesson, S. variegatoides, Ogilby, 
S. oculatus, Peters, and S. griseocaudatus, Gray. 5. ‘+The melania type.” 

“With regard to the synonymy,” Mr. Alston writes, ‘‘I may ob- 
serve that I have been able to examine the types of all the ‘species’ 
here united, excepting that of S. hypopyrrhus, which, however, has been 
well described by Wagler and Wagner; it appears to be a dark variety 
without the usual wash of white on thetail. ...” 

‘““Of the geographical distribution of the races,” he says, “‘ we can 
only judge from the comparatively few specimens of which the exact 
localities have been noted. The hypopyrrhus phase appears to be the 
most northern, the colli: to obtain principally along the Pacifie slopes, 
-and the dorsalis to be the most southern. Each, however, appears to be 
found along with the others in some parts. Thus, I have seen speci- 
mens of the hypopyrrhus type from Mexico, Honduras, and Guatemala, 
of rigidus from Guatemala, Nicaragua, and Costa Rica, of dorsalis from 
Nicaragua, Costa Rica, Veragua, and Panama, and of colliwi from the | 
west coast of Mexico and Guatemala, Nicaragua, and Costa Rica. The 
only localities which I know for S. melania are Nicaragua and Veragua.” * 
In all probability, these five types will prove to be entitled to varietal 


rank. 
IX.—SCIURUS AUREIGASTER, F. Cuvier. 


Sciurus aureogaster, F. CuvreR, Hist. des Mam. iii, livr. lix, 1829. 

Sciurus leucogaster, F. CUVIER, Suppl. de Buff. i, Mam. 1831, 300. 

Sciurus albipes, WAGNER, Abh. Bayer. Ak. ii, 1837, 501 (according to Alston; formerly 
referred by me, with a ?, to the preceding species). 

Sciurus socialis, WAGNER, Abh. Bayer. Ak. ii, 1837, 504, pl. v (according to Alston). 

Sviurus ferruginiventris, AUDUBON & BacuMan, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1841, 101; 
Quad. N. Am. pl. xxxviii. 

Sciurus varius, WAGNER, Suppl. Schreber’s Siiuget. iii, 1843, 168, pl. ecexiii D (“S. al- 
bipes” on plate ; = S. albipes, Wagner, 1837). 

Macroxus morio, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 424. 

Macroxus maurus, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 425 (formerly referred 
by me to the preceding species). 

Macroxus leucops, GRaY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 427. 

Sciurus aureigaster and S. leucops, ALLEN, Mon. N. Am. Rod. 1877, 750, 753. 

Sciurus variegatus, ALSTON, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1878, 660 (ex Erxleben). 


* Loc cit. pp. 663, 664. 


ALLEN ON THE AMERICAN SCIURI. ; 883 


NotE.—‘ Under this name I feel myself obliged to bring together 
two Mexican Squirrels of which typical specimens are very different in 
appearance. Mr. Allen has kept them separate under the names of S. 
aureigaster and S. leucops, remarking that the difference in coloration 
leaves little doubt of their distinctness, but adding that ‘more abundant 
material may show that they are not specifically separable’ (op. cit. p. 
755). The color-variation is not nearly so great as we shall find it to be 
in the next species |7. e. S. hypopyrrhus|; and after a careful examination 
of a great number of specimens, especially of the fine series in the Paris 
Museum, I have been unable to find a single distinctive character which 
is constant.”—-ALSTON, l. ¢. p. 661. 

Of this species Mr. Alston recognizes two forms, denominated respect- 
ively ‘1, the aureogaster type”, aud “2, the leucops type”. 

Unfortunately, as it seems to me, Mr. Alston has selected for this 
species Erxleben’s name variegatus, remarking that it is “ primarily 
founded” on the “ Coztiocotequallin” of Hernandez, and that Buffon’s 
“Coquallin” is quoted only as a synonym; and adds, ‘“ Erxleben’s 
diagnosis and description appear to me to be quite characteristic of the 
leucops form of the present species. By retaining this appropriate name,” 
_he continues, “we are enabled to escape from F. Cuvier’s barbarous term 
aureogaster, under which this beautiful species has labored in so many 
works” (lJ. ¢. pp. 661, 662). However pleasant it might be to escape 
Cuvier’s barbarous name, this to me is not so clearly the way to do it. 
Erxleben’s species is admittedly a composite one, and neither his diag- 
nosis nor Hernandez’s account of the ‘ Coztiocotequallin” belps the 
matter, since the best that can be made out is that Erxleben’s species 
was black above, varied with white and brown, and yellow below, twice 
the size of the European Squirrel, and with the ears not tufted ; a char- 
acterization broad enough to apply to the dusky phase of any of the 
larger Mexican Squirrels. F. Cuvier’s excellent figure and detailed 
description, on the other hand, leave nothing to be guessed at in respect 
to just what his auwreogaster was, the types of which, it appears also, are 
still preserved. 


X.—ScIURUS STRAMINEUS, Hyd. & Soul. 


Sciurus stramineus, EyDoux & SOULEYET, Voy. de la Bonite, Zool. i, 1844, 37, pl. ix. 
Sciurus nebouxii, Is. GEOFFROY, Voy. de La Vénus, Zool. 1855, 163, pl. xii. 

Macroxus fraseri, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 430. 

Sciurus hypopyrrhus, ALLEN, Mon. N. Am. Rod. 1677, 747 (in part). 

Norr.—<As already stated, this species was embraced under my S. 
hypopyrrhus. The S. stramineus I included among the synonyms of 8. 
variabilis. The S. nebouxit I was unable to identify, and gave it among 
my undetermined species. The Macroxus fraseri I referred doubtfully to 
S. tephrogaster.* Mr. Alston has examined the types of S. nebouxit and 


* “Tt is only fair to Mr. Allen to add, that Gray’s description of M. frasert is so imper- 
fect that it is not surprising that the American zodlogist should have doubtfully re- 
ferred it to S. tephrogaster.”—ALSTON, l. c. p. 665. 


884 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


S. fraseri, and their allocation here is on his authority. It turns out 
that the Guyaquil specimens of my S. hypopyrrhus series (one of which 
Mr. Alston has seen) represent this species. Mr. Alston states that this 
species is rare in collections, and appears to be the only representative of 
the genus in Western Peru. He further says :—“A remarkable peculiar- 
ity of this species is its tendency to the development of irregular tufts 
of pure white hairs, rather longer than the rest of the fur, and some- 
times uniting in large patches. These asymmetrical] markings are pres- 
ent in the majority of the individuals examined.” This peculiarity in 
the texture and color of the pelage I looked upon as abnormal and as 
indicating a tendency to albinism, and am surprised that it should prove 
of such general occurrence. 


XI.—ScCIURUS VARIABILIS, Is. Geoffroy. 


Sciurus variabilis, Is. GEOFYROY, Mag. de Zool. 1832, i, pl. iv. 

Sciurus langsdorfi, BRANDT, Mém. Acad. de St. Pétersb. 6° sér. Math. Phys. et Nat. iii, 
2° pt. 1835, 425, pl. xi. 

Sciurus igniventris, ““NAaTTERER”, WAGNER, Wiegm. Arch. fiir Naturg. 1¢42, i, 360. 

Sciurus pyrrhonotus, “‘ NATTERER”, WAGNER, Wiegm. Arch. ftir Naturg. 1842, 1, 360. 

Sciurus tricolor, ‘* POprig”, TScHuUDI, Faun. Peruan. 1844-46, 156, pl. xi. 

Sciurus morio, WAGNER, Abh. Bayer. Ak. v, 1 50, 275. 

Macroxus gerrardi, GRAY, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1861, 92, pl. xvi. 

Sciurus brunneo-niger, ‘*CASTLENAU”, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 429. 

Sciurus fumigatus, GRAY, Aun. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 428. 

Sciurus variabilis and S. gerrardi, ALLEN, Mon. N. Am. Rod. 1877, 768, 766. 


NotTEe.—Mr. Alston extends this species to cover my S. gerrardi, which 
I separated mainly on the ground of smaller size. He says:—‘ Here, 
again, the greater amount of material compels me to go beyond Mr. 
Allen in the identification of nominal species. Most of the above syn- 
onyms were brought together by him under the name of S. variabilis ; 
but S. gerrardi and S. rufo-niger [lege brunnev-niger| were kept separate 
under the former title. The principal points on which he rested were 
the smaller size and shorter ears of S. gerrardi; but on examination of a 
sufficient series, I have not been able to find any constancy in the pro- 
portions of the ears, while the difference in size totally disappears. 
. The smaller specimens (8. variabilis, 8. gerrardi, ete.) appear to 
prevail towards the north; but this is not constant. . . . Nor is it 
constantly connected with any of the numerous varieties of coloration— 
rufous, grizzled, and melanistic specimens occurring of all sizes.” These 
color-variations, he says, seem to resolve themselves into three primary 
groups, namely :—‘“‘1, the morio type”, melanistic; ‘‘2, the variabilis 
type”, red, varied with black; ‘3, the langsdorffi type”, reddish- or yel- 
_ lowish-grizzled. Hach of these types seems to prevail in certain locali- 
ties, but there is no regularity in their distribution, the red and grizzled 
often occurring together. 
Our synonymy of this variable group agrees, except that I included 
S. stramineus under variabilis, and Gray’s Macroxus xanthotus under 
S. gerrardi, which latter Mr. Alston refers to S. griseogenys (= Sciwrus 


ALLEN ON THE AMERICAN SCIURI. 885 


estuans var. rufo-niger, Allen), with the remark, “By some curious 
error Gray’s account of this last (Macroxus xanthotus) has been printed 
after that of M. brunneo-niger, instead of after WM. griseogena; so that 
the remark, ‘very like the former’, etc., naturally led Mr. Allen to refer 
the synonym to S. gerrardi” (l. c. p. 667). 


XII.—ScCIURUS DEPPEI, Peters. 


Sciurus deppet, PETERS, Monatsb. K.-P. Ak. Wissen. Berlin, 1863, (1864), 654 (formerly 
referred by me, with a ?, to S. carolinensis). 

Macroxus tephrogaster, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 408. 

Macroxus middellinensis, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 408. 

Macroxus teniurus, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 431. 

Sciurus tephrogaster, ALLEN, Mon. N. Am. Rod. 1877, 763 (excluding “?M/acroxus fraseri, 
Gray”). 


NotEe.—The examination of the type of S. deppei, Peters, by Mr. 
Alston, shows it to be identical with Gray’s M. tephrogaster, over which 
it has three years’ priority. “As already observed,” says Mr. Alston, 
“M. fraseri, Gray, was so insufficiently described that Mr. Allen was led 
to identify it with the present species, which is about half its size and 
totally different in coloration” (1. c. p. 669). 


XIII.—ScIURUS 4STUANS, Linné. 


Sciurus estuans, LINNH, Syst. Nat. i, 1766, 88. 

Sciurus estuans var. guanensis PETERS, Monatsb. K.-P. Akad. Wissens. Bevlin, 1863, 
(1864), 655. 

Myoxus guerlingus, SHaw, Gen. Zool. ii, 1801, 171, pl. clvi. 

Sciurus gilvigularis, “‘ NATTERER”, WAGNER, Wiegm. Arch. fiir Naturg. 1843, ii, 43; ib. 

1845, i, 148. 

Macroxus leucogaster, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 430. 

Macroxus irroratus, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 431. 

Macroxus flaviventer, “ CASTELNAU”, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 432. 

Sciurus estuans var. estuans, ALLEN, Mon. N. Am. Rod. 1877, 756 (exclusive of ‘? S, 
pusillus, Geoffroy”’, and “1. kuhli, Gray ”’, and inclusive of “MW. irroratus, Gray ”, 
referred to var. rufoniger). 


Notre.—* WM. irroratus must also be placed here, although the original 
description is such that Mr. Allen unhesitatingly referred it to the last 
species [S. griscogenys].” ALSTON, I. ¢. p. 668. 


XIV.—SCIURUS HOFFMANNI, Peters. 


Sciurus estuans var. hoffmanni, PETERS, Monatsb. K.-P. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1863, (1864), 654. 

Sciurus hyporrhodus, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 419. 

Macroxus xanthotus, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 429. 

Macroxus griseogena, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 429. 

Sciurus griseogenys, ALSTON, Proc. Zod]. Soc. Lond. 1878, 667. 

Sciurus estuans var. rufoniger, ALLEN, Mon. N. Am. Rod. 1877, 757 (excluding S. rufoniger 
and S. chrysosurus, Pucheran, and adding I. xanthotus, Gray, formerly referred 
to S. gerrardi). 


Notr.—“ Mr. Allen, in his monograph, regards this Squirrel as a 
‘variety’ or geographical race of the next species [i. e. S. estuans], 


886 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


differing in its uniformly larger size and strikingly in the coloration of 
its tail. In a subsequent letter to me he says :—‘It would perhaps be 
just as well to recognize it as entitled to specific rank, although I still 
feel sure of their intergradation.’ That such connecting links may yet 
be found seems very probable; but I have not been able to find such in 
the very large series which I have examined, and am consequently com- 
pelled to keep them provisionally distinct. Unfortunately Mr. Allen has 
identified this species with Pucheran’s S. rufo niger, which, as will be 
seen presently, is a much smaller and quite distinct species. Dr. Peters 
described it only as a variety of S. wstuans ; and though specimens in 
the Berlin Museum are labelled * Sciurus hoffmanni’, the name remains a 
manuscript one. Of Gray’s three titles I have adopted griseogena (more 
correctly griseogenys) as being simultaneous in date with the others, and 
as indicating the typical form.”—ALSTON, J. ¢. p. 667. 

Accepting provisionally this Squirrel as specifically distinct from 8. 
cestuans, I dissent from the foregoing only respecting its proper title. 
Although the name hoffmanni may remain a manuscript one as applied 
in a specific sense, its publication as a varietal name for this form, three 
years prior to the publication of Gray’s names, appears to me to warrant 
its use as a Specific designation for the same form. Such a procedure 
has certainly the sanction of numerous precedents. 


XV.—SCIURUS RUFONIGER, Pucheran. 


Sciurus rufoniger, PUCHERAN, Rev. de Zod6l. 1845, 336.—ALsToNn, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 
1868, 669. 

Sciurus chrysurus, PUCHERAN, Rev. de Zool. 1845, 337. 

““Macroaus tephrogaster minor, GRAY, MSS.” apud Alston. 

NotTE.—This species I introduce entirely on the authority of Mr. Alston, 
who has examined the types. I referred both of Pucheran’s species 
unhesitatingly to the preceding species, but the presence of two upper 
premolars in S. rufoniger would seem to render it unquestionably distinet 
from S. hoffmanni, and to aily it with S. deppei (as perhaps the young of 
that species). 

Respecting this species, Mr. Alston remarks as follows :—“ On examin- 
ing the type of Pucheran’s S. rufo-niger in the Paris Museum, I found 
that it was not identical with S. griseogenys [S. estuans var. rufoniger, 
Allen, Mon. N. Am. Rod.], as Mr. Allen supposed, but rather allied to 
S. deppet |S. tephrogaster, Allen, 1. c.|; and I soon recognized in it a small 
Squirrel from Panama, and which I had begun to fear would require a 
new name. These examples prove to agree further with S. deppei in 
having two upper premolars, but differ ia being more than one third 
smaller, in the color of the lower parts (which are only paler than the 
upper, save on the breast), and in the tail being nearly uniform in color 
with the back (the hairs having only very minute white or yellow tips). 
Specimens in the British Museum are labelled I. tephrogaster minor ; 
but I cannot doubt the distinctness of the form. The type of S. rufo- 


ALLEN ON THE AMERICAN SCIURI. 887 


niger has the middle of the back nearly black; while that of M chryso- 
surus appears to be a variety, merely differing in the tail being more 
rufous” (/. ¢. p. 669). There is nothing in Pucheran’s description of the 
last-named species to indicate it is not the young of S. hoffmanni. ° 

Judging from what I have seen in other species, the darker color of 
the lower surface in Alston’s 8. rufoniger as compared with S. deppet 
might result from immaturity; but in deference to Mr. Alston’s opinion, 
grounded on excellent opportunities for deciding, I give the species pro- 
visional recognition. 


XVI.—SCIURUS PUSILLUS, Geoffroy. 


Sciurus pusillus, “Is. GEOFFROY”, DESMAREST, Dict. d’Hist. Nat. x, 1817, 109; Mam. 
1822, 337, pl. Ixxvii, fig. 2.—ALsTON, Proe. Zo6]. Soc. Lond. 1878, 670 pl. xli. 
Macroxus kuhli, Gray, Aun. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 433. 
Nore.—These names—the first with a query, the second unhesitat- 
ingly—I referred in my monograph to SN. estuans, influenced mainly by 
the strong aspect of immaturity presented by a specimen in the Museum 
of Comparative Zodlogy, which undoubtedly represents this species, not- 
withstanding the statement by Buffon, quoted by me, that the type of 
the species was shown by the sexual organs to be adult. Although Mr. 
Alston was uvable to find the type of Geoffroy’s 8. pusillus, he seems to 
have established its distinctness from S. cstwans by finding two upper 
premolars in the British Museum specimens bearing that name. He ° 
considers Gray’s MW. kuhli (which I treated also as the young ot S. estuans) 
as unquestionably identical with S. pusillus. This is apparently a very 
rare species, as I have met with references to not more than half a dozen 
specimens in all. It is by far the smallest American species of Sciurus. 


The subjoined summary indicates the changes in nomenclature here 
made from that adopted in “‘ Monographs of North American Rodents”, 
and also that employed by Mr. Alston in his recent paper ‘‘On the 
Squirrels of the Neotropical Region” :— 


Allen, November, 1878. Alston, October, 1878. Allen. August, 1877. |! 
EAUEIZONEN SIS ease aso) a) Oe AL ZONeUSIS aera a -| S. collizi. 
Sh GUISCOUENTDIS sho oq0Gs0eK6 Sh GIIGEOHERTS .oos6 scceas — 
8. hypopyrrhus. 

S. hypopyrrhus ..---..-..- S. hypopyrrhus .....-... S, wee 

ae : ae. S. aureigaster. 
SEKOUMCLG ASLCR = 2 = ain. = onesie Sb COINAGE c560 socooe cc S. leucops. 
Sa SblamMiMeus.-- 2-6 = .s\h== SS: SLLAMINeNSs 4 eee aces | S. hypopyrrhus. 

coe Pe one 8. variabilis. 
Savana ils’ =... vecee des S. variabilis .....- arbabete ; S. gerrardi. 
SeCeppelesseens css reece SAdeppeleeeews ss sence eee S. tephrogaster. 
Sp CoSuUMNIS S33 Hae seeensoeeean ih BERENS) (64 ceo daca caaere S. eestuans var. estuans. 
(Sb KOMEN, saoeea sada ooee St GHISOQEDYS ssac sooo ceaae S. estuans var. rufcniger. 
Sh TMOG bo S55 oe Soe5ac Sb TAUIOMNEXT? coesee coon boda — 
Si ipusilluseeAeessce, so. sss Sa pusililises sess ae ee- S. eestuans. 


ae Fahy ae, 


EEO PE ES 
ER Obie ah Od wa fg 


reer he Pe) IMEy = Phe i 


al 
; 
Ai 
1) 
wv 
f Pini hi i" be iat 
ed a) : SPL Se ay ee +4, Acne la 
‘ 
Dak a ry P 
v=3 ca 
\ ‘ 
iy ie f 


INDEX TO VOL. IV. 


Abies 824 
Abronia fragrans 117 
Acantharchus 435 
Acanthocnemes 127 
fuscoscapulella 104 
Accipiter 
cooperi 42 
fuscus 620 
Acella haldemani 714 
Acer 806 
glabrum 109 
saccharinum 109 
Achillea 815 
Acipenser 413 
Acocephalus ade 771 
Acorus 824 
Acrobasis 692 
rubrifasciella 693 
tricolorella 694 
Acrochilus 418 
Acta 803 
Actinella 815 
Actiturus bartramius 55, 644 
Adela 127 
' Adinia 434 
Adrasteia sp. 128 
Aiea 128 
Aichmoptila 48 
Adis funalis 670 
fiigialitis vocifera 53, 634 
Aelole 128 
Aisculus glabra 109 
Aisyle 128 
Aethus punctulatus 769 
Agelzeus pheeniceus 24, 602 
Aglais milberti 516 
Agnippe 128 
Agosia 427 
Agrimonia 808 
eupatoria 113 
Agrostis 828 
Agrotis 
albalis 175 
apposita 170 
atrifera 173 
bicollaris 173 


Bull. iv. Ind.—1 


Agrotis 

campestris 175 

dilucida 170 

eriensis 172 

evanidalis 172 

fishii 175 

idahoensis 171 

janualis 169 

juncta 171 

lacunosa 172 

mercenaria 171 

micronyx 171 

mimallonis 175 

opacifrons 170 

pluralis 174 

rosaria 172 
Aira 829 
Alburnops 419 

missuriensis 403 
Aleucita 128 
Algansea 419 
Algonia 419 
Alisma 825 
Allen, J. A.: 

Description of a Fossil Passerine Bird: 

443 
Geographical Distribution of the Mam- 
malia 313 
Synonymatic List of American Sciuri 
877 
Allgewahr, L. : 

List of Coleoptera collected by 471 
Allium 826 
Allosomus 430 
Alnus 121 
Alopecurus 828 
Alosa 428 
Alpheus 

zequalis 199 

affinis 195 

bellimanus 199 

bispinosus 199 

clamator 197 

cylindricus 196 

equidactylus 199 

floridanus 193 


890 


Alpheus 
harfordi 198 
heterochelis 194 
longidactylus 198 
minus 190 
panamensis 192 
parvimanus 195 
sulcatus 193 
transverso-dactylus 196 
Alpheus, Synopsis of North American Spe- 
cies of, by J. S. Kingsley 189 
Alvarius 440 
Alvordius 438 
maculatus 199 
Alydus eurynus 504 
Amadrya 128 
Amara (Curtonotus) cylindrica 450 
Amarantus 822 
Amazilia cerviniventris 35 
Ambloplites 435 
Amblyopsis 432 
Amblystoma 
californiense 290 
mavortium 290 
Ambrosia 814 
artemisisfolia 115. 
trifida 115 
Amelanchier 809 
canadensis 112 
American Herodiones, Studies of, by R, 
Ridgway 219 
American Sciuri, Synonymatie List of the, 
by J. A. Allen 877 
Amia, 414, 
Amiurus 414 
natalis 405 
Ammoccetes 413 
Ammocrypta 438 
Ammodromus maritimus 17 
Amorpha 807 
fruticosa 110 
Ampelis 
cedrorum 16, 574 
garrulus 573 
Ampelopsis 806 
quinquefolia 109 
Amphicarpza monoica 111 
Amphicotylus lucasii 391 
Amphispiza bilineata 18 
Anabrus purpurascens 485 
Anacampsis 128 
Anaphora 128 
texanella 79 
Anarsia 129 
trimaculella 92 


BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Anas 

boschas 649 

obscura 63 
Anuatida 648 
Andromeda 817 
Andropogon 829 
Androsace 818 
Anemone &02 
Anerastia hematica 704 
Anesychia 129 

hagenella 80 
Anguilla 414 
Annaphila divinula 183 
Anobium 

deceptum 763 

lignitum 763 

ovale 762 
Anodonta parallela 709 
Anorthosia 129 
Anosia berenice 264 
Anser 

hyperboreus 62, 649 

hypsibatus 387 
Antennarium 816 
Anthaxia deleta 459 


Antherophagus priscus 762 


Anthus 
ludovicianus 557 
spraguii 10 
Antiblemma canalis 185 


Antilocapra americana 203 


Antispila 129 


Antrostomus vociferus 613 


Apatela pallidicoma 169 
Apeltes 441 


Aphana rotundipennis 772 


Aphelops 
fossiger 382 
malacerhinus 383 

Aphodius 
aleutus 453 
anthracinus 455 
bidens 453 
brevicollis 455 
eribratus 455 
eruentatus 456 
duplex 454 
explanatus 457 
humeralis 459 
marginatus 456 
obtusus 453 
pheopterus 456 
rudis 458 
scabriceps 457 
sparsus 458 


Aphodius ; 
subtruncatus 457 
Aphododerus 434. 
Aphrophora quadrinotata 510 
Apiomerus ventralis 508 
Aplopappus 814 
Apocope 426 
Apocynum 821 
Apomotes 435 
cyanellus 398 
Aquila chrysaétus 627 
Aquilegia 803 
Arabis 804 
Aralia 812 
Arches 859 
Archibuteo ferrugineus 43, 626 
Architectural Forms 855 
Archoplites 435 
Arctostaphylos 817 
Ardea 226 
cinerea 243 
cocoi 244 
herodias 58, 237, 646 
occidentalis 227 
wurdemanni 228 
Ardeidz 223 
Ardetta exilis 61 
Arenaria S05 
Argiope 130 
Argynnis 
clio 515 
coronis 254 
edwardsi 514 
nevadensis 254, 515 
rhodope 515 
rupestris 254 
Argyresthia 130 
Argyromiges 130 
Argyrosomus 429 
Ariseema 824 
Arnica 816 
Arta 
olivalis 673 
statalis 673 
Artemisia $15 
Arvicola 
austerus 208 
riparius 208 
Arzama diffusa 179 
Asarum 821 
Asclepias 811 
Asopia 
binodulalis 672 
costalis 671 
devialis 672 


INDEX TO 


VOL. IV. 891 


Asopia 
farinalis 671 
himonialis 672 
olivalis 672 
squamealis 672 
Aspidisca 130 
Aspidium 830 
Aspidonectes spinifer 261 
Aster 115, 813 
Astragalus 807 
Astyanax 431 
Asychna 131 
Asyndesmus torquatus 617 
Atherina 434 
Atriplex 117, 822 
Atrypa 
hystrix 729 
reticularis 729 
Auchenia vitakeriana 380 _ 
Audelia acronyetoides 169 
Auriparus flaviceps 6 
Avena 829 
Batrachedra 131 
Bascanium flaviventre 284 
Basilarchia weidemeyeri 254 
Beckmannia 829 
Bedellia 131 
Begoe 131 
Bembidium 
bowditehii 451 
scudderi 451 
Berberis (Mahonia) 803 
Berosus 
sexstriatus 760 
tenuis 760 
Betula 824 
Bidens 815 
Bigelovia 814 
Birds observed in Dakota and Montana, 
Field-notes on, by E. Coues 545 
Bison americanus 203 
Blabophanes 132 
Blarina brevicauda 204 
Blastobasis 131 
Blastomeryx borealis 382 
Bledius adamus 762 
Blepharocera 132 
Blitum 822 
Boleichthys 440 
Boleosoma 439 
Boltonia 814 
Botaurus minor 646 
Botis 
abdominalis 680 
adipaloides 681 


892 


Botis 


albiceralis 678 
allectalis 678 
anticostalis 682 
argyralis 677 
atropurpuralis 676 
badipennis 678 
ealifornicalis 676 
cinerosa 676 
eitrina 679 
coloradensis. 679 
dasconalis 680 
diffissa 676 
erectalis 679! 
feudalis 689 
flavicoloralis 679) 
flavidalis 679 
flavidissimalis 672 
fodinalis 678 
fraeturalis 677 
fuscimaculalis 679 
generosa 676 
gentilis 680 
harveyana 677 
insequalis 676 
langdonalis 679 
latielavia 676 
magistralis 680: 
macniferalis 680) 
mareulenta 679 
matronalis 676 
mustelinahis 678: 
nasonialis 677 
niveicilialis 683 
obunbratalis 680) 
octomaculata 675 
onythesalis 677 
penitalis 679 
penumbralis 680 
perrubralis 681 
pertextalis 679 
pheenicealis 676 
plectilis 681 
plumbicostalis 681 
profundalis 678 
quinquelinealis 686 
reversalis 679 
semirubralis 681 
sesquialteralis 677 
signatalis 676. 
socialis 678 
stenopteralis 684 
submedialis 679 
saubolivalis 683 
sumptuosalis 676 


BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Botis 
syringicola 683 
talis 681 
tatalis 678 
terrealis 680 
trimaculalis 679 
unifascialis 683 
unimacula 676 
venalis 680 
ventralis 677 
vibicalis 677 
volupialis 676 
Botrychium 830 
Bouteloua 828 
Bowditch, F. C.: 


List of Coleoptera collected by 464. 


Brachelytrum angustatum 123 
Brachiacantha ursina 453 
Brachyloma 132 
Brachyrophus altarkansanus 390 
Brachytarsus pristinus 769 
Bracon laminarum 748 
Branta 

bernicla 649 

canadensis 649 
Brassica oleracea 108 
Brenthia 132 
Brephidium exile 256 
Brickellia 813 
Bromus 829 
Brunella 820 


Bryotropha 132 


Bubalichthys 415 
Bubo virginianus 39, 618 
Bueculatrix 132 
Bucephala 
albeola 653 
clangula 652 
islandica 652 
Bufo 
columbiensis 288 
lutiginosus fowleri 288 
Butalis 133 
trivinctella 93 
Buteo 
borealis 624 
pennsylvanicus 43 
Swainsoni 624 
unicinetus harrisi 42 


Butterflies of Utah and Arizona, Notice of, 


by S. H. Seudder 253 
Cacozelia basiochrealis 687 
Calamospiza bicolor 597 
Calanogrostis 828 
Calla 824 


INDEX TO VOL. IV. 


Callidium janthinum 461 
Callima 134 
Calocaris rapidus 506 
Calochortus 826 
Calopogon 825 
Caloptenus 
bivittatus 484 
occidentalis 484 
spretus 483 
Caloptenus, Note on 485 
Caltha palustris 803 
Calvin, S8.: 
On some Dark Shale, etc., with a Notice 
of its Fossils, etc. 725 
Calystegia 820 
Camelina 804 
Campanula 817 
Campostoma 418 
formosulum 461, 664 
Caudisona tergemina 269 
Canis latrans 201 
Capsella 804 
Cardinalis virginianus 21 
Carex 827 
Cariacus 
dolechopsis 379 
macrotis 203 
virginianus 203 
Carpinus americana 121 
Carpiodes 415 
cyprinus 666 
tumidus 404 
Carpodacus purpureus 577 
Carum 811 
Carya alba 118 
Cassandra 817 
Castanea americana 120 
Castilleia 819 
Gatabrosa 828 
Catalogue of Fishes of Fresh Waters of 
North America, by D. 8. Jordan 407 
Catastega 134 
Cathartes 
atratus 45 
aura 44, 627 
Catostomus 416 
retropinnis 781 
teres 782 
Canes 857, 858 
Ceanothus 806 
Celastrus scandens 110 
Celtis occidentalis 117 
Cemiostoma 134 
Centhophilus 485 
Centrarchus 437 


893 


Centrocercus urophasianus 629 
Centurus aurifrons 39 
Cephalanthus occidentalis 114 
Cerasteum 805 
Cerastis 181 
Cerasus serotina 111 
Ceratichthys 426 
Ceratophora 134 
Cercis canadensis 110 
Ceresa 

bubalus 509 

diceros 509 
Cerostoma 134 
Ceryle aleyon 36, 615 
Chenobryttus 435 
Cheetochilus 134 
Chetura pelagica 614 
Chalcerea sirius 256 
Chamezpelia passerina 48 
Chambers, V. T.: 

Index to Tineina 125 

New Tineina from Texas, etc. 79 

Tineina and their Food-plants 107 
Chaulelasmus streperus 63, 650 
Chauliodus 134 
Charadrius fulvus virginicus 633 
Chasmistes 417 
Cheilosia ampla 753 
Chelone 818 
Chelydra serpentina 261 
Chenopodium 117, 822 
Cheonda 425 
Chickering, J. W.: 

Catalogue of Plants collected by EH. 

Coues, ete. 801 

Chironomus sp. 749 
Chirostoma 434 
Chologaster 422 
Chondestes grammica 19 
Chordeiles texensis 34 
Chordiles virginianus 613 
Chorophilus triseriatus 290 
Chriope 787 
Chrosomus 423 
Chrysemys oregonensis 259 
Chrysobothris carinipennis 459 
Chrysocorys 134 
Chrysomela montivagans 463 
Chrysomitris tristis 577 
Chrysopeleia 134 
Chrysophanes rubidus 517 
Chrysopora 134 
Chrysopsis 814 
Ciconiidx 248 


| Cicuta 811 


894 BULLETIN UNITED 


Cinclus mexicanus 552 
Circxa 810 
Circus cyaneus hudsonicus 41, 619 
Cirrha 135 
Cirsium 816 
Cistothorus stellaris 555 
Cistudo ornata 260 
Cixius hesperidum 772 — 
Clematis 802 
Cleodora 135 
pallidella 91 
pallidistrigella 92 
Cleome 804 
Clistonia 826 
Cliola 423 
ehlora 791 
Cozenus delius 504 
Coccygus 
americanus 38 
erythrophthalmus 615 
Cochlognathus 419 
Codoma 422 
Ccenonympha 
inornata 516 
ochracea 254, 516 
Colaptes 
auratus 617 
hybridus 618 
Coleophora 135 

albacostella 93 

biminimmaculella 94 

cinerella 93 

fuscostrigella 93 

multipulvella 93 

ochrella 94 

quadrilineella 94 

texanella 93 

Coleoptera of the Rocky Mountains 447 
Colias 
eriphyle 514 
keewaydin 513 
Coiscus 419 
Collomia 820 
Collurio ludovicianus excubitorides 16, 576 
Columba flavirostris 45 
Comandra 823 
Condylolomia 673 
Contopus virens 33, 610 
Cope, EH. D.: 

Descriptions of New Extinct Verte- 
brata from the Upper Tertiary and 
Dakota Formations 379 

Fishes from Cretaceous and Tertiary 
Deposits 67 

Professor Owen on the Pythonomorpha 
299 


STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Copelandia 437 
Coptes 803 
Corbicula 
cardinizformis 711 
eleburni 711 
obesa 712 
(Leptesthes) macropistha 713 
Cordylopiza nigrinodis 673 
Coregonus 429 
couesi 793 
quadrilateralis 793 
Coreopsis 815 
Corisa 
interrupta 509 
sutilis 509 
vulnerata 509 
Coriscium 136 
Coriscus 
ferus 508 
subcoleoptratus 508 
Corimelzna pulicaria 503 
Corizus 
lateralis 505 
punctiventris 505 
Cornus 812 
florida 114 
Corvus 
americanus 606 
corax 607 
Corydalis 804 
Corydalites fecundum 537 
Corylus 823 
americana 121 
Corymbites 
planulus 460 
velatus 762 
Cosmistes 136 
Cosmopepla carnifex 504 
Cosmopteryx 137 
4-lineella 95 
Cottopsis 441 
Coturniculus lecontii 587 
Cotyle riparia 572 
Coues, Dr. Elliott, U. S. A.: 
Catalogue of Plants collected by, by 
J. W. Chickering 801 
Edwards on the Lepidoptera collected 
by, in Dakota and Montana 513 
Field-notes on Birds observed in Da- 
kota and Montana 545 
Letter from G. B. Sennett to 1 
On a Breed of Solid-hoofed Pigs 295 
On Consolidation of the Hoofs in the 
Virginian Deer 293 
On the Orthoptera collected by, by 
C. Thomas 481 


Coues, Dr. Elliott, U. S. A.: 


S. Jordan 777 


Uhler on the Hemiptera collected by 


503 
Coues, E., and Yarrow H. C.: 


On the Herpetology of Dakota and 


Montana 259 

Couesius 784, 785, 788 

dissimilis 784 
Crategus 112, 809 
Cratoparis 

elusus 768 

repertus 768 
Crepis 817 | 
Cricetodipus flavus 211 
Cristivomer 430 

namaycush 794 
Crossidius allgewahri 461 
Crotalus confluentus 262 
Cryptocephalus vetustus 764 
Cryptolechia 137 

eryptolechizella 84 

faginella 84 

obscuromaculella 86 
Cryptorhynchus annosus 767 
Cupido 

heteronea 256 

pheres 256 

sepiolus 256 
Cuscuta 820 
Cyane 137 
Cyanospiza 

ceris 20 

cyanea 20 

versicolor 20 
Cyanurus cristatus 607 
Cychrus testeus 758 
-Cycleptus 416 
Cyclophis vernalis 285 
Cycloplasis 137 
Cydnus ? mamillanus 770 
Cydonia 

japonica 112 

vulgaris 112 
Cygnus 

buccinator 648 

paloregonus 388 
Cylindrosteus 414 
Cynoglossum 820 
Cynoperca 438 
Cyprinella 421 

bubalina 403 

camplanata 665 
Cyprinodon 432 
Cypripedium 825 


INDEX TO VOL. IV. 


; Cyrtomenus concinnus 769 
Report on Fishes collected by, by D. | 


Cystopteris 830 

Dacentrus lucens 667 

Dafila acuta 63, 650 
Dakruma turbatella 702 
Danais archippus 514 
Danthonia 829 
Dapidoglossus squipinnis 77 


| Dark Shale, ete., by S. Calvin 725 


Dasycera 138 
nonstrigella 92 
Decadactylus 416 
Decatoma antiqua 749 
Delphinium 803 
Deltocephalus 
configuratus 511 
sayi 511 
Dendrocygna autumnalis 62 
Dendreca 
eestiva 565 
auduboni 566 
coronata 13, 565 
dominica albilora 13 
maculosa 567 
pennsylvanica 566 — 
striata 566 
virens 12 
Depressaria 138 
eupatoriiella 82 
Dercetis 186 
pygmeza 187 
vitrea 187 


895 


Description of a Fossil Passerine bird, by 


J. A. Allen 443 


Descriptions of Invertebrate Fossils from 
Laramie Group, by C. A. White 707 
Descriptions of New Extinct Veriebrata, 


by E. D. Cope 379 


Descriptions of New Invertebrate Fossils 
from the Laramie Group, by C. A. 


White 707 
Desmodium 110, 808 
Diachorisa 139 
Diadocidia ? terricola 750 
Dicranomyia primitiva 749 
Dichromanassa 246 

rufa 60 i 
Diervilla 812 
Dikes 853 
Dionda 419 
Diospyros virginiana 116 
Diplesium 439 
Diplopappus 814 


Distribution of Mollusea in ahs Laramie 


Group, by C. A. White 721 


Dodecatheon 818 


896 


Dolichonyx oryzivorus 599 
Dolichopus sp. 756 
Doryodes bistrialis 179 
Doryphora 139 
Dorysoma 428 
Douglas Creek 839 
Dracocephalum 819 
Drosera 805 
Dryas 808 
Dryobota opina 178 
Dryocetis 
carbonarius 768 
impressus 767 
Dryope 139 
Dysagrion 534 
fredericii 536, 775 
Echinacea 815 
Echinocystes 811 
Echinospermum 820 
Ectopistes macrura 628 
Edwards, W. H.: 
On the Lepidoptera collected by E. 
Coues in Dakota and Montana 513 
Hido 139 
Eidothea 139 
Elachista 139 
staintonella 96 
texanella 96 
Elzagnus 823 
Elanoides forficatus 42 
Elassoma 435 
Elattonistius 429 
Eleocharis 827 
Elymus 829 
Embernagra rufivirgata 22 
Empidonax 
hammondi 612 
minimus 33, 611 
obscurus 612 
trailli 611 
Eimprepes 
nevalis 675 
nuchalis 675 
Enemia 140 
Enchrysa 140 
Endlich, F. M.: 
On some Striking Products of Ero- 
sion 831 
Kndrosis 140 
Enicostoma 140 
Wnneacanthus 436 
Entosphenus 413 
Hpargyreus tityrus 257 
Epicerus ~ 
effosus 765 


BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Epiczerus 
exanimis 765 
saxatilis 765 
Epicorthylis 140 
Epidemia helloides 256 
Epigleia 181 
Epilobium 810 
Epipaschia 685 
superatalis 686 
Equisetum 829 
Erechtites hieracifolius 116 
Eremophila 
alpestris chrysolema 9 
alpestris leucolema 555 
Erethoson dorsatum 217 


‘Ereunetes pusillus 639 


Ergatis 140 
Ericosoma 438 
Ericymba 423 
Erigeron 115, 813 
Erigonum. 823 
Erimyzon 417 
Eriocoma 828 
Eriophorum 827 
Eriphia 140 
albalineella 95 
nigrilineella 96 
Erismatura rubida 654 
Eritrema 426 
Eritrichium 820 
Erogala 422 
Erosion 831 
Endlich on Striking Products of 831 
Erysimum 804 
Esox 431 
Esox lucius 797 
Etheostoma 440 
Kuealia 441 
Eudaomias montanus 634 
Eudarcia 140 
Eudiagogus terrosus 766 


| Eugnamptus decemsatus 764 


Eumeces septentrionalis 287 
Euonymus atropurpureus 110 
Eupatorium 813 

ageratoides 115 
Euphorbia 823 
Kuplocamus 140 
Eupomotis 436 
Euryceron 

anartalis 684 

cereralis 684 

chortalis 684 

_ rantalis 684 
sticticalis 684 


INDEX TO VOL. IV. 


Eurygaster alternatus 503 
Eurymus eurytheme 257 
Eurynome 140 
Euspiza americana 19 
Eustixis 141 
Eutenia 272 
proxima 280 
radix 277 
radix twining! 279 
sirtalis parietalis 276 
sirtalis pickeringi 280 
vagrans 274 
-Eutychelithus 440 
Euxenura 249 
Evagora 141 
Everes amyntula 256 
Everina 830 
Evippe 141 
Exoglossum 418 
Fabatana oviplagialis 674 
Fagus sylvatica 120 
Falcinellus guarauna 56 
Falco 
columbarius 42 
communis 622 
mexicanus polagrus 621 
richardsoni 623 
sparverius 42, 623 
Festuca 829 
Fiber zebethicus 211 
Fishes, Catalogue of the North American 
Fresh-water, by D. 8. Jordan 407 


Fishes from Cretaceous and Tertiary De- | 


posits, by EK. D. Cope 67 


Fishes from the Rio Grande, Texas, Notes | 


on a Collection of, by D. S. Jordan 
397, 663 

Fishes, Report on, collected by E. Coues, by 
D. S. Jordan 777 

Florida czrulea 61 

Food-plants of Tineina 107 

Fossil Insects of the Green River Shales, 
by S. H. Scudder 747 

Fossil Passerine Bird, Description of 443 


Fossils, Invertebrate, from the Laramie | 


Group, Descriptions of 707 

Fragaria 809 
Fulgora? granulosa 771 
Fulica americana 62, 647 
Fuligula 

affinis 63, 631, 651 

ferina americana 652 

vallisneria 652 
Fundulus 433 

zebra 664 


897 


| Gaillardia 815 _ 


Galiopsis 820 

Galium 812 

Gallinago wilsoni 638 

Gallinula galeata 61 

Gambusia 433 

Garzetta candidissima 59 

Gasterosteus 442 

Gaura 810 

Gaurodytes nanus 452 

Gelechia 141 
bosquella 87 
canopulvella 91 
cilialineella 91 
erescentifasciella 90 
cristifasciella 87 
disconotella 86 
fuscotzniaella 89 
intermediella 89 
laetiflosella 89 
multimaculella 89 
obscurosuffucella 90 
ochreocostella 91 
palliderosacella 90 

| palpilineella 88 

| quinquecristatella 88 
6-notella 83 
sylveecolella 86 
triocelella 87 

Gentiana 321 

Geococcyx californianus 36 

| Geocoris bullata 595 

Geodromicus ovipennis 452 

_ Geographical Distribution of the Mamma- 

lia, by J. A. Allen 313 

| Geothlypis 

| macgillivrayi 568 
philadelphia 568 
trichas 567 

Geomys bursarius 211, 214 

Geranium 805 

Gerardia 819 

Geum 808 

Gila 4238, 424 

Gilia 820 

Girardinichthys 432 

| Girardinus 434 

Glea 181 

Glauce 148 

Glaucidium ferrugineum 40 

Glaux 818 

Gleditschia triacanthus 110 

Glyceria 828 

Glycyrrhiza 808 
lepidota 111 


898 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Glyphipteryx 148 
Glyptoscells longior 462 
Gnaphalium 816 
Goniaphea 
cerulea 19 
ludoviciana 598 
Goniobasis endlichi 716 
Gracilaria 148 
Graculus 
dilophus 655 
macropus 381 
mexicanus 64 
Graodus 428 
Graphiphora contrahens 180 
Gratiola 819 
Grindelia 814 
Grote, A. R.: 
Descriptions of Noctuids 169 


Preliminary Studies on the North 


American Pyralids 669 

Grus 

americana 61, 646 

canadensis 646 
Gryllus abbreviatus 485 
Gualtheria 817 
Gunnison River 856 
Gutierrezia 813 
Gymnetron tecentei 767 
Gypedula munda 730 
Gyporia octolineata 510 
Habenaria 825 
Hadena 

cristata 176 

devastatrix 178 

ducta 176 

flava 178 

occidens 177 

tusa 177 

vigilans 176 
Hadropterus 438 
Hematopus palliatus 53 
Hagno 150 
Halenia 821 
Haliaétus leucocephalus 627 
Hamadryas 150 
Hamamelis virginica 113 
Haploidonotus 440 
Harmostes reflexulus 505 
Harpalus clandestinus 450 
Harpalyce 150 
Harporhynchus 

curvirostris 4 

rufus 551 

rufus longirostris 3 
Hedysarum 808 


| Helenium 815 

Helia 150 

Helianthus 116, 815 

Helioperea 436 

Heliopetes ericetorum 258 

Heliopsis 116, 815 

Heliozella 150 

Helix evanstonensis 714 

Helminthophaga 563 
celata 12, 564 
peregrina 563 
ruficapilla 12 

Hemioplites 437 


Hemitremia 423 
Heracleum 811 
Heribeia 150 
Herodias egretta 59 


R. Ridgway 219 
Heros 440 


on, by Coues and Yarrow 259 

Hesperia 258 

comus 258 

tessellata 258 
Hesperomys 205 

leucogaster 205 

leucopus sonoriensis 205 
Heterodoa 

platyrhynus 271 

simus kennerlyi 271 

simus nasicus 270 
Heteropterus libya 258 
Heuchera 810 
Hieraceum 816 
Hierochloa 820 
Himantopus nigricollis 54 
Hippiscus pheenicoptera 483 
Hirundo 

erythrogastra horreorum 570 

horreorum 14 
Histrionicus torquatus 653 
Hoffman, W. J.: 

On the Mineralogy of Nevada 731 
Holeorpa 540 

maculosa 542 
Homemus enifrons 503 
Homeosoma stypticella 703 
Homoglea 181 
Homosetia 150 
Honora mellinella 702 
Hordeum 829 
| Hosackia 806 


Hemiptera collected by E. Coues in Da- 
kota and Montana, Uhler on the 503 


Herodiones, Studies of the American, by 


Herpetology of Dakotaand Montana, Notes 


INDEX TO 


Houstonia 812 
Hudsonius 419 
Humulus 823 
Hyale 150 
Hybognathus 418 
amarus 401 
melanops 402 
serenus 401 
Hybopsis 426 
Hyborhynchus 419 
Hybroma 150 
Hydranassa tricolor 60 
Hydrangea radiata 113 
Hydrargyra 433 
similis 400 
Hydrobius decineratus 761 
Hydrochelidon lariformis 656 
Hydrophlox 420 
Hydroporus congruus 452 
Hymenopappus 815 
Hyodon 429 
(Elattonistius) chrysopsis 792 
Hypatima 151 
Hypentelium 416 
Hypericum 805 
Hyperistius 437 
Hyponomeuta 150 
zelleriella 80 
Hypoxis 825 
Hypsifario 431 
Hypsirophus discurus 389 
Ibis alba 58 
Ichtheelurus 415 
punctatus 778 
Ichthyobus 415 
Ichthyotringa tenuirostris 69 a 
Ictenia subcerulea 42 
Icteria virens 13, 569 
Icterus 
auduboni 26 
baltimore 604 
bullocki 25 
-cucullatus 25 
spurius 25, 604 
Tlex opaca 116 
Imostoma 438 
Impatiens 806 
Incisaria angustus 256 
Inecurvaria 151 
Indusia calculosa 542 
Insects, Fossil, of the Green River Shales 
TAT ; 
Insects, Tertiary, from Colorado and Wy- 
oming 519 
Ipomea 116 


VOL. IV. $99 


Tris 825 

Isolated Forms 862 
Ithome 151 

Tulus telluster 776 

Iva 814 

Jasoniades daunus 257 


| dassus 


irrorata 511 
twiningi 411 
unicolor 511 


Jordan, D. 8. : 


Catalogue of the Fishes of the Fresh 
Waters of North America 407 

Notes on a Collection of Fishes from 
the Rio Grande 397, 663 

Report on Fishes collected by E. Coues 
777 

Juglans 
cinerea 118 
nigra 118 


| Junco hyemalis 593 
| Juncus 826 


Juniperus 824 


| Kingsley, J.S.: 


Synopsis of North American Species 
of Alpheus 189. 


| Keleria 828 


Labidesthes 434 
Laccobius elongatus 761 


| Lactuca 817 
' Laportea 823 


Laramie Group, 
Descriptions of Invertebrate Fossils 
from 707 
Distribution of Molluscan Species in 
721 
Remarks on, by C. A. White 865 
Remarks on the Age of 874. 


| Larix 824 
Larus 


argentatus 64 
argentatus smithsonianus 655 
atricilla 64 
delawarensis 64, 655 
franklini 655 

Lasius terreus 747 


, Lathrobium abscessum 762 
| Lathyrus 808 

| Laverna 151 

_ Lavinia 425 


LeConte, J. L.: 
Coleoptera of the Alpine Regions of 
the Rocky Mountains 447 
Ledum 818 
Lemna 824 


900 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 
Lemonias Lonicera, 812 

anicia 255 sempervirens 114 

helcita 255 Lophanthus 819 


Lepachys 815 
Lepibema 437 
Lepidomeda 428 
Lepidoptera collected by E. Coues in 
Dakota and Montana, Edwards on 
the 513 
Lepidosteus 414 
Lepiopomus 435 
pallidus 397 
Leptarrhena 810 
Leptotrachelus longipinnis 65 
Lepturus 829 
Lepus 
campestris 218 
sylvaticus 218 
Lespedeza 110 
Leucanthiza, 152. 
Leucophryne 152 
Leucosomus 427 
Liatris 813 
Liburnia vittatifrons 510 
Lilium 826 
Limnoporus rufoscutellatus 508 
Limnotrechus marginatus 508 
Limosa 
fedoa 55, 641 
heemastica 641 
Linnea 812. 
Linum 805 
Lioderma viridicata 504 
Liquidambar styraciflua 114 
Liriodendron tulipitera 108 
Lita 152 
Lithariapteryx 152 
Lithocolletis 152 
australisella 103 
bicolorella 103 
bifasciella 101 
necopinusella 100 
populiella 101 
Litholepis 414 
Lithophane 
capax 180 
lepida 181 
viridipallens 180 
Lithopsis fimbriata 774 
Lithospermum 820 
Lithymnetes 532 
guttatus 533 
Lizard’s Head 862 
Lobelia 817 
Lobipes hyperboreas 637 


Lophophanes atrocristatus 6 
Lopidea media 506 
Lota 441 
Lucania 432 
Lupinus 806 
Luxilus 420 
Lyczena melissa 517 
Lycopodium 830 
Lycopus @19 
Lygeus reclivatus 505 
Lygodesinia 817 
Lygus 
dislocatus 506 
invitus 506 
lineatus 506 
lineolaris 506 
Lynx canadensis 201 
Lyonetia 156 
Lysimachia 818 
lanceolata 116 
Lystra ? richardsoni 772 
Lythrurus 421 
Macheranthera 813 
Machimia 156 
Macroramphus griseus 638 
Macrorhynchus 817 
Magdalis alutacea 463 


| Magnolia umbrella 108 


Malacocoris irroratus 507 

Malacotrichia 156 

Mallotus 429 

Malvastrum 805 

Mamestra congermana 187 

Mammalia, Geographical Distribution of, 
by J. A. Allen 313 

Mammals of Dakota, Notes on, by C. E. 
McChesney 201 

Mammillaria 811 

Mareca americana 63, 650 

Marmara 156 

Mascalongus 431 

McChesney, C. E.: Notes on the Mammals 
of Dakota 201 

Meda 428 

Melanerpes erythrocephalus 617 

Melanomma auricinctaria 674 

Melanura 432 

Meleagris gallopavo 53 

Meletta 428 

Melicleptria prorupta 182 

| Melipotis stygialis 184 

| Melopelia leucoptera 47 


INDEX TO VOL. IV. 


Melospiza lincolni 18, 595. 
melodia 596 
palustris 596 

Melyris 
atra 461 
flavipes 461 

Menestria 157 

Menispermum 803 

Mentha 819 

Mentzelia 811 

Menziesia 818 

Mephitis mephitica 202 

Mergus cucullatus 654 

Mertensia 820 

Mesogonistius 436 

Micristius 433 

Micropalama himantopus 639 

Microperca 440 

Micropterus 435 

Micropteryx 157 

Mieza 157 

Milesia quadrata 752 

Milvulus forficatus 30 

Mimulus 819 

Mimus 
carolinensis 551 
polyglottus 3 

Mineralogy of Nevada, W. J. Hoffman on 

the 731 

Minytrema 417 

Miris instabilis 506. 

Mitella 810 

Mnemosyne terrentula 773 

Mniotilta varia 563 

Mochlocera zelleri 686 

Mollienesia 434 

Molothrus 
geneus 23 
ater 600 
ater obscurus 22 

Moniana 421 

Monarda 219 

Moneses 8168 

Monotropa 818 

Monuments, 

Accidental 840 
Normal 835 

Monument Park 835 

Morone 437 

Mulgedium 817 

Mural Forms 851 

Mus musculus 205 

Mycotretus binotata 763 

Myiodioctes pusillus 569 

Mylagaulus sesquipedalis 384 


901 


Mylochilus 427 
Mylodon sodalis 385 
Myloleucus 425 
Mylopharodon 428 
Myonomes riparius 208 
Myosurus €03 
Myiarchus 

crinitus 32 

crinitus erythrocercus 32 
Myriophyllum 810 
Myrmica sp. 748 
Mysotis 820 


| Myxostoma 417 


Nabalus 817 
Nera 157 
Nanostoma 439 
Nardosmia 813 
Nasturtium 804 
Nathalis iole 257 
Nebria 
longula 478 
obliqua 478 
obtusa 478 
Ovipennis 477 
purpurata 477 
trifaria 478 
Nebria, North American species of 473 
Neda 157 | 
Negundo 806 
acervides 109 
Neides muticus 504 
Nemobius tertiarius 774 
Neoclytus ascendens 462 
Neominois dionysus 254 
Neocorys spraguii 10, 558 
Neosorex palustris 203 
Nephopteryx 
fenestrella 697 
leoniella 697 
ovalis 696 
Nepticula 157 
bosquella 106 
juglandifoliella 105 
latifasciella 106 
quercipulchella 105 
Neritina 
naticiformis 715 
(Velatella) baptista 715 
Nevada, W. J. Hoffman on the Mineralogy 
of 731 
Noctuidzx, Descriptions of, by A. R. Grote 
169 
Nomia 158 
Notemigonus 425 
chrysoleucus 404 


902 


Notes on a Collection of Fishes from the Rio 
Grande, by D. 8. Jordan 397, 663 | 
Notes on the Herpetology of Dakota and | 
Montana, by Elliott Coues and H.C. | 
Yarrow 259 
Notes on the Mammals of Fort Sisseton, 
Dakota, by C. E. McChesney 201 
Notes on the Ornithology of the Lower Rio 
Grande of Texas, by G. B. Sennett 1 
Nothonotus 439 , 
Nothris 158 
Notice of the Butterflies collected in Utah, 
Arizona, ete., by S. H. Scudder 253 
Notonecta 
insulata 509 
undulata 509 
Notropis 422 
Noturus 414 
Nuculana inclara 708 
Numenius 
borealis 56 
longirostris 55, 645 
Nuphar advena 803 
Nyctherodius violaceus 61 
Nyctiardea 
grisea neevia 646 
Devia 61 
Nyctidromus americanus 34 
Nysius angustatus 505 
Nyssa multiflora 114 
Ochlodes sonora 258 
Odontobasis ? formosa 718 
Cicophora 158 
CGidipoda 
gracilis 483 
kiowa 483 
neglecta 483 
verruculata 484 
Cinoe 159 
Cnothera 113, 810 
Ciseis 159 
Cita 159 
Omphalocera cariosa 671 
Oncorhynchus 431 
Onoclea 830 
Onosmodium 820 
Onychomys leucogaster 205 
Ophibolus 
getulus boylii 283 
multistriata 284 
Ophryastes compactus 765 
Opostega 159 
Opuntia 811 
Ornix 159 
Orobanus simulator 453 


BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Ortalida vetula 50 


| Orthis infera 728 


Orthodon 418 
Orthoptera collected by E. Coues, On the, 
by C. Thomas 481 


| Ortyx virginiana texana 53 


Osmerus 429 
Osmorrhiza 812 
Ostrya virginica 121 
Otiorhynchus 
dubius 766 
perditus 766 
Owen, Professor,On Pythonomorpha, by 
K. D. Cope 299 
Oxalis 806 
Oxybaphus 822 
Oxyria 823 
Oxytropis 807 
Pachystema 806 
Paleospiza bella 443 
Palembolus 526 
flavigerus 528 
Paleontological Papers 
No. 6, by C. A. White 707 
No. 7, by C. A. White 721 
No. 8, by C. A. White 865 
Paliomyia recta 755 
Pamphila colorado 517 
Panicum 829 
cJandestinum 123 
Panopoda rufimargo 184 
Pantosteus 416 
virescens 780 
Papilio antiopa 254 
Parasia 160 
Parectopa 160 
Parnassia 810 
Parolamia 529 
rudis 529 
Paronychia 822 
Parula ; 
americana 10 
nigrilora 11 
Parus atricapillus septentrionalis 554 
Passerculus 
bairdi 585 
savanna 17, 588 
Pedicularis 819 
Pediccetes phasianellus columbianus 630 
Pedomys austerus 208 
Pelecanus 
fuscus 64 
trachyrhynchus 63, 654 
Pelodichthys 414 


| Pempelia pravella 694 


INDEX TO VOL. IV. ~ 903 


Pentstemon 818 
Perca 437 
Percina 438 
Percopsis 421 
Perillus 
elaudus 504 
exaptus 504 
Perimede 151, 160 
Perisoreus canadensis capitalis 608 
Petalostemon 807 
Petrichelidon lunifrons 15, 571 
Petrolystra 530 
gigantea 531 
heros 532 
Petromyzon 413 
Pencza cassini 18 
Pezotettix 
borealis 484 
speciosa 484 
Phaetusa 160 
Phalaris 829 
Phaneroptera curvicauda 485 
Pharbites 116 
Phenacobius 425 
scopiferus 666 
Phenolia incapax 762 
Pheocyma 185 
Phigalea 160 
Phigopteris 830 
Philenus lineatus 510 
Philhydrus spp. 761 
Philonome 160 
Phleum 828 
Phlox 820 
Pholisora catullus 258 
Photogenis 420 
Phoxinus 423 
Phragmites 829 
Phrynosoma 
douglassi 285 
ornatissima 286 
Phyciodes a 
marcia 515 
pratensis 256 
PhyNocenistis 160 
erechtitisella 104 
Phymata erosa 507 
Physa felix 714 
Physalis 821 
viscosa 117 
Physostegia 819 
Pica melanoleuca hudsonica 607 © 
Picorellus 432 
Picus 
scalaris 38 


Picus 
villosus 615 
villosus harrisi 616 
Piedra parada 856 
Pieris 
occidentalis 513 
oleracea 257 
protodice 513 
Pigritia 161 
Pigs, Solid-hoofed, On a breed of, by E. 
Coues 295 
Pimephales 419 
nigellus 664 
promelas 402, 783 
Pinipestis 
abietivorella 701 
zimmermani 699 
Pinus 824 
Pipilo 
erythrophthalmus 598 
maculatus arcticus 599 
Pityophis sayi bellona 282 
Pitys 161 
Placopharynx 417 
Plagopterus 428 
Plantago 818 
Plants, Catalogue of, collected by E. Coues, 
by J. W. Chickering 801 
Platalea ajaja 58 
Platanus occidentalis 118 
Plateau Creek 814 
Platygobio 427 
Platynus 
jejunus 449 
senex 759 
Plectrophanes 
lapponicus 578 
maccownii 583 
ornatus 579 
pictus 578 
Pleurolepis 438 
Plutella 161 
Poa 828 
pratensis 123 
Poaphila placata 184 
Podabrus brevipennis 460 
Podagrion abortivum 775 
Podiceps 
auritus californicus 657 
cornutus 657 
dominicus 66 
Podilymbus podiceps 658 
Podisus cynicus 504 
Peecilia 161 
Peecilichthys 439 


904 


Pecilichthys 

lepidus 663 
Peecilopteryx 161 
Peeciloscytus unifasciatus 507 
Pogonichthys 427 
Polanisia 804 
Pole Creek 851 
Polioptila ccerulea 6 
Polyborus tharus auduboni 44 
Polygala 806 
Polygonatum 826 
Polygonum 822 
Polyhymno 161 
Polyodon 413 
Polypodium 830 
Pomolobus 428 
Pomoxys 437 
Pontia protodice 257 
Powcetes 

gramineus 589 

gramineus confinis 17 
Populus 122, 824 
Porzana carolina 647 
Potamocottus 441 
Potamogeton 825 
Potentilla 808 
Preliminary Studies on the North Ameri- 

can Pyralide, by A. R. Grote 669 — 

Priscacara 

clivosa 76 

oxy prion 74 

pealei 75 
Proconia costalis 510 
Procyon lotor 252 
Prodryas 520 

persephone 524 
Productella sp. 730 
Products of Erosion, Endlich on Striking 

831 

Productus dissimilis 730 
Progne subis 572 
Pronuba 161 
Prorasia 669 

simulis 670 
Prosartes 826 
Prosopium 429 
Protoporus 423 

sp. nov.? 791 
Prunus 808 

americana 112 
Psecadia 161 
Pseudemys 

elegans 260 

hillii 395 
Psilocorsis 162 


| 
| 


BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Psoralea 807 
Pterostichus (Cryobius) surgens 449 
Ptychochilus 424 
Putorius 
erminea 202 
longicauda 202 
vison 202 
Pygosteus 441 
Pyralids, Studies on the North American, 
by A, R. Grote 669 
Pyranea eestiva 14 
Pyraneis cardui 515 
Pyrgus tessellata 517 
Pyrocephalus rubineus mexicanus 34 


| Pyrola 818 


Pyrophila glabella 180 
Pyrrhuloxia sinuata 21 
Pyrus 809 

communis 112 

coronaria 112 

malus 112 
Pythonomorpha, Owen on, by E. D. Cope 

299 

Quassilabia 418 
Quercus 118, 823 
Querquedula 

carolinensis 650 

discors 651 
Quiscalus 

macrurus 27 

purpureus ceneus 606 
Rallus longirostris 61 
Rana halecina 289 
Ranuneulus 802 
Recurvirostra americana 54, 635 
Reduvius? guttatus 771 
Regulus calendula 553 
Resthenia insignis 507 
Rhamnus 806 
Rhaphanus 804 
Rheocrypta 438 
Rhinanus 819 
Rhinichthys 426 

maxillosus 790 
Rhinosia 162 
Rbhynchonella ambigua 729 
Rhynchophanes maccowni 16 
Rhynchops nigra 66 
Rhyparochromus terreus 770 
Rhus 806 

toxicodendron 108 
Ribes 113, 809 
Richardsonius 425 
Robinia 

hispida 111 


Robinia 
pseudacacia 111 
_ viscosa 111 
Roccus 437 
Rosa 112, 809 
. Rubus 809 
canadensis 113 
occidentalis 113 
villosus 113 
Rudbeckia 815 
Rumex 823 
Rusticus 
battoides 256 
melissa 256 
Sagaritis 162: 
Sagittaria 825 
Sakenia sp. 750 
Salar 430, 795 
Salebria fusea 695 
Salicornia 822 
Salix 121, 824 
Salmo 431 
aurora 796 
elarki 796 
stomias 795 
Salmonids 793 
Salvelinus 430 
Sanguinaria 803 
Sanicula 811 
Sarcobatus 822 
Sardinius 
lineatus 71 
nasutulus 70 
percrassus 72 
Sarracenia 803 
Sassafras officinale 117 
Satyrus 
boopis 516 
charon 516 
Saxifraga 810 
Sayornis sayus 610 
Scaphirhynchops ‘413 
platyrhynechus 778 
Sceloporus consobrinus 287 
Schilbeodes 414 
Schoenis arachne 255 
Sciomyza disjecta 758 


INDEX TO 


VOL. IV. 905 


Sciomyza manca 756 
Scirpus 827 
Sciuri, Synonymatic List of the’American, 
by J. A. Allen 877 
Sciurus 
aberti 880 
eestuans 885 
arizonensis 880 
aureigaster 882 
carolinensis 879 
deppei 885 
fossor 880 
griseoflavus 880 
hoffmanni 885 
hudsonius 878 
hypopyrrhus $8! 
niger 879 
pusillus 887 
rufeniger 886* 
stramineus 883 
variabilis 884 
Scolecocampa bipuncta 179 . 
Scolecophagus 
eyanocephalus 27, 605 
ferrugineus 605 
Scolops sulcipes 510 


| Scoparia libella 675 


Scops asio maccalli 39 | 
Scudder, S. H.: 
Account of Insects from Tertiary of 
Colorado and Wyoming 519 
Fossil Insects of the Green River 
Shales 747 
Scutellaria 116, 820 
Scymnus nigripennis 453 
Sedum 810 
Sehirus cinetus 503 
Selaginella 830 
Selasphorus rufus 614 
Sema signifer 399 
Semele 162 
Semotilus 427 
Senecio 816 
Sennett, G. B.: 
Onithology of the Rio Grande of 
Texas 1 


| Setophaga ruticilla 14, 570 


*P.5.—SCIURUS RUFONIGER, Pucheran.—Since the paper on Sciwri passed out of my hands I have 
received, through the kindness of Mr. E. R. Alston, one of the types of his Sciwrus rufoniger, endorsed 
on the label, ‘‘Compared with Pucheran’s type in Paris Museum, E.R.A. April, 1£78.” This speci- 
men, as shown by the sexual organs, is a fully adult male, though scarcely five and a half inches long, 
and hence cannot be regarded as an immature example of S. deppei, the possibility of which is above 


suggested. In coloration it differs little from frequent examples of 8. hoffmanni. 


The tail, however, is 


relatively much shorter, the size uearly one-half less, and it has two upper premolars (Alston) instead ° 
of one. In this last feature, as well as in size, proportions, and coloration, it finds a near affine in S. 


pusillus.—J. A. A., Nov. 23, 1878. 


[*Norr.—The above was received too late for insertion in its proper place, the Bulletin having been 


worked to p. 887.—Eb. | 


Bull. iv. Ind.——2 


906 


Setomorpha 162 
Shepherdia 823 
Siala 
arctica 553 
sialis 6 
Sibbaldia 808 
Siboma 424 
Silene 805 
Sinapis 804 
Sinea diadema 508 
Sinoe 162 
Siparocera nobilis 674 
Sisymbrium 804 
Sisyrhynchium 825 
Sitodrepa defuncta 762 
Sitones grandsvus 767 
Sium 811 
Siurus 
motacilla 13 
nevius 567 
Smilacina 826 
Smilax glauca 125 
Solanum 821 
earolinense 117 
Solenobia 162 
Solidago 115, 814 
Solid-hoofed Pigs, On a Breed of, by E. 
Coues 295 
Sorex cooperi 205 
South River 840 
Spaniodon simus 69: 
Spanish Peaks 854 
Sparganium 824 
Spartena 828 
Spatula elypeata 63, 651 
Speotyto cunicularia hypogza 619 
Spermophilus 
franklini 216 
tridecemlineatus 217 
Spheralcea 805 
Sphyrapicus varius 616 
Spirzea 808 
Spiranthes 825 
Spirifera subumbona 129 
Spizella 
monticola 590 
pallida 19, 591 
socialis 19, 591 
Stachys 820 
Stanleya 804 
Staphylinites obsoletum 762 
Statuesque Forms 848 
Steganopus wilsoni 636 
Stellaria 605 
Stemmatophora nicalis 671 


BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Stenobothrus curtipennis 482 
Stenocinclis anomala 751 
Stenodus 430 
Stephanomeria 816 
Sterna 

anglica 64 | 

cantiaca 65 

caspia 65 

forsteri 65 

superciliaris antillarum 66 
Sticlocephala inermis 509 
Stilbosis 162 
Stipa 828 = 
Stizostethium 437 
Strepsilas interpres 54 
Streptostylica 309 
Strix flammea americana 39 
Strobisia 162 
Strophodonta 

arcuata 728 

canace 728 

quadrata 728 

reversa 723 

variabilis 727 
Studies of the American Herodiones, by 

R. Ridgway 219 

Sturnella 

magna 24 

magna neglecta 603 
Styphrosoma stygica 507 — 
Suda 822 
Symmetrurus 788 
Symphoricarpa vulgaris 114 
Symphoricarpus 812 


| Synehloe thoosa 257 


Syneda alleni 183 

Synonymatic List of the American Sciuri, 
by J. A. Allen 877 

Synopsis of North American Species of 
Alpheus 189 ‘ 

Syrigma 247 

Syrphus 754 


|Table showing Distribution of Fossils in 


the Laramie Group 722 
Tachina sp. 756 
Tachiptilia 163: 
Tacbycineta 
bicolor 15, 571 
thalassina 571 
Tamias striatus 215 
Tarache semiopaca 182 


| Taraxacum 817 


Tauridea 441 


| Taxidea americana 202 


Tegeticula 163 


INDEX TO VOL. IV. 


Teleia 163 
Telmatodytes paiustris 555 
Telphusa 163 
Tenaga 165 
Tertiary Insects from Colorado and Wyo- 
ming 519 
Tetralopha 
asperatella 691 
militella 689 
platanella 691 
robustella 690 
Tetrao 
canadensis franklini 628 
ebscurus richardsoni 629 
. Tettigoma hieroglyphica 510 
Tettix granulata 484 
- Texan Ornithology, by Sennett 1 
Thalictrum 8(2 
Thanaos 
propertius 257 
nov. sp. 207 
Thaspium 811 
Thecla 
mopsus 517 
siva 256 
Theisoa 165 
Thelia univittata 510 
Thermopsis 808 
fabacea 110 
Thlaspi 864 
Thomas, C.: 
On the Orthoptera collected by E. 
Coues in Dakota and Montana 481. 
Thomomys talpoides 215 
Thorybes pylades 257 
Thryothorus 
bewicki 9 
ludovicianus berlandieri 8 
Thuja 824 
Thymallus 430 
Tiarella 810 
Tiaroga 428 
Ticholeptus zygomaticus 380 
Tichosteus eequifacies 392 
Tigoma 424 
Tilia americana 108 
Tinea 163 
7-strigella 79 
unomaculella 80 
Tineina and their Food-plants, by V. T. 
Chambers 107 
Tineina, Index to the Described 125 
Tischeria 165 
genia 99 
latipinella 97 


907 


Tischeria 
pruinosella 97 
pulvella 99 
quercivorella 97 

Tofieldia 826 

Tomonotus tenebrosus 482 


| Toripalpus breviornatalis 688 


Totanus 
flavipes 642 
melanoleucus 55, 642 
semipalmatus 55, 641 
solitarius 643 


| Trachyte Conglomerate 860 


Tradescantia 826 
Trapezonotus nebulosus 505 
Trizaaspis virgulatus 67 
Trichophanes foliarum 73 
Trichotaphe 166 
Trientalis 818 
Trifolium pratense 110 
Trifurcella 165 
Triglochinu 825 
Triglopsis 440 
Tringa 
bairdi 640 
maculata 55, 640 
minutilla 640 
Tringoides macularius 644 
Tripanisma 166 
Triticum 829 
vulgare 123 
Trochilus colubris 35, 614 


| Troglodytes aédon 554 


Tropidonotus sipedon 281 
Tropisternus 
saxialis 759 
sculptilis 760 
Troximon 816 
Trigonotulus ruficornis 506 
Turdus 
(Hylocichla) fuscescens 550 
(Hylocichla) pallasi 549 
(Hylocichla) swainsoni 550 
(Planesticus) migratorius 549 
Typha 824 
Typhlichthys 432 
Tyrannus 
carolinensis 31, 608 
melancholicus couchi 31 
-verticalis 609 
Udiopsylla robusta 485 
Ufeus unicolor 179 
Ubler, P. R.: 
On the Hemiptera collected by IE. 
Coues in Dakota and Montana 503 


908" 


Ulmus 823 
americana 117 
Ulocentra 439 
Uncompahgre Region 846 
Unio 
~ aldrichi 710 
goniambonatus 709 
Uranidea 440 
Uranotes melinus 256 
Ursus americanus 202 
Urtica 823 
Utricularia 818 
Vaccinium 817 
Valeriana 813 
Vanessa 
antropa 515 
cardui 254 
Venilia 166 
Veratrum 826 
Verbena 819 
Vernonia 114 
Veronica 819 
Vertebrata, Descriptions of New Extinct, 
by E. D. Cope 379 
Vesicaria 804 
Vespertilionidz 203 
Viburnum 812 
opulus 114 
Vicia 808 
Viola 804 
Vireo 
belli 16 
gilvus 575 
noveboracensis 16 
olivaceus 16,574 
philadelphicus 575 
solitarius 576 
Virginian Deer, Consolidation of Hoofs of, 
by EH. Coues 293 
Vitis 109, 806 
Viviparus 
couesi 717 
prudentia 716 
Volsella 
(Brachydcentes) laticostata 708 
(Brachydontes) regularis 707 
Vulpes vulgaris pennsylvanicus 201 


BULLETIN UNITED STATES 


GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


Walshia 166 
White, Dr. C. A.: 
Paleontological Papers No. 6: De- 
scriptions of New Invertebrate Fos- 
sils from the Laramie Group 707 
Paleontological Papers No. 7: On the 
Distribution of Molluscan Species’ 
in the Laramie Group 721 
Paleontological Papers No. 8: Re- 
marks on the Laramie Group 865 
White River Region 848, 852, 855 
Wilsonia 166. 
Woodsia 830 
Xanthium 815 
Xanthocephalus icterocephalus 24, 602 


‘ Xanthura luxuosa 29 


Xenisma 433 
Xenotis 436 
breviceps 663 
Xerobates 
cyclopygius 394 
orthopygius 393 
Xerophyllum 826 
Xylesthia 166 
Xylomiges tabulata 181 
Xylotrechus undulatus var.? 462 - 
Xystroplites 436 
Yarrow, H. C., and Coues, E.: 
On the Herpetology of Dakota and 
Montana 259 
Ypselophus 166 
Ypsia 185 
Ypsolophus querciella 83 
Yucea 122, 826 
Zanclognatha : 
levigata 186 
minimalis 186 
Zupus hudsonius 204 
Zenedura caroline assis 47, 628 
Zitania 828 
Zonotrichia: 
leucophrys 19 
- leucophrys intermedia 594 
querula 594 
Zotheea tranquilla var. viridula 180 
Zygadzenus 825 
Zygonectes 433 


ey ae 


ger 
Ay 


eh 


Cig 


We 
7 


SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION Lip 


| 


URNA 


Ih 88 01316 3 l Ik 


—=——_ 
=== 


il